North American Catalog Ebook Oct. 2023

COMBUSTION ENERGY | COMBUSITION
CATALOG
_
Fives North American Combustion, Inc.
Innovative Solutions in Combustion
Energy | Combustion

YOUR PARTNER IN COMBUSTION
Since 1917, we've partnered with leading industrial manufacturers

from around the world, providing them with the most efficient
combustion systems available.
These partnerships have led to a greater understanding of what

can be achieved through optimizing the combustion system. And
through the results we've delivered, our customers have come to
know Fives North American as one of the most trusted names in
combustion worldwide.
How to navigate through this catalog
To navigate through the pages of this catalog using the Bookmarks:

Select the icon at the bottom of the page “table of contents” to display the bookmark listings on the left. Click on the
main button’s arrow to expand the information and a complete listing of documents will be displayed. Click the document
you want to view.
To navigate through the pages of this catalog:

To advance through the pages of the catalog, use the arrows to the right or left of the page to advance to the next page or
to see the previous page. You can also scroll through the document pages with your mouse.
To search this catalog:

Use in the top right corner or CTRL + F on your keyboard to search for specific information, a box will pop up and you can
enter your information there. Click enter and it will search.
Energy| |Combustion
Energy Combustion
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Product Literature
B U L L E T I N S , B R O C H U R E S , S U P P L E M E N T S , S P E C I F I C AT I O N S , C A PA C I T I E S
— Gas Burners
— TwinBed - Regenerative Burners
— Dual-fuel Burners
— Oil Burners
— Oxygen Burners
— Burner Management
— Combustion Control and Analyzers
— Packaged Systems
— Blowers
— Regulators
— Valves
— Accessories
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved. Fives North American Combustion, Inc. assumes no responsibility for any errors or omissions; nor is any liability
assumed for damages resulting from the use or misuse of any of the data contained in this catalog. Further, Fives North American reserves the right to make changes
to the data in this catalog at any time without notice.
Energy || Combustion
Energy Combustion
USA OFFICES
BAKERSFIELD (Oil Field) MID-ATLANTIC USA NORTHEAST USA SOUTHEAST USA

USA NC, VA, WV, MD NORTH EAST PA, CT, ME, NORTH GA, SC
Cleveland, OH 216 373 8351 - Sales MA, NJ, NY, VT Atlanta, GA
216 373 8388 - Sales 216 373 8466 - Orders Buffalo, NY 216 373 8468 - Sales
216 3737 8354 - Orders 216 373 8469 - Sales 216 373 8465 - Orders
MIDWEST USA 216 373 8466 - Orders
CORPORATE CENTRAL IN, SOUTHERN IL, WEST COAST USA
HEADQUARTERS MO, AR, KY, KS NORTHWEST USA CA, AZ, NV
Cleveland, OH Crown Point, IN AK, HI, OR, WA, UT, WY, MT, Los Angeles, CA
216 271 6000 - Co. Main 216 373 8611 - Sales CO, NM 216 373 8468 - Sales
800 626 3477 - Sales 216 373 8489 - Orders Marysville, WA 216 373 8359 - Orders
216 373 8366 - Service 425 530 0096 - Sales
MIDWEST USA 216 373 8354 - Orders THERMAL PROCESS
CLEVELAND/WEST OH, NORTHERN IN, CONSTRUCTION
EAST CENTRAL PA CENTRAL IL, IA, NE, SD, ND SOUTH USA TX, LA, OK SERVICES/FURNACE
Cleveland, OH Crown Point, IN Houston, TX PARTS
216 373 8463 - Sales 216 373 8475 - Sales 216 373 8472 - Sales Birmingham, AL
216 373 8608 - Orders 216 373 8489 - Orders 216 373 8465 - Orders 205 956 8191 - Sales/
Orders
GREAT LAKES USA, EAST & MIDWEST USA SOUTH CENTRAL USA
CENTRAL OH EAST MI NORTHERN IL, SOUTH GA, AL, FL, MS, TN
Cleveland, OH EASTERN & NORTHERN MI, Birmingham, AL
216 373 8390 - Sales WI, MN 216 373 8613 - Sales
216 373 8608 - Orders Crown Point, IN 216 373 8465 - Orders
216 373 8473 - Sales
216 373 8489 - Orders
Energy ||| Combustion
Energy
Energy Combustion
Combustion
INTERNATIONAL CONTACTS
CANADA GERMANY SPAIN SOUTH AMERICA

Fives North American Fives North American Fives North American Fives North American
Combustion Canada Inc. Combustion Combustion Spain S.L. Combustion Brazil
540 Piercey Rd. COMING SOON Plaza Sagrado-Corazon 4 Alameda Mamoré,
Bolton, Ontario L7E 5B4 Sub 2, 48011 Bilbao 911 - cj 802
CANADA SPAIN Barueri, SP, 06454-050
NETHERLANDS
T +1 905 857 3337 T +34 944 347 200 BRAZIL
Fives North American
F +1 905 857 0304 F +34 944 347 204 T +55 (11) 4195 3098
Combustion Netherlands B.V. fna.salesSP@fivesgroup.com celio.takeda@fivesgroup.com
fna.salesCanada@fivesgroup.com
Parellaan 6, 2132 WS
FRANCE Hoofddorp
Fives North American NETHERLANDS
Combustion France SAS T +31 (0) 297 380401
15 rue Marc Donadille F +31 (0) 297 380438
fna.salesNL@fivesgroup.com
ZAC Château Gombert
Les Baronnies Batiment C
- 2EME étage
13013 Marseille,
FRANCE
T +33 (4) 912 140 40
F +33 (4) 912 140 44
fna.salesFR@fivesgroup.com
DISTRIBUTORS (D)
SOUTH KOREA
CANADA - West JAPAN NEW ZEALAND (D) Kyung In Corp.
Alberta, British Columbia, (D) Shinko Shoji Company Ltd. (D) Windsor Engineering #1-1508, ACE Hightech City,
Manitoba, Saskatchewan 3-27-3 Yushima Group Ltd. 775, Gyeongin-ro,
(D) Process Combustion Bunkyo-ku, Tokyo 113-0034 P.O. Box 13 348 Yeongdeungpo-gu, Seoul
Systems, Inc. JAPAN Johnsonville 6440 REPUBLIC of KOREA
#120-270 Exploration Ave. SE T +81 (03) 3502 6241 Wellington 07299
Calgary, Alberta T3S 0C3 F +81 (03) 6284 4336 NEW ZEALAND T +82 (02) 6309 5188
CANADA k.koji@shinko-shoji.jp T +64 (0) 4 232 8080 F +82 (02) 6309 5161
T +1 403 250 1075 F +64 (0) 4 232 5929 alee@kicorp.co.kr
F +1 403 250 1076 MEXICO windor.sales@windsor.co.nz
info@processcombustion.com (D) Nutec Bickley TAIWAN
Carretera Saltillo-Monterrey PERU (D) Fred & Jean Engineering
CHINA KM 62.5 #100 (D) Insercomgas SAC Company, Ltd.
(D) Shanghai EN-FA Santa Catarina, NL Santa Amelia 751 12F-2, No. 99, Sec. 1,
Combustion MEXICO CP 66359 Lima 36 Hsin Tai Wu Road
Equip. Co. Ltd. T +52 (81) 8151 0800 PERU Hsi-Chih District,
Room.1508 Building #8 Spare Parts: spares@nutec.com T +51 1 286 6357 New Taipei City ROC 221
No.950 Dailian Road Technical Services: techsupport@ F +51 1 286 6226 TAIWAN
Shanghai, P.R.C. nutec.com Insercomgas@Insercomgas.com
T +886 2 2697 2297
T +86 21 6568 1261 www.nutecbickely.com
F +886 2 2697 2295
F +86 21 6568 1603 (nutebickley.com) SOUTH AFRICA fredjean@ms16.hinet.net or
jingtao.qiao@en-fa.cn (D) The Combustion Group info@fredjean.com
(D) Nutec Bickley
PTY Ltd.
CDMX (Mexico City)
ITALY T +52 (55) 5456 7244
4 Mopedi Road
Agent for Italy, Greece, sales@nutec.com
Sebenza, Edenvale 1610
Switzerland SOUTH AFRICA
DEAR s.a.s. T +27 (11) 452 5060
Corso Dante, 203 F +27 (11) 609 2405
14100 Asti, ITALIA info@combustion.co.za
T +39 0141 21 55 99
F +39 0141 21 55 99
C +39 335 81 90 132
DinoCosta@dearsas.co
ENERGY | COMBUSITION
GAS
BURNERS
_
Click the icon below to navigate through the Table of Contents
or use the top right icon to search for specific documents.
Industry can do it
ENERGY | COMBUSTION
EcoFornax™ LE
_
Powerful NOx reduction through
fuel staged lean premix technology
ECOFORNAX™ LE
1 APPLICATIONS
— Boilers
— Thermal fluid heaters
— Process heaters
— Incinerators
2 ULTRA LOW NOX NO FGR

The LE uses a lean premix primary flame
and dilute secondary combustion to achieve
less than 18 ppm (corrected to 3% O2) NOx
without FGR in many applications. The LE's
lean premix technology also provides low
NOx with preheated air.
3 UNIQUE PATENED DESIGN

The LE provides the ultimate in emission
reductions of NOx CO, and VOCs. The
technology uses patented lean premix and
dilute combustion technologies to safely
combust heat releases up to 250 million
Btu/h HHV.
PATENT NUMBERS
Exceptional US 5,407,345
performance US 5,554,021
US 5,667,376
through cutting-edge US 5,730,591
EP 0 804 647 B1
technology US 5,605,452
LICENSED PATENTS
US 5,201,650
Manufacturing
LE FEATURES
— < 8 ppm, 0.01 lb NOx per MMBtu with FGR
— < 20 ppm NOx without FGR
— Low CO and VOC emissions
— High intensity, compact flame
— Sizes from 1.0 to 250 million Btu/h HHV
— Turndown up to 20:1
— robust design, rugged and reliable with no moving parts
LOW NOX WITH PREHEATED AIR

GET EVEN LOWER NOX WITH FGR
When FGR is utilized with the LE, the NOx emissions can
be taken to even lower levels; below 8 ppm (corrected to
3% O2), 0.01 lb NOx per MMBtu.
SCAN BELOW TO
SEARCH OUR DIGITAL
CATALOG FOR MORE
INFORMATION ON
PRODUCTS USED IN
THIS APPLICATION.
The use of a lean premix core, combined with adiabatic flame temperature control of
the primary reacter zone, allow the LE to minimize NOx emissions even for preheated
air systems.
CONTACT

4455 East 71st Street
Cleveland, OH 44105 - USA
T +1 800 626 3477
F +1 216 373 4237
Copyright © 2022 - Fives - All rights reserved | grm 45b 02/22

contact: fna.sales@fivesgroup.com
www.fivesgroup.com Industry can do it
Combustion
Industry can do it
ENERGY | COMBUSTION
Magna-Flame® RM
_
Low emissions
dual-fuel burner
MAGNA-FLAME® RM
1 APPLICATIONS
— Boilers
— Process heaters
— Air heaters
— Dryers and Calciners
— Incinerators
— Soil Remediation
2 PROVEN PERFORMANCE
North American's Magna-Flame® RM has
been serving the boiler and process heater
industries for over 25 years, and with over
1,000 units in operation, this proven
workhorse is now solving today's tough
environmental problems.
3 UNIQUE DESIGN
The Magna-Flame® RM uses rapid
mixing technology and internal chamber
gas recirculation to reduce NOx and CO
emissions. For stringent applications the RM
accepts external flue gas recirculation (FGR)
to further reduce NOx far below current
Exceptional regulatory requirements
performance
through cutting-edge
technology
Manufacturing
RM FEATURES RM Burner firing light oil
— High flame intensity

— Sizes from 15 to 150 million Btu/h HHV
— Turndown up to 10:1 (gas), 5:1 (oil)
— Prepackaged & tested burner management systems available
— Low emissions with FGR
— Heavy duty construction
— No moving parts
— Gas and liquid fuel including heavy oils
— Full line of pre-engineering & aftermarket services
RM Burner firing natural gas

HOW IT WORKS
The Magna-Flame® RM uses rapid mixing technology and self-
induced chamber gas recirculation to minimize the production of
NOx and CO.
The illustration show the fuel gas and combustion air enter
the burner, where they are rapidly mixed at the base of the
swirl vanes. This rapid mixing technology eliminates the NOx-
generating hot spots that are found in many conventional burner
designs. SCAN BELOW TO
The fast recirculating action in the burner throat induces oxygen- SEARCH OUR DIGITAL
deficient gases from the combustion chamber to reduce NOx and CATALOG FOR MORE
CO emissions. INFORMATION ON
FGR may be added to the combustion air stream to dilute the PRODUCTS USED IN
flame temperature and to further reduce emissions. THIS APPLICATION.
Gas Main Air Recirculation
Connection Inlet
 Internal
recirculation
Gas zone induces
Deflector
Disk
 combustion
chamber
gases
Air Spin Vanes
Recirculation
CONTACT

T +1 800 626 3477
F +1 216 373 4237
Copyright © 2022 - Fives - All rights reserved | grm 45d 07/09

North American Magna-Flame™ LNI™
The Premier Low NOx Hot Air Burner
Breaking the low NOx barriers

without the use of FGR.
— Steel Reheat Furnaces

— Aluminum Melters
— Forge Furnaces
— High Temp Furnaces
Operating Features LNI Benefits

— Combustion air temperatures up to 1200°F — Ultra low NOx with preheated
— Capacities ranging from less than combustion air
1 million Btu/hr to over 20 million Btu/hr — Designed for low excess
— Excellent temperature distribution air operation
— Easy to retrofit on existing installations — Low CO and VOC emissions
— Stable, clean combustion without — No FGR required

excess air — Cost effective, compact design
Magna-Flame™ LNI™
HOW LNI WORKS
All direct NOx reduction strategies revolve around three basic combustion takes place within the furnace volume, not the
principles: control of peak flame temperature, reduced in-flame restricted tile port, providing short high temperature residence
oxygen concentration, and reduced in-flame residence time. The times further inhibiting the NOx production. After combustion,
LNI system takes advantage of all three techniques resulting in the gases lose their heat through radiation and convective heat
extremely low NOx emissions, even for high temperature, high transfer to the work. These cooled gases travel throughout the
air preheat applications. furnace and are again entrained by the burner air and fuel jets,
The Magna-Flame operates as a conventional nozzle mix burner sustaining the NOx inhibiting process.
when the furnace temperature is below 1400°F. Above that Low NOx Injection (LNI) of the fuel and air into the furnace
temperature, fuel is switched to strategically positioned nozzles chamber provides the highest potential efficiency. The LNI
adjacent to the burner tile port. The fuel and air jets entrain large system takes advantage of the largest source of “free” FGR, the
volumes of products of combustion, greatly reducing the local furnace itself, to produce uniquely low NOx emissions from high
oxygen concentration. In the flame envelope, these entrained temperature systems.
gases limit the maximum combustion temperatures, leveling
out temperature spikes that generate high NOx emissions. All
Nozzle Mix Magna-Flame LNI
POC POC
POC POC
AIR AIR AIR AIR Gas
Gas
NO EXTERNAL FGR OR EFFICIENCY LOSS

In many high temperature combustion systems flue gas combustion equipment. While other combustion systems may use
recirculation is used to reduce NOx emissions from burners. up to 50% FGR, LNI offers lower NOx emissions without any
FGR systems require piping runs and a blower that supply the decrease in system efficiency or added equipment costs.
furnace exhaust gas to the combustion air.
If FGR is added to combustion air after the recuperator, or if the NO COMPLEX REFRACTORY (as with staged combustion air)
system dœs not have a recuperator, the thermal efficiency can
be reduced by as much as 15%. If FGR is added prior to the A very practical advantage of LNI low NOx technology is the
recuperator, system efficiency can be maintained, but a larger simplicity of construction of the burner and tile. Burners that
recuperator may be required to accept the additional volume. In use air staging to reduce NOx emissions require complex
either case, combustion air piping and burner size may increase refractory construction that can be prone to failure. The reduced
due to oxidant volume. port tile and in-furnace combustion of an LNI system further
protect burner internals as radiation received by burner internals
Copyright © 2022 - Fives - All rights reserved | grm56 07/09
LNI is an “in-furnace” direct NOx control method that maintains is reduced.

the highest possible efficiency without requiring larger size
CONTACT
fna.sales@fivesgroup.com
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

4455 East 71st Street - Cleveland, OH 44105 - USA
www.fivesgroup.com
Combustion
North American HiRAM® LNI™

Ultra low NOx... air, oxygen, or both

— Forge Furnaces
— High Temp Furnaces
Operating Features
— Oxidant can be cold or preheated air, oxygen, or a combination
— Self-cooling design can eliminate cooling water
— Capable of firing on-ratio or with high excess air
— Accommodates high temperature load heating or dry out and cure cycles for any refractory
— Low pressure combustion air means lower horsepower required
HiRAM® LNI™
HOW LNI WORKS
Low NOx Injection (LNI) of the fuel and air into the furnace chamber
provides the highest potential efficiency and lowest NOx. The LNI
system takes advantage of the largest source of “free” flue gas
recirculation (FGR), the furnace itself, to produce uniquely low NOx
emissions from high temperature systems.
All NOx reduction strategies revolve around three basic principles:
control of peak flame temperature, reduced in-flame oxygen
concentration, and reduced in-flame residence time. The LNI system
takes advantage of all three techniques resulting in extremely
low NOx emissions, even for high temperature, high air preheat
applications.
The HiRAM LNI operates as a low NOx nozzle mix burner when
the furnace temperature is below 1400 F. Above 1400 F, fuel is
switched to strategically positioned nozzles adjacent to the burner
tile port. The fuel and air jets entrain large volumes of products of
combustion, greatly reducing the local oxygen concentration. In the
flame envelope, these entrained gases limit maximum combustion
temperatures to level out temperature spikes that generate high
NOx emissions.
All combustion takes place within the furnace, not inside the tile
port, providing short high temperature residence times that inhibit
NOx production. After combustion, the gases lose their heat through
radiation and convective heat transfer to the work. These cooled
gases travel throughout the furnace and are again entrained by
the burner air and fuel jets, sustaining the NOx inhibiting process.
HIRAM LNI BENEFITS

— Ultra-low NOx, even with 100% oxygen LNI mix LNI above
— Major fuel savings potential to 1400 F 1400 F
— Evenly dispersed hot gas radiation
improves heating
— High-velocity discharge for enhanced POC
convection heating
— Low emission are enhanced by POC POC
proprietary control systems
Air Air Gas Air Air Gas

LNI uses low NOx technology patented by Tokyo Gas Co. Ltd. of Japan and further developed
by Fives North American Combustion, Inc., the exclusive world-wide licensee for use of this
technology. U.S. Patent No. 4,945,841.
Gas Optional Oxygen
CONTACT US:
Tel: +1 800 626 3477 - Fax: +1 216 373 4237
Email: fna.sales@fivesgroup.com www.fivesgroup.com
Combustion
®
North American HIRAM
High Velocity, RAM Effect, Low NOx Burners
Exceptional performance for aluminum melting, heat treat furnaces, drying, air
heating, forging, incineration, ladle and tundish heating, rotary dryers, calciners,
roasters.
North American HiRam Heating Benefits:

— Reduced fuel consumption
— Shortened cycle times
— Uniform heating from churning furnace atmosphere
— High turndown
— Reduced tile discharge opening protects internals from furnace radiant heat and splash in
melting furnaces
North Amercian HiRAM®
HOW NORTH AMERICAN HIRAM WORKS

North American HiRAM improves heat transfer by reaching parts
of the load that radiation cannot "see" and standard low velocity
burners do not penetrate. True high velocity results from HiRAM’s Scale in feet
exceptionally high Btu/hr input rates relative to its reduced tile
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
discharge area.
North American HiRAM burners combine large capacity with high

velocity. Flames shown are natural gas (top right) and #2 fuel oil
(bottom right) firing with 10% excess air at a rate of 15 million Scale in feet
Btu/hr. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
LOW NOX NOx can change with furnace temperature, fuel type, combustion
air temperature, burner firing rate, and other factors. Contact your
High velocity burners were developed by North American in the North American field engineer for an examination of your process
early 1960's and dramatically improved many industrial heating for North American HiRAM heating.
processes. High discharge velocity circulates furnace gases
creating uniform furnace temperatures and reducing pollutants
known as NOx. Thermal NOx Emissions
Typical Burner Capacities — 4 to 25 million Btu/hr
North American HiRAM reduces NOx by drawing furnace gases Typical Furnace Temperature — 1800 F
into the flame, which has much the same effect as vitiated
NOx concentration, ppm
dry basis at 3% O2
combustion air. For such a large burner, North American HiRAM

produces surprisingly low NOx numbers without the complexities
of FGR (furnace gas recirculation) or staged air combustion.
However FGR can be used on the North American HiRAM to
reduce NOx levels even further. In applications requiring ultra low
NOx emissions, the North American HiRAM LNI SYSTEM should
be considered. The low NOx injection (LNI) of the fuel and air into
the furnace chamber provides high efficiency and ultra low NOx.
The LNI system takes advantage of the largest source of "free"
FGR available — the furnace itself. The graph at the right shows
comparative emissions. LNI uses low NOx technology patented by Tokyo Gas Co. Ltd. of
Japan, and further developed by Fives North American Combustion,
Inc., the exclusive worldwide licensee for use of this technology.
U.S. Patent No. 4,945,841
CONTACT US:
Tel: +1 800 626 3477 - Fax: +1 216 373 4237
Email: fna.sales@fivesgroup.com www.fivesgroup.com
North American FlatFlame™Burners
‘A’ ultra low NOx
Features
— Creates large radiant heat source on furnace wall or roof
— Capacities from 0.2 to 10.0 mm Btu/h HHV
— Combustion Air Temperatures to 1200oF
— Tiles available for 9” or 13” walls or roofs
Applications Benefits
— Reheat furnaces — Ultra low NOx
— Cover annealers — Simple retrofit to existing burners
— Galvanizing tanks — Uniform heating
— Forge furnaces
‘A’ ultra low NOx , FlatFlame™Burners
NOx Emissions with 70°F Combustion Air NOx Emissions with 850°F Combustion Air
200 200
180 180 Standard Flat Flame Burner
160 160
NOx ppmv @ 3% O2
NOx ppmv @ 3% O2
140 140
120 120
Standard Flat Flame Burner
100 100
80 80
Series "A" Low NOx
60 60
Series "A" Low NOx
40 40
20 20
0 0
1600 1800 2000 2200 2400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400
Furnace temperature F Furnace temperature F
Ultra Low NOx Series “A” Injection Flat Flame Burner Models
Series Firing Capacities mm Btu/hr Max Combustion Mountings

Number Characteristics at 16 osi* Air Preheat for
4828A Hot Air, On Ratio 0.3 to 5.0* w/1000°F air 1200°F wall & roof
4832A XS Air 0.2 to 2.6 750°F wall & roof
4833A On Ratio 0.2 to 2.6 750°F wall & roof
4836A XS Air 0.2 to 6.6 750°F roof only
4837A On Ratio 0.2 to 10.0* 750°F roof only
* capacities for the 4828A-10 and 4837A-10 at 12 osi
The Series "A" injector assembly can be retrofitted to the equivalent standard Flat Flame burners.
See Bulletin 4828A-4837A and Sheet 4833-4 for details.

WARNING: Situations dangerous to personnel and property may exist with the operation and maintenance of any combustion equipment. The presence of fuels, oxidants, hot and cold combustion products, hot
surfaces, electrical power in control and ignition circuits, etc., are inherent with any combustion application. Components in combustion systems may exceed 160°F (71°C) surface temperatures and present hot
surface contact hazard. Fives North American Combustion, Inc. suggests the use of combustion systems that are in compliance with all Safety Codes, Standards, Regulations and Directives; and care in operation.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Industry can do it
ENERGY | COMBUSTION
EcoFornax™ LEx
_
The LEx burner provides lower
emissions, higher combustion
effeciency
ECOFORNAX™ LEX
1 APPLICATIONS
— Air heating
— Process drying
— Incineration
— MACT pharmaceutical
— Soil remediation
— Calcining
2 LOW NOX & CO NO FGR

The LEx emissions of NOx are less than 10
ppm for most air heating and drying
applications. Additionally, CO emissions
are under 50 ppm even when process
temperatures are low.
3 UNIQUE PATENED DESIGN

The LEx provides unparalleled reductions
in burner NOx and CO emissions through
PATENT NUMBERS patented premix technology. With
US 5,407,345
US 5,554,021 hundreds of LEx installations worldwide,
US 5,667,376 North American is the leader in delivering
US 5,730,591
EP 0 804 647 B1 ultra low emissions combustion solutions
US 5,605,452
for air heating, mineral processing, drying,
Cutting emissions
incineration, and soil remediation
through cutting-edge
applications.
technology
Manufacturing
LEX FEATURES
— Ultra low NOx and CO without flue FGR recirculation
— High heat release
— Sizes up to 400 million Btu/h HHV
— Turndown up to 20:1
— Multi-fuel capacity
— Robust design
— Rugged and reliable with no moving parts
LOWER TOTAL INSTALLED COST

With the high capacities (up to 400 million Btu/hour)
available in the LEx, a single burner is able to meet
large input needs instead of manifolding several line
burners. The result is a simplified system design. The
LEx has no moving parts or complicated staging devices
normally found in competing low emission burners.
SCAN BELOW TO
LEx - CROSS SECTION
Main Combustion
SEARCH OUR DIGITAL
Air Inlet CATALOG FOR MORE
INFORMATION ON
PRODUCTS USED IN
Radial
Air Inlet THIS APPLICATION.
Radial
Gas
Inlet
Primary
Gas Inlet
Integrated Mixing
Elements Primary
Reaction
ULTIMATE PERFORMANCE
COMPACT FLAME
HIGH HEAT RELEASE
The LEx system generates compact, high intensity
flames, reducing process influence on the combustion
system performance.
HOW IT WORKS
The LEx uses a method of lean premix combustion and
a controlled reaction zone to achieve ultra low NOx and
CO operation.
NOx emissions from premix combustion decrease
rapidly as the amount of excess air is increased. LEx
burners use this method to provide ultra low NOx
emissions. See Fig. 1
The LEx burner establishes a lean premix and then

combusts the mixture in a controlled reaction zone. The
fuel and air are introduced separately into the burner
where they are intimately mixed within the integrated
mixers. This mixture is then directed into the reaction
zone where the lean combustion takes place.
Fig. 1
Committed to
customer satisfaction
CONTACT

T +1 800 626 3477
F +1 216 373 4237
Copyright © 2022 - Fives - All rights reserved | grm 45b 02/22

Industry can do it
ENERGY | COMBUSTION
EcoFornax™ GLE
_
Sub-5 ppm NOx for the
oil field industry
ECOFORNAX™ GLE
1 PERFORMANCE
Lowest NOX combined with highest thermal
efficiency. Introduced for steam generator
appllications in 1994, with 400 separate
applications of GLE burners now operating
worldwide.
2 ADVANTAGES
— Sub-5 ppm NOx with 25% FGR and 15%
excess combustion air
— Sub-15 ppm without FGR
— CO emission levels generally

undetectable
— Utilizes advanced lean burn partial

premix combustion technology
— Repeatble performance using proprietary

CMS algorithms
3 DESIGN
The GLE accommodates a wide range of
fuel gases and heating values. It procduces
Meeting tomorrow's the desired flame envelope to maximize
environmental needs radiant heat transfer.
today
Manufacturing
GLE FEATURES
— Inline fan discharge centerline for minimal footprint and
ease of installation
— Compatible with damper of VFD air flow control
— Nozzle mix pilot conveniently utilizes combustion air directly
from the fan discharge
— Widely deployed, proven performance, and reliability
EcoFornax™ GLE
Burner Emissions Performance - Kern County Steam Generators
15
14
13
NOx (ppm - dry, corrected to 3% stack O2 )
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5 SCAN BELOW TO
4
SEARCH OUR DIGITAL
3
2
CATALOG FOR MORE
1 INFORMATION ON
0 PRODUCTS USED IN
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0
Stack O2 (% - wet) THIS APPLICATION.
GLE system without FGR
GLE system with FGR
GLE-5 system with FGR
CONTACT

T +1 800 626 3477
F +1 216 373 4237
Copyright © 2022 - Fives - All rights reserved | grm 104 02/22

Diffuse Mode Combustion
Fives Combustion – Superior Performance by Design
Combustion technology for the 21st century – best in class

temperature uniformity in an ultra-low NOx design.
• Forge furnaces
• Tunnel furnaces
• Heat treat furnaces
• Roller hearth furnaces
• Continuous strip furnaces
• High temperature furnaces
DMC
DMC System Components
DIFFUSE MODE COMBUSTION The DMC System is built on two key components: The Tempest ® DMC
Diffuse Mode Combustion (DMC) is a Burner and DMC Controller.
flameless technology that can achieve
ultra-low NOx emissions while improving TEMPEST ® DMC BURNER DMC CONTROLLER
temperature uniformity in a wide range The DMC Controller is a Safety PLC based
The Tempest® DMC Burner retains all of the
of high temperature applications. The Burner Management System (BMS) that
best features of the Tempest burner series
flameless technology allows fuel to combust provides control of burner safety functions
including high velocity combustion, low NOx
in the furnace instead of within the burner for furnaces incorporating Diffuse Mode
emissions, wide operating range, reliable
tile. The result is a lower maximum flame Combustion. It provides control of all
ignition, built-in air and gas metering
temperature (ultra-low NOx) and elimination combustion safety logic including all
orifices, flame rod flame supervision and
of point sources of radiant energy (+/-10° F required interlocks, flame supervision and
proven rugged construction for long life.
temperature uniformity capable). transitioning between the standard and
The simple design of the self-supporting
DMC modes of operation.
alumina mullite tile, without any complex
air and gas staging pathways, eases The DMC Controller is designed to interface
COMMON APPLICATIONS installation into any refractory wall and with the furnace process controls including
lowers the life cycle maintenance costs. The automatically transitioning in a controlled
• Forge furnaces manner to and from DMC mode as the
slotted tile’s restricted opening promotes
• Heat treat furnaces furnace gas recirculation assisting in furnace conditions dictate.
• Roller hearth furnaces achieving the most stringent of temperature The diagnostic and communication
• Continuous strip lines uniformity surveys. capabilities of the DMC Controller is greatly
• Indirect fired rotary kilns enhanced over conventional relay based
The Tempest DMC Burner is ideal for use
• Most continuous or batch furnaces in a with StepFire™, pulse firing or modulating systems. The integrated system reduces
NOx-sensitive location that operate part the complexity and quantity of hard wired
control systems and can be used with cross
or all of the time at a temperature above
connected ratio regulator, metered flow or circuits and related components, thereby
the fuel's auto-ignition point.
thermal turndown system designs. significantly reducing the number of points
of failure.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Instructions for Nozzle-Mix Gas Burners
Supplement GB-M1
SUGGESTED PIPING
Zone A (1 Burner) Zone B (2 Burners)
Impulse tap should enter air line parallel

to valve shaft to minimize turbulence effects.
Air
Motor 5 pipe dia.

Operated 3 pipe dia. min.
Valve
Nozzle-Mix
Burners
Manual 5 pipe dia. 3 pipe dia. Manual Air Valve
Air Valve min. min.
Flexible Nipples
Impulse Line
3⁄8" OD minimum Limiting Orifice Gas Valve
10D 4D Metering Orifice
min. min.
Shutoff
Valve 4D 10D 10D 4D
Gas min. min. min. min.
Shutoff Valve
2 psi max. Air/Gas
Tee for checking impulse pressure
Ratio Regulator
* Limiting orifice gas valves must be mounted as close to the burner as possible.
INSTALLATION LIGHTING AND ADJUSTMENT

To minimize leaks around tile and to prevent cracking of tile by Warning: Startup and adjustment of combustion equipment
thermal expansion in the wall, see Supplements DF-M1 (for hard should only be done by trained personnel familiar with
refractory lined furnaces) and DF-M2 (for fiber lined furnaces) for combustion technology, combustion equipment, and with
installation recommendations. the particular burner system, equipment, and controls.
1. BASIC
a) All manual and automatic fuel valves (gas and oil) must be c) Slowly open main air valve to high fire position, adjusting
closed. limiting orifice valve as necessary.
b) Open all furnace doors and flue dampers. Lock all burner d) Return control valve to low fire position. Adjust air/gas ratio
air valves in full open position. regulator for desired flame.
c) Start combustion air blower and check rotation. e) Repeat Steps (c) and (d) if necessary. Replace cover on
limiting orifice valve.
d) Adjust control motor/air valve linkage(s) for low and high
fire. f) For multiple burner zones, approximate limiting orifice valve
settings can be made by counting the number of turns open
e) Set control motor(s) at high fire allowing furnace to purge
on the first valve.
for several minutes prior to lighting. Check motor amps
with all burners at high fire. If in overload, adjust linkage to 4. TROUBLE-SHOOTING
reduce the high fire air flow. a) Gas supply pressure too high or too low (see appropriate
f) Return the control motor to low fire. Linkage must not bind. regulator literature.)
2. PILOTS b) Impulse pressure too low to ratio regulator--check for dirt
in line or connections; check method of connecting impulse
a) Light the pilots in accordance with the pilot instruction sheet.
line to air pipe (see regulator literature).
3. MAIN BURNER
c) Regulator not controlling--check method of connecting
a) Open limiting orifice valve five turns (CCW) from full closed impulse line to air pipe; check regulator diaphragms (see
position. regulator literature); if bleeder is used, check orifices for dirt.
b) Open gas shutoff valve(s). If burner dœs not light within
a few seconds, close gas shutoff valve and open limiting
orifice valve one more turn; then open gas shutoff valve.
Repeat purge/ignition attempts as necessary until burner
lights.
Note: Prior to the first, and each subsequent lighting attempt, the main air valve must be fully opened for a period of time sufficient to provide for a
minimum of (4) changes of atmosphere in the combustion chamber and flue. Failure to do so can result in the ignition of residual gas from previous lighting
attempts, resulting in an uncontrolled fire or explosion and causing property damage and/or personal injury.
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Supplement GB-M1 09/96
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
3065 North American
Aspirators and Gas Mixers
Dependable and uniform air/fuel mixtures
• Large range of available sizes for various applications
• Rugged design for long life
• Compact design allows for simple installation

Design features and benefits of 3065 North American aspirators and gas
mixers
3065 Aspirator Mixers are used to create a uniform air / fuel 3065 ASPIRATOR AIR/GAS MIXER FEATURES
mixture to feed premix burner nozzles. Energy from blower air
passing through the 3065 venturi creates suction, which entrains — Mixes air with any fuel gas from 500 to 3,200 Btu/ft3 HHV
a proportional flow of gas at atmospheric (zero gauge) pressure. — Over 200 size combinations to fit most applications
Multiple premix burner nozzles fed by a 3065 can be controlled
— 3/4" to 8" air inlet & premix outlet
by a single manual or motorized air valve.
— Efficient design with low pressure loss
Proper air/fuel ratio is initially set by adjusting the integral — Suitable for single or multiple premix nozzles
V-port* valve built into the mixer. The ratio is maintained from — Rugged cast iron construction* for long life
high fire to low by an “atmospheric regulator” (zero governor) or — Compact construction for easy installation
by cross connecting the regulator (e.g., North American’s 7218). — Mount in any position
— Interchangeable displacement rods for optimum mixture
For coke oven, manufactured, and other gases corrosive to brass, pressure and suction ratio.
specify 3065- -K Mixer with iron/steel parts in place of brass.
— Rods can be changed without breaking air or gas piping
For an observation port in place of a -0 plug (no rod) specify — Built in gas adjustment valve cartridge*
3065- -0-OBS (3065-1 to -8 sizes). — Gas adjustment cartridge & gas inlet are interchangeable*
Rated Air Flow of each 3065 without rod (scfh)

AIR INLET
Air P. (osi) 4 8 12 16
Mixer D.P. ("wc) 4.9 9.8 14.8 19.7
Mixture P. ("wc) 2 4 6 8
BURNER AIR VALVE 3065-0-0 480 680 830 960
3065-1-0 650 930 1130 1310
BURNER 3065-2-0 1220 1730 2120 2450
DISPLACEMENT
ROD GAS 3065-3-0 1850 2620 3210 3710
INLET
3065-3-S0 2740 3870 4750 5480
3065-4-0 3200 4530 5550 6410
3065-4-S0 3960 5600 6860 7930
V-PORT VALVE 3065-5-0 4440 6280 7700 8890
3065-5-S0 6420 9070 11110 12800
ASPIRATOR MIXER
3065-6-0 6640 9400 11510 13300
3065-6-S0 10950 15500 19000 21900
ATMOSPHERIC REGULATOR 3065-7-0 13200 18700 22900 26400
3065-8-0 34100 48200 59100 68300
Figure 1. Typical arrangement of 3065 Aspirator Mixer with 3065-8-S0 51700 73200 89600 103500
burner, atmospheric regulator, and air valve. 3065-9-0 65800 97300 1119000 138000
*3065-9 Mixers have fabricated steel construction and a separate 1127-7-F

limiting orifice butterfly valve in the gas line upstream of the mixer.
Bulletin 3065
page 2
3065 Aspirator Mixer Operating Principles
Aspirator (air-jet) mixers generally operate with low pressure air 4. The “Air pressure/mixer differential pressure” ratio is important
in the 3 to 20 osi (5 to 35"w.c.) range and use the venturi effect to know (along with fuel type) when picking a mixer size,
to pull fuel into an air stream. This creates shear between the especially when using a zero governor (atmospheric regulator)
fuel and air flows that efficiently mixes them to make uniform for fuel/air ratio control.
(high quality) premix. They are often used with a zero governor
(atmospheric regulator) which controls fuel/air ratio when the air — For air/natural gas or propane systems (800 Btu/ft3 or more),
flow through the mixer is adjusted. “the air pressure in osi should be 2X the numerical value of the
mixer pressure in inches water column” or a 3.5 to 1 air pressure/
To conform to field conditions or to get lower or higher mixture mixture pressure ratio. For example, if the desired mixture pres-
pressures (with more or less suction, respectively), 3065 mixers sure at a burner nozzle is 4"w.c., then pick a mixer that requires
have interchangeable displacement rods that permit changing 8 osi (14"w.c.) air pressure at the inlet to the mixer at the desired
the mixer air orifice size. Rods can be changed without "break- air flow rate (Note: 1 osi = 1.73"w.c.)
ing" the piping. The rod diameter in 32nds of an inch is stamped
on the rod nut. — For coke oven gas and manufactured gas “the air pressure/
mixture pressure ratio is 4 to 1". So if the desired mixture pres-
3065 mixers have a built in pressure tap to measure the air sure for a burner nozzle is 4”w.c. the air pressure at the inlet to
pressure as it enters the mixer and a tap to measure the mix- the mixer at the desired air flow rate should be 16"w.c. (9.3 osi)
ture pressure as it exits the mixer. These taps can also be used
as points to connect an impulse line for a cross connected ratio If the ratio regulator is cross-connected to the mixer with an
regulator control. impulse line, the air pressure/mixture pressure ratio becomes less
critical for ratio control. This gives the system designer an option
3065 mixers are suitable for operation over the entire range to reduce the system air pressure requirement by choosing a
of conventional premix burners. Most North American premix mixer with less pressure drop.
burners have a minimum mixture pressure limit of .25"w.c., but
depending on piping configuration, often must be set higher to 5. The quality (uniformity) of the air/fuel mixture is a function of
prevent flashback. This means the low fire air pressure setting at the percentage of air pressure used for mixing.
the mixer inlet is usually above 1"w.c. Follow the North American
piping guidelines to reduce the risk of flashback at low fire and The minimum recommended air pressure drop for a cross con-
flame lift-off at high fire. nected system is 33% of the supply pressure. Using less pressure
Air Pressure
drop across the mixer will result in low quality air/fuel mixing. A
Mixture Pressure Gas Inlet
Tap (mp) Tap (ap) minimum air pressure drop of 66% of the air pressure is required
to use a zero governor with natural gas.
If the ratio regulator is cross connected, it is acceptable to size

Interchangeable the mixer so that the air pressure is 2X the mixture pressure.
Burner Exit Port
Displacement Rod Body Throat Air Inlet In this case the mixer pressure drop will be 50% of the supply
pressure.
Figure 2. Typical 3065 Mixer & Premix Burner
The easiest way to pick the correct mixer for an application is
to use the sizing tables in this bulletin. In cases where that is not
ASPIRATOR MIXERS for 3/4" PREMIX PILOT TIPS
appropriate, there are a number of factors to keep in mind.
3065 mixers are suitable for supplying premix to single or
multiple 3/4" pilot tips. The capacity of North American 4021 and
1. “Mixture pressure”: this is the pressure of the premix as it
4027 pilot tips is similar to the capacity of a 4651-01-A size pre-
leaves the mixer which is the same as the pressure the burn-
mix burner, so use the -01-A data in the sizing tables when sizing
er requires upstream of the nozzle, plus piping pressure losses
for 3/4" premix pilot tips. Consult the pilot bulletin for actual pilot
between the mixer and the burner (if any).
capacities and pressure requirements.
2. “Air pressure”: this is the pressure required to supply air into
The 4031 pilot mixer comes in one size, is simpler than the 3065
the mixer.
and is often preferred for use with a single 3/4" pilot tip. Old pilot
systems that use the now obsolete 4035-01 and 4035-02 mixers
3. “Mixer differential pressure”: this is the difference between
can be replaced with the 4031 mixer.
air pressure and the mixture pressure (dp = ap - mp). Besides
helping to size the mixer, knowing the mixer differential pressure
For better pilot tip reliability, pilot ratio regulators should be
at the required flow rate, helps in estimating the air flow through
cross-connected downstream of the pilot air control valve to a
the mixer during operation.
pilot mixture or air pressure tap. Bulletin 3065
page 3
Fuel/Air Ratio Control
Using a zero governor (atmospheric regulator)
A zero governor (atmospheric regulator) is a ratio regulator that

relies on suction from an aspirator mixer to control air/fuel ratio.
It is the classic way of controlling fuel air ratio in premix combus-
tion system as it does not require high gas pressure supply. This
is very important when gas delivery systems have limited supply Zero Governor
pressures. (Ratio Regulator) 3065 Mixer Burner
Vent Connection
Zero governors work by maintaining atmospheric pressure (zero Air Valve
pressure) at the regulator outlet. Increasing air flow through
a mixers' venturi increases suction on gas line. To maintain
its "zero" outlet pressure, the regulator opens its' gas valve to Figure 3. Typical ratio control system with zero governor ratio
increase the amount of gas flowing to the mixer. When the air regulator
flow is reduced, the suction is decreased and the regulator valve
closes to maintain the zero outlet pressure.
Using a cross-connected ratio regulator

Gas Line
There are a number of reasons to cross-connect the ratio

regulator feeding a 3065:
Zero Governor
(Ratio Regulator) 3065 Mixer Burner
— The combustion chamber pressure varies or is different than
the room pressure. For example premix burner used as pilot tips Impulse Line on Air Valve
are almost always cross connected. Mixture Pres. Tap
— The air pressure drop across the mixer is less than 66% of the
air supply pressure, there may not be enough suction generated Figure 3b. Typical ratio control system with zero governor ratio
by the mixer to use a true zero governor. regulator cross-connected to the mixture pressure.
The regulator can be cross-connected to the mixture pressure

tap or air pressure tap with an impulse line (ideally 3/8" copper
or SST tubing). When a zero governor is cross-connected, the
gas pressure at the zero governor (regulator) inlet must be
Gas Line
at least equal to the impulse line pressure plus pressure drop
across the governor. Do not set the gas pressure upstream of the
ratio regulator higher than necessary. When the gas pressure is
Zero Governor
increased above optimum the air/fuel ratio adjustment will lose (Ratio Regulator) 3065 Mixer Burner
resolution and get touchy.
Impulse Line on Air Valve
Cross-connecting to the mixture pressure generally provides Air Pres. Tap
better ratio control resolution than using the air pressure tap.
Use the air pressure tap to impulse line and regulator case is
Figure 3c. Typical ratio control system with zero governor ratio
objectionable. For example when the fuel contains corrosive regulator cross-connected to the air pressure.
components.
Bulletin 3065
page 4
Mixer Installation - 8666 TESTIPS
3065 Mixers can be mounted in any position convenient to the When using a cross-connected regulator an impulse line can
application piping. The gas adjustment cartridge assembly can be taken off the tap provided on the 3065 mixer or use a tap
be mounted in either side of the mixer. Gas inlet is perpendic- location in a straight section of air piping.
ular to air line. Mixers are shipped with the valve closed and
with right-hand assembly as shown. Plugged pipe taps (1/8") are Taps in piping should come off from the side or top of a pipe
provided for pressure readings. to prevent condensate or dirt from entering it. Small impulse
lines are easily plugged by dirt. Avoid sharp edges and abrupt
When mounting the 3065 mixer, leave clearance for removing changes of flow direction. Any burrs or nipples projecting into the
the cap and Allen wrench adjustment of the gas valve. The cap pipe cause the air in the pipe will increase velocity. Any change
conceals the gas adjustment, discourages tampering with the in velocity gives a false pressure reading.
setting, and reduces the chance of gas leaks. The gas adjustment
valve is not designed for tight shut off, use a suitable shut off Avoid dips in the impulse lines where condensed water could
valve upstream of the 3065 gas inlet. collect. If possible pitch impulse lines so water will run back to
the air line and not to the regulator, where it could collect on the
diaphragm and "fool" the regulator.
L.H. R.H. L.H. R.H.

Leave the connection at the regulator end of an impulse line till
last; and blow out the impulse line from the regulator end until
Gas Cartridge you can feel air coming through the tapped pipe.
Assembly (self-contained)
Turn gas adjustment plug

clockwise to decrease gas Right-hand assembly 8666 TESTIPS
of cartridge furnished
unless otherwise specified
Remove packing cap

Flames often are not easily visible when sealed-in nozzles are
to make gas adjustment used. An 8666 Testip facilitates setting desired air/fuel mixture.
Figure 4. Gas Cartridge detail of 3065 Aspirator Mixer The Testip is installed in mixture line per diagram below; it is lit
with a manual torch after main flame has been lit. Air/gas ratio is
adjusted in the mixer until Testip flame seems appropriate:
Installing elbows directly at the outlet of a 3065 mixer or using
a short nipple between the 3065 mixer and burner can cause
— A purple tinge indicates lean ratio.
combustion instability, or require narrowly held air/fuel ratio
— A greenish-blue inner cone denotes a rich flame.
settings. It can require the mixture pressure to be held lower than
— Compare testip flame with correct burner ratio setting.
desired to avoid flame lift-off, and nuisance outages of flame
supervisory devices. To help avoid these problems install straight
Testips are turned off after ratio setting has been set. They
unobstructed pipe with a minimum length of 5 L/D between the
should be removed (and the hole plugged) when not in use. Do
mixer and pre-mix burner nozzle. If space is limited, then mixer
not use an 8666 Testip for final settings with mixers smaller than
can be connected to the burner with two long nipples and an
1½", its capacity would represent too high a percentage of total
elbow (see sketch). Allow at least 4 pipe diameters on each side
capacity to allow accurate main flame settings. Use extra caution
of the elbow.
with 8666 Testips outdoors, the flame can be difficult to see in
For additional information see: Handbook Supplement 14 direct sunlight.
"Straight Pipe Run Requirements". Allow 6" minimum
flame clearance
1⁄8 NPT
Mixer 5 L/D (Min) Burner
5⁄8
5 L/D (Min) Burner 411⁄16"
Burner
Mixer
Burner
4 L/D (Min)
5 pipe dia. 5 pipe dia.

Figure 5. Minimum recommended straight pipe runs Bulletin 3065
Figure 6. 8666 Testip
page 5
Materials - 3065-S Mixers - Ordering Information
MATERIALS 3065-S ASPIRATOR MIXERS

3065-0 through -8 mixer bodies and mixing chambers are 3065- -S Aprirator Mixers have oversized throats for higher air
machined from iron castings. The -7 and -8 sizes have viton capacities and mixture pressures than standard mixers.
gaskets on flanged connections.
They are useful where:
Depending on the mixer size, gas cartridge assemblies are made
from brass, steel and cast iron, with seals made from viton and — Burner capacity does not match a standard mixer size, e.g.,
nitril. certain line burner assemblies and special bore nozzles.
Mixer displacement rods are made from steel. The rod support — Mixture line size is restricted, and the use of a standard
plugs are made from brass on -0 through -5 sizes and aluminum mixer would prevent the combustion system from reaching full
on -6 and larger sizes. capacity.
On 3065-K models, steel or stainless steel is substituted for the — A modest increase in combustion sytsem capcaity is desired
brass parts (for use with gases corrosive to brass). without extensive re-piping.
3065-9 mixer bodies and mixing chambers are fabricated from Increasing mixer capacity in the 3065-S involves sacrificing
steel, and assembled with a viton gasket. The 1122-7-F valve suction efficiency, therefore it may be necessary to cross-connect
used on the 3065-9 for gas adjustment is made from cast iron, the zero governor when using a -S mixer.
stainless steel, steel and has a viton seal.
When feeding several nozzles from one 3065- -S mixer, a
mixture manifold at least one pipe size larger than the mixer
outlet is recommended.
ORDERING INFORMATION
3065 Mixer with rod part numbers = 3065- -

Rod size (0-80 see table 4 on Sheet 3065-2_dims-pl)
Example: 3065-4-15
Mixer Size (0-9)
3065-S Mixer with rod part numbers = 3065- -S

Example: 3065-7-S20
Mixer Size (3-8)
3065-K Mixer with rod part numbers = 3065- -K

For Coke oven, manufactured, and other gases
corrosive to brass, specify 3065- -K Mixer. Mixer Size (0-8)
Example: 3065-0-K6
3065 Mixer only part numbers = 3065-

(Rod not included)
Example: 3065-0 Mixer Size (0-9)
3065 or -S Rod only part numbers = 3065- - RA

(Mixer not included) Rod size (0-80 see table 4 on Sheet 3065-2_dims-pl)
Example: 3065-4-12RA For Use in Mixer Size (0-9)
3065 with observation port in place of -0 plug = 3065- - 0-OBS

Rod size (0) and -S or -K
For Use in Mixer Size (1-8)
Bulletin 3065
Example: 3065-6-0-OBS; 3065-6-S0-OBS; 3065-6-K0-OBS page 6
Sizing 3065 Mixers Instructions
• For Standard 4651, 4659, and 4682 premix burners: — Use Chart 1 with the desired air flow and mixer dp to identify
the correct 3065 mixer to match other premix burners for use
North American 4651, 4659, and 4682 premix burners share the with zero governor ratio control.
same capacity rating system, but not every size premix burner
capacity is available for every burner nozzle type, or suitable to Note that Chart 1 does not list every size mixer available.
operate at every pressure on the tables sizing tables. Consult the
individual burner bulletin and sheets for details and operating — To use Table 3 the dp and burner air flow will need to be
stability range. converted via the square root law to 1" or 30"w.c. pressure
with the new corresponding air flow.
— Use Table 1 to size a 3065 mixer for a single North American
premix burner with zero governor control. Example: dp = 15"w.c. @ 6,000 cfh air
— Use Table 2 to size a 3065 mixer for multiple North American
premix burners, with zero governor control. To find air flow when dp = 1"w.c.

Mixer/burner parings in Table 1 and 2 maintain a relationship Solution: Q2 = Q1 x
P2
between mixer air orifice area and burner premix orifice area P1
(about a 1:2.5 ratio for natural gas, and 1:2.9 for coke oven gas

and manufactured gas). Q2 = 6,000 x
1
15
• For other premix burners if the required burner flow is
known: Q2 = 1549 cfh air @ 1"
— Determine how much mixture pressure is required for the Using Table 3: choose a 3065-5-16 mixer (with 21/2" air inlet), if
premix burner that the 3065 is feeding by consulting burner 2" air piping is required then a 3065-4-S12 could be used.
instructions.
• For premix burners if only the burner orifice area and
— Determine how much mixer air pressure is required for the required mixture pressure is known:
fuel and control being used.
• For zero governor control with Natural Gas, mixer air pres — Since flow through most premix burners is nearly proportional
sure (ap) = mp X 3.5 to open orifice area, 3065 mixers can be matched to premix
• For zero governor control with Manufactured or Coke Oven burners by determining the open area and finding the closest
Gas, mixer air pressure (ap) = mp X 4.0 matching 4682 burner size by area using Sheet 4600-1. Use
• For cross-connected regulator control with most fuels, and that nozzle size with Table 1 or 2.
proper distance between the mixer and the burner, mixer
air pressure (ap) = mp X 2 is adequate.
— To find mixer differential pressure (Pressure Drop Across

Mixer), subtract mp from ap (dp = ap - mp)
Example, for zero governor control with Natural Gas with a

burner that requires 6"w.c @ 6,000 cfh air mp = 6": ap=21"w.c.:
dp = 15"w.c.
Bulletin 3065
page 7
Sizing 3065 Aspirator Mixers - Table 1
Table 1 is used to size a single 3065 for any North American Aspirator Mixer for ¾" Premix Pilot Tips:
4651, 4659, or 4682 premix burner, which all share the same The premix capacity of ¾" 4021 and 4027 premix pilot tips is
capacity rating system. Mixer/burner recommendations in Table 1 similar to the 4651-01-A burner. So use the -01-A data in Table
maintain the required relationship between the mixer orifice size 1 for ¾" pilot mixer sizing. Consult the pilot bulletin for acutal
and burner port size for use with zero governor ratio control. To pilot capacities. The 4031 pilot mixer is often preferred for use
use this table, find burner size in the third column from the left, with a single ¾" pilot tip. For better pilot tip reliability, pilot ratio
then read across to the mixer designation that appears to the left regulators should be cross-connected downstream of the pilot air
that matches the fuel being used. control valve to a pilot mixture or air pressure tap.
TABLE 1. Capacities* scfh air of 3065 Mixers with North American burner nozzles.
(for Btu/h, multiply by 100)‡
Required Air Pressure in osi for Natural Gas
Complete 3065 North 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
Mixer Designation American Required Air Pressure in osi ^ for Manufactured or Coke Oven Gas
Premix 2.3 4.6 6.8 9.1 11.4 13.7 16 18.3
Manufactured or Natural Burner Mixture Pressure in inches of Water Column**
Coke Oven Gas Gas Size # 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
3065-0-10 3065-0-9 -01-A 130 180 230 260 290 320 340 370
3065-0-9 3065-0-8 -0-A 200 280 350 400 450 490 530 570
3065-0-8 3065-0-6 -0-B 250 350 430 500 560 610 660 710
3065-0-7 3065-0-5 -0-C 280 400 480 560 630 690 740 790
3065-1-9 3065-1-7 -1-A 350 490 610 700 780 860 930 990
3065-1-8 3065-1-5 -1-B 440 620 760 880 980 1 080 1 160 1 240
3065-2-13 3065-2-12 -2-A 560 790 970 1 120 1 250 1 370 1 480 1 580
3065-2-12 3065-2-10 -2-B 650 920 1 130 1 300 1 450 1 590 1 720 1 840
3065-2-10 3065-2-6 -2-C 780 1 100 1 350 1 560 1 740 1 910 2 060 2 210
3065-2-6 3065-2-0 -2-D 880 1 240 1 520 1 760 1 970 2 160 2 330 2 490
3065-3-14 3065-3-11 -3-A 980 1 390 1 700 1 960 2 190 2 400 2 590 2 770
3065-3-11 3065-3-6 -3-B 1 200 1 700 2 080 2 400 2 680 2 940 3 170 3 390
3065-4-18 3065-4-16 -4-A 1 500 2 120 2 600 3 000 3 350 3 670 3 970 4 240
3065-4-14 3065-4-10 -4-B 1 900 2 690 3 290 3 800 4 250 4 650 5 030 5 370
3065-4-12 3065-4-8 -4-C 2 050 2 900 3 550 4 100 4 580 5 020 5 420 5 800
3065-5-18 3065-5-14 -5-A 2 450 3 460 4 240 4 900 5 480 6 000 6 480 6 930
3065-5-13 3065-5-10 -5-B 2 900 4 100 5 000 5 800 6 500 7 100 7 700 8 200
3065-6-24 3065-6-20 -6-A 3 200 4 500 5 500 6 400 7 200 7 800 8 500 9 100
3065-6-18 3065-6-10 -6-B 3 850 5 400 6 700 7 700 8 600 9 400 10 200 10 900
3065-6-16 3065-6-0 -6-C 4 250 6 000 7 400 8 500 9 500 10 400 11 200 12 000
3065-7-38 3065-7-34 -7-A 4 750 6 700 8 200 9 500 10 600 11 600 12 600 13 400
3065-7-32 3065-7-26 -7-B 6 000 8 500 10 400 12 000 13 400 14 700 15 900 17 000
3065-7-26 3065-7-18 -7-C 7 050 10 000 12 200 14 100 15 800 17 300 18 700 19 900
3065-8-68 3065-8-64 -8-A 10 500 14 800 18 200 21 000 23 500 25 700 27 800 29 700
3065-8-60 3065-8-56 -8-B 13 000 18 400 22 500 26 000 29 100 31 800 34 400 36 800
3065-8-52 3065-8-36 -8-C 18 000 25 500 31 200 36 000 40 200 44 100 47 600 51 000
3065-8-28 3065-8-0 -8-D 21 500 30 400 37 200 43 000 48 100 52 500 57 000 60 800
3065-9-64 3065-9-56 -9 37 700 53 500 65 000 75 500 84 500 92 000 99 500 107 000
NOTES:
* Air flow capacity data assumes stoichiometric ratio with natural ** Not every size premix burner capacity is available for
gas, air flow increases with excess air and decreases with every burner type, or stable at every pressure on this table.
excess fuel. Consult the individual burner bulletin and sheets for details and
operating stability range.
‡ Capacities with 100% combustion air through mixer and nozzle.
Burners can be operated with "rich" mixture if secondary air is ^Multiply air pressure in osi by 1.73 to convert pressure in osi to
available in vicinity of nozzle, which increases Btu/h capacities. pressure in inches wc (16 osi = 27.7"w.c.)
Bulletin 3065
page 8
Sizing 3065 Aspirator Air/Gas Mixers - Table 2
Table 2 lists proper selection if several burners are fed Multiple premix burner arrangements with mixers larger than the
from a single 3065 mixer. Burner capacity and number of three inch -7 size, burners above the -5-A size or with more than
premix burners (4651, 4659, or 4682) determine mixer selection. 10 burners are prone to flashback. When sizing mixers for mul-
Mixer/burner recommendations in Table 2 maintain the required tiple burners outside the range of Table 2, use a single mixer for
relationship between the mixer orifice size and burner port size each burner or divide the burners among two or more mixers,
for use with zero governor ratio control. Flow distribution and and select the mixers from Table 2.
pressure drops should be considered carefully when designing
the mixture manifold. Aspirator Mixers for ¾" Premix Pilot Tips:
The premix capacity of ¾" 4021 and 4027 premix pilot tips is
To use this table, find burner size in left-hand column, then read similar to the 4651-01-A burner. To size a 3065 for multiple ¾"
across to the mixer designation that appears under the number pilot tips use the -01-A data row in Table 2 for ¾" pilot mixer
of burners to be fed. sizing. Consult the pilot bulletin for actual pilot capacities. The
4031 pilot mixer is often preferred for use with a single ¾" pilot
tip. Pilot ratio regulators should always be cross-connected to the
mixture or air pressure taps on the mixer.
TABLE 2. Recommended Mixer Selections for Multiple Burners Using Natural Gas
Burner Number of Burners per 3065 Aspirator Mixer
Size
desig. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
-01-A 3065-0-9 3065-0-5 3065-1-6 3065-2-13 3065-2-11 3065-2-8 3065-2-6 3065-2-0 3065-3-11 3065-3-6
-0-A 3065-0-8 3065-1-8 3065-1-5 3065-2-8 3065-3-13 3065-3-9 3065-3-5 3065-4-16 3065-4-14 3065-4-12
-0-B 3065-0-6 3065-1-4 3065-2-8 3065-3-12 3065-3-7 3065-4-16 3065-4-14 3065-4-10 3065-5-18 3065-5-16
-0-C 3065-0-5 3065-2-12 3065-3-13 3065-3-6 3065-4-15 3065-4-11 3065-5-18 3065-5-15 3065-5-10 3065-6-24
-1-A 3065-1-7 3065-2-9 3065-3-10 3065-4-17 3065-4-13 3065-4-5 3065-5-15 3065-5-10 3065-6-22 3065-6-20
-1-B 3065-1-5 3065-2-4 3065-3-4 3065-4-13 3065-5-18 3065-5-13 3065-6-24 3065-6-20 3065-6-15 3065-6-10
-2-A 3065-2-12 3065-3-9 3065-4-14 3065-5-17 3065-5-9 3065-6-20 3065-6-15 3065-6-6 3065-7-36 3065-7-34
-2-B 3065-2-10 3065-4-18 3065-4-8 3065-5-12 3065-6-22 3065-6-14 3065-7-38 3065-7-34 3065-7-32 3065-7-28
-2-C 3065-2-6 3065-4-15 3065-5-15 3065-6-24 3065-6-13 3065-7-36 3065-7-32 3065-7-28 3065-7-24 3065-7-18
-2-D 3065-2-0 3065-4-11 3065-5-9 3065-6-18 3065-7-38 3065-7-32 3065-7-28 3065-7-20 3065-7-12 –
-3-A 3065-3-11 3065-4-8 3065-6-24 3065-6-13 3065-7-36 3065-7-30 3065-7-24 3065-7-15 – –

-3-B 3065-3-6 3065-5-15 3065-6-18 3065-7-36 3065-7-30 3065-7-20 3065-7-4 – – –
-4-A 3065-4-16 3065-6-22 3065-7-38 3065-7-28 3065-7-18 – – – – –

-4-B 3065-4-10 3065-6-14 3065-7-30 3065-7-16 – – – – – –
-4-C 3065-4-8 3065-6-9 3065-7-28 3065-7-4 – – – – – –
-5-A 3065-5-14 3065-7-34 3065-7-16 – – – – – – –
For additional information on premix systems and premix

system design, see the following sheets:
— Straight pipe run requirements, Handbook Supplement 14
— Series 4651, 4659, and 4682 Burner Nozzles,
— Jiffy Sheet, Handbook Supplement 288
Sheet 4600-1
— Piping Practice for Industrial Burner Systems,
— North American Air/Gas Ratio Regulators, Handbook Supplement 46
Bulletin 7218/7219A
— Prevent "Pooped" Pilots, Handbook Supplement 289
— Air/Gas Ratio Regulators, Instructions 7218-2
— Practical Pointers (Industrial Burner Control Systems)
— Premix Burners, Handbook Supplement 288
Bulletin 3065
page 9
Sizing 3065 Aspirator Mixers - Chart 1A
Chart 1A. Air Capacities for Selected Small North American 3065 Aspirator Mixers
vs. Pressure Drop Across Mixer ("wc) (Differential Pressure)
(see Table 3 for Data on all 3065 sizes)
(for Btu/h, multiply by 100)
Air Flow, cfh
See Table 3 for

more 3065
mixers sizes
Pressure Drop Across Mixer

(Air Pressure - Mixture Pressure), "w.c.
Flow through 3065 mixers is nearly proportional to throat area, so the capacity of an unlisted mixer-rod
combination can be determined by comparing its net throat area with that of a closest known model.
Bulletin 3065
page 10
Sizing 3065 Aspirator Mixers - Chart 1B
Chart 1B. Air Capacities for Selected Large North American 3065 Aspirator Mixers
vs. Pressure Drop Across Mixer ("wc) (Differential Pressure)
(see Table 3 for Data on all 3065 sizes)
(for Btu/h multiply by 100)
Air Flow, cfh
See Table 3 for

more 3065
mixers sizes
Pressure Drop Across Mixer

(Air Pressure - Mixture Pressure), "w.c.
Flow through 3065 mixers is nearly proportional to throat area, so the capacity of an unlisted mixer-rod
Bulletin 3065
combination can be determined by comparing its net throat area with that of a closest known model. page 11
Sizing 3065 Aspirator Mixers - Table 3A
Table 3A. 3065 Mixer Throat Areas & Capacities, scfh air @ 1" and 30"w.c. Differential Pressure
(Pressure Drop Across Mixer = Air Pressure - Mixture Pressure)
3065(S) Mixers
3065(S) Mixer Air Air 3065(S) Mixer Air Air 3065(S) Mixer Air Air
Mixer Throat Flow Flow Mixer Throat Flow Flow Mixer Throat Flow Flow
Size Area in2 @1"wc @30"wc Size Area in2 @1"wc @30"wc Size Area in2 @1"wc @30"wc
-0-0 0.100 216 1 180 -3-S6 0.532 1 165 6 380 -5-15 0.715 1 638 8 970
-0-5 0.091 179 980 -3-S7 0.522 1 135 6 220 -5-16 0.691 1 583 8 670
-0-6 0.083 162 890 -3-S8 0.510 1 101 6 030 -5-17 0.666 1 525 8 350
-0-7 0.073 143 780 -3-S9 0.497 1 065 5 830 -5-18 0.639 1 464 8 020
-0-8 0.061 120 660 -3-S10 0.483 1 026 5 620
-5-S0 1.227 2 893 15 800
-0-9 0.048 95 520 -3-S11 0.467 984 5 390
-5-S6 1.200 2 828 15 500
-3-S12 0.449 939 5 140
-1-0 0.151 295 1 620 -5-S8 1.178 2 777 15 200
-3-S13 0.430 892 4 890
-1-4 0.138 271 1 480 -5-S9 1.165 2 746 15 000
-3-S14 0.409 842 4 610
-1-5 0.131 258 1 410 -5-S10 1.150 2 712 14 900
-1-6 0.123 241 1 320 -4-0 0.645 1445 7 910 -5-S12 1.117 2 651 14 500
-1-7 0.113 222 1 210 -4-5 0.626 1391 7 620 -5-S13 1.098 2 605 14 300
-1-8 0.102 199 1 090 -4-6 0.617 1373 7 520 -5-S14 1.077 2 556 14 000
-1-9 0.089 173 950 -4-7 0.607 1 350 7 400 -5-S15 1.055 2 503 13 700
-1-10 0.074 145 790 -4-8 0.596 1 325 7 260 -5-S16 1.031 2 464 13 500
-1-11 0.058 113 620 -4-9 0.583 1 296 7 100 -5-S17 1.006 2 404 13 200
-4-10 0.568 1 273 6 970 -5-S18 0.979 2 339 12 800
-2-0 0.277 552 3 020
-4-11 0.552 1 228 6 720 -5-S20 0.920 2 200 12 100
-2-4 0.265 528 2 890
-4-12 0.534 1 188 6 510
-2-5 0.258 514 2 810 -6-0 1.289 2 995 16 400
-4-13 0.515 1 146 6 280
-2-6 0.250 497 2 720 -6-6 1.261 2 931 16 100
-4-14 0.494 1 100 6 020
-2-8 0.228 454 2 490 -6-7 1.251 2 908 15 900
-4-15 0.472 1 050 5 750
-2-9 0.215 428 2 350 -6-9 1.227 2 851 15 600
-4-16 0.448 968 5 300
-2-10 0.200 399 2 190 -6-10 1.212 2 837 15 500
-4-17 0.423 941 5 150
-2-11 0.184 367 2 010 -6-12 1.178 2 758 15 100
-4-18 0.396 875 4 790
-2-12 0.167 332 1 820 -6-13 1.159 2 713 14 900
-2-13 0.147 294 1 610 -4-S0 0.785 1 786 9 780 -6-14 1.138 2 684 14 700
-2-14* 0.127 253 1 380 -4-S5 0.766 1 743 9 540 -6-15 1.116 2 650 14 500
-4-S6 0.758 1 723 9 440 -6-16 1.092 2 611 14 300
-3-0 0.406 836 4 580
-4-S7 0.748 1 701 9 320 -6-18 1.040 2 504 13 700
-3-4 0.394 810 4 440
-4-S8 0.736 1 675 9 170 -6-20 0.982 2 380 13 000
-3-5 0.387 796 4 360
-4-S10 0.709 1 612 8 830 -6-22 0.918 2 193 12 000
-3-6 0.378 779 4 270
-4-S11 0.693 1 575 8 630 -6-24 0.847 2 011 11 000
-3-7 0.368 758 4 150
-4-S12 0.675 1 535 8 410
-3-8 0.357 735 4 020 -6-S0 1.996 4 936 27 000
-4-S13 0.656 1 491 8 170
-3-9 0.344 702 3 850 -6-S6 1.968 4 868 26 700
-4-S14 0.635 1 444 7 910
-3-10 0.329 678 3 710 -6-S7 1.958 4 843 26 500
-4-S15 0.613 1 394 7 630
-3-11 0.313 645 3 530 -6-S9 1.933 4 782 26 200
-4-S16 0.589 1 340 7 340
-3-12 0.296 608 3 330 -6-S10 1.919 4 746 26 000
-4-S17 0.564 1 282 7 020
-3-13 0.276 569 3 120 -6-S12 1.885 4 663 25 500
-4-S18 0.537 1 221 6 690
-3-14 0.256 531 2 910 -6-S13 1.866 4 615 25 300
-3-15 0.233 484 2 650 -5-0 0.887 2 004 10 970 -6-S14 1.845 4 564 25 000
-3-16 0.210 435 2 380 -5-6 0.860 1 941 10 630 -6-S15 1.823 4 509 24 700
-3-17 0.184 383 2 100 -5-8 0.838 1 893 10 370 -6-S16 1.799 4 450 24 400
-3-18 0.158 327 1 790 -5-9 0.825 1 863 10 210 -6-S18 1.747 4 292 23 500
-5-10 0.811 1 830 10 030 -6-S20 1.689 4 149 22 700
-3-S0 0.559 1 235 6 770 -5-12 0.777 1 767 9 680 -6-S22 1.624 3 991 21 900
-3-S4 0.547 1 208 6 620 -5-13 0.758 1 724 9 440 -6-S24 1.554 3 817 20 900
-3-S5 0.540 1 193 6 530 -5-14 0.737 1 689 9 250
Bulletin 3065
Note: Some 3065 mixers are available with additional special rod sizes. page 12
Sizing 3065 Aspirator Mixers - Table 3B
Table 3B. 3065 Mixer Throat Areas & Capacities, scfh air @ 1" and 30" wc Differential Pressure
(Pressure Drop Across Mixer = Air Pressure - Mixture Pressure)
3065(S) Mixers
3065(S) Mixer Air Air 3065(S) Mixer Air Air 3065(S) Mixer Air Air
Mixer Throat Flow Flow Mixer Throat Flow Flow Mixer Throat Flow Flow
Size Area in2 @1"wc @30"wc Size Area in2 @1"wc @30"wc Size Area in2 @1"wc @30"wc
-7-0 2.405 5 949 32 600 -7-S24 3.318 8 813 48 300 -8-S0 8.621 23 325 127 800
-7-4 2.393 5 919 32 400 -7-S26 3.241 8 556 46 900 -8-S15 8.448 22 718 124 000
-7-10 2.329 5 760 31 500 -7-S28 3.159 8 285 45 400 -8-S16 8.424 22 514 123 300
-7-12 2.295 5 676 31 100 -7-S30 3.070 8 000 43 800 -8-S20 8.314 22 081 120 900
-7-14 2.255 5 577 30 500 -7-S32 2.975 7 703 42 200 -8-S24 8.179 21 587 118 200
-7-15 2.233 5 522 30 200 -7-S34 2.873 7 393 40 500 -8-S28 8.019 21 033 115 200
-7-16 2.209 5 464 29 900 -7-S36 2.766 7 071 38 700 -8-S32 7.835 20 420 111 800
-7-18 2.157 5 335 29 200 -7-S38 2.652 6 737 36 900 -8-S36 7.626 19 750 108 200
-7-20 2.098 5 190 28 400 -8-S40 7.393 19 146 104 900
-7-24 1.963 4 857 26 600 -8-0 5.940 15 381 84 200
-8-S44 7.136 18 478 101 200
-7-26 1.887 4 667 25 600 -8-15 5.767 15 030 82 300
-8-S48 6.853 17 747 97 200
-7-28 1.804 4 462 24 400 -8-16 5.743 15 063 82 500
-8-S52 6.547 16 844 92 300
-7-30 1.715 4 213 23 100 -8-20 5.633 14 867 81 400
-8-S56 6.215 16 095 88 200
-7-32 1.620 3 953 21 700 -8-24 5.498 14 602 80 000
-8-S60 5.859 15 271 83 600
-7-34 1.519 3 681 20 200 -8-28 5.338 14 178 77 700
-8-S64 5.479 14 461 79 200
-7-36 1.411 3 444 18 900 -8-32 5.154 13 689 75 000
-8-S68 5.074 13 224 72 400
-7-38 1.298 3 188 17 500 -8-36 4.946 13 217 72 400
-8-S72 4.644 12 027 65 900
-8-40 4.712 12 594 69 000
-7-S0 3.760 10 236 56 100 -8-44 4.455 11 906 65 200 -9-0 10.682 31 033 170 000
-7-S4 3.748 10 203 55 900 -8-48 4.172 11 151 61 100 -9-24 10.241 29 239 160 000
-7-S10 3.683 10 027 54 900 -8-52 3.866 10 331 56 600 -9-32 9.897 27 765 152 000
-7-S12 3.650 9 935 54 400 -8-56 3.534 9 446 51 700 -9-40 9.455 26 526 145 000
-7-S14 3.610 9 827 53 800 -8-60 3.178 8 336 45 700 -9-48 8.915 25 011 137 000
-7-S15 3.587 9 766 53 500 -8-64 2.798 7 292 39 900 -9-56 8.277 23 221 127 000
-7-S16 3.564 9 642 52 800 -8-68 2.393 6 237 34 200 -9-64 7.541 21 155 116 000
-7-S18 3.511 9 443 51 700 -8-72 1.963 5 117 28 000 -9-72 6.706 17 812 98 000
-7-S20 3.453 9 229 50 500 -9-80 5.774 14 856 81 000
SIZING EXAMPLES
Note: Most premix burner pressure specifications are rated in Example B: Select a mixer for feeding six (6) 4651-2-A burners,
inches water column. Most North American, blower and mixer with zero governor ratio control for natural gas.
air pressure specifications, are rated in osi: 1 osi = 1.73"w.c.
— Since these are standard size burner nozzles with zero
Example A: Select a mixer for a single 4651-2-D burner with 16 governor ratio control, use Table 2. Find the -2-A burner row
osi (27.7"w.c.) air and 8"wc mixture pressure, with zero governor move right and find the 6 burner column. Pick the 3065-6-20
ratio control for natural gas. Mixer from the list.
— Since this is a standard burner nozzle size with zero governor

ratio control, use Table 1. Find the -2-D burner and pick a 3065-
2-0 mixer from the list to the left. Per Table 3A, the 3065-3-13
has the same mixer throat area, and offers more sizing options
if field conditions require a new displacement rod choice.
Bulletin 3065
page 13
3065 Sizing Examples continued
Example C: Select a mixer for a 4682-6-C burner with 8 osi Example E2: An existing system uses a 3065-5-17 mixer to
(14"w.c.) air and 8"wc mixture pressure. This arrangement feed four (4) 4682-2-A burner nozzles with a zero governor ratio
necessitates a cross-connected regulator and high gas pressure control for natural gas. What mixer is needed if the burners are
because air pressure drop is <66% of its air pressure. changed to four (4) 4682-2-D burner nozzles to increase the
system capacity.
— Capacity of a 4682-6-C at 8"w.c. mixture pressure is
1,200,000 Btu/h. (divide by 100= 12,000 scfh air) Pressure drop — Since these are standard size burner nozzles with zero
across the mixer = 8 osi (14"wc) minus 8"w.c. mp = 6"w.c. From governor ratio control, use Table 2. Find the -2-D burner row,
the capacity Chart 1B, a 3065-6-S0 Mixer would serve the move right and find the 4 burner column. Pick the 3065-6-18
purpose, as would a 3065-7-20. For minimum cost and size (both mixer from the list. This is a new mixer size which requires larger
mixer and burner nozzle are 3" NPT) use the 3065-6-S0 mixer. pipe (but maybe a 3065-5-S_ will work) from Table 3B, the
The gas pressure required upstream of the ratio regulator = 14" orifice throat area of a 3065-6-18 is (1.040 in2). A 3065-5-S15
w.c. + 6"w.c. = 20" wc = 11.5 osi (use 12-16 osi) is (1.055 in2). So use the 3065-5-S15 because only the mixer
needs to be changed and not the piping. Note: The other system
Example D: Select a mixer for 3,000 scfh air) burner with 8 osi components still need to be checked to see if they are suitable
air and 8"w.c. mixture pressure. (This arrangement necessitates for use with the higher capacity. Due to more pressure drop
a cross-connected regulator and 12-16 osi gas pressure.) Pressure through the piping it may be necessary to cross connect the ratio
drop across the mixer = 8 osi (14"w.c.) minus 8"wc mixture regulator.
pressure = 6"w.c.
Example G: Select a mixer for a 2,300,000 Btu/h (divide by
— From the capacity Chart 1A, a 3065-3-S0 or a 3065-4-8 100= 23,000 scfh air) burner with 8 osi air and 4"w.c. mixture
could be used. Which mixer to choose depends on a number of pressure. (zero governor ratio control for natural gas) Pressure
factors. drop across the mixer = 8 osi (14"w.c.) minus 4"wc mp = 10"w.c.
- The 3065-3-S0 uses 1½" pipe and the 3065-4-8 uses
2" pipe — From the capacity Chart 1B, a 3065-8 with between a #56
- If at any time the system capacity needs to be increased, and a #64 rod or a 3065-7-S with between no rod and a #38
the capacity of the 3065-4-8 can be increased by using a rod (21,000 cfh capacity) could be used. For minimum cost and
smaller displacement rod. The 3065-0-S0 with its -0 rod is size, use a 3065-7-S.
already is at the maximum capacity.
- In most cases pick the mixer with the same pipe size as Effective mixer throat area = for a 3065-7-S38 = 2.652 sq. in.
the burner, but the 3065-4-8 mixer offers more sizing (from Table 3B)
options if field conditions require a new displacement rod
choice.
Example E1: An existing system uses a 3065-5-17 mixer to feed

(A), Throat area, unknown mixer Capacity, unknown mixer
four (4) 4682-2-A burner nozzles, with a zero governor ratio =
Throat area, known mixer Capacity, known mixer
control for natural gas. What mixer is needed if the burners are
changed to four (4) 4682-2-B burner nozzles to increase the (A) 23,000 scfh
system capacity? =
2.652 21,000 scfh
— Since these are standard size nozzles with zero governor ratio A = 2.90 sq. in.
control, use Table 2. Find the -2-B nozzle row move right and
find the 4 nozzle column. Find the 3065-5-12 Mixer from the list.
Since the mixers are both the 3065-5 size, only the displacement From Table 3B use 3065-7-S34 mixer.
rod needs to be changed.
Bulletin 3065
page 14
External Dimensions 3065 Aspirator Mixers - Table 4
DIMENSIONS
Gas H-Rad.
Inlet B-FPT
3065-0 to -6 K
ØC
L
A-FPT
Mixture Outlet
A-FPT
ØM Air Inlet E D
F
N N
G
Gas A-FPT
Inlet B-FPT Mixture Outlet
3065-7 & -8 ØC
M SQUARE FLANGE A-FPT 3065-7 Flange = 5 X .66 Ø holes, 6.38 B.C.

Air Inlet 3065-8 Flange = 6 X .66 Ø holes, 8.88 B.C.
Q
B-(4" ANSI) Gas Inlet

(8) X .75 Ø holes, 7.50 B.C.
A-(8" ANSI) Mixture Outlet

(8) X .88 Ø holes, 11.75 B.C.
3065-9
ØC
A-(8" ANSI) Air Inlet ØM

Note: 3065-9 companion flanges are not included.
Table 4.
Gas ADJ
Dimensions in inches Allen
Mixer NPT or ANSI Wt, wrench
designation A B C D E F G H K L M N P Q lb. size mm*
3065-0 ¾ ½ 1.56 4.03 1.75 1.50 7.28 0.63 1.19 1.66 1.56 1.25 2.00 – 4 2.5
3065-1 1 ¾ 1.93 4.13 1.81 1.50 7.44 0.75 1.38 1.88 1.93 1.28 2.03 – 5 4
3065-2 1¼ 1 2.25 5.88 2.06 1.69 9.63 0.88 1.66 2.03 2.38 1.47 2.22 – 7 4
3065-3 1½ 11 2.63 6.50 2.44 1.81 10.75 0.84 1.75 2.16 2.63 1.50 2.25 – 8 4
3065-4 22 1¼ 3.00 8.38 3.50 2.06 13.93 1.13 2.19 2.63 3.00 1.56 2.38 – 14 4
3065-5 2½ 1½ 3.75 10.31 4.06 2.31 16.69 1.22 2.50 3.13 3.75 1.63 2.63 – 18 4
3065-6 3 2 4.38 10.50 4.56 3.13 18.19 1.50 2.93 3.38 4.38 2.00 3.06 – 27 6
3065-7 4 2½ 7.75 13.93 5.19 3.56 22.69 1.81 4.81 4.93 5.50 2.25 3.53 1.50 48 6
3065-8 61 3 10.38 17.44 8.81 4.93 31.19 2.19 6.00 6.19 8.25 2.93 4.56 1.75 125 6
3065-9 81 4 13.50 27.69 10.50 6.25 44.44 – 8.69 6.75 13.50 – – – 170 N/A
* Mixers purchased before 2017 use standard US Allen wrench sizes, 3⁄32, 5⁄32, 7⁄32 (or slotted before 2004).
DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. PLEASE OBTAIN CERTIFIED PRINTS FROM FIVES NORTH AMERICAN COMBUSTION, INC.
IF SPACE LIMITATIONS OR OTHER CONSIDERATIONS MAKE EXACT DIMENSION(S) CRITICAL. Bulletin 3065
page 15
Internal Dimensions 3065 Aspirator Mixers - Tables 5, 6, and 7
Table 5. Mixer Throat Dimensions Table 6. Mixer Rod Dimensions

Mixer Throat Dia. Throat Area Rod Rod Area Rod Rod Area
Size Inches Sq. Inches Size Square Inches Size Square Inches
4037 # 0.156 0.019 0 0.000 24 0.442
4031 # 0.209 0.034 4 0.012 26 0.518
3065-0 0.375 0.110 5 0.019 28 0.601
3065-1 0.438 0.150 6 0.028 30 0.690
3065-2 0.594 0.277 7 0.038 32 0.785
3065-3 0.719 0.406 8 0.049 34 0.887
3065-3-S 0.844 0.559 9 0.062 36 0.944
3065-4 0.906 0.645 10 0.077 38 1.108
3065-4-S 1.000 0.785 11 0.093 40 1.227
3065-5 1.063 0.887 12 0.110 44 1.485
3065-5-S 1.250 1.227 13 0.130 48 1.767
14 0.150 52 2.074
3065-6 1.281 1.289
3065-6-S 1.594 1.995 15 0.173 56 2.405
3065-7 1.750 2.405 16 0.196 60 2.761
3065-7-S 2.188 3.758 17 0.222 64 3.142
18 0.249 68 3.547
3065-8 2.750 5.940
20 0.307 72 3.976
3065-8-S 3.313 8.618
22 0.371 80 4.909
3065-9 3.688 10.680
# The 4031 and 4037 are small mixers commonly used for small premix pilot tips.
Throat Dimensions Rod Size in 1⁄32 inch
Mixer Orifice Area = Throat Area - Rod Area
Table 7. Available Rod Sizes

Mixer Rod Part Numbers = 3065- - RA
3065-0 0 5 6 7 8 9
3065-1 0* 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
3065-2 0* 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13
3065-3 0* 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
3065-4 0* 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
3065-5 0* 6 8 9 10 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
3065-6 0* 6 7 9 10 12 13 14 15 16 18 20 22 24
3065-7 0* 4 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 24 26 28 30 32 34* 36* 38*
3065-8 0* 15 16 20 24 28 32 36 40* 44* 48* 52* 56* 60* 64* 68* 72*
3065-9 0 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80
Rod Sizes #15 and smaller are solid, #16 (1/2"Ø) and larger are tubular.
The "0" size is a plug only.
*These rods are available with a centerline observation port.
To order a mixer with an observation port add "OP" to the part number. Example: 3065-7-S36OP Bulletin 3065
To order a Rod only with observation port ad "OP" to the part number. Example: 3065-8-68RAOP page 16
Part List 3065 Aspirator Mixers - Table 8
GAS CONNECTION
for 3065-7 and -8
Gas Cartridge Assembly Gas Connection Mixing Chamber Gasket
(assembly of shaded parts) Gasket
Rod Tubular
Support Displacement
Plug Rod
Stuffing Solid Displacement
Box Cap ASSEMBLIES OF RODS Rod
for 3065-6, thru 3065 -9 ASPIRATOR MIXERS
Solid
Displacement
Rod
Rod Support
Plug for Mixing Chamber
Rod 3065-0 thru 3065-5
Aspirator Mixers Body
Support
Plug MIXTURE OUTLET FLANGE
Orifice Plate and gasket for 3065-7 and -8
AIR INLET FLANGE and gaskets (2 req'd)

for 3065-7 and -8
Table 8. 3065, 3065- -S and 3065- -K (All Iron/Steel) PARTS LIST

Mixer designation
3065-0 3065-1 3065-2 3065-3 3065-4 3065-5 3065-6 3065-7 3065-8 3065-9
Part Name 3065-0-K 3065-1-K 3065-2-K 3065-3-K 3065-4-K 3065-5-K 3065-6-K 3065-7-K 3065-8-K 3065-9-K
Body (3065) 4-1452-2 4-0762-2 4-0787-2 4-0789-3 4-0791-3 4-0793-3 4-0796-4 4-1147-1 4-1137-4 4-2305-1
Body (3065- -S) — — — 4-0789-4 4-0791-4 4-0793-4 4-0796-5 4-1147-2 4-1137-2 —
Displacement Rod and Order by specifying, "3065-(code size)-(rod size RA)." Example: 3065-1-5RA -- Rod Size #5. Rod size is its diameter
Support Nut Assembly in thirty-seconds of an inch. (For the nut only, specify 3065-1-0RA), #16 (½") and larger "rods" are tubes. Rods are
not available without nuts. See below for rod sizes available for each size mixer.
Displacement Rod Plug Gasket — — — — — — 4-31531-1 4-31520-1 4-31530-3 4-32909-1
Flange/Air Inlet (Sq.) — — — — — — — 2-2310-7 2-2310-8 —
Gasket/Air Inlet (Sq.) 2 req'd — — — — — — — 4-31521-3 4-31521-4 —
Flange/Mixture (Round) — — — — — — — 2-0855-1 2-0471-1 —
Gasket/Mixture (Round) — — — — — — — 4-31522-2 4-31522-3 —
Gas Cartridge Assembly

(3065) 4-6062-0 4-6062-1 4-6062-2 4-6062-3 4-6062-4 4-6062-5 4-6062-6 4-6062-7 4-6062-8 †
(3065- -K) 4-6065-0K 4-6065-1K 4-6065-2K 4-6065-3K 4-6065-4K 4-6065-5K 4-6065-6K 4-6065-7K 4-6065-8K —
O-Ring ‡ (Viton) R520-4166-V R520-4207-V R520-4428-V R520-4428-V R520-4430-V R520-4309-V R520-4436-V R520-4440-V R520-4447-V —
Cap‡ (3065) 4-6085-1 4-6086-1 4-6086-1 4-6086-1 4-6086-1 4-6086-1 4-6087-1 4-6087-1 4-6087-1 —
Cap‡ (3065- -K) 4-6085-2 4-6086-2 4-6086-2 4-6086-2 4-6086-2 4-6086-2 4-6087-2 4-60872 4-6087-2 —
Gas Connection — — — — — — — 4-1148-3 4-1145-3 —
Gas Connection Gasket — — — — — — — 4-31523-1 4-31523-2 4-32909-2
Mixing Chamber (3065) 4-0910-1 4-0759-1 4-0788-1 4-0790-1 4-0792-1 4-0794-1 4-0797-1 4-1144-3 4-1138-5 4-1886-1
Mixing Chamber (3065- -S) — — — 4-0790-2 4-0792-2 4-0794-2 4-0797-2 4-1144-4 4-1138-4 —
Mixing Chamber Gasket — — — — — — — 4-31519-1 4-31529-1 4-31557-1
Orifice Plate (3065) — — — — — — — 4-1151-1 4-1154-2 —

Orifice Plate (3065- -S) — — — — — — — 4-1154-3 — —
Observation port (-OBS) — 8790-01 8790-01 8790-01 8790-01 8790-01 8790-01 R530-2028 R530-2028 —
Observation port holder (-OBS) — OA4-2445-3 4-54573-1 4-54573-2 4-54573-3 —
† Gas adjustment for 3065-9 Mixer is an 1122-7-F Limiting Orifice Gas Valve -- mixer price includes valve. 3065-9 price dœs not include companion flanges.
‡ Included in Gas Cartridge Assembly, or can be ordered separately.
3065 or -S Rod Only Part Numbers = 3065- - RA

(Mixer not included) Rod sizes (0 - 80 see Table 4 on Sheet 3065-2_dims-pl)
For use in mixer size (0 -9_) Bulletin 3065
page 17
Aspirator Mixer Identification Guide
The intent of this section is to help people identify North 4. The North American capacity code is based on the air inlet
American 3065 aspirator mixers. There are a number of things to pipe size:
know about North American product designations, and markings
on castings. -0 = ¾" pipe -1 = 1" pipe -2 = 1¼" pipe
-3 = 1½" pipe -4 = 2" pipe -5 = 2½" pipe
1. Numbers cast into North American products are usually not -6 = 3" pipe -7 = 4" pipe -8 = 6" pipe
product numbers. They are casting part numbers which are often -9 = 8" pipe
used for multiple products, and machined differently. For -10 and above the "-" size equals the air inlet size in inches.
Normally only even numbers are used.
2. Most North American products have a four digit product
number. If the product is available with different capacities the 5. Knowing the pipe size and using the dimension sheets are very
number will be followed by a dash and a second one or two digit helpful for identifying mixers, but sometimes there are multiple
number (like 3065-3). The product is a 3065 and the capacity sizes with the same pipe size code.
size is a -3. Extra characters in a product designation denote
other options. Example: 3065-7-S mixers have higher capacity than 3065-7
mixers, but the only way to know the difference is to examine the
3. North American products prior to the 1970's had only two or mixer for and "S" stamp or measure the throat dimension.
three digit product numbers, the 3065 mixers were originally
known as "65" mixers.
4014 PILOT with INTEGRATED 3065 MIXER
4014 gas boosted pilots are supplied with an integrated 3065 mixer. Instead of a displacement rod there is a hollow gas tube that
supplies raw boost gas to the center of the pilot, which lengthens the pilot flame. They are available in pilot sizes from 1¼" to 2½".
Note that the 4014-3-BT and 4014-4-T sizes use special modified 3065 mixers, while the smaller sizes use standard 3065 mixers.
Table 9.
4014 Pilot 4014 Pilot Exit Mixer Mixer Inlet

Designation Thread Size Designation Thread Size
4014-1-T 1¼ 3065-1 1
4041-2-AT 1½ 3065-2 1¼
4014-3-AT 2 3065-3 1½
4014-3-BT 2 3065-4-#3 2
4014-4-T 2½ 3065-4-#2 2
For more information see the following product bulletins:

Sheet 4014
4014-4-T pilot ready to ship Bulletin 3065

page 18
Aspirator Mixer Identification
— The 4-#### number cast into the mixers are casting

identification numbers, which can be machined internally to
different sizes. So these numbers alone do not always
identify the mixer size, see table below.
— The product number "3065" or "65" and the North American

pipe code is cast into the side close to the air pressure tap.
— "S" type 3065 mixers are machined with larger interior

orifices to provide higher premix capacities. They should have
an "S" stamped after the 3065 or 65 cast numbers, but the
most reliable way to determine if a 3065 is an "S" type is to
measure the air throat diameter.
3065-5 3065-3-S
3065-Mixer displacement rods: Mixer displacement rods are

used to fine tune the capacity of the 3065 mixers.
— Rods have a number stamped on the mounting nut or flange

which represents the rod diameter in 32nd's of an inch.
— A "0" stamped on the rod mounting means there is no

displacement rod attached.
Table 10.
Mixer Body Casting Gas Connection Mixing Chamber Gas Cartridge*/Valve Body Casting Inlet Orifice
Designation Number Casting Number Casting Number Casting Number Throat Diameter Diameter
3065-0 4-1452 4-910 — — 0.375 5⁄8"
3065-1 4-762 4-759 — — 0.438 13⁄16"
3065-2 4-787 4-788 — — 0.594 1"
3065-3 4-789 4-790 — — 0.719 1¼"
3065-3-S 4-789 4-790 — — 0.844 147⁄64"
3065-4 4-791 4-792 — — 0.906 15⁄8"
3065-4-S 4-791 4-792 — — 1.000 15⁄8"
3065-5 4-793 4-794 — 4-931 1.063 115⁄16"
3065-5-S 4-793 4-794 — 4-931 1.250 25⁄8"
3065-6 4-796 4-797 — 4-1459 1.281 213⁄32"
3065-6-S 4-796 4-797 — 4-1459 1.594 3.23"
3065-7 4-1147 4-1144 4-1148 4-1364 1.750 35⁄32"(plate)
3065-7-S 4-1147 4-1144 4-1148 4-1364 2.188 3¼"(plate)
3065-8 4-1137 4-1138 4-1145 4-1468 2.75 4¾"(plate)
3065-8-S 4-1137 4-1138 4-1145 4-1468 3.313 No Plate
3065-9 None None — 2-3805 3.688 No Plate
Bulletin 3065
Note: *Some gas cartridge castings do not have visible identifying numbers. page 19
3/4" 4000 Series Pilot Mixer Identification
Bulletin 3065
page 20
Pilot mixers are small aspirator mixers used to supply an air/gas For more information see the following product bulletins:
premix to a burner pilot. Multiple pilots tips are sometimes feed — Bulletin 4011/4021
from a single 3065 aspirator mixer, but it is more common and — Sheet 4031-1
reliable to feed small 3/4" pilot tips with a single small 3065 or a
4000 series pilot mixer. 4031 ¾" pilot mixer, it has the following characteristics:
— ¾" NPT air inlet labeled "AIR"
— ¾" NPT premix outlet labeled with an arrow showing flow
direction
— 3⁄8" NPT gas inlet labeled "GAS"
— 1⁄8" NPT pressure taps for air inlet and outlet premix pressures
— A slotted screw and locking nut for gas adjustment
— The classic round NA logo with a flame
— The text "PILOT MIXER" and "4-6131"
— The 4-6131 number is a casting identification number
The 4031 is the most popular North American pilot mixer, and
is suitable for use with all North American ¾" premix pilot tips
when cross-connected to a pilot regulator like the 7350.
The mixers below are obsolete and can be replaced with the 4031
4035-01 / 4031V-01 ¾" pilot mixer:

— ½" NPT air inlet labeled "AIR"
— ½" NPT premix outlet labeled with an arrow showing flow
direction
— 3⁄8" NPT gas inlet labeled "GAS"
— A red rectangle tag with the text "4035" and "PILOT MIXER"
— On one side the text "NORTH AMERICAN MFG. CO."
— On the other side the text "CLEVELAND OHIO"
— The casting identification part number "4-3337"
— The "4035V-01" type has a screw to adjust gas flow
4035-02 / 4035V-02 / 152 / 153 ½" pilot mixer:

— 3⁄8" NPT air inet labeled "AIR"
— ½" NPT premix outlet labeled with and arrow showing flow
direction
— ¼" NPT gas inlet labeled "GAS"
— On one side the text "NORTH AMERICAN MFG. CO."
— On the other side the text "CLEVE OHIO"
Copyright © 2021 - Fives - All rights reserved | Bulletin 3065 04/21
— The "4035V-02" type has a screw to adjust gas flow
— The casting identification part number "4-2729"
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American
High Pressure Inspirator
with SEALED-IN BURNER †
with OPEN BURNER †

† Greater stability can be obtained by insert-
ing pipe nipples, two pipe diameters long,
at each end of the pipe elbow.
3070 High pressure inspirator
• For use with natural gas premix burners • Gas flow capacities from 17-7,680+ scfh, with 1" to 8" NPT
xxexit sizes
• High pressure gas iduces combustion air without blower
• See sheet 3070-1 for inspirators that can be used to
• Built-in air shutter provided replace main air blowers
Product Overview/Sizing | High Pressure Inspirator
Bulletin 3070
Page 2
3070 Inspirators supply a fuel / air mixture to open or sealed- Positive pressures reduce capacity, and probability of
in premix burners by using the energy in high pressure natural flashback is greater.
gas to induce and mix with combustion air. Gas inlet pressures
between 10 and 30 psi are most common but gas pressures up At neutral furnace pressures, flashback normally will not occur
to 100 psi gas can be used. at mixture pressures above 0.25"w.c. for natural gas.
Available turndown depends on mixture pressure, which in turn
Desired air/gas ratio is set with the air disc at high fire and is depends on gas and furnace pressures. Inspirators are primarily
maintained reasonably throughout the turndown range, as long on-off devices.
as combustion chamber pressure is fairly steady.
INSPIRATORS FOR USE IN OTHER APPLICATIONS
A gas orifice in the spud is carefully aligned with the machined
throat in the body to ensure proper air inspiration and highest High Pressure Inspirators can also be used for other applications.
possible mixture pressures.
— 3070 Inspirator mixers can be used to replace main air
Inspirator capacity is affected significantly by the type of blowers in applications where it is difficult to use a traditional
installation and pressure conditions within the combustion blower. See Sheet 3070-1 for details
chamber:
Negative pressures (draft) increase inspirator capacity and
retard flashback.
TABLE 1. NATURAL GAS CAPACITIES AND DEVELOPED MIXTURE PRESSURES
(for 0.6 sp gr, natural gas, 1000 Btu/ft3, 10 ft3 air required/ft3 gas) Gas Flow (cfh)
in Bold Type, Mixture Pressures ("w.c.) in Light Type, see page 4 for burner capacities.
Inspirator gas pressure, psi Burner Inspirator gas pressure, psi Burner
designation 5 10 15 20 25 30 size designation 5 10 15 20 25 30 size
3070-1 68 17 24 30 34 38 42 -1-A 3070-5 36 201 284 348 402 450 492 -5-B
w/#68 drill 0.24 0.48 0.72 0.96 1.20 1.44 w/#36 drill 0.48 0.96 1.44 1.92 2.40 2.88
3070-1 65 22 32 38 44 49 54 -1-B 3070-6 34 226 320 391 451 505 550 -6-A
w/#65 drill 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 w/#34 drill 0.50 1.00 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00
3070-2 59 31 43 53 61 69 75 -2-A 3070-6 31 278 393 481 555 621 680 -6-B
w/#59 drill 0.30 0.60 0.90 1.20 1.50 1.80 w/#31 drill 0.52 1.04 1.56 2.08 2.60 3.12
3070-2 57 36 51 63 72 81 89 -2-B 3070-6 30 306 437 536 619 692 757 -6-C
w/#57 drill 0.31 0.62 0.93 1.24 1.55 1.86 w/#30 drill 0.53 1.06 1.59 2.12 2.65 3.18
3070-2 55 44 62 76 88 99 108 -2-C 3070-7 29 352 498 611 705 788 863 -7-A
w/#55 drill 0.32 0.64 0.96 1.28 1.60 1.92 w/#29 drill 0.55 1.10 1.65 2.20 2.75 3.30
3070-2 54 51 71 88 101 113 124 -2-D 3070-7 22 453 640 784 905 1012 1100 -7-B
w/#54 drill 0.33 0.66 0.99 1.32 1.65 1.98 w/#22 drill 0.57 1.14 1.71 2.28 2.85 3.42
3070-3 53 60 84 103 119 133 146 -3-A 3070-7 11⁄64 560 766 938 1082 1210 1350 -7-C
w/#53 drill 0.37 0.74 1.11 1.48 1.85 2.22 w/#11⁄64 drill 0.59 1.18 1.77 2.36 2.95 3.54
3070-3 52 76 108 131 152 170 186 -3-B 3070-8 3 826 1178 1430 1663 1847 2022 -8-A
w/#52 drill 0.40 0.80 1.20 1.60 2.00 2.40 w/#3 drill 0.62 1.24 1.86 2.48 3.10 3.72
3070-4 50 96 136 166 192 215 235 -4-A 3070-8 C 1038 1468 1800 2075 2325 2550 -8-B
w/#50 drill 0.41 0.82 1.23 1.64 2.05 2.46 w/#C drill 0.64 1.28 1.92 2.56 3.20 3.84
3070-4 46 125 176 216 249 278 305 -4-B 3070-8 J 1462 2068 2535 2935 3270 3585 -8-C
w/#46 drill 0.43 0.86 1.29 1.72 2.15 2.58 w/#J drill 0.66 1.32 1.98 2.64 3.30 3.96
3070-4 44 138 195 238 275 308 337 -4-C 3070-8 5⁄16 1788 2530 3100 3575 4000 4380 -8-D
w/#44 drill 0.45 0.90 1.35 1.80 2.25 2.70 w/#5⁄16 drill 0.69 1.38 2.07 2.76 3.45 4.14
3070-5 41 168 238 291 336 376 412 -5-A 3070-9 27⁄64 3250 4580 5620 6480 7260 7680 -9
w/#41 drill 0.47 0.94 1.41 1.88 2.35 2.82 w/#27⁄64 drill 0.74 1.48 2.22 2.96 3.70 4.44
Sizes for Multiple Burners | High Pressure Inspirator
TABLE 2. INSPIRATOR SIZE FOR MULTIPLE PREMIX BURNERS

Inspirator Selection. When more than one nozzle is used per inspirator, manifold must be designed for very low
pressure drop to obtain listed inspirator ratings. Too much resistance reduces capacity and upsets air/gas ratios.
Burner number of burners

size 1 2 3 4 5 6
-0-A 3070-1 68 3070-1 65 3070-2 57 3070-3 53 3070-3 53
-0-B 3070-1 65 3070-2 57 3070-3 53 3070-3 52 3070-4 50
-0-C 3070-2 57 3070-2 54 3070-3 52 3070-4 50 3070-4 46
-1-A 3070-1 68 3070-2 55 3070-3 53 3070-4 50 3070-4 46 3070-4 44

-1-B 3070-1 65 3070-2 55 3070-3 52 3070-4 46 3070-5 41 3070-5 41
-2-A 3070-2 59 3070-3 53 3070-4 50 3070-4 44 3070-5 36 3070-6 34

-2-B 3070-2 57 3070-3 52 3070-4 44 3070-5 41 3070-6 34 3070-6 31
-2-C 3070-2 55 3070-4 50 3070-5 41 3070-5 36 3070-6 31 3070-6 30
-2-D 3070-2 54 3070-4 46 3070-5 36 3070-6 34 3070-6 30 3070-7 29
-3-A 3070-3 53 3070-4 44 3070-6 34 3070-6 31 3070-7 29 3070-7 22

-3-B 3070-3 52 3070-5 41 3070-6 31 3070-7 29 3070-7 22 3070-7 11⁄64
-4-A 3070-4 50 3070-6 34 3070-7 29 3070-7 22 3070-7 11⁄64

-4-B 3070-4 46 3070-6 31 3070-7 22 3070-7 11⁄64
-4-C 3070-4 44 3070-6 31 3070-7 22
-5-A 3070-5 41 3070-7 29 3070-7 11⁄64

-5-B 3070-5 36 3070-7 22
-6-A 3070-6 34 3070-7 22

-6-B 3070-6 31 3070-7 11⁄64
-6-C 3070-6 30
-7-A 3070-7 29
Multiple burners are not recommended because of
-7-B 3070-7 22 flashback hazard in large manifolds.
-7-C 3070-7 11⁄64
To order a complete 3070 inspirator, specify: 3070- 4 50

specify spud drilling size (#50 drill)
pipe code (4 = 2" pipe)
product number
To order a replacement spud, specify: 4-31839- 4 / 50

spud drilling size (#50 drill or "Blank")
3070 mixer size (1 through 9)
part number
Bulletin 3070
Page 3
Capacities | High Pressure Inspirator
TABLE 3. FACTORS FOR RICH OPERATION AND FOR OTHER GASES
gas specifications % air gas spud area

thru capacity and mixture
Btu/ft3 sp gr ft3 air/ft3 Inspirator factor press. factor
800 0.54 5.8 100 0.68 1.36
90 0.56 1.65
80 0.47 2.00
70 0.38 2.44
1000 0.6 10.0 90 0.83 1.21
80 0.67 1.50
70 0.53 1.90
1200 0.7 11.7 100 1.25 0.85
90 1.03 1.02
80 0.83 1.28
70 0.66 1.60
Example: Non-standard selection. Inspirator to supply 80% air for 300 cfh of 20 psi 1000 Btu/ft3 gas.
In Table 1, read a 0.67 capacity factor and a 1.50 spud and standard drill is #44 with 0.00581 sq. in. area. Therefore, specify
mixture pressure factor. The required 300 cfh capacity × 0.67 = a 3070-4 Inspirator with #44 spud drill. To find actual mixture
201 cfh equivalent capacity. In the left half of Table 1, look down pressure, multiply 1.64 × 1.50 = 2.46"w.c.
the 20 psi gas pressure column until you find a gas flow near
201 cfh. 192 cfh corresponds to a 3070-4 50 tentative inspirator Propane and butane does not inspirate as much air in a 3070
size and drill designation and 1.64"w.c. tentative mixture pressure. mixer as high pressure natural gas. To use propane, butane, or
The last number means #50 spud drill, which has 0.00385 low-pressure gases in an open-air torch, see Bulletin 4696 “Gas-
sq. in. area (from any drill size table). Multiply this by the spud Compressed Air Torches”
area factor, 0.00385 × 1.50 = 0.00578 sq. in. The next larger
TABLE 4. COMBUSTION AIR CAPACITIES, CFH FOR NORTH AMERICAN PREMIX BURNERS (sold separately see Bulletin 4682)
For nozzle capacity in Btu/h HHV, assuming 100% air through the nozzle, multiply figures below by 100. Nozzle can be run rich at air rates
below, using secondary air to complete combustion of the exess fuels.
Burner Air Flow scfh Burner Air Flow scfh

Burner Mixture Pressure in inches of water Burner Mixture Pressure in inches of water
Size 1 2 3 4 Size 1 2 3 4
-0-A 200 280 340 390 -5-A 2450 3450 4220 4900
-0-B 250 350 430 500 -5-B 2900 4100 5000 5800
-0-C 280 400 490 570
-6-A 3200 4510 5500 6400
-1-A 350 490 600 700 -6-B 3850 5450 6600 7700
-1-B 440 620 760 880 -6-C 4250 6000 7300 8500
-2-A 560 790 960 1120 -7-A 4750 6700 8500 9500
-2-B 650 920 1120 1300 -7-B 6000 8450 10300 12000
-2-C 780 1100 1340 1560 -7-C 7050 9950 12100 14100
-2-D 880 1240 1510 1760
-8-A 10500 14800 18200 21000
-3-A 980 1380 1690 1960 -8-B 13000 18400 22500 26000
-3-B 1200 1690 2060 2400 -8-C 18000 25500 31200 36000
-8-D 21500 30200 37200 43000
-4-A 1500 2120 2580 3000
-4-B 1900 2680 3280 3800 -9-D 37700 53000 65000 75500
-4-C 2050 2890 3530 4100
4651-01 130 183 225 260
4651-0 250 350 433 500
Bulletin 3070
Page 4
Standrar Spud Sizes | High Pressure Inspirator
TABLE 5. STANDARD AVAILABLE 3070 SPUD DRILL SIZES

Many spud sizes are available to order as standard sizes. The table shows drill sizes/names and the hole diameter
in inches. "BLANK" spud nozzles are also available without a hole which can be custom drilled in the field.
3070-1 3070-2 3070-3 3070-4 3070-5

Drill Name and (DIA. inches)
Spud sizes for use with standard North American natural gas premix gas burners
#68 (.031) #59 (.041) #53 (.060) #50 (.070) #41 (.096)
#65 (.035) #57 (.043) #52 (.064) #46 (.081) #36 (.107)
#55 (.052) #44 (.086)
#54 (.055)
Spud sizes for standard 3070 compressed air reducers
#47 (.079) #37 (.104) #29 (.136) #19 (.166) #9 (.196)
#44 (.086) 7⁄64 (.109) 9⁄64 (.141) #16 (.177) #5 (.206)
#33 (.113) #15 (.180)
#32 (.116)
Other available standard spud sizes
#69 (.029) #70 (.028) #55 (.052) #65 (.035) #50 (.070)
#52 (.064) #54 (.055) #52 (.064) #46 (.081)
#47 (.079) #31 (.120) #40 (.098) #44 (.086)
#26 (.147) #34 (.111) #22 (.157)
#22 (.157) #12 (.189)
Maximum diameter hole that fits spud
(.313) (.313) (.313) (.313) (.437)
3070-6 3070-7 3070-8 3070-9

Drill Name and (DIA. inches)
Spud sizes for use with standard North American natural gas premix gas burners
#34 (.111) #29 (.136) #3 (.213) 27⁄64 (.422)
#31 (.120) #22 (.157) C (.242)
#30 (.129) 11⁄64 (.172) J (.277)
5⁄16 (.313)
Spud sizes for standard 3070 compress air reducers
B (.238) N (.302) 7⁄16 (.438) 23⁄32 (.719)
F (.257) O (.316) 15⁄32 (.469)
G (.261) Q (.332) ½ (.500)
17⁄32 (.531)
Other available standard spud sizes
#41 (.096) 1⁄8 (.125) 3⁄16 (.188) 21⁄64 (.328)
#36 (.107) 9⁄64 (.141) #11 (.191)
#29 (.136) #26 (.147) #2 (.221)
13⁄64 (.203) 3⁄16 (.188) F (.257)
15⁄64 (.234)
¼ (.250)
P (.323)
U (.368)
Maximum diameter hole that fits spud
(.437) (.547) (.547) (.813) Bulletin 3070
Page 5
Dimensions and Part List | High Pressure Inspirator
Stud Bulletin 3070
B Locknut A Page 6
pipe size Air Disc Body pipe size
Casting ID
4-
Spider Spud Body
C D
E
B
pipe size
TABLE 6. INSPIRATOR DIMENSIONS & CASTING ID
Inspirator dimensions in inches Body wt,

designation A B C D E F Casting ID lb
3070-1 1 3⁄8 27⁄16 7 97⁄16 33⁄16 4-276 2¼
3070-2 1¼ ½ 27⁄16 87⁄16 107⁄8 33⁄16 4-161 3
3070-3 1½ ½ 29⁄16 10 129⁄16 37⁄8 4-162 5½
3070-4 2 ½ 2¾ 12 14¾ 45⁄8 4-160 8
3070-5 2½ ¾ 2¾ 1413⁄16 179⁄16 47⁄8 4-1515 11
3070-6 3 ¾ 35⁄16 18¾ 221⁄16 57⁄16 4-1511 14½
3070-7 4 1 39⁄16 217⁄16 25 65⁄16 4-1518 23
3070-8 6 1 4¼ 30 34¼ 85⁄8 4-1509 57
3070-9 8 1½ 63⁄16 36 423⁄16 11¼ 4-1728 110
TABLE 7. INSPIRATOR PARTS LIST

part numbers
Inspirator
designation Body Disc Lock Nut Spider Spud Stud & Nut
3070-1 4-0276-1 4-2192-1 4-0285-1 4-1425-3 4-31839-1 4-0287-6
3070-2 4-0161-1 4-2192-1 4-0285-1 4-1425-2 4-31839-2 4-0287-6
3070-3 4-0162-1 4-0284-2 4-0285-1 4-0080-1 4-31839-3 4-0287-6
3070-4 4-0160-1 4-0284-3 4-0285-1 4-0049-1 4-31839-4 4-0287-2
3070-5 4-1515-1 4-0284-4 4-0285-2 4-1522-1 4-31839-5 4-0287-2
3070-6 4-1511-1 4-0284-5 4-0285-2 4-1523-1 4-31839-6 4-0287-3
3070-7 4-1518-1 4-0284-6 4-0285-3 4-0128-1 4-31839-7 4-0287-3
3070-8 4-1509-2 4-0284-7 4-0285-3 4-1524-1 4-31839-8 4-0287-4 Copyright © 2023 - Fives - All rights reserved | Bulletin 3070 02/23
3070-9 4-1728-2 4-55795-1 4-0285-4 4-0165-1 4-31839-9 4-0287-5

IF SPACE LIMITATIONS OR OTHER CONSIDERATIONS MAKE EXACT DIMENSION(S) CRITICAL.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Compressed Air Reducers
3070 Inspirator Capacities Sheet 3070-1
Inspirators as High Pressure Air Reducers

Where installation space is limited and the greater cost of compressed air can be tolerated 3070 Inspirators can be used to reduce
compressed air to low pressure air. For burners requiring low pressure air this serves as a substitute for a blower but sacrifices the
economy of a blower. Approximately 21% of the total air discharged is compressed air; inlet pressure must be at least 40 times the
desired outlet pressure.
Spud Corresponding Low pressure air discharged in cfh
Inspirator drill burner at 8 osi at 16 osi at 24 osi at 32 osi
designation size size* (20 psi inlet) (40 psi inlet) (60 psi inlet) (80 psi inlet)
3070-1 47 A 700 990 1 210 1 400

44 B 880 1 240 1 520 1 760
37 A 1 120 1 580 1 940 2 240

3070-2 7⁄64 B 1 300 1 840 2 250 2 600
33 C 1 560 2 210 2 700 3 120
32 D 1 760 2 490 3 050 3 520
3070-3 29 A 1 960 2 770 3 400 3 920

9⁄64 B 2 400 3 400 4 160 4 800
19 A 3 000 4 240 5 200 6 000

3070-4 16 B 3 800 5 350 6 600 7 600
15 C 4 100 5 800 7 100 8 200
3070-5 9 A 4 900 6 900 8 450 9 800

5 B 5 800 8 200 10 000 11 600
B A 6 400 9 050 11 100 12 800

3070-6 F B 7 700 10 900 13 300 15 400
G C 8 500 12 000 14 700 17 000
N A 9 500 13 400 16 500 19 000

3070-7 O B 12 000 17 000 20 800 24 000
Q C 14 100 19 900 24 400 28 200
7⁄16 A 21 000 29 700 36 400 42 000

3070-8 15⁄32 B 26 000 36 800 45 000 52 000
½ C 36 000 51 000 62 500 72 000
17⁄32 D 43 000 61 000 74 500 86 000
3070-9 23⁄32 — 74 000 105 000 128 000 148 000

Sheet 3070-1
page 2
* Spud drills shown were chosen to

correspond to these burner sizes,
one burner per inspirator.
In the photo at right, a North American 3070-8

Inspirator used as an air reducer (arrow a) supplies
a

combustion air to a 4422-8-A Burner in the cover of
a charging bucket preheating 20 tons of scrap for an
electric melting furnace.

b
The compressed air reducer permits use of a small
flexible air supply line (arrow b) – a great conve-
nience in a case such as this, where the burner must
move with the cover.
To order Inspirator, specify: 3070-(pipe size code)-(spud drill size) (pipe size) Inspirator.
Example: 3070-5-9 2½" Inspirator.
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 3070-1 04/13
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Inspirators for Low Btu Gases
Sheet 3080-1
Series 3080 and 3088 Inspirators for Coke Oven Gas

(Series 3071 Inspirators for Producer Gas–on page 4)
% Air Orifice area

through Capacity and mixture
Inspirator factor pressure factor
90 1.2 1.2
80 1.44 1.44
70 1.76 1.76
Capacities are increased, as shown in above table, if free air in the

Series 3080 Inspirator includes clean-out feature shown, but dœs not
include gauge, valve, elbow, or burner. furnace partially supports combustion so less than 100% primary air
need be inspirated. To redo the example above, but inspirating 70%
INSPIRATORS primary air, divide the required capacity of 400 cfh by the factor 1.76
and use the answer, 227 cfh, for sizing inspirator, picking this time a
North American Inspirators use a gas jet to inspirate primary air from 3080-3-40 (or 3088-3-40). The factor 1.76 times the area of a No. 40
the atmosphere, thus forming an air-gas mixture for combustion in North drill gives approximately the area of a No. 30 drill which should be
American open or sealed-in premix burners. The air/gas ratio is set specified, and 1.76 times the mixture pressure 0.96 gives 1.69"wc as the
basically by the size of the gas orifice in the spud, but can be modified mixture pressure for this special case.
by adjusting the air disc to reduce the quantity of air inspirated. The
inspirator will give a constant air/gas ratio throughout the range of firing To prevent flashback, do not operate with mixture pressures lower than
rates, provided furnace pressure is atmospheric. 0.4"wc at correct air/gas ratio. In general this means the -4 and all
smaller sizes should not be operated on ratio with less than 3 psi gas
Machining of throats and careful aligning of internals ensures identical pressure.
performances from all North American Inspirators. The convex inner
surface of the inspirator at the approach to the throat follows natural air Valves: For Series 3080 Inspirator, use a Series 1824K all iron gas valve.
flow pattern--this superior design by North American results in greater For Series 3088, use Series 1826 brass globe valves unless the gas is
capacity from a more compact inspirator. Capacity tables (on last two corrosive to brass, in which case use same as for Series 3080.
pages) are based on atmospheric furnace pressure and 100% primary
air, meaning all air for combustion is supplied through the inspirator. FOR PRODUCER GAS
The back page describes the Series 3071 Inspirator for clean, cold
FOR COKE OVEN GAS
producer gas. Sizing of inspirator and use of factors less than 100%
North American's Series 3080 Inspirator for dirty coke oven gas has primary air is similar to procedure outlined for manufactured gas
a handy clean-out feature--a push on the plunger at the rear of the inspirators.
inspirator drives a clean-out tip through the gas orifice in the spud,
effectively removing any tarry deposits that have accumulated. (If a Metric Conversions
special spud size is required, the diameter of the clean-out tip must 1 scfh = 0.028 26 sm3/h = 0.026 86 nm3/h
be revised, at extra cost.) The same inspirator without the clean-out 1 Btu/hr = 0.2522 kcal/h
feature is designated Series 3088. Size either inspirator by matching 1 psi = 0.0703 kg/cm2
or exceeding required cfh of gas (or Btu) in capacity table on 3rd 1"wc = 25.40 mm H2O
page, using column corresponding to available gas pressure. Read 1" = 25.40 mm
corresponding columns further left for mixture pressure, spud drill, and 1 lb = 0.4536 kg
mixer size. For example, if 400 cfh of gas is required and available 1 Btu/ft3 = 8.899 kcal/m3
1 osi = 43.94 mm H2O = 0.004 39 kg/cm2
pressure is 6 psi, select a 3080-4-1⁄8 (or 3088-4-1⁄8) Mixer. Spud drill is 1⁄8
and mixture pressure 1.14"w.c.
Sheet 3080-1
SERIES 3080 page 2
Instruction
Air disc
plate Stud with Locknut
Locknut
1
Spider
/4" Pipe plug
F A–Pipe size
Spring Plunger
Plunger dia.
shaft
Plunger
cartridge "O" ring Body
Gasket
Shaft Clean-out Spud
B–Pipe tip
size extension
G H D
E
Inspirator Spud Blank spud

designation drill size Clean-out tip part no.
wt. 3080-1-3⁄64 3⁄64 4-3349-1

Inspirator dimensions in inches in 3080-1-54 No. 54 4-3349-2
designation A B D E F G H lb 3080-2-53 No. 53 4-3349-3
3080-2-51 No. 51 4-3349-4
3080-1 1 3⁄8 7 123⁄8 31/16 23⁄8 3 3 3080-2-48 No. 48 4-3349-5
3080-2 1¼ ½ 87⁄16 1313⁄16 31/16 23⁄8 3 4 3080-2-46 No. 46 4-3349-6
4-3502-1
3080-3 1½ ½ 10 153⁄8 37⁄8 23⁄8 3 6 3080-3-44 No. 44 4-3349-7
3080-4 2 ½ 12 175⁄8 45/8 23⁄8 3¼ 9½ 3080-3-40 No. 40 4-3349-8
3080-5 2½ ¾ 1413⁄16 207⁄8 47⁄8 2½ 39⁄16 12½
3080-6 3 ¾ 18¾ 25¾ 57⁄16 27⁄8 41⁄8 16 3080-4-7⁄64 7⁄64 4-3349-9
3080-7 4 1 217⁄16 29 65⁄16 31⁄8 47⁄16 25 3080-4-1⁄8 1⁄8 4-3349-10
3080-4-29 No. 29 4-3349-11
3080-8 6 1 30 381⁄8 85⁄8 31⁄8 5 52
3080-9 8 1½ 36 4615⁄16 11¼ 37⁄8 71⁄16 96 3080-5-27 No. 27 4-3349-12
3080-5-22 No. 22 4-3349-13
4-3502-2
3080-6-19 No. 19 4-3351-4
3080-6-3⁄16 3⁄16 4-3351-5
3080-6-10 No. 10 4-3351-6
To order, specify: 3080 (or 3088)-(code for pipe size)-(spud drill size) 3080-7-5 No. 5 4-3352-4
(pipe size) Inspirator. 3080-7-1 No. 1 4-3352-5
3080-7-F F 4-3352-6
4-3502-3
Examples: 3080-1-3⁄64 1" Inspirator 3080-8-Q Q 4-3366-5
3088-4-29 2" Inspirator 3080-8-U U 4-3366-6
3080-8-13⁄32 13⁄32 4-3366-7
Or: 1–Gas Pressure and Type 3080-8-15⁄32 15⁄32 4-3366-8
2–Btu/ft3 Content of Gas 3080-9-25⁄32 25⁄32 4-3557-1 4-3558-1
3–Specific Gravity 3080-9-15⁄16 15⁄16 4-3557-2 4-3558-2
4–Required cfh 3080-9-61⁄64 61⁄64 4-3557-3 4-3558-3
5–Percent Air through Inspirator 3080-9-1.0623 11⁄16 4-3557-4 4-3558-4
3080-9-1.1875 13⁄16 4-3557-5 4-3558-5
Part Name 3080-1 3080-2 3080-3 3080-4 3080-5 3080-6 3080-7 3080-8 3080-9
Air Disc 4-2192-1 4-2192-1 4-0284-2 4-0284-3 4-0284-4 4-0284-5 4-0284-6 4-0284-7 4-3553-1
Body 4-0144-1 4-6838-1 4-6839-1 4-6837-1 4-1516-1 4-1512-1 4-1518-1 4-1509-2 4-1728-2
Gasket 4-3365-1 4-3365-1 4-3365-1 4-3365-1 4-3365-1 4-3365-1 4-3365-1 4-3365-1 4-3560-1
Instruction Plate 4-3368-1
Locknut 4-0285-1 4-0285-1 4-0285-1 4-0285-1 4-0285-2 4-0285-2 4-0285-3 4-0285-3 —
"O" Ring R520-4090
Plunger Knob 4-3350-1 4-3350-1 4-3350-1 4-3350-1 4-3350-1 4-3350-2 4-3350-2 4-3350-2 4-3555-1
Plunger Cartridge 4-3348-2 4-3348-2 4-3348-2 4-3348-2 4-3348-2 4-3348-2 4-3348-2 4-3348-2 4-3554-1
Plunger Shaft 4-3347-2 4-3347-2 4-3347-2 4-3347-2 4-3347-2 4-3347-2 4-3347-2 4-3347-2 4-3556-1
Shaft Extension 4-3345-6 4-3345-7 4-3345-8 4-3345-9 4-3345-10 — — — —
Spider 4-3346-1 4-3346-2 4-3343-1 4-3354-1 4-3355-1 4-3353-2 4-3356-1 4-3364-1 4-3552-1
Spring 4-3367-1 4-3367-1 4-3367-1 4-3367-1 4-3367-1 4-3367-1 4-3367-1 4-3367-1 4-3561-1
Stud 4-0287-6 4-0287-6 4-0287-6 4-0287-2 4-0287-2 4-0287-3 4-0287-3 4-0287-4 4-0287-5
Sheet 3080-1
SERIES 3088 page 3
wt.
Inspirator dimensions in inches in
designation A B C D E F lb
Locknut
Stud
B A
Pipe size
3088-1 1 3⁄8 2½ 7 9½ 31⁄16 2¼
Pipe size Air disc
3088-2 1¼ ½ 2½ 87⁄16 1015⁄16 31⁄16 3
3088-3 1½ ½ 29⁄16 10 129⁄16 37⁄8 5½
F 3088-4 2 ½ 2¾ 12 14 ¾ 45⁄8 8
Spider Spud Body
3088-5 2½ ¾ 2¾ 1413⁄16 179⁄16 47⁄8 11
C
E
D
3088-6 3 ¾ 35⁄16 183⁄8 221⁄16 57⁄16 14½
3088-7 4 1 39⁄16 217⁄16 25 65⁄16 23
3088-8 6 1 4¼ 30 34¼ 85⁄8 50
3088-9 8 1½ 6 3⁄16 36 423⁄16 11¼ 94
Part Name 3088-1 3088-2 3088-3 3088-4 3088-5 3088-6 3088-7 3088-8 3088-9
Air Disc 4-2192-1 4-2192-1 4-0284-2 4-0284-3 4-0284-4 4-0284-5 4-0284-6 4-0284-7 4-0284-8
Body 4-0144-1 4-6838-1 4-6839-1 4-6837-1 4-1516-1 4-1512-1 4-1518-1 4-1509-2 4-1728-2
Locknut 4-0285-1 4-0285-1 4-0285-1 4-0285-1 4-0285-2 4-0285-2 4-0285-3 4-0285-3 4-0285-4
Spider 4-1425-3 4-1425-2 4-0080-1 4-0049-1 4-1522-1 4-1523-1 4-0128-1 4-1524-1 4-0165-1
Blank Spud 4-1384-1 4-1384-1 4-1384-1 4-1384-1 4-1384-2 4-1384-2 4-1384-3 4-1384-3 4-1384-4
Stud 4-0287-6 4-0287-6 4-0287-6 4-0287-2 4-0287-2 4-0287-3 4-0287-3 4-0287-4 4-0287-5
Capacities of North American Series 3080 and 3088 Inspirators

for gas of 550 Btu/ft3, 0.4 sp gr, requiring 4.6 ft3 air/ft3 gas
Mixture pressure "w.c. cfh of gas Thousands of Btu/h HHV

Gas pressure at Inspirator in psi
Mixer Spud
size drill 2 4 6 8 10 2 4 6 8 10 2 4 6 8 10
1-3⁄64 3⁄64 0.28 0.56 0.84 1.12 1.40 35 50 61 70 79 18.6 26.5 32.3 37.2 41.8
1-54 No. 54 0.29 0.58 0.87 1.16 1.45 46 65 80 92 103 24.4 34.4 42.4 48.8 54.6
2-53 No. 53 0.29 0.58 0.87 1.16 1.45 58 82 101 116 130 30.9 43.4 53.5 61.8 68.8
2-51 No. 51 0.30 0.60 0.90 1.20 1.50 69 98 120 138 155 36.8 51.9 63.7 73.6 82.2
2-48 No. 48 0.30 0.60 0.90 1.20 1.50 85 120 147 170 190 45.1 63.7 77.9 90.2 101
2-46 No. 46 0.31 0.62 0.93 1.24 1.55 94 133 163 188 210 49.8 70.5 86.4 99.6 113
3-44 No. 44 0.32 0.64 0.96 1.28 1.60 110 155 190 220 245 58.0 82.2 101 116 130
3-40 No. 40 0.32 0.64 0.96 1.28 1.60 135 190 234 270 302 71.0 101 123 142 159
4-7⁄64 7⁄64 0.33 0.66 0.99 1.32 1.65 170 241 295 340 380 90.0 128 156 180 201
4-1⁄8 1⁄8 0.38 0.76 1.14 1.52 1.90 233 329 404 466 520 123 174 213 246 275
4-29 No. 29 0.39 0.78 1.17 1.56 1.95 257 364 445 515 575 136 193 236 272 305
5-27 No. 27 0.42 0.84 1.26 1.68 2.10 309 437 535 620 690 164 232 283 328 366
5-22 No. 22 0.44 0.88 1.32 1.76 2.20 369 522 639 740 825 195 277 339 390 437
6-19 No. 19 0.47 0.94 1.41 1.88 2.35 407 575 705 815 910 216 305 374 432 482
6-3⁄16 3⁄16 0.50 1.00 1.50 2.00 2.50 515 728 890 1030 1150 273 386 472 546 610
6-10 No. 10 0.51 1.02 1.53 2.04 2.55 550 778 952 1100 1230 292 412 505 584 652
7-5 No. 5 0.52 1.04 1.56 2.08 2.60 640 905 1108 1280 1430 339 480 587 678 758
7-1 No. 1 0.53 1.06 1.59 2.12 2.65 828 1170 1433 1660 1850 438 620 760 876 980
7-F F 0.55 1.10 1.65 2.20 2.75 985 1390 1710 1970 2200 522 738 903 1044 1167
8-Q Q 0.70 1.40 2.10 2.80 3.50 1265 1790 2190 2530 2830 670 948 1162 1340 1500
8-U U 0.73 1.46 2.19 2.92 3.65 1557 2200 2690 3120 3480 825 1167 1430 1650 1842
8-13⁄32 13⁄32 0.75 1.50 2.25 3.00 3.75 1895 2680 3290 3790 4240 1005 1420 1740 2010 2250
8-15⁄32 15⁄32 0.78 1.56 2.34 3.12 3.90 2525 3570 4370 5050 5650 1340 1892 2320 2680 2990
9-21⁄32 21⁄32 0.84 1.68 2.52 3.36 4.20 4970 7030 8600 9950 11100 2640 3740 4570 5280 5890
Sheet 3080-1
page 4
SERIES 3071 INSPIRATORS FOR PRODUCER GAS
Locknut (sizes -1, -2, -3) or Thumb Screw (sizes -4, -5, -6, -7)†
Stud
B A
Pipe size Air disc Pipe size
Spider Spud Body
C D
E
wt. Spud
Inspirator dimensions in inches in Inspirator drill Producer gas capacities in ft3/hr
designation A B C D E F lb designation size 8 osi 16 osi 24 osi 32 osi
3071-1-2 1 ¾ 27⁄16 7 97⁄16 33⁄16 2 ¼ 3071-1-2 No. 2 212 300 370 424
3071-2-S 1¼ ¾ 27⁄16 87⁄16 10 7⁄8 33⁄16 3 3071-2-S S 525 745 910 1 050
3071-3-Y 1½ 1 3 10 13 4 5½ 3071-3-Y Y 700 1 000 1 210 1 400
3071-4-35/64 2 1¼ 3 12 15 4¾ 8 3071-4-35⁄64 35⁄64 1 320 1 870 2 300 2 650
3071-5-23/32 2½ 1½ 3 1413⁄16 1713⁄16 5 11 3071-5-23⁄32 23⁄32 2 240 3 170 3 880 4 480
3071-6-13/16 3 1½ 39⁄16 18 ¾ 225⁄16 59⁄16 14½ 3071-6-13⁄16 13⁄16 2 860 4 040 4 950 5 700
3071-7-1.1875 4 2 315⁄16 217⁄16 253⁄8 65⁄16 25 3071-7-1.1875 13⁄16 6 100 8 600 10 600 12 200
3071-8-1.875 6 3 67⁄8 30 367⁄8 85⁄8 125 3071-8-1.875 17⁄8 15 300 21 600 26 500 30 600
Capacities of North American Series 3071 Inspirators for Producer

Gas of 163 Btu/ft3, 0.86 sp gr, requiring 1 ft3 air/ft3 gas.
Correction Factors for Increased Capacities and Orifice Areas:
90% Primary Air 1.12 80% Primary Air 1.23 70% Primary Air 1.38
Inspirator
designation 3071-1-2 3071-2-S 3071-3-Y 3071-4-35⁄64 3071-5-23⁄32 3071-6-13⁄16 3071-7-1.1875 3071-8-1.875
Air Disc 4-2192-1 4-1422-1 4-1419-1 4-1410-1 4-1377-1 4-1417-1 4-1357-1 4-1353-1
Body 4-0276-1 4-0161-1 4-0162-1 4-0160-1 4-1515-1 4-1511-1 4-1518-1 4-1509-2
Locknut 4-0285-1 4-0285-2 4-0285-2 — — — — —†
Thumb Screw — — — R777-5210 R777-5210 R777-5210 R777-5210 —†
Spider 4-1425-1 4-1421-1 4-1418-1 4-1409-1 4-1383-1 4-1416-1 4-1355-1 4-1352-1
Spud 4-1427-1 4-1423-1 4-1420-1 4-1411-1 4-1382-1 4-1415-1 4-1356-1 4-1354-1
Stud 4-0287-6 4-0287-6 4-0287-2 4-0287-2 4-0287-2 4-0287-3 4-0287-3 4-0287-4
† 3071-8-1.875 Inspirator has the following additional parts:
Two each: Collar 4-1430-1 Knob 4-1432-1 Screw 4-1431-1
These are in place of Locknut or Thumb Screw. Also ½ Flange R590-9542
Gasket R289-1320
A Series 1824K Gas Valve with pipe size matching dimension "B" should be ordered for use with the inspirator.
To order, specify: 3071-(code for pipe size)-(spud drill size) (pipe size) Inspirator. Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 3080-1 08/98
Example: 3071-8-1.875 6" Inspirator
Or: 1–Gas Pressure and Type 2–Btu/ft3 Content of Gas 3–Specific Gravity
4–Required cfh 5–Percent Air through Inspirator
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American
3/4" Pilots for Small Burners
4021 Pilot Tip
4031 Pilot Mixer
1122-0 Butterfly Valve

1821B-02 Gas Valve
4011/4021 Pilot components for burners with 3/4" pilot connection
• Reliable premix pilot components for lighting gas or oil • Spark ignition or manual lighting options
burners with ¾" pilot connections
• Models for threaded ¾" ports, slip fit 1" or slip fit 11⁄8"
• The 4011 featuring the versatile 4021 pilot tip, 4031 pilot ports
pilot mixer
• 4021 pilot tips are available separately
• Includes an 1122-0 manual air butterfly valve with
knurled locking knob & a manual gas ball valve • Can be used for spot heating
Capacity | 4011/4021 Pilot
Table 1
4021 Mixture P. 4031 Inlet Air P. 4031 Mixer DP Air Flow Capacity Flame Length
"w.c. (mbar) "w.c. [osi] (mbar) "w.c. (mbar) scfh (Nm3/h) Btu/h HHV (kW LHV) inches (mm)
1" (2.5) 2.9"11 [1.7] (7) 1.9" (5) 120 (3.4) 12,000 (3.5) 5" (130)
2" (5.0) 5.8"11 [3.4] (14) 3.8" (9) 165 (4.7) 16,000 (4.7) 7" (180)
4"1 (10) 12.0"1 [6.9] (30) 8.0" (20) 245 (6.9) 24,000 (7.0) 8" (200)
7"1 (17) 22.5" 1 [12.9] (56) 15.5" (39) 325 (9.2) 32,000 (9.4) 9" (230)
9" (20) 29"11 1 [16.6] (72) 20" (50) 370 (10.5) 36,000 (10.5) 10" (250)
12" (30) 38" 111 [22.2] (95) 26" (65) 425 (12)11 42,000 (12.3) 10" (250)
Table 1 above, and the figures below show pressures and capacity data for all 4011 pilot sets while burning. Note that these pressures,
flows and flame lengths will vary depending on air/fuel ratio and burner mounting geometry, For most application set the air pressure
into the 4031 mixer to 6-8 osi (10.5-14"w.c.) or mixture pressure to 3-5"w.c.
Maximum Mixture Pressure for stability or lighting with a cold tip firing in the open:
4021-12, 14, 16 (spark ignited) 12"w.c. / 4021-11, 13, 15 (manual) 9"w.c.
4021 PILOT FLAMES
Stoichiometric ratio and 7"w.c.

mixture pressure, produced by 16 osi air
into 4031 Mixer - - 30,000 Btu/h HHV.
The same 7"w.c. mixture pressure with air/

gas ratio set at 25% excess air.
The same 7"w.c. mixture pressure with air/

gas ratio set at 15% excess fuel.
Stoichiometric ratio and 1"w.c.

mixture pressure (12,500 Btu/h HHV).
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Scale: length in inches
Bulletin 4011/4021
Page 2
Set Components | 4011/4021 Pilot
4011 SET COMPONENTS
4021 PILOT TIPS Dimensions inch (mm)
4011 PILOT SETS
4011 pilot sets with 4021 pilots are used to light burners with a ¾"
Spark Ignited
NPT pilot connection or with small slip-fit ports. They can also be
weight = .35 lbs. (.16 Kg)
used for spot heating. The fuel can be natural gas, propane or
other clean gases (800 Btu/ft3 or more).
R240-2465
Igniter/Spark Plug
Each 4011 pilot set includes a 4021 pilot tip, 4031 pilot mixer, 1.41
1122-0 air valve, and 1821B-02 gas valve. Mixers have inlet and (36)
outlet pressure taps, either of which can be used to cross-connect 2.88
(73)
a ratio regulator (purchased separately). This is desirable in some
installations where pressure variations could upset its air/fuel
ratio. For information on pilot accessories, see the accessories A OD
sections in this bulletin.
.56
2.50 2.50 (14)
4021 PILOT TIPS (64) (64)
Threaded Both Ends Slip-Fit
4021 pilot tips are available separately using the 4021-# part 4021-12 4021-14: "A" = 1
number shown in the table below. Each has a 10mm threaded 4021-16: "A" = 11⁄8"
connection and includes an ignition plug. Direction arrows on the
tip body show the proper premix flow direction.
Manually Ignited
Table 2 weight = .30 lbs. (.14 Kg)
4021 pilot tip parts list 4-7039-1 Lighter hole No step-down
Part # Pilot tip body Ignition plug Plug with (#18 drill) on -15 and -16
4021-11 4-7039-1
4021-12 4-7036-1 R240-2465
4021-13 4-7039-1 A OD
4021-14 4-7036-2 R240-2465
4021-15 4-7039-1 ¾ NPT ¾ NPT
Threaded Both Ends Slip-Fit
4021-16 4-7036-3 R240-2465 4021-11 4021-13: "A" = 1
Ignition plugs are included with 4011-# and 4021-# part numbers. They 4021-15: "A" = 11⁄8"
are not included if ordered using the 4-7036-# part numbers.
4021 IGNITION PLUGS

2.19 (56)
R240-2465 Igniter/Spark Plug
The R240-2465 spark plug has a 10mm thread, ¼" Ø terminal and 5⁄8" hex. It is included with
4011/4021-12, -14, -16 pilots sets and pilots. It ships with a 0.034 Inch gap, but in some cases a
slightly larger gap (0.05) is more reliable. The maximum gap is about 0.090" (electrode at 45°
angle). Energize with a 4065 6000- volt transformer, using a 4085 ignition cable (both pur-
chased separately)
4-7039-1 Lighter Hole Plug

The 4-7039-1 plug threads partway into the 10 mm ignition port for manual 4021-11, -13, -15
pilots. To light a 4021 with a torch, light the pilot by letting a torch flame enter the open light-
ing hole until the pilot lights. The hole in the 4-7039-1 plug is large enough for torch lighting but
small enough to prevent too much extra air from entering the pilot which could destabilize the
flame.
Spark ignited and manual lit 4021 tips can be converted to each other installing the appropriate
ignition plug.
Bulletin 4011/4021
Page 3
Set Components | 4011/4021 Pilot
4011 SET COMPONENTS

4031 PILOT MIXER
¾" NPT(F) 1⁄8" NPT 1⁄8" NPT mixture

air inlet air pressure tap pressure tap
C
¾" NPT(F)
premix outlet
Gas E
3⁄8" NPT(F) Adjustment
locknut Screw
gas inlet D
4031 mixers create uniform air/gas premix for reliable pilot

operation. A precision built-in needle valve (which is lockable)
4031 Dimensions in inches (mm)
sets the desired gas flow rate at pressures between zero and 24
A B C D E Wt., lb (kg)
osi (42"w.c.). The inlet air tap or the mixture pressure tap can be
cross connected to a pilot gas regulator (purchased separately) 2.47 1.75 1.50 5.75 3.81 1.69
so that the pilot’s air/fuel ratio will not be affected by changes in (63) (44) (38) (146) (97) (.77)
back pressure at the pilot tip. For additional information see Sheet 4031
The pressure at the pilot gas regulator inlet should be at least GAS VALVES
2 osi (3.5"w.c.) greater than the connected pilot air or mixture
pressure. The differential pressure between the two pressure taps
E
can be used to meter the flow through the mixer. 1"w.c. of pres-
sure drop provides 73 scfh of air flow, see Chart 1A in the 3065
bulletin. D A - NPT
AIR VALVES
Closed B
C
A – NPT(F)
80° E The 1821B-02 Ball Valve is a manual gas shut-off valve. Use the
B
gas adjustment screw on the 4031 mixer to set the gas rate. The
Open
1821B valve is only used for manual shut-off. See bulletin 1821B
C C F G for more details.
D H
The 1122-0 Air Butterfly Valve sets pilot air firing rate with a lock-
1821B-02 Dimensions in inches (mm)
able handle to prevent the accidental changing of valve setting.
A B C D E Wt., lb (kg)
The knurled knob can be used to lock the position by hand or
a socket head cap screw (provided in the knob) can secure the 0.87 1.73 1.69 3.35 0.30
3/8
handle position with a 5⁄32" hex wrench to discourage tampering. (22) (44) (43) (85) (0.14)
See bulletin 1122 for more details.
1122-0 Dimensions in inches (mm)

A B C D E F G H Wt, lb. (Kg)
3/4 2.06 1.19 2.38 3.00 2.75 1.19 3.94 2.00

(52) (30) (60) (76) (70) (30) (100) (0.9)
Bulletin 4011/4021
Page 4
Ordering Information | 4011/4021 Pilot
Table 3
4011-# Set 4021-# Pilot Tip

Includes: Includes:
4021-# pilot tip, 4031 4021-# pilot tip, with Pilot Tip Exit Ignition
1122-0, 1821B-02 Ignition Plug Connection Type Type
4011-11 4021-11 ¾" NPT Manual Light
4011-12 4021-12 Spark Ignited
4011-13 4021-13 1" Ø Slip Fit Manual Light
4011-15 4021-15 11⁄8" Ø Slip Fit Manual Light
Two of many possible piping configurations

are shown below and to the left. A tip can be
AIR screwed directly into a 4031 Mixer.
GAS
4011 Pilot Set with 4041 Universal Pilot Fitting, 7350 4011 Pilot Set with piping, including a union.
Regulator, and piping.
OPTIONAL NORTH AMERICAN PILOT ACCESSORIES
7350- -A and 7350 Pilot Ratio Regulator When to use the 7350-01-A or -02-A
See Bulletin 7350 for more detailed information.
- The 7350-_-A provides better air/fuel ratio control when used
Maximum Inlet Pressure*: 7350- -A: 1 psi, 7350: 5 psi as a cross connected ratio regulator. This is because it delivers a
*For CSI compliant systems inlet must be less than 0.5 psi lower gas pressure to the mixer, which makes the gas adjustment
Outlet Pressure Range: 7350- -A: 1.5"w.c. to 1"w.c. screw less sensitive.
7350: 3"w.c. to 6"w.c.
- The 7350-_-A must be piped horizontally, and the maximum
Gases: Natural, LP, LP gas-air inlet gas pressure to the 7350-_-A is 1 psi.
Table 4
When to use the 7350-01 or -02
Capacity, scfh pres. drop across regulator, "w.c.
of 0.6 gravity gas 0.1 0.2 0.3 - The 7350-01 or -02 can be used with up to 5 psi inlet pressure.
7350-02-A 54 77 95 - The 7350-01 or -02 can be piped in any orientation.

7350-01-A 60 85 105
For both regulators
7350-02 54 77 95
7350-01 60 85 105 The inlet pressure to the pilot gas ratio regulator must be at least
3.5"w.c., (2 osi or 20 mbar) greater than the cross-connected
1⁄8" NPT(F) vent pressure (at the pilot air or mixture tap). In most applications this
will be 0.5 to 1.0 psi.
Bulletin 4011/4021
Page 5
Optional Pilot Accessories | 4011/4021 Pilot
4041 Universal Pilot Fitting 8666 Testips
optional (wt. 19.5 oz.) See Bulletin 8666 for more detailed information
215⁄16
The 8666 Testip facilitates setting air/fuel ratio when premix
8790-0 flames are not easily visible. The Testip is installed in a positive
Obs. Port ¾ NPT pressure mixture line and lit with a manual torch. Air/gas ratio is
adjusted in the mixer until Testip flame seems appropriate.
45⁄8
27⁄16 Testips are turned off and removed after the ratio has been set.
37⁄8 Since the Testip diverts some of the premix into itself, confirm the
pilot ratio is still good after turning it off.
¾ NPT
Use caution with 8666 Testips they are small burners and get
very hot when run. Outdoors, the flame can be difficult to see in
15⁄16 15⁄16
direct sunlight.
A 4041 Fitting is piped between tip and mixer to allow mixer to
be installed in a vertical or horizontal line regardless of pilot tip
angle. Allow 6"
minimum
1⁄8 NPT flame clearance
It also takes the place of a union for tip removal, and has
an observation port for viewing. Pressure drop across it is 5⁄8
negligible.
411⁄16"
- A purple tinge indicates a lean ratio.

- A greenish-blue inner cone denotes a rich fire.
- Compare Testip flame with known correct burner ratio setting.
Rotates 360°
Other Pilot Bulletins and Accessories

See product details on bulletins or sheets listed below
Explosion Resistant Assembly (ERA) Igniters
10 mm ERA Igniters for Pilot Tips North American Pilot Accessories:
See Bulletin 4055 for more detailed information 1400 (1486A-02B) Solenoid Valves, Specs, Dimensions
The 4055-X-ERA 10mm igniter is intended to ignite pilot tips 1821B Shutoff Valves
in Class 1 Div. 2 applications. It has a ¾"-20 threaded igniter 1122 Manual Butterfly Valves for Gas and Air
connection for sealed aircraft type ignition wiring. 4031 Pilot Mixer
4065 Ignition Transformers
Although the wiring method used between the ignition 4074 Push Button Ignition Station
transformer and the spark plug was designed and chosen to be 4085 Ignition Cable
suitable for use in Class 1 Div. 2 hazardous locations, it DOES
NOT carry certifications or third party approvals. Other North American Pilots:
4014 Gas Boosted Pilot Assemblies
4" 4015 Bulletin Gas Pilots (for large burners)
4018 High Pressure Gas Pilot Specifications
1½" 4020 Nozzle-Mix Gas Pilots for Industrial Burners
4027 Pilot Tips (¾" Outlet with ½" Inlet)
8666 Testips
Bulletin 4011/4021
Page 6
Pilot Installation Tips | 4011/4021 Pilot
- To make it easier to remove a threaded pilot tip from the - If the pilot regulator inlet gas pressure exceeds its pressure
burner in the future. Use anti-seize compound on threaded rating, install a pressure-reducing regulator upstream. 7344
discharges and screw hand tight into the burner mounting. Regulators reduce up to 25 psi gas to 4-12"w.c. For capacities or
Installing a pipe union or a 4041 between the pilot mixer and inlet pressures beyond the range of 7344 Regulators, see Bulletin
the pilot tip will also speed up pilot tip removal. 7337 and 7349. Use a separate pilot regulator. Do not run pilot
gas through any of the regulators for main burner gas because
- An arrow with the premix flow direction is stamped on the those regulators cannot turn down low enough for pilot gas flow,
body of 4021 pilot tips. The pilot must be installed in the correct and will therefore chatter or shut-off.
direction or it will not work correctly.
- The inlet pressure to the pilot gas ratio regulator (7350) should
be at least 2 osi greater than the connected pilot air or mixture
Premix pressure.
Flame
- Avoid stressing and distorting valves and regulators, small pilot
regulators may be easily damaged by incorrect use of wrenches.
- Adding at least 5 pipe diameters of pipe between the mixer and Put your wrench on the end nearest the pipe that it’s being
the pilot tip adds additional mixing length to insure good quality threaded into.
premix.
NO YES
- The preferred location for pilot tips (and UV cells) is on the top
or side of a burner so that scale, dirt, and refractory crumbs
cannot fall into it.
- "Zero governor" pilot systems require an atmospheric regulator

(like the 7350-##-A) to supply gas at zero gauge pressure to the - Undersized piping and plugged lines are common causes of
pilot mixer, but zero governor systems only work well in open air pilot problems. Avoid corrugated connectors and hoses, they
applications when there is no chance of back pressure. cause more pressure loss than regular pipe and fittings. Tubing
has ½ the area, and 4 times the pressure loss of the same “size”
If the burner back pressure varies (like in many pilot systems), pipe. It’s OK to use tubing that has as much flow area as pipe.
the 7350 ratio regulator vent should be cross-connected with an (Example: use 7⁄8"OD × .045"wall tubing in place of ¾" pipe)
impulse line to the 4031 mixture pressure tap or to the 4031 air
pressure tap. Using the mixture pressure tap provides better air/ - Avoid thread dope or Teflon tape applied over the ends of pipe
fuel ratio control (especially on suction systems). thread, it can break loose and plug pilot tips.
2 threads
NO YES
- Always blow out each fitting and section of pipe before and
Impulse after installing it, (but don't put pressure on regulators and
Line solenoid).
7350-02 -A compressed
air
dirt
- Short run impulse lines for pilot systems should be ¼" thin wall
tubing. 304 stainless tube ¼" OD x .035" wall is a good choice.
Copper tubing can also be used, but is more susceptible to - A filter on the combustion air blower inlet will help prevent
kinking. plugging the small openings in the pilot system with dirt and
debris.
Bulletin 4011/4021
Page 7
Pilot Installation Tips | 4011/4021 Pilot
Cross-connecting a 7350-02-A pilot regulator to the mixture

pressure of the 4031 mixer will provide the best ratio control
for a ¾" pilot systems. The gas pressure upstream of the pilot
regulator should be set at least 2 osi (3.5"w.c.) higher than the 1849-04 Petcock is an 1829A-04
mixture pressure. A common mixture pressure to use is 3-5"w.c. valve with 1929-04 hose nipple
So set the gas pressure upstream of the 7350 to 5-6 osi (9- Mixture pressure tap (1849-04 Petcock shown
11"w.c.). open) After set-up is done, pressure tap valves
that can release fuel into the room should be
Air inlet (take-off well upstream removed or plugged.
of main air control valve)
1120-0 Pilot butterfly air valve
Spring adjusting under cap
Gas inlet (take-off from

pilot gas safety train)
An atmospheric pilot regulator helps maintain proper
air/fuel ratio if the pilot flow conditions change.
(install close to the mixer)
Cross-connecting a 7350-02-A pilot regulator to the air pressure

of the 4031 mixer will provide acceptable ratio control in cases
where the fuel cannot be used in the impulse line. A common air
pressure to use is 6-8 osi (10.5-14"w.c.), so set the gas pressure
to 10-12 osi (17-21"w.c.). For CSI compliant systems set air to 6
osi (10.4"w.c.) and gas pressure of the 7350 to 8 osi (0.5 psi),
(13.8"w.c.).
Air pressure tap (1849-04 Petcock shown open

valves must be closed without meter attached)
Pilot mixture gas adjusting screw
(limiting orifice)
Mixture pressure tap (shown open)

Check mixture pressure here or take premix
sample with a 8666 Testip. After set-up is done
pressure tap valves that can release fuel into the
room must be removed or plugged.
Bulletin 4011/4021
Page 8
Adjusting Pilots | 4011/4021 Pilot
Bulletin 4011/4021
JUDGING FLAMES Page 9
Premix pilots are often adjusted by sight. A 4021 Pilot Tip with 4. Energize both the ignition spark transformer and the pilot gas
air-gas mixture on stoichiometric ratio produces a sharp, forceful solenoid valve. If the pilot does not light, turn the gas adjusting
fame with a well defined light blue inner cone and a deeper blue screw in or out as required, until ignition occurs.
outer flame envelope. This flame produces a moderate amount
of noise, which decreases when adjusted toward the rich limit. 5. Fine-tune the pilot for best flame stability as follows: First, turn
the gas adjusting screw clockwise until the pilot flame goes out.
A long, bushy, yellow/orange tipped flame envelope or a green This is the “lean limit.”
colored fame denotes rich ratio. When a pilot is set too rich, the
flame will start to move away from the tip. Next, counting the number of turns from the lean limit, turn
the gas adjusting screw counterclockwise, lighting the pilot,
A short, pale blue or violet flame indicates a lean ratio. When and continuing until the rich limit is reached, ragged flame
a pilot is set too lean, it may light under hot conditions but not appearance and loss of the sharp inner cone.
reliably when cold.
Then, having counted the number of turns from lean to rich limit
Rich or lean air/fuel ratios may cause pilot to have insufficient (generally 1 to 2 times), set the gas adjusting screw at mid-point
flame length or drive to satisfy a flame detector and/or to ignite between the limits. This will result in a condition near correct air/
the main fuel fuel ratio.
PILOT ADJUSTMENT 6. Slowly turn the pilot air pressure down to 1.0 osi. If the flame
appears to go off ratio, remove the pilot regulator adjusting cap
On most combustion system air and fuel pressures are 2 psi or and adjust the pilot gas regulator spring until the flame looks
less. Often the pressures are a small fraction of 1 psi. Pressure correct. Turning the regulator spring adjusting screw clockwise
gauges made for low pressures are sensitive to rough handling. increases the gas flow; counterclockwise decreases gas flow.
When servicing combustion equipment we recommend using a Replace the cap. Turn the pilot air pressure back up to its original
water or digital manometer for pressure measurement. setting.
Flames often are not easily visible when sealed-in nozzles are 7. With 6 to 8 osi (10.5-14"w.c.) pilot air pressure, the mixture
used. Consider using a 8666 Testip to facilitate setting desired air pressure at the 1⁄8" pressure tap on the mixer discharge should be
/fuel mixture. 3 to 5"w.c. when the flame is burning (mixture pressures are valid
only if measured when burning).
1. Before lighting any pilot, make sure the furnace has been
adequately purged. This usually requires operating the main air KEEP RECORDS
blower long enough to make at least 4 volume changes before
ignition (NFPA 86). Consult local codes for purge requirements. ADDITIONAL PILOT INFORMATION
2. Adjust the pilot air valve for the required pilot air pressure, • Sheet 4000-2 Industrial Burner Flame Detection
generally 6 to 8 osi (10.5-14"w.c.) at the 1⁄8" air pressure tap in the
pilot mixer air connection (or 3-5"w.c. at the 1⁄8" mixture pressure • For pilot trouble shooting see the "North American Combustion
tap).
Copyright © 2023 - Fives - All rights reserved | Bulletin 4011/4021 10/23
Practical Pointers" book. (for a digital copy visit
www.fivesgroup.com or ask your Fives North American sales
3. Starting from a fully closed position, open the pilot mixer gas representative.
adjusting screw about 4 turns (counterclockwise).
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Gas Boosted Pilot Assemblies
Sheet 4014
Ref: Bulletins 4384, 4795, 4796, 6795, 6819 6820, 6821
Supplement 6795-2, Sheets 6795-3, 6796-1, Bul 7350
Bul 7218-7219A, Bul 7344 and Sheet 1400-1
The 4014 is a gas boosted pilot assembly. It is intended to light 4014 Pilot assemblies consist of:
large Magna-Flame style burners (3 to 75+ million Btu/h HHV)
with 1¼" to 2½" pilot connections. The pilot assembly features - A premix pilot tip
a central raw gas jet that is added to a conventional pilot air/ - A standard 10 mm spark plug (packaged separately)
gas premix nozzle to increase the size of the pilot flame. This
provides sufficient signal strength for a UV flame detector - Aspirator mixer with a built-in gas limiting orifice valve
attached to the burner. - Boost gas tube, with a limiting orifice and shut off valve to
control the boost gas flow to the pilot nozzle.
Although a pilot without the raw gas boost would light the burner
reliably, adding boost gas makes the pilot flame longer and A pilot regulator to control air/fuel ratio is recommended and
wider. Satisfying the UV flame detector proves the pilot flame is ordered separately. It must be cross-connected to pilot air
adequate for main burner ignition. For conventional industrial pressure. A main gas shut off valve, and an air adjustment valve
burners with pilot ignition, an interrupted pilot is a safety are also recommended options. See the pilot accessories section
prerequisite on all applications that use flame supervision. on the last page of the bulletin.
The 4014 can be used with natural gas, propane or other clean It is important to maintain the relative positions of the raw gas
gases (800 Btu/ft3 or more), boost tube, and the pilot tip. So, the piping furnished between
mixer and pilot tip cannot be changed.
Used on
Magna-Flame™ Burners
4384 4820 6795
4795 4821 6796
4796 5795 6820
4819 5796 6821
4014-4-T prepared for shipping
Pilot Air and Gas Capacities
Air flow with Maximum Mixture Flame

Pilot 6 osi/10.4"w.c. (26 mbar) natural gas flow pressure length#
assembly mixer air pressure (premix gas + boost) (mixer outlet) range
designation scfh (Nm3/h) scfh (Nm3/h) "w.c. (mbar) inches (mm)
4014-1-T 640 (18.1) 146 (4.1) 2.1 (5.2) 6 - 20 (150-500)
4014-2-T 640 (25.5) 234 (6.6) 2.9 (7.2) 7 - 26 (180-650)
4014-3-AT 1510 (42.8) 314 (8.9) 4.8 (11.9) 9 - 32 (230-800)
4014-3-BT 1750 (49.6) 765 (21.6) 8.2 (20.4) 11 - 40 (280-1000)
4014-4-T 2760 (78.2) 860 (24.3) 6.0 (14.9) 12 - 46 (300-1150)
# Flame lengths are highly dependent on local conditions inside the burner, premix air/fuel ratio and how much boost gas is used.
Sheet 4014
Page 2
DIMENSIONS
boost gas valve with internal mixer gas cartridge/gas

adjustment* standard
flow adjustment
10mm
B - gas concentric igniter
½" close nipple reducer
C
boost gas
½"
F
aspirator pilot tip

raw gas tube mixer
A - air
Typical -1, -2, -3A
* Use 4mm Allen wrench to set the mixer adjustment screw in the gas cartridge. If purchsed
before 2017 use standard US Allen wrench size 5/32 (or slotted before 2004)
D
1807-01 boost gas limiting orifice valve
-adjust with 2.5mm Allen wrench
-if purchased before 2017 use 3/32" Allen wrench E
boost gas limiting orifice valve mixer gas cartridge/gas
boost gas adjustment*
ball valve
raw gas standard
tube 10mm
concentric igniter
B - gas
reducer
boost gas C
½"
aspirator pilot tip

mixer
A - air
Typical -3B, -4
Concentric reducer only used on 4014-3-AT and 4014-4-T
Pilot NPT Dimensions in Inches (mm) Mixer Total Weight

Part Number A B C D E F Casting Numbers lb (kG)
4014-1-T 1 ¾ 1¼ 14.50 (368) 3.38 (86) 1.88 (48) 4-762/4-759 6.8 (3.1)
4014-2-T 1¼ 1 1½ 17.25 (438) 3.88 (99) 2.03 (52) 4-787/4-788 8.8 (4.0)
4014-3-AT 1½ 1 2 21.75 (552) 7.25 (184) 2.16 (55) 4-789/4-790 12.1 (5.5)
4014-3-BT 2 1¼ 2 24.88 (632) 3.88 (99) 2.63 (67) 4-791/4-792 14.4 (6.5)
4014-4-T 2 1¼ 2½ 29.0 (737) 7.93 (201) 2.63 (67) 4-791/4-792 18.1 (8.2)
Sheet 4014
Page 3
To order Pilot Assemblies, specify complete designation.

Example: 4014-3-AT Gas Boosted Pilot Set
Parts List
Part Name 4014-1-T 4014-2-T 4014-3-AT 4014-3-BT 4014-4-T
Pilot Tip 4-5242-1 4-3587-1 OA4-1602-1 OA4-1602-2 OA4-2517-2
Raw Gas Tube OA4-2510-1 OA4-2488-1 OA4-2487-1 OA4-2947-1 OA4-2518-1
Mixer Gas Cartridge 4-6062-1 4-6062-2 4-6062-3 4-6062-4 4-6062-4
Boost Gas Valve w/Internal Flow Adj. 1808-01 1808-01 1808-01 - -
Boost Gas Ball Valve - - - 1821B-01 1821B-01
Boost Gas Limiting Orifice Valve - - - 1807-01 1807-01
Igniter (standard 10mm) R240-2465 R240-2465 R240-2465 R240-2465 R240-2465
PILOT INSTALLATION TIPS
Most combustion system pressures are 2 psi or less. Often the The inlet pressure to the pilot gas pilot ratio regulator should be
pressures are a small fraction of a pound. Pressure gauges made set at least 2 osi greater than the connected pilot air pressure +
for low pressures are sensitive to rough handling. When servicing the pressure drop through the regulator.
combustion equipment we recommend using a water or digital
manometer for pressure measurement. Flames often are not - A filter on the combustion air blower inlet will help prevent
easily visible when sealed-in nozzles are used. Consider using a plugging the small openings in the pilot system with dirt and
8666 Testip to facilitate setting desired air/fuel mixture. debris.
- To make it easier to remove a threaded pilot tip from the - Avoid thread dope or Teflon tape applied over the ends of pipe
burner in the future. Use anti-seize compound on threaded thread, it can break loose and plug pilot tips.
discharges and screw hand tight into the burner mounting.
- The preferred location for pilot tips (and UV cells) is on the top 2 threads
or side of a burner so that scale, dirt, and refractory crumbs
cannot fall into it. NO YES
- Avoid stressing and distorting valves and regulators, small pilot

regulators may be easily damaged by incorrect use of wrenches.
- Always blow out each fitting and section of pipe before and
Put your wrench on the end nearest the pipe that it’s being
after installing it, (but don't put pressure on regulators and
threaded into.
solenoid).
NO YES
compressed
air dirt
- Short run impulse lines for pilot systems should be ¼" thin wall
- If the pilot regulator inlet gas pressure exceeds its pressure tubing. 304 stainless tube ¼" OD x .035" wall is a good choice.
rating, install a pressure-reducing regulator upstream. 7344 Copper tubing can also be used, but is more susceptible to
Regulators reduce up to 10 psi gas to 4-12"w.c. For capacities kinking.
or inlet pressures beyond the range of 7344 Regulators, see
Bulletin 7337. Use a separate pilot regulator. Do not run pilot gas
through any of the regulators for main burner gas because those For additional information see:
regulators cannot turn down low enough for pilot gas flow, and Bulletin 4011/4021: 4011 Pilot Sets/4021 Pilot Tips
will therefore chatter or shut-off. HBS 289: Prevent "Pooped" Pilots
Sheet 4014
Page 4
PIPING SCHEMATIC
boost gas valve typical -1, -2, 3-A
air D
air valve boost gas limiting orifice valve A
pilot flame
(recommended E mixer gas cartridge with mixer
accessory)
C boost gas valve B premix only
gas adjustment screw
with boost
typical -3B, -4 gas added
impulse line
boost gas
gas
flame detector
gas valve pilot regulator
(recommended (recommended accessory)
accessory)
LIGHTING INSTRUCTIONS
1. Before lighting any pilot, make sure the furnace has been 5. CHECK / SET PILOT RATIO REGULATOR SPRING SETTING.
adequately purged. This usually requires operating the main - A. Turn the pilot air pressure down to 1.0 osi (2”w.c.).
air blower long enough to make at least 4 air changes before - B. If the flame appears to go off ratio, remove the pilot
ignition. Example: A 4' x 5' x 10' furnace (200 cu ft volume) has regulator adjusting cap and adjust the pilot gas regulator
a blower rated 460 cfm. It should be run (all air valves between spring until the flame looks correct. Turning the regulator
blower and furnace wide open) for at least (4 x 200 divided by spring adjusting screw clockwise increases the gas flow;
460) = 1.74 minutes air purge time. counterclockwise decreases gas flow. Replace the cap.
- C. Turn the pilot air pressure back up to its original 6 osi (10.4”
2. MAKE INITIAL SETTINGS w.c.) setting.
- A. Close boost gas valve “B/D”. - D. If the regulator spring needed adjustment, recheck the
- B. Set the recommended air pressure at mixer air inlet to 6 osi gas limiting orifice setting "E" on the mixer. Once this set-
(10.4” wc) with air valve “C” ting is correct, put the cap back on the built-in mixer gas
- C. Remove the cap on the built-in mixer gas limiting orifice limiting orifice valve. The premix setting on the mixer
valve "E". Starting from a fully closed position, open the should not need to be adjusted again.
pilot mixer gas adjusting screw about 4 turns (counterclock-
wise). Note: At this time the Flame detector signal may still be weak/
inadequate, setting the boost gas will improve the flame signal.
3. LIGHT THE PILOT FOR THE FIRST TIME
- A. Energize both the ignition spark transformer and the pilot 6. TURN ON BOOST GAS AND MAKE FINAL BOOST GAS
gas solenoid valve. SETTINGS.
- B. If the pilot dœs not light, turn the gas adjusting screw "E" in - A. On 4014-1-T through -3-AT assemblies, remove cap from
or out as required, until ignition occurs. handle of gas valve "D". Close the internal port adjustment
completely. Open boost gas valve. Open internal port
4. FINE-TUNE THE PILOT FOR BEST FLAME STABILITY as follows: adjustment to add boost gas to pilot flame until flame de-
- A. First, turn the mixer gas adjusting screw "E" clockwise until tector gives a strong signal. Pilot flame should be about
the pilot flame goes out. This is the “lean limit.” twice its original length. Replace cap on gas valve.
- B. Next, counting the number of turns from the lean limit, turn - B. On 4014-3-BT and -4-T assemblies, remove cap of boost
the gas adjusting screw "E" counterclockwise, lighting the gas limiting orifice valve "A". Close the internal port adjust-
pilot, and continuing until the rich limit is reached, ragged ment completely. Open gas valve "B" and open internal
flame appearance and loss of the sharp inner cone. port adjustment on gas limiting orifice valve "A" to add
- C. Then, having counted the number of turns from lean to rich boost gas to pilot flame until flame detector gives a strong
limit set the gas adjusting screw "E" at mid-point between signal. Pilot flame should be about twice its original length.
the limits. This will result in a condition near correct air/fuel Replace cap on boost gas limiting orifice valve "A".
ratio.
Keep Records
Sheet 4014
Page 5
NORTH AMERICAN PILOT ACCESSORIES
1400 (1486A-02B) Solenoid Valves, Specs, Dimensions 4065 Ignition Transformers

1821B Shutoff Valves 4074 Push Button Ignition Station
1122 Manual Butterfly Valves for Gas and Air 4085 Ignition Cable
Accessories (order separately)

Part Name 4014-1-T 4014-2-T 4014-3-AT 4014-3-BT 4014-4-T
Pilot Regulator 7218-01 7218-01 7218-0 7218-1 7218-1
Air Butterfly Valve 1122-1 1122-2 1122-3 1122-4 1122-4
Air Flex Connector 8777-1 8777-2 8777-3 8777-4 8777-4
Boost Gas Flex Connector 8773-01-TT/9 8773-01-TT/9 8773-01TT/9 8773-01-TT/9 8773-01-TT/9
Main Gas Flex Connector 8773-01-TT/9 8773-01-TT/9 8773-0-TT/9 8773-1-TT/9 8773-1-TT/9
Main Gas Manual Shutoff Valve 1821B-01 1821B-0 1821B-1 1821B-1 1821B-1
Main Gas Manual Shutoff Valve 1821B-01-LH 1821B-0-LH 1821B-1-LH 1821B-1-LH 1821B-1-LH
(with Locking Handle)
8666 Testips
See Bulletin 8666 for more detailed information
Allow 6"
minimum
The 8666 Testip facilitates setting air/fuel ratio when premix flame clearance
flames are not easily visible. The Testip is installed in a positive 1⁄8 NPT
pressure mixture line and lit with a manual torch. Air/gas ratio is
adjusted in the mixer until Testip flame looks appropriate.
5⁄8
Use caution with 8666 Testips they are small burners and get
very hot when run. Outdoors, the flame can be difficult to see in 411⁄16"
direct sunlight. Testips will not work in systems that operate with
negative mixture pressure. - A purple tinge indicates a lean ratio.
- A greenish-blue inner cone denotes a rich fire.
- Compare Testip flame with known correct burner ratio setting.
4055-X-ERA
Explosion Resistant Assembly (ERA) Igniters
See Bulletin 4055 for more detailed information
4"
The 4055-X-ERA 10mm igniter is intended to ignite pilot tips 1½"
in Class 1 Div. 2 applications. It has a ¾"-20 threaded igniter
connection for sealed aircraft type ignition wiring (see Sheet
4085).
Although the wiring method used between the ignition

transformer and the spark plug was designed and chosen to be M10X1
suitable for use in Class 1 Div. 2 hazardous locations, it DOES ¾-20 UNEF 2A Copyright © 2023 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 4014 10/23
For use with 4085-ERA cable
NOT carry certifications or third party approvals.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Gas Pilots Ref: Bul 4065, Sheet 4085, Bul 7350, Bul 7218-7219A
(for larger burners) Bul 7344 and Sheet 1400-1
4015 Pilot Sets with 4025 pilots are used to light large 4025 PILOT TIPS
capacity North American burners. When properly installed,
these premix pilots are unaffected by changes in main A 4025 pilot tip is included in the 4015 pilot set and is also
burner adjustment, furnace atmosphere or pressure available separately. Most 4025 pilot tips have a 10mm
conditions. threaded connection for an included spark igniter, which
is energized by a 6000- volt transformer (purchased
4015 PILOT SETS separately) Most have threaded discharges (with “T” suffix)
to fit sealed-in burners, by far the most common in industry
4015 sets consist of a pilot tip, mixer, air valve, and gas valve. today.
Mixers have inlet and outlet pressure taps, either of which
can be used to cross-connect a ratio regulator (purchased Manually ignited tips (with “M” suffix) are furnished with a
separately). This is desirable in some installations where lighter hole cap. To light a 4025-M with a torch, remove the
pressure variations at the pilot tip could upset its air/fuel ra- cap, light the pilot by letting the torch flame enter the open
tio. For information on pilot accessories, see the accessories lighting hole until the pilot lights. Replace the lighter hole cap
sections in this bulletin. to prevent extra air or flame from passing through the lighter
hole.
4015 PILOT SETS
Set Capacity # Capacity # Pilot Tip Pilot Tip Set Weight

Number Btu/h HHV kW LLV Number Exit Size lb (kg)
SPARK IGNITED (threaded)

4015-0-T 52 000 13.9 4025-0-T 1¼" MNPT 7.6 (3.4)
4015-1-T 82 000 21.8 4025-1-T 1¼" MNPT 9.6 (4.3)
4015-2-T 123 000 32.8 4025-2-T 1½" MNPT 12 (5.4)
4015-3-AT 150 000 40.0 4025-3-AT 2" MNPT 14 (6.4)
4015-3-BT 180 000 48.0 4025-3-BT 2" MNPT 14 (6.4)
4018-3-CT 250 000 66.6 4025-3-CT 2½" MNPT 14 (6.4)
SPARK IGNITED (slip-fit)
4015-1 82 000 21.8 4025-1 123⁄32 Ø 9.6 (4.3)
4015-2 123 000 32.8 4025-2 131⁄32 Ø 12 (5.4)
MANUALLY IGNITED (threaded)
4015-0-MT 52 000 13.9 4025-0-MT 1¼" MNPT 7.6 (3.4)
4015-2-MT 123 000 32.8 4025-2-MT 1½" MNPT 12 (5.4)
MANUALLY IGNITED (slip-fit)
4015-1-M 82 000 21.8 4025-1-M 123⁄32 Ø 9.6 (4.3)
4015-2-M 123 000 32.8 4025-2-M 131⁄32 Ø 12 (5.4)
# Capacity, Btu/h HHV with 8 osi (13.8"w.c.) (34.5mbar) air pressure into mixer and with 3.5" w.c.
(8.7 mbar) mixture pressure into pilot tip.
Parts | Gas Pilots
4015 SET: LIST OF INCLUDED PARTS
Set Pilot Tip Air/Fuel Air Gas

Number Number Mixer Valve Valve
4015-0-T 4025-0-T 3065-0-7 1122-0 1821-01
4015-1-T 4025-1-T 3065-1-9 1122-1 1821-0
4015-2-T 4025-2-T 3065-2-12 1122-2 1821-1
4015-3-AT 4025-3-AT 365-3-15 1122-3 1821-1
4015-3-BT 4025-3-BT 3065-3-13 1122-3 1821-1
4015-3-CT 4025-3-CT 3065-3-6 1122-3 1821-1
4015-1 4025-1 3065-1-9 1122-1 1821-0
4015-2 4025-2 3065-2-12 1122-2 1821-1
4015-0-MT 4025-0-MT 3065-0-7 1122-0 1821-01
4015-2-MT 4025-2-MT 3065-2-12 1122-2 1821-1
4015-1-M 4025-1-M 3065-1-9 1122-1 1821-0
4015-2-M 4025-2-M 3065-2-12 1122-2 1821-1
4025 PILOT TIP: LIST OF INCLUDED PARTS
Pilot Tip Number Tip Body* Adapter Ignition PLug

4025-0-T 4-13788-1 NA R240-2465
4025-1-T 4-5242-1 NA R240-2465
4025-2-T 4-3587-1 NA R240-2465
4025-3-AT OA4-1602-1 R590-2355 R240-2465
4025-3-BT OA4-1602-2 R590-2355 R240-2465
4025-3-CT OA4-2517-2 R590-2404 R240-2465
4025-1 4-1899-1 NA R240-2465
4025-2 4-1900-1 NA R240-2465
4025-0-MT 4-13788-1 NA R590-6000 &
4025-2-MT 4-3587-1 NA R590-1500
4025-1-M 4-1899-1 NA R590-6000 &
4025-2-M 4-1900-1 NA R590-1500
* Tip bodies are subassemblies, they are not the same as 4025 assembly. They do not come
with an ignition plug.
2.19 (56)
R240-2465 10mm Igniter/Spark Plug
The R240-2465 spark plug has a 10mm X 1 thread, ¼" terminal and 5⁄8" hex. It
is included with all non-manual 4015/4025 pilots and pilots sets.
1.12 (28)
Converting to manual lighting
4025 pilots can be converted to manual torch lighting by replacing the igniter
with a 1⁄8" close nipple (R590-6000) and a 1⁄8" hex pipe cap (R590-1500).
Bulletin 4015/4025
Page 2
Pilot Tips | Gas Pilots
flame of a
4015-2
at 3½"wc
scale: inches
lighter
hole
Spark plug with cap
D D
P.N. R240-2465
replace cap A – fnpt (F) D E – fnpt (M)
after lighting E – mnpt
A – fnpt with torch A – fnpt
4025-0-T
4025-3-AT
4025-0-MT 4025-1-T 4025-3-BT
4025-1
C 4025-2-T 4025-3-CT
4025-1-M 4025-2-MT
4025-2
4025-2-M
9⁄16" B
B B
E–mpt (4025-0-T and 4025-0-MT)
Pilot Tip 4025 dimensions in inches (mm) Tip Body

number A B C D E Material
4025-0-T ¾ 2.72 (69) - 3.0 (76) 1¼ Cast Iron
4025-1-T 1 2.91 (74) - 3.06 (78) 1¼ 304 SST
4025-2-T 1¼ 3.06 (78) - 3.19 (81) 1½ 304 SST
4025-3-AT 1½ 6.75 (171) - 5.16 (132) 2 304 SST
4025-3-BT 1½ 6.75 (141) - 5.16 (132) 2 304 SST
4025-3-CT 1½ 7.0 (178) - 5.44 (138) 2½ 304 SST

4025-1 1 2.72 (69) 1.719 (43.7) 3.06 (78) - Cast Iron
4025-2 1¼ 2.72 (69) 1.969 (50) 3.19 (81) - Cast Iron
4025-0-MT ¾ 2.72 (69) - – 1¼ Cast Iron

4025-2-MT 1¼ 3.06 (78) - – 1½ Cast Iron
4025-1-M 1 2.72 (69) 1.719 (43.7) - - Cast Iron
4025-2-M 1¼ 2.72 (69) 1.969 (50) - - Cast Iron
DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. PLEASE OBTAIN CERTIFIED PRINTS FROM FIVES NORTH AMERICAN COMBUSTION, INC. Bulletin 4015/4025
IF SPACE LIMITATIONS OR OTHER CONSIDERATIONS MAKE EXACT DIMENSION(S) CRITICAL. Page 3
Pilot Mixers | Gas Pilots
B – fnpt
P
H – rad. A – fnpt
gas K
mixture
inlet outlet
L air inlet
3065 Mixer rod size is
stamped on rod nut
A – fnpt E D
N N G
dimensions in inches
Mixer Wt. Gas adj. Allen
designation A B D E G H K L N P lb (Kg) wrench size*
3065-0 ¾ ½ 4.03 1.75 7.28 0.63 1.19 1.66 1.25 2.00 5 (2.5mm)
(102) (44) (185) (16) (30( (42) (32) (51) (2.3)
3065-1 1 ¾ 4.13 1.81 7.44 0.75 1.38 1.88 1.28 2.03 5 (4mm)
(105) (46) (189) (19) (35) (48) (33) (52) (2.3)
3065-2 1¼ 1 5.88 2.06 9.63 0.88 1.66 2.03 1.47 2.22 7 (4mm)
(149) (52) (245) (22) (42) (52) (37) (56) (3.2)
3065-3 1½ 1 6.50 2.44 10.75 0.84 1.75 2.16 1.50 2.25 8 (4mm)
(165) (62) (273) (21) (44) (55) (38) (57) (3.6)
* Mixers purchased before 2017 use standard US Allen brench sizes, 3/32, 5/32, 7/32 (or slotted before 2004)
GAS VALVES AIR VALVES
E
Closed
A – pipe
size
80° E
A – fnpt D B
Open
C C F G
D H
B
C
Valve dimensions in inches (mm) wt,

Valve dimensions in inches (mm) wt, designation A B C D E F G H lb (Kg)
designation A B C D E lb (Kg)
1.13 2.25 1.81 3.88 0.60 1122-0 ¾ 2.06 1.19 2.38 3.00 2.75 1.19 3.94 2.00
1821B-01 ½ (29) (57) (46) (99) (0.27)
(52) (30) (60) (76) (70) (30) (100) (0.9)
1 2.06 1.19 2.38 3.00 2.75 1.19 3.94 2.00

1.50 3.00 2.13 4.88 1.25 1122-1
1821B-0 ¾ (38) (76) (54) (124) (0.57)
(52) (30) (60) (76) (70) (30) (100) (0.9)
1¼ 2.31 1.25 2.50 3.00 2.81 1.31 4.13 2.50

1.69 3.38 2.25 4.88 1.75 1122-2 (59) (32) (64) (76) (71) (33) (105) (1.0)
1821B-1 1 (43) (86) (57) (124) (0.79)
1122-3 1½ 2.56 1.31 2.63 3.00 2.94 1.44 4.38 2.50
(65) (33) (67) (76) (75) (37) (111) (1.1)
IF SPACE LIMITATIONS OR OTHER CONSIDERATIONS MAKE EXACT DIMENSION(S) CRITICAL. Bulletin 4015/4025
Page 4
Installation/Lighting | Gas Pilots
PIPING SCHEMATIC
air mixer gas cartridge with pilot flame

mixer adjustment screw
air pressure mixture pressure
air valve
impulse line
pilot mixer pilot tip

gas 5D
gas
valve
pilot regulator
(recommended accessory)
INSTALLATION LIGHTING
1. Pilot air supply must be at constant pressure, i.e. taken from 1. Close all manual pilot and main gas supply valves.
main air manifold between combustion air blower and main 2. Make sure all fans and blowers are running and combustion
air control valve. chamber has been purged with a minimum of (4) changes of
2. Pilot gas supply must be taken upstream of main gas regulator atmosphere.
and shutoff valves. It may be necessary to install a pressure 3. Adjust main burner's air control valve for low fire air pressure
reducing regulator in the pilot gas line. (if applicable).
3. 7218 Pilot Gas Regulators must be mounted with spring housing 4. Set air pressure to the pilot mixer inlet at 6-8 osi above
down. 7350 Pilot Gas Regulators may be mounted in any combustion chamber pressure. This will result in a 3-4"wc mixture
position. pressure after pilot is lit.
4. To avoid problems caused by dirt in the pilot tip, install main 5. Make sure pilot mixer gas adjustment is fully closed (CW).
burner so pilot port is located between 9 and 3 o'clock, (above 6. Energize ignition and pilot gas solenoid valve.
the horizontal Centerline). 7. Open pilot gas cock.
5. While pilot tip may be screwed directly into its mixer, a minimum 8. Counting the number of turns, slowly open (CCW) mixer
of 5 pipe diameters is recommended between mixer and tip. If adjustment, noting setting at which pilot initially lights.
there is an elbow between mixer and tip, there must be 5 pipe 9. Continue opening adjustment until pilot flame becomes unstable,
diameters straight pipe between elbow and tip. losing its sharp inner cone.
6. Use hi-temp anti-seize compound on threaded pilot tips and 10. Return valve to a position midway between settings determined
hand tighten into burner. Lightly wrench tighten only if firing in steps 8 and 9.
against abnormally high positive pressure. 11. De-energize ignition to make sure pilot remains stable without
7. When installing pilot tip, orient spark plug or lighter hole so it is spark. Readjust if necessary.
easily accessible. 12. Energize ignition and pilot solenoid simultaneously several times
8. Installation of a union between mixer and tip will facilitate to verify repeatable ignition.
removal of tip for cleaning.
TROUBLESHOOTING NOTES
PRESSURE REQUIREMENTS
1. The spark igniter may light the pilot better if the ground electrode
1. Minimum recommended air pressure at pilot mixer inlet is 4.0 is bent 45° resulting in a 0.09"-0.10" gap.
osi. 2. If pilot will not light, check for spark at the plug and gas at the
2. Minimum gas pressure at pilot regulator inlet for a cross- mixer. If both are present, remove and clean pilot tip. Make sure
connected system should be 2 osi higher than loading pressure all piloting ports are clean: Plugging of one hole can prevent
(air or air/gas mixture). lighting.
3. Minimum gas pressure at pilot regulator inlet for an atmospheric
(zero gas pressure) system is 2 osi.
Bulletin 4015/4025
Page 5
System Design Tips | Gas Pilots
GENERAL PILOT INSTALLATION AND SYSTEM DESIGN TIPS
• The preferred location for pilot tips (and UV cells) is on the top • Undersized piping and plugged lines are common causes of
or side of a burner so that scale, dirt, and refractory crumbs can- pilot problems. Avoid corrugated connectors and hoses, they
not fall into it. cause more pressure loss than regular pipe and fittings. Tubing
has ½ the area, and 4 times the pressure loss of the same “size”
• Most pilot systems will operate more reliably if they use a pipe. It’s OK to use tubing that has as much flow area as pipe.
cross-connected ratio regulator to control the air/fuel ratio. This is (Example: use 7⁄8"OD × .045"wall tubing in place of ¾" pipe)
done by connecting the regulator vent with an impulse line to the
3065 mixture pressure tap or to the 3065 air pressure tap. Using • Avoid thread dope or Teflon tape applied over the ends of pipe
the mixture pressure tap provides better air/fuel ratio control thread, it can break loose and plug pilot tips.
(especially on suction systems).
2 threads
Gas line
NO YES
Cross connected 3065 Mixer Pilot tip

regulator
• Always BLOW OUT EACH FITTING & SECTION OF pipe before
Impulse line Air valve and after installing it, (but don’t put pressure on regulators and
solenoid)
• While it may be tempting to feed multiple 4025 tips with a

single higher capacity mixer, this hurts reliability and is not nor-
compressed
mally recommended with these larger pilots.
air dirt
• Short run impulse lines for pilot systems can be ¼" thin wall
tubing. 304 stainless tube ¼" OD x .035" wall is a good choice.
Copper tubing can also be used, but is more susceptible to kink- • A filter on the combustion air blower inlet will help prevent
ing. For longer impulse line runs (over 24") consider using 3⁄8" plugging the small openings in the pilot system with dirt and
O.D. thin wall tubing. debris.
• If the pilot regulator inlet gas pressure exceeds its pressure rat- • The R240-2465 igniter may light the pilot better if the ground
ing, install a pressure-reducing regulator upstream. 7344 Regula- electrode is bent 45° resulting in a 0.09"-0.10" gap.
tors reduce up to 25 psi gas to 4-12"w.c. For capacities or inlet
pressures beyond the range of 7344 Regulators, see Bulletins
7337 and 7349. Use a separate pilot regulator. Do not run pilot
gas through any of the regulators for main burner gas because
those regulators cannot turn down low enough for pilot gas flow,
and will therefore chatter or shut-off.
• The inlet pressure to the pilot gas ratio regulator (7218) should The 4-7051-1 spark plug is a R240-2465 igniter with a pre-bent
be at least 2 osi greater than the connected pilot air or mixture ground rod to provide the larger gap.
pressure.
• Avoid running ignition cables or control wiring close to flame
• Avoid stressing and distorting valves and regulators, small pilot supervision cables. The signal traveling through flame rod cables
regulators may be easily damaged by incorrect use of wrenches. are very susceptible to interference from other electrical wiring.
Put your wrench on the end nearest the pipe that it’s being
threaded into. • If a longer pilot flame is needed, consider a 4014 gas boosted
pilot tip assembly. For a smaller pilot tips consider the 4011/4021
NO YES pilot set/pilot.
• For additional pilot system information see guides in these bul-

letins and sheets. 3065, 4000-3, 4085, 4065, 4011/4021, 4014,
8800-1, 8800-2.
Bulletin 4015/4025
Page 6
Pilot Accessories | Gas Pilots
AIR/FUEL RATIO CONTROL FOR 4015 PILOT SETS
There are a number of reasons to use a cross connect ratio Cross connecting to the mixture pressure generally provides
regulator with a 4015 pilot set. The combustion chamber pressure better ratio control resolution than using the air pressure tap.
varies or is different than the room pressure, so pilot tips are Use the air pressure tap to impulse the regulator in cases where
almost always cross connected. having an air / fuel premix in the impulse line and regulator case
is objectionable. For example when the fuel contains corrosive
The regulator can be cross-connect to the mixture pressure tap components.
or air pressure tap with an impulse line (ideally 3/8" Copper
or SST tubing). When a ratio regulator is cross-connected, the See the 3065 and 4011/4021 bulletins for additional guides for
gas pressure at the regulator inlet must be at least equal to the using ratio regulators with pilots and burners.
impulse line pressure plus pressure drop across the governor. Do
not set the gas pressure upstream of the ratio regulator higher
than necessary. When the gas pressure is increased above
optimum the the air/fuel ratio adjustment will lose resolution and
get touchy.
Recommended regulators to use with 4015 pilot tips
Pilot Set Air Flow* Natural Gas Flow^ Regulator (Purchase Separately)
Part Number scfh Nm3/h scfh Nm3/h Cross-Connected Zero Governor
4015-0T 520 14.7 52 1.47 7218-01 or 7350-01 7218-01 or 7350-01
4015-1-T 820 23.2 82 2.32 7218-01 or 7350-01 7218-0
4015-2-T 1230 34.8 123 3.48 7218-01 or 7350-01 7218-1
4015-3-AT 1500 42.5 150 4.25 7218-01 or 7350-01 7218-1
4015-3-BT 1800 51.0 180 5.10 7218-0 7218-1
4015-3-CT 2500 70.8 250 7.08 7218-0 7218-1
4015-1 820 23.2 82 2.32 7218-01 or 7350-01 7218-0
4015-2 1230 34.8 123 3.48 7218-01 or 7350-01 7218-1
4015-0-MT 520 14.7 52 1.47 7218-01 or 7350-01 7218-01-or 7350-01
4015-2-MT 1230 34.8 123 3.48 7218-01 or 7350-01 7218-1
4015-1-M 820 23.2 82 2.32 7218-01 or 7350-01 7218-0
4015-2-M 1230 34.8 123 3.48 7218-01 or 7350-01 7218-1
* Air flow at 8 osi (13.8"w.c.) (34.5 mbar) air pressure into mixer and with 3.5"w.c. (8.7mbar) mixture pressure into pilot tip.
^ Gas flow at stoichiometric ratio (approximately 10:1 air/fuel ratio with natural gas).
Note: The air and gas flows shown in this table can be adjusted for optimum operation per the installation and lighting instructions.
OTHER PILOT BULLETINS AND ACCESSORIES

see product details on bulletins or sheets listed below:
NORTH AMERICAN PILOT ACCESSORIES: OTHER NORTH AMERICAN PILOTS:
1400 (1486A-02B) Solenoid Valves, Specs, Dimensions 4011 4011 Pilot Sets/4021 Pilot Tips (¾" Outlet and Inlet)
1821B Shutoff Valves 4014 Gas Boosted Pilot Assemblies
1122 Manual Butterfly Valves for Gas and Air 4018 High Pressure Gas Pilot Specifications
3065 Mixer 4020 Nozzle-Mix Gas Pilots for Industrial Burners
4031 Pilot Mixer 4027 Pilot Tips (¾" Outlet and ½" Inlet)
4065 Ignition Transformers
4085 Ignition Cable
8790 Observation Ports
Bulletin 4015/4025
Page 7
Pilot Accessories | Gas Pilots
Bulletin 4015/4025
Page 8
10MM EXPLOSION RESISTANT ASSEMBLY

(ERA) IGNITERS FOR PILOT TIPS 4"
See Bulletin 4055 for more detailed information. 1-1/2"
The 4055-X-ERA 10mm igniter is intended to ignite pilot tips in
Class 1 Div. 2 applications. It has a ¾"-20 threaded igniter con-
nection for sealed aircraft type ignition wiring.
Although the wiring method used between the ignition trans-

former and the spark plug was designed and chosen to be suit-
able for use in Zone 2 hazardous locations, it DOES NOT carry
certifications or third party approvals.
EXPLOSION RESISTANT ASSEMBLY (ERA) CABLES

REQUIRED FOR ALL 4055-ERA IGNITERS
See Bulletin 4085 for more detailed information.
4085-ERA cables connect to North American ERA igniters and
other spark igniters with the standard ¾“-20 threaded connec-
tion and 1½" deep contact connection. See Sheet 4055 and 4051
for details and additional sizes of ERA Igniters.
8666 TESTIPS
See Sheet 8666 for more detailed information.
The 8666 Testip facilitates setting air/fuel ratio when premix Allow 6" minimum flame
flames are not easily visible. The Testip is installed in a positive 1⁄8 NPT clearance
pressure mixture line and lit with a manual torch. Air/gas ratio is
5⁄8
adjusted in the mixer until Testip flame seems appropriate.
Testips are turned off and removed after the ratio has been set.
Since the Testip diverts some of the premix into itself, confirm the 411⁄16"
pilot ratio is still good after turning it off.
— A purple tinge indicates a lean ratio.
Use caution with 8666 Testips they are small burners and get — A greenish-blue inner cone denotes a rich fire.
very hot when run. Outdoors, the flame can be difficult to see in — Compare Testip flame with known correct burner ratio setting.

direct sunlight.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American High Pressure Gas Pilot
Specifications Sheet 4018
1.50
(38)
dimensions inches (mm)
2.63 (67) 2.88 (73)

¼ FNPT air shutter coupling
pipe size
globe valve air inlet inspirator mixer

pilot tip
917⁄32 (242)
The 4018 pilots are sold as an assembly, which includes a globe Specify the fuel being used when ordering a 4018 pilot. The fuel
valve, a simple inspirator mixer and a 4027 pilot tip. They are options are listed below. With Natural gas, the capacity is 7300
available with manual ignition or spark ignition. The pilot tip exit Btu/h HHV for 10 psi gas pressure. See page 2 for important ap-
has a ¾" Male NPT thread or a slip-fit mounting connection. See plication information and limitations.
the dimensions on the last page.
4018 PILOT SETS
Pilot Designation Pilot Designation -A- Igniton Incorporated
Natural Gas Other Fuels Dimension Description 4027 Pilot tip
4018-MT2425-77 4018-MT2425-# ¾" threaded MNPT 4027-01-MT2425
4018-M25-77 4018-M25-# 11⁄8"Ø slip-fit manual ignition 4027-01-M25
4018-M24-77 4018-M24-# 1" Ø slip-fit 4027-01-M24
4018-T2425-77 4018-T2425-# ¾" threaded MNPT spark ignition 4027-01-T2425
4018-25-77 4018-25-# 11⁄8" Ø slip-fit with included 4027-01-25
4018-24-77 4018-24-# 1" Ø slip-fit R240-2465 ignitier 4027-01-24
NOTE: Complete designation by adding appropriate spud drill name for gas to be used, see table below.
Example: for Propane, with 11⁄8" Ø slip-fit spark ignition = 4018-25-80
Type of Gas Specific Btu/ft3 Minimum Gas Spud Drill Spud Part
Gravity HHV Pressure PSI (mbar) Name Number
Natural 0.6 1000 5 (345) #77 4-2158-10
Mixed natural 0.55 800 5 (345) #75 4-2158-11
Coke oven 0.4 550 2 (140) #71 4-2158-12
Propane 1.55 2500 5 to 10 (345-690) #80 4-2158-13
Sheet 4018
Page 2
Applications. 4018 pilots are used for lighting small burners, Operating Instructions. Open air shutter to maximum, switch on
flame curtains, or spot heating. Because the gas inspirates its spark, open ¼“ globe gas valve until burner is lighted properly.
own air, a combustion blower is not required. Continue opening the valve as far as possible while maintaining
stability. (with the ¼“ valve opened full; the maximum gas pres-
Application Limitations. 4018 High Pressure Gas Pilots are not sure should be limited to 25 psi.) If a richer, longer fire is desired,
recommended for use with sealed-in burners or combustion the air shutter can then be restricted (not closed).
chamber pressures more than a few hundredths of an inch of
water column above or below atmospheric pressure. The 4018-M Materials of Construction:
Manual Ignition Pilot is difficult to light when the furnace pressure Globe valve:
is more than 0.02"w.c. — Body and Stem = Bronze
— Disc = PTFE
If a higher capacity ¾" pilot is needed and a combustion blower — Hand Wheel = Malleable Iron
is available, consider a North American 4011/4021 pilot. Pilot tip = 304 Stainless Steel
Inspirator/Mixer Chamber:
If more capacity is needed for spot heating, consider a North — Body = 304 Stainless Steel
American 4682 burner with a 3070 mixer. — Shutter and Spud = Brass
Pipe coupling = Galvanized Iron
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS
Natural Gas Pressure Capacity Natural Gas Flow Flame Length
PSI (mbar) Btu/h HHV (kW LHV) scfh (Nm3/hr) inch (mm)
5 (345) 5100 (1.4) 5.1 (.14) 4 (100)
10 (690) 7300 (1.9) 7.3 (.20) 6 (150)
20 (1380) 10000 (2.6) 10 (.27) 8.5 (215)
dimensions inches (mm) R240-2465 Igniter/Spark Plug
2.19 (56) The R240-2465 spark plug has a 10mm thread, ¼" Ø terminal
and 5⁄8" hex. It is included with 4018 pilot with spark ignition.
It ships with a 0.034 Inch gap, but in some cases a slightly
larger gap (0.05) is more reliable. The maximum gap is about
0.090" (electrode at 45° angle). Energize with a 4065 6000-
volt transformer, using a 4085 ignition cable (both purchased
separately)
OTHER PILOT BULLETINS AND ACCESSORIES

see product details on bulletins or sheets listed below:
NORTH AMERICAN PILOT ACCESSORIES: OTHER NORTH AMERICAN PILOTS:
1400 (1486A-02B) Solenoid Valves, Specs, Dimensions 4014 Gas Boosted Pilot Assemblies
1821B Shutoff Valves 4015 Bulletin Gas Pilots (for large burners)
1122 Manual Butterfly Valves for Gas and Air 4018 High Pressure Gas Pilot Specifications
4031 Pilot Mixer 4020 Nozzle-Mix Gas Pilots for Industrial Burners
4065 Ignition Transformers 4011/4021 4011 Pilot Sets/4021 Pilot Tips
4074 Push Button Ignition Station 4027 Pilot Tips (¾" Outlet and ½" Inlet)
4085 Ignition Cable
Sheet 4018
Page 3
4027 PILOT
DIMENSIONS
inches (mm)
4027-01-MT2425 4027-01-T2425
2.88 (73)
½ mpt .23 (6) lighter hole ¾ mpt ¾ mpt

½ mpt
2.63 2.63
(66.8) (66.8)
4027-01-M25 4027-01-25
2.88 (73)
.23 (6) lighter hole

½ mpt ½ mpt
1.125 (28.6) 1.125 (28.6)
2.63 2.63
(66.8) (66.8)
4027-01-M24 4027-01-24 2.88 (73)
½ mpt .23 (6) lighter hole ½ mpt
1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4)
.56 .56
(14.3) (14.3)
Copyright © 2023 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 4018 10/23
2.63 2.63
(66.8) (66.8)
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Nozzle-Mix Gas Pilots
for Industrial Burners
4020 Nozzle-Mix Pilot Tip
• Can be used as a small burner • Serves wide range of applications
• Ultimate price/performance ratio • Many sizes (¾" through 4"), and in 3 styles (LP, HP,CB)
Product Overview | 4020 Nozzle-Mix Pilot Tip
The 4020 Nozzle-Mix Pilots are used to light burners as alter- (R240-2465) is provided with each tip and is recommended for
natives to raw gas pilots or gas boosted premix pilot tips. In use with pilots that are set rich, or when high burner backpres-
addition, they can be used as small burners. Nozzle-mix pilots sures are present. The optional 10 mm air purged spark (4-5635-
operate with a wider stability range and with fewer components 1) is recommended for pilots that continuously fire for extended
(such as mixers and boost gas tubes) to offer the ultimate price/ periods. For manual lighting, use an OA2-0401-1 slotted torch
performance ratio. To serve a wide range of applications, the pi- lighting plug.
lot tip body is availabe from ¾" to 4" and in three different styles:
Low Pressure (LP), High Pressure (HP), and Cool Boss (CB). "LP" Low Pressure
(use in place of raw gas pilot)
4020 Pilots are not recommended for the 4796/6796 Magna-
Flame Burner. See individual burner literature for recommended The "LP" style is used when only low pressure air is available;
pilots. for example, a burner with inlet vortex control on the blower.
The air for the pilot tip can be piped from the body of the main
The "LP" version, designed to be used in place of some raw burner. The air pressure across the pilot tip can be set very low,
gas pilots, is an ultra low pressure pilot requiring air pressures 0.1 osi is often adequate if the main burner air pressure is also
between 0.1 and 1 osi. The "HP" version requires 1-16 osi of air as low.
pressure and can operate with a cross connected pilot regulator.
The "CB" version has extra air passages to keep the mounting Because a small amount of gas is pre-mixed into the air, it is
boss cool and operates with the same air pressure requirements important that the gas pressure be 2-6 times as high as the air
as the "HP" version. The -6 and -7 pilot bodies are "sandwiched" pressure to insure good pilot stability. Always install a pressure
between the metal tile and a four bolt flange. The -6 and -7 pilot tap in the air and gas lines at the pilot tip to check for suitable
bodies are "sandwiched" between a four bolt air inlet flange and pressures.
a replaceable metal tile. The -6 and -7 sizes are available with
an optional reduced exit size. This allows a larger pilot to be As with raw gas pilots, the "LP" works best if the main burner is
mounted on a smaller pilot boss. Use these reduced exit 4020- always lit with the same pressure conditions as when adjusting
6/5, -6/4 or -7/6 size pilots when a stronger/higher capacity/ the pilot. If the low fire burner start rate is changed, the pilot
higher velocity pilot flame is needed. adjustment must be checked. Be aware that the "LP" will burn at
high excess air conditions as well as high excess fuel conditions.
Two spark plug locations are provided on all 4020 sizes: one Do not use a cross connected ratio regulator with the "LP".
beside the gas inlet port and one opposite the gas port. Three Burners with high swirl can pull the pilot away from the view of a
ignition options are available. The standard 10 mm spark plug flame detector.
4" 4020-HP Nozzle-Mix Pilot Tip

100% excess fuel
8 osi air pressure
2½" 4020-HP Nozzle-Mix Pilot Tip

100% excess fuel
8 osi air pressure
1¼" 4020-LP Nozzle-Mix Pilot Tip

100% excess fuel
0.1 osi air pressure
Bulletin 4020
Page 2
Capacity | 4020 Nozzle-Mix Pilot Tip
Air pressure, osi Gas pressure osi Flame length inches Flame Length
Combustion air capacity, cfh at 100% XSF at 100% XSF (stoic.)
Designation 0.1 0.25 1.0 2.0 4.0 at 0.1 osi at 1.0 osi at 0.1 osi at1.0 osi at 1.0 osi
4020-0-LP 55 90 160 — — 0.5 6.7 7 11 6"
4020-2-LP 120 180 385 — — 0.5 6.5 12 17 —
4020-3-LP 150 200 450 — — 0.4 4.6 14 22 —
4020-4-LP 200 350 765 1085 — 0.4 3.6 14 26 19"
4020-5-LP 310 535 1235 1665 — 0.5 5.0 23 33 24"
4020-6-LP 600 890 1895 3195 4535 0.25 3.0 24 50 36"
4020-7-LP 1600 2540 4650 6645 9355 0.25 4.0 32 58 42"
Reduced exit port 4020-_-LP pilots with higher capacity/high velocity flames
4020-6-LP/4 485 710 1620 — — 0.25 2.3 24 38 22"
4050-6-LP/5 530 790 1725 — — 0.25 2.4 24 40 24"
4020-7-LP/6 1100 1805 3765 5390 8195 0.25 2.8 30 54 28"
Maximum nominal excess air at 0.25 osi = 150% at 1.0 osi = 300%. Maximum nominal excess fuel at 0.25 osi = 180% at 1.0 osi = 200%
Flame Lengths listed on this page are for open still air. Actual lengths when fired in a burner body will vary.
The reduced port models of the 4020-6 and -7 pilots provide stronger, higher capacity flames than the standard version with the same exit
size.
Air pressure, osi Gas pressure osi Flame length inches Flame length
Designation 1.0 4.0 8.0 16.0 at 1.0 osi at 16 osi at 1.0 osi at 16 osi at 16 osi
4020-0-HP* 45 92 115 150 0.6 6.3 8 10 6"
4020-2-HP 150 307 450 650 1.0 14.2 18 26 14"
4020-3-HP 230 430 650 915 1.2 15.1 18 30 18"
4020-4-HP 350 740 1000 1500 1.0 13.5 19 33 20"
4020-5-HP 550 1100 1600 2350 0.9 15 30 35 21"
4020-6-HP 970 2250 2975 4050 1.0 9.5 35 54 33"
4020-7-HP 2155 4600 6580 9165 1.7 10.5 44 76 48"
Reduced exit port 4020-_-HP pilots with higher capacity/high velocity flames
4020-6-HP/4 800 1860 2765 3915 1.3 10.5 35 45 30"
4020-6-HP/5 860 2000 2960 4145 1.2 9.7 35 52 34"
4020-7-HP/6 1950 4160 5890 8503 2.2 21.4 44 64 38"
Maximum nominal excess air at 4.0 osi = 100% at 16 osi = 120%. Maximum nominal excess fuel at 4.0 osi = 130% at 16 osi = 100%.
Flame Lengths listed on this page are for open still air. Actual lengths when fired in a burner body will vary.
* With optional 4-20667-1 Valve/Orifice.
The reduced port models of the 4030-6 and-7 pilots provide stronger, higher capacity flames than the standard version with the same exit
size.
Air pressure, osi Gas pressure osi Flame length inches Flame length
Designation 1.0 4.0 8.0 16.0 at 1.0 osi at 16 osi at 1.0 osi at 16 osi at 16 osi
4020-3A-CB 150 290 410 610 1.2 16.3 15 16 12"
4020-3-CB 225 465 700 1030 1.1 23.5 16 18 14"
4020-4-CB 360 670 950 1370 1.1 14.0 18 20 15"
4020-5-CB 640 1300 1790 2520 1.2 14.5 24 30 21"
Maximum nominal excess air at 4.0 osi = 180% at 16 osi = 200% Maximum nominal excess fuel at 4.0 osi = 80% at 16 osi = 50%.
Bulletin 4020
Page 3
Installation | 4020 Nozzle-Mix Pilot Tip
holes. Use a 5000/6000 volt transformer for spark ignition.
"HP" and "CB" High Pressure Pilot 6. Be certain the flame detection UV scanner on the burner is
(use in place of premix pilot) positioned to prevent proving a pilot flame that is inadequate
for main flame ignition.
The "HP" version is used in place of premix pilot assemblies. It
features a built in orifice that raises the air pressure, allowing the 7. Honeywell UV scanners can monitor the pilot flame when
use of a cross connected regulator. mounted on the back of the tip if set at 25% or more of its rat-
ed capacity. However, main flame monitoring in this position is
The 4020-HP has been designed so that when the air and gas not reliable and not recommended.
pressures are equal at the pilot tip, the flame will burn with ap-
proximately 100% excess fuel which is within the 4020’s rich Lighting "LP"
stability limit. This makes it very easy to set the pilot when using
a cross connected ratio regulator. In many cases, the gas limit- 1. Close all fuel supply lines.
ing orifice valve can be left fully open, allowing the regulator to
maintain the proper air/fuel ratio for pilot use. The pilot flame 2. Set the burner to the conditions where the pilot will normally
is visible from the rear through an observation port if installed be started (low fire lighting condition). Set the air pressure at
on an air inlet tee. Although the length of the flame can not be the tip.
judged fully, it is still useful to use the observation port for setting
up the pilot, and monitoring performance. 3. Supply an ignition source to the spark plug and open the gas
until the pilot tip lights.
An optional air valve is available for the -0 size which includes
an orifice and a pressure tap that allows the pilot to be cross 4. Set the gas so that the pilot flame is large enough to light the
connected like a "HP". At equal air and gas pressures on a -0 burner reliably (gas pressures 2-6 times higher than the air
"HP" setup, the ratio will be very close to the rich stability limit. pressure are recommended).
(See the capacity chart for the correct gas pressure at 100%
excess fuel.) Lighting "HP"
The 4020-CB has extra air passages that cool the body of the 1. Close all fuel supply lines.
tip. The cooling air also effectively lowers the excess fuel rating
to 50%, shortens the flame, and increases the excess air limit. 2. Set the burner to the conditions where the pilot will normally
The "CB" is a good choice for use as a small burner. be started (low fire lighting condition). Set the air pressure at
the tip to 6 to 12 osi.
INSTALLATION
3. If a cross connected ratio regulator is installed, open the gas
Before installing, make sure the air and gas lines are free of dirt limiting orifice valve to 100% open. If there is no cross con-
and scale. In-line filters will help prevent pilot plugging. nected ratio regulator set the gas pressure so that it equals the
air pressure (see capacity chart).
2. Apply anti-seize compound to the threads, and screw the tip
into the pilot boss until hand tight. Do not over tighten the tip! 4. Supply an ignition source to the spark plug and open the main
pilot gas valve.
3. Connect pilot air and gas lines to sources upstream of all main
burner control valves. Use pipe unions on the air and gas lines 5. Make flame adjustments using the gas limiting orifice valve
close to the tip. The gas valve and gas supply piping should or air valve, if necessary. Set the gas so that the pilot flame is
be larger than the fitting on the tip (except in the -0 size, see large enough to light the burner reliably.
accessories table for details).
4. If possible use a cross connected pilot regulator on the gas

line (except the "LP"). Although the ratio stability limits are very
wide on the 4020, a ratio regulator assures that the pilot will
run consistently if the air pressure varies.
5. Install the spark plug in whichever port is convenient and

block the other spark port with the provided pipe plug. In the
-6 and -7 sizes the spark plug must be centered between air
Bulletin 4020
Page 4
Installation | 4020 Nozzle-Mix Pilot Tip
Pressure Observation port Pressure Observation port

gauges or taps P gauges or taps P
Air from burner body = 0.1-1.0 osi Air pres. = 4.0-16 osi
Limiting orifice gas valve Limiting orifice gas valve

P
Gas pressure = 3x-6x air pressure Gas pressure = air pressure at approx. 100% excess fuel
Suggested piping arrangement for 4020-LP Suggested piping arrangement for 4020-HP/CB
¾" Observation port

Air flow adjustment Pilot Accessories (Optional)
Air pres. = >4.0 osi 4-5635-1 Spark Plug with Purge Holes
Orifice/valve OA2-0401-1 Manual Light Plug (#8 DRILL)
4-20667-1 "HP" Air Orifice/Valve for -0 HP only
R590-8545 Pipe Tee 1"  ¾"  ¾" -0 HP only
P R930-4066 1⁄8" Gas Valve for -0 tips
Gas
R930-6055 3⁄8" Gas Valve for -2, -3 tips
Small needle valve 1807-01 ½" Gas Valve for -4, -5 tips
1807-0 ¾" Gas Valve for -6 tips
Suggested piping arrangement for 4020-0-HP (with orifice)
1807-1 1" Gas Valve for -7 tips
NPT TO BSPT ADAPTERS FOR 4020 GAS INLET CONNECTION
Part Number Description
R590-0210 316 Stainless Steel adapter, male 1⁄8" NPT to female 1⁄8" BSPT
R590-0211 316 Stainless Steel adapter, male ¼" NPT to female ¼" BSPT
R590-0212 316 Stainless Steel adapter, male 3⁄8" NPT to female 3⁄8" BSPT
R590-0213 316 Stainless Steel adapter, male ½" NPT to female ½" BSPT
R590-0220 316 Stainless Steel reducing adapter, male 1⁄8" NPT to female ¼" BSPT
R590-0221 316 Stainless Steel reducing adapter, male ¼" NPT to female 3⁄8" BSPT
R590-0223 316 Stainless Steel reducing adapter, male ½" NPT to female ¾" BSPT
BSPT NPT
Bulletin 4020
Page 5
Dimensions | 4020 Nozzle-Mix Pilot Tip
-0 Air Orifice\Valve (included with 4020-0-H)

Igniter E – Gas inlet
C D 25⁄8
A ¾ NPT 1⁄8 NPT
impulse tap
1⁄8 
B
½ NPT
Air inlet
-7/6 size only F Air flow adjustment screw

with lock down nut
DIMENSIONS inches
Size Inlet Pipe th'd. Outlet Pipe th'd. A B C D E F wt, lb

-0 1"--- mpt ¾" mpt 3 1½ 2¼ 1¼ 1⁄8" NPT 4½ 1.5
-2 1¼" mpt 1¼" mpt 3 2 1½ 11⁄8 1⁄8" NPT 33⁄8 1.8
-3A-CB 1½ mpt 1½" mpt 3 2 13⁄8 11⁄8 ¼" NPT 33⁄8 2.7
-3-CB 1½" mpt 1½" mpt 3 2¼ 13⁄8 11⁄8 ¼" NPT 33⁄8 2.7
-3 1½" mpt 1½" mpt 3¼ 2¼ 15⁄8 13⁄8 ¼" NPT 4 2.7
-4 2" 1/4mpt 2" 1/4mpt 3½ 2½ 1¾ 13⁄8 ¼" NPT 4 3.6
-5 2½" mpt 2½" mpt 4 3 2¼ 1¾ ¼" NPT 47⁄8 5.2
-6 3" 1/4fpt 3" 1/4mpt 4 4 2¾ 2½ 3⁄8" NPT 6½ 10.0
-7 4" 1/4fpt 4" 1/4mpt 4½ 5½ 3 3 ½" NPT 75⁄8 19.0
D
E – Gas connection
Air
inlet
G Outlet
B dia.
sq.
A
1⁄16
¼
H C
J K
F
Inlet Outlet
Size pipe th'd. pipe th'd. A B C D E F G H J K wt, lb
-6-HP/4 3" fpt 1
2" /4mpt 4½ 4 53⁄8 29⁄16 3⁄8" NPT 97⁄16 3½ 15⁄8 23⁄8 61⁄16 11.5
-6-HP/5 3" fpt 2½" mpt 4½ 4 53⁄8 29⁄16 3⁄8" NPT 97⁄16 3½ 15⁄8 23⁄8 61⁄16 11.5
-7-HP/6 4" fpt 3" 1/4mpt 5 5½ 6¼ 27⁄8 ½" NPT 107⁄8 4½ 21⁄8 3 615⁄16 21.5
-6-LP/4 3" fpt 2" 1/4mpt 4½ 4 53⁄8 29⁄16 3⁄8" NPT 97⁄16 3½ 15⁄8 23⁄8 61⁄16 11.5
-6-LP/5 3" fpt 2½" mpt 4½ 4 53⁄8 29⁄16 3⁄8" NPT 97⁄16 3½ 15⁄8 23⁄8 61⁄16 11.5
-7-LP/6 4" fpt 3" 1/4mpt 5 5½ 6¼ 27⁄8 ½" NPT 107⁄8 4½ 21⁄8 3 615⁄16 21.5
DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. PLEASE OBTAIN CERTIFIED PRINTS FROM FIVES NORTH AMERICAN COMBUSTION, INC. Bulletin 4020
Parts List | 4020 Nozzle-Mix Pilot Tip
4020-0-LP THRU 4020-5-LP PARTS LIST
Gas Tube
Body
Designation Body Gas Tube

4020-0-LP* 4-20422-1 4-20392-1
4020-2-LP 4-16462-1 4-20392-2
Standard 10mm
4020-3-LP 4-16461-1 4-20392-3
spark plug (R240-2465)
4020-4-LP 4-16358-1 4-20392-4
provided with each 4020
4020-5-LP 4-16514-1 4-20392-5
* the -0 size also requires a nixer cap (4-20421-1)

and 2 bolts (R765-1660)
4020-2-HP THRU 4020-5-HP (AND -CB) PARTS LIST

Premix Orifice
Body
Gas Tube Air Orifice Bolts
Standard 10mm
spark plug (R240-2465)
Designation Body Gas Tube Air Orifice Gas Orifice Bolts (# REQ'D)
4020-2-HP 4-16462-1 4-16620-1 4-16621-1 4-16520-1 R765-1680 (3)

4020-3-HP 4-16461-1 4-16620-2 4-16621-2 4-16520-2 R765-1680 (3)
4020-4-HP 4-16358-1 4-16620-3 4-16621-3 4-16520-3 R765-2090 (3)
4020-5-HP 4-16514-1 4-16620-4 4-16621-4 4-16520-4 R765-2090 (3)
4020-3A-CB 4-47339-1 4-16620-1 4-47387-1 4-16520-1 R765-1670 (4)

4020-3-CB 4-16844-1 4-16620-1 4-16621-1 4-16520-1 R765-1680 (3)
4020-4-CB 4-16830-1 4-16620-2 4-16621-2 4-16520-2 R765-1680 (3)
4020-5-CB 4-16831-1 4-16620-5 4-16621-3 4-16520-3 R765-2090 (3)
Bulletin 4020
Page 7
Parts List | 4020 Nozzle-Mix Pilot Tip
Bulletin 4020
Page 8
4020-6-LP & 4020-7-LP PARTS LIST
Gasket Gas Tube
Inlet Flange
Tube Adapter Exit Tile
Body Standard 10mm spark plug (R240-2465)

Designation Body Gas Tube Tube Adapter Inlet Flange Gasket Exit Tile
4020-6-LP 4-20508-1 416620-6 4-20466-1 8765-6-C (2-2310-14) 4-5371-2 4-20512-1
4020-7-LP 4-20508-2 4-16620-7 4-20466-2 8765-7-D (2-2310-7) 4-5371-3 4-20512-2
4020-6-LP/4 4-20508-1 4-16620-6 4-20466-4 8765-6-C (2-2310-14) 4-5371-2 4-20413-1
4020-6-LP/5 4-20508-1 4-16620-6 4-20466-1 8765-6-C (2-2310-14) 4-5371-2 4-20513-2
4020-7-LP/6 4-20508-2 4-16620-7 4-20466-2 8765-7-D (2-2310-7) 4-5371-3 4-20513-3
4020-6-HP & 4020-7-HP (AND -CB) PARTS LIST

Gasket Gas Tube
Inlet Flange
Air Orifice
Pre-Mix Orifice Exit Tile

Bolts
R765-2080 (3)
Standard 10mm spark plug (R240-2465)
Body provided with each 4020
Designation Body Air Orifice Pre-Mix Orifice Gas Tube Inlet Flange Gasket Exit Tile
4020-6-HP 4-20508-1 4-16621-5 4-16520-5 4-16620-6 8765-6-C (2-2310-14) 4-5371-2 4-20512-1
4020-7-HP 4-20508-2 4-16621-6 4-16520-6 4-16620-7 8765-7-D (2-2310-7) 4-5371-3 4-20512-2
4020-6-HP/4 4-20508-1 4-16621-5 4-16620-5 4-16620-6 8765-6-C (2-2310-14) 4-5371-2 4-20513-1 Copyright © 2022 - Fives - All rights reserved | Bulletin 4020 08/22
4020-6-HP/5 4-20508-1 4-16621-5 4-16520-5 4-16620-6 8765-6-C (2-2310-14) 4-5371-2 4-20513-2
4020-7-HP/6 4-20508-2 4-16621-6 4-16520-6 4-16620-7 8765-7-D (2-2310-7) 4-5371-3 4-20513-3
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
4027 Pilot Tips Sheet 4027
4027 premix pilot tips are intended as replacements for legacy pilot flame enter the lighting hole until the pilot lights. Manual ignition
tips with ½" NPT inlets. They can be lit at higher mixture pressures 4027 pilots cannot be easily modified to accept a spark plug.
and operated over wider limits of pressure and air/fuel ratio than
the former 4024-01 and 4025-01 tips. The fuel can be natural gas, Cross-connected ratio regulators are recommended, as they improve
propane or other clean gases (800 Btu/ft3 or more). pilot system reliability. The 4011/4021 Bulletin has instructions for
installing and operating small pilot systems.
4027 pilot tips are used in 4018 high pressure pilot systems and
are recommended as the spare tip for these assemblies. See the Most legacy 4024, 4025 and 4027 pilot tips use 4035 pilot mixers
4018 bulletin for details. with ½" NPT outlets. These mixers have been obsolete for many
decades (since the 1970's). If an old 4035 mixer or its pilot tip need
All 4027 pilot tips have the same inlet body and capacity, they differ replacement, consider replacing the pilot system with a 4011 pilot
only in the burner connection style and ignition method. The 4027- set, which includes a 4031 mixer, 4021 pilot tip, 1122-0 air valve and
01-25, 4027-01-T2425, and 4027-01-24 include a R240-2465 spark 1821B-02 gas valve.
plug for ignition. To light a manual ignition 4027 pilot, let a torch
4027 CROSS REFERENCE

Max. mixture p. "w.c. (mbar)
Pilot Tip Replaces Description For Stability
Designation Old Pilot Tip Burner Connection/Ignition Lighting after Lighting
4027-01-MT2425 4024MT-01, 4025MT-01, 4027MT-01 ¾" NPT Threaded/Manual
4027-01-M25 4025M-01 11⁄8" Ø Slip-fit/Manual 3 (7.5) 11 (27)
4027-01-M24 4024M-01 1" Ø Slip-fit/Manual
4027-01-T2425 4024T-01, 4025T-01, 4027T-01 ¾" NPT Threaded/Spark
4027-01-25 4025-01 11⁄8" Ø Slip-fit/Spark 15 (37) 36 (89)
4027-01-24 4024-01 1" Ø Slip-fit/Spark
Approximate Pilot Premix Flow Rates
Mixture Pressure Air Flow Gas Flow Flame Length
"w.c. (mbar) scfh (Nm3/h) scfh (Nm3/h) inches (mm)
2.9 (7.2) 277 (7.7) 27 (0.75) 5.5 (140)
5.8 (14.4) 320 (8.9) 31 (0.86) 7 (178)
11.6 (28.9) 455 (12.6) 44 (1.22) 7.5 (191)
Sheet 4027
4027 PILOT Page 2
DIMENSIONS
inches (mm)
4027-01-MT2425 4027-01-T2425
2.88 (73)
½ mpt .23 (6) lighter hole ¾ mpt ¾ mpt

½ mpt
2.63 2.63
(66.8) (66.8)
4027-01-M25 4027-01-25
2.88 (73)
.23 (6) lighter hole

½ mpt ½ mpt
1.125 (28.6) 1.125 (28.6)
2.63 2.63
(66.8) (66.8)
4027-01-M24 4027-01-24 2.88 (73)
½ mpt .23 (6) lighter hole ½ mpt
1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4)
.56 .56
(14.3) (14.3)
2.63 2.63
(66.8) (66.8)
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 4031 Pilot Mixer Sheet 4031-1
PARTS LIST
1⁄8" fpt Pressure Tap

(R590-7810 1⁄8" square head
pipe plug, steel - 2 required)
4-6590-1 Gas
Adjustment Screw A
R510-2150
Locknut ¾" fpt ¾" fpt
Air Inlet Mixture Outlet
AIR
GAS
3⁄8" fpt
Section A-A Gas Inlet
A
SPECIFICATIONS
Maximum Operating Pressure: 20 psig (1.4 bar)
Normal Operating Pressure: 10-30"w.c. (25-75 mbar)
Minimum Design Temperature: -40°F (-40°C)
Maximum Design Temperature: 375°F (190°C)
Body Materials: Cast Iron with Brass air orifice
Gas Adjustment Screw Material: 416 Stainless Steel Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 4031-1 09/18
Weight: 1.7 lbs. (.8 kg)
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Air Assisted Igniters
(For Industrial Gas Burners)
4051 Air Assisted Igniters
The 4051 series is a unique air enhanced spark igniter that:

• Improves ignition by increasing the spark area
• Eliminates gas pilot components and pilot maintenance
• Increases life by using combustion air to cool the igniter

Product Overview | 4051 Igniters
The 4051 Igniter has the ability to increase the lighting windows air source tap should be located upstream of the combustion air
typically associated with direct spark ignition on many burners. control valve.
The stainless steel igniter body, which acts as the spark ground,
can not be easily bent or distorted like conventional spark Standard 6000 volt transformers and ignition cables are used
igniters. This construction helps provide repeatable lighting with these igniters. Half wave transformers are not suitable. North
performance. Gas pilots, however, are still preferred for lighting American and other flame supervision systems can be designed
fuels other than natural gas and lighting under high excess air for direct spark ignition, using a standard detector to monitor the
conditions. main flame.
Many North American nozzle mix gas burners can be ignited Since sparks produce ultraviolet (UV) light which can be detected
with 4051 igniters as an alternative to gas pilot or manual torch by UV flame supervision equipment, an ignition timer must be
lighting. Consult your North American salesman to determine if it used to keep the spark igniter on 4-5 seconds to give the main
is applicable to your burner. flame time to light. Spark igniters must be shut off after lighting
the main flame.
Air is supplied through either of two 1⁄8" NPT taps provided on the
igniter assembly (see table below for specific air flow rates). The
NOTE: Half-wave transformers are not

recommended with this igniter.
Air Adapter
1
/8" N.P.T. Air Connection*
3
/4" Male Pipe Thread AIR FLOW RATES
Electrode
Igniter Body
Igniter Body Igniter
Air Pressure Air Flow
0.1 osi 33 cfh
0.2 osi 50 cfh
0.5 osi 77 cfh
No More Than 4" L 1
/2 1 osi 121 cfh
2 osi 172 cfh
* This unused tap must be plugged.
Burner Igniter Igniter -L- Replacment

designation Size designation size inch (mm) Electrode
4422 -2 thru -8 4051-D 4051-A 1" (25) 4-20825-1
4423 -0 4051-D 4051-B 23⁄8" (60) 4-20825-2
4423 -1 thru -3 4051-C 4051-C 27⁄8" (73) 4-20825-3
4424 -0 4051-D 4051-D 111⁄16" (43) 4-20825-4
-1 thru -3 4051-C 4051-E 17⁄8" (48) 4-20825-5
4425 -2 thru -8 4051-D
REPLACEMENT ELECTRODE
4442 -0 thru -4 4051-A
-5 thru -7 4051-D Replacement spark electrodes with the ceramic centering spider
4832 -2 thru -4 4051-C attached are available. The final length of the electrode is
-5 thru -7 4051-B determined by cutting off the excess length after the electrode is
4836 -2 thru -4 4051-C assembled in the igniter body. Cut the electrode rod with a hack
-5 thru -8 4051-B1 saw or heavy wire cutters leaving ½" of the rod protruding from
the igniter body.
Bulletin 4051
Page 2
Product Overview | 4051-XL Igniters
The 4051 Igniter is also available in extended length versions as 4051-XL igniters are available with a standard ¼" spark plug
the 4051-XL. It uses the same body as the regular 4051 with a ¾" terminal or with the aircraft style ERA connection which requires
NPT mounting connection. This igniter was originally developed a special “4085-ERA” cable.
for use in the 4225 burner. See the table below and confirm in
the 4225 bulletin for the correct length igniter. Additional lengths are available as specials.
O.D. = .84"
(21.4 mm)
No More Than 4" L
Burner Size Igniter 4051-XL -L-

designation designation Igniter Size inch (mm)
-7 4051-C 4051-Xl-4.41 4.41 (112)
-8 4051-XL-4.91 4051-XL-4.91 4.91 (125)
-9 4051-XLO-7.11 4051-Xl-7.11 7.11 (180)
4225 -10A 4051-XL-8.03 4051-XL-8.03 8.03 (204)
-12 4051-XL-8.28 4051-XL-8.28 8.28 (210)
-14 4051-XL-9.28 4051-XL-9.28 9.28 (235)
-16 4051-XL-11.28 4051-XL-11.28 11.28 (287)
ADJUSTABLE LENGTH 4051-XL
4051-XL igniters can be converted into an adjustable length air Set Screws Mounting Adapter
assisted igniter by adding a 4055-M style mounting adapter (Steel) (Steel)
assembly (purchased separately).
Positioning I.D. = .862"
4055-M style Mounting Adapter Assembly Collar (21.9 mm)
Part Number Connection Type (Steel)
4-45311-1 ¾" NPT
4-45311-2 1" NPT
4-45311-3 1" OD for slip-fit O-Ring #212 (Silicone)
4-45311-4 11⁄8" OD for slip-fit
11⁄8" - 13⁄8"
(28 - 35 mm)
Bulletin 4051
Page 3
Product Overview | 4051 ERA Igniters
ERA IGNITERS
ERA igniters are intended for use in systems that require sealed ignition wiring. They have a ¾-20 threaded igniter connection for sealed
air-craft type ignition wiring, and are intended for Class 1 Div. 2 applications. Although the wiring method used between the ignition
transformerand the spark plug was designed and chosen to be suitable for use in Class 1 Div. 2 hazardous locations, it DOES NOT carry
certifications or third party approvals. Standard 6000 volt transformers and 4085-ERA ignition cables are used with these igniters. Spark
should be shut off after lighting.
3/4" NPT 4051 ERA IGNITERS 4051-ERA Replacement

-L-
Igniter size inch (mm) Electrode
4051-B-C-D-E-ERA igniters have a ¾" NPT threaded connection
and are intended for use in systems that require sealed igni- 4051-B-ERA 23⁄8" (60) 4-53635-2
tion wiring that normally accept the 4051 igniters. Except for the 4051-C-ERA 27⁄8" (73) 4-53635-3
electrode connection all other dimensions and igniter functions 4051-D-ERA 111⁄16" (43) 4-53635-4
are the same as the regular 4051 igniters. At this time the “A” size 4051-E-ERA 17⁄8" (48) 4-53635-5
4051 is not available in the ERA style.
NOTE: ERA style electrode will not fit in regular 4051 igniters.
ERA style air adapter

¾" Male pipe thread
1.50 Igniter body
¾" - 20" UNEF L

ERA style electrode
2A for use with
4085-ERA cable
NOTE: Half-wave transformers are not
recommended with this igniter.
4051-XL-ERA -L- Replacment

3/4" NPT 4051-XL ERA IGNITERS Igniter size inch (mm) Electrode
4051-XL-4.41-ERA 4.41 (112) 4-59261-8.25
The 4051-XL Igniter is available with the aircraft style ERA 4051-XL-4.91-ERA 4.91 (125) 4-59261-8.75
connection which requires a special “4085-ERA” cable.
4051-XL-7.11-ERA 7.11 (180) 4-59261-10.93
4051-XL-8.03-ERA 8.03 (204) 4-59261-11.88
The “L” dimension on these igniters is the same as the standard
4051-XL igniters. 4051-XL-8.28-ERA 8.28 (210) 4-59261-12.13
4051-XL-9.28-ERA 9.28 (235) 4-59261-13.13
4051-XL-11.28-ERA 11.28 (287) 4-59261-15.13
Bulletin 4051
Page 4
General Information | 4051 Igniters
Bulletin 4051
Page 5
OPERATION TIPS INSTALLATION
The 4051 Igniter has a very wide tolerance of air settings, but 1. Install igniter into ¾" NPT pilot/igniter fitting in burner. For
if the air flow through the igniter is set at extremes, the spark easy removal, use an anti seize compound on igniter threads
may be unacceptable for lighting the burner. If the air is turned and finger tighten only. Over tightening with a wrench could
off or is set very low, the spark will arc at a single point on the cause the igniter to bind and seize in the burner body.
igniter body (Figure 1). If the air is set very high, the fuel/air
ratio around the spark may be so "lean" that the burner will not 2. Connect assisting air supply to igniter assembly through either
light (Figure 2). With the ideal amount of air, multiple arcs are of the two 1⁄8" NPT taps provided. Assisting air must be tapped
produced around at least 120 degrees of the electrode (Figure 3). from a 6-20 osi air source (P1). The combustion air header
These arcs should travel along the entire length of the exposed upstream of the main air valve is an excellent source of
electrode. One setup technique is to observe the spark outside ignition assisting air. The igniter air supply line should be ¼"
the burner and adjust the air until the optimum spark is achieved. tubing. The unused tap can be used to read the air pressure in
the igniter body (P2). The air pressure in the igniter body (P2)
Do not use the 4051 spark igniter with premix burners or burners will be much lower than the air pressure at the supply source
that must be lit at high excess air rates. The burner excess air (P1).
lighting limit is dependent on the fuel/air ratio at the ignition
source. 4442 Tempest® burners can be lit at higher excess air 3. A limiting orifice valve should be placed in the igniter air
rates than 4422 style burners due to their higher excess air limit. supply line if the igniter air supply pressure is greater than 20
osi, or if lighting a 4442-0 to -4 Tempest burner. The limiting
orifice valve can be set by adjusting the air supply until the
igniter body pressure (P2) is 0.2-1 osi. Small Tempest burners
Figure 1 light best with lower air pressures at the igniter.
4. Connect the ignition cable from the transformer to the igniter.

The transformer and the igniter must be grounded to insure
Figure 2 proper spark.
P2
4051
IGNITION CABLE
IGNITER
Figure 3 5000/6000 VOLT
TRANSFORMER
IGNITER AIR SUPPLY
OPTIONAL LIMITING
AIR FLOW RATES ORIFICE VALVE
Igniter Body Igniter

Air Pressure Air Flow P1
0.1 osi 33 cfh
0.2 osi 50 cfh
COMBUSTION
0.5 osi 77 cfh COMBUSTION AIR VALVE
1 osi 121 cfh AIR BLOWER
2 osi 172 cfh Figure 4 Copyright © 2023 - Fives - All rights reserved | Bulleltin 4051 04/23
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Igniters
For Industrial Gas Burners
4055 Direct Spark Igniters

An alternate to gas pilot or manual torch lighting
• Eliminate gas pilot components and pilot maintenance
• Fixed length and variable length models, with conventional or sealed aircraft style connection
• Works with North American 4085 ignition cables and 4065/4066 ignition transformers
4055 IGNITERS WITH FIXED LENGTH

Using direct spark ignition to light gas burners has many advantages over premix pilots. Direct spark igniters are generally less
expensive, are easier to install and require less maintenance. They are also more convenient to use than manual torch lighting and as
they do not require personnel to be close to the burner exit while lighting.
Always consult the burner product documentation when picking an ignition system. Most industrial oil burners, and some gas burners
cannot be lit reliably with direct spark ignition.
In some cases, the extra air from a premix pilot system provides other benefits. The 4055-#-P with an 1⁄8" pipe connection is also
available (see the next page), which allows for purge air to be added to the igniter. Addition air around the igniter will improve the
excess air limits on 4422 type burners.
North American gas burners listed below can be lit directly with 4055 fixed length igniters.
Fire•All™ Flat Flame™
4422, 4423, 4424, 4425 4828, 4831, 4832, 4833, 4836, 4837
HiRam® Tempest®
4575 4442 (alternative to standard 10mm spark plug)
Standard 6000 volt transformers (4065/4066) and ignition cables (4085) are used with these igniters.
No More
A
Than 3½" (89)
3⁄8"(9.5)
¼" Ø
Terminal 3⁄32" (2) gap
Electrode
Adapter 11⁄8" HEX ¾" NPT

4055-A-B-C-D-E DIMENSIONS inches (mm) and SPARE PARTS
Designation "A" Dimension "Z" Dimension Electrode Adapter
4055-A 1" (25) 13⁄16" (30) 4-7865-2 OA4-1790-1
4055-B 23⁄8" (60) 111⁄32" (44) 4-7865-1 OA4-1790-2
4055-C 27⁄8" (73) 13⁄16" (30) 4-7865-1 OA4-1790-1
4055-D 111⁄16" (43) 13⁄16" (30) 4-7865-3 OA4-1790-1
4055-E 17⁄8" (48) 13⁄16" (30) 4-7865-4 OA4-1790-1
4055-A-B-C-D-E APPLICATION SIZING GUIDE
Burner Igniter Burner Igniter
designation designation designation designation
4422-2 thru -6-B 4055-D 4828-5 thru -8 4055-B
4422-7 and -8 4055-B 4831-0 and -1 4055-A
4423-0, 4424-0 4055-D 4832-2 thru -4 4055-C
4423-1 thru -3 4055-C 4832-5 thru -7 4055-B
4424-1 thru -3 4055-C 4833-3 and -4 4055-C
4425-2 thru -6-B 4055-D 4833-5 thru -8-A 4055-B
4425-7 and -8 4055-B 4836-2 thru -4 4055-C
4442-0 thru -4 4055-A 4836-5 thru -8 4055-B
4442-5 and -7 4055-D 4837-3 and -4 4055-C
4575-8 thru -14 4055-E 4837-5 thru -8-A 4055-B
Bulletin 4055
Page 2
4055-#-P FIXED LENGTH IGNITERS WITH 1/8" NPT PURGE AIR INLET
4422 burners with pilot ignition can operate with more excess air than 4422 burners that use direct spark ignition. This is because the
pilot air (200-300 scfh is typical) helps make 4422 burners more stable when running at high excess air rates. The 4055-#-P has a
built in 1/8" NPT air connection where purge air can be added to simulate the additional air from a premix pilot while still using direct
spark ignition.
Except for the purge hole, 4055-#-P igniters are the same as the standard fixed length 4055-# igniters. The 4055-#-P igniters were
previously available as part number 4-16381-1, -2, -3, -4 or -5, with a R520-4170-V O-ring. The O-ring is not included with the 4055-#-P.
Z A
1⁄8" pipe tap
3⁄32" (2) gap
¾" NPT
11⁄16" (17.5)
4055-#-P DIMENSIONS inches (mm) and SPARE PARTS
Designation "A" Dimension "Z" Dimension Electrode Adapter

4055-A-P 1" (25) 13⁄16" (30) 4-7865-2 4-16382-1
4055-B-P 23⁄8" (60) 123⁄32" (44) 4-7865-1 4-16382-2
4055-C-P 27⁄8" (73) 13⁄16" (30) 4-7865-1 4-16382-1
4055-D-P 111⁄16" (43) 13⁄16" (30) 4-7865-3 4-16382-1
4055-E-P 17⁄8" (48) 13⁄16" (30) 4-7865-4 4-16382-1
REPLACEMENT ELECTRODES FOR 4055-# AND 4055-#-P IGNITIERS
.12 Ø (3) 3⁄32" (2) gap
L
4055 ELECTRODE L = inches (mm)
Designation "L" Dimensions
4-7865-1 3.60" (91) Note: All 4-7865-2, thru -4 electrodes are made by shortening a R240-3203
4-7865-2 1.75" (44) igniter and re-bending the side-wire with custom tooling made by Fives North
4-7865-3 2.44" (62) American. They are still labeled with the original R240-3203 or I-64-3 part
4-7865-4 2.62" (67) number regardless of the length.
Bulletin 4055
Page 3
Flat Flame | 4055 Igniters
FLAT FLAME BURNERS
Direct spark ignition has been tested on 4832 and 4836-2

through -7 with good results. Mount 4055 Igniter in ¾" (NPT)
hole designated for gas pilot. The electrode must be positioned
with the gap 3⁄8" past the inside face of the tile. In this position,
3⁄8"
it dœs not overheat. (See page 1 for proper igniter designation.)
To order, specify: 4055-(designate letter A, B, C, D or E) Direct Spark Igniter.

Example: 4055-A Direct Spark Igniter
4055-M SERIES VARIABLE LENGTH IGNITERS: OIL BURNERS and SPECIAL APPLICATIONS
Direct spark ignition of oil flames can be a problem due to tendencies of an oil fire to coat the electrode with carbon. Electrode position
relative to the flame is critical. Its setscrew arrangement facilitates varying the electrode length to determine the most effective depth,
also allows easy removal for cleaning.
WHEN SET SCREWS ARE LOOSENED, ASSEMBLY CAN BE
WITHDRAWN FOR CLEANING, THEN REINSERTED TO
OPTIMUM DEPTH.
13⁄16"
3⁄32" to 1⁄8" gap
Burner Mounting Adapter
3" A
Designation A B Mounting Adapter Electrode

4055-M 2.5 6.72 ¾" NPT 4-45311-1 16-4202-4
Special 4055-M Igniters
4055-M-#1 4.56 8.78 ¾" NPT 4-45311-1 16-4202-1

4055-M-#2 5.88 10.10 ¾" NPT 4-45311-1 16-4202-2
4055-M-#3 6.13 10.35 ¾" NPT 4-45311-1 16-4202-3
4055-M-#6 8.0 12.22 ¾" NPT 4-45311-1 16-4202-5
4055-M-#7 4.13 8.35 ¾" NPT 4-45311-1 16-4202-6
4055-M/X11432 2.5 6.72 1" Ø Slip Fit 4-45311-3 16-4202-4
4055-M/X3839 2.5 6.72 11⁄8" Ø Slip Fit 4-45311-4 16-4202-4
Explosion Resistant Assembly | 4055 Igniters
EXPLOSION RESISTANT ASSEMBLY (ERA) IGNITERS

ERA igniters are intended for use in systems that require sealed ignition wiring. They have a ¾"-20 threaded igniter connection for
sealed aircraft type ignition wiring, and are intended for Class 1 Div. 2 applications. Although the wiring method used between the
ignition transformer and the spark plug was designed and chosen to be suitable for use in Class 1 Div. 2 hazardous locations, it DOES
NOT carry certifications or third party approvals. Standard 6000 volt transformers and 4085-ERA ignition cables are used with these
igniters.
¾" NPT 4055 ERA IGNITERS

4055-A-B-C-D-E-ERA igniters have a ¾" NPT threaded connection and are intended for use in systems that require sealed ignition wiring
that normally accept the 4055 igniters. The "A" dimension is the same as the regular 4055 igniters. The adapter and set screw is made
from stainless steel and the ground wire is a high Nickel alloy. See the application sizing guide on page 1 for the list of burners that can
be lit directly with 4055-ERA igniters.
2¾" A 3⁄32" gap
¾" NPT
1½"
¾"-20 UNEF 2A Ground Wire

for use with
4085-ERA cable
Electrode Adpater 11⁄8" HEX Set Screw (secures ground wire and sets gap)
4055-A-B-C-D-E ERA DIMENSIONS and SPARE PARTS

Designation "A" Dimension Electrode Ground Wire Adapter Set Screw
4055-A-ERA 1" 4-54882-1 4-54892-1 4-54893-1 R776-1400-S
4055-B-ERA 23⁄8" 4-54882-2 4-54892-2 4-54893-1 R776-1400-S
4055-C-ERA 27⁄8" 4-54882-3 4-54892-3 4-54893-1 R776-1400-S
4055-D-ERA 111⁄16" 4-54882-4 4-54892-4 4-54893-1 R776-1400-S
4055-E-ERA 17⁄8" 4-54882-5 4-54892-5 4-54893-1 R776-1400-S
* All 4-54882-# electrodes are built with specially modified versions of igniters labeled as "Auburn SI-322".
Do not replace the electrode in a 4055-#-ERA with an unmodified "Auburn SI-322" electrode. It will not function like the original 4055.
Bulletin 4055
Page 5
Explosion Resistant Assembly | 4055 Igniters
10 MM ERA IGNITERS for PILOT TIPS

The 4055-X-ERA 10mm igniter is intended for use in pilot systems that require sealed ignition wiring that normally accept the R240-2465
10mm spark plug. The 4055-X-ERA is supplied with one (1) R290-3100: 10mm spark plug gasket. The ground rod/adapter is made from
a high Nickel alloy. The North American gas pilot tips listed below can be lit directly with 4055-X-ERA Igniters.
4011 PILOT SETS, 4014, 4015, 4020, 4021, 4024, 4025, 4027
4"
1½" Insulator Gasket

Gasket
¾"-20 UNEF 2A for use with

4085-ERA cable M10X1
Electrode Adapter
SPARE PARTS
Designation Electrode Adapter Insulator Gasket
4055-X-ERA 4-55225-1 4-54884-1 4-54883-1 R290-3100
* All 4-55225-1 electrodes are built with a specially modified version of igniters labeled as "Auburn SI-322".
Do not replace the electrode in a 4055-X-ERA with an unmodified "Auburn SI-322" electrode. It will not function like the original 4055-X-ERA.
Bulletin 4055
Page 6
Extened Length | 4055 Igniters
4055-L EXTENDED LENGTH IGNITERS
The 4055-L series igniters are extended length igniters with the WHEN SETSCREWS ARE LOOSENED, ASSEMBLY CAN BE WITH-
same variable length adapters as the 4055-M. DRAWN FOR CLEANING, THEN REINSERTED TO OPTIMUM DEPTH.
They feature: Special engineered versions of the igniters can be also made
with:
— Wide range of available fixed lengths from 12 to 48 inches
— Overlapping ceramic electrode insulators — Custom lengths
— A small enough diameter to fit through a ¾" pipe fitting — The "ERA style" ignition cable connector
— Threaded adapters that allow adjusting the insertion length. — Special adapters or igniter tips
5¼" (133) Nominal Length
Set Screws
(Steel) Ø .84 (21.4) Extension Tube (304 SST)
Igniter with Electrode and Mounting Adapter (Steel) 3⁄32" (2.4) Gap
Ceramic Insulators
Igniter Tip (309 SST)

Positioning Collar (Steel) O-Ring #212 (Silicone) With Ground Wire (Kanthal A-1)
Igniter Model Nominal Length Adapter Weight Igniter Model Nominal Length Adapter Weight
Number Inches Thread NPT lbs Number Inches Thread NPT lbs
4055-L12-0 12 ¾" 1.8 4055-L12-1 12 1" 2.0
4055-L18-0 18 ¾" 2.5 4055-L18-1 18 1" 2.7
4055-L24-0 24 ¾" 3 4055-L24-1 24 1" 3.2
4055-L32-0 32 ¾" 3.8 4055-L32-1 32 1" 4.0
4055-L36-0 36 ¾" 4.2 4055-L36-1 36 1" 4.4
4055-L42-0 42 ¾" 4.9 4055-L42-1 42 1" 5.1
4055-L-48-0 48 ¾" 5.4 4055-L-48-1 48 1" 5.6
SPARE PARTS
Model Number Electrode Assembly Common Parts Part Number
4055-L12-# 4-57719-12 Igniter Tip 4-57718-1
4055-L18-# 4-57719-18 ¾" Threaded Adapter Assembly 4-45311-1
4055-L24-# 4-57719-24 1" Threaded Adapter Assembly 4-45311-2
4055-L32-# 4-57719-32
4055-L36-# 4-57719-36
4055-L42-# 4-57719-42 Adapter assemblies include: positioning collar, mounting
4055-L-48-# 4-57719-48 adapter, o-ring, and setscrews.
Note: All 4-57719-# electrodes are built with modified versions of igniters labeled with "R240-2755" or "I-2". Do not replace the electrode in a 4055-L
with an unmodified "R240-2755" or "I-2" electrode. It will not function correctly.
Bulletin 4055
Page 7
Industrial Spark Igniter Construction Terminology
Full Insertion Length
Straight mounting thread with shoulder and

Electrode mounting thread
crushable metal gasket
Electrode
Insulator (ceramic)
Insulator Nose Secondary Insulator Electrode crimp
Terminal nut
Metal Shell NPT (tapered pipe) mounting thread
Electrode or spark gap
Part number (sometimes) Ground electrode or "side wire"

Electrode Length
Full Insertion Length
METAL SHELL INSULATOR (CERAMIC)
Most industrial igniters are made with a metal shell (usually steel) Igniter insulators are normally made from high quality glazed
that has mounting thread and supports an insulator that keeps Alumina. Their length projects out well past both ends of the
the igniters electrode isolated. In most designs one end of the metal igniter shell to prevent high voltage power from arcing to
metal shell has been formed around the insulator with an indus- the metal shell. The length that the insulator sticks out can vary
trial press which permanently locks the insulator into the shell. depending on the manufacturer of the igniter. It is especially
important to consider the length of the insulator nose as it relates
ELECTRODE to the electrode insertion length.
Unlike most automotive spark plugs, most industrial igniters do MOUNTING THREAD
not have a built-in resistor. The center electrode is usually a solid
rod all the way through the igniter. Most electrodes are made Most industrial igniters have mounting threads to attach to a pilot
from materials that have a high resistance to thermal stress and or burner. The two most popular styles of threads are:
oxidation, like Kanthal or high Nickel alloys.
Straight machine threads, normally one of the standard metric
For proper igniter operation there must be a small gap between spark plug threads (10 mm X 1.0), (14 mm X 1.25) or (18 mm X
the electrode and an electrically grounded area where a spark 1.5). These igniters typically are made with a shoulder where the
can form when power is supplied by an ignition transformer. igniter seats (usually with a crushable metal gasket). One advan-
Some igniters have an additional ground electrode (sometimes tage of these igniters is the mounting shoulder guarantees the
called a side wire) to provide this place for the ignition spark to electrode insertion into the burner is always at the same length.
form. Igniters without a ground electrode must have a ground
path provided by an additional adapter or by a surface inside Tapered pipe thread (NPT) is also very popular, with ½”-14 NPT
the burner stabilizer. A spark gap, close to 1⁄8” (3 mm) +/- 1 mm is thread being the most common. The advantage of pipe thread is
most common. many burners have NPT threaded lighting ports, and pipe adapt-
ers are common and inexpensive. The disadvantage is the inser-
tion length can vary dependent on the amount of pipe taper.
Bulletin 4055
Page 8
Industrial Spark Igniter Construction Terminology
SECONDARY INSULATOR ignition timer must be used to keep the spark igniter on through
the trial for ignition interval to give the main flame time to light.
It’s common for industrial burner manufactures to attach a sec-
ondary insulator to long electrodes to support the electrode tip The igniter body must be connected to the system ground for
in the burner stabilizer. These insulators are often held in position the spark to form reliably and to prevent a hazardous electrical
by “crimping” the electrode on both sides of the insulator which shock condition for personnel.
widens the electrode slightly. Specialized tooling is generally
required to reliably crimp the electrode, and the insulator is often When picking a 4085-ignition cable, the "N" style standard 90°
specially designed and may only be available at a reasonable boot is a good fit for most 4055 electrodes. The ceramic insu-
cost to the original manufacturer. lator is too large in diameter for a type "W" boot. See bulletin
4085 for more details.
TERMINAL NUT
The 4055 can be used as an alternative to the standard 10 mm
The “standard” electrical connection on most spark plugs is the spark plug in the 4442 burner by installing it in the OBS port.
SÆ terminal nut. This connection is ¼” Ø with a reduced diameter See the table on page 2 for the correct size. To provide replace-
in the center to allow a wiring clip in the ignition cable boot to ment flame observation, install a pipe tee in the gas inlet with an
lock the ignition cable onto the terminal. Most igniters made in in-line gas tight observation port.
the USA have an 8-32 threaded stud that the terminal nut threads
onto. Most igniters made everywhere else have a 4M (4 mm) Many North American igniters are made with common elec-
threaded stud. While the major diameter of both these threads trodes. Use the bulletin to find the replacement electrode part
are nearly the same, neither terminal will fit on the others con- numbers, and not just the number on the electrode. It’s a good
nection. idea to keep extra spark igniters and ignition cables as spare
parts.
In Europe it’s common for the ignition cable boot to connect di-
rectly to the 4M stud instead of a terminal nut. Most igniters have When setting the insertion length of an adjustable igniter like the
a removable terminal nut but on a few designs the terminal is not 4055-M, use the least insertion length as possible to achieve reli-
removable. able ignition. In most cases the further an igniter is set into the
burner the greater the thermal stress on the igniter electrode.
PART NUMBERS
REPLACING DISCONTINUED IGNITERS
Many industrial igniters have an identifying part number on the
insulator (often sealed under the ceramic glaze). These numbers If you need to find a new igniter for an obsolete or discontinued
are the manufacture’s part number, but in many cases, burner burner there are many factors to consider.
manufactures modify “standard” igniter products to make spe-
cialized designs. When buying a replacement igniter, it is impor- Read the "industrial spark igniter construction terminology"
tant to know the burner manufactures part number and not just section in this bulletin to learn the industrial igniter lingo. If the
the part number on the igniter. Using the incorrect igniter can igniter you need has a simple design, check for a direct replace-
cause unreliable burner operation. ment in this bulletin. If the igniter has a ground wire attached
directly to the shell, it’s probably a common igniter.
If the igniter has a secondary insulator it will be much harder to

find a direct replacement. Spark igniters can be very expensive
to build if they have custom ceramic parts and may not be cost
Terminal Part number (sometimes) effective to build if the volumes are not very high. Because igni-
Nut
tion is critical to safe burner operation and the cost of developing
IGNITER INSTALLATION AND OPERATION NOTES new parts for discontinued burners is so high, it may be better to
replace old burners with new ones that are supported and have
The spark should be maintained through the trial for ignition a reliable source for spare parts.
interval and then de-energized by the Burner Management
System. Leaving a spark on constantly will reduce the life of the You can ask your Fives North American representative for help
igniter and could cause several dangerous conditions. finding an igniter or a complete replacement burner. Provide
pictures, descriptions, every igniter dimension you can measure,
Since sparks produce ultraviolet (UV) light, they can often be and how many you need.
detected by UV flame supervision equipment, in these cases, an
Bulletin 4055
Page 9
Product Family | 4055 Igniters
OTHER NORTH AMERICAN PRODUCTS THAT COMPLIMENT THE 4055 Bulletin 4055
Page 10
4051 AIR ASSISTED IGNITERS
The 4051 series igniters can be used as an alternative to the 4055 on some burners. It's unique
air enhanced spark has the ability to increase the lighting windows typically associated with direct
spark ignition. See the 4051 bulletin for application information and a list of appropriate burners.
4065/4066 IGNITION TRANSFORMERS
Ignition transformers are used to create the high voltages required to generate a spark in
industrial igniters. Most ignition transformers have a secondary voltage of 6000 volts (6 kV). 4065
transformers operate with 120VAC on the primary, and 4066 transformers require 240 VAC.
4085 IGNITION CABLES

Ignition cables connect ignition transformers to industrial spark igniters. They are capable of
operating at the elevated temperatures common around industrial combustion equipment. They
can be configured for length and to match the connection style of the transformer and the
spark plug. Special 4085-ERA cables connect to 4055-ERA igniters with the aircraft style ¾" - 20
threaded connection with the 1½" internal contact depth.
8800-2 FLAME ROD/FLAME DETECTORS
Flame rods are popular for monitoring industrial flames. In some cases flame rods can also be used
as direct spark igniters.
Copyright © 2023 - Fives - All rights reserved | Bulleltin 4055 10/22
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Retractable High Energy
Igniter System (for Large Capacity Burners)
4058 Igniter System for Large Capacity Burners
• Reliable ignition for Natural Gas, #2 distillate and diesel • After lighting retracts to a thermally protected area to
extend life
• Replaces a gas pilot in a large capacity burner
• Solid State Technology eliminates gas discharge tubes
• No fuel air ratio to set and maintain
4058 Retractable high energy igniter "HEI" system
The 4058 is a retractable high energy spark ignition system for RETRACTION ASSEMBLY CONFIGURATION OPTIONS
lighting large capacity burners. It can replace a gas pilot because
it puts a high intensity spark at an effective lighting location, The 4058 is configurable for many burner applications. The
and then retracts it to a thermally protected area. Retracting the cylinder stroke, voltage, and area classification can be specified.
igniter once the burner is lit greatly increases the igniter’s life. Optional position switches (one or two) are available to indicate
the cylinder position. For general purpose conditions, order as
24 VDC, 120 or 240 VAC to operate the solenoid and proximity
Extended Igniter switches. For classified area (either Class 1 Div.2 or ATEX) order
Tip Placement with 24 VDC operation for the solenoid and proximity switches.
The retraction mechanism is operated with compressed air via an

integrated solenoid, and features an inline design with a hollow
cylinder rod that allows for use in high backpressure applica-
tions up to 15 psi (103 kPa). This design allows the assembly to
be more compact and simplifies the mounting of the retraction
mechanism on the burner.
SMARTSPARK™ CONFIGURATION OPTIONS
Stabilizer The standard 4058 igniter module to light natural gas or light oil
ray
z z l e Sp y burners is the SmartSpark™. It features solid state electronics in
No Spra
Gas zzle
a 304-stainless steel exciter box and Inconel igniter tip which is
N o
Oil mounted directly on the retraction assembly. It also has a pre-
fault LED diagnostic indicator for igniter tip wear.
Figure 1: Typical 4058 Igniter Tip Placement
It can be configured with different length extension rods, and has
options for classified areas (either Class 1 Div.2 or ATEX).
The 4058 has a number of modules that can be configured to fit
many applications. They can be ordered as a complete assembly Custom engineered high energy igniters are also available
or ordered separately. for special fuel gases and heavy oils or where environmental
conditions may require special material use. Consult your North
American sales and application engineer for your specific needs.
— 4058- A North American retraction assembly
— 4058-CSS SmartSpark™ EXCITER AND CABLE CERTIFICATIONS
— 4058-AF- Adapter Flange Kit — ETL: Class I Div. 2 Groups A, B, C, & D; UL, CSA
— ETL: CE Ex II 3G IIC T4UL
-4058- A Retraction Assembly
-4058-SS- SmartSpark™
-4058-AF- Adapter Flange Kit Figure 3: 4058 SmartSpark™ Modules
Figure 2: 4058 Modules Bulletin 4058

page 2
General principals of operation
CAUTION: READ ALL DOCUMENTATION
Read and understand all documentation and manuals before Once the burner is lit the igniter must be retracted into a
using the 4058. Follow all instructions and safety precautions thermally safe, and air purged location. When retracted the
included in all 4058 bulletins and sheets, as well as the installa- igniter tip should be near the entrance of the burner pilot boss.
tion and the operation manuals for the SmartSpark™ exciter or Four (4) inches or more from the hot face is ideal.
any other ignition system used in the 4058. Fives North Amer-
ican Combustion, Inc. urges compliance with National Safety High Velocity Air Flow
Standards Insurance Underwriters recommendations, and care in
operation. A Good Spark Location
The user must conform to all applicable electrical, mechanical, Fuel Nozzle
piping, and other codes in the installation, operation, or repair of
these devices. Please contact Fives North American Combustion,
Inc. if there are any questions or concerns regarding the safe
installation, operation, repair, or maintenance of this equipment.
IGNITER TIP PLACEMENT
For lighting natural gas or propane burners the 4058 should be Figure 5: Typcial 4058 Igniter Tip Placement
configured so that when fully extended the tip of the igniter is
in a location downstream of the stabilizer, and not in the direct
NORMAL IGNITION SEQUENCE
path of high velocity air. Both fuel and air must be present, but
generally it is best to spark at the edge of the fuel stream or in a
Ignition initiation timing, cylinder position sequencing and
re-circulation zone where both fuel and air are being pulled back
position confirmation must be handled by the burner
towards the stabilizer, like the area between air holes, or down-
management system according to local regulatory requirements,
stream of a perforated plate stabilizer.
but in general:
Atomized oil streams usually have a narrower stream than gas
— The burner management system determines it is safe to
so the igniter will likely need to be extended further into the
start the burner and initiates an ignition cycle. Sparking can
burner than for gas burners to get good lighting. If the burner
begin during igniter insertion and continue until it is retracted.
is dual fuel design the igniter tip should be positioned for oil
Energizing the 4058 solenoid, advances the cylinder rod. An
lighting.
optional integrated position switch may be used to confirm that
the ignition position has been reached.
3.38"
— After energizing the igniter, the fuel valve is enabled to induce
Retracted
Cylinder Rod
fuel to the burner. If a UV is used for flame supervision, it may
End Location “see” the spark as the burner flame, so it may be necessary to
provide a few seconds of guaranteed ignition time to give the
fuel time to light off the spark.
— Once the flame supervision has proven that the flame is on,
Adapter Length the solenoid is de-energized, allowing the igniter assembly to
Retraction Depth retract into a benign location within the burner ignition tunnel. An
Spark optional second position switch may be used to confirm that the
Insertion Length Location igniter has reached the fully retracted position.
— In some applications, it is best to have the igniter tip moving

through the entire cylinder range of motion during the trial for
ignition to find a good lighting location. In this case, energize the
exciter, the cylinder, and the fuel valve at the same time so that
Insertion Depth the spark travels through the fuel/air mix to find a combustible
region.
Figure 4: Typcial 4058 Igniter Tip Placement
Bulletin 4058
page 3
4058 Specifications
4058-CSS IGNITER MODULE
Item Description
Igniter
Spark Tip Length/Weight 12" (305mm) / 0.50 lbs. (0.23 kg)
Spark Tip Max Temperature 1200°F (649°C)
Igniter Extensions Weight 0.66 lbs. per foot (1.0 kg/M)
Igniter Extensions Available Lengths 16" (406mm) to 60" (1727mm) in 2" (51mm) increments, igniter length = tip
length + extension. Special lengths are available upon request or use
multiple extensions together.
SmartSpark™ Exciter
Size Approximate 4" (100mm) x 2" (50mm) x 6" (150mm)
Weight 5.25 lbs. (2.39 kg)
Intergral Base Rod Length 4" (100mm)
Input Power 100-240 VAC, 50-60 Hz
Stored Energy 4 Joules Minimum
Spark Rate 15 SPS (sparks-per-second) for 30 second burst, then 1 SPS
Operating Temperature Operational -40°F (-40°C) to 185°F (85°C)
Input Power Cable
Voltage Rating UL rated 600V connector, IP66 quick connect
Input Power AC Line L1 (Live) Power cable brown wire
Input Power AC Line L2 (N) Power cable blue wire
Input Power Ground Line Power cable green/yellow wire
Cable Length 8, 12 or 15 feet (2.4, 3.6 or 4.6 M)
Operating Temperature Operational -40°F (-40°C) to 221°F (105°C)
4058-A RETRACTION MODULES

Item Description
Retraction Module Weight 20-30 Lbs (9 to 14 kg) Depending on Configuration
Cylinder
Cylinder Stroke Available 8, 12, 16, 20, 24 inches (200, 305, 406, 508, 610mm)
Pressure to Operate 35-150 psi (240 to 1030 kPa)
Seal Max Temperature 400°F (204°C)
Weight
Solenoid
Inlet Compressed Air Pipe Size 1/4" NPT
Solenoid Ambient Temperature -4 to 180°F (-20 to 82°C)
Available Coil Voltages 110-140 VAC, 220-240 VAC, 50-60 Hz, 24 VDC
Solenoid Coil Operating Temperature -4 to 140° (-20 to 60°C)
Cooling Air
Air Inlet Pipe Size 1/2" NPT
Recommended Air Flow 500 scfh (14.2 Nm3/Hr)
Air Pressure Tap Pipe Size 1/8" NPT
Recommended Air Pressure 6"w.c. (1.5 kPa)
Proximity Switches
General Purpose UL/CSA/CE 24VDC/120-240VAC, Temperature -13 to +158°F (-25 to +70°C)
R830-3151 Allen Bradley 871TM-B3N12-A2
Classified Area UL/CSA Class I Div 2 24VDC, Temperature -13 to +158°F (-25 to +70°C)
R830-3150 Allen Bradley 871TM-DR2NE12-A2
Classified Area CE/ATEX 24VDC (10-30VDC) , Temperature -40 to +212°F (-40 to +100°C)
R830-3118 Turck B14U-EM12WD-AP6X-H1141/3GD (M1634851)
Bulletin 4058
page 4
4058 Installation and operation (mechanical)
REMOVING OR ADJUSTING IGNITER IN RETRACTION COMPRESSED AIR OPERATION

ASSEMBLY
The retraction cylinder rod is operated in both directions with
The igniter module is attached to 4058 A retraction module with pre-piped compressed air (instrument quality air is preferred) via
a compression fitting on the igniter rod of the exciter box. Multi- an electrically operated solenoid valve that is rated for 35-150
ple rings of packing rope are provided to ensure that the ignition psi (240 to 1030 KPa). If the compressed air is removed from the
device is securely attached to the retraction assembly. 4058, the cylinder will remain in its current position.
To remove or adjust the igniter, first loosen the bellows hose The compressed air should be piped to the open #1 port on
clamp that attaches the bellows to the packing nut. Then loosen the solenoid valve. The other two solenoid ports have speed
the packing nut until the igniter can be removed or adjusted. control mufflers pre-installed. Besides reducing the noise from
Reverse instructions to re-install igniter. exhausting compressed air, they contain a valve which controls
how fast the cylinder operates. Closing the valve in the speed
There are a few ways to modify the length of a 4058 igniter control muffler reduces the cylinder speed. Use the lock nut
once it’s installed. to secure the valve setting. Allowing the cylinder to cycle too
quickly increases the risk of damaging the igniter.
— The packing nut can be temporarily loosened and the igniter
inserted or retraced 1½ inches (38 mm).
Valve
— The igniter extension rod can be replaced with a longer or
shorter model. See Table #5 for available sizes. Lock Nut
— If less insertion length is required, a longer nipple can be To prevent pipe scale from entering the 4058 components use
added to the mounting adapter flange to move the igniter tip an 8645A Compressed Air Filter/Separator and stainless steel
away from the burner. tubing upstream of the 4058. Galvanized or stainless tubing is
recommended upstream of the 8645A. Take care when routing
the compressed air, so that the temperature does not exceed
COOLING AIR CONNECTION 150°F (66°C). Before installing the 4058, all air lines in the system
should be blown clean to remove any moisture or loose material.
Cooling air should be present in the burner pilot tunnel to keep
the tunnel purged and help cool the igniter and cylinder rod. DO NOT attempt to install, operate, or repair these devices
It can be added by piping clean ambient air to the ½” NPT without proper training in pneumatic systems and devices.
connector on the 4058 mounting flange. Compressed air systems contain high levels of stored energy.
DO NOT attempt to connect, disconnect, or repair this product
Set the air pressure at the built-in pressure tap to 6”w.c. (1.5 kPa) when the system in under pressure. Always exhaust or drain the
to get the recommended air flow of 500 SCFH (14.2 Nm3/Hr). If pressure from a system before performing any service work.
the 4058 is mounted in a large opening or needs extra thermal Failure to do so can result in serious personal injury.
protection, a stainless steel cooling air tube can be added to
provide additional thermal protection for the cylinder rod.
Speed Control Muffler Solenoid Valve

Solenoid Valve Coil
Junction Box
Exciter Box
Power Cable 1⁄8" NPT Pressure Tap
Exciter Box
Burner Mounting Adapter Flange
Solenoid Inlet Port (#1)
Optional Position Switches
½" NPT Cooling Air Connection
Bulletin 4058
Figure 6: Complete 4058 Assembly page 5
4058 Installation and operation (electrical)
Wiring for general purpose end switch
UL/CSA (ULG) or CE (CEG) with AC
Extend Switch 120/240 VAC R830-3151
120 or 240 VAC Coil
Retract Switch 120/240 VAC R830-3151
120/240 VAC use WHITE barrier strips
Figure 7a: UL/CSA (ULG) or CE (CEG) with AC
UL/CSA (ULG) or CE (CEG) with DC
Extend Switch 120/240 VDC R830-3151
24 VDC Coil
Retract Switch 24 VDC R830-3151
24 VDC use BLUE barrier strips
Figure 7b: UL/CSA (ULG) or CE (CEG) with DC
Bulletin 4058
page 6
4058 Installation and operation (electrical)
Wiring for classified area eend switch
CE ATEX (CEH) with DC
Extend Switch 24 VDC R830-3118 with R830-3140 Cable
24 VDC Coil R950-12206
Retract Switch 24 VDC R830-3118 with R830-3140 Cable
24 VDC use BLUE barrier strips for DC for CE ATEX
Figure 7c: CE ATEX (CEH) with DC
UL/CSA Class 1 Div 2 (ULH) with DC
Extend Switch 24 VDC R830-3150
24 VDC Coil R950-12207
Retract Switch 24 VDC R830-3150
24 VDC use BLUE barrier strips for DC for UL/CSA Class 1 Div 2 (ULH)
Figure 7d: UL/CSA Class 1 Div 2 (ULH) with DC

Bulletin 4058
page 7
4058 Sizing and custom configurations
4058 SIZING FOR STANDARD BURNERS PICKING AN IGNITER LENGTH
Tables 1 and 2 show pre-configured 4058 modules for use with The 4058-CSS igniter is configured by selecting the igniter
many standard North American burners through their standard extension length needed. Since the the igniter tip adds 12 inches
angled pilot boss ports. To use the tables, pick the intersecting to the length of the igniter, subtract 12" from the igniter length to
configuration between the burner model at the top of the table find the correct extension length needed.
and the size on the left. These lengths are suitable to lighting
gas or oil burners. For lighting gas only burners it is acceptable The igniter length needed for a 4058 retraction assembly is:
to use a retraction assembly 4 inches shorter, and an igniter 8 (2 X cylinder stroke) + (Approximate Igniter Tip Protrusion) +
inches shorter. (8.50) rounded to the nearest available igniter length (28-80" in 2
inch increments). Multiple extension rods can be used together if
If the desired burner configuration is not on one of the tables, an igniter longer than 80 inches is needed or if shorter segments
use the instructions below for custom configurations. are needed for assembly clearance. They are available from 16"
to 68" in 2 inch increments, see Chart # for part numbers.
Note that “igniter length” is the extension rod length plus 12
inches (305 mm). The exciter box also adds 1-3 inches (25 to 76
ATTACHING A 4058 TO A BURNER BACKPLATE AND FIND-
mm) to the total length.
ING THE IGNITER TIP PROTRUSION LENGTH
If special adapters with longer lengths or with added isolating
For applications where the 4058 is attached to the burner back-
valves are used, the igniter length must be increased to
plate or a windbox use a guide tube between the cylinder and
compensate.
the burner stabilizer to ensure that the igniter can be extended
into the lighting area reliably.
PICKING A CYLINDER
The 4058 igniter can be attached to the burner over a 1½" hole
The cylinder length needed for a 4058 retraction assembly, is
surrounded with four (4) threaded studs on a 1-1/2" 150# ANSI
generally the same length as the “Insertion Length” rounded to
flange pattern (37⁄8" B.C.).
the nearest appropriate cylinder stroke size available. Available
stroke lengths are: 8, 12, 16, 20, 24 inches. Use the shortest
Use a retraction length between 2 and 6 inches, depending on
appropriate cylinder stroke size to minimize the length of the
thermal conditions. The igniter protrusion will be whatever length
assembly, and cylinder rod thermal exposure.
is need to traverse the length of the burner air body or windbox.
See figure #8.
FINDING THE IGNITER TIP PROTRUSION LENGTH WHEN
ATTACHING TO AN ANGLED PILOT BOSS.
For applications where the igniter is attached to a standard (4) ½"-13 Studs on 1½" ANSI Pattern
(37⁄8" B.C.) Around 15⁄8" hole
angled pilot boss at the exit of the burner body, the approximate
igniter tip protrusion length should be the distance needed to put
the igniter tip flush with the entrance of the ignition boss, use this
equation:
Igniter Tip Protrusion = (Adapter Length) + (3.38)
Extended
E d d Igniter
I i Tip
Ti
Example: for a 4058 system with a 4058-AF-3 adapter
Igniter Tip Protrusion = (2.5) + (3.38) = 5.88"
This dimension is approximate because the igniter tip protrusion Guide Tube
1.50" OD X .120 Wall
length can vary by a few inches to compensate for the difference
with 1½" ANSI Style Flange
between the desired "Insertion Length" and the available
cylinder stoke and igniter sizes. Once all the 4058 modules are
configured a final more accurate length can be calculated with
this equation:
Final Igniter Tip Protrusion = Retracted Igniter Tip

(Igniter Length") - (2 X Cylinder Stroke") - 8".
Figure 8: Typical 4058 mounting on a Burner Backplate
Bulletin 4058
page 8
Burner sizing table 1
This table shows part numbers needed to install a 4058 retractable high energy spark ignition system on many common
North American Burners. The lengths in this table are suitable to lighting gas or oil burners. For lighting gas only burners it is
acceptable to use a retraction assembly 4 inches shorter, and an igniter 8 inches shorter.
Size Part Name 4384 4472 4482

Retraction Assembly Type 4058-08A 4058-08A 4058-08A
-9(A,B) Smartspark Igniter Type 4058-CSS-18 4058-CSS-20 4058-CSS-20
Pilot Adaptor 4058-AF-3 4058-AF-2 4058-AF-2
Igniter Tip Protrusion (in.) 6 8 8
Retraction Assembly 4058-08A 4058-12A 4058-12A
-10(A) Smartspark Igniter 4058-CSS-18 4058-CSS-26 4058-CSS-26
Retraction Assembly 4058-08 4058-12A 4058-12A
-10(B) Smartspark Igniter 4058-CSS-18 4058-CSS-26 4058-CSS-26
-12 Smartspark Igniter 4058-CSS-18 4058-CSS-26 4058-CSS-26
Retraction Assembly 4058-20A — —
-26 Smartspark Igniter 4058-CSS-42 — —
Pilot Adaptor 4058-AF-4 — —
Igniter Tip Protrusion (in.) 6 — —
Bulletin 4058
page 9
Burner sizing table 2
This table shows part numbers needed to install a 4058 retractable high energy spark ignition system on many common
North American Burners. The lengths in this table are suitable to lighting gas or oil burners. For lighting gas only burners it is
acceptable to use a retraction assembly 4 inches shorter, and an igniter 8 inches shorter.
Size Part Name 4821/6821 4514/6514 4795/6795 4796/6796

Retraction Assembly Type4058-08A 4058-08A 4058-08A 4058-08A
-9(A,B) Smartspark Igniter Type 4058-CSS-18 4058-CSS-18 4058-CSS-20
-10(A) Smartspark Igniter 4058-CSS-18 4058-CSS-18 4058-CSS-18
Retraction Assembly 4058-08A — —
-10(B) Smartspark Igniter 4058-CSS-26 — —
Pilot Adaptor 4058-AF-3 — —
Igniter Tip Protrusion (in.) 6 — —
Retraction Assembly 4058-12A — 4058-08A 4058-08A
-12 Smartspark Igniter 4058-CSS-26 — 4058-CSS-18 4058-CSS-18
Pilot Adaptor 4058-AF-4 — 4058-AF-3 4058-AF-3
Igniter Tip Protrusion (in.) 6 — 6 6
Smartspark Igniter 4058-CSS-34 — 4058-CSS-34 4058-CSS-18
-20
Igniter Tip Protrusion (in.) 57⁄8 — 6 6
Retraction Assembly 4058-16A — — 4058-12A
-22 Smartspark Igniter 4058-CSS-34 — — 4058-CSS-26
Pilot Adaptor 4058-AF-4 — — 4058-AF-4
Igniter Tip Protrusion (in.) 6 — — 6
Retraction Assembly — — — 4058-12A
-24 Smartspark Igniter — — — 4058-CSS-26
Pilot Adaptor — — — 4058-AF-4
Igniter Tip Protrusion (in.) — — — 6
Bulletin 4058
page 10
4058 System dimensions
Igniter Length
(28-80")
Igniter Tip Extension Rod 4.0"

(12.0") (16-68") Order by this length
1.0" 4.25"
Clamp here
Ø0.675"
6.25" 2.33"
Total Piston Length

(2 X cylinder stroke) + 10.50"
Igniter Tip Protrusion (Past Cylider) 3.75" Fully Extended (All sizes)
4.0"
Cylinder Stroke + 10"
Cylinder Stroke
(8, 12, 16, 20 or 24)
Retracted Rod Location 33⁄8"
See Figure 12
Cylinder Stroke + 3.75"
Fully Retracted
Figure 9: Dimensions
Note that the total piston length grow 2X when the cylinder is increased by X. So increase the length of the igniter by 8" if the
cylinder length is increased by 4".
Bulletin 4058
page 11
Retraction assembly dimensions
Total Piston Length =

Cylinder Stroke + 10"
3.25" Distance Retracted Behind Flange
1" 20 Thread .75" Long
Cylinder Stroke + 3.75"

Fully Retracted
Note: Shown without adapter flange.
1½" ANSI Flange Connection
Total Piston Length =

Fully Extended Cylinder Length = Cylinder Stroke -3.25"
3.25" Distance Retracted Behind Flange
1½" NPT Cooling Air Inlet Connection

2.13"
Igniter
Compression
Fitting
I.D.=.75" Ø 1.00" Ø 3.75"

Fully Extended
1⁄8" NPT Cooling Air

Pressure Tap
Figure 10: Dimensions
Bulletin 4058
page 12
Retraction assembly parts list
Bellows Solenoid Coil
Speed Control Switch Cable
Muffler
Igniter Compression
Fitting Cable Gland
Packing Rings 3X
(Inside Fitting)
Junction Box Bracket
Hose Clamp 2X
Retracted Proximity Switch

(12MX1 Plug w/o Switch)
1½" ANSI Flange
Connection
Cylinder & Solenoid Assembly Part# 4-53379-1
Includes: Speed Control Mufflers
Retracted Proximity Switch
(12MX1 Plug w/o Switch)
Pressure-sealing Washer
Note: Shown without adapter flange
Figure 11: Parts
see Table 4 for adapter flange parts.
Table 3
Stroke Cylinder & Junction Bellows Hose Clamp
Solenoid Assembly Box Bracket (2 req’d)
8" R130-7170 4-53743-1 R320-8238 R120-2211
12" R130-7171 4-53743-2 R320-8238 R120-2211
16" R130-7172 4-53743-3 R320-8238 R120-2211
20" R130-7173 4-53743-4 R320-8239 R120-2211
24" R130-7174 4-53743-5 R320-8239 R120-2211
Igniter Mounting Hardware Compression Fitting Packing Rings

For 0.68" Ø Rod 4-53495-1 4-5974-1
Solenoid Valve Pressure-Sealing Washer Speed Control Muffler 12MX1 Plug

R950-12201 R970-8751-M-Z R800-1010 R590-7865-M
Solenoid Coil UL/CSA CE

24 VDC (Classified Area) R950-12207 R950-12206
120 VAC R950-12204 R950-12202
240 VAC R950-12205 R950-12203
Coil Cable Gland NA R190-1030
General Purpose End Switch UL/CSA/CE (ULG)/(CEG)

120-240VAC Switch R830-3151
Switch Cable Gland R190-1030
Classified Area End Switch UL/CSA Class 1 Div 2 (ULH) CE/ATEX (CEH)
24 VDC Prox. Switch R830-3150 R830-3118
Switch Cable NA R830-3140
Cable Lock NA R830-3130
Bulletin 4058
Switch Cable Gland R190-1030 R190-1030 page 13
Adapter flange, part list and dimensions
4058-AF BURNER MOUNTING ADAPTER FLANGE KITS 5.0"
The 4058 High Energy Igniter Assembly has a 1½" ANSI flange
connection to attach to a mating flange on the burner. For most
burners additional pipe fittings are required to attach a 1½ ANSI
flat face flange to the threaded pilot port on the burner.
4058-AF-_ ADAPTER FLANGE ORDERING INFORMATION
4058-AF-2 1¼" NPT pipe fitting to 1½" ANSI flange 4X 5⁄8"

4058-AF-3 1½" NPT pipe fitting to 1½" ANSI flange
4058-AF-4 2" NPT pipe fitting to 1½" ANSI flange
4058-AF-5 2½" NPT pipe fitting to 1½" ANSI flange
37⁄8"
4058-AF-6 3" NPT pipe fitting to 1½" ANSI flange
1½" ANSI Flange
4.0”
2.5”
3.0”
4058-AF-2 with 1¼” Mounting Port 4058-AF-3 with 1½” Mounting Port 4058-AF-4 with 2” Mounting Port
Figure 12
4058-AF Parts List

Table 4
AF-2 AF-3 AF-4 AF-5 AF-6
1¼" 1½" 2" 2½" 3"
1½" ANSI flange 8767C-3 (Threaded Flat Flange)
1½" ANSI gasket OA3-2302-42F4 (1/8" THK)
½"-13 x 2¼ long bolt 8737C-3 (4 req'd)
½" - 13 nut R510-2319-C (4 req'd)
½" SA E washer R970-7370-C (4 req'd)
Adapter nipple R590-7355 R590-6703 (1½" : 3" Long)
Adapter bushing — — R590-0710 R590-0757 R590-0807-S1
Bulletin 4058
page 14
SmartSpark™ parts list
Igniter Extension Rod
SmartSpark Exiter
Tip (12.0") (16-68")
Figure 13
Table 5
Part Number
UL/CSA Class I Div. 2 ATEX (CE)
SmartSpark™ Exciter R130-7210 R130-7131
Input Power Cable 8' R130-7290 R130-7129
Igniter Tip: 12" long (305mm) R130-7134
Extension Rod Part Number

16" (406mm) R130-7240
18" (457mm) R130-7241
20" (508mm) R130-7220
22" (559mm) R130-7242
24" (610mm) R130-7221
26" (660mm) R130-7243
28" (711mm) R130-7133
30" (762mm) R130-7244
32" (813mm) R130-7222
34" (864mm) R130-7228
36" (914mm) R130-7200
38" (965mm) R130-7229
40" (1002mm) R130-7223
42" (1064mm) R130-7218
44" (1118mm) R130-7224
46" (1168mm) R130-7245
48" (1219mm) R130-7199
50" (1270mm) R130-7246
52" (1321mm) R130-7247
54" (1372mm) R130-7248
56" (1422mm) R130-7225
58" (1473mm) R130-7249
60" (1524mm) R130-7136
62" (1575mm) R130-7250
64" (1626mm) R130-7251
66" (1676mm) R130-7137
Bulletin 4058
68" (1727mm) R130-7226 page 15
Ordering information - complete 4058 assembly
4058(- A- - - CSS - ) Configured Options

Cylinder Stroke
08 8" (203mm)
12 12" (305mm) Electrical Cable Classification
16 16" (406mm) UL/CSA Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D
20 20" (508mm) UL8 w/8' Cable
24 24" (610mm) UL12 w/12' Cable
UL15 w/15' Cable
Compression Fitting I.D.
CE Ex 11 3G 11CT4 (ATEX)
A .69 w/3 Rings 1⁄8" Packing
CE8 w/8' Cable
CE12 w/12' Cable
Electrical Options (See page 17 for details) CE15 w/15' Cable
CEG-120-SW0 CEG-120-SW1 CEG-120-SW2
CEG-240-SW0 CEG-240-SW1 CEG-240-SW2
HEI Igniter Extension Length
CEH-024-SW0 CEH-024-SW1 CEH-024-SW2
ULG-120-SW0 ULG-120-SW1 ULG-120-SW2 16 16" (406mm) 44 44" (1118mm)
ULG-240-SW0 ULG-240-SW1 ULG-240-SW2 18 18" (457mm) 46 46" (1168mm)
20 20" (508mm) 48 48" (1219mm)
ULH-024-SW0 ULH-024-SW1 ULH-024-SW2
22 22" (559mm) 50 50" (1270mm)
24 24" (610mm) 52 52" (1321mm)
Examples:
26 26" (660mm) 54 54" (1372mm)
CEH-024-SW1 = CE/ATEX general purpose and 28 28" (711mm) 56 56" (1422mm)
hazardous area, 24 VDC, 1 switch 30 30" (762mm) 58 58" (1473mm)
ULG-120-SW2 = UL/CSA general purpose, 32 32" (813mm) 60 60" (1524mm)
120 VAC, 2 switches 34 34" (864mm) 62 62" (1575mm)
36 36" (914mm) 64 64" (1626mm)
38 38" (965mm) 66 66" (1676mm)
Burner Mounting Adapter (See page 14 for details) 40 40" (1020mm) 68 68" (1727mm)
AF-NONE Without Adapter Flange 42 42" (1067mm)
AF-2 1¼" NPT Adapter (4058-AF-2)
AF-3 1½" NPT Adapter (4058-AF-3)
AF-4 2" NPT Adapter (4058-AF-4)
AF-5 2½" NPT Adapter (4058-AF-5)
AF-6 3" NPT Adapter (4058-AF-6)
Figure 14
Bulletin 4058
page 16
Ordering information, 4058-A retraction assembly
4058-_A IGNITER RETRACTION ASSEMBLY W/O CSS IGNITER
4058- A(- - ) Configured Options

Cylinder Stroke Adapter Flange
08 8" (203mm) AF-NONE Without Adapter Flange
12 12" (305mm) AF-2 1¼" NPT Pipe Fitting to 1½" ANSI Flange
16 16" (406mm) AF-3 1½" NPT Pipe Fitting to 1½" ANSI Flange
20 20" (508mm) AF-4 2" NPT Pipe Fitting to 1½" ANSI Flange
24 24" (610mm) AF-5 2½" NPT Pipe Fitting to 1½" ANSI Flange
AF-6 3" NPT Pipe Fitting to 1½" ANSI Flange
Compression Fitting I.D.
A .69 w/3 Rings 1/8" Packing
CEG-120-SWO; CE/ATEX general purpose and hazardous area, 120 VAC, no switches
CEG-240-SW0; CE/ATEX general purpose and hazardous area, 240 VAC, no switches
CEH-024-SW0; CE/ATEX general purpose and hazardous area, 24 VDC, no switches
ULG-120-SW0; UL/CSA general purpose, 120 VAC, no switches
ULG-240-SW0; UL/CSA general purpose, 240 VAC, no switches
ULH-024-SW0; UL/CSA general purpose and hazardous area, 24 VDC, no switches
CEG-120-SW1; CE/ATEX general purpose and hazardous area, 120 VAC, 1 switch
CEG-240-SW1; CE/ATEX general purpose and hazardous area, 240 VAC, 1 switch
CEH-024-SW1; CE/ATEX general purpose and hazardous area, 24 VDC, 1 switch
ULG-120-SW1; UL/CSA general purpose, 120 VAC, 1 switch
ULG-240-SW1; UL/CSA general purpose, 240 VAC, 1 switch
ULH-024-SW1; UL/CSA general purpose and hazardous area, 24 VDC, 1 switch
CEG-120-SW2; CE/ATEX general purpose and hazardous area, 120 VAC, 2 switches
CEG-240-SW2; CE/ATEX general purpose and hazardous area, 240 VAC, 2 switches
CEH-024-SW2; CE/ATEX general purpose and hazardous area, 24 VDC, 2 switches
ULG-120-SW2; UL/CSA general purpose, 120 VAC, 2 switches
ULG-240-SW2; UL/CSA general purpose, 240 VAC, 2 switches
ULH-024-SW2; UL/CSA general purpose and hazardous area, 24 VDC, 2 switches
Electrical Standards
ULG : UL/CSA - General Use (USA)/(Canada)
ULH : UL/CSA - Class I Div. 2 Groups A, B, C, D (Classified Area)
CEG : CE - General Use (Europe)
CEH : CE Ex II 3G IIC T4 ATEX (Classified Area - 24V only)
Pneumatic Solenoid Voltage

024 24 VDC - ATEX and General Use
120 110 - 140 VAC NOT Available for ATEX (EX)
240 220 VAC 50/60 Hz NOT Available for ATEX (EX)
End Switches for Position Sensing
SW0 None
SW1 One switch for extended position
SW2 Two switches for extended & retracted positions
Bulletin 4058
Figure 15 page 17
Ordering information, 4058-CSS- Smartspark™
Bulletin 4058
W/O RETRACTION ASSEMBLY OR ADAPTER page 18
4058-CSS ( - - ) Configured Options
HEI Igniter Extension Length Electrical Cable Classification

16 16" (406mm) 52 52" (1321mm) UL/CSA Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D
34 34" (864mm)
UL8 w/8' Cable
18 18" (457mm) 36 36" (914mm) 54 54" (1372mm)
UL12 w/12' Cable
20 20" (508mm) 38 38" (965mm) 56 56" (1422mm)
UL15 w/15' Cable
22 22" (559mm) 40 40" (1020mm) 58 58" (1473mm)
24 24" (610mm) 42 42" (1067mm) 60 60" (1524mm) CE Ex 11 3G 11CT4 (ATEX)
26 26" (660mm) 44 44" (1118mm) 62 62" (1575mm) CE8 w/8' Cable
28 28" (711mm) 46 46" (1168mm) 64 64" (1626mm) CE12 w/12' Cable
30 30" (762mm) 48 48" (1219mm) 66 66" (1676mm) CE15 w/15' Cable
32 32" (813mm) 50 50" (1270mm) 68 68" (1727mm)
Igniter Extension Rod
12" Tip (305mm) 16-68" order by this length
Note: 4058-CSS cables are suitable for general or classified areas.
Figure 16
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American
Ignition Transformers
4065/4066 Ignition Transformers
• Suitable for pilot spark plugs or direct spark igniters • Models with 120 or 240 VAC primary
• Available with standard or engineered enclosures • Works with North American 4085 ignition cables
• Approvals from UL or CSA

Product Overview | Ignition Transformers
Ignition Transformers are used to create the high voltages and 90% relative humidity. All units are rated for constant or
required to generate a spark in industrial igniters. For UL intermittent duty. Standard transformer storage temperature limits
classification, minimum secondary voltage for pilot ignition are -40 to +176 °F (-40 to +80 °C)
transformers is 6000 volts (6 kV). 4065 transformers operate
with 120VAC on the primary, and 4066 transformers require A 4085 ignition cable is required to connect the transformer
240VAC. secondary terminal to a spark igniter. There are three types of
secondary terminals on 4065/4066 transformers. The “standard”
4065/4066 transformers are suitable for North American ignition North American ignition transformer has a ¼” snap on terminal
systems using 10mm automotive type spark plugs in pilot tips which does not require a tool or fastener to attach the ignition
and for most direct spark igniters in gas burners. Larger center cable. The other two terminal connection styles have #10 and ¼”
electrode igniters may require 10,000 volt (10 kV) transformers, threaded connections that require ring connectors on the ignition
such as the 4065-6N1-10A. cable and an included fastener to make the connection. Most
transformers with the #10 threaded post come with a thumb
Most 4065/4066 transformers include 12" of lead wire and screw nut to secure the ring connection.
an internal junction compartment for the primary splice. The
secondary connection has a recessed high voltage terminal in a 4065/4066 ignition transformers are available pre-mounted in
ceramic insulator to minimize the hazard of accidental shocks. Nema type 4 or 7 enclosures. Custom engineered enclosures
Transformer cases must be grounded to burner bodies through a are also available. Additional options include high temperature
metallic connection to complete the electrical circuit. versions, and center tap grounded transformers with dual
secondary connections for dual electrode igniters.
Avoid operating standard 4065/4066 transformers outside their
maximum operating conditions of -22 to +104 °F (-30 to +40 °C)
PRODUCT DESIGNATION
40 - N -
65 = 120 V Primary
A = 1 Pole
66 = 240 V Primary
B = 2 Pole
D = 4 Pole
5 = 50 Hz Primary 5 = 5000 V Secondary
6 = 60 Hz Primary 6 = 6000 V Secondary
10 = 10000 V Secondary
1 = No Enclosure
4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure
7 = NEMA 7 Enclosure
4X = NEMA 4X Stainless Steel Enclosure
* Note Some 4065 transformers can be used as 50 or 60 Hz applications 4XF = NEMA 4X Fiberglass Enclosure
Bulletin 4065/4066
Page 2
Specifications | Ignition Transformers
4065 TRANSFORMER SPECIFICATIONS (120 V)
4065-6N1-6A/4065-5N1-6A Family Approvals: UL, CSA
No. of
Transformer PRIMARY SECONDARY secondary Weight, 4085 Igniton cable
Designation volts hertz VA volts mA terminals lb req'd. (style) Enclosure
4065-6N1-6A
120 50/60 180 6000 25/20 1 10 -C (¼"Ø snap-on) None
4065-5N1-6A
4065-6N4-6A 10 x 8
120 50/60 180 6000 25/20 1 15 -C (¼"Ø snap-on)
4065-5N4-6A NEMA 4
4065-6N4X-6A 10 x 8
120 50/60 180 6000 25/20 1 15 -C (¼"Ø snap-on)
4065-5N4X-6A NEMA 4X SST
4065-6N4XF-6A NEMA 4X
120 50/60 180 6000 25/20 1 15 -C (¼"Ø snap-on)
4065-5N4XF-6A Fiberglass
4065-6N7-6A
120 50/60 180 6000 25/20 1 30 -C (¼"Ø snap-on) NEMA 7
4065-5N7-6A
Note: The North American 4065-6N1-6A and the 4065-5N1-6A family all use the same transformer model. So either model will work in 50 or 60 Hz applications. When
ordering one of these transformers use the designation that is consistent with local power specifications or for repeat orders has been previously used to avoid confusion.
DIMENSIONS inches
High voltage ¼ Ø
47⁄16 snap-on terminal
47⁄8
57⁄8 5⁄16 x 6
1¼ ¾ Conduit K.O. (both sides
6¾ and on base plate)
Use standard 1/4" Ø snap-on connector for 4085 connector (type "C")
C4065-6N1-6A Family Approvals: CSA

No. of
C4065-6N1-6A 120 50/60 180 6000 25/20 1 10 -A (#10 ring tongue) None
C4065-6N4-6A 120 50/60 180 6000 25/20 1 15 -A (#10 ring tongue) 10 x 8 NEMA 4
Note: The North American C4065-6N1-6A transformer is similar to the 4065-6N1-6A except it has the #10 ring tongue connector on the secondary terminal.
DIMENSIONS inches
High voltage
terminal with #10
47⁄16 thumb nut
47⁄8
57⁄8
1¼ 5⁄16 x 6 ¾ Conduit K.O. (both sides
Use #10 ring tongue connector for 4085 connector (type "A")
Bulletin 4065/4066
Page 3
4065 TRANSFORMER SPECIFICATIONS (120 V)

4065-6N1-10A Family Approvals: UL, CSA
No. of
4065-6N1-10A 120 60 250 10 000 22 1 10 -B (¼ ring tongue) None
4065-6N4-10A 120 60 250 10 000 22 1 25 -B (¼ ring tongue) 12 x 12 NEMA 4
DIMENSIONS inches
High voltage terminal

43⁄8 53⁄8 ¼-20 thread
53⁄16
2½ 45⁄8
37⁄8
7
77⁄8 5⁄16 x 10 ¾ Conduit K.O. (both sides
and on base plate)
Use 1/4" ring tongue connector for 4085 connector (type "B")
4065-6N1-5B Family Approvals: UL
No. of
4065-6N1-5B 120 60 250 5000 22 2 15 -A (#10 ring tongue) None
Note: This is a center tap ignition transformer, each secondary is 5,000V to ground but is 10,000 volts between secondary terminals. Center tap ignition transformers are
intended for use with dual electrode igniters which are common for direct spark lighting of oil burners, such as the North American 5025-1 oil pilot.
DIMENSIONS inches
3⁄8 x 2
415⁄16 6¼
29⁄16 47⁄8
33⁄8 67⁄8
5⁄16 x 8 ¾ Conduit K.O. (both sides)
75⁄8
Bulletin 4065/4066
Page 4
4065/4066 TRANSFORMER SPECIFICATIONS (HIGH AMBIENT TEMPERAURE)
4065HT-6N1-6A Family (120 V) Approvals: UL
No. of
4065HT-6N1-6A 120 60 175 6000 20 1 10 -A (#10 ring tongue) None
4065HT-6N4-6A 120 60 175 6000 20 1 10 -A (#10 ring tongue) NEMA 4
Note: The 4065HT-6N1-6A has a higher temperature rating than the standard 4065/4066 transformers, with a maximum temperature of 170 °F. Also the primary wire
connection has an 1/2" threaded conduit connection, instead of a junction compartment for the primary splice. The primary lead wires on this transformer are 18" long.
DIMENSIONS inches
3⁄8 x 2
47⁄16
35⁄8
5⁄16 x 4
1¼
1
57⁄8
6¾
4066HT-6N1-6A Family (120 V) Approvals: UL
No. of
4066HT-6N1-6A 220 50/60 180 6000 30 1 10 -A (#10 ring tongue) None
4066HT-6N4-6A 220 50/60 180 6000 30 1 15 -A (#10 ring tongue) NEMA 4
Note: The 4066HT-6N1-6A has a higher temperature rating than the standard 4065/4066 transformers, with a maximum temperature of 170 °F.
DIMENSIONS inches
3⁄8 x 2 High voltage

terminal with
47⁄16 #10 thumb nut
413⁄16
57⁄8
1¼ 5⁄16 x 4 ¾ Conduit K.O.
6¾ (both sides and on base plate)
Bulletin 4065/4066
Page 5
4065/4066 TRANSFORMER SPECIFICATIONS (220/240 V)
4066-5N1-6A & 4066-6N1-6A Family Approvals: UL, CSA
No. of
4066-5N1-6A 240 50 180 6000 20 1 10 Standard (¼"Ø snap-on) None
4066-5N4-6A 240 50 180 6000 20 1 15 Standard (¼"Ø snap-on) NEMA 4
4066-5N4X-6A 240 50 180 6000 20 1 15 Standard (¼"Ø snap-on) NEMA 4 SST
4066-6N1-6A 240 60 180 6000 20 1 10 Standard (¼"Ø snap-on) None

DIMENSIONS inches
High voltage ¼ Ø
47⁄16 snap-on terminal
47⁄8
57⁄8 5⁄16 x 6
1¼ ¾ Conduit K.O. (both sides
Use standard 1/4" Ø snap-on connector for 4085 connector (type "C")
Bulletin 4065/4066
Page 6
ADDITIONAL TRANSMFORMER SPECIFICATIONS
R130-5148 Half-Wave Ignition Transformer Approvals: UL & CSA
No. of
Transformer Primary Secondary secondary Weight 4085 Igniton cable
Designation volts hertz VA volts terminals lb req'd (style) Enclosure
R130-5148 120 50/60 66 10 000 1 3.0 Standard (¼" Ø snap on) None
4065-Q624 120 50/60 66 10 000 1 8.0 Standard (¼" Ø snap on) 10 x 8 Nema 4
Prevents detection of the ignition spark when properly applied in a flame detection system with the C7027, C7035, or C7044
Minipeeper® or C7061 Dynamic Self-Check Ultraviolet Flame Detectors. Ignition spark and ultraviolet detector are synchronized by the
alternating current supply voltage; spark occurs on one half of the ac cycle and detector operates on the opposite half cycle.
— Ignites gas pilots with spark gaps up to 1/4 inch (6 millimeters) in length.
— Maximum High Voltage Lead Length: 15 ft. (4.6 m)
— Ambient Temperature Range: -40°F to +125°F (-40°C to +52°C).
— Maximum Ambient Humidity: 95 percent RH.
The spark produced by this transformer is not as strong as the larger 4065/4066 transformers. They work better with short spark plugs
than with long electrode igniters.
41⁄8
41⁄8 5¼ High voltage
¼ Ø snap-on
terminal
515⁄16 1¼ 4¼
19⁄64
6¾ K.O. for 1/2" Conduit
Use standard ¼" Ø snap-on connector for 4085 connector (type "C")
or a 90° spark plug boot (type "N")
Bulletin 4065/4066
Page 7
Enclosure Dimensions | Ignition Transformers
Bulletin 4065/4066
Page 8
Some 4065 and 4066 Ignition Transformers are available with NEMA 4 weatherproof and NEMA 7 explosion proof enclosures. A
standard 6 kV transformer is bolted to the bottom of an 8 × 10 × 6 enclosure appropriate for the rating, and a 10 kV transformer is
bolted to the bottom of a 12 × 12 enclosure appropriate for the rating. A gasketed strain relief connector in one end of the enclosure
permits running a standard 4085 Ignition Cable in to the transformer. See Bulletin 4085 for complete listing of available options.
DIMENSIONS inches
NEMA 4
For use with 6 kV and A
10 kV transformers. Transformer A B C D
B 6 kV 8 57⁄16 10¾ 10
10 kV* 12 97⁄16 12¾ 12
*10 kV transformers require a 12 × 12 enclosure.
C D
6"
Mounting Slot = 0.83 x 0.27 Approximate weight: 20 lb
10¾
NEMA 7
23⁄32 drill - ½ NPT
use 3⁄8" 2 holes
Ø bolts (1 - opposite end)
6½ 14½
69⁄16

12½
Approximate weight: 40 lb
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 4085 Ignition Cable Sheet 4085
Ref: Bulletin 4065/4066
4085 ignition cables connect ignition transformers to industrial
spark igniters, and flame rods to burner management systems.
They are made with red high temperature silicone wire, and are
capable of operating at the elevated temperatures common around L
industrial combustion equipment.
4085 cables can be ordered with the classic part number but the
configuration format offers many more options to customize cables
for a wide range of applications.
The six (6) cables at the bottom of the table below are the most
L
common 4085 cables. To be available for quick delivery, they are
kept in stock under the classic part number.
CONFIGURED DESIGNATION ORDERING INFORMATION CONNECTION TYPES
4085 - - - A = #10 ring tongue

Length of ignition cable: (in feet) B = ¼" ring tongue
Standard lengths - 2.5, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 15, C = standard straight ¼" post
20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100 F = female right-angle ¼" blade
FS = female straight ¼" blade
Transformer secondary connection (input)
N = standard 90° boot (nylon 400°F)
Spark plug connection (output) S = Straight boot (nylon 400°F)
H = high temperature 90° boot (silicone 485°F)
Note: Any connection type can be configured for either cable end. W = weatherproof 90° boot (silicone 400°F)
X = no connection
Part Number Examples:
Configured Classic Cable length Transformer Spark plug

Designation Part Number feet (meters) Connection Connection
4085-5-A-H 4085-5-A/HT 5 (1.5) #10 Ring Tongue High Temperature Boot
4085-5-A-W 4085-5-AW 5 (1.5) #10 Ring Tongue Weatherproof Boot
4085-10-B-N 4085-10-B 10 (3) ¼" Ring Tongue Standard Boot
4085-10-B-H 4085-10-B/HT 10 (3) ¼" Ring Tongue High Temperature Boot
4085-15-C-W 4085-15-W 15 (4.5) Standard ¼" snap on Weatherproof Boot
4085-20-B-W 4085-20-BW 20 (6) ¼" Ring Tongue Weatherproof Boot
Cables listed below are the most popular and are in stock (order with classic part number for quick delivery)
4085-5-C-N 4085-5 5 (1.5) Standard ¼" snap on Standard 90° Boot
4085-5-A-N 4085-5-A 5 (1.5) #10 Ring Tongue Standard 90° Boot
4085-5-C-H 4085-5-HT 5 (1.5) Standard ¼" snap on High Temperature Boot
4085-5-C-W 4085-5-W 5 (1.5) Standard ¼" snap on Weatherproof Boot
4085-10-C-N 4085-10 10 (3) Standard ¼" snap on Standard 90° Boot
4085-10-C-W 4085-10-W 10 (3) Standard ¼" snap on Weatherproof Boot
To order bulk wire without connections, use part number R980-1794 and specify length in feet.
Sheet 4085
Page 2
CONNECTOR PICTURE CONNECTOR DESCRIPTION
A: #10 Ring tongue, fits over #10 (.190 Ø) transformer with #10 threaded stud connections.
Maximum temperature 275°F (135°C)
Use with North American ignition transformers: 4065-6N1-5B, 4065-6N1-5D, 4066-5N1-12A,
4066-5N-12B, 4066-5N4-12A, 4066-6N1-5B, C4065-6N1-6A.
B: ¼" Ring tongue, fits over transformer terminals with ¼" threaded studs. Maximum
temperature 275° (135°C)
Use with North American ignition transformers: 4065-6N1-10A, 4065-6N4-10A.
C: Standard, North American transformers with a straight ¼" Ø snap on post and spark plugs
or flame rods with round snap on terminals. Maximum temperature 275° (135°C)
Use with North American ignition transformers: 4065-5N1-6A, 4065-5N4-6A, 4065-6N1-6A,
4065-6N4-6A, 4065-6N4X-6A, 4065-6N7-6A, 4065-6N4XF-6A, 4066-5N1-6A, 4066-5N4-
6A, 4066-6N1-6A, 4066-6N4-6A.
F: Female right-angle ¼" blade for use with transformer terminals with flat tab size of .250 x
.032. Maximum temperature 220° (150°C)
FS: Female straight ¼" blade for use with transformer terminals with flat tab size of .250 x
.032. Maximum temperature 220° (105°C)
N: Standard right-angle boot for attaching to common ¼” Ø snap on spark plug terminals.
Made from Nylon and designed to not seal on spark plug ceramic insulator. By not sealing
over the spark plug insulator, it will work with virtually any spark plug with a ¼” Ø snap on
spark plug terminal. Maximum temperature 400° F (205° C). The part number for a spare
“N” boot is R840-5821. See page 5 for replacement instructions.
S: Straight Nylon boot for attaching to common ¼” Ø snap on spark plug terminals. Made with
the same construction as the "N" type boot, just straight. The part number for a spare “S”
boot is R840-55231. See page 5 for replacement instructions.
H: High temperature right-angle boot for attaching to common ¼" Ø snap on spark plug
terminals. Made from silicone and designed to fit over the spark plug ceramic insulator.
Maximum temperature 485° (250°C).
The part number for a spare "H" boot is R360-5054, a snap-lock R360-5055 clip must also be
connected to the wire, see the instructions on page 5.
W: Weatherproof right-angle boot for attaching to common ¼" Ø snap on spark plug
terminals. Made from silicone and designed to fit over and seal with the ceramic insulator
of most common spark plugs (from .40-.50 Ø). Maximum temperature 400° (205°C).
The part number for a spare "W" boot is R360-5052, a snap-lock R360-5055 clip must also be
connected to the wire, see the instructions on page 5.
Sheet 4085
Page 3
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE WIRE USED IN THE ¼" Ø SPARK PLUG TERMINALS AND SNAP-LOCK FITTING
4085 CABLE:
— Wire size: 16 AWG nickel plated copper Most spark plugs supplied by Fives North American have a ¼"
— Insulation material: silicone oxide terminal for electrical input. The boot connector end of most
4085 cables has a Snap-lock fitting that clips onto the ¼" Ø
— Color: red oxide
spark plug terminal to make the electrical connection with the
— Maximum temperature: 482°F (250°C) spark plug. In type "H" and "W" boots, the fitting sits deep within
— Nominal outside diameter: 0.265" (6.7mm) the boot. The boot material is flexible and fits tight around the
— Voltage rating: 25 kVDC insulator when connected on the spark plug terminal, so they
— Standards: UL listed (file E61355) and RoHS compliant, UL work best on smaller diameter insulators. The type "N" boot
3257 is made from a ridged Nylon material and fits on every spark
plug with a ¼" Ø terminal because the boot ID is larger and the
Snap-lock is mounted shallower in the boot. The type "N" boot
Note: The wire used in 4085-ERA cables is slightly different.
dœs not seal around the insulator but it dœs shield the terminal
connection. See page 2 for more details.
R240-2465
Used in 4442, and most North American pilot tips
1/4" (.25") Ø
Type "W" boot R240-2100
Used in most 4441 burners
4-3681-1
Used in 4441-8, 4723, 4725 burners
4055 Igniter
Used in 4422, 4575, and many other burners
Standard Type "N" boot
4085 CABLE TIPS:
— For information on North American ignition transformers reference bulletin 4065.

— If a burner has an igniter and a flame rod, it’s a good idea to use a different connector style for each to avoid connection errors.
— Do not run UV detector signal wire in conduit with ignition wires or 120 V lines. Flame rod and ignition wiring must be kept separated
to avoid ignition flashover and false flame sensing.
— The length of the signal leads to a flame rod should be minimized (less than 60 feet) to avoid excessive capacitance in the wiring,
which could result in erratic flame relay operation.
— Internal plant grounding cannot be relied upon to provide the source voltage for a flame rod. A separate grounding wire should
be run from the combustion safeguard flame rod terminal to the burner ground. The flame rod signal wire should be attached to the
amplifier terminal of the combustion safeguard.
— Stock a few spare cables and igniters in case they get damaged to help minimize down time.
Sheet 4085
Page 4
4085-ERA CABLES:
EXPLOSION RESISTANT ASSEMBLY (ERA) cables are intended for
use in systems that require sealed ignition wiring (Class 1 Div.
2 applications). They feature sealed aircraft type ignition cable
construction with a ¾“ - 20 threaded connection, and flexible
stainless steel conduit. Any of the standard North American
transformer secondary connection types can be configured for
connection to an ignition transformer.
Although the wiring method used between the ignition 1½"

transformer and the spark plug was designed and chosen to be
suitable for use in Class 1 Div. 2 hazardous locations, it DOES
NOT carry certifications or third party approvals.
4055-X-ERA Igniter
4085-ERA cables connect to North American ERA igniters and
other spark igniters with the standard ¾“ - 20 threaded connec-
tion and 1½" deep contact connection. See Sheet 4055 and 4051
for details and additional sizes of ERA Igniters.
4055-D-ERA Igniter
To order a standard 4085-ERA cable use the format below.
4085-ERA cables can also be custom configured, contact North
American for details.
The maximum operating temperature is 482°F (250°C).

4051-C-ERA Igniter
Conduit Length Free Length

(feet) (inches)
Transformer
Secondary Connection
Stainless steel braided conduit with PTFE liner
1½" ¾" - 20 threaded connection
Ceramic insulator 7mm Silicone cable with 16 AWG

tinned copper conductor
Spring volute (for electrical contact with spark plug)
½" NPT fitting
Protective shipping plug
CONFIGURED DESIGNATION ORDERING INFORMATION TRANSFORMER SECONDARY

CONNECTION (INPUT) TYPES
4085-ERA- - -
A = #10 Ring Tongue
Length of Conduit (in Feet) B = ¼" Ring Tongue
Standard lengths = 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 C = Standard Straight ¼" post
F = Female Right-angle ¼" blade
Ignition cable free lenght (in inches)
FS = Female Straight ¼" blade
Standard lengths = 6, 12, 18, 24
X = No Connection
Transformer Secondary Connection (Input)
4085-ERA cables are available without a secondary connection and a 24" free length as:
5 ft. cable = R980-1810 10 ft. cable = R980-1811 15 ft. cable = R980-1812 20 ft. cable = R980-1813 25 ft. cable = R980-1814
Sheet 4085
Page 5
"H" AND "W" TYPE BOOT AND SNAP-LOCK REPLACEMENT INSTRUCTIONS
½" Snap-lock
R360-5055
"H" Boot
R360-5054
1. Strip 5⁄8" insulation off wire

2. Bend wire back as shown above
3. Crimp snap-lock on insulation
4. Insert snap-lock into boot as shown
"W" Boot
R360-5052
"N" AND "S" TYPE BOOT AND SNAP-LOCK REPLACEMENT INSTRUCTIONS
½"
"N" Boot "S" Boot

R840-5821 R840-55231
Screwdriver
1. Strip ½" insulation off wire
2. Insert wire into boot as shown above
3. Secure clip with slotted screwdriver (clockwise to tighten)
"C" TYPE ¼" Ø SNAP-LOCK IGNITION TRANSFORMER CLIP REPLACEMENT INSTRUCTIONS
1. Strip 5⁄8" insulation off wire

2. Bend wire back ½" as shown ½"
3. Crimp snap-lock clip on insulation, as shown
Plastic Sleeve
4. Heat shrink plastic sleeve over clip and wire 4-10129-1
Ignition Transformer Clip

R840-4998 Copyright © 2023 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 4085 10/21
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
LoNOx Flam Gas Burners Sheet 4196-G2
FEATURES and BENEFITS

— Proven LoNOx technology for new or retrofit single and multiple burner
applications
— Adaptable flame shape
— Superior performance for steam systems requiring NOx emissions from
20-50ppm
— High turndown and flame stability
— Robust refractory-free design
— Highest efficiency with low excess air
— Burner capacities to 350 MM Btu/h HHV
— Fully packaged systems available for boilers and steam generators
— Over 400 installations in service since 1995
Main Combustion
Air Inlet
Air Distribution
Sleeve POC
Recirculation
Center
Gas Inlet POC
Recirculation
Primary
Gas Inlet
Sheet 4196-G2
page 2
DIMENSIONS
Minimum Removal Clearance
B C D Q
H Secondary
Gas
J
Flange for Mounting Optional
F High Energy Igniter w
Flame
Scanner with
1" NPT Swivel
Pilot qw Connection qw
Secondary Gas
P-Connection e
Refractory E
A L
2X
Observation
Port q
K
Fiber Insulation (gap) Center Gas
and Refractory N-Connection e
by Customer
(optional) Main Gas

Windbox r M-Connection e
G
t
It
Burner M N P Burner
Capacity A B C D E F G H I J K L ANSI ANSI ANSI Q Only Wt.
MM Btu/h in. in. in. in. in. in. in. in. in. in. in. in. 150# 150# 150# in. lbs.
30 18.5 2.8 1.6 35.4 17.5 14.4 9.4 N/A 18.3 36.3 20.1 11.0 3" 1" N/A 64.1 1005
35 19.9 2.8 2.8 37.4 18.9 14.4 9.4 N/A 20.2 36.3 20.1 11.4 3" 1" N/A 69.2 1120
40 21.5 3.3 3.1 39.4 20.5 14.4 9.4 N/A 20.2 36.3 20.1 12.2 3" 1" N/A 72.0 1255
50 24.2 3.9 3.9 41.3 23.2 14.4 9.8 N/A 20.2 45.3 24.8 13.4 4" 1" N/A 75.3 1425
60 25.6 3.9 4.7 41.3 24.6 14.4 9.8 N/A 20.2 45.3 24.8 14.2 4" 1" N/A 76.1 1465
70 27.2 3.9 5.9 43.3 26.2 14.4 9.8 N/A 20.2 45.3 24.8 15.0 4" 1¼" N/A 79.3 1520
85 29.5 3.9 7.1 47.2 28.1 14.4 9.8 N/A 18.3 45.3 24.8 15.7 4" 1¼" N/A 82.5 1705
95 32.1 4.4 7.9 47.2 30.7 14.4 10.2 N/A 18.3 56.3 30.5 16.9 4" 1¼" N/A 83.8 1895
120 34.4 4.4 9.4 51.2 33.1 14.4 11.0 17.5 20.2 56.3 30.5 18.1 4" 1¼" 1¼" 91.2 2065
140 36.6 4.4 10.6 55.1 35.2 14.4 11.0 17.5 20.2 56.3 30.5 19.3 6" 1½" 1¼" 96.3 2250
160 40.0 5.4 11.8 57.1 38.6 14.4 11.0 17.5 20.2 68.4 35.8 20.5 6" 1½" 1¼" 100.5 2580
195 42.5 5.4 13.4 61.0 41.1 14.4 11.0 17.5 20.2 68.4 35.8 16.5 6" 2" 1¼" 106.0 2730
220 44.9 5.4 14.6 65.0 43.5 14.4 11.0 17.5 20.2 68.4 35.8 17.7 6" 2" 1½" 111.2 2930
270 50.0 6.4 16.9 68.9 48.6 14.4 12.2 17.5 20.2 85.9 42.1 19.7 8" 3" 1½" 118.4 3715
320 54.9 7.5 18.5 76.8 53.5 14.4 12.2 17.5 20.2 101.8 42.1 21.7 8" 3" 1½" 129.0 4145
Notes:
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 4196-G2 07/15
q Flame scanner, observation ports and pilot connection locations are interchangeable.
w Contact Fives for UV scanner, pilot and high energy spark igniter options.
e Contact Fives for connection positions and flex hose options.
r Contact Fives for windbox options (new or retrofit installations).
t Position can be mechanically adjusted during commissioning to optimize performance.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American LE, LEx and GLE Burner
and Reaction Chamber
Storage, Installation, Assembly and Initial Firing Sheet 4200-1
SUPPLY PIPING AND INSTALLATION INFORMATION:
Special care should be exercised in piping and component location when installing the burner. All interconnect piping should be de-
signed to allow easy access to the burner and facilitate removal of components if required. It is recommended that thin walled tubing
extensions be used to provide accessibility to pressures read from burner taps at commissioning. These include upstream air pressure,
downstream or duct pressure, primary, secondary (if applicable), and radial fuel pressures.
Orientation of control valves and the direction in which they open is important for proper burner operation.
Main Air: when the control valve is located close the burner, the valve should never be oriented such that the air will be driven to the
rear of the burner body. It is acceptable for the valve to open towards either side; however, the preferred orientation would have the air
driven towards the front of the burner. It is recommended that elbows in the air supply piping be located no closer than 3 pipe diam-
eters to the burner.
Radial Air: when the control valve is located close to the burner, the valve should never be oriented such that it would induce a counter-
clockwise spin. The preferred orientation would have the air inducing a clockwise spin as viewed from the back of the burner; however,
it is acceptable to have the air driven towards or away from the burner mounting flange. If the control valve is manual, it should be
accessible from the floor or a platform.
Pilot Gas: the downstream solenoid or blocking valve should be located within several feet of the pilot. This minimizes the amount of
time for fuel to reach the pilot.
GENERAL:
Unless otherwise specified, all LE, LEx and GLE burners and reaction chambers are manufactured with a low porosity dense castable
material. All refractories in the burners and reaction chambers have been wet-cured and oven-dried to approximately 500°F during
manufacture. Fives North American Combustion, Inc. offers the option to pre-fire burners and reaction chambers per manufacturer’s
recommendation to 1500° - 1800°F prior to shipment. This removes all mechanical and chemical water from the refractory in a time
and temperature controlled method. The top level assembly drawing will note if the pre-firing was performed.
Special LE, LEx and GLE burners specified to be manufactured with high porosity light weight material MUST be pre-fired prior to ship-
ping.
STORAGE:
It is recommended that all burners and reaction chambers remain in their original packaging until they are ready for assembly and
installation. This includes leaving thread protectors and caps in place to prevent foreign objects from entering the parts. While stored, the
equipment should be protected from sources of significant moisture such as rain or snow. Parts stored in areas where the temperature is
below 60°F should be slowly warmed prior to firing.
STANDARD OVEN DRIED:
Burners and reaction chambers which have been oven dried may be stored in areas where temperatures are below freezing as me-
chanical water has been removed. It is safe to store equipment in this condition for several years. Follow the Initial Firing Schedule to
slowly remove chemical water prior to putting into production.
Sheet 4200-1
page 2
OPTIONAL PRE-FIRE DRYOUT:
Pre-fired dryout is the process by which all mechanical and chemical water is removed from the refractory, allowing the material to
reach its maximum strength. Burners and reaction chambers which have been pre-fired may be stored in areas where temperatures
are below freezing. It is safe to store equipment in this condition for several years. The Initial Firing Schedule on pages 3 and 4 describes the Pre-fire
dryout process. If a pre-fired chamber is accidently exposed to rain, snow or other significant amounts of moisture, the chamber must undergo the
ramps and holds at 300°F and 500°F as described in the Initial Firing process.
ASSEMBLY:
CAUTION: PRIOR TO ASSEMBLY, ENSURE THAT ALL HOISTS AND ACCESSORIES ARE RATED FOR DUTY SUFFICIENT TO COMPLETE
REQUIRED WORK.
Reaction chambers can be supplied either as one piece or as two piece assemblies including forward and rear sections. For installation
of one piece reaction chambers, proceed to step 8 after unpacking.
1. Remove debris and any packing material that is not required for storage. Air and gas inlets should remain covered until
interconnect piping is installed to prevent foreign material from entering the burner. Hardware and gasket materials may
be found inside the burner combustion air inlet for assemblies that were not assembled prior to shipment. Compare materi-
als found to parts identified on the assembly drawings to ensure you have all required parts.
2. Inspect mating flanges and other mounting areas on burner and reaction chamber interface sections.
3. If your assembly includes a two piece reaction chamber, move the Forward Reaction Chamber (outlet) section to a cradle
or other suitable assembly fixture using appropriate lifting methods. For vertical assembly, the section can be positioned
outlet down on a smooth, dry and level surface. The outlet should be protected from dirt and moisture. Often a yellow “x”
is painted at what will be the 12:00 location (as installed) on both chamber sections and the burner body to indicate the
designed alignment.
4. Install seal ring, rope gasket, drop warp or bolt hole tape at locations specified on the reaction chamber assembly
drawing. Be sure the sealing or insulating material is installed in such a manner as to prevent a leak path for hot gases.
If sealing ring (fiber) gaskets are supplied in sections, pre-fit the sections by laying pieces end to end prior to adhering
to the refractory. The sections should be the same width and form a complete circle. Refer to the assembly drawing sec-
tion view to determine the correct surface for the gasket. Measure the outside and inside diameters and compare to
what is listed on the assembly drawing. Trimming of the fiber will not be not be required. Tape may be used to hold pieces
together while locating the ring concentrically to refractory diameter. Spray adhesive or a small bead of high temperature
RTV should be used to adhere the fiber to the refractory or flange face. If Gortex tape is supplied, tape should be applied
to a clean flange surface at a smaller diameter than the bolts in an area which will be in contact with the mating flange.
Overlap the ends to prevent leakage. If bolt hole tape or similar material is supplied, use adhesive to hold material such
that it covers the bolt holes. Use an awl or ball-peen hammer to make openings in the material.
5. Consult appropriate assembly drawing to determine proper alignment of saddle pads, locator pins or any other
attachment and support mechanisms. Look for a yellow “x” to ensure proper alignment of the sections.
6. Using appropriate lifting methods, place the rear section reaction chamber in the proper location as illustrated on
the assembly drawing.
7. Apply thread lubricant to bolt or stud threads. Use washers and nuts as specified on the reaction chamber assembly
drawing. Be sure the entire reaction chamber assembly is adequately supported prior to removing lifting mechanism.
8. Sealing material such as bolt hole tape, Gortex or high temperature silicone (RTV) is required between the reaction cham-
ber mounting plate and customer equipment. This material as well as fasteners may not be included with the equipment.
Prepare customer equipment or reaction chamber mounting flange with proper sealing material prior to lifting the reaction
chamber.
9. If desired, the burner may be assembled to the reaction chamber prior to mounting the reaction chamber to customer’s
equipment. This is not recommended for larger or two-piece reaction chambers.
10. Using appropriate lifting methods move and install the reaction chamber assembly in its permanent mounting location.
Use thread lubricant, nuts and appropriate methodology to secure the reaction chamber.
Sheet 4200-1
page 3
11. Install seal ring, rope gasket or bolt hole tape as specified on the burner and reaction chamber assembly drawing.
See Item #4 for tips on proper installation.
12. Consult appropriate assembly drawing to determine proper orientation of saddle pads, locator pins or any other
attachment and support mechanisms. Look for a yellow “x” to ensure proper alignment of the sections.
13. After securing the reaction chamber, lift and place burner assembly in the proper location as illustrated on the
assembly drawing.
14. Apply thread lubricant to bolt or stud threads. Use washers and nuts as specified on the burner and reaction chamber
assembly drawing. Be sure the entire assembly is adequately supported prior to removing the lifting mechanism.
15. All piping must be clean and free of debris prior to connecting to burner.
16. All piping must be clean and free of debris prior to connecting to burner.
17. If no permanent temperature measuring equipment is installed, temporary instrumentation is recommended for dryout.
INITIAL FIRING INFORMATION:
Measuring the reaction chamber refractory temperature is recommended during the initial firing of the system and for subsequent
cold restarts if feasible. It is recommended that a bare wire thermocouple junction be placed on the refractory surface near the reac-
tion chamber exit. The exposed thermocouple junction should be covered with a small piece of insulating blanket to shield it from direct
flame. The insulation must be weighted to remain in place during firing. Alternately, a removable thermocouple may be inserted through
a sample port near the exit of the reaction chamber. The probe should be long enough to measure the temperature of the combustion
products hot mix at the chamber exit. If the temperature of the inside surface of the refractory or the hot mix near the discharge of the
reaction chamber cannot be measured, a defined procedure including excess air rates and length of time is required for at least the
first heat up. The Combustion Hot Mix method may be used when flame lengths will exceed the length of the reaction chamber. This
includes LE and GLE assemblies, or LEx burners having standard or short reaction chambers.
A chamber that has been fired, either by the optional factory pre-firing or having been in service, and has not been exposed to sig-
nificant moisture should follow the “Cold Restart” instructions below. If a pre-fired assembly has been exposed to significant moisture
before or after installation, or during maintenance, follow the instructions for ramp and hold at 300°F and 500°F described in the Initial
Firing process. When in doubt, the slow ramp and hold process should be followed.
Using Combustion Hot Mix Temperatures as an alternative to Measurement of Hot Face Temperature:
The excess air values and corresponding hot mix temperatures listed below are based on 120°F combustion air and Natural Gas. These
can be used for prefiring the burner and reaction chamber as recommended where: the excess air measured is for burner air and fuel
only (no process air); and if the combustion system air and fuel flow measurement instrumentation’s correct function and accuracy has
been verified. Obtaining hot mix temperatures below 600°F may require operation with pilot only. Values not listed as “hold” tempera-
tures are included for reference to assist with ramp rates.reference to assist with ramp rates.
Percent Excess Air Approximate Hot Mix Temperature

2750% 300°F
1230% 500°F
750% 700°F
510% 900°F
325% 1200°F
225% 1500°F
160% 1800°F
130% 2000°F
Sheet 4200-1
Page 4
Initial Firing
Note: If at any time during the firing cycle “steaming” is observed, hold the temperature constant until the “steaming” dissi-
pates, then resume the remaining schedule beginning from the time the “steaming” hold began.
1. Begin the dryout by lighting the burner pilot and increasing pilot gas flow as needed for the desired refractory or hot
mix temperature. If “glowing” of the pilot or its connection boss occurs during firing, a small fan or other air supply
directed upon the hot area should be used to keep the pilot cool during extended operation. As temperature requirements
increase, light the radial burner to increase the input.
2. If temporary thermocouples cannot be installed in the reaction chamber refractory or at its exit, the process or other
system temperatures may be used (with appropriate allowances for temperature losses) to infer the reaction chamber
refractory temperatures. As an alternate, the burner hot mix temperature may be predicted by the overall fuel to air ratio
as described previously. Remember, it is the temperature inside the reaction chamber that needs to be maintained, not an
overall process temperature.
3. The following time and temperature schedule is recommended :

3 hour ramp from 60°F to 300°F
6 hour soak at 300°F
14 hour ramp to 1200°F (50°F per hour)
6 hour soak at 1200°F 1
12 hour ramp to 1800°F (50°F per hour)
X hour ramp to operating temperature (100°F per hour) 2
12 hour (minimum) cooling period from maximum temperature to ambient at a maximum of 150° F per hour unless
starting production
1
This soak period may be eliminated when the application dœs not require cyclic operation or when prefiring will not
exceed 2000°F.
2
No soak period required. Note that typical LEx, LE and GLE applications are expected to operate with hot mix tempera-
tures lower than 2800°F and the lean fuel-to-air ratio required to achieve the design maximum hot mix temperature
is intended to be an operating limit for the particular system. Only exceed 2600°F after consultation with Fives North
American Combustion, Inc. on the specific operational settings for the system. In no case exceed 2800°F for Standard
Dense Castable or 3000°F for High Temperature, Low Cement Castable as damage to both burner internals and refrac-
tories may result.
NOTE: Pre-firing refractory results in permanent linear change to the material. Cracking in both longitudinal and circum-
ferential directions up to 3⁄16" wide may be observed after the chamber is cooled. When the chamber is reheated during
operation, the refractory will expand, decreasing the width of these cracks. Rapid heat and cool cycles will increase
cracking and decrease the life expectancy of the refractory.
Initial Firing after Optional Pre-fire Dryout or Cold Restart
Cold restart is defined as starting the burner system when the reaction chamber refractory is below 1000°F. The refractory is assumed
to be 60° to 90°F prior to lighting. Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 4200-1 10/15
1. Light the burner and hold at low fire.
2. Increase burner firing rate such that the reaction chamber refractory will reach 400°F in one (1) hour. For chambers below
60°F, ramp to 400°F at a rate of 100°F per hour.
3. Increase temperature set point by 300° to 400°F per hour until process temperature is achieved.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
EcoFornax™ LE
North American 4211
Ultra-Low NOx Burners
• Sizes ranging from 4 to 300 million Btu/h HHV • Produces luminous flame with moderate tile velocity
• Natural gas, propane, low Btu wast, and other industrial • Preheated air to 800°F
fuel gases
Product Overview | 4211 EcoFornax™ LE
— Ultra Low NOx with or without the use of flue The LE is designed to meet the increasingly-more-stringent
gas recirculation (FGR) depending on emissions required global low emission requirements. 15-20 ppmdv NOx is easily
achieved. FGR may be added to the 4211's oxidant stream
— For processes 1400 to 2400°F such as boilers, process to achieve even lower NOx emissions when needed. Current
heaters, and other applications requiring installations in water tube boilers at less than 7 ppmdv (0.008 lb/
million Btu). Standard sizes are available with capacities ranging
APPLICATIONS from 4-300 mm Btu/h HHV. Larger sizes also available.
— Thermal Fluid Heaters
— Boilers
— Process Heaters
— Incinerators
Figure 2. The Magna-Flame LE is a staged fuel burner design with lean burn primary combustion zone.
The balance of the fuel is injected downstream.
OPERATION CONSTRUCTION
The LE is a fuel-staged burner with a lean primary combustion The LE burner is sturdily constructed of steel, stainless steel,
zone. Secondary fuel is directly injected into the oxygen-rich and refractory to withstand the operating environment.
primary zone POC where it combusts to achieve the final Optional corrosion-resistant alloy construction may be selected
desired combustion ratio. to handle fuel gases with sulfur or other corrosive constituents.
Precision-cast silicon carbide/mullite-mix primary mixer tube
The LE’s combustion air supply is split between main (primary) extensions are cast into the dense refractory reaction chamber
air and radial air connections. The fuel gas supply is divided facing, keeping the metal mixer parts remote and protected
between three gas connections: radial, primary, and secondary. from flame radiation and heat soak. The 3000°F dense
The radial gas is used at start-up and for stabilization of the castable reaction chamber wall structure contains the four
primary (lean) core. The primary gas feeds the mixers of the stainless steel secondary injectors which protrude to discharge
lean primary zone, typically operated at 60-70% XSA. The just past the hot face of the refractory. As the reaction chamber
secondary gas exits injectors integrated into the primary zone is typically of greater length than the furnace’s refractory
reaction chamber structure to mix with the lean premix flame/ wall thicknesses, some portion of it will extend back from the
POC at the outlet of the reaction chamber. Final air/fuel ratio is burner mounting cold face. The mounting flange can be located
typically at 10-15% XSA (2- 3% O2 in the stack). Stoichiometric to match the wall thickness for ease of installation. While this
turndown is about 4:1. Higher turndowns are obtained by requires extra room for the burner footprint past the furnace
progressively increasing the excess air rate (thermal turndown). wall, it allows a smaller overall furnace chamber with flame
Typical design high fire air pressure is 15"w.c. max. Minimum envelope containment.
primary air pressure required for continuous operation is Bulletin 4211
0.75"w.c. Typical design gas pressure is 8 psig. Page 2
Capacity | 4211 EcoFornax™ LE
VARIANTS The LEx burner is the LE without the secondary fuel injectors.
The GLE burner is a "pre-packaged LE" configured to fire oil It operates at excess air rates between 60-80% at a standard
field steam generators at 62.5, 85 or 100 MM Btu/h HHV. It is input ranging from 3 to 200 MM Btu/h HHV with larger sizes
supplied with a pre-piped 4020 pilot, ignition cable, NEMA 4 available (e.g. 400 MM Btu/h built for a calciner). It is intended
ignition transformer; 3 pre-piped, pre-wired, pre-set, pressure for lower temperature applications where secondary air is
switches (for purge, low combustion air, and low fire proving); normally employed to achieve process temperatures between
and a junction box for wiring to the necessary control hard- 300-1600°F. LEx burners normally require an extended primary
ware, simplifying installation and field start-up. zone reaction chamber to protect the flame from the lower
temperature secondary process stream. See Bulletin 4213 for
more information.
LE Burner Capacity and Characteristics

Input at Main Flame
LE Designation 10% XSA Air Flow Pilot1 Length Diameter
(million Btu/hr)3 (scfh) (feet)2 (feet)2
4211-4-5X1.5GG 4.1 43,000 4020-0-LP 5.0 2.0
4211-5-6X1.5GG 5.0 51,600 4020-0-LP 6.0 2.0
4211-7-8X1.5GG 6.6 68,800 4020-2-LP 6.5 2.0
4211-8-6X2GG 8.2 85,100 4020-2-LP 7.5 2.3
4211-10-7X2GG 9.6 99,300 4020-3-LP 8.0 2.3
4211-11-8X2GG 10.9 113,500 4020-3-LP 9.0 2.3
4211-15-5X3GG 15.0 156,300 4020-4-LP 10.5 2.5
4211-18-6X3GG 18.0 187,500 4020-4-LP 12.0 2.8
4211-21-7X3GG 21.1 218,800 4020-4-LP 12.5 2.8
4211-27-5X4GG 25.9 269,000 4020-5-LP 13.5 3.0
4211-33-6X4GG 31.1 322,900 4020-5-LP 14.5 3.3
4211-38-7X4GG 36.3 376,700 4020-5-LP 15.0 3.5
4211-44-8X4GG 41.4 430,500 4020-6-LP/5 15.5 3.8
4211-48-9X4GG 46.6 484,300 4020-6-LP/5 16.5 4.0
4211-54-10X4GG 51.8 538,200 4020-6-LP/5 17.0 4.3
4211-62-5X6GG 58.8 610,600 4020-6-LP/5 18.0 4.5
4211-74-6X6GG 70.5 732,800 4020-6-LP/5 20.0 4.8
4211-86-7X6GG 82.3 854,900 4020-7-LP/6 21.5 5.0
4211-98-8X6GG 94.1 977,000 4020-7-LP/6 22.5 5.5
4211-111-9X6GG 105.8 1,099,200 4020-7-LP/6 23.5 5.8
4211-124-10X6GG 117.6 1,221,300 4020-7-LP/6 24.5 6.0
4211-116-5X8WB 110.9 1,151,700 4020-7-LP/6 24.0 6.0
4211-140-6X8WB 133.0 1,382,000 4020-7-LP/6 25.0 6.3
4211-163-7X8WB 155.2 1,612,300 4020-7-LP/6 27.0 6.5
4211-182-5X10WB 173.5 1,802,400 4020-7-LP/6 29.0 7.0
4211-219-6X10WB 208.2 2,162,900 4020-7-LP/6 31.0 7.5
4211-256-7X10WB 242.9 2,523,400 4020-7-LP/6 33.0 7.8
4211-292-8X10WB 277.6 2,883,900 4020-7-LP/6 35.0 8.0
1
Recommended pilot; not included
2
Flame shape may vary based on reaction chamber length and internal profile
3
Under some conditions, firing rate may be up to 15% higher than rated input
Bulletin 4211
Page 3
Control | 4211 EcoFornax™ LE
CONTROL PILOT and FLAME SUPERVISION

Input and air/fuel ratio control for the LE utilizes fully metered Dual UV flame detectors are used. The pilot UV detector monitors
oxidant and fuel flows (minimum one air and three fuel streams) the adequate establishment of the pilot and radial flames at
as inputs to an electronic ratio control system. An oxygen startup. The main UV detector monitors the establishment of the
sensor in the exhaust stream is commonly used to provide O2 primary flame and allows opening of the secondary fuel supply
trim. An O2 sensor may also be used to determine the vitiation safety shutoff valves. Loss of the main UV signal will cause the
level when FGR is mixed with the combustion air. secondary gas valves to close and re-establishes the pilot UV
Combustion air flow is measured with a North American 8631 detector to monitor the operation of the unit on primary and
Venturi Air Meter or other air flow determining device. Air radial gas only. Loss of the pilot UV signal will result in the unit
flow control can be by control valve, blower IVD or VFD, as shutting down completely, and require a re-start of the safety
dictated by the air system design. A separate radial air blower sequence following the appropriate code requirements. Contact
is typically required when a VFD is used on the primary air North American for the specific requirements for configuration of
blower or the primary air is preheated or vitiated. The critical flame supervision equipment and fuel safety shut off valves for
primary air/ fuel ratio is maintained by the electronic ratio each application.
controller which also adjusts the secondary gas flow control
valve as needed to maintain the overall excess oxygen at the
exhaust O2 sensor. As input demand changes, the desired
primary air/fuel ratio is maintained by cross-limiting the air and
primary gas valves. To meet the lowest emissions requirements,
fully modulated radial air and gas control valves are required,
also allowing for thermal turndown as high as 20:1. When high
turndown or ultimate ultra-low NOx operation is not a system
requirement, the radial gas may be controlled via a bypass
solenoid valve which allows for a two position "high/low"
setting. Large capacity burners require modulated radial air
regardless of emissions requirement.
TR
Combustion NO
Air P.S.
Primary
Pilot
Radial
TR
Gas Supply Main Gas
Safety Fuel
Train TR
M M TR
Figure 2. Typical Piping Schematic for LE Cold Air System.

Preheat or vitiated combustion air systems require a second blower for radial and pilot air. Fuel train components omitted for clarity.
Bulletin 4211
Page 4
Dimensions | 4211 EcoFornax™ LE
This graph shows actual test results of a burner fired with 10% excess air. Other vari-
ables such as higher excess air, preheated air temperatures, firing rate, and furnace
design can effect NOx emission levels.
(Corrected to 3% Oxygen)
30
NOx (ppmv)
25
20
15
10
5
0
1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2100 2200 2300
Furnace Temperature (F)
Figure 3. NOx Emissions vs. Furnace Temperature. Custom engineered LE burners rated at 55 mmBtu/h HHV each are
mounted on a field erected boiler wall. The burners are designed
operate on 500°F combustion air and refinery fuel gas.
DIMENSIONS in inches
H
Reaction Chamber
Length
A – Main Air
Connection
B – Radial Air
Connection
G E – Radial Gas
Reaction Connection
Chamber
OD
¼ NPT Primary
Air Pressure Injector
Tap Connection Assembly 1" NPT
Access Pilot-UV
Locations Connection
¼ NPT Radial Air
Pressure Tap
¼ NPT Primary Connections
Air Pressure
Tap Connection
F – NPT
Pilot 45°
Connection
¼ NPT Radial Gas
Pressure Tap
Connections
1" NPT
Main UV
¾ NPT Connection
Observation
Port
C – NPT
Primary Gas Connection ¼ NPT Secondary Gas
½ Reaction Chamber Pressure Tap Connection
Mounting Flange
¼ NPT Primary Gas
J – Overall Pressure Tap Connection
Length
D – NPT
Secondary Gas Connection
Bulletin 4211
Page 5
Chart | 4211 EcoFornax™ LE
Bulletin 4211
Page 6
F G H
A B C D E F burner center Approx reac- Approx J
tion reaction Approx
LE main air radial air primary gas secondary gas radial/center pilot line to main chamber chamber overall Approx
Designation connection * (flat) 2 connection 1 connection 1 gas connection 1 connection air diameter length length Weight
4211-4-5X1.5GG 6" ansi n/a 1" raised ½" npt ½" npt ¾" npt 12.25 19.38 18.5 30.0 240
4211-5-6X1.5GG 8" ansi n/a 1" raised ½" npt ½" npt ¾" npt 12.38 20.63 20.5 30.0 250
4211-7-8X1.5GG 8" ansi n/a 1" raised ¾" npt ½" npt 1¼" npt 12.38 21.13 23.50 30.0 260
4211-8-6X2GG 10" ansi n/a 1" raised ¾" npt ½" npt 1¼" npt 13.00 22.38 23.50 42.0 430
4211-10-7X2GG 10" ansi n/a 1" raised ¾" npt ½" npt 1½" npt 13.50 23.38 26.50 42.0 450
4211-11-8X2GG 12" ansi n/a 1" raised 1" raised ½" npt 1½" npt 14.25 24.88 26.50 42.0 470
4211-15-5X3GG 12" ansi 3" ansi 1½" raised 1" raised ¾" npt 2" npt 15.88 28.13 26.50 48.0 650
4211-18-6X3GG 14" ansi 3" ansi 1½" raised 1" raised ¾" npt 2" npt 16.75 31.13 31.50 54.0 700
4211-21-7X3GG 14" ansi 3" ansi 2" raised 1" raised ¾" npt 2" npt 18.00 33.38 31.50 56.0 750
4211-27-5X4GG 16" rpm 3" ansi 2" raised 1" raised 1" raised 2½" npt 18.13 33.88 34.50 68.0 100
4211-33-6X4GG 18" rpm 3" ansi 2½" raised 1½" raised 1" raised 2½" npt 18.75 35.13 34.50 68.0 1200
4211-38-7X4GG 18" rpm 3" ansi 2½" raised 1½" raised 1½" raised 2½" npt 19.19 37.25 34.50 68.0 1400
4211-44-8X4GG 20" rpm 3" ansi 2½" raised 1½" raised 1½" raised 2½" npt 21.13 40.13 36.50 68.0 1600
4211-48-9X4GG 22" rpm 3" ansi 3" raised 2" raised 1½" raised 2½" npt 22.50 44.75 36.50 68.0 1800
4211-74-6X6GG 26" rpm 4" ansi 3" raised 2½" raised 2" raised 2½" npt 24.56 49.75 36.50 88.0 2200
4211-86-7X6GG 28" rpm 4" ansi 4" raised 2½" raised 2" raised 3" npt 25.94 52.50 36.50 88.0 2450
4211-98-8X6GG 30" rpm 4" ansi 4" raised 3" raised 2" raised 3" npt 26.25 55.50 36.50 88.0 2900
4211-111-9X6GG 30" rpm 4" ansi 4" raised 3" raised 2" raised 3" npt 31.00 58.63 36.50 88.0 3500
4211-124-10X6GG 36" rpm 6" ansi 6" raised 3" raised 2½" raised 3" npt 36.00 61.50 36.50 88.0 3650
4211-116-5X8WB 30" rpm 6" ansi 6" raised 3" raised 2½" raised 3" npt 36.00 64.50 36.50 108.0 6000
4211-182-5X10WB 40" rpm 8" ansi 6" raised 4" raised 3" raised 3" npt 44.00 71.38 42.50 108.0 6600
* rectangular air flanges available 2
indicates a fabricated flange conforming to 150# ANSI dimensions where applicable
1
indicates 150# raised face ANSI flange where applicable 3
lengths and weights vary based on application
Copyright © 2022 - Fives - All rights reserved | Bulletin 4211 02⁄22
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
EcoFornax™ LEx
North American 4213
Ultra-low NOx and CO without FGR
• High intensity compact flame geometry reduces installed • Single UV monitoring

cost
• Multi-fuel capability
• 2 to 400 million Btu/h HHV
Patented technology, robust design
APPLICATIONS
4213 Emissions Data
— Air heaters Burner Rated for 15.5 MMBTU/h HHV
— Incinerators 25
— Process heaters
NOx (ppm corrected to 3% 02)

— Rotary processes 20
— Spray Dryers
— Calcining 15
— Lower temperature solutions where secondary air is
normally employed to achieve process temperatures 10
between 300-1600°F
5
FEATURES and BENEFITS 0

40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80
— Patented lean premix technology Excess Air %
— Low NOx and CO emissions without the use of FGR
— NOx emissions of less than 10ppm in many applications
— High turndown capability
— Low fan horsepower requirement
— Robust, proven, reliable burner design. Successful installations over 25 years.
— The majority of the combustion is completed in the companion reaction chamber,
minimizing process influences on NOx emissions.
— Compact flame geometry allows significant reductions in flame protection tube and
furnace size resulting in a lower installed cost of LEx systems.
— Main (Primary) combustion air can be heated up to 700°F for increased efficiency.
(Ambient air required for radial air supply).
OPERATION
— Combustion air supply is split between main (primary) air and radial air connections on larger burner sizes.
— Fuel gas is split between primary gas and radial gas connections.
— Radial gas is used at start-up and for stabilization of the primary (lean) core.
— Primary gas feeds internal mixers to create a lean primary zone, typically operated at 60-70% excess air.
— Main air pressure: 10-15 in. w.g.
— Gas pressure: 8 PSIG
— Minimum primary air pressure required for continuous operation: 0.75 in.w.g.
— Preset air-to-gas ratio turndown of greater than 4:1, with appropriately designed combustion system.
— Thermal turndowns of 20:1 are also possible in most applications
MAIN COMBUSTION AIR INLET
RADIAL AIR INLET

POC RECIRCULATION
RADIAL GAS INLET
PRIMARY GAS POC RECIRCULATION

INLET
ANTI-FLASHBACK PRIMARY REACTION Bulletin 4213

MIXERS ZONE
Page 2
Lowest Emissions | 4213 EcoFornax™ LEx
— Burner Construction: robust, suitable for industrial applica-

tions. Metal parts protected from radiation by ceramic exten-
sions cast into burner hot face.
NOx and CO Emissions Comparison*
Example at 1200º F Process Temperature
— Higher Capacities: Are available
Typical Magna-Flame
— Application Temperature: 200 - 2400°F Cold Air Burner LEx System
NOx 82 9
— Sample Fuels: Natural gas, propane, land-fill gas,
syngas, low Btu gases, refinery fuels, biogas, light oils. CO 20 5
Consult Fives North American Combustion, Inc. sales and
Emissions ppmv at 3% O2
application engineering for your specific needs. *Application dependent
— Refractory: 3000°F material, oven dried and pre-fired to

1800°F prior to shipment are available, consult Fives North
American Combustion, Inc. sales and application engineering.
REACTION CHAMBER OPTIONS:
SRC Reaction Chamber XRC Reaction Chamber HRC Reaction Chamber
• Shortest length • Extended length for 100% • Extended length for 100% flame
• Used if flame shroud is provided flame coverage coverage
by customer or if process • For process temperatures • For use with North American
temperatures > 1400°F < 1400°F 9545 Series Hot Gas Generator
• Includes roller support assembly
Fives North American Combustion, Inc. will review each application and advise on the appropriate reaction chamber design.
Bulletin 4213
Page 3
Capacities | 4213 EcoFornax™ LEx
LEx LEX Capacity Primary Max. Maximum Flame Flame

Designation (Btu/h HHV) @ LEx Total Fuel Primary Air Fuel Radial Air Radial Fuel Length Diameter
60% XSA Flow (scfh) Flow Flow Flow Flow (ft) (ft)
4213-2 3,600,000 3,500 53,000 3,400 — 520 5.0 0.8
4213-3 4,300,000 4,200 63,000 4,100 — 620 5.0 0.9
4213-5 5,700,000 5,500 84,000 5,400 — 830 5.0 1.0
4213-6 7,000,000 6,800 104,000 6,700 — 1,000 5.5 1.0
4213-7 8,200,000 8,000 122,000 7,800 — 1,200 5.5 1.1
4213-8 9,400,000 9,000 139,000 8,800 — 1,400 5.5 1.2
4213-10 12,900,000 12,500 191,000 12,300 — 1,900 6.0 1.3
4213-12 15,500,000 15,100 230,000 14,800 — 2,300 6.0 1.4
4213-14 18,100,000 17,600 268,000 17,300 — 2,600 6.0 1.5
4213-19 22,200,000 21,700 330,000 21,300 — 3,300 7.0 1.6
4213-22 26,700,000 26,000 395,000 25,500 8,800 3,900 7.0 1.8
4213-27 31,100,000 30,400 461,000 29,800 10,300 4,600 7.0 2.0
4213-29 35,500,000 34,700 527,000 34,000 11,800 5,200 7.0 2.2
4213-33 40,000,000 39,000 593,000 38,200 13,200 5,900 7.0 2.4
4213-38 44,400,000 43,400 659,000 42,500 14,700 6,500 7.0 2.6
4213-42 50,400,000 49,200 748,000 48,200 16,700 7,400 9.0 2.6
4213-51 60,500,000 59,000 897,000 57,800 20,000 8,900 9.0 2.8
4213-59 70,600,000 69,000 1,100,000 67,600 23,400 10,400 9.0 3.1
4213-67 80,700,000 78,800 1,200,000 77,200 26,700 11,800 9.0 3.3
4213-77 90,800,000 88,600 1,300,000 86,800 30,000 13,300 9.0 3.6
4213-80 95,100,000 92,800 1,400,000 90,900 31,500 13,900 10 3.7
4213-85 101,000,000 98,500 1,500,000 96,500 33,400 14,800 9.0 3.9
4213-96 114,000,000 111,000 1,700,000 109,000 37,800 16,700 10 4.0
4213-112 133,000,000 130,000 2,000,000 127,000 44,100 19,500 10 4.3
Note: Primary & Radial Air Pressure = 15"w.c.

Radial & Primary Fuel Pressure = 8psi
Total fuel flow doesn't equal the sum of radial fuel and primary fuel. This is because the radial fuel flowrate increases as the
primary fuel turns down.
Bulletin 4213
Page 4
Connection Sizes | 4213 EcoFornax™ LEx
LEx Main Air Primary Fuel Radial Fuel Class Radial Air Pilot (sold
Designation Connection Class 150 ANSI 150 ANSI R/F Class 150 separately)
F/F R/F (unless noted) ANSI F/F
4213-2 8" ANSI 1" 3⁄8" NPT — 4020-0-LP
4213-3 8" ANSI 1¼" 3⁄8" NPT — 4020-0-LP
4213-5 8" ANSI 1¼" 3⁄8" NPT — 4020-0-LP
4213-6 10" ANSI 1¼" ½" NPT — 4020-2-LP
4213-7 10" ANSI 1½" ½" NPT — 4020-2-LP
4213-8 12" RPM 1½" ½" NPT — 4020-2-LP
4213-10 12" RPM 2" ¾" NPT — 4020-2-LP
4213-12 14" RPM 2" ¾" NPT — 4020-3-LP
4213-14 16" RPM 2½" ¾" NPT — 4020-4-LP
4213-19 18" RPM 2½" 1" ANSI — 4020-4-LP
4213-22 18" RPM 3" 1¼" ANSI 3" 4020-4-LP
4213-27 20" RPM 3" 1¼" ANSI 3" 4020-5-LP
4213-29 22" RPM 3" 1¼" ANSI 3" 4020-5-LP
4213-33 22" RPM 4" 1¼" ANSI 4" 4020-5-LP
4213-38 24" RPM 4" 1¼" ANSI 4" 4020-5-LP
4213-42 26" RPM 4" 2" ANSI 4" 4020-6-LP/5
4213-51 28" RPM 4" 2" ANSI 4" 4020-6-LP/5
4213-59 30" RPM 6" 2" ANSI 6" 4020-7-LP/6
4213-67 32" RPM 6" 2" ANSI 6" 4020-7-LP/6
4213-77 34" RPM 6" 2" ANSI 6" 4020-7-LP/6
4213-80 36" RPM 6" 3" ANSI 6" 4020-7-LP/6
4213-85 36" RPM 6" 2" ANSI 6" 4020-7-LP/6
4213-96 38" RPM 6" 3" ANSI 6" 4020-7-LP/6
4213-112 40" RPM 6" 3" ANSI 6" 4020-7-LP/6
Notes:
• A single UV scanner monitors both the main and pilot flames. Burner comes with 2 UV ports as standard, the second UV
connection is fitted with a observation port.
• Pilots are not included with the burner and should be interrupted type, refer to Bulletin 4020. 4058 High Energy Igniters may
be used in place of the pilot listed above.
• See Bulletin 8767 for RPM flange information.
Bulletin 4213
Page 5
Dimensions | 4213 EcoFornax™ LEx
Burner Dimensions
¼ NPT Radial Gas
4213-2 thru -19 Pressure Tap Connection
TXØR
radial ON Ø U BC
fuel
connection
¼ NPT Primary Gas

W
Pressure Tap Connection
G ¼ NPT Primary Air
Pressure Tap Connection
C
combustion air L
connection A 2.00 M
F
NXØH
ON Ø J BC
D
ØK
ØP
primary
fuel
connection
LEx Imperial (inches)

Des. A C D F G H J K L M N P R S T U V W
4213-2 9.50 23.67 11.25 4.00 34.15 0.63 17.63 20.13 15.00 30.00 16 14.13 0.88 13.50 8 11.75 22.50 45.00
4213-3 9.50 23.67 11.75 4.50 26.72 0.63 18.63 21.13 15.00 30.00 16 15.13 0.88 13.50 8 11.75 22.50 45.00
4213-5 9.50 23.67 12.75 5.50 33.79 0.63 20.50 23.00 15.00 30.00 16 17.00 0.88 13.50 8 11.75 22.50 45.00
4213-6 11.50 28.50 13.00 5.75 38.39 0.63 20.88 23.38 15.00 30.00 16 17.38 1.00 16.00 12 14.25 15.00 30.00
4213-7 11.50 28.50 13.63 6.38 38.54 0.63 22.13 24.63 11.25 22.50 16 18.63 1.00 16.00 12 14.25 15.00 30.00
4213-8 11.50 28.50 14.25 7.00 38.54 0.63 23.38 25.88 11.25 22.50 16 19.88 0.75 16.00 12 14.25 15.00 30.00
4213-10 14.00 36.47 14.38 7.13 44.41 0.75 23.75 26.25 11.25 22.50 16 20.25 0.75 16.00 12 14.25 15.00 30.00
4213-12 14.00 36.47 15.25 8.00 44.26 0.75 25.50 28.00 11.25 22.50 16 22.00 0.75 18.00 12 22.00 15.00 30.00
4213-14 14.00 36.47 16.25 9.00 46.29 0.75 27.38 29.88 11.25 22.50 16 23.88 0.75 21.25 16 19.25 11.25 22.50
4213-19 20.00 46.75 19.75 8.50 60.18 0.75 27.63 30.13 11.25 22.50 16 24.13 0.75 23.25 16 21.25 11.25 22.50
Reaction Chamber Dimensions 4213-2 thru -19
LEx SRC XRC HRC

Designation L (in) OD (in) L (in) OD (in) L (in) OD (in)
4213-2 16.88 62.25 22.88 62.25 27.25
Combustion, Inc. for dimensions
4213-3 17.88 62.25 23.88 62.25 28.63

contact Fives North American
4213-5 19.75 62.25 25.75 62.25 31.13

4213-6 20.13 68.25 26.13 68.25 33.13
4213-7 21.38 68.25 27.38 68.25 34.75
Ø OD
4213-8 22.63 68.25 28.63 68.25 36.25
4213-10 23.00 74.25 29.00 74.25 40.38
4213-12 24.75 74.25 30.75 74.25 43.00
4213-14 26.63 74.25 32.63 74.25 45.50
4213-19 26.88 86.25 32.88 86.25 49.00
(Reaction chamber flange outer diameter and mounting dimensions can be provided upon order) Bulletin 4213
Page 6
Dimensions | 4213 EcoFornax™ LEx
Burner Dimensions
¼ NPT Primary Gas
4213-22 thru -112 Pressure Tap Connection
TXØR
ON Ø U BC
W
V
ØS
¼ NPT Primary Air Pressure Tap Connection
C ¼ NPT Primary Air

Pilot/UV ¼ NPT Radial Air B Pressure Tap Connection
Angle Pressure Tap combustion A
Connection 2.00 L M
air connection
• NXØH
ON Ø J BC
¼ NPT Radial radial
air ØK
Gas D flange
Pressure Tap
Connection
E •
• ØP
radial fuel
connection F
primary fuel
connection
LEx Imperial (inches)

Des. A B C D E F G H J K L M N P R S T U V W
4213-22 20.00 49.75 59.14 20.88 7.00 9.63 60.50 0.75 29.88 32.38 11.25 22.50 16 26.38 0.75 23.25 16 21.25 11.25 22.50
4213-27 20.00 49.75 59.14 22.00 7.00 10.75 60.50 0.75 32.25 34.75 11.25 22.50 16 28.75 0.75 25.25 20 23.13 9.00 18.00
4213-29 20.00 49.75 59.14 23.25 7.00 12.00 62.55 1.00 34.63 37.13 7.50 15.00 24 31.13 0.75 28.25 20 26.00 9.00 18.00
4213-33 20.00 49.75 59.14 24.50 7.00 13.25 62.55 1.00 37.13 39.63 7.50 15.00 24 33.63 0.75 28.25 20 26.00 9.00 18.00
4213-38 20.00 49.75 59.14 25.75 7.00 10.00 62.55 1.00 39.50 42.00 7.50 15.00 24 36.00 0.75 30.00 20 27.75 9.00 18.00
4213-42 26.00 71.70 82.14 25.63 8.19 13.50 80.0 1.00 39.38 41.88 7.50 15.00 24 35.88 0.88 32.00 24 29.75 7.50 15.00
4213-51 26.00 71.70 82.14 27.25 8.19 15.25 80.0 1.00 42.75 45.25 7.50 15.00 24 39.25 0.88 34.00 28 31.75 6.43 12.86
4213-59 26.00 71.70 82.14 28.75 8.19 18.25 86.50 1.25 49.00 51.50 6.43 12.86 32 45.50 0.88 36.00 28 33.75 6.43 12.86
4213-67 26.00 71.70 82.14 30.13 8.19 20.25 86.50 1.25 52.00 54.50 6.43 12.86 32 48.50 0.88 38.00 28 35.75 6.43 12.86
4213-77 26.00 71.70 82.14 31.50 8.19 10.25 86.50 1.25 51.25 53.75 6.43 12.86 32 47.50 0.88 40.00 32 37.75 5.63 11.25
4213-80 32.00 92.23 102.65 31.88 8.19 19.00 106.93 1.25 52.13 54.63 5.63 11.25 32 48.75 0.88 42.00 32 39.75 5.63 11.25
4213-85 26.00 71.70 82.14 33.25 8.19 12.00 86.50 1.25 54.88 57.38 5.63 11.25 32 51.38 0.88 42.00 32 39.75 5.63 11.25
4213-96 32.00 92.23 102.65 34.25 8.19 21.38 106.93 1.25 56.75 59.25 5.63 11.25 32 53.25 0.88 44.00 32 41.75 5.63 11.25
4213-112 32.00 92.23 102.65 36.25 8.19 23.38 106.93 1.25 60.88 63.38 5.63 11.25 32 57.38 0.88 46.00 36 43.75 5.00 10.00
Reaction Chamber Dimensions 4213-22 thru -112

LEx SRC XRC HRC
L Designation L (in) OD (in) L (in) OD (in) L (in) OD (in)
4213-22 29.13 86.25 35.13 86.25 52.50
4213-27 31.50 86.25 37.50 88.59 55.63
4213-29 33.88 86.25 39.88 91.38 58.63
Combustion, Inc. for dimensions
contact Fives North American
4213-33 36.38 86.25 42.38 92.72 61.38

4213-38 38.75 86.25 44.75 93.94 64.00
4213-42 38.63 110.25 44.63 110.44 67.38
4213-51 42.00 110.25 48.00 119.19 72.63
Ø OD 4213-59 45.00 110.25 54.25 112.26 77.38
4213-67 47.75 110.25 57.13 119.81 81.88
4213-77 50.50 110.25 56.13 144.50 86.00
4213-80 51.38 122.25 57.38 146.78 87.75
4213-85 54.00 110.25 60.00 144.93 90.00
4213-96 55.88 122.25 61.88 159.43 94.88
4213-112 60.00 122.25 66.00 171.13 101.50
(Reaction chamber flange outer diameter and mounting dimensions can be provided upon order) Bulletin 4213
Page 7
Control System and Ordering | 4213 EcoFornax™ LEx
Bulletin 4213
Page 8
Control System
Figure 2. Typical Control Concept for Single Burner LEx Combustion System.
A characterizable mass flow ratio control device is recommended for tailoring burner ratio through turndown.
Combustion
Air
Primary
Radial Air
Air
Radial
Gas Supply Main Gas Gas
Safety Fuel
Train
Primary
Gas
Recommended System Hardware
• Air Flow Meter: 8631 Venturi Meter • Gas Flow Meter: 8695 Orifice Meter
• Air Flow Control: Inlet Vane Damper or VFD • Gas Flow Control: 1008A Adjustable Port Valve
ORDERING INSTRUCTIONS
4213- -
Designation
BO - Burner only (connection locations configured at order placement)
SRC - Short Reaction Chamber
XRC - Extended Reaction Chamber
HRC - Reaction Chamber for Hot Gas Generator
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 4225
EcoFornax™ SLEx
Simple and effective ultra-low NOx process heating

The EcoFornax™ SLEx is an ultra-low NOx burner with a wide range of operating conditions for a variety of
applications, including thermal oxidizers, air heaters, ovens and furnaces.
• Ultra-low NOx emissions using innovative mixing • Large range of capacities - 0.6 to 18.6 MM Btu/h HHV at
technology 40% excess air
• Simple operation - single air and fuel connections • Direct spark igniton
• Wide operating range • UV scanner flame monitoring

Product Overview | 4225 EcoFornax™ SLEx
Designed to provide ultra-low NOx emission combustion, the

SLEx is effective over a range of capacities offering performance
down to 10:1 turndown with potential for lower levels of
operation. Built with a single air connection, a single fuel
connection, and the option of direct spark ignition the SLEx is
simple to operate. The burner has a self-supporting tile and is
designed for ceramic fiber insulated furnace walls.
The SLEx features an innovative mixing technology (patent

pending) to improve the functional range of performance
while simultaneously providing a compact, stable, ultra-low
NOx, flame. This mixing concept has been validated in both
computational fluid dynamic (CFD) studies and laboratory
environments to optimize the ratios of air and fuel in each
section of the burner.
PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS
— Ultra-low NOx emissions
— Single air and gas connections
— Direct spark ignition
— Compact flame geometry
— No FGR required
— Hard refractory or fiber wall compatible
— Self-supporting tile refractory
— Medium velocity
— Compatible with combustion chambers up to 2200°F
— Designed for 20"w.c. back pressure
— 20% excess fuel to 90% excess air operation; range increases
at lower capacities
MARKETS AND APPLICATIONS
The SLEx is designed for ultra-low NOx applications, including:
— Thermal Oxidizers
— Air Heaters
— Ovens and Dryers
— Furnaces
CAPACITY AND PERFORMANCE:

The SLEx is available in nine (9) sizes, as listed in the table below.
Burner Size -6 -7 -8 -9 -10-A -10-B -12 -14 -16

Air Pressure ("w.c.) 40% XSA 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Air Flow (scfh) 60°F 8,600 14,400 31,000 54,000 99,000 126,000 155,000 198,000 246,000
Fuel Pressure (psig) 40% XSA 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Input (Btu/h HHV) 40% XSA 650,000 1,100,000 2,300,000 4,100,000 7,500,000 9,500,000 11,700,000 14,900,000 18,600,000
Note: Light of Recommendations: Recommended light-off conditions are 1.0-1.5"w.c. air pressure and 4-6" of gas pressure. Light off should be between
10-40% XSA.
Bulletin 4225
Note: Maximum XSA% at high fire is 90% while low fire is 200% XSA. Low fire is 10:1 from max rated capacity. page 2
Dimensions | 4225 EcoFornax™ SLEx
4225-8 thru -16
N H
"K" X ØJ on "M" BC
ØL
Igniter ¾" NPT
Combustion air
connection "A"
ANSI flange
ØC
ØF
G Burner fuel
pressure tap
¼" NPT
ØR
Fuel
connection
"B" size
12X ØE
Tile pressure Burner air press. on "D" BC
tap ¼" NPT
tap ¼" NPT
UV connection 1" NPT
.38 30.0°
Q 8.00 15.0°
Burner Dimensions (inches)

Designation A B C D E F G H J
4225-8 6" ANSI 1" NPT 19.38 17.38 0.75 8.42 9.88 7.00 0.88
4225-9 8" ANSI 1¼" NPT 22.00 20.00 0.75 9.42 10.88 8.00 0.88
4225-10-A 10" ANSI 1½" NPT 27.75 25.75 0.75 12.67 13.50 10.00 1.00
4225-10-B 10" ANSI 2" RF ANSI 27.75 25.75 0.75 14.17 13.50 10.00 1.00
4225-12 12" ANSI 2" RF ANSI 30.00 28.00 0.75 15.67 15.50 11.00 1.00
4225-14 14" ANSI 2½" RF ANSI 32.00 30.00 0.75 17.67 16.50 12.00 1.13
4225-16 16" ANSI 2½" RF ANSI 34.00 32.00 0.75 19.67 17.50 13.00 1.13
Burner Dimensions (inches) Clearance

Designation K L M N P Q R Required
4225-8 8 11.00 9.50 22.5 45.0 17.94 14.38 21.38
4225-9 8 13.50 11.75 22.5 45.0 20.82 17.00 22.50
4225-10-A 12 16.00 14.25 15.0 30.0 26.07 22.75 29.00
4225-10-B 12 16.00 14.25 15.0 30.0 31.94 22.75 34.88
4225-12 12 19.00 17.00 15.0 30.0 31.69 25.00 33.50
4225-14 12 21.00 18.75 15.0 30.0 34.94 27.00 37.00
4225-16 16 23.50 21.25 11.3 22.5 45.69 29.00 48.63
Bulletin 4225
page 3
Dimensions | 4225 EcoFornax™ SLEx
4225-6 and -7 H
N
Burner fuel
pressure tap
¼" NPT
P
L
"K" X ØJ on "M" BC
Igniter ¾" NPT
Combustion air
connection "A" 90.0°
ANSI flange
ØF
G
ØR C
Fuel Burner air press.

connection tap ¼" NPT
"B" size UV connection ¾" NPT
.56
Q 9.00 4X ØE
on "D" BC
Burner Dimensions (inches)

Designation A B C D E F G H J
4225-6 3" ANSI 3⁄8" NPT 17.38 15.38 0.75 7.29 9.00 6.00 0.75
4225-7 4" ANSI ½" NPT 13.50 12.50 0.75 7.00 6.94 5.87 0.41
Burner Dimensions (inches) Clearance

Designation K L M N P Q R Required
4225-6 4 7.50 6.00 45.0 90.0 15.25 12.38 10.00
4225-7 4 5.50 6.38 45.0 90.0 16.35 10.00 10.00
Bulletin 4225
page 4
Tile and Ignition | 4225 EcoFornax™ SLEx
The SLEx provides a self-supporting, refractory tile.
Burner Size -6 -7 -8 -9 -10-A -10-B -12 -14 -16

Estimated Weight with 135 140 195 270 480 510 590 670 770
Refractory Tile (lbs)
BURNER DESIGNATIONS
Designations -6 -7 -8 -9 -10-A -10-B -12 -14 -16

Burner with Refractory Tile 4225-6-A 4225-7-A 4225-8-A 4225-9-A 4225-10-AA 4225-10-BA 4225-12-A 4225-14-A 4225-16-A
DIRECT SPARK IGNITION
The SLEx comes standard with an air-assisted direct spark igniter. Igniter air should be piped into the igniter from before the air control
valve, and the pressure should be controlled through the use of a needle valve or LOV. If a VFD is being used on the combustion air
blower, compressed air can be used to supply adequate pressure to the igniter. If furnace pressure constantly fluctuates, add a regulator
to the igniter air line that is differential to the furnace chamber. Refer to Bulletin 4051 for additional information. The use of a standard
a 6000 V secondary ignition transformer with a timed ignition period is recommended. Half wave ignition transformers should not be
used.
PILOT ARRANGEMENT DESIGNATIONS
Air-assisted Igniter
3 1
UV Port
Observation Port
The standard burner is supplied with an igniter. Self-checking UV scanners (sold separately) are recommended for flame supervision.
Arrangement designators are specified relative to the main air connection at 12 o’clock. The igniter and UV scanner positions are relative
to the air inlet (1 - 90° clockwise, 2 - 180° clockwise, 3 - 270° clockwise). Good practice dictates that neither the source of ignition nor
the flame detector be below the centerline of a horizontally-mounted burner. The igniter and observaton ports can be swapped in the
field as necessary.
Bulletin 4225
page 5
Control Schematics | 4225 EcoFornax™ SLEx
SYNCHRONIZED FLOW CONTROL VALVES
Into Igniter
Needle Valve/LOV
Regulator
(Optional)
Igniter Air Supply
METERED FLOW CONTROL
Into Igniter
Needle Valve/LOV
Regulator
(Optional)
Igniter Air Supply
Valve profiling in the form of synchronized flow control valves or metered flow control is required. Mechanical linkages and the use of
different valves are not recommended.
Compressed air may also be used to supply adequate air pressure to the igniter, especially if using a VFD to control the combustion air
blower.
Bulletin 4225
page 6
Installation & Lifting Instructions | 4225 EcoFornax™ SLEx
Bulletin 4225
page 7
Reference DF-M1 and DF-M2 for further installation instructions.
No special lifting accessories are required for the SLEx, as the burners have integrated lifting lugs. Each of the smaller burners (4225-6
through 4225-9) have four lifting lugs on the front face of the burner. Two or more of the lugs should be used during installation. The
larger burners (4225-10-A through 4225-16) have a similar set of four lifting lugs on the front face of the burner as well as an additional
four on the rear. At least two lugs from each side should be used during installation.
Front Lifting Lugs

Rear Lifting Lugs Install Mounting Gasket
Wrap Tile with Fiber
PARTS LIST
Part Name 4225-6 4225-7 4225-8 4225-9 4225-10-A 4225-10-B 4225-12 4225-14 4225-16
Igniter Assembly 4051-XL-4.41 4051-XL-4.41 4051-XL-4.91 4051-XL-7.11 4051-XL-8.03 4051-XL-8.03 4051-XL-8.28 4051-XL-9.28 4051-XL-11.28
Backplate and
Internals Assembly 4225-6-BA 4225-7-BA 4225-8-BA 4225-9-BA 4225-10-A-BA 4225-10-B-BA 4225-12-BA 4225-14-BA 4225-16-BA
The 4051-XL Igniter is available with the aircraft style ERA connection witch requires a special "4085-ERA" cable. See Bulletin 4051 for more information. Copyright © 2023 - Fives - All rights reserved | Bulletin 4225 04/23
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Low NOx Fuel Directed®
Manual flame adjustment screws, as

shown here on the burner gas con-
nection, adjust flame shape.
4384 Fuel Directed Magna-Flame™ Burners
• Range 3 to 68 million Btu/h HHV • Fits the flame to the combustion chamber
• For furnaces, boilers, process heaters, and dryers up to • Distributes the heat where it’s needed
2000°F
• High turndown capabilities
• Standard Low NOx capability
Product Overview | 4384 Fuel Directed
4384 Fuel Directed Magna-Flame Burners are used with ambient OPERATION
temperature combustion air on a wide variety of furnaces
operating up to 2000°F. Fuel directed principles enable these Burners are designed for a nominal 6"w.c. air pressure, but
burners to vary flame configuration from approximately 750 000 can be operated to a maximum 10"w.c. This is particularly
Btu/h HHV per foot of length to 2 000 000 Btu/h HHV per foot. useful for installation with high excess air, preheated air or
User can manually select optimum flame shape with the flame FGR. Stoichiometric firing at this nominal capacity will result in
adjustment, which is an integral part of the gas connection. Refer a fuel pressure requirement of 8 psig at the burner. Operation
to Bulletins 4472 and 4482 for Fuel Direct models operating with is quiet and the burner is stable over a wide range of air/gas
preheated combustion air and at higher furnace temperatures. ratios ranging from 30% fuel rich to 1000% excess air at 6"w.c.
Stoichiometric turndown is 10:1 with 6"w.c. main air pressure. For
Fuel Directed Burner bodies and backplates are fabricated multiple burner installations requiring high turndown capability,
of heavy gauge welded steel. Internal parts include a front air inlet orifices should be considered to ensure adequate header
refractory ring, alloy flame stabilizer, and an investment cast pressure for uniform air distribution at low inputs.
A330SST nozzle.
Standard design is for 8 psig gas pressure at the burner; however
Burners use gas pressure to create a flame shape and heat a 2 psig option is available in sizes up to -20 if gas pressure is
pattern that is most advantageous for the installation they are limited. Be sure to specify the LO option when ordering the 2 psig
firing. A controlled flame shape is desirable in almost any model.
application - it is essential in many to realize optimum furnace
performance. A constant gas jet at 8 psi and 5% of maximum capacity main-
tains flame definition as input is reduced.
A low fire start is required at 1"w.c or less main air pressure.
Burner Body
Main
Air Alloy
Flame Stabilizer
 Radial gas--Increasing
radial gas flow (with flame
adjustment screw S) shortens
flame.
 Forward gas--Increasing
forward gas flow (with flame
adjustment screw L) lengthens
flame.
 Jet gas--used to maintain

flame definition as input is
reduced.
Refractory Ring investment cast

A330SST Nozzle
Bulletin 4384
Page 2
Capacities | 4384 Fuel Directed
CONTROL COMBUSTION AIR CAPACITIES, scfh

long flame mode
Mass flow control is recommended. Standard 4384 Fuel Capacities are reduced up to 10% in short flame mode.
Directed® Burners have a single gas connection with internal Burner air pressure
radial/forward gas adjustment for flame shaping. designation 0.06"w.c.* 3"w.c. 6"w.c.†
4384-8 4 070 28 600 40 700
Main and center jet gas should be supplied to the burner at the 4384-9 7 100 50 800 71 500
same time. See flow control schematic. 4384-10-A 8 900 63 000 89 200
4384-10-B 11 300 80 000 113 000
PILOT and FLAME SUPERVISION 4384-12 16 000 114 000 160 000
4384-14 20 000 142 000 200 000
Burners are ignited with a gas-boosted pilot. Pilot air pressure 4384-16 26 000 187 000 264 000
4384-18 33 000 238 000 337 000
must be at least 10"w.c., and pilot regulator must be cross- 4384-20 42 000 296 000 419 000
connected to the pilot air line (see Sheet 4014). 4384-22 51 000 361 000 509 000
4384-24 61 000 430 000 608 000
If flame supervision is used, pilot must be of the interrupted 4384-26 75 000 530 000 750 000
type. UV flame detection is recommended (using an 883_-D * min. air rate † recommended press. (See "Operation".)
adapter). It is possible for a UV scanner mounted on this burner
to sight flame(s) of other burners in the same firing chamber.
Consult Fives North American Combustion, Inc. for configuration RANGE OF FLAME LENGTHS and DIAMETERS
guidiance on multiple burner applications. (2000 F Furnace) in feet with 8 or 2 psig gas
Air/gas ratio set for 10% excess air.
LOW NOx SHORT FLAME LONG FLAME
(10% reduced capacity) (full capacity) FLAME DIA.
Burner air pressure air pressure (full capacity)
The 4384 Fuel Directed Burner is an inherently Low NOx burner. designation 3"w.c. 6"w.c. 3"w.c. 6"w.c. long or short
In conjunction with other NOx reducing features, it is capable 4384-8 3 4 8 14 2
of meeting emission limitations for new or retrofit applications 4384-9 3½ 4½ 9 15 2
in environmentally sensitive installations. Contact your Fives 4384-10-A 3½ 5 10 16 2.5
North American Combustion, Inc. Sales Engineer for specific 4384-10-B 4½ 6 12 18 2.5
applications. 4384-12 5 7 14 20 2.5
4384-14 5½ 8 15 24 3
BURNER TILE CONSTRUCTION 4384-16 7 10 20 30 3
4384-18 8½ 12 25 34 3.5
4384-20 10½ 15 30 40 3.5
4384 Burners do not include a tile. Tunnel shapes and recom- 4384-22 13 18 32 45 4
mended installation is shown on Dimensions & Installation 4384. 4384-24 15 20 40 50 4
4384-26 19 24 49 60 4.5
OTHER FUELS ‡ Flame lengths will be longer in a lower temperature furnace.
For other gaseous fuels and oils, contact your Fives North
American Combustion, Inc. Sales Engineer.
Bulletin 4384
Page 3
Adjustments | 4384 Fuel Directed
Typical Single Burner Fuel Directed Flow Control Schematic

Bulletin 4384
Page 4
Combustion
Air Air Control Valve
P
transmitter
8000 Series Flow

Electronic Control
Ratio Controller
P
transmitter
Natural Gas
from Fuel Train Gas Control Valve
Jet Gas L S
manual flame
length adjustments 4014 Gas Boosted Pilot
Pilot Air
(See Sheet 4014 and
L - long flame (forward gas) Dims. & Installation 4384
S - short flame (radial gas) for pilot sizes.)
Pilot
Gas
BURNER ADJUSTMENTS
1. The flame length adjusters are located on the side of the gas make the desired flame length adjustments. If high fire gas
inlet connection. Initially set both the short (S) and the long flow cannot be reached, open the (S) and (L) flame length ad-
(L) flame adjustment screws equally open. (Fully close both justment screws equally until the proper gas flow is obtained.
adjusters by turning them clockwise, then open 2 turns.) Correct air/fuel ratio as required.
2. Establish pilot flame. See Sheet 4014 for instructions. 5. Drive the system to low fire. Set air/fuel ratio. If used, adjust jet
gas valve to improve the low fire flame definition.
3. Establish main flame. If main flame cannot be established,
open (S) and (L) flame adjustment screws equally until a flame 6. Drive the system to high fire and verify flame length and air/
is established. fuel ratio.
4. With an established flame, drive the system to high fire. Set

air/fuel ratio. Using the (S) and (L) flame adjustment screws,
To order, specify: 4384-(code for pipe size)-(A, if applicable) / (LO for 2 psig model) Burner Complete
(specify Arrangement Designators-see Dimensions & Installation 4384).
Examples: 4384-10-A 10" Burner Complete with arrangement 3a1
4384-12/LO 12" Low Gas Pressure Burner Complete with arrangement 1c3
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Low NOx Fuel Directed®
Magna-Flame Burners
Dimensions & Installation 4384


DIMENSIONS
inches
Burner
designation A B† C D E F G H° J K L M N° P Q S T U
4384-8 6 2½ ¾ 16 ¾ — — — — —
7⁄8 8 22½ 9½ 11 18½ 20¼ 51⁄8
4384-9 8 2½ ¾ 16 ¾ — — — — —
7⁄8 8 22½ 11¾ 13½ 20½ 22¼ 51⁄8
4384-10-A 10 2½ ¾ 16 ¾ — — — — —
1 12 15 14¼ 16 22½ 24¼ 51⁄8
4384-10-B 10 2½ ¾ 16 ¾ — — — — —
1 12 15 14¼ 16 22½ 24¼ 51⁄8
4384-12 12 2½ ¾ 16 ¾ — — — — —
1 12 15 17 19 24½ 26¼ 51⁄8
4384-14 14 2½ ¾ 20 ¾ — — — — —
11⁄8 12 15 18¾ 21 26½ 28¼ 51⁄8
4384-16 16 2½ ¾ 20 ¾ — — — — —
11⁄8 16 11¼ 21¼ 23½ 28½ 30¼ 51⁄8
4384-18 18 4 1 20 7⁄8 ¾ 8 22½ 7½ 9 1¼ 16 11¼ 22¾ 25 30½ 32¼ 711⁄16
4384-20 20 4 1 24 7⁄8 ¾ 8 22½ 7½ 9 1¼ 20 9 25 27½ 32½ 34¼ 711⁄16
4384-22 22 4 1 24 7⁄8 ¾ 8 22½ 7½ 9 1¼ 20 9 26 29½ 34½ 36¼ 711⁄16
4384-24 24 4 1 24 7⁄8 ¾ 8 22½ 7½ 9 13⁄8 20 9 29½ 32 36½ 38¼ 711⁄16
4384-26 26 4 1 24 7⁄8 3⁄8 8 22½ 7½ 9 13⁄8 24 7½ 32 34 38½ 40½ 711⁄16
† -8 thru -16, 2½" threaded; -18 thru -26, 4" ANSI flange
Burner Pilot assembly Wt.

designation V W° X Y Z AA BB CC DD EE FF GG designation lbs.
4384-8 9½ 11¼ 10 117⁄8 73⁄8 31¼ 23⁄16 1¼ 8½ 14 575⁄8 5 4014-1-T 240
4384-9 11 11¼ 13 12¾ 73⁄8 351⁄8 23⁄16 1¼ 10¼ 16 575⁄8 6 4014-1-T 290
4384-10-A 12½ 11¼ 15 143⁄8 73⁄8 38¾ 2¾ 1½ 11¼ 18 647⁄8 7 4014-2-T 365
4384-10-B 12½ 11¼ 15 143⁄8 73⁄8 38¾ 2¾ 1½ 12¼ 18 647⁄8 8 4014-2-T 355
4384-12 13½ 11¼ 17½ 157⁄8 73⁄8 42¾ 27⁄8 2 14¼ 20 731⁄8 9 4014-3-AT 410
4384-14 14½ 9 18½ 167⁄8 73⁄8 44¾ 27⁄8 2 16¼ 22 767⁄8 10 4014-3-AT 465
4384-16 15½ 9 19 173⁄8 73⁄8 45¾ 27⁄8 2 18¼ 24 787⁄8 11 4014-3-AT 515
4384-18 16½ 9 19½ 195⁄8 8¼ 49¼ 27⁄8 2 20¼ 26 86¾ 12 4014-3-BT 635
4384-20 17½ 7½ 20½ 20½ 8¼ 511⁄8 27⁄8 2 22¼ 28 87½ 13 4014-3-BT 685
4384-22 18½ 7½ 21½ 223⁄8 8¼ 54 27⁄8 2 24¼ 30 93¼ 14 4014-3-BT 760
4384-24 19½ 7½ 22½ 23½ 8¼ 561⁄8 27⁄8 2 26¼ 32 97½ 15 4014-3-BT 820
4384-26 20½ 7½ 23½ 24½ 8¼ 58¼ 27⁄8 2 28¼ 34 103 16 4014-3-BT 940
 Furnace opening should be ½" larger than dimension EE for -8 thru -14;¾" larger than dimension EE for -16 thru -26.
 Any tile length greater than GG  1.2 should have a 30° angled flare from the standard tile extension.
 Burner must be ordered with locations designated. See reverse side.
 Backplate and pilot observation ports included with burner.
DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. PLEASE OBTAIN CERTIFIED PRINTS FROM FIVES NORTH AMERICAN COMBUSITON, INC.
Page 2
Arrangement Designators are specified main air conn. Pilot position designators are
relative to the main air connection at 12 o'clock
and should be listed for pilot, gas, and flame Gas connection position
detector in that order. Good practice dictates designators are
that neither the pilot nor the flame supervision
device be on the bottom of the burner. Flame supervision designators are
(must be 90 or 180º from pilot)
view from outside furnace
Fuel Directed Burner Tile Installation Recommendations for Hard Refractory LIned Furnaces
 Furnace opening should be ½" larger than dimension

EE for -8 thru -14; ¾" larger than dimension EE for -16
thru -26.
 Any tile length greater than GG  1.2 should have a
30° angled flare from the standard tile extension.
 Two wraps of ½" soft fiberglass rope (Davlyn #100801
or equivalent) suitable for 1000 F service. North Ameri-
can can supply as part no. R540-0365. Specify length
when ordering.
 Expansion joints must be provided in surrounding
refractory to prevent pressure being exerted on cast or
rammed burner tunnel section.
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Dims. & Install 4384 03/10
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 4384
7
Fuel Directed® Burner Parts List 4384-1
(typ)*
BACKPLATE
Apply pipe sealant with
Teflon (R790-1062) at 8
final assembly
(typ)*
3 5 4 1 2
Part Name 4384-8 4384-9 4384-10-A 4384-10-B 4384-12 4384-14

(1) Backplate 4-47711-1 4-47445-1 4-47718-1 4-47718-1 4-47731-1 4-47746-1
(2) Backplate Gasket 4-14544-8 4-14544-9 4-14544-10 4-14544-10 4-14544-12 4-14544-14
(3) Observation Port 8790-0 8790-0 8790-4-A 8790-4-A 8790-4-A 8790-4-A
(4) 5⁄8" Flat Washer R970-7420 R970-7420 R970-7420 R970-7420 R970-7420 R970-7420
(5) 5⁄8"-11 Hex Nut R510-2399 R510-2399 R510-2399 R510-2399 R510-2399 R510-2399
(6) Nameplate OA15-0027-1 OA15-0027-1 4-15407-1 4-15407-1 4-15407-1 4-15407-2
(7) #4 × ¼" Drive Pin R570-1360 R570-1360 R570-1360 R570-1360 R570-1360 R570-1360
(8)(7)Pipe Sealant w/Teflon R790-1062 R790-1062 R790-1062 R790-1062 R790-1062 R790-1062
Part Name 4384-16 4384-18 4384-20 4384-22 4384-24 4384-26

(1) Backplate 4-47752-1 4-47758-1 4-47831-1 4-47845-1 4-47861-1 4-47928-1
(2) Backplate Gasket B4-14544-16 4-14544-18 4-14544-20 4-14544-22 4-14544-24 4-14544-26
(3) Observation Port 8790-4-A 8790-4-A 8790-4-A 8790-4-A 8790-4-A 8790-4-A
(4) 5⁄8" Flat Washer R970-7420 R970-7420 R970-7420 R970-7420 R970-7420 R970-7420
(5) 5⁄8"-11 Hex Nut R510-2399 R510-2399 R510-2399 R510-2399 R510-2399 R510-2399
(6) Nameplate 4-15407-2 4-15407-2 4-15407-2 4-15407-2 4-15407-2 4-15407-2
(7) #4 × ¼" Drive Pin R570-1360 R570-1360 R570-1360 R570-1360 R570-1360 R570-1360
(8)(7)Pipe Sealant w/Teflon R790-1062 R790-1062 R790-1062 R790-1062 R790-1062 R790-1062
* Apply "Anti Seize Lubricant" (R790-1007) compound to these threads at final assembly.
Parts List 4384-1
Page 2
4
BODY
Apply pipe sealant 6

with Teflon (R790-1062)
(typ)*
(typ)*
1
3 2 3
Part Name 4384-8 4384-9 4384-10-A 4384-10-B 4384-12 4384-14
(1) Body 4-15087-1 4-14911-1 4-14912-1 4-15135-1 4-14913-1 4-14914-1

(2) Thread Protector R865-0185 R865-0185 R865-0190 R865-0190 R865-0200 R865-0200
(3) 1" Sq. Hd. Pipe Plug R590-7860 R590-7860 R590-7860 R590-7860 R590-7860 R590-7860
(4) 1" Thread Protector R865-0180 R865-0180 R865-0180 R865-0180 R865-0180 R865-0180
(5) ¼" Sq. Hd. Pipe Plug R590-7820 R590-7820 R590-7820 R590-7820 R590-7820 R590-7820
(6) Pipe Sealant w/Teflon R790-1062 R790-1062 R790-1062 R790-1062 R790-1062 R790-1062
Part Name 4384-16 4384-18 4384-20 4384-22 4384-24 4384-26
(1) Body 4-14915-1 4-14916-1 4-14917-1 4-14918-1 4-14919-1 4-47927-1

(3) 1" Sq. Hd. Pipe Plug R590-7860 R590-7860 R590-7860 R590-7860 R590-7860 R590-7860
(4) 1" Thread Protector R865-0180 R865-0180 R865-0180 R865-0180 R865-0180 R865-0180
(5) ¼" Sq. Hd. Pipe Plug R590-7820 R590-7820 R590-7820 R590-7820 R590-7820 R590-7820
* Apply "Anti Seize Lubricant" (R790-1007) compound to these threads at final assembly.
Parts List 4384-1
Page 3
Apply pipe sealant

with Teflon (R790-1062) 5
FUEL TUBE
Apply pipe sealant

with Teflon (R790-1062)
5 1
Final assembly note: Radial gas tube 1 must be

inserted through backplate before assembling gas
nozzle 3 .
Part Name 4384-8 4384-9 4384-10-A 4384-10-B 4384-12 4384-14
(1) Radial Gas Tube 4-47712-1 4-47446-1 4-47719-1 4-47719-1 4-47732-1 4-47747-1
(2) Forward Gas Tube 4-47713-1 4-47578-1 4-47720-1 4-47720-1 4-47733-1 4-47748-1
(3) Gas Nozzle (8 psig) 4-15411-1 4-15411-2 4-15412-1 4-15412-2 4-15412-4 4-15412-5
(3) Gas Nozzle (2 psig) 4-15411-3 4-15411-4 4-15412-7 4-15412-8 4-15412-10 4-15412-11
(4) Fuel Tube Gasket 4-14739-1 4-14739-1 4-14739-1 4-14739-1 4-14739-1 4-14739-1
Part Name 4384-16 4384-18 4384-20 4384-22 4384-24 4384-26
(1) Radial Gas Tube 4-47753-1 4-47759-1 4-47832-1 4-47846-1 4-47862-1 4-47929-1
(2) Forward Gas Tube 4-47754-1 4-47760-1 4-47833-1 4-47847-1 4-47863-1 4-47930-1
(3) Gas Nozzle (8 psig) 4-15412-6 4-15413-1 4-15413-2 4-15413-3 4-15413-4 4-15413-9
(3) Gas Nozzle (2 psig) 4-15412-12 4-15413-5 4-15413-6 N/A N/A N/A
(4) Fuel Tube Gasket 4-14739-1 4-14739-2 4-14739-2 4-14739-2 4-14739-2 4-14739-2
Parts List 4384-1
Page 4
GAS CONNECTION SUB-ASSEMBLY
3
7
6 4 5
*
* Apply "Anti Seize Lubricant" (R790-1007)
compound to these threads at final
6
* *
assembly (typ)
2
1 *
2 *
* Apply Locktite Pipe Sealant with
Teflon (R790-1062) on these surfaces
(100% coverage on flange faces) 8 .
Part Name 4384-8 4384-9 4384-10-A 4384-10-B 4384-12 4384-14
Gas Connection Sub-Assembly 4-15016-1 4-15016-1 4-15016-2 4-15016-2 4-15016-2 4-15016-2

(1) Gas Connection 4-14600-2 4-14600-2 4-14600-1 4-14600-1 4-14600-1 4-14600-1
(2) Gas Cartridge Assy. 4-6063-5 4-6063-5 4-6063-5 4-6063-5 4-6063-5 4-6063-5
(4) ½" Flat Washer R970-7370 R970-7370 R970-7370 R970-7370 R970-7370 R970-7370
(5) ½"-13 Hex Nut R510-2319 R510-2319 R510-2319 R510-2319 R510-2319 R510-2319
(6) ¼" NPT Sq. Hd. Pipe Plug R590-7820 R590-7820 R590-7820 R590-7820 R590-7820 R590-7820
(7) Gas Conn. Gasket 4-14739-1 4-14739-1 4-14739-1 4-14739-1 4-14739-1 4-14739-1
(8) Pipe Sealant R790-1062 R790-1062 R790-1062 R790-1062 R790-1062 R790-1062
Part Name 4384-16 4384-18 4384-20 4384-22 4384-24 4384-26
Gas Connection Sub-Assembly 4-15016-2 4-15016-3 4-15016-3 4-15016-3 4-15016-3 4-15016-3

(1) Gas Connection 4-14600-1 4-14555-1 4-14555-1 4-14555-1 4-14555-1 4-14555-1
(2) Gas Cartridge Assy. 4-6063-5 4-6063-6 4-6063-6 4-6063-6 4-6063-6 4-6063-6
(4) ½" Flat Washer R970-7370 R970-7370 R970-7370 R970-7370 R970-7370 R970-7370
(5) ½"-13 Hex Nut R510-2319 R510-2319 R510-2319 R510-2319 R510-2319 R510-2319
(7) Gas Conn. Gasket 4-14739-1 4-14739-2 4-14739-2 4-14739-2 4-14739-2 4-14739-2
Parts List 4384-1
4 Page 5
JET GAS
*
3
8
Apply pipe sealant with Teflon 11
(R790-1062) at final assembly
1
*(typ) 9
10
2 * * Apply "Anti Seize Lubricant" (R790-1007)
compound to these threads at final
assembly .
6 5
Part Name 4384-8 4384-9 4384-10-A 4384-10-B 4384-12 4384-14
(1) Jet Gas Connection 4-14556-1 4-14556-1 4-14556-1 4-14556-1 4-14556-1 4-14556-1
(2) Tru-Fitting R790-0130 R790-0130 R790-0130 R790-0130 R790-0130 R790-0130
(3) Jet Gas Tube 4-47714-1 4-47580-1 4-47721-1 4-47721-1 4-47734-1 4-47749-1
(4) Jet Gas Nozzle (8 psig) 4-15306-1 4-15306-2 4-15409-1 4-15409-2 4-15409-4 4-15409-5
(5) 3⁄8" Flat Washer R970-7295-C R970-7295-C R970-7295-C R970-7295-C R970-7295-C R970-7295-C
(6) 3⁄8"-16 Hex Hd. Bolt R066-2930 R066-2930 R066-2930 R066-2930 R066-2930 R066-2930
(9) Jet Gas Gasket 4-14545-1 4-14545-1 4-14545-1 4-14545-1 4-14545-1 4-14545-1
(10) Caution Tag 4-7161-1 4-7161-1 4-7161-1 4-7161-1 4-7161-1 4-7161-1
Part Name 4384-16 4384-18 4384-20 4384-22 4384-24 4384-26
(1) Jet Gas Connection 4-14556-1 4-14556-2 4-14556-2 4-14556-2 4-14556-2 4-14556-2
(2) Tru-Fitting R790-0130 R790-0140 R790-0140 R790-0140 R790-0140 R790-0140
(3) Jet Gas Tube 4-47755-1 4-47761-1 4-47835-1 4-47848-1 4-47865-1 4-47932-1
(4) Jet Gas Nozzle (2 psig) 4-15409-12 4-15410-5 4-15410-6 N/A N/A N/A
(5) 3⁄8" Flat Washer R970-7295-C R970-7295-C R970-7295-C R970-7295-C R970-7295-C R970-7295-C
(6) 3⁄8"-16 Hex Hd. Bolt R066-2930 R066-2930 R066-2930 R066-2930 R066-2930 R066-2930
(9) Jet Gas Gasket 4-14545-1 4-14545-2 4-14545-2 4-14545-2 4-14545-2 4-14545-2
(10) Caution Tag 4-7161-1 4-7161-1 4-7161-1 4-7161-1 4-7161-1 4-7161-1
Parts List 4384-1
Page 6
STABILIZER
8 psig
2
3
4
2 psig
NOTE:
At final assembly hand tighten nut to
bolt, then further tighten nut ¼ turn with 5
a wrench and tack weld nut to bolt (3) 2
places.
3
4
Part Name 4384-8 4384-9 4384-10-A 4384-10-B 4384-12 4384-14
(1) Air Disc (8 psig) 4-47715-1 4-47581-1 4-47722-1 4-47729-1 4-47735-1 4-47750-1
(1) Air Disc (2 psig) 4-25529-1 4-25532-1 4-26678-1 4-25535-1 4-26677-1 4-21610-1
(2) Retaining Bolt 4-15276-1 4-15276-1 4-14684-1 4-14684-1 4-14684-1 4-14684-1
(3) Flat Washer R970-7294-S R970-7294-S R970-7379-S R970-7379-S R970-7379-S R970-7379-S
(4) Hex Nut R510-2259-S R510-2259-S R510-2319-S R510-2319-S R510-2319-S R510-2319-S
(5) Spin Vane Stabilizer (2 psig) 4-25528-1 4-25531-1 4-29020-1 4-25534-1 4-29022-1 4-21608-1
Part Name 4384-16 4384-18 4384-20 4384-22 4384-24 4384-26
(1) Air Disc (8 psig) 4-47756-1 4-47762-1 4-47834-1 4-47849-1 4-47864-1 4-47931-1
(1) Air Disc (2 psig) 4-25538-1 4-25541-1 4-25544-1 N/A N/A N/A Copyright © 2022 - Fives - All rights reserved | Parts List 4384-1 03/22
(2) Retaining Bolt 4-14684-1 4-14684-1 4-14684-1 4-14684-1 4-14684-1 4-14684-1
(3) Flat Washer R970-7379-S R970-7379-S R970-7379-S R970-7379-S R970-7379-S R970-7379-S
(4) Hex Nut R510-2319-S R510-2319-S R510-2319-S R510-2319-S R510-2319-S R510-2319-S
(5) Spin Vane Stabilizer (2 psig) 4-25537-1 2-25540-1 4-25543-1 N/A N/A N/A
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American
Low Emissions Quick Clean Burner
4419A/6419A Quick Clean Burner
• Quick cleanout • Multiple hearth furnaces
• Direct spark ignition • Aluminum tower melters
• Dual fuel version available

Features | Quick Clean Burner
MULTIPLE HEARTH FURNACES QUICK CLEANOUT and INSPECTION

The 4419 Series Quick Clean burner was designed specifi- If cleanout of the burner tile is required, the burner body
cally to meet the requirements of multiple hearth furnaces. The design allows for quick and easy access to the burner
Quick Clean burner enhances the circulation of furnace gases internals. Disconnect the ignition cable and UV flame detector,
and eliminates or reduces many common problems found in and loosen the eight hex-head bolts that hold the backplate
sludge burning incinerators and carbon regeneration furnaces. in place. Rotate the backplate a few degrees with the built-in
It is well suited for modernization projects and new multiple handles and the burner internals can be pulled out, leaving a
hearth furnace installations. clear passage to the burner tunnel for easy maintenance and
cleaning.
ALUMINUM TOWER MELTER
The 4419 Series Quick Clean burner is ideal for the aluminum The main air and gas piping connections do not need to
tower melter applications where material from the chamber be disconnected to gain access to the burner tunnel. On the
can find its way into the burner tile. The ability to gain access dual fuel version of the burner, the small oil and atomizing
into the burner tile without disconnecting the air and gas piping air lines must also be removed, so quick connect fittings are
shortens the maintenance time required to get the furnace back recommended.
into production. The medium velocity flame enhances heat
transfer to the aluminum charge. The burner is designed for DIRECT SPARK IGNITION
new or retrofit applications on melting furnaces.
The 4419 series incorporates direct spark ignition, eliminating
RECESSED CONSTRUCTION the need for gas pilots, mixers and other premix pilot support
parts. Maintenance of the burner is also reduced with fewer
The burner body is recessed into the wall so that the flame components to adjust and maintain. The igniter and igniter
initiation is 8" from the inside of the furnace chamber instead ground leg are easily replaced without special tools. It’s always
of the usual 18-24" typical for tangential firing. As a result, the a good idea to stock a few spare igniters and ground legs. The
furnace outer shell and the back of the burner operate at lower spark gap should be set to approximately .09 inch.
temperatures, reducing shell overheating problems and stress
on UV flame detectors, ignition transformers and cables.
LIGHTING ARRANGEMENTS
Because a mounting flange can be welded anywhere on the The burner air should be turned to low fire, and the spark
extension tube, the burner can be adapted to various wall turned on, before opening the burner gas valve. After the
constructions. The tile itself is formed in the field by the installer burner is lit, the spark must be turned off for proper burner
with a mandrel and becomes an integral part of the refractory operation. During the ignition period, a continuous 6000 volt
wall. Various mounting flanges are available as options to fit (minimum) spark is required. Spark distributor systems cannot
individual applications. be used with the 4419 Series Burners. When burning #2 fuel oil,
the burner should be lit with a small amount of gas first, which
MINIMIZED PLUGGING PROBLEMS is turned off after the oil lights.
To minimize plugging problems, the burner refractory tile is FLAME SUPERVISION
tapered to a small discharge port which provides a medium
The North American 4419 series has an internally purged flame
velocity flame. There is no shelf or wide opening as with a
detector tube that runs from the backplate to the stabilizer. The
conventional tile exit. The discharge velocity of the burner,
sight line of the tube is angled to minimize the sensing of flame
combined with the small opening into the furnace, discourages
outside the tile by the UV flame detector. It is recommended
the build up of material in front of or within the burner tile.
that the UV connection be located at the 12 o'clock position for
most installations. To optimize the flame signal during low fire
SUPERIOR STIRRING ACTION oil applications, it may be necessary to have the UV tube sight
The reduced port tile increases the velocity of the products of line point to the "short side" of the angled wall as shown in
combustion exiting the tile. This causes a significant increase in Figure 1. The connection on the 4419 Series UV flame dectector
turbulence and encourages entrainment of more furnace gases is a ½" MPT fitting. Refer to Bulletin 8832 for choices of UV
into the flame envelope. The mixing on the hearth increases flame detectors and adapters.
while tempering the flame, which results in more uniform heat
release without hot spots.
Bulletin 4419
Page 2
Features & Capacities | Quick Clean Burner
DUAL FUEL OPTION and OPERATION 4419A/6419A UPDATED DESIGN
The North American 6419 series is the dual fuel version of
4419 series burners built after mid 2020 have an updated design
the Quick Clean burner for firing #2 fuel oil or fuel gas. The
and are designated as 4419A/6419A. Several parts have been
fuel gas only 4419 Series Quick Clean burner can be easily
simplified, but all the input connection dimensions and capacities
converted to a 6419 Series in the field by adding an atomizer
are the same as the previous design.
and an 1813 Sensitrol™ Oil Valve.
The updated parts include:
When operating with #2 fuel oil, the atomizer should be oper-
— Inner and outer body tubes combined into one assembly
ated with a constant 35"w.c. air pressure. During gas operation,
— UV swivel mounting plate
use at least 4 osi atomizing air to cool atomizer (full atomizing
— 14 mm igniter with single electrode
air may be used); or for extended periods of operation on gas,
— Replaceable igniter ground rod assembly
the atomizer can be partially retracted or completely removed
— Relocated body air pressure tap
and stored: Use a blanking disk and gasket to seal the burner
if the atomizer is removed (see page 7). Use the stop collar on Mounting Diagram
the atomizer assembly to return the atomizer to the correct refractory wall
position when reinstalling the atomizer.
anchors
14"
RATIO CONTROL and OPERATION (max. recessed
into wall)
The 4419 series burner fuel/air ratio can be controlled with a
8" (short side)
simple cross connected ratio regulator such as the North Ameri-
can 7216 for gas or the 7052 Ratiotrol for fuel oil. Accurate fuel/
air flows can be determined by using 8697 Metering Orifices in burner
the fuel gas and air lines. tunnel
If furnace temperatures after shutdown rise above 1600°F, pass

air through burner to prevent overheating.
CONSTRUCTION mounting
flange
The burner body, backplate and flanges are made from steel, (optional)
and the body tubes and flame stabilizer from stainless steel.
The gas inlet coupling can be rotated independently of the air
connection in 45° increments to aid in gas piping. Oil Atomizer Pressure/Flow Data
Main Air Capacity (scfh) Atom. Air
at various Air Pressures "w.c. Natural Gas Oil Flow Oil Press. at 35"w.c.
Pressure at gal/hr psi scfh
Burner Size 0.9 1.7 7.0 15.6 27.7 27.7"w.c., 10% XSA
28 5.9 255
4419A-6-A 1,400 1,950 5,350 8,300 11,000 5.9"w.c. 26 5.4 280
4419A-6-B 2,700 3,800 7,600 10,750 16,000 10.4"w.c. 24 4.8 285
4419A-7-A 3,800 6,700 11,320 16,250 26,300 9.2"w.c. 22 4.3 320
4419A-7-B 7,200 8,150 15,800 24,500 36,000 12.3"w.c. 20 3.9 345
18 3.3 360
%Excess %Excess Fuel Flame Length 16 2.9 370
Air Limits for Limits, Gas and (Oil) Gas and (Oil) Feet
Burner Size Gas and (#2 Oil) 27.7"w.c. 27.7"w.c. Air P. 10% XSA 14 2.4 385
12 2.1 395
4419A-6-A 600 (100) 30 (30) 4 (4) 10 1.8 410
4419A-6-B 400 (100) 0 (30) 4 (5) 8 1.5 420
4419A-7-A 600 (100) 20 (30) 5 (6) 6 1.3 435
4419A-7-B 800 (100) 15 (30) 6 (6) 5 1.1 435
4 1.0 445
4419/6419 Minimum Natural gas flow (cfh) for lighting at low fire 3 0.9 450
Burner Air Pressure -6-A -6-B -7-A -7-B
2 0.8 460
1.7"w.c. 40 60 80 100 1 0.65 470
0.4"w.c. 20 35 50 75
Bulletin 4419
4419 and 4419A burners have the same capacity and performance. Page 3
Dimensions | Quick Clean Burner
BURNER DIMENSIONS inches
10½ B - Gas Inlet
A - Air Inlet UV ½ NPT

4 Optional Mounting
Atom. Air ¾ NPT Flange
(6419 only) (ordered separately and
supplied loose)
Oil Inlet 3⁄8 NPT
8½ (6419 only)
D
C
E
7.19
9½
13½
27
4419/6419 Series A B C D E
-6-A, -6-B 3 1½ 65⁄8 5 5¾
-7-A, -7-B 4 2 85⁄8 65⁄16 623⁄64
OPTIONAL MOUNTING FLANGES

A B C
4-32800-1 12 10½ 6¾
Square 4-32800-2 12 10½ 8¾
C 4-32800-3 13½ 12¼ 6¾
C
B
Typ. A 4-32800-4 13½ 12¾ 8¾
B
A B C
8767E-8 11 9½ 611⁄16
Round
4-33071-1 13½ 11¾ 611⁄16
Square 4422 Style - Steel 1/2" thick Round ANSI Style - Steel 1/2" thick 8767E-9 13½ 11¾ 8¾
with 3/4" slots 4-32800-_ with 7/8" holes
B A B C
C Typ.
4-40286-1 14 12½ 6¾
A
Square 4-40286-2 14 12½ 8¾
4-40286-3 16 14¾ 6¾
4-40286-4 16 14¾ 8¾
Square 6421 Style - Steel 1/2" thick

with 3/4" slots 4-40286-_
Bulletin 4419
Page 4
Installation Instructions | Quick Clean Burner
REFRACTORY DIMENSIONS inches
Air Inlet Gas Inlet

Connection Connection
8
See Note 1
Backplate View 1
with Tile
Mandrel Installed
C* D
E
"X"
27
4419/6419 Series C* D E Note: The backplate and body gaskets are shipped loose and must be
-6-A, -6-B 65⁄8 423⁄32 3½ installed when the burner is mounted on the furnace.
-7-A, -7-B 85⁄8 65⁄16 5
* C = diameter of outer burner tube (becomes part of mandrel during installation).
INSTRUCTIONS
1. It is important to maintain the 8" tile dimension as shown in 8. Install mandrel assembly shown on page 6 and secure
illustration above. mandrel mounting plate to burner body by re-tigntening the
eight flange-head hex bolts from step 7.
2. Determine burner insertion dimension "X", taking into
consideration actual wall thickness and making allowance 9. With the tile mandrel properly secured to and aligned with
for required 8" tile dimension. the burner, the burner tile can be formed by the application
of a suitable refractory material (usually cast or rammed)
3. Attach burner mounting studs to furnace casing and provide around the tile mandrel.
burner access hole in furnace casing using burner mounting
flange as a template. 10. To provide a suitable transition between the burner and tile,
the cast or rammed refractory should penetrate far enough
4. Secure burner mounting flange to outer burner tube
into the opening around the burner to engage several
with a 1⁄8" to ¼" weld to provide insertion dimension "X"
inches of the outer burner tube, effectively untilizing the
determined above.
outer burner tube as part of the mandrel. (See dimension
5. Insert burner into furnace casing access hole, engaging "C".)
the mounting flange and studs as required to provide the
desired location of gas inlet connection. 11. Make sure that a suitable mold release agent (Penreco®
Cream, Crete-Lease®, etc.) is applied to all wetted surfaces
6. Position the air inlet connection as desired by removing the to assist in mandrel and burner removal once the refractory
burner body hardware and rotating the burner body as sets up.
required. Re-attach the burner body using the hardware just
removed and the tube gasket shipped loose with the burner. 12. When re-inserting the backplate assembly, rotate so the UV
connection is at 12 o'clock unless otherwise required for
7. Loosen the eight flange-head hex bolts that secure the low fire oil applications. (See "Flame Supervision" section
burner backplate to the body. Rotate the burner backplate on page 2.) The backplate gasket is shipped loose with
counterclockwise until the bolt heads are aligned with the the burner to be installed when re-inserting the backplate
enlarged portion of the backplate mounting holes. Carefully assembly.
withdraw the backplate assembly and store in a safe
location.
Bulletin 4419
Page 5
Installation Instructions | Quick Clean Burner
OPTIONAL TILE MANDRELS FOR RAMMED AND POURED WALLS
The 4419/6419 series burner requires a tile that is formed by ramming or pouring refractory around a mandrel in the furnace wall.
Fives North American can supply an alignment fixture with a nickel plated aluminum mandrel. The alignment fixture holds the man-
drel in the correct location relative to the burner exit. The nose of the mandrel also has 4" of extra length to accommodate curved
wall construction.
3811⁄16
4
Tile Mandrel Alignment Fixture

Tile Mandrel
4419/6419 Series -6-A, -6-B -7-A, -7-B

Tile Mandrel 4-33092-1 4-33093-1
Tile Mandrel Alignment Fixture 4-33094-1
Tile Mandrel Assembly 4-32490-1 4-42129-1
TYPICAL RATIO CONTROL SCHEMATIC

Does not include gas train components. Atomizing air and oil lines are not used on the 4419 gas only version.
Motorized Air Valve for

1122
Zone Capacity Control
Butterfly Valve
Combustion Air
1122
Butterfly Valve
Atomizing Air
1813
Sensitrol™ Oil Valve
#2 Fuel Oil
Atomizing Air P. = 20 osi 8598A 7052 1821
See
(16 osi min.) Oil Meter Ratiotrol™ Oil Regulator Shutoff Valve
Note
Ignition
Transformer
Ignition Gas
(for lighting #2 fuel oil)
1807 1821
Limiting Orifice Valve Shutoff Valve
Fuel Gas
1807 1821
8697 7216
Limiting Orifice Valve Shutoff Valve
Metering Orifice Regulator
NOTE: Gas connection is shown at bottom for clarity. Whenever possible gas and air connections should not be located at the bottom of the burner on dual fuel
applications.
Bulletin 4419
Page 6
Ordering Information & Parts List | Quick Clean Burner
419A -
Size Air capacity
Fuel Selection Code Air Inlet at 27.7"w.c. (16 osi)
4 for Gas Only
6 for dual Fuel (Gas and #2 Oil) -6-A 3" 11,000 scfh
-6-B 3" 16,000 scfh
-7-A 4" 26,300 scfh
Examples: 4419A-6-A Gas Only 11,000 cfh Air at 27.7"w.c. (16 osi) -7-B 4" 36,000 scfh
6419A-7-A Dual Fuel 27,500 cfh Air at 27.7"w.c. (16 osi)
Backplate Gasket Air Inlet Flange

Backplate Bolts (8X) Body Tube Assembly
Air Inlet Gasket (2X)
UV Swivel Mounting Plate
Air Inlet Orifice
UV Mounting Plate Bolts
UV Swivel Ball Joint UV Tube
Packing
Rope (3X) Packing Nut
Blanking Disk
Blanking Gasket
Atomizer
Assembly
Igniter (14 mm)
6419A
Backplate with Stabilizer
Back Body Tube Gasket Igniter Ground Leg & Nut
spark gap = .09"
4419A
4419A/6419A Series Burner designation

Part Name -6-A -6-B -7-A -7-B
Air Inlet Flange 4-1695-4 4-1695-4 4-1695-5 4-1695-5

Air Inlet Gasket 4-5371-3
Air Inlet Orifice 4-33089-1 4-33089-2 4-33089-3 4-33089-4
Back Body (Air Inlet) 4-33088-1

Backplate with Stabilizer 4-57850-1 4-57850-1 4-57880-1 4-57880-1
Backplate Bolt (8 req'd) R069-2500-C
Backplate Gasket 4-33081-1
Blanking Disk (4419 only) 4-33080-1
Blanking Disk Gasket (4419 only) 4-33079-1
Body Tube Assembly (Gas Inlet) 4-57858-1 4-57858-1 4-57878-1 4-57878-1
Igniter (14mm Thread) 4-56298-5

Igniter Ground Leg & Nut 4-57868-1
Observation Port 8790-0
Oil Atomizer Assembly (6419 only) 3-20358-1
Packing Nut 4-33072-1
Packing 3 x 3½" (6419 only) R540-0120
Sensitrol™ Oil Valve (6419 only)* 1813-02-A 1813-02-B 1813-02-C 1813-02-C
Tube Gasket OA3-2302-25F4

UV Swivel Ball Joint 4-32717-1
UV Swivel Mounting Plate 4-57865-1
UV Swivel Mounting Plate Bolt (2 req'd) R069-2620-C
UV Detection Tube 4-33090-1 4-33090-1 4-42642-1 4-42642-1
* Recommended 1813 Sensitrol Valve is not included as part of burner assembly and must be ordered separately. Bulletin 4419
Page 7
4419 Legacy & Parts List | Quick Clean Burner
4419 LEGACY DESIGN 4419 IGNITER OPTIONS
4419 series burners use a common air inlet body and uniform The 4419 Legacy burners (built between 2004 thru mid 2020)
body tube length. 4419 Legacy burners (built between 2004 used an older 18mm igniter multi part electrode design, while the
thru mid 2020) have the same basic design and dimensions newer 4419A uses a 14mm design with a single electrode, fully
as the newer 4419A, and most of the parts can be used on the covered with a ceramic insulator. For the 4419 Legacy burners
older 4419 burners, but a few parts are different. The list below with the 18mm igniter mounting, a 4419A style igniter (4-57882-1)
shows parts unique to the older 4419 legacy design, and a few with a 18 X 14mm adapter replaces the older multi part electrode
"4419A style" retrofit parts that can be used with the 4419 Legacy igniter design.
burners.
Both body tubes can be replaced with the single
part 4419A style body tube assembly, see page 7.
UV Swivel Mount Assembly
Single Electrode Style Igniter

(18mm) 4-57882-1
Backplate with Stabilizer %

Igniter Ground Leg Screw
Tube Gasket (2X) Igniter Ground Leg
spark gap = .09"
Obsolete multi part electrode Igniter Assembly, replace with 4-57882-1
4419 /6419 Legacy Burner designation

Legacy Part Name -6-A -6-B -7-A -7-B
Backplate with Stabilizer & 4419A style ground leg # 4-58082-1 4-58082-1 4-58082-2 4-58082-2
Complete backplate & internals assembly less igniter # 4-57864-1 4-57864-1 4-52579-1 4-52579-1
Igniter Ground Leg (Legacy style) 4-33073-1

Igniter Ground Leg (Legacy style) ¼" longer 4-33073-2
Igniter Ground Leg Screw (Legacy style) R776-2030-B
Single Electrode Style Igniter (with 18mm adapter) 4-57882-1
UV Swivel Mount Assembly (Legacy Style) 4-32740-1
# This is a "4419A style" backplate and requires the 14mm igniter 4-56298-5, which must be ordered separately (see page 7).
% Shown with Legacy swivel assembly and igniter ground, new backplate assemblies in the table above are supplied with
4419A style swivel and igniter ground parts (see page 7).
Bulletin 4419
Page 8
CONTACT

T +1 800 626 3477
F +1 216 373 4237

Fire•All™ Gas Burner
North American 4422
Low NOx Nozzle Mix Gas Burners
• Used for kilns, ovens, air heaters, dryers, chemical • Burner bodies are heat resistant cast iron with Inconel
process equipment air tubes
• Chamber temperatures up to 2000°F

Product Overview | 4422 Fire•All™
4422 Fire•All™ burners are widely used on heat treat and There is a potential increase in fuel consumption because of
nonferrous melting furnaces, kilns, ovens, air heaters, dryers, heating extra air. The benefits, such as better products from
chemical process equipment, and other applications where improved heating, far outweigh the small increase in fuel
superior temperature uniformity is required. costs. Consult your Fives North American Combustion, Inc. field
engineer for an analysis of your application.
OPERATION FROM FUEL RICH TO EXCESS AIR
APPLICATION TEMPERATURES
WITH LOW NOx EMISSIONS
The 4422 Fire•All™ burners can be used with chamber tem-
These sealed-in, nozzle-mix burners are stable over a wide
peratures up to 2000°F. If furnace temperature could rise above
range of air/gas ratios from large amounts of excess air, to
1900°F after shutdown, some air should be maintained through
stoichiometric (chemically correct air/gas ratio), up to 50%
the burner to prevent overheating. For higher temperature ser-
excess fuel (provided additional air for combustion is supplied
vice (>2000°F), see Bulletin 4425.
to the furnace near the burners). Burners can be ignited at rich,
lean, or correct air/gas ratio, then immediately turned to high STANDARD CONSTRUCTION
fire. NOx emissions are low for all air/gas ratios.
Burner bodies are heat resistant cast iron with Inconel air tubes.
The most common ratio control system for 4422 Fire•All™ Mounting plate and tile assembly can be separated from the
burners uses a cross-connected regulator. When appropriate for burner body for installation convenience. Air and gas connection
the application, fully metered flow systems and fuel only control orientation can be rotated in 90° intervals. When reassembling
are very satisfactory. Required gas pressures are low: 1 osi at the burner, the pilot and flame detector notches in the tile and
burner for coke oven gas, less for natural gas (approximately 0.3 mounting must be in proper alignment with the pilot and flame
osi). detector connections on the burner body (applies to 4422-
2 through 4422-6 sizes). Burner is complete with cast iron
BENEFITS OF EXCESS AIR mounting plate and 9" long 3200°F castable burner tile which
must be supported and sealed in a hard refractory furnace wall.
Excess air can improve temperature uniformity by avoiding hot (See page 2 for optional construction suitable for fiber lined
spots in front of burners, by churning furnace atmosphere to furnaces.) When the furnace wall is thicker than the tile length,
reduce stratification, and by creating positive furnace pressure the tunnel beyond the end of the burner tile should be flared at
to eliminate cold air infiltration. Excess air can give very high a 30° or greater included angle, starting at the OD of the tile.
effective burner turndown. Thus, a furnace used for high Extension tiles are not recommended.
temperature work (such as heat treating at 1900°F) with burners
firing on stoichiometric air/gas ratio can also be used for low
temperature jobs (such as drawing or drying at 600°F) with
burners firing on lean (excess air) air/gas ratio.
Combustion Air Capacities, scfh Approx.

flame length
(for Btu/hr, multiply by 100) with 16 osi Maximum percent
Burner air pressure drop across the burner in osi main air excess air*
designation 0.2 1.0 4.0 8.0 12.0 16.0 (in open furnace) (at 16 osi & direct spark)
4422-2 200 420 910 1270 1500 1920 1½ feet00 30000
4422-3 360 810 1800 2450 3100 3600 2 450
4422-4 560 1320 2600 3820 4500 5500 2½ 450
4422-5 750 2050 4350 6300 7650 9050 3 500
4422-6 1600 3100 7200 10300 12700 14750 4 500
4422-6-B 1900 3400 8100 12100 15000 17300 5 600
4422-7-A 3100 7250 14000 20200 23100 27000 5 2000
4422-7-B 3650 8150 16600 23550 28000 32500 6 2000
4422-8-A 4800 11000 22600 31500 37700 43500 7 2000
* Excess air rates are improved with constant pilot air.

Bulletin 4422
Page 2
OPTIONAL CONSTRUCTIONS HINGED BURNER BODY

(4422HR OR 4422HL)
Burner connections are provided for mounting pilot or direct
spark igniter, and flame detector. Burners are shipped with There is a hinge between the cast mounting plate and burner
pipe plugs in the openings. Burner flame may be seen through body. The hinge provides easy access to the burner tunnel for
the rear observation port. (Observation port is not to be used cleaning deposits that may result from the process (incineration
for mounting of flame detector.) Burner air pressure can be is an example). During operation, a latch firmly holds the burner
measured at the tap location provided. For additional construction body against the mounting plate. The burner is available with
information refer to Dimensions & Parts List 4422-2. the hinge on either the right or left side. Pilot and flame detector
connections are located opposite the hinge.
LIGHTING AND FLAME SUPERVISION
A 4011-12 pilot set is recommended for individual burner igni- To specify hinge location: When
tion. When multiple burners share a single pilot pre-mix header, looking at the rear of the burner with
a 4021-12 pilot tip per burner with an appropriately sized air/ the air pipe entering from above (12
gas mixer is recommended. A manual torch can be used in some o'clock position) "HL" specifies the
applications. The burner can be direct spark ignited with either hinge on the left side (shown in draw-
the 4055 Direct Spark Igniter (4055-D for 4422-2 through -6-B ing) while "HR" specifies the hinge on
and 4055-B for 4422-7 and -8 sizes) or the 4051-D Air Assisted the right side. For dimension informa-
Igniter. The 4051 Air Assisted Igniter is recommended because it tion refer to Dimensions & Parts List
ignites the burners over a wider operating range. If using direct 4422-6.
4422HL
spark ignition of main flame, use standard 6000 volt transformer.
Half-wave ignition transformers can be used only with the 4055. BURNER ONLY (4422- -BO)
A flame rod or ultraviolet (UV) detector can be installed in one of

three holes in the body, using an adapter listed in Bulletin 8832.
UV scanners allow igniting with up to 14 osi main air. If flame
rods are used, 4422-2 through -6 Burners must be ignited at 1
osi or more main air. Do not apply flame rods to -7 and -8 size
burners. When using flame supervision, an interrupted pilot is
required--do not use constant or intermittent pilots.
The burner can be ordered without the tile and mounting plate.
Startup and Adjustment: Refer to Bulletin GB-M1 for startup and This is useful where a mounting plate and tile already exist or
adjustment of a nozzle-mix burner with ratio regulator air/fuel for special construction furnaces. Refer to Dimensions & Parts List
ratio control. 4422-2.
EQUIPMENT OPTIONS FLANGELESS MOUNTING (4422- -FM)
The 4422 Fire•All™ is offered in many physical arrangements to

accommodate installation and operating requirements.
DOUBLE PILOT AND FLAME SUPERVISORY

CONNECTION (4422D)
Used in furnace construction where there is no steel shell, only

refractory. Identical to standard burners except no mounting
flange. For dimension information refer to Dimensions & Parts List
4422-4. Only available with the standard burner or double boss
option.
This special burner body has two sets of connections for mount-
ing pilot or spark igniter and flame detector.This permits a variety
of piping arrangements or redundant pilots and flame detectors.
It is available only in -2 through-6-B burner sizes and is other-
wise identical to a standard burner. For dimension information
refer to Dimensions & Parts List 4422-5. Bulletin 4422
Page 3
Options | 4422 Fire•All™
FIBER WALL MOUNTING (4422- -Z)

Continuous Intermittent
Designation Jacket Metal max.temp. exposure
Z
4422- -LC carbon steel 700°F 700°F
4422- -L4 304 SST 1600°F 1500°F
4422- -L9 309 SST 1900°F 1800°F
For additional construction information refer to Dimensions & Parts

List 4422-2.
OTHER EQUIPMENT OPTIONS

This construction can be used to locate the tile face flush with
your furnace wall. Because the round tile is encased in RA330 For application of burners to chamber temperature over 2000°F,
expanded metal for all but 2" of its length, it is particularly suit- see Bulletin 4425.
able for fiber-lined furnaces or other applications where the
tile is not supported and contained. The tile should be insulated For 4422/25 burners with slotted discharge tiles that produce a
fishtail shape flame, see Sheet 4425-2.
to prevent temperature over 1800 F from reaching the metal.
Specify the mounting flange "Z" dimension between 2" and 9" For application of 4422/25 burners to high combustion chamber
to the nearest 0.5" to locate the tile face flush with your inside pressures (up to 15 psi), contact your Fives North American
furnace wall. For dimension information refer to Dimensions & Combustion, Inc. office.
Parts List 4422-7.
For use with preheated combustion air systems, refer to Bulletins
TILE SUPPORT JACKETS 4824 (up to 1000°F air) and 4825 (up to 1200°F air).
(4422- -LC, 4422- -L4, 4422- -L9)
For burners with larger heating capacity, refer to Bulletin 4545 or
4422 Burners with the standard 9" long square tiles are also 4514 or consult your North American field office.
available with support jackets for applications such as air heaters
where frequently the tile is not supported by refractory. They For firing oil and/or gas (dual fuel) refer to Bulletins 5422
also can be mounted in furnaces when desired. Jackets are and 6422/25.
available in three differ++ent metals and maximum temperature
ratings. They must be protected with sufficient insulation so as
not to exceed rated temperature. Maximum temperature rating
for jacket metals depends upon frequency of heat-up/cool-down
cycles. As an example, batch annealing furnaces that are heated
and cooled every day should use the "intermittent exposure"
ratings. Burners in a continuous annealing furnace that remain at
the same temperature for months at a time, can use the higher
"continuous" rating.
Bulletin 4422
Page 4
Dimensions | 4422 Fire•All™
CLEARANCE DIMENSIONS inches
C D
9
B — NPT
Gas
A — NPT
Air Conn.
E F
Burner Std. burner

designation A B C D E F weights, lb
4422-2 1¼ 1 8½ 5 105⁄8 12 75
4422-3 1½ 1 8½ 5 105⁄8 12 75
4422-4 2 1¼ 8½ 5 105⁄8 12 75
4422-5 2½ 1½ 8½ 5 105⁄8 12 75
4422-6 3 1½ 8½ 5 105⁄8 12 75
4422-6-B 3 1½ 8½ 5 105⁄8 12 75
4422-7-A 4 2½ 10 7 141⁄16 13½ 130
4422-7-B 4 2½ 10 7 141⁄16 13½ 130
4422-8-A 6 2½ 10 7 141⁄16 13½ 140
4422 - -
blank = burner with standard tile and mounting
BO = burner only (no tile or mounting)
Jacketed tile
LC = steel jacket
L4 = 304 SST jacket
L9 = 309 SST jacket
FM = flangeless mounting
Z = fiber wall mounting for variable wall thickness
Capacities (scfh)
Air pipe size 16 osi air
2 = 1-1/4" 1 920
3 = 1-1/2" 3 600
4 = 2" 5 500
5 = 2-1/2" 9 050
6 = 3" 14 750
6-B = 3" 17 300
7-A = 4" 27 000
7-B = 4" 32 500
8-A = 6" 43 500
Hinged burner
HL = left-hand hinged burner
HR = right-hand hinged burner
Double boss body

D = double boss body
blank = standard burner body Bulletin 4422

Page 5
Part Numbers | 4422 Fire•All™
Bulletin 4422
Page 6
Example 4422 Catalog Numbers
examples are given from smallest to largest available burner sizes
Standard Burner
4422-2-BO through 4422-8-ABO burner only
4422-2 through 4422-8-A burner complete w/9" tile
Standard Burner With Tile Jacket
4422-2-LC through 4422-8-ALC burner complete w/9" tile and steel jacket
4422-2-L4 through 4422-8-AL4 burner complete w/9" tile and 304 SST jacket
4422-2-L9 through 4422-8-AL9 burner complete w/9" tile and 309 SST jacket
Burner With Double-Boss Body
4422D-2-BO through 4422D-6-BBO burner only w/double-boss body
4422D-2 through 4422D-6-B burner complete w/9" tile and double boss body
4422D-2-LC through 4422D-6-BLC burner complete w/9" tile, double-boss body and steel jacket
4422D-2-L4 through 4422D-6-BL4 burner complete w/9" tile, double-boss body and 304 SST jacket
4422D-2-L9 through 4422D-6-BL9 burner complete w/9" tile, double-boss body and 309 SST jacket
Burner With Hinged Burner Body
4422HR-2-BO through 4422HR-8-ABO burner only w/right-hand hinged body when main air is at 12 o'clock
4422HL-2-BO through 4422HL-8-ABO burner only w/left-hand hinged body when main air is at 12 o'clock
4422HR-2 through 4422HR-8-A burner complete w/9" tile and right-hand hinged body when main air is at 12 o'clock
4422HL-2 through 4422HL-8-A burner complete w/9" tile and left-hand hinged body when main air is at 12 o'clock
4422HR-2-LC through 4422HR-8-ALC burner complete w/9" tile and steel jacket with right-hand hinged body when main air
is at 12 o'clock
4422HL-2-LC through 4422HL-8-ALC burner complete w/9" tile and steel jacket with left-hand hinged body when main air
is at 12 o'clock
4422HR-2-L4 through 4422HR-8-AL4 burner complete w/9" tile and 304 SST jacket wth right-hand hinged body when main air
is at 12 o'clock
4422HL-2-L4 through 4422HL-8-AL4 burner complete w/9" tile and 304 SST jacket with left-hand hinged body when main air
is at 12 o'clock
4422HR-2-L9 through 4422HR-2-AL9 burner complete w/9" tile and 309 SST jacket with right-hand hinged body when main air
is at 12 o'clock
4422HL-2-L9 through 4422HL-2-AL9 burner complete w/9" tile and 309 SST jacket with left-hand hinged body when main air
is at 12 o'clock
Fiber Wall Mounting Burners
4422-2-Z through 4422-8-AZ burner complete w/"Z" dimension (2" to 9" round)
4422D-2-Z through 4422D-6-BZ burner complete w/double-boss body and "Z" dimension (2" to 9" round)
Flangeless Burners Copyright © 2021 - Fives - All rights reserved | Bulletin 4422 10/21
4422-2-FM through 4422-8-AFM burner complete w/9" tile and flangeless mounting
4422D-2-FM through 4422D-6-BFM burner complete w/9" tile, double-boss body and flangeless mounting
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 4422 Nozzle-Mix Gas Burners Dimensions & Parts List 4422-2
STANDARD SERIES
4422-2-BO THROUGH -8-ABO BURNER ONLY
4422-2 THROUGH -8-A BURNER COMPLETE W/9" TILE
4422-2-LC THROUGH -8-ALC BURNER COMPLETE W/9" TILE and STEEL JACKET
4422-2-L4 THROUGH -8-AL4 BURNER COMPLETE W/9" TILE and 304 SST JACKET
4422-2-L9 THROUGH -8-AL9 BURNER COMPLETE W/9" TILE and 309 SST JACKET
F
DIMENSIONS inches
¾ fpt – 3 holes for flame detector,

Observation Port and Pilot Tip
M
45°
Observation Port
tap
D
C E
H
9
45° ¾"
M wide slots
Q–
G 319⁄32 Bolt Circle
rad. R – (8) bolts
B – fpt
Gas
1⁄8" Conn.
Optional Steel
A – fpt
Jacket
1⁄8" J Air Conn. M
Flange Air K N
Pressure Tap
(all sizes) L P
Flower pot air
connection for
G
-8-A only
Burner
designation A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R wt, lb
4422-2 1¼ 1 9½ 8½ 5 ½ 5¼ 2 43⁄8 83⁄8 105⁄8 5¼ 6 12 7½ 3⁄8 75
4422-3 1½ 1 9½ 8½ 5 ½ 5¼ 2 43⁄8 83⁄8 105⁄8 5¼ 6 12 7½ 3⁄8 75
4422-4 2 1¼ 9½ 8½ 5 ½ 5¼ 2 43⁄8 83⁄8 105⁄8 5¼ 6 12 7½ 3⁄8 75
4422-5 2½ 1½ 9½ 8½ 5 ½ 5¼ 2 43⁄8 83⁄8 105⁄8 5¼ 6 12 7½ 3⁄8 75
4422-6 3 1½ 9½ 8½ 5 ½ 59⁄16 2 43⁄8 83⁄8 105⁄8 5¼ 6 12 7½ 3⁄8 75
4422-6-B 3 1½ 9½ 8½ 5 ½ 59⁄16 2 43⁄8 83⁄8 105⁄8 5¼ 6 12 7½ 3⁄8 75
4422-7-A 4 2½ 11 10 7 9⁄16 615⁄16 25⁄8 57⁄8 11 147⁄8 61⁄8 6¾ 13½ 93⁄8 ½ 130
4422-7-B 4 2½ 11 10 7 9⁄16 615⁄16 25⁄8 57⁄8 11 147⁄8 61⁄8 6¾ 13½ 93⁄8 ½ 130
4422-8-A 6 2½ 11 10 7 9⁄16 1011⁄16 25⁄8 57⁄8 11 147⁄8 61⁄8 6¾ 13½ 93⁄8 ½ 140
 Furnace opening should be ½" larger than dimension C or D to allow for fillets and draft on mounting plate.
 C dimension used for jacketed tiles only.
 ¼" body air pressure tap on -2, -3, -4, -5, -6, and 6-B. 1⁄8" body air pressure tap on -7-A, -7-B and 8-A
"Flower Pot" type flange for -8-A. Note larger G dimension
 For 4422-8-A, air and gas connections cannot be piped on the same plane. Flower pot type air connection flange would interfere with the 2½" gas line.
 Pilot, Flame Detector, and Observation Port positions are interchangeable as long as Pilot and Flame Detector are in adjacent holes.
¾" pipe plug furnished for use if no Pilot.
STANDARD GAS BURNER PARTS LIST Dims. & Parts List 4422-2
Page 2
Mounting Optional Steel Jacket Furnace wall
(LC, L4, L9 Burners only) Optional Steel
¾" Pipe Plug Jacket
Body Mounting
Stud Hex Studs,
Nuts (4) Gas Conn. (4)
Backplate Air Tubes (8)

Backplate Bonding Insulating
Gasket Gas Tube Gas Tube Mortar Castable
Extension Burner Tile
This construction for -7-A, -7-B, -8-A only
(4422-8-A only)
Observation
Port
(8790-0) Gas Con- Burner Tile
Gas Con-
nection nection
Gasket
Tile Retaining Rods (4)

Hex Head Cap Screws (4) 3-1115-2
Main Air
Flange
Gasket Tile Retaining Nuts (4)
Cap Screws (8) R510-2219
Hex Nuts (4)
Flat Washers (8)
PARTS for 4422 Burners

part name 4422-2 4422-3 4422-4 4422-5 4422-6 4422-6-B 4422-7-A 4422-7-B 4422-8-A
Burner Only (assembly) 4422-2-BO 4422-3-BO 4422-4-BO 4422-5-BO 4422-6-BO 4422-6-BBO 4422-7-ABO 4422-7-BBO 4422-8-ABO
Body 3-2466-9 3-2466-9 3-2466-9 3-2466-9 3-2466-10 3-2466-10 3-3267-3 3-3267-3 3-3267-4
Gas Connection Assy. 4-8620-1 4-8620-1 4-8620-2 4-8620-3 4-8620-3 4-8620-3 4-8620-4 4-8620-4 4-8620-5
Gas Connection 3-2465-4 3-2465-4 3-2465-5 3-2465-6 3-2465-6 3-2465-6 3-3268-2 3-3268-2 4-6126-1
Gas Tube  
3-2468-2 
3-2468-2 
3-2468-2 
3-2468-2 
3-2468-2 
3-2468-2 † † †
Gas Tube Ext.  — — — — — — — — 4-6121-1
Backplate 4-2459-2 4-2459-2 4-2459-2 4-2459-2 4-2459-2 4-2459-2 3-3269-2 3-3269-2 3-3269-2
Backplate Gasket 3-2607-1 3-2607-1 3-2607-1 3-2607-1 3-2607-1 3-2607-1 3-3272-1 3-3272-1 3-3272-1
Studs, Gas Conn. (4) 3-2584-1 3-2584-1 3-2584-1 3-2584-1 3-2584-1 3-2584-1 3-3325-1 3-3325-1 3-3325-1
Stud Hex Nuts (4) R510-2219 R510-2219 R510-2219 R510-2219 R510-2219 R510-2219 R510-2259 R510-2259 R510-2259
Gas Conn. Gasket 3-2473-1 3-2473-1 3-2473-1 3-2473-1 3-2473-1 3-2473-1 3-3272-1 3-3272-1 3-3272-1
Air Tubes (8) 3-3643-1‡ 3-3643-2‡ 3-3640-2 3-3639-2 3-3554-2 3-5042-1 3-3273-3 3-3273-4 4-3684-2
Main Air Flange 3-2544-2 3-2544-1 4-1695-2 4-1695-3 4-1695-9 4-1695-9 4-1695-5 4-1695-5 8765-8x7-D
Main Air Flange Gasket 4-5371-2 4-5371-2 4-5371-2 4-5371-2 4-5371-2 4-5371-2 4-5371-3 4-5371-3 4-5371-3
Hex Head Cap Screws (4) R066-2670 R066-2950
Hex Nuts (4) R510-2219 R510-2259
Mounting (hard wall) 3-3257-1 3-3257-1 3-3257-1 3-3257-1 3-3257-1 3-3257-1 3-3270-1 3-3270-1 3-3270-1
Burner Tile (9") 4-2121-2 4-2121-2 4-2121-2 4-2121-2 4-2121-2 4-2121-2 4-2142-2 4-2142-2 4-2142-2
Cap Screws (8) R066-2920 R066-3420
Flat Washers (8) R970-7300-C R970-7370-C
Mounting & Tile Assemblies

Standard for Burner Complete w/9" Tile
Mounting & Tile Assy.* 3-6668-1 3-6668-1 3-6668-1 3-6668-1 3-6668-1 3-6668-1 3-6668-2 3-6668-2 3-6668-2
LC Series for Burner Complete w/9" Tile and Steel Jacket
Tile & Jacket Assembly 4-21583-1 4-21583-1 4-21583-1 4-21583-1 4-21583-1 4-21583-1 4-21583-2 4-21583-2 4-21583-2
Jacket 4-5377-3 4-5377-3 4-5377-3 4-5377-3 4-5377-3 4-5377-3 4-5378-3 4-5378-3 4-5378-3 Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Dims & PL 4422-2 04/15
L4 Series for Burner Complete w/9" Tile and 304 SST Jacket
Jacket 4-5377-4 4-5377-4 4-5377-4 4-5377-4 4-5377-4 4-5377-4 4-5378-4 4-5378-4 4-5378-4
Jacket 4-5377-6 4-5377-6 4-5377-6 4-5377-6 4-5377-6 4-5377-6 4-5378-5 4-5378-5 4-5378-5

* Includes complete mounting, tile, jacket, and retainer assembly. Includes tile and jacket only.
† Gas tube is cast with Gas Connection for -7-A, -7-B, and -8-A sizes. ‡ Includes 3-3638-1 adapter.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237
www.fivesgroup.com
Sheet 4422-3
Fiber Tiles for Thin Wall Furnaces
Fired with North American 4422 Gas Burners
4-9513-3
back view
4-9513-1
back view
4-9513-3
4-9513-1 side view
side view
Photos of lightweight fiber tiles for gas service only, installed in smaller mountings designed for new installations in thin wall
furnaces. In both photos the larger assembly for -7 and -8 burners (4-9513-3) is on the left, the smaller assembly for -2
through -6-B burners (4-9513-1) is on the right.
Smaller, lightweight fiber tiles are available for 4422 Gas burners. They are round, self-supporting, designed for fiber-lined thin wall
furnaces up to 2000°F operating temperatures.
Standard mounting plate for these tiles is 12¼" diameter for 4422-2 through -6-B, 14½" diameter for -7 and -8.
An optional special 16" diameter mounting with compatible bolt spacing is available to retrofit old thin wall 4422 Burners that need
replacement tiles (the former tile was 12" diameter cast refractory).
The 4-9515-_ tiles have 3" of expanded alloy mesh supporting them on the back end. As indicated, they are field replaceable.
Order them by specifying 4-9515-_ for tiles only, or 4-9513-_ for mounting and tile assemblies (see chart on back).
Order a new burner with fiber tile by making a two line order entry in this manner:
Item 1: 4422-7-BBO 4" Burner Only

Item 2: 4-9513-3 Mounting Plate and Fiber Tile Assembly
NOTE: The Mounting Plate and Fiber Tile Assembly must be shipped separately, so that the weight of the burner dœs not
damage the fiber-tile during shipment.
Sheet 4422-3
Page 2
Use Assembly 4-9513-1 and 4-9513-3 (smaller mounting plate) for new installations.
Use Assembly 4-9513-2 and 4-9513-4 (larger mounting plate) when replacing a 12" OD cast Z dimension tile and round mounting plate
with this fiber tile.
Part Number
4422/4425-2 thru -6-B 4422/4425-7-A, -7-B, -8-A
Item Description 4-9513-1 4-9513-2 4-9513-3 4-9513-4 Qty.
1 Mounting Plate 4-9480-2 4-9480-1 4-9477-2 4-9477-1 1
2 Fiber Tile Assembly 4-9515-2 4-9515-2 4-9515-1 4-9515-1 1
3 3⁄8"-16 Hex Nut R510-2259 R510-2259 – – 4
½"-13 Hex Nut – – R510-2319 R510-2319 4
Dimensions Dimensions in inches

"A" = OD of Fiber Tile 8 8 10 10
"B" = ID of Fiber Tile 5 5 7 7
"C" = OD of Mounting Flange 12¼ 16 14½ 16
"D" = Bolt Circle 103⁄8 14½ 125⁄8 14½
"E" = Slot Size 5⁄8 ¾ 5⁄8 ¾
9" ½ steel
3"
A "E" slot

  "D" B.C.
3000 F air setting

refractory cement
"A"
to this surface
"B" CL "C"
notched tile for

pilot and observation
ports on the -2 thru
-6-B tile only
Section A–A A
end view of sizes end view of sizes
-2 thru -6-B tiles -7-A, -7-B, -8-A tiles
Weight in Pounds
4-9513-1 ............... 18 4-9513-2.............. 30 4-9513-3 ..............23 4-9513-4 .............28
4-9480-2 ............. 14 4-9480-1 ............. 26 4-9477-2 .............. 18 4-9477-1 .............. 23
4-9515-2 .............. 4 4-9515-2............... 4 4-9515-1 ............... 5 4-9515-1 .............. 5 Copyright © 2022 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 4422-3 01/02
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 4422 Nozzle-Mix Gas Burners
"FM" Flangeless Mounting Series Dimensions & Parts List 4422-4
"FM" FLANGELESS MOUNTING SERIES

4422-2-FM THROUGH -8-AFM BURNER COMPLETE W/9" TILE and FLANGELESS MOUNTING
4422D-2-FM THROUGH -6-BFM BURNER COMPLETE W/9" TILE, DOUBLE-BOSS BODY and FLANGELESS MOUNTING
DIMENSIONS inches
Double-Boss
Body
¾ fpt – 3 holes for flame detector,
Observation Port 45°
tap
D
E
H
45°
M
G 319⁄32 Q–
rad. Bolt Circle
B – fpt R – (8) bolts
Gas
95⁄8 Conn.
A – fpt
1⁄8" J Air Conn. M
Flange Air K P
Pressure Tap
(all sizes) L
Flower pot air

connection for
G
-8-A only
Burner dimensions in inches

designation A B D E G H J K L M P Q R wt, lb
4422-2-FM 1¼ 1 8½ 5 5¼ 2 37⁄8 77⁄8 10¼ 4¼ 8½ 7½ 3⁄8 75
4422-3-FM 1½ 1 8½ 5 5¼ 2 37⁄8 77⁄8 10¼ 4¼ 8½ 7½ 3⁄8 75
4422-4-FM 2 1¼ 8½ 5 5¼ 2 37⁄8 77⁄8 10¼ 4¼ 8½ 7½ 3⁄8 75
4422-5-FM 2½ 1½ 8½ 5 5¼ 2 37⁄8 77⁄8 10¼ 4¼ 8½ 7½ 3⁄8 75
4422-6-FM 3 1½ 8½ 5 59⁄16 2 37⁄8 77⁄8 10¼ 4¼ 8½ 7½ 3⁄8 75
4422-6-BFM 3 1½ 8½ 5 59⁄16 2 37⁄8 77⁄8 10¼ 4¼ 8½ 7½ 3⁄8 75
4422-7-AFM 4 2½ 10 7 615⁄16 25⁄8 5¼ 103⁄8 13½ 5 10 93⁄8 ½ 130
4422-7-BFM 4 2½ 10 7 615⁄16 25⁄8 5¼ 103⁄8 13½ 5 10 93⁄8 ½ 130
4422-8-AFM 6 2½ 10 7 1011⁄16 25⁄8 5¼ 103⁄8 13½ 5 10 93⁄8 ½ 140
 Furnace opening should be ½" larger than dimension D to allow for fillets and draft on mounting box.
 Double-Boss bodies through -6-B sizes only. Pilot and flame supervisory connections are ¾ fpt on 45° and 90° angles as shown.
See Dimensions and Parts List 4422-5 for double-boss burners with mounting flanges.
 "Flower Pot" type flange for -8-A. Note larger G dimension
Dims. & Parts List 4422-4
FLANGELESS MOUNTED GAS BURNER PARTS LIST Page 2
Furnace Wall Furnace
Refractory
¾" Pipe Plug
Burner
Stud Hex Studs, Body Body
Insulating
Material
Backplate Air Tubes (8) (by customer)
Backplate Bonding
Gasket Gas Tube Mounting
Gas Tube Mortar
Extension Burner Tile
(4422-8-A only)
Observation
Port
Gas Con-
nection nection
Gasket
Tile Retaining Rods (4)

Hex Head Cap Screws (4) 3-1115-2
5⁄16" - 18 x 1½" N.C. 4422-2 thru -6-B Main Air
3⁄8" - 16 x 1½" N.C. 4422-7 thru -8-A Flange
Hex Nuts (4) Cap Screw (8) 5⁄16" - 18 N.C
Flat Washer (8) R510-2219
5⁄16" - 18 N.C. 4422-2 thru -6-B
3⁄8" - 16 N.C. 4422-7 thru -8-A
PARTS for 4422 "FM" Flangeless Mounting Burners
Part name 4422-2-FM 4422-3-FM 4422-4-FM 4422-5-FM 4422-6-FM 4422-6-BFM 4422-7-AFM 4422-7-BFM 4422-8-AFM
Burner only (assembly) 4422-2-BO 4422-3-BO 4422-4-BO 4422-5-BO 4422-6-BO 4422-6-BBO 4422-7-ABO 4422-7-BBO 4422-8-ABO
Body 3-2466-9 3-2466-9 3-2466-9 3-2466-9 3-2466-10 3-2466-10 3-3267-3 3-3267-3 3-3267-4
Double-Boss Burner
only (assembly)** 4422D-2-BO 4422D-3-BO 4422D-4-BO 4422D-5-BO 4422D-6-BO 4422D-6-BBO — — —
Double-Boss Body** OC3-2042-1 OC3-2042-1 OC3-2042-1 OC3-2042-1 OC3-2042-2 OC3-2042-2 — — —
Gas Connection 3-2465-4 3-2465-4 3-2465-5 3-2465-6 3-2465-6 3-2465-6 3-3268-2 3-3268-2 4-6126-1
Gas Tube 3-2468-2 3-2468-2 3-2468-2 3-2468-2 3-2468-2 3-2468-2 † † †
Gas Tube Ext. – – – – – – — — 4-6121-1
Backplate 4-2459-2 4-2459-2 4-2459-2 4-2459-2 4-2459-2 4-2459-2 3-3269-2 3-3269-2 3-3269-2
Studs, Gas Conn (4) 3-2584-1 3-2584-1 3-2584-1 3-2584-1 3-2584-1 3-2584-1 3-3325-1 3-3325-1 3-3325-1
Gas Conn. Gasket 3-2473-1 3-2473-1 3-2473-1 3-2473-1 3-2473-1 3-2473-1 3-3272-1 3-3272-1 3-3272-1
Air Tubes (8) 3-3643-1‡ 3-3643-2‡ 3-3640-2 3-3639-2 3-3554-2 3-5042-1 3-3273-3 3-3273-4 4-3684-2
Main Air Flange 3-2544-2 3-2544-1 4-1695-2 4-1695-3 4-1695-9 4-1695-9 4-1695-5 4-1695-5 8765-8X7-D
Hex Head Cap Screw (4) R066-2670 R066-2950
Hex Nuts (4) R510-2219 R510-2219 R510-2219 R510-2219 R510-2219 R510-2219 R510-2259 R510-2259 R510-2259
Flangeless Mounting 3-4928-1 3-4928-1 3-4928-1 3-4928-1 3-4928-1 3-4928-1 3-3459-1 3-3459-1 3-3459-1
(hard wall)
Cap Screw (8) R066-2920 R066-3420
Flat Washer (8) R970-7300-C R970-7370-C
Flangeless Mounting & Tile Assemblies

I. Standard for Burner Complete w/9" Tile
Standard Burner Tile 4-2121-2 4-2121-2 4-2121-2 4-2121-2 4-2121-2 4-2121-2 4-2142-2 4-2142-2 4-2142-2
II. D Series for Burner Complete w/ Double-Boss Body and 9" Tile
Copyright © 2020- Fives - All rights reserved | Dims-PL 4422-4 04/15
Mounting & Tile Assy.* 3-6668-29 3-6668-29 3-6668-29 3-6668-29 3-6668-92 3-6668-29 — — —
Burner Tile (9") 4-2121-4 4-2121-4 4-2121-4 4-2121-4 4-2121-4 4-2121-4 — — —
[Double-Boss]
* Includes complete mounting, tile, and retainer assembly. ** Double Pilot and Flame Supervisory connections.
† Gas tube is cast with Gas Connection for -7-A, -7-B, and -8-A sizes. ‡ Includes 3-3638-1adapter.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Double-Boss Body Series Dimensions & Parts List 4422-5
DOUBLE-BOSS BODY SERIES

4422D-2-BO THROUGH -6-BBO BURNER ONLY WITH DOUBLE-BOSS BODY
4422D-2 THROUGH -6-B BURNER COMPLETE W/9" TILE and DOUBLE-BOSS BODY
4422D-2-LC THROUGH -6-BLC BURNER COMPLETE W/9" TILE, STEEL JACKET, and DOUBLE-BOSS BODY
4422D-2-L4 THROUGH -6-BL4 BURNER COMPLETE W/9" TILE, 304 SST JACKET, and DOUBLE-BOSS BODY
4422D-2-L9 THROUGH -6-BL9 BURNER COMPLETE W/9" TILE, 309 SST JACKET, and DOUBLE-BOSS BODY
DIMENSIONS inches
F
¾ fpt – 4 holes for flame detector, Obser-

vation Port and Pilot Tip
M
45°
Observation Port
tap
D
C E
H
9
¾"
M wide
G 319⁄32 Q–
rad. Bolt Circle slots
B – fpt R – (8) bolts
Gas
1⁄8" Conn.
Optional Steel
A – fpt
Jacket J
1⁄8" Air Conn. M
Flange Air K N
Pressure Tap
(all sizes) L P

designation A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R wt, lb
4422D-2 1¼ 1 9½ 8½ 5 ½ 5¼ 2 43⁄8 83⁄8 105⁄8 5¼ 6 12 7½ 3⁄8 75
4422D-3 1½ 1 9½ 8½ 5 ½ 5¼ 2 43⁄8 83⁄8 105⁄8 5¼ 6 12 7½ 3⁄8 75
4422D-4 2 1¼ 9½ 8½ 5 ½ 5¼ 2 43⁄8 83⁄8 105⁄8 5¼ 6 12 7½ 3⁄8 75
4422D-5 2½ 1½ 9½ 8½ 5 ½ 5¼ 2 43⁄8 83⁄8 105⁄8 5¼ 6 12 7½ 3⁄8 75
4422D-6 3 1½ 9½ 8½ 5 ½ 59⁄16 2 43⁄8 83⁄8 105⁄8 5¼ 6 12 7½ 3⁄8 75
4422D-6-B 3 1½ 9½ 8½ 5 ½ 59⁄16 2 43⁄8 83⁄8 105⁄8 5¼ 6 12 7½ 3⁄8 75
 ¼" body air pressure tap on -2, -3, -4, -5, -6, and 6-B.
Pilot, Flame Detector, and Observation Port positions are interchangeable as long as Pilot and Flame Detector are in adjacent holes. ¾" pipe plug furnished for use if no
Pilot. This permits a variety of piping arrangements or redundant pilots and flame detectors. It is available only in -2 through -6-B burner sizes and is otherwise identical
to standard burner.
DOUBLE-BOSS GAS BURNER PARTS LIST Dims. & Parts List 4422-5
Mounting Optional Steel Jacket Furnace wall Page 2
(LC, L4, L9 Burners only) Optional Steel
¾" Pipe Plug Jacket
Body Mounting
Stud Hex Studs,
Backplate Air Tubes (8)

Backplate Bonding Insulating
Gasket
Mortar Castable
Burner Tile
Observation
Port
Gas Con-
nection nection
Gasket
Tile
Retaining
Hex Head Cap Screws (4) Rods (4)
Main Air
Flange
Hex Nuts (4) Cap Screws (8)
Flat Washers (8)
PARTS for 4422D BURNERS (DOUBLE-BOSS)

Part name 4422D-2 4422D-3 4422D-4 4422D-5 4422D-6 4422D-6-B
Burner Only (assembly) 4422D-2-BO 4422D-3-BO 4422D-4-BO 4422D-5-BO 4422D-6-BO 4422D-6-BBO
Body OC3-2042-1 OC3-2042-1 OC3-2042-1 OC3-2042-1 OC3-2042-2 OC3-2042-2
Gas Connection Assy. 4-8620-1 4-8620-1 4-8620-2 4-8620-3 4-8620-3 4-8620-3
Gas Connection 3-2465-4 3-2465-4 3-2465-5 3-2465-6 3-2465-6 3-2465-6
Gas Tube 3-2468-2 3-2468-2 3-2468-2 3-2468-2 3-2468-2 3-2468-2
Backplate 4-2459-2 4-2459-2 4-2459-2 4-2459-2 4-2459-2 4-2459-2
Backplate Gasket 3-2607-1 3-2607-1 3-2607-1 3-2607-1 3-2607-1 3-2607-1
Studs, Gas Conn. (4) 3-2584-1 3-2584-1 3-2584-1 3-2584-1 3-2584-1 3-2584-1
Stud Hex Nuts (4) R510-2219 R510-2219 R510-2219 R510-2219 R510-2219 R510-2219
Gas Conn. Gasket 3-2473-1 3-2473-1 3-2473-1 3-2473-1 3-2473-1 3-2473-1
Air Tubes (8) 3-3643-1‡ 3-3643-2‡ 3-3640-2 3-3639-2 3-3554-2 3-5042-1
Main Air Flange 3-2544-2 3-2544-1 4-1695-2 4-1695-3 4-1695-9 4-1695-9
Main Air Flange Gasket 4-5371-2 4-5371-2 4-5371-2 4-5371-2 4-5371-2 4-5371-2
Hex Head Cap Screws (4) R066-2670
Hex Nuts (4) R510-2219
Mounting (hard wall) 3-3257-1 3-3257-1 3-3257-1 3-3257-1 3-3257-1 3-3257-1
Double-Boss Burner Tile (9") 4-2121-4 4-2121-4 4-2121-4 4-2121-4 4-2121-4 4-2121-4
Tile Retaining Rods (4) 3-1115-2 3-1115-2 3-1115-2 3-1115-2 3-1115-2 3-1115-2
Tile Retaining Nuts (4) R510-2219
Cap Screws (8) R066-2920
Flat Washers (8) R970-7300-C

Mounting & Tile Assy.* 3-6668-25 3-6668-25 3-6668-25 3-6668-25 3-6668-25 3-6668-25
Tile & Jacket Assembly 4-21583-7 4-21583-7 4-21583-7 4-21583-7 4-21583-7 4-21583-7
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Dims-PL 4422-5 04/15

Jacket (steel) 4-5377-3 4-5377-3 4-5377-3 4-5377-3 4-5377-3 4-5377-3
Jacket (304 SST) 4-5377-4 4-5377-4 4-5377-4 4-5377-4 4-5377-4 4-5377-4
Jacket (309 SST) 4-5377-6 4-5377-6 4-5377-6 4-5377-6 4-5377-6 4-5377-6

* Includes complete mounting, tile, jacket, and retainer assembly. Includes tile and jacket only. ‡ Includes 3-3638-1 adapter.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237
www.fivesgroup.com
"HL" and "HR" Hinged Series Dimensions & Parts List 4422-6
"HL" AND "HR" HINGED SERIES

4422HL AND HR-2-BO THROUGH -8-ABO HINGED BURNER ONLY
4422HL AND HR-2 THROUGH -8-A HINGED BURNER COMPLETE W/9" TILE
4422HL AND HR-2-LC THROUGH -8-ALC HINGED BURNER COMPLETE W/9" TILE and STEEL JACKET
4422HL AND HR-2-L4 THROUGH -8-AL4 HINGED BURNER COMPLETE W/9" TILE and 304 SST JACKET
4422HL AND HR-2-L9 THROUGH -8-AL9 HINGED BURNER COMPLETE W/9" TILE and 309 SST JACKET
Note: HR (Hinged-Right) model shown below.
DIMENSIONS inches A
G Flower pot air

K connection for
B –fpt
J
Gas conn. -8-A only
9
Wing Nut location
F A –fpt 4422-7-A, -7-B, and -8-A only
1⁄8 Flange Air Pressure Tap Air conn.
(all sizes)
G N
M
tap
22½°
D
H 45°
E
45°
22½°
¾"
C
wide
Observation slots (4)
Port
319⁄32
rad.
Optional Steel Jacket 1⁄8"
U from face of Mounting Flange T
to CL of Hinge Pins M M
¾ fpt – 3 holes for flame detector, N N
Observation Port and Pilot Tip L P
Wing Nut location
4422-2 thru -6-B only

designation A B C D E F G H J K L M N P T U wt, lb
4422HL & HR-2 1¼ 1 9½ 8½ 5 ½ 5¼ 2 43⁄8 83⁄8 105⁄8 5¼ 6 12 43⁄8 2 75
4422HL & HR-3 1½ 1 9½ 8½ 5 ½ 5¼ 2 43⁄8 83⁄8 105⁄8 5¼ 6 12 43⁄8 2 75
4422HL & HR-4 2 1¼ 9½ 8½ 5 ½ 5¼ 2 43⁄8 83⁄8 105⁄8 5¼ 6 12 43⁄8 2 75
4422HL & HR-5 2½ 1½ 9½ 8½ 5 ½ 5¼ 2 43⁄8 83⁄8 105⁄8 5¼ 6 12 43⁄8 2 75
4422HL & HR-6 3 1½ 9½ 8½ 5 ½ 59⁄16 2 43⁄8 83⁄8 105⁄8 5¼ 6 12 43⁄8 2 75
4422HL & HR-6-B 3 1½ 9½ 8½ 5 ½ 59⁄16 2 43⁄8 83⁄8 105⁄8 5¼ 6 12 43⁄8 2 75
4422HL & HR-7-A 4 2½ 11 10 7 9⁄16 615⁄16 25⁄8 57⁄8 11 141⁄16 61⁄8 6¾ 13½ 5½ 21⁄8 130
4422HL & HR-7-B 4 2½ 11 10 7 9⁄16 615⁄16 25⁄8 57⁄8 11 141⁄16 61⁄8 6¾ 13½ 5½ 21⁄8 130
4422HL & HR-8-A 6 2½ 11 10 7 9⁄16 1011⁄16 25⁄8 57⁄8 11 141⁄16 61⁄8 6¾ 13½ 5½ 21⁄8 140
"Flower Pot" type flange for -8-A. Note larger G dimension
Dims. & Parts List 4422-6
HINGED SERIES GAS BURNER PARTS LIST Page 2
Mounting Optional Steel Jacket

Hinge Pin (2) (LC, L4, L9 Burners only)
3-4130-1
¾" Pipe Plug
Studs, Body
Stud Hex
Gas Conn. (4)
Nuts (4)
Guide Pin
3-4075-1 Backplate Air Tubes (8)
Backplate
Gasket Gas Tube Gas Tube
Extension
(4422-8-A only)
Wing Nut Observation

3-4044-1 Port
nection
Gas Connection Gasket
Hex Head Cap Screws (4)

Main Air
Square Head Hex Jam Nut Flange
Set Screw R510-2259-JC Retaining Ring (4) Gasket
R740-7330 Hex Nuts (4)
Tile
Note: HL (Hinged-Left) model shown above. Tile Retaining Nuts (4) Retaining Rods (4)
R510-2219 3-1115-2
PARTS for 4422 Hinged Version (HR & HL) Burners
part name 4422-2 4422-3 4422-4 4422-5 4422-6 4422-6-B 4422-7-A 4422-7-B 4422-8-A
Hinged-Left Burner Only (ass'y) 4422HL-2-BO 4422HL-3-BO 4422HL-4-BO 4422HL-5-BO 4422HL-6-BO 4422HL-6-BBO 4422HL-7-ABO 4422HL-7-BBO 4422HL-8-ABO
Hinged-Left Body OC3-2754-3 OC3-2754-4 OC3-2766-1 OC3-2766-2
Hinged-Right Burner Only (ass'y) 4422HR-2-BO 4422HR-3-BO 4422HR-4-BO 4422HR-5-BO 4422HR-6-BO 4422HR-6-BBO 4422HR-7-ABO 4422HR-7-BBO 4422HR-8-ABO
Hinged-Right Body OC3-2741-3 OC3-2741-4 OC3-2767-1 OC3-2767-2
Gas Connection Ass'y. 4-8620-1 4-8620-1 4-8620-2 4-8620-3 4-8620-3 4-8620-3 4-8620-4 4-8620-4 4-8620-5
Gas Connection 3-2465-4 3-2465-4 3-2465-5 3-2465-6 3-2465-6 3-2465-6 3-3268-2 3-3268-2 4-6126-1
Gas Tube 3-2468-2 3-2468-2 3-2468-2 3-2468-2 3-2468-2 3-2468-2 † † †
Gas Tube Ext. — — — — — — — — 4-6121-1
Backplate 4-2459-2 4-2459-2 4-2459-2 4-2459-2 4-2459-2 4-2459-2 3-3269-2 3-3269-2 3-3269-2
Studs, Gas Conn. (4) 3-2584-1 3-2584-1 3-2584-1 3-2584-1 3-2584-1 3-2584-1 3-3325-1 3-3325-1 3-3325-1
Gas Conn. Gasket 3-2473-1 3-2473-1 3-2473-1 3-2473-1 3-2473-1 3-2473-1 3-3272-1 3-3272-1 3-3272-1
Air Tubes (8) 3-3643-1‡ 3-3643-2‡ 3-3640-2 3-3639-2 3-3554-2 3-5042-1 3-3273-3 3-3273-4 4-3684-2
Hex Nuts (4) R510-2219 R510-2259
Hinged Mtg. Plate (hard wall) OC3-2742-1 OC3-2765-1
Burner Tile (9") 4-2121-2 4-2121-2 4-2121-2 4-2121-2 4-2121-2 4-2121-2 4-2142-2 4-2142-2 4-2142-2
Square Head Set Screw R776-6560
Hinged Mounting & Tile Assemblies

Standard for Hinged Burner Complete w/9" Tile
Mounting & Tile Assy.* 3-6668-12 3-6668-13
LC Series for Hinged Burner Complete w/9" Tile and Steel Jacket
Jacket (Steel) 4-5377-3 4-5377-3 4-5377-3 4-5377-3 4-5377-3 4-5377-3 4-5378-3 4-5378-3 4-5378-3
L4 Series for Hinged Burner Complete w/9" Tile and 304 SST Jacket
Jacket (304 SST) 4-5377-4 4-5377-4 4-5377-4 4-5377-4 4-5377-4 4-5377-4 4-5378-4 4-5378-4 4-5378-4
L9 Series for Hinged Burner Complete w/9" Tile and 309 SST Jacket
Jacket (309 SST) 4-5377-6 4-5377-6 4-5377-6 4-5377-6 4-5377-6 4-5377-6 4-5378-5 4-5378-5 4-5378-5

* Includes complete mounting, tile, jacket, and retainer assembly. Includes tile and jacket only.
† Gas tube is cast with Gas Connection for -7-A, -7-B, and -8-A sizes. ‡ Includes 3-3638-1 adapter.
CONTACT

T +1 800 626 3477
F +1 216 373 4237

North American 4422-__-Z Nozzle-Mix Gas Burners Dimensions & Parts List 4422-7
FIBER-WALL MOUNTING "Z-DIMENSION" SERIES

4422-2-Z THROUGH -8-AZ BURNER COMPLETE W/ROUND MTG. AND 9" LONG TILES FOR WALL INSERTION LENGTHS BETWEEN 2" AND 9".
4422D-2-Z THROUGH -6-BZ BURNER COMPLETE W/ROUND MTG., 9" LONG TILE, AND DOUBLE-BOSS BODY FOR WALL INSERTION LENGTHS
BETWEEN 2" & 9".
DIMENSIONS inches Double-Boss
body
¾
¾ NPT - 3 holes for flame detector,
Observation Port
tap 45°
113⁄8 Tile OD
12 OD
Mtg. Flange
C dia.
16 OD
Q–Bolt circle
R–(8) studs
E
45°
D
319⁄32
rad.
B–NPT
Gas
A–NPT conn.
F Air conn. ¾ dia. 8 holes
G equally spaced
on 14½ BC
Z dim. H
3⁄8 1⁄8" Flange air
2" min./9" max. pressure tap 22½°
(all sizes)
J D
Flower pot A
air connection
for -8-A only

designation A B C D E F G H J Q R wt, lb
4422-2-Z 1¼ 1 5 5¼ 2 37⁄8 715⁄16 105⁄16 133⁄8 7½ 3⁄8 100
4422-3-Z 1½ 1 5 5¼ 2 37⁄8 715⁄16 105⁄16 133⁄8 7½ 3⁄8 100
4422-4-Z 2 1¼ 5 5¼ 2 37⁄8 715⁄16 105⁄16 133⁄8 7½ 3⁄8 100
4422-5-Z 2½ 1½ 5 5½ 2 37⁄8 715⁄16 105⁄16 133⁄8 7½ 3⁄8 100
4422-6-Z 3 1½ 5 59⁄16 2 37⁄8 715⁄16 105⁄16 133⁄8 7½ 3⁄8 100
4422-6-BZ 3 1½ 5 59⁄16 2 37⁄8 715⁄16 105⁄16 133⁄8 7½ 3⁄8 100
4422-7-AZ 4 2½ 7 615⁄16 25⁄8 5¼ 103⁄8 137⁄16 14¾ 93⁄8 ½ 140
4422-7-BZ 4 2½ 7 615⁄16 25⁄8 5¼ 103⁄8 137⁄16 14¾ 93⁄8 ½ 140
4422-8-AZ 6 2½ 7 1011⁄16 25⁄8 5¼ 103⁄8 137⁄16 14¾ 93⁄8 ½ 150
 Furnace opening should be12½", to allow for fillets and draft on 12" OD  ¾" long mounting plate shell extension.
 Double-Boss bodies through -6-B sizes only. Pilot and flame supervisory connections are ¾ fpt on 45° and 90° angles as shown.
See Dimensions and Parts List 4422-5 for double-boss burners with square block tile and mountings.
"Flower Pot" type flange for -8-A. Note larger D dimension
Dimensions & Parts List 4422-7
"Z-DIMENSION" GAS BURNER PARTS LIST Page 2
round Mounting and Tile assembly
(thin wall)
Mounting Furnace wall Ceramic fiber
Z
(dim. varies) modules
Studs,
Gas Conn. (4) ¾" Pipe Plug
Stud Hex Nuts (4)
Body
Mounting
Backplate
Air Tubes (8)
Backplate Gas Tube
Gasket
Gas Tube
Observation Port Extension
(8790-0) (4422-8-A only) Burner Tile
Gas Tile Fiber
Gas Connection Liner Blanket
Connection Gasket Burner Tile Insulation
Hex Head Cap Screws (4) Main Air

5⁄16-18 NC 4422-2 thru -6-B Flange
3⁄8-16 NC 4422-7-A, -7-B, -8-A Gasket
Mounting Nuts (8)
Hex Nuts (4) Flat Washers (8) NOTE: See Supplement DF-M2 for more
5⁄16-18 NC 4422-2 thru -6-B detailed installation recommendations for
3⁄8-16 NC 4422-7-A, -7-B, -8-A Fiber-Lined Furnaces.
PARTS for 4422 "Z-Dim." Fiber-wall mounting Burners

Part name 4422-2-Z 4422-3-Z 4422-4-Z 4422-5-Z 4422-6-Z 4422-6-BZ 4422-7-AZ 4422-7-BZ 4422-8-AZ
Burner Only (assembly) 4422-2-BO 4422-3-BO 4422-4-BO 4422-5-BO 4422-6-BO 4422-6-BBO 4422-7-ABO 4422-7-BBO 4422-8-ABO
Body 3-2466-9 3-2466-9 3-2466-9 3-2466-9 3-2466-10 3-2466-10 3-3267-3 3-3267-3 3-3267-4
Double-Boss** Burner 4422D-2-BO 4422D-3-BO 4422D-4-BO 4422D-5-BO 4422D-6-BO 4422D-6-BBO — — —
Only (assembly)
Double-Boss Body OC3-2042-1 OC3-2042-2 — — —
Gas Connection 3-2465-4 3-2465-4 3-2465-5 3-2465-6 3-2465-6 3-2465-6 3-3268-2 3-3268-2 4-6126-1
Gas Tube 3-2468-2 3-2468-2 3-2468-2 3-2468-2 3-2468-2 3-2468-2 † † †
Gas Tube Ext. — — — — — — — — 4-6121-1
Backplate 4-2459-2 4-2459-2 4-2459-2 4-2459-2 4-2459-2 4-2459-2 3-3269-2 3-3269-2 3-3269-2
Studs, Gas Conn. (4) 3-2584-1 3-2584-1 3-2584-1 3-2584-1 3-2584-1 3-2584-1 3-3325-1 3-3325-1 3-3325-1
Gas Conn. Gasket 3-2473-1 3-2473-1 3-2473-1 3-2473-1 3-2473-1 3-2473-1 3-3272-1 3-3272-1 3-3272-1
Air Tubes (8) 3-3643-1‡ 3-3643-2‡ 3-3640-2 3-3639-2 3-3554-2 3-5042-1 3-3273-3 3-3273-4 4-3684-2
Hex Nuts (4) R510-2219 R510-2259
Tile Retaining Nuts R510-2219
Mounting Nuts (8) R510-2259 R066-2950
Flat Washers (8) R970-7300-C R970-7370-C
"Z" DIM Mounting & Tile Assemblies

Standard For Fiber-Wall Mounting Burners complete, with Z-dimension specified on order from 2" to 9" in 1/2" increments
Mounting & Tile Assy.* 3-6322-1/X.X 3-6322-2/X.X
Mounting 3-6321-1/X.X 3-6321-2/X.X
Tile and Liner 3-6320-1 3-6320-2 Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Dims-PL 4422-7 04/15
D Series For Fiber-Wall Mounting Double-Boss Burners complete, with Z-dimension specified on order from 2" to 9" in 1/2" increments.
Mounting & Tile Assy.* 3-6322-3/X.X — — —
Mounting 3-6321-3/X.X — — —
Tile and Liner 3-6320-7 — — —
* Includes complete mounting, tile, and retainer assembly. Mounting and tile assembly part numbers have been revised to include the required "Z" dimension.
When ordering tile and mounting assembly separately, include the "X.X" suffix to represent the required "Z" dimension in .5" increments, 2" min to 9" max. For
example: 3-6322-1/5.5 represents tile and mounting assembly for 4422-2-Z through 4422-6-BZ burner with "Z" dimension of 5.5".
**Double Pilot and Flame Supervisory connections. †Gas tube is cast with Gas Connection for -7-A, -7-B, and -8-A sizes. ‡Includes 3-3638-1 adapter.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237
www.fivesgroup.com
North American
Small Fire•All™ Gas Burners
4423 and 4424 Small Fire•All™ Gas Burners
• General purpose burner for low or high temperature • Provides medium velocity flames with a wide air/fuel
applications ratio
• Used on almost any kind of industrial furnace • Smaller version of the famous 4422 series
Product Overview | Small Fire•All™ Gas Burners
Fire•All™ Burners are used on almost any kind of industrial FLAME SUPERVISION and LIGHTING
furnace from low temperature air heaters to kilns and forge
Flame Supervision. Use a UV detector with an adapter from
furnaces that operate in 2000-2400°F ranges.
Bulletin 8832. Flame rod supervision is not recommended.
4423 nozzle-mix burners are the small version of North
Flame supervision is strongly recommended for any application
American’s famous 4422 series. They provide medium velocity
that will be below 1400°F during any part of its cycle. When
flames with wide air/fuel ratio and turndown flexibility.
flame supervision is used, pilots must be interrupted: Pilot is
automatically turned off within 10 seconds of main flame ignition
For applications above 1900°F, the 4424 modification is
so detector monitors main flame only.
recommended.
CONTROL A 4011-12 pilot set is recommended for individual burner ignition.

When multiple burners share a single pilot pre-mix header, a
The most common control scheme uses a cross connected 4021-12 pilot tip per burner with an appropriately sized air/gas
atmospheric regulator (zero governor). mixer is recommended.
On lower temperature installations, fuel-only control is frequently DIRECT SPARK

used to take advantage of superior convection heat transfer and
uniformity afforded by excess air operation. The burner can be direct spark ignited with either the 4055 Direct
Spark Igniter (4055-D for -0 burner sizes, and 4055-C for -1 thru -3
More economical gas utilization can be realized by using a 7216 burner sizes), or the 4051 Air Assisted Igniter (4051-D for -0 burner
Variable Ratio Regulator, which allows correct air/fuel ratio at high sizes, and 4051-C for -1 thru -3 burner sizes). The 4051 Air Assisted
fire but reduces gas faster than air on turndown. Igniter is recommended because it ignites the burners over a wider
operating range. If using direct spark ignition of main flame, use
CONSTRUCTION standard 6000 volt transformer. Half-wave ignition transformer can
be used only with the 4055.
Cast iron bodies and gas connections. Prefired refractory tiles
suitable for 2950°F maximum tile temperature. 4423 air tubes
are stainless steel. 4424 tubes are Inconel, with a refractory
biscuit around them.
Carbon steel tile jackets are used where there is no supporting

refractory adjacent to the tile: Specify an "LC" suffix. Maximum
jacket temperature 800°F. For higher temperature alloy jackets,
consult North American.
All burners have an observation port in the back of the gas

connection, and provision for pilot and flame detector.
Combustion Air Capacities in scfh

(for Btu/h HHV, multiply by 100) flame length
stoichiometric
air pressure at burner in osi max. excess air, %*
Burner ratio
designation 0.2 1 5 6 8 12 16 8 osi 1 osi 9 osi 16 osi
4423- & 4424-0 70 155 350 380 440 540 630 6" 170 120 100
4423- & 4424-1 140 315 705 770 890 1090 1260 9" 165 255 285
4423- & 4424-2 260 585 1300 1430 1650 2010 2340 14" 730 455 455
4423- & 4424-3-A 395 885 1980 2160 2500 3050 3540 20" 900 730 670
4423- & 4424-3-B 480 1080 2410 2640 3050 3720 4320 20" 900 900 730
* XSA rates shown for 4423 Burners. They are somewhat less for the 4424 modification, used on high temperature applications that normally do not
require high excess air rates.
Bulletin 4423/4424
Page 2
Dimensions | Small Fire•All™ Gas Burners
Bulletin 4423/4424
DIMENSIONS in inches Page 3
gas tube nozzle

5⁄8 slots for ½ studs or bolts
½ used on
steel shell
1⁄8 fpt air pressure tap -0 size only
C
¾ (4423- -L & 4424- -L only)
1⁄8
¾ fpt hole at 45° to
all C's
for pilot, direct spark or
manual lighting 6¾
4 sq.
3½ 4
dia.
refractory face 6
15⁄8
(4424 only) sq.
4 311⁄16
B–fpt
Gas
9
A–fpt Air
4 4 3½ 3½
9 sq. 95⁄8
C weight: 47 lb
¾ fpt hole for flame supervision Section C-C
For most reliable ignition and flame signals, operate pilot at no less than 4"w.c. mixture pressure.
Opening in furnace shell or outer wall must be ½" larger than dimension shown to allow for mounting plate fillet and draft.
 Opening in furnace shell or outer wall must be ¼" larger than dimension shown.

designation A B
4423 or 4424-0 ¾ ½
4423 or 4424-1 13/4 ¾
4423 or 4424-2 1¼ 13/4
4423 or 4424-3-A 1½ 13/4
4423 or 4424-3-B 1½ 13/4
4423-3-A flame with 8 osi air, correct air/gas ratio Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Bulletin 4423/24 04/16
(the eye would see a somewhat longer flame).
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 4423 and 4424 Gas Burners Parts List & Instructions 4423/4424
Gas Tube Nozzle used

on -0 size only Inconel Air Tubes (6)
(4424 only)
C
1⁄8" pipe plug
¾" pipe plug
5⁄16-18 × 1" Body

capscrew
Burner Tile
Refractory Face
(4424 only)
Air Tubes (6)
Gas
Connection
Retaining
Observation Flange Rods (2) Tile jacket
¾" pipe plug Port Flange Gasket ¼ -20 × 1"
(optional)
capscrew
C 5⁄16 -24 hex nut
Section C-C
PARTS for 4423 and 4424 Burners
part name 4423-0 4423-1 4423-2 4423-3-A 4423-3-B

Air Tubes (6) 4-3507-5 4-3507-1 4-3507-2 4-3507-3 4-3507-4
Body 4-3504-2 4-3504-2 4-3504-2 4-3504-2 4-3504-2
Burner Tile 4-2120-2 4-2120-2 4-2120-2 4-2120-2 4-2120-2
Flange 2-4212-1 2-4211-1 2-4170-1 8765-3-B 8765-3-B
Flange Gasket 4-5371-1 4-5371-1 4-5371-1 4-5371-1 4-5371-1
Gas Connection 4-7372-1 4-3503-1 4-3503-2 4-3503-2 4-3503-2
Observation Port 8790-0 8790-0 8790-0 8790-0 8790-0
Retaining Rods (2) 4-2118-2 4-2118-2 4-2118-2 4-2118-2 4-2118-2
Tile Jacket (HRS)* OB4-0574-1
Tile Jacket (304 SST)* OB4-0574-3
Tile Jacket (309 SST)* OB4-0574-2
* For 4423- -LC, 4424- -L4, and -L9 only.

ADDITIONAL PARTS for 4424 Burners
part name 4424-0 4424-1 4424-2 4424-3-A 4424-3-B

Inconel Air Tubes (6) 4-5188-1† 4-5189-1† 4-5189-2† 4-5185-4 4-5185-5
Refractory Face 4-5192-2 4-5192-2 4-5192-2 4-5192-2 4-5192-2
†includes 3-3638-1 Adapter
Parts List & Instructions 4423/4424
suggested piping Page 2

Air
Motor 5 pipe dia.

Valve
Nozzle-Mix
Burners
Air Valve min. min.
Flexible Nipples
Impulse Line
3⁄8" OD minimum *Limiting Orifice Gas Valve
10D 4D
Metering Orifice
min. min.
Shutoff
Valve 4D 10D 10D 4D
Shutoff Valve
2 psi max. Tee for checking impluse pressure Air/Gas
Ratio Regulator
*Limiting orifice gas valves must be mounted as close to the burner as possible.
INSTALLATION
To minimize leaks around tile and to prevent cracking of tile by thermal expansion in the wall, see Supplements DF-M1 (for hard refractory lined
furnaces) and DF-M2 (for fiber lined furnaces) for installation recommendations.
LIGHTING AND ADJUSTMENT

WARNING: Startup and adjustment of combustion equipment should only be done by 7. Make final limiting orifice valve setting by reading high fire gas flow
trained personnel familiar with combustion technology, combustion equipment, and
with the particular burner system, equipment, and controls.
across metering orifice and comparing it to catalog air flow through
burner at indicated inlet pressure. Replace cover on limiting orifice
gas valve.
1. Make sure all fuel shutoff valves are closed. Close limiting orifice gas
valves on initial lighting. Open furnace doors and flue dampers. 8. To adjust burner for low fire, return motorized air valve to low fire
without changing limiting orifice gas valve setting; then adjust ratio
2. Start blower and check direction of blower rotation. Monitor motor regulator for desired flame (see Instructions 7218).
amperage during initial starting and adjustment periods.
3. Open manual and motorized combustion air valves wide to purge 9. If other burners are supplied by the same ratio regulator, settings
furnace. for their limiting orifice valves can be approximated by counting the
number of turns the adjusting screw on the first valve (step 6) was
4. Adjust motorized valve linkage for desired high and low fire. opened.
5. When furnace is purged of all combustion gases and vapors, turn air
control valves back to low fire position, leaving individual burner air 10. Turn all burners to high fire and, if necessary, readjust limiting
valves wide open. Light pilots in accord with pilot instructions. orifice gas valves.
6. Use a screwdriver to open the limiting orifice valve 3-4 turns (coun- 11. Turn all burners back to low fire, and if necessary, readjust the
terclockwise). Open gas shutoff valve. If burner dœs not light within a regulator spring as in step 8.
few seconds, close shutoff valve. Open limiting orifice 1-2 more turns. Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Pl-Instr 4423/24 12/99
Purge furnace again. If flame supervision is used, refer to Bulletin 8832 and Supplement
8832-1.
Open gas shutoff valve. Repeat procedure until flame lights. Adjust as
needed while slowly turning motorized air valve to high fire.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Fire•All™ Gas Burner
North American 4425
4425 Burner with pilot set

(ordered separately).
Gas Burners for High Temperature Applications
• Burners are designed specifically for higher temperatures
• Used for forge furnaces, ceramic kilns metal and glass melters
• Higher temperature version of the 4422 Fire•All™

4425 Fire•AllTM Burners are designed specifically for higher A flame rod or ultraviolet (UV) detector can be installed in one of
temperature operations such as forge furnaces, ceramic kilns, three holes in the body, using an adapter listed in Bulletin 8832.
metal and glass melters, heat treat furnaces, etc. They are the UV scanners allow ignition with up to 14 osi main air. If flame
high temperature version of North American’s 4422 Fire•AllTM rods are used, 4425-2 through -6 Burners must be ignited at 1
Burner, one of the most widely used industrial burners in the osi or more main air. Do not apply flame rods to -7 and -8 size
world. burners. When using flame supervision, an interrupted pilot is
required--do not use constant or intermittent pilots.
4425's are particularly appropriate for applications that run at
both high and low temperatures--an example is a batch type Startup and Adjustment: Refer to Bulletin GB-M1 for startup and
kiln in which early parts of the cycle run below 1200°F and adjustment of a nozzle-mix burner with ratio regulator air/fuel
require free oxygen in kiln atmosphere for raw material to ratio control.
process properly; then frequently the product must "soak" at
temperatures above 2000°F. 4425 Burners handle this duty with HIGH VELOCITY TILES
ease due to their excess air flexibility and their construction that 4425- -MB Burners have a 13½" "Milk Bottle" tile with reduced
withstands radiant heat. outlet; they produce higher velocity flames than the standard
CONSTRUCTION burner, also offer somewhat better protection for burner internals
from furnace radiation. Good tile installation practice is important
Metal parts are shielded by refractory: the tile and an insulating with any burner (see Supplements DF-M1 and -M2). It is critical
refractory "biscuit" covering face of burner. Mounting plate and with Milk Bottle tiles because of higher pressures developed in
burner body are made of heat resistant cast iron. Air tubes are the tile, which can cause burner and furnace wall damage if not
high grade alloy. properly sealed into the wall.
In furnace chambers above 2000°F, combustion air should not be Maximum % excess air
turned down below 2 osi (with or without gas on). Burner Air pressure across burner in osi
designation 1 4 8 16
LIGHTING AND FLAME SUPERVISION
4425-2 850 1750 860 1250
A 4011 Pilot Set is normally used to light 4425 Burners. A manual 4425-3 1500 2000 1780 1675
torch can be used in some applications. The burner can be direct 4425-4 1400 1500 1100 1500
spark ignited with either the 4055 Direct Spark Igniter (4055- 4425-5 620 570 490 460
D for 4425-2 through -6 and 4055-B for 4425-7 and -8 sizes) 4425-6 730 1080 730 410
or the 4051-D Air Assisted Igniter. The 4051 Air Assisted Igniter 4425-6-B 1030 850 630 450
is recommended because it ignites the burners over a wider
4425-7-A 2000 4000 1000 450
operating range. If using direct spark ignition of main flame, use
4425-7-B 2700 1200 875 500
standard 6000 volt transformer. Half-wave ignition transformers
4425-8-A 2000 2460 2210 1350
can be used only with the 4055.
Combustion air capacities in scfh

(for Btu/h HHV, multiply by 100)
Approx. flame lengths
Burner Air pressure across the burner in osi with 16 osi main air
designation 0.1 1 5 6 8 12 16 (in open furnace)
4425-2 160 520 1 160 1 270 1 470 1 800 2 100 1'
4425-3 280 890 1 980 2 160 2 500 3 050 3 550 1½'
4425-4 460 1 450 3 240 3 540 4 100 5 000 5 800 2'
4425-5 750 2 370 5 300 5 800 6 700 8 150 9 450 3'
4425-6 1180 3 700 8 300 9 100 10 500 12 900 14 800 3'
4425-6-B 1330 4200 9400 10 300 11 900 14 500 16 900 4'
4425-7-A 2070 6 550 14 600 16 000 18 500 22 700 26 200 6'
4425-7-B 2550 8 150 18 200 19 900 23 000 28 200 32 600 6'
4425-8-A 3350 10 600 23 700 26 000 30 000 36 700 42 400 7'
All ratings are based on operation without pilot in a cold open furnace. Burners can be lighted at any of the ratings listed. If a thicker
refractory "biscuit" is used for higher temperature service, excess air limits are lower. Bulletin 4425
Page 2
See Warning• 45° 319⁄32"

rad.
11⁄8" Section Y-Y thru Pilot

E or Flame Rod opening.
Insulating ¾" NPT – 3 holes for Flame Detector,
refractory Observation Port, and Pilot Tip.† 7½" BC for
¾" pipe plug furnished -3, -4, -5 & -6
for use if no Pilot.§ Y
8 - 3⁄8" bolts
Observation Port P 45°
Y
See ‡ Y
C Y
dia.
G
D*
sq. ¾" wide
P slotted
F 319⁄32" 93⁄8" BC holes
rad. for 7-A, 7-B
4425- -MB and 8-A
Milk Bottle Inconel A 8 - ½" bolts
Air Tubes B
shaped hole pipe size
pipe size
T–dia. J combustion P P
gas inlet
air inlet
9" for 4425
K R R
13½" for 4425- -MB
N S sq.
NOTE: For 4425-8-A, the air and gas connections cannot be piped in the same plane, as shown on other side, because the "flower pot" type
air connection flange would interfere with the 2½" gas line.
Burner dimensions in inches Wt, Recommended

designation A B C D E F G J K N P R S T lb Pilot Set
4425-2 1¼ 1 5 8½ ½ 5¼ 2 43⁄8 83⁄8 105⁄8 5¼ 6 12 3 76
4425-3 1½ 1 5 8½ ½ 5¼ 2 43⁄8 83⁄8 105⁄8 5¼ 6 12 3 76
4425-4 2 1¼ 5 8½ ½ 5¼ 2 43⁄8 83⁄8 105⁄8 5¼ 6 12 3 76
4425-5 2½ 1½ 5 8½ ½ 5¼ 2 43⁄8 83⁄8 105⁄8 5¼ 6 12 3 76 4011-11
4425-6 3 1½ 5 8½ ½ 59⁄16 2 43⁄8 83⁄8 105⁄8 5¼ 6 12 3 76 or
4425-6-B 3 1½ 5 8½ ½ 59⁄16 2 43⁄8 83⁄8 105⁄8 5¼ 6 12 3 76 4011-12
4425-7-A 4 2½ 7 10 9⁄16 615⁄16 25⁄8 57⁄8 11 141⁄16 61⁄8 6¾ 13½ 4½ 130

4425-7-B 4 2½ 7 10 9⁄16 615⁄16 25⁄8 57⁄8 11 141⁄16 61⁄8 6¾ 13½ 4½ 130
4425-8-A 6 2½ 7 10 9⁄16 1011⁄16 25⁄8 57⁄8 11 141⁄16 61⁄8 6¾ 13½ — 139
* Opening in furnace shell or outer wall must be ½" larger than dimension "D" to allow for mounting plate fillet and draft.
• Warning: Mounting plate and tile can be separated from burner body for convenience during furnace construction; but for -2 through -6 sizes, tile must be
set in wall with notches for pilot and flame rod in proper position relative to desired air pipe direction.
† Pilot, Flame Detector, and Observation Port positions are interchangeable as long as Pilot and Flame Detector are in adjacent holes.
‡ ¼" air pressure tap on -2, -3, -4, -5 and -6. 1⁄8" air pressure tap on -7-A, -7-B and -8-A.
 "Flower pot" type flange for -8-A. Note larger F dimension.
§ For 4425- -MB Burners, a second observation port is substituted for the Pipe Plug.
 The milk bottle tile is not offered with the 4425-8-A Burner.
Bulletin 4425
Page 3
Tiles | 4425 Fire•All™
Bulletin 4425
Page 4
Tiles for 4425 Burners
Burner
designation Standard PN Milk Bottle* PN
4425-2 thru -6-B 70% Alumina 4-2121-2 80% Alumina OC4-2332-1
4425-7-A, -7-B, -8-A 70% Alumina 4-2142-2 80% Alumina OC4-2547-2
* All tiles are pre-fired.

Maximum recommended use limit temperature is 3200°F for all tiles.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 4425 Gas Burners
round Mounting and Tile Assembly
(thin wall)
Parts List & Instructions 4425

Z
Backplate square Mounting (dim. varies)
Gasket* (hard wall)
Backplate Studs ¾" pipe plug

(Gas Conn.)
Air Tubes (8)
see detail
Gas Tube for -8-A
this construction on -7-A, -7-B, -8-A only
Refractory Face
Observation Port
(8790-0)
Gas
Connection
Gas Connection
Gasket* Burner Tile
(square)
Main Air Flange
Main Air
Flange Gasket Flat Washer 4425-2 to -6-Z
4425-7-AZ
Cap Screw 4425-7-BZ
Body
Tile Retaining 4425-8-AZ
Gas Tube Rods (4)
extension
4425-8-A only
(4-6122-1)
PARTS for 4425 Gas Burners
part name 4425-2 4425-3 4425-4 4425-5 4425-6 4425-7-A 4425-7-B 4425-8-A
Air Tubes (8 req'd), Inconel 3-3643-1† 3-3643-2† 3-3640-2 3-3639-2 3-3554-2 3-3273-3 3-3273-4 4-3684-2
Backplate 4-2459-2 4-2459-2 4-2459-2 4-2459-2 4-2459-2 3-3269-2 3-3269-2 3-3269-2
Backplate Gasket 3-2607-1 3-2607-1 3-2607-1 3-2607-1 3-2607-1 3-3272-1 3-3272-1 3-3272-1
Body 3-2466-9 3-2466-9 3-2466-9 3-2466-9 3-2466-10 3-3267-3 3-3267-3 3-3267-4
Burner Tile (9") [hard wall] 4-2121-2 4-2121-2 4-2121-2 4-2121-2 4-2121-2 4-2142-2 4-2142-2 4-2142-2
Cap Screw (8 req'd) R066-2920-H R-066-2920-H R066-2920-H R066-2920-H R066-2920-H R066-3420-H R066-3420-H R066-3420-H
Flat Washer (8 req'd) R970-7300-C R970-7300-C R970-7300-C R970-7300-C R970-7300-C R970-7370-C R970-7370-C R970-7370-C
Gas Connection 3-2465-4 3-2465-4 3-2465-5 3-2465-6 3-2465-6 3-3268-2‡ 3-3268-2‡ 4-6126-1‡
Gas Connection Gasket 3-2473-1 3-2473-1 3-2473-1 3-2473-1 3-2473-1 3-3272-1 3-3272-1 3-3272-1
Gas Tube 3-2468-2 3-2468-2 3-2468-2 3-2468-2 3-2468-2 ‡ ‡ ‡
Gas Conn. Gasket 3-2473-1 3-2473-1 3-2473-1 3-2473-1 3-2473-1 3-2473-1 3-3272-1 3-3272-1
Main Air Flange 3-2544-2 3-2544-1 4-1695-2 4-1695-3 4-1695-9 4-1695-5 4-1695-5 8765-8  7-D
Main Air Flange Gasket 4-5371-2 4-5371-2 4-5371-2 4-5371-2 4-5371-2 4-5371-3 4-5371-3 4-5371-3
Mounting (hard wall) 3-3257-1 3-3257-1 3-3257-1 3-3257-1 3-3257-1 3-3270-1 3-3270-1 3-3270-1
Mounting & Tile Assembly
(thin wall) 3-6322-1/X.X 3-6322-1/X.X 3-6322-1/X.X 3-6322-1/X.X 3-6322-1/X.X 3-6322-2/X.X 3-6322-2/X.X 3-6322-2/X.X
Refractory Face 4-4038-3 4-4038-3 4-4038-3 4-4038-3 4-4038-4 4-4039-2 4-4039-2 4-6127-1
Studs, Gas Conn. (4 req'd) 3-2584-1 3-2584-1 3-2584-1 3-2584-1 3-2584-1 3-3325-1 3-3325-1 3-3325-1
Tile Retaining Rods (4 req'd) 3-1115-2 3-1115-2 3-1115-2 3-1115-2 3-1115-2 3-1115-2 3-1115-2 3-1115-2
* Backplate and Gas Connection Gaskets are identical pieces for -7 and -8 sizes.
† Includes 3-3638-1 adapter.
‡ Gas tube is cast with Gas Connection for -7-A, -7-B, and -8-A sizes.

Mounting and tile assembly part numbers have been revised to include the required "Z" dimension. When ordering tile and mounting assembly
separately, include the "X.X" suffix to represent "Z" dimension in .5" increments, 2" min. to 9" max.
For example: 3-6322-1/5.5 represents tile and mounting assembly for 4425-2-Z through 4425-6-Z burners with "Z" dimension of 5.5".
Instructions & Parts List 4425
Page 2
suggested piping

Air
Motor 5 pipe dia.

Valve
Nozzle-Mix
Burners
Air Valve min. min.
Flexible Nipples
Impulse Line
3
/8" OD minimum Limiting Orifice Gas Valve
min. min.
Shutoff
Valve 4D 10D 10D 4D
Shutoff Valve
2 psi max. Air/Gas
Tee for checking impulse pressure Ratio Regulator
INSTALLATION
To minimize leaks around tile and to prevent cracking of tile by thermal 7. Make final limiting orifice valve setting by reading high fire gas flow
expansion in the wall, see Supplements DF-M1 (for hard refractory across metering orifice and comparing it to catalog air flow through
lined furnaces) and DF-M2 (for fiber lined furnaces) for installation burner at indicated inlet pressure. Replace cover on limiting orifice
recommendations. gas valve.
8. To adjust burner for low fire, return motorized air valve to low fire
LIGHTING AND ADJUSTMENT without changing limiting orifice gas valve setting; then adjust ratio
regulator for desired flame (see Instructions 7218).
1. Make sure all fuel shutoff valves are closed. Close limiting orifice gas
valves on initial lighting. Open furnace doors and flue dampers. 9. If other burners are supplied by the same ratio regulator, settings
for their limiting orifice valves can be approximated by counting the
2. Start blower and check direction of blower rotation. Monitor motor number of turns the adjusting screw on the first valve (step 6) was
amperage during initial starting and adjustment periods. opened.
3. Open manual and motorized combustion air valves wide to purge
furnace. 10. Turn all burners to high fire and, if necessary, readjust limiting
orifice gas valves.
4. Adjust motorized valve linkage for desired high and low fire.
11. Turn all burners back to low fire, and if necessary, readjust the
5. When furnace is purged of all combustion gases and vapors, turn air regulator spring as in step 8.
control valves back to low fire position, leaving individual burner air
valves wide open. Light pilots in accord with pilot instructions. If flame supervision is used, refer to Bulletin 8832 and Supplement
8832-1.
6. Use a screwdriver to open the limiting orifice valve 3-4 turns (coun-
terclockwise). Open gas shutoff valve. If burner dœs not light within a
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 4425_pl-instr 03/12

few seconds, close shutoff valve. Open limiting orifice 1-2 more turns.
Purge furnace again.
Open gas shutoff valve. Repeat procedure until flame lights. Adjust as
needed while slowly turning motorized air valve to high fire.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 4441 Tempest®
High Velocity Gas Burner
Achieve Superior Temperature Uniformity
• Jet action burner offering outstanding recirculation
• Slotted tile produces exceptional temperature uniformity
• Extraordinary performance across various furnace applications in a wide spectrum of industries

The North American Tempest® High Velocity Gas Burner is one
of the world’s most widely used and respected burners
The Tempest® is acclaimed for its high velocity jet action and
superior recirculation promoting capabilities. These two features
bring both the quality benefit of close temperature uniformity
and the productivity benefit of safe higher heating rates up to
3000°F (1650°C). Additionally, a variety of tile material and outlet
shape choices provide flexibility in installation with a “flame
fitting” to the shape of the combustion chamber.
TYPES OF APPLICATIONS
— Periodic kilns in the ceramics and refractory industries

— Tunnel kilns in the ceramics and refractory industries
— Forge furnaces 4441 Tempest®. Shown with alumina/mullite tile "A" for
— Heat treat furnaces fiber wall furnace installation.
— Galvanizing baths
— Scrap preheaters
— Carbon baking furnaces
— Cupolas
— Pipe coaters
— Portable refractory dry out
— Preheat equipment
— Variety of other applications
PERFORMANCE BENEFITS
— Low NOx emissions

— High excess air and excess fuel
— Integral air and gas meters
— Sturdy cast construction
— Wide operating limits
— Range of ignition and flame supervision capabilities
— Compatible with StepFire™ or other pulse fired control 4441 Tempest®. Shown with alumina/mullite slotted tile for
system. narrow lane firing and better temperature uniformity.
Bulletin 4441
page 2
North American Tempest® High Velocity Burner
Operation
PRINCIPLES OF CONVENTIONAL 4441 OPERATION a flame (UV) is detected. This can be a problem when the
controller responds to the spark but there is no actual flame.
On most 4441 burners the air enters the burner from the back For this reason, it is often necessary to use additional timers
and is distributed around the outside of the stabilizer cup. Fuel is and relays to prevent premature shut down of the spark
also connected to the back of the burner, but on the centerline. igniter.
The fuel enters the inside of the stabilizer cup, where the first
small amounts of air is added to the fuel. An ignition spark starts Halfwave ignition transformers will prevent UV sensing of
the combustion process, and the base of the flame stabilizes the spark during trial for ignition, but they supply lower
inside the cup. amperage to the igniter with produces a cooler spark that
may not reliably ignite burners over as wide a range of inputs
Additional air is added in multiple stages to the fuel and flame as or air/fuel ratios as a conventional transformer.
it moves through the burner towards the tile exit. This air staging
helps to keep the flames oxygen content low, and the air that — Relight: Tempest® burners require spark for re-ignition. They
flows around the stabilizer cup and flame helps to control the will not relight reliably from a hot tile or furnace.
temperatures inside the burner. Because the flame burns in the
stabilizer cup and inside the tile it can be monitored with a flame — Control: Excellent performance with all control systems;
supervision system. StepFire™, on-ratio and fuel-only turndown. A limiting orifice
valve must be installed in gas supply line within 1 ft. (30 cm)
Before the flame leaves the burner, the tile tapers to a nozzle of burner (generally the closer the better). A ratio regulator
which increases the flames velocity as it exits the tile. The final should ideally be within 4 ft. (122 cm) of burner.
fuel / air reaction happens in the furnace where the high velocity
flame entrains furnace gases into the burning flame envelope. Even in cases where a motorized valve is used for fuel control,
a limiting orifice valve that takes at least 10"w.c. (6 osi) of
pressure drop must be installed close to the burner. Failure to
4441 OPERATION INSTRUCTIONS
install the valve could cause stability problems as the gas flow
is modulated.
— Combustion Air: 00.3-41.6"w.c. (0.08-10.3 kPa) air pressure,
max 350°F (177°C). Most sizes are available in a hot air
version that can operate with 800°F (427°C) combustion air.
Sizes -3 through -4-B are available as standards and special < 1.0'
versions of the larger sizes are available but without complete
flow documentation.
— Fuel: Natural gas for all burner sizes, propane gas versions
are available in the -1 thru -4-B sizes. Gas pressure varies
per size with 19"w.c. (4.7 kPa) is maximum required at design Limiting Orifice Valve
capacity, for 27.7"w.c. (6.9 KPA) combustion air pressure, at
stoichiometric ratio.
— Flame Supervision: Flame rod or UV detector Consult — Piping: In cross-connected systems, the design, selection, and
National Safety Standards and insurance underwriters for system installation must consider pressure drop through the
specific flame supervision requirements. Flame supervisory components to avoid excessive pressure drop in the gas line
components must be ordered separately. See the parts list between the ratio regulator and the burner. Consider the gas
table for correct flame rod part number. pressure required at the burner to achieve the desired heat
release (i.e. gas flow). For more detailed information on cross-
— Ignition: Direct spark (no pilot) with 6000 V transformer. connected control systems, see Sheet 7218-2 Instructions,
Lighting not recommended above 27.7"w.c. (6.9 kPa) main Bulletin 7216 and the Practical Pointers Book.
air pressure. Always energize the spark before the gas or
with the gas as the flame lights most reliably in an excess air — “A” tiles: 4441 burners with the “A” style self-supporting
condition as the gas transitions from off to its set point. tiles may be shipped with the tiles separate from the burner
mounting to prevent tile damage. Attaching the tiles in field
On systems that use UV flame supervision, UV radiation conditions is relatively easy. See Sheet 4441-2 which ships
generated by the spark igniter can often be “seen” by the with “A” series burners for detailed instructions.
UV detector through reflection off the burner internals or the
Bulletin 4441
burner tile. Many flame relay controls turn off the spark when page 3
North American Tempest® High Velocity Gas Burner
Performance Data
4441 NATURAL GAS PERFORMANCE DATA

(Performance for 27.7"w.c (16 osi) main air pressure operating at stoichiometric ratio unless stated otherwise)
Burner Size -1 -2 -3 -4-A -4-B -5 -6 -7 -8-A -8-B -8-C

Air Flow, not burning (scfh) 1600 2700 4000 6100 8200 11000 19000 26000 36000 50000 63000
Air Flow, (scfh)xxxx 1250 2200 3300 5250 6900 9500 15000 22000 31000 42000 54000
Air Orifice , UA-DA, ("w.c.) 13.2 16.6 17.4 16.4 16.5 15.5 7.3 7.1 13.8 11.9 8.3
Gas Orifice , UG-DG ("w.c.) 3.9 6.7 8.5 7.9 8.5 2.9 2.6 3.8 2.5 4.6 7.3
Gas Pressure UG ("w.c.) 18.0 16.4 17.1 15.2 15.7 12.5 15.6 12.1 10.0 13.3 13.5
Gas Pressure UG ("w.c.), 30% XSF 20.8 24.2 23.4 20.6 22.0 13.8 17.1 13.3 13.0 16.4 17.5
Max. % XSA, (ignition and flame signal limit) 2000 3000 4000 6000 6000 6000 6000 6000 3000 3000 3000
Max. % XSF, (ignition and flame signal limit) 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
Flame Length (in.)x 10 10 12 20 26 28 36 45 50 60 68
Flame Diameter (in.) 1 2 2 3 4 6 7 8 12 14 14
4441 PROPANE GAS PERFORMANCE DATA

(Performance for 27.7"w.c (16 osi) main air pressure operating at stoichiometric ratio unless stated otherwise)
Burner Size -1 -2 -3 -4-A -4-B
Air Flow, not burning (scfh)xxxxxxxxxxxxxx 1700 2700 3850 6200 8600
Air Flow, (scfh)xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx 1350 2200 3450 5350 7600
Air Orifice , UA-DA, ("w.c.)xxxxxxxxxxxxx 13.2 15.3 18.7 16.5 15.9
Gas Orifice , UG-DG ("w.c.)xxxxxxxxxxxxx 1.9 3.2 8.3 3.2 4.5
Gas Pressure UG ("w.c.)xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx 15.9 14.4 15.9 11.4 12.1
Gas Pressure UG ("w.c.), 30% XSFxxxxxxxxx 16.6 15.1 24.2 13.5 15.1
Max. % XSA, (igniton and flame signal limit) 1000 2000 3300 1750 2800
Max. % XSF, (ignition and flame signal limit) 30 30 30 30 30
Flame Length (in.)xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx 8 15 12 24 24
4441 800°F (427°C) COMBUSTION AIR WITH NATURAL GAS DATA

Performance for 27.7"w.c (16 osi) main air pressure operating at 10% excess air
Burner Size -3 -4-A -4-B -5 -6 -7
Air Flow, not burning (scfh)xxxxxxxxxxxxxx 2465 3760 5050 6775 11710 16025
Air Flow, (scfh)xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx 2126 3375 4250 6100 9600 14000
Air Orifice , UA-DA, ("w.c.)xxxxxxxxxxxxx 17.9 16.4
Gas Orifice , UG-DG ("w.c.)xxxxxxxxxxxxx 3.1 3.0
Gas Pressure UG (osig) 8.7 6.8
Flame Length (in) 24 24
Flame Diameter (in) 5 6
Bulletin 4441
page 4
Natural Gas Operation | Tempest®
All Data:...............................is based on firing with ambient combustion air.
UA-DA:................................Published data is reasonably accurate between 6.9 and 34.6"w.c. (1.7 and 8.6 kPa) main air pressure (UA)
if piped with >5 diameters of straight pipe into burner. Square rooting the UA-DA pressure drops using
the published 27.7"w.c. (6.9 kPa) data is reasonably accurate between 6.9-34.6"w.c. (1.7-8.6 kPa) air
pressure. Below 6.9"w.c. (1.7 kPa) the UA-DA data is suspect and should not be used for accurate air
metering. Square rooting will over-estimate air flow below 6.9"w.c. (1.7 kPa) and underestimate above
34.6"w.c. (8.6 kPa).
UG-DG:................................UG-DG information can be used to approximate fuel gas flow. External gas orifices or O2 analysis
should be used for precise determination of fuel metering and air/fuel ratio.
Max % XSAir, fs
Max % XSAir, UV
Max % XSAir, flame rod fs - indicates the maximum flame supervisory XSAir or XSFuel using either a UV detector or the
Max % XSFuel, fs specified flame rod listed on the 4441 parts list.
Max % XSAir, ignition ignition - indicates the maximum XSAir or XSFuel at which the integral igniter will light the burner.
Max % XSFuel, ignition
DG:......................................Tile pressures are average values and are subject to considerable variation (±10%)
NOTE: The capacity of the burners has not changed but static pressure has been transitioned to measuring static pressure in imperial units by inches of
water column. Previous versions of the bulletin measured static air pressure in ounces per square inch. Conversion: 1 osi = 1.73"w.c.
NATURAL GAS OPERATION
Main Air Pressure, (UA pressure tap), "w.c
4441-1 0.9 1.7 6.9 15.6 20.8 27.7 34.6 41.6

Air Flow, not burning (scfh) 1600
Air Flow, (scfh) 200 280 600 900 1025 1250 1400 1550
Air Orifice , UA-DA, (“w.c.) 0.4 0.7 2.9 7.1 9.7 13.2 15.8 19.5
Gas Orifice , UG-DG, (“w.c.) 0.1 0.2 1 2.2 2.5 3.9 5 6
Tile Pressure, DG ("w.c.) 0.55 0.9 3.7 8.1 10.8 14.1 17.7 21
Max. % XSAir, fs, ignition 400 600 900 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000
Max. % XSFuel, fs 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
Max. % XSFuel, ignition 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
Flame Length (in.) 6 7 7 8 9 10 10 10
Flame Diameter (in.) 0.75 0.75 0.75 1 1 1 1 1
4441-2 0.3 1.7 6.9 15.6 20.8 27.7 34.6 41.6

Air Flow, (scfh) 200 450 1040 1650 1890 2200 2500 2700
Air Orifice , UA-DA, (“w.c.) 0.15 1.23 3.7 9 11.4 16.6 20.9 25.3
Gas Orifice , UG-DG, (“w.c.) 0.05 0.3 1.3 3 4.4 6.7 8.5 8.6
Tile Pressure, DG ("w.c.) 0.2 0.8 2.9 5.9 7.7 9.8 12 14.3
Max. % XSFuel, fs 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
Flame Length (in.) 6 8 10 10 10 10 11 10
Flame Diameter (in.) 1 2 1.5 1.5 2 2 2 2
Bulletin 4441
page 5

4441-3 0.3 1.7 6.9 15.6 20.8 27.7 34.6 41.6

Air Flow, (scfh) 340 800 1600 2450 2900 3300 3750 4100
Air Orifice , UA-DA, (“w.c.) 0.25 0.9 4 9.5 10.5 17.4 21.9 26.6
Gas Orifice , UG-DG, (“w.c.) 0.1 0.5 1.8 4.7 6.6 8.5 9.2 11.3
Tile Pressure, DG ("w.c.) 0.1 0.6 2.5 5.1 7.9 8.6 10.6 12.5
Max. % XSFuel, fs 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
Flame Length (in.) 10 12 14 11 12 12 12 12
Flame Diameter (in.) 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
4441-4-A 0.3 1.7 6.9 15.6 20.8 27.7 34.6 41.6

Air Flow, (scfh) 600 1200 2600 3850 4400 5250 5900 6650
Air Orifice , UA-DA, (“w.c.) — 0.9 4.5 9.2 12.7 16.4 21.2 27
Gas Orifice , UG-DG, (“w.c.) — 0.5 1.8 3.5 4.6 6.5 8 10.3
Tile Pressure, DG ("w.c.) — 0.3 1.9 3.7 4.8 7.9 8.3 10.5
Max. % XSFuel, fs 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
Flame Length (in.) 16 18 18 18 19 20 24 24
4441-4-B 0.3 1.7 6.9 15.6 20.8 27.7 34.6 41.6

Air Flow, (scfh) 750 1650 3400 5100 5800 6900 7700 8500
Air Orifice , UA-DA, (“w.c.) — 1.1 4.4 9.8 12.6 16.5 21.6 26.8
Gas Orifice , UG-DG, (“w.c.) — 0.5 2.4 5.1 6.4 8.5 11 12.5
Max. % XSFuel, fs 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
Flame Length (in.) 20 24 26 26 26 26 26 27
Bulletin 4441
page 6

4441-5 0.3 1.7 6.9 15.6 20.8 27.7 34.6 41.6

Air Flow, (scfh) 1100 2300 4600 7100 8200 9500 10500 11500
Air Orifice , UA-DA, (“w.c.) — 0.8 3.8 9 12.3 15.5 19.9 23.6
Gas Orifice , UG-DG, (“w.c.) — 0.2 0.8 1.6 2.3 2.9 3.5 3.8
Tile Pressure, DG ("w.c.) — 0.7 2.4 5.3 6.9 9 11.5 13.7
Max. % XSFuel, fs 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
Flame Length (in.) 23 25 24 27 25 27 27 28
4441-6 0.3 1.7 6.9 15.6 20.8 27.7 34.6 41.6

Air Flow, (scfh) 1600 3500 7100 10800 12400 15000 16500 18400
Tile Pressure, DG ("w.c.) — 0.9 3.4 7.3 10 12.7 15.8 17.8
Max. % XSFuel, fs 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 30
Flame Length (in.) 27 31 34 34 34 37 36 38
4441-7 0.3 1.7 6.9 15.6 20.8 27.7 34.6 41.6

Air Flow, (scfh) 3900 6400 11000 16100 18600 22000 25000 28000
Air Orifice , UA-DA, (“w.c.) — — 1.4 4.9 5.5 7.1 8 9.5
Gas Orifice , UG-DG, (“w.c.) — — 0.9 2.5 3.3 3.8 6.3 6.7
Max. % XSFuel, fs 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
Flame Length (in.) 24 29 34 36 42 45 54 56
Bulletin 4441
page 7
4441-8-A 0.3 1.7 6.9 15.6 20.8 27.7 34.6

Air Flow, not burning scfh 36000
Air Flow, scfh 4000 7500 15000 23200 26900 31000 34500
Air Orifice , UA-DA, “w.c. — 0.9 3.3 8.4 10.5 13.8 18.5
Gas Orifice , UG-DG, “w.c., stoich. — 0.3 0.7 1.6 1.8 2.5 2.9
Tile Pressure, "w.c. 0.2 0.6 2.7 5.4 6.7 9.1 10.6
Max. % XSA fs, ignition 1000 2000 3000 3000 3000 3000 2000
Max. % XSFuel, fs 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
Flame Length in. 36 40 45 45 48 50 50
Flame Diameter in. 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
4441-8-B 0.3 1.7 6.9 15.6 20.8 27.7 34.6

Air Flow, scfh 5500 10000 20000 32000 36000 42000 47000
Tile Pressure, "w.c. 0.2 0.7 2.6 5.5 6.8 8.4 10.1
Max. % XSFuel, fs 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
Flame Length in. 46 49 53 53 55 60 62
4441-8-C 0.3 1.7 6.9 15.6 20.8 27.7 34.6

Air Flow, scfh 6500 12500 25000 38000 45000 54000 60000
Tile Pressure, "w.c. 0.1 0.5 1.9 3.9 4.9 5.8 6.5
Max. % XSFuel, fs 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
Flame Length in. 48 53 57 59 60 68 72
Bulletin 4441
page 8
Propane Operation | Tempest®
PROPANE OPERATION
4441-1 0.3 1.7 6.9 15.6 20.8 27.7 34.6 41.6

Air Flow, (scfh) 200 300 650 950 1100 1350 1500 1725
Max. % XSFuel, fs 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
Flame Length (in.) 6 6 8 8 8 8 9 10
Flame Diameter (in.) 2 1.5 1.5 1 1.5 1 1.5 1.5
4441-2 0.3 1.7 6.9 15.6 20.8 27.7 34.6 41.6

Air Flow, (scfh) 400 550 1050 1650 — 2200 2500 2800
Air Orifice , UA-DA, (“w.c.) 0.4 0.8 3.5 8.4 — 15.3 19.2 23.2
Gas Orifice , UG-DG, (“w.c.) 0.1 0.2 0.6 1.7 — 3.2 3.8 4.7
Tile Pressure, DG ("w.c.) 0.5 0.9 3.1 6.5 — 11.2 13.8 16.6
Max. % XSAir, fs, ignition 1000 1000 1500 2000 — 2000 1900 1800
Max. % XSFuel, fs 30 30 30 30 — 30 30 30
Max. % XSFuel, ignition 30 30 30 30 — 30 30 30
Flame Length (in.) 9 9 10 11 — 15 16 17
Flame Diameter (in.) 2 2.25 1 1 — 1 1.25 1.5
4441-3 0.3 1.7 6.9 15.6 20.8 27.7 34.6 41.6

Air Flow, (scfh) 550 800 1650 2550 — 3450 3900 4300
Air Orifice , UA-DA, (“w.c.) 0.5 0.9 4.3 10.3 — 18.7 23.5 28.5
Gas Orifice , UG-DG, (“w.c.) 0.2 0.5 2.2 5.3 — 8.3 10.2 12.5
Tile Pressure, DG ("w.c.) 0.4 0.7 2.3 4.5 — 7.7 9.5 11.2
Max. % XSFuel, fs 30 30 30 30 — 30 30 30
Flame Length (in.) 11 12 12 12 — 12 12 12
Flame Diameter (in.) 2 2 2 2 — 2 2 2
Bulletin 4441
page 9
PROPANE OPERATION
4441-4-A 0.3 1.7 6.9 15.6 20.8 27.7 34.6 41.6

Air Flow, (scfh) 950 1350 2850 4000 — 5350 — 6800
Air Orifice , UA-DA, (“w.c.) 0.5 1.0 3.9 9.2 — 16.5 — 24.6
Gas Orifice , UG-DG, (“w.c.) 0.3 0.4 1.0 1.8 — 3.2 — 4.8
Tile Pressure, DG ("w.c.) 0.3 0.5 2.2 4.8 — 8.3 — 12.5
Max. % XSAir, fs, ignition 1100 1300 1500 1750 — 1750 — 900
Max. % XSFuel, fs 30 30 30 30 — 30 — 30
Max. % XSFuel, ignition 30 30 30 30 — 30 — 30
Flame Length (in.) 16 18 22 24 — 24 — 24
Flame Diameter (in.) 2 3 3 4 — 4 — 4
4441-4-B 0.3 1.7 6.9 15.6 20.8 27.7 34.6 41.6

Air Flow, (scfh) 1350 1900 3800 5700 — 7600 — 9200
Air Orifice , UA-DA, (“w.c.) 0.5 1.0 3.9 8.9 — 15.9 — 24.6
Gas Orifice , UG-DG, (“w.c.) 0.3 0.3 1.3 2.0 — 4.5 — 8.8
Tile Pressure, DG ("w.c.) 0.2 0.4 1.9 4.3 — 7.6 — 10.5
Max. % XSFuel, fs 30 30 30 30 — 30 — 30
Flame Length (in.) 16 18 18 20 — 24 — 26
Flame Diameter (in.) 3 3 4 4 — 6 — 6
Bulletin 4441
page 10
Dimensions | Tempest®
DIMENSIONS, inches
4441-1 through -6 4441-1 through -7 "A" tile dimensions

(other 7 dimensions below)
¾" NPT for flame ¼"
supervision "R" TILE - Flanged Mounting optional ("J" tile only) "J" TILE "FL" Flanged Long Mounting
Includes metal jacket
"F" Flanged Mounting
OB
G FS
S mounting ears
("R" tile only)
D1
H
IGN
DG
E DA D sq.
K max.
5⁄8" UG
OD
dia.
slot UA
Fives North American Cleveland, OH USA
B– NPT A– NPT 5⁄8" 9

F Gas Inlet Air Inlet C 5⁄8" 9"
10.9"
4441-7 (Parts for -7 only)
¾" NPT
B– NPT for flame 187⁄16"
Gas Inlet supervision "R" TILE - Flanged Mtg. optional 153⁄8" "J" Tile
Mtg. Ears Gas Inlet Elbow
37-0008-CI
("R" tile only) R590-4598
G OBS Air Orifice Plate

FS
4-26707-1
DG
IGN
UA K D
E sq. D1
5⁄8" sq. 37-0004
sq.
UG
dia.
slot A– NPT
Air Inlet
Fives North American Cleveland, OH USA Air Inlet
R590-7397
A– NPT Air Flange (2) Flange Gasket (2) DA**
F Air Inlet 9"
4-1695-5 4-5371-3
C
Dimension in Inches K "A" Tile Weight, lb

Burner Round Slotted (max. OD)
designation A B C D D1 E F G Tile Ø Tile H X W H 4441-'R' 4441-'J' 4441-'A'
4441-1 1¼ ¾ 143⁄8 7½ 8 10 2¾ 4½ 0.81 0.31 X 1.71 5 60 85 40
4441-2 1¼ ¾ 143⁄8 7½ 8 10 2¾ 4½ 1.13 0.50 X 2.10 5 60 85 40
4441-3 1½ ¾ 143⁄8 7½ 8 10 2¾ 4½ 1.38 0.56 X 2.75 5 60 85 40
4441-4-A 2 1 143⁄8 7½ 8 10 2¾ 4½ 1.75 0.72 X 3.50 5 60 85 40
4441-4-B 2 1 143⁄8 7½ 8 10 2¾ 4½ 2.13 0.94 X 3.94 5 60 85 40
4441-5 2½ 1¼ 16 10 10½ 12½ 35⁄8 5¾ 2.13 0.88 X 4.25 7½ 125 150 75
4441-6 3 1½ 16 10 10½ 12½ 35⁄8 5¾ 2.44 1.00 X 4.85 7½ 125 150 75
4441-7 4 2 255⁄8 10 10½ 12½ 35⁄8 5¾ 3.19 1.50 X 5.63 7½ 145 170 95
IF SPACE LIMITATIONS OR OTHER CONSIDERATIONS MAKE EXACT DIMENSION(S) CRITICAL. page 11
Dimensions Sizes 1 - 7 with "M" Tile | Tempest®
Bulletin 4441
DIMENSIONS, inches page 12
See Sheet 4441-1 for details on the 4441-M with metal tile
4441-1 through -6 4441-5 through -6

.63
F
B - NPT
Gas Inlet
H Max O.D.
A - NPT
Air Inlet
1.94 3.45 4.53
C C
4441-7 (parts for -7 only)

2.50 8.13
E 2.56
K I.D.
2.56 14.79 D
E C
4441 HIGH VELOCITY TILE
Burner DIMENSIONS IN INCHES K "H" Tile Weight, lb

designation A B C D E F G Tile ID Ø (max. OD) 4441-'M'
4441-1-MRH/F 1¼ ¾ 13.65 9.56 10 2.75 4.5 0.83 4.45 34
4441-2-MRH/F 1¼ ¾ 13.57 9.45 10 2.75 4.5 1.25 4.45 34
4441-3-MRH/F 1½ ¾ 13.49 9.40 10 2.75 4.5 1.38 4.45 34
4441-4-AMRH/F 2 1 13.36 9.27 10 2.75 4.5 1.75 4.45 34
4441-4-BMRH/F 2 1 13.21 9.12 10 2.75 4.5 2.13 4.45 34
4441-5-MRH/F 2½ 1¼ 14.70 9.67 12.5 3.63 5.75 2.13 6.93 60
4441-6-MRH/F 3 1½ 14.58 9.55 12.5 3.63 5.75 2.44 6.93 60
4441-7-MRH/F 4 2 24.03 9.24 12.5 3.63 5.75 3.19 6.93 78
4441 MEDIUM VELOCITY TILE
4441-1-MRM/F 1¼ ¾ 13.49 9.40 10 2.75 4.5 1.38 4.45 34
4441-2-MRM/F 1¼ ¾ 13.36 9.27 10 2.75 4.5 1.75 4.45 34
4441-3-MRM/F 1½ ¾ 13.21 9.12 10 2.75 4.5 2.13 4.45 34
4441-4-AMRM/F 2 1 13.06 8.97 10 2.75 4.5 2.44 4.45 34
4441-4-BMRM/F 2 1 12.73 8.64 10 2.75 4.5 3.00 4.45 34
4441-5-MRM/F 2½ 1¼ 14.27 9.24 12.5 3.63 5.75 3.19 6.93 60
4441-6-MRM/F 3 1½ 13.85 8.82 12.5 3.63 5.75 4.00 6.93 60
DIMENSIONS, inches (metric)

4441-8-A, 4441-8-B, 4441-8-C
6” NPT (BSPT)
Main Air. conn. 1⁄8 NPT
pressure tap 21 3⁄16 (538)
connection
12 3⁄16 (310)
7 11⁄16 (195)
97⁄8
(251)
2 ½ NPT (BSPT)
18 (457) Gas conn.
OD Flange
14
(356)
¾ NPT
Observation Port ¾ NPT OD
Flame Safety
Connection
16 (406) BC
12 x 3⁄8 (9.5)
4
(102)
½ (13) 9 (229)
4441-8- RRH/F
10.8 (280)
A-ID
9 (229) 3/8" (9.5) 3/8" (9.5)
C
9 (229)
"F" Flange .63 (16) thick
"FL" Flange .63 (16) thick 4441-8- ARH/F 4441-8- ASH/F
Tile Exit Dimensions Inches (mm)

15 /8
Burner Designation A B C
CL 4441-8-A H/F 3.75 (95) 1.82 (46) 6.44 (164)
1
/4 NPT Burner 4441-8-B H/F 4.25 (108) 2.06 (52) 7.32 (186)
Gas pressure 31 /2 (89)
taps 4441-8-C H/F 4.88 (124) 2.5 (63) 8 (203)
4441-8-A, B, C Weight lbs (kg)

/8 NPT
3
Refractory "R" Alumina "A" Burner Only
Pilot Pilot Assembly
premix Round or Slotted
connection 139 (63)
228 (103) 90 (41)
4441-8 with Pilot Accessory
4441-8 Burners with 310 SST Metal "M" Tile | Tempest®
10.8 (280)
A-ID
9 (229) .19" (4.8)
8.75
(222)
"FL" Flange .63 (16) thick
HIGH VELOCITY TILE MEDIUM VELOCITY TILE
Burner Designation Burner Designation

"F" Mounting AØ "F" Mounting AØ
"FL" Mounting "FL" Mounting
4441-8-AMRH/F 4441-8-AMRH/FL 3.75 (95) 4441-8-AMRM/F 4441-8-AMRM/FL 4.88 (124)
4441-8-BMRH/F 4441-8-BMRH/FL 4.25 (108) 4441-8-BMRM/F 4441-8-BMRM/FL 5.50 (140)
4441-8-CMRH/F 4441-8-CMRH/FL 4.88 (124) 4441-8-CMRM/F 4441-8-CMRM/FL 6.13 (156)
4441-8 with "M" Tile — 310 SST metal tiles for applications up Medium velocity tiles are also available with an exit 2 sizes
to 1800°F (982°C) are available with flanged “F” or “FL” style larger than the high velocity tile. Because the medium velocity
mounting for the 4441-8-A, -B and -C burner sizes with the same tiles have less exit restriction than the high velocity versions, the:
high velocity tile exit sizes and tile length as the refractory and
the Alumina/Mullite tiles. — Tile exit velocity will be about 35% lower
— Burner capacity will be 10-20% higher
Unlike the smaller 4441's, the tile mounting flange is the same — The flame length will be 30% longer
thickness as the “A” style Alumina/Mullite tiles so the “M” metal — Gas pressure will be 20-40% lower
tiles can be used in the same mounting plate as the “A” style — Excess air, lighting, and flame supervision limits should be the
tiles. So a 310 SST “M” tile (on a 4441-8) can be substituted for a same as the high velocity burner at the same capacity.
ceramic “A” style tile without having to replace the burner body
or mounting plate. See Sheet 4441-1 for additional details on the 4441-M with metal
tile.
Bulletin 4441
page 14
Tile Mounting Information | Tempest®
TILE AND MOUNTING OPTIONS
Tile Materials
“A” Tile — Alumina/Mullite tile for fiber wall and most "M" Tile — 310 SST metal tile for applications up to 1800°F
applications up to 3000°F (1649°C). Available with flanged "F" (982°C). Available with flanged "F" style mounting.
and "FL" mounting only. See Sheet 4441-1 for details on the 4441-M with metal tile.
All flanged mountings on sizes -1 to -7 are square, and round

on all -8 burners
F = "Flanged" tile mounting have

approximately 9" of tile length.
“Aardvark” Alloy Tile — The Aardvark’s threaded snout can

be screwed directly into a fitting. Good for applications up to
1600°F (871°C). Consult North American for Aardvark tile option
or see bulletin 4441A.
FL = "Flanged Longed" tile
mounting have approximately
11" of tile length.
“R” Tile — Traditional square refractory block for applications

to 3000°F (1649°C). Available with flanged "F" and "E"
mounting and are recommended for installation in solid
wall construction furnaces/kilns only. Available with either
flanged or eared mounting, both with 9" long tiles. Exit Shapes
“R” Round — for high penetration and maximum drive.

E — "Eared" Classic Tempest® flange-
“S” Slotted — for narrow lane firing and better temperature
less 2-bolt mounting (available for -1
uniformity (available with “A” tile only).
thru -7 "R" tile only). The two mounting
slots are in the same locations as the 3 ‡ Slot orientation is field adjustable, by loosening body mounting bolts and
& 9 o'clock slots in the "F" style flange. rotating exit accordingly.
Slot orientation - horizontal with respect to burner air connection at 4:30‡,

unless otherwise specified on order.
“J” Tile — Traditional square refractory block with 11 ga. 309

SST metal jacket and "F" style flanged mounting for applications
to 1800°F (982°C). Note: Recommended for installation of a
square refractory block tile in soft wall.
Bulletin 4441
page 15
Ordering Information | Tempest®
4441 - - H
Air/Gas connections
Fuel
Blank = NPT
M = BSPT Blank = Natural Gas fuel only
P = Propane fuel only
(-1 thru -4-B only)
Mountings
4441 Capacities @ 27.7"w.c. (6.9kPa)
E = Eared (with -1 thru -7 "R" tile only)
Air Pipe Air Flow Input @ 10% xsa F = Flanged (optional with "R" tile and standard with all
size scfh (Nm3/h) Btu/h HHV (kW LHV) others)
FL = Flanged longer tile mounting with approximately 11"
-1 = 1¼" 1250 (33) 114,000 (30) tile length (for -1 thru -8 with "A" material tile only)
-2 = 1¼" 2200 (59) 200,000 (53)
-3 = 1½" 3300 (88) 300,000 (79) Tile Exit Size
-4-A = 2" 5250 (140) 477,000 (126) H = High Velocity Tile (standard)
-4-B = 2" 6900 (184) 627,000 (166) M = Medium Velocity Tile (M tiles) See Sheet 4441-1 for details
-5 = 2½" 9500 (254) 864,000 (228) Tile Exit Shape
-6 = 3" 15,000 (401) 1,364,000 (360)
R = Round
-7 = 4" 22,000 (588) 2,000,000 (529) S = Slotted ("A" tile only)
-8-A = 6" 32,000 (856) 2,909,000 (770)
-8-B = 6" 42,000 (1124) 3,818,000 (1010)
Tile Material
-8-C = 6" 54,000 (1444) 4,910,000 (1299)
R = Square block refractory -1 to -7 = Square, -8-A, -B, -C = Round
A = Alumina/Mullite
M = Metal, 310 Stainless Steel Alloy, See Sheet 4441-1 for details
J = Square block refractory with 309 SST tile jacket (-1 thur -7 only)
See Bulletin 4441A for "Aardvark" alloy tile
All 4441 burners come with a direct spark igniter, an optional pilot tip is available for 4441-8 sizes.
Examples:
4441-4-AASH/F = -4-A Capacity 4441 Burner with an Alumina/Mullite slotted high velocity tile, with flanged mounting.
4441-2-RRH/E = -2 Capacity 4441 Burner with a square refractory high velocity tile, with eared mounting.
M4441-7-ARH/F = -7 Capacity 4441 Burner with an Alumina/Mullite round high velocity tile, with flanged mounting, BPST air/gas connections.
SPECIAL 4441 INFORMATION
Besides the standard options listed above, 4441 Tempest® burner are available in many other special configurations.
Hot Air: Most 4441 configurations can be built with special components for use with preheated air to 800°F (427°C)
Medium velocity tiles: Many 4441 configurations can be assembled with tiles larger exists to deliver lower flame velocities.
—These sizes can be special ordered with a one size larger tile exit: -1,-2,-3,-4-A, -5, -6, -8-A, -8-B
—These sizes can be special ordered with two sizes larger tile exit: -1, -2, -3, -5, -8-A
Extra high velocity Tempest® tiles: Many 4441 configurations can be assembled with tiles with smaller exists to deliver even higher
flame velocities. These sizes can be special ordered with a one size smaller tile exit: -2, -3, -4-A, -4-B, -6, -7, -8-B, -8-C
Special tile mounting plates: 4441 burners can be engineered with special mounting plates, for example:
—Built in connections for LNI low NOx injectors
—Custom tile mounting plates to match existing burner mounting configurations
Bulletin 4441
page 16
Recommended Piping | Tempest®
RECOMMENDED PIPING FOR 4441 AND 4442 TEMPEST GAS BURNERS

IMPERIAL AND METRIC EQUIVALENTS
Gas/Air Ratio
Regulator (shown w/
bypass, required Limiting Orifice
within 4' of burner) Valve required
within 1' of burner
Legend for Table 1

AIR FUEL
A – 8697/8695 Metering Orifice (optional) E – 8697 Metering Orifice
B – 1122 Manual Air Valve F – 7216- - BP Regulator (with bypass)
C – Air Cycle Valve G – Threaded Pipe Union
D – 8770/8773 Flexible Connection or H – 1807 Limiting Orifice Valve
2947 Blower Sleeve J – 8773 Flexible Pipe
Table 1. Recommended component selection for 4441/4442 Tempest burners with StepFireTM Control.
Air Side Fuel Side

Burner Size A B C D E F G H I
-1 1¼" 1¼" 1¼" 1¼" ¾" ¾" ¾" ¾" ¾"
-2 1¼" 1¼" 1¼" 1¼" ¾" ¾" ¾" ¾" ¾"
-3 1½" 1½" 1½" 1½" ¾" ¾" ¾" ¾" ¾"
-4-A 2" 2" 2" 2" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1"
-4-B 2" 2" 2" 2" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1"
-5 2½" 2½" 2½" 2½" 1¼" 1¼" 1¼" 1¼" 1¼"
-6 3" 3" 3" 3" 1½" 1½" 1½" 1½" 1½"
-7 4" 4" 4" 4" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2"
FNAC
pipe code -04 -03 -02 -01 -0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7
NPS 1⁄8" ¼" 3⁄8" ½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2" 2½" 3" 4"
DN 6mm 8mm 10mm 15mm 20mm 25mm 32mm 40mm 50mm 65mm 80mm 100mm
NPS stands for nominal pipe size Bulletin 4441

DN stands for diameter nominal page 17
Installation Instructions | Tempest®
1. System has been sized for standard conditions. For any unusu- 3. To increase the air impulse available to the 7216 (if necessary),
al conditions including elevation, high ambients, preheated air, a metering orifice or other fixed resistance component can be
etc., the individual components must be selected based on the installed downstream between the 1196 and the air impulse line
maximum actual flow rates that will be encountered during to the regulator.
operation.
4. For the components selected in Table 1, and under the condi-
2. System has been sized based on 27.7"w.c. (6.9 kPa) air tions specified above, the 4441-1, -2, -3, -5, and -6 will operate
pressure at the burner at high fire and 1"wc air pressure at with up to 30% XSF. For the 4441-4-A and -4-B, 1"w.c. of
the burner at low fire. To ensure tight shutoff of the 7216- - additional air impulse pressure is required to reach 30% XSF
BP regulator at low fire, allow for a –2" bias on the regulator capability. In order to achieve higher XSF on any size, addition-
spring. Thus the maximum gas pressure available from al air pressure is required to impulse the 7216 regulator.
the 7216 regulator at high fire is 25.7"wc (with 27.7"w.c.
impulse).
INSTRUCTIONS FOR ASSEMBLY AND INSTALLATION

OF BURNER AIR AND GAS PETCOCKS
INSTRUCTIONS
Figure 2. Petcock Assemblies
1) Determine burner size stamped on the nameplate which is
mounted on the front of the burner body. Find corresponding A
number for the petcock assemblies in Table 3.
2) Assemble petcocks as detailed in Figure 2 illustrations A & B. ITEM 2

Refer to Table 1 for item description.
3) Remove pipe plugs from the burner body. Plug locations (UA,
DA, UG, and DG) are cast on the burner body. ITEM 1
4) Replace pipe plugs with the proper petcock assembly. 1849-04

Tighten to ensure there is no leakage.
B
NOTE: We recommend using liquid Teflon sealer
on pipe threads.
ITEM 4 ITEM 2
5) Check for leakage during burner operation.

CAUTION: Valves must be kept in closed position when not
in use. ITEM 3 ITEM 1
1849-04-L
Tools required: 6" adjustable wrench and pliers. Table 3. Use of Petcock Assemblies
Table 1. List of Parts Taps
Item Burner UG DG UA DA
No. Description Quantity
4442-0 through -4 B A B A
1 1⁄8" Petcock 4
4442-5 through -7 B B A A
2 1⁄8" Hose Nipple 4
3 1⁄8" × 1½" Nipple 2 4441-1 through -7 A A A A
4 1⁄8" Coupling 2
4441-8 A B A A
Note: UG, DG, UA, DA are appropriately labeled on the burner

body.
Bulletin 4441
page 18
Tile Installation Instructions| Tempest®
TEMPEST GAS BURNER

TILE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS INCHES (MM)
Ceramic Tile in Fiber Wall Installation Instructions

(see Figure 1)
1. Cut circle opening in furnace shell. Allow ¼" clearance all the
way around tile.The hole size in the shell for 4441-1 through 90°
-4-B is 5½" (140) and for 4441-5 through -7 is 8" (203).
2. Cut a straight hole in fiber wall for the burner tile. The hole
should be approximately ½” (13) smaller than the tile OD to
allow the fiber to be tight up against the tile.
Figure 1c: Cross section through 12" fiber-lined furnace wall with an "FL"
3. Wrap the tile in cling wrap and then insert tile into the fiber style mounting plate with ceramic tile.
wall. The cling wrap will assist in pushing the tile into a small-
er fiber hole. Ceramic Tile in Monolithic/Brick Wall Installation
Instructions (see Figure 2)
4. Bolt burner to furnace shell. We recommend using a flanged
burner with a gasket at this joint for applications with pressur- 1. Cut circle opening in furnace shell. Allow ¼" clearance all the
ized chambers. A burner mounting gasket is available from way around tile.The hole size in the shell for 4441-1 through
North American. -4-B is 5½" (140) and for 4441-5 through -7 is 8" (203).
5. Periodically check for fiber shrinkage in vicinity of the burn- 2. Make hole in furnace wall to insert the tile. We recommend a
er tile. Repack any voids with bulk fiber insulation to maintain minimum gap of 1½" (38) between the tile and the brick/mono-
a thermal seal between the furnace interior and the shell. lithic wall. Fill this gap with compressed ceramic fiber. The hole
in the wall can be either square or round. If pushing the tile
through the fiber, wrap the tile in cling wrap to assist the tile
through the fiber.
Ceramic Fiber 3. Bolt burner to furnace shell. We recommend using a flanged

burner with a gasket at this joint for applications with pressur-
ized chambers. A burner mounting gasket is available from
North American.
4. Pack fiber tightly around the tile. Fill all voids to provide a
tight thermal seal from the furnace interior to the shell.
5. Periodically check for fiber shrinkage in vicinity of the burner

Figure 1a: Cross section through 9" fiber-lined furnace wall with an "F"
tile. Repack any voids with bulk fiber insulation to maintain a
style mounting plate with ceramic tile.
thermal seal between the furnace interior and the shell.
Monolithic/Brick Material
Ceramic Fiber
90°
Figure 2: Cross section through a hard wall with a ceramic tile.

Figure 1b: Cross section through 12" fiber-lined furnace wall with an "F"
Bulletin 4441
style mounting plate with ceramic tile. page 19
Tile Installation Instructions | Tempest®
Square Block Refractory in Fiber Wall Square Block Refractory Tile in Brick or
Installation Instructions (see Figure 3) Monolithic Wall Installation Instructions
(see Figure 4)
Please consider using a ceramic tile for a fiber wall
(See Figure 1)
1. Cut square opening in furnace shell. Allow ¼” (6) clearance
1. Cut square opening in furnace shell. Allow ¼” (6) clearance all all the way around the tile. The hole size in the shell for
the way around the tile and jacket. 4441-1 through -4-B is 8" (203) square hole and for 4441-5
through -7 is 10½" (267) square hole.
2. Cut a hole for the burner tile and jacket in fiber wall. The hole
should be approximately ½” (13) smaller than the jacket to 2. Make a hole in the wall. We recommend a minimum gap of
allow the fiber to be tight up against the jacket. 9" (229) between the tile and the monolithich/brick wall for the
castable/rammed material.
3. Insert tile with metal jacket into the fiber wall. We suggest a
metal jacket around the tile to support the refractory. Do not 3. Bolt burner to furnace shell. We recommend using a flanged
use a metal jacket for application higher than 1800°F (982°C). burner with a gasket at this joint for applications with pressur-
For temperatures above 1800°F (982°C), please see Figure 4 ized chambers. A burner mounting gasket is available from
for the recommended tile installation. North American.
4. Bolt burner to furnace shell. We recommend using a flanged 4. Use a castable or rammed material to support and secure tile.
burner with a gasket at this joint for applications with pressur- Provide a shelf support angle to support castable or rammed
ized chambers. A burner mounting gasket is available from material.
North American.
5. Use densely packed ceramic fiber around castable or rammed
material to act as an expansion joint.
6. Waterproofing may be required to prevent surrounding refrac-

tory from absorbing water from castable refractory. Using a
plastic sheet to waterproof is recommended.
See Supplement DF-M1 for a more detailed explanation of this

installation.
Ceramic Fiber
Ceramic Fiber
Castable/Rammed Material
Figure 3: Cross section through a fiber wall with square Figure 4: Cross section through a hard wall with square
block refractory tile. Includes metal jacket for tile sup- block refractory tile.
port.
Bulletin 4441
page 20
4441-1 Thru -7 Spare Parts List | Tempest®
¾" NPT Flame Supervisory Port A
(flame supervisory components 37-0006/CI Observation Port
must be ordered separately)
OBS
Igniter FS
DG
IGN
DA
37-0289/HR
UG
Eared Mounting only available
UA with "R" tile
A Flanged Mounting standard with "A" tile and optional with "R" tile
Body Gasket Mtg. and Tile Ass'y

Tile Mtg. Gasket Furnace Mtg Gasket
("R" Tile) Body Gasket
Tile
Burner
only* Burner
only*
"J" Tile - includes metal jacket Mounting and Insulation "A" Tile (Round or Slotted)
Square Block "R" Tile Assembly ("A" tile)
Burner designation Burner designation

Part Name 4441-1 4441-2 4441-3 4441-4-A 4441-4-B 4441-5 4441-6 4441-7
Natural Gas
Burner Only* 4441-1/BO 4441-2/BO 4441-3/BO 4441-4-A/BO 4441-4-B/BO 4441-5/BO 4441-6/BO 4441-7/BO
Propane Gas
Burner Only* 4441-1/BO/P 4441-2/BO/P 4441-3/BO/P 4441-4-A/BO/P 4441-4-B/BO/P
All Models
Body Gasket 4-25427-1 4-25427-1 4-25428-1 4-6050-1 4-6050-1 4-6102-1 4-6102-1 4-6102-1
4-25427-1 4-25427-1 4-25427-1
Igniter R240-2100
"R" Tile (Square Refractory)
Eared Mtg. and Tile Ass'y 4-25476-2 4-25476-3 4-25476-4 4-25476-5 4-25476-6 4-25476-7 4-25476-8 4-25476-9
Flanged Mtg. and Tile Ass'y 4-25476-11 4-25476-12 4-25476-13 4-25476-14 4-25476-15 4-25476-16 4-25476-17 4-25476-18
"A" Tile
Round Tile 4-29040-1 4-29040-2 4-29040-3 4-29040-4 4-29040-5 4-24586-6 4-24586-7 4-24586-8
Slotted Tile† 4-27596-1 4-27596-2 4-27596-3 4-27596-4 4-27596-5 4-25470-4 4-25470-5 4-25470-6
"F" Mounting & Insulation Ass'y 4-25716-1 4-25716-1 4-25716-1 4-25716-1 4-25716-1 4-25716-2 4-25716-2 4-25716-2
"FL" Mounting Plate 4-56081-1 4-56081-1 4-56081-1 4-56081-1 4-56081-1 4-56082-1 4-56082-1 4-56082-1
Tile Mtg. Gasket 4-25484-1 4-25484-1 4-25484-1 4-25484-1 4-25484-1 4-25485-1 4-25485-1 4-25485-1
"J" Tile (Square Refractory

with 309 SST Jacket)
Jacketed Mtg. and Tile Ass'y 4-52937-1 4-52937-2 4-52937-3 4-52937-4 4-52937-5 4-52937-6 4-52937-7 4-52937-8
"M" Metal Tile

HV Tile 4-56079-1 4-56079-2 4-56079-3 4-56079-4 4-56079-5 4-56080-2 4-56080-3 4-56080-4
MV Tile 4-56079-3 4-56079-4 4-56079-5 4-56079-6 4-56079-7 4-56080-4 4-56080-5
Mounting Plate (for metal tile) 4-56081-2 4-56081-2 4-56081-2 4-56081-2 4-56081-2 4-56082-2 4-56082-2 4-56082-2
Tile Mtg. Gasket 4-25484-1 4-25484-1 4-25484-1 4-25484-1 4-25484-1 4-25485-1 4-25485-1 4-25485-1
Part Name
Accessories (order separately)4441-1 4441-2 4441-3 4441-4-A 4441-4-B 4441-5 4441-6 4441-7
Furnace Mtg. Gasket‡ 4-51882-1 4-51882-2

Flame Rod Assembly 4-25432-4 4-25432-1 4-25432-1 4-25432-1 4-25432-3 4-25432-4 4-25432-4 4-25432-2
4-25432-7 4-25432-3
Petcocks (4 req'd) 1849-04
* Burner Only includes Body Gasket, Stabilizer, Observation Port, Nameplate, and plugs. Stablilizer and air distribution plate is included with the Propane
Burner only.
† Slotted tile orientation can be changed by loosening the bolts fastening the body to the mounting and adjusting the tile accordingly.
‡ For flanged "R" and "A" tiles.
 For sales orders below 2214482 booked 12/4/2012.  For sales orders above 2214482 booked 12/4/2012. Bulletin 4441
 For sales orders below 2249794 booked 4/30/2015.  For sales orders above 2249794 booked 4/30/2015. page 21
4441-8 Spare Parts List | Tempest®
Air Inlet Flange Air Inlet Gasket 2 REQ) "FL" Mounting "F" Mounting &
Insulation Ass'y
"R" Mounting & Tile Assembly
Inlet Air Orifice
"A" or "M"Tile
Gas Nozzle
Body
Igniter
Pilot/Igniter Yoke
Tile Mtg. Gasket
Body Mtg.Gaskets Combustion Cup Assembly
(2 REQ) Nozzle Mtg. Plate Assembly
Part Name -8-A -8-B -8-C

Natural Gas
Burner only 4441-8-A/E/BO 4441-8-B/E/BO 4441-8-C/E/BO
All Models
Air Inlet Flange 4-1695-6
Air Inlet Gasket (2 req'd) 4-5371-4
Body 4-29217-1
Body Mtg. Gasket (2 req'd) 4-29221-1
Combustion Cup Assembly 4-29796-1
Gas Nozzle 4-29793-1
Igniter (for direct spark only) 4-3681-1
Igniter/Pilot Yoke 4-27369-1
Inlet Air Orifice 4-29795-1 4-29795-2 4-29795-3
Nozzle Mtg. Plate Assembly 4-29824-1
Replacement Tiles
"R" Tile (Round Refractory)

Mtg. and Tile Assembly 4-29219-1 4-29219-2 4-29219-3
"A" Tile (Alumina/Mullite)
Round Tile 4-54666-1 4-54666-2 4-54666-3
Slotted Tile 4-55510-1 4-55511-1 4-55512-1
"M" Tile (Metal 310 SST Round Exit)
High Velocity Tile 4-58517-1 4-58517-2 4-58517-3
Medium Velocity Tile 4-58517-3 4-58517-4 4-58517-5
Replacement flanges for type "A" or "M" tiles (tiles are not included)
"F" Mtg. and Insulation Ass'y 4-56388-1
"FL" Mounting Plate Ass'y 4-56491-1
Tile Mtg. Gasket 4-54667-1
Accessories (order separately)
Flame Rod 4-25432-8
Petcocks-Long (1 req'd) 1849-04-L
Furnace Mtg. Gasket 4-53689-1
Pilot Assembly (-G version only) 4-28157-1
Bulletin 4441
page 22
4442 Burner | 4441 Burner Cross-Reference
Bulletin 4441
page 23
The 4441 burner is an improved version of the 4442 and retains The 4441 improves on the 4442 by adding these features:
these features:
— Available with additional tile options
— Available with the same high velocity square block refractory · Thin wall self-supporting ceramic, ideal for fiber wall
tile or the Aardvark metal tile with threaded exit · Thin wall tile with slotted exit
— Has the same mounting options, two ears or fully flanged · 310 SST metal tile
— Air and gas connections that match the 4442 — Direct spark ignition over a much wider ratio range
— High excess air operation — Much better flame supervision when using flame rods
4442 Burner 4441 Burner 4442 Burner 4441 Burner

part number part number part number part number
Cold Air Burners with "2 Eared" Mounting Hot Air Burners with "Flanged" Mounting
4442-0 Not Available 4442-0-H Not Available
4442-1 4441-1-RRH/E 4442-1-H Not Available
4442-3 4441-3-RRH/E 4442-3-H 4441-3-RRH/F/H
4442-4 4441-4-ARRH/E 4442-4-H 4441-4-ARRH/F/H
4442-4-S 4441-4-BRRH/E 4442-4-S#1 4441-4-BRRH/F/H
4442-5 4441-5-RRG/E 4442-5-H 4441-5-RRH/F/X2873
4442-6 4441-6-RRH/E 4442-6-H 4441-6-RRH/F/X2874
4442-7 4441-7-RRH/E 4442-7-H 4441-7-RRH/F/X2875
Cold Air Burners with "Flanged" Mounting "Aadvark" Burner with Metal Tile
4442-0-F Not Available 4442A-2 4441A-2-RRH/T
4442-1-F 4441-1-RRH/F 4442A-3 4441A-3-RRH/T
4442-2-F 4441-2-RRH/F 4442A-4 4441A-4-ARRH/T
4442-3-F 4441-3-RRH/F 4442A-4-S 4441A-4-BRRH/T
4442-4-F 4441-4-ARRH/F 4442A-5 4441A-5-RRH/T
4442-4-FS 4441-4-BRRH/F 4442A-6 4441A-6-RRH/T
4442-5-F 4441-5-RRH/F 4442A-7 4441A-7-RRH/T
4442-6-F 4441-6-RRH/F
4442-7F 4441-7-RRH/F
Copyright © 2023 - Fives - All rights reserved | Buletin 4441 06/23
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
4441 North American Tempest®
High Velocity Gas Burners
Achieve Superior Temperature Uniformity
• Jet action burner offering outstanding recirculation
• Slotted tile produces exceptional temperature uniformity
• Extraordinary performance across various furnace applications in a spectcrum of industries

of the world’s most widely used and respected burners
The Tempest® has gained acclaim for its high velocity jet action
and superior recirculation promoting capabilities. These two
features bring both the quality benefit of close temperature
uniformity and the productivity benefit of safe higher heating
rates up to 1650°C (3000°F). Additionally, a variety of tile
material and outlet shape choices provide flexibility in installation
with a “flame fitting” to the shape of the combustion chamber.
TYPES OF APPLICATIONS
— Periodic kilns in the ceramics and refractory industries

— Tunnel kilns in the ceramics and refractory industries
— Forge furnaces
— Heat treat furnaces
— Galvanizing baths 4441 Tempest®. Shown with alumina/mullite tile "A" for
fiber wall furnace installation.
— Scrap preheaters
— Carbon baking furnaces
— Cupolas
— Pipe coaters
— Portable refractory dry out
— Variety of other applications
PERFORMANCE BENEFITS

— High excess air and excess fuel
— Integral air and gas meters
— Wide operating limits
— Range of ignition and flame supervision capabilities
4441 Tempest®. Shown with alumina/mullite slotted tile for
— Compatible with StepFire™ or other pulse fired control narrow lane firing and better temperature uniformity.
system.
North American Tempest® High Velocity Gas Burner
Performance Data
— Combustion Air: .8-104 mbar (0.3-41.6"w.c.) air pressure, — Control: Excellent performance with all control systems;
max 177°C (350°F) . StepFire™, on-ratio and thermal turndown. A limiting orifice
valve must be installed in gas supply line within 300 mm
— Fuel: Natural gas with propane gas versions available in the (1 ft.) of burner. A ratio regulator should be within 1.2 M
-1 thru -4-B sizes. Gas pressure varies per size with 47 mabr (4 ft.) of burner.
(19"w.c.) is maximum required at design capacity, for 69 mbar
(27.7"w.c.) combustion air pressure, stoich ratio. — Relight: Tempest® burners require spark for re-ignition.
They will not relight from a hot tile or furnace.
— Flame Supervision: Flame rod or UV detector Consult
National Safety Standards and insurance underwriters — Piping: For cross-connected systems, maximum gas
for specific flame supervision requirements. Flame pressure at the burner can be adversely impacted
supervisory components must be ordered separately. See by excessive pressure drop inthe gas line between the
the parts list table for correct flame rod part number. ratio regulator and the burner. The design, selection, and
installation of these systems must take into account
— Ignition: Direct spark (no pilot) with 6000 V transformer. the gas pressure required at the burner to achieve the
A halfwave transformer prevents UV sensing of the spark desired heat release (i.e. gas flow). For more detailed
during trial for ignition. Lighting not recommended above information on cross-connected control systems, see Sheet
69 mbar (27.7"w.c.) main air pressure. Excess air required for 7218-2 Instructions, Bulletin 7216 and Practical Pointer Book.
ignition. — Capacities of the burners have not changed. Imperial units of
static pressure are now given in inches of water column.

(Performance for 69 mbar main air pressure operating at stoichiometric ratio unless stated otherwise)
Burner Size -1 -2 -3 -4-A -4-B -5 -6 -7 -8-A -8-B -8-C
Air Flow, not burning (Nm3/h) 43 72 107 163 219 294 508 695 962 1337 1684
Air Flow, (Nm3/h)xx 33 59 88 140 184 254 401 588 829 1123 1443
Air Orifice , UA-DA, (mbar) 32.3 40.6 42.6 40.2 40.4 37.9 17.9 17.4 33.8 29.1 20.3
Gas Orifice , UG-DG (mbar) 9.5 16.4 20.8 19.3 20.8 7.1 6.4 9.3 6.1 11.3 17.9
Gas Pressure UG (mbar) 44.8 40.9 42.7 37.9 39.2 31.0 38.8 30.2 25.0 33.2 33.6
Gas Pressure UG (mbar), 30% XSF 51.7 60.3 58.2 51.3 54.7 34.5 42.7 33.2 32.3 40.9 43.5
Max. % XSA, (ignition and flame signal limit) 2000 3000 4000 6000 6000 6000 6000 6000 3000 3000 3000
Max. % XSF, (ignition and flame signal limit) 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
Flame Length (mm)x 254 254 305 508 660 711 914 1143 1270 1524 1727
Flame Diameter (mm) 25 51 51 76 102 152 178 203 305 356 356
4441 PROPANE GAS PERFORMANCE DATA

(Performance for 69 mbar main air pressure operating at stoichiometric ratio unless stated otherwise)
Burner Size -1 -2 -3 -4-A -4-B
Air Flow, not burning (Nm3/h)xxxxxxxxxxxx 45 72 103 166 230
Air Flow, (Nm3/h)xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx 36 59 92 143 203
Air Orifice , UA-DA, (mbar)xxxxxxxxxxxxx 32.3 37.5 45.8 40.4 38.9
Gas Orifice , UG-DG (mbar)xxxxxxxxxxxx 4.7 7.8 20.3 7.8 11.0
Gas Pressure UG (mbar)xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx 39.6 35.8 39.6 28.4 30.2
Gas Pressure UG (mbar), 30% XSFxxxxxxxx 41.4 37.5 60.3 33.6 37.5
Max. % XSA, (igniton and flame signal limit) 2000 3000 4000 6000 6000
Max. % XSF, (ignition and flame signal limit) 30 30 30 30 30
Flame Length (mm)xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx 203 381 305 610 610
Flame Diameter (mm)xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx 25 25 51 102 152
UA-DA:................................Published data is reasonably accurate between 17 and 86 mbar (6.9 and 34.6"w.c.) main air pressure (UA)
the published 69 mbar (27.7"w.c.) data is reasonably accurate between 17-86 mbar (6.9-34.6"w.c.) air
pressure. Below 17 mbar (6.9"w.c.) the UA-DA data is suspect and should not be used for accurate air
metering. Square rooting will over-estimate air flow below 17 mbar (6.9"w.c.) and underestimate above
86 mbar (34.6"w.c.) .
Max % XSAir, fs
Max % XSAir, UV

Main Air Pressure, (UA pressure tap), mbar
4441-1 2 4 17 39 52 69 86 103
Capacity, Nm3/h main air (not burning) 43
Capacity, Nm3/h burner (burning stoich) 5 7 16 24 27 33 37 41
Air Orifice , (UA-DA) mbar 1.0 1.7 7.2 17.7 24.1 32.8 39.3 48.5
Gas Orifice , (UG-DG) mbar 0.2 0.5 2.5 5.5 6.2 9.7 12.4 14.9
Tile Pressure, (DG) mbar 1.4 2.2 9.2 20.2 26.9 35.1 44.0 52.3
Max. % XSFuel, fs 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
Flame Length, mm 152 178 178 203 229 254 254 254
Flame Diameter, mm 19 19 19 25 25 25 25 25
4441-2 .7 4 17 39 52 69 86 103
Max. % XSFuel, fs 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
Flame Length, mm 152 203 254 254 254 254 279 254
Bulletin 4441M
page 4

4441-3 .7 4 17 39 52 69 86 103
Max. % XSFuel, fs 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
Flame Length, mm 254 305 356 279 305 305 305 305
4441-4-A .7 4 17 39 52 69 86 103
Air Orifice , (UA-DA) mbar — 2.2 11.2 22.9 31.6 40.8 52.7 67.2
Gas Orifice , (UG-DG) mbar — 1.2 4.5 8.7 11.4 16.2 19.9 25.6
Tile Pressure, (DG) mbar — 0.7 4.7 9.2 11.9 19.7 20.7 26.1
Max. % XSFuel, fs 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
Flame Length, mm 406 457 457 457 483 508 610 610
4441-4-B .7 4 17 39 52 69 86 103
Max. % XSFuel, fs 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
Flame Length, mm 508 610 660 660 660 660 660 686
Bulletin 4441M
page 5
4441-5 .7 4 17 39 52 69 86 103
Max. % XSFuel, fs 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
Flame Length, mm 584 635 610 686 635 686 686 711
4441-6 .7 4 17 39 52 69 86 103
Max. % XSFuel, fs 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
Flame Length, mm 686 787 864 864 864 940 914 965
4441-7 .7 4 17 39 52 69 86 103
Air Orifice , (UA-DA) mbar — — 3.5 12.2 13.7 17.7 19.9 23.6
Gas Orifice , (UG-DG) mbar — — 2.2 6.2 8.2 9.5 15.7 16.7
Max. % XSFuel, fs 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
Flame Length, mm 610 737 864 914 1067 1143 1372 1422
Bulletin 4441M
page 6

4441-8-A .7 4 17 39 52 69 86
Air Flow, not burning, Nm3/h 962
Air Flow, stoich, Nm3/h 107 200 401 620 719 829 922
Air Orifice , (UA-DA) mbar — 2.2 8.2 20.9 26.1 34.3 46.0
Gas Orifice , (UG-DG) mbar — 0.7 1.7 4.0 4.5 6.2 7.2
Tile Pressure, mbar 0.5 1.5 6.7 13.4 16.7 22.6 26.4
Max. % XSFuel, fs 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
Flame Length, mm 914 1016 1143 1143 1219 1270 1270
Flame Diameter, mm 305 305 305 305 305 305 305
4441-8-B .7 4 17 39 52 69 86
Max. % XSFuel, fs 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
Flame Length, mm 1168 1245 1346 1346 1397 1524 1575
4441-8-C .7 4 17 39 52 69 86
Max. % XSFuel, fs 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
Flame Length, mm 1219 1346 1448 1499 1524 1727 1829
Bulletin 4441M
page 7
PROPANE OPERATION
4441-1 .7 4 17 39 52 69 86 103
Max. % XSFuel, fs 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
Flame Length, mm 152 152 203 203 203 203 229 254
4441-2 .7 4 17 39 52 69 86 103
Capacity, Nm3/h burner (burning stoich) 11 15 28 44 — 59 67 75
Air Orifice , (UA-DA) mbar 1.0 2.0 8.7 20.9 — 38.1 47.8 57.7
Gas Orifice , (UG-DG) mbar 0.2 0.4 1.5 4.2 — 8.0 9.5 11.7
Tile Pressure, (DG) mbar 1.2 2.1 7.7 16.2 — 27.9 34.3 41.3
Max. % XSFuel, fs 30 30 30 30 — 30 30 30
Flame Length, mm 229 229 254 279 — 381 406 432
Flame Diameter, mm 51 57 25 25 — 25 32 38
4441-3 .7 4 17 39 52 69 86 103
Capacity, Nm3/h burner (burning stoich) 15 21 44 68 — 92 104 115
Air Orifice , (UA-DA) mbar 1.2 2.2 10.7 25.6 — 46.5 58.5 70.9
Gas Orifice , (UG-DG) mbar 0.5 1.2 5.5 13.2 — 20.7 25.4 31.1
Tile Pressure, (DG) mbar 1.0 1.7 5.7 11.2 — 19.2 23.6 27.9
Max. % XSFuel, fs 30 30 30 30 — 30 30 30
Flame Length, mm 279 305 305 305 — 305 305 305
Flame Diameter, mm 51 51 51 51 — 51 51 51
Bulletin 4441M
page 8
PROPANE OPERATION
4441-4-A .7 4 17 39 52 69 86 103
Capacity, Nm3/h burner (burning stoich) 25 36 76 107 — 143 — 182
Air Orifice , (UA-DA) mbar 1.2 2.5 9.7 22.9 — 41.1 — 61.2
Gas Orifice , (UG-DG) mbar 0.7 1.0 2.5 4.5 — 8.0 — 11.9
Tile Pressure, (DG) mbar 0.7 1.2 5.5 11.9 — 20.7 — 31.1
Max. % XSFuel, fs 30 30 30 30 — 30 — 30
Flame Length, mm 406 457 559 610 — 610 — 610
Flame Diameter, mm 51 76 76 102 — 102 — 102
4441-4-B .7 4 17 39 52 69 86 103
Capacity, Nm3/h burner (burning stoich) 36 51 102 152 — 203 — 246
Air Orifice , (UA-DA) mbar 1.2 2.5 9.7 22.1 — 39.6 — 61.2
Gas Orifice , (UG-DG) mbar 0.7 0.7 3.2 5.0 — 11.2 — 21.9
Tile Pressure, (DG) mbar 0.5 1.0 4.7 10.7 — 18.9 — 26.1
Max. % XSFuel, fs 30 30 30 30 — 30 — 30
Flame Length, mm 406 457 457 508 — 610 — 660
Flame Diameter, mm 76 76 102 102 — 152 — 152
Bulletin 4441M
page 9
Typical Emissions | Tempest®
TYPICAL EMISSIONS FROM THE 4441 TEMPEST® LOW NOX HIGH VELOCITY GAS BURNER LINE
Estimated NOx emissions from Tempest® gas burners operating with:

— Natural gas fuel
— Slotted high velocity tile
— 69 mbar air pressure rating
— 10% excess air
— 2% oxygen furnace atmosphere
This chart is for general information only. Contact Fives North American Combustion, Inc. with full application/installation information for
an emissions estimate or guarantee.
Actual emissions from the burner are affected by:

— Burner size
— Burner firing rate
— Combustion air temperature
— Process oxygen content
— Chamber volume
— Firing wall area
— Percent excess air
— And other factors
Bulletin 4441M
page 10
DIMENSIONS, mm
4441-1 through -6 4441-1 through -7 "A" tile dimensions

(other 7 dimensions below)
6
¾" NPT for flame ("J" tile only) "J" TILE
"FL" Flanged Long Mounting
supervision "R" TILE - Flanged Mounting optional
"F" Flanged Mounting
OB
G FS
S mounting ears
("R" tile only) H
D K max.
DG OD
IGN
E DA
D1
sq.
16 UG
dia.
slot
UA

16 229 16 229
B– BSPT A– BSPT C 279

F Gas Inlet Air Inlet
4441-7 (Parts for -7)

¾" NPT
B– BSPT for flame 468
Gas Inlet supervision "R" TILE - Flanged Mtg. optional 390 "J" Tile
Mtg. Ears Gas Inlet Elbow
37-0008-CI
("R" tile only) R590-4598

FS
4-26707-1
DG
IGN
UA K D
E sq. D1
5⁄8" sq. 37-0004
sq.
UG
dia.
slot A– BSPT
Air Inlet
R590-7397
A– BSPT Air Flange (2) Flange Gasket (2) DA**
F Air Inlet 229
4-1695-5 4-5371-3
C
BSP DIMENSIONS IN mm K "A" Tile Weight, KG

Burner Round Slotted (max. OD)
designation A B C D D1 E F G Tile Ø Tile H X W H 4441-'R' 4441-'J' 4441-'A'
4441-1 1¼ ¾ 365 191 203 254 70 114 21 8 X 43 127 27 39 18
4441-2 1¼ ¾ 365 191 203 254 70 114 29 13 X 53 127 27 39 18
4441-3 1¼ ¾ 365 191 203 254 70 114 35 14 X 70 127 27 39 18
4441-4-A 2 1 365 191 203 254 70 114 44 18 X 89 127 27 39 18
4441-4-B 2 1 365 191 203 254 70 114 54 24 X 100 127 27 39 18
4441-5 2½ 1¼ 406 254 267 318 92 146 54 22 X 108 191 57 68 34
4441-6 3 1½ 406 254 267 318 92 146 62 25 X 123 191 57 68 34
4441-7 4 2 651 254 267 318 92 146 81 38 X 143 191 66 77 43
DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. PLEASE OBTAIN CERTIFIED PRINTS FROM FIVES NORTH AMERICAN COMBUSTION, INC. Bulletin 4441M
DIMENSIONS, inches (mm)
4441-8-A, 4441-8-B, 4441-8-C
6” NPT (BSPT)
Main Air. conn. 1⁄8 NPT
pressure tap 21 3⁄16 (538)
connection
12 3⁄16 (310)
7 11⁄16 (195)
97⁄8
(251)
2 ½ NPT (BSPT)
18 (457) Gas conn.
OD Flange
14
(356)
¾ NPT
Observation Port ¾ NPT OD
Flame Safety
Connection
16 (406) BC
12 x 3⁄8 (9.5)
4
(102)
½ (13) 9 (229)
4441-8- RRH/F
11 (280)
A-ID
9 (229) 3/8" (9.5) 3/8" (9.5)
C
9 (229)
"FL" Flange .63 (16) thick 4441-8- ARH/F 4441-8- ASH/F
15 /8 Tile Exit Dimensions Inches (mm)

Burner Designation A B C
CL
Burner
4441-8-A H/F 3.75 (95) 1.82 (46) 6.44 (164)
1
/4 NPT
Gas pressure 31 /2 (89) 4441-8-B H/F 4.25 (108) 2.06 (52) 7.32 (186)
taps 4441-8-C H/F 4.88 (124) 2.5 (63) 8 (203)
4441-8-A, B, C Weight lbs (kg)

3
/8 NPT
Pilot Pilot Assembly Refractory "R" Alumina "A" Burner Only
premix Round or Slotted
connection
228 (103) 139 (63) 90 (41)
4441-8 with Pilot Accessory
DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. PLEASE OBTAIN CERTIFIED PRINTS FROM FIVES NORTH AMERICAN COMBUSTION, INC. Bulletin 4441M
Dimensions Sizes 1 - 7 with "M" Tile | Tempest®
Bulletin 4441
DIMENSIONS, mm page 13
See Sheet 4441-1 for details on the 4441-M with metal tile

16
F
B - NPT
Gas Inlet
H Max O.D.
A - NPT
Air Inlet
49 88 115
C C

64 207
G
65
E K I.D.
65 376 D
E C
Burner BSP DIMENSIONS IN mm K "H" Tile Weight, kg

4441-1-MRH/F 1¼ ¾ 347 243 254 70 114 21 113 6.8
4441-2-MRH/F 1¼ ¾ 345 241 254 70 114 29 113 6.8
4441-3-MRH/F 1¼ ¾ 343 239 254 70 114 35 113 6.8
4441-4-AMRH/F 2 1 339 235 254 70 114 44 113 6.8
4441-4-BMRH/F 2 1 336 232 254 70 114 54 113 6.8
4441-5-MRH/F 2½ 1¼ 373 246 318 92 146 54 176 12.2
4441-6-MRH/F 3 1½ 370 243 318 92 146 62 176 12.2
4441-7-MRH/F 4 2 610 235 318 92 146 81 176 15.9
4441-1-MRM/F 1¼ ¾ 343 239 254 70 114 35 113 6.8
4441-2-MRM/F 1¼ ¾ 339 235 254 70 114 44 113 6.8
4441-3-MRM/F 1¼ ¾ 336 232 254 70 114 54 113 6.8
4441-4-AMRM/F 2 1 332 228 254 70 114 62 113 6.8
4441-4-BMRM/F 2 1 323 219 254 70 114 76 113 6.8
4441-5-MRM/F 2½ 1¼ 362 235 318 92 146 81 176 12.2
4441-6-MRM/F 3 1½ 352 224 318 92 146 102 176 12.2
Tile Mounting Information | Tempest®
TILE AND MOUNTING OPTIONS
Tile Materials
“A” Tile — Alumina/Mullite tile for fiber wall and most "M" Tile — 310 SST metal tile for applications up to 982°C
applications up to 1649°C (3000°F). Available with flanged "F" (1800°F). Available with flanged "F" style mounting.
and "FL" mounting only. See Sheet 4441-1 for details on the 4441-M with metal tile.
All flanged mountings on sizes -1 to -7 are square, and round

on all -8 burners
F = "Flanged" tile mounting have

approximately 229 mm (9") of tile
length.
“Aardvark” Alloy Tile — The Aardvark’s threaded snout can

be screwed directly into a fitting. Good for applications up to
871°C (1600°F). Consult North American for Aardvark tile option
or see bulletin 4441A.
FL = "Flanged Longed" tile
mounting with 292 mm (11½")
of tile length.
“R” Tile — Traditional square refractory block for applications

to 1649°C (3000°F). Available with flanged "F" and "E"
mounting and are recommended for installation in solid
wall construction furnaces/kilns only. Available with either
flanged or eared mounting, both with 229 mm (9") long Exit Shapes
tiles.
“R” Round — for high penetration and maximum drive.
E — "Eared" Classic Tempest® flange-
“S” Slotted — for narrow lane firing and better temperature
less 2-bolt mounting (available for -1
uniformity (available with “A” tile only).
thru -7 "R" tile only). The two mounting
slots are in the same locations as the 3 ‡ Slot orientation is field adjustable, by loosening body mounting bolts and
& 9 o'clock slots in the "F" style flange. rotating exit accordingly.
Slot orientation - horizontal with respect to burner air connection at 4:30‡,

unless otherwise specified on order.
“J” Tile — Traditional square refractory block with 11 ga. 309

SST metal jacket and "F" style flanged mounting for applications
to 982°C (1800°F). Note: Recommended for installation of a
square refractory block tile in soft wall.
Bulletin 4441M
page 14
4441 - - H
Air/Gas connections
Fuel
Blank = NPT
M = BSPT Blank = Natural Gas fuel only
P = Propane fuel only
(-1 thru -4-B only)
Mountings
4441 Capacities @ 6.9kPa (27.7"w.c.) E = Eared (with -1 thru -7 "R" tile only)
F = Flanged (optional with "R" tile and standard with all
Air Pipe Air Flow Input @ 10% xsa
others)
size scfh (Nm3/h) Btu/h HHV (kW LHV)
FL = Flanged longer tile mounting with 292 mm
-1 = 1¼" 1250 (33) 114,000 (30) (11") tile length (for -1 thru -8 with "A" material tile
-2 = 1¼" 2200 (59) 200,000 (53) only)
-3 = 1½" 3300 (88) 300,000 (79) Tile Exit Size
-4-A = 2" 5250 (140) 477,000 (126) H = High Velocity Tile (standard)
-4-B = 2" 6900 (184) 627,000 (166) M = Medium Velocity Tile (M tiles) See Sheet 4441-1 for details
-5 = 2½" 9500 (254) 864,000 (228) Tile Exit Shape
-6 = 3" 15,000 (401) 1,364,000 (360)
-7 = 4" 22,000 (588) 2,000,000 (529) R = Round
-8-A = 6" 32,000 (856) 2,909,000 (770) S = Slotted ("A" tile only)
-8-B = 6" 42,000 (1124) 3,818,000 (1010)
Tile Material
-8-C = 6" 54,000 (1444) 4,910,000 (1299)
R = Square block refractory -1 to -7 = Square, -8-A, -B, -C = Round
A = Alumina/Mullite
M = Metal, 310 Stainless Steel Alloy, See Sheet 4441-1 for details
J = Square block refractory with 309 SST tile jacket (-1 thur -7 only)
See Bulletin 4441A for "Aardvark" alloy tile
Examples:
4441-4-AASH/F = -4-A Capacity 4441 Burner with an Alumina/Mullite slotted high velocity tile, with flanged mounting.
4441-2-RRH/E = -2 Capacity 4441 Burner with a square refractory high velocity tile, with eared mounting.
M4441-7-ARH/F = -7 Capacity 4441 Burner with an Alumina/Mullite round high velocity tile, with flanged mounting, BPST air/gas connections.
Besides the standard options listed above, 4441 Tempest® burner are available in many other special configurations.
Medium velocity tiles: Many 4441 configurations can be assembled with tiles larger exists to deliver lower flame velocities.
—These sizes can be special ordered with a one size larger tile exit: -1,-2,-3,-4-A, -5, -6, -8-A, -8-B
—These sizes can be special ordered with two sizes larger tile exit: -1, -2, -3, -5, -8-A
Extra high velocity Tempest® tiles: Many 4441 configurations can be assembled with tiles with smaller exists to deliver even higher
flame velocities. These sizes can be special ordered with a one size smaller tile exit: -2, -3, -4-A, -4-B, -6, -7, -8-B, -8-C
Special tile mounting plates: 4441 burners can be engineered with special mounting plates, for example:
—Built in connections for LNI low NOx injectors
—Custom tile mounting plates to match existing burner mounting configurations
Bulletin 4441M
page 15
Recommended Piping | Tempest®
RECOMMENDED PIPING FOR 4441 AND 4442 TEMPEST GAS BURNERS

IMPERIAL AND METRIC EQUIVALENTS
Gas/Air Ratio
Regulator (shown w/
bypass, required Limiting Orifice
within 4' of burner) Valve required
within 1' of burner
Table 1. Recommended component selection for 4441/4442 Tempest burners with StepFireTM Control.
Air Side Fuel Side

Burner Size A B C D E F G H I
-1 1¼" 1¼" 1¼" 1¼" ¾" ¾" ¾" ¾" ¾"
-2 1¼" 1¼" 1¼" 1¼" ¾" ¾" ¾" ¾" ¾"
-3 1½" 1½" 1½" 1½" ¾" ¾" ¾" ¾" ¾"
-4-A 2" 2" 2" 2" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1"
-4-B 2" 2" 2" 2" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1"
-5 2½" 2½" 2½" 2½" 1¼" 1¼" 1¼" 1¼" 1¼"
-6 3" 3" 3" 3" 1½" 1½" 1½" 1½" 1½"
-7 4" 4" 4" 4" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2"
Legend for Table 1

AIR FUEL
A – 8697/8695 Metering Orifice (optional) E – 8697 Metering Orifice
B – 1122 Manual Air Valve F – 7216- - BP Regulator (with bypass)
C – Air Cycle Valve G – Threaded Pipe Union
D – 8770/8773 Flexible Connection or H – 1807 Limiting Orifice Valve
2947 Blower Sleeve J – 8773 Flexible Pipe
pipe code -04 -03 -02 -01 -0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7

NPS 1⁄8" ¼" 3⁄8" ½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2" 2½" 3" 4"
DN 6mm 8mm 10mm 15mm 20mm 25mm 32mm 40mm 50mm 65mm 80mm 100mm
NPS stands for nominal pipe size

DN stands for diameter nominal Bulletin 4441M
page 16
Installation Instructions | Tempest®
1. System has been sized for standard conditions. For any unusu- 3. To increase the air impulse available to the 7216 (if necessary),
al conditions including elevation, high ambients, preheated air, a metering orifice or other fixed resistance component can be
etc., the individual components must be selected based on the installed downstream between the 1196 and the air impulse line
maximum actual flow rates that will be encountered during to the regulator.
operation.
4. For the components selected in Table 1, and under the condi-
2. System has been sized based on 69 mbar (27.7"w.c.) air tions specified above, the 4441-1, -2, -3, -5, and -6 will operate
pressure at the burner at high fire and 1"w.c. air pressure at with up to 30% XSF. For the 4441-4-A and -4-B, 1"w.c. of
the burner at low fire. To ensure tight shutoff of the 7216- - BP additional air impulse pressure is required to reach 30% XSF
regulator at low fire, allow for a –5 mbar bias on the regulator capability. In order to achieve higher XSF on any size, addition-
spring. Thus the maximum gas pressure available from the al air pressure is required to impulse the 7216 regulator.
7216 regulator at high fire is 64 mbar (with 64 mbar
impulse).
INSTRUCTIONS FOR ASSEMBLY AND INSTALLATION

OF BURNER AIR AND GAS PETCOCKS
INSTRUCTIONS Figure 2. Petcock Assemblies
1) Determine burner size stamped on the nameplate which is

A
mounted on the front of the burner body. Find corresponding
number for the petcock assemblies in Table 3.
ITEM 2
2) Assemble petcocks as detailed in Figure 2 illustrations A & B.
Refer to Table 1 for item description.
3) Remove pipe plugs from the burner body. Plug locations (UA,
DA, UG, and DG) are cast on the burner body. ITEM 1
1849-04
4) Replace pipe plugs with the proper petcock assembly.
Tighten to ensure there is no leakage.
B
NOTE: We recommend using liquid Teflon sealer
on pipe threads.
ITEM 4 ITEM 2
5) Check for leakage during burner operation.

CAUTION: Valves must be kept in closed position when not
in use. ITEM 3 ITEM 1
1849-04-L
Tools required: 6" adjustable wrench and pliers. Table 3. Use of Petcock Assemblies
Taps
Table 1. List of Parts Burner UG DG UA DA
Item 4442-0 through -4 B A B A
No. Description Quantity
4442-5 through -7 B B A A
1 1⁄8" Petcock 4
2 1⁄8" Hose Nipple 4 4441-1 through -7 A A A A
3 1⁄8" × 1½" Nipple 2 4441-8 A B A A
4 1⁄8" Coupling 2
Note: UG, DG, UA, DA are appropriately labeled on the burner
body.
Bulletin 4441M
page 17
TEMPEST GAS BURNER

TILE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS INCHES (MM)
Ceramic Tile in Fiber Wall Installation Instructions

(see Figure 1)
1. Cut circle opening in furnace shell. Allow 6 mm (¼") clearance

all the way around tile.The hole size in the shell for 90°
4441-1 through -4-B is 140 mm (5½") and for 4441-5 through -7
is 203 mm (8").
2. Cut a straight hole in fiber wall for the burner tile. The hole
should be approximately 13 mm (½”) smaller than the tile OD
to allow the fiber to be tight up against the tile. Figure 1c: Cross section through 305 mm fiber-lined furnace wall with
an "FL" style mounting plate with ceramic tile.
3. Wrap the tile in cling wrap and then insert tile into the fiber
wall. The cling wrap will assist in pushing the tile into a small- Ceramic Tile in Monolithic/Brick Wall Installation
er fiber hole. Instructions (see Figure 2)
4. Bolt burner to furnace shell. We recommend using a flanged 1. Cut circle opening in furnace shell. Allow 6 mm (¼") clearance
burner with a gasket at this joint for applications with pressur- all the way around tile. The hole size in the shell for
ized chambers. A burner mounting gasket is available from 4441-1 through -4-B is 140 mm (5½") and for 4441-5 through -7
North American. is 203 mm (8") .
5. Periodically check for fiber shrinkage in vicinity of the burn- 2. Make hole in furnace wall to insert the tile. We recommend a
er tile. Repack any voids with bulk fiber insulation to maintain minimum gap of 38 mm (1½") between the tile and the brick/
a thermal seal between the furnace interior and the shell. monolithic wall. Fill this gap with compressed ceramic fiber.
The hole in the wall can be either square or round. If pushing
the tile through the fiber, wrap the tile in cling wrap to assist
the tile through the fiber.
Ceramic Fiber
3. Bolt burner to furnace shell. We recommend using a flanged
burner with a gasket at this joint for applications with pressur-
North American.
4. Pack fiber tightly around the tile. Fill all voids to provide a
Figure 1a: Cross section through 228 mm fiber-lined furnace wall with
an "F" style mounting plate with ceramic tile. 5. Periodically check for fiber shrinkage in vicinity of the burner
tile. Repack any voids with bulk fiber insulation to maintain a
thermal seal between the furnace interior and the shell.
Ceramic Fiber
90°
Figure 2: Cross section through a hard wall with a ceramic tile.

Figure 1b: Cross section through 305 mm fiber-lined furnace wall with
an "F" style mounting plate with ceramic tile. Bulletin 4441M
page 18
Square Block Refractory in Fiber Wall Installation Square Block Refractory Tile in Brick or
Instructions (see Figure 3) Monolithic Wall Installation Instructions
Please consider using a ceramic tile for a fiber wall (see Figure 4)
(See Figure 1)
1. Cut square opening in furnace shell. Allow 6 mm (¼") clearance
1. Cut square opening in furnace shell. Allow 6 mm (¼") clearance all the way around the tile. The hole size in the shell for
all the way around the tile and jacket. 4441-1 through -4-B is 203 mm (8") square hole and for 4441-
5 through -7 is 267 mm (10½") square hole.
2. Cut a hole for the burner tile and jacket in fiber wall. The hole
should be approximately 13 mm (½") smaller than the jacket to 2. Make a hole in the wall. We recommend a minimum gap of
allow the fiber to be tight up against the jacket. 229 mm (9") between the tile and the monolithich/brick wall
for the castable/rammed material.
3. Insert tile with metal jacket into the fiber wall. We suggest a
metal jacket around the tile to support the refractory. Do not 3. Bolt burner to furnace shell. We recommend using a flanged
use a metal jacket for application higher than 982°C (1800°F). burner with a gasket at this joint for applications with pressur-
For temperatures above 982°C (1800°F) , please see Figure 4 ized chambers. A burner mounting gasket is available from
for the recommended tile installation. North American.
4. Bolt burner to furnace shell. We recommend using a flanged 4. Use a castable or rammed material to support and secure tile.
burner with a gasket at this joint for applications with pressur- Provide a shelf support angle to support castable or rammed
ized chambers. A burner mounting gasket is available from material.
North American.
5. Use densely packed ceramic fiber around castable or rammed
material to act as an expansion joint.
6. Waterproofing may be required to prevent surrounding refrac-

tory from absorbing water from castable refractory. Using a
plastic sheet to waterproof is recommended.
See Supplement DF-M1 for a more detailed explanation of this

installation.
Ceramic Fiber
Ceramic Fiber
Castable/Rammed Material
Figure 3: Cross section through a fiber wall with square Figure 4: Cross section through a hard wall with square
block refractory tile. Includes metal jacket for tile sup- block refractory tile.
port.
Bulletin 4441M
page 19
¾" NPT Flame Supervisory Port A
(flame supervisory components 37-0006/CI Observation Port
must be ordered separately)
OBS
Igniter FS
DG
IGN
DA
37-0289/HR
UG
Eared Mounting only available
UA with "R" tile
A Flanged Mounting standard with "A" tile and optional with "R" tile
Body Gasket Mtg. and Tile Ass'y

("R" Tile) Body Gasket
Tile
Burner
only* Burner
only*
"J" Tile - includes metal jacket Mounting and Insulation "A" Tile (Round or Slotted)
Square Block "R" Tile Assembly ("A" tile)

Part Name 4441-1 4441-2 4441-3 4441-4-A 4441-4-B 4441-5 4441-6 4441-7
Natural Gas
Burner Only* 4441-1/BO 4441-2/BO 4441-3/BO 4441-4-A/BO 4441-4-B/BO 4441-5/BO 4441-6/BO 4441-7/BO
Propane Gas
Burner Only* 4441-1/BO/P 4441-2/BO/P 4441-3/BO/P 4441-4-A/BO/P 4441-4-B/BO/P
All Models
Body Gasket 4-25427-1 4-25427-1 4-25428-1 4-6050-1 4-6050-1 4-6102-1 4-6102-1 4-6102-1
4-25427-1 4-25427-1 4-25427-1
Igniter R240-2100
"R" Tile (Square Refractory)
Eared Mtg. and Tile Ass'y 4-25476-2 4-25476-3 4-25476-4 4-25476-5 4-25476-6 4-25476-7 4-25476-8 4-25476-9
Flanged Mtg. and Tile Ass'y 4-25476-11 4-25476-12 4-25476-13 4-25476-14 4-25476-15 4-25476-16 4-25476-17 4-25476-18
"A" Tile
Round Tile 4-29040-1 4-29040-2 4-29040-3 4-29040-4 4-29040-5 4-24586-6 4-24586-7 4-24586-8
Slotted Tile† 4-27596-1 4-27596-2 4-27596-3 4-27596-4 4-27596-5 4-25470-4 4-25470-5 4-25470-6
"F" Mounting & Insulation Ass'y 4-25716-1 4-25716-1 4-25716-1 4-25716-1 4-25716-1 4-25716-2 4-25716-2 4-25716-2
"FL" Mounting Plate 4-56081-1 4-56081-1 4-56081-1 4-56081-1 4-56081-1 4-56082-1 4-56082-1 4-56082-1
Tile Mtg. Gasket 4-25484-1 4-25484-1 4-25484-1 4-25484-1 4-25484-1 4-25485-1 4-25485-1 4-25485-1
"J" Tile (Square Refractory

with 309 SST Jacket)
Jacketed Mtg. and Tile Ass'y 4-52937-1 4-52937-2 4-52937-3 4-52937-4 4-52937-5 4-52937-6 4-52937-7 4-52937-8
"M" Metal Tile

HV Tile 4-56079-1 4-56079-2 4-56079-3 4-56079-4 4-56079-5 4-56080-2 4-56080-3 4-56080-4
MV Tile 4-56079-3 4-56079-4 4-56079-5 4-56079-6 4-56079-7 4-56080-4 4-56080-5
Mounting Plate (for metal tile) 4-56081-2 4-56081-2 4-56081-2 4-56081-2 4-56081-2 4-56082-2 4-56082-2 4-56082-2
Tile Mtg. Gasket 4-25484-1 4-25484-1 4-25484-1 4-25484-1 4-25484-1 4-25485-1 4-25485-1 4-25485-1
Part Name
Accessories (order separately)4441-1 4441-2 4441-3 4441-4-A 4441-4-B 4441-5 4441-6 4441-7
Furnace Mtg. Gasket‡ 4-51882-1 4-51882-2

Flame Rod Assembly 4-25432-4 4-25432-1 4-25432-1 4-25432-1 4-25432-3 4-25432-4 4-25432-4 4-25432-2
4-25432-7 4-25432-3
* Burner Only includes Body Gasket, Stabilizer, Observation Port, Nameplate, and plugs. Stablilizer and air distribution plate is included with the Propane
Burner only.
‡ For flanged "R" and "A" tiles.
 For sales orders below 2214482 booked 12/4/2012.  For sales orders above 2214482 booked 12/4/2012. Bulletin 4441
 For sales orders below 2249794 booked 4/30/2015.  For sales orders above 2249794 booked 4/30/2015. page 20
Bulletin 4441M
page 21
Air Inlet Flange Air Inlet Gasket 2 REQ) "A" Mounting & Insulation Ass'y
"R" Mounting & Tile Assembly

Inlet Air Orifice
"A" Tile
Gas Nozzle
Body
Igniter
Pilot/Igniter Yoke
Tile Mtg. Gasket
Body Mtg.Gaskets Combustion Cup Assembly
(2 REQ) Nozzle Mtg. Plate Assembly

Natural Gas
Burner only M4441-8-A/E/BO M4441-8-B/E/BO M4441-8-C/E/BO
All Models
Air Inlet Flange 4-1695-15
Air Inlet Gasket (2 req'd) 4-5371-4
Body M4-29217-1
Body Mtg. Gasket (2 req'd) 4-29221-1
Combustion Cup Assembly 4-29796-1
Gas Nozzle 4-29793-1
Igniter (for direct spark only) 4-3681-1
Inlet Air Orifice 4-29795-1 4-29795-2 4-29795-3
Nozzle Mtg. Plate Assembly 4-29824-1
"R" Tile (Round Refractory)
Mtg. and Tile Assembly 4-29219-1 4-29219-2 4-29219-3
"A" Tile (Alumina/Mullite)
Round Tile 4-54666-1 4-54666-2 4-54666-3
Slotted Tile 4-55510-1 4-55511-1 4-55512-1
"F" Mtg. and Insulation Ass'y 4-56388-1
"FL" Mounting Plate Ass'y 4-56491-1
Tile Mtg. Gasket 4-54667-1
Accessories (order separately) Copyright © 2022 - Fives - All rights reserved | Buletin 4441M 01/22
Flame Rod 4-25432-8
Petcocks-Long (1 req'd) 1849-04-L
Furnace Mtg. Gasket 4-53689-1
Pilot Assembly (-G version only) 4-28157-1
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
4441 North American Tempest®
Metal Tile | Performance Data
The metal tiled 4441 Tempest “MRH/F” and “MRM/F” features 310 Stainless Steel Alloy tiles. The “MRH/F” has the same high
velocity (HV) tile exit size as ceramic tiled 4441’s and the “MRM/F” has a medium velocity (MV) tile. Both alloy 4441 tile options
use the same body assembly as the standard 4441 Tempests, so use the 4441 Bulletin for general application information. This
information sheet is for data specific to the “MRH/F” and “MRM/F” options.
While ceramic tiles have superior high temperature resistance, metal tiles burners are more resistant to mechanical damage
and the effects of thermal stress. When choosing a tile material consider the operating temperature, burner mounting style,
and desired flame geometry.
4441 HIGH VELOCITY NATURAL METAL TILE PERFORMANCE DATA

(Performance for 27.7"w.c. (16 osi) main air pressure operating at stoichiometric ratio unless stated otherwise)
xxxxHV Burner Size -1 -2 -3 -4-A -4-B -5 -6 -7

Air Flow, not burning (scfh) 1650 2790 3850 5900 8900 10200 17300 25300
Air Flow (scfh) @ 16 osi (27.7"w.c.) Air Presssure 1200 2370 3250 5100 7700 8900 14100 21700
Air Orifice , UA-DA, (in.w.c.) 9.8 16.4 14.2 14.3 16..2 14.7 6.1 5.3
Gas Orifice , UG-DG (in.w.c.) 3.2 5.3 6.6 6.5 12 3.2 2.4 4.4
Gas Pressure UG (in.w.c.) 20.5 15.5 19.4 17.2 19.0 14.4 18.3 14.3
Gas Pressure UG (in.w.c.), 30% XSF 23.3 19.2 23.3 21.7 30.5 16.4 19.9 17.6
Max. % XSA, (ignition & flame signal limit) 1500 3000 4000 600 6000 6000 6000 5000
Max. % XSF, (igniton & flame signal limit) 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
Flame Length (in.) 8 10 7 16 16 28 30 38
Flame Diameter (in.) 1 1.5 3 3 3 7 5 8
4441 MEDIUM VELOCITY NATURAL METAL TILE PERFORMANCE DATA

(Performance for 15.6"w.c. (9 osi) main air pressure operating at stoichiometric ratio unless stated otherwise)
xxxxMV Burner Size -1 -2 -3 -4-A -4-B -5 -6

Air Flow, not burning (scfh) 1420 2120 3050 4730 6600 8220 15400
Air Flow (scfh) @ 9 osi (15.6"w.c.) Air Presssure 1250 2000 2930 4500 6470 7950 14950
Air Orifice , UA-DA, (in.w.c.) 12.1 12.5 13.1 11.4 11.7 12.4 7.7
Gas Orifice , UG-DG (in.w.c.) 3.8 4 5.1 4.7 8.2 2.2 2.6
Gas Pressure UG (in.w.c.) 6.6 6.1 6.7 6.1 9.5 3.9 4.4
Gas Pressure UG (in.w.c.), 30% XSF 9.6 9.0 11.3 10.5 15 5.6 6.2
Max. % XSA, (ignition & flame signal limit) 2000 3000 4000 6000 5000 6000 6000
Max. % XSF, (igniton & flame signal limit) 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
Flame Length (in.) 12 13 11 27 25 30 45
Flame Diameter (in.) 1.5 2 4 5 6 6 7
OPERATING TEMPERATURE LIMIT
The maximum recommended furnace temperature for the metal

“MRH/F” and “MRM/F” tiles is 1800°F (982°C). Depending on the
combustion system, it may be acceptable to allow slightly higher
furnace operating temperatures. Because of the 4441 Tempest®
air staging design, when the burner operates at high fire with
cold combustion air, the tile temperature runs cooler than the
furnace temperature. If the burner turns down to lower firing
rates with on ratio control the tile temperature will increase. If
the burner turns down with fuel only control or with a negative
fuel ratio bias, the tile will remain cooler relative to the furnace
temperature.
While 310 Stainless Steel offers excellent resistance to oxidation

up to 2,000°F (1093°C). It is important to consider the
possibility that the tile longevity will be reduced if the operating MEDIUM VELOCITY TILES
temperature exceeds the recommended temperature rating.
For many years North American combustion has offered
TILE LENGTH AND SHAPE Tempests® with special alternative tile exit sizes, to provide
higher or lower tile exit velocities. As an alternative to the
Because of the way the tiles are made, the tile shape is slightly standard high velocity tile exit size, the stainless-steel alloy tiles
different than other 4441 Tempest® burners. The tiles are shorter are available with an optional medium velocity exit size. These
because they lack the straight tile exit “snout” of the classic medium velocity tiles are made with a two size larger tile exit.
Tempest® tile. The wall thickness is also thinner than the ceramic For example, the 4441-2- MRM/F medium velocity burner has the
tile, so the mounting plates are different for each tile type. same tile exit size as the 4441-4-AMRH/F high velocity tile.
Burners with high velocity tiles provide great temperature

uniformity by creating high amounts of recirculation in the
furnace, but medium velocity burners have advantages when
high velocity is not needed. Medium velocity burners can be
installed in narrower furnaces because lower velocity flames
are less likely to impinge the opposite chamber wall, and they
generally make less noise than high velocity burners.
Tempest® medium velocity (MV) burners do not have as much

tile backpressure as high velocity (HV) burners, so the air
Alloy Metal Tile pressure requirement is lower. A 4441 MV burner with an 8-12 osi
air pressure will have the same capacity as a HV burner with a
16 osi air pressure requirement. Many 4441 MV burners provide
higher capacities at 16 osi than at 24 osi with the standard HV
tile. 4441 MV burners should be sized for 8-12 osi at high fire.
4441 Burners with medium velocity tiles should not be operated
over 16 osi (27.7”w.c., or 6.9 kPa) of air pressure.
CO EMISSIONS
In furnaces with temperatures below 1200°F (650°C) CO

emissions can be high at some firing rates when using Tempest
burners. To minimize CO, operate the burner between 10% and
Thin Wall Ceramic Tile
100% excess air (11/1 and 20/1 air/fuel ratio) and reduce the
capacity to 65-45% of the high fire rate. Once the furnace
temperature is above 1200°F (650°C) and the atmosphere
To compensate for the shorter tile, the traditional cast iron tile
remains oxidizing almost all the CO will be consumed, and any
mounting has been replaced with a flat steel plate. This allows
appropriate firing rate can be used without high CO emissions.
the tile length past the mounting surface to be closer to the
familiar nine inch (9”) long tile dimension. See the dimension
page for more details.
Sheet 4441-1
page 2
DIMENSIONS, inches

.63
F
B - NPT
Gas Inlet
H Max O.D.
A - NPT
Air Inlet
1.94
3.45 4.53
C C
2.50 8.13
G
2.56
E K I.D.
2.56 14.79 D
E C
Burner DIMENSIONS IN INCHES K "H" Tile Weight, lb

4441-1-MRH/F 1¼ ¾ 13.65 9.56 10 2.75 4.5 0.83 4.45 34
4441-2-MRH/F 1¼ ¾ 13.57 9.45 10 2.75 4.5 1.25 4.45 34
4441-3-MRH/F 1½ ¾ 13.49 9.40 10 2.75 4.5 1.38 4.45 34
4441-4-AMRH/F 2 1 13.36 9.27 10 2.75 4.5 1.75 4.45 34
4441-4-BMRH/F 2 1 13.21 9.12 10 2.75 4.5 2.13 4.45 34
4441-5-MRH/F 2½ 1¼ 14.70 9.67 12.5 3.63 5.75 2.13 6.93 60
4441-6-MRH/F 3 1½ 14.58 9.55 12.5 3.63 5.75 2.44 6.93 60
4441-7-MRH/F 4 2 24.03 9.24 12.5 3.63 5.75 3.19 6.93 78
4441-1-MRM/F 1¼ ¾ 13.49 9.40 10 2.75 4.5 1.38 4.45 34
4441-2-MRM/F 1¼ ¾ 13.36 9.27 10 2.75 4.5 1.75 4.45 34
4441-3-MRM/F 1½ ¾ 13.21 9.12 10 2.75 4.5 2.13 4.45 34
4441-4-AMRM/F 2 1 13.06 8.97 10 2.75 4.5 2.44 4.45 34
4441-4-BMRM/F 2 1 12.73 8.64 10 2.75 4.5 3.00 4.45 34
4441-5-MRM/F 2½ 1¼ 14.27 9.24 12.5 3.63 5.75 3.19 6.93 60
4441-6-MRM/F 3 1½ 13.85 8.82 12.5 3.63 5.75 4.00 6.93 60
IF SPACE LIMITATIONS OR OTHER CONSIDERATIONS MAKE EXACT DIMENSION(S) CRITICAL. Sheet 4441-1
page 3
UA-DA:................................Published data is reasonably accurate between 6.9 and 34.6"w.c. (1.7 and 8.6 kPa) main air pressure (UA)
the published 27.7"w.c. (6.9 kPa) data is reasonably accurate between 6.9-34.6"w.c. (1.7-8.6 kPa) air
pressure. Below 6.9"w.c. (1.7 kPa) the UA-DA data is suspect and should not be used for accurate air
metering. Square rooting will over-estimate air flow below 6.9"w.c. (1.7 kPa) and underestimate above
34.6"w.c. (8.6 kPa).
Max % XSAir, fs
Max % XSAir, UV
NOTE: The capacity of the burners has not changed but static pressure has been transitioned to measuring static pressure in imperial units by inches of
water column. Previous versions of the bulletin measured static air pressure in ounces per square inch. Conversion: 1 osi = 1.73"w.c.
4441-1 HV
Air Pressure UA osi ("w.c.) 0.5 (0.9") 1 (1.7") 4 (6.9") 9 (15.6") 16 (27.7") 20 (34.6")
Air Flow (scfh) 200 300 580 880 1200 1350
Air Orifice , UA-DA, (in.w.c.) 0.4 0.6 2.3 5.3 9.8 12.2
Gas Orifice , UG-DG, (in.w.c.) 0.1 0.3 0.8 1.7 3.2 4
Tile Pressure DG (in.w.c.) 0.55 1 4.4 10 17.3 21.6
Max. % XSAir, fs, ignition 400 600 900 2000 1500 2000
Max. % XSFuel, fs 30 30 30 30 30 30
Max. % XSFuel, ignition 30 30 30 30 30 30
Flame Length (in.) 6 8 7 8 8 9
Flame Diameter (in.) 0.75 1 1 1 1 1
4441-1 MV
Air Pressure UA osi ("w.c.) 0.2 (0.3") 1 (1.7") 4 (6.9") 9 (15.6") 16 (27.7")
Air Flow (scfh) 220 400 850 1250 1700
Air Orifice , UA-DA, (in.w.c.) 0.25 1.3 5.3 12.1 21.6
Gas Orifice , UG-DG, (in.w.c.) 0.1 0.4 1.7 3.8 6.7
Tile Pressure DG (in.w.c.) 0.07 0.3 1.2 2.8 4.9
Max. % XSAir, fs, ignition 300 600 900 2000 1900
Max. % XSFuel, fs 30 30 30 30 30
Max. % XSFuel, ignition 30 30 30 30 30
Flame Length (in.) 10 10 11 12 12
Flame Diameter (in.) 2 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
Sheet 4441-1
page 4
4441-2 HV
Air Pressure UA pressure tap ("w.c.) 0.2 (0.3") 1 (1.7") 4 (6.9") 9 (15.6") 16 (27.7") 20 (34.6")
Air Flow (scfh) 255 550 1100 1680 2370 2700
Gas Orifice , UG-DG, (in.w.c.) 0.1 0.3 1.14 2.7 5.3 7
Tile Pressure DG (in.w.c.) 0.1 0.7 3 6.1 10.2 12.4
Max. % XSFuel, fs 30 30 30 30 30 30
Flame Length (in.) 10 9 11 10 10 11
Flame Diameter (in.) 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
4441-2 MV
Air Pressure UA pressure tap ("w.c.) 0.2 (0.3") 1 (1.7") 4 (6.9") 9 (15.6") 16 (27.7")
Air Flow (scfh) 300 650 1320 2000 2650
Gas Orifice , UG-DG, (in.w.c.) 0.1 0.5 1.7 4 6.6
Tile Pressure DG (in.w.c.) 0 0.3 1.1 2.1 3.6
Max. % XSFuel, fs 30 30 30 30 30
Flame Length (in.) 13 11 13 13 12
Flame Diameter (in.) 3 2 2 2 3
4441-3 HV
Air Flow (scfh) 400 800 1600 2350 3250 3800
Gas Orifice , UG-DG, (in.w.c.) 0.1 0.4 1.3 3 6.6 7.9
Tile Pressure DG (in.w.c.) 0.2 0.7 2.9 6.6 12.8 14
Max. % XSFuel, fs 30 30 30 30 30 30
Flame Length (in.) 8 9 8 7 7 8.5
Flame Diameter (in.) 3 3 2 3 3 2.5
4441-3 MV
Air Flow (scfh) 570 1000 1920 2930 3950
Max. % XSFuel, fs 30 30 30 30 30
Flame Length (in.) 12 12 10 11 7
Flame Diameter (in.) 4 3 4 4 4.5
Sheet 4441-1
page 5
4441-4-A HV
Air Flow (scfh) 625 1250 2500 3850 5100 5700
Gas Orifice , UG-DG, (in.w.c.) 0.1 0.4 1.5 3.6 6.5 7.9
Tile Pressure DG (in.w.c.) 0.1 0.6 2.3 5.5 10.7 12.1
Max. % XSFuel, fs 30 30 30 30 30 30
Flame Length (in.) 21 21 18 17 16 17
Flame Diameter (in.) 4 4 3.5 3.5 3 3
4441-4-A MV
Air Flow (scfh) 750 1550 3450 4500 6075
Air Orifice , UA-DA, (in.w.c.) 0.3 1.2 4.8 11.4 20
Max. % XSFuel, fs 30 30 30 30 30
Flame Length (in.) 23 24 30 27 24
4441-4-B HV
Air Flow (scfh) 800 1850 3700 5400 7700 8750
Air Orifice , UA-DA, (in.w.c.) 0.3 1 3.6 7.9 16.2 20.7
Gas Orifice , UG-DG, (in.w.c.) 0.1 0.6 2.6 5.5 12 14.3
Max. % XSFuel, fs 30 30 30 30 30 30
Flame Length (in.) 18 18 18 18 16 20
Flame Diameter (in.) 3 3 3 3 3 3.5
4441-4-B MV
Air Flow (scfh) 990 2150 4230 6100 8950
Gas Orifice , UG-DG, (in.w.c.) 0.2 0.9 3.5 7.3 17
Tile Pressure DG (in.w.c.) 0 0.1 0.5 1.1 2
Max. % XSFuel, fs 30 30 30 30 30
Flame Length (in.) 21 21 24 25 28
Sheet 4441-1
page 6
4441-5 HV
Air Flow (scfh) 1000 2150 5200 6100 8900 9900
Gas Orifice , UG-DG, (in.w.c.) 0.05 0.1 0.6 1.2 3.2 3.5
Max. % XSFuel, fs 30 30 30 30 30 30
Flame Length (in.) 20 24 26 26 28 30
Flame Diameter (in.) 5 6 6 6 7 7
4441-5 MV
Air Flow (scfh) 1300 2700 5200 7400 10850
Max. % XSFuel, fs 30 30 30 30 30
Flame Length (in.) 22 24 26 30 34
4441-6 HV
Air Flow (scfh) 1650 3550 7000 9850 14100 15800
Gas Orifice , UG-DG, (in.w.c.) — 0.1 0.6 1.1 2.4 2.9
Max. % XSFuel, fs 30 30 30 30 30 30
Flame Length (in.) 27 26 34 30 30 36
4441-6 MV
Air Flow (scfh) 2450 5000 9800 14100 20500
Air Orifice , UA-DA, (in.w.c.) — 0.9 3.4 6.6 14.5
Gas Orifice , UG-DG, (in.w.c.) — 0.3 1.1 2.3 5
Tile Pressure DG (in.w.c.) — 0.1 0.7 1.5 3.3
Max. % XSFuel, fs 30 30 30 30 30
Flame Length (in.) 37 42 42 45 48
Sheet 4441-1
page 7
Sheet 4441-1
NATURAL GAS OPERATION page 8
4441-7 HV
Air Flow (scfh) 2530 5250 10500 15100 21700 25300
Air Orifice , UA-DA, (in.w.c.) — 0.35 1.3 2.7 5.3 7.1
Gas Orifice , UG-DG, (in.w.c.) — 0.2 1.1 2.2 4.4 4.6
Tile Pressure DG (in.w.c.) 0.1 0.7 2.6 5.2 9.9 11
Max. % XSFuel, fs 30 30 30 30 30 30
Flame Length (in.) 35 41 38 36 38 42
NOTE: The 4441-7 is not available with medium velocity tile.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American "Aardvark"
High Velocity Burner
4441A "Aardvark" High Velocity Burner
• Excellent performance with all control systems • Flame rod or UV detector
• Direct spark - no pilot • Natural gas

Product Overview | High Velocity Burner
GENERAL OPERATION and CONTROL The versatile Aardvark, complete as shown. It fits almost
anywhere, delivers high velocity burner products over a
wide range of temperatures.
— Capacity: 230,000 to 2,250,000 Btu/hr with 16 osig air
pressure.
The Aardvark is the all-metal tile version of the Tempest® high
— Combustion Air: 0.5-24 osig air pressure (max 350°F). velocity burner, the largest selling nozzle-mix burner in the world.
— Fuel: Natural gas
It can be used as an alternate to the Tempest in most installations
— Flame Supervision: Flame rod or UV detector. Consult except those that exceed 2000°F--the 4441A Burner's metal "tile''
National Safety Standards and Insurance underwriters should not be exposed directly to temperatures above 1600°F.
for specific flame supervision requirements. Flame
supervisory components must be ordered separately. This all-metal burner is very useful as a complete, high velocity
air heater for drying or other low temperature applications. It can
— Ignition: Direct spark (no pilot) with 6000 V transformer.
be screwed onto a hot air distribution system to direct its warm
A halfwave transformer prevents UV sensing of the spark
or hot gases in a specific pattern or to specific areas.
during trial for ignition. Ignition not recommended above
16 osig main air pressure
The 4441A Burner can simplify continuous heating of pieces in
— Control: Excellent performance with all control systems; high speed production line processes. Appropriate Aardvark-fired
StepFire™, on-ratio and thermal turndown. A limiting orifice chambers along the line eliminate need to route parts to and
valve must be installed in gas supply line within 1 ft. of from separate heat treat facilities.
burner. A ratio regulator should be within 4 ft. of burner.
In an air heater, Aardvark discharge air temperatures must
— Relight: Tempest® burners require spark for re-ignition as
be high enough to overcome radiation losses in distribution
high velocity burners will not relight from a hot tile or
piping, and piping materials must be compatible with those
furnace.
temperatures.
— Wide Operating Range: Can deliver up to 22,500 scfh
of air at any temperature from 300 to 1600°F (or higher
per the above).
— High Velocity: Restricted tile exit forces hot gases to leave
the burner at extremely high velocity, optimizing convective
heat transfer.
— Simplified Piping: All primary and "secondary" air enters
the burner through a single connection. Air temperatures
can be controlled by throttling fuel only.
— Simple, Reliable Operation: Lights readily over a wide
range of pressures. It is extremely stable - it does not have
to be "nursed" if operating conditions fluctuate.
— Compact Size: As a self-contained, direct-fired air heater,
it uses no cumbersome secondary air chamber; so it can
fit into tight spaces.
Bulletin 4441A
page 2
Dimensions | High Velocity Burner
Table 1. 4441A Natural Gas Performance Data

(Performance for 16 osi main air pressure operating at stoichiometric ratio unless stated otherwise)
Burner Size -2 -3 4-A -4-B -5 -6* -7

Air Flow, not burning (scfh) 2750 3800 5900 7150 10 600 18 000 25 500
Air Flow, burning (scfh)* 2300 3300 5300 6000 9 300 14 500 22 500
-
Air Orifice DR,UA-DA, (in.w.c.) 16.8 18.2 18.3 15.0 4.2 11.0
-
Gas Orifice DR, UG-DG (in.w.c.) 6.7 7.2 7.0 6.2 2.9 -
5.7
Gas Pressure UG (osig) 9.9 9.2 8.5 10.1 4.4 - 7.2
Gas Pressure UG (osig), 30% XSF 14.3 14.4 10.9 12.5 5.7 - 9.9
Max. % XSA, (ignition and flame signal limit)** 3500 4500 6000+ 6000+ 6000+ - 6000+
Max. % XSF, (ignition and flame signal limit) 30 30 30 30 50 - 50
-
Flame Length (in.) 12 14 24 24 24 42
Flame Diameter (in.) 2 2 3 3 4.5 6
*Lab data for -6 size not available. Air flow values estimated.
DIMENSIONS (inches)
D
E Y
flame C–mpt
supervision hot gas outlet
¾" fpt H
OB B–fpt
S
FS gas inlet
1
DG
IGN
DA
37-0289/HR
E
A –fpt
(-7 only)
UA A –fpt
air inlet
45º F (-7 only) F
Burner dimensions in inches wt,

designation A B C D E F H lb
4441A-2 1¼ ¾ 2 7½ 3¾ 137⁄8 2¾ 40
4441A-3 1½ ¾ 2 7½ 3¾ 137⁄8 2¾ 40
4441A-4 2 1 2 7½ 3¾ 137⁄8 2¾ 40
4441A-4-B 2 1 2 7½ 3¾ 137⁄8 2¾ 40
4441A-5 2½ 1¼ 3 10 5 152⁄5 35⁄8 75
4441A-6 3 1½ 3 10 5 152⁄5 35⁄8 75
4441A-7 4 2 4 10 5 251⁄8 35⁄8 95

4441A-7 has special arrangement of air and gas connections. See Specifications 4441
Discharge Connections. The Aardvark's threaded tile discharge connection can be connected to distribution piping with a straight or
reducing coupling or flange union.
Caution: All fittings, flanges, and distribution piping must be suitable for temperatures anticipated at burner discharge.
Bulletin 4441A
page 3
Ordering Information | High Velocity Burner
Bulletin 4441A
page 4
4441A - R R H / T
4441
Capacities (scfh)
Mountings
Air Pipe Size 16 osi air
T = Threaded Tile (standard)
-2 = 1¼ 2300
-3 = 1½ 3300 Tile Exit Size
-4-A = 2" 5300 H = High Velocity Tile (standard)
-4-B = 2" 6000
-5 = 2½ 9300
-6 = 3" 18 000 Tile Exit Shape
-7 = 4" 22 500 R = Round (standard)
Tile Material
R = Alloy Tile (standard)
PARTS LIST
Part Name 4441A-2 4441A-3 4441A-4-A 4441A-4-B 4441A-5 4441A-6 4441A-7

Burner only* 4441A-2/BO 4441A-3/BO 4441A-4-A/BO 4441A-4-B/BO 4441A-5/BO 4441A-6/BO 4441A-7/BO
Gasket** 4-6050-1 4-6102-1
Igniter R240-2100
Flame Rod Assy. 4-25432-1 4-25432-1 4-25432-3 4-25432-3 4-25432-4 4-25432-4 4-25432-2
Tile 4-6047-1 4-6047-4 4-6047-3 4-6047-3 4-6100-1 4-6100-2 4-6104-1
Air Distribution Plate 4-51353-1 — — —
*Burner Only assembly includes Body, Igniter, Observation Port, Stabilizer, Gaskets and Air Deflector Plate.
**Gaskets are single use and should be replaced anytime the tile is removed. Aardvark requires (2) gaskets in all sizes.
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Bulletin 4441A 04/15
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Tempest®
4441DMC Gas Burner
Tempest® DMC. Has slotted tile exit shape for narrow

lane firing and better temperature uniformity.
4441DMC Tempest® Gas Burner
• Ultra low NOx • Choice of flame supervision systems
• Flexible operating capabilities • Dependable, long lasting cast construction

Product Overview | 4441DMC Gas Burner
The Tempest High Velocity Gas Burner continues to be one of Ultra low NOx
the world's most widely used burners. Its high velocity jet action — Low NOx emissions -- less than 50 ppm typical in
and superior recirculation promoting capabilities have brought 2200°F applications
both the quality benefit of close temperature uniformity and the Flexible operating capabilities
productivity benefit of safe higher heating rates to a wide variety — Wide operating range -- from 30% excess fuel to
of applications up to 3000°F. 2000% excess air
— Flame stability across full range to suit continuous
Diffuse Mode Combustion (DMC) is a flameless technology that and StepFire (pulse firing) control
can achieve ultra-low NOx emissions and improve temperature — Direct spark ignition with wide lighting window
uniformity in many furnace applications. DMC technology
Choice of flame supervision systems
applied to the industry standard Tempest® burner builds upon
— Optimized for flame rod
proven heat patterns and furnace performance, while reducing
— UV as an option
furnace NOx emissions to ultra-low levels from auto ignition
to 2300°F. By allowing the flame to combust in the furnace, Dependable, long lasting cast construction
rather than in the burner tile, the maximum flame temperature — Design allows full access to internals
is reduced, thus lowering NOx. Additionally, a point source — Alloy stabilizer bolted to main body
of radiant energy that causes temperature non-uniformity is — Built in air purge for observation port
removed. — Single gas and air connections
— Simple tile construction
The Tempest® DMC retains all the best features of the 4441
Common applications
series including low NOx emissions, stable high excess air and
— Forge furnaces
excess fuel operation, direct spark ignition, integral air and gas
— Heat treat furnaces
meters, sturdy cast construction, maintainability, and stabilizer
— Roller hearth furnaces
durability. Operating limits and expanded ignition and flame
— Continuous strip lines
supervision capabilities make the Tempest® DMC ideal for use
— Indirect fired rotary kilns
with StepFire™ or any pulse fired control system, as well as with
— Ceramic kilns
thermal turndown and cross-connected systems.
— Most continous or batch furnaces in a NOx sensitive
location that operate part or all of the time at a temperature
above the fuel's auto-ignition point.
Tempest® DMC. Alumina/mullite tile "A" for fiber wall furnace installation.
General Operation | 4441DMC Gas Burner
GENERAL OPERATION and CONTROL
— Capacity: 400,000 to 2,600,000 Btu/h HHV in DMC at 16 — DMC: DMC operation requires a solenoid valve in the
osig air pressure. gas line near the burner. The valve must be installed
within 3 feet of the burner gas connection between the
— Combustion Air: 0.2-24 osig air pressure (max 150°F). limiting orifice valve and the ratio regulator.
— Fuel: Natural gas. Gas pressure varies per size but 11 osig — Control: Not for use with conventional BMS controls.
is maximum required at design capacity for 16 osig combus- Excellent performance with StepFire™, on-ratio and ther-
tion air pressure, stoich ratio. mal turndown CMS controls. A limiting orifice valve must
be installed in gas supply line within 1ft. of burner. A ratio
— Flame Supervision: Flame rod or UV. Consult National regulator must be within 4 ft. of burner. Consult North Ameri-
Safety Standards and insurance underwriters for specific can for BMS control requirements.
flame supervision requirements. Flame supervisory
components must be ordered separately. See Dimensions — Piping: For cross-connected systems, maximum gas pres
and Part List 4441DMC-1 for correct flame rod part number. sure at the burner can be adversely impacted by excessive
pressure drop in the gas line between the ratio regulator
— Ignition: Direct spark (no pilot) with 6000 V transformer. A and the burner. The design, selection and installation of
halfwave transformer prevents UV sensing of the spark these systems must take into account the gas pressure re
during trial for ignition. Ignition not recommended above 16 quired at the burner to achieve the desired heat release (i.e.
osig main air pressure. gas flow). For more detailed information on cross-connected
control systems, see Sheet 4441DMC-3.
— Relight: Tempest® DMC burners require spark for reignition.
They will not relight from a hot tile or furnace.
Table 1. 4441DMC Performance Data - Conventional Mode

Burner Size -3 4-A -4-B -5 -6 -7
Air Flow, not burning (scfh) 4000 6100 7100 11 000 19 000 26 000
Air Flow,(scfh)* 3300 5250 6300 9500 15 000 22 000
Air Orifice DR,UA-DA, (in.wc) 17.4 16.4 14.6 15.5 7.3 7.1
Gas Orifice DR, UG-DG (in wc) 8.5 6.5 6.5 2.9 2.6 3.8
Gas Pressure UG (osig) 9.9 8.8 9.8 7.2 9.0 7.0
Gas Pressure UG (osig), 30% XSF 13.5 11.9 8.0 9.9 7.7
Max. % XSA, (ignition and flame signal limit)**
Max. % XSF, (ignition and flame signal limit) 30 30 30 30 30 30
Flame Length (in.) 12 20 24 28 36 45
*Nominal capacities.
** Limits may vary depending on flame supervisory equipment used. Flame rod data represented in Table 1.
Table 2. 4441DMC Performance Data - DMC Mode
Burner Size -3 4-A -4-B -5 -6 -7
Air Flow, not burning (scfh) 4000 6100 7100 11 000 19 000 26 000
Air Flow,(scfh)* 4000 6100 7100 11 000 19 000 26 000
Air Orifice DR,UA-DA, (in.wc)
Gas Orifice DR, UG-DG (in wc)
Gas Pressure UG (osig)
Gas Pressure UG (osig), 30% XSF
Max. % XSA, (ignition and flame signal limit)** 200 200 200 200 200 200
Max. % XSF, (ignition and flame signal limit) 30 30 30 30 30 30
*Nominal capacities.
** Limits may vary depending on flame supervisory equipment used. Flame rod data represented in Table 2. Bulletin 4441DMC
Note: DMC Mode features flameless combustion. page 2
Tile and Mounting | 4441DMC Gas Burner
Bulletin 4441DMC
Page 3
TILE MATERIALS/MOUNTINGS INSTALLATION
For tile installation, see Supplement 4441DMC for more information.
"A" Tile — Alumina/Mullite tile for fiber wall and most applications up
to 3000 F. Available with flanged mounting only.
Consult North American for other tile options.
EXIT SHAPES
"S" Slotted — for narrow lane firing and better temperature

uniformity.
4441DMC - - A S H F
4441DMC
Capacities(scfh)
16 osi air
in DMC
Air pipe size mode
-3 = 1½" 4000
-4-A = 2" 6100 Mountings
-4-B = 2" 7100 F = Flanged (standard)
-5 = 2½" 10 100
-6 = 3" 19 000
-7 = 4" 26 000 Tile Exit Size
H = High Velocity Tile (standard)
Tile Exit Shape

Tile Material S = Slotted (standard)
A = Alumina/Mullite (standard) Slot orientation - horizontal with respect to burner air
connection at 4:30‡, unless otherwise specified on order.
Copyright © 2022 - Fives - All rights reserved | Bulletin 4441DMC 07/15

‡ Slot orientation is field adjustable, by loosening body
mounting bolts and rotating exit accordingly.
Flame supervisory components must be ordered separately.

CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Tempest® 4441DMC Gas Burner Supplement 4441DMC
Tile Installation
CERAMIC TILE IN 9" FIBER WALL INSTALLATION CERAMIC TILE IN 9" MONOLITHIC/BRICK WALL
INSTRUCTIONS (SEE FIGURE 1) INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS (SEE FIGURE 2)
1. Cut circle opening in furnace shell. Allow ¼" clearance all the 1. Cut circle opening in furnace shell. Allow ¼" clearance all the
way around tile.The hole size in the shell for 4441DMC-3 way around tile.The hole size in the shell for 4441DMC-3
through -4-B is 5½" and for 4441DMC-5 through -7 is 8". through -4-B is 5½" and for 4441DMC-5 through -7 is 8".
2. After fiber installation, cut a straight hole in fiber wall for 2. Bolt burner to furnace shell. We recommend using a flanged
the burner tile. The hole should be approximately ½” smaller burner with a gasket at this joint for applications with pressur-
than the tile OD to allow the fiber to be tight up against the tile. ized chambers. A burner mounting gasket is available from
North American.
3. Wrap the tile in cling wrap and then insert tile into the fiber
wall. The cling wrap will assist in pushing the tile into a smaller 3. We recommend a minimum gap of 1½" between the tile and
fiber hole. the brick/monolithic wall. Fill this gap with compressed ce-
ramic fiber. The hole in the wall can be either square or
4. Bolt burner to furnace shell. We recommend using a flanged round. If pushing the tile through the fiber, wrap the tile in
burner with a gasket at this joint for applications with pressur- cling wrap to assist the tile through the fiber.
North American. 4. Pack fiber tightly around the tile. Fill all voids to provide a
5. Periodically check for fiber shrinkage in vicinity of the burner
tile. Repack any voids with bulk fiber insulation to maintain 5. Periodically check for fiber shrinkage in vicinity of the
a thermal seal between the furnace interior and the shell. burner tile. Repack any voids with bulk fiber insulation to
maintain a thermal seal between the furnace interior and
the shell.
Ceramic Fiber
Ceramic Fiber
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | 4441DMC Suppl 07/15
Figure 1: Cross section through a 9" fiber-lined furnace wall with a Figure 2: Cross section through a 9" hard wall with a ceramic tile.
ceramic tile.
* For wall construction greater than 9" contact North American.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North AmericanTempest® 4441DMC Burner
DIMENSIONS inches
Dimensions & Parts List 4441DMC-1
4441DMC-3 through -6
¾" NPT for flame supervision
"A" TILE
Flanged Mounting only
G OB
S
FS
DG
K L
IGN
E DA
H
5⁄8" UG
dia.
slot
UA

5⁄8" 9"
A– NPT
F Air Inlet
B– NPT
Gas Inlet
4441DMC-7 (Parts for -7 only--other parts shown on page 2.)

¾" NPT
B– NPT for flame 18 35⁄64"
Gas Inlet supervision 15 31⁄64"
Gas Inlet Elbow
37-0008-CI
R590-4598

FS 4-26707-1
DG
K
IGN
L H
E UA
5⁄8" sq. 37-0004
UG
dia.
slot A– NPT
Air Inlet
R590-7397
Air Flange (2) 9"
A– NPT Flange Gasket (2) DA
F Air Inlet 4-1695-5 4-5371-3
C
"A" Tile
dimensions in inches weight, lb
Burner (max. OD)
designation A B C E F G K L H 4441-'A'
4441DMC-3 1½ ¾ 143⁄8 10 2¾ 4½ 9⁄16 15⁄16 5 40
4441DMC-4-A 2 1 143⁄8 10 2¾ 4½ 23⁄32 123⁄32 5 40
4441DMC-4-B 2 1 143⁄8 10 2¾ 4½ 23⁄32 123⁄32 5 40
4441DMC-5 2½ 1¼ 16 12½ 35⁄8 5¾ 7⁄8 2¼ 7½ 75
4441DMC-6 3 1½ 16 12½ 35⁄8 5¾ 1 2¼ 7½ 75
4441DMC-7 4 2 255⁄8 12½ 35⁄8 5¾ 1½ 2¼ 7½ 95
 Air orifice location for 4441DMC-7 only.
 For selection of auxiliary gas component sizes, see 4441DMC-3.
Dimensions & Parts List 4441DMC-1
Page 2
4441DMC SERIES SPARE PARTS
A
¾" NPT Flame Supervisory Port 37-0006/CI Observation Body Gasket
(flame supervisory components Port
must be ordered separately)‡ Tile
OBS
Igniter FS
Burner
DG only*
IGN
DA
37-0289/HR
UG UA

Mounting and
Flanged Mounting Insulation Assembly
A
standard with slotted
tile Slotted Tile
Burner designation
Part Name 4441DMC-3 4441DMC-4-A 4441DMC-4-B 4441DMC-5 4441DMC-6 4441DMC-7
Natural Gas
Burner Only* 4441DMC-3/BO 4441DMC-4-A/BO 4441DMC-4-B/BO 4441DMC-5/BO 4441DMC-6/BO 4441DMC-7/BO
All Models
Body Gasket 4-25428-1 4-25427-1 4-25427-1 4-6102-1 4-6102-1 4-6102-1
Igniter R240-2100
Flame Rod Assembly‡ 4-25432-1 4-25432-3 4-25432-3 4-25432-4 4-25432-4 4-25432-2
Furnace Mtg. Gasket 4-51882-1 4-51882-2
Slotted Tile
Slotted Tile† 4-27596-3 4-27596-4 4-27596-4 4-25470-4 4-25470-5 4-25470-6
Mounting & Insulation ass'y 4-25716-1 4-25716-1 4-25716-1 4-25716-2 4-25716-2 4-25716-2
Tile Mtg. Gasket 4-25484-1 4-25484-1 4-25484-1 4-25485-1 4-25485-1 4-25485-1
* Burner Only includes Body Gasket, Stabilizer, Observation Port, Nameplate, and plugs.
‡ Order separately.
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Dims-Pl 4441DMC 10/15

CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
DISTRIBUTION LIMITED TO FIVES PERSONNEL
North American Tempest® 4441DMC Burner
Sheet 4441DMC-2
Performance Data
All Data:...............................is based on conventional firing mode with ambient combustion air and natural gas.
Max % XSAir, fs fs - indicates the maximum flame supervisory XSAir or XSFuel using the specified flame rod listed
Max % XSFuel, fs on the 4441DMC-1 parts list.
Note: “ “ indicates that this information has not been masterfiled yet. Call Product Manager for this information.
NATURAL GAS
Main Air Pressure, (UA pressure tap), osig

4441DMC-3 0.2 1 4 9 12 16 20 24
Capacity, scfh main air (not burning) 4000
Capacity, scfh main air (burning stoich) 340 800 1600 2450 2900 3300 3750 4100
Air Orifice P, (UA-DA) in. w.c. 0.25 0.9 4.0 9.5 10.5 17.4 21.9 26.6
Gas Orifice P, (UG-DG) in. w.c. 0.1 0.5 1.8 4.7 6.6 8.5 9.2 11.3
Tile Pressure, (DG) in. w.c. 0.1 0.6 2.5 5.1 7.9 8.6 10.6 12.5
Max. % XSAir, fs, ignition
Max. % XSFuel, fs 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
Max. % XSFuel, ignition
Flame Length, in. ♦ 10 11 12 12 12 13 13 13
Flame Diameter, in. ♦ 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3
4441DMC-4-A 0.2 1 4 9 12 16 20 24
Air Orifice P, (UA-DA) in. w.c. — 0.9 4.5 9.2 12.7 16.4 21.2 27.0
Gas Orifice P, (UG-DG) in. w.c. — 0.5 1.8 3.5 4.6 6.5 8.0 10.3
Tile Pressure, (DG) in. w.c. — 0.3 1.9 3.7 4.8 7.9 8.3 10.5
Max. % XSFuel, fs 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
Flame Length, in. ♦ 16 18 18 18 — 20 24 24
Flame Diameter, in.♦ 3/3 3/3 3/3 3 — 3 3 4
4441DMC-4-B 0.2 1 4 9 12 16 20 24
Max. % XSFuel, fs 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
Flame Length, in. ♦ 20 24 26 26 — 26 26 27
Flame Diameter, in. ♦ 3 4 4 4 — 4 4 5
♦ NOTE: Flame information applicable to conventional mode only.

Sheet 4441DMC-2
Page 2
NATURAL GAS
4441DMC-5 0.2 1 4 9 12 16 20 24
Air Orifice P, (UA-DA) in. w.c. — 0.8 3.8 9 12.3 15.5 19.9 23.6
Tile Pressure, (DG) in. w.c. — 0.7 2.4 5.3 6.9 9 11.5 13.7
Max. % XSFuel, fs 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
Flame Length, in. ♦ 23 25 24 27 25 27 27 28
4441DMC-6 0.2 1 4 9 12 16 20 24
Tile Pressure, (DG) in. w.c. — 0.9 3.4 7.3 10 12.7 15.8 17.8
Max. % XSFuel, fs 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 30
Flame Length, in. ♦ 27 31 34 34 34 37 36 38
Flame Diameter, in. ♦ 5 6 6 6 7 6 77
4441DMC-7 0.2 1 4 9 12 16 20 24
Air Orifice P, (UA-DA) in. w.c. — — 1.4 4.9 5.5 7.1 8 9.5
Gas Orifice P, (UG-DG) in. w.c. — — 0.9 2.5 3.3 3.8 6.3 6.7
Max. % XSFuel, fs 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
Flame Length, in. ♦ 24 29 34 36 42 45 54 56
♦ NOTE: Flame information applicable to conventional mode only.
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 4441DMC-2 07/15
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Tempest® 4441DMC Gas Burner
Sheet 4441DMC-3
Instructions and Required Piping
J Limiting Orifice Valve
L required within 1' of burner
6 Dia. min. F♦ F♦
K Burner Gas Connection

E 4 Dia. min.
Metering
Orifice H
G Solenoid Valve
Ratio Regulator required within I
required within 3' of burner Manual
4' of burner between 1807 Shutoff
and ratio Valve
regulator
Impulse Line C D Burner Air Connection

3⁄8" OD min. Flexible Pipe or
Blower Sleeve
A B Optional Metering Orifice
♦ Add unions as needed in the field for maintenance purposes.
Table 1. Component selection for Tempest® DMC burners.

Air Side Fuel Side
Burner Size A B C D E F G* H I J K L
-3 1½" 1½" 1½" 1½" ¾" ¾" ½" / ¾" ¾" ¾" ¾" ¾" ¾"
-4-A 2" 2" 2" 2" 1" 1" ¾" / 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1"
-4-B 2" 2" 2" 2" 1" 1" ¾" / 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1"
-5 2½" 2½" 2½" 2½" 1¼" 1¼" 1" / 1¼" 1¼" 1¼" 1¼" 1¼" 1¼"
-6 3" 3" 3" 3" 1½" 1½" 1¼" / 1½" 1½" 1½" 1½" 1½" 1½"
-7 4" 4" 4" 4" 2" 2" 1½" / 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2"
* Left side of column is recommended, right side can be used as an alternative.
Legend for Table 1
AIR FUEL
A – 1122 Manual Balancing Air Valve E – 8697 Metering Orifice
B – 8697 Metering Orifice (optional) F – Threaded Pipe Union
C – 8770/8773 Flexible Connection or G – 7216- - BP Regulator (with bypass)
2947 Blower Sleeve H – Solenoid Valve
D - Burner Air Connection I – Manual Shutoff Valve
J – 1807 Limiting Orifice Valve
K – Burner Gas Connection
L – Flexible Pipe (optional)
4441DMC-3
page 2
INSTRUCTIONS
1. System has been sized for standard sea level conditions. 4. For the components selected in Table 1, and under the
For any other conditions including elevation, high ambients, conditions specified above, the 4441DMC will operate with
preheated air, etc., the individual components must be up to 30% XSF. In order to achieve higher XSF, additional air
selected based on the maximum actual flow rates that will be pressure is required to impulse the 7216 regulator. See step 3.
encountered during operation.
5. The DMC Control Solenoid Valve “H” is an integral piece of the
2. System has been sized based on 16 osig (27.7"w.c.) air pressure DMC BMS control system. The 3’ proximity to the burner is
at the burner at high fire and 1"wc air pressure at the burner required to ensure proper control of the burner flame during
at low fire. To ensure tight sealing of the 7216- - BP regulator the transitions between conventional and diffuse combustion
at low fire, allow for a negative 2" bias on the regulator spring. modes and should not be compromised.
Thus the maximum gas pressure available from the 7216
regulator at high fire is 25.7"w.c. (with 16 osig impulse).
3. To increase the air impulse available to the 7216 (if necessary),

a metering orifice or other fixed resistance component can
be installed downstream between the 1122 and the air impulse
line to the regulator. Size your combustion air supply pressure
accordingly.
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 4441DMC-3 07/15

CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American
Tempest® 4441 LNI
Ultra Low NOx Emissions
• HIgh velocity burner offering outstanding recirculation maintains superior temperature uniformity
• Proven LNI flameless technology
• See Bulletin 4441 for general 4441 burner information

of the world's most widely used and respected burners.
THE TEMPEST® 4441 LNI 4441 LNI FEATURES
The North American Tempest® 4441 high velocity gas burner — Low NOx emissions — less than 30 ppm typical in
continues to be one of the world's most widely used burners. 2400°F applications
Its high velocity jet action and superior recirculation promoting — Flame stability across full range to suit continuous
capabilities have brought both the quality benefit of close tem- and StepFire (pulse firing) control
perature uniformity and the productivity benefit of safe higher
— Direct spark ignition with wide lighting window
heating rates to a wide variety of applications.
Choice of flame supervision systems
Low NOx Injection (LNI) is a flameless technology that can
achieve ultra-low NOx emissions and improve temperature uni- — Flame rod
formity in many furnace applications. — UV
The North American Tempest® 4441 LNI burner combines a 4441 Dependable, long lasting cast construction
"ASH/FL" style mounting plate and ceramic tile, with an LNI gas — Design allows full access to internals
injector. They are available with an injector fixed to the optimal — Alloy stabilizer bolted to main body
angle on the top right or top left of the mounting plate. — Built in air purge for observation port
— Simple tile construction
Integrating the LNI injector into the tile mounting plate makes the
assembly more economical and reduces the installed cost of us- — Long tile life in fiber wall furnaces
ing LNI technology.
COMMON APPLICATIONS FOR LNI
The North American Tempest® 4441 LNI retains all the best fea-
tures of the 4441 series including low NOx emissions, stable high — Forge furnaces
excess air and excess fuel operation, direct spark ignition, integral — Heat treat furnaces
air and gas meters, sturdy cast construction, maintainability, and — Ceramic kilns
stabilizer durability. — Variety of other applications, including most continuous or
batch furnaces in a NOx sensitive location that operate part
Read Handbook Supplement 292 to learn which low NOx tech- or all of the time at a temperature above the fuel's auto-
nology is right for your application. ignition point
Bulletin 4441 LNI

Page 2
North American Tempest® 4441 LNI Operation
— Combustion Air: 0.3-41.6"w.c. (0.08-10.3 kPa) air pressure, — LNI Mode: Burners that use flameless combustion control
max 350°F (177°C). techniques must run in conventional firing mode until the furnace
temperature is above the autoignition temperature, generally
— Fuel: Natural gas for all burner sizes, The gas pressure in the above 1450°F (790°C). When operating in a flameless combustion
conventional mode varies per size. See the main 4441 Bulletin for mode there is no combustion inside the burner tile to monitor,
details. so the flame supervision system must be put in a “bypass” state
before switching to the flameless mode. It is important that the
— Flame Supervision: Flame rod or UV detector Consult thermocouple used to bypass the flame supervision is installed
National Safety Standards and insurance underwriters for specific in the coolest section of the furnace to insure the temperature is
flame supervision requirements. Flame supervisory components high enough everywhere in the furnace before switching into the
must be ordered separately. See the parts list table for correct flameless combustion mode. If the furnace temperature drops
flame rod part number. below the transition temperature the burner must be put back in
conventional mode and the flame supervision system returned to
— Ignition: Direct spark (no pilot) with 6000 V transformer. conventional firing operation.
Lighting not recommended above 27.7"w.c. (6.9 kPa) main air
pressure. Always energize the spark before the gas or with the When operating in conventional mode, combustion in the burner
gas as the flame lights most reliably in an excess air condition as tile releases heat which causes the combustion air (and fuel) to
the gas transitions from off to its set point. expand. Because the tile exit has a reduced port, the expanding
gases cause pressure in the tile to increase. This “tile pressure”
On systems that use UV flame supervision, UV radiation reduces the amount of air that can pass through the burner at a
generated by the spark igniter can often be "seen" by the UV given supply pressure.
detector through reflection off the burner internals or the burner
tile. Many flame relay controls turn off the spark when a flame When the burner enters LNI mode, the fuel is moved to an
(UV) is detected. This can be a problem when the controller injector in the furnace, so the combustion in the tile moves to the
responds to the spark but there is no actual flame. For this furnace outside the tile. When there is no burning in the tile the
reason, it is often necessary to use additional timers and relays pressure in the burner tile is reduced. If the air supply pressure
to prevent premature shutting off of the spark igniter. at the burner inlet is maintained the air flow through the burner
will increase. The air flow conditions, including the “not burning”
Halfwave ignition transformers will prevent UV sensing of the condition is documented in the engineering data section of the
spark during trial for ignition, but they supply lower amperage 4441 bulletin.
to the igniter with produces a cooler spark that may not reliably
ignite burners over as wide a range of inputs or air/fuel ratios as
a conventional transformer.
— Relight: Tempest® burners require spark for re-ignition. They

will not relight reliably from a hot tile or furnace.
— Control: Excellent performance with all control systems;

StepFire™, and on-ratio. A limiting orifice valve that provides a
pressure drop must be installed in gas supply line within 1 ft. (30
cm) of burner. A ratio regulator should be within 4 ft. (122 cm) of
burner.
— Piping: For cross-connected systems, the design, selection,

and system installation must consider pressure drop through
the components to avoid excessive pressure drop in the gas
line between the ratio regulator and the burner. Consider the
gas pressure required at the burner to achieve the desired heat
release (i.e. gas flow). For more detailed information on cross-
connected control systems, see Sheet 7218-2 Instructions, Bulletin
7216 and the Practical Pointers Book.
Bulletin 4441 LNI

Page 3
Low NOx technology overview, Tempest® 4441
CONVENTIONAL FIRING LOW NOX INJECTION (LNI)
When a 4441 is in conventional mode, the gas enters the burner 4441 LNI burners are equipped with a strategically placed gas
at the base of the stabilizer cup along the burner centerline. The injector, outboard of the tile exit. Once the furnace is above
flame starts burning inside this cup when an ignition spark and 1450°F (790°C), the burner can be switched into the LNI firing
a small amount of air is added to the gas. Because the flame is mode by moving the gas from the central burner location to the
burning in the stabilizer cup and the tile it can be monitored with outboard injector. The flame will then relight in the furnace, and
a flame supervision system. because all the gas enters the furnace through the injectors, the
flame can’t re-enter the burner tile.
Additional air is added to the fuel in multiple stages as the flame
moves through the burner. This keeps the flames oxygen content When operating in LNI mode, air continues to flow through the
low, and the outer air helps cool the stabilizer and the tile. burner and tile, while gas is switched to the outboard injector.
This arrangement keeps the air and gas streams physically
Just before the flame leaves the tile, it tapers down to a small separated and allows both air and fuel jets to pull the furnace
exit hole which greatly increases the flames velocity as it exits gases (P.O.C.) into each flow stream individually before they mix
the tile. The final air/fuel reaction happens in the furnace where together and start combusting.
the high velocity flame jet exiting the burner entrains the furnace
atmosphere and mixes it into the burning flame envelope. As Because LNI allows both air and gas streams to be vitiated (made
long as the furnace atmosphere has a low oxygen content (2-3% less reactive) with inert poc and separated longer, an increase of
O2) the entrained furnace gases (P.O.C) will further dilute the furnace temperature has less impact on the production of NOx
oxygen in the flame and lower peak flame temperature which than burners using conventional or DMC NOx control. LNI is also
helps minimize the amount of NOx created. better at suppressing NOx when using preheated combustion air
compared to other NOx reduction techniques.
Unfortunately, there are many conditions that can increase the
amount of NOx created in flames, including: It is important that the thermocouple used to bypass the flame
— Preheated air supervision is installed in the coolest section of the furnace
— High furnace temperatures to insure the temperature is high enough everywhere in the
furnace before switching. If the furnace temperature drops
— High amounts of oxygen in the furnace
below the transition temperature, the burner must be put back in
— Fuels like Propane conventional mode and the flame supervision system returned to
— Furnace geometry that restricts atmosphere recirculation conventional firing operation.
Bulletin 4441 LNI

Page 4
DIMENSIONS 4441 LNI-5, -6 & -7, inches
17.0 Square
(432)
Extra inlet piping 4441-7 Only
5.0 7.0 .75
(127) (178) (19)
Other connections:
8.00 C - NPT
LNI Gas Inlet 2.50 • UA: Upstream Air = 1⁄8" NPT
(203)
D (63.5) • DA: Downstream Air = 1⁄8" NPT
• UG: Upstream Gas = 1⁄8" NPT
.75 • DG: Downstream Gas = 1⁄8" NPT
(19) 45° B - NPT • FS: Flame Supervision = ¾" NPT
Gas Inlet • OBS: Observation = ¾" NPT
• IGN: Igniter = 18M
2.56 (65)
6.63
(168) A - NPT 4.06
Air Inlet (103)
6.63 2.56 R 1.00 9.19

(168) (65) (25.4) (233)
7.51
Ø1.32 (191)
(33.5)
E LNI Jet Exit Ø

15° G
Ø7.47
(188)
K
10.88
3.90 (276)
14.16
(99) (360) .63
4.41 (16)
(112) Extra inlet piping 4441-7 Only
Burner Dimension in inches Tile Exit "K" inches (mm) Weight, lb

designation A B C D E G Tile I.D. Tile O.D. 4441-"A"
4441-5 2½ 1¼ 1 7.91 (201) .426 (10.8) 4.79 (122) 2.13 (54.1) 2.88 (73.2) 88 (40)
4441-6 3 1½ 1 8.76 (222) .571 (14.5) 5.64 (143) 2.44 (62) 3.19 (81) 88 (40)
4441-7 4 2 1 10.30 (262) .646 (16.4) 7.19 (183) 3.19 (81) 3.94 (100) 104 (47.2)
Bulletin 4441 LNI

Page 5
DIMENSIONS inches
4441-8-A, -B, -C
21.0
Square
(533)
6.50 8.00 .75
(165) A - NPT
(203) (19) Air Inlet
2.25
(57) 3.90 10.00
(99) UA: Upstream 5.19
(254)
Air 1⁄8" NPT (132) Ø 1.90
C - NPT (48)
LNI Gas Inlet
E LNI Jet Exit Ø
D DA: Downstream
Air 1⁄8" NPT
D
9.87 DG: Downstream
(250) Gas ¼" NPT G
45° 15°
UG: Upstream
Gas ¼" NPT
9.20 K
B - NPT (234)
7.38 Gas Inlet
(187)
Flame Supervision 10.83
¾" NPT (275)
.75 9.19 0.63
(19) (233) (16)
6.63 Observation
(168) ¾" NPT
Burner Dimension in inches Tile Exit "K" Inches (mm) Weight, lb

designation A B C D E G Tile I.D. Tile O.D. 4441-"A"
4441LNI-8-A 6 2 1½ 11.61 (295) .770 (19.6) 5.98 (152) 2.13 (54) 4.50 (114) 170 (77)
4441LNI-8-B 6 2 1½ 12.81 (325) .910 (23.1) 6.98 (177) 2.44 (62) 5.00 (127) 170 (77)
4441LNI-8-C 6 2 1½ 14.19 (360) 1.019 (25.9) 7.79 (198) 3.19 (81) 5.63 (143) 170 (77)
Bulletin 4441 LNI

Page 6
4441LNI- - A R H / FL
Air/Gas connections
Blank = NPT Injector Location
M = BSPT R = Injector Top Right
L = Injector Top Left
4441 Capacities @ 27.7"w.c. (16 osi) (6.9kPa)
Conventional firing Mountings
FL = Flanged longer tile mounting with
Air Pipe Air Flow Input @ 10% xsa
11" tile length (for -5 thru -8 with "A"
size scfh (Nm3/h) Btu/h HHV (kW LHV)
material tile only)
-5 = 2½" 9500 (254) 864,000 (228)
-6 = 3" 15,000 (401) 1,364,000 (360) Tile Exit Size
H = High Velocity Tile
-7 = 4" 22,000 (588) 2,000,000 (529)
-8-A = 6" 32,000 (856) 2,909,000 (770)
-8-B = 6" 42,000 (1124) 3,818,000 (1010) Tile Exit Shape
-8-C = 6" 54,000 (1444) 4,910,000 (1299) R = Round
Tile Material
A = Alumina/Mulllite
In addition to standard options listed above, 4441 Tempest® burners are available in many other special configurations.
Extra High Velocity Tempest® Tiles: Some 4441 configurations can be assembled with tiles with smaller exists to deliver even higher
flame velocities.
High Fire LNI Mode Burner Capacities

Burner Size -5 -6 -7 -8-A -8-B -8-C
Air Flow LNI Mode scfh 11,000 19,800 25,300 36,000 50,000 63,000
Air Pressure "w.c. 27.7 27.7 27.7 27.7 27.7 27.7
Gas Flow scfh 10% excess air 1,000 1,800 2,300 3,273 4,545 5,727
Gas Pressure "w.c. 10% excess air 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 15.9 16.0
Gas Flow scfh stoichiometric ratio 1,100 1,980 2,530 3,600 5,000 6,300
Gas Pressure "w.c. stoichiometric ratio 19.3 19.4 19.3 19.4 19.2 19.4
For additional burner capacity and installation information see Bulletin 4441.
Bulletin 4441 LNI

Page 7
Mounting Plate
Gore-Tex Gasket
Injector Mounting (11" long)
with Flange
Injector Pipe with Nozzle
3⁄16-16 X ¾
Hex HD Bolt Air Inlet Orifice
Igniter
-7 only
Tile
Tile Mounting
Body Mounting Gasket Gasket
Air Inlet Gasket
(on both sides of Orifice)
Burner Size
Part Name -5 -6 -7
Natural gas burner body assembly
Burner only (less tile & mounting) 4441-5/BO 4441-6/BO 4441-7/BO
Burner body parts

Air inlet gasket (2 req'd) NA NA 4-5371-3
Body mounting gasket (1 req'd) 4-6102-1 4-6102-1 4-6102-1
Igniter R240-2100 R240-2100 R240-2100
Inlet air orifice 4-26707-1 4-26707-1 4-26707-1
Observation port 8790-0 8790-0 8790-0
LNI mounting plate and tile parts

Mounting plate (right side injector) 4-58188-1 4-58188-2 4-58188-3
Mounting plate (left side injector) 4-58216-1 4-58216-2 4-58216-3
Round "A" tile (alumina/mullite) 4-24586-6 4-24586-7 4-24586-8
Tile Mtg. gasket 4-25485-1 4-25485-1 4-25485-1
Injector mounting flange 4-58131-1 4-58131-1 4-58131-1
Injector pipe with nozzle 4-58187-1 4-58187-2 4-58187-3
Gore-tex gasket (11" long) 4-58217-A 4-58217-A 4-58217-A
3⁄8-16 X ¾ steel hex head bold (2 req'd) R066-2910 R066-2910 R066-2910
Optional Accessories (order separately)

Flame Rod 4-25432-4 4-25432-4 4-25432-2
Petcocks (4 req'd) 1849-04 1849-04 1849-04
Furnace gasket (1⁄8" X 1½" bolt-hole tape) R290-1310 R290-1310 R290-1310
70" long (6ft.)# 70" long (6 ft.)# 70" long (6 ft.)#
Note: Burner only assemblies "/BO" include, igniter, observation port, body gasket, and mounting hardware.
Bulletin 4441 LNI
Page 8
Gore-Tex Gasket (11" long)
Injector Mounting
with Flange
Injector Pipe with Nozzle
3⁄16-16 X ¾ Hex HD Bolt
Air Inlet Gasket
(on both sides of Orifice)
Mounting Plate
Air Inlet Orifice
Body Only Assembly
Igniter
Tile
Body Mounting Gasket Tile Mounting

Gasket
Burner Size
Natural gas burner body assembly
Burner only (less tile & mounting) 4441-8-A/E/BO 4441-8-B/E/BO 4441-8-C/E/BO
Burner body parts

Air inlet gasket (2 req'd) 4-5371-4 4-5371-4 4-5371-4
Body mounting gasket (2 req'd) 4-29221-1 4-29221-1 4-29221-1
Igniter (for direct spark only) 4-3681-1 4-3681-1 4-3681-1
Igniter / pilot yoke 4-27369-1 4-27369-1 4-27369-1
Inlet air orifice 4-29795-1 4-29795-2 4-29795-3
Observation port 8790-0 8790-0 8790-0
LNI mounting plate and tile parts

Mounting plate (right side injector) 4-58211-A 4-58211-B 4-58211-C
Mounting plate (left side injector) 4-58223-A 4-58223-B 4-58223- C
Round "A" tile (alumina/mullite) 4-54666-1 4-54666-2 4-54666-3
Tile Mtg. gasket 4-54667-1 4-54667-1 4-54667-1
FLanged injector nozzle 4-53213-1 4-58213-1 4-58213-1
Injector pipe with nozzle 4-58210-1 4-58210-2 4-58210-3
Gore-tex gasket (11" long) 4-58210-1 4-58210-1 4-58210-1
3⁄8-16 X ¾ steel hex head bold (2 req'd) R066-2910 R066-2910 R066-2910
Optional Accessories (order separately)

Flame Rod 4-25432-8 4-25432-8 4-25432-8
Petcocks (3 req'd) 1849-04 1849-04 1849-04
Petcocks-long (1 req'd) 1849-04L 1849-04L 1849-04L
R290-1310 R290-1310 R290-1310
Furnace gasket (1⁄8" X 1½" bolt-hole tape)
80" long (8 ft.)# 80" long (8 ft.)# 80" long (8 ft.)#
Note: Burner only assemblies "/BO" include, igniter, observation port, body gasket, and mounting hardware.
Bulletin 4441 LNI
Page 9
4441 LNI Optional Part | Tempest®
Bulletin 4441 LNI

Page 10
FURNACE MOUNTING GASKETS RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS
Fiberglass "bolt hole tape" is an excellent way to make a furnace Fives North American stocks most 4441 parts, but it is a good
gasket. These gaskets will withstand continuous exposure to idea to stock parts critical to an operation locally.
temperatures of 1000°F (540°C), and are highly flexible and
conformable. To estimate the length of material, find the length These parts are recommended to keep as spare parts:
of the flange profile and add 2" (50mm). (See burner dimension
— Igniters
pages)
— Flame rods
For 4441 flanges Fives North American recommends part num- — Ignition cables
ber: R290-1310 1⁄8" x 1½" Bolt hole tape fiberglass, order in 1 foot — Gaskets (especially when burners are taken apart)
increments. — Observation ports
— Petcock valves
— Burner tiles (especially when refractory work is done)
Copyright © 2022 - Fives - All rights reserved | Bulletin 4441LNI 12/22
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American
Tempest® 4442 Burner
4442 Standard Tempest. Tempest shown

with optional Petcock Kit 4442PK for hardwall
furnace installation.
The Hallmark of High Velocity Burners
• Wide range of applications; from 600°F to 3000°F • 70,000 to 2,000,000 Btu/h HHV capacity range
operating temperatures
• Durable constructio, unique mounting and tile assembly
• Inherently low emissions
Product Overview | Tempest® 4442 Burner
• 600°F preheated air; up to 800°F with -H model In most industrial furnaces, recirculation of products of
• Available with refractory and metal tiles combustion (poc) can contribute significantly to speed of
• Wide air/fuel ratio flexibility heating and temperature uniformity. A fan usually provides
recirculation in low temperature ovens and dryers. But fans are
not practical for higher temperature furnaces and kilns.
APPLICATIONS
Ceramic Tunnel and Periodic Kilns Excess air systems can accomplish recirculation, but they are
Heat Treat Furnaces fuel wasteful; e.g., 30% excess air in a 2000°F furnace requires
Car Bottom Furnaces 24% more fuel than stoichiometric firing.
Scrap Preheaters
Galvanizing Tanks True high velocity gases entrain and recirculate seven or more
Crucible Furnaces times their own volume, eliminating need for fans or excess air.
Air Heating and Drying
Tempest burners achieve superior uniformity by increasing
penetration into the center of multi-piece loads.
TABLE 1. Capacities/Characteristics
16 osi air, stoichiometric ratio
Btu/hr flame 16 osi, not burning
Burner (divide by 100 length (use to size blower)
designation for scfh air) (inches) scfh air
4442-0 71 600 6 1 000
4442-1 131 400 9 1 800
4442-2 230 000 10 2 800
4442-3 325 000 20 3 760
4442-4 540 000 20 6 200
4442-4-S 890 000 25 11 000
4442-5 960 000 30 11 600
4442-6 1 500 000 36 19 200
4442-7 2 175 000 42 25 000
IMPORTANT: Correct tile selection and burner installation are extremely important for maximum burner life. Please refer to the installation section on page 10
before making your final burner selection, or consult your nearest Fives North American Combustion, Inc. Sales Office.
4441- -A. Tempest® with self- Aardvark 4441A or 4442A. All metal for
supporting tile for fiber furnace heating, warming, or drying.
installation. (See Bulletin 4441.)
Bulletin 4442
Page 2
Product Overview | Tempest® 4442 Burner
Combustion air: 20 osi maximum pressure. Take maximum advantage of high velocity by keeping
the burner on high fire most of the time. Use StepFire™
Gas: Natural or LP or LP-air mix. or high-low (two-position) firing control systems.
Pressure must be 65% of air pressure at burner.
Low Btu gases (under 600 Btu/cf) may require special For best performance, a limiting orifice (LOV) gas valve
internals. should always be installed close to the burner (within 10"
(For light oil, use 6435 Tempest® III Dual-Fuel™ Burner.) of gas inlet).
Flame supervision: Required for any batch operation, and for See the installation section for other control recommenda-
continuous applications that are below 1400°F at any time. tions, particularly for high turndowns (up to 20:1).
UV detectors are preferred. Flame rod performance on other Ignition: Direct spark ignition is normally supplied with a 10mm
sizes are inconsistant, and while they can be made to work spark plug, which is furnished with the burner. 4051 and 4055
with trial and error, are not generally recommended.Flame Direct Spark Igniters are also available. 4011 Premix or 4020
rods should not be used on -0, and -4-S sizes Nozzle-Mix Pilots can also be used.
Use a half-wave ignition transformer to avoid UV sensing However, both the pilot gas and pilot air must be shut off after
of spark during trial for ignition. lighting the burner. Leaving the pilot air on may reduce the
If a pilot is used, it must be interrupted within 10 operating and turndown limits of the burner.
seconds after main burner ignition. Torch lighting of Tempest® Burners is not recom-
Consult National Safety standards and insurance under- mended due to the high tile pressures, and will nei-
writers for specific requirements for flame controls. ther light nor relight from hot furnace refractory.
Stability limits: 300% XSAir for -0, 1000% for -1, 250% for -4-S, Aardvark model: Bulletin 4442A and the improved Bulletin
2000% or better for all other sizes. 4441A describes an all metal version of the Tempest. It is used
as a stand-alone air heater. Its threaded metal snout can be
30% excess fuel. installed in the end of a manifold to feed hot air to a number
Control: Most preferred are individual cross-connected or of heating, warming, or drying stations.
bled-impulse ratio regulators, which give maximum turndown 4442H model: For preheated air up to 800°F, built with flanged
flexibility and control. mounting only. Not available with the standard "eared"
A good alternative is individual 7216 Adjustable Ratio mounting.
Regulators which offer a fuel efficiency compromise: 4441 model: See bulletin 4441 for details on the improved
stoichiometric at high fire, excess air on turndown. Tempest® burners.
CLEARANCE DIMENSIONS (for details, see installation section on page 10)

designation A C D
4442-0 1¼ 14¼ 7½
4442-1 1¼ 14¼ 7½
4442-2 1¼ 14¼ 7½ D
sq.
4442-3 1½ 14¼ 7½
4442-4 2 14¼ 7½
4442-4-S 2 14¼ 7½
4442-5 2½ 155⁄16 10
45° A– NPT
4442-6 3 155⁄16 10 C
Air Inlet
4442-7 4 25½ 10
Classic "Eared" Mounting (E) FLanged Mounting (F)
Bulletin 4442
Page 3
Performance Data | Tempest® 4442 Burner
Tempest® I integral orifices with upstream and downstream pressure taps indicate flows and pressure drops that are accurate to within plus or minus
7% at 16 osi air pressure on stoichiometric ratio. At other pressures and ratios, indicated flow rates are less accurate; and they are not proportional to
the square root of the pressure drop due to effects on downstream taps of combustion within the Tempest tile. Accuracy is less if straight pipe upstream
of the orifices is less than 5 pipe diameters.
For maximum accuracy, use flue gas analysis or external metering orifices (see Bulletin 8697).
Flows and pressures are listed for 60°F inlet conditions. Variations in tile pressure will effect the burner air/fuel flows. All lighting tests are on an equilib-
rium basis (air, gas on, spark energized). Non-equilibrium results will vary (spark energized, gas on).
All flame supervisory limits listed below were conducted with Honeywell UV components. Tests conducted in 1996 on 4442-1, -2, and -3 with the Landis
& Gyr UV QRA10.B detector with LF1 controller (minimum signal strength = 70 IA), indicated that these components performed equally to the Honeywell
and should probably work on all sizes.
Air Pressure, osi (UA Pressure Tap)

4442-0 (Flame rod not recommended) 0.5 1 4 9 14 16 20 24
Capacity, scfh main air (burning stoichiometric) 85 180 350 520 640 710 800 880
Air Orifice , (UA-DA) in. w.c. † † † † 0 0 0 0
Gas Orifice , (UG-DG) in. w.c. † † † † 1.0 1.3 1.5 2.0
Tile Pressure, (DG) in. w.c. † † † † 10 12 15 18
Max. % XSAir, stability, UV 20‡ 150 400 600 1000 1000 1000 2000
Max. % XSFuel, stability, UV 30+ 30+ 30+ 30+ 30+ 30+ 30+ 30+
Flame Length, in. 3 4 4.5 5 5 6 6 7
Flame Diameter, in. 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 1 1 1 1
Minimum gas flow lighting, scfh — 14 6 6 8 8 8 8
Maximum gas flow lighting, scfh — 17 25 25 25 25 25 25

4442-1 0.5 1 4 9 14 16 20 24
Air Orifice , (UA-DA) in. w.c. † † † † 8.9 10.6 13.0 15.4
Tile Pressure, (DG) in. w.c. † † † † 13.1 14.5 19 22.5
Max. % XSAir, stability, UV 800 1000 2500 3000+ 3000+ 3000+ 3000+ 3000+
Flame Length, in. 4 4 7 7 10 10 11 12
Flame Diameter, in. 1 1 1.3 1.3 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
Max. % XSA, flame rod — 320 75 100 — 120 — —
Max. % XSF, flame rod — 30+ 30+ 30+ 30+
Minimum gas flow lighting, scfh 15 25 30 30 35 35 35 35
Maximum gas flow lighting, scfh 40 65 150 250 270 270 270 270
Footnotes are shown on page 6.
Bulletin 4442
Page 4

4442-2 0.5 1 4 9 14 16 20 24
Air Orifice , (UA-DA) in. w.c . † † † † 8.9 10 13 15.5
Gas Orifice , (UG-DG) in. w.c. † † † † 3.1 3.5 5 6
Tile Pressure, (DG) in. w.c. † † † † 9.7 11.5 15 17
Max. % XSAir, stability, UV 1000 1000 1500 2000 2000 2000 2000 1500
Flame Length, in. 6 8 9 10 10 10 12 14
Flame Diameter, in. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Max. % XSA, flame rod — 100 80 25 — 75 — —
Max. % XSF, flame rod — 30+ 30+ 30+ — 30+ — —

4442-3 0.5 1 4 9 14 16 20 24
Air Orifice , (UA-DA) in. w.c. † † † † 15.1 16.5 21 25.5
Tile Pressure, (DG) in. w.c. † † † † 7.9 9.0 10.5 12.8
Max. % XSAir, stability, UV 1000 1500 3000+ 3000+ 3000+ 3000+ 3000+ 3000+
Flame Length, in. 12 15 16 16 18 20 21 22
Flame Diameter, in. 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.0
Max. % XSA, flame rod — 400 900 1000 — 1400 — —
Max. % XSF, flame rod — 30+ 30+ 30+ — 30+ — —

4442-4 0.5 1 4 9 14 16 20 24
Air Orifice , (UA-DA) in. w.c. † † † † 11.7 13.6 17.0 20.5
Gas Orifice , (UG-DG) in. w.c. † † † † 4.5 5 6.4 8.2
Tile Pressure, (DG) in. w.c. † † † † 7.5 8.4 10 12
Flame Length, in. 15 15 16 20 20 20 21 24
Max. % XSA, flame rod — 1000 1400 2000 — 1500 — —
Max. % XSF, flame rod — 30+ 30+ 30+ — 30+ — —
Minimum gas flow lighting, scfh 15 15 35 50 — 75 80 80
Maximum gas flow lighting, scfh 75 100 210 330 — 230 240 260

4442-4-S (Flame rod not recommended) 0.5 1 4 9 14 16 20 24
Capacity, scfh main air (burning stoichiometric) 1350 1850 3900 6300 — 8900 — 11 000
Air Orifice , (UA-DA) in. w.c. — — — — — — — —
Gas Orifice , (UG-DG) in. w.c. † † † † — 6.0 — 9.1
Tile Pressure, (DG) in. w.c. — — — — — — — —
Max. % XSAir, stability, UV 1000 1000 600 600 — 250 — 250
Max. % XSFuel, stability, UV 30 30 30 30 — 30 — 30
Flame Length, in. 17 18 19 22 — 25 — 30
Flame Diameter, in. 3 3 3 3 — 3 — 4
Capacity, scfh main air (not burning) 11 000
Minimum gas flow lighting, scfh 40 50 75 100 — 175 — 250
Maximum gas flow lighting, scfh 75 100 250 300 — 400 — 400
Bulletin 4442
Page 5

4442-5 0.5 1 4 9 14 16 20 24
Capacity, scfh main air (burning stoichiometric) 1660 2300 4700 7100 9000 9600 11 000 13 000
Air Orifice fP, (UA-DA) in. w.c. † † † † 11.3 13 16 22.5
Gas Orifice fP, (UG-DG) in. w.c. † † † † 2.1 2.6 3.3 4.8
Tile Pressure, (DG) in. w.c. † † † † 9 10 12.5 14
Flame Length, in. 18 22 24 28 30 30 36 38
Max. % XSA, flame rod — 2500 3000 3000 — 3000 — —
Max. % XSF, flame rod — 30+ 30+ 30+ — 30+ — —

4442-6 0.5 1 4 9 14 16 20 24
Capacity, scfh main air (burning stoichiometric) 2900 3750 7500 11 200 14 800 15 000 17 000 20 000
Air Orifice fP, (UA-DA) in. w.c. † † † † 2.4 3.2 4.3 5.4
Tile Pressure, (DG) in. w.c. † † † † 11.0 12.2 15 17.5
Max. % XSAir, stability, UV 2000+ 2000+ 2000+ 2000+ 2000+ 2000+ 3000+ 3000+
Flame Length, in. 18 24 24 30 36 36 40 44
Max. % XSA, flame rod — 2000 2000+ 2000+ — 2000+ — —
Max. % XSF, flame rod — 30+ 30+ 30+ — 30+ — —

4442-7 w/air orifice 0.5 1 4 9 14 16 20 24
Capacity, scfh main air (burning stoichiometric) 3600 5100 10 450 16 300 21 320 21 750 24 450 26 200
Air Orifice fP, (UA-DA) in. w.c. † † † † 3.2 3.5 4.4 5.4
Tile Pressure, (DG) in. w.c. † † † † 4 4.2 5 5.4
Max. % XSAir, stability, UV 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
Max. % XSFuel, stability, UV 30+ 30+ 30+ 30+ 30+ 30+ 15 30+
Flame Length, in. 28 32 36 40 40 42 48 52
Max. % XSA, flame rod — 3000 3000 180 — 190 — —
Max. % XSF, flame rod — 30+ 30+ 30+ — 30+ — —
Minimum gas flow lighting, scfh 35 60 100 155 — 255 235 310
Maximum gas flow lighting, scfh 85 125 355 375 — 475 535 575
† Pressure drops not reliable nor repeatable from burner to burner at low main air pressures.
‡ UV signal marginal at all ratios with this firing rate.
Bulletin 4442
Page 6
Hot Air Capacity | Tempest® 4442 Burner
HOT AIR CAPACITY - 800°F PREHEATED AIR
It is not economical to field convert a standard Tempest® I Burner (good for 400°F preheated air) to the -H Model good for 800°F, since the gasket,
mounting plate, and tile have to be replaced.
The following flow data is provided as guideline information only. In the field, it is hard to accurately measure and maintain the temperature at each
burner. As a result, the flow rates at other main air pressures are not proportional to the square root of the pressure drop. Capacities in the following
tables are correct only if air and gas pipe nipples screwed into the burner have a straight length equal to at least 5 pipe diameters. Data listed is for
stoichiometric firing. Burners can be operated stably at up to 24 osig. Actual lab data is listed below.
For maximum accuracy, use a flue gas analyzer or external metering orifices (see Bulletin 8697).
Sizes -1 through -7 are available in the -H Models.

4442-1-H – 800°F Main Air 1 4 9 16 20
Capacity, scfh main air (burning stoichiometric) 220 450 750 950 1100
Max. % XSAir 300+ 600+ 950+ 1250+ 1500+
Max. % XSFuel 30+ 30+ 30+ 30+ 30+
Flame Length, in. 6 7 8 10 10
Flame Diameter, in. 2 2 2 2 2

4442-2-H – 800°F Main Air 1 4 9 16 22
Max. % XSAir 1000+ 3000+ 3000+ 3000+ 3000+
Max. % XSFuel 30+ 30+ 30+ 30+ 30+
Flame Diameter, in. 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5

4442-3-H – 800°F Main Air 1 4 9 16 22
Max. % XSAir 950 2000 3000 3000+ 3000+
Max. % XSFuel 30+ 30+ 30+ 30+ 30+
 Limited by reading on 8697-02-62 plate.
Bulletin 4442
Page 7
Hot Air Capacity | Tempest® 4442 Burner

4442-4-H – 800°F Main Air 1 4 9 16 22
Max. % XSAir 1500 3000 3000 3000+ 3000+
Max. % XSFuel 30+ 30+ 30+ 30+ 30+
Flame Diameter, in. 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5

4442-5-H – 800°F Main Air 1 4 9 16 22
Max. % XSAir 2000+ 2000+ 2500+ 3000+ 3000+
Max. % XSFuel 30+ 30+ 30+ 30+ 30+
Flame Diameter, in. 3 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5

4442-6-H – 800°F Main Air 1 4 9 16 20
Max. % XSAir 2000 3000+ 3000+ 3000+ 3000+
Max. % XSFuel 30+ 30+ 30+ 30+ 30+

4442-7-H – 800°F Main Air 1 4 9 16 20
Max. % XSAir 2000+ 2000+ 3000+ 3000+ 3000+
Max. % XSFuel 30+ 30+ 30+ 30+ 30+
Bulletin 4442
Page 8
Dimensions | Tempest® 4442 Burner
(Shown with optional petcock kit.)
187⁄16
Test cock locations vary B–fpt Gas Inlet
C
on larger sizes.
J
H A–fpt
Air Inlet
UA DG on -5,-6,-7

4442-7
Burner size code

Flame Detector stamped on gasket
¾" fpt D sq DA 9
E B–fpt 2¼ 25½
Gas Inlet
H
5⁄8 dia. DG
Slot
D sq 
L 4442-0* thru -6
DA
E
A–fpt
UG
Air Inlet
UA
45°
K
G G 5⁄8 9
C
F F
Flanged mounting dimensions
* 4442-0 and 4442-4-S do not have an integral air orifice.
burner complete flame

Burner dimensions in inches weight, lb rod
designation A B C D sq E F G H J K L 4442 4442- -F length
4442-0 ¾ 3⁄8 14¼ 7½ 3¾ 5 4½ 2¾ – 6½ 10 75 80 8¼

4442-1 1xx ¾ 14¼ 7½ 3¾ 5 4½ 2¾ – 6½ 10 75 80 8¼
4442-2 1¼ ¾ 14¼ 7½ 3¾ 5 4½ 2¾ – 6½ 10 75 80 8¼
4442-3 1½ ¾ 14¼ 7½ 3¾ 5 4½ 2¾ – 6½ 10 75 80 8¼
4442-4 2 1 14¼ 7½ 3¾ 5 4½ 2¾ – 6½ 10 75 80 8¼
4442-4-S 2 1 14¼ 7½ 3¾ 5 4½ 2¾ – 6½ 10 75 80 8¼
4442-5 2½ 1¼ 1515⁄16 10 5 6¼ 5¾ 35⁄8 9⁄16 5¼ 12½ 125 135 79⁄16
4442-6 3 1½ 1515⁄16 10 5 6¼ 5¾ 35⁄8 9⁄16 5¼ 12½ 125 135 8
4442-7 4 2 1515⁄16 10 5 6¼ 5¾ 35⁄8 9⁄16 5¼ 12½ 140 150 7¾
Flanged Mounting
To specify, add -F as 3rd term (or add F to existing 3rd term).
Example: 4442-4-F Flanged Tempest® Burner Complete
 All dimensions except "L" apply to both standard and flanged (4442- -F) Tempests. "L" is flange dimension for 4442- -F.
 Opening in steel furnace shell should be about ½" larger than dimension D to allow for fillets and draft on mounting.
 From outer boss of the flame rod connection, contact Fives North American Combustion Inc. for flame rod performance.
 Air orifice location for 4442-7 only. Bulletin 4442
Page 9
Installation | Tempest® 4442 Burner
REFRACTORY WALL INSTALLATION
1. If the burner/tile is supported by a metal shelf fastened to 9. The limiting orifice gas valve should be installed as close to
the inside of the furnace wall, flanged burners may be bolted the burner as possible, preferably mounted on a short nipple.
directly to the furnace shell.
10. All other controls should be located as close to the burner as
2. If the burner/tile is not supported by a metal shelf, but sits on is practical.
a refractory wall that will shift in relation to the furnace shell
11. Always install flexible air and gas connections at the burner
as the furnace expands, do not bolt the burner to the shell,
to prevent damage from expansion of the furnace and the
but allow it to move with the wall otherwise the tile will shear.
piping.
Note: The opening for the burner in the furnace shell must
provide sufficient clearance to accommodate both the lateral ACCESSORIES AND REPLACEMENT PART INFORMATION
and vertical movement of the burner as the wall shifts.
1. Pressure Taps
3. The burner/tile mounting assembly may be installed in the All burner pressure taps are 1⁄8" fpt, and identified by the fol-
furnace wall with or without cement. However, if the burner is lowing codes: UA = upstream air, DA = downstream air, UG
not cemented, pack any openings at the top or sides of the = upstream gas, DG = downstream gas. The pressure tap
burner with refractory fiber to prevent cold air infiltration cre- locations on 4442-5, -6 and -7 are different from the illustra-
ated by the high velocity of the Tempest® burner. tion shown on page 4. 4442-0 and 4442-4-S burners do not
have an integral air orifice. For pressure tap valves and hose
Note: The Tempest® burner/tile must rest on a hard surface. connectors, order 4442-PK (one set per burner).
Use cement between the burner and this surface to provide
uniform support and to seal against air leakage. 2. Replacement Parts
Gasket: The 4442 gasket is more than a sealing device be-
FIBER WALL INSTALLATION tween the body and mounting. It performs an integral function
in the burner’s operation. As such, it cannot be replaced with
4. Burners must be bolted directly to the furnace shell for sup- fiber rope or a homemade gasket. Because the gasket cannot
port. (The 4442-—-F flanged version is required.) be reused if the burner is taken apart for maintenance, it is
essential that you keep spare gaskets in stock. Always install
5. Burner/tiles must either be supported on a steel shelf fastened a new gasket!
to the inside of the furnace shell, or with an optional burner/
tile jacket which must be specified when ordering the burner. Tiles: 4442 tiles seldom need replacement, but do require
special consideration. It takes a considerable amount of
GENERAL mortar to assemble the burner mounting and tile. As the
mortar contains a significant amount of water, it requires (7)
6. Do not install the burner mounting in the furnace wall beyond
days to dry or it could form steam and create a passage for
it's mounting ears.
leakage of furnace gases. To avoid this problem, there are
three choices: a) Cement a new tile into the mounting and air
7. If a Tempest® burner is installed in a wall thicker than 16", it's
dry for seven days before installing in the furnace. b) Return
discharge velocity will diminish significantly unless the wall
the mounting to North American for installation of a new tile.
opening is enlarged accordingly.
There will be a charge in addition to the cost of the tile. Con-
8. Individual 7216 or 7218 Air/Gas Ratio Regulators should be tact your local Noth American office for return procedure. c)
installed on each burner. Purchase a new mounting plate and tile assembly. We recom-
mend that you keep a spare in stock.
Bulletin 4442
Page 10
Burner Piping | Tempest® 4442 Burner
®
TEMPEST GAS BURNER PIPING
Piping concept shown accommodates wide turndown requirements (up to 20:1). If less than 3:1 turndown is satisfactory,
a simpler system can be used.
M N
D
C E
B
F G H
A
I
L
K
J
V
Block 2 U
Note 7
T
O P
Block 1
Note 6 Q
R
S
A – Main gas shutoff valve L – Normally closed solenoid gas valve

B – Main gas pressure regulator M – 7350-01-A bypass gas regulator
C – Manual reset gas shutoff valve N – 1808-01 gas cock with integral needle valve
D – Normally open vent valve. O – Combustion air turbo blower
E – Gas blocking valve P – Manual or motorized air valve
F – Gas shutoff cock Q – 1122 Limiting orifice air valve
G – 7216 or 7218 Air/gas ratio regulator R – Normally open UV cooling air solenoid valve
H – 1807 Limiting orifice gas valve S – Needle valve for UV cooling air
I – 4442 Tempest burner T – Air impulse line orifice
J – Bypass gas shutoff cock U – Motorized 1008-02 adjustable port valve
K – Bypass gas pressure regulator V – 3-way solenoid air valve
NOTES
1. Items R and S are for UV cooling air. Item R must be closed during the ignition cycle.
2. Low air, low and high gas pressure switches, and furnace door interlocks are not shown, but are usually required and are strongly recommended.
If in doubt, consult your insurer.
3. The UV detector may pick up the corona from the spark igniter. If so, there are several ways to resolve this problem. Contact North American for
the one best suited to your system.
4. The limiting orifice gas valve (H) should be installed as close to the burner as possible.
5. Solenoid (L) should be located as close to the burner(s) as possible, to allow the line to fill with gas before the trial for ignition sequence times out
(approximately 5 seconds).
6. For modulated burner control only, install the equipment shown in Block 1.
7 For bled-impulse burner control, install the equipment shown in Block 2.
8. Either, or both types of control may be used on your system. For modulated control only, delete the items shown in Block 2 (T and U). For bled-im-
pulse control only, the valve in Block 1 may be either manual or motorized.
An 8878 DIGITECTIVE Triple Function Annunciator identifies electrical or limit switch outage, facilitating trouble-shooting during initial lighting and normal
operation.
Bulletin 4442
Page 11
Lighting | Tempest® 4442 Burner
INITIAL LIGHTING PROCEDURE
1. Close all manual gas valves (Items A, F, H, J and N) and the Note: The burner must light when the gas is turned on
UV cooling air valves (Item S). Make sure the needle valve before the ignition.
under the cap of item N is closed.
d) Purge the combustion chamber after each attempt at
2. Open the main air valve (P) and all balancing valves (Q). ignition.
3. Open the furnace doors. Start the combustion air blower. 9. Repeat steps 7 and 8 for all burners.
4. Adjust the motor/valve linkage in Block 1 and/or Block 2 as 10. When all burners are lit, switch the 3-way solenoid air
required. valve (V) to send the air impulse to the ratio regulator (G).
5. Energize the controls and run the system through the purge 11. Open the manual reset gas shutoff valve (C). The vent valve
cycle. (D) should close, and the blocking valve (E) should open.
6. With the main air control valve (P) at high fire, and the 3-way 12. a) Open one burner gas shutoff valve (F).
solenoid (V) in the vent position [no signal to the ratio b) Slowly open the limiting orifice gas valve (H) until the
regulator (G)]: burner lights and the required gas flow is achieved.
a) Open the main gas valve (A).
b) Open the bypass gas valve (J). 13. Repeat step 12 for the remainder of the burners.
c) Open the bypass solenoid gas valve (L).
d) Open only one bypass gas valve (N), including the internal 14. Drive the main air valve (P) to low fire and adjust the ratio
needle valve. regulator (G) for a stable low fire.
e) Adjust the bypass gas regulator (K) for 16 osi outlet
pressure. 15. Re-check burner ignition at high fire with no impulse air to the
f) Close the bypass gas solenoid (L). ratio regulator.
g) Close the bypass gas valve (N), including the internal
needle valve. 16. Turn on the UV cooling air and adjust the needle valves (S) for
adequate air flow.
7. a) Energize the igniter.
b) Open the bypass solenoid gas valve (L). 17. Close the furnace doors.
c) Open only one bypass gas valve (N), leaving the internal
needle valve closed.
d) Slowly open the internal needle valve in (N) until the
burner lights.
e) De-energize the igniter and bypass gas solenoid (L).
8. a) Energize the bypass solenoid (L).

b) Energize the igniter.
c) If the burner does not light, increase the opening of
the internal needle valve in valve (N) and repeat the
sequence.
Bulletin 4442
Page 12
Parts List | Tempest® 4442 Burner
Gasket
PARTS LIST Mounting
R590-4598 4-1695-5 Flange
(4442-7 only) 4-7051-1
Street Elbow
2 req’d Spark
(4442-7 only)
Igniter
4-5371-3 Gasket
(4442-7 only)
2 req’d
Body Tile
4-6091-1 Orifice Plate
(4442-7 only) R590-7397 Swaged Nipple
(4442-7 only)
Part Name 4442-0 4442-1 4442-2 4442-3 4442-4 4442-4-S 4442-5 4442-6 4442-7
Body 4-10334-1 4-5582-12 4-5582-13 4-5582-14 4-5582-15 4-5582-16 4-5782-9 4-5782-10 4-6097-4
Gasket 4-9083-1 4-5896-1 4-5896-1 4-5616-2 4-5616-2 4-5616-2 4-5853-4 4-5854-4 4-13912-1
Observation Port 8790-0 8790-0 8790-0 8790-0 8790-0 8790-0 8790-0 8790-0 8790-0
Petcock Kit 4442PK 4442PK 4442PK 4442PK 4442PK 4442PK 4442PK 4442PK 4442PK
Refractory Tile (only) 4-8634-1 4-7483-1 4-5744-2 4-5745-3 4-5741-2 4-5741-2 4-6219-2 4-6220-1 4-6096-1
Mounting & Tile Assembly
Mounting Without Tile See below
MOUNTING and TILE ASSEMBLY OPTIONS
Burner Mounting and tile Mounting without

designation assembly P.N. tile P.N.
4442-0 4-7848-57 4-32422-1

4442-1 4-7848-1 4-32422-1
4442-2 4-7848-2 4-32422-1
4442-3 4-7848-3 4-32422-1 With Classic
4442-4 4-7848-4 4-32422-1 "Eared"
4442-4-S 4-7848-4 4-32422-1
4442-5 4-7848-5 4-6724-2 Mounting (E)
4442-6 4-7848-6 4-6724-2
4442-7 4-7848-7 4-13913-1
4442-0-F 4-7848-58 4-32422-2

4442-1-F 4-7848-15 4-32422-2
4442-2-F 4-7848-16 4-32422-2 Burner with Classic
4442-3-F 4-7848-17 4-32422-2 "Eared" Mounting (E)
4442-4-F 4-7848-18 4-32422-2
4442-4-SF 4-7848-18 4-32422-2
4442-5-F 4-7848-19 4-7475-1 With
4442-6-F 4-7848-20 4-7475-1
4442-7-F 4-7848-21 4-14884-1 "Flanged"
Mounting (F)
4442-0-H 4-7848-#1 4-9323-1
4442-1-H 4-7848-43 4-9323-1
4442-2-H 4-7848-44 4-9323-1
4442-3-H 4-7848-45 4-9323-1
4442-4-H 4-7848-46 4-9323-1
4442-4-S#1 4-7848-46 4-9323-1
4442-5-H 4-7848-47 4-9256-2
4442-6-H 4-7848-48 4-9256-2
4442-7-H 4-7848-49 4-14623-1
Burner with
Flanged Mounting (F)
Bulletin 4442
Page 13
4441 Burner Cross-Reference | Tempest® 4442 Burner
Bulletin 4442
See Bulletin 4441 for more details Page 14
The 4441 burner is an improved version of the 4442 and retains The 4441 improves on the 4442 by adding these features:
these features:
— Available with additional tile options
— Available with the same high velocity square block refractory · Thin wall self-supporting ceramic, ideal for fiber wall
tile or the Aardvark metal tile with threaded exit · Thin wall tile with slotted exit
— Has the same mounting options, two ears or fully flanged · 310 SST metal tile
— Air and gas connections that match the 4442 — Direct spark ignition over a much wider ratio range
— High excess air operation — Much better flame supervision when using flame rods
4442 Burner 4441 Burner 4442 Burner 4441 Burner

part number part number part number part number
Cold Air Burners with "2 Eared" Mounting Hot Air Burners with "Flanged" Mounting
4442-0 Not Available 4442-0-H Not Available
4442-3 4441-3-RRH/E 4442-3-H 4441-3-RRH/F/H
4442-4 4441-4-ARRH/E 4442-4-H 4441-4-ARRH/F/H
4442-4-S 4441-4-BRRH/E 4442-4-S#1 4441-4-BRRH/F/H
4442-5 4441-5-RRH/E 4442-5-H 4441-5-RRH/F/X2873
4442-6 4441-6-RRH/E 4442-6-H 4441-6-RRH/F/X2874
4442-7 4441-7-RRH/E 4442-7-H 4441-7-RRH/F/X2875
Cold Air Burners with "Flanged" Mounting "Aadvark" Burner with Metal Tile
4442-0-F Not Available 4442A-2 4441A-2-RRH/T
4442-1-F 4441-1-RRH/F 4442A-3 4441A-3-RRH/T
4442-2-F 4441-2-RRH/F 4442A-4 4441A-4-ARRH/T
4442-3-F 4441-3-RRH/F 4442A-4-S 4441A-4-BRRH/T
4442-4-F 4441-4-ARRH/F 4442A-5 4441A-5-RRH/T
4442-4-FS 4441-4-BRRH/F 4442A-6 4441A-6-RRH/T
4442-5-F 4441-5-RRH/F 4442A-7 4441A-7-RRH/T
4442-6-F 4441-6-RRH/F
4442-7F 4441-7-RRH/F
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
CONTACT

T +1 800 626 3477
F +1 216 373 4237

North American "Aardvark"
High Velocity Burner Ref: Specifications 4442
4442A "Aardvark" Burner
• Wide operating range • Simple, reliable operation
• High velocity • Compact size
• Simplified piping
Product Overview | "Aadvark" High Velocity Burner
The Aardvark is the all-metal version of the Tempest® high AARDVARK FEATURES
velocity burner, the largest selling nozzle-mix burner in the
world.  Wide Operating Range. Can deliver up to 25,000 scfh of air at
any temperature from 300 to 1600°F (or higher per the above).
It can be used as an alternate to the Tempest in most installations
except those that exceed 2000°F--the 4442A Burner's metal  High Velocity. Restricted tile exit forces hot gases to leave the
"tile'' should not be exposed directly to temperatures above burner at extremely high velocity, optimizing convective heat
1600°F. But if the snout is protected from direct radiation or if transfer.
combustion air flows through the burner whenever it is at higher
temperatures, appropriate furnaces, kilns, etc. are not a problem.  Flame Supervision. Monitor with any standard UV or rod de-
tector. With UV, the burner can operate with up to 2000% excess
The Aardvark often is easier to install than a conventional burner air (about 300°F hot mix). With flame rods, excess air is limited
with tile, e.g., screwing the Aardvark's threaded snout directly to 500% (200% for 4442A-7), which corresponds to about 900°F
into a fitting on the metal shell of a fiber wall furnace. hot mix. Use a half-wave igniton transformer to avoid UV sens-
ing of spark during trial for ignition. If a pilot is used, it must be
This all-metal burner is very useful as a complete, high velocity interrupted within 10 seconds after main burner ignition.
air heater for drying or other low temperature applications. It can
 Simplified Piping. All primary and "secondary'' air enters the
be screwed onto a hot air distribution system to direct its warm
heater through a single connection. Air temperatures can be
or hot gases in a specific pattern or to specific areas.
controlled by throttling fuel only.
The 4442A Burner can simplify continuous heating of pieces in  Simple, Reliable Operation. Lights readily over a wide
high speed production line processes. Appropriate Aardvark-fired range of pressures. It is extremely stable--it dœs not have to be
chambers along the line eliminate need to rout parts to and from "nursed'' if operating conditions fluctuate.
separate heat treat facilities.
 Compact Size. As a self-contained, direct-fired air heater, it
The versatile Aardvark, complete as shown. It fits almost uses no cumbersome secondary air chamber; so it can fit into
anywhere, delivers high velocity burner products over a tight spaces.
wide range of temperatures.
 Low Pressure Air. Unlike other compact air heaters, the Aard-
In an air heater, Aardvark discharge air temperatures must vark dœs not require compressed air.
be high enough to overcome radiation losses in distribution
piping, and piping materials must be compatible with those
temperatures. If air temperatures do not exceed 1000°F, the
Aardvark tile can be insulated to retard heat loss.
Air Capacities, scfh, with 16 osi at burner inlet

Burner designation
4442A-
scfh air -2 -3 -4 -4-S -5 -6 -7
Burning on stoichiometric 2330 3540 5800 8 950 9 480 14 900 24 800

air/gas ratio†
Not burning 3000 4190 6480 11 000 10 600 16 700 29 500

(use to size blower)
† When burning, capacities vary slightly with excess air rate.
Bulletin 4442A
page 2
Dimensions | "Aadvark" High Velocity Burner
DIMENSIONS inches Bulletin 4442A

D page 3
E
flame 
Y
C–mpt
supervision hot gas outlet
¾" fpt H B–fpt
gas inlet
A –fpt 
1

X (-7 only)

X
E 
X

X
A –fpt
air inlet
F (-7 only) F
Burner dimensions in inches wt, flame rod

designation A B C D E F H lb length
4442A-2 1¼ ¾ 2 7½ 3¾ 149⁄16 2¾ 35 8¼
4442A-3 1½ ¾ 2 7½ 3¾ 149⁄16 2¾ 35 8¼
4442A-4 2 1 2 7½ 3¾ 149⁄16 2¾ 35 8¼
4442A-4-S 2 1 2 7½ 3¾ 149⁄16 2¾ 35 8¼
4442A-5 2½ 1¼ 3 10 5 163⁄16 35⁄8 70 79⁄16
4442A-6 3 1½ 3 10 5 163⁄16 35⁄8 70 8
4442A-7 4 2 4 10 5 261⁄8 35⁄8 90 7¾
 
4442A-7 has special arrangement of air and gas connections. See Specifications 4442.
 
From outer boss of flame rod connection.
xAll pressure taps are 1⁄8" fpt.

Shutoff valves and hose connectors are optional at extra cost.
outside
dimensions
to suit
If needed, a mounting flange can

be made in the field from 3⁄8" steel
plate. Dimensions are shown at
right. Flange is inserted between
the two gaskets Y adjacent to the
metal "tile''. Bolts are long enough
to accommodate the flange.
all holes 7/16 dia.
4442A-2 through -4-S 4442-5 through -7

Discharge Connections. The Aardvark's threaded tile discharge connection can be connected to distribution piping with a straight or reducing coupling or
flange union.
Caution: All fittings, flanges, and distribution piping must be suitable for temperatures anticipated at burner discharge.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American
Tempest® Burner
4445 & 4445N Tempest® Burner
• Wide operating flexibility to suit continuous and StepFire™ • Effective with flame rod or UV flame supervision
(pulse firing) control
• Small diameter body and length options to work in many
• Superior temperature uniformity furnace wall configurations
Product Overview | 4445 & 4445N Tempest®
High velocity gas burner for thick wall kilns and furnaces — FEATURES
standard lengths available for 9" to 40" wall thicknesses
— Standard lengths available for 9" to 40" wall thicknesses
longer lengths available on request
— Field adjustable mounting flange
— Suitable for up to 2900°F operation
— Tile options to fit the application:
– Two tile materials: alumina/mullite, and metal alloy
– Two tile exit shapes: round and slotted
Round tiles produce high forward thrust, Slotted tiles produce
wider and thinner flames with more entrainment.
Enhanced temperature uniformity and heat transfer promoted by

recirculation of combustion products, improve both product quality
and productivity in many kilns and furnaces. True high velocity
burners entrain and recirculate products of combustion (poc) UPDATED 4445N FEATURES
volumes seven or more times greater than the actual tile exit gas
The new 4445N-2 through -4-B design replaces the same size
volume, potentially eliminating the need for excess air operation
or hot gas recirculation fans. 4445 burners, and has many improvements, including:
Designed for mounting in thick walls, the 4445 Tempest High — 90° Air inlet for all sizes
Velocity Gas Burner places the tile discharge at the hot face, — Built-in gas limiting orifice valve (sizes -2 through -4-B)
increasing entrainment and providing superior uniformity. — New baffle to prevent incorrect placement of igniter
Although used predominantly in ceramic kilns, other applications — Simplified tile mounting for easier tile replacement
that can benefit from the 4445’s high velocity characteristics and
— Improved ceramic insulators for igniter and flame rod
design features include:
Box and Car Heat Treat Furnaces To maintain a common naming system the 4445-5 and -6 sizes
Galvanizing Tanks (which have always had a 90° air inlet) have been renamed
Lead and Zinc Pots 4445N-5 and 4445N-6.
Salt Baths
and other thick wall applications Most spare parts for the 45° air inlet legacy burners will continue
to be available, and many of the 4445N improvements will be
incorporated into the legacy 4445 replacement parts.
4445/4445N Performance Data
Burner Size -2 -3 -4-A -4-B -5 -6

Air Flow, not burning at 16 osig (scfh) 2200 3600 6500 7500 10900 17900
Air Flow, Stoic at 16 osig (scfh)* 1950 3250 5700 6900 9260 15000
Max. % XSA (ignition and flame rod limit)** 1500 1000 1000 1000 1500 1000
Max. % XSF (ignition and flame rod/UV limit) 30 30 30 30 30 30
Flame Length (in.), Stoic at 16 osig air 12 16 24 28 24 26
Flame Diameter (in.), Stoic at 16 osig air 2 3 4 4.5 3 4
Gas Pressure (osig), Stoic at 16 osig air 10 9 10 9 8.0 8.4
* Nominal capacities. Actual capacities may vary based on burner length and tile selection.
** UV limits may differ.
Bulletin 4445/4445N
Page 2
Engineering Data | 4445N Tempest®
Natural Gas, USCS

Main Air Pressure, (UA pressure tap), "w.c.
4445N-2 osi 0.2 1 4 9 16 20 24

"w.c. 0.3 1.7 6.9 15.6 27.7 34.6 41.5
Air Flow, (scfh) 235 500 1020 1530 2065 2350 2625
Air Orifice UA-DA, (in. w.c.) 0.4 1.1 4.7 11.6 19.6 24.8 29.6
Gas Pressure @ 10% excess air "w.c. 0.3 1.4 4.9 9.8 18.1 22.0 27.5
Max % Excess Air, ignition 200 300 1000 1500 1400 1600 1800
Max % Excess Air, Flame Rod flame signal 200 300 1000 1400 1400 1600 1700
Max % Excess Air, UV flame signal S, M length 200 300 1000 1400 1400 1700 2000
Max % Excess Air, UV flame signal L, XL Length 150 300 1000 1400 1400 1600 1700
Max % XS Fuel, ignition/flame signal 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
Flame Length (in) 8 9 10 10 11 12 12
Flame Diameter (in) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
4445N-3 osi 0.2 1 4 9 16 20 24

"w.c. 0.3 1.7 6.9 15.6 27.7 34.6 41.5
Air Flow, (scfh) 3450 825 1650 2500 3350 3850 4100
Air Orifice UA-DA, (in. w.c.) 0.2 1.3 5.3 12.1 22.0 27.5 33
Gas Pressure @ 10% excess air "w.c. 0.2 1.1 4.1 9.5 14.8 18.4 22
Flame Length (in) 12 14 16 16 16 16 20
Flame Diameter (in) 3.0 2.5 2.0 2.0 2.5 2.0 3.0
4445N-4-A osi 0.2 1 4 9 16 20 24

"w.c. 0.3 1.7 6.9 15.6 27.7 34.6 41.5
Air Flow, (scfh) 550 1300 2700 4300 5800 6600 7400
Air Orifice UA-DA, (in. w.c.) 0.2 1.1 1.5 10.8 19.6 25.0 30.4
Gas Pressure @ 10% excess air "w.c. 0.2 1.4 4.3 8.1 18.1 21.0 24.6
Flame Length (in) 14 14 18 18 20 20 20
Flame Diameter (in) 3.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 5.0
Bulletin 4445/4445N
Page 3
Engineering Data | 4445N Tempest®
Natural Gas, USCS

Main Air Pressure, (UA pressure tap), "w.c.
4445N-4-B osi 0.2 1 4 9 16 20
"w.c. 0.3 1.7 6.9 15.6 27.7 34.6
Air Flow, (scfh) 730 1750 3450 5300 7300 8200
Air Orifice UA-DA, (in. w.c.) 0.2 1.3 5.0 11.8 21.2 26.6
Gas Pressure @ Stoic. "w.c. 0.3 1.7 5.0 10.8 17.9 23.7
Gas Pressure @ 10% excess air "w.c. 0.2 1.4 4.5 9.0 16.2 20.6
Max % Excess Air, ignition 400 1400 1700 1400 1400 800
Max % Excess Air, Flame Rod flame signal 400 1300 1200 1200 1300 1200
Max % Excess Air, UV flame signal S, M length 400 1300 1600 1500 1400 1300
Max % Excess Air, UV flame signal L, XL Length 400 900 1400 1000 1300 1200
Max % XS Fuel, ignition/flame signal 30 30 30 30 30 30
Flame Length (in) 17 19 20 21 22 25
Flame Diameter (in) 3.5 3.5 4.0 4.0 4.5 4.5
4445N-5 osi 0.2 1 4 9 16 20

"w.c. 0.3 1.7 6.9 15.6 27.7 34.6
Air Flow, (scfh) 1000 2150 4350 3700 9200 10300
Gas Pressure Stoic. "w.c. 0.2 0.9 3.6 8.3 13.8 17.0
Max % Excess Air, UV flame signal L, XL Length — 200 500 700 1000 600
Flame Length (in) Stoic. 22 22 24 24 24 24
Flame Diameter (in) Stoic. 4 4 4 4 4 4
4445N-6 osi 0.2 1 4 9 16 20

"w.c. 0.3 1.7 6.9 15.6 27.7 34.6
Air Flow, (scfh) 1800 3400 6800 10600 14400 15700
Gas Pressure Stoic. "w.c. 0.4 1.4 4.8 10.2 17.2 25.1
Max % Excess Air, UV flame signal L, XL Length 1000 1200 900 600 500 500
Flame Length (in) Stoic. 24 24 24 24 24 25
Flame Diameter (in) Stoic. 4 4 4 5 5 5
Bulletin 4445/4445N
Page 4
Dimensions | 4445N-2 thru -4-B Tempest®
L
A -NPT Air Inlet
Q 1/8" NPT DA
pressure tap
Z 1/8" NPT main air Ø 7.0
pressure tap UA
1/8" Gas
H
pressure tap
4.88
Ø 8.0
5/8
Ø 3.5 Ø 4.0
Ø 8.5
Ø J1 or J2 5/8
Gas Adjustment Valve B -NPT Gas Inlet
4445N-2 through -4-B

M
J1 -dia.
J2 N
K-dia.
Slotted Tile
Round Tile (for ceramic only)
Burner "L" dim. = overall length

designation A B J1 J2 K M N -S -M -L -E -X
4445N-2 1¼ ¾ 2.1  1.09 1.75 0.54 21 29.4 39.4 49.4 consult
4445N-3 1½ ¾ 2.1  1.44 2.25 0.74 21 29.4 39.4 49.4 Fives
4445N-4-A 2 ¾ 2.4  1.75 2.69 0.92 21 29.4 39.4 49.4 North
4445N-4-B 2 ¾   1.94 2.69 1.13 21 29.4 39.4 49.4 American
"H" dim. = tile ext. length "Q" dim. = tile to air flange "Z" dim. = insertion depth
Burner
designation -S -M -L -E -S -M -L -E -X -S -M -L -E -X
4445N-2 9 11.75 16.8 25.2 35.2 45.2  9-12 12-20 12-30 12-40 consult
4445N-3 9 11.75 16.8 25.2 35.2 45.2  9-12 12-20 12-30 12-40 Fives
4445N-4-A 9 11.75 16.8 25.2 35.2 45.2  9-12 12-20 12-30 12-40 North
4445N-4-B 9 11.75 16.8 25.2 35.2 45.2  9-12 12-20 12-30 12-40 American
These tiles are not contoured at the discharge end.

SPL = max. "Z" dimension required plus approximately 6" -- for estimating purposes only.
Bulletin 4445/4445N
Page 5
Dimensions | 4445N-5 & -6 Tempest®
L
Q
1/8" NPT main air A -NPT Air Inlet
Z pressure tap UA
Ø 8.5
Ø 8.0
H
1/8" Gas
pressure tap
5/8
B -NPT Gas Inlet

Ø J1 or J2 Ø 5.25 Ø 5.56 1/8" NPT DA
5/8 Ø 10.0
pressure tap
4445N-5 and -6
M
J1 -dia.
J2 N
K-dia.
Slotted Tile

4445N-5 2½ 1¼ 2.84 2.16 2.16 3.91 1.06 32.94 39.94 50.94 59.94 consult
4445N-6 3 1¼ 3.25 2.16 2.63 4.25 1.40 32.94 39.94 50.94 59.94 Fives
Burner
4445N-5 8.75 11.25 18.88 25.88 35.88 45.88  9-12 12-20 12-30 12-40 consult
4445N-6 8.75 11.25 18.88 25.88 35.88 45.88  9-12 12-20 12-30 12-40 Fives

NOTE: Because the 4445-5 and -6 burner have always had a 90° air inlets, they have been renamed 4445N-5 and 4445N-6 to use the same naming system as the
smaller 4445N burners.
Bulletin 4445/4445N
Page 6
Dimensions | 4445-2 thru -4-B Legacy Tempest®
Field adjustable mounting flange -

Z 4 slots, 5/8 dia., eq. spaced on 7.0 - BC
1/8" NPT DA B-NPT

J1 or J2 Pressure Tap Gas
Connection
Ø 8.5
Ø 3.5 Ø 8.0
Ø 4.0
H A-NPT Air
Inlet
1/8" NPT main air (angled at
5/8" pressure tap UA 45°)
4445-2 through -4-B

M
J1 -dia.
J2 N
K-dia.
Slotted Tile

4445-2 1¼ ¾ 2.09  1.09 1.75 0.54 26 34.38 44.38 54.38 consult
4445-3 1½ ¾ 2.09  1.44 2.25 0.74 26 34.38 44.38 54.38 Fives
4445-4-A 2 ¾ 2.41  1.75 2.69 0.92 26 34.38 44.38 54.38 North
4445-4-B 2 ¾   1.94 2.69 1.13 26 34.38 44.38 54.38 American
Burner
4445-2 9 11.75 17.63 26 36 48  9-12 12-20 12-30 12-40 consult
4445-3 9 11.75 17.63 26 36 48  9-12 12-20 12-30 12-40 Fives
4445-4-A 9 11.75 17.63 26 36 48  9-12 12-20 12-30 12-40 North
4445-4-B 9 11.75 17.63 26 36 48  9-12 12-20 12-30 12-40 American

Bulletin 4445/4445N
Page 7
Product Overview | 4445 & 4445N Tempest®
GENERAL OPERATION and CONTROL
— 195,000 to 1,500,000 Btu/h HHV. — Control: Applicable with all control systems -- StepFire™, on-
ratio, and thermal turndown. NOTE: For best results, the limit-
— Combustion Air: 24 osig maximum air pressure (20 osig ing orifice valve must be mounted as close as possible to the
maximum on -4-B, -5, and -6 burners) gas connection.
— Gas: Natural gas — Relight: Tempest® burners require spark re-ignition since high
— Flame Supervision: Flame rod or UV detectors can be used velocity burners will not relight off a hot tile or furnace.
but the performance varies depending on the number of fac-
tors.
TILE CHOICES
With UV detectors the flame signal gets weaker as the length of Tile shapes and material that suit your specific needs.
the tile increases, and as the excess air rate is increased. With
the long and extra long tiles the UV will not pick up a flame Materials
signal reliable with as highof an excess air rate as teh short and "A" Tile — Alumina/Mullite tile for most applications
medium length tiles. up to 2900°F.
With a flame rod, the length of thetile dœs not affect the flame "M" Tile — Durable cast metal alloy tile for general
signal but a flame rod will not reliably sense high excess air applications up to 2000°F (sizes -2 through
flames as well as a UV on a short or medium tile. With long and -4-B only).
extra long tiles, a flame rod will pick up flames over a wider
excess air range thana UV scanner. Exit Shapes
"R" Round — for high penetration and maximum "drive".
— Ignition: Direct spark (no pilot) w/6000 V (minimum)
transformers. A halfwave transformer will prevent UV
"S" Slotted — for narrow lane firing and better temperature
sensing of spark during trial for ignition.
uniformity (for "A"-alumina tile only).
4445N - - H -
Burner Model Insertion
Length Depth Range
Capacities
(scfh) S = Short 9" to 12"
Air pipe size 16 osi air M = Medium 12" to 20"
L = Long 12" to 30"
-2 = 1-1/4" 1 950 E = Extra-long 12" to 40"
-3 = 1-1/2" 3 250 X = Special-Consult a North Americn Sales Representative
-4-A = 2" 5 700 for Special Length Burner options.
-4-B = 2" 6 900
-5 = 2-1/2" 9 260
-6 = 3" 15 000 Flame Supervision Requirement
R = Flame Rod Supervision (flame rod included in
Tile Material burner assembly)
U = U.V. Supervision (Detector must be ordered sepa-
A = Alumina/Mullite rately)
M = Metal alloy cast 330 SST
(sizes -2 through -4-B only)
Tile Exit Size
Tile Exit Shape H = High Velocity Tile (standard)
R = Round, for high penetration
S = Slotted, for high entrainment
(not available with metal alloy tile)
[Note: Standard slot orientation is horizontal, with the air connection at 6 o'clock or 12 o'clock. Contact product manager if vertical slot orientation is desired.]
Examples:
4445N-4-BASH-RL = -4-B Capacity 4445 Burner with an Alumina/Mulllite Slotted High Velocity Tile, with a Flame Rod and an Insertion Depth Range of 12" to 30".
4445N-2-MRH-UM = -2 Capacity 4445 Burner with a Metal Alloy Round High Velocity Tile, with "U" Flame Supervision Requirement and an Insertion Depth Range of
12" to 20".
4445N-5-ARH-RL = -5 Capacity 4445 Burner with an Alumina/Mullite Round High Velocity Tile, with a Flame Rod and an Insertion Depth Range of 12" to 30".
Bulletin 4445/4445N
Page 8
Parts List | 4445N-2 thru -4-B Tempest®
Body Gasket Burner Mounting Gasket

4-25638-1 (included with burner)
4-24724-1
Flame Rod Assembly
Spark Igniter Assembly
Burner Mounting Flange Locking Set Screw

4-21985-1 R776-2545-CO
Main Air Flange Air Orifice Plate Tile Mounting Ring

4-24291-1
Gas Tube Tile Mounting Tube Tile

Main Air Flange
Gasket (2 req'd)
4-5371-1
Stabilizer Assembly
Burner Body
4-56035-1
Tile Mounting Hardware
Gas Tube Nut - Tile Spacer 4-57283-1 (3 req'd)
Limiting Orifice Valve (Gas) - Mounting Screw R773-2019-S (3 req'd)
4-57820-1 4-56289-1

Part Name 4445N-2 4445N-3 4445N-4-A 4445-4-B Part Name -2 -3 -4-A -4-B
Main Air Flange OA-0433-1 4-1695-1 4-1695-10 4-1695-10 Ceramic Tiles
Air Orifice Plate 4-22933-2 4-22933-3 4-22933-4 4-22933-5 (less mounting tube)
Stabilizer Assembly
4-56293-2 4-56293-3 4-56293-4 4-56293-5 Round Tile Exit (ARH) 4-28766-1 4-28767-1 4-28768-1 4-28769-1
(all models)
Slotted Tile Exit (ASH) 4-29125-1 4-28765-1 4-44006-1 4-44007-1
"S" Model 4-56298-1
"M" Model 4-56298-2
"L" Model 4-56298-3
"E" Model 4-56298-4
Flame Rod Assembly
"S" Model 4-56299-1
"M" Model 4-56299-2
"L" Model 4-56299-3
"E" Model 4-56299-4
Tile and Mounting Tube Assembly for 4445 and 4445N Burners 4-56296-##-###
"S" Model -2 -3 -4-A -4-B "L" Model -2 -3 -4-A -4-B
Round Alumina/Mullite 2S-ARH 3S-ARH 4AS-ARH 4BS-ARH Round Alumina/Mullite 2L-ARH 3L-ARH 4AL-ARH 4BL-ARH
Slotted Alumina/Mullite 2S-ASH 3S-ASH 4AS-ASH 4BS-ASH Slotted Alumina/Mullite 2L-ASH 3L-ASH 4AL-ASH 4BL-ASH
Round Metal Alloy 2S-MRH 3S-MRH 4AS-MRH 4BS-MRH Round Metal Alloy 2L-MRH 3L-MRH 4AL-MRH 4BL-MRH
"M" Model "E" Model

Round Alumina/Mullite 2M-ARH 3M-ARH 4AM-ARH 4BM-ARH Round Alumina/Mullite 2E-ARH 3E-ARH 4AE-ARH 4BE-ARH
Slotted Alumina/Mullite 2M-ASH 3M-ASH 4AM-ASH 4BM-ASH Slotted Alumina/Mullite 2E-ASH 3E-ASH 4AE-ASH 4BE-ASH
Round Metal Alloy 2M-MRH 3M-MRH 4AM-MRH 4BM-MRH Round Metal Alloy 2E-MRH 3E-MRH 4AE-MRH 4BE-MRH
Example: for 4445N-3-ASH-RL or 4445-3-ASH/RL: Tile and Mounting Tube Assembly = 4-56296-3L-ASH
Bulletin 4445/4445N
Page 9
Parts List | 4445N-5 & -6 Tempest®
Flame Rod Assembly†
Gas Connection
Reducing Tee
4-40161-1
Spark Igniter Assembly†

Tile and
Tube Assembly
Backplate
½" UV Adpater
(fits in flame rod location)
4-27091-1
Main Air Flange Locking Set
Screw (2 req'd)
Main Air Flange R776-2545-CO
Gasket 4-5371-2 Burner Mounting Gasket
(2 req'd) (Included with burner)
4-40163-1
Air Orifice Plate
Stabilizer Assembly
8790-0
Obs. Port
(2 req'd)
Burner Mounting Flange

Burner Body 4-40083-1
Body and Backplate 4-40108-1
4-40120-1 Gasket (2 req'd)
Gas Connection Nut
4-40979-1
† When replacing igniter and/or flame rod assemblies in the field, it is recommended that the burner body be removed from the tile mounting tube flange to ensure insertion
into the access holes provided and not into one of the air tubes on either side.
Burner designation
Part name 4445N-5 4445N-6 Tile & Mounting Tube Assembly -5 -6
Air Orifice Plate 4-40136-1 4-40136-2 "S" Model
Backplate (all models) 4-40111-1 40111-1 Round Alumina/Mullite 4-40137-5 4-40543-5
Main Air Flange 4-1695-3 4-1695-9
Stabilizer Assembly (all models) 4-40121-1 4-40121-2 Slotted Alumina/Mullite 4-40544-5 4-40545-1
Spark Igniter Assembly "M" Model
"S" Model 4-40118-1
"M" Model 4-40118-2 Round Alumina/Mullite 4-40137-6 4-40543-6
"L" Model 4-40118-3 Slotted Alumina/Mullite 4-40544-6 4-40545-2
"E" Model 4-40118-4
Flame Rod Assembly
"L" Model
"S" Model 4-40118-11 Round Alumina/Mullite 4-40137-7 4-40543-7
"M" Model 4-40118-12 Slotted Alumina/Mullite 4-40544-7 4-40545-3
"L" Model 4-40118-13
"E" Model 4-40118-14 "E" Model
Ceramic Tile (less mounting tube)
Round Alumina/Mullite 4-40137-8 4-40543-8
Round Tile Exit (ARH) 4-44008-1 4-44010-1 Slotted Alumina/Mullite 4-40544-8 4-40545-4
Slotted Tile Exit (ASH) 4-44009-1 4-40040-1
NOTE: Because the 4445-5 and -6 burner have always had a 90° air inlets, they have been renamed 4445N-5 and 4445N-6 to use the same naming system as the
smaller 4445N burners.
Bulletin 4445/4445N
Page 10
Parts List | 4445-2 thru -4-B Legacy Tempest®
A A
1⁄8" Pipe Plug Spark Igniter Assembly†

(2 req'd) Burner Mounting Gasket
(included with burner)
¼" Pipe Plug 4-24724-1
Main Air Flange
Air Orifice Plate
Gasket (2 req'd)
4-5371-1 Tru-Seal Locknut
R790-0120 Tile and Mounting
Main Air Flange
Tube Assembly
8790-0
Obs. Port Stabilizer Assembly
(2 req'd)
Gas Connection
Reducing Tee Gas Tube Burner Mounting Flange
4-25182-1 4-21985-1
Burner Body Body Gasket
4-22934-1 4-25638-1
Locking Set Screw (2 req'd)
R776-2545-CO
Burner designation
Part name 4445-2 4445-3 4445-4-A 4445-4-B
Main Air Flange OA4-0433-1 4-1695-1 4-1695-10 4-1695-10
Air Orifice Plate 4-22933-2 4-22933-3 4-22933-4 4-22933-5
Stabilizer Assembly (all models) 4-25292-2 4-25292-3 4-25292-4 4-25929-5

"S" Model 4-24752-1
"M" Model 4-24752-2
"L" Model 4-24752-3
"E" Model 4-24752-4
Flame Rod Assembly
"S" Model 4-24745-1
"M" Model 4-24745-2
"L" Model 4-24745-3
"E" Model 4-24745-4
Legacy 4445 burners can use the same updated tile replacement parts designed for the 4445N. The updated mounting tube uses a mounting system
that makes it easier to replace the ceramic tiles. The 4445 and 4445N use the same ceramic tile. See the 4445N part list on page 11 for the tile part
numbers.
Note: 4445 and 4445N Igniter and flame rods are not compatible with each other.
Bulletin 4445/4445N
Page 11
Igniters and Flame Rods | 4445N-2 thru -4-B Tempest®
IGNITERS AND FLAME RODS FOR -2, -3, -4-A AND -4-B BURNERS WITH A 90° AIR INLET
4445 IGNITERS AND FLAME RODS
Replacement igniters and flame rods are available for all 4445 To install igniters or flame rods it is best to remove the burner
burners. Because many North American igniters are made with internal parts from the tile, so that the end of the electrode and
common electrodes, use this bulletin to find the replacement insulator can be properly inserted into the appropriate hole in the
electrode part numbers, and not a number on the electrode stabilizer. It is possible to install new igniters and flame rods into
body. It’s a good idea to keep extra spark igniters and ignition the shorter burners without disassembling the burner but it’s very
cables as spare parts. difficult with long burners.
To determine the correct part number, measure the length of It is important that the ceramic insulator is properly supported
an existing part or check the last letter in the burner model as it passes through the access hole in the stabilizer and that
designation and consult the tables below For example, a the metal electrode dœs not contact anything once installed. If
4445N-3-MRH-RM is a “Medium” length burner which uses the igniters ceramic insulator is cracked where is passes through
igniter 4-56298-2 and flame rod 4-56299-2. the stabilizer the spark could ground out, which will prevent the
ignition spark from lighting the burner.
IGNITERS 14 X 1.25 mm Ø 0.25 (6.4)

Stablizer support insulator
.38 (9.6)
Ceramic insulator coupling #
L
4445N-2 thru -4-B Spark Igniter "L" Dimensions

Model Length Designation Part Number Inches (mm)
Short - "S" 4-56298-1 8.25 (210)
Medium - "M" 4-56298-2 16.63 (422)
Long - "L" 4-56298-3 26.63 (676)
Extra Long - "E" 4-56298-4 36.63 (930)
# Very long igniters may have a second ceramic coupling.
FLAME RODS
1/2" NPT
Ø .315 (8) Stablizer support insulator
*Electrode Coupling
3.64 (92.5) 2.31 (59)
4445N-2 thru -4-B Flame Rod "L" Dimensions

Short - "S" 4-56299-1 10.40 (264)
Medium - "M" 4-56299-2 19.30 (490)
Long - "L" 4-56299-3 29.30 (744)
Extra Long - "E" 4-56299-4 39.30 (998)
Bulletin 4445/4445N
* Very long flame rods may have an electcrode coupling to attach a longer electrode. Page 12
Igniters & Flame Rods | 4445 & 4445N-5 & -6 Tempest®
IGNITERS AND FLAME RODS FOR -5 AND -6 BURNERS WITH A 90° AIR INLET
14 X 1.25 mm
Ø .315 (8) Stablizer support insulator
3.54 (90) X
Note: On the 4445-5 and -6 both igniters and flame rods are made with the same electrode with a 14mm mounting thread. While the
flame rod can also function as an igniter, the igniter is not long enough to be used as a flame rod.
IGNITERS
4445N-5 and -6 Igniter "L" Dimensions "X" Dimensions

Model Length Designation Part Number Inches (mm) Inches (mm)
Short - "S" 4-40118-1 19.81 (249)
Medium - "M" 4-40118-2 17.81 (452)
.38 (9.6) Igniter
Long - "L" 4-40118-3 27.81 (706)
Extra Long - "E" 4-40118-4 37.81 (960)
FLAME RODS
4445N-5 and -6 Flame Rod "L" Dimensions "X" Dimensions

Model Length Designation Part Number Inches (mm) Inches (mm)
Flame Rod
Short - "S" 4-40118-11 12.00 (305)
Medium - "M" 4-40118-12 20.00 (508)
Long - "L" 4-40118-13 30.00 (762) 2.56 (65)
Extra Long - "E" 4-40118-14 40.00 (1016)
4445-2 thru -4-B Burners Tempest®

IGNITERS FOR -2, -3, -4-A AND -4-B BURNERS WITH A 45° AIR INLET
IGNITERS 14 X 1.25 mm Ø 0.25 (6.4)

Stablizer support insulator
^Shrink Tube
.38 (9.6)
L
4445-2 thru -4-B Spark Igniter "L" Dimensions ^ Old igniters have shrink tubing. New igniters have ceramic
Model Length Designation Part Number Inches (mm) coupling
Short - "S" 4-24752-1 7.63 (194)
* Very long igniters may be made using 2 pieces of insulating
Medium - "M" 4-24752-2 16.00 (406) ceramic tube.
Long - "L" 4-24752-3 26.00 (660)
Extra Long - "E" 4-24752-4 36.00 (914)
Bulletin 4445/4445N
Page 13
Flame Rods| 4445-2 through -4-B Legacy Tempest®
Bulletin 4445/4445N
Page 14
FLAME RODS FOR -2, -3, -4-A AND -4-B BURNERS WITH A 45° AIR INLET
1/2" NPT
Ø .276 (7) Washer on both sides of
*Electrode Coupling insulator
3.50 (92.5) 2.31 (59)
FLAME RODS WITH LEGACY .276" (7MM) Ø INSULATOR

Nearly all 4445-2, -3, -4-A and -4-B burners
4445-2 thru -4-B Flame Rod "L" Dimensions
supplied with a flame rod have a .276" (7mm) Ø
insulator on the electrode which fits through a .30"
Short - "S" 4-24745-1 10.25 (260) Ø access hole in the burner stabilizer.
Medium - "M" 4-24745-2 18.63 (473)
Long - "L" 4-24745-3 28.53 (727)
Extra Long - "E" 4-24745-4 38.63 (981)
1/2" NPT
Ø .315 (8) Stabilizer support insulator
*Electrode Coupling
3.64 (92.5) 2.31 (59)
UPDATED FLAME RODS (for burners with a larger flame rod access hole
in stabilizer, after late 2020)
4445-2 through -4-B burners made after late 2020
4445-2 thru -4-B Flame Rod "L" Dimensions
have a .34" Ø Flame rod access hole in the stabilizer.
These burners or older models with the flame rod ac-
Short - "S" 4-57285-1 10.25 (260) cess hole enlarged with an “R-drill” (.339" Ø) can use
Medium - "M" 4-57285-1 18.63 (473)
Copyright © 2023 - Fives - All rights reserved | Bulletin 4445 & 4445N 06/23
the newer larger diameter insulator which is more
Long - "L" 4-57285-1 28.63 (727) rugged than the old insulator.
Extra Long - "E" 4-57285-1 38.63 (981)
* Very long flame rods may have a weld or an electrode coupling to lengthen the electrode.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Tempest® 4445 Burners
DIMENSIONS inches
Field adjustable mounting flange –
4 slots, 5⁄8 dia., eq. spaced on G-BC
Z
¼ NPT body
See Note  B-NPT
pressure tap
J1 or J2 Gas Connection
P-OD D E
OD OD F-OD
A-NPT ¾ NPT 1⁄8 NPT gas

H Air inlet pressure tap
1⁄8 NPT main air C (angled at 45°)
Observation
pressure tap sq. Port
Q
L
4445-2 through -4-B 4445-5 and -6
M
J1-dia.
J2 N
K-dia.
Round Tile
Slotted Tile
(ceramic only)
Burner "H" dim. = tile ext. length "L" dim. = overall length
designation A B C D E F G -S -M -L -E -S -M -L -E -X
4445-2 1¼ ¾ 3¼ 4 8½ 8 7 9 11¾ 11¾ 11¾ 26 343⁄8 443⁄8 543⁄8
4445-3 1½ ¾ 3¼ 4 8½ 8 7 9 11¾ 11¾ 11¾ 26 343⁄8 443⁄8 543⁄8
4445-4-A 2 ¾ 3¼ 4 8½ 8 7 9 11¾ 11¾ 11¾ 26 343⁄8 443⁄8 543⁄8 consult
North
4445-4-B 2 ¾ 3¼ 4 8½ 8 7 9 11¾ 11¾ 11¾ 26 343⁄8 443⁄8 543⁄8
American
4445-5 2½ 1¼ 4 59⁄16 10 8 8½ 8¾ 11¼ 11¼ 11¼ 3215⁄16 3915⁄16 5015⁄16 5915⁄16
4445-6 3 1¼ 4 59⁄16 10 8 8½ 8¾ 11¼ 11¼ 11¼ 3215⁄16 3915⁄16 5015⁄16 5915⁄16
Burner "Q" dim. = tile to air flange "Z" dim. = insertion depth
designation J1 J2 K M N P -S -M -L -E -X -S -M -L -E -X
4445-2 23⁄32  13⁄32 1¾ 0.54 3½ 175⁄8 26 36 48  9-12 12-20 12-30 12-40

4445-3 23⁄32  17⁄16 2¼ 0.74 3½ 175⁄8 26 36 48  9-12 12-20 12-30 12-40 consult
4445-4-A 213⁄32  1¾ 211⁄16 0.92 3½ 175⁄8 26 36 48  9-12 12-20 12-30 12-40 North
4445-4-B   115⁄16 211⁄16 1.13 3½ 175⁄8 26 36 48  9-12 12-20 12-30 12-40 American
4445-5 227⁄32 25⁄32 25⁄32 329⁄32 1.06 5¼ 187⁄8 257⁄8 357⁄8 457⁄8  9-12 12-20 12-30 12-40
4445-6 3¼ 25⁄32 25⁄8 4¼ 1.40 5¼ 187⁄8 257⁄8 357⁄8 457⁄8  9-12 12-20 12-30 12-40
 These tiles are not contoured at the diacharge end--see Dimension "P".
 SPL = max. "Z" dimension required plus approximately 6"--for estimating purposes only.
Refer to Bulletin 4445 for product ordering information.
Page 2
4445-2 THROUGH -4-B PARTS LIST
Spark Igniter Assembly†
1⁄8" Pipe Plug

(2 req'd) ¼" Pipe Plug
Main Air Flange
Gasket (2 req'd)
Main Air Flange
Gas Connection Air Orifice Plate
Reducing Tee Tile and Mounting
Tru-Seal Tube Assembly
Locknut
8790-0
Obs. Port
(2 req'd)
Flame Rod Assembly† Stabilizer Assembly

Gas Tube Burner Mounting Gasket
Burner Body
Body Gasket Locking Set
Screw (2 req'd) Burner Mounting Flange
Burner designation
Part name 4445-2 4445-3 4445-4-A 4445-4-B
Main Air Flange OA4-0433-1 4-1695-1 4-1695-10 4-1695-10
Air Orifice Plate 4-22933-2 4-22933-3 4-22933-4 4-22933-5
Main Air Flange Gasket 4-5371-1
Burner Mounting Flange 4-21985-1
Locking Set Screw R776-2545-CO
Mounting Flange Gasket 4-24724-1
Gas Connection Reducing Tee 4-25182-1
Body Gasket 4-25638-1
"S" Model 4-24752-1
"M" Model 4-24752-2
"L" Model 4-24752-3
"E" Model 4-24752-4
Flame Rod Assembly
"S" Model 4-24745-1
"M" Model 4-24745-2
"L" Model 4-24745-3
"E" Model 4-24745-4
Gas Components Sub-assembly *

"S" Model 4-25195-1 4-25195-6 4-25195-11 4-25195-16
"M" Model 4-25195-2 4-25195-7 4-25195-12 4-25195-17
"L" Model 4-25195-3 4-25195-8 4-25195-13 4-25195-18
"E" Model 4-25195-4 4-25195-9 4-25195-14 4-25195-19
Gas Tube
"S" Model (all sizes) 4-21958-1
"M" Model (all sizes) 4-21958-2
"L" Model (all sizes) 4-21958-3
"E" Model (all sizes) 4-21958-4
Tru-Seal Locknut (all models) R790-0120
Stabilizer Assembly (all models) 4-25292-2 4-25292-3 4-25292-4 4-25292-5
Tile and Mounting Tube Assembly

"S" Model -2 -3 -4-A -4-B "L" Model -2 -3 -4-A -4-B
Round Alumina/Mullite 4-24901-5 4-24901-6 4-24901-7 4-24901-8 Round Alumina/Mullite 4-24874-18 4-24874-22 4-24874-26 4-24874-30
Slotted Alumina/Mullite 4-24902-5 4-24902-6 4-24902-7 4-24902-8 Slotted Alumina/Mullite 4-24723-18 4-24723-22 4-24723-26 4-24723-30
Round Metal Alloy 4-25005-1 4-25005-2 4-25005-3 4-25005-4 Round Metal Alloy 4-25004-2 4-25004-6 4-25004-10 4-25004-14
"M" Model "E" Model
Round Alumina/Mullite 4-24874-17 4-24874-21 4-24874-25 4-24874-29 Round Alumina/Mullite 4-24874-19 4-24874-23 4-24874-27 4-24874-31
Slotted Alumina/Mullite 4-24723-17 4-24723-21 4-24723-25 4-24723-29 Slotted Alumina/Mullite 4-24723-19 4-24723-23 4-24723-27 4-24723-31
Round Metal Alloy 4-25004-1 4-25004-5 4-25004-9 4-25004-13 Round Metal Alloy 4-25004-3 4-25004-7 4-25004-11 4-25004-15
* Includes: Tru-Seal Locknut, Gas Tube, and Stabilizer Assembly.
Page 3
4445-5 AND -6 PARTS LIST
Gas Connection Flame Rod Assembly‡

Reducing Tee
Spark
Igniter Assembly‡
Tile and Tube

1⁄8" Pipe Plug Backplate ¼" Pipe Plug Assembly
(2 req'd) Main Air Flange
Mounting Flange Gasket
Locking Set
Main Air Flange Gasket Screw (2 req'd)
A (2 req'd)
Air Orifice Plate
Stabilizer Assembly
8790-0
Obs. Port
(2 req'd)
Gas Tube
Body and Backplate Burner Mounting Flange
Burner Body Gasket (2 req'd)
‡ When replacing igniter and/or flame rod assemblies in the field, it is recommended that the backplate be removed from the body flange to ensure insertion into the access
holes provided.
Burner designation
Part name 4445-5 4445-6
Air Orifice Plate 4-40136-1 4-40136-2
Body and Burner Backplate Gasket 4-40120-1 4-40120-1
Burner Body 4-40108-1 4-40108-1
Burner Mounting Flange 4-40083-1 4-40083-1
Gas Connection Reducing Tee 4-40161-1 4-40161-1
Locking Set Screw R776-2545-CO R776-2545-CO
Main Air Flange 4-1695-3 4-1695-9
Main Air Flange Gasket 4-5371-2 4-5371-2
Mounting Flange Gasket 4-40163-1 4-40163-1

"S" Model 4-40118-1 4-40118-1
"M" Model 4-40118-2 4-40118-2
"L" Model 4-40118-3 4-40118-3
"E" Model 4-40118-4 4-40118-4
Flame Rod Assembly

"S" Model 4-40118-11 4-40118-11
"M" Model 4-40118-12 4-40118-12
"L" Model 4-40118-13 4-40118-13
"E" Model 4-40118-14 4-40118-14
Gas Components Sub-assembly with Flame Rod*

"S" Model 4-40147-1 4-40147-11
"M" Model 4-40417-2 4-40417-12
"L" Model 4-40417-3 4-40417-13
"E" Model 4-40417-4 4-40417-14
Gas Tube
"S" Model 4-40112-1 4-40112-1
"M" Model 4-40112-2 4-40112-2
"L" Model 4-40112-3 4-40112-3
"E" Model 4-40112-4 4-40112-4
Backplate (all models) 4-40111-1 4-40111-1
Locknut (all models) 4-40979-1 4-40979-1
Stabilizer Assembly (all models) 4-40121-1 4-40121-2 (continued)
* Includes Backplate, Gas Tube, Locknut, Stabilizer Assembly, Igniter, and Flame Rod.
Page 4
Burner designation
Part name 4445-5 4445-6
Gas Components Sub-assembly with UV Adapter*

"S" Model 4-40149-1 4-40149-11
"M" Model 4-40149-2 4-40149-12
"L" Model 4-40149-3 4-40149-13
"E" Model 4-40149-4 4-40149-14
Gas Tube
"S" Model 4-40112-1 4-40112-1
"M" Model 4-40112-2 4-40112-2
"L" Model 4-40112-3 4-40112-3
"E" Model 4-40112-4 4-40112-4
Backplate (all models) 4-40111-1 4-40111-1
Locknut (all models) 4-40979-1 4-40979-1
Stabilizer Assembly (all models) 4-40121-1 4-40121-2
UV Adapter (all models) 4-27091-1 4-27091-1
Tile and Mounting Tube Assembly
"S" Model
Slotted Alumina/Mullite 4-40544-5 4-40545-1
"M" Model
"L" Model
"E" Model
* Includes Backplate, Gas Tube, Locknut, Stabilizer Assembly, Igniter, and UV Adapter.
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Dims-Pl 4445-1 07/05
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Tempest®
High Velocity Gas Burner
4446 Tempest® Gas Burner
• For any furnace wall construction from 9" to 28"
• Kiln temperatures can be as high as 2600°F
• Available in three models

Product Overview | 4446 Tempest®
High velocity burners improve the performance of many SPECIFICATIONS

furnaces and kilns by creating recirculation and stirring Fits flush with kiln walls 9" or 10½" to 28" thick.
of furnace gases, which enhances heat transfer and temperature
uniformity. High velocity also increases heat penetration into and Maximum chamber temperature is 2600°F. (Consult North
around loads. American for higher temperatures.)
Spark ignited, no pilot.
4446 Tempest High Velocity Gas Burners put the burner
discharge at the inside face of the kiln wall for maximum effect Provision for ultraviolet flame detection.
from burner velocity. Kiln temperature can be as high as 2600°F.
Higher temperatures will be considered depending upon how the Natural Gas (minimum pressure 10 osi).
burner is to be installed and operated.
4446 is available in three models for different wall thicknesses.

The -S model has a fixed flange 9" from the burner tip. The two
longer models have an adjustable flange that is easily locked
in position. See dimension table for minimum/maximum "Z"
dimensions.
Due to internal backpressure, individual air/gas ratio regulators

are recommended with each burner. (This is true of all high
velocity burners.)
4446 Performance Data
Combustion Air Capacities, scfh‡ Approx. Approx.

(for Btu/hr multiply by 100) Max. % Max. % Flame length Flame dia
Burner at 1.0 osi at 4.0 osi at 8.0 osi at 16.0 osi XSAir XSFuel at 16 osi, at 16 osi,
designation firing stoich. firing stoich. firing stoich. firing stoich. (stability)* (stability)* stoich. stoich.
4446-5 2,200 4,500 6,300 9,000 400 30 42" 5"

4446-6 3,500 7,200 10,100 14,300 400 30 60" 7"
Direct spark ignition (6000 V) is possible at 4 osi air and below, but do not use a 4067B Hot Rod.
† For wall thickness over 28", consult Fives North American Combustion, Inc.
‡ Main air capacities can fluctuate ±10% due to tile temperature effects.
* Same limits apply for UV flame supervision.
Bulletin 4446
Page 2
Dimensions | 4446 Tempest®
DIMENSIONS inches Bulletin 4446
Page 3
E
¾ Observation port F
½ NPT UV 1⁄8 NPT gas
conn. Adjustable Z dimension
pressure
tap 27⁄8 313⁄16 for -29/-37 models
B
tile ID
¼ NPT H
pressure tap 6 dia. C
dia. G tile OD
dia.
Direct spark ¾ NPT gas 4446- -S flange is flush

igniter D with beginning of tile.
Flange is fixed and not optional.
4" sq.
1⁄8 NPT air 47⁄16 4446- -29 and -37 gasket and field
pressure tap A - NPT adjustable mounting flange (10" OD,
Air [8] 7⁄8" dia. holes on 8½" BC)
Burner E F G Z max. Z min. approx. wt, lb

designation A B C D -S -29 -37 -S -29 -37 -S -29,-37 H -S -29 -37 -S -29,-37 -S -29 -37
4446-5 2½ 23⁄32 35⁄16 63⁄8 1815⁄16 31½ 39½ 12½ 25 33 57⁄8 5½ 59⁄32 9 20 28 9 10½ 30 45 50
4446-6 3 29⁄16 35⁄16 611⁄16 1815⁄16 31½ 39½ 12½ 25 33 57⁄8 5½ 59⁄32 9 20 28 9 10½ 30 45 50
Flange Mounted Installation Recommendations, side or roof fired
Fiber blanket slightly compressed in furnace
opening. Typically 8 lb. density rated for 200°F
higher than furnace operating temperature.
Bolt or tack weld mounting

flange to furnace wall
6½" to 7½"
diameter recommended
furnace opening
Tile flush or near wall opening

Flange "Z" dimension
gasket (wall thickness)
Note: If burner tile is used through an existing mounting tile,

allow for 1⁄8" minimum clearance all around burner nozzle. Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Bulletin 4446 10/00
To order, specify: 4446-_-S, -29 or -37. Avoid bumping or hitting tile during installation.
Example: 4446-5-29 Burner complete.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American
Low Emissions Gas Burner
4452 Natural Gas Burner
• Low NOx and CO emissions for low temperature • All metal flame protection tube, no refractory
furnaces and ovens without externally supplied FGR required
• Wide turndown range / wide stability range • Direct spark ignition

Product Overview | 4452 Natural Gas Burner
4452 ADVANTAGE: NOx and CO SUPPRESSION TECHNOLOGIES

The 4452 utilizes a number of NOx and CO suppression
— U.V. or flame rod supervision techniques. Air staging and self-recirculated FGR (flue gas
recirculation) are used to reduce NOx. NOx emissions are
— Sturdy industrial construction with stainless reduced by nearly half compared to conventional burners.
steel flame stabilizer Air staging works by adding the air to the fuel in controlled
"stages" which delays combustion. The addition of FGR
— NPT (USA) or metric fittings available lowers the peak flame temperature by adding thermal ballast
and by reducing the concentration of oxygen in the flame.
— For applications up to 1400°F if vertically
Conventional FGR systems require additional exhaust piping but
fired or 1200°F if horizontally fired the 4452 is able to self-entrain FGR directly from the furnace or
oven atmosphere.
FEATURES
CO is controlled with the help of the flame protection tube
The 4452 is a natural gas burner specifically designed to which shields the flame from the quenching effects of relatively
provide a low emission flame in low temperature furnaces cool recirculating flue gas.
and ovens. Direct fired aluminum homogenizers and other
low temperature heat treat furnaces are ideal applications.
The burner is designed for vertical firing but can be fired
horizontally without modification in applications below 1200°F. Furnace
Atmosphere
2-3% O2
The burner has an alloy flame protection tube which helps
control emissions. Heat release to the tube is very even, which
minimizes hot spots and increases tube life.
GAS
The burner is ignited with a simple low cost direct spark igniter
(comes with burner) and has a wide lighting window. Flame
supervision can be provided with either a UV scanner or flame
rod (sold separately). A ¾" observation port is also provided as
well as locations for 1⁄8" air and gas pressure taps.
Combustion
Air
Flame Dimensions
cfh Air Capacity in Cold Furnace with Air Pressure across the burner at 16 osi (10% XSAir)
beyond flame protection tube
Burner Size .5 osi 1 osi 4 osi 9 osi 16 osi 20 osi Length Diameter
4452-6-A 1,910 2,700 5,560 8,310 11,110 12,420 2' 1'
4452-6-B 2,690 3,800 7,700 11,530 15,630 17,430 2' 1'
4452-7 4,720 6,680 13,050 19,750 26,180 29,580 2' 1'
4452-8-A 6,320 8,940 18,020 26,930 36,360 40,710 3' 1½'
Bulletin 4452
Page 2
Product Overview | 4452 Natural Gas Burner
CONSTRUCTION FLAME SUPERVISION

The burner body is constructed of sturdy cast iron. Mounting UV flame detectors or flame rods can be used with the 4452. A
plates are steel, and the flame stabilizer is fabricated from UV scanner applied to this burner will detect the direct igniter's
stainless steel. The firing tube is 309 stainless steel (other alloys spark. A UV-based flame supervision system must be designed
are available upon request). The firing tube and burner internal to ignore this detection by use of an appropriate flame relay,
parts are easy to access and maintain. or other code-compliant means, to prevent interruption of
the ignition sequence. See Bulletin 8832 for choices of flame
The standard 4452 burner has NPT pipe threads for all detectors and adapters or Parts List 4452-1 for applicable flame
gas connections. Air connections on the 4452-6 burners rod part numbers. UV detector, adapter, and flame rod must
are threaded, while the 4452-7 and -8 include threaded be ordered separately.
companion flanges. The metric version features British Parallel
pipe threads on all gas connections and on the air connections MOUNTING TO SHELL
for the M4452-6 size. Welded companion flanges are supplied The Burner must be attached to the shell of the furnace for
with the M4452-7 and -8. support and sealed to avoid air infiltration. If air is allowed to
leak between the furnace shell and the mounting flange NOx
LIGHTING ARRANGEMENTS emissions could increase.
Burner ignition is provided by a direct spark igniter located on
the main burner body. The burner should be turned to low fire The burner is supplied with a "FGR" collector which helps
with the spark turned on before opening the burner gas valve. maintain uniform FGR flow into the burner. The FGR collector
After the burner is lit, the spark must be turned off for proper flange is welded to the furnace shell and the burner mounted
burner operation. During the ignition period, a continuous 6000 to the collector flange with pre-attached studs.
volt (minimum) spark is required. Spark distributor systems can-
not be used reliably with 4452 Burners.
CONTROL and ADJUSTMENT Weld FGR collector

flange to furnace shell
The 4452 burner fuel/air ratio can be controlled with a simple
cross-connected ratio regulator such as the North American
7216. For firing rate control the burner can use conventional on-
ratio turndown, StepFireTM or pulse firing. 4452 burners will not 6"
operate reliably with excess fuel.
30° minimum
(60° included)
Refer to Sheet 4452-3 for additional instructions and installation
requirements. Accurate air/gas ratios can be determined by Flare opening for (Burner shown separated
using 8697 Metering Orifices in the fuel and air lines. thick wall or from collector for clarity.)
roof sections
 Air cooled flame rods are suggested for applications above 1200°F or when the burner will operate at low fire for sustained periods. Low pressure
combustion air, upstream of a control valve, is required. Air consumption will be approximately 100 scfh at 16 osi. A minimum of 12 osi is recom-
mended.
Bulletin 4452
Page 3
Ordering Information | 4452 Natural Gas Burner
Bulletin 4452
page 4
4452 -
Air capacity, Air capacity,
Metric Version Air pipe size Gas pipe size scfh m3/hr
"M" for metric Code inches mm inches mm at 16 osi at 70 mbar
Leave blank for NPT threads -6-A 3" 80 1 1/ 2 40 11,100 316
-6-B 3" 80 1 1/ 2 40 15,630 446
-7 4" 100 2 50 26,180 747
-8-A 6" 150 2 1/ 2 65 36,360 1037
Examples: 4452-6-A Low emissions gas burner
M4452-7 Low emissions gas burner, metric
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 4452 Gas Burner
DIMENSIONS inches (mm)
G
B
Flame Supervision
(FS) port = ¾" NPT
J
C -6-A and -6-B K
D
A H
E L
-7 ONLY G -8 ONLY E
E
G
dimensions in inches Wt,

Burner size A B C D E G H J K L lb
4452-6-A -6-B 3 1½ 16 35⁄8 41⁄8 45⁄8 6 10¾ 85⁄8 35¼ 100

4452-7 4 2 16 35⁄8 15¾ 9¼ 6 12¾ 10¾ 43¼ 140
4452-8-A 6 2½ 18 9¾ 73/16 113⁄16 6 14¾ 12¾ 43½ 220
dimensions in millmeters Wt,

Burner size A B C D E G H J K L kg
4452-6-A -6-B 80 40 405 90 105 120 150 275 220 900 45

4452-7 100 50 405 90 400 235 150 325 275 1100 63
4452-8-A 150 65 460 250 180 285 150 375 325 1105 100
PARTS LIST Page 2
Observation Port
Stabilizer Assembly
-6-A, -6-B, -7
Air Inlet Flange
Flame Protection Tube
Burner Body
Body Gasket Center Air Disk
Air Distributor Air Distributor Gasket
Flame Rod Assembly -8

(optional)
Air Inlet Flange
Igniter
Igniter Yoke
-7 only Air Distributor FGR Collector
Air Inlet Flange Gasket
Burner designation
Part Name -6-A -6-B -7 -8
Air Distributor 4-30555-1 4-30555-2 4-32029-1 4-31767-1
Air Distributor (Metric) 4-30555-3 4-30555-4 4-32029-2 4-31767-2
Air Distributor Gasket OA3-2302-27F4 OA3-2302-27F4 OA3-2302-27F4 OA3-2302-28F4
Air Inlet Flange (NPT) N/A N/A R590-5266 4-1695-6
Air Inlet Flange (Metric) N/A N/A R590-5560-M 4-32149-7
Air Inlet Flange Gasket N/A N/A OA3-2302-2F4 4-5371-4
Burner Body (NPT) 4-30552-1 4-30552-1 4-31489-1 4-29217-1
Burner Body (Metric) 4-32134-1 4-32134-1 4-32135-1 4-32136-1
Body Gasket 4-6102-1 4-6102-1 4-6102-1 4-29221-1
Center Air Disk 4-30558-1 4-30558-2 4-31483-1 N/A
FGR Collector (Standard) 4-30561-1 4-30561-1 4-31479-1 4-31754-1
FGR Collector (Metric) 4-30561-2 4-30561-2 4-31479-2 4-31754-2
Flame Protection Tube (Standard) 4-30553-1 4-30553-1 4-31478-1 4-31759-1
Flame Protection Tube (Metric) 4-30553-2 4-30553-2 4-31478-2 4-31759-2
Flame Rod Assembly (Optional) 4-32763-1 4-32763-1 4-32763-1 4-32763-2
Flame Rod Assy - Air Cooled (Optional) 4-40089-1 4-40089-1 4-40089-1 4-40089-2
Igniter R240-2100 R240-2100 R240-2100 4-3681-1 Copyright © 2021- Fives - All rights reserved | Dims-Pl 4452-1 10/06
Igniter Yoke (-8 only) N/A N/A N/A 4-27369-1
Observation Port (NPT) 8790-0 8790-0 8790-0 8790-0
Stabilizer Assembly (Standard) 4-30556-1 4-30556-1 4-31484-1 4-31756-1
Stabilizer Assembly (Metric) 4-30556-2 4-30556-2 4-31484-2 4-31756-2
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 4452 Gas Burner Sheet 4452-2
Control System & Installation Instructions 1122

Butterfly Valve Motorized Air Valve for
zone capacity control
Air
1807
Limiting Orifice Gas
Valve
Figure 1 1821
7216 8697
Regulator Metering Orifice Ball Valve
Ignition
INPUT/RATIO CONTROL Transformer
The 4452 is a nozzle-mix burner with relatively simple control The advantage of using internal self induced FGR is that there
requirements. The burner stability range is wide and the gas are no added costs for external flue gas piping, but the level
pressure requirement for the burner is much lower than the air of NOx reduction is dependent on the quality and temperature
pressure so the fuel/air ratio can be controlled with a conven- of the FGR being induced. The lower the oxygen content in the
tional cross-connected ratio regulator. Turndown can be accom- entrained FGR the lower the NOx emissions will be from the
plished with a conventional motorized air valve or StepFireTM burner. It is important to limit the amount of air that infiltrates
(pulse) control. into the furnace if there is a desire to minimize NOx.
Figure 1 shows an on-ratio, air primary control system with a As the furnace or oven temperature increases, the temperature
7216 cross-connected ratio regulator on the fuel. The high fire of the FGR and the burner flame also increase, which will in
air pressure can be set from 12-20 osi depending on capacity turn increase the NOx emissions. NOx concentration may also
requirements, and low fire set from 0.2-2.0 osi depending on increase as the burner is turned to low fire.
desired turndown.
CO CONTROL:
Fuel/air ratio can be set to 10-15% excess air at high fire and
20-40% excess air at low fire. If more turndown is needed, the Good ratio control and correct burner set-up is an important
low fire excess air can be set to 100% excess air. Additional part of ensuring that CO emissions are kept to a minimum.
thermal turndown can be used at high or low fire rates, but CO Excessive CO emissions can also be caused by flame quench-
emissions will increase as the burner fuel/air ratio exceeds 75% ing from excess combustion air or cold recirculated flue gases
excess air at high fire. The 4452 is not designed to run with impinging directly on the flame. The 4452 has a firing tube
excess fuel. which shields the flame from relatively cool recirculating flue
gas. As the firing tube's temperature increases it becomes more
EMISSIONS CONTROL effective at controlling CO. When a burner is first lit under cold
conditions the CO emissions will be higher for a few minutes
The 4452 is designed to have a fairly wide operating range until the firing tube is heated.
where both low NOx and low CO can be achieved, but there
is an optimum range of operation. Use engineering data from CO will be minimized at high fire if the burner is operated
Sheet 4452-3 to help determine the optimum turndown and with 10-50% excess air. At 3:1 turndown and lower, the burner
ratio control settings. should be run at slightly higher excess air rates, 20-75%, to
NOX CONTROL: minimize CO.
Air staging and internal flue gas recirculation (FGR) are used in As the furnace heats up, the flue gas drawn into the 4452 will
the 4452 to reduce NOx emissions. Air staging works by adding heat the combustion air, which will reduce the burner's air
air to the fuel in controlled "stages" which delays some of the capacity by 3-5 percent. So the final fuel/air ratio setting should
combustion. The addition of FGR lowers the peak flame temper- be checked when the furnace is at its maximum temperature.
ature by adding thermal ballast and by reducing the concentra-
tion of oxygen in the flame.
Sheet 4452-2
Page 2
SYSTEM DESIGN & INSTALLATION
3. Weld FGR collector to furnace shell. The FGR collector flange must
1. The 4452 burner was primarily designed for vertical down firing be sealed tightly to the furnace shell so that no external air can be
up to 1400°F, or 1600°F with optional material upgrades. Horizontal drawn into the burner. (Figure 2)
firing is acceptable for firing chambers at 1200°F and below.
4. Bolt burner assembly to FGR collector. (Figure 3)
2. Always provide main gas metering orifices. Air flow can be
estimated using body pressure readings. If increased accuracy is 5. Pipe air and gas connections, attach flame supervision devices and
desired, use a meter on the air line too. ignition source.
3. Ratio and emissions control is much better if an individual ratio 6. It is not uncommon to have wall or roof depth greater than 6".
regulator is used for each burner. Do not use one regulator for In this case expand opening to a minimum 30° all around (60°
multiple burners at different vertical levels on a furnace. The differ- included). Neglecting to do this will result in higher fire tube tempera-
ence in gas pressure due to the "head" of gas affects the low fire ture, which in turn, can shorten tube life. (Figure 4)
setting and may cause rough lighting, overheating, or high emis-
sions. Weld flange
to shell
4. Install the gas adjustment valve as close to the burner as possible
(within 2 feet is best).
6"
5. The burner mounting plate and FGR collector flange must be
sealed tightly to the furnace shell so that no external air can be
drawn into the burner. Air leaks around the mounting flange will
increase NOx emissions. Figure 2. FGR Collector attached to furnace shell.
6. Either UV scanner or flame rods can be used for flame supervision
on the 4452. A UV scanner applied to this burner will detect the di-
rect igniter's spark. A UV-based flame supervision system must be
designed to ignore this detection by use of an appropriate flame
relay, or other code-compliant means, to prevent interruption of
the ignition sequence.
7. A ¾ inch observation port is provided on the burner, but if an
additional or larger observation port is desired the fuel inlet can
be piped with a tee and the extra observation port added to "look
down" the gas inlet.
8. The 4452 has built in purge air holes for the UV and observation
port tunnels, so external purge air is not necessary. If extra cooling
air is required for the UV, use a sealing window (Bulletin 8832) to
prevent the extra air from entering the burner.
9. Make certain that the burner is at low fire (below 2 osi) before Figure 3. Burner mounted on FGR collector.
lighting. If using thermal turndown the fuel valve should be set at
its minimum (low fire) setting before lighting. The spark must be
turned on before, or at the same time as, the fuel.
10. Use a constant spark during ignition. A spark distributor will not
work reliably for direct spark ignition on a 4452. The spark must
be turned off after ignition.
6"
11. As the temperature in the furnace increases the recirculated flue gas
(FGR) will heat the burner mounting plate to a temperature higher
than the furnace shell. The air capacity of the burner will also
drop 3-5% from the cold conditions as the burner temperature
increases.
12. The 4452 is not designed to run with excess fuel.
13. Never operate the burner without the firing tube in place.
BURNER MOUNTING Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 4452-2 04/06
1. Remove FGR collector from burner assembly. 60° minimum
2. Cut hole in furnace shell large enough to accept FGR collector. Figure 4. Burner installed in thick roof.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 4452 Gas Burner
Engineering Data Sheet 4452-3
Cold Air (100°F) Capacities & Excess Air Limits

For capacities in Btu/hr multiply cfh air by 100 (use 91 for 10% excess air)
4452-6-A .2 osi 1 osi 4 osi 9 osi 12 osi 16 osi 20 osi

4452-6-A Capacity 1,260 2,700 5,560 8,310 9,430 11,110 12,420
Max % Excess Air 1000% 700% 400% 350% 350% 350% 300%
Max % Excess Air for <50 ppm CO 100% 60%
Upstream Gas Pressure at 10% XSAir "wc 0.0 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.8
Flame Length Beyond Tube at 10% XSAir (inches) 0 0 12 12 12 24 24
4452-6-B .2 osi 1 osi 4 osi 9 osi 12 osi 16 osi 20 osi

4452-6-B Capacity 1,785 3,800 7,700 11,530 13,410 15,630 17,430
Max % Excess Air 1000% 1000% 350% 350% 350% 300% 300%
4452-7 .2 osi 1 osi 4 osi 9 osi 12 osi 16 osi 20 osi

4452-7 Capacity 3,110 6,680 13,050 19,750 22,600 26,180 29,580
Max % Excess Air 1000% 1000% 450% 350% 250% 200% 200%
4452-8-A .2 osi 1 osi 4 osi 9 osi 12 osi 16 osi 20 osi

4452-8-A Capacity 3,880 8,940 18,020 26,930 31,840 36,360 40,710
Max % Excess Air 1000% 1000% 500% 500% 500% 300% 250%
NOTE: Areas left blank represent data points not recorded in laboratory testing.
Sheet 4452-3
Page 2
All NOx and CO data shown in these graphs was generated in unloaded North American laboratory furnaces without recirculation fans. Furnace
temperatures were 800-1400°F. Actual results in production furnaces will vary due to fuel composition, recirculation rates and furnace geometries.
Typical NOx vs Furnace Temperature

Typical NOx vs XSA
20% Excess Air
1000°F Furnace Temperature
60
55 80
50
70
45
NOx (ppm 3% O2)
40 60
NOx (ppm 3% O2)

35
50
30
25 40
20
16 osi
15 30
4 osi 16 osi 4 osi
10 20
5
0 10
700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500
0
Furnace Temperature (°F) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110
Excess Air
Typical CO vs XSA
1000°F Furnace Temperature
300
250
CO (ppm 3% O2)
200 16 osi 4 osi

150
100
50
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110
Excess Air
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American "Roller-Hearth" 4465 Burner
CLEARANCE DIMENSIONS inches
4465 "LONG" MODEL
¾ NPT Air Inlet (-0)
1 NPT Air Inlet (-1)
½ NPT
Gas Connection 20 O.A.L.
6¼ sq. 35⁄8 25⁄16 11½
Built-in L.O.V. 1⁄8 NPT Main

Gas Valve Air Pressure Tap
GAS
413⁄16 3½ OD
313⁄16
F.S. IGN.
21⁄8 for "H" tile,
27⁄16 for "M" tile
OBS 3⁄8 NPT

Gas Pressure Tap
3⁄8 NPT Four (4) 3⁄8 dia. mounting holes

Obs. Port 1⁄8 NPT equally spaced on 7½ BC
Downstream straddling the centerline
Air Pressure Tap
1⁄8 NPT
Body Pressure Tap
[matches main air pres- Weight: 36 lb (16.3 kg)
sure]
4465 "SHORT" MODEL ½ NPT
Gas Connection ¾ NPT Air Inlet (-0)
Built-in L.O.V. 1 NPT Air Inlet (-1)
Gas Valve
1⁄8 NPT Main 20 O.A.L.
Air Pressure Tap
10 sq.
5 typ. 35⁄8 415⁄16 9
GAS
413⁄16 3½ OD
313⁄16
F.S. IGN.
21⁄8 for "H" tile,
27⁄16 for "M" tile
OBS
3⁄8 NPT
Gas Pressure Tap
Four (4) 5⁄8 wide mounting slots
3⁄8 NPT Obs. Port 1⁄8 NPT Downstream equally spaced on 9 BC
Air Pressure Tap on the centerline
5⁄16 Rad. typ.
(4 places)
1⁄8 NPT
Body Pressure Tap
4½ typ. [matches main air pressure] Weight: 54 lb (24.5 kg)
9
Page 2
4465 SERIES SPARE PARTS
AIR FLANGE BOLTS

4465 "Long" Model LIMITING ORIFICE GAS
AND WASHERS
CARTRIDGE
(for 11½" Insertion Depth) 4-6063-01
AIR FLANGE
1⁄8" NPT MAIN
BACKPLATE AIR PRESSURE TAP
BODY AIR FLANGE
GASKET R590-7810-C
4-5371-1 GAS
TRU-SEAL 3⁄8" NPT GAS PRESSURE
TILE LOCKNUT TAP (WITH 8790-02 OBSERVA-
TION PORT INSTALLED, -0 SIZE
ONLY)
F.S. IGN.
1⁄8" PIPE PLUG
R590-7810-C
FLAME ROD IGNITER ASSEMBLY
STABILIZER ASSEMBLY (OPT) OBS 4-27130-1
GAS TUBE 4-27130-1*
8790-02
TILE RETAINING PLATE 1⁄8" NPT DOWNSTREAM 3⁄8" OBSERVATION PORT
POSITIONING #10-24 GROUND
RING AIR PRESSURE TAP SCREW LUG
4-26574-1 R590-7813-C R774-5461-C
FLAT HD. SCREWS
(4 REQ'D) PACKING INTERNAL
R773-2030-C [(2) 12" LONG SQUARE GASKET BURNER INTERNALS-TO-BODY
GASKET RING
PIECES REQ'D.] 4-26576-1 BOLTS, NUTS, AND WASHERS
4-28044-1
R540-0305
SQUARE GASKET
4-26576-1
4465 "Short" Model
(for 9" Insertion Depth)
MOUNTING BOX GAS

ADAPTER ASSEMBLY
4-27097-1
F.S. IGN.
NOTE: INCLUDES ALL OF THE ABOVE

OBS
PARTS FOR THE -0 AND -1 "LONG VER-
SION" PLUS THE EXTRA PARTS LISTED
HERE.
BOLTS: 5⁄16-18 × 1" (4 REQ'D) R066-2640-C

WASHERS: 5⁄16" SÆ (4 REQ'D) R970-7255-C

Part Name 4465-0 4465-1 Part Name 4465-0 4465-1
Body and Tile Assembly Burner Internals (continued)
"M" Model 4-27093-1 4-27093-1 ¼" Slotted Pipe Plug (opt.)* R590-7825-C R590-7825-C
"H" Model 4-27093-2 4-27093-2 ¼" Tru-Seal Fitting (opt.)* R790-0110 R790-0110
"M" Tile only 4-28768-1 4-28768-1 Main Air Flange 4-27873-3 4-27873-2
"H" Tile only 4-28766-1 4-28766-1 Main Air Flange Bolts
Body only 4-26572-1 4-26572-1 ¼-20 × 1" (4 req'd.) R066-2350-C R066-2350-C
Tile Retaining Plate 4-26575-1 4-26575-1 Main Air Flange Bolt Washers
¼" SÆ (4 req'd.) R970-7225-C R970-7225-C
Burner Internals Assembly Burner Internals-to-Body
With Flame Rod 4-27092-1 4-27092-2 Bolts: 5⁄16-18 × 1½" (4 req'd.) R066-2670-C R066-2670-C
Without Flame Rod 4-27872-1 4-27872-2 Nuts: 5⁄16-18 NC (4 req'd.) R510-2219-C R510-2219-C
Backplate 4-26571-1 4-28357-1 Washers: 5⁄16" SÆ (8 req'd.) R970-7255-C R970-7255-C
Gas Tube Assembly 4-27129-1 4-27129-2
Gas Tube 4-27090-1 4-27090-1
* ¼" Slotted Pipe Plug (R590-7820-C) and ¼" Tru-Seal Fitting (R790-0110)
Tru-Seal Fitting R790-0120 R790-0120
furnished if Flame Rod ("R" version) not ordered.
Stabilizer 4-27843-1 4-28358-1
Flame Rod Assembly (opt.)* 4-27130-1 4-27130-1 NOTE: If UV flame supervision is desired, a special UV adapter is required
(PN 4-27091-1) and must be ordered separately.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American
"Roller-Hearth" Burner
4465 "Roller-Hearth" Burner
• Exceptional temperature uniformity
• Lox NOx
• Range of velocities for maximum performance

Product Overview | 4465 Burner
The 4465 is a small, nozzle-mix, medium or high velocity, gas GENERAL OPERATION and CONTROL
burner with a great deal of flexibility for use in many applications.
Increased temperature unformity and decreased fuel usage are Two Sizes:
attained through the use of high velocity instead of excess air — 70,000 and 130,000 Btu/h HHV, at 16 osig air pressure.
firing.
— Combustion Air: 24 osig maximum air pressure.
The 4465's low capacity rating is ideal for most roller hearth kilns.
Its 11½" tile length is perfect for the typical 12" linings for these — Fuel: Natural gas. Contact Fives North American Combustion,
kilns. An optional "short" model is available with a mounting Inc. for LP-Gas and alternate fuel applications.
adapter for 9" thick kiln walls. The 6¼" square mounting plate
allows it to fit most furnaces, even when multiple hearths are used. — Flame Supervision: Flame rod or UV detector. Consult
The small diameter of the self-supporting tile makes it ideal for National Safety Standards and insurance underwriters for
retrofitting old furnaces. specific requirements for flame supervision.
Two burner tile configurations per size make it equally adaptable — Ignition: Direct spark (no pilot) w/6000 V (minimum) trans-
to narrow or wide kilns. This allows selection of the optimum formers. A halfwave transformer will prevent UV sensing of
velocity for the application, without having to use a larger spark during trial for ignition.
burner and de-rate it. The optimized velocity provides improved
— Control: Applicable with all control systems -- StepFire™, on-
recirculation of kiln gases, which increases product uniformity
ratio, and thermal turndown. NOTE: A built-in limiting orifice
and reduces thermal stress on the rollers. valve is included for fuel adjustment.
Although the 4465 burner line was designed primarily for roller- — Relight: 4465 burners require spark re-ignition since they will
hearth kilns, it can also be used on other types of kilns and not relight off a hot tile or furnace. A trip delay device is
furnaces. recommended on automatic shutoff valves to avoid the need
to relight after a momentary power interruption.
FEATURES
— Two tile exit areas: for narrow or wide kiln applications

— Rated for up to 2900°F operation 4465 Burners are available
with either "H" (high) or "M"
— Flame rod or UV flame supervision capability (medium) velocity round tiles.
High velocity tiles are used on
— Wide operating flexibility to suit modulating, themal wide kilns; medium velocity
turndown, and StepFire™ (pulsed) control systems tiles on narrow kilns.

— Tile material: self-supporting alumina/mullite
— Built-in limiting orifice gas valve
— Insertion lengths available for 9" or 12" wall thicknesses
4465 Performance Data
Burner Size -0 -1
Air Flow, not burning at 16 osig (scfh) 775 1450
Air Flow, Stoic at 16 osig (scfh)* 700 1300
Max. % XSA (ignition and flame rod/UV limit) 500 500
Max. % XSF (ignition and flame rod/UV limit) 30 30
Flame Length (in.), Stoic at 16 osig air 8 12
Flame Diameter (in.), Stoic at 16 osig air 2 3
Gas Pressure (osig), Stoic at 16 osig air 9.0 9.0
Bulletin 4465
* Nominal capacities. Actual capacities may vary based on burner tile selection. Page 2
Ordering Information | 4465 Burner
Bulletin 4465
Page 3
CONSTRUCTION and PIPING ROUND TILE EXIT AREA
The body and backplate are nickel-plated heat-resistant cast iron, and
the gas tube and stabilizer are stainless steel. The burner tile can be "H" = high velocity (0.933 sq. in. exit area) —for high penetration
replaced in the field without mortar or cement. The igniter and flame and maximum "drive" in widekilns and furnaces.
rod (when supplied) are "straight-through" igniter type and do not have "M" = medium velocity (2.405 sq. in. exit area) —for medium
to be indexed. They can also be replaced in the field without disassem-
penetration with effective entrainment in narrow kilns and furnaces.
bling the burner--provided proper alignment of the mounting holes in
the backplate and the access holes in the stabilizer is maintained.
The 4465 body can be positioned in any orientation so that the air
connection can be piped as desired. The backplate, with the gas inlet
connection, can also be rotated independently in 90° increments with
respect to the air inlet.
4465 - - A R
Capacities (scfh)
Air pipe size 16 osi air Burner Model Fixed Insertion
Length Depth
-0 = ¾" 700
-1 = 1" 1300 S = Short 9"
L = Long 11½"
Flame Supervision Requirement

Tile Material R = Flame Rod Supervision (flame rod
A = Alumina/Mullite included in burner assembly)
U = Unused or U.V. Supervision
(Detector and adapter [PN 4-27091-1]
Tile Exit Shape must be ordered separately)
R = Round
Tile Exit Size
H = High Velocity Tile (0.933 in.2 exit area)
M = Medium Velocity Tile (2.405 in.2 exit area)
Examples:
A. 4465-1-ARM/RL = 1" 4465 Gas Burner complete with an Alumina/Mullite Round Medium Velocity Tile, with a Flame Rod and a Fixe Insertion Depth of 11½".
B. 4465-0-ARH/US = ¾" 4465 Gas Burner complete with an Alumina/Mullite Round High Velocity Tile, and a Fixed Insertion Depth of 9".
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American
4472 Hot Air ATP™
These Low NOx ATP Burners are firing a

new hot strip mill reheat furnace.
Adaptive Thermal Profile Low NOx Burners for High Temperature

Applications
• For reheat furnaces, process heaters, aluminum melters, • For preheated air applications
etc. from 1800°F to 2600°F.
• Controlled flame shape
• Operation quiet
Product Overview | 4472 ATP™ Burner
For preheated air applications, 4472 Burners have refractory If flame supervision is used, pilot must be of the interrupted type.
lined bodies and backplates. Internal parts include a refractory UV flame detection is recommended (using an 883—-D adapter).
stabilizer and an investment cast A330SST nozzle. For cold are It is possible for a UV scanner mounted on this burner to sight
applications, refer to Bulletin 4482. flame(s) of other burners in the same firing chamber. Consult
North American for configuration guidance on multiple burner
Burners use gas pressure to create a flame shape and heat applications.
pattern that is most advantageous for the furnace contour and
application. A controlled flame shape is desirable in almost any
LOW NOx
application--it is essential in many to realize optimum furnace
performance. The 4472 ATP Burner is an inherently Low NOx burner. In
conjunction with other NOx reducing features, it is capable of
4472 ATP Burners are used with combustion air temperatures meeting emission limitations for new or retrofit applications in
ranging from ambient to 1200°F, on a wide variety of furnaces environmentally sensitive installations. Contact North American
operating up to 2600°F. Adaptive profiling principles enable these for specific applications.
burners to vary flame configuration from approximately 750 000
Btu/h HHV per foot of length to 1 700 000 Btu/h HHV per foot. BURNER TILE CONSTRUCTION
User can manually select optimum flame shape with the flame 4472 Burners do not include a tile. Tunnel shapes and
adjustment, which is an integral part of the gas connection. recommended installation shown on Dimensions & Installation
4472.
OPERATION
Burners are designed for 10"w.c. maximum recommended air OTHER FUELS
pressure. Operation is quiet and the burner is stable over a wide
For other gaseous fuels and oils, contact North American.
range of air/gas ratios ranging from 30% fuel rich to 1000%
excess air at 10"w.c.
Stoichiometric turndown is 10:1 with 10"w.c. main air pressure

(thermal turndown is extended to 15:1). Adaptive Thermal Profiling (ATP) distributes the heat where it’s
needed...
Standard design is for 8 psig gas at the burner. To optimize 2 to 34 million Btu/h HHV with hot air
performance, the temperature of preheated air should be
(3 to 55 million Btu/h HHV with cold air)
considered when ordering. See back side for operating
temperatures and ordering information.
Refractory Main Air
Flame
A constant gas jet at 8 psi and 5% of maximum capacity Stabilizer
Gas
maintains flame definition as input is reduced. Inlet
A low fire start is required at 1"w.c. or less main air pressure. 

Burners are designed to be mounted no more than 15° from  Jet
 Gas

horizontal. Contact Fives North American Combustion, Inc. if your S L
application requires a greater angle. 
CONTROL Manual Flame

investment Cast Refractory Liner Length Adjustment
Mass flow control is recommended. Standard 4472 ATPTM Burners A330SST Nozzle
have a single gas connection with internal tangential/forward gas
adjustment for flame shaping.  Tangential gas--Increasing tangential gas flow (with flame
adjustment screw S) shortens flame.
Main and center jet gas should be supplied to the burner at the  Forward gas--Increasing forward gas flow (with flame adjustment
screw L) lengthens flame.
same time. See flow control schematic.
 Jet gas--used to maintain flame definition as input is reduced.
PILOT and FLAME SUPERVISION
Burners are ignited with a gas-boosted pilot. Pilot air pressure
must be at least 10"w.c., and pilot regulator must be cross-
connected to the pilot air line (see Sheet 4014). See Dimensions & Bulletin 4472
Installation 4472 for pilot size. Page 2
Capacity | 4472 ATP™ Burner
RANGE OF FLAME LENGTHS and DIAMETERS COMBUSTION AIR CAPACITIES, scfh

(2000°F Furnace) in feet with 8 psig gas 1000°F at 10"w.c. P long flame mode
Air/gas ratio set for 10% excess air. Capacities are reduced up to 10% in short flame mode.
SHORT FLAME LONG FLAME Burner air pressure
(10% reduced capacity) (full capacity) FLAME DIA.
Burner air pressure air pressure (full capacity) designation 0.1"w.c.* 6"w.c. 10"w.c.†
long or short
designation 6"w.c. 10"w.c. 6"w.c. 10"w.c. 4472-8 2 470 19 200 24 700
4472-8 3½ 6 8 15 2.5 4472-9 4 350 33 600 43 500
4472-9 5 8 10 15 2.5 4472-10-A 5 410 42 000 54 200
4472-10-A 6 8 12 16 3 4472-10-B 6 870 53 300 68 700
4472-10-B 7 9 15 18 3 4472-12 9 730 75 400 97 300
4472-12 7 9 16 20 3 4472-14 12 200 94 300 121 600
4472-14 9 12 18 24 3.5 4472-16 15 800 124 700 160 500
4472-16 11 14 24 30 3.5 4472-18 20 100 158 700 204 900
4472-18 14 18 28 34 4 4472-20 25 500 197 000 254 800
4472-20 18 22 32 40 4 4472-22 31 000 219 500 309 500
4472-22 20 25 36 45 4.5 4472-24 37 100 286 400 369 700
4472-24 23 28 45 50 5 *min. air rate †max. recommended press.
TYPICAL SINGLE BURNER ATP FLOW CONTROL SCHEMATIC
Combustion
Air 
P Air Control Valve
Transmitter
8000 Series Flow

Electronic Control
Ratio Controller

P
Transmitter
Natural Gas
from Fuel Train
Gas Control Valve
Operating Temperatures
Combustion Air Burner Extension Jet Gas L S
(temp. F) Number
60 - 300°F /T100 Manual Flame
300 - 600°F /T300 Length Adjustments
Pilot Air 4014 Gas Boosted Pilot
600 - 900°F /T600 L - long flame (forward gas) (See Sheet 4014 and
900 - 1200°F /T900 S - short flame (tangential gas) Dims. & Installation
Pilot 4472
If you are operating with combustion air temperatures near Gas for pilot sizes.)
the maximum of a temperature range, please select the next
higher range.
Bulletin 4472
Page 3
Burner Adjustments | 4472 ATP™ Burner
Bulletin 4472
Page 4
BURNER ADJUSTMENTS
1. The flame length adjusters are located on the side of the high fire gas flow cannot be reached, open the (S) and
gas inlet connection. Initially set both the short (S) and (L) flame length adjustment screws equally until the
the long (L) flame adjustment screws equally open. (Fully proper gas flow is obtained. Correct air/fuel ratio as
close both adjusters by turning them clockwise, then required.
open 2 turns.)
5. Drive the system to low fire. Set air/fuel ratio. If used,
2. Establish pilot flame. See Sheet 4014 for instructions. adjust jet gas valve to improve the low fire flame definition.
3. Establish main flame. If main flame cannot be established, 6. Drive the system to high fire and verify flame length and
open (S) and (L) flame adjustment screws equally until a flame air/fuel ratio.
is established.
4. With an established flame, drive the system to high fire.

Set air/fuel ratio. Using the (S) and (L) flame adjustment
screws, make the desired flame length adjustments. If
To order, specify: 4472-(code for pipe size)-(A, if applicable)/(TX00 model) Burner Complete (specify Arrangement Designators--
see Dimensions & Installation 4472).
Examples: 4472-10-A/T600 10" Burner Complete, 600-900°F, with arrangement 3a1
4472-12/T100 12" Burner Complete, 60-300°F, with arrangement 1c3
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Hot Air ATP™ Adaptive Thermal Profile
Low NOx Burners
for High Temperature Applications 
DIMENSIONS
inches
Burner
4472-8 6 2½ ¾ 16 ¾ — — — — —
7⁄8 8 22½ 9½ 11 24½ 26¼ 51⁄8
4472-9 8 2½ ¾ 16 ¾ — — — — —
7⁄8 8 22½ 11¾ 13½ 24½ 26¼ 51⁄8
4472-10-A 10 2½ ¾ 20 ¾ — — — — —
1 12 15 14¼ 16 26½ 28¼ 51⁄8
4472-10-B 10 2½ ¾ 20 ¾ — — — — —
1 12 15 14¼ 16 26½ 28¼ 51⁄8
4472-12 12 2½ ¾ 20 ¾ — — — — —
1 12 15 17 19 28½ 30¼ 51⁄8
4472-14 137⁄8 2½ ¾ 20 7⁄8 — — — — —
11⁄8 12 15 18¾ 21 30½ 32¼ 51⁄8
4472-16 157⁄8 2½ ¾ 24 7⁄8 — — — — —
11⁄8 16 11¼ 21¼ 23½ 32½ 34¼ 51⁄8
4472-18 177⁄8 4 1 24 7⁄8 ¾ 8 22½ 7½ 9 1¼ 16 11¼ 22¾ 25 36½ 38¼ 711⁄16
4472-20 197⁄8 4 1 24 7⁄8 ¾ 8 22½ 7½ 9 1¼ 20 9 25 27½ 38½ 40¼ 711⁄16
4472-22 217⁄8 4 1 24 7⁄8 ¾ 8 22½ 7½ 9 1¼ 20 9 26 29½ 40½ 42¼ 711⁄16
4472-24 237⁄8 4 1 24 7⁄8 ¾ 8 22½ 7½ 9 13⁄8 20 9 29½ 32 42½ 44¼ 711⁄16
Burner Pilot assembly

designation V W° X Y Z AA BB CC DD EE FF GG designation
4472-8 13½ 11¼ 16 12¾ 73⁄8 381⁄8 23⁄16 1¼ 14 20 635⁄8 11 4014-1-T
4472-9 13½ 11¼ 16 12¾ 73⁄8 381⁄8 23⁄16 1¼ 14 20 635⁄8 11 4014-1-T
4472-10-A 14½ 9 18 143⁄8 73⁄8 41¾ 2¾ 1½ 16 22 707⁄8 13 4014-2-T
4472-10-B 14½ 9 18 143⁄8 73⁄8 41¾ 2¾ 1½ 16 22 707⁄8 13 4014-2-T
4472-12 15½ 9 20½ 157⁄8 73⁄8 45¾ 27⁄8 2 18 24 791⁄8 14 4014-3-AT
4472-14 16½ 9 21½ 167/8 73⁄8 47¾ 27⁄8 2 20 26 827⁄8 16 4014-3-AT
4472-16 17½ 7½ 22 17½ 73⁄8 487⁄8 27⁄8 2 22 28 85 18 4014-3-AT
4472-18 19½ 7½ 22½ 195⁄8 8¼ 523⁄8 27⁄8 2 26 32 92¾ 21 4014-3-BT
4472-20 21½ 7½ 23½ 20½ 8¼ 54¼ 27⁄8 2 28 34 93½ 22 4014-3-BT
4472-22 22½ 7½ 24½ 223⁄8 8¼ 571⁄8 27⁄8 2 30 36 99¼ 24 4014-3-BT
4472-24 23½ 7½ 25½ 23½ 8¼ 59¼ 27⁄8 2 32 38 103½ 26 4014-3-BT
 Furnace opening should be ½" larger than dimension EE for -8 thru -14; ¾" larger than dimension EE for -16 thru -24.
 Any tile length greater than GG × 1.2 should have a 30° angled flare from the standard tile extension.
 Burner must be ordered with pilot, gas, and flame detector locations designated. See reverse side.
Page 2
Arrangement Designators are specified relative to the main

air connection at 12 o'clock and should be listed for pilot, gas,
and flame detector in that order. Good practice dictates that
neither the pilot nor the flame supervision device be on the
bottom of the burner.
Burners are designed to be mounted no more than 15° from horizontal. Contact your North American Sales Engineer if your application requires a greater angle.
ATP BURNER TILE INSTALLATION RECOMMENDATIONS FOR HARD REFRACTORY LINED FURNACES
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Dims & Instal 4472 05/01
 Two wraps of ½" soft fiberglass rope (Davlyn #100801 or equivalent) suitable for 1000 F service. North American can supply as part no. R540-0365.
Specify length when ordering.
 Expansion joints must be provided in surrounding refractory to prevent pressure being exerted on cast or rammed burner tunnel section.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American
4482 ATP™ Burners
These Low NOx ATP Burners are firing a

new hot strip mill reheat furnace.
Adaptive Thermal Profile Low NOx Burners for High

Temperature Applications
• For reheat furnaces, process heaters, aluminum melters, etc. from 1800°F to 2600°F.
• Controlled flame shape

Product Overview | 4482 ATP™ Burner
ATP Burner bodies and backplates are fabricated of heavy If flame supervision is used, pilot must be of the interrupted
gauge welded steel. Internal parts include a front refractory ring, type. UV flame detection is recommended (using an 883—-D
refractory stabilizer, and an investment cast A330SST nozzle. adapter). It is possible for a UV scanner mounted on this burner
to sight flame(s) of other burners in the same firing chamber.
Burners use gas pressure to create a flame shape and heat Consult North American for configuration guidance on multiple
pattern that is most advantageous for the furnace contour and burner applications.
application. A controlled flame shape is desirable in almost any
application--it is essential in many to realize optimum furnace LOW NOx
performance.
The 4482 ATP Burner is an inherently Low NOx burner. In
conjunction with other NOx reducing features, it is capable of
4482 ATP Burners are used with ambient temperature
meeting emission limitations for new or retrofit applications in
combustion air on a wide variety of furnaces operating up to
environmentally sensitive installations. Contact North American
2600°F. For preheated air applications, refer to Bulletin 4472.
for specific applications.
Adaptive profiling principles enable these burners to vary flame
configuration from approximately 750 000 Btu/h HHV per foot of
BURNER TILE CONSTRUCTION
length to 1,700,000 Btu/h HHV per foot. User can manually select
optimum flame shape with the flame adjustment, which is an 4482 Burners do not include a tile. Tunnel shape and
integral part of the gas connection. recommended installation is shown on Dimensions & Installation
4482.
OPERATION
OTHER FUELS
Burners are designed for 10"w.c. maximum recommended air
pressure. Operation is quiet and the burner is stable over a wide For other gaseous fuels and oils, contact North American.
range of air/gas ratios ranging from 30% fuel rich to 1000%
excess air at 10"w.c.
Adaptive Thermal Profiling (ATP) distributes the heat where it's
Stoichiometric turndown is 10:1 with 10"w.c. main air pressure needed...3 to 55 million Btu/h HHV.
(thermal turndown is extended to 15:1).
Refractory Main Air
Standard design is for 8 psig gas at the burner. Flame
Stablilizer
Gas
Inlet
A constant gas jet at 8 psi and 5% of maximum capacity
maintains flame definition as input is reduced. 
A low fire start is required at 1"w.c. or less main air pressure.  Jet
 Gas
 S L
Burners are designed to be mounted no more than 15° from 
horizontal. Contact Fives North American Combustion, Inc. if your
application requires a greater angle. Manual Flame
investment Cast Refractory Ring Length Adjustment
A330SST Nozzle
CONTROL
Mass flow control is recommended. Standard 4482 ATPTM Burners  Tangential gas--Increasing tangential gas flow (with flame
have a single gas connection with internal tangential/forward gas adjustment screw S) shortens flame.
adjustment for flame shaping.  Forward gas--Increasing forward gas flow (with flame adjustment
screw L) lengthens flame.
Main and center jet gas should be supplied to the burner at the
same time. See flow control schematic.
 Jet gas--used to maintain flame definition as input is reduced.
PILOT and FLAME SUPERVISION

Burners are ignited with a gas-boosted pilot. Pilot air pressure
must be at least 10"wc, and pilot regulator must be cross-
connected to the pilot air line (see Sheet 4014).
Bulletin 4482
Page 2
Capacity | 4482 ATP™ Burner
RANGE OF FLAME LENGTHS and DIAMETERS COMBUSTION AIR CAPACITIES, scfh

(2000°F Furnace) in feet with 8 psig gas long flame mode
Air/gas ratio set for 10% excess air. Capacities are reduced up to 10% in short flame mode.
SHORT FLAME LONG FLAME FLAME DIA.
(10% reduced capacity) (full capacity) (full capacity) Burner air pressure
Burner air pressure air pressure long or short designation 0.1"w.c.* 6"w.c. 10"w.c.†
designation 6"w.c. 10"w.c. 6"w.c. 10"w.c. 4482-8 4 070 31 500 40 700
4482-8 3½ 6 8 15 2.5 4482-9 7 150 55 300 71 500
4482-9 5 8 10 15 2.5 4482-10-A 8 900 69 100 89 200
4482-10-A 6 8 12 16 3 4482-10-B 11 300 87 700 113 000
4482-10-B 7 9 15 18 3 4482-12 16 000 124 000 160 000
4482-12 7 9 16 20 3 4482-14 20 000 155 000 200 000
4482-14 9 12 18 24 3.5
4482-16 26 000 205 000 264 000
4482-16 11 14 24 30 3.5 4482-18 33 000 261 000 337 000
4482-18 14 18 28 34 4 4482-20 42 000 324 000 419 000
4482-20 18 22 32 40 4 4482-22 51 000 361 000 509 000
4482-22 20 25 36 45 4.5 4482-24 61 000 471 000 608 000
4482-24 23 28 45 50 5 *min. air rate †max. recommended press.
TYPICAL SINGLE BURNER ATP FLOW CONTROL SCHEMATIC
Combustion
Air 
P Air Control Valve
Transmitter
8000 Series Flow

Electronic Control
Ratio Controller

P
Transmitter
Natural Gas
from Fuel Train Gas Control Valve
Jet Gas L S
Manual Flame
Length Adjustments
Pilot Air 4014 Gas Boosted Pilot
L - long flame (forward gas) (See Sheet 4014 and
S - short flame (tangential gas) Dims. & Installation 4482
Pilot
for pilot sizes.)
Gas
Bulletin 4482
Page 2
Burner Adjustments| 4482 ATP™ Burner
Bulletin 4482
Page 4
BURNER ADJUSTMENTS
1. The flame length adjusters are located on the side of 4. With an established flame, drive the system to high fire.
the gas inlet connection. Initially set both the short (S) Set air/fuel ratio. Using the (S) and (L) flame adjustment
and the long (L) flame adjustment screws equally open. screws, make the desired flame length adjustments. If
(Fully close both adjusters by turning them clockwise, high fire gas flow cannot be reached, open the (S) and
then open 2 turns.) (L) flame length adjustment screws equally until the
proper gas flow is obtained. Correct air/fuel ratio as
2. Establish pilot flame. See Sheet 4014 for instructions. required.
3. Establish main flame. If main flame cannot be established, 5. Drive the system to low fire. Set air/fuel ratio. If used,
open (S) and (L) flame adjustment screws equally until a flame adjust jet gas valve to improve the low fire flame definition.
is established.
6. Drive the system to high fire and verify flame length and
air/fuel ratio.
To order, specify: 4482-(code for pipe size)-(A, if applicable) Burner Complete (specify Arrangement Designators--
see Dimensions & Installation 4482).
Examples: 4482-10-A 10" Burner Complete with arrangement 3a1
4482-12 12" Burner Complete with arrangement 1c3
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American ATP™ Adaptive
Thermal Profile 
Low NOx Burners for

High Temperature Applications
DIMENSIONS
inches
Burner
4482-8 6 2½ ¾ 16 ¾ — — — — —
7⁄8 8 22½ 9½ 11 24½ 26¼ 51⁄8
4482-9 8 2½ ¾ 16 ¾ — — — — —
7⁄8 8 22½ 11¾ 13½ 24½ 26¼ 51⁄8
4482-10-A 10 2½ ¾ 20 ¾ — — — — —
1 12 15 14¼ 16 26½ 28¼ 51⁄8
4482-10-B 10 2½ ¾ 20 ¾ — — — — —
1 12 15 14¼ 16 26½ 28¼ 51⁄8
4482-12 12 2½ ¾ 20 ¾ — — — — —
1 12 15 17 19 28½ 30¼ 51⁄8
4482-14 137⁄8 2½ ¾ 20 7⁄8 — — — — —
11⁄8 12 15 18¾ 21 30½ 32¼ 51⁄8
4482-16 157⁄8 2½ ¾ 24 7⁄8 — — — — —
11⁄8 16 11¼ 21¼ 23½ 32½ 34¼ 51⁄8
4482-18 177⁄8 4 1 24 7⁄8 ¾ 8 22½ 7½ 9 1¼ 16 11¼ 22¾ 25 36½ 38¼ 711⁄16
4482-20 197⁄8 4 1 24 7⁄8 ¾ 8 22½ 7½ 9 1¼ 20 9 25 27½ 38½ 40¼ 711⁄16
4482-22 217⁄8 4 1 24 7⁄8 ¾ 8 22½ 7½ 9 1¼ 20 9 26 29½ 40½ 42¼ 711⁄16
4482-24 237⁄8 4 1 24 7⁄8 ¾ 8 22½ 7½ 9 13⁄8 20 9 29½ 32 42½ 44¼ 711⁄16
Burner Pilot assembly

designation V W° X Y Z AA BB CC DD EE FF GG designation
4482-8 13½ 11¼ 16 12¾ 73⁄8 381⁄8 23⁄16 1¼ 14 20 635⁄8 11 4014-1-T
4482-9 13½ 11¼ 16 12¾ 73⁄8 381⁄8 23⁄16 1¼ 14 20 635⁄8 11 4014-1-T
4482-10-A 14½ 9 18 143⁄8 73⁄8 41¾ 2¾ 1½ 16 22 707⁄8 13 4014-2-T
4482-10-B 14½ 9 18 143⁄8 73⁄8 41¾ 2¾ 1½ 16 22 707⁄8 13 4014-2-T
4482-12 15½ 9 20½ 157⁄8 73⁄8 45¾ 27⁄8 2 18 24 791⁄8 14 4014-3-AT
4482-14 16½ 9 21½ 167⁄8 73⁄8 47¾ 27⁄8 2 20 26 827⁄8 16 4014-3-AT
4482-16 17½ 7½ 22 17½ 73⁄8 487⁄8 27⁄8 2 22 28 85 18 4014-3-AT
4482-18 19½ 7½ 22½ 195⁄8 8¼ 523⁄8 27⁄8 2 26 32 92¾ 21 4014-3-BT
4482-20 21½ 7½ 23½ 20½ 8¼ 54¼ 27⁄8 2 28 34 93½ 22 4014-3-BT
4482-22 22½ 7½ 24½ 223⁄8 8¼ 571⁄8 27⁄8 2 30 36 99¼ 24 4014-3-BT
4482-24 23½ 7½ 25½ 23½ 8¼ 59¼ 27⁄8 2 32 38 103½ 26 4014-3-BT
 Any tile length greater than GG x 1.2 should have a 30° angled flare from the standard tile extension.
 Burner must be ordered with pilot, gas, and flame detector locations designated. See reverse side.
Page 2
Arrangement Designators are specified relative to the

main air connection at 12 o'clock and should be listed
for pilot, gas, and flame detector in that order. Good
practice dictates that neither the pilot nor the flame
supervision device be on the bottom of the burner.
Burners are designed to be mounted no more than 15° from horizontal. Contact your North American Sales Engineer if your application requires a greater angle.
ATP BURNER TILE INSTALLATION RECOMMENDATIONS FOR HARD REFRACTORY LINED FURNACES
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Dims & Install 4482 05/01
 Two wraps of ½" soft fiberglass rope (Davlyn #100801 or equivalent) suitable for 1000 F service. North American can supply as part no. R540-0365.
Specify length when ordering.
 Expansion joints must be provided in surrounding refractory to prevent pressure being exerted on cast or rammed burner tunnel section.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 4485 Tempest® SE
Medium/High Velocity Gas Burner
Low NOx gas burner, durable construction and flexible design

to fit a variety of applications.
• NPT or BSP air/gas inlets, adjustable in 90° increments • Flame rod or UV flame detection
• 500,000 to 1,500,000 Btu/h HHV • Direct spark ignition
• Multiple tile options for medium and high velocity

Product Overview | Tempest® SE
Built with the quality people have trusted for 100 years. North TYPES OF APPLICATIONS
American, the inventors of the original Tempest high velocity/high
excess air burners, presents the 4485 Tempest® SE. — Periodic kilns
— Tunnel kilns
The 4485 Tempest® SE is a direct fire, nozzle-mix burner that
provides an alternative to the original North American Tempest — Forge furnaces
burner line. It features good temperature uniformity, product — Heat treat furnaces
quality, and system efficiency through a medium or high velocity — Galvanizing baths
stream of hot gases. — Scrap preheaters
— Cupolas
The 4485 Tempest® SE is available in 4 sizes, with a medium or
— Pipe coaters
high velocity tile, with capacities ranging from 500,000 Btu/h
HHV (132 kW, LHV) to 1,500,000 Btu/h HHV (396 kW, LHV). — Portable refractory dry out
— Tempering furnaces
THE HIGH VELOCITY FLAME YOU EXPECT FROM — Reheating furnaces
TEMPESTS — Hardening furnaces
— Fluidized bed dryers
Good Control Flexibility
The Tempest® SE gives you the choice of pulse firing, excess air, — Thermal oxidizers
or near stoichiometric ratio control. — Nonferrous melting
— Ladle/tundish, glass lehrs
Wide Turndown Range
The Tempest® SE uses high excess air or pulse firing to achieve a
wide turndown range while still providing the efficiency benefits PERFORMANCE BENEFITS
of high velocity.
Direct Spark
The Tempest® SE delivers the ability to light anywhere through a
spark ignition system. — Integral air and gas metering orifices
The Tempest® SE features standard pre-engineered components — Four tile types, two velocity options
to meet many common requirements. With the Tempest® SE you
choose the capacity range, tile type, fuel type, thread type and
flame sensing components to fit your needs.
If you need a burner size outside the 4485 Tempest® SE range

or you need an advanced or custom feature, North American has
many other high and medium velocity Tempest® and HiRAM®
models to choose from (see page 9).
Bulletin 4485
page 2
Performance Data | Tempest® SE
— Combustion Air Requirement: 16-17.5"w.c. (4.0-4.4 kPa) at — Control: Good performance with on-ratio, on/off and
maximum input, maximum preheat 400°F (204°C) thermal turndown systems. 15% excess air is the
recommended rich limit of operation. To achieve the
— Fuel: Natural Gas, Propane, Butane. minimum excess air ratio with cross-connected regulator
systems, use a low pressure drop limiting orifice valve
— Flame Supervision: UV detector or Flame rod in between the ratio regulator and the burner.
specially configured models. Flame rods can be used
up to 2200°F (1204°C) operating temperature. UV — Piping: For cross-connected systems, maximum gas
detectors can be used to maximum operating temperature. pressure at the burner can be adversely impacted
Consult National Safety Standards andinsurance underwriters by excessive pressure drop in the gas line between
for specific flame supervision requirements. the ratio regulator and the burner. The design, selection,
and installation of these systems must take into account the
— Ignition: Direct spark (no pilot) with 6000 V transformer. Full- gas pressure required at the burner to achieve the desired
wave spark transformer required, one per burner. 4485 heat release (i.e. gas flow). An 1122 butterfly valve can be
burners require spark for reignition. They will not relight from used in place of an 1807 limiting orifice valve to minimize
a hot tile or furnace. pressure drop downstream of the ratio regulator.
High Fire with Natural Gas (1020 Btu/scf) @ 15% Excess Air at Maximum Input
Burner Size -5-A -5-B -6-A -6-B

Maximum Input, Btu/h (kW) 500,000 (132) 750,000 (198) 1,000,000 (264) 1,500,000 (396)
Minimum Input On-Ratio, Btu/h (kW) 50,000 (13) 75,000 (20) 100,000 (26) 150,000 (40)
Minimum Input Fixed Air, Btu/h (kW) 10,000 (3) 15,000 (4) 20,000 (5) 30,000 (8)
Air Flow scfh (Nm3/h) 5,750 (154) 8,625 (231) 11,500 (308) 17,250 (461)
Air Meter dp UA-DA "w.c. (mbar) 5.1 (12.7) 6.1 (15.2) 5.9 (14.7) 6.2 (15.4)
Natural Gas Flow scfh (Nm3/h) 490 (13.1) 735 (19.7) 980 (26.2) 1470 (39.4)
Natural Gas dp UG-DG "w.c. (mbar) 5.0 (12.4) 5.8 (14.4) 3.5 (8.7) 4.2 (10.5)
Maximum % XSA at Maximum Input 50 50 50 50
Maximum % XSA at Minimum Input 7,500 7,500 7,500 7,500
High Velocity Tile @ 15% Excess Air at Maximum Input with Natural Gas
Air Inlet Pressure Required UA "w.c. (mbar) 16.7 (41.0) 16.0 (39.8) 16.5 (41.0) 17.5 (44.0)
Gas Inlet Pressure Required UG "w.c. (mbar) 16.2 (40.3) 13.8 (34.4) 12.5 (31.0) 14.5 (36.0)
Flame Length, inches (mm) 25 (635) 28 (711) 33 (835) 38 (965)
Approximate Flame Velocity, f/s (m/s) 540 (165) 480 (146) 630 (192) 680 (207)
Medium Velocity Tile @ 15% Excess Air at Maximum Input with Natural Gas
Air Inlet Pressure Required UA "w.c. (mbar) 9.9 (24.6) 9.0 (22.4) 9.0 (22.4) 9.5 (23.6)
Gas Inlet Pressure Required UG "w.c. (mbar) 8.9 (22.1) 7.2 (17.9) 5.5 (16.7) 7.0 (17.4)
Flame Length, inches (mm) 28 (711) 28 (711) 38 (965) 43 (1092)
Approximate Flame Velocity, f/s (m/s) 320 (98) 250 (76) 310 (95) 350 (107)
Imperial inputs based upon gross calorific values (HHV). All metric inputs based on net calorific values (LHV).
Velocity noted references high velocity tile option
The listed air pressure is the maximum recommended for stable operation.
Excess fuel operation is not recommended for 4485 burners. Bulletin 4485
page 3
Dimension and Specification | Tempest® SE
BURNER HOUSING
DIMENSIONS, inches (mm)
G NPT or BSPT H NPT or BSPT

Air Inlet Fuel Inlet D E
UA
DA
B
UG
DG C
ØJ
½" NPT Flame

Spark Plug Rod or UV Scanner
M14 Adapter
4x ØK
on ØL B.C. F
A
Pressure Taps
UA - Upstream Air
DA - Downstream Air
UG - Upstream Gas
DG - Downstream Gas
5-A/5-B Burner weight less tile: 28 lbs. (12.7 Kg)

6-A/6-B Burner weight less tile: 39 lbs. (17.7 Kg)
dimensions in inches (mm) or NPT (BSPT)

Part Number A B C D E F G H J K L
4485-5-A 8.4 (214) 5.1 (129) 3.1 (78) 3.7 (93) 3.4 (87) 0.4 (9) 2½ 1 7.5 (190) 0.5 (12) 6.5 (165)
4485-5-B 8.4 (214) 5.1 (129) 3.1 (78) 3.7 (93) 3.4 (87) 0.4 (9) 2½ 1 7.5 (190) 0.5 (12) 6.5 (165)
4485-6-A 9.5 (240) 5.5 (140) 3.2 (81) 4.1 (105) 3.6 (92) 0.4 (10) 3 1½ 8.7 (220) 0.5 (12) 7.5 (190)
4485-6-B 9.5 (240) 5.5 (140) 3.2 (81) 4.1 (105) 3.6 (92) 0.4 (10) 3 1½ 8.7 (220) 0.5 (12) 7.5 (190)
Dimensions are nominal. Please obtain certified prints from Fives North American Combustion, Inc. if space limitations or other
considerations make dimension(s) critical.
Bulletin 4485
page 4
Tiles | Tempest® SE
5-A/5-B DIMENSIONS, inches (mm)
6.5
(165)
310 Alloy Tile:

ØA
Ø 4.5 5-A/5-B weight: 2.7 lb (1.2 kg)
(114)
Maximum chamber temp: 1750°F (950°C)
4X 0.5
9.0 (12)
(230)
0.4 (10.2) 6.5

(165)
Silicon Carbide Tile:

ØB Ø 4.7 5-A/5-B weight: 5 lb (2.3 kg)
(120)
4X 0.5
8.9 (12)
(227)
High Velocity Medium Velocity

Dimensions 5-A/5-B 5-A/5-B
1.8/2.3 2.2/3.1
ØA
(45/58) (57/78)
2.0/2.5 2.5/3.3
ØB
(51/64) (64/84)
12 SQ.
(305)
0.2 (6)
Square Refractory Tile:

8.8 10.5 5-A/5-B weight: 69 lb (31.3 kg)
(223.5) (266.8)
9
(230) 4X 0.6
(14)
0.4 (9.5) Ø 11.4

(290)
9.3 13
7.5 (236.5)
(330)
(189.8) Round Refractory Tile:
5-A/5-B weight: 54 lb (24.5 kg)
4X 0.6
(14)
9.0
(230)
Bulletin 4485
page 5
Tiles | Tempest® SE
6-A/6-B DIMENSIONS, inches (mm)
7.5
(190)
ØA
5.6 310 Alloy Tile:
(141)
6-A/6-B weight: 3.1 lb (1.4 kg)
4X 0.5
9.0 (12)
(229)
0.4 (10.2)
7.5
(190)
Silicon Carbide Tile:
5.8
6-A/6-B weight: 6 lb. (2.7 kg)
ØB (148) Maximum chamber temp: 2500°F (1371°C)
4X 0.5
8.7 (12)
(220)

Dimensions 6-A/6-B 6-A/6-B
2.3/2.6 3.2/3.7
ØA
(58/67) (80/93)
2.5/2.9 3.4/3.9
ØB
(64/74) (87/99)
12 SQ.
(305)
0.2 (6)
8.8
(223.5) 10.5
(266.8) Square Refractory Tile:
6-A/6-B weight: 62 lb (28.1 kg)
8.6
(219) 4X Ø 0.6
(14)
0.4 (9.5) Ø 13
(330)
14.5
(368)
10.8
9.0 (274.5)
(229.7) Round Refractory Tile:
6-A/6-B weight: 37 lb (30.4 kg)
4X 0.6
(14)
8.6
(219) Bulletin 4485
page 6
Tile Options | Tempest® SE
Tile materials and shapes to suit your specific needs.
“A” Tile (standard) — 310 SST alloy tile for applications up to 1750°F (954°C).
“C” Tile — Silicon carbide tile for fiber wall and most applications up to 2500°F (1371°C).
“R” Tile — Round refractory block for applications to 2800°F (1535°C). Note: Recommended only for installation in solid wall
construction furnaces/kilns.
“S” Tile — Square refractory block for applications to 2800°F (1535°C). Note: Recommended only for installation in solid wall
construction furnaces/kilns.
"BO" Burner Only — Burner without tile, for applications where the tile is formed in the furnace wall.
Ordering Information| Tempest® SE
4485 - - -
Air/Gas Connections
Blank = NPT
Fuel Type
M = BSPT
Blank = Natural gas Tile Exit Velocity
P = Propane
B = Butane H = High velocity
M = Medium velocity
Blank = Body only
Burner Size
Input Btu/h HHV (kW, LHV) Flame Supervision
Requirement
5-A = 500,000 (132)
5-B = 750,000 (198) R = Flame Rod Supervision (flame
6-A = 1,000,000 (264) rod not included in burner
6-B = 1,500,000 (396) assembly), (-5-A, -5-B & -6-A
sizes)
Tile Material
U = U.V. Supervision (Detector must
A = 310 alloy tile be ordered separately)
C = Silicon carbide
R = Round block refractory
S = Square block refractory
BO = Body only
Examples:
4485-6-A-AH-U – 1,000,000 Btu/h HHV (264 kW LHV) capacity Natural Gas burner with NPT air/gas connections, 310 alloy tile and high velocity
tile outlet, and UV flame supervision compability.
M4485P-5-B-CM-R – 750,000 Btu/h HHV (132 kW LHV) capacity Propane burner with BSPT air/gas connections, silicon carbide tile, medium veloci-
ty tile outlet,and flame rod supervision compability.
Bulletin 4485
page 7
Spare Parts List| Tempest® SE
Air Flange
Gas Orifice Air Orifice Plate
Gas Inlet Flange Plate
Tile Gasket
(Silicon Flame Rod (if equipped)
Carbide tile
only)
Test Nipple - R947-3150
Observation Port - 8790-0
Backplate
Assembly 
Body Tile
Stabilizer Tile Retaining Ring (Silicon Carbide tile only)
Part Name 5-A 5-B 6-A 6-B

Burner only (less tile) -NPT 4485-5-A-BO 4485-5-B-BO 4485-6-A-BO 4485-6-B-BO
Burner only (less tile) -BSP M4485-5-A-BO M4485-5B-BO M4485-6-A-BO M4485-6-B-BO
Body 4-55362-1 4-55362-1 4-55491-1 4-55491-1
Air inlet flange  4-55633 4-55633 4-55634 4-55634
Gas inlet flange  4-55364 4-55364 4-55493 4-55493
Stablizer, -U (U.V. only) 4-55837-1 4-55369-1 4-55498-1 4-55498-1
Stablizer, -R (flame rod compatible) 4-55523-1 4-55838-1 4-55839-1 4-55839-1
Backplate assembly  4-55659 4-55660 4-55661 4-55662
Air orifice plate 4-55522-1 4-55367-1 4-55496-1 4-55526-1
Natural gas orifice plate 4-55365-2 4-55365-1 4-55524-2 4-55524-1
Propane orifice plate 4-55365-5 4-55365-3 4-55524-4 4-55524-2
Butane orifice plate 4-55365-6 4-55365-4 4-55524-4 4-55524-3
310 SST Alloy tile (High Velocity) 4-55635-1 4-55360-1 4-55490-1 4-55520-1
310 SST Alloy Tile (Medium Velocity) 4-55360-1 4-55730-1 4-55731-1 4-55732-1
Silicon carbide tile (High Velocity) 4-55528-1 4-55373-1 4-55507-1 4-55532-1
Silicon carbide tile (Medium Velocity) 4-55373-1 4-55720-1 4-55721-1 4-55722-1
Silicon carbide tile assembly (High Velocity) 4-55663-1 4-55664-1 4-55665-1 4-55666-1
Silicon carbide tile assembly (Medium Velocity) 4-55664-1 4-55727-1 4-55728-1 4-55729-1
Round refractory block tile (High Velocity) 4-55542-1 4-55499-1 4-55640-1 4-55642-1
Round refractory block tile (Medium Velocity) 4-55499-1 4-55751-1 4-55752-1 4-55753-1
Square refractory block tile (High Velocity) 4-55530-1 4-55537-1 4-55540-1 4-55543-1
Square refractory block tile (Medium Velocity) 4-55537-1 4-55743-1 4-55744-1 4-55745-1
Body/refractocry tile gasket (for refractory blocks) 4-55917-1 4-55917-1 4-55917-2 4-55917-2
Tile retaining ring (for Silicon Carbide Tile) 4-55374-1 4-55374-1 4-55508-1 4-55508-1
Tile retaining gasket (for Silicon Carbide Tile) 4-55375-1 4-55375-1 4-55509-1 4-55509-1
Spark plug 4-55370-1
Optional Parts
Flame rod 4-55740-1 4-56465-1 N/A
Body/Furnace Mtg. Gasket (for Metal & SiC)  4-56350-1 4-56350-1 4-56350-2 4-56350-2
Tile/Furnace Mtg. Gasket (for square blocks)  4-56348-1 4-56348-1 4-56348-1 4-56348-1
Tile/Furnace Mtg. Gasket (for round blocks)  4-56349-1 4-56349-1 4-56349-2 4-56349-2
 Backplate assembly includes backplate, gas inlet flange, gas orifice plate, pressure taps and o-ring.
 Assembly includes tile, tile retaining ring and tile gasket
 Use "-1" suffix for NPT, "-2" for BSPT. Bulletin 4485
 1⁄8" compressed graphite page 8
North American High Velocity Family
If the 4485 does not suit your application, the original North 4445 TEMPEST®
American Tempest® and HiRAM® high velocity burners offer
many features the 4485 SE type burners does not. North The 4445 Tempest® is a small diameter high velocity burner that
American is still developing new models, and enhancements to can be ordered to fit in 9” to 40” thick walls. The 4445-capacity
our classic burners. range is 195K to 1.5M Btu/h HHV. They can be ordered with a
flame rod, or it can be omitted for UV flame supervision.
4441 TEMPEST®
Tile exit options including:
The 4441 Tempest® is the improved version of the innovative • Round or slotted ceramic tiles suitable for up to
4442, the original high velocity, high excess air, nozzle mix 2900°F operation
burner that revolutionized the industrial heating industry. It offers
• Round metal investment cast tiles (HT grade alloy)
many advanced features, including higher velocity, wider stable
operating range and lower NOx options. The high fire capacity • Special metal tile option with outside diamter of 3¼"
range is 0.13M to 5.4M Btu/h HHV. with a capacity upt ot 690K Btu/h HHV
Tile options include: Product Highlights:

• Slotted tiles for better temperture uniformity • Stable operation for applications that require excess air
• Threaded metal tile exits, for unique mounting options or fuel.
• Simple inexpensive cross connected control is available
• Engineered tile exits to provide higher velocities than over a wider range of operations.
4485 type burners
• Mounting plates that give the "A" style thin wall tiles
an 11" length.
• Light weight ceramic tiles that can be used in up to
3000°F applications
Product Highlights:
• Stable operation to over 40"w.c. air inlet pressure.
• Stable operation for applications that require excess
fuel.
• Simple inexpensive cross connected control is available
over a wide range of operations. 4575/6575 HIRAM®
• Tested with the DMC ultra-low NOx control system.
• All 4441's work with UV or Flame rod without The 4575/6575 HiRAM® burners are low NOx high velocity
modifying the burner. burners available in larger sizes.
Product Highlights:
• Sizes ranging from 4 to 25 million Btu/h HHV for natural
gas or propane
• Available as the dual fuel 6575 for gas or light oil
from 6 to 25 million Btu/h HVV
• Lights with direct spark or pilot (6575 pilot only)
• Available with round refractory or metal alloy tiles
4441 Tempest®. Shown with alumina/mullite slotted tile for

narrow lane firing and better temperature uniformity.
Bulletin 4485
page 9
CONTACT
fna.sales@fivesgroup.com
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | 4485 07/2020

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Fire•All™
Gas Burners
4514 Fire•All™ Gas Burner
• Gas-only burner • Chambers up to 2400°F (with alloy nose)
• Conventional forward flame pattern • Low Btu fuels (500 Btu/ft3 or higher)
• 1.5 to 26 million Btu/h HHV

4514 FIRE•ALL™ are nozzle-mix, sealed-in burners used for Tile/Installation. Burner tiles are cast refractory rated for 2800°F
many years on high temperature furnaces such as those for furnace temperature. They are replaceable in the field, except for
forging steel, melting aluminum or brass, and reheating steel the 4514-10 whose mounting must be returned to the factory for
bars or ingots...and on low temperature ovens and air heaters. tile replacement (or purchase a spare mounting plate with a tile
cast onto it).
Their construction allows maximum efficiency through close
control of air/gas ratio, furnace atmosphere, and furnace Burner tiles should be supported securely in the furnace wall by
pressure--all contributing to better product quality. a layer of castable refractory (not insulation) at least 9" thick all
around the tile, extending back to the furnace shell and securely
OPERATION anchored to it. (See Supplement DF-M1.)
Control: Normally, air primary with a cross-connected, pressure- Jacketed Tile options are available for applications where the
balance regulator. For maximum turndown, use a 7216 (biased) tile is not supported by furnace refractory. Jackets are available
Regulator, or throttle gas only. in three different metals and have maximum temperature ratings
for each. They must be protected with sufficient insulation so
To protect burner from heat damage, do not set air pressure be- as not to exceed rated temperature.The maximum temperature
low 1 osi in a 1900°F furnace, or below 2 osi at 2200°F (whether rating for jacket metals depends upon frequency of heat-up/
gas is on or off). cool-down cycles. As an example, batch annealing furnaces that
are heated and cooled every day should use the "intermittent
Gas pressure requirement: About 1 osi at the burner for natural exposure" ratings. Continuous annealing furnaces that remain at
gas on stoichiometric ratio; about 1⁄5 of the air pressure for coke the same temperature for months at a time, can use the higher
oven gas. "continuous" rating.
Lighting: See 4514 Dimension Sheet for recommended premix

pilot tips.
Flame Supervision. Flame safeguards are recommended for all Designation Jacket Metal max.temp. exposure
installations. An ultraviolet cell will monitor pilot or main flame. 4514- -LC carbon steel 700°F 700°F
For maximum safety, North American urges interrupted pilots 4514- -L4 304 stainless 1600°F 1500°F
when flame safeguards are used--pilots should be on only for 4514- -L9 309 stainless 1900°F 1800°F
a preset ignition period (usually 15 seconds), after which flame
supervision detects main fire only. Adapters for mounting flame
detection devices on 4514 Burners are tabulated on Bulletin 8832.
COMBUSTION AIR CAPACITIES scfh

approximate available
flame length excess air
stoichiometric ratio
air pressure drop across the burner in osi ratio setting
Burner
designation 0.1 1 5 6 8 12 16 24 16 osi
4514-6 1 180 3 710 8 300 9 100 10 500 12 900 14 900 18 200 41/2' 300%
4514-7 1 930 6 100 13 600 15 000 17 200 21 000 24 400 29 900 5' 650%
4514-8-A 3 350 10 600 23 700 26 000 30 000 36 700 42 400 51 900 8 450%
4514-8-B 5 550 17 600 39 200 43 000 49 600 60 500 70 000 85 700 9' 250%
4514-9 11 600 36 600 82 000 89 500 104 000 127 000 146 000 179 000 16' 700%
4514-10 17 300 54 500 122 000 135 000 154 000 189 000 218 000 267 000 19' 350%
Bulletin 4514
Page 2
Burner Nose options are available for sizes shown below and Also, when firing extra capacity, the combustion air flow velocity
can be specified in the product number. The burner nose estab- within the supply piping, and associated pressure loss, can be
lishes main combustion air flow and influences flame propaga- excessive for some burners. The -8B, -9 and -10 products when
tion. Nose material is either cast iron that is suitable for cold air operated at 1.2 or 1.3 capacity will develop high pipe velocity
applications up to 1800°F, or cast stainless alloy for preheated air based on the burner’s air connection size. As an alternative
(maximum 700°F) applications up to 2400°F. to increasing blower pressure, an oversized air inlet can be
purchased separately for these size burners. The connections
Mat'l Cap'y -6 -7 -8A -8B -9 -10 are SW-type (slip-on sleeve or welded construction) and are one
Cast iron 1.0 √ √ √ √ √ √ pipe size larger than the standard supply. Nose and oversize air
Cast Alloy 1.0 √ √ √ √ √ √ connection part numbers can be found in supplement literature
Cast iron 1.1 √ √ √ √ √ (see Parts List and Burner Options documents).
Cast Alloy 1.1 √ √ √ √ √
Cast iron 1.2 √ √ √ √ Additional options are available for the 4514 burner but require
Cast Alloy 1.2 √ √ √ √ consultation with North American for application and ordering
Cast iron 1.3 √ √ √ √
information. See Sheet 6514-3 for an overview of burner options.
Cast Alloy 1.3 √ √ √ √
DUAL FUEL
The product designation 1.0 represents standard main air
capacity shown on page 1. Use of an extra capacity burner 6514 FIRE•ALL™ Burners are available for oil standby or
nose will result in either more air at 16 osi or standard air combination gas and oil firing. See Bulletin 6514. 4514 Gas
flow at lower pressure. Extending the capacity of the burner Burners can be converted to 6514 Dual-Fuel™ Burners with an
by increasing air pressure beyond 16 osi, or using the extra appropriate conversion kit (see Parts List 4514-2).
capacity nose, is acceptable for most gas applications. Specific
applications involving low Btu fuels and extra capacity should be Optional Tile Jacket
reviewed with North American.
CLEARANCE DIMENSIONS (for details see Dimensions 4514)

Burner Dimensions in inches Wt. D G
designation A† B C D E F G lb dia. dia.
C
4514-6 3 2 103⁄8 19½ 1415⁄16 9 15 190 dia.
4514-7 4 2½ 113⁄8 20½ 167⁄8 87⁄8 16 215 Burner
Nose
4514-8-A 6 2½ 123⁄8 22¾ 223⁄8 10 17¾ 320
4514-8-B 6 3 13½ 24 2515⁄16 127⁄8 19 420
B-NPT
4514-9 8 4 16 28 3013⁄16 137⁄16 23 740 Gas
4514-10 10 6 20½ 32½ 351⁄8 135⁄8 27½ 960 Inlet
A - NPT or SW
† combustion
SW connection standard for -9 and -10 only. Air Inlet
E F
Bulletin 4514
Page 3
Ordering Information | 4514 Fire•All™
Bulletin 4514
Page 4
4514 - _ _ _ / __ / ____
Product Size
Connection Burner Nose
Capacity Material
6 .............. 3" Tile
7 .............. 4" 1.0 ....main air capacity H ...cast iron
BO .. burner only
8-A ........ 6" 1.1......1.1 x main air capacity A ...alloy
LX .... refractory tile (no jacket)
8-B ........ 6" 1.2.....1.2 x main air capacity
LC .... steel tile jacket
9 .............. 8" 1.3.....1.3 x main air capacity
L4 .... 304 stainless jacket
10 .............10" L9 .... 309 stainless jacket
Example 1 4514-8-A / LC / 1.2A Fireall gas burner complete with carbon steel jacketed tile and 1.2 capacity alloy nose
Example 2 4514-6 / BO / 1.0H Fireall gas burner only with standard capacity iron nose
Example 3 4514-9 / LX / 1.2H Fireall gas burner complete with refractory tile and 1.2 capacity iron nose
Note: See Supplement 6514-6 for cross referencing old product numbers.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Fire•All™ Gas Burners Dimensions 4514
DIMENSIONS — Main air and gas connections can be rotated relative to one another and to the mounting plate. Drawings show connections as assembled
at the factory. Arrangements shown reduce maintenance by minimizing dirt accumulation in pilots and flame supervisory devices. Pilot and main air
connections cannot be aligned in the same direction.
F E
 E F F
   E
B B
 G G B Q G
P 
A 
A P

A
S
R
S
-6 R
-7 S
E–NPT
T
R -10
for Pilot Tip
45° B–NPT
F gas inlet
 B Q I–no. of slots on
J–bolt circle for K–bolts
P G
 H° V
A U dia. dia.
AA
dia.
A–NPT
Combustion Air Inlet 
S BB
R Y X CC W
DD
-8-A, -8-B, and -9 TYPICAL SIDE VIEW
Burner common dimensions in inches and degrees

designation A B E F G H° I J K P Q R R1 S T U
4514-6 3 2 ¾ 1 517⁄32 22½ 8 18 5⁄8 2½ – 53⁄16 103⁄8 19⁄16 37⁄16 19½
4514-7 4 2½ 1¼ 1¼ 5¾ 22½ 8 19 5⁄8 3¼ – 61⁄8 101⁄8 19⁄16 315⁄16 20½
4514-8-A 6 2½ 1¼ 1½ 67⁄8 15 12 21¼ 5⁄8 37⁄8 – 73⁄8 11¼ 113⁄16 45⁄16 22¾
4514-8-B 6 3 1¼ 1¼ 73⁄8 15 12 22½ 5⁄8 613⁄16 13⁄16 8½ 123⁄8 113⁄16 45⁄16 24
4514-9 8 4 1½ 2¼ 97⁄8 15 12 26½ 5⁄8 813⁄16 15⁄16 133⁄8 – 313⁄16 63⁄16 28
4514-10 10 6 1½ 2½ 123⁄16 15 12 30½ ¾ 911⁄16 19⁄16 157⁄16 – 43⁄8 515⁄16 32½
Burner 4514- /LX (refractory tile) wt 4514- /LC, /L4, L9 (jacketed tile) wt
designation V W X Y AA BB CC DD lb AA BB CC DD lb Pilot Tip
4514-6 103⁄8 9 4 211⁄16 15 5⁄8 8¼ 2315⁄16 190 16 ¾ 8 3⁄8 241⁄16 210 4021-12
4514-7 113⁄8 8 7⁄8 4¾ 27⁄8 16 5⁄8 9¼ 25¾ 215 17 ¾ 9 3⁄8 257⁄8 240 4025-0-T
4514-8-A 123⁄8 10 65⁄16 35⁄16 17¾ 5⁄8 1213⁄16 323⁄8 320 18¾ ¾ 1215⁄16 32½ 355 4025-0-T
4514-8-B 13½ 12 7⁄8 83⁄16 415⁄16 19 5⁄8 1213⁄16 3813⁄16 420 20 ¾ 1215⁄16 3815⁄16 465 4025-0-T
4514-9 16 137⁄16 115⁄16 413⁄16 23 5⁄8 1411⁄16 44¼ 740 24¼ 13⁄16 14 7⁄8 48 7⁄16 805 4025-2-T
4514-10 20½ 135⁄8 131⁄16 6 27½ ½ 161⁄8 48¾ 960 27½ 11⁄16 165⁄16 48 ¾ 1010 4025-2-T
See page 2 for notes and additional information.

Dimensions 4514
Page 2
A square threaded flange is used for sizes -6, -7, -8. SW style (suitable for slip-on or welded connection) inlet may be ordered as a special option.
An SW inlet is standard for -9 and -10 burners.
Opening in furnace shell or outer wall must be ½" larger than dimension "AA" to allow for mounting plate fillet and draft.
 Blank boss (for optional uses with oil and dual-fuel models).
Applies when optional SW inlet is specified.
Flanged connection - - ANSI 125 psi threaded flange. 
 1" fpt for electrode or UV flame detector.
ANSI or SW flanges: Flat face companion flanges and full gaskets are supplied with this equipment.
Do not use raised face flanges that may damage mating flange.
4514 - ___ / __ / ____
Product Size Tile Burner Nose

Connection Capacity Material
6 ................. 3" BO.... burner only 1.0 ......main air capacity H ....cast iron
7.................. 4" LX ..... refractory tile (no jacket) 1.1 .......1.1 x main air capacity A ....alloy
8-A ........... 6" LC ..... steel tile jacket 1.2 ......1.2 x main air capacity
8-B ............ 6" L4 ..... 304 stainless jacket 1.3 ......1.3 x main air capacity
9 ................. 8" L9 ..... 309 stainless jacket
10 ............... 10"
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Dims 4514 02/11
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 4514 Gas Burners
Main Air Pressure, osi


4514-6 0.25 1 4 8 16
Max. % XSAir 500 900 900 450 300

Max. % XSFuel 45 45 45 45 45
Flame Length/Diameter, inches
on ratio, no XSAir 12/12 18/24 36/24 50/12 65/12
at max. XSAir 3/3 3/3 3/3 4/4 8/8
at max. XSFuel 12/24 18/36 60/24 60/36 72/30

4514-7 0.25 1 4 8 16
Max. % XSAir 450 650 650 650 650

Max. % XSFuel 45 45 45 45 45
on ratio, no XSAir 36/12 36/24 48/24 60/18 70/18
at max. XSAir 6/6 6/3 6/3 6/3 6/3
at max. XSFuel 24/36 60/36 72/24 72/36 84/24

4514-8-A 0.25 1 4 8 16
Max. % XSAir 450 450 450 450 450

Max. % XSFuel 45 45 45 45 45
on ratio, no XSAir 24/24 36/36 60/24 72/24 80/24
at max. XSAir 4/4 6/6 6/6 8/8 12/8
at max. XSFuel 24/36 36/48 84/36 108/36 132/30

4514-8-B 0.25 1 4 8 16
Max. % XSAir 450 350 450 450 250

Max. % XSFuel 45 45 45 45 45
on ratio, no XSAir 48/24 72/36 120/48 120/36 120/36
at max. XSAir 8/8 8/8 8/8 8/8 6/10
at max. XSFuel 30/18 84/24 108/30 120/36 132/36
(See Notes on page 2)

Sheet 4514-1
Page 2


4514-9 0.25 1 4 8 16

Max. % XSAir 450 600 700 750 700
Max. % XSFuel 45 45 45 45 45
on ratio, no XSAir 48/36 72/36 132/36 190/36 227/36
at max. XSAir 8/8 8/8 8/8 8/8 8/8
at max. XSFuel 60/30 108/36 168/42 192/48 240/48

4514-10 0.25 1 4 8 16
Max. % XSAir 75 100 150 250 350

 
Max. % XSFuel 45 45 45 45 45
on ratio, no XSAir 72/36 120/36 156/48 192/48 252/48
at max. XSAir 24/12 24/12 24/12 24/12 24/12
at max. XSFuel 84/36 144/36 180/60 216/60 252/60
NOTES

Maximum main air pressure at which pilot will light main flame is 1 osi for listed conditions.

Flame tends to lick up at these conditions.

Pilot will light main flame at all listed conditions.

Maximum main air pressure at which pilot will light main flame is 8 osi for listed conditions.

Pilot will not light main flame at listed conditions.
All test data was obtained in an open laboratory furnace with free air available. Because of differing operating conditions in the field and a host of other variables,
use reasonable caution in applying this data to field situations.
Air pressure on the pilot was 8 osi in all tests.
The 4514 Burner will generate an adequate signal for flame supervision at all conditions listed except as noted.

CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
4514-6 thru -9
Lift Eye (Size 9 Only)
Observation Port
Burner Mounting
Gas Connection Endplate Gasket Stud "B" Mounting
Stud "C" Burner Body Tile Support (jacket)
Burner Tile
Groove Pin "B"
Gas Disc and Support

4514-9 and -9-L Only Rod Ass'y
Gas Connection Gasket Burner Body
Gas
Gas Connection Tube
Stud "A"
Groove Pin "A" Groove Pin "B"
Gas Connection
Endplate
Square Head Screw Set
Gas Connection
Endplate Gasket
North American Fire•All™ Gas Burners
Gas Connection
Flange Gasket
Gas Connection Flange
Main Air Flange Gasket Burner Nose
Main Air Flange Burner Mounting and Tile Assembly

Nipple T.O.E. 
(SW Connection)
Parts List 4514-2
Parts List 4514-2 / Page 2
Part Name 4514-6 4514-7 4514-8-A 4514-8-B 4514-9 Part Name 4514-6 4514-7 4514-8-A 4514-8-B 4514-9
Burner Body 3-2688-2 3-2422-2 3-2999-2 3-2646-2 3-2845-3 Lift Eye — — — — 3-2780-1
Burner Mtg. 3-2683-2 3-2532-2 3-3004-2 3-2653-2 3-2631-3 Main Air  8765-6-C 8765-7-D 8765-8-E 8765-8-E 8765-9-FW 
Gasket Flange (standard)
Burner Tile, Cast 3-7094-1 3-7095-1 3-7096-1 3-7097-1 3-7098-1 Main Air T.O.E.  R590-7057 R590-7154 R590-7170 R590-7170 —
(SW Conn.)
Burner Mtg. & Tile 3-7099-1 3-7099-4 3-7099-7 3-7099-10 3-7099-13 (0versize SW conn) — — — 3-21995-1 3-21996-1
Gas Connection 3-2687-1 3-2423-2 3-2989-1 3-2647-2 3-2846-1 Main Air 4-5371-2 4-5371-3 4-5371-4 4-5371-4 4-5371-5
Flange Gasket
Gas Disc. and
Support Rod 4-6782-1 4-6782-2 4-6782-3 4-6782-4 4-6782-5
Mounting 3-2684-5 3-2528-4 3-2998-3 3-2645-3 3-2630-4
Assembly
(incl. pipe plugs)
Gas Connection
Endplate 4-6741-1 4-45316-1 4-6753-1 4-6764-1 4-6760-1 Mounting, 1½ " Tap 3-2684-6 3-2528-5 3-2998-4 3-2645-4 3-2630-5
Gas Connection Mounting, 2" Tap 3-2684-7 3-2528-6 3-2998-5 3-2645-5 3-2630-6
Endplate Gasket 4-6742-1 3-2517-1 4-6754-1 4-6765-1 3-2625-2
Nose, 1.0 cast iron 3-3201-2 3-3203-2 3-3202-1 3-3200-1 3-3204-1
Gas Connection
Flange — — — 8767C-6 8767C-7 Nose, 1.0 cast alloy 3-3201-3 3-3203-3 3-3202-2 3-3200-2 3-3204-2
Nose, 1.1 cast iron — 3-3203-6 3-3202-3 3-3200-3 3-3204-3
Gas Connection
Flange Gasket — — — OA3-2302-1F4
Nose, 1.1 cast alloy — 3-3203-7 3-3202-4 3-3200-4 3-3204-4
OA3-2302-
2F4 Nose, 1.2 cast iron — — 3-3202-5 3-3200-5 3-3204-5
Nose, 1.2 cast alloy — — 3-3202-6 3-3200-6 3-3204-6
Gas Connection
Gasket 4-6742-1 3-2517-1 4-6754-1 4-6765-1 — Nose, 1.3 cast iron — — 3-3202-7 3-3200-7 3-3204-7
Nose, 1.3 cast alloy — — 3-3202-8 3-3200-8 3-3204-8
Gas Tube 3-2679-2 3-2511-2 3-3005-2 3-2649-2 3-2621-3
Observation 8790-0 8790-0 8790-0 8790-0 8790-0
Groove Pin “A” R570-2360 R570-2380 R570-2390 R570-2390 R570-2390 Port
Groove Pin “B” R570-2300 R570-2300 R570-2300 R570-2300 R570-2578 Square Head R776-6230 R776-6230 R776-6230 R776-6230 R776-6230
Set Screw
Stud "A" (4 req’d) 3-2690-1 3-2556-1 3-2655-1 3-2655-2 —
Stud "B" (8 req’d) — — — — R822-1430
Stud "C" (8 req’d) — — — — R822-1325
Tile Support Steel 3-2691-1 3-2703-1 3-2991-1 3-2661-1 3-2632-2
304 Stainless Steel 3-2691-2 3-2703-2 3-2991-2 3-2661-2 3-2632-3
309 Stainless Steel 3-2691-3 3-2703-3 3-2991-3 3-2661-3 3-2632-4

See page 4 for notes.
4514-10 only
Burner Mounting Gasket 3-2755-2

Location for Pilot Tip
Tile Support
Observation Port 8790-0 Gas Disc. & Rod Assembly 4-6782-6 Steel 3-2738-3
304 St. Steel 3-2738-4
309 St. Steel 3-2738-5
Gas Tube 3-2733-2
Gas Connection 3-2725-1
Gas Connection
Endplate Gasket 4-6778-1
Burner Mounting and Tile
Assembly 3-4987-1 
Groove Pin "A" R570-2650 Groove Pin "B"

R570-2575
Square Head Set Screw

R776-6230
Burner Nose
1.0 Cast Iron 3-3205-1
1.0 Cast Alloy 3-3205-2
1.1 Cast Iron 3-3205-3
1.1 Cast Alloy 3-3205-4
1.2 Cast Iron 3-3205-5
1.2 Cast Alloy 3-3205-6
1.3 Cast Iron 3-3205-7
Gas Connection 1.3 Cast Alloy 3-3205-8
Endplate 4-6777-1
Mounting (incl. pipe
SW Type plugs) 3-2737-3 
Gas Connection Flange 10" Main Air Flange 3-15005-1
Gasket OA3-2302-3F4 12" Oversize Flange 3-21997-1 
Gas Connection Main Air Flange Gasket 1-0832-3
Flange 8767C-8
See page 4 for notes.
6514 DUAL-FUEL™ CONVERSION KITS for 4514 Gas Burners
To order Gas-to-Dual-Fuel Kit, specify: 6514CK-(code for pipe size)-4514 Gas-to-Dual-Fuel Conversion Kit. Gas-to-Dual-Fuel Kit dœs not include
Sensitrol™ Oil Valve. Optional (recommended) Sensitrol Valve must be ordered separately.
Example: 6514CK-8-B4514 Gas-to-Dual-Fuel Conversion Kit

1813-02-D Sensitrol Valve
[Kit consists of Insert DF shown above. Insert DF consists of: Atomizing air connection (with
inlet flange and gasket on -8-B, -9, and -10), DF atomizing air nozzle, oil connection assembly, D-F oil tube, and
standard multi-port oil nozzle. Existing gas burner parts to discard are: Endplate, gasket, support rod and gas disc.]
TO ORDER SPARE PARTS, SPECIFY: 1–Part Number 2–Part Name 3–Burner Designation
Examples: 8765-6-C Main Air Flange for 4514-6
3-2733-2 Gas Tube for 4514-10
NOTES
 Optional main air connection with SW and oversize air connection with SW are not part of standard burner and must be ordered separately.
SW-Type Main Air Flange for 4514-9.
 Spare tile is available only assembled to new mounting plate or to customer's mounting (returned to Fives North American prepaid, FOB Cleveland, OH USA plant).
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | 4514-2_PL 08/11
North American 4545 Flame-Jet™
Gas Burners Low NOx
Sealed-in Nozzle-Mix Burners for :
• Controlled furnace atmosphere
• Reliable operation
• Excellent heat penetration

Product Overview | Flame-Jet™
4545 Flame-Jet Burners are nozzle mixing, sealed-in gas burn- when using an interrupted pilot. Use a UV detector with the 4545-
ers of large capacity for use on installations ranging from low 9. Do not use a flame rod. A pilot flame just large enough to
temperature air heaters and ovens to high temperature forging satisfy a flame rod will not light the -9 flame. When using flame
furnaces. They produce a penetrating jet of hot gases with high supervision devices, 6 osi minimum pilot air pressure and low
forward velocity. Flame-Jet burners operate dependably at air/ fire lighting are recommended. Ultraviolet detecting devices can
gas ratios (listed in Table 2) ranging from excess air to excess fuel be used with air/gas ratios within the range shown in Table 2.
(with sufficient air for near-complete combustion in the furnace,
supplied adjacent to the burners). Ground Rods. The main flame is not normally grounded,
and thus requires ground rods to complete a circuit through a
Design Features. The burners are made of relatively few, large flame rod. Ground rods are not required with ultraviolet flame
parts that minimize maintenance problems. The internal flow detectors. When using a flame rod, one ground rod is required
passages are designed to give quiet operation. Air flows from a with a 4545-6 or -7 Burner, and four rods with a -8-A or -8-B.
central orifice that is surrounded by an annular gas orifice. The The appropriate ground rods (7½" long) are furnished at no extra
result is a single jet flame of high forward velocity, causing heat cost when ordered with a burner.
to penetrate deeply into the furnace.
Burner tiles are a dense castable that is good for 3200°F in
Because Flame-Jet burners are nozzle-mix, there is no possibility the tile or about 2800°F furnace temperature. When the burner
of flashback. The burner turndown is high, provided the control is shut off, continue air flow to protect the nozzle from furnace
system is good enough to maintain correct air/gas ratio at very radiation. The cast tile has an expanded metal liner with welded
low firing rates. mounting hooks. This unit is bolted to the heavy duty mounting
plate. Bonding cement seals the joint. The uniform thickness
Flame-Jet burners are suitable where control of furnace atmo- of the cylindrical burner tiles greatly reduces the likelihood of
sphere is important and air infiltration is not desirable. The burn- thermal cracking.
ers are tightly sealed, with threaded connections for the observa-
tion port, pilot, and flame rod adapter; the cast iron mounting Jacketed Tiles. 4545 Burners are available with metal support
plate is large enough to make a tight seal with the furnace wall; jackets around the tile for applications where the tile is not
and the burner can be operated rich, lean, or on correct air/gas supported by furnace refractory.
ratio, even against some backpressure in the combustion cham-
ber. Jackets are available in three different metals and have maximum
temperature rating for each. They must be protected with
A complete burner includes mounting plate, tile, and observation sufficient insulation so as not to exceed rated temperature.
port, but dœs not include pilot tip or flame rod adapter which are
optional extras. If no pilot or flame monitoring device is ordered Maximum temperature rating for jacket metals depends upon
with the burner, the openings for these devices are plugged and frequency of heat-up/cool-down cycles. As an example, batch
should be kept closed when not used. annealing furnaces that are heated and cooled every day should
use the "intermittent exposure" ratings. Continuous annealing
Burner Operation. Flame-Jet burners, whether operating on furnaces that remain at the same temperature for months at a
natural or coke gas, require very little gas pressure at the burner, time, can use the higher "continuous" rating.
although higher gas pressures are an advantage for air/gas ratio
control. The minimum required supply pressure for the gas is de-
termined primarily by the pressure drop through the gas piping Continuous Intermittent
and accessories. Designation Jacket metal max. temp. exposure
4545- -LC carbon steel 700°F 700°F
Flame-Jet burners may be lighted in hot or cold furnaces, at rich 4545- -L4 304 stainless 1600°F 1500°F
or lean air/gas ratios, by a North American 4011-12 Pilot Set. 4545- -L9 309 stainless 1900°F 1800°F
Flame Supervision. The stability of Flame-Jet burners permits

any size to be operated with an interrupted pilot, which is strong-
ly recommended. Either a flame rod or an ultraviolet detector
can be used with -6 through -8-B sizes to monitor main flame
Bulletin 4545
Page 2
Capacities | Flame-Jet™
Bulletin 4545
Page 3
Table 1. Combustion air capacities, scfh (for Btu/h HVV, multiply by 100)
Burner air pressure drop across the burner in osi

designation 0.1 1 5 6 8 12 16
4545-6 1 180 3 710 8 300 9 100 10 500 12 800 14 800
4545-7 2 070 6 540 14 600 16 000 18 500 22 700 26 200
4545-8-A 3 350 10 600 23 700 26 000 30 000 36 700 42 400
4545-8-B 5 360 17 000 37 900 41 600 48 000 58 800 68 000
4545-9 9 840 31 100 69 600 76 200 88 000 108 000 124 000
Table 2. Flame characteristics with natural gas
Stability Limits
Burner Air at excess excess flame
Size burner, osi air, % fuel, % length, feet
-6 1 160 75 2.5
16 120 73 3.0
-7 1 480 100 3.0
16 330 85 4.0
-8-A 1 270 100 4.0
16 200 100 6.0
-8-B 1 300 100 4.5
16 200 100 6.0
-9 1 1500 100 7.0
16 1300 100 9.0
To order, specify: 4545-(code)-(A or B if applicable) (modifiers: LC, L4 or L9) burner complete

Examples: 4545-9 burner complete
4545-8-BL4 burner complete with 304 SST jacket
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Flame Jet™ Dimensions 4545
4545 Gas Burners
DIMENSIONS
inches ¾ fpt 1⁄8 fpt
K1
Observation port H1 4545- -L
45° Pressure Steel Jacket
tap E1
A-fpt
U Air inlet
R-BC D1
¾ fpt dia.
Pilot C
90° dia.
T
1 fpt Flame rod
L D
or UV cell dia.
S
B-fpt
Gas inlet 4545 Tile
F E
M-OD 1⁄8 fpt for -6 J H G
and ¼ for -7 K
4 - ¾ slots for 5⁄8 bolts ground rod
Burner Mounting 4545-6 & -7
¾ fpt
¾ fpt UV cell 22½° 45°
Observation port 22½° 45°
U
U
¾ fpt
Pilot ¾ fpt
Observation port
45° T T
R 1 fpt
S 1 fpt Flame rod BC S Flame rod
or UV cell
Gas inlet Gas inlet
¾ fpt
ground rod 45° ¾ fpt
Pilot
M-OD M-OD
8 - ¾ slots for 5⁄8 bolts on R-Bolt circle 8 - ¾ slots for 5⁄8 bolts
Burner Mounting 4545-8-A & -8-B Burner Mounting 4545-9
See page 2 for dimensions chart
Dimensions 4545
page 2
Burner dimensions in inches and degrees wt. recomended

designation A B C D E F G H J K L M R S T U lb pilot size
4545-6 3 2 5 9 5⁄8 311⁄16 9 71⁄8 43⁄8 20½ 3 13½ 12 4¼ 45⁄16 1¼ 82
4545-7 4 2½ 61⁄8 10 5⁄8 313⁄16 9 77⁄16 47⁄16 207⁄8 37⁄8 14½ 13 413⁄16 45⁄8 19⁄16 100 4021-12
4545-8-A 6 3 103⁄16 15¼ 5⁄8 415⁄16 12 87⁄16 6¼ 2611⁄16 6¾ 20¼ 18¾ 6 57⁄16 3 235 4021-11
4545-8-B 6 3 103⁄16 15¼ 5⁄8 415⁄16 12 87⁄16 6¼ 2611⁄16 6¾ 20¼ 18¾ 6 57⁄16 3 235
4545-9 8 4 12¾ 18 5⁄8 63⁄8 13 14¼ 95⁄16 369⁄16 81⁄16 23 21½ 8¼ 67⁄8 4 405

designation D1 E1 H1 K1 lb
4545-6-L 10 ¾ 7¼ 205⁄8 100
4545-7-L 11 ¾ 79⁄16 21 135
4545-8-AL 16¼ ¾ 89⁄16 2613⁄16 280
4545-8-BL 16¼ ¾ 89⁄16 2613⁄16 280
4545-9-L 19 ¾ 143⁄8 3611⁄16 475
Notes:
4545 and 4545- -L Burners are identical except for dimensions noted in table at left.
4545-6 through -8 require ground rods when rod-type flame detectors are used. When required, add "with ground rod" to burner description. Price is unchanged.
Pilot and UV locations are not interchangeable.
Flanged connection--a standard Fives North American square threaded flange is used for sizes -6, -7, -8 main air connections, but SW style inlet may be specified with
no change in price. An SW inlet (suitable for slip-on or welded connection) is standard for -9 burner.
Indicates Flanged Model.
Gas inlet may be mounted in 90° intervals.
Opening in furnace shell should be about ½" larger than dimension D to allow for fillets and draft on mounting plate.
Opening in oven shell should be about ¼" larger than dimension D.
Copyright © 2022 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 4545_dims 01/01
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Flame-Jet Gas Burners - Flame Characteristics Sheet 4545-1
TABLE 1. Capacities, Stability Limits, Flame Lengths.

Flame Lengths
Air Air Stability limits without pilot with natural gas,
Burner Pressure, Capacity, Excess Air Excess Fuel correct ratio,
size osi cfh (Lean Limit) (Rich Limit) open cold furnace
4545-6 1 3,710 160% 75% 2.5'

4 7,400 130% 78% 3.0'
8 10,500 125% 82% 3.0'
16 14,800 120% 73% 3.0'
4545-7 1 6,550 480% 100% 3.0'

4 13,100 420% 100% 4.0'
8 18,500 400% 100% 4.0'
16 26,200 330% 85% 4.0'
4545-8-A 1 10,600 270% 100% 4.0'

4 21,200 250% 100% 4.5'
8 30,000 200% 100% 6.0'
16 42,400 200% 100% 6.0'
4545-8-B 1 17,000 300% 100% 4.5'

4 34,000 370% 100% 5.5'
8 48,000 330% 100% 6.0'
16 68,000 200% 100% 6.0'
4545-9 1 31,100 1500% 100% 7.0'

4 62,000 1500% 100% 7.0'
8 88,000 1400% 100% 8.0'
16 124,000 1300% 100% 9.0'
Note: Burner stability is influenced by the location of the combustion air inlet elbow. Maintain a minimum of four pipe
diameters between air inlet flange and nearest elbow.
TABLE 2. Flame Lengths at Various Ratios.

Burner Air
size Pressure, osi 230% Excess Air Correct Ratio 100% Excess Fuel
4545-8-A 1 1.0' 4.0' 6.0'

4 1.0' 4.5' 9.0'
8 1.5' 6.0' 10.0'
16 1.5' 6.0' 10.0'
FLAME SAFEGUARD INFORMATION. See Sheet 8832-1
4545D MODELS. See Sheet 4545-2 for information on 4545D Burners (30% greater capacity).
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
4545-—-D Burners (1.3 capacity) — Specifications Sheet 4545-2
30% more than standard capacity is available with 4545-7-D through -9-D Burners by installing a special main air orifice plate. Flames are stable over the
entire operating range, with satisfactory signals for flame safety devices. Burner dimensions are shown on Dimensions 4545. Orifice plates are located between
the body and air flange on 4545-7-D through -8-BD and between the body and mounting on the 4545-9-D.
CAUTION: Air and gas pipe sizes may be undersized for these increased firing rates, so pressure drops should be checked carefully.
SUGGESTION: Avoid difficulty by adding the oversized air flanges listed below.
Burner Air Air Excess air Flame lengtha "J"b

designation pressure capacity without pilot (natural gas) dimension
4545-7-D 1 osi 8,525 cfh 490% 3.0 ft 83⁄16"
4 17,050 450 4.0
8 24,100 450 5.0
16 34,100 450 5.0
4545-8-AD 1 13,800 1900 4.0 c
4 27,600 2400 5.0
8 39,000 730 5.5
16 55,200 180 6.0
4545-8-BD 1 22,100 730 5.0 109⁄16"
4 44,200 300 6.0
8 62,500 300 8.0
16 88,400 250 8.0
4545-9-D‡ 1 40,250 500 — 115⁄8"
4 80,500 — —
8 114,000 800 —
16 161,000 200 —
‡ 4545-9-D only: Gas pressure at burner must be 80% of air pressure. Bleeders cannot be used.
PARTS All parts except orifice plate and oversize air flange (if specified) are the same as for standard 4545 Burners.
Oversize flanges are specified as 4545-—DOF.
Part name 4545-7-D 4545-8-AD 4545-8-BD 4545-9-D
Orifice plate 4-5881-1 4-5882-1 4-5883-1 4-5880-1

Oversize air flange (OF) 8765-87-D c OB4-1033-1d OB4-1034-1d
(one pipe size larger
than standard)
a With correct air/gas ratio, open cold furnace.

b See Dimensions 4545.
c An oversize flange is not required for 4545-8-AD.
d SW Slip-on or Weld type.
ORDER MUST SPECIFY: 1 - Complete burner designation.
2 - Standard or oversize air flange (select one).
3 - Ground rod(s), if required (see Bulletin 4545).
For example: 4545-7-DOF burner, with 8765-87-D oversize air flange, and ground rod.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Flame-Jet Gas Burners
observation mounting tile support* Parts List 4545-3
pilot
port connection air
connection
air gasket
flange body
AIR
orifice
plate
gas conn. flange GAS
gasket ground rod plug
flame rod gas conn. flange burner tile
ground rod
connection
4545-6 4545-7 4545-8-A 4545-8-B 4545-9

Part Name 4545-6-LC 4545-7-LC 4545-8-ALC 4545-8-BLC 4545-9-LC
Air Connection Gasket 4-2969-1 4-2969-1 4-3031-1 4-3031-1 4-3026-1

Air Flange 4-1695-4 4-1695-5 4-1695-6 4-1695-6 8765-9-FW‡
Body 4-2963-2 4-2977-1 4-3043-1 4-3030-1 4-3024-1
Burner Tile (standard) 4-8362-1 4-8364-1 4-8366-1 4-8366-1 4-8368-1
Burner Tile (2" cast) 4-8361-1 4-8363-1 4-8365-1 4-8365-1 4-8367-1
Gas Connection Flange – – R590-5160 R590-5160 R590-5170
Gas Connection Flange Gasket – – OA3-2302-1F4 OA3-2302-1F4 OA3-2302-2F4
Ground Rod 4-2965-3 4-2965-3 4-2965-3† 4-2965-3† –
Ground Rod Plug 4-2966-2 4-3006-2 4-3041-2 4-3041-2 –
Mounting 4-2962-1 4-2975-1 4-3029-2 4-3029-2 4-3020-3
Orifice Plate 4-2968-2 4-2976-1 4-3064-1 4-3032-1 4-3025-1
Tile Support (LC)* 4-3065-1 4-3066-1 4-3042-1 4-3042-1 4-3033-1
Tile Support (L4)* 4-3065-2 4-3066-2 4-3042-2 4-3042-2 4-3033-2
Tile Support (L9)* 4-3065-3 4-3066-3 4-3042-3 4-3042-3 4-3033-3
Replacements - Mounting, Tile, Jacket, Sub-assemblies

Mounting and Tile – 4-40282-1 4-30216-1 4-30216-1 4-28668-1
Mounting, Tile & LC Jacket 4-42140-1 4-40282-2 4-30216-2 4-30216-2 4-28668-2
Mounting, Tile & L4 Jacket 4-42140-2 4-40282-3 4-30216-3 4-30216-3 4-28668-3 Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | 4545-3_PL 01/07
Mounting, Tile & L9 Jacket 4-42140-3 4-40282-4 4-30216-4 4-30216-4 4-28668-4
* Tile support furnished only with 4545- -L. Specify LC for steel, L4 for 304 SST, or L9 for 309 SST.
† 4 required
‡ SW type flange WARNING: Situations dangerous to personnel and property may exist with the operation and maintenance of
any combustion equipment. The presence of fuels, oxidants, hot and cold combustion products, hot surfaces,
Order Must Specify: 1) Burner Designation electrical power in control and ignition circuits, etc., are inherent with any combustion application. Components
in combustion systems may exceed 160°F (71°C) surface temperatures and present hot surface contact hazard.
2) Part Name Fives North American Combustion, Inc. suggests the use of combustion systems that are in compliance with all
3) Part Number Safety Codes, Standards, Regulations and Directives; and care in operation.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American
HiVAM™ Burner
4570 HiVAM™ Burner
• High velocity • High excess air capability
• Lightweight all-metal construction • Portable
• Wide capacity range

Product Overview | 4570 HiVAM™
APPLICATION TABLE 1. Main Air Capacities--scfh

Burning with 50% excess air, which is the rich limit.
HiVAMs are a natural for installations requiring a portable burner Therefore, for maximum Btu/hr, divide by 1.5 and
to heat large volumes of air. multiply by 100.
Burner Main air pressure drop across burner in osi
Their high excess air ratio capabilities and lightweight all- designation 0.2 1 4 9 16†
metal construction make them ideal for such applications as 4570-9 9 000 13 500 39 300 59 000 80 000
drying refractory-lined furnaces and vessels, for permanent or 4570-12 20 100 45 500 81 500 122 000 170 000
temporary mounting on rotary dryers and calciners, and for
† 16 osi air is the maximum firing rate.
other jobs where a self-contained portable burner or air heater
avoids need for expensive mounting, installation, sealing, etc.
TABLE 2. Capacities in scfh not burning
OPERATION (for sizing blowers)
HiVAM Burners must be operated with at least 50% excess air Burner Main Air Atomizing
at all firing rates. For widest stability limits on gas a constant designation at 16 osi Air
air supply should still be introduced through the atomizing air 4570-9 96 000 5600 at 14 osi
connection: 14 osi air pressure is required for the 4570-9 and 8 4570-12 186 000 4600 at 8 osi
osi air pressure for the 4570-12.
HiVAM Burners are suitable for furnace temperatures up to

1900°F. They can be used with preheated air up to 500°F. TABLE 3. Maximum Excess Air Percentages
(with flame supervision and without pilot)
Main air and fuel can be modulated together using cross- Main air pressure drop
connected fuel regulators; or fuel only control (with constant air) Burner across the burner in osi
can be used for maximum thermal turndown. designation 1 9 16
4570-9 2000 1500 1000
Main flame ignition is normally by a 4021-16 spark ignited pilot 4570-12 1500 1600 1200
tip furnished as an integral part of the burner. Customer supplies
a 4031 Pilot Mixer, regulator, and shutoff valves.
TABLE 4. Flame dimensions with 50% excess air
4570 Gas Burners are available with either direct spark ignition length  diameter
or spark ignited pilot. For widest stability limits on gas a constant
Main air pressure drop
air supply should still be introduced through the atomizing air Burner across burner, osi
connection: see Table 2 for main and atomizing air capacity and designation 1 9 16
pressure ratings. Gas pressure requirements are 8 osig (or less)
for natural gas (0.6 sp gr) at design capacity. 4570-9 3½' x 1' 4' x 1' 3½' x 1'
4570-12 7½' x 1½' 8½' x 2' 8' x 2'
For the dual-fuel HiVAM firing natural gas or light oil, see Bulletin
6570.
FLAME SUPERVISION
4570 Burners equipped with spark ignited pilot use two UV

detectors. 4570 Burners equipped with direct spark ignition
require only one UV detector. See Sheet 4000-2 for general
detail concerning direct spark ignition.
On a 4570 the pilot and pilot scanner must be interrupted after

main flame is established, if equipped.
Bulletin 4570
Page 2
Dimensions | 4570 HiVAM™
"T" Connection, F Style Bulletin 4570
Page 3
E L
F
213⁄16 J
B-NPT
Gas A–pipe size
2½ NPT
Atomizing Air 3¼ H D M
Main Air Flange Q Flange Thickness
Burner Air inlet flange dimensions Slip-on Air Connection

Designation Flange Pattern OD B.C. # Holes Hole Ø Actual Pipe OD Size
4570-9 8" ANSI 13.5 11.75 8 0.88 85⁄8
4570-12 12" RPM 16 14.25 12 0.75 12¾
"Y" Connection, SW Style

¾ NPT–Pilot UV
R240-2802 Spark Electrode ¾ NPT–pilot mixture
E L
1 NPT–Main Flame
Obs. (or UV)
(Same as above)
45°
1 NPT UV
OPTIONS with 1  ¾
K
hex bushing
45° or 90° main air connection.
A–pipe size
Flanged or slip-on main air connection.
G
When ordering, specify choice of options as follows:
Main Air SW Style
(P) for spark ignited pilot Slip-Fit or
(E) for direct spark igniton Welding Conn.
(Y) for 45° air connection
(T) for 90° air connection
(F) for flanged air connection
(SW) slip-on or welding air connection
Example: 4570-9-EYF burner complete with direct spark, 45° air connection and flanged air connection.
4570 HiVAM™s for gas only have the same dimensions and practically the same weights as 6570 HiVAMs since the gas burners also have an
"atomizing air" connection for greater flame stability.
Burner dimensions in inches Approx.

designation A B D E F G H J K L M P Q lb

4570-9 8 2½ 161⁄16 1513⁄16 3¾ 2915⁄16 77⁄8 8 115⁄16 1513⁄16 237⁄8 85⁄8 3⁄8 125
4570-12 12 3 1913⁄16 215⁄16 4¾ 4213⁄32 8 12 1427⁄32 2313⁄16 345⁄8 11¾ ½ 200
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Series 4570 HiVam Burners
Parts List Sheet 4570-2
Part Description 4570-9 4570-12
Branch Connection
"T" Flanged (TF) 3-6296-1 3-6140-1
"T" Unflanged (TSW) 3-6297-1 3-6140-2
"Y" Flanged (YF) 3-6298-1 3-6149-1
"Y" Unflanged (YSW) 3-6299-1 3-5035-3
Backplate Gasket 3-5767-1 3-5422-1
Air Pipe Extension 4-7805-1 3-5036-2
Backplate & Gas Tube Assy. 3-5343-3 3-5225-2
Gas Tube & Sleeve Assy. 3-5755-3 3-6137-2
Atomizing Air Gasket 3-5760-1 3-6135-1
Pilot Flange 3-6300-1 3-5226-2
Pilot Flange Gasket 3-5345-2 3-5227-1
Atomizing Air Connection OB3-0736-1 OB3-0736-1
Atomizing Air Tube with Flange 3-5775-1 3-6139-1
Atomizing Air Nozzle 3-5772-1 3-1148-1
Endplate 3-5768-1 3-5768-1
Observation Port 8790-0 8790-0
1⁄8" Pipe Plug R590-7810 R590-7810
3⁄8" Pipe Plug R590-7830 –
1" Pipe Plug R590-7860† R590-7860
½" Pipe Plug R590-7840 R590-7840†
Bushing 1"  ¾" Reduced R590-0411 R590-0411
Pipe Coupling ¾" R590-2149 R590-2149
Oil Connection Gasket (Endplate Gasket) 3-5747-1 3-5747-1
Pilot (P) Parts

Pilot Tip 4021-16 4021-16
Nipple R590-6425 3-8345-1
Pipe Tee 1"  ¾"  ¾" R590-8545 R590-8545
Electrode Slipper 3-5766-1 3-5766-1
Electrode Extension 3-5752-1 3-6156-1
Spark Igniter 3-5754-1 3-5754-1
Nipple ¾"  2" R590-6402 R590-6402
Direct Spark (E) Parts

Spark Igniter R240-2802 R240-2810
Nipple A R590-6418 R590-6417
Nipple B R590-6409 3-8345-2
Insulation Spider OA4-2013-3 OA4-2013-3
Adapter 4-7344-2 4-7344-2
Igniter Tube 4-7807-1 4-7807-2
¾" x ½" Reducing Bushing R590-0358 R590-0358
Option
Reduced Air Extension Not
Available 3-6308-1
† One for "P" models; two for "E" models

Sheet 4570-2
Page 2
Reduced Air
Extension
Atomizing Air Nozzle

Adapter
Nipple B
Nipple A
Gas Tube & Sleeve Assy.

Pipe Coupling ¾"
Direct Spark (E) Parts 4570 only
Insulation Spider
Pilot Tip
(2 Req'd)
Igniter Tube
"Y" Flanged (YF)

Atomizing Air Tube
with Flange
¾" x ½" Reducing Bushing
Air Pipe Extension

Spark Igniter
½" Pipe Plug

Nipple
Backplate Gasket
"Y" Unflanged (YSW)

Endplate
Branch Connection
Endplate
"T" Flanged (TF)

Gasket
Electrode Extension
Pilot Flange
Gasket
Nipple ¾" x 2"

Pilot Flange
Backplate & Gas Tube Assy.

Electrode Slipper
Atomizing Air Gasket

1" Pipe Plug
Bushing 1" x ¾" Reduced
"T" Unflanged (TSW)

Pipe Tee 1" x ¾" x ¾"
Observation Port
Spark Igniter
Atomizing Air Connection

3⁄8" Pipe Plug
1⁄8" Pipe Plug
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American
HiRAM®
4575 High Velocity Gas Burner

• Low NOx burner • Direct Spark or Pilot Lighting
• High Velocity - High Turndown • Furnace temperatures up to 2400°F
• Inputs to 4 - 25 million Btu/h HHV • 6575 version for gas and light oil
• Simple cross connected pressure balance regulator ratio • Tile options for many applications
control
Product Overview | HiRAM®
The North American 4575 HiRAM® Burner’s true high velocity TYPES OF APPLICATIONS
results from exceptionally high capacity rates relative to the
reduced tile discharge areas. Velocities ranging from 500 to • Aluminum melters
750 feet per second (340 to 510 mph) drive heat into a furnace • Ladle heaters
load, creating tremendous momentum while entraining and • Soaking pits
recirculating 7-10 cubic feet of furnace gases for every cubic foot • Rotary kilns
of burner product that exits the tile. • Heat treat furnaces
• Fluidized bed
The benefit of high velocity entrainment is excellent temperature, • Dryers
uniformity, and thermal efficiency. HiRAM® Burners are • Variety of other applications
particularly applicable to aluminum melters, ladle heaters,
soaking pits, rotary kilns, heat treat furnaces, fluidized bed PERFORMANCE BENEFITS
and dryers: Any installation where high velocity entrainment,
penetration, and recirculation can benefit temperature uniformity • High velocity
and thermal efficiency. • Low NOx emissions
• High excess air
HiRAM®s are an extension upward of the North American • Direct spark or pilot ignition
Tempest® High Velocity Burner line. For capacities less than • Wide operating limits
4,000,000 Btu/h HHV, consider 4441 or 4445 Tempest Burners. • Cross-connected regulator ratio control
For capacities higher than a HiRAM® consider a 4821 with an “R” • Available dual-fuel operation
tile. • Metal alloy tile options
• Medium velocity tile options
• Metal jacketed tile options
SPECIAL ENGINEERED OPTIONS
• LNI™ injector mounting plate

• Backplate with classic 4575 swing bolts
• High back-pressure designs up 15 psi
• Double ignition/FS connections
Bulletin 4575
Page 2
Capacity | HiRAM®
INSTALLATION AND OPERATION LIGHTING AND FLAME SUPERVISION
HiRAM®s are suitable for furnace temperatures up to 2400°F. A gas pilot or direct spark igniter can be used to light 4575
They can be used with preheated air up to 600°F. The reduced HiRAM® burners when the main air is set to a low fire rate.
tile discharge opening also protects burner internals from radiant
heat and from melting furnace splash. Standard burners include Flame supervision systems will detect a pilot flame more reliably
3000°F dense castable tiles. if the main burner air pressure is set at or below 1.5 osi (2.5"
wc). Direct spark igniters light 4575 HiRAM burners more reliably
Burner tile installation should be made in accord with instructions when the combustion air pressure is set below 4.0 osi (7"w.c.).
on Supplement DF-M1 for hard refractory lined furnaces or DF- See Sheet 4000-2 for general details concerning direct spark
M2 for fiber lined furnaces. It is generally not necessary to use a ignition.
metal jacketed tile in fiber lined furnaces with 4575 burners.
Ports on the bottom of a burner can get blocked with debris,
The HiRAM® burners can be used with a variety of control and spark igniters work best when installed in the top or side
systems including pressure-balanced or electronic fuel/air ratio positions. Avoid configuring the ignition/flame supervision ports
systems. The gas pressure requirement is approximately 0.7 that on the bottom quadrant of the burner. Torch lighting is not
of the combustion air when firing on stoichiometric ratio. recommended because of high tile pressures.
System pressure drops should be checked to make sure that HiRAM® burners (except the -8-A and -14 sizes) are available in
adequate gas pressure will be available at the burner. In order dual fuel (gas/light oil) models -- see Bulletin 6575. A gas pilot is
to avoid any potential combustion driven oscillations which can required for lighting oil in a 6575.
produce excessive noise or vibration, it is imperative that a limit-
ing orifice valve be installed within 5 pipe diameters (5D) of the To avoid damaging spark igniters and flame rods, they must be
gas connection. removed from their ports before the backplate with attached
internals are disassembled from the main body.
Standard 4575 HiRAM® burners can be used with Natural Gas or
Propane. They are not designed for fuel rich operation, or fuels UV flame detection can be used for all HiRAM® sizes or flame
that contain Propylene or Hydrogen. Prolonged fuel rich opera- rods in 4575-9 through 4575-14 sizes. See table below for pilot,
tion may damage the burner. igniter, and flame rod part numbers.
COMBUSTION AIR CAPACITIES

scfh
Flame length
Burner combustion air pressure drop across the burner in osi (inch w.c.) (stoichiometric ratio,
designation 0.2 (.35) 1 (1.73) 4 (6.9) 9 (15.6) 16 (27.7) 16 osi air)
4575-8-A 4 400 9 400 19 600 31 000 41 500 5'
4575-8-B 5 250 13 300 29 500 43 600 62 000 6'
4575-9 9 200 21 000 44 000 64 000 89 000 9'
4575-10-A 10 600 23 800 47 600 72 500 101,000 8'
4575-10-B 12 500 28 000 57 500 85 000 119 000 10'
4575-12 19 100 42 700 81 500 118 000 164 000 10'
4575-14 34 000 64 000 124 000 188 000 250 000 17'
Maximum excess air rates in % Air capacities

not burning, scfh Direct
Burner combustion air pressure, osi (use to size blowers) Pilot spark Flame
designation 1 9 16 16 osi set igniter Rod
4575-8-A 325 400 350 55 000 4011-12 4055-E —
4575-8-B 650 500 750 81 000 4011-12 4055-E —
4575-9 800 900 1200 116 000 4011-12 4055-E 4-25432-4
4575-10-A 675 800 900 145 000 4011-12 4055-E 4-25432-4

4575-10-B 1100 1300 1200 177 000 4011-12 4055-E 4-25432-4
4575-12 1500 1200 1000 199 000 4011-12 4055-E 4-25432-11
4575-14 1200 1200 1200 388 000 4011-12 4055-E 4-25432-11
 Do not operate fuel rich. (consider a 4821-R for rich high velocity operation)
Bulletin 4575
Medium velocity 4575 burners operate at reduced air pressures compared to the high velocity versions listed above. Page 3
Tile Options | HiRAM®
EXPANDED TILE OPTIONS METAL TILES
To compliment the “classic” high velocity refractory tile, the The HiRAM’s® stabilizer design allows the burner to be offered
HiRAM® burner family is now available with many standard with a metal tile which contains no refractory. Its lightweight
tile options that previously were only available as engineered construction makes them ideal for applications like refractory
specials. Each tile option within a burner size has the same drying or mounting on rotary dryers and calciners. They can
mounting plate diameter and tile length. See the tile dimension be used as an alternative to the 4570 HiVAM® burners. The
table for details. mounting plate is made from 304 stainless steel and the tile walls
are available with 310 or 330 stainless steel.
ORIGINAL “CLASSIC” REFRACTORY TILE
The classic HiRAM® refractory tile has a reduced tile exit that
produces a high velocity flame which improves temperature
uniformity in the furnace. The tile geometry also protects burner
internals from radiant heat and from melting furnace splash.
They are made with 3000°F dense castable material and are
suitable for furnace temperatures up to 2400°F.
METAL JACKETED TILES
Jacketed refractory tile options are available for applications

where extra tile support is needed. Jackets are available with
304 or 309 stainless steel and are ½” larger in diameter than
the classic refractory tile. The metal jacket is used as the outer
Designation Tile Material Maximum Temp.
form when the refractory is poured to make the tile, so the jacket
fits very tightly around the refractory. The refractory used is the 4575- -M310 310 SST 1800°F (982°C)
same as with the classic HiRAM® tile. 4575- -M330 330 SST 2000°F (1093°C)
MEDIUM VELOCITY TILES
Medium velocity burners have advantages when high velocity is

not needed. They can be installed in narrower furnaces because
lower velocity flames are less likely to impinge the opposite
chamber wall, generally make less noise, and have lower air
pressure requirements than high velocity burners.
The velocity of the mixture exiting the tile will be 25-50% of

When installed the jacket must be protected with enough the high velocity version. The medium velocity tiles used in
insulation so as not to exceed the rated temperature. The the 4575-burner family have no exit restriction, so the tile
maximum temperature rating for jacket metals depends upon backpressure and burner air pressure requirements are lower. A
frequency of heat-up/ cool-down cycles. As an example, batch medium velocity 4575 operating at 9 osi air pressure will have
annealing furnaces that are heated and cooled every day should about the same capacity as the high velocity burner at 16 osi. To
use the "intermittent exposure" ratings. Continuous annealing avoid over firing medium burners, consider high fire as 9-12 osi
furnaces that remain at the same temperature for months at a and do not operate with a main air pressure over 16 osi (27.7"
time, can run 100°F hotter. w.c., or 6.9 kPa).
Because medium velocity tile exits are completely open, the

Intermittent burner internal parts have less protection from the thermal
Designation Jacket Metal exposure radiation in the furnace. To protect burner internal parts from
4575- -J304 304 SST 1500°F (816°C) heat damage, do not set air pressure below 1 osi in a 1800°F
4575- -J309 309 SST 1800°F (982°C) furnace, or below 2 osi at 2100°F (whether gas is on or off).
Bulletin 4575
Page 4
Dimensions | HiRAM®
ØQ ØS
bolt circle
7⁄8 dia. thru hole R-holes
8 plcs. eq. spaced equally spaced ØT
11 OD
45°
typ.
22½°
¾" FPT
9½ K UV/flame rod
dia. ¾" FPT
pilot/direct spark
-14 gas connection flange detail
N
K L M
ØA 3⁄8" ½"
pipe size main air
B-NPT
female gas
connection
¼ NPT female
pressure tap E
shipped with ¼"
pipe plugs in place C ØJ
ØD ØH ØF
8790-0
observation port
ØG 2 furnished
bolt circle Ø 11⁄16"
Note: 4575-14 size lifting plug
includes (2) 8790-4-A (4) supplied
Ø ¾ dia.12
15° slots observation ports
equally spaced
Burner dimensions in inches and degrees

designation A B C D E* F G H J K L M N P° Q R S T
4575-8-A 6 2½ 3¾ 5¼ 7½ 18 16 41⁄16 14 9½ 165⁄8 9 385⁄8 22½ 9⁄16 8 77⁄8 9
4575-8-B 6 2½ 3¾ 5¼ 7½ 18 16 45⁄8 14 9½ 165⁄8 9 385⁄8 22½ 9⁄16 8 77⁄8 9
4575-9 8 2½ 3¾ 5¼ 7½ 18 16 55⁄16 14 9½ 165⁄8 9 385⁄8 22½ 9⁄16 8 101/2 11
4575-10-A 10 31/2 4¾ 6¼ 10½ 22 20 6¼ 18 111⁄16 205⁄8 12 473⁄8 151/2 ¾ 12 12¼ 14
4575-10-B 10 31/2 4¾ 6¼ 10½ 22 20 6½ 18 111⁄16 205⁄8 12 473⁄8 151/2 ¾ 12 12¼ 14
4575-12 12 31/2 4¾ 6¼ 10½ 22 20 71/2 18 111⁄16 205⁄8 12 473⁄8 151/2 ¾ 12 14¼ 16
4575-14 14 6† 125⁄16 8¼ 121/2 26 24 9¾ 22 161/2 243⁄8 18 641/2 151/2 ¾ 12 16¼ 18
† 6" - 150 lb ANSI Gas Inlet (see detail in upper left-hand corner).
* SW style inlet (optional--see parts list, page 12) will add 43⁄8" to the dimension "E" shown.
4575 Burner Weight LBS.

STD. HV STD. MV Jacket HV Jacket MV Metal Tile HV Metal Tile MV Burner Only
4575-8-A 225 216 252 230 132 134 94
4575-8-B 223 213 241 230 132 134 94
4575-9 227 218 244 234 136 138 98
4575-10-A 401 363 432 390 204 209 147
4575-10-B 400 362 429 390 204 208 146
4575-12 405 348 433 397 212 215 153
4575-14 737 670 783 729 317 323 228
Page 5
Alternative Tile Dimensions | HiRAM®
5/8"
High Velocity Tile Medium Velocity Tile

with Jacket with Jacket
Designation Designation
A B
4575- -J304 4575- -J304M
4575- -J309 4575- -J309M
1/2"

C
Metal Tile Metal Tile
Designation Designation
4575- -M310 4575- -M310M G
4575- -M330 4575- -M330M
4575 Alternative Tile Dimension inches

A B C D E G
4575-8-A 14.5 7.88 4.44 3.50 1.75 8.69
4575-8-B 14.5 7.88 5.00 3.50 2.38 8.69
4575-9 14.5 7.88 5.69 3.50 2.84 8.69
4575-10-A 18.5 11.44 6.63 4.00 3.56 11.94
4575-10-B 18.5 11.44 6.88 4.00 3.56 11.94
4575-12 18.5 11.44 7.38 4.00 3.50 11.94
4575-14 22.5 13.5 10.13 7.50 7.40 14.44
Other dimensions are the same as the standard tile, see page 5.
Bulletin 4575
Page 6
Engineering Data | HiRAM® High Velocity
Main Air Pressure, osi (inch w.c.)

4575-8-A 0.2 (.35) 1 (1.73) 4 (6.9) 9 (15.6) 16 (27.7)
Main Air Flow, not burning, scfh — — — — 54 000

Main Air Flow, burning, stoich., scfh 4 400 9 400 19 600 31 000 41 500
Maximum %XSAir with flame signal (UV) 200 325 400 400 350
Maximum %XSFuel 30 30 30 30 30
Flame Length, stoich., ft. 3 3.5 4 4.5 5
Flame Diameter, stoich., in. 9 12 12 12 18
Gas Pressure, stoich., osi 0.1 0.5 1.9 4.2 7.4
Tile Pressure, stoich., osi 0.1 0.5 1.8 4.0 7.1
Maximum %XSAir, ignition--pilot 200 325 400 400 350
Maximum %XSAir, ignition--direct spark 125 325 250 250 300

4575-8-B 0.2 1 4 9 16

Flame Length, stoich., ft. 3.5 4 4.5 5 6
Maximum %XSAir, ignition--pilot 425 650 500 300 —
Maximum %XSAir, ignition--direct spark 200 200 200 — —

4575-9 0.2 1 4 9 16

Maximum %XSAir with flame signal (UV) 450 800 900 900 1 200
Flame Length, stoich., ft. 4.5 6 6.5 7 8
Gas Pressure, stoich., osi 0.1 0.7 2.5 6 11.1
Maximum %XSAir, ignition--pilot 500 800 800 — —

4575-10-A 0.2 1 4 9 16

Flame Length, stoich., ft. 4 5 6 7 8
Maximum %XSAir, ignition--pilot 500 675 850 800 900
Maximum %XSAir, ignition--direct spark 300 675 850 800 900
Medium velocity 4575 burners operate at reduced air pressures compared to the high velocity versions listed above.
Bulletin 4575
Page 7
Engineering Data | HiRAM® High Velocity

4575-10-B 0.2 (.35) 1 (1.73) 4 (6.9) 9 (15.6) 16 (27.7)

Maximum %XSAir with flame signal (UV) 1 300 1 100 1 500 1 300 1 200
Flame Length, stoich., ft. 6 7.5 6.5 7.5 10
Maximum %XSAir, ignition--pilot 1 300 1 100 1 500 1 300 1 200
Maximum %XSAir, ignition--direct spark 1 300 1 100 1 500 1 300 1 200

4575-12 0.2 1 4 9 16

Maximum %XSAir with flame signal (UV) 800 1 500 1 500 1 200 1 000
Flame Length, stoich., ft. 6 7 8 8.5 10
Maximum %XSAir, ignition--pilot 300 700 1 000 1 000 —
Maximum %XSAir, ignition--direct spark xx500 400 300 — —

4575-14 0.2 1 4 9 16

Flame Diameter, stoich., ft. 2.5 3 3 3 3.5
Gas Pressure, stoich., osi .1 .5 2.1 4.8 8.0
Tile Pressure, stoich., osi — — 1.2 2.3 3.6
Maximum %XSAir, ignition--pilot 750 1 000 — — —
Maximum %XSAir, ignition--direct spark 500 500 — — —
Medium velocity 4575 burners operate at reduced air pressures compared to the high velocity versions listed above.
Bulletin 4575
Page 8
Engineering Data | HiRAM® Medium Velocity

4575-8-B MV 0.2 (.35) 1 (1.73) 4 (6.9) 9 (15.6) 16 (27.7)

Main Air Flow, burning, stoich., scfh 8550 21 400 44 300 68 900 92 000
Maximum %XSAir with flame signal (UV) 350 900 1 000 800 700
Flame Length, stoich., ft. 5.0 6.0 8.6 8.0 9.0
Gas Pressure, stoich., in. w.c. 0.1 0.6 2.7 6.1 11.0
Gas Pressure, 10% excess air, in. w.c. 0.1 0.6 2.4 5.8 9.9
Maximum %XSAir, ignition--pilot 350 900 1 000 — —
Maximum %XSAir, ignition--direct spark 350 900 1 000 — —

4575-12 MV 0.2 (.35) 1 (1.73) 4 (6.9) 9 (15.6) 16 (27.7)

Maximum %XSAir with flame signal (UV) 800 2 500 2 000 1 400 1 200
Gas Pressure, 10% excess air, in. w.c. 0.1 0.75 3.2 7.0 12.3
Maximum %XSAir, ignition--pilot 800 2 500 600 — —
Maximum %XSAir, ignition--direct spark xx800 2 500 600 — —

4575-14 MV 0.2 (.35) 1 (1.73) 4 (6.9) 7 (12.1) 9 (15.6)

Gas Pressure, 10% excess air, in. w.c. -0.1 0.0 2.0 3.5 4.0
Maximum %XSAir, ignition--pilot 1 500 1 500 1 500 — —
Medium Velocity (MV) HiRAM burners vs. Original High Velocity (HV) HiRAM
The medium velocity tiles available for the 4575-burner family have no tile exit restriction, so the velocity of the flame exiting the tile
will be 25-50% lower than a standard 4575 burner with a high velocity tile. This also means that the tile backpressure and burner air
pressure requirements are much lower. A medium velocity 4575 operating at 7-10 osi air pressure will have the same capacity as the
high velocity burner at 16 osi.
To estimate performance for the 4575 MV burners not listed above:

— MV burner air capacity at 9 osi = HV burner at 16 osi air pressure
— MV burner flame length = 30% longer than HV burner at the same capacity
— MV burner gas pressure = 50% lower than HV burner at the same capacity
— Excess air, lighting, and flame supervision limits should be the same as HV burner at the same capacity
Bulletin 4575
Page 9
Ordering Information | HiRAM®
4575- (Arrangement - ) Configured Options
4575 Capacities
scfh (Nm3/h) air Gas connection position:
@ 27.7"w.c. = 16 osi = 6.9 mbar a: 12 O-Clock
4575 Burner Size: b: 3 O-Clock
Ignition/Flame
8-A 41,5000 (1,175) detection position: c: 6 O-Clock
8-B 62,000 (1,755) d: 9 O-Clock
1: 3 O-Clock
9 89,000 (2,520)
2: 6 O-Clock
10-A 101,000 (2,890) 3: 9 O-Clock
10-B 119,000 (3,370) 4: 12 O-Clock
12 164,000 (4,644)
14 250,000 (7,079)
Swing Bolt HiRAM

Tile Material Blank = With Standard post 2018 body
Blank = Standard Round Refractory SB = Swing Bolt HiRAM (with standard refractory tile)
J304 = Refractory with 304 SST tile jacket
J309 = Refractory with 309 SST tile jacket
M310 = Thin Wall 310 SST metal tile
M330 = Thin Wall 330 SST metal tile Tile Exit Size
Blank = High Velocity Tile (standard)
M = Medium Velocity (straight tile)
To order, specify: 4575-(capacity code)-(A or B if applicable) Igniton/Flame

4 detection position
(specify Arrangement Designators -- see sketch).
a 1-2-3-4
Example 1: 4575-9 Burner complete, Arrangement 1d
3 d b 1 Gas connection
Example 2: 4575-10-A-J304M Burner complete, Arrangement 1a position a-b-c-d
c
Arrangement Designators are specified relative to the main air
connection at 12 o’clock and should be listed for ignition/flame 2
detection and gas connection in that order.
Example 1:
CONFIGURATION CAUTION NOTES: Arrangement 1d
Good practice dictates that the ignition/flame detection NOT be on

the bottom of the burner.
Example 2:
Position #4 may not be suitable for some flame scanners due to
Arrangement 3c
interference with the main air connection.
See the table on the bottom of page 3 for igniter, pilot set, and
flame rod part numbers
Example 3:
Arrangement 4a
Contact Fives North American Combustion, Inc. for custom 4575
configurations.
Bulletin 4575
Page 10
Application Notes & Special Engineered Options | HiRAM®
HIGH BACK PRESSURE RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS
Standard 4575 burners can be operated with up to 4 psi of back As with any industrial equipment, the selection of burner spare
pressure without modification. For higher pressures, special parts should be based on the application and the end user’s
engineered designs are available for up to 15 psi. tolerance for downtime while waiting for replacement parts from
the manufacturer. If a facility has multiple burners of the same
SWING BOLT BACKPLATE DESIGN type, having a complete spare burner can be justified.
The classic swing bolt backplate version of the HiRAM® is - If there are plans to disassemble any part with a gasket, it is a
available as an engineered special. This design can be useful in good idea to have that spare gasket available in case it tears.
applications where the backplate needs to be removed often.
— Spare parts that are good to stock are:
STANDARD SINGLE & SPECIAL DOUBLE IGNITION/FS — Pilot tips, pilot ratio regulators
CONNECTIONS — Igniters, and ignition cables
— Flame supervision parts, (flame relays, flame rods and UV
Standard 4575 burners have a single connection block (boss)
cells)
that contain a pair of 3/4" FPT ports, one each for ignition and
— Observation ports
flame supervision. The location of the boss is configured when
the burner is ordered. Openings in the "Gas Tube Air Sleeve — Gas Tube and Air Sleeve Assembly, if the burner is operated
Assembly" (stabilizer) inside the burner body, are aligned with at a very high temperature.
the ignition/FS ports when the burner is factory assembled.
CHANGING THE GAS INLET ARRANGEMENT
Double ignition/FS are available as an engineered special. For
most sizes, the blocks must be 180° or 90° apart. If the gas connection is rotated to a new position in the field
without re-orienting the "Gas Tube & Air Sleeve Assembly", the
LNI INJECTOR MOUNTING PLATE ignition and flame supervision ports will be blocked, which could
damage the burner, prevent proper operation and void the
Standard HiRAM® burners operate with relativity low NOx warranty.
emissions, but they can be configured to use Low NOx Injection
"LNI"™ technology for ultra low NOx emissions. To re-orient the "Gas Tube & Air Sleeve Assembly"
4575 LNI™ burners are operated as a conventional high velocity — Remove the spark plug and flame rod, if equipped, to prevent
burner when furnace temperature is below 1450°F (790°C). damage
When the furnace is above that temperature, the burners can be — Remove the bolts that connect the gas connection assembly to
automatically switched to LNI™ firing to inhibit formation of NOx. the burner body
Air continues to flow through the center port of the burner, but
— Pull the burner internal assembly out of the burner body
gas is switched to a strategically placed outboard injector.
— Remove the two bolts that secure the Gas Tube & Air Sleeve
LNI™ radically changes the mixing of the gas and air. During Assembly to the Gas Connection Assembly
conventional firing, mixing and combustion is concentrated — Rotate the Gas Tube & Air Sleeve Assembly so that its' igni-
primarily within the burner tile, When firing with LNI™, the tion and flame supervision holes line up with the ports on the
furnace space in front of the burner is used for mixing and body when the gas connection is in the new arrangement
combustion. rotation.
— Reverse the procedure to finish the re-orientation.
Bulletin 4575
Page 11
Spare Parts List | HiRAM®
Main Air Flange Main Air Flange

(Optional) Gasket (Optional)
Furnace Mounting
Gasket (Optional)
Body Gasket♦
Atomizing Air/
End Cover Gasket
Gas Tube
End Cover
Gas Connection Body ■ Gas Tube &

Air Sleeve Assembly Mounting Mounting & Swing Bolts
Assembly ■ Tile Assembly
Gasket
Burner Size
Part Name -8-A -8-B -9* -10-A -10-B -12 -14
Mounting & Tile Assembly 3-6916-1 3-6816-1 3-6453-1 3-6836-1 3-6784-1 3-6431-1 4-12287-1
Body Assembly 4-54712-1 4-54801-1 4-54886-1 4-54673-1 4-54673-1 4-54622-1 4-54895-1
Gas Tube & Air Sleeve Assembly† 4-7953-1 4-7901-1 3-12127-1 3-6835-1 3-6846-1 4-23824-1 4-23827-1
Gas Connection Assembly 4-54713-1 4-54713-1 4-54888-1 4-54623-3 4-59623-3 4-54623-3 4-54898-1
Gas Tube End Cover 4-7618-1 4-7618-1 4-7618-1 4-7643-2 4-7643-2 4-7643-2 4-10349-1
Mounting Gasket 3-6462-1 3-6462-1 3-6462-1 3-6443-1 3-6443-1 3-6443-1 4-10368-1
Body Gasket♦ 4-54657-1 4-54657-1 4-54657-1 4-54656-1 4-54656-1 4-54656-1 4-55039-1
Atomizing Air/End Cover Gasket 3-6464-1 3-6464-1 3-6464-1 3-6441-2 3-6441-2 3-6441-2 4-10348-1
Mounting & Tile Assembly High Velocity (HV)
Refractory HV (Original Tile) 3-6916-1 3-6816-1 3-6453-1 3-6836-1 3-6784-1 3-6431-1 4-12287-1
Refractory HV 304 Jacket (-J304) 4-57171-2 3-15623-2 4-55738-2 4-55142-2 4-55592-2 3-20139-2 4-57172-2
Refractory HV 309 Jacket (-J309) 4-57171-3 3-15623-3 4-55738-3 4-55142-3 4-55592-3 3-20139-3 4-57172-3
Metal 310 HV tile (-M310) 4-57806-8A-1 4-57806-8B-1 4-57806-9-1 4-57807-10A-1 4-57807-10B-1 4-57807-12-1 4-57808-1
Metal 330 HV tile (-M330) 4-57806-8A-2 4-57806-8B-2 4-57806-9-2 4-57807-10A-2 4-57807-10B-2 4-57807-12-2 4-57808-2
Mounting & Tile Assembly Medium Velocity (HV)
Refractory MV (-M) 4-54927-1 4-54927-1 4-54927-1 3-22177-1 3-22177-1 3-22177-1 4-57824-1
Refractory MV 304 Jacket (-J304M) 4-57843-2 4-57843-2 4-57843-2 4-57844-2 4-57844-2 4-57844-2 4-57845-2
Refractory MV 309 Jacket (-J309M) 4-57843-3 4-57843-3 4-57843-3 4-57844-3 4-57844-3 4-57844-3 4-57845-3
Metal 310 MV tile (-M310M) 4-57809-1-1 4-57809-1-1 4-57809-1-1 4-57809-2-1 4-57809-2-1 4-57809-2-1 4-57809-3-1
Metal 330 MV tile (-M330M) 4-57809-1-2 4-57809-1-2 4-57809-1-2 4-57809-2-2 4-57809-2-2 4-57809-2-2 4-57809-3-2
Options
Blower Sleeve 2947-8 2947-8 2947-9 2947-10 2947-10 2947-12 2947-14
Clamp (qty) R120-2425(2) R120-2600(2) R120-2600(2) R120-2600(2) R120-2600(2) R120-2425(4) R120-2425(2)
R120-2600(2)
Flame Rod —NA— —NA— 4-25432-4 4-25432-4 4-25432-4 4-25432-11 4-25432-11
Main Air Flange 3-8569-1 3-8569-1 3-8569-2 3-8569-5 3-8569-5 3-8569-4 3-8569-6
Main Air Flange Gasket OA3-2302-24F4 OA3-2302-24F4 OA3-2302-25F4 OA3-2302-26F4 OA3-2302-26F4 OA3-2302-27F4 OA3-2302-28F4
Furnace Mtg. Gasket▲ 4-28284-1 4-28284-1 4-28284-1 4-28285-1 4-28285-1 4-28285-1 4-28286-1
4-28284-2 4-28284-2 4-28284-2 4-28285-2 4-28285-2 4-28285-2 4-28286-2
† Gas Tube, Air Sleeve, Air Tube Disc, Gas Stabilizer, and Air Tubes are an Integral Assembly and must be purchased as a unit called "Gas Tube and Air Sleeve Assembly".
* -9 Burners sold prior to S.O.#GK 3600 (September 1997) should have spare part numbers verified by Engineering before ordering.
♦ Gasket Note: This part number for burners equipped with a through bolt connnection. For burners equipped with swing bolt connection use SB Body Gasket, see page 13.
▲ If needed use... -1 gasket for furnace shell temperatures up to 825°F. Use -2 for furnace shell temperatures up to 975°F.
■ If body is equipped with swing bolt connection, use "SB" parts or consult engineering, see page 13.
Bulletin 4575
Page 12
Legacy Spare Parts List | Swing Bolt HiRAM®
4575/6575 SWING BOLT LEGACY DESIGN
HiRAM® burners built before 2018 included swing bolts on the

body assembly, to aid in the removal of the burner internal parts
for applications that required frequent tile clean outs. Customer
feedback was that this feature had limited value to most users,
so swing bolts were removed to simplify the standard HiRAM®
burner design. 4575 Burners with swing bolts are still available
with the original high velocity tile, as well as the spare parts. The
list below are the parts unique to the legacy HiRAM® swing bolt
burner design.
Burner Burner
Designation Description
4575-8-A-SB 6" 4575-8-A HiRAM Gas Burner with Swing Bolts, arrangement:
4575-8-B-SB 6" 4575-8-B HiRAM Gas Burner with Swing Bolts, arrangement:
4575-9-SB 8" 4575-9 HiRAM Gas Burner with Swing Bolts, arrangement:
4575-10-A-SB 10" 4575-10-A HiRAM Gas Burner with Swing Bolts, arrangement:
4575-10-B-SB 10" 4575-10-B HiRAM Gas Burner with Swing Bolts, arrangement:
4575-12-SB 12" 4575-12 HiRAM Gas Burner with Swing Bolts, arrangement:
4575-14-SB 14" 4575-14 HiRAM Gas Burner with Swing Bolts, arrangment:
Main Air Flange

Main Air (optional)
Flange Gasket
(optional) Mounting Gasket
Body Gasket
Gas Tube †
Atomizing Air/
End Cover Gasket
Gas Connection
Assembly
Gas Tube
End Cover
Body Assemby Air Tube
Disc. †
Swing Bolts Air Sleeve †
Mounting & Tile
Assembly
Parts for burners with Swing Bolts and extra body gussets (SB)
Burner Size
Part Name -8-A -8-B -9* -10-A -10-B -12 -14
SB Body Assembly 3-6915-1 3-6637-1 3-6454-2 3-12877-1 3-12877-1 3-6439-2 4-12283-1
SB Gas Connection Assembly 3-6456-1 3-6456-1 4-22788-1 3-6435-3 3-6435-3 3-6435-3 4-10347-1
SB Body Gasket 3-6463-1 3-6463-1 3-6463-1 3-6442-2 3-6442-2 3-6442-2 4-10366-1
† Gas Tube, Air Sleeve, Air Tube Disc, Gas Stabilizer, and Air Tubes are an Integral Assembly and must be purchased as a unit called "Gas Tube and Air Sleeve Assembly".
* -9 Burners sold prior to S.O.#GK 3600 (September 1997) should have spare part numbers verified by Engineering before ordering.
Bulletin 4575
Page 13
Higher Capacity or Air Temperature | 4821 Magna-Flame™ Burner
Bulletin 4575
Page 14
For applications that require higher capacities or higher exit velocities, resulting in increased convective heat transfer
preheated air temperatures than a standard HiRAM®, consider and at the same time entrainment of surrounding furnace
using a 4821-R burner. gases resulting in low NOx emissions. For extremely low NOx
applications, consult Fives North American Combustion, Inc. about
HOT AIR combining the R-version burner with low NOx injection (LNI)
technology.
4821 Hot Air Magna-Flame™ Burners operate with hot air from
recuperators or other heat recovery devices to save energy CONSTRUCTION
on furnaces, such as steel reheat, aluminum melting, process
heaters, and other high temperature applications. Normal 4821 Bodies featuring round mounting flanges are fabricated
capacities are rated at 1000°F (538°C) air at a pressure of 10"w.c. heavy-gauge carbon steel and lined with ceramic fiber and
(25 mbar). castable refractory. Internal parts are heat-resistant
alloy and the stabilizing disc is faced with high alumina
HIGH VELOCITY refractory.
For applications that benefit from high velocity, such as For capacities less than the HiRAM® consider a 4441 Tempest
aluminum melters and holders, steel reheat furnaces or others, burner.
the 4821 is available in an “R-version”. The refractory tile shape
of the R version is reduced (converging) to produce high hot-gas
COMBUSTION AIR CAPACITY, scfh (for Btu/h HHV capacity, multiply scfh by 100)
Burner Jet Air, scfh Flame Dimensions

Standard Designation 1000°F 60° Air at 60°F at 1000°F air 2
Tile Reduced Port Tile at 10"w.c. at 10"w.c.  with 27.7"w.c.  Length Diameter
4821-9 4821-9-R 34,000 55,000 1,130 5' 2'
4821-10-A 4821-10-AR 40,000 67,000 1,850 5' 2'
4821-10-B 4821-10-BR 53,000 89,000 1,850 7' 2'
4821-12 4821-12-R 78,000 130,000 4,500 9' 3'
4821-14 4821-14-R 106,000 177,500 4,500 10' 4'
4821-16 4821-16-R 134,000 225,000 6,700 13' 4'
4821-18 4821-18-R 172,000 288,000 8,600 16' 5'
4821-20 4821-20-R 215,000 360,000 10,750 17' 5'
4821-22 4821-22-R 260,000 435,500 10,750 20' 5'
2 Subtract 10% from flame dimensions shown for reduced port tile "R" version.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Series 4651, 4659, and 4682 Nozzles
Nozzle Part No. Nozzle Nozzle Part No. Nozzle
Burner Bore dia. Heat Resistant Part No. Burner Bore dia. Heat Resistant Part No.
designation inches Cast Iron Ni-Resist  designation inches Cast Iron Ni-Resist 
4651-01  4651-01-BO 4651-01-N/BO 4659-5-B 15⁄8 4659-5-B/BO 4659-5-BN/BO
4651-0  4651-0-BO 4651-0-N/BO 4659-6-A 111⁄16 4659-6-A/BO 4659-6-AN/BO
4651-1-A  4651-1-A/BO 4651-1-AN/BO 4659-6-B 17⁄8 4659-6-B/BO 4659-6-BN/BO
4651-1-B  4651-1-B/BO 4651-1-BN/BO 4659-6-C 115⁄16 4659-6-C/BO 4659-6-CN/BO
4651-2-A 23⁄32 4651-2-A/BO 4651-2-AN/BO 4659-7-A 21⁄16 4659-7-A/BO 4659-7-AN/BO
4659-7-B 25⁄16 4659-7-B/BO 4659-7-BN/BO
4651-2-B ¾ 4651-2-B/BO 4651-2-BN/BO 4659-7-C 2½ 4659-7-C/BO 4659-7-CN/BO
4651-2-C 27⁄32 4651-2-C/BO 4651-2-CN/BO
4682-0-A 25⁄64 4682-0-A/BO 4682-0-AN/BO
4651-2-D 29⁄32 4651-2-D/BO 4651-2-DN/BO 4682-0-B 29⁄64 4682-0-B/BO 4682-0-BN/BO
4651-3-A 15⁄16 4651-3-A/BO 4651-3-AN/BO 4682-0-C 31⁄64 4682-0-C/BO 4682-0-CN/BO
4651-3-B 11⁄16 4651-3-B/BO 4651-3-BN/BO 4682-1-A 35⁄64 4682-1-A/BO 4682-1-AN/BO
4682-1-B 19⁄32 4682-1-B/BO 4682-1-BN/BO
4651-4-A 13⁄16 4651-4-A/BO 4651-4-AN/BO
4651-4-C 13⁄8 4651-4-C/BO 4651-4-CN/BO 4682-2-B 47⁄64 4682-2-B/BO 4682-2-BN/BO
4651-5-A 1½ 4651-5-A/BO 4651-5-AN/BO 4682-2-C 51⁄64 4682-2-C/BO 4682-2-CN/BO
4651-5-B 15⁄8 4651-5-B/BO 4651-5-BN/BO 4682-2-D 53⁄64 4682-2-D/BO 4682-2-DN/BO
4682-3-A 29⁄32 4682-3-A/BO 4682-3-AN/BO
4651-6-A 111⁄16 4651-6-A/BO 4651-6-AN/BO
4682-3-B 63⁄64 4682-3-B/BO 4682-3-BN/BO
4651-6-B 17⁄8 4651-6-B/BO 4651-6-BN/BO
4682-4-A 11⁄8 4682-4-A/BO 4682-4-AN/BO
4651-6-C 115⁄16 4651-6-C/BO 4651-6-CN/BO
4682-4-B 1¼ 4682-4-B/BO 4682-4-BN/BO
4651-7-A 21⁄16 4651-7-A/BO 4651-7-AN/BO 4682-4-C 15⁄16 4682-4-C/BO 4682-4-CN/BO
4651-7-C 2½ 4651-7-C/BO 4651-7-CN/BO 4682-5-B 19⁄16 4682-5-B/BO 4682-5-BN/BO
4651-8-A 3 4651-8-A/BO 4651-8-AN/BO 4682-6-A 15⁄8 4682-6-A/BO 4682-6-AN/BO
4651-8-B 33⁄8 4651-8-B/BO 4651-8-BN/BO 4682-6-B 113⁄16 4682-6-B/BO 4682-6-BN/BO
4651-8-C 3¾ 4651-8-C/BO 4651-8-CN/BO 4682-6-C 17⁄8 4682-6-C/BO 4682-6-CN/BO
4651-8-D 43⁄16 4651-8-D/BO 4651-8-DN/BO 4682-7-A 2 4682-7-A/BO 4682-7-AN/BO
4659-1-A 9⁄16 4659-1-A/BO 4659-1-AN/BO 4682-7-B 2¼ 4682-7-B/BO 4682-7-BN/BO

4659-1-B 5⁄8 4659-1-B/BO 4659-1-BN/BO 4682-7-C 27⁄16 4682-7-C/BO 4682-7-CN/BO
4682-8-A 317⁄64 4682-8-A/BO 4682-8-AN/BO
4659-2-A 23⁄32 4659-2-A/BO 4659-2-AN/BO 4682-8-B 319⁄32 4682-8-B/BO 4682-8-BN/BO
4659-2-B ¾ 4659-2-B/BO 4659-2-BN/BO 4682-8-C 43⁄16 4682-8-C/BO 4682-8-CN/BO
4659-2-C 27⁄32 4659-2-C/BO 4659-2-CN/BO 4682-8-D 4¼ 4682-8-D/BO 4682-8-DN/BO
4659-2-D 29⁄32 4659-2-D/BO 4659-2-DN/BO 4682-9 53⁄8 4682-9/BO 4682-9-N/BO
4659-3-A 15⁄16 4659-3-A/BO 4659-3-AN/BO
4659-3-B 11⁄16 4659-3-B/BO 4659-3-BN/BO Six 5⁄32" dia. holes on a 7⁄16" dia. circle. (.386 dia. single port)
4659-4-A 13⁄16 4659-4-A/BO 4659-4-AN/BO  Six #5 drill holes on a 0.614 dia. circle. (.533 dia. single port)
4659-4-B 15⁄16 4659-4-B/BO 4659-4-BN/BO  Six 0.242" dia. holes on a 13⁄16" dia. circle. (.562 dia. single port)
4659-4-C 13⁄8 4659-4-C/BO 4659-4-CN/BO  Six 0.272" dia. holes on a 13⁄16" dia. circle. (.625 dia. single port)
4659-5-A 1½ 4659-5-A/BO 4659-5-AN/BO Ni-Resist is a 17% nickel alloy suitable for 1350-1500 F metal temperatures.
Sheet 4600-1
Page 2
DIMENSIONS of Series 4651 Burner Nozzles
(Standard and Single Port)
A-NPT
D E Nozzle dimensions in inches No. of

designation A B C D E F G holes
4651-01 ½ 5⁄8 113⁄16 13⁄8 11/4 9⁄32 13⁄16 2
G G B C 4651-0 ¾ 9⁄16 25⁄16 15⁄8 1½ 9⁄32 13⁄16 2
4651-1 1 11⁄16 33⁄16 21⁄16 1¾ 13⁄32 1¾ 2
(-01 thru -1 have F-dia. 4651-01 to 4651-6
multi-hole pattern) 4651-2 11/4 15⁄16 23⁄16 23⁄8 1¾ 13⁄32 1¾ 2
4651-3 1½ 27⁄16 13⁄16 25⁄8 1¾ 13⁄32 1¾ 2
4651-4 2 17⁄16 31⁄8 3¼ 2½ 17⁄32 2½ 2
35⁄8 4651-5 2½ 27⁄8 115⁄16 313⁄16 2½ 17⁄32 2½ 2
4651-6 3 37⁄8 2¼ 45⁄8 2¾ 17⁄32 2½ 2
4651-7 4 41⁄16 17⁄8 5½ 3¾ 21⁄32 SEE 3
31⁄16 35⁄8 DETAIL
4651-8 6 71⁄16 2 7¾ 5 13⁄16 4
35⁄8 35⁄8
31⁄16 31⁄16
4651-7 4651-8
Combustion Air Capacities, cfh

% Combustion Air Multiply
For nozzle capacity in Btu/hr, assuming 100% air through the nozzle, multiply figures below by 100. Nozzle can be Through Nozzle Capacity by
run rich at air rates below, using secondary air to complete combustion of the exess fuels. To determine capacity
90 1.1
with less than 100% air through the nozzle, multiply capacity below by correction factor from table at right. 80 1.22
70 1.38
Approx.
Nozzle Capacity Mixture Pressure in inches of water Nozzle
100's of Btu/hr 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 wt, lb
-0-A 200 280 340 390 440 480 520 550 640 670
-0-B 250 350 430 500 560 610 660 710 790 860
-0-C 280 400 490 570 640 700 750 810 900 990
2
-1-A 350 490 600 700 790 860 920 990 1120 1210
-1-B 440 620 760 880 990 1070 1160 1240 1390 1520
-2-A 560 790 960 1120 1260 1370 1480 1580 1770 1930
-2-B 650 920 1120 1300 1460 1590 1720 1840 2060 2240
-2-C 780 1100 1340 1560 1750 1910 2060 2190 2460 2680
-2-D 880 1240 1510 1760 1980 2150 2320 2480 2780 3020 3
-3-A 980 1380 1690 1960 2200 2390 2590 2760 3100 3380
-3-B 1200 1690 2060 2400 2690 2930 3170 3380 3800 4120
-4-A 1500 2120 2580 3000 3360 3660 3960 4240 4760 5150
-4-B 1900 2680 3280 3800 4270 4650 5000 5350 6000 6550 5
-4-C 2050 2890 3530 4100 4610 5000 5400 5800 6500 7050
-5-A 2450 3450 4220 4900 5500 6000 6500 6900 7750 8450
6
-5-B 2900 4100 5000 5800 6500 7100 7650 8200 9200 10000
-6-A 3200 4510 5500 6400 7200 7800 8450 9000 10100 11000
-6-B 3850 5450 6600 7700 8650 9400 10200 10800 12200 13200 11
-6-C 4250 6000 7300 8500 9550 10300 11200 12000 13400 14600
-7-A 4750 6700 8500 9500 10600 11600 12600 13400 15000 17000
-7-B 6000 8450 10300 12000 13400 14700 15800 16900 19000 20600 22
-7-C 7050 9950 12100 14100 15800 17200 18600 19800 22200 24200
-8-A 10500 14800 18200 21000 23500 25600 27700 29600 33200 36200
-8-B 13000 18400 22500 26000 29200 31800 34400 36700 41300 44900
-8-C 18000 25500 31200 36000 40400 44000 47600 51000 57000 62000 32
-8-D 21500 30200 37200 43000 48100 52500 57000 60500 68000 74000
-9-D 37700 53000 65000 75500 84500 92000 99500 106000 – – 50
4651-01 130 183 225 260 291 318 343 367 412 450
2
4651-0 250 350 433 500 560 610 660 710 790 860
Sheet 4600-1
Page 3
H
F
B
G E
A-NPT
C
D
Nozzle dimensions in inches

designation A B C D E F G H
4659-1 1 155⁄64 131⁄32 213⁄16 2 2¼ 17⁄16 17⁄32
4659-2 1¼ 215⁄64 25⁄32 35⁄16 23⁄8 25⁄8 1¾ 17⁄16
4659-3 1½ 239⁄64 231⁄32 37⁄8 2¾ 31⁄8 21⁄8 113⁄16
4659-4 2 315⁄64 231⁄32 47⁄16 33⁄8 3¾ 2½ 25⁄16
4659-5 2½ 347⁄64 321⁄32 415⁄16 37⁄8 4¼ 25⁄8 2¼
4659-6 3 431⁄64 47⁄16 57⁄16 45⁄8 5 31⁄8 2½
4659-7 4 531⁄64 51⁄32 69⁄16 55⁄8 6 4 35⁄32
A-NPT 4682-0 through -7
C B
F
Rad.
D
D
E
11⁄16 drill 3 holes
4682-8 and -9
F B
dia. A- C
NPT dia.
¾
Nozzle dimensions in inches

designation A B C D E F
4682-0 ¾ 17⁄8 113⁄16 11
/16 223⁄32 11/16
4682-1 1 2 113⁄16 13⁄16 223⁄32 11⁄8
4682-2 1¼ 27⁄16 2¼ 13⁄16 227⁄32 111⁄32
4682-3 1½ 2¾ 29⁄16 11⁄16 31⁄32 1½
4682-4 2 31⁄8 215/16 13⁄8 39⁄16 111⁄16
4682-5 2½ 35⁄8 33⁄8 13⁄8 41⁄8 115⁄16
4682-6 3 4¼ 41⁄16 13⁄8 5¼ 2¼
4682-7 4 53⁄8 53/16 13⁄8 6¼ 27⁄8
4682-8 6 7¾ 73⁄8 35⁄16 71⁄8 5 Copyright © 2022 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 4600-1 04/22
4682-9 8 97⁄8 97⁄16 61⁄16 85⁄8 6¼
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Blast Tips Sheet 4622/4624
4622 Cast Iron and 4624 Stainless Steel Blast Tips are small, self-
piloted premix burners. Mounted on pipe manifolds, they are well
suited for such applications as corebox and mold heating. They
burn natural or LP gases.
Operation. For longest tip life, operate blast tips on or near

stoichiometric ratio about 4"w.c. mixture pressure. For added
capacity, they can be run slightly rich in the presence of
secondary air. To avoid flashback, mixture pressure should not
drop below 0.25"w.c. Maximum mixture pressure for stability is
over 10"w.c.
Installation. Tips should be threaded into half couplings welded

 P
P1
P1 = (Turndown Ratio)  P2
2
to pipe manifolds, spaced closely enough for uniform heating. Turndown Ratio =
2
(4622-02-P Blast Tips with tapered, plain shank, are press-fit into
0.25"w.c.  3 = 2.25"w.c.
2
pipe manifolds and welded.) Minimum tip-to-work spacing, for
uniform non-impingement heating, is 4" on stoichiometric ratio at
4"w.c. mixture pressure. Shorter tip-to-work spacing can be used At this pressure, -02 tip capacity can be calculated as follows:
if impingement heating is desired.
Q2 = Q1
 PP
2
Tip can be fed from either 3065 Aspirator Mixers or 3070 Q2 for -02 tip = 22 000 at 5"wc (from capacity chart below)
Inspirators. Manifold pipe size generally should be the same as
the mixer outlet. On end-fed manifolds, allow five pipe diameters
between the mixer and first blast tip.  2.25"
22 000 
5"
= 14 800 Btu/h HHV.
Maximum ambient temperature for 4622 tip is 300°F; 4624 tips

will withstand 800°F.
Q for -01 tip = 34 000 
2
 2.25"
5"
= 22 800 Btu/h HVV.
Selection Example: Select blast tips and an aspirator mixer for If the -02 tips are selected, 10 are required for the desired
148 000 Btu/h HHV release on natural gas. Tips are to operate capacity (10  14 800 Btu/h HHV = 148 000 Btu/h HHV). From
over 3:1 turndown on stoichiometric ratio. Bulletin 3065, a 3065-3-11 Mixer, with a capacity of 1550 scfh
air at 2.5"w.c. mixture pressure will suffice. This mixer has a 1½"
Minimum permissible mixture pressure is 0.25"w.c., therefore pipe size outlet; so fabricate the blast tip manifold from 1½" pipe.
required high fire mixture pressure to obtain 3:1 turndown is
based on the following equation:
4622/4624
page 2
Burner Capacities, Btu/h HHV, with 100% air through burner
mixture pressure, "w.c.

Burner designation 0.5 1 4 5 6 8 10
4622-02, -02-P, 4624-02 7 000 10 000 20 000 22 000 24 000 28 000 31 000
4622-01, 4624-01 11 000 15 000 30 000 34 000 37 000 43 000 48 000
 Burners can be run with less than 100% primary air (rich) if sufficient secondary air is
available. If operating with 90% primary air, multiply capacities above by 1.11; multiply by 1.22 for
80% primary air.
A-NPT
B
C
F D
4622
E 0.661 E
A-NPT
B 1° 47'
C
C B
F D
D
4622-02-P 4624
Blast Tip dimensions in inches wt, Open Flow Area

designation A B C D E F oz sq. inches
4622-02 3⁄8 3⁄8 7⁄8 1¼ 11⁄8 1 2 .085
4622-01 ½ 7⁄16 7⁄8 15⁄16 15⁄16 13⁄16 2½ .131
4624-02 3⁄8 3⁄8 7⁄8 1¼ 11⁄8 - 3 .085
4624-01 ½ 7⁄16 7/8
15⁄16 1¼ - 3½ .131
4622-02-P - 3⁄8 7⁄8 1¼ 11⁄8 1 2 .085
Copyright © 2022 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 4622/4624 03/22
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American reGen® Gas Burners
Bulletin 4630
4630 reGen Burners are made up of line burner sections to fire
low temperature applications where heat must be distributed
uniformly over a large area.
Direct fired air heating applications:

— Drying paints, textiles, metal parts, ink, etc.
— Recirculating core ovens.
— Cooking, evaporating, heating, etc. in the
food industry.
Other
Heating kettles; preheating metal bars, castings,
etc.; glass lehrs and fire polishing.
reGen Burners are stable with up to 12"w.c. mixture pressure in A typical reGen Burner assembly, with sections selected
air stream velocities as high as 2000 fpm. They can operate in and arranged to fit a specific duct cross section with "J"
ambient temperatures up to 400°F. Assemblies can fire in any flame rod adapter on pilot section.
direction, including down.
Flames are short and sharp at correct air/gas ratio, longer and
yellow-tipped with rich mixtures. An assembly lights reliably from
a single pilot. See Page 2 for 4630 selection information.
Table 1. 4630 CAPACITIES

and DRILLINGS
Btu/hr per ft DRILLING Btu/hr per ft DRILLING

at 4"w.c. each outer row inner row at 4"wc each outer row inner row
mixture drill number of drill number of mixture drill number of drill number of
pressure size holes/ft size holes/ft pressure size holes/ft size holes/ft
19 000 49 12 — — 101 000 42 23 38 22
23 000 45 12 — — 119 000 42 23 31 22
29 000 45 12 53 11 144 000 42 23 25 22
36 000 45 12 53 22 169 000 42 23 19 22
45 000 45 23 — — 198 000 42 23 13 22

57 000 45 23 53 22 226 000 42 23 5 22
71 000 45 23 46 22 252 000 42 23 1 22
85 000 42 23 45 22 289 000 42 23 E 22
Drillings are different for the elbows in some larger sizes, but capacities per foot are the same.
Mixture manifolds should not be larger than 4" pipe size because of flashback hazard.
Bul 4630
page 2
4630 SELECTION
1. Sketch (to scale) burner layout that will provide uniform tempera- 4. Select points at which air-gas mixture is to be fed into assembly:
ture distribution.
A 2" end connection can handle up to 350 000 Btu/h HHV (at
2. Determine total burner length this layout requires by adding to- 4"w.c.).
gether individual section lengths as indicated below. The "typical"
assembly in the left photograph on Page 1 covers a 3' square A 3" connection can handle 800 000 Btu/h HHV (4630-B, -H,
area, using: -T, and -X have 3" connections).
(6) 4630-E (12") and (4) 4630-S (3") straight sections If multiple inlet connections are required, locate them so they
(2) 4630-T tee section (1) 4630-X cross section feed approximately equal burner lengths.
(1) 4630-P pilot section (3) 2" inlet flanges
5. "Fill in" assembly with appropriate straight and elbow section, inlet
This results in 12' of total "burner length." flanges, end plates, etc. If multiple mixers are used, mixer zones
must be separated within burner assembly--use either 4-1739-1
3. Divide total Btu/h HHV input requirement by total burner length. separator plates or 4-3159-1 expansion ignition couplings.
Result will be Btu/h HHV per ft of 4630 Burner. Select appropriate 6. To avoid dangerous flashback, mixture manifolds should not
burner capacity/drilling from Table I...at the 4"w.c. mixture pres- exceed 4" pipe size.
sure ratings shown, or higher or lower ratings if other mixture
pressures are available (up to 12"w.c. maximum)--use the square
root law or handbook tables for determining different ratings.
4630 MAIN BURNER SECTIONS

* Hardware Included
111⁄16 rad. 2¼
3⁄8 rad.
41⁄8 dia. 111⁄16 rad.
(3) 9⁄32 3
holes fpt
3" for 4630-S, 9" for 4630-N, 3⁄8
1¾ 2
12" for 4630-E
4630-E 12" (wt. 7½ lb) 4630-N 9"(wt. 5½ lb) 3⁄8
6
4630-S 3" STRAIGHT (wt. 3 lb) (3) 9⁄32
holes
(3) 9⁄32
6 6 1¾ 2
6 holes 4630-T tee with 3" Bottom Inlet
Burner length: 18" (wt. 15 lb)
41⁄8 dia.
111⁄16
3 41⁄8 dia.
fpt 111⁄16 rad.
3
6 fpt
3⁄8 2¼
(3) 9⁄32
3⁄8 holes 2
6 6 1¾ 2¼
6 6 1¾ 2
4630-X CROSS with 3" Bottom Inlet
Burner length: 24" (wt. 18 lb) 4630-B with 3" Bottom Inlet (wt. 10½ lb)
1¾ 2
111⁄16 rad. 111⁄16 rad.
(3) 9⁄32 holes (3) 9⁄32
holes
41⁄8 3 3⁄8
3⁄8
2 3 1¾ 2
3 fpt
6 6 41⁄8
4630-L ELBOW
4630-H STRAIGHT with 3" Side Inlet (wt. 10½ lb) Burner length: 6" (wt. 5¼ lb)
Bul 4630
page 3
4630 AUXILIARY SECTIONS & ACCESSORIES
11⁄32 7⁄8 flame rod adapter

spark plug
38°
111⁄16 rad. 7⁄8 5⁄16 slot 1½ ½ fpt
for ¼ bolt
1¾ 2½ 37⁄8
115⁄32 19⁄64 dia. 111⁄16 rad.
¼ -20 NC
(3) 9⁄32 holes ¾fpt tap
(3) 5⁄16 holes
5⁄16
1½ 3⁄8 13⁄8 7⁄8 rad.
½ 11⁄32 125⁄32
3 1¾ 2 3½ 2 1¾
4630-P Pilot Section (wt. 4 lb) 4-2408-3 Pilot and Flame Rod Bracket 4-2167-1 Companion Endplate
Complete with spark plug, two separator plates, and (wt. 1 lb) (wt. 1 lb)
provision for adding an 883_-J flame rod adapter. This 3" For mounting a 4021-15 or 4021-16 Pilot Tip and an "M" For mounting 4-2408-3 pilot and flame rod bracket, as
section has ¾" bottom inlet and takes a 3065-0-7 Mixer style flame rod adapter. Use with Part No. 4-2167-1. shown in center of photo on Page 4.
(do not specify a capacity rating). Flame Rod Part No. R130-7116
111⁄16 rad. ½ (3) 5⁄16 holes 11⁄16 111⁄16 rad.
7⁄8
bore 1¾
111⁄16
(2) 3⁄8 dia. holes 2½ 5⁄8 5⁄8 2
(3) 9⁄32 holes
5⁄16 -18 NC
5⁄16 3⁄8 tap
2½ min. 5⁄8 5⁄8
1¾ 2 ¾ 2
33⁄16 max.
4-3159-1 Expansion Ignition Coupling Pilot Bracket* (wt. 1 lb) 4-0804-2 Companion Endplate (wt. 1 lb)
(wt. 3¼ lb) For mounting pilot tip only (no flame rod) as selected from For mounting pilot bracket, as shown at rear of photo
Used in place of and far superior to the separator plate. It table below. Use with Part No. 4-0804-2 as shown at rear on Page 4.
can telescope to absorb some expansion in an assembly of photo on page 4.
when burners heat. It permits low fire side to pilot high
fire side and vice versa. *Pilot Bracket Bore for Pilot Tip
4-0680-1 11⁄64 4021-13, 4021-14,
4-0680-2 19⁄64 4021-15, 4021-16
111⁄16 rad.
111⁄16 rad.
2
fpt
(3) 5⁄16 holes
(3) ¼ -20
1⁄32 1 1½ 111⁄16 tap 5⁄16 1¾ 2
holes 1¾ 2
4-1739-1 Separator Plate (wt. ¼ lb) 4-0803-1 2" Inlet Flange (wt. 2 lb) 4-0804-1 Std. Endplate (wt. 1 lb)
Used to separate mixer zones within an assembly. If all Bolted to the end of any section, it provides a threaded 2" Used to close ends of an assembly.
mixture pressures in an assembly are essentially equal, pipe size feed connection.
flame will cross separator plates so one pilot suffices for
the entire assembly.
15⁄8 sq. 111⁄16 rad.
2¼
(3) 9⁄32 holes

5⁄16 3⁄8
11⁄8
3 fpt 2 1¾ 2 4630HK Hardware Kit (wt. ¼ lb)
17⁄8
Used to connect sections and accessories.
Three fasteners per kit; one kit per connection.
3" Pipe Plug 4-0827-1 Supporting Endplate Hardware Kit consists of three hex head bolts (¼ -20 UNC
Std. Sq. Hd (wt. 3¼ lb) (wt. 1¾ lb) by 1¼" lg.) and three hex nuts (¼").
For plugging unused feed connections. In addition to closing the end of an assembly, it provides
a 2" projection for supporting the assembly (see rear of Hardware is included with each main burner section.
photo on Page 4).
Bul 4630
IGNITION page 4
Three ignition arrangements are available:

(For oven applications consult NFPA 86.)
4630-P: for direct spark ignition with provision for flame
detector,
4-2408-3 Pilot and Flame rod Bracket: for
4021-15 or 4021-16 Pilot Tip plus flame rod,
4-0680-1 or 4-0680-2 Pilot Bracket: Pilot tip only (when

remote flame detector isused).
FEATURES
If blower supplies sufficient air through burners for complete
combustion, reGen® Burners operate dependably in an
inert atmosphere. Burners have machined ends, permitting
assembly of various configurations without gaskets.
Stainless steel flame retention strips, which give the burner Pictured from front to rear are a 4630-P Pilot Section, 4630-T Tee with 3" bottom
its stability in high velocity air streams, are fastened so they inlet, and 4630-B 12" straight with 3" bottom inlet, all displaying various types
prevent combustion between the strip and casting, resulting of ignition and flame detection.
in lower strip and casting temperatures to prolong burner life.
INSTALLATION
reGen Burner assemblies can be used with inspirators, but aspi- When they get hot, line burner assemblies expand unevenly and
rator mixers are preferred for good turndown and air/fuel ratio tend to bow in the center. Short assemblies can be bolted down
control. securely, and flanges will take up the expansion.
Burners can be operated at mixture pressures from 0.35 to
For longer lengths with no bottom feed connections (or one
12"w.c., giving 6:1 turndown.
bottom feed only at the center), support assembly rigidly at its
4630 Burner sections are shipped unassembled. No gaskets center, leaving ends free to bow away. When two or more bot-
are used. Be sure to order all appropriate accessories, including tom feed connections are used in an assembly, install 4-3159-1
flanges, endplates, separator plates, and hardware kits. Expansion Ignition Couplings between the bottom inlets.
To order specify: 4630-(appropriate letter)-(capacity rating‡) section description, and 4630HK hardware kits to connect sections.
‡ From Table I at 4"w.c. mixture pressure (eliminate "000").
Example: 4630-T-119 Tee
replacement retention strips (with screws)
Burner section flame retention strips strip mounting screws
designation quantity part no. description quantity/section part no.
4630-B, -E, -H 2 4-3086-1 10 R777-0250-SX

4630-L
{ 11 4-3137-1
4-3137-2
inside angle
outside angle { 8 R777-0250-SX
4630-N 2 4-3128-1 8 R777-0250-SX

4630-P
{ 11 4-3161-1
4-3139-1
on spark plug side
opposite spark plug { 4 R777-0250-SX

4630-S 2 4-3139-1 4 R777-0250-SX
Ign. Cplg. 2 4-3139-1 4 R777-0250-SX
4630-T {21 4-3086-1

4-3114-1
straight
angle { 17 R777-0250-SX
4630-X 4 4-3114-1 24 R777-0250-SX

CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Ribbon Gas Burners
4640 Ribbon Gas Burners are well suited for all low length in inches to obtain the mixer capacity required. Actual
temperature, low Btu input applications requiring a continuous burner capacity, however, can be increased by operating rich
even flame. They are successfully used in baking ovens, coffee, as described previously. Because mixture pressures are low,
cereal and nut roasters and similar applications where the burner recommended blower pressures are 2 to 6 osi (8 osi maximum).
temperature does not exceed 800°F. They are able to operate
with single pilots and flame rods.
Two corrugated stainless steel strips riveted and welded into a

slot in the pipe form a continuous double row of small triangular
ports.
Maximum capacity with 100% air through the burner is 2600

Btu/hr per inch of flame slot at about 0.1"w.c. mixture pressure.
Flame length is ¼". The burners can be run rich at a capacity
of 3500 Btu/h HHV per inch of flame slot with a flame length
of about 3", provided the necessary secondary air is furnished
around the burner. Turndown is about 2 to 1 but may vary with
the particular installation.
4640 Ribbon Burners are fed air-gas mixtures from 3065 A pretzel baking oven, fired with North American Ribbon Burners and
Aspirator Mixers. Twenty-four burners above and twenty-four below the
Aspirator Mixers. To choose the correct mixer for a given muffle maintain oven heat within ten degrees F in each of three zones.
burner length, multiply 2200 Btu/h HHV per inch by flame slot
A – NPT
3" Flame Slot Length 3"
Minimum Maximum Btu/h HHV per inch Weight

Burner Flame Slot Flame Slot (100% air-gas in lb
designation A Length Length mixture at 0.1"wc.) per foot
.
4640-1 1" 6" 14" 2600 2¼
4640-2 1¼" 15" 25" 2600 3
4640-3 1½" 26" 36" 2600 3¾ Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 4640-1 11/93
4640-4 2" 37" 60" 2600 5
To order, specify: (Burner designation number) Burner Complete with flame slot length of inches.
Example: 4640-1 Burner Complete with Flame Slot Length of 12 inches
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Tunnel Burners for High Temperature
Sheet 4651-1
Part and Drawing Numbers
Burner Nozzle Standard Standard

Part No. Heat Burner Nozzle Mounting Plate,Type A Mounting Plate,Type B
Resistant Cast Ni-Resist Heat-Resistant Cast Iron Heat-Resistant Cast Iron
Iron Part Number Part Number Part Number
4651-01-BO 4651-01-N/BO 4-0571-1 4-0572-1
4651-0-BO 4651-0-N/BO 4-0571-1 4-0572-1
4651-1-A/BO 4651-1-AN/BO 4-0253-2 4-0255-1
4651-1-B/BO 4651-1-BN/BO 4-0253-2 4-0255-1
4651-2-A/BO 4651-2-AN/BO 4-0253-2 4-0255-1
4651-2-B/BO 4651-2-BN/BO 4-0253-2 4-0255-1
4651-2-C/BO 4651-2-CN/BO 4-0253-2 4-0255-1
4651-2-D/BO 4651-2-DN/BO 4-0253-2 4-0255-1
4651-3-A/BO 4651-3-AN/BO 4-0253-2 4-0255-1
4651-3-B/BO 4651-3-BN/BO 4-0253-2 4-0255-1
4651-4-A/BO 4651-4-AN/BO 4-0254-2 4-0256-1
4651-4-B/BO 4651-4-BN/BO 4-0254-2 4-0256-1
4651-4-C/BO 4651-4-CN/BO 4-0254-2 4-0256-1
4651-5-A/BO 4651-5-AN/BO 4-0254-2 4-0256-1
4651-5-B/BO 4651-5-BN/BO 4-0254-2 4-0256-1
4651-6-A/BO 4651-6-AN/BO 4-0254-2 4-0256-1
4651-6-B/BO 4651-6-BN/BO 4-0254-2 4-0256-1
4651-6-C/BO 4651-6-CN/BO 2-0254-2 4-0256-1
4651-7-A/BO 4651-7-AN/BO 4-0314-3 4-0313-2
4651-7-B/BO 4651-7-BN/BO 4-0314-3 4-0313-2
4651-7-C/BO 4651-7-CN/BO 4-0314-3 4-0313-2
4651-8-A/BO 4651-8-AN/BO – 4-2982-3
4651-8-B/BO 4651-8-BN/BO – 4-2982-3
4651-8-C/BO 4651-8-CN/BO – 4-2982-3
4651-8-D/BO 4651-8-DN/BO – 4-2982-3
Check with the factory regarding delivery and availability of Ni-Resist alloy parts.
Sheet 4651-1
page 2
Special
Single Port Part
Nozzle Number Material
4651-01 4651-01-S/BO Heat Resistant Cast Iron
4651-01-SN/BO Ni-Resist Alloy
4651-0-S/BO Heat Resistant Cast Iron
4651-0 4651-0-SN/BO Ni-Resist Alloy
4651-1-AS/BO Heat Resistant Cast Iron
4651-1-A 4651-1-ASN/BO Ni-Resist Alloy
4651-1-BS/BO Heat Resistant Cast Iron
4651-1-B 4651-1-BSN/BO Ni-Resist Alloy
 Ni-Resist is a 17% nickel alloy suitable for 1350-1500°F metal temperatures.

 Special because of design. A multi-port nozzle is standard in these small sizes.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Sealed-In Tunnel Burners
Sheet 4651-2
Pilots, firing through a special port in the burner tile, produce

a sharp flame for reliable burner ignition. Pilots are not
included with the burners and should be ordered separately,
with mounting brackets and extension tubes as required (see
dimension table). If pilots are operated on an interrupted basis
(rather than intermittent or constant), burner mountings will be
cooler.
4651 Burners have no provision for flame detectors.

Sheet 4651-1 lists replacement burner nozzles and special Ni-
resist nozzles.
To order, specify: 4651-(code for pipe size)-(capacity designation

A, B, C, D if applicable) A or B (style of burner)/modifiers
(SIL = Sillimanite Tile) Burner Complete.
Examples: 4651-01-A ½" Style A Burner Complete w/Standard Tile

Examples: 4651-1-AA/SIL 1" Style A Burner Complete w/SIL Tile
To order Nozzle Only, specify: _________-BO in third term

(using A/ if necessary)
4651 Tunnel Burners are well suited for high temperature
furnaces and kilns as internal parts are protected from radiant Examples: 4651-01-BO ½" Nozzle Only
heat by the refractory tile. These premix gas burners are offered Examples: 4651-1-A/BO 1" Nozzle Only
in Style A for 9" thick furnace walls and Style B for walls 13½"
or thicker. Sealed-in construction permits tight control of air/
gas ratio for optimum firing efficiency and control of furnace
atmosphere.
Light 4651 Burners at low fire, with free air in the furnace during
a cold start-up. Hot furnaces can be tightly sealed. Burners can
be turned down to 0.25"w.c. mixture pressure.
Standard (alumina) burner tiles are suitable for combustion

chambers up to 2500°F. For temperatures up to 2800°F, specify
special sillimanite tiles. Install the tile in the furnace wall so it is
surrounded tightly on all four sides by high temperature refrac-
tory material.
Sheet 4651-2
Page 2
Combustion air capacities in cfh
(for burner capacities in Btu/h HHV, multiply by 100)
Burner mixture pressure drop across the burner in "w.c.

designation 1 2.5 3 4 5 6 7 8
4651-01 130 206 225 260 291 318 343 367
4651-0 250 396 433 500 560 610 660 705
4651-1-A 350 555 605 700 785 855 925 985
4651-1-B 440 695 760 880 985 1 070 1 160 1 240
4651-2-A 560 885 970 1 120 1 260 1 370 1 480 1 580

4651-2-B 650 1 030 1 130 1 300 1 460 1 590 1 720 1 840
4651-2-C 780 1 230 1 350 1 560 1 750 1 910 2 060 2 200
4651-2-D 880 1 390 1 520 1 760 1 975 2 150 2 320 2 480
4651-3-A 980 1 550 1 700 1 960 2 200 2 390 2 590 2 760

4651-3-B 1 200 1 900 2 080 2 400 2 690 2 930 3 170 3 380
4651-4-A 1 500 2 380 2 600 3 000 3 360 3 660 3 960 4 230
4651-4-B 1 900 3 010 3 290 3 800 4 260 4 640 5 000 5 350
4651-4-C 2 050 3 240 3 550 4 100 4 600 5 000 5 410 5 800
4651-5-A 2 450 3 880 4 240 4 900 5 500 6 000 6 450 6 900

4651-5-B 2 900 4 590 5 000 5 800 6 500 7 100 7 650 8 200
4651-6-A 3 200 5 050 5 550 6 400 7 150 7 800 8 450 9 000
4651-6-B 3 850 6 100 6 650 7 700 8 650 9 400 10 200 10 900
4651-6-C 4 250 6 700 7 350 8 500 9 500 10 400 11 200 12 000
4651-7-A 4 750 7 500 8 200 9 500 10 700 11 600 12 500 13 400

4651-7-B 6 000 9 500 10 400 12 000 13 500 14 700 15 900 16 900
4651-7-C 7 050 11 200 12 200 14 100 15 800 17 200 18 600 19 900
4651-8-A 10 500 16 600 18 200 21 000 23 500 25 600 27 700 29 600
4651-8-B 13 000 20 600 22 500 26 000 29 200 31 800 34 400 36 700
4651-8-C 18 000 28 500 31 200 36 000 40 400 44 000 47 600 50 800
4651-8-D 21 500 34 000 37 200 43 000 48 100 52 500 57 000 60 500
The required air pressure, in osi, to the 3065 Aspirator Mixers will be approximately twice the mixture pressure, in "w.c., at the burners
for operation on natural gas.
35⁄16 35⁄16 6 12
7⁄16 dia. (4) holes D 7⁄16 C
A–fpt mounting tile

4651-01 & 4651-0
213⁄16
 
21⁄8 35⁄8
21⁄8 35⁄8 A–fpt
dia. sq. dia. sq.
213⁄16
tapered tunnel for 4651-01 nozzle, multiple port
straight tunnel for 4651-0
Typical End View Style A Style B
F F H 9⁄16 K
S-dia. (4) holes D C1 C mounting
9⁄16 retaining
A–fpt tile
NORTH AMERICAN MFG. CO. rod
E
W
P P 
dia. J dia. J
4651-1 thru 4651-7
sq. sq.
L E nozzle
45° W CLEVELAND, OH A–fpt
Style A Style B
End View 4651-1 to 4651-7 Style A
113⁄16 pilot tip
X L R L
45° L
X pilot extension tube
tip pipe nipple ½ pilot mounting bracket
End View Section W-W Section X-X
4651-1 to 4651-7
Style B
Sheet 4651-2
Page 3
F F K retaining
C1 rod
S-dia. (4) holes
9⁄16 12⁄32 1⁄8
L
E
4651-8
P J
dia. sq. 15°
E pilot tip
Y L
45° A–fpt
Section Y-Y
Available Style "B" only
pilot
wt, lb extension
dimensions in inches style style recommended tube
Burner designation A C C1 D E F H J K L P R S "A" "B" pilot tip part no.
4651-01 1½ 61⁄16 — 11⁄16 — — — — — — — — — 11 16 None —
4651-0 1¾ 61⁄8 — 11⁄8 — — — — — — — — — 11 16
4651-1-A,-1-B 1 41⁄8 — 11⁄8 3½ 41⁄8 6¾ 5 12 213⁄64 17⁄8 23⁄32 5⁄8 31 36 4-7525-1
4651-2,-A-2-B,-2-C,-2-D 1¼ 3½ — 1¾ 3½ 41⁄8 6¾ 5 12 213⁄64 29⁄32 23⁄32 5⁄8 31 36 (-1 thru - -3)
4651-3-A,-3-B 1½ 23⁄8 — 27⁄8 3½ 41⁄8 6¾ 5 12 213⁄64 213⁄64 23⁄32 5⁄8 31 36
4021-14 or 4-7525-2
4651-4-A,-4-B,-4-C 2 25⁄16 — 111⁄16 4½ 51⁄8 9½ 7 13½ 31⁄8 35⁄32 127⁄32 5⁄8 50 62
4021-13 (-4 thru - -6)
4651-5-A,-5-B 2½ 2 — 31⁄8 4½ 51⁄8 9½ 7 13½ 31⁄8 313⁄16 127⁄32 5⁄8 50 62
4651-6-A,-6-B,-6-C 3 — 21⁄8 41⁄8 4½ 51⁄8 9½ 7 13½ 31⁄8 41⁄16 127⁄32 5⁄8 50 62 4-7525-3
4651-7-A,-7-B,-7-C 4 — 211⁄16 611⁄16 5½ 63⁄8 9½ 9 13½ 37⁄16 51⁄8 43⁄32 5⁄8 85 100 (-7 only)
4651-8-A,-8-B 6 — 71⁄16 — 6¾ 711⁄16 — 11½ 13¼ 413⁄16 6¾ — 13⁄16 — 180 4021-16 or —
4651-8-C,-8-D 6 — 71⁄16 — 6¾ 711⁄16 — 11½ 13¼ 413⁄16 7¼ — 13⁄16 — 170 4021-15
 4651-1 has multi port nozzle as shown for 4651-01 and 4651-0 above.
 If pilot is required, use special 4651-1 with -0 or -01 capacity.
 Required with mounting bracket 4-0680-2 to use pilot tip with Style B burners, sizes -1 through -7.
 Add ½" to tile OD to allow for fillets and draft on mounting plate.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American
Gas Tunnel Burners
4659 Gas Tunnel Burner
• Components: nozzle, mounting plate and tile
• Operate on air-gas mixture
• Prevent air infiltration

Product Overview |4659 Gas Tunnel Burner
4659 Premix Gas Tunnel Burners consist of a burner nozzle, at 12 o'clock for the pilot and ¾" fpt holes at 1 and 2 o'clock for
mounting plate and tile. an observation port and flame detector.
These burners operate on an air-gas mixture as supplied North American strongly recommends the use of interrupted
by North American 3065 Aspirator Mixers or similar mixing pilots with burners monitored by flame detectors. UV detectors
devices. When sealed, they prevent air infiltration and may be are compatible with these burners. Flame rods require that
used on furnaces requiring controlled atmospheres and positive a ground rod be added to the burner nozzle. This option
or negative chamber pressures. is available at an extra cost. Contact Fives North American
Combustion, Inc. for the proper part number when ordering this
The burner tiles are rated at 3200°F maximum operating option.
temperature. The burner mounting plate includes a slip-fit hole
Combustion Air Capacities scfh (Btu/h HHV = scfh × 100)

Burner Mixture pressure in inches of water
designation 1 1.5 2.5 5 7 8 12
4659-1-A 350 430 560 790 920 990 1210
4659-1-B 440 540 700 990 1160 1240 1520
4659-2-A 560 680 880 1260 1480 1580 1930
4659-2-B 650 800 1030 1460 1720 1840 2240
4659-2-C 780 960 1230 1750 2060 2190 2680
4659-2-D 880 1080 1390 1980 2320 2480 3020
4659-3-A 980 1200 1550 2200 2590 2760 3380
4659-3-B 1200 1460 1900 2690 3170 3380 4120
4659-4-A 1500 1830 2380 3360 3960 4240 5150
4659-4-B 1900 2320 3010 4270 5000 5350 6550
4659-4-C 2050 2500 3240 4610 5400 5800 7050
4659-5-A 2450 3000 3880 5500 6500 6900 8450
4659-5-B 2900 3540 4600 6500 7650 8200 10000
4659-6-A 3200 3910 5050 7200 8450 9000 11000
4659-6-B 3850 4700 6100 8650 10200 10800 13200
4659-6-C 4250 5150 6700 9550 11200 12000 14600
4659-7-A 4750 5800 7500 10600 12600 13400 17000
4659-7-B 6000 7350 9500 13400 15800 16900 20600
4659-7-C 7050 8600 11100 15800 18600 19800 24200
Minimum mixture pressure must be at least 0.25"w.c. above furnace pressure when burning natural gas.
4659-3-B Flame at 300,000 Btu/h HHV.
Bulletin 4659
Page 2
Bulletin 4659
ZONE A ZONE B Page 3
SIDE VIEW
Pilot Mixer
Aspirator
Mixer
4659
Aspirator Burner
Mixer
4659 Burner
Pilot
Gas To other
Ratio Manual BURNERS
Regulator Shutoff Valve Air Valve
2-16 osi gas
from fuel train
Blower Pilot
Air
Control Valve Control Valve
4-12 osi air

Multiple burner arrangement. (Not a complete system.)
DIMENSIONS inches
¾ NPT
F 11⁄16 drill for Obs. Port
F ½ 2 holes 15⁄16 R
t
ilo
4659-1 and -2 4659-3 to -7 F ¾ NPT
t
fP
ilo
fP
o
for Flame
CL
o
CL
Detector
M° 5½
M°
B A–NPT
sq. C C
8¼ dia.  B dia. 11
sq. sq. A–NPT
5½
13⁄8
6¾ D E D 5½ 5½
81⁄8 ½ 11
dimensions in inches and degrees Flame
F Wt, Rod Recommended
Burner designation A B C D E (drill) M° lb length Pilot
4659-1-A, -1-B 1 7 29⁄16 113⁄16 – 11⁄64 35 40 3½
4021-13
4659-2-A, -2-B, -2-C, -2-D 1¼ 7 2¾ 15⁄32 – 11⁄64 35 40 3½
or
4659-3-A, -3-B 1½ 7½ 3¼ 27⁄8 9 11⁄64 35 50 4½
4021-14
4659-4-A, -4-B, -4-C 2 7½ 3½ 37⁄16 9 11⁄64 35 50 4½
4659-5-A, -5-B 2½ 9 3¾ 47⁄16 9 19⁄64 30 75 5½ 4021-15
4659-6-A, -6-B, -6-C 3 9 4 45⁄8 9 19⁄64 30 75 5½ or
4659-7-A, -7-B, -7-C 4 9 5 59⁄16 11 19⁄64 30 92 6½ 4021-16
 Opening in furnace shell or outer wall must be ½" larger than dimension indicated to allow for mounting plate fillet and draft.
 From outer boss of flame rod connection.
To order, specify: 4659-(code for pipe size)- capacity code (A, B, C, or D when applicable) Burner Complete.
Example: 4659-6-C Burner Complete
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Flame Retention Ref: Bulletins 3065, 3070
Gas Burner Nozzles and 4696
4682 Burner Nozzle
4682 CFI
4682 Premix Gas Burner Nozzles
• Produces a well defined, medium to high velocity blue • Available with or without an open register refractory tile
flame
• CFI option provides a combo igniter/flame rod
• Works with 3065 aspirator or 3070 inspirator mixers
Bulletin 4682
Page 2
4682 Burners are open fired nozzles fed an air-gas premixture

by a 3065 aspirator or 3070 inspirator mixer. They produce a
well defined, medium to high velocity blue flame when at high
fire on stoichiometric ratio.
These nozzles are never sealed into a refractory wall, rather they
provide stable combustion firing in the open or through a tunnel
in the furnace wall.
A 4682 nozzle can have its own air-gas mixer; or a gang of 4682 nozzles and a 4696 compressed air torch with a
nozzles can be fed by one mixer. Mixture pressures as high nozzle --torch is handy for many spot and preheating jobs.
as 12"w.c. and as low as 0.25"w.c. imply available turndown
of about 7:1. However, such is difficult to count on in the "real 4682 Burners can be run fuel rich if secondary air is available
world:" Certain piping arrangements can cause low pressure around the nozzle. This increases capacity and (in some cases)
pockets in the mixture line that allow flashback long before the widens turndown available, but flames are longer and usually
0.25"w.c. theoretical flashback point is reached at the mixer have less drive.
discharge.
Table 1
Combustion Air Capacities (see note below) scfh
Mixture Pressure in inches of water

Burner designation 1 2 5 6 7 10 12
4682-0-A/BO 200 280 440 480 520 — —
4682-0-B/BO 250 350 560 610 660 — —
4682-0-C/BO 280 400 640 700 750 — —
4682-1-A/BO 350 490 790 860 920 — —
4682-1-B/BO 440 620 990 1070 1160 — —
4682-2-A/BO 560 790 1260 1370 1480 — —
4682-2-B/BO 650 920 1460 1590 1720 — —
4682-2-C/BO 780 1100 1750 1910 2060 — —
4682-2-D/BO 880 1240 1980 2150 2320 — —
4682-3-A/BO 980 1380 2200 2390 2590 — —
4682-3-B/BO 1200 1690 2690 2930 3170 — —
4682-4-A/BO 1500 2120 3360 3660 3960 4760 5150
4682-4-B/BO 1900 2680 4270 4650 5000 6000 6550
4682-4-C/BO 2050 2890 4610 5000 5400 6500 7050
4682-5-A/BO 2450 3450 5500 6000 6500 7750 8450

4682-5-B/BO 2900 4100 6500 7100 7650 9200 10 000
4682-6-A/BO 3200 4510 7200 7800 8450 10 100 11 000

4682-6-B/BO 3850 5450 8650 9400 10 200 12 200 13 200
4682-6-C/BO 4250 6000 9550 10 300 11 200 13 400 14 600
4682-7-A/BO 4750 6700 10 600 11 600 12 600 15 000 17 000

4682-7-B/BO 6000 8450 13 400 14 700 15 800 19 000 20 600
4682-7-C/BO 7050 9950 15 800 17 200 18 600 22 200 24 200
4682-8-A/BO 10 500 14 800 23 500 25 600 27 700 33 200 36 200

4682-8-B/BO 1300 18 400 29 200 31 800 34 400 41 300 44 900
4682-8-C/BO 18 000 2500 40 400 44 000 47 600 57 000 62 000
4682-8-D/BO 21 500 30 200 48 100 52 500 57 000 68 000 74 000
4682-9/BO 37 700 53 000 84 500 92 000 99 500 — —
NOTE: For Btu/h HHV, multiply air capacity by 100. % Combustion Air Multiply
If secondary air is available around nozzle, Through Burner Capacity by
burner can be run fuel rich and Btu/h HHV
capabilities increased by factors in adjoining 90 1.1
table. 80 1.22
70 1.38
Bulletin 4682
Page 3
CONSTRUCTION/INSTALLATION
Standard 4682 nozzles are heat resistant cast iron that will Tiles of 3000°F dense castable material are available; or tunnels
take 950°F nozzle temperature -- since burners normally are can be rammed into the furnace wall (see note under Table 3 on
surrounded by relatively cool ambient air, they can fire furnaces page 4).
or kilns as hot as 2000°F without being damaged, as long as
tunnel configuration into which they fire protects them from For 4682-0 through -7 sizes, order mountings and/or tiles as
excessive radiation. separate items. 4682-8 and -9 Burners can be ordered as
separate pieces -- nozzle, air register (with shutter to control
For nozzle temperatures up to 1350°F, alloy nozzles (N) are secondary air), mounting plate, tile -- or with all of these in an
available. assembly.
For best operation, use at least 4 pipe diameters between nozzle Flame supervision can be accommodated with a combo flame
and nearest fitting or mixer. rod ingniter with the 4682-CFI option in sizes -3, -4, -5 and
-6. Consult Fives North American Combustion, Inc. for other
Conical mountings (MP) facilitate proper positioning of pilots and arrangements appropriate for your application.
flame detectors, also help assure alignment of nozzle with firing
tunnel in furnace wall.
BURNER NOZZLE DIMENSIONS
G D
11⁄16" drill 3 holes
A–fpt
C B
F B C
F dia. A dia.
rad. fpt 3
D /4"
E
E
4682-0 through -7 4682-8 and -9
Table 2
dimensions in inches Wt,
Nozzle designation A B C D E F G lb
4682-0-A,-0-B,-0-C/BO ¾ 17⁄8 1¾ 11⁄16 223⁄32 11⁄16 13⁄16 2
4682-1-A,-1-B/BO 1 2 113⁄16 13⁄16 223⁄32 11⁄8 ¾ 2
4682-2-A,-2-B,-2-C,-2-D/BO 1¼ 27⁄16 2¼ 13⁄16 227⁄32 111⁄32 11⁄16 3
4682-3-A,-3-B/BO 1½ 2¾ 29⁄16 11⁄16 31⁄32 1½ ½ 3
4682-4-A,-4-B,-4-C/BO 2 31⁄8 215⁄16 13⁄8 39⁄16 111⁄16 5⁄8 5

4682-5-A,-5-B/BO 2½ 35⁄8 3 3⁄8 13⁄8 41⁄8 115⁄16 ¾ 6
4682-6-A,-6-B,-6-C/BO 3 4¼ 41⁄16 13⁄8 5¼ 2¼ 13⁄16 11
4682-7-A,-7-B,-7-C/BO 4 53⁄8 53⁄16 13⁄8 6¼ 27⁄8 5⁄8 22

4682-8-A,-8-B,-8-C,-8-D/BO 6 7¾ 73⁄8 35⁄16 71⁄8 5 --- 32
4682-9/BO 8 97⁄8 97⁄16 61⁄16 85⁄8 6¼ --- 50
For alloy nozzles, place "N" before "/ ", e.g. 4682-1-AN/BO.
For nozzles with spark plug tap, add "T" before "/". e.g. 4682-1-AT/BO or 4682-1-ANT/BO
Separately order spark plug R240-2465
"G" = spark plug tap location
Bulletin 4682
Page 4
MOUNTING & TILE DIMENSIONS
optional 88––-H
Flame Detector Adapter H°
R° Mounting
F Tile
T– dia.
Pilot hole
K
J dia. L
S dia. sq.
Nozzle
P– dia.
M 4 holes
dia. on N–BC A B C
4682-0 through -7
alternate position
for Flame 13/4" Pilot hole
Detector Adapter
24° H° G
Mounting Plate
F
15
/16" dia. Tile
4 holes
Q L†
E square
K (4682-8-B)
N J–dia.
sq. dia. octagonal
(4682-9)
Q Nozzle
P P A B C
M sq. D
optional 88––-H Air Register
Flame Detector Adapter
4682-8 and -9
Table 3
Tile
Mounting dimensions in inches and degrees. part
designation A B C D E F G H° J K L† M N P Q R° S T numbers
4682-0-MP† 21⁄16 25⁄8 5½ 411⁄16 21⁄16 ½ 115⁄16 25 1¾ 3 5 6 5¼ 7⁄16 – 40 5⁄8 11⁄64 4-2653-1
4682-1-MP 115⁄16 25⁄8 7 49⁄16 21⁄16 ½ 115⁄16 25 25⁄16 4 6 6 5¼ 7⁄16 – 40 5⁄8 11⁄64 4-2653-2
4682-2-MP 21⁄16 27⁄8 7 415⁄16 21/4 ½ 21⁄8 25 25⁄16 4 6 6½ 5¾ 7⁄16 – 45 7⁄8 11⁄64 4-2653-2
4682-3-MP 2 39⁄16 8 59⁄16 25⁄16 ½ 213⁄16 30 2¾ 4½ 7 7½ 6¾ 7⁄16 – 40 1 11⁄64 4-2653-3
4682-4-MP 17⁄16 4 9 57⁄16 3 9⁄16 27⁄16 30 33⁄8 5½ 9 8¾ 7¾ 9⁄16 – 40 1¼ 11⁄64 4-2653-4
4682-5-MP 113⁄16 45⁄16 9 61⁄8 33/8 9⁄16 211⁄16 30 4 6 9 9¾ 8¾ 9⁄16 – 40 13⁄8 11⁄64 4-2653-5
4682-6-MP 27⁄16 413⁄16 9 71/4 4 5⁄8 27/8 30 4 6 9 11 10 9⁄16 – 40 1¾ 19⁄64 4-2653-5
4682-7-MP 2½ 5¾ 1015⁄16 81/4 413⁄16 11⁄16 31⁄16 30 6 117⁄16 151⁄8 13½ 12¼ 9⁄16 – 40 25⁄16 19⁄64 3-0351-6
4682-8-MP 313⁄16 69⁄16 9 103⁄8 6 13⁄16 35⁄8 30 7½ 11¼ 151⁄8 21½ 19½ 10¾ 9¾ – – – 4-2156-1
4682-9-MP 29⁄16 91⁄16 8¾ 115⁄8 713⁄16 7⁄8 43⁄16 26 9½ 14 185⁄8 26¼ 23¾ 131⁄8 117⁄8 – – – 4-2157-1
† 4682-0 Nozzle uses 4682-1-MP Mounting.

If tunnels are to be rammed in furnace wall, use dimension "J" at entrance, and taper tunnel at least 15°. Space nozzle about 2" from outer face of wall (see note page 3).
Recommended pilot tip for the 4682-0-MP through 4682-5-MP = 4021-14 (with 1" Slip-Fit connection)
Recommended pilot tip for 4682-6-MP through 4682-7-MP = 4021-16 (with 11⁄8" Slip-Fit connection)
Recommended pilot tip for 4682-6-MP and 4686-9-MP = 4015-1 (with 123⁄32" Slip-Fit connection)
Bulletin 4682
Page 5
4682CFI COMBO FLAME ROD/IGNITER ASSEMBLY

The 4682CFI provides ignition and flame supervision for any
4682-3 through 4682-6 premix burner. They are ideal for open
air spot heating applications like mold pre-heating, or molten
Aluminum trough heating. When used with a 3070 inspirator
mixer they can provide supervised emergency back-up furnace
heating with very little electrical power. 3070 Inspirator Mixer
Because the igniter/flame rod is inside the nozzle feed pipe the
electrode is protected from damage, and can be used with or
without the optional tile. Mounting the electrode on the backplate
keeps the ignition/flame rod cable away from the hot nozzle exit.
An observation port is also included on the backplate.
The 4682CFI works with any style air/gas pre-mixer including

aspirator, inspirator, and premix blowers. It can be ordered as a
standard assembly with a 4682 burner nozzle or can be part of
3065 Aspirator Mixer
a custom engineered solution for special applications.
The 4682CFI can be used with the North American 8900-K Fire-
Finder, which ignites and monitors the flame. It will also work with
The 4682CFI can be used in many configurations
other spark and sense system.
EØ
C
B
D
"A" Premix Inlet
Table 4
Part Name A-Inlet B C D* EØ L# Weight

4682CFRI-3 1½" NPT 3.0 12.0 15.7 5.0 24 16 lbs.
4682CFRI-4 2" NPT 3.0 12.0 16.5 6.0 25 24 lbs.
4682CFRI-5 2½" NPT 4.0 12.0 17.2 7.0 27 37 lbs.
4682CFRI-6 3" NPT 4.0 16.0 22.5 7.5 33 51 lbs.
* ± 1/4"
# nominal length
Bulletin 4682
Page 6
IMPORTANT INFORMATION!!
DO NOT attempt to remove electrode or backplate from burner before reading instructions.
Due to electrode/burner nozzle interference, the 4682CFI removing the backplate with attached electrode assembly. To
internal assembly cannot be removed from the burner when the replace or adjust the electrode tip, loosen the set screw in the
electrode is in its normal operating position. electrode coupling.
If it is necessary to disassemble the burner for maintenance, Reverse the procedure when installing the backplate and
loosen the outer electrode lock nut and rotate electrode 180° so electrode assembly. In normal operation the electrode must be
that the electrode will pass through the burner center hole when able to spark to the inside wall of the 4682 burner nozzle exit.
Electrode
lock nut
180°
Electrode will clear Interference will prevent

nozzle center hole electrode removal when in
when rotated normal operating position
SETTING THE ELECTRODE LENGTH
- Measure distance from center premix hole exit, to backplate flange with gasket (Dimension X)
- Set electrode length (Dimension Z) to (X) + 5⁄16"
- If needed, rod end can be rotated to maintain correct spark gap
X (Including Gasket)
Z = X + 5⁄16" Spark Gap "G" 3⁄32 - 1⁄8"

(when electrode installed)
5⁄16" +/- 1⁄16"
To remove or adjust electrode tip length, loosen Electrode clearance when

this screw and reposition the electrode roated for removal
Bulletin 4682
Page 7
4682CFI COMBO FLAME ROD/IGNITER
(contact Fives North American Combustion, Inc. for customer lengths and electrode kits.)
4682CFI ( - - ) configured options

4682 Burner Size Burner Nozzle Material
3-A 1½" Nozzle _ Heat Resistant Cast Iron (leave blank)
3-B 1½" Nozzle For nozzle temperatures up to 950°F (560°C)
4-A 2" Nozzle
4-B 2" Nozzle N Cast Alloy:
4-C 2" Nozzle For nozzle temperatures up to 1350°F (810°C)
5-A 2½" Nozzle
5-B 2½" Nozzle
6-A 3" Nozzle
6-B 3" Nozzle
6-C 3" Nozzle
Body Gasket Electrode Coupling Insulator Electrode Tip

(with set screws)
Electrode Body
Backplate Main Support Rod Centering Legs Leg Support Bar
Table 5
4682CFI Spare Parts List
Part Name 4682CFI-3 4682CFI-4 4682CFI-5 4682CFI-6

Backplate 4-55022-3 4-55022-4 4-55022-5 4-55022-6
Flange Gasket 4-43294-5F4 4-43294-6F4 4-43294-7F4 4-43294-8F4
Electrode Body R240-2790 R240-2790 R240-2790 R240-2790
Electrode Tip 4-55087-3 4-55087-4 4-55087-5 4-55087-6
Electrode Coupling 4-55034-2 4-55034-2 4-55034-2 4-55034-2
Centering Legs 4-55019-3 4-55019-4 4-55019-5 4-55019-6
Insulator 4-55035-1 4-55035-1 4-55035-1 4-55035-1
Leg Support Bar 4-55036-1 4-55036-1 4-55036-1 4-55036-1
Main Support Rod 4-55086-4 4-55086-4 4-55086-5 4-55086-6 Copyright © 2021 - Fives - All rights reserved | Bulletin 4682 09/17
Observation Port 8790-02 8790-02 8790-01 8790-01
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American
Gas-Compressed Air Torches
4696 Gas-Compressed Air Torches
• Portable • Effective
• Handy • Intermittent
Product Overview | Gas-Compress Air Torches
hand forging
FIRING spot heating Some users install an 1807 Limiting Orifice Valve between
gas cock and torch so cock can be wide open at high fire. In
for soldering, brazing, this case, for initial lighting, adjust the 1807 Valve from closed
to appropriate high fire setting (with cock wide open). On
PREHEAT welding
subsequent lightings, ease the cock up along with the air, until it
ladles and crucibles dies
is full open (the 1807 is permanently set).
Torch-type burners are designed to be used only for heating

The 4696 Torch is a packaged unit that uses 40-80 psi items in the open. They do not have provisions for the mounting
compressed air with low pressure gas to create a well defined, of flame detection devices and other safety-related features
high velocity flame that can be directed into relatively tight and required for the firing of closed or covered enclosures or vessels
deep chambers. A gas-compressed air torch is far more effective that contain the products of combustion and thus fall under the
than a raw gas torch and has much more flexibility than torches provisions of the NFPA 86 Standard for Ovens and Furnaces.
using high pressure gas inspirators.
When firing in the open, precautions are needed to protect
4696’s are used singly or in groups for a wide variety of personnel and property from the flame, heat and products of
industrial heating jobs. They can be very effective for specific combustion generated. These precautions include but are not
requirements such as incinerator ignition, lighting a cupola coke limited to items such as operating instructions appropriate to the
bed, etc. specific task to which the torch is applied, operator training, a
suitable ignition source, heat shields, clamps to hold the torch in
The 4696 assembly includes gas and compressed air valves. the desired positions, safety ventilation, etc. Flexible hoses rated
Flexible hoses feeding torches increase their usefulness. Air for the intended fuel service are required. Valves for remote
register type nozzle mountings are available--see Bulletin 4682. fuel shut off and fuel flow limiting are recommended. The user
assumes complete responsibility for all aspects of using portable
LIGHTING torches.
Initially, set air at about 10 psi; put lighting torch in front of
nozzle; slowly open gas valve until burner lights.
Increase gas and air flows until desired high fire rate is
achieved--60 psi air is standard.
CAPACITIES
with 60 psi air
natural* compressed spud
gas air drill
Torch cfh cfm size
4696-1-A 90 2.3 55
4696-2-D 188 3.4 52
4696-4-C 615 10 34
4696-6-C 1060 23 19
4696-7-C 1670 35 6
* Minimum gas pressure is 1"w.c. for natural gas.
Bulletin 4696
page 2
Dimensions | Gas-Compress Air Torches
Bulletin 4696
page 3
A–fpt E
compressed
air
D B–fpt
gas
DIMENSIONS
inches
wt,
Torch A B C D E lb
4696-1-A ¼ ½ 4 3⁄8 33⁄16 15 3⁄8 5½
4696-2-D ¼ ¾ 4 5⁄8 39⁄16 17¾ 8½
4696-4-C ¼ 1 5¼ 3¾ 22 ½ 15¾
4696-6-C 3⁄8 1½ 65⁄8 413⁄16 32¾ 33
4696-7-C 3⁄8 2 75⁄8 53⁄16 37 3⁄8 52 ½
Note: Replacement nozzles are ordered as 4682-1-A/BO for

standard, 4682-1-AN/BO for alloy, etc.

CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Evenglow
Radiant Tube Gas Burners
4723-4 with Pilot Option
4723-4
Spark Igniter and
Air Jet Options
4723 Evenglow Radiant Tube Gas Burners
• Adaptes to your radiant tube application • Unique lighting arrangement
• Rugged cast alloy flame retainer • Easy acess to controls

Product Overview | 4723 Tube Gas Burners
THE EVENGLOW ADVANTAGE: AIR CAPACITY

— The Evenglow burner adapts to your radiant tube Capacities in Table 1 are with the primary air set to 30%.
application, adjustable heat release capabilities are built in. Burners are shipped with the primary air adjusting screw
closed, corresponding to 20% primary air and 87.5% of
— The rugged cast alloy flame retainer stages combustion,
avoiding hot spots and burnouts. listed capacities. Wide open adjustment of primary air screw
increases primary air to approximately 40% and total air
— Unique lighting arrangement provides easy lighting without capacity to approximately 117% based on Table 1 figures. Table
high maintenance bayonet-style pilots or long expensive 2 shows the approximate number of turns of the air adjusting
electrodes. screw for 30% and maximum primary air. Installations using
— Easy access to controls and multiple observation ports are greater than 30% primary air should have blower capacity
provided on the backplate. increased accordingly. Primary air screw may require
adjustment for smooth operation on some tube configurations.
FEATURES NOTE: The air adjustment valve should be opened one turn
prior to lighting and adjusting a new burner.
The 4723 Evenglow radiant tube burner is designed to adapt to
most radiant tube applications. Fuel is burned by a combination PREHEATED AIR
of diffusion flame and adjustable partial premix combustion.
A simple, easy-to-access adjustment screw located on the The hot air model of the 4723 is suitable for air preheats from
backplate changes the amount of primary air premixed with 400 to 900°F. The premix pilot requires ambient temperature
the fuel, which lengthens or shortens the flame. This adjustment air. These burners do not include a built-in gas adjustment
can be made while the burner is firing, without having to cartridge; a conventional 1807 Limiting Orifice Valve must be
disassemble and adjust any of the burner internal parts. used instead. Valves should be piped as close to the burner
as possible. To order a burner for hot air specify the gas pipe
Evenglow burners include a built-in V-port fuel adjustment plug, plug, preheated air adjusting plug, and the high temperature
multiple observation ports, a flanged air connection, and a gas gasket when ordering.
connection that can be rotated in 90° increments. Note: For
systems using pulse-fired burner control the threaded backplate
gas connection is to remain in-line with burner air connection
as shown in 4723 burner graphics above. Ignition is provided by
a direct spark igniter or a spark-ignited premix pilot. The ignition
device is held in place with a rugged yoke that allows easy
switching from one lighting method to the other.
The burner body and backplate are constructed of sturdy cast

iron. The flame retainer is a single piece investment casting
made from high temperature alloy for longer life.
Bulletin 4723
Page 2
Capacities | 4723 Tube Gas Burners
Table 1. CAPACITIES and TUBE SIZES. Capacities shown are with 30% primary air (+70% secondary air). For capacities in Btu/hr,
multiply cfh air capacity by 100. Apply correction factor from Table 2 for 20% or 40% primary air operation.
Burner cfh Air Capacity with Air Pressure across the burner of Radiant Tube
designation 0.2 osi 0.5 osi 1 osi 4 osi 9 osi 16 osi inside diameter†
4723-2 240 375 585 1480 1880 2380 3¾" min to 41⁄8" max
4723-3 345 565 890 1685 2565 3420 3¾" 5¾"
4723-4 581 965 1365 2785 4270 5740 4¾" 6½"
4723-4B 800 1325 2005 3905 5960 7785 5" 6¾"
4723-5 1420 1930 2530 5015 7500 9925 5¾" 7½"
4723-6 1695 2235 3235 7115 10840 14535 5¾" 8¼"
† Consult Fives North American product manager if your tube diameters are not within limits shown.
Table 2. Primary Air Screw Adjustments Required for 20%, 30% and 40% Primary Air
Adjusting Screw Turns Open 4723-2 4723-3 4723-4 4723-4B 4723-5 4723-6
20% Primary Air, 87.5% rated capacity 0 0 0 1 0 0
30% Primary Air, 100% rated capacity 3½ 3½ 2 4 2 5
40% Primary Air, 117% rated capacity 10+ 10+ 5+ ‡ 6½+ *
* 30% maximum primary air for -6 size.
‡ 32% maximum primary air for -4B size, minimum primary air is 15%.
BLOWER SIZING PROPANE

The primary air adjustment may be adjusted to a maximum Evenglow burners are suitable for use with propane gas, but the
of 40%. Therefore the blower should be selected to deliver primary air must be adjusted wide open and ratio set slightly
117% of the rated total burner capacity. leaner to avoid soot formation. The presence of propylene in
any quantity can increase soot formation in burner and tube.
LIGHTING ARRANGEMENTS Zero propylene content should be specified for best operation.
Direct Spark Ignited Burners. The igniter is included with U. V. FLAME SUPERVISION
the burner.The main flame is ignited by a simple electrode
located behind the flame front for cool long-life operation. Refer to Bulletin 8832, page 3, for choices of flame detectors
The spark should be turned on before the burner gas valve and adapters. The UV sensor should be mounted to the center
is opened. During the ignition period, a continuous 6000 volt location on the backplate for best results. The "Y" adapter
spark is required. Spark distributor systems cannot be used with allows for use of the center port for UV and observation.
4723 direct spark ignited burners. After the burner is ignited,
EXTRA LONG "L" DIMENSION
the spark must be turned off for proper burner operation.
Special L dimensions, for mounting in various wall thickness
Pilot Ignited Burners include a pilot and spark plug. A 6000
and special tubes, are offered in 1" increments from 12" to 24".
volt transformer is required. After lighting, the spark should be
To request an extra length stabilizer, order the 4723 burner
turned off to prolong electrode life. Spark distributor systems
with the specified "L" dimensions that are needed. Example: if
can be used with this burner. The pilot has 15,000 Btu/h HHV
a burner with a 15" "L" is wanted, specify the 15" length when
capacity at the maximum allowable mixture pressure of 6"wc
ordering.
and requires a 4031 Mixer.
ADDITIONAL 4723 DATA SHEETS
CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
4723-1 Dimensions & Spare Parts
Burner must be ignited at low fire (4 osi air pressure max.). 4723-2 Engineering Data, Air Flow, Excess Air Charts
Refer to Sheets 4723-3 and 4723-4 for additional instructions 4723-3 Control System & Installation Instructions
and requirements. Accurate air/gas ratios can be determined 4723-4 Basic Operation
by using 8697 Metering Orifices in the fuel and air lines, or
by flue gas analysis.
Biasing the ratio regulator to run the burner with more excess
air at low fire will reduce CO. The optional air jet will allow the
burner to maintain 2-3% O2 throughout the entrie turndown
range while maintaining low CO emissions. Bulletin 4723
Page 3
Ordering Information | 4723 Tube Gas Burners
Bulletin 4723
Page 4
The 4723 is now a configured product. Previously the burners were ordered as either -E or -G burners depending on the ignition type.
Additionally, the hot air (/H), air jet (/J), and length (numerical value) options were included in the part numbers. Now, the burners exist
under the base part number of 4723-2, 4723-3, 4723-4, and so on.
When ordering the 4723, the following information is required for the various "option classes":
Step #1 Base part number 4723- (code for pipe size)
Step #2 Specify flame retainer length (standard up to "L" dim = 24" in 1" increments)
Step #3 Specify jet option class air jet option
8790-0 sight glass
Step #4 Specify preheated option gas cartridge assembly (Ambient Air)
cast iron pipe plug (Preheated Air)
Step #5 Specify preheated option backplate gasket for Ambient temperatures
backplate gasket for High temperatures
Step #6 Specify preheat option air adjusting plug for Ambient temperatures
air adjusting plug for High temperatures
Step #7 Specify ignition option class pilot ignition
direct spark ignition
Consult engineering for special configurations and "L" dimensions.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Provides the great features of the Evenglow Family:
• Rugged cast alloy flame retainer • Multiple observation ports
• Adjustable heat release capabilities • Cool zone direct spark ignition
• External flame length adjustment

— Patented progressive flue gas dilution assures predictable low
NOx performance and consistent ignition
— Passive design utilizes combustion air to induce flue gases
from radiant tube exhaust
— Low NOx retrofit using existing fuel/air ratio control
components
— Compatible with preheat air up to 800°F (427°C)
The Evenglow LNx radiant tube burner is well suited for new
and retrofit applications where low NOx performance is desired.
The NOx-reduction technique recirculates flue gases from the
exhausting leg of the radiant tube or companion heat recovery
recuperator. Combustion air induces flue gases through a The durability of the Evenglow family is retained for the
recirculation tube where it is progressively mixed in staged Evenglow LNx including high alloy cast flame retainer and
combustion zones delivering the low NOx performance. This sturdy cast iron throughout. Evenglow LNx burners include
patented method allows for stable operation from cold start-up a built-in V-port fuel adjustment plug (ambient air only),
to full operating temperature without the need for complicated multiple observation ports, a flanged air connection, and a
controls. The Evenglow LNx is truly “plug and play” compatible gas connection that can be rotated in 90° increments. Flame
with most existing systems. ignition is accomplished with the included direct spark igniter.
Flame monitoring is possible by ultraviolet flame detection (sold
As with other burners in the time tested Evenglow family, the separately).
flame of the Evenglow LNx can be tailored to the application. An
easy to access adjustment located on the burner controls the The Evenglow LNx is available in three capacity series. To allow
amount of air premixed with the fuel, optimizing the flame length optimization of system design each capacity can be achieved at
for the radiant tube. This adjustment can be made while the three combustion air pressure series as outlined in Table 1. For
burner is firing, without having to disassemble and adjust any of best performance and maximum turndown, the highest available
the burner internal parts. pressure series should be selected.
Table 1
Maximum Burner Capacity
Cold Combustion Air Preheated Combustion Air Radiant Tube I.D. Range
Capacity Pressure (Btu/h HHV) (Kw/H LHV) (Btu/h HHV) (Kw/h LHV) Min Max
Series Series @ 60°F Air @ 0°C Air @ 750°F Air @ 400°C Air (in) (mm) (in) (mm)
16
800 12 1,172,740 310 800,000 212 5 146 7 191
8
16
600 12 879,555 233 600,000 159 5 146 7 191
8
16
400 12 586,370 155 400,000 106 5 146 7 191
8
Bulletin 4723LNx
Page 2
The capacities are shown in the tables below. Burners are shipped with the primary air adjustment screw closed. The tables below list
the number of counterclockwise turns from a fully clockwise seated position necessary to achieve 30% primary air.
Table 2
Cold Combustion Air Capacity at Operating Pressure Air Adj.
(scfh) @ 60°F combustion air temperature (Nm3/hr @ 0°C combustion air temperature Turns for
Capacity Pressure 30%
Series Series (osig) (mBar) Primary
0.5 1 4 8 12 16 2 4 17 34 52 69
800 16 2,490 3,521 7,042 9,959 12,197 14,084 69 97 194 274 336 388 5
800 12 2,753 3,893 7,786 11,010 13,485 — 76 107 214 303 371 — 5
800 8 3,198 4,523 9,046 12,793 — — 88 124 249 352 — — 7
600 16 1,794 2,537 5,075 7,176 8,789 10,149 49 70 140 198 242 279 1
600 12 2,055 2,906 5,812 8,220 10,068 — 57 80 160 226 277 — 1
600 8 2,314 3,272 6,544 9,254 — — 64 90 180 255 — — 2
400 16 1,196 1,691 3,383 4,784 5,859 6,765 33 47 93 132 161 186 1
400 12 1,317 1,862 3,724 5,266 6,450 — 36 51 102 145 178 — 1
400 8 1,561 2,207 4,414 6,242 — — 43 61 121 172 — — 2
Preheated Combustion Air Capacity at Operating Pressure Air Adj.

(scfh) @ 750°F combustion air temperature (Nm3/hr @ 400°C combustion air temperature Turns for
Capacity Pressure 30%
Series Series (osig) (mBar) Primary
0.5 1 4 8 12 16 2 4 17 34 52 69
800 16 1,694 2,396 4,791 6,775 8,298 9,582 45 64 128 182 222 257 5
800 12 1,873 2,648 5,297 7,491 9,174 — 50 71 142 201 246 — 5
800 8 2,176 3,077 6,154 8,703 — — 58 82 165 233 — — 7
600 16 1,220 1,726 3,452 4,882 5,979 6,904 33 46 93 131 160 185 1
600 12 1,398 1,977 3,954 5,591 6,848 — 37 53 106 150 184 — 1
600 8 1,574 2,226 4,451 6,295 — — 42 60 119 169 — — 2
400 16 814 1,151 2,301 3,254 3,985 4,602 22 31 62 87 107 123 1
400 12 896 1,267 2,533 3,583 4,388 — 24 34 68 96 118 — 1
400 8 1,062 1,501 3,002 4,246 — — 28 40 80 114 — — 2
The primary air adjustment may be adjusted to a maximum of 40%. Therefore the blower should be selected to deliver 117% (from
Table 2) of the rated total burner capacity.
4723LNX-E is a direct spark ignited burner. The main flame is ignited by a simple electrode located behind the flame front for cool
long-life operation. The spark should be turned on before the burner gas valve is opened. During the ignition period, a continuous 6000
volt spark is required. Spark distributor systems cannot be used with 4723LNX-E burners. Aer the burner is ignited, the spark must be
turned off for proper burner operation.
Bulletin 4723LNx
Page 3
Burner must be ignited at low fire (4 osi air pressure max.) when Refer to Bulletin 8832, page 3, for choices of flame detectors
using a standard quick acting gas solenoid. The use of a solenoid and adapters. The UV sensor should be mounted to the center
with a minimum of 5second slow opening feature allows on/off location on the backplate for best results.
operation of the burner. Refer to Sheets 4723-3 and 4723-4 for
additional instructions and requirements. Accurate air/gas ratios
can be determined by using 8697 Metering Orifices in the fuel
and air lines, or by flue gas analysis. Standard L dimensions, for mounting in various wall thickness
and special tubes, are offered in 1" increments from 13" to 26".
Fuels Please consult factory for “L” dimensions outside of the standard
Evenglow burners are suitable for use with most gaseous fuels. product range.
When using higher chain hydrocarbons such as propane gas the
primary air must be adjusted wide open and ratio set at 15-20%
XSA to avoid soot formation. The presence of propylene in any
quantity can increase soot formation in burner and tube. Zero
propylene content should be specified for best operation.
Consult factory for coke oven gas and other mixed gas options.
13.54 L dim.
45° (344) (see ordering
Ø 11 B.C. information)
(279) 1 NPT Gas
Connection
4X Ø
(16) 3X Ø 110°
(14)
4
(111)
Ø4 NPT Air
Connection
(102)
Ø6 B.C.
(152) 110°
Ø 12.25 Ø7
(311) (184) Ø5
Ø2 Flue Connection (127)
(64)
7
(191)
3
(79)
(13)
6
(168)
Ø5
(133)
IF SPACE LIMITATIONS OR OTHER CONSIDERATIONS MAKE EXACT DIMENSION(S) CRITICAL. Bulletin 4723LNx
Page 4
Bulletin 4723LNx
Page 5
The 4723LNx-5 burner is configured to the application. The following information is required to enter a burner order.
Step #1 Base Part Number 4723LNx-5

Step #2 Specify Pressure Series 800, 600, 400
Step #3 Specify Burner Series (osi) 16, 12, 8
Step #4 Specify "L" Dimension 13" - 26" in 1" increments
Step #5 Specify Preheated or Ambient H - Preheated
Combustion Air A - Ambient
"L"
North American 4723 Evenglow Burner

4723 DIMENSIONS inches
B–NPT
A–NPT Gas connection
Air connection
Gas adjustment 7⁄16" drill 4-holes
G H
Mounting
flange gasket
(1⁄16" thk.)
D R-BC
C
45°
F
Q
dia.
P° J
Observation
6000 V port N
(ignition)
E–dia. M
3⁄8" NPT S
L T–dia.
K
Burner dimensions in inches and degrees wt,

designation A B C D E F G H J K L M N P° Q R S T lb
4723-2-E or -G 1¼ ¾ 3½ 49⁄16 6½ 1¾ 47⁄32 3¾ 35⁄8 18¾ 813⁄16 4¼ 5⁄8 40 3 7 3¾ 8 34

4723-3-E or -G 1½ ¾ 3½ 49⁄16 6½ 1¾ 47⁄32 3¾ 35⁄8 18¾ 813⁄16 4¼ 5⁄8 40 3 7 3¾ 8 34
4723-4-E or -G 2 1 43⁄8 5½ 8½ 17⁄8 47⁄32 3¾ 37⁄8 197⁄8 97⁄8 4¼ 5⁄8 40 4 9 5¾ 10 52
4723-4B-E or -G 2½ 1 43⁄8 5½ 8½ 17⁄8 47⁄32 3¾ 37⁄8 197⁄8 97⁄8 4¼ 5⁄8 40 4 9 5¾ 10 52
4723-5-E or -G 2½ 1½ 43⁄8 5¾ 8½ 17⁄8 49⁄32 3¾ 37⁄8 21 11 4¼ 5⁄8 40 5 9 5¾ 10 56
4723-6-E or -G 3 1½ 43⁄8 513⁄16 8½ 17⁄8 49⁄32 3¾ 37⁄8 21 11 4¼ 5⁄8 40 5 9 5¾ 10 56
 Optional air jet inlet is ¼" NPT; burner length increases 3" with air jet. See Sheet 4723-4.
Pilot premix connection--"G" version.
 Mounting flange gasket is not part of the burner and must be ordered separately. See back side for parts list.
 The 4723-2 can be supplied with a 1½" Air Connection.
 Minimum possible base circle for -2 and -3 is 41⁄8" ; -4, -5, -6 is 6¼"  (using 7⁄16"  mounting holes).
PARTS LIST Page 2
BACKPLATE / GAS CONNECTION
GAS CONNECTION GASKET

PILOT ASSEMBLY
O-RING GASKET 4723- -G
IGNITER
FLAME RETAINER 4723- -E OBSERVATION PORT
AIR CONNECTION FLANGE
BOLT (SIDE)
AIR FLANGE GASKET
GAS
CARTRIDGE DISTRIBUTOR PLATE (-2 AND -3 ONLY)
OR PLUG
(HOT AIR) PRIMARY AIR TUBE
OBSERVATION
PORT (CENTER)
BODY OBSERVATION PORT
FLAME (CENTER)
AIR ADJUSTING PLUG RETAINER
AIR ADJ. PLUG GUIDE
YOKE BOLT IGNITER / PILOT YOKE
Burner designation
Part name 4723-2 4723-3 4723-4 4723-4B 4723-5 4723-6
Air Adj. Plug 4-3709-1 4-3709-1 4-3752-1 4-3752-1 4-3752-1 4-3752-1
Air Adj. Plug (Hot Air) 4-3709-2 4-3709-2 4-3752-2 4-3752-2 4-3752-2 4-3752-2
Air Adj. Plug Guide 4-3753-1
Air Adj. Jam Nut R510-2270-JC
Air Connection Flange OA4-0433-1 4-1695-1 4-1695-2 4-1695-3 4-1695-3 4-1695-9
Air Flange Gasket 4-5371-1 4-5371-1 4-5371-2 4-5371-2 4-5371-2 4-5371-2
Air Flange Hardware:
(4) Hex Head Bolts R069-2380-C R069-2380-C R069-2670-C R069-2670-C R069-2670-C R069-2670-C
(4) Hex Nuts R510-7900-C R510-7900-C R510-8000-C R510-8000-C R510-8000-C R510-8000-C
Backplate/Gas Connection 4-27358-1 4-28004-1 4-27359-1 4-27359-1 4-27360-1 4-27955-1
Backplate Hardware:
(4) Hex Head Bolts R069-2670-C
(4) Hex Nuts R510-8000-C
Body 4-27361-1 4-27362-1 4-27363-1 4-27363-2 4-27364-1 4-27365-1
Distributor Plate 4-28393-1 4-28393-1 – – – –
Flame Retainer (Standard "L"') 4-29293-1 4-29293-1 4-29294-1 4-29294-1 4-29295-1 4-29295-1
Flame Retainer (Extended "L") 4-28517-__ 4-28517-__ 4-28518-__ 4-28518-__ 4-28519-__ 4-28519-__
Flame Retainer Bolt R069-2600-C R069-2600-C R069-2620-C R069-2620-C R069-2600-C R069-2600-C
Gas Connection Gasket 4-27366-1 4-27366-1 4-27367-1 4-27367-1 4-27367-1 4-27367-1
Gas Connection Gasket (Hot Air) 4-42264-1 4-42264-1 4-42259-1 4-42259-1 4-42259-1 4-42259-1
Gas Cartridge 4-6063-0 4-6063-0 4-6063-2 4-6063-2 4-6063-3 4-6063-3
Gas Pipe Plug (Hot Air) R590-7850 R590-7850 R590-7870 R590-7870 R590-7880 R590-7880
Yoke Bolt R069-2330-C
Igniter 4723- -E 4-3681-1
O-Ring Gasket R289-8730 R289-8730 R289-8731 R289-8731 R289-8731 R289-8731
Observation Port (center) 8790-0
Observation Port (side) 8790-02 8790-02 8790-01 8790-01 8790-01 8790-01
Pilot Assembly 4723- -G 4-28157-1 Copyright © 2020- Fives - All rights reserved | Dims-PL 4723-1 06/10
Primary Air Tube 4-28098-1 4-28098-1 4-28099-1 4-28099-1 4-28099-1 4-28099-1
Options:
Air Jet Assembly 4-7938-5 4-7938-5 4-7938-6 4-7938-6 4-7938-6 4-7938-6
Mounting Flange Gasket 4-6540-2 4-6540-2 4-6540-1 4-6540-1 4-6540-1 4-6540-1
 Common location for Air Jet Assembly or UV Detector. See Sheet 4723-4, page 2.
 For 12-24 inch (in 1" increments) extended "L" dimension flame retainers, include required "L" dimension.
Example: 4-28518-16 for 4723-4-E/16 Flame Retainer for 4723-4 Burner with 16" "L" dimension.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Evenglow 4723 Burners
Engineering Data
TABLE 1 Sheet 4723-2
Cold Air (60°F) Capacities and Excess Air Limits
Burner Size No. Turns 30% Primary Air 20% Pri. 40% Pri.
XSAir Limit Open 30% 0.2 osi 0.5 osi 1 osi 4 osi 9 osi 16 osi 16 osi 16 osi
4723-2-E, -G 3.5 240 375 585 1190 1785 2380 2035 2670
% excess Air 250% 250% 250% 250% 300% 275% 350% 250%
4723-3-E, -G 3.5 345 565 890 1685 2565 3420 2910 3825
% excess Air 250% 300% 300% 450% 500% 450% 600% 300%
4723-4-E, -G 2 581 965 1365 2785 4270 5740 5000 6500
% excess Air 250% 300% 300% 400% 350% 300% 400% 150%
4723-4B-E, -G 4 800 1325 2005 3905 5960 7785 6810† ‡

% excess Air 350% 300% 250% 300% 300% 300% 250% ‡
4723-5-E, -G 2 1420 1930 2530 5015 7500 9925 9130 11385

% excess Air 350% 350% 300% 300% 300% 325% 300% 350%
4723-6-E, -G 5 1695 2235 3235 7115 10840 14535 13200 *

% excess Air 350% 350% 350% 275% 300% 250% 275% *
TABLE 2
Hot Air (800°F) Capacities and Excess Air Limits
Burner Size No. Turns 30% Primary Air 20% Pri. 40% Pri.
XSAir Limit Open 30% 0.2 osi 0.5 osi 1 osi 4 osi 9 osi 16 osi 16 osi 16 osi
4723-2-E, -G 3.5 190 295 415 835 1250 1670 1425 1875
% excess Air 375% 275% 375% 450% 550% 500% 600% 500%
4723-3-E, G 3.5 225 370 580 1105 1680 2240 1905 2505
% excess Air 375% 400% 375% 500% 650% 500% 600% 500%
4723-4-E, -G 2 435 685 970 1935 2905 3870 3375 4385
% excess Air 500% 500% 500% 600% 650% 450% 550% 375%
4723-4B-E, -G 4 615 975 1345 2785 4180 5365 4695† ‡

% excess Air 500% 350% 500% 250% 250% 275% 250% ‡
4723-5-E, -G 2 910 1235 1710 3200 4840 6445 6015 7410

% excess Air 350% 350% 275% 300% 300% 275% 300% 275%
4723-6-E, -G 5 1300 1735 2390 4770 7370 9705 8855 *

% excess Air 350% 325% 275% 275% 275% 275% 275% *
* The maximum primary air for the -6 burner is 30%.
‡ The maximum primary air for the -4B burner is 32%.
† The minimum primary air for the -4B burner is 15%. 20% primary is one turn open.
Notes:
1. To find the approximate air capacity at 20% primary multiply 30% primary flow by 0.875.
2. To find the approximate air capacity at 40% primary multiply 30% primary flow by 1.17.
3. Capacities in Table 1 and 2 do not include pilot air or jet air.
Sheet 4723-2
Page 2
Table 3 Table 5
Air Jet Capacity cfh for all Sizes Pilot Premix Capacity 4723- -G
Jet pressure A pilot orifice is provided with the pilot assembly. The orifice raises the
osi cfh mixture pressure between the mixer and pilot assembly. This improves
the pilot premix distribution when multiple tips are used with a common
8 68 mixer. It also helps reduce combustion pulsations that can extinguish the
12 85 pilot as the burner cycles from low to high fire. If there is insufficient air
16 98 pressure available to use the orifice, the mixer should be installed as
close as possible to the pilot tip.
The use of jet air will reduce the maximum excess air limit at low fire
rates. Since jet air is intended for use in low excess air conditions this
should not be an issue. If higher excess air rates are desired, lowering No Pilot Orifice
the jet pressure will increase the excess air limit while still suppressing
CO formation. Mixer*
Mixture pressure Air Min. /Max.
Table 4 pressure "w.c. "w.c. cfh Gas cfh
Minimum Gas Pressure Factors for
3 4.8 103 8/11
10% Excess Air 6 9.6 150 12/16
Burner
With Pilot Orifice (0.219)
designation Factor
Mixer*
4723-2-E, G 0.08
Mixture pressure Air Min. /Max.
4723-3-E, G 0.07
pressure "w.c. "w.c. cfh Gas cfh
4723-4-E, G 0.06
4723-4B-E, G 0.10 8 9.8 118 8/11
4723-5-E, G 0.09 14 17.6 155 12/16
4723-6-E, G 0.17 20 24.7 172 13/18
To find approximate minimum natural gas pressure required at burner * Mixer air pressure is measured upstream with a single tip on a 4031 mixer. See
for Table 1 capacity ratings, multiply high fire air pressure by factor Sheet 4011-4 for general mutiple tip information and instructions. Any radiant
shown. Do not use this table to set air/gas ratios. tube backpressure must be added to the mixture pressures shown.
Example: 4723-5 with 9.0 osi air pressure at high fire After pilot ignition, the spark should be turned off to prolong electrode
life. Spark distributor systems can be used with 4723- -G (but NOT
= 9.0 osi  0.09 (from chart) 4723- -E).
= 0.81 osi minimum gas pressure at 10% excess air Pilot air flow should be set between 120-160 cfh. Use a 8666 Testip or
sight down the center observation port to set fuel/air ratio in the center
of the stability range.
SELECTION EXAMPLE
Select radiant tube burners for an installation requiring 350 000 Btu/h HHV gross heat release in each tube, with 9 osi air pressure drop across the burners.
Solution. To allow for possible adjustment of primary air to 20% for best heat distribution in tubes, divide required capacity by 87.5% (from "notes" under Table 2).
To convert cfh air flow to Btu/h HHV multiply air flow by 91 for 10% excess air (100 for stoichiometric ratio).
Capacity to use for burner selection = 350 000  (0.875  91) = 408 163 Btu/h HHV. From Table 1, select 4723-4 Burners which are rated at 427 000 Btu/h HHV
with 9 osi air.
Capacity to use for blower selection = 4270 cfh  1.17  number of burners. (From "notes" under Table 2.)
From Table 3, the minimum gas supply pressure should be 0.06  9 osi air pressure = 0.54 osi.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Evenglow 4723 Burner Sheet 4723-3
Control System & Installation Instructions

to other
burners
Figure 1. Suggested Control System
trans.
GAS
8697
7218 gas
or cock
7216
built-in
gas adjusting
valve 4723- -E Burner
AIR
1122
to other
burners
A. SYSTEM DESIGN
1. Use direct spark ignition whenever possible. Direct spark sys- 9. When sizing the burner for use with the specific air tempera-
tems are simpler to install and operate than pilots. Constant tures, make the usual correction in air capacity per the for-
pilots on hot air systems are not recommended. mula on page 147, North American Combustion Handbook,
Second Edition or Third Edition, Vol. I.
2. Make certain that burner is at low before lighting. The spark
must be turned on before or at the same time as the gas. 10. The gas adjustment cartridge furnished with standard cold
air burners is omitted on hot air burners (4723-_-_/H). A
3. Use constant spark for ignition, a distributor will not work conventional 1807 Valve must be used, piped as close to the
for direct spark ignition (4723- -E). Either constant spark or burner as is practical. (Priced separately.)
distributor can be used with premix gas pilot (4723- -G).
11. It is prudent to calculate burner input at 10% XSAir when
4. Do not "cross zones" with one mixer for several pilot tips. Use burning natural gas.
at least one pilot mixer per zone.
12. When burning propane, use full primary air and set slightly
5. If air pressure is greater than 8 osi, use a regulator in the pilot leaner.
air line to maintain air pressure to the mixer. Do not depend
on setting the manual air valve to reduce the air pressure. 13. The following options all reduce UV signal strength: Long
flame holder "L" dimensions, firing vertically downward, the
6. Always cross-connect individual pilot gas regulators (to pilot UV "Y" adapter, the optional air jet tube.
air if gas pressure permits; otherwise to pilot mixture pres-
sure). 14. Slow speed electric control motors provide the smoothest
control especially with the long "L" flame retainers. Pilots on
7. Provide main air and gas metering orifices if it will not be pos- burners with the long "L" flame holders can be "knocked
sible to obtain reliable flue gas analysis for setting ratio. out" if the main air valve actuates too quickly. Burners with
standard "L" length flame retainers can be controlled with
8. Do not use one regulator for burners at different levels on a faster acting air valves like the 7216 regulator with the by-
furnace. The difference in gas pressure due to the "head" of pass option, which allows low fire to be set and maintained
gas affects the low fire setting and may cause rough lighting, much more accurately.
overheating, or sooting.
Sheet 4723-3
Page 2
B. INSTALLATION AND ADJUSTMENT C. TROUBLE-SHOOTING
1. Slow motor timing and careful valve linkage setting will Carefully check the following conditions if the burner does not
contribute to smooth operation. To set linkage for slow open- operate properly:
ing (using the "dwell" or "lag" characteristic of the linkage)
by setting start point ahead of dead center, if motor design 1. Internal gas tube gasket (carbon ring) must be in good con-
permits (see Figure 2). dition. It is prudent to use a new gasket when reassembling
burner.
2. Bleeders should be avoided if possible, but should one be re-
quired, use ½" pipe or 5⁄8" O.D. tubing for impulse and bleed 2. Flame retention cup may have deteriorated from over heat-
lines. Check pressure drops in all equipment before setting ing due to improper ratio adjustment.
bleeder. To set bleeder, measure gas pressure at the outlet of
the ratio regulator against pressure in the impulse line or at a 3. Burner mounting flange must be tight against the tube. Gas-
tap in the main air header if necessary, but not at the burner. kets are available.
3. If possible, use an oxygen analyzer to set the air/fuel ratio. 4. Pipe sealant, paint or grease on the spark plug or "yoke" will
Otherwise use metering orifices. If orifices are not available, block the electrical ground and prevent or weaken the spark.
check ratio with a torch at tube exhaust when the tube is hot
adjust the limiting orifice valve just lean enough to eliminate 5. Check direct spark igniter for wear. The gap should be set
flame from combustibles leaving the tube. for 0.04 to 0.08 inches. The igniter should be placed in the
burner so that the ground rod faces away from the radiant
4. With gas piloted burners, follow bulletin instructions on low tube.
fire air rate to prevent burner damage from overheating. Low
fire should not be lean or rich. Overheating occurs with a 6. If pilots howl, change their air/fuel ratio. This is a very sensi-
lean fire, sooting with a rich fire. tive adjustment. Raising or lowering mixture pressure may
also help quiet pilots.
5. Changing the percentage of primary air also changes total
air flow, so readjustment of air/fuel ratio becomes necessary. 7. If pilot will not light, check for spark at the plug and gas at
The bulletin gives air rates only at the extremes of primary the mixer. If both are present, remove and clean pilot tip.
air adjustment. Intermediate values are not available. Make sure all piloting ports are clean: Plugging of one hole
can prevent lighting.
6. Even when a long flame is desired and burner is set for
minimum primary air, turn primary air screw out 1/4 turn 8. If an 8666 Testip is used to allow the operator to see the
from closed to ensure that a small amount of air purges the type of pilot flames he is getting, it should be located in a
primary air tube. This will help ensure proper UV cell opera- semi-dark area, or viewed against a dark background. A well
tion. adjusted gas pilot flame is such a pale blue as to be nearly
invisible in full daylight.
7. An interrupted pilot prevents possible burner gas tube dam-
age from overheating with the pilot. 9. If the UV signal is too weak try adding more primary air by
turning the air adjustment screw counterclockwise.
8. Pipe burner air to minimize spin as the air passes through the
burner body. Do not use an elbow close to the burner. Gas 10. Radiant tube resonating problems can often be reduced by
manifolding between control regulator and burners should be changing the primary air setting or adding a baffle to the
kept short. tube exit.
9. To reduce CO at low fire, bias the ratio regulator so that the

burner will run with more excess air at low fire. The optional
air jet will allow the burner to maintain 2-3% O2 throughout Figure 2. Linkage of an 1126
the entire turndown range while maintaining low CO emis- Butterfly Valve with a Honeywell
sions. Motor at the "off" position. This ar- Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 4723-3 04/11
rangement provides slow opening.
10. The use of jet air at 16 osi will reduce the maximum ex-
cess air limit at low fire rates. If higher excess air rates are
desired, lowering the jet pressure will increase the excess air
limit while still suppressing the formation of CO at low fire.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237
www.fivesgroup.com
North American Evenglow 4723 Burners
Basic Operation Sheet 4723-4
BUILT-IN GAS ADJUSTMENT Gas inlet

The 4723 has a build in limiting orifice valve (LOV) for adjusting the gas flow. It is
Gas
located close to the fuel inlet on the backplate and has a cap that must be removed to adjustment
adjust the gas flow. The burner is shipped with the valve in the closed position. Turn
the screw counterclockwise to increase the fuel flow. Replace the cap after completing
fuel adjustments to discourage tampering with the gas setting.
For hot air systems the built in valve should be omitted because the internal seals are
not rated for high temperatures. The valve cartridge on the backplate is replaced with
a pipe plug. An external 1807 limiting orifice valve should then be piped as close as
practical to the burner.
PRIMARY AIR ADJUSTMENT

The primary air adjustment changes the amount of air premixed into the fuel. A set Gas inlet
20% of the combustion air is premixed with the gas even when the adjustment screw
is closed. The adjustment screw is located on the backplate opposite the gas inlet.
Turning the screw counterclockwise increases the amount of air premixed into the gas.
Increasing the air in the gas increases mixing and results in a shorter flame. Turning
the screw clockwise decreases the amount of air premixed into the gas, which delays
mixing and makes the flame longer.
Size No. Turns Open 30% No. Turns Open 40%

-2 3.5 10+ Primary air
-3 3.5 10+ adjustment
-4 2 5+
-4B 4 ‡
-5 2 6.5+
-6 5 *
* 30% maximum primary air for -6 size. ‡ 32% maximum primary air for -4B size.
SPARK LOCATION and GAP

The 4723- "E" model uses the North American 4-3681-1 spark igniter. During the igni- CL
tion period, a continuous 6000 volt spark is required. Spark distributor systems cannot
be used with 4723- -E Burners. The igniter should be placed in the burner so that the 0.063 - 0.08
ground leg of the igniter is facing towards the centerline of the burner (±90°). The ideal
spark gap for the 4723 is 0.063". Continuous operation of the igniter will reduce its life.
Do not apply pipe sealant, paint, or grease to the spark plug body, yoke bolt, or yoke.
It will destroy ground and prevent or weaken the spark.
Sheet 4723-4
Page 2
PILOT TIP SETUP

The 4723- "G" Model uses the North American 4-28157-1 pilot tip and is held in place
with the same yoke as the direct spark igniter shown above. A 6000 volt transformer
is required. After lighting, the spark should be turned off to prolong electrode life.
Spark distributor systems can be used with the pilot. A UV scanner can see the pilot
flame from the center observation port. The igniter can also be used as a flame rod to Pilot inlet
orifice
monitor when the pilot flame is on, but will not monitor the main burner flame.
No Pilot Orifice
A pilot orifice is provided with the pilot assembly to raise the mixture pressure between Mixture pressure, "w.c. Air flow, cfh
the mixer and pilot assembly. This improves the pilot premix distribution when multiple
3 103
tips are used with a common mixer. It also helps reduce combustion pulsations that 6 150
can extinguish the pilot as the burner cycles from low to high fire. If there is insufficient
air pressure available to use the orifice, the mixer should be installed as close as pos- With Pilot Orifice
sible to the pilot tip. Mixture pressure, "w.c. Air flow, cfh
8 118
Mixture pressure should be set between 14-18"w.c. with the orifice and 4-5"w.c. without 14 155
orifice. Any backpressure in the radiant tube must be added to the mixture pressure. 20 172
Use a 8666 Testip or sight down the center observation port to set fuel/air ratio in the
center of the stability range.
Bottom observation port

OBSERVATION PORTS All view ports open
blocked, other two open
The 4723 is supplied with 3 observation port locations. Partially
blocked view
When the gas inlet is oriented with the air inlet or ignition port, the two
side observation ports both sight into the flame retainer and around
the outside of the flame retainer. If the backplate is oriented with all the
observation ports in line with the air inlet, the view of bottom port will be
completely blocked by the ignition port inside the burner body. The view
Completely
into the flame retainer of the other port will also be blocked, but the blocked view
view around the outside of the flame retainer is still available.
Ignition Port
UV FLAME SUPERVISION
Flame supervision can be used with 4723 Radiant Tube Burners. The center
port sights down the primary air tube and gas tube exit. It gives the best un-
obstructed view of the flame, and is the best location for mounting a UV cell.
This port on all 4723 models is 3/4" NPT female thread, see Bulletin 8832 for
mounting details for specific UV cells. A sealing lens must be used between the
UV and this burner port connection.
To maintain observation on the center port while using a UV cell, use an

8838-E-UV "Y" UV adapter. The 8838-E-UV assembly is threaded into the Conventional
burners center port in place of the center observation port. An integral obser- UV Cell
vation port is mounted in the upper leg of the "Y", while the lower leg holds a
C7035A-1080 Detector. The "Y" fitting can be removed without disturbing the
quartz sealing lens in the front of the adapter. When replacing an 8838-E-UV
detector in the field, remove the black shield from C7035A-1080 UV tube to
allow adequate signal strength. Position detector tube for maximum grid expo-
sure with upright plates at sides. For more details see Bulletin 8832.
During operation, direct spark ignition or gas pilot must be interrupted after
normal ignition interval. Pilot air can be left on under all normal operating
conditions. The UV will pick up a pilot flame.
Burners fired vertically downward with long "L" dimensions (8" or longer than 8838-E-UV
normal) generate reduced UV signal at low fire. There are a number ways "Y" Adapter
to compensate for the reduced signal depending on the application. Consult
North American for more information on special configurations.
Sheet 4723-4
Page 3
OPTIONAL AIR JET

The air jet is a small tube that delivers a high velocity jet of air to improve
mixing at low fire. This reduces the formation of CO and allows the fuel/air 3"
ratio to be maintained as the burner turns down to low fire.
The jet provides 98 cfh air when piped to a constant 16 osi air supply,
regardless of burner firing rate. A UV cell can be attached to the back of
the jet assembly for flame supervision.
Using the jet will reduce the maximum excess air limit at low fire rates.
Since jet air is intended for use in low excess air conditions this should not
Jet assembly
be an issue. If higher excess air rates are desired, lowering the jet pressure
to 8 osi will increase the excess air limit while still retaining most of the
advantages of the jet.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Evenglow
Radiant Tube Gas Burners
4725- -E
4725- -G
4725 Radiant Tube Gas Burners
• Adjustable flame geometry
• Designed for flow maintenance and reliable ignition
• Built in V-port adjustment

Product Overview | Radiant Tube Gas Burners
BENEFITS
Adjustable flame geometry:
— Engineered combination of diffusion flame and variable — 4725- -E Direct spark ignition
partial premix via primary air adjustment permits
flame shaping as required to match tube geometry. — 4725- -G Spark-ignited gas pilot
— Partial premix provides early heat release to tube — 4725- -M Manually-ignited gas pilot
surface adjacent to burner.
— Delayed mixing results in highly radiant diffusion flame, Evenglow burners include: built-in V-port adjustment, primary
distributing heat release more uniformly along length of air adjustment, observation port, and one of three ignition
radiant tube. methods.
— More uniform tube temperature results in longer tube Mounting and Installation. Each burner is flanged for easy
life and better control of product temperature. mounting on a radiant tube. See Table 1a for suggested tube sizes.
In general, the distance from the burner flange to the inside of
Designed for low maintenance and reliable ignition: the furnace wall should not exceed 18". This avoids overheat-
ing the tube inside the wall. For greater wall thicknesses consult
— Unique ignition arrangement eliminates the need for high- North American . For additional information on installation, see
maintenance, bayonet-style pilot or long electrodes. Sheet 4725-1.
— Pilots and electrodes are located in cool zone near
furnace wall.
— First wave of partial premix results in reliable ignition and

attachment of the flame front to the flame anchor.
— Glow pilots available for easy visual checking.
— Investment cast HT30 flame retainer enhances service

life (included on all versions, E, G, H and M).
Table 1a. CAPACITIES and TUBE SIZES. Capacities shown are with 30% primary air (+70% secondary air). For capacities in
Btu/h HHV, multiply cfh air capacity by 100. Apply correction factor from Table 1b for 20% or 40% primary air operation.
Burner cfh Air Capacity with Air Pressure across the burner of Radiant Tube
designation 1 osi 5 osi 6 osi 8 osi 12 osi 16 osi inside diameter
4725-2-E, -G, or -M 585 1300 1430 1650 2010 2330 3¾" min to 41⁄8" max
4725-3-E, -G, or -M 885 1980 2160 2500 3050 3540 3¾" 5¾"
4725-4-E, -G, or -M 1450 3240 3540 4100 5000 5800 4¾"† 61⁄8"
4725-5-E, -G, or -M 2370 5300 5800 6700 8150 9500 5¾" 61⁄8"
4725-6-E 3710 8300 9100 10500 12900 14800 5¾" 8¼"
Capacity | Radiant Tube Gas Burners
Table 1b. Primary Air Screw Adjustments Required for 20%, 30% and 40% Primary Air
Adjusting Screw Turns Open 4725-2 4725-3 4725-4 4725-5 4725-6
20% Primary Air, 87.5% rated capacity Full Closed 0 0 0 0 0

30% Primary Air, 100% rated capacity — 4 6½ 3 3 7
40% Primary Air, 117% rated capacity Full Open 13+ 13+ 12+ 6½ 10+
AIR CAPACITY
Capacities in Table 1a are for burners with 30% primary air. 4725- -G Burners include a glow pilot and spark plug. A 6000
Burners are shipped with the primary air adjusting screw volt transformer is required. After lighting, the spark should be
closed, corresponding to 20% primary air and 87.5% of Table turned off to prolong electrode life. Spark distributor systems
1a capacities. can be used with this burner.
Primary air may require adjustment for smooth operation on 4725- -M Burners have manually ignited glow pilots, with a
some tube configurations. special lighter hole closing device to stop air infiltration.
Wide open adjustment of primary air screw increases primary CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT
air to about 40% and total air capacity to about 117% of Table
1a figures. Table 1b shows approximate number of turns of air Burner must be lighted at low fire (1 osi max). Air pressure
adjusting screw for 30% and full open primary air. Installations on 4725- -G and 4725- -M must not go below values in Table 2
using greater than 30% primary air should have blower capac- even with on-off control. Refer to Sheets 4725-1 and 4725-4 for
ity increased accordingly. additional instructions and requirements.
PREHEATED AIR Accurate air/gas ratios can be determined by using 8697

Metering Orifices in the fuel and air lines, or by Orsat flue gas
For air preheats to 900°F use 4725- -EH described on Sheet analysis.
4725-5.
PROPANE
Table 2. MINIMUM BURNER AIR PRESSURE with gas pilots.
Add tube backpressure.
Evenglow burners are suitable for use with propane gas, but
the primary air must be adjusted wide open to avoid soot 4725- -G or -M Glowing Pilot Pilot Operated Non-glow
Burner Size at 3"w.c. mixture pressure at 1½"w.c. mixture pressure
formation.
-2 0.6 osi 0.3 osi
-3 0.3 osi 0.2 osi
LIGHTING ARRANGEMENTS -4 0.3 osi 0.2 osi
-5 0.2 osi ‡
4725- -E Direct Spark Ignited Burners. The main flame is

lighted by a simple electrode igniter located behind the flame
Table 3. MINIMUM GAS PRESSURE FACTORS for natural gas.
front for cool long-life operation. The spark should be turned
Consult North American for factors for other gases.
on before the burner gas valve is opened; after the burner
is lighted, the spark must be turned off for proper burner 4725- -E, -G, or -M To find the approximate minimum natural gas pressure
Burner Size Factor
operation. During the ignition period, a continuous 6000 volt required across the burner for the capacity ratings of Table
-2 0.06 1, multiply the high fire air pressure across the burner by
spark is required. Spark distributor systems cannot be used with -3 0.12 the factor shown.
4725- -E Burners. -4 0.06 See example under "Selection."
-5 0.12
-6-E 0.26 Do not use this table to set air/gas ratios.
4725- -G and 4725- -M Gas Piloted Burners include gas
† When mounting on a tube with I.D. less than 5¾", a 1⁄8" thick gasket is
pilots that glow, permitting the furnace operator to see at
required between the burner mounting flange and the radiant tube flange.
a glance if pilots are burning. A mixture pressure of 3"w.c.
‡ Cannot be operated non-glow because 3"w.c. mixture pressure is required.
produces a bright red glow, visible after 2 minutes’ warm-up.
The pilot has 15,900 Btu/h HHV capacity at the maximum
allowable mixture pressure of 3"w.c. and requires a 4031 Mixer.
Bulletin 4725
Page 2
Dimensions | Radiant Tube Gas Burners
BLOWER SIZING From Table 1a, select 4725-4-G Burners which are rated at
Because the primary air adjustment may be opened to 40%, 410,000 Btu/h HHV with 8 osi air.
the blower should have 117% (from Table 1b) of the rated total Capacity to use for blower selection = 4100 cfh  1.17  number
burner capacity. of burners.
FLAME SUPERVISION From Table 2, the minimum combustion air supply pressure for
glow pilots should be 0.3 + 0.1 backpressure = 0.4 osi.
Refer to Bulletin 8832, page 3, for choices of flame detectors
and adapters. From Table 3, the minimum gas supply pressure should be 0.06
 8 osi air pressure = 0.48 osi.
SELECTION
ORDER MUST SPECIFY
Example. Select gas piloted radiant tube burners for an instal-
lation requiring 350,000 Btu/h HHV gross heat release in each 1 — Burner Designation: 4725
tube, with 8 osi air pressure across the burners. Glow pilots are 2 —Size: -2, -3, -4, -5, -6
desired. The tube backpressure is estimated to be 0.1 osi.
3 —Ignition System: E, G, or M
Solution. To allow for possible adjustment of primary air to
20% for best heat-distribution in the tubes, divide the required For example, a typical complete designation would be "4725-3-G".
capacity by 87.5% (from Table 1b).
Capacity to use for burner selection = 350,000  0.875 =
400,000 Btu/h HHV.
DIMENSIONS inches
Mounting
Gas connection on either side
flange gasket†
B–NPT Mating flange, by customer
A–NPT Air connection
C C G H Radiant tube, by customer
Air adjusting suggested diameter "U"
screw
D R–B.C.
45°
F
Q
dia.
P° 1
/16"
S–dia.
J
Observation N
port 4725- -G
7⁄16" drill 4-holes
Gas adjustment M
E–dia. ½" NPT pilot mixture (4725- -G & -M) L T–dia.
K
† Mounting flange gasket is not part of the burner and must be ordered separately. See Page 4 for part number.
Burner dimensions in inches and degrees Wt,

designation A B C D E F G H J K L M N P° Q R S T U lb
4725-2-E, -G or -M 1¼ 1 1½ 4 57⁄8 15⁄16 33⁄8 63⁄16 45⁄8 20 813⁄16 6¼ ½ 30 3 7 323⁄32 8 4 30

4725-3-E, -G or -M 1½ 1 1½ 4 57⁄8 15⁄16 33⁄8 63⁄16 45⁄8 20 813⁄16 6¼ ½ 30 3 7 323⁄32 8 4 30
4725-4-E, -G or -M 2 1¼ 19⁄16 415⁄16 7½ 111⁄16 41⁄16 7 5¾ 227⁄8 97⁄8 59⁄32 9⁄16 40 4 9 523⁄32 10 6 50
4725-5-E, -G or -M 2½ 1½ 15⁄8 415⁄16 7½ 111⁄16 41⁄16 81⁄16 5¾ 25 11 59⁄32 9⁄16 40 5 9 523⁄32 10 6 60
4725-6-E 3 1½ 15⁄8 515⁄16 7½ 111⁄16 41⁄16 81⁄16 5¾ 25 11 59⁄32 9⁄16 40 5 9 523⁄32 10 8 60

"Q" diameter across ribs, add ¼".
Bulletin 4725
Page 3
Bulletin 4725
Page 4
Gas Cartridge
Assembly Flange Body
"X"
Air Adj.
Flange Air Plug Assembly
Gasket
4725- -G 4725- -M 4725- -E
Mounting Igniter Assemblies
Flange
Gasket†
O-Ring Gasket
Observation
Port
Flame Retainer
Gas
Connection
Gas
Connection
Gasket
4725- -G
Igniter Assembly 4725- -E Body Drilling at Igniter
Shown
Burner designation
Part name 4725-2 4725-3 4725-4 4725-5 4725-6-E
Air Adj. Plug 4-3709-1 4-3709-1 4-3293-1 4-3752-1 4-3752-1
Air Adj. Plug (Hot Air) 4-3709-2 4-3709-2 4-3293-2 4-3752-2 4-3752-2
Air Adj. Plug Assembly 4-7715-1 4-7715-1 4-7715-3 4-7715-4 4-7715-4
4725- -E 4-3509-13 4-3509-14 4-3564-7 4-3449-9 4-3449-11
Body 4725- -G 4-3509-11 4-3509-12 4-3564-6 4-3449-8 —
4725- -M 4-3509-11 4-3509-12 4-3564-6 4-3449-8 —
Flame Retainer (standard "L") 4-28521-1 4-28521-1 4-28522-1 4-28523-1 4-28523-1
Flame Retainer (extended "L")‡ 4-28524-_ 4-28524-_ 4-28525-_ 4-28526-_ 4-28526-_
Flange 2-4170-1 8765-3-B 8765-4-C 8765-5-C 8765-6-C
Flange Gasket 4-5371-1 4-5371-1 4-5371-2 4-5371-2 4-5371-2
Gas Cartridge Assembly 4-6062-9 4-6062-9 4-6062-4 4-6062-5 4-6062-5
Gas Connection Gasket* 4-22039-1 4-22039-1 4-22039-2 4-22039-2 4-22039-2
Gas Connection Gasket (Hot Air) 4-22039-3 4-22039-3 4-22039-4 4-22039-4 4-22039-4
Gas Connection 4-3510-7 4-3510-8 4-3565-2 4-3448-3 4-3448-4
Igniter 4725- -E 4-3681-1 4-3681-1 4-3681-1 4-3681-1 4-3681-1

4725- -G 4-5072-4 4-5072-4 4-5072-4 4-5072-4 —
Assembly
4725- -M 4-5072-3 4-5072-3 4-5072-3 4-5072-3 —
Mounting Flange Gasket† 4-6540-2 4-6540-2 4-6540-1 4-6540-1 4-6540-1
O-Ring Gasket R289-8730 R289-8730 R289-8752 R289-8731 R289-8731
* Should minor air leakage occur between the body and gas connection castings on burners manufactured prior to September, 1996, it will be necessary to install this new gasket. At the same Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Bulletin 4725 07/11
time, it will be necessary to replace the copper-clad "gasket" and install a new gas connection. All three parts are to be ordered from the factory. Part numbers are listed in the above chart. To
verify that you have received the proper gas connection, the "X" dimension of 25⁄64" should be checked.
† Mounting flange gasket is not part of the burner and must be ordered separately.
‡ For extended "L dimension flame retainers ("L" dimension in ½" Increments from L = 12" to L = 24") insert required "L" dimension in the blank space. For example: 4-28524-14 for 4725-2/3 flame
retainer with "L" dimension of 14" or 4-28526-16.5 for 4725-5/6 flame retainer with "L" dimension of 16½". For complete burner assemblies with extended "L" dimensions, consult factory for
special part numbers.
Parts Order Must Specify: 1 – Burner Designation 2 – Part Name 3 – Part Number
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 4725E Radiant Tube Burners
Control System, Instructions
Sheet 4725-1
Ref: Bulletin 4725
Figure 1. Suggested Control System to others

MRV burners
trans.
low gas 8697
main gas cock pressure switch 1518
gas
7219SS cock
gas
blower adjusting
valve 4725- -E Burner
low air
pressure switch control motor 1122
with end switches to other
burners
INITIAL STARTING INSTRUCTIONS

(Based on modulating or high-low-off control system with low-fire start and ignition shut off.)
1. Close all manual gas cocks. Start combustion air blower. 7. Open burner gas adjusting valve 5 turns from full closed
(clockwise) position.
2. Set primary air adjustment for 30% (ratio capacity). From the
fully closed (clockwise) position, turn adjusting screw out: 8. Energize the control system including ignition transformer, MRV,
4 turns/4725-2-E 7219SS Regulator Solenoid (but not control motor). Look through
6½ turns/4725-3-E observation port to be sure spark is on. For most reliable light-
3 turns/4725-4 and -5-E ing, electrode shoud be positioned as shown in Fig. 3.
7 turns/4725-6-E
9. Open the main gas cock and MRV, but leave individual gas
3. Adjust low gas and air pressure limit switches for 75% of supply cock(s) closed.
pressures.
10. Open individual gas cock at one burner. If burner dœs not
4. Adjust the control motor’s low fire proof auxiliary switch to light in a few seconds, first de-energize the ignition, then close
make at ½ osi main air (breaks when driving toward high). cock and purge tube for a few minutes. Back out Gas Adjust-
ing Valve ½ to 1 turn further open; open individual gas cock.
5. Adjust the control motor’s fuel permissive auxiliary switch to Repeat once or twice until main flame lights. If burner still dœs
make at 1 osi main air (makes when driving toward high). not light, check ignition and gas supply.
6. Adjust main air butterfly valve linkage for 1⁄3 osi at low fire and 11. When flame is established, power control motor until air valve
for rated capacity at high fire. Characterize linkage to open is in the high fire position.
valve slowly when driving off low fire. See Fig. 2 and Instruc-
tions 1230-2.
Sheet 4725-1
Page 2
12. Set gas adjusting valve for correct air/gas ratio as indica-ted Note: The 30% primary air adjustment as described in step 2 is most
by either an 8697 gas metering orifice or a flue gas analyzer. common. For conditions requiring different amounts, turn adjusting screw
(See Bulletin 8108). in fully for 20% (87.5% of rated burner capacity) or all the way out for
40% (117% of rated burner capacity).
13. Return control motor/air valve to low fire position. Adjust 7219
Regulator for correct air/gas ratio.
14. Repeat step 12 if necessary.
15. Repeat steps 7-14 for each burner.
Figure 2. Linkage of an 1126 Butterfly Valve with a Honeywell Motor at

"off" position. This arrangement provides slow opening.
Figure 3. When viewed through rear observation

port, electrode wires should appear side-by-side
for most reliable ignition.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 4725 Radiant Tube Burners
Control Requirements Sheet 4725-4
4725- -E SPARK IGNITED BURNERS
Type of Minimum Maximum HOW WHEN WHEN & HOW Valve Type of
Control Operating Lighting should gas should should Control Linkage Gas Shutoff
4725- -E Air Air and spark be spark be spark be Motor Adjust- Valve and
Burner Pressure Pressure turned on turned on turned off† Speed ment Opening Speed
Spark by
manual push
button. Burner
High-Low held at low Before or Manually
or 0.1 to Below at same after Not Not Manual
Modulating 0.2 osi 1 osi Gas - by time as burner is Critical Critical
(not off) Recommended manual valve gas lighted
By motor end Either

switch or a. 7219- -SS
Motor end pressure b. Conventional
switch or switch 30 Set for b. Solenoid
On-Off " " air " before seconds slow b. Valve‡
pressure reaching or movement c. Hydramotor‡
switch high fire slower at low b. Fast Opening
b. (10-20 sec)
Modulating " " " " By timer " " "

to off after
15
seconds
† With some control systems the spark can be repowered as the motor starts from high to low. This is not objectionable as long as
gas and spark go off simultaneously as motor approaches low end of travel.
‡ Automatic gas valve should be downstream of regulator for good lighting.
GENERAL NOTES:
1. Make certain that burner is at low before gas and spark are turned on.
2. Use a constant spark for ignition--a distributor will not work for direct spark ignition.
3. WARNING: Do not adjust burner for lean low fire--if done, burner damage may result.
4. Allow a 30-second delay between shutoff and relighting to avoid mis-operation.
5. When burning propane, use full primary air and set slightly lean.
Sheet 4725-4
Page 2
4725- -G AND 4725- -M GAS PILOTED BURNERS
Required Main Air Type of Gas

Pilot Mix. Pressure Minimum Shutoff
Type of Pressure for Type Main Control Valve Valve and
Control for Lighting of Air Motor Linkage Opening
4725- -G or -M Glow Pilot Burner Pilot Pressure§ Speed Adjustment Speed
High-Low or Below Interrupted 0.1 to

Modulating 1 osi (Shut off 0.2 osi
(not off) (Manually manually any size Not Not
and with 3"w.c. hold at after because Critical Critical Manual
interrupted low for burner is pilot is
pilot lighting) lighted) off
High-Low or
Modulating
(not off) Very
and with " " Constant Important " " "
intermittent See Chart
pilot Below§
Either
a. 7219- -SS
On-Off or Below b. Conventional
Modulating 1 osi Set for Solenoid
to Off " (lights " " 30 sec. slow Valve‡
automatically or movement c. Hydramotor‡
on control) slower at low Fast Opening
(10 - 20 sec)
§ Minimum Main Air Pressure required to cool burner when using Intermittent Pilot.
With Glow Pilot With Non-Glow Pilot

Burner size (3"w.c. mixture pressure) (1.5"w.c. mixture pressure)
-2 0.6 osi 0.3

-3 0.3 osi 0.2
-4 0.3 osi 0.2
-5 0.2 osi (cannot be operated non-glow
-6 0.2 osi because 3"w.c. mixture pressure
is required for ignition)
‡ Automatic Gas Valve should be downstream of regulator for good lighting.
GENERAL NOTES:
1. Either constant spark or distributor can be used with gas pilot.

2. Make certain burner is at low fire for lighting.
3. WARNING: Do not adjust burner for lean low fire--if done, burner damage may result.
4. When burning propane, use full primary air and set slightly lean. Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 4725-4 11/96
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 4725- -EH Radiant Tube Burners
Sheet 4725-5
for Preheated Air Ref: Bulletin 4725
DESCRIPTION
The 4725- -EH Direct Spark Ignited Burner is capable of operation with preheated
combustion air up to 900°F. The primary air adjustment plug assembly is upgraded to
withstand these temperatures.
The gas adjustment cartridge furnished with standard cold air burners is omitted. A
conventional 1807 Valve must be used, piped as close to the burner as is practical. (Priced
Separately.)
Special L dimensions, for mounting in various wall thickness and special tubes, are
offered in ½ inch increments.
SIZING
Air rates, and primary air settings, are the same as for the cold air versions de-
scribed in Bulletin 4725. When sizing the burner for use with specific air temperatures, make
the usual correction in air capacity per the formula on page 147, North American Combus-
tion Handbook, either Second or Third Edition. It is prudent to calculate burner input at 10%
XSAir.
DIMENSIONS
These burners conform to all dimensions shown for corresponding sizes in Bulletin 4725.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Low NOx Reverse Annulus
Single Ended Radiant Tube Burner (Rasert™)
4748 Rasert™ radiant tube burner
• Increased production through high flux annular • Uniform radiant tube temperatures provide extended
combustion radiant tube life
• Fuel savings due to high efficiency integral heat • Designed to be adaptable to existing straight radiant
exchanger tubes
Product Overview | Rasert™
THE 4748 RASERT™ ADVANTAGE: The 4748 RASERT has a number of advantages over
conventional SERT's. Since the flame is in direct contact with
the inside surface of the radiant tube, heat is transferred to
— Low NOx, CO and CO 2 emissions achieved by efficient the furnace more efficiently. The flame propagates outside the
staged combustion, and integral flue gas recirculation combustion tube rather than inside, resulting in less thermal
— Compatible with many existing control systems including stress on the combustion tube. RASERT is a patented design
simple cross-connected regulator systems (#6,321,743) of the Gas Technology Institute (GTI) developed in
collaboration with North American.
— Built-in air/fuel metering and gas limiting orifice valve mean
easier installation and commissioning BURNER CAPACITY
— Direct spark ignition The 4748-650 is available in one size. The minimum radiant
tube inside diameter for this burner is noted in Table 1 below.
REVERSE ANNULUS COMBUSTION Air capacities will be higher when starting the burner in a
The 4748 is a unique low NOx, high efficiency single ended cold environment. Air flow will decrease as flue gases and
radiant tube burner. Unlike conventional SERT burners, tube temperatures increase. See page 3 for a detailed graph
combustion occurs in the annulus formed between the outer showing flue gas oxygen levels vs. radiant tube temperature.
radiant tube and the inner flue tube. Combustion gases then Furnace temperatures may cause slight variations in burner
turn 180° to reverse through the inner flue tube to the integral capacity. Page 4 has further information on radiant tube sizing.
high efficiency heat exchanger having a return gas flow path
to conventional SERT burners; hence the name Reverse Annulus
Single Ended Radiant Tube burner, or "RASERT."
Table 1
Air Capacity (scfh at 1650 F furnace temperature) Radiant Tube

Burner with burner air supply pressure of inside diameter
designation 1 osi 4 osi 9 osi 16 osi inches
4748-650 425 850 1300 1750 6.50 - 7.38
NE
ZO
ION TS
ST UC
MBU OD
CO PR
LA
R
FLUE
NU D
AN NE
TUR
RE
SECONDARY AIR
FLUE OUTLET
EL
/ FU
AIR
RY
IMA
PR
FUEL IN
Bulletin 4748
COMBUSTION AIR IN Page 2
Operation | Rasert™
PRINCIPLES of OPERATION
When the combustion air enters the 4748 RASERT™ burner, it is The temperature of the preheated air generated by an internal
split into primary and secondary air streams. The primary air, recuperator is dependent on the flue gas temperature and
which is approximately 25% of the total air, is combined with flow, and the design of the heat exchanger element. The air in
all of the fuel and is used to induce FGR (flue gas recirculation) the 4748 RASERT burner is split into primary and secondary
from the flue. This air/fuel/FGR mix then travels down a tube in streams, that travel in separate paths through the heat
the center of the burner‘s integrated recuperator towards the exchanger elements. Approximately 75% of the air travels
flame stabilizer. around the outside of the heat exchanger in the secondary
air stream. The graph below shows a typical relationship
The secondary air stream also induces and mixes with FGR in of the secondary air temperature to the average radiant
the burner body. It travels down the outside of the recuperator tube temperature, where the burner is operating at 16 osi air
towards the flame stabilizer. The integrated recuperator pressure with approximately 3% O2 in the flue gas exiting the
preheats the combustion air, fuel and FGR with heat recovered burner.
from the waste flue gas as it travels in the annular gap between
the primary air tube and the outer wall of the recuperator
casting. The actual secondary air preheat achieved is
Secondary Air Preheat °F

dependent on the application, but it is generally over 1100°F in 1300
furnaces running at 1600°F. 1250
1200
When the primary air (with added fuel and FGR) and second-
ary air reach the stabilizer they are reintroduced and ignited in 1150
the annular space around the combustion tube and inside the
1100
stabilizer can. The stabilizer is designed to delay some of the
combustion so the flame can be spread out along the length 1050
of the radiant tube, which helps provide uniform temperature 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800
distribution. Average Radiant Tube Temperature °F
When the products of combustion reach the end of the radiant

tube they enter the center combustion tube and travel back CONSTRUCTION
towards the recuperator and burner. When the flue gas reaches
the burner body some of it is used as FGR and the rest exits The burner body is constructed of sturdy ductile iron, and in-
through the flue outlet. cludes a built-in V-port fuel adjustment plug, observation ports,
a flanged air connection, and built-in air and gas meters. The
PREHEATED AIR recuperator is made from a series of high temperature alloy
investment castings, as is the stabilizer.
The level of preheated combustion air is a major determining
factor in the overall efficiency of a radiant tube combustion
process. The higher the combustion air preheat the higher the
efficiency and the greater the fuel savings. At the combustion
air preheat levels in the figure below, the combustion efficiency
ranges from 62-69% based on the higher heating value of the
fuel. This increased efficiency results in fuel savings of up to
50% compared to conventionally fired ambient air burners.
Bulletin 4748
Page 3
Installation | Rasert™
NOx SUPPRESSION TECHNOLOGIES LIGHTING ARRANGEMENTS

The annular combustion in the North American RASERT™ burner Ignition on the 4748 burner is provided by a direct spark igniter
inherently results in lower combustion temperatures hence located on the main burner body. The spark should be turned
lower NOx emissions. Additionally, other NOx suppression on before opening the burner gas valve. After the burner is
techniques, including air staging and self recirculating FGR (flue lit, the spark must be turned off for proper burner operation.
gas recirculation) are used. Air staging works by adding the During the ignition period, a continuous 6000 volt (minimum)
air to the fuel in controlled "stages" which delays combustion, spark is required. Spark distributor systems and half wave
and reduces the concentration of oxygen in the hottest part of transformers are not as reliable as conventional continuous
the flame. It also helps maintain temperature uniformity on the ignition transformers. The 4748 can not be lit with a torch at the
radiant tube. exhaust exit in a cold tube.
The 4748 design internally entrains FGR into the combustion air FLAME SUPERVISION
streams. The addition of FGR lowers the peak flame tempera-
ture by reducing the concentration of oxygen in the combus- An air purged sight tube is available that will allow UV flame
tion air. The reduction of peak temperature greatly lowers the detectors to be used with the North American 4748 RASERT. The
amount of NOx generated in the flame. sight tube is purged with air from a small tube attached to the
burner body. The use of the air purge will increase the NOx by
The graph below shows typical NOx in the flue of a 4748-650 approximately 10%. The sight tube has a ½" NPT male fitting
RASERT burner, operating with 140 cfh natural gas. The flue which will fit many UV flame detector cells without additional
gases exit the burner at approximately 1050°F and the burner adapters. See Bulletin 8832 for additional choices of flame
combustion air is preheated to approximately 1200°F. detectors and adapters, which must be ordered separately.
The RASERT burner has been tested as explosion resistant as
defined in NFPA86 2003 Section 3.3.16.
Typical NOx vs. Radiant Tube Temperature INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS

50.0
The radiant tube mounting flange should be located 26 inches
NOx Corrected at 3% O2, ppm
45.0
from the hot face of the furnace wall. This will ensure that the
40.0 stabilizer is "inside the furnace" and not in the furnace wall. If
35.0 the radiant tube is not long enough to meet this requirement, a
30.0 spool piece should be added to the radiant tube to make up the
25.0 distance.
20.0
The fire tube inside the radiant tube must be engineered for
15.0
each application. Besides identifying the proper material, it
10.0
must be sized for the outlet of the burner, the length of the
5.0 furnace, and the inside diameter of the radiant tube.
0.0
0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 The flue gas exits the burner from a connection on the main
Average Radiant Tube Temperature, °F burner body, and is sized to fit standard pipe. To find the
specific size see the dimension chart on sheet 4748-1. The
exhaust connection will typically be a "stub stack", discharging
at an air break into a collection header. Additional exhaust
system back pressure should be avoided as it will effect burner
capacity and NOx suppression.
Bulletin 4748
Page 4
Control and Adjustment | Rasert™
Typical RASERT Mounting

Tube Dia.
26" Heated Radiant Tube Length min.
2
Furnace Hot Face

Mounting
Gasket
(required)
Tube Diameter
RASERT™ Mounting
Flange Radiant Tube Mounting Flange
CONTROL and ADJUSTMENT

The 4748 burner fuel/air ratio can be controlled with a simple
cross-connected ratio regulator such as the North American Typical Flue gas O2 vs. Average Tube temperature O2
7216. For firing rate control the burner can use conventional 8.0
on-ratio turndown, StepFire™ or pulse firing. Since most of the 7.0
pressure drop through the burner is taken in the relatively cool
orifices in the burner body before the full preheat temperature 6.0
%O2 in Flue Gas
is reached, the ratio will not shift as much as it does in typical

5.0
hot air burner systems.
4.0
When setting up the burner for the first time the high fire ratio
3.0
should be set so the exhaust gas is 6-8% O2. Once the process
gets to its maximum temperature the fuel/air ratio can be reset 2.0
to the final desired setting of 3-4% O2 in the exhaust. The low
1.0
fire ratio may need to be set at a higher O2 level to avoid CO
when the burner gœs to low fire. 0.0
0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750
The graph below shows the decrease in O2 recorded in the flue Average Radiant Tube Temperature °F
stack as the radiant tube heats up from a cold start to a 1650°F
tube temperature.
Bulletin 4748
Page 5
Burner Sizing | Rasert™
Bulletin 4748
Page 6
HEAT FLUX and BURNER SIZING
There are a number of important considerations when radiant tube determines the material selection. The combustion
matching a 4748 RASERT to a radiant tube. The most obvious is tube on a 4748 RASERT will run approximately 125°F hotter
the diameter of the burner and the I.D. of the radiant tube, but than the radiant tube temperature. The more uniform the
it is also important to not over fire the tube. temperature distribution on the radiant tube, the more heat can
be transferred to the furnace load without over-firing the tube.
The heat flux of the tube is the amount of heat that is being In a 1500°F furnace heat flux should generally be kept under 85
transferred through the tube. It is often expressed as Btu/h HHV Btu/hr/in2. As the furnace temperature increases the maximum
transferred per square inch of effective tube surface area (Btu/ heat flux that can be applied to the tube decreases. At a
hr/in2). The total amount of heat transferred through the tube furnace temperature of 1850°F the heat flux should be no
can be found by multiplying the burner input by the available higher than 50 Btu/hr/in2.
heat. (example: 140 cfh gas  1,000 Btu/cf  68% available
heat = 95,200 Btu/h HHV) The effective tube surface area is
simply the area of the radiant tube inside the furnace, and do es
not include tube surface inside the walls. (Example: 7.56  p  Each RASERT configuration must be individually quoted.
58" = 1378 in2.) So for this example tube and firing rate: 95,200 Information required to quote burners includes the quantity
Btu/hr/1378 in.2 = 69.1 Btu/hr/in2. and firing rate of each burner, radiant tube diameter and
length, furnace wall thickness (drawings preferred) and furnace
The maximum heat flux possible is dependent on a number of temperature. Contact a North American Sales Representative or
factors including maximum tube temperature, tube uniformity, our Cleveland Office for more information.
and inner and outer tube material. The peak temperature on a
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American
Immersion Tube Burners
4762 Immersion Tube Burners
• Very high heat releases • Reliable premix pilot
• Quieter, sealed-in operation • Provision for optional flame supervision
• Easily lighted flames • Observation port
• Stability over wide ratio ranges

Product Overview | Immersion Tube Burners
4762 HI-CAPACITY Immersion Tube Gas Burners give pressures must be available. Engineering and application
unsurpassed performance in applications where liquids are information are presented in Tables I, II, III, and IV, together with
heated by direct-fired tubes. a sample calculation to illustrate equipment selection. For special
conditions, consult North American.
Large tanks of liquids are commonly heated by immersion tubes
through which burners fire. Flames and flue products scrub PILOTS/FLAME SUPERVISION
inside tube surfaces, rapidly releasing heat to the liquid. This
arrangement provides more efficient and economical heating A 4021-12 Pilot Tip and 4031 Mixer should be used. A manually
than remote, separately-fired heat sources. lit pilot is not recommended. Pilot regulator must be cross-
connected to pilot air line.
4762 Burners allow high heat releases within confined
tubes --higher firing rates in smaller diameter tubes than Flame Supervision: Use flame rod or UV detector. Flame rod
previously possible, resulting in lower tube costs and smaller should extend 4" beyond outer surface of mounting boss.
tanks. They are sealed-in for full control of air/gas ratio and to
permit firing into high backpressure. No refractory tile is used.
SAMPLE SELECTION PROCEDURE
Flames are extremely stable and quiet burning, operating
over a wide range of air/gas ratios. Burners include a primary Information Required to Select Equipment:
air adjustment to correct for unusual tube conditions, and an
observation port for easy viewing of pilot and main flame. 4762- Heat transfer rate to liquid, load and losses*--for example, 550 000
4 and -6 Burners have a built-in gas adjustment. A separate 1807 Btu/hr. Available tank space--for example, enough for 25' of tube
Limiting Orifice Gas Valve is used with -7-A, -7-B, and -8 sizes. with 4 mitered elbows. Fuel--for example, natural gas.
OPERATION Step 1--Effective Tube Length for Heat Transfer. Each elbow or
return bend adds 1.1' of effective heat transfer length to the total
Accurate air/gas ratio can be obtained by using metering orifices centerline length (including bends); so
in air and fuel lines, or by analysis of flue products. Total Effective Length = 25' + (4 × 1.1') = 25' + 4.4' = 29.4'
Although 4762 Burners have wide turndown with normal air/gas Step 2--Firing Rate. At 550 000 Btu/h HHV in Table I, the next
ratios, additional turndown is possible by using excess air at low smallest tube length is 28'.
fire.
This tube length and heat transfer rate result in a required firing rate
Control: High-low, high-low-off, modulating or modulating-off (not of 786 000 Btu/h HHV and 70% tube efficiency. (From Table I.)
on-off) control can be used. Easy lighting and smooth operation
give safe operation with minimum attention. Then only 28' – 4.4' = 23.6' of tube is needed.
Pressure Drop in Tubes. High heat releases in small diameter

tubes require careful calculation of pressure drops within the
tubes to ensure satisfactory operation. Adequate air and gas
Bulletin 4762
Page 2
Capacity | Immersion Tube Burners
Table I. Effective Tube Lengths and Firing Rates Step 5--Air Pressure. From Table IV, at 70% efficiency (from Step
When Heating 180°F Water 2), read an air pressure factor of 0.017.
(Note: "Effective" Tube Lengths relate to heat transfer; "Equivalent" Lengths--Table Tube back pressure = 0.017 × 12.7 osi × 103.6/10 = 2.28 osi.
III--apply to pressure drop.)
The required air pressure at the burner is then:
Heat Transfer,
1000's Btu/hr
1000's Btu/hr
1000's Btu/hr
1000's Btu/hr
1000's Btu/hr
1000's Btu/hr
Burner air pressure = 12.7 + 2.28 = 14.98 osi.
Tube Length
Tube Length
Tube Length
Tube Length
Tube Length
Firing Rate,
Firing Rate,
Firing Rate,
Firing Rate,
Firing Rate,
Effective
Effective
Effective
Effective
Effective
Step 6--Gas Pressure. From Table IV, read a natural gas pressure
300 13' 500 16' 461 21' 428     factor of 0.19. The gas pressure drop across the burner is then:
350 14' 583 18' 538 22' 500 29' 466 37' 437
400 15' 666 19' 615 24' 571 31' 533 40' 500
Gas pressure drop = 0.19 × 12.7 = 2.42 osi.
450 16' 750 20' 692 25' 642 33' 600 42' 562 Adding the tube backpressure,
500 17' 833 21' 769 27' 715 35' 667 45' 625 Burner gas pressure = 2.42 + 2.28 = 4.70 osi.
550 18' 916 22' 846 28' 786 36' 733 47' 688
600 19' 1000 23' 922 29' 856 38' 800 49' 750
700 20' 1170 25' 1080 32' 1000 41' 934 53' 875
800 21' 1330 26' 1230 34' 1140 43' 1070 56' 1000 Table II. Burner Capacities, in scfh air
900 22' 1500 28' 1380 36' 1290 46' 1200 60' 1120 Multiply by 100 to obtain Btu/h HHV
1000 23' 1670 30' 1540 38' 1430 49' 1330 63' 1250
1200 25' 2000 32' 1850 42' 1725 53' 1600 69' 1500 Burner Air pressure drop across burner, osi Tube
1400 27' 2330 35' 2150 45' 2000 58' 1870 75' 1750 No. 1 5 6 8 12 16 Size
1600 29' 2670 37' 2460 48' 2280 62' 2130 80' 2000
1800 31' 3000 40' 2770 51' 2570 65' 2400 85' 2250 4762-4 2 120 4 750 5 210 6 240 7 640 8 500 4"
2000 33' 3330 42' 3070 54' 2960 69' 2660 89' 2500 4762-6 4 570 10 200 11 200 12 700 15 500 18 300 6"
2200 34' 3670 44' 3380 56' 3140 72' 2940 93' 2750 4762-7-A 5 250 11 700 12 800 14 800 18 200 21 000 8"
2400 36' 4000 46' 3690 59' 3430 76' 3200 98' 3000
2600   48' 4000 61' 3710 79' 3460 102' 3250
4762-7-B 8 000 17 900 19 600 22 600 27 700 32 000 8"
2800     63' 4000 82' 3730 105' 3500 4762-8 10 500 23 500 25 700 29 700 36 300 42 000 8"
3000     65' 4280 85' 4000 108' 3750
3200         112' 4000
3400         116' 4250 Table III. Equivalent Lengths of Fittings
60% 65% 70% 75% 80%
(welded), for pressure drop calculations
EFFICIENCY  EFFICIENCY  EFFICIENCY  EFFICIENCY  EFFICIENCY  Mitered Short Sweep Long Sweep
 Multiply air pressure factor by burner air pressure to obtain pressure drop in each 10 feet Pipe 90° 180° 90° 180° 90° 180°
equivalent length of tube. Size Elbow Bend Elbow Bend Elbow Bend
 Multiply natural gas factor by burner air pressure drop to obtain gas pressure drop across 4" 20' 35' 5' 8' 4' 6'
burner. Add tube backpressure to get required gas pressure. Consult Fives for other gases. These
factors are based on the primary air setting as shipped. They will be proportionally higher if 6" 30' 50' 8' 12' 6' 8'
the percent primary air is increased.
8" 40' 60' 11' 14' 8' 10'
 "% tube efficiency" is really % available heat, which is the best possible fuel efficiency (with
no wall or surface losses).  Do not use this table for heat transfer calculations.
Table IV. Air and Gas Pressure Factors

Step 3--Burner Size, Tube Diameter. Remembering that the blower
will have to supply some extra pressure to overcome tube back Air Pressure Factors
        Natl. Gas
pressure, use Table II and the square root law of flow to select a
Burner Tube Tube Efficiency Pressure
burner with 786 000 Btu/hr or more capacity, such as: No. Size 60% 65% 70% 75% 80% Factors
4762-4 Burner with 12.7 osi air pressure drop across
4762-4 4" 0.022 0.020 0.017 0.015 0.013 0.19
the burner. From Table II, this burner requires a 4" tube.
4762-6 6" 0.012 0.011 0.010 0.008 0.007 0.15
*Losses from vats may be substantial. See pages 125-126, Volume I of the North 4762-7-A 8" 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.08
American Combustion Handbook. 4762-7-B 8" 0.010 0.008 0.008 0.007 0.006 0.11
4762-8 8" 0.013 0.012 0.011 0.008 0.008 0.20
Step 4--Equivalent Tube Length for Pressure Drop. From Table III,
find that each 4" mitered elbow produces a pressure drop equivalent
to 20' of straight 4" pipe.
Equivalent length of tube =
23.6' + (4 elbows × 20') = 23.6 + 80 = 103.6'
Bulletin 4762
Page 3
Installation | Immersion Tube Burners
1. Bolt the burner flange to a matching flange welded to the immersion 3. If the gas pressure dœs not exceed air pressure by at least 2 osi,
tube. Bolt these together tightly to prevent flue gas leakage. Leakage use an 8654 Bleeder, piping the "M" connection to the hole provided
can cause instability and excessive noise under some conditions. (An for that purpose in the burner mounting plate. (Subtract the tube
optional mounting gasket is offered--see Parts List & Instr. 4762-1.) backpressure from both the gas and air pressure before figuring the
The burner should be as close as possible to the tank, because heat % bleed.)
is released very close to the burner. Tank insulation, if any, should be
removed to provide clearance around the tube to prevent overheating. 4. It is often difficult to set the air/fuel ratio by sight or sound; so use of
a metering orifice or flue gas analyzer is strongly recommended.
2. Connect the main gas regulator and valves, the pilot accessories, and
a spark-ignited pilot as shown in the typical piping diagram below. A
separate regulator must be used for each burner. For 4762-7-A, -7-B, Pipe or Tube
and -8 Burners, add an 1807 Limiting Orifice Valve in the gas line as Flange or Tank Wall
close as possible to the burner.
4 Studs (see table)
K
Fig. 1. Typical Piping ArrangementPlan View Gasket
(Safety equipment not shown)
Pilot Mixer Pilot Tip
Pilot Regulator Cross Connection

Flame Rod Opening
Main Air
AIR Control Burner
Pilot Gas Valve
Valve Pilot Regulator Pilot Air Valve
Air
Impulse
(2 psi max.)
Metering
Main Gas Valve Air/Gas Ratio Orifice
Regulator (Optional)
Table V. Installation Dimensions

Burner Tube Stud Stud
Designation Size Diameter Length K
4762-4 4" 5⁄8" 1½" 1⁄8"
4762-6 6" 5⁄8" 1½" 1⁄8"
4762-7-A, -7-B, -8 8" 5⁄8" 1¾" ¼"
START-UP and ADJUSTMENT
WARNING: Startup and adjustment of combustion equipment should only be done by trained personnel familiar with combustion technology,
combustion equipment, and with the particular burner system, equipment, and controls.
1. Purge the gas supply line. 6. The flame should not start in the burner gas tube at any time. If this
occurs at the low firing rate, turn the regulator’s spring adjusting plug
2. Close all gas valves. clockwise until the flame moves out of the gas tube. (See Regulator
Bulletin.)
3. Set the main air control valve for about 2 osi pressure at the burner or
about ¼ open. 7. Ignition should always take place at low firing rate (2 osi or less). High
fire lighting or extinguishing may accidentally put out the pilot.
4. Open the pilot air valve. Energize the ignition transformer and open the
pilot gas valve. The pilot should light in a few seconds. (See Pilot Bulletin.) 8. Adjust the high and low fire linkage settings (firing ratios) as desired.
These can range from ½ osi (1"w.c.) to 16 osi.
5. Remove the protective cap, and open the limiting orifice gas valve (built
into the back of 4762-4 and -6 Burners, separate on larger sizes) a few
turns counterclockwise from the closed position. Open the main gas WARNING: Situations dangerous to personnel and property may exist with the operation and
valve. If no main flame appears in 10 seconds, close the main gas valve maintenance of any combustion equipment. The presence of fuels, oxidants, hot and cold combustion
products, hot surfaces, electrical power in control and ignition circuits, etc., are inherent with any
and allow a few minutes for purging before trying again. combustion application. Components in combustion systems may exceed 160°F (71°C) surface
temperatures and present hot surface contact hazard. Fives North American Combustion, Inc. suggests
the use of combustion systems that are in compliance with all Safety Codes, Standards, Regulations
and Directives; and care in operation.
Bulletin 4762
Page 4
Dimensions | Immersion Tube Burners
¾ fpt
¾ dia.–4 holes for Pilot
on 9½ BC ¼ fpt for ¾ fpt–2 holes
R 30° tube pressure for Pilot & Flame 30°
Integral Limiting Supervision device
Orifice Gas Valve B–fpt D 1¾
Gas Inlet
¾ fpt for
Flame
45° Supervision P
(clockwise
from Pilot) G
dia. H
dia.
45° L
dia.
E
J
N
factory primary air
setting adjustment
A — fpt
4½ Main Air Inlet C
9 sq. F
4762-4 and -6
7⁄8 dia.–4 holes 5

1¾
41⁄8 41⁄8 D
K
41⁄8 B 5 Pilot ¾ fpt
5¼ R 45° from flange G dia.
H dia.
15° L dia.
41⁄8 2 4¾ R 10 B–fpt
sq. Gas Inlet
E
Flame Supervision
¼ fpt for ¾ fpt 45° J
tube pressure from flange
N
max.
35⁄8
A–fpt
Main Air Inlet
for 4762-7-A and -7-B
A–fpt C
Main Air Inlet
for 4762-8 F
4762-7-A, -7-B, and -8
Burner dimensions in inches recommended wt,

designation A B C D E F G H J K L N P R Pilot Tip lb
4762-4 2 1¼ 71⁄16 5¼ 8¼ 141⁄16 4 45⁄8 ½ 1⁄8 81⁄8 11⁄16 1½ 15⁄8 4021-12 46
4762-6 3 2 9½ 5½ 915⁄16 171⁄8 57⁄8 6¾ ½ 1⁄8 8½ 13⁄16 17⁄8 2 4021-12 46
4762-7-A 4 2 7¼ 5¼ 83⁄8 12½ 8 8¾ ¾ ¼ 95⁄8 Closed — — 4021-12 54
4762-7-B 4 2 7¼ 5¼ 83⁄8 12½ 8 8¾ ¾ ¼ 95⁄8 15⁄16 — — 4021-12 54
4762-8 6 2 7¼ 5¼ 12 12½ 8 8¾ ¾ ¼ 95⁄8 13⁄8 — — 4021-12 67¼
If used, flame rod length should be 4" from outer surface of mounting boss.
firing leg must not extend
Spray washer more than 3" above
normal liquid surface
common immersion tube arrangements (immersion tube not supplied by Fives North American Combustion, Inc.) Bulletin 4762
Page 5
CONTACT

T +1 800 626 3477
F +1 216 373 4237

North American Immersion Tube
Parts List & Instructions 4762-1
Gas Burners
4762-4 AND -6 GAS BURNERS
( see page 2 for 4762-7-A, -7-B, and -8 Burner)
Gas Cartridge Assembly ¾" Pipe Tap Connection for Mounting Adapter
Pilot and Flame Protection Device
Backplate ¾" Pipe Plug
Gasket
Backplate Body Gasket
Body
¼" Pipe Plug
Gas Tube
Obs. Port
Assembly
(8790-0)
Orifice Plate
Miain Air Inlet Adapter

Primary Air Tube
Hex Jam Nut
Mounting
Air Inlet Gaskets Dresser Elbow Gasket †
Air Adjustment
Factory Setting
Primary Air Take-Off (See Bulletin 4762)
1⁄8" Pipe Plug
Main Air Inlet Flange
Burner designation
Part Name 4762-4 4762-6
Air Adjustment OA4-0628-1 OA4-0629-1

Air Inlet Gaskets (3 req’d) 4-5371-2 OA4-0315-2
Backplate OC4-0948-1 OC4-0949-1
Backplate Gasket R540-0370 R540-0370
Body OC4-0261-1 OC4-0291-1
Body Gasket OA4-0262-1 OA4-0333-1
Dresser Elbow R590-4430 R590-4440
Gas Cartridge Assembly OA4-0951-5 4-6062-6
Gas Tube Assembly OA4-0473-1 OB4-0354-1
Hex Jam Nut R510-2230 R510-2340
Main Air Inlet Adapter OB4-0626-1 OB4-0627-1
Main Air Inlet Flange 4-1695-2 4-1695-4
Mounting Adapter OC4-0575-1 OC4-0575-2
† Mounting Gasket OA4-2414-1 OA4-2414-2
Orifice Plate OA4-0510-1 OA4-0512-1
Primary Air Take-Off OA4-0633-1 OA4-0634-1
Primary Air Tube OA4-0630-2 OA4-0631-2
† Optional
Page 2
Immersion Immersion
Tube
ORIFICE PLATE INSTRUCTIONS Tube
All 4762 Burners are furnished with orifice plates in their main
air connections. These plates are factory-set in the positions
shown below to ensure smooth, trouble-free operation of the Edge of plate Orifice plate
handle against
burners. It should not be necessary to alter orifice plate positions bolt
in full spin
position
in the field. Circular orifice plates with "D" shaped openings are
furnished with 4762-4 and -6 Burners.
Orifice plate Edge of plate
in no spin handle against
Fig. 1. 4762-4 Burner, looking into main air inlet with orifice plate position bolt
positioned for no spin.
Fig. 2. 4762-6 Burner, looking into main air inlet with orifice Gas Gas
plate positioned for full spin. inlet inlet
Fig. 1. Fig. 2.
4762-4 4762-6
Primary air adjustment as shipped (Dim. "N", Bulletin 4762) will give best operation on most installations. In rare cases, adjustment may
be required to smooth out operation.
Common causes of rough operation are (1) leakagebetween the burner mounting flange and tube flange, and (2) careless trimming of
the mounting gasket ID so that it extends inside the burner opening.
4762-7-A, -7-B, AND -8 GAS BURNERS

¾" Pipe Plug
ASSEMBLE WITH TAPPED HOLES
IN DISC IN LINE WITH PILOT
Obs. Port HOLE IN BODY AS SHOWN
(8790-0)
Air
Deflector Plate
Gas Tube
Assembly Hex Head
¾" Pipe Tap Bolt
Connections
for
Pilot and Lockwasher
Mounting
Flame Rod Gasket †
Factory Setting
(See Bulletin 4762)
Body Air
Inlet Gasket ¼" Pipe Plug
Body
Air Orifice Plate
Adjustment
Air Inlet Adapter Gasket
Main Air
Hex Jam Nut Inlet Adapter
Air Inlet Gasket
Main Air Inlet Flange
Burner designation
Part Name 4762-7-A 4762-7-B 4762-8
Air Adjustment OA4-0663-1 OA4-0663-1 OA4-0663-1
Air Deflector Plate OA4-1489-1 OA4-1489-1 OA4-1489-1
Air Inlet Adapter Gasket OA4-0662-1 OA4-0662-1 OA4-0662-1
Air Inlet Gasket 4-5371-3 4-5371-3 4-5371-3
Body OC4-0658-1 OC4-0658-1 OC4-0658-1
Body Air Inlet Gasket OA4-0660-1 OA4-0660-1 OA4-0660-1
Gas Tube Assembly OA4-0781-1 OA4-0781-1 OA4-0781-1
Hex Head Bolt (2 req’d) R066-2300-S R066-2300-S R066-2300-S
Hex Jam Nut R510-2420-JC R510-2420-JC R510-2420-JC
Lockwasher (2 req’d) R970-3220-S R970-3220-S R970-3220-S
Main Air Inlet Adapter OC4-0659-1 OC4-0659-1 OC4-0659-1
Main Air Inlet Flange 4-1695-5 4-1695-5 8765-8 x 7-D
† Mounting Gasket OA4-2414-3 OA4-2414-3 OA4-2414-3
Orifice Plate OA4-0674-1 OA4-0675-1 OA4-0676-1
† Optional
Page 3
ORIFICE PLATE INSTRUCTIONS

Gas Inlet Immersion
Tube
Rectangular plates with two orifices are furnished with 4762-7-A,
-7-B, and -8 Burners. These plates are not adjustable and should
be positioned as shown in Figure 3.
Dashed lines indicate
openings in burner air
ORDER MUST SPECIFY: connection
1. Burner Designation
2. Part Name Solid lines indicate Orifice Plate
3. Part Number openings in orifice plate
Fig. 3. View of 4762-7-A, -7-B, and -8 Burners, looking into main air inlet
with orifice plate in proper position.
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | PL-Instr 4762-1 11/00
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Snow Melters
Sheet 4762-2
with Immersion Burners
Snow can be disposed of quickly by pushing it into a pit contain- Some pits contain a large reservoir of water for more melting
ing water heated by a 4762 Hi-Capacity Immersion Burner. The capacity once snow is started into pit. Others contain a minimum
warm water melts the snow very rapidly and the resulting excess of water so the melting operations can start immediately. Some
water runs down a sewer. A complete system is particularly pits are drained after every use. On others the water is allowed
benificial for (1) areas which must be quickly cleared for parking to freeze to avoid installing outdoor water supply pipes (which
after snowfalls, (2) businesses which cannot wait for commercial must be drained after every use).
trucking firms or city trucks to haul away collected snow, or (3)
confined areas where there is no place to pile snow. Snow melting calculations. Snow weighs one-tenth as much as
the same volume of water. A 10" snow depth is equal in weight
The time saved by having a guickly cleared parking area can to 1" of water over the same area. (Water weighs 62.4 lb per cu
mean money in the pocket to owners of parking lots, funeral ft.) Wet snow weighs more, but the additional weight is water and
homes, supermarkets, and used-car lots. Cost comparisons with will not require heat for melting. The heat required to convert one
trucking charges for hauling snow will often indicate more cash pound of snow at 32°F is 144 Btu.
savings.
Btu/hr to melt = lb snow/hr × 144 Btu/lb = sq ft parking lot × ft
Design Assumptions. These pages suggest an approach to de- snow depth × 62.4 × 0.10 × 144
sign and selection of burner equipment for a snow melting pit. It
is based on 6"w.c. natural gas pressure and 8 osi combustion air Burner input for the tubes shown ordinarily should be based on
pressure. Equipment selected should be modified for other gases 90% efficiency. Since it is not necessary to melt all of the snow
or pressures, larger or smaller melting pits, or more or less snow (some is carried away as slush), assume burner output equals
to be cleared. Bulletin 4762 gives details on burner selection. heat available for snow melting.
Melting pit dimensions should be studied for each local con- Additional heat is required to raise the temperature of the snow
dition and intended use. If the cover must carry the weight of from the ambient temperature to 32°F, but this is negligible com-
automobiles, the pits are made long and narrow. pared to the heat for melting.
Table 1. RATINGS and CAPACITIES
Snow Melter Size

4762-4 4762-6 4762-8
Approximate area melted in 1 hr 8,000 16,000 42,000
with 2" snow fall, sq ft
Water in snow pit, gallon 520 1,120 3,200
Burner capacity, Btu/hr 620,000 1,200,000 2,800,000
Minimum natural gas pressure 6"wc 6"wc 6"wc
Blower air pressure 8 osi 8 osi 8 osi
“A”, pipe size air line 2" 3" 6"
“B”, pipe size gas line 1¼" 2" 3"
Sheet 4762-2
Page 2
Figure 2. DIMENSIONS
F
7⁄8" dia. - 4 holes ¾" dia. - 4 holes
on 9½" BC
B D
10"
sq. B
8¼" 9"
sq. sq.
N E
A C
4762-4 & 6
35⁄8" A
2" 4762-8
max.
Burner
designation A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T
4762-4 2" 1¼" 71⁄16" 5¼" 8¼" 141⁄16" 12' 3' 3' 2' 3" 6" 1" 10'6" 1'10" 1'2" 1'0" 4"
4762-6 3" 1¼" 9½" 5½" 915⁄16" 171/8" 20' 4' 3' 2' 4" 8" 11⁄8" 17'6" 1'6"0 1"6" 1'6" 6"
4762-8 6" 2"1/4" 7¼" 5¼" 12" 12½" 30' 5' 4' 3' 6" 10" 13⁄8" 26'6" 2'2"0 1'0" 2'0" 8"
Figure 3. INSTALLATION same as burner flange

dimensions above Q
The depressed corner box shown is not supplied by Fives.
This box is recommended to shield the burner while assur-
ing that the hot end of the tube is completely immersed to T-pipe size
prevent overheating. The immersion tube should be made S
of schedule 40 pipe or steel tubing with all welds tested for
water leakage. A 3/4" plugged drain should be provided
at each return bend to remove condensed water from the
tube. If possible, locate drains so they are easily accessible
P
and can be opened without draining the entire tank.
6" min.
R
S
corner box
arrangement
G
M-dia. drain hood

J
L-drain size
bottom of corner
K box should be below
water level
H
pit of steel
or concrete block
Drain detail
Sheet 4762-2
Page 3
Figure 4. SCHEMATIC BURNER PIPING

12 10 11
8
9
14 6
B-Pipe Size 3
A-Pipe Size 4
1 13
7
5 2
Figure 5. SNOW MELTING BURNER SET COMPONENTS
Item Description 4762-4 4762-6 4762-8

1 Hi-Capacity Burner 4762-4 4762-6 4762-8
2 Butterfly Air Valve 1122-4 1122-6 1122-8
3 Limiting Gas Valve — — 1807-6
4 Ratio Gas Regulator 7218-2 7218-4 7218-6
5 Bleeder 8654 8654 8654
6 Manual Gas Valve 1824K-2 1824K-2 1824K-6
7 Pilot tip with plug 4027-01-T2425 4027-01-T2425 4027-01-T2425
8 Pilot mixer 4031 4031 4031
9 Pilot air valve 1821-0 1821-0 1821-0
10 Pilot gas regulator 7350-01 7350-01 7350-01
11 Pilot gas valve 1821-02 1821-02 1821-02
12 Pilot solenoid valve 1486-02 1486-02 1486-02
13 Blower, Motor & Starter 2308-14/1-.75 2308-17/1-1 2308-24/1-2
14 1518 Valve† 1518-2 1518-4 1518-6
15 Ignition transformer 4065-6N1-6A 4065-6N1-6A 4065-6NI-6A
16 Ignition cable 4085-5 4085-5 4085-5
Typical addition to any of the above systems is the North American 8850-P-F Flame Supervisory System.
† 1518 is North American's Series of manual reset fuel shutoff valves.
DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. PLEASE OBTAIN CERTIFIED PRINTS FROM FIVES NORTH AMERICAN COMBUSTION, INC. Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 4762-2 11/01
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Magna-Flame™
Burners - Gas Only
4795 Magna-Flame™ Burner - Gas Only
• Conventional forward flame pattern
• For furnaces, melters, steel reheat, soaking pits, dryers and air heaters
Product Overview | Magna-Flame™ Burner
FEATURES IGNITION AND FLAME SUPERVISION
— Gas-only burner Magna-Flame burners should be pilot ignited . Pilot ignition

must occur at 1"w.c. main air pressure or less. Appropriate
— Broad stability range
4014 gas-boosted pilots are to be used with this burner (sold
— Chambers up to 2200°F separately), and are shown on the dimension table. Pilot
operation must be interrupted to prevent overheating of the
— Excellent for low Btu fuels mounting. Self-checking UV scanners (sold separately) are
recommended for flame supervision. See Bulletin 8832 for
selection of UV adapters. It is possible for a UV scanner mounted
4795 Magna-Flame™ Gas Burners are used on a wide variety on this burner to sight flame(s) of other burners in the same
of industrial heating applications. Flame lengths vary from 9 to firing chamber. Consult North American for configuration
35 feet. Operation is quiet, and the flame is stable over a wide guidance on multiple burner applications.
range of air/gas ratios: from more than 50% rich to 1000% excess
air. Burners can be used in cold, sealed-in chambers running on INSTALLATION
stoichiometric ratio or lean.
The burner does not include a tile. The tunnel shape shown
CONSTRUCTION on the dimension drawing (page 3) must be built into the
combustion chamber wall. See Supplement DF-M1 for installation
Body is fabricated of heavy duty welded steel featuring a round recommendations.
mounting flange, a refractory ring and alloy air distribution
disc in the front. Connections for pilot and flame detector are
REPLACEMENT AND SPARE PARTS
available in a variety of locations which are specified during
ordering. See Dimensions, page 3.
NOTE: In June, 2009, the 4795 burner was redesigned to
change from a square mounting flange to round and replace
CONTROL
the threaded gas connection with a flanged gas tee. When
replacing burners, or ordering parts, please inform your
Use either mass flow control or cross-connected regulator
sales professional of the complete part number, sales order
systems. Gas pressure requirement at the burner is
and/or manufactured date. This information is stamped on a
approximately 0.6 times the air pressure.
tag located on the burner back plate.
Flame
Combustion Air Capacities (scfh) Maximum % Excess Air Dimensions
Multiply by 100 to get Btu per hour @ 8 osi main air
Burner Air pressure drop across the burner, osi Air pressure in osi and 10% XSair
Designation 1.0 5.0 6.0 8.0 0.2 4.0 8.0 Length Diameter
4795-9-A 29 000 65 000 71 000 82 000 840 1090 1090 9' 3'
4795-9-B 36 000 80 500 88 000 102 000 840 1150 1100 9' 3'
4795-10 47 500 106 000 116 000 134 000 800 1100 1150 11' 4'
4795-12 70 000 157 000 172 000 198 000 800 1100 1150 15' 5'
4795-14 95 500 214 000 234 000 270 000 800 1100 1300 20' 5'
4795-16 121 000 269 000 295 000 340 000 800 1000 1400 25' 5'
4795-18 155 000 346 000 380 000 438 000 800 1100 1400 30' 6'
4795-20 200 000 447 000 490 000 565 000 800 1100 1500 35' 6'
 Because of a positive pressure in the burner, it is difficult to light with a torch unless the air is turned very low and a strong pressure torch is used.
 Maximum recommended pressure.
Bulletin 4795
Page 2
Dimensions | Magna-Flame™ Burner
45º Connection for Pilot

U
R
Y°
E
X° dia.
AA
V Hole on a
W Bolt Circle
Z # of Holes
S° O Hole on a
P Bolt Circle
T° Q # of Holes
M L 2.00
B 150 ANSI Raised
Flange Gas Inlet  A Main Air
Connection .50
(ANSI)
1/4" NPT Air Tap
3º Taper
1/4" NPT Fuel Tap J K 3/4" NPT

Observation
H° Port
CC NPT Pilot
Connection G° I
BB
3/4" NPT
1" NPT UV
Observation Port Connection
C Hole on a
D Bolt Circle
DD NPT F # of Holes
Observa- E
tion Port .50 Mounting Flange
BB
N Minimum Tile Length
(Refractory tile not by North American)
Dimensions in inches and degrees
Size
Designation A B C D E F G° H° I J K L M N O P Q
4795-9-A, B 8 3 0.75 18.5 20.25 16 11.25 22.5 14 9.5 9.25 11 10.94 29.75 0.88 11.75 8
4795-10 10 4 0.75 20.5 22.25 16 11.25 22.5 16 11 14.75 12.75 13.06 34.12 1 14.25 12
4795-12 12 4 0.75 22.5 24.25 16 11.25 22.5 18 12.5 14.75 15 14.44 37.75 1 17 12
4795-14 14 6 0.75 24.5 26.25 16 11.25 22.5 20 13.5 14.81 18 17.38 44.31 1.13 18.75 12
4795-16 16 6 0.75 26.5 28.25 20 9 18 22 14.5 14.81 19 18.38 46.31 1.13 21.25 16
4795-18 18 6 0.75 28.5 30.25 20 9 18 24 15.5 14.81 19.5 18.88 47.31 1.25 22.75 16
4795-20 20 8 0.88 30.5 32.25 20 9 18 26 16.5 14 19.63 21.13 50.81 1.25 25 20
Wt.
Size Pilot
Designation R S° T° U V W X° Y° Z AA BB CC DD Assembly lbs.
4795-9-A, B 8.25 22.5 45 13.5 0.75 6 45 90 4 7.5 10 1.25 ¾ 4014-1-T 190
4795-10 10.25 15 30 16 0.75 7.5 22.5 45 8 9 11 1.5 ¾ 4014-2-T 250
4795-12 12.25 15 30 19 0.75 7.5 22.5 45 8 9 12.5 1.5 ¾ 4014-2-T 300
4795-14 13.88 15 30 21 0.88 9.5 22.5 45 8 11 14.75 2 ¾ 4014-3-AT 410
4795-16 15.88 11.25 22.5 23.5 0.88 9.5 22.5 45 8 11 17 2 2" 4014-3-AT 460
4795-18 17.88 11.25 22.5 25 0.88 9.5 22.5 45 8 11 19.25 2 2" 4014-3-AT 505
4795-20 19.88 9 18 27.5 0.88 11.75 22.5 45 8 13.5 21.5 2 2" 4014-3-BT 630
Furnace opening should be ½" larger than dimension I for -9 thru -16, and ¾" larger than dimensions I for -18 and -20.
After a length of 1.2 X BB flare out the tile at a 30° angle all around (60° included angle).
Flat face ANSI flange available upon request. Bulletin 4795
Page 3
Designators | Magna-Flame™ Burner
Bulletin 4795
Page 4
main air conn.

Pilot position designators‡ are
air connection at 12 o'clock and should be listed for pilot, gas
Gas connection position designators are
connection, and flame detector in that order.
Flame detector designators‡ are

(must be 90, 135, or 180° from pilot)
‡ Good practice dictates that neither pilot nor flame detector be below the centerline of a horizontally-mounted burner.
ORDER MUST SPECIFY: (1) Burner designation (such as 4795-14): (2) Arrangement designation for pilot, gas connection and flame safety positions
in that order such as: 4795-14, arrangement 3a1 (for the arrangement shown above).
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American
Magna-Flame™ Burners, Wide Flame
4796 Magna-Flame™ Burner
• For furnaces, boilers, air heaters, incinerators, gypsum • Short and wide flame pattern
kettles, etc.
• Ultra-low NOx <30ppm, when operated with Flue Gas
Recirculation • Broad stability range
• Gas-only burner • Chambers up to 2200°F

Product Overview | 4796 Magna-Flame™
4796 Magna-Flame™ Gas Burners are designed to fire in The 4796 Magna-Flame burner is offered with the following
combustion chambers that have a limited length and sufficient options:
width to allow the flame envelope to develop. Operation is quiet — Fuel Tube Material
and the flame is tile-stable. The 4796 Magna-Flame™ is stable • Carbon Steel (standard prior to April 2020)
at full capacity from rich air/fuel ratios up to 150% excess • 316sst
air. The burner can be used in cold, sealed-in combustion — Main Air Spin Vane Angle
chambers. • 45° (standard prior to April 2020), typically
combined with a 30° tile (60° included angle)
Available air connection sizes range from 12" through 24" which • 30° typically combined with a 20° tile (40° incluced
permits the use of a single burner, rather than multiple burners, angle)
to obtain the desired input in a chamber of limited length. The reduced vane will decrease flame diameter and increase
flame length. See flame dimensions in the table below. See
LOW NOx OPERATION. The 4796 Magna-Flame™ burner burner dimensions on page 3.
produces about 10% lower NOx emissions than conventional
gas burners. The same high swirl that creates a short bushy PILOT and FLAME SUPERVISION. Magna-Flame™ burners should
flame also pulls furnace gases into the flame's primary reaction be pilot ignited. The 4014 gas-boosted pilot (sold separately)
zone to reduce NOx formation. listed in the dimension table is required, and provision must be
made for low fire start with 1.0"w.c. or less main air. The pilot
This rapid mix design creates an exceptionally stable flame must be of the interrupted type to prevent overheating of the
and makes the burner an excellent platform for flue gas mounting. The UV detector location should be 90° clockwise
recirculation (FGR). When operated with 15-20% FGR the of the pilot when viewing the rear of burner (in the direction
combustion system will produce less than 30ppm NOx in most of air swirl). Self-checking UV scanners (sold separately)
applications. are recommended for flame supervision. See Bulletin 8832
for selection of UV adapters. It is possible for a UV scanner
CONTROL. Mass flow control systems are normally used with mounted on this burner to sight flame(s) of other burners in the
4796 Burners, especially in the larger sizes. Cross-connected same firing chamber. Consult Fives North American Combustion,
regulator systems can also be used because the required gas Inc. for configuration guidance on multiple burner applications.
pressure is approximately 0.6 times the air pressure.
CONSTRUCTION. The body is fabricated using heavy duty

welded steel featuring a round mounting flange, a refractory
ring and an alloy air spin vane in the front. Connections for
pilot and flame detector can be factory-installed in any of
several locations per customer specification.
Flame Dimensions @ 8 osi main air

Combustion Air Capacities (scfh) Maximum %
Multiply by 100 to get Btu per hour excess air 10% XSA 40% XSA
Air pressure drop across the burner, osi Air pressure in osi 45° vane angle 30° vane angle 45° vane angle
Burner 30° vane angle
Designation 1.0 5.0 6.0 8.0 0.2 4.0 8.0 L Dia. L Dia. L Dia. L Dia.
4796-12 67 000 150 000 164 000 190 000 500 200 150 6' 5' 8' 4' 4½' 4' 6' 3½'
4796-14 86 000 193 000 211 000 244 000 500 200 150 7' 6' 9½' 5' 5' 5' 6½' 4'
4796-16 120 000 269 000 295 000 340 000 500 200 150 7½' 6' 10' 5' 5½' 5' 7' 4'
4796-18 155 000 346 000 380 000 438 000 500 200 150 8' 6' 10½' 5' 6' 5' 7½' 4'
4796-20 200 000 447 000 490 000 565 000 500 200 150 9' 7' 12' 6' 6½' 5½' 8½' 4½'
4796-22 237 000 530 000 580 000 670 000 500 200 150 9½' 8' 13' 6½' 7' 6½' 9' 5'
4796-24 282 000 630 000 690 000 795 000 500 200 150 10' 8' 13½' 6½' 7' 6½' 9½' 5'
 Because of a positive pressure in the burner, it is difficult to light with a torch unless the air is turned very low and a strong pressure torch is used.
Bulletin 4796
Page 2
Dimensions | 4796 Magna-Flame™
R U
X°
Y°
E
dia.
AA V Hole on a
W Bolt Circle
Z # of Holes S° O Hole on a
T° P Bolt Circle
Q # of Holes
B 150 ANSI Raised  M L 2.00
Flange Gas Inlet A Main Air .50
Connection (ANSI)
1/4" NPT
Air Tap 20° Taper
30° Taper
1/4" NPT Fuel J
Fuel Tap
K For
standard
BB vane For
reduced
H° vane
G° 3/4" NPT I
Observation
Port
CC NPT Pilot
3/4" NPT UV Connection
Connection
C Hole on a 0.50 Mounting Flange
E DD NPT
D Bolt Circle Observation N
F # of Holes Port 12 Min Tile 
(Refractory tile not by
North American)

Burner
Designation A B C D E F G° H° I J K L M N O P Q R
4796-12 12 4 0.75 24.25 26 16 11.25 22.5 18 12.5 14.75 15 14.44 36.75 1 17 12 12.25
4796-14 14 6 0.75 25.25 27 16 11.25 22.5 20 13.5 14.81 18 17.38 43.38 1.13 18.75 12 13.88
4796-16 16 6 0.75 27 28.75 20 9 18 22 14.5 14.81 19 18.38 45 1.13 21.25 16 15.88
4796-18 18 6 0.75 29 30.75 20 9 18 24 15.5 14.81 19.5 18.88 45.88 1.25 22.75 16 17.88
4796-20 20 8 0.88 31 32.75 20 9 18 26 16.5 14 19.63 21.13 50 1.25 25 20 19.88
4796-22 22 8 0.88 33.5 35.25 20 9 18 28 17.5 14 21 21.88 52.13 1.25 26 20 21.88
4796-24 24 8 0.88 35.5 37.75 24 7.5 15 30 18.5 14 22 24.38 56.13 1.38 29.5 20 23.88
Recommended
Burner Pilot Ass'y Wt.
Designation S° T° U V W X° Y° Z AA BB CC DD Designation lbs.
4796-12 15 30 19 0.75 7.5 22.5 45 8 9 12.5 1.5 ¾ 4014-2-T 325
4796-14 15 30 21 0.88 9.5 22.5 45 8 11 14.75 2 ¾ 4014-3-AT 430
4796-16 11.25 22.5 23.5 0.88 9.5 22.5 45 8 11 17 2 ¾ 4014-3-AT 480
4796-18 11.25 22.5 25 0.88 9.5 22.5 45 8 11 19.25 2 2 4014-3-AT 530
4796-20 9 18 27.5 0.88 11.75 22.5 45 8 13.5 21.5 2 2 4014-3-BT 620
4796-22 9 18 29.5 0.88 11.75 22.5 45 8 13.5 24 2 2 4014-3-BT 675
4796-24 9 18 32 0.88 11.75 22.5 45 8 13.5 26 2 2 4014-3-BT 745
 Furnace opening should be ½" larger than dimension I for sizes -12 through -16 and ¾" larger than dimension I for sizes -18 through -24.
 Flat face ANSI flange available upon request.
 For tiles longer than 15" consult Fives North American Combustion.
Bulletin 4796
Page 3
Installation and Aftermarket | 4796 Magna-Flame™
Bulletin 4796
Page 4
INSTALLATION. The burner does not include a refractory tile. ARRANGEMENT

The shape shown on the dimension drawing (page 3) must be
built into the combustion chamber wall. See Supplement DF-M1 main air conn.
for installation recommendations. Consult Fives North American Pilot position designators‡ are
Combustion, Inc. for unique or challenging installation or
operational applications. Gas connection position designators are

REPLACEMENT and SPARE PARTS. NOTE: The 4796 burner has (must be 90° clockwise at pilot)
gone through several changes: view from outside furnace
— June 2009
• Mounting flange changed from square to round Arrangement Designators are specified relative to the main air
• Threaded gas connection changed to flanged connection at 12 o'clock and should be listed for pilot, gas con-
gas tee nection, and flame detector in that order.
— April 2020 ‡ Good practice dictates that neither pilot nor flame detector be below the center-
• Offer fuel tube in both carbon steel and 316sst line of a horizontally-mounted burner.
(previously, only offered in carbon steel)
• Offer main air vane assembly in 45° and 30°
(previously, only offered in 45°) ORDER MUST SPECIFY: (1) Burner designation (such as 4796-16):
(2) Arrangement designation for pilot, gas connection and flame
safety positions in that order such as: 4796-16, arrangement 1½
When replacing burners, or ordering parts, please inform
a 2½ (for the arrangement shown above): (3) Fuel tube material
your sales professional of the complete part number, sales
(standard carbon steel or 316sst). (4) Main air vane construction
order and/or manufactured date. This information is stamped
(standard 45° angle or reduced 30° angle).
on a tag located on the burner back plate.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American
Once Through Steam Generator (OTSG) Burner
4796-SG Magna-Flame™ Burner
• Low NOx emissions • Standard is 120 MMBtu/h HHV
• Gas-only burner, oil availalbe upon request • Broad stability range
• OTSG specialized flame shape • Chambers up to 2200°F

Product Overview | 4796-SG Magna-Flame™
4796-SG Magna-Flame™ Gas Burners are designed to CONTROL. It is recommended to use mass flow control systems
provide low NOx emission combustion performance in with the 4796-SG.
Enhanced Oil Recovery Once Through Steam Generator (OTSG)
applications. The 4796-SG burner is based on the standard PACKAGED COMPONENTS. The burner comes with the following
4796 burner design, but through engineering, lab testing, packaged components: 4014-T Premix Pilot, Purge, Draft, and
and field testing the burner has been optimized for the OTSG Low Fire Pressure Switches, NEMA 4 Ignition Transformer and
application. Design changes included reducing the swirl and Cable, NEMA 4 Junction Box, and UV Scanner Swivel Adapter
elongating the flame, while still providing the flame stability
and consistency of flame geometry that all 4796 burners SUGGESTED ADDITIONAL COMPONENTS. These components
exhibit. The burner is also designed with packaged components are not included with the burner, but it is recommended that
for ease of installation and uniformity of system design. they also be included in the system: Burner tile (mandrel for
casting in place in the field), combustion air blower capable
The standard burner for the 4796-SG has a nominal 34" air of meeting nominal design requirements, blower discharge
connection and is designed to fire on PUC Quality Natural rectangular transition flex connector, VFD combustion air
Gas. Fives North American Combustion has also manufactured control, fuel gas flow control butterfly valve with 1600 series
special burners of this design for sizes 20”-38” and for oil pneumatic actuator and positioner.
applications. Other special burner designs (e.g., alternate fuels
and sizes) can be requested. Consult Fives North American CONSTRUCTION. The body is fabricated using heavy duty
Combustion, Inc. for special burner requests. welded steel featuring a round mounting flange, a refractory
ring and an alloy air spin vane in the front. Connections for
PERFORMANCE. The 4796-SG Magna-Flame™ burner is the pilot and flame detector can be factory-installed in any of
designed to fire at 15% XSA. Below is a table of standard several locations per customer specification.
operating information for the 4796-34-SG standard burner.
The 4796-SG has a 15 degree stationary air spin vane angle
which produces the flame dimensions in the table in the
Combustion Air Capacities (scfh) Flame Dimensions
@ 6"w.c. & 15% XSA
performance section. The packaged components are designed
Multiply by 100 to get Btu per hour
Burner Air pressure drop across the burner, "w.c. Flame Flame
for compact and close coupling with the burner to minimize
Designation 1.0 3.0 4.0 6.0  Length Diameter total deck space. Due to that design, the 4796-SG has a longer
4796-34-SG 563,000 976,000 1,130,000 1,380,000 35' 9'
body than the original standard 4796.
PILOT AND FLAME SUPERVISION. 4796-SG Magna-Flame™

 Maximum recommended pressure.
burners are packaged with a 4014 gas-boosted pilot, and
provision must be made for low fire start with 1.0"w.c. or less
LOW NOx OPERATION. Similar to the original 4796 Magna- main air. The UV detector location is placed 90° clockwise
Flame™ design, the 4796-SG Magna-Flame™ burner has a rapid of the pilot when viewing the rear of burner (in the direction
mix, high swirl flame which produces lower NOx emissions than of air swirl). Self-checking UV scanners (sold separately)
conventional gas burners. are recommended for flame supervision. See Bulletin 8832
for selection of UV adapters. It is possible for a UV scanner
Due to its high swirl, rapid mix design, and stable flame the mounted on this burner to sight flame(s) of other burners in the
4796-SG can utilize flue gas recirculation (FGR) to further same firing chamber. Consult Fives North American Combustion,
reduce NOx emissions for applications where more stringent Inc. for configuration guidance on multiple burner applications.
emissions control is required.
Bulletin 4796-SG
Page 2
Dimensions | 4796-34-SG Magna-Flame™
INCHES
27.76 52.57 2.00
26.63 3/4" NPT Swivel

UV Connection 3°
4.31
5.00
5.00
35.63
5.00
5.00
5.00
4.32
1.00
45° 1.00 5.00 5.00 24X Ø .75
8X Ø .88 4.81 5.00 4.82 12.00 Min. Tile

22.5° (Refractory Tile not
Ø 9.50 B.C.
by North American)
1/4" NPT Fuel Tap Ø 11.00

Main Air 1/4" NPT Pressure 15°
45°
Connection Tap .63 Mounting
1/4" NPT 24X Ø .88
Air Tap 3/4" NPT Purge Flange 7.5° Ø46.75
Air Connection
.50
Ø44.50
6" ANSI 150#
RF Flange Gas
25.25 Connection
Ø 40.00 2
Ø 36.00
16.00
2"
Observation
Port
3X Pressure Switches
Ignition Transformer Box
Junction Box
Pilot 3/4" Observation
Port 92.43
2" Observation
Port
(2) Furnace opening should be 40-3/4" for standard 4796-34-SG shown above.
ARRANGEMENT main air conn.
The 4796-SG comes standard as it is shown in the above

dimension drawing, with the air connection location relative
to the packaged component locations. The igniter and pilot Gas connection position designators are
are assembled relative to the packaged components. The gas
connection position is configurable to the desired angle, relative view from outside furnace
to the air connection.
Bulletin 4796-SG
Page 3
Installation and Aftermarket | 4796-SG Magna-Flame™
Bulletin 4796-SG
Page 4
INSTALLATION. The burner does not include a refractory tile. The REPLACEMENT OR SPARE PARTS. When replacing burners, or
shape shown on the dimension drawing (page 3) must be built ordering parts, please inform your sales professional of the
into the combustion chamber wall. A tile wall mandrel can be complete part number, sales order and/or manufacturing date.
purchased separately through Fives North American Combustion, This information is stamped on a tag located on the burner
Inc. See Supplement DF-M1 for installation recommendations. back plate.
Consult Fives North American Combustion, Inc. for unique or
challenging installation or operational applications.
ORDER MUST SPECIFY: (1) Burner designation (such as 4796-

34-SG): (2) Arrangement description for gas connection such as:
4796-34-SG, arrangement a (for the arrangement shown on page
3).
Copyright © 2021 - Fives - All rights reserved | Bulletin 4796-SG 02/2021

CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American
4821 Low NOx Hot Air Burners
• 3 to 40 million Btu/h HHV • Fuel gases (500 Btu/ft3 or higher)
• For applications up to 2600°F • Sharp, well-defined flames
• Combustion air temperature up to 1200°F • Excellent performance with cold or hot air
Product Overview | 4821 Air Burners
4821 Hot Air Magna-Flame™ Burners operate with hot air CONTROL. The burner operates with main air pressures from
from recuperators or other heat recovery devices to save 0.2 to 10"w.c. For stoichiometric firing, required natural gas
energy on furnaces, such as steel reheat, aluminum melting, pressure is a minimum 60 percent of the air pressure. Either
process heaters, and other high temperature applications. a cross-connected regulator system or electronic mass flow
Normal capacities are rated at 1000°F air at a pressure of control system can be used.
10"w.c.
IGNITION AND FLAME SUPERVISION. Magna-Flame™ burners
CONSTRUCTION. Bodies featuring round mounting flanges are should be pilot ignited . Pilot ignition must occur at 1"w.c. main
fabricated heavy-gauge carbon steel and lined with ceramic air pressure or less. Appropriate 4014 gas-boosted pilots are to
fiber and castable refractory. Internal parts are heat-resistant be used with this burner (sold separately), and are shown on the
alloy and the stabilizing disc is faced with high alumina dimension table. Pilot operation must be interrupted to prevent
refractory. overheating of the mounting. Self-checking UV scanners (sold
separately) are recommended for flame supervision. See Bulletin
OPERATION. Gas flames are stable in cold, tight combustion
8832 for selection of UV adapters. It is possible for a UV scanner
chambers with ambient or high temperature combustion air.
mounted on this burner to sight flame(s) of other burners in the
Under these conditions, the flame is semi-luminous.
same firing chamber. Consult North American for configuration
The 4821 burner incorporates a low fire air jet. Air (at 60°F) guidance on multiple burner applications.
is supplied to the connection at 1.0 psi (27.7"w.c.) and is
INSTALLATION. The burner does not include a tile. The tunnel
introduced into the center of the flame to enhance flame shape
shape shown on the dimension drawing (page 2) must be built
throughout turndown conditions. See table below for air jet
into the combustion chamber wall. See Supplement DF-M1 for
capacities.
installation recommendations.
For applications that benefit from high velocity, such as
aluminum melters and holders, steel reheat furnaces or others, REPLACEMENT AND SPARE PARTS. NOTE: In October, 2009,
the 4821 is available in an "R-version". The refractory tile the 4821 burner was redesigned to change from a square
shape of the R version is reduced (converging) to produce high mounting flange to round and replaced the threaded gas
hot-gas exit velocities, resulting in increased convective heat connection with a flanged gas tee. When replacing burners,
transfer and at the same time entrainment of surrounding or ordering parts, please inform your sales professional of
furnace gases resulting in low NOx emissions. For extremely the complete part number, sales order and/or manufactured
low NOx applications, consult North American about combining date. This information is stamped on a tag located on the
the R-version burner with low NOx injection (LNI) technology. burner back plate.
COMBUSTION AIR CAPACITY, scfh (for Btu/h HHV capacity, multiply scfh by 100)
Burner Jet Air, scfh Flame Dimensions

Designation 1000 F Air 60 F Air at 60 F at 1000 F air 
Standard Tile Reduced Port Tile at 10"w.c. P at 10"w.c. P with 27.7"w.c. P Length Diameter
4821-9 4821-9-R 34,000 55,000 1,130 5' 2'
4821-10-A 4821-10-AR 40,000 67,000 1,850 5' 2'
4821-10-B 4821-10-BR 53,000 89,000 1,850 7' 2'
4821-12 4821-12-R 78,000 130,000 4,500 9' 3'
4821-14 4821-14-R 106,000 177,500 4,500 10' 4'
4821-16 4821-16-R 134,000 225,000 6,700 13' 4'
4821-18 4821-18-R 172,000 288,000 8,600 16' 5'
4821-20 4821-20-R 215,000 360,000 10,750 17' 5'
4821-22 4821-22-R 260,000 435,500 10,750 20' 5'
 Because of postive pressure in the burners, it is difficult to light with a torch unless the air is turned very low and a strong pressure torch is used.

Subtract 10% from flame dimensions shown for reduced port tile "R" version.
Bulletin 4821
Page 2
Dimensions | 4821 Air Burners
FF - Diameter linning
P - Diameter
DIMENSIONS H - bolt
circle
M°
in inches DD
R tile only exit diameter
G°
E - Diameter
F - # of holes J- K - Diameter
Diameter
L - # of holes
N - bolt BB - Minimum
circle tile length
B - 150 ANSI raised
flange gas inlet A - Main air connection (ANSI)
X W V 2 .50
½ ¼" NPT fuel AA - NPT pilot conn. 45° to mfg.
.50 mounting
tap flange flange
U T
¼" NPT
1" NPT for flame air tap
detector 45° to mfg.
flange CC dia
BB dia
C - NPT jet
air inlet 1" NPT obs.
Z - Obsrv. port conns.
port
S - Diameter 3° taper for
D - Hole on a EE - Clearance reqd. to remove internals standard tile only
R - Bolt circle Y BB - Minimum
Q - # of holes (straddle centerline) tile length
DIMENSIONS IN INCHES AND DEGREES

Burner
Designation A B C D E F G° H J K L M° N P Q R S T
4821-9 8 2.5 1 0.75 0.75 4 45 5.5 7 0.88 8 22.5 11.75 13.5 16 20.5 22.25 11.75
4821-10-A 10 2.5 1 0.75 0.75 4 45 5.5 7 1 12 15 14.25 16 16 20.5 22.25 11.75
4821-10-B 10 2.5 1 0.75 0.75 4 45 5.5 7 1 12 15 14.25 16 16 22.5 24.25 13.75
4821-12 12 3 1 0.75 0.75 4 45 6 7.5 1 12 15 17 19 16 24.5 26.25 14.75
4821-14 14 4 1 0.75 0.75 8 22.5 7.5 9 1.13 12 15 18.75 21 20 26.5 28.25 14.81
4821-16 16 4 1¼ 0.75 0.75 8 22.5 7.5 9 1.13 16 11.25 21.25 23.5 20 28.5 30.25 14.81
4821-18 18 4 2 0.88 0.75 8 22.5 7.5 9 1.25 16 11.25 22.75 25 20 30.5 32.25 14.81
4821-20 20 6 2 0.88 0.88 8 22.5 9.5 11 1.25 20 9 25 27.5 24 32.5 34.25 15.5
4821-22 22 6 2 0.88 0.88 8 22.5 9.5 11 1.25 20 9 26 29.5 24 34.5 36.25 15.5
DIMENSIONS IN INCHES
Burner Estimated Recommended
Designation U V W X Y Z AA BB CC DD EE FF weight, lb pilot assy.
4821-9 11 13 12.31 5.75 33.56 ¾ 1.5 10 16 5.75 60 7 343 4014-2-T
4821-10-A 11 12.25 13.06 5.75 33.56 ¾ 1.5 10 16 6.25 61 9 343 4014-2-T
4821-10-B 12.5 15 13.94 5.75 37.19 ¾ 1.5 11 18 7 69 9 443 4014-2-T
4821-12 13.5 17.5 15.44 6.81 42.25 ¾ 2 12.5 20 8.5 83 11 580 4014-3-AT
4821-14 14.5 18.5 16.88 7.69 45.56 ¾ 2 14.75 22 10 86 13.63 715 4014-3-AT
4821-16 15.5 19 17.25 7.31 46.06 2 2 17 24 11.25 87 15.63 795 4014-3-AT
4821-18 16.5 19.5 18.88 7.5 48.38 2 2 19.25 26 12.75 92 17.63 915 4014-3-BT
4821-20 17.5 20.5 21.25 8.88 53.13 2 2 21.5 28 14.25 100 19.63 1035 4014-3-BT
4821-22 18.5 21.5 23.13 8.88 56 2 2 24 30 15.75 100 21.63 1152 4014-3-BT
 Furnace opening should be ½ " larger than dimension CC for 10A thru 14 and ¾" larger than dimension CC for 16 thru 22.
 Whenever the tile length is greater than BB × 1.2, the tile beyond BB should flare out at a 30° angle (60° included angle).
 Flat face companion flange available upon request.
 Max capacity at "DD" is as shown in 1000°F column in capacity table. Consult engineering for R-tile use at higher capacities.
Arrangement | 4821 Air Burners
Bulletin 4821
Page 4
main
air conn.
pilot position designators ‡ are:
gas connection position designators are:
Arrangement Designators are specified relative to the main flame supervision designators ‡ are:
air connection at 12 o'clock and should be listed for pilot, (must be 90, 135 or 180° from pilot)
outside
gas and flame supervison in that order. furnace view
‡ Good practice dictates that neither the pilot nor the flame detector be below the centerline of a horizontally-mounted burner.
ORDER MUST SPECIFY: (1) Burner designation (such as 4821-14); (2) Arrangement designation for pilot, gas connection and flame safety positions in
that order such as 4821-14, arrangement 3a1 (for the arrangement shown above).
Copyright © 2023- Fives - All rights reserved | Bulletin 4821 01/23
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American
Hot Air Burners
4825 Hot Air Burners
• Heat resistant cast iron body • Capacities 140,000 to 2,800,000 Btu/h HHV
• Alloy internal parts • Choice of standard or thin wall tile
• Lightweight vacuum-formed ceramic insulation

Product Overview | Hot Air Burners
4825 Burners will handle 1200°F preheated combustion air Burner sizes -2 thru -5 require jet air at 8 osi pressure while
firing car bottom, aluminum melting, forging, glass melting, sizes -6 thru -8-A require 16 osi. Regardless of firing rate, jet air
heat treating, and other furnaces where standard 4422 or 4425 flow is constant at about 2 percent of high-fire air rate (ambient
Burners would be used if combustion air were not preheated. temperature) for -5 and smaller burners, and 1 percent for -6 and
larger burners.
Burners provide stable combustion in cold tight furnaces on
stoichiometric ratio, with large quantities of excess air, or on RECUPERATORS
moderately fuel-rich ratios. Air is evenly distributed around the
gas stream, creating uniform combustion and a well-defined 4825 Burners are compatible with almost all recuperators,
flame pattern throughout a wide turndown range. including North American 8483, 8485, and 8486 units.
Flames are clear to semi-luminous dependent on air tempera- IGNITION/FLAME SUPERVISION

ture, firing rate, and air/fuel ratio.
A 4011-12 pilot set is recommended for individual burner ignition.
CONTROL When multiple burners share a single pilot pre-mix header, a
4021-12 pilot tip per burner with an appropriately sized air/gas
Mass flow control systems with air temperature compensation mixer is recommended.
provide the most reliable fuel efficiency.
For higher ambient temperatures specify a Honeywell C7035A
Fully metered flow control arrangements on the cold air side-- UV with an 8837-F Adapter, which includes a Honeywell heat
such as 7288 Regulators or 8096 Combustion Controllers--are block #136733 (R130-5849) and a ¼" fpt for 100 cfh cooling air.
satisfactory for the vast majority of installations.
CONSTRUCTION
Because 4825 Burners are capable of lean starts on cold air,
standard cross connected regulators can be used on many batch Heat resistant cast iron burner bodies including air connections
operations, as well as on continuous furnaces with constant are lined internally with vacuum-formed ceramic fiber insulation.
preheated air temperatures. Burner tiles are 3000°F castable with or without self-supporting
construction and are easily replaceable in the field. Burner air
JET AIR tubes, of high temperature alloy, are protected by a refractory
radiation shield.
The burner uses a small amount of ambient air to insure good
flame thrust at low fire. Some burners lose all discharge velocity
on applications that require wide turndown. Jet air on the 4825
solves that problem. Additionally, jet air cools internal parts
and prevents the cracking of fuel at low fire caused by hot
combustion air.
Main Air Capacity, Required Jet Air§ Approx. Flame Lengths

Burner Main Air scfh at 16 osi scfh at with 16 osi Main Air
designation pipe size† Ambient 1000°F 8 osi 16 osi Ambient 1000°F
4825-2 4" 2 560 1 420 50 — 2½' 2'
4825-3 4" 3 990 2 370 70 — 2½' 2'
4825-4 4" 6 150 3 930 145 — 2½' 2½'
4825-5 4" 10 600 6 450 165 — 2' 2½'
4825-6 4" 16 700 10 050 — 155 5' 3½'
4825-7-A 6" 27 400 17 100 — 175 5' 4'
4825-7-B 6" 34 100 21 000 — 275 5½' 4½'
4825-8-A 6" 44 200 27 900 — 450 5½' 4½'
† Smaller main air piping can be used in most cases. Use standard sizing methods for air temperature and pressure available. Minimum main air pressure
at the burner is 0.2 osi. Bulletin 4825
§ Ambient temperature jet air is required at all firing rates for burner stability and flame integrity. page 2
Dimensions | Hot Air Burners
"Z" Burner for Fiber Wall Construction
35° 35° Refractory Tile

22½° 22½° 1⁄8 fpt (replaceable)
Jet Air connection§ G°
¾ fpt, 3 holes
¼ fpt for observation port,
pressure tap pilot tip and flame
monitoring device
F1 Rad.
D1 D3 D4‡
dia. OD OD
C
E
Q1–OD
Main Air Conn. (both models) B–Gas A–Main Air (See Note)
W dia. hole connection connection
8 req'd. equally spaced
22½° 22½°
V–OD on X dia. BC 3⁄8
Z
S dia. hole K L1 93⁄8
8 req'd. equally spaced
on T dia. BC H1
-8-A Burner
Only
½ fpt NOTE:
R–ID vacuum formed conn. Z dimension variable from 2" to 9" by ½" increments for fiber wall construction.
refractory fiber lining H1 When Z dimension is equal to 9" the backplate and mounting flange will be
one piece.
M° Refractory Tile
¾ fpt, 3 holes M°
Burner for Hard Wall Construction (replaceable)
for observation port,
pilot tip and flame 45°
1⁄8 fpt
monitoring device
Jet Air connection§
¼ fpt
pressure tap
F
D1 D2‡
C dia. sq.
3⁄8 rad. B–Gas A–Main Air

connection ½
typ. connection
N typ.
P typ. K L 7
Q
H
Bulletin 4825
Page 3
Bulletin 4825
Page 4
Burner Dimensions in inches and degrees

Designation A B C D1 D2 ‡ D3 D4‡ E F F1 G° H H1 K L L1 M° N
4825-2 4 1 2 4 10 113⁄8 12 5 59⁄32 47⁄8 45 24 261⁄8 63⁄8 85⁄16 77⁄8 65 31⁄8
4825-3 4 1 2 4 10 113⁄8 12 5 59⁄32 47⁄8 45 24 261⁄8 63⁄8 85⁄16 77⁄8 65 31⁄8
4825-4 4 1¼ 2 4 10 113⁄8 12 5 59⁄32 47⁄8 45 24 261⁄8 63⁄8 85⁄16 77⁄8 65 31⁄8
4825-5 4 1½ 2 5 10 113⁄8 12 5 59⁄32 47⁄8 45 24 261⁄8 63⁄8 85⁄16 77⁄8 65 31⁄8
4825-6 4 1½ 2 5 10 113⁄8 12 5 59⁄32 47⁄8 45 24 261⁄8 63⁄8 85⁄16 77⁄8 65 31⁄8
4825-7-A 6 2½ 25⁄8 7 12 14 145⁄8 7 611⁄32 625⁄32 30 27¾ 2915⁄16 83⁄8 95⁄16 9 58½ 311⁄16
4825-7-B 6 2½ 25⁄8 7 12 14 145⁄8 7 611⁄32 625⁄32 30 27¾ 2915⁄16 83⁄8 95⁄16 9 58½ 311⁄16
4825-8-A 6 2½ 25⁄8 7 12 14 145⁄8 7 611⁄32 625⁄32 30 315⁄16 33½ 83⁄8 95⁄16 9 58½ 311⁄16
Burner Dimensions in inches Approx.

Designation P Q Q1 R S T V W X Wt, lb
4825-2 6¼ 14 16 4 ¾ 7½ 9 5⁄8 14½ 170
4825-3 6¼ 14 16 4 ¾ 7½ 9 5⁄8 14½ 170
4825-4 6¼ 14 16 4 ¾ 7½ 9 5⁄8 14½ 170
4825-5 6¼ 14 16 4 ¾ 7½ 9 5⁄8 14½ 170
4825-6 6¼ 14 16 4 ¾ 7½ 9 5⁄8 14½ 170
4825-7-A 73⁄8 16 185⁄8 6 7⁄8 9½ 11 ¾ 17 225
4825-7-B 73⁄8 16 185⁄8 6 7⁄8 9½ 11 ¾ 17 225
4825-8-A 73⁄8 16 185⁄8 6 7⁄8 9½ 11 ¾ 17 225
‡ Increase dimension ½" for minimum opening in furnace shell.

§ Ambient temperature jet air is required at all firing rates for burner stability and flame integrity.
Companion flange by customer (ANSI). Use flat face companion flanges and full face gaskets when installing this equipment. Raised face flanges may
damage mating flange.
Specify order of assembly by giving arrangement designators for the main air conn.
Pilot and flame detector position 3 1
pilot boss and gas inlet, relative to the main air connection located at twelve designators† are 2
o'clock. The pilot and main air cannot have the same position since the air a a
flange would interfere with the pilot. Two ¾" connections on either side of 3 Gas connection position designators are d
c
b
the pilot boss accommodate an observation port (included with burner) and
a UV detector.
† Good practice dictates that neither pilot nor flame detector be on the
bottom as installed.

CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 4825 Burners Parts List 4825-1
SERIES 4825 GAS BURNERS FOR HARD WALL CONSTRUCTION
¾"  ¾"  ½"

Pipe Tee
-8-A Burner
Only
Burner Tile
-5
½" NPT Connection
Air Disc Assembly
Observation Port Gas Tube
Mounting Plate
Body and Liner Assembly
Gas Connection
Gas Connection Studs (4)
Typical Gas Tube End

for -2, -3, -4, -6, -7-A
and -7-B Burners
(-6 shown)
Jet Air Tube
Air Tubes (8)

Backplate
Mounting Plate Gasket
Tile Mounting Hooks (4) Backplate Gasket
-8-A
Burner designation
Part Number 4825-2 4825-3 4825-4 4825-5 4825-6 4825-7-A 4825-7-B 4825-8-A
Air Disc Assembly 3-6283-1 3-6283-2 3-6283-3 3-6283-4 3-6283-5 3-6283-6 3-6283-7 3-6283-8
Air Tubes (8 req'd.) 3-3643-1 3-3643-2 3-3640-2 3-3639-2 3-3554-2 3-3273-3 3-3273-4 4-3684-2
Backplate 4-2459-2 4-2459-2 4-2459-2 4-2459-2 4-2459-2 3-3269-3 3-3269-3 4-7983-1

Body and Liner Assembly 3-6511-2 3-6511-2 3-6511-2 3-6511-2 3-6511-2 3-6480-2 3-6480-2 3-6480-2
Burner Tile 3-6673-1 3-6673-1 3-6673-1 3-6673-2 3-6673-2 3-6673-3 3-6673-3 3-6673-3
Part Name
Gas Connection 3-2465-4 3-2465-4 3-2465-5 3-2465-6 3-2465-6 3-6510-1 3-6510-1 3-6510-1
Gas Tube 4-8100-1 4-8100-1 4-8100-2 4-8100-3 4-8100-4 4-7960-2 4-7960-2 4-7980-2
Jet Air Tube 4-7870-1 4-7871-1 4-7870-2 4-7897-1 4-7992-1 4-7963-1 4-8034-1 4-7986-1
Mounting Plate 3-4767-3 3-4767-3 3-4767-3 3-4767-3 3-4767-3 3-4638-3 3-4638-3 3-4638-3
Mounting Plate Gasket 4-7571-1 4-7571-1 4-7571-1 4-7571-1 4-7571-1 4-7572-1 4-7572-1 4-7572-1
Observation Port 8790-0 8790-0 8790-0 8790-0 8790-0 8790-0 8790-0 8790-0
Studs, Gas Conn. (4 req'd.) 3-2584-1 3-2584-1 3-2584-1 3-2584-1 3-2584-1 3-3325-1 3-3325-1 3-3325-1
Tile Mtg. Hooks (4 req'd.) 3-1115-2 3-1115-2 3-1115-2 3-1115-2 3-1115-2 3-1115-2 3-1115-2 3-1115-2
Parts List 4825-1
Page 2
SERIES 4825 GAS BURNERS FOR FIBER WALL CONSTRUCTION
¾"  ¾"  ½"

Pipe Tee
-8-A Burner
Only
Burner Tile
½" NPT Connection
Gas Tube -5
Mounting Plate
Observation Port
Body and Liner Assembly Adapter
Gas Connection Air Tubes (8)
Gas Connection Studs (4)

Typical Gas Tube End
for -2, -3, -4, -6, -7-A
and -7-B Burners
Jet Air Tube (-6 shown)
Backplate
Backplate Gasket Air Disc Assembly
Mounting Plate Gasket
-8-A
End of gas Tube must be
flush mounted with end
of Air Disc Assembly
Burner designation
Part Number 4825-2-Z 4825-3-Z 4825-4-Z 4825-5-Z 4825-6-Z 4825-7-AZ 4825-7-BZ 4825-8-AZ
Adapter 3-6401-1 3-6401-1 3-6401-1 3-6401-2 3-6401-2 3-6467-1 3-6467-1 3-6467-1
Air Tubes (8 req'd.) 3-3643-1 3-3643-2 3-3640-2 3-3639-2 3-3554-2 3-3273-3 3-3273-4 4-3684-2
Backplate 4-2459-2 4-2459-2 4-2459-2 4-2459-2 4-2459-2 3-3269-3 3-3269-3 4-7983-1

Burner Tile 3-6520-1 3-6520-1 3-6520-1 3-6520-3 3-6520-3 3-6521-1 3-6521-1
Part Name
3-6521-1
Gas Connection 3-2465-4 3-2465-4 3-2465-5 3-2465-6 3-2465-6 3-6510-1 3-6510-1 3-6510-1
Gas Tube 4-8100-5 4-8100-5 4-8100-6 4-8100-7 4-8100-8 4-7960-1 4-7960-1 4-7980-1
Jet Air Tube 4-7870-3 4-7871-2 4-7870-4 4-7897-2 4-7992-2 4-7963-2 4-8034-2
4-7986-2
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Part List 4825-1 04/03
Mounting Plate 3-6523-1 3-6523-1 3-6523-1 3-6523-1 3-6523-1 3-6525-1 3-6525-1 3-6525-1
Mounting Plate Gasket 3-6516-1 3-6516-1 3-6516-1 3-6516-1 3-6516-1 3-6483-1 3-6483-1 3-6483-1
Studs, Gas Conn. (4 req'd.) 3-2584-1 3-2584-1 3-2584-1 3-2584-1 3-2584-1 3-3325-1 3-3325-1 3-3325-1
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American
Flat Flame™ Gas Burners
4831 Flat Flame™ Gas Burners
• The small diameter flame is ideal for long narrow furnaces
• Excellent uniformity and fuel economy
• Even radiant heating

Product Overview | Flat Flame™
4831 Flat Flame Burners transfer heat to the surrounding The standard 60% alumina refractory tile, suitable for furnaces
refractory wall or roof by highly turbulent convection; the up to 3000°F, is available in 7" and 9" lengths. The refractory
refractory then radiates heat uniformly to the load. Minimum cover plate should not be attached to the furnace shell.
forward velocity results in uniform radiant heating with no flame
inpingement. Tiles, tapered on two sides, are available (at no extra cost)
in the 9" length only. These tile faces measure 6¾"  7½".
Applications. Successful applications of 4831 Flat Flame Burners Specify "4831- -T".
include:
Installation. Burner tile face must be flush with the inside
Wire patenting furnaces: Roof-mounted burners provide surface of the furnace refractory. For convenience in piping
more uniform heating than side-fired installations. burners in thick walls, air and gas connections enter the back
of the burner parallel to its centerline. Two studs projecting from
Cover annealers: The excellent uniformity and fuel econo- the cover plate permit suspending the burner in a furnace roof.
my characteristic of large cover annealing furnaces fired For more comprehensive instructions, refer to Instructions
with 4832 Flat Flame Burners have been duplicated with 4832-2.
4831’s on smaller units.
Flame Supervision. Burners are compatible with certain makes
Strip annealers: The 4831’s small diameter flame is ideally and models of flame supervisory equipment. Consult a
suited to long narrow furnaces. North American office for a satisfactory arrangement. Viewed
from outside the furnace, flame detector must be mounted
High temperature single layer kilns. clockwise from the pilot. Interrupted pilots are required
for maximum safety. If no flame detector is specified, an
Glass tank forehearths. observation port is furnished in the detector opening.
Performance. 4831 Flat Flame Burners are sealed-in. All Lighting. Series 4831 Burners light smoothly with North
combustion air is provided through the air connection. American gas pilots. Limit pilot input to 10 000 Btu/h HHV to
avoid overheating the mounting. Manual lighting with a torch
They are stable in cold, tight chambers, operating lean, rich, also is possible, either at the tile face or through the pilot
or on correct ratio. This flexibility combines with flat flame opening in the burner. Pilot opening must be closed after
characteristics to produce superior uniform heating. lighting. The 4055-A Direct Spark Ignition may also be used.
Flames stay flat down to 1 osi air pressure on correct air/gas

ratio, but are less flat with rich ratios. Even when visible flames
are within the tile throat, flow of combustion products is still flat.
Construction. Burners are made of special low growth cast iron.
COMBUSTION AIR CAPACITIES, scfh

(multiply by 100 to get Btu/h HHV)
Burner air pressure drop across the burner in osi min. gas
designation 1 5 6 8 12 16 pressure
4831-0 170 380 420 490 600 690 3.0 osi

4831-1 305 680 755 870 1070 1230 3.0 osi
 With 10:1 air/gas ratio and 16 osi air. Lower gas pressure required at lower firing rates. Do not use
these figures to set air/gas ratio--use an 8697 Metering Orifice.
Bulletin 4831
Page 2
Dimensions | Flat Flame™
Bulletin 4831
Page 3
Flame description designation 1 4 6 8 12 16
Flame diameter, inches 4831-0  6 7 7 8 8

4831-1  8 8 9 12 12
Flame length (beyond tile), inches 4831-0  

 2½ 2 1½ 1 1
4831-1   
2 2 2 1 1
Maximum % XSAir, with constant pilot air 4831-0 190 120 105 85 85
4831-1 130 100 90 80 75
Maximum % XSAir, without constant pilot air 4831-0 110 90 85 60 40

or direct spark 4831-1 75 70 65 50 45
DIMENSIONS inches 4831- -T is Tile is tapered on

¾" NPT 3⁄8" twosides to 6¾" width at
30° ¾" NPT for 45° tile face.
Flame Detector
or 2"
Observation Port
27⁄8"
30°
35⁄8"
45°
1 7 ½"
sq.
2¾"
A–NPT
Combustion Air
35⁄8" Inlet
1⁄8" NPT Air 3⁄8"-16 NC Thr'd. 1¾ 129⁄32" 1"

Pressure Tap B–NPT for Gas Inlet
321⁄32" 71⁄8" or 9¼"
With pilot and flame detector bosses in position shown, gas inlet can be positioned at either 6 or 9 o'clock positions.
Burner dimensions in inches Recommended Mixture Flame Wt,

designation A B pilot tip pressure rod length lb
4831-0 ¾ ½ 4021-12 0.8"wc 3½" 44
4831-1 1 ¾ 4021-12 0.8"wc 3½" 44
 With natural gas at 10:1 air/gas ratio.

 Flame is entirely within tile.
 From the outer boss of the flame rod connection.
To order, specify:4831-(code for pipe size)-tile length or style (7 for 7", 9 for 9", T for 9" Tapered) Burner Complete.
Examples: 4831-0-9 ¾" Burner Complete with 9" Tile
4831-0-T ¾" Burner Complete with Tapered 9" Tile
4831-0-BO ¾" Burner Only
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Small Flat Flame Burners Parts List & Instructions 4831
Tile
Mounting
Observation Port
A Identification
Tag
Air
Connection
Gas Connection
A Gas Connection Gasket Displacement Cup
Section A-A
Burner designation
Part Name 4831-0 4831-1
Air Connection OB4-1317-4 OB4-1317-5

Gas Connection OC4-1316-3 OC4-1316-4
Gas Connection Gasket OA4-1318-1 OA4-1318-1
Identification Tag 3-1972-1 3-1972-1
Mounting OD4-1082-1 OD4-1082-1

Displacement Cup OA4-1563-1 OA4-1563-1
Tile 7" Long OB4-1381-1 OB4-1381-1
9" Long OB4-1381-2 OB4-1381-2
9" Long Tapered OB4-1574-1 OB4-1574-1
Parts List & Instructions 4831
suggested piping Page 2

Air
Motor 5 pipe dia.

Valve
Nozzle-Mix
Burners
Air Valve min. min.
Flexible Nipples
Impulse Line
3
min. min.
Shutoff
Valve 4D 10D 10D 4D
Shutoff Valve
2 psi max. Air/Gas
INSTALLATION
To minimize leaks around tile and to prevent cracking of tile by thermal expansion in the wall, see Supplements DF-M1 (for hard refractory lined fur-
naces) and DF-M2 (for fiber lined furnaces) for installation recommendations.
Warning: Startup and adjustment of combustion equipment b) Open gas shutoff valve(s). If burner dœs not light within a few
should only be done by trained personnel familiar with seconds, close gas shutoff valve and open limiting orifice valve
combustion technology, combustion equipment, and with the one more turn; then open gas shutoff valve. Repeat
particular burner system, equipment, and controls. purge/ignition attempts as necessary until burner lights.
1. Basic: c) Slowly open main air valve to high fire position, adjusting
a) All manual and automatic fuel valves (gas and oil) must be limiting orifice valve as necessary.
closed. d) Return control valve to low fire position. Adjust air/gas ratio
b) Open all furnace doors and flue dampers. Lock all burner air regulator for desired flame.
valves in full open position. e) Repeat Steps (c) and (d) if necessary. Replace cover on limiting
c) Start combustion air blower and check rotation. orifice valve.
d) Adjust control motor/air valve linkage(s) for low and high fire. f) For multiple burner zones, approximate limiting orifice valve
e) Set control motor(s) at high fire allowing furnace to purge for settings can be made by counting the number of turns open
several minutes prior to lighting. Check motor amps with all on the first valve.
burners at high fire. If in overload, adjust linkage to reduce
the high fire air flow. 4. Trouble-shooting:
f) Return the control motor to low fire. Linkage must not bind. a) Gas supply pressure too high or too low (see appropriate
regulator literature.)
2. Pilots: b) Impulse pressure too low to ratio regulator--check for dirt in
Light the pilots in accordance with the pilot instruction sheet. line or connections; check method of connecting impulse
line to air pipe (see regulator literature).
3. Main Burner: c) Regulator not controlling--check method of connecting Copyright © 2020- Fives - All rights reserved | Pl-Instr 4831 10/01
a) Open limiting orifice valve five turns (CCW) from full closed impulse line to air pipe; check regulator diaphragms (see
position. regulator literature); if bleeder is used, check orifices for
dirt.
Note: Prior to the first, and each subsequent lighting attempt, the main air valve must be fully opened for a period of time sufficient to provide for a minimum of (4) changes of
atmosphere in the combustion chamber and flue. Failure to do so can result in the ignition of residual gas from previous lighting attempts, resulting in an uncontrolled fire or
explosion and causing property damage and/or personal injury.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Low NOx
Flat Flame™ Gas Burners
Roof Mounting
4832 Flat Flame™ Burner
• Excess air operation
• Minimal forward flame velocity
• Preheated air to 750°F

Product Overview | Flat Flame™ Burner
INTRODUCTION OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS
North American 4832 Flat Flame Burners convert the refractory 4832 Burners are sealed-in, nozzle mixing burners which can
expanse of a furnace wall or roof into a uniform heat radiating not flash back. Burner turndown will be affected by accuracy
surface that is capable of high rates of heat transfer over wide of control system, flame supervision device selected, and air/
areas. fuel ratio settings. Effective turndown can be extended by use of
higher excess air settings.
These burners produce disc-shaped, tangential flames that
scrub adjacent refractory and have little forward velocity. The Burners are normally selected for 12 osi or more air pressure at
flat flame characteristics of these burners limit the possibility of high fire to allow adequate turndown while still maintaining good
hot spots caused by flame impingement on work as close as 12 flame spin characteristics. Gas pressure requirements are listed in
inches away. Table 3.
The 4832 Burners are used where excess air is required for For fuel gas other than natural gas, specify gas composition.
uniformity and/ or thermal turndown. Internal construction and gas pressure requirements may vary,
especially for coke oven gas.
CONSTRUCTION
Flame diameters are indicated in Instructions Sheet 4832-2.
4832 Burners have cast iron bodies and heat resistant cast iron Flame depth (forward travel) is less than 6 inches for any size
mountings. All internals exposed to radiant heat from furnace when operated within normal excess air ratings shown in Table 2.
are stainless steel. Tile material options include both 3000°F and
3200°F castable refractories. Tiles are available in either 9 or 13 In tight, cold furnaces, 4832 Burners are not stable on
inch lengths. The tiles are supported by alloy anchors attached stoichiometric air/gas ratio. Alternatives during start-ups until
to the mounting plate. Four hanger rods are furnished with every furnace reaches approximately 1400°F:
4832 Roof Section Burner.
1. Keep furnace doors open or otherwise provide free air in
Construction and Installation Notes: The 4832 burners' chamber, or
flame spin creates backpressure within the burner mounting,
so any unused holes must be plugged prior to lightoff. 2. Operate 4832 Burner(s) on lean air/gas ratio, i.e., with excess
air through the burner, or
All 4832 burners are shipped with a ¾" observation port
installed as shown in the above photograph. The ignition 3. Use the 4833 Flat Flame Burner, which has narrower air/gas
and supervisory ports are plugged at the factory to protect ratio limits (it is available in the -3, -4, -5, and -6 sizes).
the threads and keep burner internals clean prior to start-
up. 4. Consult North American for special cold, tight versions.
Flexible air and gas connections (Bulletin 8770) are A new-style, three-hole mounting provides for visual observation
recommended to compensate for expansion of furnaces of pilot and/or main flame, burner ignition, and flame
and piping. supervision.
Preheated Combustion Air: All standard 4832 burners are

capable of operating with preheated combustion air up to 750°F.
For burners designed specifically for preheated air (up to 1200°F)
Wall Mounting
(flangeless)
Bulletin 4832
Page 2
Burner backplate
UV Flame Table 1. Recommended Pilots and Igniters
detector Spark Direct Spark
Clockwise air spin Burner Ignited Igniters
(factory setting) designation Pilot Tip 4055 4051
4832-2 4021-12 -C -C
Pilot 4832-3 4021-12 -C -C
4832-4 4021-12 -C -C
4832-5 4021-12 -B -B
Observation 4832-6 4021-12 -B -B
Port
4832-7 4021-12 -B -B
4832-8-A 4021-12 -B -B
Figure 1. Proper ignition/flame detector placement 4832-8-B 4021-12 -B -B
BURNER PLACEMENT/FLAME DIAMETERS

Instructions 4832-2 lists suggested burner spacing and flame diameters/depths for all types of Flat Flame™ Burners. These figures are general
guidelines only. Burner placement is also a function of furnace volume, input required per unit volume, and other factors.
Table 2. Capacities, Limits, Excess Air
Combustion air in scfh
(for Btu/h HHV, multiply by 100) Max. % excess air
Burner Air pressure drop across the burner in osi without pilot
designation 1 4 9 16 4 8 12 16
4832-2 585 1 170 1 740 2 340 400 300 250 150
4832-3 885 1 770 2 640 3 540 290 190 150 100
4832-4 1 450 2 900 4 330 5 800 250 220 150 140
4832-5 2 370 4 740 7 050 9 500 250 250 250 300
4832-6 3 710 7 430 11 170 14 800 500 500 500 500
4832-7 6 550 13 080 19 650 26 200 500 500 300 280
4832-8-A 11 000 22 000 33 000 44 000 180 130 110 80
4832-8-B 16 500 33 000 49 360 66 000 120 75 55 35
For burner dimensions, refer to Dimensions 4832. IGNITION AND FLAME SUPERVISION
The burners can be satisfactorily ignited by either a pilot or a
direct spark igniter. See Table 1. Interrupted pilot operation is
Table 3. Gas Pressure Requirements
mandatory when burners are monitored by flame detectors. A
(for stoichiometric operation at
16 osi air pressure)
4011-12 pilot set is recommended for individual burner ignition.
Burner Gas pressure* 4021-12 pilot tip per burner with an appropriately sized air/gas
designation ("w.c.)
mixer is recommended.
4832-2 0 4832 burners are supervised by UV flame detectors.
4832-3 0
4832-4 0 Note: To monitor pilots, flame detectors must be downstream of
4832-5 0 pilots relative to the direction of flame spin (clockwise as viewed
4832-6 0 from rear of burner as shipped). See Figure 1.
4832-7 2.0
Low NOx
4832-8-A 1.2
4832-8-B 1.4 By their design the 4832 Flat Flame Burners are inherently low
NOx. However, emission levels will vary from one application Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Bulletin 4832 05/13
* Atmospheric (or negative) gas pressure is normal in the smaller burner sizes due to another. Consult factory for information relating to your
to the open-ended gas tube and combustion air spin.
operating conditions.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North Amerian Low NOx Flat Flame™ Gas Burners
Wall and Roof Mounting Dimensions 4832
WALL TILE DESIGNS

SQUARE TILES (FLANGELESS MOUNTING)
4832- -SG and 4832D- -SG
¾ NPT–3 holes for
Pilot, Flame Detector†, Refractory Tile
DIMENSIONS and Observation Port 3⁄8–16 N.C. G
H
inches 22½° 22½° Thread 1
with inner refractory of furnace.

This face of tile must be flush
B–NPT
Gas Conn.
45°
4 Anchor holes
½" dia. 13½
9¼ sq.
13
45⁄8 C
6½ C1
45⁄8 F J
9¼
A–NPT D K
Main Air Conn. M
Mounting Dimensions
E
Standard 13½" square tile shown. For dimensions of optional round or tapered tiles, see below or page 2.
All standard tiles are grooved for better resistance to fluing.
For use with standard
E F G H J K L M square cover plate
4832 A B C C1 D 9 13 9 13 9 13 9 13 9 13 9 13 9 13
-2 1¼ 1 — 91⁄16 4 3/ 4 21¼ 25¼ 47⁄16 11 15 7¼ 11¼ 95⁄8 135⁄8 11¼ 15¼ 9 13 16 20

-3 1½ 1 — 91⁄16 4 3/ 4 21¼ 25¼ 47⁄16 11 15 7¼ 11¼ 95⁄8 135⁄8 11¼ 15¼ 9 13 16 20 L
-4 2 1¼ 57⁄16 — 4 3/ 4 21¼ 25¼ 47⁄16 11 15 7¼ 11¼ 95⁄8 135⁄8 11¼ 15¼ 9 13 16 20
-5 2½ 1½ — 913⁄16 7 1/ 4 237⁄8 277⁄8 61⁄8 11 15 7¼ 11¼ 95⁄8 135⁄8 11¼ 15¼ 9 13 18½ 22½
-6 3 2 61⁄16 — 7 1/ 4 237⁄8 277⁄8 61⁄8 11 15 7¼ 11¼ 95⁄8 135⁄8 11¼ 15¼ 9 13 18½ 22½
-7 4 2½ 61⁄16 — 7 1/ 4 237⁄8 277⁄8 61⁄8 11 15 7¼ 11¼ 95⁄8 135⁄8 11¼ 15¼ 9 13 18½ 22½ 13½  13½
GROOVED TILE
13½ square TAPERED TILES

For use with standard
square cover plate 4832- -T and 4832D- -T
For installation in arches, tapered tiles are available at no extra cost. They are also
used in suspended flat roofs with a rammed or cast "collar" surrounding the tile where
L
fluing is a problem or duty is particularly severe.
Tiles are tapered on two sides only and fit standard 4832 square mountings. Unless
specified, they are assembled with one tapered side in line with pilot and flame detec-
tor holes in mounting. Material is same as standard 4832 tiles.
12½  13½
Tapered tiles are not grooved.
 Tiles available in 9" and 13" depth. "D" designation signifies "Deep" (13") tile.
† Detector must be "downstream" of pilot with regard to main air spin (see Bulletin 4832).
Dimensions 4832
Page 2
¾ NPT–3 holes for Pilot, Flame Detector†,

and Observation Port ROUND MOUNTING AND TILES
4832- -RG and 4832D- -RG
11½ BC
Round tiles and mountings are available at no extra cost.
Tiles are 133⁄8" diameter and 9" or 13" deep. They are made of the same
refractory as standard square 4832 tiles.
Round mountings fit standard 4832 Burner bodies.

13¼
4 anchor holes
dia. mounting
½" dia.
Mounting Dimensions
FIBER LINED FURNACE DESIGNS

(FLANGED FABRICATED MOUNTING)
For fiber lined furnaces, 4832 Burners are available with either square or round mountings and tiles. All but 2" of burner tile is encased in an ex-
panded metal jacket. Tile must be installed so jacket dœs not exceed 1800 F--refer to Supplement DF-M2 for installation information. Since tile face
must be flush with inside face of furnace wall, mounting flange location on jacket must be specified. "Z" dimensions are available from 2" to 15½",
in ½" increments.
5⁄8 dia.–8 holes Dotted view applies to "Z" dimension between 13½" and 15½".
Special "inverted" mounting provided.
83⁄8 83⁄8
2
83⁄8 141⁄8
sq.
Square
4832- -SZ (9" Tile) 13½
sq.
4832D- -SZ (13" Tile) 83⁄8
9 "Z" dim.
3⁄8
2 min.
18 sq.
M
(see table, page 1)
22½° DIMENSIONS
inches
2
18 OD
Round
4832- -RZ (9" Tile) 14
4832D- -RZ (13" Tile) OD
133⁄8
dia.
16¾ dia. BC ¾
"Z" dim.
3⁄8
5⁄8 dia.–8 holes 2 min.
equally spaced M
(see table, page 1)
 9" deep tile supplied for "Z" (2"-9"). 13" deep tile supplied for "Z" (9½"-15½").
Dimensions 4832
Page 3
SQUARE ROOF ("R" SERIES) TILE DESIGNS
4832-2 thru -7-SGR (9" Tile)

4832D-2 thru -7-SGR (13" Tile)
(formerly 4836-2 and -7)
10¾ 10¾ ½-13 NC

thread
DIMENSIONS C1
inches
B–NPT
C
A–NPT Gas
Air
H 45° ¾

D
E
F
G
24 sq.
D E F G H
4832 A B C C1 9 13 9 13 9 13 9 13 9 13
-2 1¼ 1 1/ 2 – 91⁄16 21¼8 25¼ 161/4 207/1 123⁄16 163⁄16 9 13 38 42
-3 1½ 1 1/ 2 – 91⁄16 21¼8 25¼ 161/4 207/1 123⁄16 163⁄16 9 13 38 42
-4 2 1/ 2 1¼ 57⁄16 – 21¼8 25¼ 161/4 207/1 123⁄16 163⁄16 9 13 38 42
-5 2½ 1½ – 913⁄16 237⁄88 257⁄8 18½ 22½ 123⁄16 163⁄16 9 13 38 42
-6 3 1/ 2 2 1/ 2 61⁄16 – 237⁄88 257⁄8 18½ 22½ 123⁄16 163⁄16 9 13 38 42
-7 4 1/ 2 2½ 61⁄16 – 237⁄88 277⁄8 18½ 22½ 123⁄16 163⁄16 9 13 38 42
 3 holes, ¾" NPT, for pilot, flame detector and observation port, 22½° on either side of centerline. Detector must be "downstream" of pilot
with regard to main air spin (see Bulletin 4832).
Dimensions 4832
Page 4
-8-A and -8-B ROOF ("R" Series) TILE DESIGNS
DIMENSIONS
4832-8-A and -8-B/SGR (9" Tile) inches
4832D-8-A and -8-B/SGR (13" Tile)
(formerly 4836-8-A and -8-B) SQUARE
H
D
16 7⁄8
¾ NPT–3 holes for

Pilot, Flame Detector†,
and Observation Port
¾ NPT port
B–NPT
gas inlet
16 20
sq.
22½° typ.
C
¾ Flame
Rod
G
A–NPT air inlet 4 - 5⁄8 wide slotted holes F
21⁄16 for ½ hanger rods 4¼ E
ROUND
4832-8-A and -8-RGR (9" Tile)
4832D-8-A and -8-B/RGR (13" Tile)
(formerly 4836-8-A and -8-B) H
F
¾ NPT–3 holes for Pilot, ½-13 NC
4 - 5⁄8 slots Flame Detector†, 5⁄8
thread
on 18 9⁄16 BC and Obs. Port
B - Gas
22½° Inlet
21
dia.
22½°
C
J
A - Air Inlet 21⁄16 4¼ E
D
D E F G H J
4832-8-A, -8-B A B C 9 13 9 13 9 13 9 13 9 13 9 13
square tile 6 2 11¼ 231⁄16 271⁄16 18¾ 22¾ 113⁄86 153⁄86 9 13 38 42 – – Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Dims 4832 08/12
round tile 6 2 11¼ 23¼8 27¼6 193/4 233/4 12¼6 16¼6 – – 38 42 10¾ 14¾
† Detector must be located "downstream" of pilot in regard to main air spin (see Bulletin 4832).
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Low NOx Flat Flame™ Gas Burners Parts List 4832-1
Backplate
Orifice Plate
Main Air Flange
Main Air
Flange Gasket
(-2, -3, and -5 only)
Gas Tube
Assembly
Parts for 4832 and
4832D Flat Flame Burners
Wall Mounted Design Body
Main Air Inlet Spacer Orifice Plate
(-2, -3 and -5 only) Gasket (2) Body Orifice Ring
(-5 and -6 only)
Body Gasket Observation Port
Mounting
Bonding Mortar (Cover Plate)
Refractory Tile
4832-2 through -7 and
Anchor Assembly
Burner designation
Part Name 4832-2 4832-3 4832-4 4832-5 4832-6 4832-7
Backplate OB4-0432-1 OB4-0432-1 OB4-0432-2 OB4-0313-1 OB4-0313-2 OB4-0313-3
Body OC4-0261-1 OC4-0261-1 OC4-0261-1 OC4-0291-1 OC4-0291-1 OC4-0291-1
Body Gasket OA4-0262-1 OA4-0262-1 OA4-0262-1 OA4-0333-1 OA4-0333-1 OA4-0333-1
Body Orifice Ring — — — OA4-0334-1 OA4-0334-1 —
Gas Tube Assembly OA4-0473-1 OA4-0473-1 OA4-0473-1 OB4-0335-1 OB4-0354-1 OA4-0374-1
Main Air Flange OA4-0433-1 4-1695-1 4-1695-2 4-1695-3 4-1695-4 4-1695-5
Main Air Flange Gasket 4-5371-1 4-5371-1 — 4-5371-2 — —
Main Air Inlet Spacer OB4-0353-1 OB4-0353-1 — OB4-0292-1 — —
Orifice Plate OA4-0508-1 OA4-0509-1 OA4-0510-1 OA4-0511-1 OA4-0512-1 OA4-0513-1
Orifice Plate Gskt (2 req'd) 4-5371-2 4-5371-2 4-5371-2 OA4-0315-2 OA4-0315-2 OA4-0315-2
Observation Port 8790-0 8790-0 8790-0 8790-0 8790-0 8790-0
Hardwall Mounting (square) OC4-0260-3 OC4-0260-3 OC4-0260-3 OC4-0260-4 OC4-0260-4 OC4-0260-4
(round) OC4-1151-1 OC4-1151-1 OC4-1151-1 OC4-1151-2 OC4-1151-2 OC4-1151-2
Fiber Wall Mounting      
Fiber Wall Mounting Adapter 4-28356-1 4-28356-1 4-28356-1 4-28356-2 4-28356-2 4-28356-2
Mounting Adapter Gasket 4-28576-1 4-28576-1 4-28576-1 4-28576-1 4-28576-1 4-28576-1
 See pages 2 and 3 for roof mountings.

 See page 4 for fiber wall mounting part numbers. For tile and mounting assembly part numbers, see Sheet 4832-5.
 Mounting adapters and gaskets listed are new, three-hole design. Old-style, two-hole replacement parts are available. Order kit 4-31154-1
(burner sizes -2, -3, -4 or kit 4-31154-2 (burner sizes -5, -6, -7). Kit includes mounting adapter, gasket and special hardware.
For Refractory Tile part numbers, see Sheet 4832-4
Parts List 4832-1
Page 2
PARTS LIST for 4832 and 4832D Flat Flame™ Roof Section Burners
Hanger Rod Assembly (4)
Body
Refractory
(Cover Plate)
Refractory
4832-2 through -7 (formerly 4836-2 through -7)

(24" Square Tile)
Burner designation
Part Name 4832-2 4832-3 4832-4 4832-5 4832-6 4832-7
Burner Body Assembly See parts on reverse side
Hanger Rod Assembly OA4-0399-1
Refractory Cover Plate
Square (cast) OC4-0521-3 OC4-0521-4
For Refractory Tile part numbers, see Sheet 4832-4.
Parts List 4832-1
Page 3
PARTS LIST for 4832 and 4832D Flat Flame™ Roof Section Burners
Main Air Flange
Backplate
Air Connection
gasket (2 req'd) Hanger Rod
Observation assembly (4 req'd)
Port
Air Diffuser Block

(-8-A only)
Gas Tube
Assembly
Air Orifice
Body
Cover Plate
Bonding Ce-
ment
Tile
4832-8-A/B (Round or Square)

(formerly 4836-8-A and -8-B)
Part Name 4832-8-A 4832-8-B

Air Orifice OA4-0995-1 OA4-0996-1
Air Connection Gasket (2 req'd.) OA4-1059-1 OA4-1059-1
Air Diffuser Block OA4-1057-2 –
Backplate OB4-0851-1 OB4-0851-1
Body OC4-0853-1 OC4-0853-2
Cover Plate (round) OD4-2392-1 OD4-2392-1
Cover Plate (square) OD4-0976-1 OD4-0976-1
Gas Tube Assembly OA4-2474-1 OA4-2474-2
Hanger Rod Assembly (4 req'd) OA4-0399-1 OA4-0399-1
Main Air Flange 8765-8  7-D 8765-8  7-D
For Refractory Tile part numbers, see Sheet 4832-4.
4832-8-A orifice plate is positioned as shown at left.

Position for 4832-8-B orifice plate is shown at right. Plates
should not be repositioned.
Parts List 4832-1
Page 4
FIBER WALL MOUNTINGS (Fabricated)
(Round)
Figure 1 Figure 2
Mounting "Z" dim.

adapter Fabricated
Fabricated mounting (13½" - 15½")
mounting "Z" dim.
(2" - 13")
Mounting
adapter
9" Deep (Fig. 1) 13" Deep (Fig. 1) 13" Deep (Fig. 2)

Burner Size Z = 2 to 9" Z = 9½" to 13" Z = 13½" to 15½"
4832-2 thru -7 4-28574-1/X.X – –

4832D-2 thru -7 – 4-28574-2/X.X 4-29467-1/X.X
FIBER WALL MOUNTINGS (Fabricated)

(Square)
Figure 1 Figure 2
Fabricated "Z" dim.

Fabricated "Z" dim. Mounting adapter mounting (13½" - 15½")
mounting
(2" - 13")
Mounting
adapter

Burner Size Z = 2 to 9" Z = 9½" to 13" Z = 13½" to 15½"
4832-2 thru -7 4-28575-1/X.X – –

4832D-2 thru -7 – 4-28575-2/X.X 4-29468-1/X.X Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | PL 4832-1 02/13
For Refractory Tile and Liner Assembly part numbers, see Sheet 4832-4.
NOTE: Fabricated mounting assembly part numbers have been revised to include the required "Z" dimension. When selecting mount-
ing assembly, include the "X.X" suffix to represent the required "Z" dimension in 0.5" increments, 2.0" min to 15.5" max.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Low NOx Flat Flame Gas Burners TM
Instructions 4832-2
ROOF MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS
HANDLE WITH CARE--refractories are brittle and fragile. Always set tiles on corrugated cardboard--gently.
FLEXIBLE AIR AND GAS CONNECTIONS are recommended for all installations to avoid strain on tile.
For good Flat Flame burner operation, it is essential that hot face of burner tile be flush with surrounding refractory. In curved wall or arch, part
of burner tile will project through as shown in Figure 1.
In roofs more than 13" thick, where air pipe to 4832 Burner with a 9" deep tile
will not clear outside face, a recess must be left to accommodate piping. Such Furnace wall
recess is not required for 4831 Burners, since air pipe enters from rear. or arch
Flat Flame burner cover plates run hotter than conventional burner mountings,
but their heat-resisting cast iron construction can withstand it. To avoid exces-
sive heat buildup, insulating material debris should not be allowed to overlap
cover plate. Figure 1
Tile
SUPPORTING BURNERS*
A. Tapered tiles provide a simple means for supporting flat flame burners in arched roofs per Figure 1.
B. 4832 Burners with conventional flangeless wall mountings can be suspended in the roof with a 4832BR (round) or 4832BS (square) suspen-
sion adapter set (see Figure 2). Fabricated steel strap supports are suitable for 4831 Burners. Do not remove nuts that hold mounting plate to tile.
Threaded shanks are long enough to permit use of a support strap and extra nut.
C. An alternate method for 4832 Burners, suitable under certain conditions, is shown in Figure 3. Channels direct from the buckstays to the cover plate
are usable only where they will not be subjected to excessive furnace heat of flue gases passing around edges of burner tile. This imposes two
limitations:
1. Furnace pressure must be zero or negative at burner tile.
2. Furnace roof must be thin enough to permit pouring a 1½" or 2" layer of lightweight castable over the
step in the tile but not over the cover plate.
½-13 36" long threaded rods
11" (2 required)
5½" Use slotted holes in buckstay

or rest channel on shelf
Seal with lightweight
castable
39"
Hard wall
10" or 14"
Figure 2 Figure 3
* See "Special Mountings" on Sheet 4832-6.
Instructions 4832-2
Page 2
SEALING AROUND BURNER TILES
Tile life will be greatly improved if compression can be maintained all around the perimeter. It is most important to prevent fluing of hot gases between
tile and adjacent refractory. In a sprung arch, use a tapered tile (and flexible air and gas connections). If this cannot be done, a matrix should be cast
or rammed all around each tile (see Figure 4).
When tile is smaller than roof opening, gap can be filled by one of the following methods:
A. Fill areas up to 6" wide with castable refractory, which should be keyed into brick work for support.Wider areas should have anchors cast into
them with overhead steel work supporting the mass. When pouring or ramming against existing refractory, wet the refractory surface so it will
not absorb water from the new material.
B. To fill larger gaps (6" or more in width), it is suggested (a) that a monolithic roof be cast or rammed around the positioned burner tiles, or (b)
that a suspended roof of fired shapes (such as made by Detrick) be installed in accord with manufacturer’s recommendations.
In all cases, cast refractory should overlap the angled step at the top of the burner tile (Figure 4).
Seal with lightweight

castable
Castable
Grooved Tapered
burner burner
tile tile
Cast, rammed,
or suspended roof
Anchor tile
Figure 4
REPLACING TILES
Handle with care. Unmounted tiles are even more fragile than mounted ones.
Remove cast iron burner cover plate from furnace and clean thoroughly. Butter entire top surface of replacement tile with a 3⁄8" to ½" thick layer of air
setting high temperature refractory cement. Tiles come notched for pilot and flame supervision. Line up with cover plate.
Gently press cover plate onto tile. Place washers and nuts on the four anchor bolts and tighten them evenly by hand. Then tighten evenly with a
wrench (leaving 1⁄8" or less cement between cover plate and tile at tile throat).
Loosen nuts ¼ turn. Remove excess mortar and form a smooth throat at junction between metal cover plate and refractory tile. Repeat last step after
several hours if necessary: Mortar may ooze out of junction for some time after mounting is pressed on.
On some burner sizes, top of tile may intrude in cover plate pilot and flame supervision holes. If pilot and/or flame supervision are to be used, ream
out tile through these holes to provide an unobstructed view.
IMPORTANT: After installing new tiles, bring furnace up to temperature slowly.

Instructions 4832-2
Page 3
TM
FLAT FLAME PATTERNS
SUGGESTED BURNER SPACING
4832 Flat Flame Patterns. The following data is based on Flat Flame Burners operating on correct air/fuel ratio in an open cold furnace.
Table 1. MAXIMUM FORWARD FLAME TRAVEL, from tile face, Table 2. FLAT FLAME DIAMETERS, inches (cold air).
inches (cold air).
air pressure drop across burner air pressure drop across burner
Burner 1 osi 4 osi 16 osi Burner 1 osi 4 osi 16 osi
-0 (¾") † 2½ 1 -0 (¾") † 6 8
-1 (1") † 21/2 1 -1 (1") † 8 12
-2 (1¼") 6 4-5 3-4 -2 (1¼") 6-7 10-12 13-15
-3 (1½") 4-5 3-4 2-3 -3 (1½") 6-8 13-15 15-17
-4 (2") 4-5 4 3-4 -4 (2") 13-15 19-21 22-24
-5 (2½") 4-5 4 3-4 -5 (2½") 10-12 20-22 24-26
-6 (3") 6 4-5 3-4 -6 (3") 10-12 18-22 28-32
-7 (4") 6 4-5 3-4 -7 (4") 10-12 20-24 32-36
-8-A (6") 3 3 3 -8-A (6") 28 28 30
-8-B (6") 4 4 4 -8-B (6") 24 30 36
Suggested Flat Flame Burner Spacings and Burner-to-Load Distances. The burner spacing will depend to a great extent on the desired firing rate
and the shape of area to be heated, but the following general guides are suggested. CONSULT A FIVES NORTH AMERICAN ENGINEER FOR ASSISTANCE IN
LOCATING BURNERS.
Table 3. BURNER SPACING and BURNER-TO-LOAD DISTANCES.
Suggested tile Suggested burner CL to CL

Burner size face to load* minimum maximum
-0 (¾") 7" 7½" 16"
-1 (1") 7" 7½" 20"
-2 (1¼") 9" 13½" 30"
-3 (1½") 9" 16"1/2 36"
-4 (2") 9" 18"1/2 48"
-5 (2½") 11" 24"1/2 62"
-6 (3") 12" 27"1/2 77"
-7 (4") 14" 33"1/2 100"
-8-A (6") 15" 35"1/2 120"
-8-B (6") 15" 40"1/2 140"
The minimum center-to-center spacing will give a very high firing rate. The dimensions for maximum centers may be exceeded if desired, but no
performance data is available. As burners are spaced farther apart, the burner-to-load distance should be increased accordingly, up to 18" or 24"
depending on size.
* Minimum to avoid flame impingement. In some cases better results may be attained by greater distances.
† Flame is entirely within tile.
Instructions 4832-2
Page 4
TM
FLAT FLAME BURNERS
ORIFICE PLATE INSTRUCTIONS
All 4832 Burners have an orifice plate in their main air connection. Plates are mounted as shown in Figure 5 to give flame clockwise spin (viewed from
rear of burner).
4832-2 thru -7
Pressure tap on main air flange must be on side opposite

plate handle, as indicated by arrows. If necessary, rotate
Handle in this position main air flange to achieve this.
for counterclockwise spin
Gas Gas
inlet inlet
Edge of plate Base of right edge

handle against bolt of plate handle on
for clockwise spin centerline
Figure 5. Standard Orifice position Figure 6. Orifice Position for Dual-Fuel Conversion
(See Sheet 6832-1)
Flame
Spin can be reversed by removing two flange bolts and rotating the detector Orifice gasket
orifice plate 180°. (2 req'd)
Spin
For field conversion of -5 and -6 sizes from gas to dual-fuel, position
Pilot
orifice as shown in Figure 6. For conversion of other sizes, orifice is
positioned per Figure 5.
Observation
Pilot and flame detector must be installed so spin carries pilot flame Port
Orifice plate
toward the flame detector (Figure 7). If spin is counterclockwise, reverse
handle
pilot and flame detector positions.
Figure 7. Pilot/Flame Detector positions
4832-8-A/-8-B
(Formerly 4836-8-A and -8-B)
4832-8-A orifice plate is positioned as shown at left. Posi-

tion for 4832-8-B orifice plate is shown at right. Plates
should not be repositioned.
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Instr 4832-2 11/04
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Sheet 4832-3
North American Low NOx Standard Flat Flame TM
Gas Burners - Ordering Procedure
Product code prefixes will no longer be used to identify tile and mounting assemblies. Tile and mounting assemblies will be identified
by part number only. See Sheet 4832-5. "Z" dimension on Z-type tiles is now specified in the configuration.
4832 (Complete Burners only)

(Use 4832D for 13" deep tiles.)
4832 - - /
Tile material suffix

Burner designation
30 = 3000 F dense castable*
32 = 3200 F dense castable with 310 SST needles (1½% by weight)†
For pre-fired and special castable materials, consult factory.
For typical hard wall and roof construction:

T = square mounting and tapered tile (tapered - two sides only)
Code pipe size - main air
SG = square mounting and tile with grooves
2 = 1¼" RG = round mounting and tile with grooves
3 = 1½" Type RGF = round flanged mounting and tile with grooves (-8-A and
4 = 2" of -8-B only) [See Sheet 4832-6, page 2.]
5 = 2½" Mounting SGR = square mounting and roof tile with grooves
6 = 3" and RGR = round mounting and roof tile with grooves (-8-A and -8-B
7 = 4" Tile only)
8-A = 6"
8-B = 6" For typical fiber wall construction:
RZ = round tile and mounting
dimension. "Z" dimension "Z" dimension available
from flange to hot face between 2" and 15½" in
½" increments.‡
SZ = square tile and mounting
dimension. "Z" dimension
from flange to hot face
"BO" means Burner Only--no tile designation required.

Sheet 4832-3
page 2
Examples: 4832-4-SG/30 2" Burner complete with 3000°F, 13½" square grooved 9" deep tile and square, cast
flangeless mounting.
4832D-5-RG/32 2½" Burner complete with 3200°F, 133⁄8" diameter round, grooved 13" deep tile and round,
cast flangeless mounting.
4832-3-BO 1½" Burner only.
4832-6-SZ/30 3" Burner complete with 3000°F, 9" deep square tile and flanged fabricated mounting. Must
specify "Z" dimension as part of configuration.
4832D-4-RZ/32 2" Burner complete with 3200°F, 13" deep round tile and flanged fabricated mounting. Must
specify "Z" dimension as part of configuration.
4832-7-SGR/32 4" Burner complete with 3200°F, 24" square grooved 9" deep tile and square, cast
flangeless mounting and four hanger rod assemblies for roof mounting.
Formerly
4832-8-A/SGR/32 6" Burner complete with 3200°F, 20" square grooved 9" deep tile and square, cast flangeless
4836
mounting, and four hanger rod assemblies for roof mounting.
4832D-8-B/RGR/32 6" Burner complete with 3200°F, 21" diameter round grooved 13" deep tile and round cast
flangeless mounting, and four hanger rod assemblies for roof mounting.
* Not available in 4832 roof-mounted burners--must specify 3200°F material.

† 4832 roof tiles and tiles rated for 3200°F service temperature are supplied with this construction.
‡ For "Z" 9, a 9" deep tile is supplied. For "Z" 9, a 13" deep tile is supplied. The tile may therefore extend back beyond the mounting flange. See
page 2 of the 4832 Dimensions Sheet to calculate the flange to main air connection distance once a "Z" dimension is chosen.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Low NOx Flat Flame Burner Tiles TM
Sheet 4832-4
All tiles are grooved except for tapered and fiber wall tiles.
4832 (Wall)
3000°F castable 3200°F castable
Burner size/shape 9" deep 13" deep 9" deep 13" deep
4832-2, -3, -4
Standard tile
Round 4-8678-1 4-8678-7 4-8678-3 4-8678-9
Square 4-8686-1 4-8686-7 4-8686-3 4-8686-9
Square tapered 4-8688-1 4-8688-7 4-8688-3 4-8688-9
Fiber wall tile
Round with liner 4-6982-1 4-6982-7 4-6982-3 4-6982-9
Square with liner 4-7401-1 4-7401-7 4-7401-3 4-7401-9
4832-5, -6, -7
Standard tile
Round 4-8678-2 4-8678-8 4-8678-4 4-8678-10
Square 4-8686-2 4-8686-8 4-8686-4 4-8686-10
Square tapered 4-8688-2 4-8688-8 4-8688-4 4-8688-10
Fiber wall tile*
Round with liner 4-6982-2 4-6982-8 4-6982-4 4-6982-10
Square with liner 4-7401-2 4-7401-8 4-7401-4 4-7401-10
* suitable for wall installation only
4832 (Roof) - for use in fiber and hard refractory roofs
3200°F castable
Burner size/shape 9" deep 13" deep
4832-2, -3, -4
Square tile OB4-0402-5 OB4-0402-7
4832-5, -6, -7
NOTE:
Square tile OB4-0402-6 OB4-0402-8
Consult Fives North American Combustion, Inc.
4832-8-A, -8-B for delivery of 13" deep tiles--tooling not yet
Square tile OC4-0975-1 OC4-0975-2 available for all configurations.
Round tile OC4-2512-1 OC4-2512-2
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Low NOxFlat Flame TM
Sheet 4832-5
Burners Tile and Mounting Assemblies
All tiles have externally grooved sides except the tapered and fiber wall versions.
4832 (Wall)
3000 F castable 3200 F castable

Burner size/shape 9" deep 13" deep 9" deep 13" deep
4832-2, -3, -4
Standard tile
Round 4-28571-1 4-28571-7 4-28571-3 4-28571-9
Square 4-28570-1 4-28570-7 4-28570-3 4-28570-9
Square tapered 4-28569-1 4-28569-7 4-28569-3 4-28569-9
Fiber wall tile See page 2 See page 2
4832-5, -6, -7
Standard tile
Round 4-28571-2 4-28571-8 4-28571-4 4-28571-10
Square 4-28570-2 4-28570-8 4-28570-4 4-28570-10
Square tapered 4-28569-2 4-28569-8 4-28569-4 4-28569-10
Fiber wall tile♦ See page 2 See page 2
4832-8-A, -8 -B
Round, flanged* 4-28629-1 4-28625-2
* See Sheet 4832-6, page 2

♦Suitable for wall installation only
4832 (Roof) - for use in fiber and hard refractory roofs
3200°F castable
Burner size/shape 9" deep 13" deep
4832-2, -3, -4
(Square tile) 4-28626-1 4-28626-3
NOTE:
4832-5, -6, -7
Consult Fives North American Combusiton, Inc.
(Square tile) 4-28626-2 4-28626-4
for delivery of 13" deep tiles--tooling not yet
4832-8-A, -8-B available for all configurations.
(Square tile) 4-28627-1 4-28627-2
(Round tile) 4-28628-1 4-28628-2
Sheet 4832-5
Page 2
FIBER WALL TILE and MOUNTING ASSEMBLY

(Round)
Figure 1 Figure 2
"Z" dim. "Z" dim.

(2" - 13") (13½" - 15½")

Burner Size Z = 2" to 9" Z = 9½" to 13" Z = 13½" to 15½"
4832-2, -3, -4 4-28572-1/X.X/T – –

4832D-2,-3, -4 – 4-28572-2/X.X/T 4-28572-3/X.X/T
4832-5, -6, -7 4-28572-4/X.X/T – –
4832D-5, -6, -7 – 4-28572-5/X.X/T 4-28572-6/X.X/T
FIBER WALL TILE and MOUNTING ASSEMBLY

(Square)
Figure 1 Figure 2
"Z" dim.
"Z" dim. (13½" - 15½")
(2" - 13")

Burner Size Z = 2" to 9" Z = 9½" to 13" Z = 13½" to 15½"
4832-2, -3, -4 4-28573-1/X.X/T – –

4832D-2, -3, -4 – 4-28573-2/X.X/T 4-28573-3/X.X/T Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 4832-5 05/16
4832-5, -6, -7 4-28573-4/X.X/T – –
4832D-5, -6, -7 – 4-28573-5/X.X/T 4-28573-6/X.X/T
NOTE: Tile and mounting assembly part numbers have been revised to include the required "Z" dimension and tile material. When selecting tile
and mounting assembly, include the "X.X" suffix to represent the required "Z" dimension in 0.5" increments, 2.0" min to 15.5" max, and the
"T" suffix to represent the tile material (30 for 3000°F and 32 for 3200°F).
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Low NOx Flat FlameTM Burners
Special Mountings Sheet 4832-6
4832B SUSPENSION ARRANGEMENTS for 4832-2 through -7 and 4832D-2 through -7
½-13  36" long threaded rods 4832B suspension arrangement permits roof mounting of
B (2 required)
conventional 4832 and 6832 burners with small tiles and
A
flangeless mountings, especially where space limitations do
not permit use of large "roof" tiles.
39"
Ordering and Dimensional Information
Part Pilot and UV

number* A B location
4832-2 thru -7
with square tiles 4832BS 5½ 11
10" or 14"
with round tiles 4832BR 415⁄16 97⁄8 } between
brackets
* Provides complete set of parts for one burner as shown.
HARD WALL MOUNTING FLANGES for 4832-2 through -7 and 4832D-2 through -7
5⁄8 dia. –8 holes

3⁄16 Flange 13" Tile
9" Tile
Mounting Part No. L L
Flange
Burner Tile 4-41336-1 10 14
8¾
7½
Burner Point "A" 4-41336-2 10½ 14½
Mounting
4-41336-3 11 15
4-41336-4 11½ 15½
4-41336-5 10¼ 14¼
7½
4-41336-6 10¾ 14¾
8¾ 4-41336-7 11¼ 15¼
13½ sq.
As nearly flush as possible 4-41336-8 11¾ 15¾
Length "L" 10" min. but burner tile must not
7½ 7½ 11¾" max. (9" tile) be recessed in opening
8¾ 8¾ Furnace shell 15¾" max. (13" tile)
with 14" sq.
opening
4832 Wall Mounting Flanges (see part no. in table) allow bolting 4832 and 6832 Burners to steel furnace shells with refractory walls. They do not
provide a pressure-tight seal against furnace gas leakage.
Custom-made flanges are assembled to burner mountings by Fives to customer-specified dimension "L" so tile hot face is flush with inside furnace wall.
"L" can be increased up to 3⁄8" in the field by inserting flat washers at point "A" (see above drawing).
Sheet 4832-6
Page 2
OPTIONAL ROUND FLANGED MOUNTING for 4832-8-A and -8-B; 4832D-8-A and -8-B
(Formerly 4836-8-A and -8-B)
¾ NPT Pilot,
26 dia. Flame Detector†,
and Obs. Port
Observation
(3 holes)
Port
B - Gas
22½° Inlet 20
dia.
22½°
C
1" dia. 12 holes

equally spaced 3⁄8
A - Air Inlet 21⁄16 on 24 BC 4¼ F
E
D
D E F
4832 A B C 10 14 10 14 10 14
-8-A, -8-B 6 21/2 11¼ 23 27 18¾ 22¾ 103⁄86 143⁄86
† Detector must be located "downstream" of pilot in regard to main air spin. See Bulletin 4832.

Tiles available in 10" and 14" depth. "D" designation signifies "Deep" (14") tile.
This round tile (OC4-2512-1, 10" deep, or OC4-2512-2, 14" deep) is normally used for roof applications with flangeless mounting.
Flanged mounting shown accommodates special wall applications requiring capacity of -8-A or -8-B burners.
If mounting (OC4-1143-1) is ordered separately, include mounting adapter (OC4-1140-1) and mounting adapter gasket (OA4-1144-1) for complete mounting
assembly.
To order complete burner as shown, specify:

4832-8-A/RGF/32 or
4832-8-B/RGF/32
Also see Ordering Procedure, Sheet 4832-3.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Gas Fired North American Flat Flame™ Burners
Sheet 4833-1
in Cold, Tight Furnaces
Series 4832/4836 Flat Flame Burners are good performers under excess air conditions for which they were designed thirty-five years
ago. Their widespread use attests to that. Now times have changed--since the 1970's, fuel bills are considerably higher and the use of
excess air is often restricted. 4832/4836 Burners are not stable in cold, tight furnaces, when operating on stoichiometric ratio, without
the aid of constant or intermittent pilot (and that is not our recommendation from the point of view of flame supervision). 4833 (for cold
air) and 4828 (for preheated combustion air up to 1000°F) are designed for use in cold, tight furnaces. We will keep 4832/4836 in the
line for excess air jobs, since its excess air limits are higher than those for 4833 and 4828.
Burner Air Natural gas

designation pressure Rich limit Lean limit
4832-2, -3, -4 16 osi 50-70% Excess Air —
4832-5 2-16 osi† 10% Excess Gas 500% Excess Air

1 osi 20% Excess Air
4832-6 2-16 osi† 20% Excess Air 400% Excess Air

1 osi 70% Excess Air
4832-7 all rates 40 to 50% Excess Air 300% Excess Air
St'd 4836-8-A 16 osi 40% Excess Air —
St'd 4836-8-B 16 osi 40% Excess Air 70% Excess Air at 16 osi to
500% Excess Air at 1 osi
4833-3§ all rates 15% Excess Fuel 80% Excess Air at 16 osi to
250% Excess Air at 0.5 osi
4833-4§ 9-1 osi 15% Excess Fuel 100% Excess Air

16-24 osi 15% Excess Fuel 50% Excess Air
4833-5§ 30-2 osi 15% Excess Fuel 100% Excess Air at 16-4 osi
4828-5 16-0.2 osi 20% Excess Fuel 50% Excess Air‡

70°F air
4828-6§ 20-0.5 osi 20% Excess Fuel 50% Excess Air Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 8484-1 01/01
70°F air
Air is underlined for emphasis in those cases where the rich limit is on lean side of stoichiometric.
We have built specials of most sizes of 4832's that will run on-ratio in a cold, tight furnace. The -2, -3, and -4 require a radial gas
nozzle. The -8-A uses a secondary air connection. The -8-B stays lit but produces a flame that is 5½ ft. long.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American
Hot Spot Gas Burners
4841-1 Hot Spot Burner with standard flangeless cover

plate for installation in a furnace roof. There is no
danger of flashback with this nozzle-mix burner.
4841 Hot Spot Gas Burner
• Combines radiation and convection heating
• Transfers less heat to walls

Product Overview | Hot Spot Gas Burner
4841 Hot Spot Gas Burners produce ultra-short flames with Ultraviolet flame supervision detectors are recommended for
some forward direction. They combine radiation and convection monitoring both main and pilot flames. An interrupted pilot
heating for improved overall efficiency. Unlike Flat Flame Burners, must be used with flame supervision. Flame rods are not
4841 products of combustion have no sideward travel beyond the recommended.
burner tile, so they transfer less heat to the walls.
Bodies and internals of 4841 burners are heat-resistant cast iron,
Hot Spot burners provide precise flame direction and positioning. as are mounting or cover plates for the smaller sizes (-0 thru
Among many applications they fire are: -2). Sizes -3, -4, -5, -6, and -7 have fabricated steel mounting
or cover plates. Burners with cover plates (flangeless) are
Slab and billet heaters. Roof-mounted Hot Spots provide designated 4841; burners with mounting plates (flanges) are
more hot gas velocity on the load. ordered by specifying 4841- -F (flanged mounting not available
for sizes 4841-0 and -1). The tile is a dense castable refractory
Spot heating of weldments and castings. Ideal for building suitable for service at furnace temperatures to 3000°F.
into automated equipment requiring compact heaters.
Continuous frit smelters. Hot Spot Burners provide radiation COMBUSTION AIR CAPACITIES, cfh
and convection heating for the charge end. (for Btu/h HHV, multiply by 100)
4841 Burners are sealed-in. Their flame diameter is about the Burner air pressure drop across the Burner in osi
designation 1 5 8 12 16
same as the tile opening. Flame length with 16 osi air varies from
3" on the 4841-0 Burner to 18" on the -7, evidence of rapid heat 4841-0 194 435 550 670 775
release that permits burners to focus intense inputs in localized 4841-1 312 700 880 1 080 1 250
4841-2 550 1 230 1 550 1 900 2 200
areas.
4841-3 860 1 930 2 440 2 980 3 450
Standard ratio control systems, such as a cross connected 4841-4 1 490 3 340 4 220 5 150 5 950
4841-5 2 950 6 600 8 350 10 200 11 800
atmospheric regulator, are suitable.
4841-6 3 750 8 400 10 600 13 000 15 000
4841-7 6 600 14 800 18 800 23 000 26 500
When multiple burners share a single pilot pre-mix header, a 4841-8-A † 11 000 24 600 31 000 38 000 44 000
4021-12 pilot tip per burner with an appropriately sized air/gas 4841-8-B † 16 500 37 000 46 500 57 000 66 000
mixer is recommended. Operation is stable for air/gas ratios
from stoichiometric to 20-70% excess air (depending on burner † See Sheet 4841-3 for information on these burners.
size and air pressure). Burners can run rich if there is free air in
the combustion chamber. In a tight chamber, they must be set for
about 20% excess air when chamber is cold during startup.
Figure 1. 4841-7 Hot Spot Burner focuses concentrated Figure 2. 4841-3-F Burner Flame- - ~8" long with 12 osi air
radiation heating on a specific hearth area. (298 000 Btu/h HHV). Optional flanged mounting shown.
Bulletin 4841
Page 2
Dimensions | Hot Spot Gas Burner


designation A B C D E F G H J K L M lb
4841-0 ¾ ½ 7½ 71⁄8 129⁄32 1¾ 2¾ — — — — 35⁄16 42
4841-1 1 ¾ 7½ 71⁄8 129⁄32 1¾ 2¾ — — — — 35⁄16 42
4841-2 1¼ ¾ 9 71⁄8 129⁄32 1¾ 2¾ 5⁄8 4 12 3⁄8 3¼ 54
4841-3 1½ 1 13½ 95⁄16 41⁄16 37⁄8 37/8 5⁄8 4 16½ 5⁄16 45⁄8 205
4841-4 2 1¼ 15 95⁄16 41⁄16 37⁄8 3¾ 5⁄8 4 18 5⁄16 5¾ 230
4841-5 2½ 1½ 15 95⁄16 41⁄16 37⁄8 37⁄8 5⁄8 4 18 5⁄16 5¾ 230
4841-6 3 2 18 93⁄8 43⁄16 7¼ 53⁄8 5⁄8 8 21 3⁄8 6½ 250
4841-7 4 2½ 18 93⁄8 43⁄16 7¼ 53⁄8 5⁄8 8 21 3⁄8 6½ 250
 Flanged Mounting is not recommended for roof installation because of difficulty packing around tile to prevent furnace leaks.
 For 4841-0 thru -2, both pilot and flame supervision connections are located as shown in Figure 1.
 4841-0 and -1 have only 2 studs.
 Flanged air connection.  4841-6 and -7 have 8 studs.
Bulletin 4841
Page 3
Ordering Information | Hot Spot Gas Burner
Bulletin 4841
4841 - - Page 4
Product Size
Connection
0 = ¾" Title
1 =1 ___ = Flangeless mounting/cover plate (leave blank)
2 = 1¼" BO = Burner only (no tile or mounting plate)
3 = 1½" F = Flanged mounting plate
4 = 2" LT = Burner with flangeless mounting less tile
5 = 2½"
6 = 3"
7 = 4"
Example 1 4841-4-BO 2" Hot spot burner only (no mounting, no tile)
Example 2 4841-0 ¾" Hot spot burner complete with flangeless mounting and tile
Example 3 4841-6-F 3" Hot spot burner complete with flanged mounting and tile
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Hot Spot Flanged Mounting
Tile
Gas Burners Observation

Gas Connection
Port
Gasket
Air
Connection
Throat (-2 only)

Nozzle Extension
(-2 only)
Cover Plate
Displacement Cup
(-0, -1 only, not shown)
Mounting Adapter
Required refractory mortar
Gas Connection Flangeless when replacing tile.
Mounting Adapter Mortar between tile, mounting
Mounting
Gasket and mounting adapter to be
(included with
One Air Connection Gasket LT Version) 1/8" thick.
(4841-6 only)
Air Flange
Air Orifice Plate

and 2 Air Connection Gaskets
(4841-7 only)
Burner designation
Part Name 4841-0 4841-1 4841-2 4841-3 4841-4 4841-5 4841-6 4841-7
Air Connection OB4-1317-4 OB4-1317-5 OB4-1317-6 OC4-1698-1 OC4-1698-2 OC4-1698-3 OC4-1774-1 OC4-1774-1
Air Connection Gasket — — — — — — 4-5371-3 4-5371-3†
Air Flange — — — — — — 4-1695-4 4-1695-5
Air Orifice Plate — — — — — — — OA4-2609-1
Cover Plate — — OA4-1926-1 OA4-1700-1 OA4-1700-1 OA4-1700-1 OA4-1788-1 OA4-1788-1

Displacement Cup OA4-1563-1 OA4-1563-1 — — — — — —
Flanged Mounting (4841- -F) — — OD4-1921-1 OC4-1763-1 OC4-1715-1 OC4-1715-1 OC4-1785-1 OC4-1785-1
Flangeless Mounting (St'd.) OD4-1082-1 OD4-1082-1 OD4-2089-1 OC4-2091-1 OC4-2092-1 OC4-2092-1 OC4-2093-1 OC4-2093-1
Gas Connection OC4-1316-3 OC4-1316-4 OC4-1704-1 OC4-1699-1 OC4-1699-2 OC4-1699-3 OC4-1775-3 OC4-1775-4
Gas Conn. Gasket (2 req'd.) OA4-1318-1 OA4-1318-1 OA4-1318-1 OA4-1762-1 OA4-1762-1 OA4-1762-1 OA4-1789-1 OA4-1789-1
Mounting Adapter — — — OB4-1761-1 OB4-1761-1 OB4-1761-1 OB4-1776-2 OB4-1776-2

Mounting Adapter Gasket — — — 4-13582-1 4-13582-1 4-13582-1 OA4-1787-1 OA4-1787-1
Nozzle Extension — — OA4-1705-1 — — — — —

Throat — — OA4-1925-1 — — — — —
Tile (incl. anchors) OB4-1923-1 OB4-1923-1 OB4-1924-1 OB4-1764-1 OB4-1712-1 OB4-1712-1 OB4-1786-1 OB4-1786-1
† 2 Required.
Flanged — — — 4-8611-5 4-8611-7 4-8611-7 4-8611-9 4-8611-9

Flangeless — — — 4-8611-4 4-8611-6 4-8611-6 4-8611-8 4-8611-8
ORDER MUST SPECIFY: 1-Part Number 2-Part Name 3-Burner Designation

Example: 4-1695-4 Air Flange for 4841-6
Page 2
SUGGESTED PIPING FOR 4841 BURNERS

Air
Motor 5 pipe dia.

Valve
4841
Burners
Manual 5 pipe dia. 3 pipe dia.
Air Valve Manual Air Valve
min. min.
Flexible Nipples
Impulse Line
3
10D 4D
min. min. Metering Orifice
Shutoff
Valve 4D 10D 10D 4D
Shutoff Valve
Air/Gas
INSTALLATION
To minimize leaks around tile and to prevent cracking of tile by thermal expansion in the wall, see Supplements 4832-1, DF-M1 (for hard refractory lined
furnaces). Consult Fives North American Combustion, Inc. for tiles designed for fiber-lined furnaces.
1. Make sure all fuel shutoff valves are closed. Close limiting orifice gas 7. Make final limiting orifice valve setting by reading high fire gas flow
valves on initial lighting. Open furnace doors and flue dampers. across metering orifice and comparing it to catalog air flow through
burner at indicated inlet pressure. Replace cover on limiting orifice
2. Start blower and check direction of blower rotation. Monitor motor
gas valve.
amperage during initial starting and adjustment periods.
8. To adjust burner for low fire, return motorized air valve to low fire
3. Open manual and motorized combustion air valves wide to purge without changing limiting orifice gas valve setting; then adjust ratio
furnace. regulator for desired flame (see Instructions 7218).
4. Adjust motorized valve linkage for desired high and low fire. 9. If other burners are supplied by the same ratio regulator, settings
for their limiting orifice valves can be approximated by counting the
5. When furnace is purged of all combustion gases and vapors, turn air
number of turns the adjusting screw on the first valve (step 6) was
control valves back to low fire position, leaving individual burner air
opened.
valves wide open. Light pilots in accord with pilot instructions.
10. Turn all burners to high fire and, if necessary, readjust limiting orifice
6. Use a screwdriver to open the limiting orifice valve 3-4 turns (coun-
gas valves.
terclockwise). Open gas shutoff valve. If burner dœs not light within a
few seconds, close shutoff valve. Open limiting orifice 1-2 more turns. 11. Turn all burners back to low fire, and if necessary, readjust the regu-
Purge furnace again. lator spring as in step 8.
Copyright © 2021 - Fives - All rights reserved | Pl-Instr 4841-2 11/21
Open gas shutoff valve. Repeat procedure until flame lights. Adjust as If flame supervision is used, refer to Bulletin 8832 and Supplement
needed while slowly turning motorized air valve to high fire. 8832-1.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Hot Spot Burners Sheet 4841-3
4841-8-A and -8-B Ref: Bulletin 4841
4841-8-A and -8-B Hot Spot Burners fill the need for high furnace. Refer to Supplement DF-M1 for installation instructions
capacity burners with short, concentrated flames.They are for hard refractory lined furnaces. Consult Fives North American
suitable for roof or wall mounting in both refractory and fiber Combustion, Inc. for tiles designed for fiber-lined furnaces.
lined furnaces.
Pilots. Both burners use 4021-12 Pilot Tips. The pilot mixture
The standard burner assembly includes a 24" diameter, 70% pressure should be set at 3"w.c.
alumina burner tile, that can be used in furnaces up to 3200°F,
a heat resistant cast iron cover plate, and a rugged cast iron Flame Supervision. Pilot and main flames may be monitored
body. All internal burner parts that are subject to radiation by UV detector only.
from the furnace and the flame are made of alloy. Two parallel
grooves around the circumference of the tile effectively lock it Operating Characteristics
into the surrounding matrix of castable refractory or ramming At maximum input, the gas pressure requirement at the burner
mix, thereby preventing the leakage of hot gases from the connection is 1.5 osi.
Burner Measured Air pressure drop across the burner, osi

designation parameters 0.1 1.0 4 8 12 16
Comb. air capacity, cfh 3500 11 000 22 000 31 000 38 000 44 000
4841-8-A Maximum % XSAir † 250 800 300 200 250 300
Flame length, in. – 24 30-36 36-48 36-48 36-48
Flame diameter, in. 16 18 18 18 18 18
Comb. air capacity, cfh 5250 16 500 33 000 46 500 57 000 66 000
4841-8-B Maximum % XSAir † 160 700 120 75 100 90
Flame length, in. – 24 30 36-48 36-48 36-48
Flame diameter, in. 16 18 18 18 18 18
† without pilot
DIMENSIONS All dimensions except mounting dimensions are for estimating purposes only. Weight: 495 lb
inches
¾ NPT pilot,
flame detector, 42¼
and observation port 16½
(3 holes) ½ –13 NC 10¾
45⁄8 slots 5⁄8
on 189⁄16 BC thread
2 gas inlet
24 dia.
20°
11¼
6
21⁄16 4¼ 83⁄8 145⁄8
Sheet 4841-3
PARTS LIST Page 2
Diffuser cup
Gas tube Air diffuser

assembly block (-8-A only)
Observation
port
Backplate
Air connection
gasket (2 req'd)
Main air
flange
Hanger rod
Body assembly
Cover
plate
Air orifice
Tile
Bonding cement
Part Name 4841–8–A 4841–8–B
Air Orifice OA4-0995-1 OA4-0996-1

Air Connection Gasket (2 req'd.) OA4-1059-1 OA4-1059-1
Air Diffuser Block OA4-1057-2 –
Backplate OB4-0851-1 OB4-0851-1

BodyOC4-0853-1 OC4-0853-2
Cover Plate OD4-2392-1 OD4-2392-1
Diffuser Cup OB4-0854-3 OB4-0854-3

Gas Tube Assembly OA4-0998-1 OA4-0998-2
Hanger Rod Assembly OA4-0399-1 OA4-0399-1
Main Air Flange 8765-8  7-D 8765-8  7-D

Tile OC4-2800-1 OC4-2800-1
Example: 8765-8  7-D Air Flange for 4841-8-A
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Flame Grid
Fume Destructors
Fume incinerating flame grids

use gas as the auxiliary fuel.
4950 Flame Grid
• Used to incinerate organic vapors from ovens
• Heat is released uniformly
• Can be mounted horizontally or vertically

Product Overview | 4950 Flame Grid
FEATURES
FLAME GRID DUCT SECTIONS
4950 Flame Grids are used to incinerate organic vapors from
ovens and industrial processes. For maximum installation convenience, 4950-0812 through
-3648 Burners are available assembled to refractory-lined,
Flame Grid burners are inserted into fume-carrying ducts, filling cylindrical steel duct sections of short length. These assemblies,
the duct cross section. They release heat uniformly across the designated 4950- -D, can be attached, by welding or
duct, using minimum gas to ignite combustible pollutants in the compression bands, to upstream and downstream duct sections
fumes. Incineration is completed in a suitably sized combustion furnished by the customer. Exterior dimensions of several 4950D
chamber (user built) downstream of the burner. sections match commercially available prefabricated stacks and
chimneys. See Sheet 4950-4 for details.
Flame Grids can be mounted in horizontal or vertical (upflow or
downflow) ducts and can be used with recuperators.
CONSTRUCTION
Adjustable mixing plates on Flame Grids permit setting of effluent
pressure drop across the burner to achieve efficient mixing of Metal parts are heat-resistant cast iron and steel alloy. Burner
fumes and flames. mounting is lined with insulation to reduce its outer surface tem-
perature.
Flame Grids use combustion air from the effluent stream, so no
blower is required. See page 2 for effluent oxygen requirement. Optional hard refractory internal insulation (adds 6" to "A"
dimension) is available for use with refractory-lined ducts and
APPLICATION 900-1100°F inlet temperatures.
Flame Grid burners are suitable for the following conditions: All Flame Grids include spark-ignited pilot assembly, observation
port, and provision for flame detection device.
Fume temperature at burner inlet:
1100°F maximum
SELECTION. Because the fume stream is the burner’s air source, it must
Temperature at burner outlet: contain enough oxygen for complete combustion of all contaminants
1200-1600°F. Temperature required depends on nature and auxiliary fuel (gas). Minimum oxygen requirements vary with fume
of fume or smoke being incinerated. stream temperature--see Figure 1.
Temperature rise across burner:

200°F minimum 18
1600°F maximum
% Oxygen (by volume ) in Fume
Duct pressure upstream of burner:

stream - wet basis
16
2.0"w.c. maximum
Fume stream pressure drop across burner: 14 NOTE: Curve is based

0.2"w.c. minimum on 1400°F burner outlet
temperature and natural gas
2.0"w.c. maximum fuel. For other conditions
12 consult factory.
Minimum oxygen content of fume stream:
See page 2 100 300 500 700 900 1100
Fume inlet temperature, F
Flame Grid burners are not suitable for halocarbons. Figure 1. Minimum oxygen content in fume stream.
Bulletin 4950
Page 2
Temperature | 4950 Flame Grid
Minimum oxygen content is shown on a wet basis; i.e., as a percent- 2. Temperature correction
age of total gases, including water vapor. Most oxygen analyzers report Multiply scfm by Table 1 air capacity factor:
oxygen on a dry basis, so their readings must be corrected for water
vapor content. 5990  1.29 (for 400 F) = 7727
If a potential application does not satisfy the requirements listed above,
3. Pressure correction
an alternate method of incineration may be necessary using furnace
Multiply corrected air capacity by Table 2 factor:
burners with an external source of combustion air. Check with your
North American field engineer.
7727  0.65 (for 1.2"w.c.) = 5020 (equiv. scfm air
If fume stream contains sufficient oxygen, a Flame Grid can be selected at 60°F inlet and 0.5"w.c. pressure drop)*
by the following procedure, which assumes combustible contaminants
make a negligible contribution to heat required to raise fume stream 4. Select Flame Grid from Table 3:
to incineration temperature. It also assumes 1400°F is adequate for 5020 scfm falls between wide open and minimum settings of
incineration of all combustible contaminants. 4950-3624 Burner, which is the proper selection.
Basic selection information required: 5. Fuel input requirement from Table 1:
1. Maximum flow rate of fumes, acfm 5990 scfm  1390 Btu/h HHV per scfm (at 400°F inlet)
2. Fume temperature at burner inlet = 8,330,000 Btu (approx. 8330 cfh natural gas)
3. Fume stream pressure drop available across burner.
Table 2. Pressure drop correction factors
Air Air
Table 1. Effects of inlet temperature Pressure Factor Pressure Factor
Grid air capacity Gross input (Btu/hr) drop, "wc (0.5"wc base) drop, "wc (0.5"wc base)
Inlet correction factors per scfm air
0.2 1.59 0.9 0.75
temperature (60°F basis) heated to 1400°F
0.3 1.28 1.0 0.71
60°F 1.00 1810 0.4 1.12 1.2 0.65
200 1.13 1640 0.5 1.00 1.4 0.60
300 1.21 1510 0.6 0.92 1.6 0.56
400 1.29 1390 0.7 0.85 1.8 0.53
0.8 0.79 2.0 0.50
500 1.36 1260
600 1.43 1130
700 1.49 1000 Table 3. Grid air capacities
800 1.56 870 scfm air
(corrected to 60°F inlet
900 1.62 730 and 0.5"w.c. pressure drop)
1000 1.68 590 Flame Grid Shutter Shutter
1100 1.73 440 designation wide open at min. setting
1200 1.79 290
4950-0812 710 440
EXAMPLE 4950-1212 1 060 660
4950-1412 1 240 770
Given: 9900 acfm fume-laden air at 400°F. Available pressure drop 4950-2012 1 800 1 100
1.2"w.c.
4950-1424 2 500 1 500
4950-2024 3 550 2 200
Selection procedure: 4950-2624 4 600 2 850
1. Convert acfm to scfm, using ratio of absolute 4950-3624 6 400 3 900
temperatures:
4950-2648 9 200 5 700
9900 acfm  (
460 + 60
460 + 400 ) = 5990 scfm. 4950-3648
4950-5248
12 700
18 400
7 900
11 400
4950-7248 25 400 15 800
Bulletin 4950
* See "Fluid Flow" chapter in North American COMBUSTION HANDBOOK for explanation of correction procedure. Page 3
GAS PRESSURE REQUIREMENT. Available pressure to Flame Grid must INSTALLATION. Flame Grids are inserted through duct wall cutouts (see
overcome pressure drops through the burner and its gas train. Table 4 page 4 for cutout dimensions).
shows natural gas capacities at 1"w.c. pressure drop (with standard gas
port drilling). Fume flow pattern to the burner must be as uniform as possible to
assure complete incineration. Therefore, locate Flame Grids at least 3
To determine gas pressure drop across the 4950-3624 Burner selected duct diagonals downstream from any elbow or fan; turning vanes are
above, apply the flow square root law: recommended in elbows.
4950
8330 cfh 2
1"w.c.  ( 2380 cfh )
= 12.3"w.c. P. Turning
vanes
Flame
Grid
3 duct diagonals
Supply pressure must equal this plus duct pressure at the burner plus
pressure drops through the gas train. Elbow
Fume flow
Warning: Minimum gas pressure drop across the burner is 0.7"w.c.
Lower drops may cause uneven gas distribution in the burner. Maximum
drop with good flame stability is 3 psi.
PILOTS, FLAME SUPERVISION. Options available:

Option 1 — raw gas pilot/flame rod
Duct downstream of burner must be enlarged and refractory-lined.
Option 2 — raw gas pilot/UV
See Figure 2. Always install one or more observation ports (e.g., North
Option 3 — premix pilot/flame rod American 8792) downstream of the burner for observation of the
Option 4 — premix pilot/UV complete grid surface.
If UV is specified, an adapter nipple is furnished, but detector must be Flame Grids can be installed in horizontal or vertical ducts. If fume
purchased separately. Flame rods are furnished when Option 1 or 3 is stream contains particulate matter, burner duct should be horizontal
specified. to prevent particulate accumulation on the grid. Excessive buildup can
require frequent cleaning.
Raw gas pilots require combustion air from the fume stream. A spark
electrode ignites gas and air as they mix. Gas pressure at the pilot inlet 4950 Burners with "A" dimension 20" or greater have support plates
must exceed duct pressure by at least 3"w.c. Raw gas pilots should be near the free end of the grid. These plates should be attached to duct
ignited with normal air. After the main burner flame is ignited, the fume- wall or suitable structural members to support free end.
laden reduced-oxygen air can be introduced into the duct.
If dirty effluent might foul the raw gas pilot igniter, a premix pilot is Figure 2. Typical Flame Grid installation.
recommended. This pilot requires at least 4 osi combustion air from an
external source (blower or compressed air reducer). Continuous weld this mounting plate to duct, centered and square with 1⁄8" clear-
ance between grid and duct wall or silhouette plate. Burner has provision for
If effluent is "clean," either a flame rod or UV detector is suitable. High removing from mounting plate if necessary.
particulate loads may foul a flame rod. Dense smoke may blind a UV
detector. Choose flame supervision based on specific conditions.
An interrupted pilot must be used. A constant pilot is a safety hazard and Insulation
causes uneven heating of the burner. When spark igniting raw gas pilots,
flame detection system must interrupt spark. Spark can dissociate raw
93⁄8"
gas into carbon compounds that over time could ground the spark plug.
See

Table 4. Natural gas capacities

Flow Dwell
chamber 
Burner Capacity Burner Capacity 8" to 10"
designation scfh @ 1"w.c. P designation scfh @ 1"w.c. P
4950-0812 270 4950-2624 1730
4950-1212 390 4950-3624 2380
4950-1412 480 4950-2648 3470
Insulation by
4950-2012 670 4950-3648 4760 customer
4950-1424 940 4950-5248 6940 Steel duct
4950-2024 1340 4950-7248 9500 wall
Observation port
 Inside duct dimensions for first 8-10" downstream of Flame Grid must conform to burner dimensions A and B (e.g., 14"  12" for 4950-1412).

Dwell chamber cross sectional area must be at least twice nominal burner area (dimension A  dimension B).
Bulletin 4950
Page 4
Bulletin 4950
Page 5
U. S. Patent No. 3,524,632

Burner dimensions in inches Wt, To order, specify: 4950-(size designation)-(flame detector/pilot
designation A B C D E F G H L M lb option).
Example: 4950-0812 Burner Complete w/Option 2 Pilot
4950-0812 8 12 2 4½ 43⁄16 2¾ ½ – 17½ 37⁄8 65
Assembly.
4950-1212 12 12 2 4½ 43⁄16 2¾ ½ – 17½ 37⁄8 75
Option numbers are: 1. Raw Gas Pilot/Flame Rod
4950-1412 14 12 2 4½ 43⁄16 2¾ ½ – 17½ 37⁄8 80
2. Raw Gas Pilot/UV Adapter
4950-2012 20 12 2 4½ 43⁄16 2¾ ½ 131⁄8 17½ 37⁄8 90
3. Premix Pilot/Flame Rod
4950-1424 14 24 4 5¼ 35⁄16 13⁄16 13⁄8 – 29½ 41⁄8 150 4. Premix Pilot/UV Adapter
4950-2024 20 24 4 5¼ 35⁄16 13⁄16 13⁄8 187⁄8 29½ 41⁄8 170 5. Any other arrangement--give
4950-2624 26 24 4 5¼ 35⁄16 13⁄16 13⁄8 187⁄8 29½ 41⁄8 200 details when ordering.
4950-3624 36 24 4 5¼ 35⁄16 13⁄16 13⁄8 167⁄8 29½ 41⁄8 240 Orders must specify minimum oxygen content (wet basis),
maximum water vapor content, and temperature of fume stream
4950-2648 26 48 4 5¼ 35⁄16 13⁄16 13⁄8 187⁄8 53½ 43⁄16 370
at burner inlet.
4950-3648 36 48 4 5¼ 35⁄16 13⁄16 13⁄8 167⁄8 53½ 43⁄16 450
Example: 4950-2012 Burner with Option 2 Pilot Assembly. Fume
4950-5248† 52 48 4 5¼ 35⁄16 13⁄16 13⁄8 187⁄8‡ 53½ 43⁄16 740 Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Bulletin 4950 07/00
stream contains 18% oxygen (wet basis) and 11% water vapor at
4950-7248† 72 48 4 5¼ 35⁄16 13⁄16 13⁄8 167⁄8‡ 53½ 43⁄16 900 400°F.
† 4950-5248 and -7248 each consist, respectively, of two 4950-2648 and -3648 Burners inserted into opposite sides of the duct so the grids abut. These burners are
furnished with crossover plates to ensure grid alignment and ignition from one side to the other. Each half of burner has a pilot/flame supervisory mounting pad, but a
single pilot and flame detector can serve the entire burner assembly. Both gas manifolds should be connected to a common supply line--6" pipe is recommended.
‡ Support plates are furnished only on one half of 4950-5248 and -7248 Burners
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 4950 Flame Grid
Air Capacity – Air pressure drop across burner can be varied for 0.3"w.c. to 2.0"w.c. As pressure drop increases, flame changes from
long yellow to short blue.
Gas Capacity – depends on gas pressure drop and port drill size. Standard port size is #46 drill and should be used wherever possible.
Manufacturing problems prohibit smaller ports, but larger ones can be furnished on request. Maximum port size
depends on gas tube length.
For good distribution, minimum gas port pressure drop is 0.7"w.c. The highest drop consistent with good flame stability is 3 psi.
The table below lists natural gas capacities for maximum and minimum port sizes and various gas pressure drops. Other capacities can
be obtained with intermediate port sizes and/or pressure drops. To determine required gas line pressures, add gas train drops.
Flow of natural gas (0.6 sp gr), cfh,

with gas port pressure drop of:
Burner 0.7"w.c. Gas port
designation drill size (min.) 1.0"w.c. 3 psi (max.)
4950-0812 46 min 230 270 2500

B max 1930 2310 21000
-1212 46 min 330 390 3600

9 max 1930 2310 21000
-1412 46 min 400 480 4350

15 max 1930 2310 21000
-2012 46 min 560 670 6100

24 max 1930 2310 21000
-1424 46 min 790 940 8600

15 max 3850 4600 42000
-2024 46 min 1120 1340 12200

24 max 3850 4600 42000
-2624 46 min 1450 1730 15800

29 max 3850 4600 42000
-3624 46 min 1990 2380 21700

33 max 3850 4600 42000
-2648 46 min 2900 3470 31600

29 max 7700 9200 84000
-3648 46 min 3980 4760 43300

33 max 7700 9200 84000
-5248 46 min 5800 6940 63200

29 max 15400 18400 168000
-7248 46 min 7960 9500 86600

33 max 15400 18400 168000
Sheet 4950-3
Page 2
Recommended minimum temperature rise across grid is 200°F.
Maximum outlet temperature is 1700°F.
Flame lengths vary with temperature rise and air pressure drop. Some typical flame lengths are:
Temperature rise, F Air pressure drop Flame length
500 0.5" 6"

1200 0.5" 30"
500 2.0" 5"
1200 2.0" 21"
500 6.0" 4"
1200 6.0" 15"
Under certain conditions, and with modifications, the Flame Grid can be used with as little as 12% oxygen in the effluent.
Consult North American if oxygen is below 16%.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Sheet 4950-4
North American 4950- -D Flame Grid with Duct Section Ref: Bulletin 4950
For maximum installation convenience, 4950 Flame Grid Fume Destructor Burners are available assembled to refractory-lined cylindrical steel duct
sections of short length. Careful matching of components and factory installation of the burner ensures a correctly proportioned unit for thorough
incineration of fumes, odors, and smoke, provided sufficient oxygen is present in the effluent.
The preassembled duct section, designated 4950- -D, can be attached by welding or compression bands to upstream and downstream duct sections
supplied by the customer. Sections with exterior cylindrical dimensions matching the 4950- -D unit often are available from manufacturers of
prefabricated chimneys and stacks.
When installing, use enough upstream duct sections to ensure uniform air flow through the Flame Grid. Avoid elbows or tees too close to the burner
(three duct diameters minimum).
Duct dimensions downstream of the burner will be determined by residence time requirements. To be sure all effluent reaches incineration temperature,
size the afterburner chamber to retain burner products for about 0.5-0.6 seconds (its inside cross-sectional area must be at least twice the nominal
burner area; e.g., 240 sq in. for 4950-2012). The afterburner chamber should be constructed to withstand operating temperatures up to 1500°F. Actual
operating temperature will vary with the type of pollution handled.
DIMENSIONS
inches
Refer to Bulletin 4950 for detailed burner dimensions.
The standard 4950- -D dœs not have a refractory plug between the burner base plate and the grid plates.
FLOW
D L
Burner Wt, Burner Wt,

designation D L lb designation D L lb
4950-0812-D 23 16 320 4950-2024-D 44 19 1023
4950-1212-D 26½ 16 387 4950-2624-D 50 19 1267
4950-1412-D 26½ 16 378 4950-3624-D 57 19 1555
4950-2012-D 33½ 16 550 4950-2648-D 65 19 1971
4950-1424-D 37 19 772 4950-3648-D 78 19 2755
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
ITAS Ductflame
Modular Duct Burners
Plug and play solutions providing low NOx

air heating
Recognized globally as a leading duct burner for superior quality, efficiency, and emissions.
• From 0.5-110 Million Btu/h HHV (120kW-30 MW LHV) • Typical applications are ovens, dryers, and air heaters
• Customizable solution to fit your application and • Reduced commissioning time

performance needs
Product Overview | Ductflame
Founded in 1976, Fives Group company ITAS is a leader in MARKETS AND APPLICATIONS
the European combustion market with specialization in hot air
generation. Responding to market demands for a robust high- The Ductflame was designed for applications requiring the
performance duct burner on the world stage, the Ductflame production of large volumes of warm air. Many applications
development was initiated in 2006. Since then, over 2,000 units involve producing uniform and clean hot air with a short flame
have been put into service across multiple industries worldwide. in a duct that is integrated into the process flow of the main
machine.
Each Ductflame system is custom built to meet the specifications
of the customer. Burners feature a combination of cast iron Typical applications include dryers, ovens, air heaters, and similar
burner sub-sections that are configured into customized industrial installations in the paint, paper, gypsum, and ceramic
combustion air distribution plenums matching the existing drying markets.
process needs. Corner and side fired modules are available to
plug-in to your existing ductwork. OPERATING CONDITIONS
Systems feature a controlled mixing of air and gas, to optimize The Ductflame is a custom product built to the customer’s
emissions and efficiency. Unlike other duct burners, mixing in the specifications with a wide operating range. See the table below
Ductflame takes place on the nozzle outlets, thus avoiding the for details.
potential for flashback into the burner sections.
The Ductflame can run off various fuel types, including natural
gas, LPG, biogas, and other gas types upon request.
HIGHLIGHTS OF THE DUCTFLAME:
— Ability to operate with low O2 percentage from duct flow

— Customizable modular design Combustion Air
— Alloy air wings MAX. Inlet Temp. 400°F
— Low NOx emissions MIN. O2 20%
Operating Ratio 45-55%
— Robust, air cooled design allows for highest firing density
available, on the market. Process Flow Air
MAX. Inlet Temp. 750°F
MIN. O2 0%
MAX. Outlet Temp. 1475°F
Combustion Air
Process Air
Combustion air and fuel gas mixing is controlled in order to

optimize both emissions and efficiency; moreover, mixing takes
place on nozzle outlets, thus avoiding any flashback.
Bulletin 4970
page 2
Product Design Details | Ductflame
Bulletin 4970
page 3
Modular construction assures that each Ductflame system is System
customized to fit your application. Following an initial needs Capacity Part Number
review of your process, a customized solution is configured to Milllion
your requirements. Btu/h kW IT 151H Series IT 151T Series
HHV LHV
All Ductflame burners consist of a combination of cast iron 0.5 120 IT151-H1
burner sub-sections, called H, T, or C sections. These sections 0.9 240 IT151-H2
provide virtually unlimited possibilities in meeting your sizing
1.4 360 IT151-H3
and heating requirements.
1.8 480 IT151-H4
OPTIONS INCLUDE 2.3 600 IT151-H5
2.7 720 IT151-H6 IT151-T6
• H burner straight sections (0.5MM Btu/h HHV or 120kW LHV 3.2 840 IT151-H7 IT151-T7
nominal) may be arranged in horizontal or vertical 3.6 960 IT151-H8 IT151-T8
configurations. 4.1 1080 IT151-H9 IT151-T9
• T burner "T" sections (1.4MM Btu/h HHV or 360kW LHV 4.5 1200 IT151-H10 IT151-T10
nominal) may be arranged alone or in combination with an H 5.0 1320 IT151-H11 IT151-T11
burner sub-section in various horizontal or vertical 5.5 1440 IT151-H12 IT151-T12
configurations. 5.9 1560 IT151-H13 IT151-T13
• C burner cross sections (1.8MM Btu/h HHV or 480kW LHV 6.4 1680 IT151-H14 IT151-T14
nominal) may be arranged alone or in combination with H 6.8 1800 IT151-H15 IT151-T15
burner sub-sections and/or T burner sub-section in various 7.3 1920 IT151-H16 IT151-T16
horizontal or vertical configurations. 7.7 2040 IT 151-H17 IT151-T17
8.2 2160 IT151-T18
With these options, Ductflame systems can reach a high capacity
8.6 2280 IT151-T19
in a compact duct section.
9.1 2400 IT151-T20
For common applications, Ductflame is available in the standard 9.5 2520 IT151-T21
configurations as shown in the table below. Customized 10.0 2640 IT151-T22
configurations are available in capacities up to 110 million Btu/h 10.9 2880 IT151-T24
HHV (30MW LHV). 11.8 3120 IT151-T26
13.6 3600 IT151-T30
14.5 3840 IT151-T32
16.4 4320 IT151-T36
IT151-H3
18.6 4920 IT151-T41
20.5 5400 IT151-T45
22.7 6000 IT151-T50
IT151-T24 25.5 6720 IT151-T56
27.7 7320 IT151-T61
29.1 7680 IT151-T64
IT151-C22 32.7 8640 IT151-T72 Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Bulletin 4970 08/18
36.4 9600 IT151-T80
* Higher capacities available upon request
** Only H-and T-series shown in table, C-series available upon request
*** Suffix indicates burner capacity in equivalent number of H- sections
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
4979 North American Sheet 4979-1
Oven Zephyr Gas Burners

FEATURES
• 15 to 1 turndown--modulating over entire range
• Low gas pressure required--only 3"w.c. higher than duct

pressure
• Wide range of sizes available to fit any duct
• All metal construction--no refractory
• Easily installed in any position
• Use air from duct--no combustion air blower required
• High inout/low unit cost--1 000 000 Btu/h HHV per lineal
foot
• For air heaters and recirculating ovens
4979 Oven Zephyrs are continuous flame gas burners for

direct-fired recirculating air heaters and ovens. Duct air is used
for combustion--no separate combustion blower is required.
The Oven Zephyr's high turndown characteristics (15 to 1) allow
precise temperature control of recirculating air. The flame is
predominantly blue and cannot flash back because gas alone is
delivered to the burner.
Each lineal foot of burner has a heat release of 1 000 000

Btu/hr. This exceptionally high rating lowers installation cost by
keeping burner lengths to a minimum.
Fresh air must be present to maintain stable combustion. Com-

bustion air is supplied from the duct air stream. The percentage
of make-up air required varies with the temper-ature rise across
the burner--see Table 1. Recirculating air applications involving
moisture removal should be referred to Fives home office for
evaluation.
Sheet 4979-1
Page 2
TABLE 1. Minimum % fresh make-up air requirements, The duct section at the burner should be restricted with a curtain
assuming no moisture content. or silhouette plate at the discharge end of the burner
to give a velocity of about 3500 feet per minute, which will
temperature rise minimum make-up air cause a pressure drop of about 0.75"w.c.
100 degrees (F) 11%
200 22% Installation. The Oven Zephyr can be installed in a horizontal
300 29% or vertical duct, upstream or downstream of the fan. The burner
400 36% should be in a section of duct where air flow is reasonably
straight. Sharp turns, obstructions, or dampers immediately
upstream or downstream of the burner must be avoided. A
Practical, durable construction. Burner air baffles are made
minimum of 5 duct diameters straight duct before the burner is
with large openings to reduce deposition of airborne material.
recommended without inlets, mixing baffles, or other restrictions.
The burner arrangement should promote evenly heated air. Use

sections that will form a continuous flame approximating the
The burner body is made of sturdy cast iron for good duct cross section.
temperature service. Sheet metal parts are heat-resistant
aluminized steel. The burner can be used in air streams up to A curtain or silhouette plate should be located flush with the
500°F (upstream air). The temperature rise across the burner discharge end of the burner. The plate should be bolted, rather
should not exceed 400°F, regardless of the inlet temperature. than welded, to the duct walls, to allow some adjustment after
installation. No part of the burner should be less than 2" from
4979 Oven Zephyrs are available in a variety of shapes to the curtain or less than 4" from the duct wall.
permit assembly in a configuration that will provide uniform heat
distribution in the duct. See Table 2. Every 3' of burner arrangement should be supported. Long
lengths can be supported by steel straps fastened to the bolts at
Flame Supervision. The burner endplate has provision for burner flanges (with narrow edge of straps facing air flow). End
mounting a flame rod or UV scanner. castings are provided with ¾" fpt tapped holes that can be used
for supports.
Two ignition methods are available: The burner can be lighted
with a gas pilot or with a direct spark electrode. Access doors should be provided to permit inspection and ser-
vicing of the burner. Sight ports or windows are required
Air velocity. The Oven Zephyr is designed for use in air streams for observation of the pilot and main flame.
having a uniform velocity of 1000 to 1500 feet per minute, and
for best operation, air velocity should be constant.
TABLE 2. Burner sections

4979-12 straight, 12" (1 000 000 Btu/hr)
4979-12-B straight, 12", 2½" bottom inlet (1 000 000 Btu/hr)
4979-12-LI elbow, 6"  6"† (1 000 000 Btu/hr)

4979-12-LO elbow, 6"  6"† (1 000 000 Btu/hr)
4979-FEP main gas endplate, 2" gas inlet, ignition, and flame rod connections
4979-SEP pilot endplate, support, ignition, and flame rod connections
† Main flame is either on inside or outside of elbow. Order must specify which elbow is wanted. If in doubt, send sketch of layout.
Sheet 4979-1
Page 3
HOW TO ORDER CURTAIN SIZING PROCEDURE
1. Calculate required heat input. Example: 2 730 000 Btu/h HHV 1. Total burner area perpendicular to air flow (0.5 sq ft per lineal
gross input (2730 cfh natural gas), 945 scfm make-up air, and foot) = 0.5  ft of burner. Example: 0.5  3.0 = 1.5 sq ft.
47 040 scfm recirculated. For this example, assume the avail-
able gas pressure is 1½ psi. 2. Total open area required at burner = (scfm recirculated +
scfm make-up)  3500 fpm. Example: (47 040 + 945)  3500
2. Select individual burner sections to obtain this rating from = 13.7 sq ft.
Table 2. Each lineal foot of burner is rated at 1 000 000 Btu/h
HHV. Include enough feed connections to supply rated 3. Curtain opening = total burner area (1) + open area (2). Ex-
volume of gas--a 2" connection supplies 3 feet of burner; ample: 13.7 + 1.5 = 15.2 sq ft.
a 2½" connection supplies 5 feet of burner, but should
be centered to assure proper gas distribution. Example: The
next largest burner input is 3 000 000 Btu/hr, which could be
obtained by three 4979-12's.
3. Select 8522 Fast Engineered™ fluid control system.
4. Select ignition method--either gas pilot (Assembly 4-5257-1) or

direct spark electrode (Part No. 4-3681-1).
5. Select endplates--either for gas connection or blank. Example:

Two 4979-SEP endplates. (From Table 2.)
Silhouette
C B
plate
TO OVEN
Make-up air and A
recirculated air
from oven
D Pilot gas
N E
Main
H L J gas Typical 4979 Oven installation includes items shown.
P M K H G F
A - 4979 Zephyr Burner H - Shutoff Cock

B - Flame Detector J - Test Cock
C - Pilot Adjusting Cock K - Block Valve
D - Pilot Accessories L - Vent Valve
E - High Gas Pressure Switch M- 1518 or 1519 Automatic Shutoff Valve
F - Gas Control Valve & Motor N - Low Gas Pressure Switch
G - Metering Orifice P - Main Gas Pressure Regulator
Sheet 4979-1
INSTRUCTIONS Page 4
(Burner with Gas Pilot)
1. Adjust the profile plates until a differential pressure of 1.0"w.c. can be 4. Open the 1518 or 1519 Valve. With the control valve wide open, use a
read across the duct air pressure taps on the feed endplate (FEP). metering orifice and manometer to adjust the gas pressure regulator
The burner will operate with any duct differential pressure between to obtain 1 000 000 Btu/hr for each lineal foot of burner. The flame
0.30 and 1.50"w.c. Air flow at the profile plate must be of uniform should then be mostly blue with some yellow tinges and about 24"
velocity and not spinning. long with 1"w.c. duct differential pressure; 30" long with 0.5"w.c.
2. Ignite the gas pilot and adjust the gas flow (usually by screwdriver 5. Adjust and test all burner safety devices--manual reset fuel shutoff
adjustment in the gas cock) until flame is about 6" long and a good valve, purge timer, low fire start, air flow switch, flame safety relay,
flame detector signal is obtained. high and low gas pressure switches, over-temperature control, block
and vent valves, etc.
3. Adjust the main gas control valve linkage for desired valve travel.
12" for -12 or -12-B
DIMENSIONS 6
inches
109⁄16
-12 (wt. 21 lb)
129⁄16
-12-B (wt. 22 lb)

6 (-12, -12-B)
2½ fpt gas conn.
hole must be positioned

so it faces upstream
LI or LO 9
(wt. 20 lb)
3⁄8 tubing or 1/8 pipe
4-5257-1 Pilot Assembly
1⁄8 fpt
6¼ duct pressure 6¼
taps 7⁄8 bore
FEP SEP
UV or
FEP 7⁄8 bore flame rod
Feed Endplate UV or location
(left) flame rod
(wt. 3 lb) location
hole for
109⁄16
109⁄16 pilot or igniter
Igniter
SEP
Support Endplate ¾ fpt
(right) 2" fpt pipe
(wt. 3 lb) 17⁄16 gas conn. 1¾ support
21⁄8 21⁄8
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Zephyr™ Burner
for ovens, dryers, and air heaters
4987 Zephyr™ Burner
• Cast iron burner housing • Ideal uses for baking, drying and curing applications
• Natural gas, propane or butane

Product Overview | Zephyr™ Burner
The Zephyr burner is ideal for baking, drying and curing BURNER ACCESSORIES
applications. The Zephyr has a 30+ year reputation of being
dependable as well as simple to start up and operate. The basic — Blower filter (paper or washable element)
burner includes a flame rod, an igniter with 5 foot cable and an
— Control actuators and mounting bracket kits
integral fan. Three capacities are available with built-in air and
fuel control as options. Larger Zephyr sizes are also available (4, — Adapter mounting plates and flame protection tubes
6, and 9 million Btu/h HHV-see Bulletin 4988). — Flame supervision accessories
— 1597 compact fuel train
VALUE-ADDED FEATURES
CONTROL VERSATILITY (options)
— Cast iron burner housing
— "Silicone Free" for demanding automotive applications — Manual air setting with remote fuel flow control
— Fires natural gas, propane or butane (Models 501, 1001, 2501)
— Less than 7"w.c. (178 mm H2O) gas pressure required at — Manual air setting with fuel flow control on burner
burner inlet (Models 502, 1002, 2502)
— 50:1 turndown — Linked air and fuel flow control on burner
— Standard tile suitable for 800°F (425°C) chamber temp. (Models 503, 1003, 2503)
— 304 stainless steel tile (optional) for 1,200°F (650°C)
chamber temperature
— Low NOx performance - less than 0.1 lb NOx/million Btu
(161 mg/m3 at 3% O2)
— 50/60 Hz integral blower or external blower
— Flame rod and spark plug (with cable) included
(UV adapter optional)
Dependable — Easy-to-use — Rugged construction
filter sold as accessory
Bulletin 4987
Page 2
Capacities | Zephyr™ Burner
Capacities
Input Flame Length
million (see note 1)
Model Btu/h HHV (kW LHV) inches (mm)
500 0.5 (147) 22 (560)
1000 1.0 (293) 26 (660)
2500 2.5 (733) 32 (810)
Static Air Pressure Blower Power Sound (dBA at 1 m)*

xxxxModel Inch w.c. mbar hp (kW) w/o filter w/filter
500-L, 1000-L 1 (2.5) 0.33 (0.25) 74 71
500-H, 1000-H 3 (7.5) 0.50 (0.37) 82 79
2500-L 1 (2.5) 1.0 (0.75) 82 78
2500-H 4.5 (11.2) 2.0 (1.49) 87 84
* Does not include combustion noise
1. See 4987 supplement for start-up instructions and operating data.

2. Blower and burner nominal capacity is based on 1" (25 mm) air pressure differential across flame retainer. -L blowers are used for
neutral pressure or suction applications.
3. Blower motors are suitable for 50 or 60 Hz operation. Operation with 50 Hz (190/380 V, 3 phase) will decrease the speed, and
capacity of the blower. For neutral or suction applications having 50 Hz, select -H model to maintain burner capacity.
4. For the 500 and 1000-L and -H size burners, a 115 V, single phase motor is an option.
5. A UV-based flame supervision system must be designed to ignore spark detection by use of an appropriate flame relay or other
code-compliant means, to prevent interruption of the ignition sequence.
AIR AND FUEL CONTROL OPTIONS

(specify when ordering)
internal air damper
(specify either manual
adjustment or link to
internal air damper fuel valve)
with manual adjustment
fuel connection
fuel connection
Fuel flow control components are remote from burner and Fuel flow control valve provided inside burner. Actuator (direct
sold as accessories. coupled) and mounting kit sold separately as accessories.
(Models 501, 1001, 2501) (Models 502, 503, 1002, 1003, 2502 and 2503)
Bulletin 4987
Page 3
Dimensions | Zephyr™ Burner
P
DIMENSIONS Flame Rod
inches M T
(or UV)
I
5' spark cable
Igniter J
Y
F
E
"B" No. of Holes Observation Port S

N Filter
"C" Dia.
Z Accessory
"D" Bolt Circle
Fuel Valve Shaft
(optional)
Access cover Air Damper Dial/Indicator
R Comb. Air Switch +/–

Taps (¼" fpt)
X
K
H
V Fuel
Air Pressure Tap L PressureTap
(1⁄8" NPT) (1⁄8" NPT)
W
Fuel Inlet Fan Guard
"A" NPT
Zephyr™ Dimensions in inches

designation A B C D E§ F GL† GH‡ HL† HH‡ I JL† JH‡ K L M N P R
4987-500 1¼ 8 15⁄32 8¼ 9 65⁄8 273⁄8 29 7½ 87⁄8 47⁄16 913⁄16 97⁄8 4¼ 511⁄16 5 27⁄16 117⁄8 5⁄8
4987-1000 1½ 8 17⁄32 95⁄8 10¾ 8 28½ 303⁄16 7½ 87⁄8 43⁄32 913⁄16 97⁄8 415/16 519⁄32 5 27⁄32 131⁄8 ¾
4987-2500 2 8 17⁄32 13¾ 15¼ 12 35¾ 38¾ 813⁄16 121⁄16 79⁄16 123⁄8 121⁄8 629⁄32 913⁄16 63⁄8 4½ 197⁄8 11⁄8
4987- -R
Zephyr™ Dimensions in inches weight, lb Remote Blower
designation S T V W XL† XH‡ YL† YH‡ ZL† ZH‡ 4987-L 4987-H 4987-R connection size
4987-500 95⁄8 7⁄16 27⁄8 95⁄8 3¼ 45⁄16 3¾ 35⁄16 1613⁄16 187⁄16 69 76 45 4" schedule 40 pipe
4987-1000 95⁄8 ½ 2¾ 1013⁄32 3¼ 45⁄16 3¾ 35⁄16 181⁄16 1911⁄16 89 96 65 4" schedule 40 pipe
4987-2500 115⁄8 9⁄16 57⁄8 15¾ 413⁄32 59⁄16 413⁄32 4 25½ 26½ 168 180 130 6" schedule 40 pipe
§ Allow at least 6" on side to withdraw flame supervisory device or spark igniter.
† 4987- -L only.
‡ 4987- -H only.
Bulletin 4987
Page 4
Ordering Information | Zephyr™ Burner
4 9 8 7 - __ __ __ __ - __ __ __
Capacity Tile Option

50 = 500,000 Btu/h HHV blank - 800°F
100 = 1,000,000 Btu/h HHV S - 1200°F (304 SST)
250 = 2,500,000 Btu/h HHV
Fuel Option
Control Option blank - natural gas
1 - manual air setting with remote fuel flow control P - propane
2 - manual air setting with fuel flow control on burner B - butane
3 - linked air and fuel flow control on burner
Blower Option
L - blower develops 1" static pressure
H - blower develops 3 to 5" static pressure
R - remote blower (pipe connection)
Examples:
4987-501-HP Denotes 500,000 Btu/h HHV burner with manual air setting and remote fuel flow control, 3" static pressure blower, and propane fuel.
4987-2503-LS Denotes 2.5 million Btu/h HHV burner with linked air and fuel flow control, 1" static pressure blower, natural gas fuel, and a 304 stainless
tile for 1200°F application.
ACCESSORIES (ordered separately)
ACCESSORY Part Numbers

Blower Filter* 500-L 500-H 1000-L 1000-H 2500-L 2500-H
washable filter assembly 4-27063-1 4-27063-2 4-27063-1 4-27063-2 4-27063-3 4-27063-4
disposable filter assembly 4-27063-5 4-27063-6 4-27063-5 4-27063-6 4-27063-7 4-27063-8
replacement (washable) R260-2160 R260-2160 R260-2160 R260-2160 R260-2240 R260-2240
replacement (disposable) R260-2900 R260-2900 R260-2900 R260-2900 R260-2910 R260-2910
Actuator Mounting Kit*† (for direct coupled mounting)

for Honeywell mod motors 4-27069-1
for Siemens SQM5 actuators 4-27069-2
for Barber Colman EA50 series actuators 4-27069-3
Burner Mounting Plate*‡ 4-27066-1 (500 size) 4-27066-2 (1000 size) 4-27066-3 (2500 size)
Flame Protection Tube*‡

304 stainless steel 4-28174-1 (500 size) 4-28175-1 (1000 size) 4-28156-1 (2500 size)
Notes
* Accessories are shipped separately. Contact Fives North American Combustion, Inc. for special pre-assembled options.
† Kit consists of bracket, coupling and hardware to mount actuator. Kit do es not include actuator (sold separately). For actuators not indicated above,
contact Fives North American Combustion, Inc. for pricing and delivery.
‡ Consult Fives North American Combustion, Inc. for overall size and mounting hole pattern.
Bulletin 4987
Page 5
Parts List | Zephyr™ Burner
4987 BURNER Bulletin 4987

Page 6
Blower Type 4987-500 4987-1000 4987-2500

Blower Impeller -L R340-5152 R340-5152 R340-5170
Blower Impeller -H R340-5157 R340-5157 R340-5160
Blower Motor -L N.33-B36T2SF N.33-B36T2SF T1.0-B36T2SF

230/460/3/60 -H T.50-B36T2SF T.50-B36T2SF T2.0-B36T2SF
Blower Section -L 4-27405-1 4-27405-3 4-27405-5

(including motor) -H 4-27405-2 4-27405-4 4-27405-6
Flame Rod 4-26975-1 4-26975-2 4-26975-3
Spark Igniter* 4-5635-1 4-5635-1 4-5635-1
Ignition Cable 4-5563-3 4-5563-3 4-5563-3
(5’ long)
Ignition Cable and 4-28010-1 4-28010-1 4-28010-2
Igniter Assembly
Access Cover 4-26853-1 4-26853-2 4-26853-3
Flame Cone 4-26976-1 4-26977-1 4-26846-1
Air Tube (Nat Gas)
remote gas valve 4-26856-1 4-26856-2 4-26856-3
integral gas valve 4-26856-1 4-28431-1 4-26856-3
Air Tube (Propane)
remote gas valve 4-27055-1 4-27056-1 4-27057-1
Air Tube (Butane)
remote gas valve 4-27059-1 4-27059-2 4-27060-1
*Note: This is a special vented spark plug. Using an unvented plug will result in frequent fouling and create
lighting problems.
CONTACT
CONTACT
T +1
T +1 800
800 626
626 3477
3477 -- F
F +1
+1 216
216 373
373 4237
4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Zephyr™ Dimensions 4987
For Ovens, Dryers, and Air Heaters
G
P
M T Flame Rod
DIMENSIONS (or UV)
I
inches 5' spark cable
Igniter J
Y
F
E
"B" No. of Holes Observation Port S

N Filter
"C" Dia.
Z Accessory
"D" Bolt Circle
Fuel Valve Shaft
(optional)
Access cover Air Damper Dial/Indicator
R Comb. Air Switch +/–

Taps (¼" fpt)
X
K
H
V Fuel
Air Pressure Tap L PressureTap
(1⁄8" NPT) (1⁄8" NPT)
W
Fuel Inlet Fan Guard
"A" NPT
Zephyr™ dimensions in inches

designation A B C D E § F GL† GH‡ HL† HH‡ I JL† JH‡ K L M N P R
4987-500 1¼ 8 15⁄32 8¼ 9 65⁄8 273⁄8 29 7½ 87⁄8 47⁄16 913⁄16 97⁄8 4¼ 511⁄16 5 27⁄16 117⁄8 5⁄8
4987-1000 1½ 8 17⁄32 95⁄8 10¾ 8 28½ 303⁄16 7½ 87⁄8 43⁄32 913⁄16 97⁄8 415/16 519⁄32 5 27⁄32 131⁄8 ¾
4987-2500 2 8 17⁄32 13¾ 15¼ 12 35¾ 38¾ 813⁄16 121⁄16 79⁄16 123⁄8 121⁄8 629⁄32 913⁄16 63⁄8 4½ 197⁄8 11⁄8
4987- -R
Zephyr™ dimensions in inches weight, lb Remote Blower
designation S T V W XL† XH‡ YL† YH‡ ZL† ZH‡ 4987-L 4987-H 4987-R connection size
4987-500 95⁄8 7⁄16 27⁄8 95⁄8 3¼ 45⁄16 3¾ 35⁄16 1613⁄16 187⁄16 69 76 45 4" schedule 40 pipe
4987-1000 95⁄8 ½ 2¾ 1013⁄32 3¼ 45⁄16 3¾ 35⁄16 181⁄16 1911⁄16 89 96 65 4" schedule 40 pipe
4987-2500 115⁄8 9⁄16 57⁄8 15¾ 413⁄32 59⁄16 413⁄32 4 25½ 26½ 168 180 130 6" schedule 40 pipe
§ Allow at least 6" on side to withdraw flame supervisory device or spark igniter.
† 4987- -L only.
‡ 4987- -H only.
Dimensions 4987
Page 2
4 9 8 7 - __ __ __ __ - __ __ __
Capacity Tile Option

50 = 500,000 Btu/hr blank - 800°F
100 = 1,000,000 Btu/hr S - 1200°F (304 SST)
250 = 2,500,000 Btu/hr
Fuel Option
blank - natural gas
Control Option P - propane
1 - manual air setting with remote fuel flow control B - butane
2 - manual air setting with fuel flow control on burner
3 - linked air and fuel flow control on burner
Blower Option
L - blower develops 1" static pressure
H - blower develops 3 to 5" static pressure
R - remote blower (pipe connection)
Examples:
4987-501-HP Denotes 500,000 Btu/h HHV burner with manual air setting and remote fuel flow control, 3" static pressure blower, and propane fuel.
4987-2503-LS Denotes 2.5 million Btu/hr burner with linked air and fuel flow control, 1" static pressure blower, natural gas fuel, and a 304 stain-
less tile for 1200°F application.
ACCESSORY Part Numbers

Blower Filter* 500-L 500-H 1000-L 1000-H 2500-L 2500-H
washable filter assembly 4-27063-1 4-27063-2 4-27063-1 4-27063-2 4-27063-3 4-27063-4
disposable filter assembly 4-27063-5 4-27063-6 4-27063-5 4-27063-6 4-27063-7 4-27063-8
replacement (washable) R260-2160 R260-2160 R260-2160 R260-2160 R260-2240 R260-2240
replacement (disposable) R260-2900 R260-2900 R260-2900 R260-2900 R260-2910 R260-2910
Actuator Mounting Kit*† (for direct coupled mounting)

for Honeywell mod motors 4-27069-1
for Siemens SQM5...actuators 4-27069-2
for Barber Colman EA50 series actuators 4-27069-3
Burner Mounting Plate*‡ 4-27066-1 (500 size) 4-27066-2 (1000 size) 4-27066-3 (2500 size)
Flame Protection Tube*‡

Notes
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet Dims 4987 03/06
* Accessories are shipped separately. Contact North American for special pre-assembled options.
† Kit consists of bracket, coupling and hardware to mount actuator. Kit dœs not include actuator (sold separately). For actuators not indicated
above, contact North American for pricing and delivery.
‡ Consult North American for overall size and mounting hole pattern.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 4987 Zephyr™ Burners Supplement 4987
Single Burner Start-up Instructions

Burner Air Pressure Tap Q Combustion Chamber Pressure Tap
R
B
Blower and Tap Air
A S Fan to
Oven
Air from Oven

Vent to a safe location
A – 4987 Zephyr™
B – Flame Protection Tube
E L E – Relief Valve (if required)
NO
F – Adjustable Port Valve and Actuator

P M K G – 8697 Metering Orifice
H NO NC
H – Manual Shutoff
Optional
J – Leak Test Valve
H G F location
J J
K – Automatic Safety Shutoff Valve #2
L – Vent Valve (for IRI)
M – Automatic Safety Shutoff Valve #1
P – Main Gas Pressure Regulator
Q – Burner Air Flow (P) Pressure Switch (Purge)
R – Combustion Air Switch
S – Valve and Actuator on Burner
SINGLE BURNER START-UP INSTRUCTIONS
1. Set all safety limit switches to the correct settings (combustion air 7. Open the manual shutoff valves. For systems having low-fire/
pressure, purge, low and high gas pressure, high temperature limit, bypass fuel supply components, remove the cap from the limiting
etc.). Shut all manual gas valves. orifice valve and turn the adjusting screw cw until it is completely
closed. Then turn the screw three full turns counterclockwise (ccw).
2. Ensure that system is ready for operation. Start the system fan(s).
8. Initially set the main gas regulator. Remove regulator cap and ad-
3. With the system fan(s) in operation and the burner blower off, mea-
justment plug (both turn ccw to remove). Confirm that the regulator
sure and record system pressure (or suction) from the burner fuel
spring is in the appropriate range of 4 to 8"wc. Replace spring and
pressure tap.
plug and turn plug cw to mid range of travel, and replace cap.
4. Jog the burner blower and verify correct impeller rotation (see Fig-
ure 3). 9. Energize the flame supervisory system. If all of the limit switches are
satisfied, the purge cycle will start. When the purge is complete, the
5. With the manual gas valve(s) still closed, and the system fan(s) and burner will begin a trial for ignition.
burner blower running, measure and record the differential pressure
between the air and fuel pressure taps located on the burner. For 10. The trial-for-ignition period can vary depending on the supervisory
Zephyrs with manual air control, set the differential pressure to equipment and options being used. Several attempts (resets) may
1"wc using the dial indicator and lock down knob. For Zephyrs with have to occur for the first lighting in order to evacuate air from the
linked air and fuel control, the differential pressure will change fuel line.
depending on the control actuator position, combustion chamber
pressure and burner fan selection. Min and max combustion air 11. When flame detection occurs, the system will release to control. With
flow rates are provided in Table 2 (page 3). Verify specific burner the burner firing, manually set the system controller to low fire. For
control options using Dimensions 4987 and the part number that is systems without low-fire/bypass fuel supply components, mea-
indicated on the burner label. sure the fuel pressure at the discharge of the main gas regulator,
and adjust to 7"wc. Remove cap and turn the regulator adjustment
6. Stroke the fuel control actuator. For Zephyrs having the control plug cw to increase and ccw to decrease the discharge pressure. For
actuator on the burner itself, the valve position can be viewed at systems with low-fire/ bypass fuel supply components, adjust
the indicator pin on the coupling located between the control motor low fire at the limiting orifice valve. Turn the adjusting screw on the
and burner. The burner is marked "C" for closed and "O" for open, valve ccw to increase or cw to decrease fuel flow.
and rotates 90° clcokwise (cw) from "C" to "O" (see Figure 3). For
Zephyrs having a remote adjustable port valve and control
actuator, adjust the gas valve 1/8 open at low fire, and full open at
high fire.
Supplement 4987
Page 2
12. Using the controller, increase demand in short increments. Note 14. When the system reaches operating temperature close the manual
flame signal strength and fuel flow at each increment up to 100% shutoff valves and compare the pressure differential outlined in step
demand. When the system is at normal operating temperature, 5. The burner should operate satisfactorily at both temperature ex-
make final adjustment to fuel input using the main gas regulator. tremes and in accordance to Figure 1. Operating the burner beyond
Fuel flow can be estimated using table 1. Measure fuel pressure at the design range shown in Figure 1 is not recommended.
the tap located on the main gas connection. Correct readings for ±
system pressure (see step 3). An 8697 metering orifice is recom- 15. With the burner firing, check operation of the flame supervision and
mended for determining fuel flow. all safety limits one at a time. Check flame supervisory system by
closing the manual shutoff valve, located downstream of the second
13. Set control back to minimum demand and observe that flame
SSOV. Check operation of the safety limits by manually actuating
should be stable and have acceptable signal strength. Repeat steps
each switch. The SSOV must de-energize on each limit failure.
11 and 12 as necessary.
ALTERNATE PIPING CONFIGURATIONS for SINGLE BURNER INSTALLATION

For multiple-burner installations or single-burner installations not shown, consult North American.
CONTROL: MODULATING WITH SEPARATE LOW-FIRE/BYPASS COMPONENTS

R
B
Blower and Tap Air
A Fan to
Oven
Air from Oven

Vent to a safe location A – 4987 Zephyr™
C – Limiting Orifice
D – General-Purpose Solenoid Valve
NO
F – Adjustable Port Valve & Actuator

P M K
NO NC
G – 8697 Metering Orifice
H
H – Manual Shutoff
F J – Leak Test Valve
H G Low-Fire
J J
NC Bypass K – Automatic Safety Shutoff Valve #2
D C M– Automatic Safety Shutoff Valve #1
Q– Burner Air Flow (P) Pressure Switch (Purge)
CONTROL: OFF - LOW - HIGH

R
B Air
Blower and Tap
A Fan to
Oven
Air from Oven

Vent to a safe location A – 4987 Zephyr™
C – Limiting Orifice
C D – General-Purpose Solenoid Valve
NO
C G – 8697 Metering Orifice

P M K
NC
NO NC D H – Manual Shutoff
H
J – Leak Test
H G K – Automatic Safety Shutoff Valve #2
J J
M– Automatic Safety Shutoff Valve #1
Q– Burner Air Flow (P) Pressure Switch (Purge)
Supplement 4987
Page 3
4
Air Pressure Differential, "wc

3
DESIGN OPERATING RANGE NOT

Fuel Input (Btu/hr) Air Capacity (cfh) RECOMMENDED
2
Burner min. max. min. max.
500 10 000 500 000 2 500 14 000
1000 20 000 1 000 000 5 000 28 000
1 2500 50 000 2 500 000 12 500 70 000
0
0 25 50 75 100 125 150
% Fuel Input
Figure 1. Zephyr Operating Range.
Air Adjustment
The Zephyr™ is an integral-fan gas burner used for air heating, baking, curing and Indicator
and drying. It is best suited for direct fire, air heating processes 1200°F or less.
Fuel type (natural gas, propane, or butane) and control of fuel and air are speci-
fied burner options that are selected when ordering. Fuel flow control is either
integral to the burner (as shown in Figure 2) or provided separately as part of the
fuel train. Control of air flow is either manual or automatic (via. linkage internal to
the burner). The Zephyr is not intended to fire on-ratio for boilers or fluid heaters.
It fires typically at 60% excess air or higher.
Fuel Control
Table 1. Fuel Capacity (maximum turndown 50:1) on Burner
Burner firing natural gas and 1" P air pressure (optional)
Model Fuel Flow (Pressure) Flame Length

Fuel control separate from burner Figure 2.
501 500 cfh (6.5"w.c.) 22"
1001 1000 cfh (2.5"w.c.) 26"
Standard blower motors are 230/460 V, 3 phase, 60 Hz. Fractional motors are
2501 2500 cfh (3.5"w.c.) 32"
available in 115 V, single phase, 60 Hz, as an option. Disposable or washable
Fuel control on burner (valve open 100%) blower filters are available as accessories.
502, 503 500 cfh (6.5"w.c.) 22"
1002, 1003 1000 cfh (5.5"w.c.) 26"
2502, 2503 2500 cfh (6.5"w.c.) 32"
Flame Rod
(or UV)
For propane and butane burners, the required fuel pressures listed above must be Spark Cable Blower
corrected for density. Propane is roughly 2.5 times denser and butane 3.3 times Motor
denser than natural gas. For equal Btu/h HHV capacity, the required fuel pressure Igniter Air Taps (1/4" NPT)
would be 2.5 or 3.3 times less for propane and butane, respectively.
Table 2. Air Capacity (nominal rate at 1" P air pressure)

P measured with burner firing in open –+
Model Motor Nominal Max. Flow P Min. Flow P Filter
cfh (optional)
hp cfh in. cfh in.
500-L 0.3 8 000 9 800 1.5 2 500 0.1 Fuel Valve Shaft
500-H 0.5 8 000 14 300 3.2 2 500 0.1 (optional) Access Cover Air Damper Dial/Indicator
1000-L 0.3 16 000 18 200 1.3 5 100 0.1
1000-H 0.5 16 000 22 600 2.0 5 100 0.1
2500-L 1.0 40 000 45 600 1.3 12 700 0.1 C O
rotation
2500-H 2.0 40 000 71 600 3.2 12 700 0.1
Differential air pressure (P) listed above is a measurement across the burner
flame holder. An air pressure tap is provided near the discharge (see Figure 3) Burner
Fuel
and serves as the upstream reference. The downstream reference is the process Air Pressure Tap
Pressure Tap
(1⁄8" NPT)
stream, or duct, that the burner discharges into. This discharge stream is either Fuel Input (1⁄8" NPT) Guard
positive or negative, and must be considered in estimating burner air flow. Zeph-
yrs most commonly fire into negative, or suction, process streams. The -L blower Figure 3.
version is recommended for these instances. For process streams having positive
pressure (up to 3.5"w.c.), the -H blower version is recommended.
Supplement 4987
Page 4
The following instructions will help resolve the majority of field service problems encountered with Series 4987 Zephyr™ Burners.
PROBLEM REMEDY
I. Blower motor will not start
(a) Magnetic starters tripped out. Reset starter overloads. Check motor amps and size of heater coils.
(b) Fuse in disconnect blown. Replace fuse(s). Check blower motor amps. Check wiring to blower motor.
(c) Motor inoperative. Repair or replace motor.
(d) Flame supervision. Press reset switch.
II. Burner will not ignite
(a) Manual gas valve is closed. Open the valve.

(b) Main gas safety shutoff valve Check terminals at valve. If valve is powered and will not open, replace valve.
not open
(c) Insufficient gas pressure. Gas regulator outlet pressure should be 5" to 10"w.c. Adjust if necessary.
(d) Gas mod. motor not at low fire. A low fire limit switch in the control motor must be made before automatic safety shutoff valves will open.
(e) Spark plug not arcing. Remove plug and holder from burner. Attach ignition wire and lay on burner. Shut manual gas valves and
power the transformer. The spark should easily jump the plug gap.
(f) Ignition lead shorting out. Remove plug and holder from burner. Attach ignition wire and lay on burner.
Energize ignition transformer and check to see that spark is not inside spark plug holder. If spark is arcing to
the plug holder, replace the wire.
(g) Ignition transformer inoperative. Remove plug wire, energize the transformer, and using an insulated screwdriver, short the high voltage termi-
nal to ground. If the spark jumps less than ¼", replace transformer. Use caution, the ignition transformer
delivers 6000 volts.
III. Main Flame is long and yellow at high fire

(a) Main gas regulator outlet Check gas pressure either at the burner gas inlet tap or at the metering orifice if so equipped.
pressure set too high. Readjust regulator per step 11 of the start-up instructions if necessary.
(b) Air damper incorrectly set. With only the circulating fan and the burner blower on, reset the manual air damper to give a 1”w.c. air
pressure differential between the burner and duct as per step 5 of the start-up instructions.
(c) Blower running backwards. Open and lockout disconnect switch at starter and switch any two motor lead wires.
(d) Blower impeller dirty. Remove motor and impeller as a unit and clean. It is normally not necessary to remove impeller from motor
shaft.
PERIODIC CHECK AS DETERMINED BY APPLICATION AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 86
(a) With the burner in operation, close the manual gas valve downstream of the second SSOV. The automatic safety shutoff valves should de-energize and
close in 3 seconds or less, indicating that the flame supervisory system is operating normally. Note: It will be necessary to reset the flame supervisory
switch after this test.
(b) Manually confirm that each safety limit switch, one at a time, is functioning properly and shuts down (i.e. de-energize SSOV)the burner.
(c) If the burner is equipped with an air filter, clean or replace the element depending on whether it is of a permanent or disposable type.
(d) Clean blower impeller. Lock out motor starter before removing blower motor and impeller from burner. Clean impeller and reinstall in burner. It is nor-
mally not necessary to remove impeller from motor shaft.
(e) Remove and clean the spark plug and the flame rod or UV sensor bulb. Note: This is a special ærated spark plug. Using a standard plug will result in
frequent fouling and create lighting problems.
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Suppl 4987 10/09
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Zephyr™
Integral Blower Gas Burners
4988 Zephyr™ for low temperature applications
• High turndown • 1.0 to 9.0 million Btu/h HHV
• Low gas pressure requirement • Multiple blower options

The North American Zephyr™ Integral Blower Gas Burner, ideal for
lower temperature applications.
4988 Zephyr Burners are ideal for lower temperature applica-
tions, up to 1200°F. Standard burners include an integral
combustion air blower, pilot, spark igniter, flame rod, and other
features that simplify installation and operation. Zephyr Burners
have unmatched flexibility and adaptability to a wide variety of
conditions.
Low or variable duct air velocities do not affect burner perfor-

mance or stability.
High Turndown. 50 to 1 (and higher) by control of gas only.

Advantages of high turndown include: (a) better oven tempera-
ture uniformity, (b) simplified burner selection because each
burner can operate over a wide range of firing rates, and (c) Figure 2. Two of the five sizes of 4988 ZEPHYR™ Gas Burners
simplified control circuitry. During process interruptions, burner with integral blower. Construction is simple and durable. Instal-
can idle at very low fuel rates, eliminating need for burner shut- lation is easy. There is convenient access to all components.
down and time-consuming restarts.
— For start-up instructions see Supplement 4988-4
Low Gas Pressure Requirement. Only 3"w.c. above duct pressure — For spare parts see page 7
at the burner. If burner is on suction side of recirculating fan,
even less pressure is needed. Flame Supervision and Ignition. All Zephyrs can be used
with ultraviolet flame detection systems. A UV-based flame
Variety of Mounting Arrangements. Any position inside duct or supervision system must be designed to ignore spark detection
on exterior duct wall, as long as motor shaft is horizontal. When by use of an appropriate flame relay, or other code compliant
wall-mounted, burner protrudes into duct, preventing overheat- means, to prevent interruption of the ignition sequence. Flame
ing of adjacent oven walls. rods are suitable for all but the 4988-9000. Burners include
special spark plug (4-5635-1) and 5' of ignition cable. An
High Strength Construction. Burner housing is sturdy aluminized ignition transformer with 6000 volt secondary is required.
steel, rigidly assembled and braced to resist distortion and Pressure taps are provided on burner.
warping at operating temperatures. All parts in contact with
flame are stainless steel. With propane or butane, carbon tends to form on flame rods,
so scanner type flame detectors are recommended.
Fuels. Zephyr Burners are designed for natural gas. They will
burn vaporized propane (containing no propylene) or butane Installation. Zephyrs can be installed in any horizontal or
(containing no butylene). Internal modification of 4988-1000 vertical duct (but motor shaft must be horizontal). To promote
through -6000 is required. 4988-9000-L burners require no even heating of duct air stream, position burner in a section of
modification. When ordering, specify fuel. duct where air flow is reasonably straight( (3 duct diameters).
Avoid sharp turns, obstructions, or dampers immediately
upstream of burner. Consult North American about supply of
AIR HEATERS • DRYERS • OVENS
flame protection tube.
Zephyr Burners have nominal ratings of 1, 2.5, 4, 6, and 9
Installation can be made downstream of a circulation fan, but
million Btu/hr. Three combustion air fan arrangements are
Zephyr blower and connection ductwork have to be selected
available, all with the same burner body:
carefully to overcome oven pressure (unless Zephyr blower is
installed within the duct). Zephyr burners are not designed to
• 4988- -L with low pressure blower: for installation on
fire into ducts above 3.5"w.c. pressure.
suction side of a recirculating fan.
If duct air temperature is over 100°F, blower must be mounted
• 4988- -H (-1000 through -6000 only) with higher pres-
outside duct. Dimensions of interconnecting air duct are
sure blower: for use on discharge side of recirculating fan
important: Check with factory for recommended dimensions.
(where duct pressure is no more than 3.5"w.c. cold).
Provide access doors for inspection and servicing burner. Sight
ports or windows are necessary for observation of flame.
• 4988- -R with no integral blower: for remote blower
installations or those requiring blowers different from
standard. Bulletin 4988
Page 2
Dimensions | 4988 Zephyr™
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT with DIMENSIONS, inches
Pressure taps E
¼" NPT air
A B
D
Filter Assemblies, optional for 4988 Burn-

Filter for 4988-1000, -2500, -4000, and -6000-L
ers, use inexpensive throwaway panel filters
to clean air entering Zephyr blowers. On
4988-1000, -2500, -4000, and -6000-L E
Burners, filter housing completely encloses
filter can be
blower and motor; pressure taps and a rotated 90°
conduit knockout on the housing permit
connections to blower and motor. Filters
for -6000-H and -9000-L Burners attach 69⁄16" 7¾ "
to blower inlet. Filters are shipped loose for
field installation. C
7¾"
D A B
Filter for 4988-6000-H and -9000-L
no. of
dimensions in inches filter filter elements only
filter assembly for 4988 A B C D E F panels filter size (panels)
4-5676-1 filter assembly for -1000-L & -H 131⁄8 20¼ 20¼ 23¾ 13 6 1 20"  20"  2" R260-3241
4-5683-1 filter assembly for -2500-L & -H 171⁄8 22¼ 20¼ 32¾ 15 7 1 20"  20"  2" R260-3241
4-5687-1 filter assembly for -4000-L & -H and -6000-L 20½ 25½ 241⁄8 383⁄8 16 9 2 20"  25"  2" R260-3242
4-5968-1 filter assembly for -6000-H and -9000-L 407⁄8 101⁄8 25½ 211⁄16 145⁄8 – 3 20"  25"  2" R260-3242
A sq.
Adapter plates simplify mounting circular Zephyr flanges to square duct cutouts. C
C D E
All plates are 3⁄16" thick steel.
adapter plate dimensions in inches D

for 4988- A B C D E F G H part no.
1000 14 7 ½ 45⁄16 — 12 5⁄16 87⁄8 4-5506-1 B E
9½ ½ 5⁄16
ID
2500 19 6 — 12 1215⁄16 4-5506-2

4000 & 6000 23 11½ ½ 75⁄16 — 12 5⁄16 17 4-5506-3
9000 31 15½ ¾ 73⁄8 73⁄8 16 9⁄16 23 4-6012-1
H
"F" no. of
"G" dia. holes
Page 3
DIMENSION, inches Main Gas
"A" fpt flanged pressure tap
1
½" NPT for Flame Rod or UV /4" NPT Gas
cell, interchangeable with Ob- Low Fire Gas ½" NPT
servation Port opening pressure tap
5' spark ¼" NPT Air
igniter cable
U 5' spark K
igniter
cable
2" Obs.
Port
+ Y ¾" fpt for
4988- UV inside
–
9000-L burner H
only housing
U
adj. port
cock
½" Obs. Port S J
Low Fire Gas
½" NPT "B" number of holes, "C" dia.
T on "D" bolt circle
Main Gas
"A" NPT pressure tap
¼" NPT Gas
pressure taps K
¼" NPT Air
E§ F
4988-1000
thru -6000
R X
H
pressure
N
tap
L ¼" NPT Air
M P
G S J
Z
3.0"
4988- -R Burner Size

1000 = 4" (4.50" O.D.)
2500 = 6" (6.63" O.D.)
4000 = 8" (8.63" O.D.)
6000 = 10" (10.75" O.D.)
9000 = 12" (12.75" O.D.)
Zephyr dimensions in inches

designation A B C D E§ F G L† G H‡ H L† H H‡ J L† J H‡ K L M N
4988-1000 1¼ 8 11⁄32 9½ 105⁄8 81⁄16 243⁄16 2513⁄16 7½ 87⁄8 913⁄16 97⁄8 6½ 55⁄8 5 2¼
4988-2500 2 12 13⁄32 1313⁄16 153⁄16 121⁄8 323⁄8 365⁄16 813⁄16 121⁄8 119⁄16 123⁄8 85⁄8 103⁄16 6½ 41⁄8
4988-4000 3 16 13⁄32 181⁄8 19¾ 161⁄8 42¼ 42¼ 121⁄8 121⁄8 1213⁄16 149⁄16 107⁄8 11¼ 10 4¼
4988-6000 3 16 13⁄32 181⁄8 19¾ 161⁄8 42¼ 497⁄8 121⁄8 171⁄8 139⁄16 161⁄8 107⁄8 11¼ 10 4¼
4988-9000 4 12 5⁄8 25½ 273⁄8 22¼ 54¾ — 171⁄8 — 161⁄8 — 171⁄8 15½ 105⁄16 —
4988- -R
Zephyr For -L Only Obs. weight, lb SW style connection
designation P R S L† S H‡ T U X Y Z Port 4988-L 4988-H 4988-R pipe size (inches)
4988-1000 10¾ ¾ 513⁄16 59⁄16 1⁄8 7 3¼ 3¾ 151⁄16 8790-0 45 52 24 4 A round

4988-2500 1513⁄16 11⁄8 61⁄16 75⁄16 3⁄16 9¼ 37⁄8 4¾ 207⁄8 8790-0 88 117 57 6 SW connection,
4988-4000 181⁄8 1¼ 89⁄16 79⁄16 3⁄16 11¼ 59⁄16 65⁄8 2413⁄16 8790-0 137 181 96 8 suitable for
4988-6000 181⁄8 1¼ 89⁄16 9¼ 3⁄16 11¼ 59⁄16 65⁄8 2413⁄16 8790-0 142 221 96 10 flexible sleeve or
4988-9000 2211⁄16 — 9¼ — 3⁄8 137⁄8 69⁄16 9 33½ 8790-4-A 300 — 180 12 welded connection
§ Allow at least 6" on each side to withdraw flame supervisory device or spark igniter. Bulletin 4988
† 4988- -L only. Page 4
Schematic | 4988 Zephyr™
Figure 1. External Mounting of Zephyr Burner and integral blower simplifies installation.
A typical installation includes items identified by letters on schematic drawing.
A – 4988 Zephyr L – Relief Valve (if required)

B – Flame Protection Tube M – Automatic Safety Shutoff Valve #1
C – Low Fire Adjusting Valve P – Gas Pressure Regulator
D – Low Fire Accessories Q – Burner Air Flow Switch
E – Relief Valve (if required) R – Combustion Air Pressure Switch
F – Gas Control Valve and Actuator S – Low Gas Pressure Switch
G – Metering Orifice T – High Gas Pressure Switch
H – Manual Shutoff U – Gas Strainer
J – Leak Test Valve W – Pressure Gauge
Bulletin 4988
Page 5
Capacities and Ordering Information | 4988 Zephyr™
Table 1. CAPACITIES
Flame
Burner millions of motor hp and rpm blower volume lengths at
designation Btu/hr "L" "H" cfh at 1"wc P 1"wc P
4988-1000 1.0 1⁄3 -3450 1

/2-3450 16 200 30"
4988-2500 2.5 1 -3450 2 -3450 40 800 36"
4988-4000 4.0 1 -1725 3 -3450 64 800 48"
4988-6000 6.0 1½ -1725 3 -3450 96 000 60"
4988-9000 9.0 3 -3450 — 123 000 78"
"L" blowers develop 1"w.c. air pressure at burner.
"H" models develop 4.5"w.c. at burner.
Motors are 230-460/3/60, except 115/1/60 is an option for -1000 burners.
Temperature Effect. Burner performance may change as oven air temperature rises from start-up to operating levels. Effect is most
marked at elevated temperatures, but burner operation should be checked at all temperatures. Table 2 indicates how fan pressure
changes with temperature. Altitude also affects blower capacity and pressure. Above 5000 feet, larger motors are usually required--
When selecting burners, make sure pressure drop between burner and process is within the stability ranges of Table 3 at all
temperatures and all firing rates.
Table 2. Effect of air temperature on pressure

developed by a recirculating fan. Table 3. Flame stability ranges.
temperature factor temperature factor air pressure drop, "w.c.

4988- -L, H, or R minimum maximum
60°F 1.00 600°F 0.49
100°F 0.93 700°F 0.45 1000 0.25 4.0
150°F 0.85 800°F 0.42 2500 0.50 3.0
200°F 0.79 900°F 0.38 4000 0.25 3.0
300°F 0.68 1000°F 0.36 6000 0.25 2.5
400°F 0.60 1100°F 0.33 9000 0.50 2.5
500°F 0.54 1200°F 0.31
4988 - -
Burner Size
Input Btu/h HHV Fuel Type
1000 = 1,000,000 Blank = Natural Gas
2500 = 2,500,000 P = Propane
4000 = 4,000,000 B = Butane
6000 = 6,000,000
9000 = 9,000,000 (-L only)
Blower Type
L = Low Pressure Blower
H = High Pressure Blower
R = Remote Blower Connection
To order, specify: 4988-(capacity designation)-any modifiers (L = low pressure fan, H = high pressure fan, R = remote blower, P or B = no charge
modification for propane or butane--not required on -9000) electrical characteristics for burner blower motor.
Examples: 4988-1000-L Low Pressure Burner complete 230-460/3/60 Bulletin 4988
4988-6000-HP High Pressure Burner complete for Propane 230-460/3/60 Page 6
Spare Parts List | 4988 Zephyr™
Bulletin 4988
Page 7
flame cone blower assembly spark igniter
ignition cable and

igniter assembly
flame rod ignition cable

air tube (5' long)
adjustable low fire
gas valve
assembly of body and legs
Description 4988-1000 4988-2500 4988-4000 4988-6000 4988-9000

Assembly of body & legs 4-5398-2 4-5487-2 4-5452-2 4-5452-2 4-5752-1
Flame cone 4-5427-1 4-5471-1 4-5486-1 4-5465-1 4-5760-2
Flame rod 4-5497-1 4-5497-2 4-5497-3 4-5497-3 n/a
Ignition cable & igniter assembly 4-28010-1 4-28010-2 4-28010-3 4-28010-3 n/a
Ignition cable (5' long) 4-5563-3 4-5563-3 4-5563-3 4-5563-3 4-5563-3
Low fire gas valve R930-9873 R930-9873 R930-9873 R930-9873 R930-9873
Spark igniter* 4-5635-1 4-5635-1 4-5635-1 4-5635-1 4-5635-1
Air tube (natural gas) 4-5413-1 4-5463-1 4-5448-1 4-5448-1 4-5845-1

Air tube (propane) 4-5949-1 4-5548-1 4-5513-1 4-5513-1 4-5845-1
Air tube (butane) 4-5725-1 4-5680-1 4-5704-1 4-5704-1 4-5845-1
Low pressure 4988- -L

Blower assembly including motor (-L) 4-5551-1 4-5551-2 4-5551-3 4-5551-4 4-5803-5
Blower motor 230/460/3/60 (-L)
N.33-B36T2SF T1.0-B36T2SF T1.0-C18T2SF T1.5-B18T2SF T3.0-C36T2SF
XXXXXXXXXX 190/380/3/50
Blower impeller (-L) R340-5152 R340-5170 R340-5162 R340-5165 R340-5171
High pressure 4988- -H

Blower assembly including motor (-H) 4-5803-1 4-5803-2 4-5803-3 4-5803-4 n/a
Blower motor 230/460/3/60 (-H)
T.50-B36T2SF T2.0-B36T2SF T3.0-C36T2SF T3.0-C36T2SF n/a
XXXXXXXXXXX190/380/3/50
Blower impeller (-H) R340-5157 R340-5160 R340-5161 R340-5171 n/a Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Bulletin 4988 03/19
*Note: This is a special vented spark plug. Using an unvented plug will result in frequent fouling and create lighting problems.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 4988 Zephyr Burners Supplement 4988-4
Start-up Instructions
Figure 1. External Mounting of Zephyr Burner and integral blower simplifies installation.
A typical installation includes items identified by letters on schematic drawing.
A – 4988 Zephyr L – Relief Valve (if required)

B – Flame Protection Tube M – Automatic Safety Shutoff Valve #1
C – Low Fire Adjusting Valve P – Gas Pressure Regulator
D – Low Fire Accessories Q – Burner Air Flow Switch
E – Relief Valve (if required) R – Combustion Air Pressure Switch
F – Gas Control Valve and Actuator S – Low Gas Pressure Switch
G – Metering Orifice T – High Gas Pressure Switch
H – Manual Shutoff U – Gas Strainer
J – Leak Test Valve W – Pressure Gauge
Supplement 4988-4
Page 2
START-UP INSTRUCTIONS
1. Set all safety limit switches to the correct settings (burner air 11. When low fire lights and is proven by the flame detector
flow, low and high gas pressure, safe high temperature, etc.). (flame rod or UV scanner), the safety shutoff valves will be-
Shut all gas valves. come energized.
2. Remove all papers, rags and other obstructing material from 12. Once the safety shutoff valves open, the main flame will
the vicinity of the burner air inlet. Start the duct circulating ignite. Use the temperature controller to hold the burner at
fan. low fire and then check the outlet pressure of the main gas
regulator as set in step 8.
3. With the duct fan in operation and the burner motor off,
read the static duct pressure using the tap on the main gas 13. With an interrupted low fire system, the timer will de-energize
connection of the burner. This pressure will be useful in steps the low fire solenoid a few seconds after the safety shutoff
13 and 15. valves are opened. The flame supervisory system will then
monitor the main flame only.
4. Bump the burner blower motor starter and check for correct
blower rotation (from the air inlet side, the rotation must be 14. Using the temperature controller, run burner to high fire.
CCW). Correct wiring if necessary and then start the blower When the system is at normal operating temperature, make
motor. the final gas regulator outlet pressure setting if the pressure
has drifted. Either readjust the regulator to maintain 3"w.c. p
5. With the gas valve(s) still closed, and the duct air circulating gas pressure between burner and duct, or if the gas train is
fan and the burner blower in operation, use a manometer equipped with an 8697 metering orifice, adjust regulator to
to read the differential pressure between the gas pressure provide correct p for the burner rating.
tap on the main gas connection and the air pressure tap on
the burner housing. This pressure should be 1"wc for neutral 15. Run the burner controller back to low fire and check the
pressure installations (slightly more for suction side instal- flame. If necessary, readjust the linkage until the flame pulls
lations and less for pressure side installations). Adjust the back into the burner.
blower inlet air disc to obtain a dofferential of 1"w.c.
16. Repeat steps 14 and 15 as necessary.
6. Stroke the gas control valve and motor so that when the
motor is in the low fire position the gas valve is 1⁄8 open, and 17. When the system has reached operating temperature, it may
with the motor in the high fire position the gas valve is full also prove necessary to readjust the blower inlet air disc as
open. set in step 5. If a change is made, restart the burner when
the system is cold. The burner will usually operate satisfacto-
7. Open the manual low fire and main gas shutoff valves. rily at both temperature extremes with a 1"w.c. P, but if not,
Remove the screw on the top of the low fire adjusting valve a compromise setting can be found that will provide good
handle and turn the adjusting screw inside CW until it is fully performance at all temperatures.
closed. Then turn the screw three full turns CCW.
18. With the burner operating, check the operation of the flame
8. Make the initial main gas regulator adjustment by setting supervision and all safety limits one at a time. Check the
outlet pressure approximately 3"w.c. Compensate setting for flame supervisory system by shutting the downstream main
piping losses and duct pressure. gas shutoff valve (and the manual low fire gas valve if oper-
ating intermittently). Check the operation of the safety limits
9. Energize the flame supervisory system. If all of the limit by manually actuating each switch. The burner must shut
switches are satisfied, the purge cycle will start. When the down on each limit.
purge is complete, the burner will begin trial for ignition.
10. Press the start button on the burner control panel to ener-
gize the ignition transformer and the low fire solenoid valve.
Adjust the screw in the low fire gas valve until you achieve
a satisfactory low fire flame. If the low fire flame is not es-
tablished within the required time, the flame supervision will
close the low fire solenoid valve. You will then have to press
the flame supervisiory reset switch and repeat the adjusting
procedure until the flame is established.
Supplement 4988-4
Page 3
The following instructions will help resolve the majority of field service problems encountered with Series 4988
Zephyr Burners.
PROBLEM REMEDY
I. Blower motor will not start
(a) Magnetic starters tripped out. Reset starter overloads. Check motor amps and size of heater coils.
(b) Fuse in disconnect blown. Replace fuse(s). Check blower motor amps. Check wiring to blower motor.
(c) Motor inoperative. Repair or replace motor.
(d) Flame supervision. Press reset switch.
II. LOW FIRE WILL NOT IGNITE
(a) Manual low fire gas valve not open. Open valve.
(b) Low fire solenoid valve not opening. Check for voltage at solenoid coil. If voltage is not present, determine why.
Check coil for continuity. If open, replace coil.
(c) Insufficient low fire gas pressure. Low fire gas regulator outlet pressure should be 5" to 10"wc. Adjust if necessary.
(d) Low fire adjusting valve closed or Open valve if closed. Remove the cap and adjust the screw for correct low fire
incorrectly adjusted. flame.
(e) Spark plug not arcing. Remove plug and holder from burner. Attach ignition wire and lay on burner. Shut
manual gas valves and power the transformer. The spark should easily jump the
plug gap.
(f) Ignition lead shorting out. Remove plug and holder from burner. Attach ignition wire and lay on burner.
Energize ignition transformer and check to see that spark is not inside spark plug
holder. If spark is arcing to the plug holder, replace the wire.
(g) Ignition transformer inoperative. Remove plug wire, energize the transformer, and using an insulated screwdriver,
short the high voltage terminal to ground. If the spark jumps less than ¼", replace
transformer. Use caution, the ignition transformer delivers 6000 volts.
III. Main Flame will not ignite
(a) Manual gas valve is closed. Open the valve.
(b) Automatic safety shutoff valves Check terminals at valve. If valves is powered and will not open, replace valve.
not open.
(c) Low fire did not light or is unstable. Readjust low fire. See item (II) above.
(d) Gas modulating motor not at low A low fire limit switch in the motor must be made before gas shutoff valve will
position. open.
IV. Main Flame is Long and Yellow

(a) Main gas regulator outlet Check gas pressure either at the burner gas inlet tap or at the metering orifice if
so equipped. pressure set too high. Readjust regulator per step 14 of the start-up
instructions if necessary.
(b) Air inlet damper incorrectly set. With only the circulating fan and the burner blower on, reset the inlet damper to
give a 1"wc air pressure differential between the burner and duct as per step 5 of
the start-up instructions.
(c) Blower running backwards. Open disconnect switch at starter and switch any two motor lead wires.
(d) Blower impeller dirty. Remove motor and impeller as a unit and clean. Do not remove the impeller from
the motor shaft for cleaning.
Supplement 4988-4
Page 4
PERIODIC CHECK AS DETERMINED BY APPLICATION AND IN ACCORANCE WITH NFPA 86

DAILY
(a) With the burner in operation, close the manual low fire and main gas valves. The automatic safety shutoff valves should de-
energize and close in 3 seconds or less, indicating that the flame supervisory system is operating normally. Note: It will be
necessary to press the flame supervisiory reset switch after this test.
(b) Manually open each safety limit switch, one at a time, to ensure that each switch shuts down the burner.
MONTHLY
(a) If the burner is equipped with an air filter, clean or replace the element depending on whether it is of a permanent or
disposable type.
(b) Clean blower impeller. Open disconnect switch before removing blower motor and impeller from burner. Clean impeller and
reinstall in burner. Do not remove the impeller from the motor shaft for cleaning.
(c) Remove and clean the spark plug and the flame rod or UV sensor bulb. Note: This is a special vented spark plug. Using an
unvented plug will result in frequent fouling and create lighting problems.
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Suppl 4988-4 02/19
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
FRG Series Gas Burners
Fives North American Combustion UK, Ltd. Bulletin 1.1
January 2011
FRG – Features
I High on-stoichiometric turn-down
I High velocity up to 145 m/s
I Preheated air up to 350°C standard
(higher temperatures available –
contact Fives)
I Choice of alloy or silicon carbide
flame tube or refractory tile
I Various ignition and flame
monitoring options
The FRG range of burners offers a wide choice from a standard or low velocity of approximately
of options for operation up to 1600°C. At 30 m/s to a high velocity of 145 m/s.
temperatures up to 1000°C, an alloy flame tube is
It should be noted that the high velocity of 145 m/s
available. Above this temperature the ‘S’ version is
is achieved at the maximum capacity which requires
equipped with a silicon carbide flame tube for low,
higher air/gas provisions. At the nominal capacity the
medium or high velocity. For temperatures above
exhaust velocity achieved is approximately 100 m/s.
1600°C please consult Fives.
In addition, a wide range of air/fuel ratios can be
The FRG burner with its alloy or silicon carbide flame
accommodated from excess air levels, to give a
tube is a highly versatile burner with the flame tube
diluted exhaust temperature for gentle drying
length variable to suit the application. Lengths from
applications, through to excess fuel operation for
120mm upwards are possible with the alloy flame
reducing atmosphere work. They are thus suited
tube and from 200mm for the silicon carbide unit.
to a wide range of industrial processes with
Additionally the silicon carbide flame tube can be temperatures up to 1600°C.
mounted to an alloy tube of variable length to
An orifice plate is incorporated in the air inlet flange
enhance the flexibility of the FRG burner.
thus enabling an accurate measure of air flows to be
The medium velocity version, the FRG MVS, obtained. It should be noted that in general if the
produces a stream of combustion products to orifice plate is removed, for example to reduce the
promote rapid stirring within the furnace. This air pressure required at the burner, then the gas
increases the heat transfer to a cold load by the pressure may exceed the air pressure. Therefore if a
reduction in thermal boundary layer thickness and proportionator is used to control the air/fuel ratio it
at temperature further aids heat transfer by must be a multiplying proportionator – refer to
maintaining a homogeneous gas temperature Fives for further information if required.
throughout the furnace.
By design, high on ratio turndown is achieved. The
All burners in the range have spark ignition with burner can operate with preheated air up to 350°C.
ionisation flame monitoring. UV scanning may be
employed under certain circumstances. Reference Burner options available
should be made to Fives. All burners are supplied with direct spark ignition
and flame rod. UV flame detection can be supplied
Burner design / principles of operation as an option – reference should be made to
The FRG range of burners is a series of nozzle Fives. Similarly special arrangements such as
mixing burners producing burner exhaust velocities cranked flame tube outlets can be supplied. Again
reference should be made to Fives.
Fives North American Combustion UK, Ltd.

Heath Mill Road, Wolverhampton WV5 8BD England
Tel +44 (0) 1902 891200 Fax +44 (0) 1902 895552
email: fna.salesUK@fivesgroup.com www.fivesgroup.com
Specifications and Capacities
Page 2
Bulletin 1.1
Burner flame tube material choice

Application (LV) Alloy (LV) Alloy Siliconised Refractory The grade of material is selected in accordance
temperature (°C) grade type grade type silicon carbide with the table as a function of application
321 310 (LVS/MVS)
temperature. However, note that all medium and
Up to 800°C - - - high velocity versions use only silicon carbide
800 < 1000°C - - - regardless of the application temperature.
1000 < 1400°C - - -
1400 < 1600°C - - -
Capacities and specifications
Model No. Nominal * Air inlet ** Air Orifice *** Natural Gas Exit Maximum Air inlet Air Orifice Natural Gas
Gas Pressure
Exit
pressure Velocity
capacity Pressure (mbar) Differential inlet Pressure Velocity capacity Pressure Differential inlet
(kW) @ 15°C at Pressure (mbar) (mbar) @ 15°C at (m/s) at (kW) (mbar) @ (mbar)
Pressure (mbar) (mbar) at
@ 15°C (m/s) at
nominal capacity @ 15°C at nominal nominal capacity nominal 15°C at max. @ 15°C at max. max at capacity
max. max.
capacity capacity capacity capacity capacity capacity
FRG LV 1B 29 24 18 8 24 44 64 48 20 36
FRG LV 2B 58 30 22 8 29 87 71 50 14 44
FRG LV 3B 87 26 21 16 44 116 47 32 19 58
FRG LV 4B 116 27 21 15 41 175 56 43 30 62
FRG LV 5B 232 26 20 13 47 350 63 47 29 72
FRG LV 6B 440 26 14 13 58 656 55 30 24 87
FRG MV 1B 29 37 19 17 95 44 87 46 37 144
FRG MV 2B 58 32 24 14 96 87 80 52 30 144
FRG MV 3B 87 31 20 20 94 116 57 37 31 125
FRG MV 4B 116 32 20 22 95 175 66 43 42 143
FRG MV 5B 232 30 18 19 96 350 75 47 43 144
FRG MV 6B 440 33 14 22 97 656 68 30 43 145
Notes:
* For impulse firin g systems a flow distributor can be employed in the gas feed pipe an d gas pressures may be higher than shown here – reference should
be made to Fives.
** Minimum required at the nominal rating – measured at the burner. The air pressure is the nominal static pressure measured upstream of the
orifice plate.
*** The differential air pressure is measured from a tapping, immediately upstream of the orifice plate located in the air inlet flange, and on the
burner body.
The heat release shown is based on natural gas nett CV 8320 kcal/nm 3.
Typical performance characteristics
Model No. * Approx Flame ** Nominal Excess *** Nominal Excess

lengths (mm) Air Capacity (%) Gas Capacity (%)
FRG LV 1B 250 480 21

FRG LV 2B 300 400 33
FRG LV 3B 400 570 15
FRG LV 4B 500 2200 29
FRG LV 5B 600 2800 55
FRG LV 6B 900 2150 82
FRG MV 1B 200 300 30
FRG MV 2B 300 650 25
FRG MV 3B 350 980 44
FRG MV 4B 400 2200 38
FRG MV 5B 500 3200 38
FRG MV 6B 600 2800 82
Notes:
* Based on nominal burner capacity
** Based on air flow at nominal capacity with reduction in gas flow
*** Based on air flow at nominal capacity with increase in gas flow

Heath Mill Road, Wolverhampton WV5 8BD England Tel +44 (0) 1902 891200 Fax +44 (0) 1902 895552
1/2011 FRG
Dimensions
Page 3
Bulletin 1.1
Low Velocity Gas Burners FRG Series with Silicon Carbide Flame Tube
Model No. Part No. A B C D E F G H J K L M N X min Weight kg

FRG LVS 1B 2.27.448 Rp1 Rp1/2 144 124 62 65 74 93 35 ø148 125 16 80 200 8
FRG LVS 2B 2.27.449 Rp11/2 Rp3/4 186 156 71 80 94 101 47 ø168 145 16 95 200 10
FRG LVS 3B 2.27.450 Rp11/2 Rp3/4 186 156 71 80 94 101 47 ø168 145 16 95 200 10
FRG LVS 4B 2.27.451 Rp2 Rp1 219 182 86 93 105 111 52 ø193 170 16 108 200 12
FRG LVS 5B 2.27.452 Rp3 Rp1 257 227 105 119 126 150 63 +180 220 21 132 200 15
FRG LVS 6B 2.27.453 Rp4 Rp11/4 260 230 108 145 126 150 63 +180 220 22 160 200 20
Note: Dimension ‘X’ is dependent on the burner application and must be stated on order. (+ Square flange)
Medium Velocity Gas Burners FRG Series with Silicon Carbide Flame Tube
Model No. Part No. A B C D E F G H J K L M N X min Weight kg

FRG MVS 1B 2.27.454 Rp1 Rp1/2 144 124 62 65 74 93 35 ø148 125 16 80 250 8
FRG MVS 2B 2.27.455 Rp11/2 Rp3/4 186 156 71 80 94 101 47 ø168 145 16 95 250 10
FRG MVS 3B 2.27.456 Rp11/2 Rp3/4 186 156 71 80 94 101 47 ø168 145 16 95 250 10
FRG MVS 4B 2.27.457 Rp2 Rp1 219 182 86 93 105 111 52 ø193 170 16 108 250 12
FRG MVS 5B 2.27.458 Rp3 Rp1 257 227 105 119 126 150 63 +180 220 21 132 310 15
FRG MVS 6B 2.27.459 Rp4 Rp11/4 260 230 108 145 126 150 63 +180 220 22 160 310 21
Note: Dimension ‘X’ is dependent on the burner application and must be stated on order. (+ Square flange)

1/2011 FRG
Dimensions
Page 4
Bulletin 1.1
Low Velocity Gas Burners FRG Series with Alloy Flame Tube
Model No. Part No. A B C D E F G H J K L M X min Weight kg

FRG 1B 2.27.442 Rp1 Rp1/2 141 121 59 61 74 93 35 ø148 125 13 120 8.5
FRG 2B 2.27.443 Rp11/2 Rp3/4 183 153 68 77 94 101 47 ø168 145 13 120 10
FRG 3B 2.27.444 Rp11/2 Rp3/4 183 153 68 77 94 101 47 ø168 145 13 120 10
FRG 4B 2.27.445 Rp2 Rp1 216 179 83 89 105 111 52 ø193 170 13 120 13
FRG 5B 2.27.446 Rp3 Rp1 254 224 102 115 126 150 63 +180 220 18 120 20
FRG 6B 2.27.447 Rp4 Rp11/4 260 230 108 141 126 150 63 +180 220 22 150 23
Note: Dimension ‘X’ is dependent on the burner application and must be stated on order.
(+ Square flange)
Low Velocity & Medium Velocity Gas Burners FRG Series with Refractory Tile
Model No. Part No. A B C D E F G H J K L M Weight kg

FRG LVR, MVR 1B 2.27.100.B Rp1 Rp1/2 153 133 71 148 93 35 ø218 240 4 188 refer to NAS
FRG LVR, MVR 2B 2.27.101.B Rp11/2 Rp3/4 195 165 80 168 101 47 ø238 240 4 208 refer to NAS
FRG LVR, MVR 3B 2.27.102.B Rp11/2 Rp3/4 195 165 80 168 101 47 ø238 240 4 208 refer to NAS
FRG LVR, MVR 4B 2.27.103.B Rp2 Rp1 228 191 95 192 111 52 ø262 240 4 232 refer to NAS
FRG LVR, MVR 5B 2.27.104.B Rp3 Rp1 266 236 114 243 150 63 ø313 300 8 283 refer to NAS
FRG LVR, MVR 6B 2.27.281.B Rp4 Rp11/4 269 239 117 264 150 63 ø330 300 8 300 refer to NAS
WARNING: The data outlined is for information only and does not form part of any contract. Our policy is one of continuous improvement
and we therefore reserve the right to modify specifications or dimensions without prior warning. Situations dangerous to personnel and property
can develop from incorrect installation and operation of combustion equipment. Fives North American Combustion UK, Ltd urges compliance
with International, National and Local Safety Standards and that installation is carried out by properly qualified personnel.

1/2011 FRG
GHV / GMV / GLV Gas Burners
August 2009
GHV / GMV / GLV – Features

I Velocities up to 150m/s
I Short flame lengths
I High stoichiometric turndown
I Ideal for sequential firing
I Suitable for most commercial fuel gases
I Choice of silicon carbide, alloy or
refractory firing tubes
I Robust construction
I Pre-heated air up to 350°C as standard
I Standard direct spark ignition and flame
rod supervision – UV option available
Standard GHV, GMV and GLV burners use silicon An optional burner construction (to be specified at time
carbide firing tubes which are suitable for most of order) allows the use of pre-heated combustion air
applications up to 1400°C. For temperatures to 1000°C up to 350°C.
they may be fitted with alloy firing tubes. Thick furnace
GHV burners have high velocity tiles for a combustion
walls may use extended firing tubes – contact
exit velocity of up to 150m/s. GMV burners provide exit
FNAC for application-specific details. Refractory
velocity of up to 100m/s, GLV up to 50m/s.
castable tiles are also offered – cast into stainless
steel jackets and supplied with a loose, slip-on, mild
steel mounting flange to be welded at the required
wall thickness.
All standard burners in these series are fitted with a
direct spark igniter and flame rod. UV scanning
(specified at time of order) is an available option with
all of the burners. Pilot ignition may be fitted on
burners using castable refractory tiles if desired.
Capacities and Specifications
Capacity Air Pressure* Gas Pressure* Outlet Flame Weight

Model No. Part No. kW mbar mbar Velocity m/s Length mm (kg)
GLV 300 2.20.360 348 20 10 50 900 18
GLV 660 2.20.361 765 20 10 50 900 31
GLV1000 2.20.362 1160 20 10 50 900 33
GMV 300 2.20.363 348 30 20 90 1000 19
GMV 660 2.20.364 765 30 20 90 1000 33
GMV 1000 2.20.365 1160 30 20 90 1000 35
GHV 300 2.20.366 348 50 40 150 1100 19
GHV 660 2.20.367 765 50 40 150 1100 33
GHV 1000 2.20.368 1160 50 40 150 1100 35
Note: Minimum required pressure differential across the burner – based on zero chamber pressure

Tel +44 (0) 1902 891200 Fax +44 (0) 1902 895552
Page 2
Bulletin 1.3
GHV / GMV / GLV Silicon Carbide Burner
Dimensions mm
Model No. A B C D E F G H J K L
GHVS/GMVS 300 Rp21/2 Rp11/2 116 254 152 345 256 200 140 225 M12
GHVS/GMVS 660 Rp4 Rp2 155 342 216 395 306 239 183 269 M12
GHVS/GMVS 1000 150 NB Rp2 200 398 231 445 370 N/A 275 340 M14
GLVS 300 Rp21/2 Rp21/2 116 254 152 200 256 200 140 225 M12
GLVS 660 Rp4 Rp2 155 342 216 200 306 239 183 269 M12
GLVS 1000 150 NB Rp2 200 398 231 200 370 N/A 275 340 M14
GHV / GMV / GLV Series Burner Tile Option
Dimensions mm
Model No. A B C D E F G H J K L M X MIN X MAX1 X MAX2
GHV & GMV 300 Rp21/2 Rp11/2 116 254 143 10 450 366 336 285 12 34° 250 365 340
GHV & GMV 660 Rp4 Rp2 155 342 207 10 510 426 396 345 12 37° 300 425 400
GHV & GMV 1000 150 NB Rp2 200 372 207 12 560 456 426 375 14 40° 350 475 450
GLV 300 Rp21/2 Rp21/2 116 254 143 10 300 366 336 285 12 34° 150 215 190
GLV 660 Rp4 Rp2 155 342 207 10 300 426 396 345 12 37° 150 215 190
GLV 1000 150 NB Rp2 200 372 207 12 380 456 426 375 14 40° 200 295 270

8/2009 GHV
SFFG – Flat Flame Gas Burners
August 2009
SFFG – Features
I 6:1 turndown
I Max excess air – 250%
I Max excess gas – 10%
I Round or square refractory tiles
I Easy to fit in furnace roof or walls
I Pre-heated air up to 350°C
I Burns any clean industrial gas
I Excellent flame stability
The SFFG Flat Flame gas burner produces a wall Burner Design
hugging, circular pattern flame, giving extremely The SFFG series of burners employs the rapidly
even heat distribution with minimal forward flame rotating action of the burning gases to produce, in
projection. The burner is ideally suited to any combination with the specially shaped tile, a flat
application where flame impingement is detrimental flame with minimal axial velocity but a very high
to product quality or where a very high radiation radial velocity. The spinning action is generated at
element is beneficial such as heat treatment the nozzle where the fuel and air mix – the result is
furnaces or galvanising tanks etc. a more efficient rotation and hence the flat flame
The burners are available in six capacities, from 58 to characteristic of the burners are maintained
730 kW. throughout the turndown range. The SFFG can be
mounted close to the load to achieve maximum heat
Typical Applications transfer efficiency without load deterioration.
• Galvanising tanks
The standard burner is supplied with either a
• Plate heating furnaces rectangular or round refractory tile and employs
• Heat treatment furnaces direct spark ignition and ionisation electrodes for
flame monitoring. Pilot ignition may be employed and
• Billet heating furnaces flame monitoring by UV scanners on selected
models – contact Fives.
The SFFG burners are suitable for use with automated
ignition and flame supervision systems and can accept
pre-heated combustion air up to 350°C.
Capacities and Specifications
Model Capacity Pressures @ 15°C (mbar) Flame characteristics
No. (kW) Air* Gas* Approx dia** Min tile to work
(mm) distance*** (mm)
SFFG 1 58 35 10 350 200
SFFG 2 116 35 10 400 200
SFFG 3 203 35 10 450 200
SFFG 4 290 35 10 550 250
SFFG 5 438 35 10 750 280
SFFG 6 730 35 10 900 330
* Minimum required at burners, based on a neutral combustion chamber pressure.
** The normal minimum burner to burner centre to centre is the same as the flame diameter. Burners may be positioned closer to
each other but there will be some flame interference.
*** Recommended minimum tile to work distance should be maintained to maximise temperature uniformity.

Tel +44 (0) 1902 891200 Fax +44 (0) 1902 895552
email: fna.salesUK @fivesgroup.com www.fivesgroup.com
Page 2
Bulletin 1.6
SFFG Series Flat Flame Burners Square Refractory Tile version
Dimensions mm Weight
Model No. Part No. A B C D E F G H J K (kg)
SFFG 1 3.25.135SQ Rc11/2 Rc3/4 102 254 160 489 27° 230 224 174 40
SFFG 2 3.25.136SQ Rc2 Rc1 89 254 160 489 27° 230 224 174 40
SFFG 3 3.25.137SQ Rc21/2 Rc1 116 260 160 495 30° 343 330 280 78
SFFG 4 3.25.138SQ Rc21/2 Rc11/4 116 260 160 495 30° 343 330 280 78
SFFG 5 3.25.139SQ Rc4 Rc11/4 155 348 224 583 30° 343 330 280 84
SFFG 6 3.25.140SQ Rc4 Rc11/2 155 348 224 583 30° 343 330 280 84

8/2009 SFFG
Page 3
Bulletin 1.6
SFFG Series Flat Flame Burners Round Refractory Tile version
Dimensions mm Weight
Model No. Part No. A B C D E F G H J K (kg)
SFFG 1 3.25.135R Rc11/2 Rc3/4 102 249 152 10 255 ø229 ø307 275 38
SFFG 2 3.25.136R Rc2 Rc1 89 249 152 10 255 ø229 ø307 275 38
SFFG 3 3.25.137R Rc21/2 Rc1 116 255 152 10 255 ø343 ø422 390 74
SFFG 4 3.25.138R Rc21/2 Rc11/4 116 255 152 10 255 ø343 ø422 390 74
SFFG 5 3.25.139R Rc4 Rc11/4 155 345 216 10 255 ø343 ø422 390 80
SFFG 6 3.25.140R Rc4 Rc11/2 155 345 216 10 255 ø343 ø422 390 80

8/2009 SFFG
SPB – Pilot Burners and Spark Igniters
January 2014
SPB – Features
n Available in two options, according
to the application temperature
n Single rod for spark ignition
and flame ionisation sensing
n Sharp, stable flame
n Capacities up to 20 kW
n High temperature stainless steel nozzles
n Low gas and air pressures
n Variable flame tube length
to suit application
The SPB gas pilots are designed to offer an efficient Special versions are available with cranked or right
and reliable means of igniting a wide range of industrial angle flame tube or extended flame tube types and
gas, oil or dual fuel burners. All the pilots operate on a further details are available from FivesNA.
“blast” type principle, using low pressure air and gas, When using LPG or high pressure Natural Gas, a high
premixed prior to ignition. pressure pilot option is available which uses a smaller
The SPB is designed to operate on the single electrode gas spud and finer adjustment to facilitate the pilot set-up.
principle, where the pilot is spark ignited and the ignition Spark Igniters
electrode is also used as the flame detection device
The FivesNA SZI direct spark igniters are designed for
(flame ionisation method). The SPB can be used for
use on burners where there is either no provision for a
many types of burner and also as a small burner unit in
pilot or where the burner has been specifically designed
its own right, for a variety of heating applications.
for direct spark ignition.
Versions are available with heat inputs up to 20kW.
The SZI spark igniters are designed to work with either
General Construction Details
5,000 or 8,000 volt ignition transformers and can be
The SPB series of pilots have a variable length flame used on many nozzle mix or similar burners.
tube – the “E” dimension – which must be specified
when ordering. A gland coupling with standard BSP
thread is provided on the flame tube such that in
service, the penetration of the flame tube can be set
and the coupling locked to the flame tube. In this way,
the position of the pilot can be accurately reproduced
after removal for servicing.
All pilots are provided with a venturi jet mixer body and
the capacities are based on an air pressure into the jet
of 38 mbar. However, the SPB 5 and SPB 20 can
operate at 75 mbar when a “harder” flame is required.
Three standard capacities are available – see table
overleaf – and all have three nozzle / tip options to suit
the application:
• The “standard” configuration has stainless steel
flame tubes and nozzles which is suitable for most
applications (Designation: SPB 1, 5 & 20).
• For high temperature applications or continuous
operation, the pilots would be fitted with Inconel nozzles
and flame tips (Designation: SPB 81, 85 & 820).

Tel +44 (0) 1902 891200 Fax +44 (0) 1902 895552
Page 2
Bulletin 4.1
Specifications and Capacities
Capacities and specifications (common to all pilots)

Model No. SPB1 SPB5 SPB20
Nominal capacity (kW) 1.5 6 20
Air pressure (mbar) - not firing * 30 30 30
Air pressure (mbar) - firing * 38 38 38
Gas pressure – standard (mbar) + 0.03 12.7 10
Gas pressure – high pressure option (mbar) ++ 38 38 38
Flame length at nominal capacity (mm) 100 150 200
Recommended Gas Flexible Size (BSP) 1/4" 3/8" 3/8"
Recommended Air Flexible Size (BSP) 3/8" 1/2" 3/4"
Notes: The above data is based on Natural gas net CV 8320 kcal/Nm³ – refer to Fives for operation on other fuels. *
The air pressure on inlet to the venturi jet on the pilot body (separate test point required to measure this).
+ The gas pressure on the bottom of the pilot body.
++ The gas pressure on the inlet to the venturi jet on the pilot body (separate test point required to measure this).
PB Series Spark Ignited Pilot Burners
Model Dimensions (mm) Part No. Part No. Part No. Weight
No. A B C D F G
(Standard) (Hi Temp) (Hi Pressure) (kg)
SPB.1 Rp3/8” Rp1/4” Rs1/2” 16 44 27 2.05.001 2.05.104 2.05.001.H 0.9

SPB.5 Rp1/2” Rp1/4” Rs3/4” 20 53 32 2.05.002 2.05.105 2.05.002.H 1.0
SPB.20 Rp1/2” Rp3/8” Rs11/4” 31 54 52 2.05.004 2.05.106 2.05.004.H 1.5
WARNING: The data outlined is for information only and does not form part of any contract. Our policy is one of continuous improvement and
we therefore reserve the right to modify specifications or dimensions without prior warning. Situations dangerous to personnel and property can
develop from incorrect installation and operation of combustion equipment. Fives North American Combustion UK, Ltd urges compliance with
International, National and Local Safety Standards and that installation is carried out by properly qualified personnel.

01/2014 SPB
TWINBED
_
— Steel Forge Furnaces
— Heat Treat Furnaces
— Retort Furnaces
— Glass Melters
— Low NOx emissions North American's proprietary LNI technology is truly the "Best
— High efficiency Available Technology" for regenerative burners and outperforms
— No complicated refractory stabilizers or baffles all other regenerative burners. Field-proven NOx emissions are
extremely low, even when compared with cold air burners.
— Long life, air-cooled pilot
— Modular construction for flexibility
— No high volume of cold air required for stability
— Enhanced rugged construction To minimize NOx
— Custom U-channel seals used on all high temperature joints formation, two
— All high temperature joints are protected from different air-fuel
direct radiation mixing techniques
— Burner pairs available for capacities ranging from are used depending
1 mm Btu/hr to 29 mm Btu/hr on furnace
temperature. TwinBed
II is operated as a
conventional high
velocity burner when
furnace temperature
is below autoignition temperature of the fuel-air mixture. Above
autoignition temperature, fuel is switched to nozzles adjacent
to the burner tunnel port. Low NOx Injection (LNI) of fuel into
the furnace chamber lowers the mixing rate of the air with fuel
and vitiates (mixes with inert furnace gases) combustion air to
reduce the rate and temperature of the combustion reaction,
thus significantly suppressing the formation of NOx. This "in-
furnace" direct NOx control method maintains highest potential
TwinBed ® II Regenerative Burners recover waste heat from efficiency.
furnace exhaust gases and preheat combustion air to
significantly increase efficiency over conventional burners or
burners with recuperators. TwinBed II regenerators are heat and
corrosion resistant and tolerate hostile environments that can
destroy recuperators.
TwinBed II burners have been successfully applied to a variety of

high temperature furnaces. The higher the process temperature,
the higher the potential fuel saving.
North American TwinBed® II
Cassette Regenerative Burner Evolution
Low NOx emissions and high fuel savings make TwinBed® II a perfect
match for many high temperature heating and melting furnace operations.
Redesigned Cassette Features:

— Reduce furnace loading
— Faster media replacement
— Accessible quick release connections
— Smaller footprint frees up floor space
New cassette designs make changing media faster, easier, and more
efficient than ever.
MINIMIZE FURNACE DOWNTIME DURABILITY

The North American TwinBed II Cassette Regenerator provides The same rugged construction that is recognized in Fives North
media bed replacement with reduced labor and furnace down American’s standard regenerator, is applied to the redesigned
time. Traditional regenerator bed change times can be 30-60 cassette regenerator. Heavy gauge steel shell and flanges,
minutes. With a North American Cassette Regenerator, change out stainless steel media plate, large fasteners, and high alumina,
time of a media bed is reduced to 10-20 minutes. This minimizes high density insulation are just some of the robust features.
furnace downtime and workers' exposure to a hot surface.
Surface hardened steel alignment pins, swing bolts, a ceramic
Once the regenerator media bed has been replaced with a rope knife seal, and refractory radiation blocks provide quick
pre-loaded, clean cassette, the fouled bed can be removed to a sealing reliability.
convenient area of the plant, allowed to cool, and cleaned at any
time.
Straight refractory edge improves media emptying.
Half the amount of swing bolts used to remove the

cassette with no bolts on furnace wall side.
Slotted f langes allow rotation of air,

exhaust, and fork truck lifting points to any position.
Copyright © 2023 - Fives - All rights reserved | grm50b 06/19
Angled air and exhaust connection with four swing bolts Handle added to cover for easy removal.
for quick disconnect and easier lowering and raising.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American TwinBed® II Regenerative Burners
Supplying TBII Regenerative Burners to the aluminum and steel industry, we offer the best regenerative
technology on the market today, providing the highest efficiency, unmatched quality, extended burner life,
and the lowest cost of ownership, while meeting the world’s toughest NOx emissions standards.
312 furnaces installed worldwide
EUROPE NORTH AMERICA AUSTRALIA

68 direct charge, melting 31 direct charge, melting 1 direct charge, melting
19 well charge, melting 35 well charge, melting
6 steel reheat 7 steel reheat ASIA
2 steel forging 48 steel forging 15 direct charge, melting
4 steel reheat
SOUTH AMERICA MIDDLE EAST
15 steel forging
13 direct charge, melting 39 direct charge, melting
3 well charge, melting 3 well charge, melting SOUTH AFRICA
3 direct charge melting
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American TwinBed® II Overview Bulletin 4343
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
aluminum melter glass melter

steel forge furnace steel reheat furnace
heat treat furnace retort furnace
TwinBed II Regenerative Burners recover waste heat FIRST HALF OF CYCLE

from furnace exhaust gases and preheat combustion air, to FIRING EXHAUSTING
significantly increase efficiency over conventional burners
or burners with recuperators. NOx emissions are extremely
low, even when compared with cold air burners. TwinBed II
regenerators are heat and corrosion resistant and tolerate • •
hostile environments that can destroy recuperators.
Combustion air Regenerator
reclaims stored stores
TwinBed II burners save significant amounts of fuel when Exh
heat heat
Air
closed 60°F closed 540°F
applied to a variety of high temperature furnaces. The higher air exhaust
the process temperature, the higher the potential fuel saving
when compared with conventional burners.
SECOND HALF OF CYCLE
REGENERATIVE FIRING EXHAUSTING FIRING
Each TwinBed II has a compact heat storage regenerator

containing ceramic balls. Operating in pairs, one burner fires
while the other burner exhausts. Combustion air is preheated
• •
in the regenerator of the firing burner and furnace gas gives
up heat to the regenerator in the exhausting burner. Burner Regenerator Combustion air
stores reclaims stored
operations are switched within an application specific time Air heat
Exh
540°F closed heat 60°F closed
period. The burner that was firing, now exhausts; and the exhaust air
burner that was exhausting, now fires. Burner operation
continues cycling between firing and exhausting.
Maximum TwinBed II Capacities with Drop Gate or Cassette Style Regenerators,

3/4" Diameter Media, 2150°F Furnace Temperature
TwinBed Maximum Capacity Exhaust Temp. (°F) HHV Available Heat Pressure Drop Firing ("w.c.) Pressure Drop Exhausting ("w.c.)
80% 80% 80% 80%
Size SCFH Air MMBtu/h Extraction Extraction Extraction Extraction
4343-7 44,000 4.0 615 70% 17.5 12.5
4343-8-A 55,000 5.0 610 70% 16.5 11.5
4343-8-B 78,100 7.1 605 70% 18.0 12.5
4343-9 121,000 11.0 595 70% 17.0 11.5
4343-10 194,700 17.7 595 70% 17.0 11.5
4343-12-A 232,100 21.1 590 70% 16.0 10.5
4343-12-B 310,200 28.2 590 70% 17.5 11.5
4343-14 412,500 37.5 585 70% 18.0 12.0
Bulletin 4343
Page 2
Maximum TwinBed II Capacities with Conical Regenerators,

3/8" Diameter Media, 2300°F Furnace Temperature
TwinBed Maximum Capacity Exhaust Temp. (°F) HHV Available Heat Pressure Drop Firing ("w.c.) Pressure Drop Exhausting ("w.c.)
80% 100% 80% 100% 80% 100% 80% 100%
Size SCFH Air MMBtu/h Extraction Extraction Extraction Extraction Extraction Extraction Extraction Extraction
4343-7-A 22000 2.0 355 630 75% 80% 24.0 24.0 16.5 27.5
4343-7-B 44000 4.0 325 590 75% 80% 29.0 29.0 20.0 33.0
4343-8-A 55000 5.0 310 575 75% 80% 32.0 32.0 22.5 37.5
4343-8-B 78100 7.1 310 570 75% 80% 35.0 35.0 24.0 40.0
4343-9 121000 11.0 310 570 75% 80% 29.5 29.5 19.0 32.0
LOW NOx EMISSIONS

TwinBed II uses low NOx technology developed by Tokyo Gas FGR involves adding furnace exhaust gas to the combustion air
Co. Ltd. of Japan. North American is the exclusive worldwide where the inert constituents reduce the rate and temperature
licensee for use of this technology with regenerative burners. of the combustion reaction. If added after the combustion air
To minimize NOx formation, two different air-fuel mixing flows through the regenerator, FGR can reduce system thermal
techniques are used depending on furnace temperature. efficiency up to 15%. If added prior to the regenerator system,
TwinBed II is operated as a conventional regenerative high efficiency can be maintained, but larger regenerators are
velocity burner when furnace temperature is below 1450°F required to accept the additional volume. Other regenerative
(788°C). Above 1450°F fuel is switched to strategically placed burners use up to 50% FGR.
nozzles adjacent to the burner tunnel port. Low NOx Injection
of fuel (LNI) into the furnace chamber allows inspiration of A very practical advantage of TB-II low NOx technology is the
combustion products into the air and fuel streams reducing simplicity of construction of the burner and tile. Burners that use
the rate and temperature of the combustion reaction, thus air staging to reduce NOx require internal refractory baffles that
significantly suppressing the formation of NOx. This "in- the TB-II design eliminates.
furnace" direct NOx control method maintains highest
potential efficiency. There is no efficiency loss as with flue
gas recirculation (FGR) that is frequently used to reduce NOx
emission from regenerative burners.
800
700 Air
Regenerative
600 No FGR Ga
s
NOx ppm at 3% O2
500
Regenerative
400 20% FGR Gas injectors reduce NOx emissions.
300
200 Regenerative
50% FGR
100
Twin Bed II No FGR
0
1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400 2600
Furnace temperature, F
Conventional regenerative burner NOx levels vs. TwinBed II
Bulletin 4343
Page 3
CONTROLS CONSTRUCTION FEATURES

TwinBed II operates with the same controls (air/fuel ratio, furnace TwinBed II has enhanced rugged construction. Burner and
pressure, and flame detection) used with conventional burners. regenerator are separate modules. Angled transitions are
available to change burner firing angles relative to regenerator.
Air/fuel ratio is typically controlled with differential pressures Burner and regenerator can be rotated for ease of installation.
from an orifice plate in the combustion air line and a flow-based Other improvements include nozzle-mix pilot with flanged
fuel rate control system--either regulator or electronic. mounting.
Typically, about 80% of the furnace gases are exhausted TwinBed II is insensitive to furnace operating environments that
through the regenerators. The remaining 20% passes through a can quickly destroy recuperators. There are no boundaries
pressure controlled furnace flue. between air and waste gas streams to be maintained against
leakage. Materials of construction have been chosen to
Exhaust flow through the regenerators is controlled by the withstand the corrosive effects of exhaust gas borne volatiles.
temperature of the exhaust gases leaving the regenerator. If
temperature is too low, the exhaust flow through the regenerator Regenerators can be easily cleaned of dirt or condensed fouling
is increased. Furnace pressure is controlled with the flue damper. by dropping the bed support plate and removing bed material
Logic links from the furnace pressure control to the burner through the rear hatch. Clean heat transfer material can be
exhaust system prevent excessive pull through the burners which replaced through the top hatch. A regenerator can be cleaned
would result in negative furnace pressure. while the other burner in the pair fires direct (a non-reversing
mode) to maintain furnace operation.
Each burner's flame supervision uses ultraviolet flame detectors
on both the pilot and main flames connected to a single flame
relay. By switching detector signals when burners alternate firing,
the flame relays monitor the main flame of the firing burner and
the pilot flame of the exhausting burner.
NATURAL 
GAS
PATH GAS  Basic piping arrangement


SELECT INJECTOR
CYCLE
VALVES GAS of two burner TwinBed II

VALVE
system.

TwinBed
 BURNER
II
AIR
CYCLE  REGENERATOR
VALVE
COMBUSTION

AIR FAN
EXHAUST

CYCLE
VALVE
EXHAUST
FAN

COMBUSTION AIR FLOW  Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Bulletin 4343 02/2020
CONTROL VALVE EXHAUST TEMP
EXHAUST
CONTROL VALVE
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
CRG - North American Compact Regenerator
TwinBed II Overview 4343-A Bulletin
For a general overview of the North American TwinBed II The modular system includes a separate burner head and
Regenerative burners, please refer to Bulletin 4343. Bulletin regenerator. Each of these major modular units includes
4343A has been published to highlight the many advantages of convenient means for attaching lifting devices such as a chain
the new Compact Regenerator TwinBed II design developed by hoist or fork lift.
The media material fill port is easily accessible, light weight and
conveniently located at the back of the regenerator. The conical
shape of the regenerator provides a self-leveling feature as the
media material is added. It is also easy to determine when the
correct fill level has been established to ensure efficient operation
and control pressure drops.
The new compact regenerator is designed to conserve space

and simplify the removal of the ceramic heat transfer media for
cleaning and/or replacement. The regenerator is placed directly
below the burner head. Simple removal of the alumina balls is by
opening a slide gate at the bottom of the air/exhaust plenum.
4343-A Bulletin
Page 2
TWINBED II CRG
REGENERATOR ARRANGEMENTS
The TwinBed II compact regenerator has been designed for

perpendicular mounting of the burner head to the furnace wall. Burner Maximum
Size Capacity
However, a maximum down-firing angle of five degrees can be
achieved with a special burner mounting box. 4343-7-A 2.0 MM Btu/h HHV
4343-7-B 4.3 MM Btu/h HHV
4343-8-A 5.0 MM Btu/h HHV
4343-8-B 7.3 MM Btu/h HHV
4343-9 11.3 MM Btu/h HHV
The bottom plenum is provided with one of the four standard

air/exhaust flange locations shown below.
Plan view, front
LF RF
LR RR
Plan view, rear
The desired air/exhaust flange location is specified at the time of placing an order by selecting the appropriate regenerator part number.
For example, 4343-7-A/CRG/LF would select the Left Front location per above. However, for convenience in selecting alternative field piping
arrangements, the plenum can be removed from the bottom of the regenerator housing and rotated (90 degree increments are recommended)
to suit. This needs to be done prior to adding the heat transfer media to the regenerator.
4343-A Bulletin
Page 3
TWINBED II CRG
BED MEDIA REPLACEMENT
Removal of existing bed material should be done as part of a North American provides a video of this procedure if required for
regular maintenance program. However, bed material can be additional guidance.
replaced with the furnace in operation. Typical control systems
Before replacing the bed material, the slide gate must be pushed
permit one burner to be shut down while the other burner fires
back in place and secured by reversing the above procedure. To
in conventional, non-cycling mode.
add the cleaned or new bed material, the media access cover
WARNING: Personnel should wear appropriate personal must be first removed by removing eight nuts and bolts.
protective equipment when changing media.
To facilitate installation of the bed material, a fabricated chute
(see Parts List) can be inserted through the refractory-lined
WARNING: Bed material must be cooled to safe
opening in the regenerator. The 3⁄8" diameter alumina balls (see
temperature before opening burner.
Parts List) can be poured into the chute directly from 55 lb. bags
or in smaller quantities from 200 lb. drums. A fill label is attached
For regenerator bed maintenance and cleaning, see
to the regenerator housing indicating the proper volume of bed
Sheet 4343-4.
material.
To remove the bed material from the non-firing burner, the slide
gate located at the bottom of the air/exhaust plenum must be Supporting Documentation
Dimension Information - Sheet 4343-20
pulled toward the rear of the burner, away from the furnace.
Parts List - Sheet 4343-19
To free the slide gate, seven bolts which secure the bottom
slide gate flange to the plenum housing must be loosened. In
addition, another bolt which passes through the slide gate must
be completely removed. Retracting the slide gate permits the bed
material to drop vertically downward into a suitable collection
vessel. Drainage of the regenerator is facilitated by a perforated
cone located inside the plenum.
cover
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Bulletin 4343-A 03/11
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Sheet 4343-0
North American TwinBed® II Subject Index
SUBJECT LITERATURE I.D. SUBJECT LITERATURE I.D.

access Sheet 4343-1 locations of main and pilot UV Sheet 4343-23
angled installation Sheet 4343-2 maintenance Sheet 4343-14
auxiliary flue Sheet 4343-6 media AlChem MSDS (4343-4)
bed cleaning, time between Sheet 4343-4 media cleaning Sheet 4343-4
bed inspection Sheet 4343-4 mounting TB-II Sheet 4343-2
bed maintenance Sheet 4343-4 NOx Sheet 4343-8
bed removal Sheet 4343-4 NOx emissions Bulletin 4343
blower Sheet 4343-14 optional items Sheet 4343-23
burner Sheet 4343-14 ordering Sheet 4343-23
burner installation Sheet 4343-2 parts; seals, obs.ports, fuel tubes Sheet 4343-5
burner support Sheet 4343-2 pilot piping Sheet 4343-3
capacity table Sheet 4343-18 pilot system setup Sheet 4343-3
catalog designations Sheet 4343-22 pilot system trouble-shooting Sheet 4343-3
causes of bed plugging Sheet 4343-4 pilot Sheet 4343-3
center of gravity Sheet 4343-1-CG piping arrangement Bulletin 4343
cleaning regenerator Sheet 4343-4 piping connections Sheet 4343-1
clearance Sheet 4343-1 piping schematic Sheet 4343-9
construction Bulletin 4343 quoting Sheet 4343-23
control Sheet 4343-6 refractory Sheet 4343-2
control system schematic Sheet 4343-9 regenerative burners Bulletin 4343
controls Bulletin 4343 regenerative cycle Bulletin 4343
cooling air Sheet 4343-3 regenerative firing Bulletin 4343
data, performance Bulletin 4343 regenerator Sheet 4343-4
dimensions Sheet 4343-1 regenerator, re-assembly Sheet 4343-4
direct firing TwinBed II Sheet 4343-6 rotation of head vs. regenerator Sheet 4343-1
example order Sheet 4343-23 setup pilot system Sheet 4343-3
flame detection Sheet 4343-3 settings Sheet 4343-15
furnace pressure control Sheet 4343-6 system schematic Sheet 4343-9
furnace pressure, multiple zone Sheet 4343-6 tracking regenerator plugging Sheet 4343-4
glossary Sheet 4343-7 trouble-shooting pilot system Sheet 4343-3
LNI firing Sheet 4343-8 typical applications Bulletin 4343
LNI injectors Sheet 4343-14 valves and actuators Sheet 4343-14
locations of air and exh. conn. Sheet 4343-23 weights Sheet 4343-1W
Sheet 4343-0
page 2
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
In addition to literature, the following information is available to explain TwinBed II Control. Contact the High
Temperature Systems Group in Cleveland.
TwinBed II Master Piping Schematic for one pair/Aluminum Melter, D9-4005

TwinBed II Aluminum Control System Functional Description, HTS 1002, Revision 5.0
Functional Description for One Pair of TwinBed II Burners, HTS 1003, Revision 1.0
TwinBed II Engineering Specifications for the Electrical Control Logic for one pair, HTS 1004, Version 4.0
TwinBed II Multi-Pair Hardware Requirements, HTS 1013, Revision 0
Input Limiting for TwinBed II Multi-Pair Ratio Zones, HTS 1011, Revision 0
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Sheet 4343-1
Dimension Information
COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION
Mounting plate Gas inlet LNI fuel injector
Observation
port
Fuel tube assembly
(see sheet 4343-5)
LNI fuel injector
Burner ID tag
Cooling air inlet

Burner
Lintel compression
Air pressure bolt (both sides)
tap Transition
Hatch
Bed section ob-
servation port Regenerator
Regenerator ID
tag Bed fill level Bed
tag
Drop gate
release screws
Air pressure taps Clean out door Air / exhaust Air / exhaust
locations plenum
(two each side)
Air and Exhaust Connection
Locations
Main Flame UV and Pilot Locations Top view, front
Center point
Main flame of flange to
Pilot connection
Pilot connection
scanner burner
location
3 4
Observation
port locations
1
2
Top view, back

4343- -BL1 4343- -BR1
As shipped, locations 2 and 4 have blind flanges installed.
Pilot can be located on either the left or right side of the burner. Specifying pilot These can be relocated in the field so that any connection
location automatically determines flame scanner and observation port locations. combination is available for ease of piping.
Sheet 4343-1
STRAIGHT FIRING ARRANGEMENT Page 2
D
See note
E F
A
N
45° 45°
B P
½" npt pilot ¾" npt UV

connection connection
T
H
W
See note
Injector 3 Q
location is U
application
dependent
G R
4.4"
S
1.7"
J K
C L 
For areas requiring clearance and access, refer to page 4.
BURNER AND REGENERATOR DIMENSIONS

(rounded to the nearest inch)
Burner
Designation A B C D E F G H J K L
 M N P Q R S W
4343-7 24 4 29 49 9 26 64 12 12 10 46 7 16 6 18 39 52 7
4343-8-A 26 4 31 52 9 28 66 13 13 12 48 7 17 6 20 40 53 9
4343-8-B 30 4 35 55 9 32 70 15 13 12 52 7 20 7 24 43 55 11
4343-9 34 6 39 61 10 37 77 17 14 18 62 7 22 8 28 46 60 15
4343-10 38 6 43 65 10 41 86 19 15 18 78 8 25 10 32 51 67 19
4343-12-A 38 6 43 65 10 41 90 19 17 20 90 9 25 10 32 53 71 19
4343-12-B 42 6 47 69 10 45 95 21 17 22 102 9 27 11 36 56 74 23
DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. PLEASE OBTAIN CERTIFIED PRINTS FROM FIVES NORTH AMERICAN COMBUSTION, INC. IF SPACE LIMITATIONS OR
OTHER CONSIDERATIONS MAKE EXACT DIMENSION (S) CRITICAL.
NOTES: Dimensions are rounded to the nearest inch and are for initial layout and clearance purposes. Contact Fives for exact dimensions.
 Mounting plate dimensions change with furnace wall thickness and injector placement.
 See Page 3 for dimensions "G", "L", and "S" of 7 ½°, 10° and 15° arrangements.
 Dimension "L" is from the back of the regenerator to the mating surfaces of the burner and face of mounting plate.
 Clearance dimension necessary to remove fuel tube.
PIPING CONNECTIONS
T U
Burner Cooling Air/Exhaust
Designation Gas Air Four locations, two with a blind flange
4343-7 2" npt 1¼" npt 4" ANSI flange, 9" OD x 3⁄8" thick with (8) ¾" diameter holes equally spaced on 7½" BC
4343-8-A 2" npt 1¼" npt 6" ANSI flange, 11" OD x ½" thick with (8) 7⁄8" diameter holes equally spaced on 9½" BC
4343-8-B 2" npt 1¼" npt 6" ANSI flange, 11" OD x ½" thick with (8) 7⁄8" diameter holes equally spaced on 9½" BC
4343-9 3" npt 1½" npt 8" ANSI flange, 13½" OD x ½" thick with (8) 7⁄8" diameter holes equally spaced on 11¾" BC
4343-10 3" npt 1½" npt 10" ANSI flange, 16" OD x ½" thick with (12) 1" diameter holes equally spaced on 14¼" BC
4343-12-A 3" npt 1½" npt 12" ANSI flange, 19" OD x ½" thick with (12) 1" diameter holes equally spaced on 17" BC
4343-12-B 3" npt 1½" npt 12" ANSI flange, 19" OD x ½" thick with (12) 1" diameter holes equally spaced on 17" BC
Pilot connection 1½" npt. UV (main flame) ¾" npt.

Sheet 4343-1
Page 3
ANGLED ARRANGEMENT
Firing can be angled by insertion of a transition spool (either 7½°, 10° or 15°) between the burner and regenerator.
BURNER AND REGENERATOR DIMENSIONS, INCHES

7 ½° G L S 10° G L S 15° G L S
4343-7 73 47 58 n/a n/a n/a 04 48 55
4343-8-A 77 49 59 n/a n/a n/a 76 51 56
4343-8-B 81 53 61 n/a n/a n/a 81 55 58
4343-9 88 63 66 88 64 65 89 66 63
4343-10 97 80 72 97 81 71 98 82 69
4343-12-A 102 92 77 102 93 76 103 94 73
4343-12-B 107 104 80 108 105 79 09 107 77
NOTE: Dimension "L" is from the back of the regenerator to the center point of the mating surfaces of the burner and face of mounting plate.
HORIZONTAL ORIENTATION OF BURNER AND REGENERATOR
In addition to vertically angling the burner as above, the burner/regenerator Furnace Wall
orientation can be changed by rotating the regenerator as shown in the
illustration. Sizes -9 through -12-B can be rotated in increments of 22 ½
degrees. Sizes -7 through -8-B can be rotated in increments of 30 degrees. Burner
Other angles require specially drilled burner/regenerator mating flanges. Regenerator
Specifying Horizontal Orientation: If the burner and the regenerator

centerlines are in alignment or displaced at the above increments, the
angle need not be specified. As the regenerator is rotated away from the
burner centerline, rotation is specified as "degrees right" or "degrees left."
In the illustration, the arrow indicates the rotation of the regenerator to a
position of 80 degrees right.
80°
right
Top View of Burner
Sheet 4343-1
Page 4
AREAS REQUIRING CLEARANCE AND ACCESS
Observation port Injector removal
Fuel tube removal
Hatch removal
Drop gate
screw
Cover removal
Media
extraction
Lintel compression
bolt requires access
both sides of
regenerator
WEIGHT IN POUNDS
4343 Size Description -7 -8-A -8-B -9 -10 -12-A -12-B
1. BURNER including a 778 882 1301 1756 1956 1956 2690

(a) fuel tube 67 67 70 100 100 100 100
2. REGENERATOR including a, b, c 1899 2140 2614 3567 3915 4749 5271

(a) drop gate 54 62 85 115 127 155 156
(b) access cover 19 20 24 29 30 38 38
(c) hatch cover 93 105 139 227 493 658 944
3. TRANSITION (7-1/2 degree) 164 182 239 337 395 395 472
4. TRANSITION (10 degree) N/A N/A N/A 374 435 435 645
5. TRANSITION (15 degree) 284 315 414 583 684 684 817
6. HEAT TRANSFER MEDIA 343 424 605 957 1545 1864 2505
7. TWINBED II including 1 & 2 2677 3022 3915 5323 5871 6705 7961
plus heat transfer media 3020 3446 4520 6280 7416 8569 10 466
8. TWINBED II including 1, 2, & 3 2841 3204 4154 5660 6266 7100 8433
9. TWINBED II including 1, 2, & 4 5697 6306 7140 8606

N/A N/A N/A
plus heat transfer media 6654 7851 9004 11 111 Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 4343-1 03/11
10. TWINBED II including 1, 2, & 5 2961 3337 4329 5906 6555 7389 8778
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Alternate Configurations Sheet 4343-10
ALTERNATE CONFIGURATIONS
Regenerator and burner configurations are available to allow Custom transition sections can be furnished to increase the
"remote" mounting of the regenerators where furnace layout distance from the burner to the regenerator below, or the the
or duty dictate an alternate to the standard "close coupled, inverted outlet/inlet configuration mounted above.
burner-over-regenerator" arrangement.
The regenerator installation must be designed to accommodate
Remote Regenerators - The standard regenerator may be the regenerator weight, access to the regenerator for bed clean-
installed remotely. The inverted regenerator configuration puts ing, and ventilation to prevent excessive heat buildup. If your
regenerator above burner. furnace is a candidate for remote regenerators, contact North
American for more information.
Transition Sections - To increase space between burner and
regenerator.
A tilting aluminum melter with remote regenerators has TwinBed® II burners Steel Mill reheat furnace with TwinBed® II burners on the furnace side and
angled down to direct heat onto the charge for rapid melting. regenerators on the furnace roof.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American TwinBed® II Sheet 4343-11
Fuel Tube Adjustment & Information
Slow air-gas Fast air-gas

mixing mixing
Gas
entrance
Mixing rate
adjustment
Cooling air
passage
FUEL TUBE ADJUSTMENT COOLING AIR

TwinBed II sizes -9, -10, -12-A, and -12-B have fuel tubes with a The cooling air cools and protects the fuel tube. Flow should be
mixing rate adjuster at the back of the tube. The tube has two set with the burners in stop cycle so that backpressure is con-
passages used to introduce gas into the main air flow. One pas- stant. Adjust the cooling air butterfly valve to obtain setting. Pilot
sage is for slow air/gas mixing and the other for fast air/gas and cooling air schematic is shown on Sheet 4343-3. "Pressure
mixing. With the adjuster backed out, the gas flows through both drop" is drop in air pressure across the fuel tube.
slow and fast air/gas mixing passages. When the adjuster is fully
extended, the gas flows through the fast air/gas mixing passages
only. Note: Screwing the adjuster fully extended may limit gas
flow and maximum firing rate. See page 2 for gas flow graphs.
TB-II Size -7, -8-A, -8-B -9 thru -12-B

Flow (scfh) 700 1000
Pressure drop "w.c. 1" 1"
Sheet 4343-11
Page 2
FUEL TUBE INLETS

For convenience in piping TwinBed II, fuel tubes have two gas
inlets and one cooling air inlet. Only one gas inlet is used. The
other inlet is plugged. The cooling air inlet is smaller in size than
the two gas inlets. Cooling air must be supplied to TwinBed II's
fuel tube at all times. Following is a table of gas and cooling air Gas inlets
inlet pipe sizes.
Burner Gas Cooling

designation inlet air
Air inlet
4343-7 2" fpt 1¼" fpt
4343-8-A 2" fpt 1¼" fpt
4343-8-B 2" fpt 1¼" fpt
4343-9 3" fpt 1½" fpt
4343-10 3" fpt 1½" fpt
4343-12-A 3" fpt 1½" fpt
4343-12-B 3" fpt 1½" fpt
FUEL TUBE GAS FLOW

12
These graphs can be used to determine maximum gas
pressure required at the fuel tube for TwinBed® II. Do not 4343 sizes -7 through -8-B
use the graphs for burner adjustment. An orifice or other 10
flow meter is necessary to determine actual gas flow
when making adjustments. Gas flow is dependent upon
Pressure Drop, inches wc
both inlet gas pressure and the position of the mixing 8

rate adjustment plug in the case of the larger fuel tube
(TwinBed II sizes -9 through -12-B.)
6
The gas pressure drop is much higher when the mixing

rate adjustment plug is full extended than when retracted. 4
The pressure is somewhere between these extremes
when the plug is in any other position.
2
Note that the "Y" axis is different for each graph.
0
0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000 18000
Natural Gas Flow, scfh
Sheet 4343-11
Page 3
FUEL TUBE GAS FLOW 60
4343 sizes -9 through -12-B

These graphs can be used to determine maximum gas (with plug fully retracted)
50
pressure required at the fuel tube for TwinBed® II. Do not
use the graphs for burner adjustment. An orifice or other

flow meter is necessary to determine actual gas flow 40
when making adjustments. Gas flow is dependent upon
both inlet gas pressure and the position of the mixing
rate adjustment plug in the case of the larger fuel tube 30
(TwinBed II sizes -9 through -12-B.)
20
The gas pressure drop is much higher when the mixing
rate adjustment plug is full extended than when retract-
ed. The pressure is somewhere between these extremes 10
when the plug is in any other position.
Note that the "Y" axis is different for each graph. 0

0 5000 10000 15000 20000 25000 30000 35000 40000 45000 50000
250
4343 sizes -9 through -12-B
(with plug fully extended)
200
150
100
50
0
0 5000 10000 15000 20000 25000 30000 35000 40000 45000 50000
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
TwinBed II® Mounting Plates and LNI Injectors Sheet 4343-12
MOUNTING PLATE AND INJECTOR ORDERING INFORMATION
4343- -MP-R 4343- -MP-L

Injector shown in 60° location Injector shown in 300° location
Burner Right-Hand Mounting Plate Left-Hand Mounting Plate
Size Part Number Injector Location Part Number Injector Location LNI Injector
4343-7-A 4343-7-MP-R 90 degrees 4343-7-MP-L 270 degrees 4343-7-INJ
4343-7-B 4343-7-MP-R 90 degrees 4343-7-MP-L 270 degrees 4343-7-INJ
4343-8-A 4343-8A-MP-R 90 degrees 4343-8A-MP-L 270 degrees 4343-8-A/INJ
4343-8-B 4343-8B-MP-R 90 degrees 4343-8B-MP-L 270 degrees 4343-8-B/INJ
4343-9 4343-9-MP-R 60 degrees 4343-9-MP-L 300 degrees 4343-9-INJ
4343-12-A 4343-12A-MP-R 60 degrees 4343-12A-MP-L 300 degrees 4343-12-A/INJ
4343-12-B 4343-12B-MP-R 60 degrees 4343-12B-MP-L 300 degrees 4343-12-B/INJ
The above injector part numbers are used for quoting and order entry only. Part numbers specific to the injector length and nozzle bore
are to be provided by North American Engineering.
Injector location is measured clockwise from the vertical burner centerline. Consult North American Engineering for mounting plates with
injector locations other than those listed.
Mounting plate part numbers are configurable. Part numbers are to be configured after order entry with information provided by North
American Engineering.
4343-12
page 2
MOUNTING PLATE AND INJECTOR SPARE PARTS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
See detail A
12.00 inch (305 mm)

ceramic fiber
blanket
 
Tag bar must point 

toward burner
centerpoint ½ inch (12.7 mm) recess
Burner centerpoint
Injector
 packing

Mounting
plate seal
Tag bar
Mounting
coupling Detail A Section A-A
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
1. Wrap end of injector with ceramic fiber blanket (1), secure and compress with tape and insert through furance wall.
2. Wrap injector packing (enclosed) around injector and pack into injector mounting coupling (2).
3. Loosen bolts on injector bushing, (3) thread and tighten bushing into mounting coupling (2).
4. Adjust injector insertion so that nozzle is recessed ½” (13 mm) into refractory (4), measure from the hot face.
5. Point tag bar on the injector toward the burner centerpoint to ensure proper nozzle orientation.
6. Tighten bolts on injector bushing (3) previously loosened in step 3.
4343-12
page 3
SPARE PARTS LIST
Length in feet (mm) for each size of TwinBed® II

Part Name Part Number Description 7 8A 8B 9 10 12A 12B 14
Mounting plate seal R540-0365 ½” dia. rope gasket 5.3 5.9 6.9 7.7 9.0 9.0 10.0 10.4
(1615) (1798) (2103) (2347) (2743) (2743) (3048) (3170)
Part number for each size of TwinBed II

Part Name 7 8A 8B 9 10 12A 12B 14
Injector Packing 4-21860-1 4-21860-1 4-21860-1 4-21853-1 4-21853-1 4-21583-1 4-21853-1 4-21853-1
(2 required)
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Sheet 4343-14

Maintenance Check List
BURNER and LNI INJECTORS
Visually check observation ports on back of Injectors to make Check: UV scanner signal to flame supervision control. UV
sure passage is clear and gas flow is not obstructed. Direct scanner adapter lens for dirt (if scanner signal drops).
charged aluminum melters have metal splash that can deposit
metal and dross on the furnace wall. For safe, efficient, low NOx Turn each burner/pilot off. This will cycle the flame supervision
operation the burner injectors must be able to inject fuel gas system through the ignition sequence which includes flame
without obstruction. Contaminants must be removed that build relay component check and check for flame signal before
up on the furnace wall around the injectors. Clean material ignition trial. Daily testing of UV scanners is strongly
from around the injectors by reaming through the injector recommended by FM Global. This is not required if the scanners
nozzle (if passage is straight through) to clear the opening are self checking type.
and carefully scraping the wall around the injector to remove
buildup. NOTE: The wall must be scraped in addition to reaming VALVES and ACTUATORS
or the fuel gas may be diverted behind the material or change
the gas stream which could hinder burner operation. Refer to Check weekly: Linkages on control valves; Flue gas damper
Sheet 4343-12 for injector installation instructions. and actuator; Operation of cycling solenoids and air cycling
valves
Weekly visually check bed material through sight port on
regenerator hatch. Periodically check burner bed pressure Safety standards and insurance underwriters require periodic
drop to determine extent of bed plugging. Refer to Sheet 4343- checking of safety devices such as solenoid valves, pressure
4 for bed cleaning instructions and a form for recording bed switches and main shut off valves for proper operation.
pressure drops. Maintain and perform routine cycling checks as detailed in
manufacturer's literature. Cycling checks include opening and
ELECTRICAL CONTROLS closing the automatic shutoff gas valves.
Check Overtemperature Control and instrumentation regularly Installation 1177D gives lubrication instructions for 1177D Cycle
for proper electrical operation and for accuracy against a good Valves for air and exhaust. The valves should be greased once
standard. Check thermocouples used on control and safety every three months with a lubricant rated for 450oF.
instruments once a month by comparing against a standard.
Replace if error is found to be more than an acceptable variation
for the process and temperature.
Sheet 4343-14
page 2
BLOWER and MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT PILOTS
Clean combustion air blower filter and compressed air filter/ Refer to Sheet 4343-3 for pilot troubleshooting and proper
separator regularly to maintain free flow of air. A plugged filter adjustment.
will cause increase pressure drop affecting blower discharge
pressure or too much dirt/water in the filter/separator could
effect cycling valve operation. CAUTION!
Standards compliant functioning of the Flame Detection System can
Visually check all moving parts daily such as clamps, seals, be compromised if the pilot system is not configured and adjusted
couplings, cycling valves, etc. for indications of wear or strictly in accordance with the information outlined in Sheet 4343-3.
misalignment.
All equipment such as motors, couplings, etc. should be

lubricated and maintained according to the manufacturers
recommendations. Use the correct lubricant for each application
and do not mix lubricants without first checking their
compatibility.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American TwinBed® II Burner
Instructions 4343-16
Transition and Regenerator
Refractory Dry-Out Procedure
INSTRUCTIONS DRY-OUT USING AUXILIARY BURNERS
The refractory linings of all TwinBed II burners, transitions and 1. If necessary, add additional thermocouples specifically for
regenerators have been wet cured and oven dried at Fives North monitoring the temperature during the cure.
American Combustion, Inc. facilities. To prevent damage, these
oven dried components must be stored above 40°F and protected 2. After the auxiliary burners are in operation, start cycling
from moisture. the TwinBed II burners with cooling air and combustion
air only at 20% of the burner’s rated air flow capacity. If
The heatup procedures used during the commissioning of a the refractories used in the furnace construction may be
newly installed burner can have a significant impact on the expected to egress salts or condensable compounds during
longevity of the product. Ideally, the TwinBed II refractory will be the heatup, be conscious of the fact that exhausting through
cured as the furnace refractories are themselves being cured - the TwinBed II burners may capture these compounds in
heated to their final working temperature to a cycle defined by the beds and exhaust piping, leading to plugging and/or
the refractory manufacturer. A preferred 100°F per hour ramp corrosion, necessitating cleaning of the regenerators and
rate for TwinBed II will allow the refractory to stress relieve itself possibly the piping after dryout is complete.
and reduce the potential for spalling and/or excessive cracking.
When steaming from the burner structure (not the exhaust piping) 3. Adjust the auxiliary burners as required to maintain
is observed, the temperature should be held until steaming stops, appropriate temperature set points and ramp rate.
and then the ramp continued at the 100°F per hour rate until the
4. Adjust the combination of the TwinBed II exhaust and the
target finish temperature is reached. It is completely normal to
resistance on the furnace stack to maintain the desired
see some moisture drip from the exhaust piping when operating
furnace pressure (typically positive) without overheating the
with low furnace and exhaust temperatures as a result of
TwinBed II exhaust components.
condensation of the water vapor in the exhaust gases.
5. Before the furnace gets to 400°F, light the pilots on the
This document addresses dry-outs using auxiliary burners and
TwinBed II burners. It may be necessary to stop burner
also those situations where the TwinBed II burners themselves will
cycling to adjust pilot operation.
be used to provide the heat to dry out the furnace structure. It is
also possible that a combination of the two procedures may be
used. CAUTION!
Standards compliant functioning of the Flame Detection System can be
compromised if the pilot system is not configured and adjusted strictly in
IMPORTANT NOTE: accordance with the information outlined in Sheet 4343-3.
The temperatures, times and ramp rates given here consider the treatment
of the TwinBed II refractory materials only. The temperature, time, and
ramp rate requirements of the furnace structure and refractories are
outside the scope of this document but must be investigated and an
integrated procedure developed.
Instructions 4343-16
Page 2
6. Continue ramping furnace temperature at a rate of 100°F 4. Continue cycling of the burners for a minimum of four
per hour until maximum operating temperature has been hours and then add the minimum amount of main gas at
achieved. If any steaming occurs during this process, hold which the burners will stay alight with flame detection ac-
the temperature constant until steaming dissipates. tive.
7. If the furnace will be allowed to cool prior to being put 5. After a further four hours of cycling at this rate, maximize
into service, hold maximum temperature until equilibrium the burner air flow and readjust the fuel to the new mini-
is reached through the burner lining. The initial cool-down mum rate at which the burners will stay alight with flame
should be at a rate no faster than twice the fastest heat up detection active in order that the burners generate the larg-
rate. est possible volume of "warm" air.
DRY-OUT USING TWINBED® II BURNERS 6. Pressurize furnace and regulate pressure by manually ad-
justing exhaust control valve.
1. Begin the simultaneous dryout of the furnace and burners
by cycling the TwinBed II burners cooling air and combus- 7. Monitor exhaust gas temperature to ensure that exhaust
tion air at 20% of the burner’s rated air flow capacity and temperature is not exceeding the limits of the critical refrac-
lighting the pilots. tory components within the furnace, the exhaust blower,
regenerator plenum and exhaust piping.
CAUTION!
Standards compliant functioning of the Flame Detection System can be
8. Ramp up the temperature by gradually increasing the gas
compromised if the pilot system is not configured and adjusted strictly in flow to maintain a maximum rate of 100°F per hour until
accordance with the information outlined in Sheet 4343-3. maximum operating temperature has been achieved. If
any steaming occurs from the burner structure during this
process, hold the temperature constant until steaming dis-
2. If the refractories used in the furnace construction may be
expected to egress salts or condensable compounds during sipates.
the heatup, be conscious of the fact that exhausting through 9. If the furnace will be allowed to cool prior to being put
the TwinBed II burners may capture these compounds in into service, hold maximum temperature until equilibrium
the beds and exhaust piping, leading to plugging and/or is reached through the burner lining. The initial cool-down
corrosion, necessitating cleaning of the regenerators and should be at a rate no faster than twice the fastest heat-up
possibly the piping after dryout is complete. rate.
3. Adjust the combination of the TwinBed II exhaust and the
resistance on the furnace stack to maintain the desired
furnace pressure (typically positive) without overheating the
TwinBed II exhaust components.
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Instr 4343-16 10/10
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Compact Regenerator TwinBed® II Sheet 4343-19
Seals and Gaskets, OBS. Ports, Fuel Tube Parts
Mounting Pilot UV adapter Pilot UV adapter
plate supplied assembly assembly gasket
separately UV connection
by North American flange
Fuel tube
assemlby
UV connection
gasket
Fuel tube
assembly gasket
Regenerator seal
Backplate seal Media filling
chute (optional)
Media access
door
Plenum seal
Media access (2 req'd)
door seal
Air/exhaust
flange gasket
Slide gate gasket Slide gate

Slide gate
bottom flange
4343 Parts List

4343-7A 4343-7B 4343-8A 4343-8B
Fuel tube assembly 4-42644-1 4-42644-1 4-42644-1 4-42644-1
Fuel tube assembly gasket, 1⁄8" Grafoil 4-31911-1 4-31911-1 4-31911-1 4-31911-1
Pilot/UV adapter assembly 4-42625-1 4-42625-1 4-42625-1 4-42625-1
Pilot/UV adapter assembly gasket, 1⁄8" Grafoil 4-17477-3 4-17477-3 4-17477-3 4-17477-3
UV connection flange 8767C-0 8767C-0 8767C-0 8767C-0
UV connection flange gasket, 1⁄8" Grafoil 4-17479-1 4-17479-1 4-17479-1 4-17479-1
Burner backplate sea, ½" dia. fiberglass rope R540-0365 x 5.3' long R540-0365 x 5.3' long R540-0365 x 5.1' long R540-0365 x 6.1' long
Burner backplate observation port 8790-0 8790-0 8790-0 8790-0
Mounting plate seal, ½" dia. fiberglass rope R540-0365 x 5.3' long R540-0365 x 5.3' long R540-0365 x 5.9' long R540-0365 x 6.9' long
Media access door 4-44310-1 4-44310-1 4-44310-1 4-44310-1
Media access door seal, ½" dia. fiberglass rope R540-0365 x 3.2' long R540-0365 x 3.2' long R540-0365 x 3.2' long R540-0365 x 3.2' long
Media filling chute 4-47836-1 4-47836-1 4-47836-1 4-47836-1
Media access door observation port 8790-0 8790-0 8790-0 8790-0
Slide gate 4-44370-1 4-44370-1 4-44370-1 4-44370-1
Slide gate gasket, Grafoil 4-46828-1 4-46828-1 4-46828-1 4-46828-1
Slide gate bottom flange 4-44372-1 4-44372-1 4-44372-1 4-44372-1
Regenerator seal, ½" dia. fiberglass rope R540-0365 x 4.8' long R540-0365 x 5.0' long R540-0365 x 5.9' long R540-0365 x 6.7' long
Plenum seal (2), 1⁄8" x 2 ½" fiberglass bolt hole tape R290-3508 x 8.2' long R290-3508 x 10.9' long R290-3508 x 11.5' long R290-3508 x 12.5' long
Air / exhaust flange gasket, 1⁄8" Grafoil OA3-2302-2H4 OA3-2302-3H4 OA3-2302-3H4 OA3-2302-3H4
Sheet 4343-19
Page 2
TWINBED II FUEL TUBE PARTS

Pipe plug 8.49
Observation
port
Gas pipe
Body
Back flange Back flange gasket
Fuel Tube Parts

4343-7A 4343-7B 4343-8A 4343-8B
Fuel Tube Assembly, including: 4-42644-1 4-42644-1 4-42644-1 4-42644-1
Body 4-42634-1 4-42634-1 4-42634-1 4-42634-1
Gas Pipe 4-42643-1 4-42643-1 4-42643-1 4-42643-1
Back Flange 4-31912-1 4-31912-1 4-31912-1 4-31912-1
Back Flange Gasket 4-31921-1 4-31921-1 4-31921-1 4-31921-1 Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 4343-19 09/12
Back Flange Observation Port 8790-0 8790-0 8790-0 8790-0
Pipe Plug R865-0180 R865-0180 R865-0180 R865-0180
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American TwinBed® II Sheet 4343-1CG
Center of Gravity Information

CENTER OF GRAVITY
FOR STRAIGHT FIRING ARRANGEMENT
(0, 0)
Center of Gravity X and Y Dimensions

Designation X Y
4343-7 21.5 21
4343-8-A 21.75 21.75
4343-8-B 23.5 22.5
4343-9 28.5 25.25
4343-10 34.75 29.5
4343-12-A 41 34
4343-12-B 46.5 34
Note: Center of gravity is different for TwinBed with

angled or straight transition.
(see back of this sheet)
Sheet 4343-1CG
Page 2
CENTER OF GRAVITY
FOR ANGLED FIRING ARRANGEMENT
Burner with 7½° Transition Spool Burner with 15° Transition Spool
(0, 0)
(0, 0)
X
X
Y
Y
G
G
7½ DEGREE 15 DEGREE
Size X Y Size X Y
7 23.57 25.51 7 25.26 23.14
8-A 25.24 26.22 8-A 26.59 23.75
8-B 27.42 26.68 8-B 28.90 23.93
9 32.48 29.28 9 34.15 26.18
10 40.33 33.66 10 42.26 30.25
12-A 45.86 36.45 12-A 47.88 33.02
12-B 51.79 30.03 12-B 54.01 35.30
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 4343-1cg 10/01
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Tile and Mounting Suggestions Sheet 4343-2
REFRACTORY TILE CONSTRUCTION
In LNI firing mode, TwinBed II’s refractory tile acts as a passage for North American’s suggested construction addresses these issues. Twin-
preheated air to the furnace and as an exhaust port. In this mode it is Bed II’s mounting plate has a continuously welded steel ring around the
not subject to the thermal stress of a conventional burner tile. When port to form a barrier to hot gas migration. The mounting plate is large
nozzle-mix firing however, TwinBed II is a high temperature, preheated- enough for attachment of customer supplied refractory anchors.
air, high velocity burner, with relatively high tile pressures. Careful
refractory design and construction are required for optimum life. Included with purchase of a TB-II system are furnace specific
burner mounting drawings. The drawings contain information on tile
It is important that combustion gases are retained within the tile tunnel. construction: main tile port dimensions, lance placement and mounting
Proper tile installation requires anchoring of the cast/rammed tile struc- angle. Mandrels may be built by the tile installer to the dimensional
ture to the shell of the furnace. Thermal expansion of the structure and information or may be purchased from Fives North American
material shrinkage of the monolithic refractory during initial firing can Combustion, Inc. Important points about tile construction on page 2.
create passages for hot gases between steel shell and refractory wall.
customer to pack ceramic fiber

around injector
Make sure rope gasket supplied with mounting plate is in channel
before mounting burner.
rigid tile mounting box (by customer)

mounting plate is supplied with
3⁄16"  4" circular steel ring
injector port
typical reinforcement (by customer)
recommended
support (by customer)
Do not use these holes

to support TB-II
Fives North American
TwinBed II
Heat Reclamation
furnace furnace shell

buckstays
alternate support (column),

must provide for thermal
expansion (by customer)
Sheet 4343-2
Page 2
EXAMPLE MOUNTING BOX CONSTRUCTION

FOR ANGLED FIRING
furnace wall
Necessary furnace
shell reinforcement
not shown.
tile
mounting plate
mounting box
by customer
®
IMPORTANT POINTS ABOUT MOUNTING TwinBed II
®
TILE CONSTRUCTION FOR TwinBed II
TwinBed II’s regenerator weight requires structural support beyond
conventional burner requirements. Furnace shell must be rigid and the
1) Burner tile should be cast or rammed dense refractory rated for 3300°
regenerator should be supported with tie rods or columns.
F or higher.
®
2) The in-situ rammed or cast tile structure must be securely anchored IMPORTANT POINTS ABOUT MOUNTING TwinBed II
back to the mounting plate and/or furnace shell with metal or refrac-
tory anchors. 1) The burner mounting box should be rigid enough to secure burner to
furnace without warping or buckling from heat or regenerator load.
3) Use mounting box construction for thin wall furnaces to increase tunnel 2) Use vertical or angled tie rods as shown (drawing page 1) to support
depth to at least 15 inches. Angled firing usually requires mounting regenerator weight. Tie rods must not be more than 30 degrees from
box construction. vertical.
3) Vertical columns are an alternate to tie rod support of the regenerator
4) Suitable expansion joints should be provided in the surrounding wall but, they must have provision for thermal expansion by the furnace
structure to prevent displacement of the tile from the mounting by and burner. Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 4343-2 05/11
refractory movement.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Compact Regenerator
TwinBed® II Dimension Information 4343 - 20 dims
COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION
Mounting Pilot/UV adapter
plate supplied assembly
separately UV connection
by FivesNA flange
Fuel tube
assembly
Fuel Injector
mounting
Burner
Regenerator Media filler

chute (optional)
Media access
door
Air/exhaust
location
Slide gate for media removal

Slide gate
bottom flange
MAIN FLAME UV AND PILOT LOCATIONS
Main
UV location
Pilot can be located on either the left or right side
of the burner. Specifying pilot location automatically
Pilot connection Pilot connection
determines UV and observation port locations.
Observation
port location
4343- -BL1 4343- -BR1

4343-20 dims
Page 2
STRAIGHT FIRING ARRANGEMENT
2 ANSI raised
N ¾ NPT pilot
1½ NPT pilot face flanged
M connection UV connection gas connection
2 x Ø 1¼
T ¾ UV
connection
Ø A 45° 45°
ØB J U
V
K
Cx Ø D
2 x Ø 1¼
E
1" NPT cooling
air connection
W
Z L FF Ø1
DD UP S
X 2½
EE Media fill chute
H (media access Q
door removed)
Y
Furnace
Casing
F ØR REAR VIEW
FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW Ø AA
BB CC-SQ
GG
BOTTOM VIEW
BURNER AND REGENERATOR DIMENSIONS

(rounded to the nearest 1⁄8 inch)
Burner A (OD) B (B.C.) C (Holes) D (Dia) E (Dia) F G H J (OD) K (OD) L M N P Q R (OD)
7A 241⁄8 21¾ 12 7⁄8 4¼ 18¼ 13¾ 275⁄8 195⁄8 18 2½ 15¼ 36¾ 453⁄8 16 211⁄8
7B 241⁄8 21¾ 12 7⁄8 7 19½ 16 32 195⁄8 18 6½ 15¼ 367⁄8 453⁄8 15¼ 29
8A 261⁄8 23¾ 12 1 71⁄8 21 16½ 33 215⁄8 20 7 16½ 38¾ 47½ 15½ 31
8B 301⁄8 27¾ 12 1 85⁄8 22½ 19 38 255⁄8 24 6½ 19 42¾ 51¼ 155⁄8 35½
Burner S T U V W X Y Z AA (Dia) BB CC (Sq) DD EE FF GG
7A 45¾ 55⁄8 6¼ 25¾ 233⁄8 283⁄8 10¾ 67 31 393⁄8 11¾ 2½ 4¾ 1¼ 81⁄8

7B 48¼ 5¾ 6¼ 25¾ 237⁄8 29 135⁄8 697⁄8 39 433⁄8 11¾ 6 5¾ 2 11
8A 52¾ 61⁄8 6¼ 27¾ 243⁄8 31 145⁄8 75½ 42 45¾ 11¾ 6 5¾ 2 12
8B 60 7¼ 6¼ 31¾ 27¾ 35 16¾ 85¾ 45 49¼ 11¾ 6 5¾ 2 14¼
4343-20 dims
Page 3
AIR AND EXHAUST CONNECTION LOCATIONS
Plan view, front
LF RF
LR RR
Plan view, rear
Piping Connections
Burner
Cooling Pilot Main Gas

Air UV UV (flanged) Air / Exhaust
7A 4" ANSI flange: 9" od x 3⁄8" thick, with 8¾" holes on 7½" B.C.
7B 6" ANSI flange: 11" od x ½" thick, with 87⁄8" holes on 9½" B.C.
1" ¾" 1½" 2"
8A 6" ANSI flange: 11" od x ½" thick, with 87⁄8" holes on 9½" B.C.
8B 6" ANSI flange: 11" od x ½" thick, with 87⁄8" holes on 9½" B.C.
Weight (pounds)
Head Regen. Regen. Total Total

Burner only w/o media w/media w/o media w/media Media
7A 683 883 1203 1566 1886 320

7B 730 1238 1763 1968 2493 525
8A 906 1472 2141 2378 3047 669
8B 1360 1885 2851 3245 4211 966
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Dims 4343-20 06/10
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Catalog Designations
Sheet 4343-22
TWINBED II ASSEMBLY DUAL-FUEL TWINBED II ASSEMBLY
Type Size Suffix Option Description Type Size Suffix Option Description
4343 - 7 - XX 4" TwinBed II 6343 - 7 - XX 4" dual-fuel TwinBed II
4343 - 8-A / XX 6" TwinBed II 6343 - 8-A / XX 6" dual fuel TwinBed II
4343 - 8-B / XX 6" TwinBed II 6343 - 8-B / XX 6" dual fuel TwinBed II
4343 - 9 - XX 8" TwinBed II 6343 - 9 - XX 8" dual fuel TwinBed II
4343 - 10 - XX 10" TwinBed II 6343 - 10 - XX 10" dual fuel TwinBed II
4343 - 12-A / XX 12" TwinBed II 6343 - 12-A / XX 12" dual fuel TwinBed II
4343 - 12-B / XX 12" TwinBed II 6343 - 12-B / XX 12" dual fuel TwinBed II
GAS BURNERS (SUB-ASSEMBLY OF TB-II)
Type Size Suffix Option Description

4343 - 7 - BR 0 4" TwinBed II Burner less fuel tube, pilot on RH side, UV connection on LH side
4343 - 8-A / BR 0 6" TwinBed II Burner less fuel tube, pilot on RH side, UV connection on LH side
4343 - 8-B / BR 0 6" TwinBed II Burner less fuel tube, pilot on RH side, UV connection on LH side
4343 - 12-A / BR 0 12" TwinBed II Burner less fuel tube, pilot on RH side, UV connection on LH side
4343 - 12-B / BR 0 12" TwinBed II Burner less fuel tube, pilot on RH side, UV connection on LH side
4343 - 7 - BL 0 4" TwinBed II Burner less fuel tube, pilot on LH side, UV connection on RH side
4343 - 8-A / BL 0 6" TwinBed II Burner less fuel tube, pilot on LH side, UV connection on RH side
4343 - 8-B / BL 0 6" TwinBed II Burner less fuel tube, pilot on LH side, UV connection on RH side
4343 - 12-A / BL 0 12" TwinBed II Burner less fuel tube, pilot on LH side, UV connection on RH side
4343 - 12-B / BL 0 12" TwinBed II Burner less fuel tube, pilot on LH side, UV connection on RH side
4343 - 7 - BR 1 4" TwinBed II Burner with gas only fuel tube, pilot on RH side, UV connection on LH side
4343 - 8-A / BR 1 6" TwinBed II Burner with gas only fuel tube, pilot on RH side, UV connection on LH side
4343 - 8-B / BR 1 6" TwinBed II Burner with gas only fuel tube, pilot on RH side, UV connection on LH side
4343 - 12-A / BR 1 12" TwinBed II Burner with gas only fuel tube, pilot on RH side, UV connection on LH side
4343 - 12-B / BR 1 12" TwinBed II Burner with gas only fuel tube, pilot on RH side, UV connection on LH side
Sheet 4343-22
Page 2
GAS BURNERS (SUB-ASSEMBLY OF TB-II)
4343 - 7 - BL 1 4" TwinBed II Burner with gas only fuel tube, pilot on LH side, UV connection on RH side
4343 - 8-A / BL 1 6" TwinBed II Burner with gas only fuel tube, pilot on LH side, UV connection on RH side
4343 - 8-B / BL 1 6" TwinBed II Burner with gas only fuel tube, pilot on LH side, UV connection on RH side
4343 - 12-A / BL 1 12" TwinBed II Burner with gas only fuel tube, pilot on LH side, UV connection on RH side
4343 - 12-B / BL 1 12" TwinBed II Burner with gas only fuel tube, pilot on LH side, UV connection on RH side
4343 - 7 - B XX 4" Special TwinBed II Burner
4343 - 8-A / B XX 6" Special TwinBed II Burner
4343 - 8-B / B XX 6" Special TwinBed II Burner
4343 - 12-A / B XX 12" Special TwinBed II Burner
4343 - 12-B / B XX 12" Special TwinBed II Burner
DUAL FUEL BURNERS

6343 - 7 - BR 1 4" TwinBed II Burner with dual-fuel tube, pilot on RH side, UV connection on LH side
6343 - 8-A / BR 1 6" TwinBed II Burner with dual-fuel tube, pilot on RH side, UV connection on LH side
6343 - 8-B / BR 1 6" TwinBed II Burner with dual-fuel tube, pilot on RH side, UV connection on LH side
6343 - 12-A / BR 1 12" TwinBed II Burner with dual-fuel tube, pilot on RH side, UV connection on LH side
6343 - 12-B / BR 1 12" TwinBed II Burner with dual-fuel tube, pilot on RH side, UV connection on LH side
6343 - 7 - BL 1 4" TwinBed II Burner with dual-fuel tube, pilot on LH side, UV connection on RH side
6343 - 8-A / BL 1 6" TwinBed II Burner with dual-fuel tube, pilot on LH side, UV connection on RH side
6343 - 8-B / BL 1 6" TwinBed II Burner with dual-fuel tube, pilot on LH side, UV connection on RH side
6343 - 12-A / BL 1 12" TwinBed II Burner with dual-fuel tube, pilot on LH side, UV connection on RH side
6343 - 12-B / BL 1 12" TwinBed II Burner with dual-fuel tube, pilot on LH side, UV connection on RH side
6343 - 7 - B XX 4" Special dual-fuel TwinBed II Burner
6343 - 8-A / B XX 6" Special dual-fuel TwinBed II Burner
6343 - 8-B / B XX 6" Special dual-fuel TwinBed II Burner
6343 - 12-A / B XX 12" Special dual-fuel TwinBed II Burner
6343 - 12-B / B XX 12" Special dual-fuel TwinBed II Burner
REGENERATORS (SUB-ASSEMBLY OF TB-II)
4343 - 7 - RG 1 4" Standard TwinBed II Regenerator
4343 - 8-A / RG 1 6" Standard TwinBed II Regenerator
4343 - 8-B / RG 1 6" Standard TwinBed II Regenerator
4343 - 12-A / RG 1 12" Standard TwinBed II Regenerator
4343 - 12-B / RG 1 12" Standard TwinBed II Regenerator
4343 - 7 - RG XX 4" Special TwinBed II Regenerator
4343 - 8-A / RG XX 6" Special TwinBed II Regenerator
4343 - 8-B / RG XX 6" Special TwinBed II Regenerator
4343 - 12-A / RG XX 12" Special TwinBed II Regenerator
4343 - 12-B / RG XX 12" Special TwinBed II Regenerator
Sheet 4343-22
Page 3
TRANSITION SPOOL
Type Size 7½° Part Numbers Description
1
4343 - 7 4-17628-1 7 /2° Transition spool for a 4" 4343-7 TwinBed Burner
4343 - 8-A 4-17628-2 71/2° Transition spool for a 6" 4343-8-A TwinBed Burner
4343 - 8-B 4-17628-3 71/2° Transition spool for a 6" 4343-8-B TwinBed Burner
4343 - 9 4-17628-4 71/2° Transition spool for a 8" 4343-9 TwinBed Burner
4343 - 10 4-17628-5 71/2° Transition spool for a 10" 4343-10 TwinBed Burner
4343 - 12-A 4-17628-5 71/2° Transition spool for a 12" 4343-12-A TwinBed Burner
4343 - 12-B 4-17628-6 71/2° Transition spool for a 12" 4343-12-B TwinBed Burner
Type Size 15° Part Numbers Description
4343 - 7 4-18351-1 15° Transition spool for a 4" 4343-7 TwinBed Burner
4343 - 8-A 4-18351-2 15° Transition spool for a 6" 4343-8-A TwinBed Burner
4343 - 8-B 4-18351-3 15° Transition spool for a 6" 4343-8-B TwinBed Burner
4343 - 12-A 4-18351-5 15° Transition spool for a 12" 4343-12-A TwinBed Burner
4343 - 12-B 4-18351-6 15° Transition spool for a 12" 4343-12-B TwinBed Burner
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American
TwinBed® II Injector
TwinBed® II Air-Cooled LNI Fuel Injectors for Low NOx

Operation.
• Direct fuel injection

• Very low NOx emissions
• Air-cooled LNI fuel injector moderates the nozzle
temperature
The Air-Cooled LNI Fuel Injectors were designed for direct fuel
injection into the combustion chamber while operating at high
furnace temperatures, with or without preheated combustion
air. Injecting fuel directly into the chamber, this mode of
combustion dilutes the fuel with spent combustion products
while simultaneously combusting in a low oxygen environment. COOLING AIR SUPPLY
Employing the LNI mode of combustion, the moderated flame
temperatures results in very low NOx emissions when compared For applications that are using VFD controlled combustion
to conventional and air staged combustion modes. air fans which turn down to pressures below 6 OSI, it is
recommended that the cooling air flow to the injectors be
While many applications do not require it, there are several supplied by a separate fan.
operating conditions that will result in insufficient cooling of the
alloy nozzle by the fuel only. By actively cooling the nozzle If cooling air to the injector is interrupted while the furnace
using a low pressure ambient air supply, the Air-Cooled LNI Fuel temperature is at or above 1800°F it is recommended that the
Injector moderates the nozzle temperature protecting the injector injectors be retracted into the furnace wall as far as possible to
from premature failure. The Air-Cooled LNI Fuel Injector should prevent overheating.
be used when any of the following conditions are expected:
• The furnace operates at or above 2350°F

• The fuel to the injector will be shut off for more than 10
minutes or beyond 4:1 turndown while the furnace
temperature is at or above 1800°F
• The fuel to the injector will be turned down beyond 4:1
while the furnace temperature is at or above 1800°F
Sheet 4343-23
Page 2
COOLING AIR, FUEL FLOW RATES AND PRESSURES
Required Air-Cooled Injector Pressures and Flows
(units) 2½" 3½"

Fuel Flow scfh 2000 - 8500 8500 - 30,000
Fuel Pressure psi 1.00 1.00
Requirement @ Max. Flow
Cooling Air Flow Rate scfh 2000 3000
Cooling Air Pressure psi 1.00 1.00
Requirement
FURNACE TEMPERATURE VS. INJECTOR EXHAUST TEMPERATURE

(chart used for appropriate routing of hot exhaust piping)
Medium Size Injector

2½" Injector withwith
2000 2000 SCFHaircooling air
SCFH cooling
350
Exhaust Temperature (°F)
300
250
200
150
1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400
Furnace Temperature (°F)
Sheet 4343-23
Page 3
Exhaust
Exhaust
Injector Gas Injector Gas
B
B
(2) F (2) F
C D E E D C
Burner 1 Burner 2
B B
Main Air Main Air
Combustion Combustion
A A
Pilot Combustion Air & Pilot Combustion Air &

Other Cooling Air Other Cooling Air
Injector Cooling Air Injector Cooling Air
Combustion Air Fan
Piping Components (not included with injector) 2½" Injector 3½" Injector
Manual Butterfly Valve A 1122-3 1122-4
Flexible Braided Hose - Threaded Both Ends 16" Long B 8773-3TT/16 8773-4TT/16
Raised Face Slip-on Weld Flange (companion flange) C 8767B-5 8767B-6
Flexible Braided Hose - Fixed Raised Face Flange
D 8773-5-RR/12 8773-6-RR/12
Both Ends 12" long
Limiting Orifice Valve E 1807-5 1807-6
¼" Ball Valve (fuel and cooling air pressure) F 1821B-03 1821B-03
Sheet 4343-23
Page 4
INJECTOR MOUNTING DIMENSIONS
Note: Tag bar on injector

should "point" towards burner
centerline
N I M
(NPT Air Inlet)
H J
Note: Flange is Rotatable (NPT Exhaust)
AIR-COOLED INJECTOR DIMENSIONS
Injector Size 2½" 3½"

Gas Connection Lap Joint Flange (ANSI) H 1.25 2.00
Cooling Air Inlet Connection (NPT) I 1.50 2.00
Cooling Air Exhaust Connection (NPT) J 1.50 2.00
Diameter (inches) K 2.88 4.00
Cooling Air Outlet to Gas Connection Flange (inches) L 16.38 17.63
Furnace Hot Face to Mounting Flange (inches) M 16,20,24,28,32,36,40 16,20,24,28,32.36,40
Cooling Air Inlet to Gas Connection Flange (inches) N 13.00 13.63
Injector Overall Length (inches) O M + 24.63 M + 25.38
Sheet 4343-23
Page 5
SPARE PARTS
Cooling Air Out
Pipe Plug Bottom Packing

(Fuel Pressure Tap) Cooling Air In Flange
Mounting Gasket
Packing Bottom Packing Flange Bolt
Pipe Plug Bottom Packing Flange Nut

(Cooling Air Pressure Tap) Top Packing Flange
Top Packing Flange Bolt
Spare Parts 2½" Cooled Injector 3½" Cooled Injector

Mounting Gasket 4-50565-1 4-50465-1
Packing (2FT) R540-0609 (2.5FT) R540-0609
Bottom Packing Flange 4-50466-1 4-50566-1
Bottom Packing Flange Bolt R066-2950-C R066-2950-C
Top Packing Flange 4-50467-1 4-50567-1
Top Packing Flange Bolt R066-2930-C R066-2930-C
Top Packing Flange Nut R510-2259-C R510-2259-C
SST Pipe Plug R590-7820-S R590-7820-S
Sheet 4343-23
Page 6
1. Determine the size of injector required, 2½" or 3½" based on natural gas (0.6 sg.) fuel flow.
(units) 2½" 3½"

Fuel Flow scfh 2000 - 8500 8500 - 30,000
2. Determine appropriate injector clock position location with respect to the burner centerline
and choose injector part number.
3.
2½" 4-52586 2½" 4-52590

3½" 4-52607 3½"4-52611
2½" 4-50713 2½" 4-50994

3½" 4-50569 3½" 4-50996
2½" 4-52584 2½" 4-52592

3½" 4-52609 3½" 4-52613
Clock Position 2½" Injector Part Number 3½" Injector Part Number
1:30-2:30 4-52590 4-52611
3:00 4-50994 4-50996
3:30-4:30 4-52592 4-52613
7:30-8:30 4-52584 4-52609
9:00 4-50713 4-50569
9:30-10:30 4-52586 4-52607
Sheet 4343-23
Page 7
4. Choose appropriate length of injector "M" dimension, 16,20,24,28,32,36, or 40 inches.
5. Choose injector bore diameter based on the fuel flow given natural gas (0.6 sg.)with 1.0 PSI fuel pressure.
Standard Nozzle Bore Diameters

2½" Natural 3½" Natural
Injector Bore Gas Flow Injector Bore Gas Flow
Dia. (inches) (SCFH) Dia. (inches) (SCFH)
0.563 2000-2200 1.156 8500-9200

0.625 2350-2650 1.219 9200-10200
0.672 2750-3100 1.281 10200-11200
0.734 3250-3700 1.313 11200-12000
0.781 3750-4250 1.375 12000-13000
0.844 4300-4850 1.437 13000-14000
0.875 4850-5250 1.500 14000-15200
0.906 5250-5600 1.562 15200-16500
0.938 5600-6100 1.625 16500-18000
1.000 6100-6800 1.687 18000-19700
1.047 6800-7500 1.750 19700-21000
1.063 7500-7700 1.813 21000-22500
1.109 7700-8500
Ordering Examples:
2½" injector requires 3000 SCFH fuel flow, 10:00 position, M = 32 inches
Injector Part Number M Dimension Bore Diameter Complete Part Number
4-52586 -32 -672 4-52586-32-672 Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 4343-23 11/14
2½" injector requires 3000 SCFH fuel flow, 10:00 position, M = 32 inches
Injector Part Number M Dimension Bore Diameter Complete Part Number

4-52586 -32 1.109 4-52586-32-1109
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Sheet 4343-3
Pilots, Flame Detection and Bypass Air
1 2
Typical Pilot
Arrangement
Pilot and Cooling Air
forTwinBed II 3 6
11 14b 15
10 10 14a 7
13
5
9 12 4
9 16
Pilot Gas 8
2 2 18 Cooling Air
17 Observation
Port
Indicates pressure reference line

Min. 3⁄8 " OD tubing
Air (pilot/cooling) Line (for -7A thru -8B TwinBed II) Gas Line (all burner sizes)
1) 7349-3-G 1½" pressure reducing regulator, green 9) 1821-02 3⁄8" ball valve
spring (12-28"w.c.) 10) 1486A-02 3⁄8" solenoid valve
2) 1836-03 ¼" needle valve, cooling air pressure 11) 7350-02-A 3⁄8" regulator
measurement 12) R930-6055 3⁄8" needle valve
3) 1122-3 1½" pilot air butterfly valve 13) 1836-03 ¼" needle valve, pilot gas pressure
4) 1836-03 ¼" needle valve, pilot air pressure measurement measurement
5) 8777-3 1½" flexible nipple
6) 1122-2 1¼" cooling air butterfly valve Pilot / Flame Scanners / Flame Rod (all burner sizes)
7) 1836-03 ¼" needle valve, cooling air pressure
14a) 4020-3A-CB nozzle mix pilot tip for -7A thru -8B burner sizes
8) 8777-2 1¼" flexible nipple
4020-3-CB nozzle mix pilot tip for -9 thru -12B burner sizes
4020-4-CB nozzle mix pilot itpe for -14 burner size
Air (pilot/cooling) Line (-9 thru -12B TwinBed II)
14b) 4-25432-1 pilot flame rod assembly
1) 7349-4-G 2" pressure reducing regulator, green spring 15) 1836-03 ¼" needle valve (cooling air, pilot UV)
(12-28"w.c.) 16) see page 3 main flame scanner assembly and adapter
2) 1836-03 ¼" needle valve, air pressure with cooling air connection.
measurement
3) 1122-3 1½" pilot air butterfly valve Ignition (all burner sizes)
4) 1836-03 ¼" needle valve, pilot air pressure measurement
17) 4065-6NI-6A ignition transformer
18) 4085-5 ignition cable, 5'
6) 1122-3 1½" cooling air butterfly valve
7) 1836-03 ¼" needle valve, cooling air pressure
Sheet 4343-3
Page 2
TWINBED® II FIRING/FLAME SCANNING SEQUENCE

Burner(s) Stop Cycle Conventional Firing Stop Cycle LNI Firing (furnace
Burner "A" Off (low fire) (main flame in the tile) (low fire) above 1450 F [788 C])
Main Scanner on
Main Flame off on on on on
Pilot Flame Rod on off off
Pilot Flame off on.............loss of pilot flame will result in a shutdown of all burner fuel
Burner "B" time time
Main Scanner on
Main Flame off on on on on
Pilot Flame Rod on off off
Pilot Flame off on.............loss of pilot flame will result in a shutdown of all burner fuel
(pre-start (pilots "A" "B" "A" "B" transitions "A" "B" "A" "B"
check) only) fires fires fires fires to and fires fires fires fires
from LNI
note 1 note 2 note 3 note 4
The above diagram shows the relationship between the flame detectors Flame Scanners:
and introduction of main fuel. Each TwinBed II burner uses a flame rod
to monitor the pilot flame and a flame scanner to monitor the main Flame scanners other than Fireye UV7A4 and Fireye UV1AL may require
flame. The main flame scanner mounting is such that it can not "see" different adapters than listed. Contact North American for information.
the pilot flame. Page 3 lists scanner assembly details, item 16. For burners controlled
by systems other than a North American Safety PLC, a self-check-
NOTES: ing scanner must be used on the main flame.
1. Prior to the pilots being ignited, both the pilot and main flame scan- Pressure Reference Lines
ners are "switched" on (electrically connected to the flame controller)
so the flame controller can perform a diagnostic check of both scan- Pressure reference lines (lines with hash marks) to regulator diaphragm
ners. chambers may be 3/8" or ½" stainless steel or copper tubing. Do not use
steel tubing which will rust and may eventually block the passage.
2. In the "Stop Cycle" mode, all air, exhaust, and fuel "cycle valves" are
closed. The flame monitoring is of the pilot flame only. Pilot Location
3. When the burners are firing "conventionally", with main fuel being The TwinBed in the schematic has the pilot located on the left side and
introduced through the "burner fuel" connection, the pilot flame main UV on the right (4343-BL1). Locations of pilot and main UV can be
rod is "switched" off. In this "state", the flame monitoring system reversed (4343-BR1).
will be maintained by the main scanner "seeing" the main flame
even though the pilot is still burning. The "exhausting" burners flame Typical Pilot Adjustments
monitoring system is maintained by detection of its pilot flame.
CAUTION! Standards-compliant functioning of the Flame Detection System
4. When the burners are firing in the "injector mode" (LNI), the flame can be compromised if the pilot system is not configured and adjusted strictly
in accordance with the information outlined in Sheet 4343-3.
monitoring system is maintained by the pilot flame rod in both the
firing and exhausting burners. The primary safety limit for the intro-
duction of main fuel, in addition to all other required limits, is proving Set pilot with zero main burner air pressure.
the furnace and by-pass flue are above "auto ignition" temperature.
Pilot Gases Nat. Gas Air
INFORMATION ON PAGE 1 SCHEMATIC Adjust Item #12 #3

4020-3A-CB Flow (scfh) 30 232
Air Pressure Regulation 4020-3-CB Flow (scfh) 47 360
4020-4-CB Flow (scfh) 70 540
Because of the wide swings in backpressure that occur when TwinBed Pressure (P) 4.3"w.c. 4.3"w.c.
II cycles between firing and exhausting, a regulator (item 1) is used to Measure P. at Item #13 (pilot gas) #4 (pilot air)
maintain constant pressure drop across the pilot and fuel tube cooling
passage. Constant pressure drop translates into constant flow. Pilot operation is best when slightly fuel rich as in above air flows.
Sheet 4343-3
Page 3
Cooling Air Flow and Pressure Drop Across Fuel Tube TB-II Size -7A thru -8B -9 thru -12-B
Adjustments should be made in stop cycle mode so that backpressure is Regulator size 7349A-3-A 7349A-4-A
constant. Adjust #6 cooling air butterfly valve.
Reg. Capacity Drop 5" 2.6"
TB-II Size -7A thru -8B -9 thru -14 TB-II Backpressure 11" 11"
Pilot Pressure 4.3" 4.3"
Flow (scfh) 700 1000 Control Valve Press. Drop 2.7" 2.7"
Pressure (P) "wc 1" 1" Total Air Pressure Req'd. 23"w.c. 20.6"w.c.
Measure P at item #7 #7
Air Supply to Pilot/Cooling Air Regulator
The 7349A-3-A regulator requires 20.5"w.c. inlet pressure and the

7349A-4-A regulator requires 18.0"w.c. inlet pressure. The maximum
pressure drops that make up total air required are listed in the table.
TYPICAL UV SCANNER ASSEMBLIES FOR MAIN FLAME
End User UV UV Scanner Main Flame Pilot Scanner

Location Scanner Part Number Sensor Module Flame Adapter
United States Fireye UV7A4 R130-UV7A4 EMX-MBPF100S EMX-MBPF100S 8836-R
Europe Fireye UV1AL R130-UV1AL-6 R130-MBCE-110/230UV R130-MBCE-100/230FR 8836-R
See the 8832 Bulletin for 8836-R details
COMPONENTS REQUIRED FOR MAIN FLAME SELF-CHECKING UV SCANNER
Assembly UV UV Scanner Scanner 1 NPT x ¾ NPT

Number Scanner Part Number Adapter Adapter
4-47709-1 Honeywell C7061 R-130-5251 8835-R 4-8035-3
PILOT ASSEMBLY / FLAME ROD ASSEMBLY
4020-3A-CB pilot for burner sizes -7A thru -8B

4020-3-CB pilot for burner sizes -9 thru -12B
4020-4-CB pilot for burner size -14
Add anti-seize and lubrication compound

to threads on pilot at installation
(such as "Never-Seez" P.N. R790-1007) Flame rod assembly 4-25432-1
Pilot adapter 4-42625-1 for burner sizes -7A thru -12B

Pilot adapter 4-49059-1 for burner size -14
(included with TwinBed II burner head
Gasket 4-17477-3
Sheet 4343-3
TWINBED® II PILOT SETUP AND TROUBLE-SHOOTING Page 4
GENERAL SETUP — 4343 BURNER PILOT SYSTEM
Warning: Startup and adjustment of combustion equipment should only be done by trained personnel familiar with combustion
technology, combustion equipment, and with the particular burner system, equipment, and controls.
CAUTION! Standards-compliant functioning of the Flame Detection System can be compromised if the pilot system is not configured and
adjusted strictly in accordance with the information outlined in Sheet 4343-3.
Refer to pilot schematic on page one for item numbers.

1. All fuel valves to furnace should have been closed during shutdown (both main and pilot valves).
2. Purge the furnace in accordance with local standards requirements.
3. Adjust the main burner air flow to its lowest operating condition (for instance, with air flow conditions of a hot
regenerator at light-off).
4. Open manual gas shutoff valves (not shown on schematic) to get gas pressure to inlet of closed pilot manual valve 9 .
Set gas supply pressure to pilot system between 21 and 28"w.c. Note: Gas pressure must be set when gas is flowing.
Make final adjustments to gas supply pressure once pilot is burning.
5. Turn open six turns the adjustment plug of the pilot gas limiting orifice valve 12 .
6. Place the 4343 Burner in stop cycle mode (main burners off, blower running).
7. Set the pilot air regulator 
1 for a 7"w.c. pressure measured at the cooling air needle valve 2 . Refer to "Air Supply to
Pilot/Cooling Air Regulator" on page 2 for air pressure information.
8. Set fuel-tube cooling-air pressure at item 7 to 1"w.c.
9. Make sure UV cooling air valves 15 is open and air is flowing to UV mounting adapter.
10. Run trial for pilot ignition (power ignition transformer 17 and open pilot gas solenoid valve 10 ). Slowly open pilot gas
shutoff valve 9 . Adjust pilot gas limiting orifice valve 12 until 4.3"w.c. is measured at the pilot gas pressure tap 13 .
The pilot should ignite.
11. CAUTION! Verify that the pilot flame cannot be sensed by the main flame scanner, as this could permit a hazard to
persist, and is indicative of a pilot setup issue. If the main flame scanner senses the pilot flame, confirm settings, readjust
pilot and burner settings and retest until the main flame scanner dœs not sense the pilot flame.
12. If pilot does not ignite, see page 5.
TWINBED® II PILOT SETUP AND TROUBLE-SHOOTING
TROUBLE-SHOOTING 4343 PILOT SYSTEM
Problem Possible Cause Possible Correction

A. Pilot dœs not light
1. No spark. Check spark plug 14a for carbon or no gap; ignition
transformer 17 ; and ignition wire 18 for electrical continuity,
short or failed/burned insulation.
2. Pilot tip 
14a dirty or plugged. Clean.
3. Pilot air pressure is not correct. Measure with a manometer when the main burner is in stop
cycle mode. If not correct, adjust pilot air regulator
   1 
accordingly.
4. Pilot gas pressure is not correct. Measure with a manometer when the main burner is in stop
cycle mode. If not correct, adjust pilot gas needle valve 
12 accordingly.
5. Pilot gas solenoid valve 10 not opening. Check for power to gas solenoid valve.
6. Pilot manual gas valve 9 closed. Open.
B. Pilot gœs out after lighting:

1. Pilot tip 
14a dirty or plugged. Clean.
2. Pilot flame rod 14b not seeing flame. Clean or replace flame rod 14b .
3. Incorrect pilot air pressure. Adjust air butterfly valve .
3
4. Incorrect pilot gas pressure Adjust gas needle valve 12.
5. Incorrect upstream pressure to ratio regulator 11 . See setup instructions (above) and adjust.
Sheet 4343-3
Page 5
TWINBED® II COMBUSTION AIR BYPASS
PURPOSE PREVENTION
The purpose of the TwinBed II combustion air bypass system is To prevent the bed from overheating while in pilot-only mode, a
to prevent overheating of the regenerator bed and support struc- controlled volume of air is by-passed around the combustion air
ture while the burner pair is in pilot-only mode. cycle valve. This air flow is adjusted to satisfy the rate of exhaust
valve leakage and achieve a neutral-to-slightly-positive regener-
While in pilot-only mode, both the combustion air and the ator plenum pressure relative to the furnace chamber, eliminating
exhaust air cycle valve are in the closed position. As the valves the outward flow of hot gases.
have metal-to-metal seats (not intended as tight shut-off) there
is a potential for leakage depending on the differential pressure ADJUSTMENT
across the valve. Typically a TwinBed II system’s deadhead ex-
haust fan suction is greater than the deadhead air fan pressure. While the burner pair is in pilot-only mode and at operating
Accordingly the exhaust valve natural leakage is greater than temperature, connect the positive side of a differential pressure
that of the combustion air valve, creating a negative pressure in gauge onto the pressure tap located on the rear of the TwinBed
the regenerator plenum which pulls hot gases from the furnace plenum. Connect the negative side of the pressure gauge onto
chamber into the regenerator bed. As a result while in pilot-only the pressure tap located on the rear of the TwinBed burner head.
mode for extended periods of time, the depth of the hot zone Adjust the bypass valve until a slightly positive differential pres-
in the regenerator media bed will increase and will potentially sure is achieved to cause flow in the desired direction. This pres-
overheat the plenum. sure is expected to be approximately + .02”w.c to + .04”w.c.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Regenerator Bed - Maintenance and Cleaning Sheet 4343-4
CAUSES OF BED PLUGGING DETERMINING TIME BETWEEN BED CLEANINGS
The TwinBed heat storage bed is subject to plugging similarly Since cleaning necessity varies significantly between furnaces,
to a filter when used on furnaces with dirty flue gases. The the effect of plugging on the performance of the burner should
plugging matter can be suspended particulate or vapors that be tracked. This program of data gathering, storing, and
condense while passing through the lower temperature zones of analysis can be as simple or involved as one desires. The main
the regenerator bed. idea is to develop data to compare the burner performance
with a "clean" bed to that of a "dirty" bed. This information
There are two stages of plugging: can be used to establish the time to reach an unacceptable
reduction of production rate and/or furnace efficiency.
Stage 1: Particulate is evenly distributed in a layer on or within
the bed. Combustion air flow is reduced due to the increased With the system operating with clean beds and normalized to
pressure drop, but minimal heat transfer loss occurs. all flow rates, temperatures, and pressures, the following data
can be recorded for each burner: with the burner at a given
Stage 2: If plugging material is allowed to build up, combustion firing rate (air flow), measure pressure drop across the bed; at
air may fluidize portions of the bed, causing channeling of the same firing rate, measure bed temperature and pressure
the flow (little flow in some areas and high flow in others). drop when exhausting. The data can be recorded periodically
In this condition, the heat recovery is reduced and exhaust to establish the rate of plugging and schedule a bed inspection/
temperature will rise. cleaning.
Aluminum oxide (particulate) and fluxing salts (condensed BED REMOVAL

vapor) are the typical contaminants in aluminum melters.
The frequency of bed cleaning varies with each application. Note: The amount of time to clean each regenerator varies
Two to four weeks is typical for fluxing aluminum melters and with the material handling equipment, familiarity of the
anywhere from three months to 12 months for non-fluxing personnel with the cleaning procedure, and amount of plugging
melters depending on type of scrap charged, and level of material accumulated in the bed prior to cleaning.
scrap contamination. How quickly a bed will plug is affected by
WARNING: Personnel must wear safety clothing including the
furnace operating procedures, production rate, quality of the following: face shield, dust respirator, steel toe shoes, heat
charge, furnace cleaning practice, quantity of salt used, and the Insulating gloves, heat resistant or leather clothing.
amount of salt allowed into the main hearth chamber.
WARNING: Bed material must be cooled to safe temperature
Certain furnace operations can abnormally accelerate plugging. before opening burner.
Alloying, furnace cleaning, and batch flux charging can release
excessive volumes of particulate and vapor. If care is not taken, Place burner(s) to be cleaned in the direct fire mode to cool the
beds can plug within hours. Plugging can be minimized by bed media. Other burner(s) can continue firing to heat the furnace
operating the burners in "direct fire" or "stop cycle" during and while a burner is turned off to clean the regenerator. Before cooling,
the temperature gradient across the heat transfer media will range
for a few minutes after these operations. The dirty flue gases
from furnace temperature at top to ambient temperature at bottom.
will then exit the flue rather than through the burner beds.
Establish a maximum working temperature that personnel can work
with, then adjust the direct fire (cool down) time accordingly.
In steel reheating furnaces the contaminants are iron oxide
particles. Cleaning usually is required after the first nine months
of operation and every six months thereafter.
Glass melting has both particulate (batch carryover) and

sublimed/condensed volatiles. Batch carryover sits on top,
volatiles collect according to vertical temperature profile, just
like aluminum furnace fluxes.
Sheet 4343-4
Page 2
REAR FRONT
Bed Cover
Drop Gate Screws
Drop Gate Rear Plenum Cover
PROCEDURE
Step 3: After the initial vertical lift, the cover may be moved
After burner(s) have fired direct for sufficient time to properly horizontally away from the stationary section. It is important
cool the regenerator beds: to keep the cover centered until it has cleared the internal
sidewalls to prevent damage to the cover refractory.
• Turn off the burner to be cleaned.
• Lock out the controls so the burner cannot be turned on. Consideration of cover placement during the remainder of the
bed cleaning is extremely important. Keep in mind that a knife
• Close the individual burner manual gas valves to burner gas,
to injector gas, and to the individual burner manual pilot gas edge male seal protrudes from the flange area and that it must
valve for the respective burner. be protected from damage. If the cover refractories have been
sufficiently cooled, it can be set down on a wood pallet or
• Place the furnace flue damper control into the manual mode platform. If the refractory is too hot for this, it should be placed
and drive open. on a heat resistant surface. Be careful not to damage the knife
edge or refractory.
BURNER BED REMOVAL
Step 4: With the cover removed and properly stored, move into
WARNING: Maintain a negative pressure within the furnace place the container that will accept the fouled bed material.
to protect personnel cleaning the beds from contact with hot
furnace gases. Under positive or neutral furnace pressures, After removing all air plenum cover bolts, the cover is now
furnace gases could exit through an open burner hatch. ready to be removed. The rear plenum cover has no refractory
lining but large sizes are heavy.
Lifting lugs are positioned at each corner of the bed cover
on its top surface. Each facility usually provides removal WARNING: Keep hands away from rear of the regenerator when
hardware suitable to their installation requirements. A suggested loosening the two drop gate screws because the support plate
arrangement is the use of a spreader bar with four lifting chains drops with considerable force.
and hooks for connection to four lifting lugs on the cover. The
other side of the spreader bar is connected to an overhead Simultaneously loosen the two drop gate screws holding the
crane or a chain hoist fastened to an overhead rail, gantry, or rear half of the bed support plate until the plate drops into the
the forks of a lift truck. air plenum.
Step 1: Connect the lifting device to the bed cover, but keep off WARNING: Keep clear of the rear of the regenerator. The fouled
tension. bed media will pour out immediately and could be very hot if
cooling on direct fire operation is inadequate.
Step 2: After removing all bed cover bolts, the cover is now
ready to be removed. The cover gasket arrangement consists Step 5: A portion of the bed media will fall out as the bed
of a knife edge around the perimeter of the removable section support plate drops. The remainder is raked out. Most of the
and a rope gasket housed in a channel around the perimeter fouled media will be loose, however, some areas may have
of the stationary bed section. It is important for the refractory agglomerated and will require breaking up.
construction that the lifting device be centered such that at least
the first few inches of lift be true vertical.
Sheet 4343-4
Page 3
WARNING: Stay clear of the back of the regenerator. The container MEDIA CLEANING
should be large enough to hold all the balls but some may still fall
out and roll around. Before continuing with bed removal, pick up all The heat transfer media can be cleaned by tumbling to
balls on floor. Use shovel or other device as balls may still be hot. separate the contaminants or by washing the media with a
water spray.
Step 6: Rake out balls from front of regenerator.
DRY METHOD
Note: Use care during the removal process to prevent damage
to the regenerator refractory. The contaminated ¾" diameter balls are placed into a
perforated rotating drum, or onto a stationary perforated flat
INSPECTION plate. The rotating drum will separate the dust and small pieces
automatically while the charge is manually raked when the flat
When all the bed media has been extracted, inspect the plate is used.
following:
A vibratory finishing mill such as those of SWECO Corp. will make the
process automatic. These machines can be totally enclosed to contain
• Remove the rear perforated support plate, check for plugging all the dust, and can be fitted with discharge classifying screens and
of the perforations, clean as required using a dust separators.
wire brush. If a wire brush dœs not clean the perforations,
use a 5⁄16" drill to open holes. WET METHOD
• Clean the front stationary perforated support plate as Similar to the dry method, but with the addition of a water spray
described for the rear plate (burner sizes -10, -12A and -12B or jet. Disposal of the spent water has to be considered for
only). environmental reasons, since it will contain dissolved salts.
Glass – volatiles are usually Na2SO4 which is very soluble in water,
• Remove (vacuum or brush) any small particles, dust, etc. that but batch carryover is not water soluble.
may have fallen through the perforations into the plenum
chamber. Check for and remove any obstructions on the wire Aluminum – fluxing salts are water soluble. Aluminum oxide or
screens located in the air and exhaust connections. dross is not.
• Inspect all refractory for damage or degradation. If required, Note: A wet media charge should not be placed into the regenerators.
make repairs. Sufficiently air dry prior to placing in the regenerator or run burners
in direct fire for sufficient time to ensure a dry charge.
• Inspect and clean seals and sealing surfaces. Replace any
damaged seals. SIZING MEDIA
There will be some breakage of the balls because of splitting or
Note: It is very important to maintain the integrity of the bed shelling. These smaller pieces should not be put back into the
cover and air plenum cover gaskets. regenerators, since they could plug the holes in the perforated
support plate. They will also cause higher bed pressure drops and
RE-ASSEMBLY may contribute to accelerated plugging.
Step 1: Replace the perforated bed support plate. Slide the REAR FRONT
plate onto inclined rails at the center of the plenum. Push the
plate up the incline until it drops into the grooved holder. Lift
bed plate and lock into position with drop gate screws.
Step 2: Carefully replace the rear air plenum cover making

sure the gasket seating surfaces are clear of all dirt and debris.
When the retainer is satisfactorily seated, install all bolts back
into position and tighten fully.
Step 3: Fill the regenerator with clean ¾" diameter alumina

balls to a level depth of 12". Be careful not to damage the
burner refractories.
Fixed Front Bed
Step 4: Replace the bed cover by reversing the removal Support Plate
procedure. Make sure all gasket surfaces are clear of dirt and (TBII sizes -10, -12A, and
debris. Install and tighten all bolts. -12B only)
Step 5: Open the manual gas line valves and return the
Rear Bed Support Plate
furnace and furnace pressure control system to normal (all sizes TBII)
operation.
TwinBed II Data To Track History Of Regenerator Plugging
(Cycle Mode High Fire)
TB-II (_ _ A)
CONTACT
clean
regenerator
www.fivesgroup.com
DATE
Furnace Temp. °F
Comb. Air, scfh
Plenum pressure firing, "wc

Regenerator DP firing, "wc
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

Regenerator exh. temp. °F
Regenerator exh DP "wc

Exhaust temperature °F
TB-II (_ _ B)
clean
regenerator
DATE
Furnace Temp. °F
Comb. Air, scfh
Plenum pressure firing,"wc
Regenerator DP firing, "wc
Regenerator exh. temp °F
Regenerator exh. DP "wc
Exhaust temperature °F
NOTE: Regenerator DP is measured across the media section only. It dœs not DETERMINING TIME BETWEEN BED CLEANINGS
include resistances from valves or tiles. Measure media top pressure at peepsight on
back of burner. Measure media bottom pressure at the regenerator clean-out door. Regenerator plugging should be tracked to compare burner performance of a "clean" bed to
Use a pressure differential gauge or manometer hooked to both taps to directly read that of a "dirty" bed. The data can be recorded periodically to establish the rate of plugging
the pressure differential. and schedule a bed inspection/cleaning.
media top pressure
DP = differential pressure With the system operating with clean beds and normalized to all flow rates, temperatures, and
Regnerator
pressures, data can be recorded for each burner. With the burner at a given firing rate (air
DP
flow), measure pressure drop across the bed. At the same firing rate, measure bed temperature
media bottom pressure and pressure drop when exhausting.
Page 4
Sheet 4343-4

North American TwinBed ® II Sheet 4343-5
Seals and Gaskets, OBS. Ports, Fuel Tube Parts

Burner Fuel tube Mounting plate seal
observation port observation port Burner backplate seal
Pilot UV
mounting mounting
gasket gasket
Transition seal
Injector gasket
Regenerator seal
Hatch
observation
port Hatch seal
Plenum seal
Air / exhaust gasket Clean out door seal
PARTS LIST
Length in feet for each size of TwinBed II
Part name Part no. Description 4343-7 4343-8-A 4343-8-B 4343-9 4343-10 4343-12-A 4343-12-B
Mounting Plate Seal R540-0365 ½" dia. Rope Gasket 5.3 5.9 6.9 7.7 9.0 9.0 10.0
Burner Backplate Seal R540-0365 ½" dia. Rope Gasket 5.3 5.3 6.2 7.4 8.3 8.3 9.3
Bed Hatch Seal R540-0365 ½" dia. Rope Gasket 5.1 5.5 6.0 7.7 10.3 12.3 14.3
Clean Out Door Seal R290-1320 ¼" Bolt Hole Tape 5.8 6.0 6.5 7.5 9.0 9.0 10.0
Transition Seal R540-0365 ½" dia. Rope Gasket 4.9 5.5 6.9 7.7 8.7 8.7 9.8
Regenerator Seal R540-0365 ½" dia. Rope Gasket 4.9 5.5 6.6 7.7 8.7 8.7 9.8
Plenum Seal R290-1320 ¼" Bolt Hole Tape 10.0 10.0 12.0 14.5 18.0 19.0 22.0
Order rope gasket and tape by the foot. Contact product manager for gasket and tape by the roll.
GASKETS OBSERVATION PORTS

Part name TB-II size Description Part number Location TB-II size Part number
Pilot mounting gasket all sizes Grafoil 4-17477-3 Burner 4343-7 NA

U.V. mounting gasket all sizes Grafoil 4-17479-1 4343-8-A, -8-B, -9 8790-0
Air/exhaust flange gasket -7 Grafoil OA3-2302-2H4 4343-10, -12-A, -12-B 8790-4-AC
-8A, -8B Grafoil OA3-2302-3H4
-9 Grafoil OA3-2302-4H4 Fuel Tube all sizes 8790-0
-10 Grafoil OA3-2302-5H4 Hatch all sizes 8790-4-AC
-12A, -12B Grafoil OA3-2302-6H4
Sheet 4343-5
Page 2
TWINBED II FUEL TUBE PARTS
Gas connection Pipe plug in one of two connections
End plate Forward gas tube
Screw / Bolt
Observation port
¼" pipe plug (R590-7820)
Hex head bolt (R066-3450-C)

Hex head nut (R510-2319)
Flatwasher (R970-7370-C)
Cooling air Fuel tube gasket Fuel tube tile

gasket
Caution tag (15-0034-1)
Chain (R118-1020) End plate gasket Gas connection gasket
Fuel Tube Parts
Part name 4343-7 4343-8-A 4343-8-B 4343-9 4343-10 4343-12-A 4343-12-B

Fuel tube Assembly 4-20269-1 4-20269-1 4-47000-1 4-42326-1 4-42326-1 4-42326-1 4-42326-1
including:
Gas Connection 4-42090-1 4-42090-1 4-42090-1 4-42089-1 4-42089-1 4-42089-1 4-42089-1
Fuel Tube Tile 4-20271-1 4-20271-1 4-46999-1 4-31385-1 4-31385-1 4-31385-1 4-31385-1
Fwd. Gas Tube 4-20272-1 4-20272-1 4-46998-1 4-47298-1 4-47298-1 4-47298-1 4-47298-1
End Plate 4-20273-1 4-20273-1 4-20273-1 4-42592-1 4-42592-1 4-42592-1 4-42592-1
Observation Port 8790-0 8790-0 8790-0 8790-0 8790-0 8790-0 8790-0

End Plate Gasket 4-16807-1 4-16807-1 4-16807-1 4-10646-1 4-10646-1 4-10646-1 4-10646-1
Cooling Air Gasket 4-20275-1 4-20275-1 4-20275-1 4-10645-1 4-10645-1 4-10645-1 4-10645-1
Gas Conn. Gasket 4-20274-1 4-20274-1 4-20274-1 4-10644-1 4-10644-1 4-10644-1 4-10644-1
Fuel Tube Gasket 4-16808-1 4-16808-1 4-16808-1 4-10644-1 4-10644-1 4-10644-4 4-10644-1
Pipe Plug R590-7890 R590-7890 R590-7890 R590-7910 R590-7910 R590-7910 R590-7910
Screw/Bolt R765-1650 R765-1650 R765-1650 R066-2320 R066-2320 R066-2320 R066-2320
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Sheet 4343-6
Furnace Pressure Control
The systems on this sheet are meant to convey the functions rather than the actual hardware used in control.
There are many combinations of hardware and logic that can be used.
CONTROL OF CLEAN EXHAUST GAS FLOW AND FURNACE PRESSURE

Typical for non-fouling furnaces
Furnace When flue damper is fully closed, setpoint of exhaust is lowered.

pressure control When flue damper is fully open, setpoint of ehaust is raised.
Air jet
damper Furnace pressure
EPIC® II transmitter Exhaust
Combustion temp.
air control
From Exhaust
combustion control
air valve
Reference
Pressure
tap
Exhaust cycle
valve
Exhaust ther-
mocouple
POC = products of combustion

Sheet 4343-6
Page 2
FURNACE FLUE (clean flue gases) CONTROL
TwinBed II dœs not require that all of the combustion products it This is a general description of furnace pressure control. There
generates be brought back through its regenerators in order to are a number of schemes available.
achieve optimum air preheat. The heat carrying capacity of the
combustion air is approximately 20% less than that of the POC. Flow through the regenerators is controlled by the temperature
Thus combustion air can be preheated with 80% of the POC of the exhaust gases leaving the regenerator. If temperature is
exhausted through the regenerator. The remaining 20% exhausts too low, flow is increased. Furnace pressure is maintained by
through the furnace flue direct from the furnace chamber which modulation of the flue damper. If the damper is in the full closed
reduces exhaust system power requirement. position and furnace pressure is below setpoint, the exhaust tem-
perature setpoint is reduced to lower exhaust gas flow through
Size furnace flue for 20% of total POC. If you want TwinBeds to the burner regenerators.
Direct Fire (see page 2), size flue for 100% POC.
DIRECT FIRE SYSTEM FOR FOULING APPLICATIONS
Furnace
pressure control Exhaust
Air jet cycle valves
damper Furnace pressure closed
EPIC® II transmitter Exhaust
Combustion temp.
air control
Hard
From damper
combustion
air Reference
Pressure tap
Exhaust
P control valve
O
C closed
10
All POC exits through

0%
furnace flue
POC = products of combustion
When used in processes such as aluminum melting furnaces or In order to accommodate the wide range in POC flow rates
glass melting tanks where routine fouling of the regenerators is from direct fire to regenerative cycling, systems with direct fire
expected, the TwinBed system is usually installed with a furnace capability use a two stage flue damper (air jet damper and hard
flue capable of accepting the full POC flow of all burners in direct damper) and a split range cascade control loop.
fire. In addition to firing with cold combustion air, the system al-
lows cleaning a fouled regenerator while the other burners fire. Detailed information on this system is available from North
American's High Temperature Systems Group.
Sheet 4343-6
Page 3
CONTROL OF EXHAUST GAS FLOW FOR MULTIPLE ZONES OF TWINBED II BURNERS
The exhaust control valve system on the front of this sheet puts at low fire and one zone at high fire, the low fire zone would not
equal suction on each regenerator. This is acceptable for a fur- have sufficient combustion air blown through the regenerator for
nace with one temperature zone because air and exhaust flows cooling. Regenerator exhaust temperature would rise (tempera-
through each TwinBed® II are in balance. ture profile would also change), and there would be the potential
for excessive temperatures in the exhaust system.
Multi-zone PAT or 2-position (High/Low) control presents a special
problem. Equal suction at all regenerators means equal volumes The system above limits exhaust flows when zone exhaust tem-
of exhaust gases drawn through each regenerator. If one zone is peratures reach a predetermined point.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Glossary, Abbreviations, etc.

(as used in catalog literature, manuals, and electrical drawings)
TwinBed Parts
"Burner" -formerly the head. Includes the fuel tube.
"Fuel tube" -fuel release device for nozzle mix firing.
"Regenerator" -formerly the bed. Includes the air/exhaust plenum.
"Injectors" -fuel release device for LNI firing located in the furnace wall.
"Transition" -straight or angled refractory-lined duct section between burner and regenerator.
"Heat Transfer Media" -alumina balls.
Cycle Valves (normally pneumatically controlled)

"Combustion Air Cycle Valve" (CACV)
"Gas Cycle Valve" (GCV)
"Oil Cycle Valve" (OCV)
"Exhaust Cycle Valve" (EXCV)
"Atomizing Fluid (Air or Steam) Cycle Valve" (AACV)
Fuel Path Select Valves

"Burner gas path select valve" -for shut off of gas flow to burner (fuel tube).
"Injector gas path select valve" -for shut off of gas flow to LNI injectors.
"Burner oil select valve" -for shut off of oil to burner.
"Injector oil select valve" -for shut off of oil to LNI injector.
Solenoid Compressed Air Valves

"Main Control Solenoid Valve"
used for (1) On/Off temperature control
used for (2) Limit or system caused closing of all cycle valves.
"Air/Exhaust Cycle Control Solenoid Valve"
"Fuel Cycle Control Solenoid Valve"
"Fuel Select Solenoid Valve" - Routes pneumatics to gas or oil cycle valves.
Motorized Valves
"Combustion Air Flow Control Valve" "Air Damper Control Valve"
"Exhaust Temperature Control Valve" "Hard Damper Actuator"
"Fuel Control Valve"
Sheet 4343-7
page 2
Event Descriptions
"Burner Gas" (Center Gas) -Firing with gas introduced inside burner for nozzle mix combustion.
"Injector Gas" -Firing with gas introduced through the injectors for low NOx combustion.
"Burner Oil" -Firing with oil introduced inside burner for nozzle mix combustion.
"Injector Oil" -Firing with oil introduced through the injectors for low NOx combustion.
"LNI" (Low NOx Injection) -Low NOx firing with fuel introduced through the injectors.
"Stop Cycle" -Air, Fuel, and Exhaust Cycle Valves are closed. Pilot is on.
"Reject Exhaust" -Exhaust Temperature Control Valve is driven to closed position.
"Cycle Fire" -Regenerative firing.
"Direct Fire" -Non cycle firing.
-(Exhaust Cycle Valve closed, Exhaust Temperature Control Valve closed, Air
and Gas Cycle Valves open).
-Burner(s) operates as conventional cold air burner(s).
"Exhaust Extraction Rate" -Percentage of POC removed from the furnace through the TB-II exhaust system.
"Exhaust Reject Rate" -Percentage of POC not taken through the TB-II exhaust system.
"Cycle Reversal" -Switching from firing-to-exhaust and exhaust-to-firing.
Other
"Air bypass valve" -manual air valve used to counter residual exhaust suction when in stop cycle.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
LNI Flames and NOx Emissions

LNI (Low NOx Injection)
Flame and NOx Emissions with TwinBed II
combustion zone
TwinBed II is operated as a conventional high velocity burner POC recirculation

when furnace temperature is below 1450°F (790°C). When the
furnace is above that temperature, the TwinBed II burners can be
automatically switched to LNI firing to inhibit formation of NOx.
Air continues to flow through the center port of the burner, but
combustion zone
gas is switched to strategically placed outboard injectors. (Figure
1.) Mixing of gas and air is radically changed. Whereas before
mixing and combustion was concentrated primarily within the
burner tile, now the furnace space in front of the burner is used POC
recirculation
for mixing and combustion.
Each jet of gas creates a venturi effect (suction) which pulls the hot air
furnace gases (poc) into the gas stream. The air stream also
creates a venturi effect to mix air with furnace gases. Both the
air and gas streams are thus vitiated (made less reactive) with gas
inert poc. Dilution of the air/gas mixture with inert gases slows air
the combustion process, reducing hot spots in the flame and
thus reducing NOx formation. LNI mixes more poc into the air/
Figure 1: Injectors promote mixing of poc with air/gas mixture.
gas mixture before combustion than is possible with conventional
firing techniques. U. S. Patent 4,945,841
The effect of multiple gas streams entering the air stream at experience confirm the quality of heating is maintained when
different angles and locations affects the speed of air/gas mixing firing LNI. Graph 1 shows a laboratory furnace temperature
and combustion reaction to reduce NOx emissions. This is profile measured by a series of thermocouples positioned on the
accomplished without complex refractory tiles used in staged air furnace wall along the furnace length. The temperature profiles
burners. are virtually the same for both burners.
Flame appearance changes with the switch from conventional An additional benefit results from mixing air and gas outside of
firing to LNI. The traditional feather shaped flame is gone and the burner tile area. The tile temperature is at or below furnace
in its place is an almost invisible cloud of combustion. Although temperature since it carries only hot air when firing or poc
flame appearance is very different, there is no significant change when exhausting gases. Unlike conventional firing, there is no
in heating pattern or heat transfer. Laboratory tests and actual combustion within the burner tile which decreases thermal wear
on the burner.
LNI vs. NOZZLE MIX
2200
NOZZLE MIX
2000 LNI
Wall temperature, F
1800
1600
1400
1200
Graph 1: LNI and nozzle mix firing display
0 5 10 15 20
similar heat release profiles operating in
Distance from burner, ft test combustion chamber.
Sheet 4343-8
Page 2
NOx Levels vs. Furnace Temperature
Graph 2: NOx emissions for TwinBed II with LNI firing versus other regenerative burners using various
amounts of flue gas recirculation (FGR).
Graph 2 compares LNI NOx emissions with other regenerative required to accept the additional volume. Other regenerative
burners that use varying amounts of flue gas recirculation (FGR). burners use up to 50% FGR. LNI firing is the premier NOx
FGR involves adding furnace exhaust gas to the combustion air inhibiting technology for industrial burners with the lowest NOx
where the inert constituents reduce the rate and temperature emissions. In comparison with flue gas recirculation (FGR), LNI’s
of the combustion reaction. If added after the combustion air NOx emissions are lower, fuel efficiency is higher, and the system
flows through the regenerator, FGR can reduce system thermal is simpler. LNI dœs not require FGR’s additional piping, larger
efficiency up to 15%. If added prior to the regenerator system, regenerators and blowers.
efficiency can be maintained, but larger regenerators are
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Simplified Control System Schematic Sheet 4343-9
Auxiliary Flue
20% POC
Injector Gas Blocking Exhaust

Solenoid Valve Closed (80% POC)
Gas Flow
Control Valve
Gas
GCV
Open
GCV
Closed
"A" "B"
Firing Exhausting
Burner Gas block-
ing
solenoid valve
open
Electronic
Fuel/Air
Ratio Control
Burner Gas
Injector Burner
Gas
Regenerator
CACV CACV
Open Closed
Combustion Purge
Air Blower Differential ECV
PS ECV
Pressure Switch Open Exhaust Temp
Closed Control Valve
Exhaust
T/C Fan
LEGEND:
Combustion Air
symbol - meaning
Flow Control Valve
CACV - combustion air cycle valve
ECV - exhaust cycle valve To Exhaust Temperature
GCV - gas cycle valve Control Loop and High Tempera-
- solid line indicates pressurized ture Switch
- dashed line indicates venting Air/Exhaust
- black solenoid indicates energized Cycle Control
valve Solenoid Valve To Cycle Reversal Logic and
- white solenoid indicates S S S S Regenerator High Temperature
Cycle
de-energized valve Permissive Switch (typ)
S - vent port with silencer Solenoid Valve
- plugged valve port S S
- thermocouple
Compressed Air
Sheet 4343-9
page 2
The simplified piping schematic shows the basic operation of a cycle fired with LNI gas (gas injectors). Whether a TB-II fires with
pair of TwinBed II regenerative burners. Each TB-II has cycling burner gas or injector gas (LNI mode) is controlled by the gas
valves that control flow of gas, air, and exhaust. In the illustration path select valves. The injector gas select valve can only be open
the firing burner (A) has a closed exhaust cycling valve and if the chamber temperature is above 1450 F and the TB-II is in
open gas and air cycling valves for supply of fuel and air. The cycle fire mode.
exhausting TB-II (B) has closed fuel and air cycling valves and
an open exhaust cycling valve for removal of furnace gases. Air/fuel ratio is a flow metered control system that is required
During the second half of the regenerative cycle, the firing and because system flow resistance changes as the regenerator
exhausting of TB-II's A and B are switched by changing all valve temperature changes. Electronic air/fuel ratio control is shown
positions. but regulator control may be used. Depending on the system
design, each TB-II may have its own ratio control system or a
The pneumatic control system shown in the schematic permits system may be shared as depicted.
cycle firing the pair or direct firing of either or both TB-II's. In
the schematic TB-II "A" is firing in burner gas mode but may be
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American TwinBed® II Cycle Control
Manifold for Individual Burner
8663A-1-P
Manifold
8663A Cycle Control Manifold
• Controls pneumatic cycling valves
• Available in a variety of models
• Used on single burners

Product Overview | 8663A Cycle Control Manifold
The 8663A Manifold controls pneumatic cycling valves on

8663A- Pneumatic Control
individual TwinBed II burners. Electrical signals from the control Manifold Logic Valve
panel actuate the 8663A which supplies/vents compressed air Designation Description Configuration
to open and close cycling valves that control combustion air,
exhaust, flue gas recirculation (FGR), gas, and oil. Air, exhaust, 1-E Both burners cycling B and C
and FGR valves are almost always pneumatically operated, Both burners in stop cycle
but fuel valves can be either electrically or pneumatically Both burners in direct fire
controlled. FGR and oil are not always used, as a result the Either burner in direct fire
8663A is available in a number of models for different control with its twin in stop cycle
requirements. See Bulletin 8663B if both burners in a pair are
located close to each other and do not require FGR or dual-fuel 1-P Both burners cycling B,C, and D
control. Both burners in stop cycle
Both burners in direct fire
Systems with all pneumatic cycling valves require an 8663A- -P Either burner in direct fire
Manifold while systems with electrically operated fuel valves use with its twin in stop cycle
an 8663A- -E Manifold for pneumatic control of air, exhaust, and
FGR. If your system is dual-fuel with an electrically operated gas 2-E Both burners cycling A,B, and C
and pneumatically operated oil cycling valve, use the 8663A-1-P. Both burners in stop cycle
The manifold will be supplied with the second fuel port plugged. Both burners in direct fire
See the back of this bulletin for a complete listing of 8663A Either burner in direct fire
models. with its twin in stop cycle
Both burners using FGR
The 8663A controls a single burner, therefore two manifolds are
required to control a pair of burners. Typically, the 8663A is used 2-P Both burners cycling A,B,C, and D
when each burner in a pair is mounted on opposite sides of a Both burners in stop cycle
furnace. Both burners in direct fire
Either burner in direct fire
(For pneumatic logic arrangements, refer to Piping Schematic with its twin in stop cycle
1444A. For combustion system piping, refer to Piping Schematic Both burners using FGR
4343.)
3-P Both burners cycling B,C,D, and E
Both burners in stop cycle
with its twin in stop cycle
Fuel select for dual-fuel
4-P Both burners cycling A,B,C,D, and E

with its twin in stop cycle
Fuel select for dual-fuel
Both burners using FGR
Bulletin 8663A
Page 2
Schematic | 8663A Cycle Control Manifold
Bulletin 8663A
Page 3
LEGEND: Manifold Schematic for 8663A- -E and -P
OCV - Oil Cycle Valve OPT.

FUEL 2
GCV - Gas Cycle Valve D
E OCV
CACV - Combustion Air Cycle Valve

FUEL 1
ECV - Exhaust Cycle Valve GCV
FGCV - Flue Gas Cycle Valve* Manifold

port
Solid line indicates pressurized C
A
identification
B
----------- Dashed line indicates venting E CACV
Indicates energized solenoid valve P ECV

 Indicates piping connection Compressed
OPT.
air supply A
OPT - Optional FGR
FGCV
* The FGR Solenoid valve is sequenced to energize when the

combustion air cycle valve is energized.
Field piping
by customer
(typical)
For Dimensions, see Dimensions 8663A

For Trouble-Shooting, see Trouble-Shooting 8663A
For Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Instructions, see Installation 8663A
For Recommended Spare Parts, see Spare Parts 8663A
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American TwinBed® II 8663A Cycle Dimensions 8663A
Control Manifold for Individual Burner A B C D E
DIMENSIONS
(inches)
7¾
½" conduit conn.
lighted ass'y
manual
override 8¾
Top View
11¼
air
supply
P port
1½ 21⁄16
15⁄16
Side View FGR (plugged)
5⁄8 E
4½
2½ Fuel 2 Fuel 1
typ. 2
1¾
3⁄8 dia. 1½ 3 ref.
holes
6¼ 13⁄8
4¼ ¼ npt typ.
11⁄8 413⁄16
mounting holes dimensions Rear View
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | 8663A Dimensions 10/01

For General Information, see Bulletin 8663A
DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. PLEASE
For Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Instructions, see Installation 8663A OBTAIN CERTIFIED PRINTS FROM FIVES NORTH AMERICAN
For Recommended Spare Parts, see Spare Parts 8663A COMBUSTION, INC. IF SPACE LIMITATIONS OR OTHER
For Trouble-Shooting, see Trouble-Shooting 8663A CONSIDERATIONS MAKE EXACT DIMENSION(S) CRITICAL.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American TwinBed® II Cycle Control
Installation 8663A
Manifold for Individual Burner
INSTALLATION, OPERATION & MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
DO NOT attempt to install, operate, or repair these devices without proper training in pneumatic systems and devices.
Compressed air systems contain high levels of stored energy. DO NOT attempt to connect, disconnect,or repair this
product when the system is under pressure. Always exhaust or drain the pressure from a system before performing
any service work. Failure to do so can result in serious personal injury.
The user must conform to all applicable electrical, mechanical, piping, and other codes in the installation,
operation, or repair of these devices.
Please contact Fives North American Combustion, Inc. if there are any questions or concerns regarding the safe
installation, operation, repair, or maintenance of this equipment.
INSTALLATION PROCEDURE
The 8663A Manifold assembly should be mounted and

positioned so that it cannot be accidentally operated. Locate the NOTE: Before installing the manifold assembly, all air lines
manifold assembly as close to the cycle valves as possible but in the system should be blown clean to remove any moisture
not where the ambient temperature exceeds 150°F. or loose material.
When piping the compressed air supply to the manifold Each prewired solenoid has 72" leads for connection to
assembly, take care in routing the pipe so that the compressed an electrical junction box. The leads are marked with the
air temperature does not exceed 150°F. Galvanized or pickled appropriate letter designating the solenoid. The ground wire is
pipe is recommended on the compressed air supply to prevent not supplied and is required for all CSA Approvals.
pipe scale from entering the manifold assembly. Instrument
quality air is preferred. An 8645A Compressed Air Filter/ Flexible conduit should be piped to the ½" wireway connection.
Separator is recommended just upstream of the manifold.
Stainless steel tubing is recommended for the piping to the

individual components.
Electrical plug connector #1 Terminal - Power (+)
Ground
#2 Terminal - Neutral (–)
Bottom View of Connector

Coil
Installation 8663A
Page 2
OPERATION INSTRUCTIONS MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
The 8663A Manifold assembly uses 5 port / 2 position single so- Air line lubricants are not recommended for use with this product.
lenoids with metal spring return. (See Bulletin 1444A for specifica- Compressor lubricants are often the cause of early valve failure.
tions and details.) The valves utilize ceramic plates to direct the Since most compressors will pass at least a small amount of oil,
flow of air instead of a spool and dynamic seal system. They are the oils used must be compatible with Buna-N elastomers. Review
mounted on a manifold block that is machined to deliver the air the National Fluid Power Association “Recommended Guidelines
to designated ports which in turn supplies pneumatically oper- for the Use of Synthetic Lubricants in Pneumatic Fluid Power Sys-
ated devices. tems” (NFPA/T1.9.2-1978).
The solenoid valves require 120 V ac to operate. They are The solenoid valves should normally be overhauled every two
supplied with a lighted conduit connector and manual override years or one million cycles, whichever comes first. However,
feature. The light is illuminated when the solenoid is energized. they must be visually inspected for leakage around top cover
The manual override is located next to the coil. To energize the and bottom gasket once a year. The high ambient temperatures
solenoid manually, insert a screwdriver into the screw, push may cause leakage in the quick release valves inside. A repair kit
down, and turn clockwise to lock in place. Turn counterclockwise including gaskets and seals is available when repairs are needed.
to unlock and de-energize. (See Recommended Spare Parts 8663A.)
CAUTION: DO NOT use the manual override when

maintenance is being performed on the downstream NOTE: The solenoid valves may be serviced
component. This may cause injury to personnel. after shutting off and venting the main air sup-
ply. However, it is recommended that the valve
Electrical plug connector be removed from its mounting for service. Main
air MUST be vented before removing valve from
Manual override button
the manifold.
Mounting bolts DO NOT remove the static base in the solenoid

valve. The ceramic slide plates do not require
maintenance under normal operating conditions
and should not be removed from the valve.
14 12

Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | 8663A Install 10/01
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American TwinBed® II 8663A Cycle
Control Manifold for Individual Burner
Spare Parts 8663A
RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS
8663A CYCLE CONTROL MANIFOLD
Part Description Part Number Description Part Number
Internally piloted ceram valve 2-8350-1 Rubber seal and quick R950-5016
(Dœs not include lighted conduit release valve (QRV) kit including
connector) instructions and illustrations
Manifold body 2-8614-1 Qty Part Name

Conduit assy. (Includes lighted
conduit connector) 2-8484-2 4 Solenoid "O" rings (2 req'd)
Muffler/silencer R800-1001 2 Cylinder "O" rings (1 req'd)
Mounting bracket 2-8598-1 2 (a) "O" ring piston seal (old style)
Mounting plate 2-8600-1 2 (a) U-Cup piston seal (new style)
Support bracket 2-8599-1 1 "O" ring for air spring return (NA)
Blanking station kit R950-5001 2 End cover gasket (1 req'd)
(Includes plate, gasket, 1 (b) Subplate gasket (new Style)
and screws) 1 (b) Subplate gasket (old Style)
Wireway assy 2-8612-1 2 QRV cover Insert (1 req'd)
Coil and operator (UL Listed) R950-5024 2 QRV covers (2 req'd)
Coil and operator (CSA Approved) R950-5026 2 (c) QRV diaphragm
1 (c) QRV plug
2 Cover "O" ring (2 req'd)
2 QRV seat (N/A)
2 (c) "O" ring for seat (NA)
1444A REPAIR KIT 1 Grease (2 grams)
In 1989/1990, the ceram solenoid valve casting design was (a) A quantity of one (1) of the seals is required depending on the solenoid valve
style being repaired. The spring return side of the ceram valve dœs not have
changed which affects some of the seals and gaskets. The repair piston seals therefore only the piston seal on the solenoid side of the valve
kit includes parts for both new and old styles and for double air requires replacement. Replace the worn seal with a new one of the same
piloted solenoid valves, therefore some of the parts will not be type.
used in the repair of the single solenoid, spring return valves. (b) A quantity of one (1) of the subplate gaskets is required depending on the
solenoid valve style being repaired. Replace the worn subplate gasket with a
new one of the same type.
(c) The QRV diaphragm or the QRV plug is used when rebuilding the QRV on the
solenoid side of the ceram valve depending on the style. If the ceram valve
dœs not have a removable QRV seat, install the green diaphragm in place of
the gray one. If there is a removable QRV seat, discard seat and "O" ring and
install the QRV plug and new "O" ring. The spring return side dœs not require
a diaphragm or plug.
Spare Parts 8663A
Page 2
WARNINGS - INSTALLATION AND MOUNTING

The user of these devices must conform to all applicable electri- is necessary. No parts are contained in repair kit for the
cal, mechanical, piping and other codes in the installation, opera- Ceramic Stack area (6); DO NOT DISASSEMBLE. Remove
tion or repair of these devices. piston assembly(ies) (5) and O-ring(s) (7). Place new greased
O-ring(s) (7) on tube(s) then push piston assembly(ies) over
INSTALLATION! Do not attempt to install, operate or repair these tube(s) and O-ring(s).
devices without proper training in the technique of working on
pneumatic systems and devices, unless under trained supervi- 8. Place cover back on valve body and replace screws (9) and
sion. solenoid(s) (3) and O-ring(s) (10) if appropriate.
Compressed air systems contain high levels of stored energy. Do 9. (Single operator, metal spring return models only) Carefully
not attempt to connect, disconnect or repair these products when install return spring (14) and retainer (1) by fully depressing
a system is under pressure. Always exhaust the pressure from an spring until retainer seals in valve body (11). Turn retainer (1)
air system before performing any service work. Failure to do so clockwise until locking tabs snap into the body.
can result in serious personal injury.
10. Note orientation of gasket (13) before removal. Remove and
Disconnect the electrical power supply before connecting or replace gasket (13).
servicing a solenoid operated valve.
11. Install and retest valve before placing back into service.
MOUNTING! Devices should be mounted and positioned in such
a manner that they cannot be accidentally operated.
4
REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 4
12
General Note: Grease all new O-rings with grease tube provided 12
in kit before installation. 3
9
1. Remove valve from base by loosening and removing the four
4 4
mounting bolts (4).
10 9 Air spring return
2. (Solenoid Models only) Remove solenoid mounting screws (12) Note: This assembly contains a
blue piston.
and solenoid(s) (13) from valve.
7
5 2
3. (Single operator, metal spring return models only)
CAUTION: Spring under pressure. Carefully remove spring re-
tainer (1) and return spring (14) by turning retainer (1) approxi- 8 8
8
mately 1/4 turn counterclockwise allowing it to be removed 8 6 11
8 Metal spring return
from the valve body (11). Do not reuse retainer (1); use new
one from kit. Locking tabs break off during removal.
14
4. Loosen and remove saddle cover to valve body retaining 14 End 1
screws (9).
12 End
5. Carefully lift the saddle cover (2) from the valve body (11).
13
6. Two position valves only: These piston assemblies are con-
tained in the repair kit. Two are the same (contain black pis-
tons); these are used for single operator, metal spring return
valves and double operator models. When repairing a valve
with an air spring return, the third piston assembly (contains a
blue piston) is used on the "12" end of the valve.
7. Remove and replace five O-rings (8) in valve body (11) then
set valve body aside, no further disassembly of valve body
Spare Parts 8663A
Page 3
SOLENOID VALVE INTERNAL TO EXTERNAL PILOT FIELD

CONVERSION
CAUTION: Air supply should be removed before For external pilot conversion, remove gasket from valve body as
modification. shown in Figures 1 and 2. Flip gasket end-to-end so that Tab "A"
will cover the internal pilot port shown in Figure 1. Remove Tab
The following procedure should be used to convert a solenoid "E" shown in Figure 3. Mount valve to base.
valve from internal pilot to external pilot pressure operation. All
valves come from the factory internally piloted. External pilot Apply a minimum of 29 psi (2-position valves) or 44 psi (3-posi-
function is required if the supply pressure is below the minimum tion valves) to Port 14. Port 14 will provide pilot pressure to all
pilot pressure of 29 psi (2-position valves; 44 psi for 3-position solenoids regardless of signal or double configuration.
models) or if the customer is using vacuum for supply pressure.
Note: Port 12 dœs not need to be plugged. Port 12 is used only
on Double Air Pilot models.
EXTERNAL PILOT CONVERSION
Figure 1 For General Information, see Bulletin 8663A

Internal pilot port For Trouble-Shooting, see Trouble-Shooting 8663A
For Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Instructions,
see Installation 8663A
14 12
Expose this port for

external piloting
C A B
Figure 2
D E
Internal Pilot
Standard Gasket Orientation
B A C
Figure 3
Remove Tab "E" D

Reversed for External Pilot Conversion
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | 8663A Spareparts 04/02
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American TwinBed® II 8663A Cycle
Control Manifold for Individual Burner
Trouble-Shooting 8663A
TROUBLE-SHOOTING GUIDE
1. If a solenoid valve fails to operate, press the manual override button on top of the
operator to indicate whether the trouble is electrical or mechanical. If the valve can be
operated using the manual override button, the problem is likely to be electrical. If this
condition exists, the coil can be removed by disconnecting the wiring and removing
the coil retainer nut. Reverse the procedure when installing the new coil. If the valve
fails to operate using the manual override button, proceed to step 2.
2. If the coil is energized but the designated port is not being pressurized, the valve may
be leaking. The problem may be that the valve is loose from the manifold and needs
tightening or that the seals and gaskets require replacing. A repair kit is available.
3. If a solenoid valve is de-energized but is not venting, check the muffler/silencer on the
manifold block for that port. It may be plugged. Replace the muffler as required.
(See Recommended Spare Parts 8663A for replacement part numbers).

Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | 8663A Troubleshooting 10/01

For Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Instructions, see Installation 8663A
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American TwinBed® II 8663B Cycle Bulletin 8663B
Control Manifold for Pair of Burners
The 8663B Manifold controls pneumatic cycling valves on a pair

of TwinBed II burners. Electrical signals from the control panel ac-
tuate the 8663B which sends/vents air to open and close cycling
valves that control combustion air, exhaust, and gas. Air and ex-
haust valves are almost always pneumatically operated, but fuel
valves can be either electrically or pneumatically controlled. As a
result the 8663B is available in a number of models for different
control requirements.
Systems with all pneumatic cycling valves require a 8663B- -P

Manifold while systems with electrically operated fuel valves use
an 8663B- -E Manifold for pneumatic control of air and exhaust.
The 8663B controls two burners while the 8663A controls one
TwinBed II burner. As a result the 8663B is used when burners
are next to each other. One manifold is required per burner pair.
The 8663A is used when a burner pair is mounted on opposite
sides of a furnace. Two manifolds are required for a burner pair. 8663B Cycle Control Manifold
See Bulletin 8663A.
(For pneumatic logic arrangements, refer to Piping Schematic

1444A. For combustion system piping, refer to Piping Schematic
4343.)
8663B- Pneumatic Control Reference

Manifold Logic Valve Manifold
Designation Description Configuration Schematic
11-E Both burners cycling B and C MS11

11-P Both burners cycling A,B,C, and F MS11

12-E Both burners cycling B,C, and E MS12

12P Both burners cycling A,B,C,E, and F MS12

(continued)
Bulletin 8663B
Page 2
8663B- Pneumatic Control Reference

Manifold Logic Valve Manifold
Designation Description Configuration Schematic
13-E Both burners cycling B,C,D, and E MS13

Either burner in direct fire with
its twin in stop cycle
13-P Both burners cycling A,B,C,D,E, and F MS13

Either burner in direct fire with
its twin in stop cycle
Manifold Schematic for 8663B- -E and -P
(MS11) Basic cycle control-- (MS12) Basic cycle control plus direct
burner 'A' firing, burner 'B' exhausting firing of both burners--burner 'A' firing,
burner 'B' exhausting
'A'E Field piping
F OPT. 'A'G Plugged
by customer
'A'A 'A' GCV E 'A'A (typical)
'B'E 'A' CACV F OPT. 'A' CACV
B 'A'G
C A OPT. 'B'G 'B' ECV C 'A' GCV
Compressed Compressed 'A'E
'B' GCV air supply P 'A' ECV
air supply P 'B'A
'B'A B
A OPT. 'B' CACV
'B' CACV 'B'G
Muffler 'B'E 'B' GCV
Muffler
'A' ECV 'B' ECV
Manifold port Field piping

Manifold port
identification by customer
identification
(typical)
LEGEND:
(MS13) Basic cycle control plus direct
A & F - Fuel Cycle Control Solenoid Valve firing either one or both burners--burner Field piping
B & E - Air Exhaust Cycle Control Solenoid Valve 'A' firing, burner 'B' exhausting by customer
C & D - Cycle Permissive Solenoid Valve (typical)
GCV - Gas Cycle Valve Actuator E 'A'A
CACV - Combustion Air Cycle Valve Actuator F OPT. 'A' CACV
D 'A'G
ECV - Exhaust Cycle Valve Actuator 'A' GCV
'A'E
Solid line indicates pressurized
Compressed 'A' ECV
--------- Dashed line indicates venting air supply P
'A' & 'B' Letter in quotes indicates burner designation B 'B'A
Indicates energized solenoid valve C A OPT. 'B' CACV
'B'G
Indicates de-energized solenoid valve 'B' GCV
 Indicates piping connection Muffler 'B'E
'B' ECV
OPT - Optional
Manifold port
For Dimensions, see Dimensions 8663B identification
For Trouble-Shooting, see Trouble-Shooting 8663B Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Bulletin 8663b 10/01
For Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Instructions, see Installation 8663B
For Recommended Spare Parts, see Spare Parts 8663B
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American TwinBed® II 8663B Cycle Control Manifold
for Pair of Burners
Dimensions (inches) Dimensions 8663B
Dimensions shown are for the 8663B-13-P. For other assemblies, the appropriate solenoids are replaced with blank plates and ports are plugged.
For General Information, see Bulletin 8663B Copyright © 2022 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 8663B 10/01
For Trouble-Shooting, see Trouble-Shooting 8663B
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American TwinBed® II Cycle Control Manifold
for Pair of Burners Installation 8663B
INSTALLATION, OPERATION & INSTALLATION PROCEDURE

MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
The 8663B Manifold assembly should be mounted and posi-
DO NOT attempt to install, operate, or repair these devices with- tioned so that it cannot be accidentally operated. Locate the
out proper training in pneumatic systems and devices. manifold assembly as close to the cycle valves as possible but
Compressed air systems contain high levels of stored energy. not where the ambient temperature exceeds 150 F.
DO NOT attempt to connect, disconnect, or repair this product When piping the compressed air supply to the manifold as-
when the system is under pressure. Always exhaust or drain the sembly, take care in routing the pipe so that the compressed air
pressure from a system before performing any service work. temperature dœs not exceed 150 F. Galvanized or pickled pipe
Failure to do so can result in serious personal injury. is recommended on the compressed air supply to prevent pipe
scale from entering the manifold assembly. Instrument quality air
The user must conform to all applicable electrical, mechanical, is preferred. An 8645A Compressed Air Filter/Separator is recom-
piping, and other codes in the installation, operation, or repair of mended just upstream of the manifold.
these devices.
Stainless steel tubing is recommended for the piping to the indi-
Please contact Fives North American Combustion, Inc. if there are vidual components.
any questions or concerns regarding the safe installation, opera-
tion, repair, or maintenance of this equipment. NOTE: Before installing the manifold assembly, all air lines
in the system should be blown clean to remove any moisture
or loose material.
Flexible conduit should be piped to the ½" female connection

on each solenoid valve. A lighted indicator is on the solenoids.
Disconnect the indicator from the coil and remove the black
electrical plug. Using 16 gauge wire, make the proper connec-
tions as shown in the wiring diagram. Insert the plug back into
the housing and connect it onto the coil.
Electrical plug connector #1 Terminal - Power (+)
Ground
#2 Terminal - Neutral (–)
Bottom View of Connector

Coil
Installation 8663B
Page 2
OPERATION INSTRUCTIONS MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
The 8663B Manifold assembly uses 5 port / 2 position single so- Air line lubricants are not recommended for use with this prod-
lenoids with metal spring return. (See Bulletin 1444A for specifi- uct. Compressor lubricants are often the cause of early valve
cations and details.) The valves utilize ceramic plates to direct the failure. Since most compressors will pass at least a small amount
flow of air instead of a spool and dynamic seal system. They are of oil, the oils used must be compatible with Buna-N elastomers.
mounted on a manifold block that is machined to deliver the air Review the National Fluid Power Association "Recommended
to designated ports which in turn supplies pneumatically oper- Guidelines for the Use of Synthetic Lubricants in Pneumatic Fluid
ated devices. Power Systems" (NFPA/T1.9.2-1978).
The solenoid valves require 120 V ac to operate. They are sup- The solenoid valves should normally be overhauled every two
plied with a lighted conduit connector and manual override years or one million cycles, whichever comes first. However,
feature. The light is illuminated when the solenoid is energized. they must be visually inspected for leakage around top cover
The manual override is located next to the coil. To energize the and bottom gasket once a year. The high ambient temperatures
solenoid manually, insert a screwdriver into the screw, push may cause leakage in the quick release valves inside. A repair kit
down, and turn clockwise to lock in place. Turn counterclockwise including gaskets and seals is available when repairs are needed.
to unlock and de-energize. (See Recommended Spare Parts 8663B.)
NOTE: The solenoid valves may be serviced after shutting

CAUTION: DO NOT use the manual override when off and venting the main air supply. However, it is recom-
maintenance is being performed on the downstream mended that the valve be removed from its mounting for
component. This may cause injury to personnel. service. Main air MUST be vented before removing valve
from the manifold.
Electrical plug connector
DO NOT remove the static base in the solenoid valve. The
ceramic slide plates do not require maintenance under
normal operating conditions and should not be removed
Manual override button
from the valve.
Mounting bolts

Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | 8663B Install 10/01
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American TwinBed® II 8663B Cycle Control
Manifold for Pair of Burners Spare Parts 8663B
RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS Description Part Number
Rubber Seal and Quick R950-5016

8663B CYCLE CONTROL MANIFOLD Release Valve (QRV) Kit including
instructions and illustrations
Part Description Part Number
Qty Part Name
Internally piloted ceram valve 2-8350-1
(Dœs not include lighted conduit 4 Solenoid "O" Rings (2 req'd)
connector) 2 Cylinder "O" Rings (1 req'd)
2 (a) "O" Ring Piston Seal (Old Style)
Manifold body 2-8340-1 2 (a) U-Cup Piston Seal (New Style)
Lighted conduit connector R950-5007 1 "O" Ring for Air Spring Return (NA)
Muffler/silencer R800-1001 2 End Cover Gasket (1 req'd)
Mounting bracket 2-8349-1 1 (b) Subplate Gasket (New Style)
Coil and operator (UL Listed) R950-5024 1 (b) Subplate Gasket (Old Style)
Coil and operator (CSA Approved) R950-5026 2 QRV Cover Insert (1 req'd)
Blanking station kit R950-5001 2 QRV Covers (2 req'd)
(Includes plate, gasket, 2 (c) QRV Diaphragm
and screws) 1 (c) QRV Plug
2 Cover "O" Ring (2 req'd)
2 QRV Seat (N/A)
2 (c) "O" Ring for Seat (NA)
1444A REPAIR KIT 1 Grease (2 Grams)
In 1989/1990, the ceram solenoid valve casting design was (a) A quantity of one (1) of the seals is required depending on the
changed which affects some of the seals and gaskets. The repair solenoid valve style being repaired. The spring return side of
kit includes parts for both old and new styles and for double air the ceram valve dœs not have piston seals, therefore only the
piloted solenoid valves, therefore some parts will not be used in piston seal on the solenoid side of the valve requires replace-
the repair of the single solenoid, spring return valves. ment. Replace the worn seal with a new one of the same
type.
(b) A quantity of one (1) of the subplate gaskets is required de-

pending on the solenoid valve style being repaired. Replace
the worn subplate gasket with a new one of the same type.
(c) The QRV diaphragm or the QRV plug is used when rebuilding
the QRV on the solenoid side of the ceram valve depending
on the style. If the ceram valve dœs not have a removable
QRV seat, install the green diaphragm in place of the gray
one. If there is a removable QRV seat, discard seat and "O"
ring and install the QRV plug and new "O" ring. The spring
return side dœs not require a diaphragm or plug.
Spare Parts 8663B
Page 2
WARNINGS - INSTALLATION AND

MOUNTING
The user of these devices must conform to all applicable electri- is necessary. No parts are contained in repair kit for the
cal, mechanical, piping and other codes in the installation, opera- Ceramic Stack area (6); DO NOT DISASSEMBLE. Remove
tion or repair of these devices. piston assembly(ies) (5) and O-ring(s) (7). Place new greased
O-ring(s) (7) on tube(s) then push piston assembly(ies) over
INSTALLATION! Do not attempt to install, operate or repair these tube(s) and O-ring(s).
devices without proper training in the technique of working on
pneumatic systems and devices, unless under trained supervi- 8. Place cover back on valve body and replace screws (9) and
sion. solenoid(s) (3) and O-ring(s) (10) if appropriate.
Compressed air systems contain high levels of stored energy. 9. (Single operator, metal spring return models only) Carefully
Do not attempt to connect, disconnect or repair these products install return spring (14) and retainer (1) by fully depressing
when a system is under pressure. Always exhaust the pressure spring until retainer seals in valve body (11). Turn retainer (1)
from an air system before performing any service work. Failure clockwise until locking tabs snap into the body.
to do so can result in serious personal injury.
10. Note orientation of gasket (13) before removal. Remove and
Disconnect the electrical power supply before connecting or replace gasket (13).
servicing a solenoid operated valve.
11. Install and retest valve before placing back into service.
MOUNTING! Devices should be mounted and positioned in such
a manner that they cannot be accidentally operated.
REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS
4
General Note: Grease all new O-rings with grease tube provided 4
in kit before installation. 12
12
3
1. Remove valve from base by loosening and removing the four
mounting bolts (4). 9
4
4
2. (Solenoid Models only) Remove solenoid mounting screws (12)
and solenoid(s) (13) from valve. 10 9 Air spring return
Note: This assembly contains a
blue piston.
3. (Single operator, metal spring return models only)
CAUTION: Spring under pressure. Carefully remove spring 7
retainer (1) and return spring (14) by turning retainer (1) 5 2
approximately 1/4 turn counterclockwise allowing it to be re-
moved from the valve body (11). Do not reuse retainer (1); use 8 8
new one from kit. Locking tabs break off during removal. 8
8 6 11
8
Metal spring return
4. Loosen and remove saddle cover to valve body retaining
screws (9).
14
5. Carefully lift the saddle cover (2) from the valve body (11). 14 End 1
12 End
6. Two position valves only: Three piston assemblies are con-
tained in the repair kit. Two are the same (contain black pis-
tons); these are used for single operator, metal spring return 13
valves and double operator models. When repairing a valve
with an air spring return, the third piston assembly (contains a
blue piston) is used on the "12" end of the valve.
7. Remove and replace five O-rings (8) in valve body (11) then
set valve body aside, no further disassembly of valve body
Spare Parts 8663B
Page 3
SOLENOID VALVE INTERNAL TO EXTERNAL PILOT

FIELD CONVERSION
CAUTION: Air supply should be removed before modification. For external pilot conversion, remove gasket from valve body as
shown in Figures 1 and 2. Flip gasket end-to-end so that Tab "A"
The following procedure should be used to convert a solenoid will cover the internal pilot port shown in Figure 1. Remove Tab
valve from internal pilot to external pilot pressure operation. All "E" shown in Figure 3. Mount valve to base.
valves come from the factory internally piloted. External pilot
function is required if the supply pressure is below the minimum Apply a minimum of 29 psi (2-position valves) or 44 psi (3-posi-
pilot pressure of 29 psi (2-position valves; 44 psi for 3-position tion valves) to Port 14. Port 14 will provide pilot pressure to all
models) or if the customer is using vacuum for supply pressure. solenoids regardless of signal or double configuration.
Note: Port 12 dœs not need to be plugged. Port 12 is used only on

Double Air Pilot models.
EXTERNAL PILOT CONVERSION
Figure 1
Internal pilot port
For General Information, see Bulletin 8663B

14 12 For Dimensions, see Dimensions 8663B
For Trouble-Shooting, see Trouble-Shooting 8663B
For Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Instructions,
see Installation 8663B
Expose this port for
external piloting
C A B
Figure 2
D E
Internal Pilot
Standard Gasket Orientation
B A C
Figure 3
Remove Tab "E" D
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | 8663B Spareparts 01/02

Reversed for External Pilot Conversion
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American TwinBed® II 8663B Cycle
Control Manifold for Pair of Burners Trouble-Shooting 8663B
TROUBLE-SHOOTING GUIDE
1. If a solenoid valve fails to operate, press the manual override button on top of the
operator to indicate whether the trouble is electrical or mechanical. If the valve can
be operated using the manual override button, the problem is likely to be electri-
cal. If this condition exists, the coil can be removed by disconnecting the wiring and
removing the coil retainer nut. Reverse the procedure when installing the new coil.
If the valve fails to operate using the manual override button, proceed to step 2.
2. If the coil is energized but the designated port is not being pressurized, the valve
may be leaking. The problem may be that the valve is loose from the manifold
and needs tightening or that the seals and gaskets require replacing. A repair kit is
available.
3. If a solenoid valve is de-energized but is not venting, check the muffler/silencer on

the manifold block for that port. It may be plugged. Replace the muffler as re-
quired.
(See Recommended Spare Parts 8663B for replacement part numbers).
For General Information, see Bulletin 8663B

For Dimensions, see Dimensions 8663B
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | 8663B Troubleshooting 10/01

CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Bulletin 8752T

8752T Thermocouples
8752T-H 8752T-R
8752T-E
The 8752T series consists of type-K thermocouples intended for SPECIFICATIONS

use with 8752C TwinBed Overtemperature Switches. Three of the
thermocouples are used with radiant tube burner systems. The
8752T-L-03 or -L-06
other thermocouple is used with DHR burners. They measure
Type: K
exhaust temperatures entering the bed.
Sheath (outside) diameter: ¼"
Sheath material: 316 sst
The part numbers for 8752T thermocouples are:
Hot leg: approximately 5" (3" immersion)
Cold leg: approximately 6"
For Radiant Tube Burners:
Compression fitting: sst ¼" npt thread size
Cable: flexible sst
8752T-R: Includes remote connector for use with the
8752T-L-03 cable length: 3 feet
8752C-DB Remote Temperature Switch.
8752T-L-06 cable length: 6 feet
8752T-L-03 Includes three foot cable for use with 8752C-SF
or -DF Field Mount Temperature Switches.
8752T-E
8752T-L-06 Includes six foot cable for use with 8752C-SF or
Type: K
-DF Field Mount Temperature Switches.
Protection tube: 1⁄8" (outside) diameter, inconel, 12" long
Coupling requied: 1⁄8" npt (supplied by cusotmer)
For Direct Fire Burners:
Conduit opening: 1⁄8" npt
8752T-H and -E: Includes packing nut for adjusting
8752T-R
insertion to various pipe sizes.
Type: K
Sheath (outside) diameter: ¼"
Sheath material: 304 sst
Termination: heavy-duty-quick-coupling plug, 475 F maximum
temperature rating
Hot leg: approximately 5" (3" immerson)
Cold leg: approximately 6"
Compression fitting: sst ¼" npt thread size
8752T-H
Type: K
Protection tube: ½" npt schedule 40, carbon steel, 12" long
Coupling required ¾" npt (supplied by customer)
Conduit opening: ¾" npt
8752T-L-03
Bulletin 8752T
Page 2
MOUNTING
(see customer drawing for mounting location)
8752T-R AND -L Versions
Slide compression fitting onto thermocouple so the required insertion depth can be achieved. Insert thermocouple into mounting hole
and tighten compression fitting.
X 17⁄16 63⁄8
¾
1
2 3⁄8
5⁄8 rad.
1¾
"X" Length 51⁄8
8752T-L-03 3 feet
8752T-L-06 6 feet
Figure 1. 8752T-L-03 and 8752T-L-06 dimensions.

¼
Dimensions
inches 13⁄8 13⁄8 57⁄8
½ 3⁄8
½
5⁄8 rad. 1½
13⁄16
15⁄16 7⁄8 53/16
Supplied with
female plug
¼
Figure 2. 8752T-R dimensions.
8752T-H Version
Determine inside diameter of pipe. Adjust the packing nut to achieve an insertion depth of 1⁄3 to ½ of the inside diameter. Insert thermo-
couple into ¾" coupling for -H, 1⁄8" coupling for -E, in the pipe (coupling and pipe supplied by customer) and tighten nut.
See typical assembly, Figure 3.
Note: Insertion to be 1⁄3 to ½ of pipe ID
12"
See Note
-H = ¾" Coupling
-E = 1⁄8" Coupling
¾" npt for -H Packing Nut Thermocouple

1⁄8" npt for -E Packing Box
Brass Insert
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Bulletin 8752T 10/01
Figure 3. Typical assembly (pipe and coupling by customer). Figure 4. Assembly of 8752T-H and 8752T-E.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
DUAL-FUEL
BURNERS
_
Burner Tile Installation Recommendations Supplement DF-M1
for hard refractory lined furnaces

Scope – These instructions are intended as a general guide 2. (Figure 1B) For furnace walls thinner than tile length:
for installing round or square burner tiles in hard refractory Generally, a burner tile may extend beyond the inside
lined furnaces. Specific instructions for irregular shaped furnace wall up to 1". Extensions greater than 1" should
tiles outside the scope of this discussion should be obtained be supported on a mantel or by a metal jacket (if within
from the burner manufacturer. temperature limitations). Consider also increasing the
furnace wall thickness in port area on the outside of the
Tile length – Normally, ideal length for a burner tile is such furnace to make tile hot face flush with inside wall.
that its hot face surface is flush with the inside surface of
the furnace after installation. However, standard length tiles
1" max. (most burners)
can usually be installed in furnace walls thicker or thinner ½" max (Flat Flame™ Burners)
than tile length if installed within the following guidelines.
(Refer to
Figure 1.)
1. (Figure 1A) For furnace walls thicker than tile length: Wall
opening, with inside dimensions to accommodate tile
outside dimensions, may usually be extended up to one
additional tile length, after which port should be flared
burner
with at least a 60° included angle extending to the inside tile
furnace wall.
furnace wall
(thinner than tile length)
tile length dimension
"L" must not Figure 1B
exceed "L"
3. Hot face of Flat Flame Burner tiles must be flush or no

more than ½" extended beyond inside wall. Burners
must be recessed into or extended out from outside wall
burner burner
tile port to accommodate this requirement.
60°
(except tunnel
flat flame) port
furnace wall
(thicker than tile length)
Figure 1A
Figure 1. Tile length relationship to furnace wall thickness.

Supplement DF-M1
Page 2
Recommended method for installing burner tile in a H Waterproofing (all around) to prevent surrounding refractory
hard refractory lined furnace. from absorbing water from castable refractory. Plastic
sheet is suggested.
buckstay
furnace shell plate
J Shelf support angle. This and expansion joint K prevent
A B K vertical pressure from being exerted on burner tile. This
C
F1 H
construction is especially helpful when burners are located
E high in a wall.
9 in.
D min.
G K Expansion joint, densely packed with refractory wool.
burner tile
burner
mounting see Figure 1
plate re tile length
PROCEDURE
burner tile
F2
1. Cut an opening in furnace shell allowing ½" (¾" for larger
burners) clearance all around tile or lip on mounting plate.
C G H
K 2. Weld studs or bolts to the shell to match holes in burner
J mounting plate.
A B
3. Weld angle irons all around burner opening on inside of
shell.
Figure 2. Cross section through a vertical furnace wall
showing a recommended method for installing a burner 4. Attach anchor tiles to angle irons.
tile. Letters refer to legend below.
5. Bolt burner to the wall.
Legend for Figure 2
A Insulating refractory or block insulation.
6. Lay up refractory wall allowing for thermal expansion
as recommended by refractory supplier--refractory wall
B High temperature refractory. All refractory must be tied must exert no stress on burner or surrounding matrix
securely to furnace shell plate. Horizontal and vertical when furnace is hot or when cold, but there should be
expansion joints must be provided in surrounding refractory no openings in refractory through which furnace gases
to prevent pressure from being exerted on burner tile. could reach the shell.
7. Leave an opening all around the burner tile for a

C Horizontal angles welded to furnace shell plate, extending
from buckstay to buckstay. Vertical angles should also be rammed or cast refractory matrix as shown in Figure 2.
welded to furnace shell plate on either side of the burner. Purpose of this matrix is to make sure burner mounting
and tile, matrix, and furnace shell will all move as a unit
D Burner mounting bolts with heads welded in place. in the event of unequal expansion of refractory wall
and shell. This construction is designed to eliminate
E Gasket--may be used to provide better seal between failures shown in Figures 3 and 4 (see page 3).
burner mounting plate and furnace shell plate.
8. Ram or cast a matrix† of high temperature low shrinkage
F Anchor tiles tied back to angle (preferred to F2), or refractory in space between burner tile and refractory
wall to obtain tight contact with tile, brickwork, shell,
F1 Stainless steel bent-rod anchors, mastic-coated. angle iron, and anchors. Ramming or pouring should be
completed quickly to minimize layering.
G2 Castable refractory matrix all around--minimum thickness
= 9" or ½ the tile OD, whichever is greater. Rammed 9. After all refractory has hardened, connect piping to
refractory is an alternative, but anchors then must be burner using flexible connections (e.g., Bulletin 8770).
refractory type. (Castable is preferred because its entire
mass sets up without firing.)
WARNING: Situations dangerous to personnel and property may exist with the operation and maintenance of any combustion equipment. The presence of fuels, oxidants, hot and cold combustion
products, hot surfaces, electrical power in control and ignition circuits, etc., are inherent with any combustion application. Components in combustion systems may exceed 160°F (71°C) surface
temperatures and present hot surface contact hazard. Fives North American Combustion, Inc. suggests the use of combustion systems that are in compliance with all Safety Codes, Standards,
Regulations and Directives; and care in operation.
Supplement DF-M1
Page 3
Furnace † Matrix can be installed by either of the following methods:

Shell
a) Lay up refractory brick to level of top of matrix open-
ing. Pour castable around tile or ram plastic refractory
from above (using form on inside of furnace wall). When
Figure 3. Tile shears off due castable or plastic hardens, lay up brick above it.
Burner
Tile to unequal expansion of re- b) Lay up brick several courses above matrix opening using
fractory and shell or unequal
expansion between layers of a spanner tile, lintel, or arch to span the matrix opening
F.B.
refractory. Expansion joints in and ram from inside furnace. Enough brick must be laid
Wall
refractory brickwork and matrix above span to permit ramming against it.
Mtg. around tile prevent this.
Plate
Furnace
Shell
Figure 4. Tile fails in tension as

a result of bowing or buckling
of the shell or brickwork. Pre-
vent this by using more rigid
shell, buckstay, and brac-
ing construction. Install high
Burner
Tile
temperature matrix as shown
in Figure 2 to avoid passages
that would permit "fluing" of
F.B. gases through brickwork to
Wall the shell.
Mtg.
Plate
rammed, cast, or
brick refractory
structural members suitable plastic sheet to prevent

to prevent furnace shell water absorption by sur-
plate from buckling 9 in. min. rounding refractory from
or ½ tile ID, tile/matrix
whichever is
greater*
independently rammed or cast
tile/matrix section, not bonded
to surrounding refractory; burner
tile tunnel of shape dimensions speci-
ID fied by burner manufacturer,
formed by a mandrel
* 6796 burner with 30° taper tile and thick

Install a minimum of four wall may require a larger tile.
refractory anchors equally
spaced around the burner Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet DF-M1 06/07
opening with a maximum
chord spacing of 18" back-up insulation
furnace shell plate
Figure 5. For large burners with which no refractory tile is supplied. Expansion joints must be provided in surrounding refractory to prevent pres-
sure being exerted on cast or rammed burner tunnel section.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Burner Tile Installation Recommendations
for fiber-lined furnaces Supplement DF-M2
Guide for installing burner tile in a fiber-lined furnace- 10. For applications exceeding 2200°F furnace temperature,
-maximum temperature 2200°F. (See back for higher install ceramic fiber board shield as illustrated in Figures
temperature applications and for all flat flame type burner 2A and 2B.
tile installations.)
11. Important: After initial firing of furnace at design tem-
INITIAL INSTALLATION (REF. FIGURE 1) perature, check fiber shrinkage in vicinity of burner tile.
Repack any voids with bulk fiber insulation to maintain
1. Cut opening in furnace shell allowing clearance around a gas-tight seal between furnace interior and shell.
tile or mounting plate lip. Check burner bulletin for
recommended clearance (about ½"). BURNER TILE REPLACEMENT
2. Drill holes in furnace shell around opening to match On fiber-lined furnaces requiring tile replacement, fiber
burner mounting plate bolt holes. insulation near tile may prevent wrapping and fastening
wrap as described in Steps 7 and 8 above. In such cases,
3. Insert mounting bolts (G) (not provided) and weld heads the following procedure is recommended.
to inside of furnace shell.
TILE REPLACEMENT (REFER TO FIGURE 1)
4. Weld channel stiffeners to outside of furnace shell as
required. 1. Bolt mounting plate and burner tile to shell with gasket
(F) in place.
5. Bolt mounting plate and tile to shell with gasket (F) in
place if supplied. 2. Coat outside of tile with air setting refractory cement
(C). Also, fill clearance gap with cement.
6. Coat outside of tile with air setting refractory cement
(C). Also, fill clearance gap between shell opening and 3. Pack area between tile and furnace lining with bulk
tile with cement. refractory fiber of a quality suitable for furnace design
temperature. Compress bulk fiber at least 25% during
7. Wrap exposed tile length with continuous strip of blan- packing.
ket insulation (B) two layers thick.
4. Use a fiber board shield to retain the packed bulk fiber.
8. Compress and secure wrap to tile, using a suitable non- (Refer to Figures 2A and 2B.)
metallic tape (E). Do not use string as it tends to cut the
blanket. Compression of wrap should be at least 25%. 5. Repeat Step 11 (check) above.
9. Install fiber insulation tightly against wrapped tile, See page 2 for Figure 1 and legend.
following supplier's recommended procedure for
anchoring and compressing fiber. All irregular-shaped
sections must be packed with fiber.
Supplement DF-M2
Page 2
furnace shell
"Z"† F Gasket: to provide a seal between burner mounting

plate and furnace shell.
G Burner mounting bolts with heads welded to inside of

furnace shell.
† "Z" dimension is tile insertion length. Fives North

American Combustion, Inc. burner tiles for fiber-lined
furnaces are available with "Z" dimensions in ½" increments
from 2" minimum to full tile length.
burner
two wraps of 1"

thick blanket
INSTALLATION EXCEEDING 2200°F
burner
mounting
plate
channel
stiffeners (as
req'd)
Figure 1. Cross section through a fiber-lined vertical

furnace wall showing a recommended method for installing
a burner tile. Letters refer to legend below and to text.
Legend for Figure 1
A1 Ceramic fiber modules. (Dœs not require "B" if modules

are tight to burner.)
Figure 2A. Fiber board shield installation for applications
A2 Fiber type blanket, block, or board insulation. exceeding 2200°F (see Figure 2B for flat flames).
B Blanket insulation wrapped around tile. Use blanket 1" Legend for Figure 2A
thick with at least 8 lb/ft3 density and temperature rat-
ing equal to furnace lining. H Installation as shown in Figure 1.
C High temperature, air setting refractory cement--thin J High temperature, air setting refractory cement wash
wash coat. coat.
D Refractory Tile must be constructed specifically for K Ceramic fiber board shield suitable for furnace design
fiber-lined furnaces. (Non-supported cast or prefired temperature.
tiles usually are not suitable for fiber-lined furnaces).
L Ceramic anchoring device.
E Non-metallic fastening device (tape, rope, plastic,
cheesecloth, etc.) to compress and secure wrapped
blanket about tile.
Supplement DF-M2
Page 3
INSTALLATION EXCEEDING 2200°F
Figure 3. Common fiber tile shapes. Flanges may be round

or square.
Figure 2B. Fiber board shield for all flat flame type
burner tile installations.
1 Port clearance hole--at least 1" larger in diameter than tile

port diameter.
2 Fiber board shield can be round or square--equal to at

least twice tile diameter or width. Figure 4. Methods
of securing fiber tile
shapes to burners
3 Shield hole must be cut to provide snug fit. Coat all
and furnace walls.
edges and inner face with high temperature, air setting
refractory cement.
4 Flat flame burner tile face must never be recessed into

furnace wall. It must be flush or less than ½" extended
into furnace beyond adjacent ceramic fiber board. Con-
figurations are available with proper mounting flange
placement to accomplish this (see "Z" dimension note in NOTE:
Figure 1). If burner tiles do not have variable "Z" dimen-
sion option, burner must be recessed into or extended 1. Using high temperature, air setting refractory cement,
out from furnace wall to maintain hot face position coat all surfaces of fiber tile shape that are in contact
requirement (see Supplement DF-M1, Figure 1B). with burner, shell, or furnace lining. Fill all voids.
2. Fiber tile surfaces can be pierced and/or compressed to
CERAMIC FIBER BURNER TILES accommodate burner mounting bolt heads and anchor-
Copyright © 2017 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet DF-M2_suppl 06/07
ing protrusions.
Fiber burner tiles are offered in a variety of shapes and de-
signs, as illustrated below. Fiber tiles are not recommended 3. If possible, wrap fiber tile with blanket insulation as
for oil burners. shown in Figure 1.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Recommended Firing Schedules Supplement DF-M3
for Cast Refractory Tiles

All Fives North American Combustion, Inc. products duty castables often have special warm-up
containing cast refractory such as tiles and lined burner cycles which may require much slower
bodies have been wet cured per the manufacturer’s ramping. Contact a Fives North American
recommendation at temperatures between 60°F and 90°F. Combustion Representative, if you are not sure
After wet curing, these pieces undergo a controlled drying of the material used.
process with a final hold temperature of 500°F unless the
manufacturer recommends otherwise. Additional firing in a 4. A multi-component lining often requires a slower
controlled manner is required to remove chemically bonded heat-up rate, especially when insulating castable is
water and prepare refractory for service. behind a dense castable and the furnace shell
is vapor tight. When in doubt, contact Fives North
Temperatures in the schedules below represent refractory American Combustion, Inc.
surface temperatures. Thermocouple wires or probes
used for monitoring surface temperature should be suited 5. If at any time during the firing process you witness
for these elevated temperatures. Additional protection for steaming or condensation escaping, hold the
the probe may consist of a fiber blanket wrap or other refractory at a constant temperature until such time
methods to insulate the thermocouple from the radiant heat as moisture is no longer evident.
of the burner. The observation port on the burner body
may be used as a location for insertion of a probe. Special 6. This schedule do es not consider any other
care should be employed in completely sealing the ports refractory materials which may be part of the
on a positive pressure system prior to any firing in order to application hardware. If other materials require
prevent hot gases from escaping. firing, use the more conservative of the
schedules.
NOTES:
FIRING SCHEDULE FOR 62% ALUMINA DENSE
1. Prior to installation, refractory pieces should be
CASTABLES:
stored in a cool, dry location, protected from external
elements.
2. The schedules are designed to maximize service life 6 hour soak at 300°F
of the refractories. Where time does not permit 12 hour ramp from 300°F to 1200° F (75°F per hour)
adherence to these procedures, greater stresses will X1 hour soak at 1200° F
be generated and may reduce the service life 8 hour ramp from 1200°F to 2000°F (100°F per hour)
through increased crack formation with wider and
deeper crevasses. It is normal for some cracking to 12 hour (minimum) cooling period from maximum tempera-
occur during the drying process. ture to ambient at a maximum of 150° F per hour unless
starting production
3. To maximize the service life of refractory parts, try
to allow for sufficient warm-up and cool down 1
Soak for ½ hour per inch of refractory thickness. This soak
periods. Generally, this is 300°F to 400°F per hour
period is not required. It is recommended when the appli-
and 100°F per hour, respectively. Special
cation will require cyclic operation or when the operating
temperature will exceed 2000°F. In no case exceed 2800°F
for Standard Dense Castable.
Suppl. DF-M3
page 2
FIRING SCHEDULE FOR LOW CEMENT CASTABLES: FIRING SCHEDULE FOR INSULATING CASTABLES:
3 hour ramp from 60°F to 300°F 11 hour ramp from 60°F to 600°F (50°F per hour)
X1 hour soak at 300°F X1 hour soak at 600°F
6 hour ramp from 300°F to 600°F (50°F per hour) 12 hour ramp from 600°F to 1200°F (50°F per hour)
X1 hour soak at 600°F X1 hour soak at 1200°F
8 hour ramp from 600°F to 1200°F (75°F per hour) 3 hour ramp from 1200°F to 1500°F (100° F per hour)
X2 hour ramp from 1200°F to operating temperature 6 hour soak2 at 1500°F
(100°F per hour)
12 hour (minimum) cooling period from maximum
12 hour (minimum) cooling period from maximum temperature to ambient at a maximum of 150°F per hour
temperature to ambient at a maximum of 150°F per hour unless starting production
unless starting production
1
Soak for 1 hour per inch of refractory thickness.
2
1
Soak for 1 hour per inch of refractory thickness. No soak period required if the unit is going into production.
2
No soak period required at maximum temperature. In no For production, continue to increase the ramp at 100°F per
case exceed 3000°F for High Temperature, Low Cement Cast- hour until operating temperature is increased.
able as damage to both burner internal and refractories may
result.
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet DF-M3_suppl 02/12
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Low NOx 4131, 5131, 6131
Integral Fan Burners Supplement 6100-1
Body and Gas Section

Integral Fan (and) Shutter Section Observation Port (Stationary)
(hinged for quick access to internals) with UV Flame Detector
Mounting
and Tile Assembly
Combustion Mounting Plate
Oil Atomizer Air Interlock
Assembly
Blower Motor
DESCRIPTION
CAPACITIES
SPECIFICATIONS
APPLICATIONS
Ignition Transformer
Modulating Gas
Butterfly Valve
Pilot Solenoid Gas Valves
Oil
Control Motor Solenoid
Valves Sealtite Conduit
Air and Fuel
Control Linkage
(far side) Modulating Sensitrol Oil Valve (far side)
FEATURES
BUILT-IN FAN: Delivers 100% of combustion air required for burner RUGGED, VERSATILE, AND RELIABLE: An ultra stable burner designed
operation. Eliminates need to install an expensive and bulky air to operate with 20% excess air in chambers at temperatures
delivery system. Avoids dependency of several burners on one up to 2000°F and under negative or slightly positive pressures.
blower. Cold, tight chambers present no problem for this rugged, low-
maintenance workhorse. Proven reliability while operating with
CONTROL VARIETY: Building from the basic burner package, two ratio natural gas, any grade of commercial fuel oil, crude oil, pitch, or
control systems are available along with many pre-packaged gas refinery bottoms.
and oil trains, motorized controls, flame safeguard accessories,
and programming systems. LOW NOx: By their design the package burners are inherently Low Nox.
In conjunction with other NOx reducing features, they are capable
WIDE RANGE OF CAPACITIES: 3 000 000 to 30 000 000 Btu/hr, in seven of meeting emission limitations for new or retrofit applications in
sizes. Typical air turndown is 4:1 on standard models. Greater environmentally sensitive installations. However, emission levels will
turndowns are available for special applications. vary from one application to another. Contact your North American
for your specific application.
Supplement 6100-1
Page 2
CAPACITIES  CHARACTERISTICS BLOWER

Table 1. Main air, Natural Oil, Flame Size,
Burner Data Btu/hr scfh gas, scfh gph dia.  length hp rpm
4131A 4 200 000 50 000 4 200 – 2.5'  5' 1.5 3450

5131A-
6131A-
[ 2
5,6
CR
4 200 000
4 200 000
4 200 000
50 000
50 000
50 000
–
4 200
4 200
30.3
27.9
27.9
2.5'
2.5'
2.5'



5'
5'
5'
1.5
1.5
1.5
3450
3450
3450
4131B 6 300 000 76 000 6 300 – 3'  7' 3 3450

5131B-
6131B-
[ 2
5,6
CR
6 300 000
6 300 000
6 300 000
76 000
76 000
76 000
–
6 300
6 300
50.7
42.0
42.0
3'
3'
3'



7'
7'
7'
3
3
3
3450
3450
3450
BURNER DESIGNATION
5131CL-
6131CL- [ 4
5,6
10 500 000
10 500 000
126 000
126 000
–
10 500
78
70
3.5' 
3.5' 
11'
11'
5
5
1750
1750
4131C
5131C-
6131C-
[ 


2
5,6
12 300 000
12 300 000
8 400 000
141 000
141 000
105 000
12 300
–
8 400
–
91
55.8
3.5'  12'
3.5'  12'
3.5'  12'
5
5
5
3450
3450
3450
3.5'  12'
[
4131CS  
 8 400 000 105 000 8 400 – 7.5 3450
5131CS- 2 8 400 000 105 000 – 55.8 3.5'  12' 7.5 3450
6131CS- 2 8 400 000 105 000 8 400 55.8 3.5'  12' 7.5 3450
4131D 18 000 000 216 000 18 000 – 4'  12' 7.5 1750
5131D-
6131D- [ 2
5,6
18 000 000
16 800 000
216 000
200 000
–
16 800
131
112
4'
4'
 12'
 12'
7.5
7.5
1750
1750
4131E 25 200 000 300 000 25 200 – 4'  12' 10 1750

5131E-
6131E-
[ 2
5,6
CR
25 200 000
25 200 000
25 200 000
300 000
300 000
300 000
–
25 200
25 200
182
167
167
4'
4'
4'



12'
12'
12'
10
10
10
1750
1750
1750
4131FA 30 000 000 360 000 30 000 – 4'  18' 20 3450

5131FA -
6131FA-
[ 2
5,6
CR
30 000 000
30 000 000
30 000 000
360 000
360 000
360 000
–
30 000
30 000
222
200
200
4'
4'
4'



18'
18'
18'
20
20
20
3450
3450
3450
 Burner model number breakdown is as follows:  Capacities and flame lengths are with 20% excess air and1.5"wc
First digit identifies burner as— backpressure in a cold, tight chamber. Excess air operation at rates greater
4 = gas only than 20%, through reduction of fuel input, is possible for nearly all of these
5 = oil only burners. Consult factory for maximum excess air rate for any particular size
6 = dual-fuel and fuel.
Next 3 digits, 131, identify burner as part of integral fan series  Fuel rates are based on the following calorific values:
Letters designate burner frame size 1 000 Btu/cu ft of natural gas
Numerals or CR after hyphen show fuel selection— 135 000 Btu/gallon of light (#2 or #4) oil
2 = #2 or #4 oil 150 000 Btu/gallon of heavy (#5 or #6) oil
5 = #5 oil 145 000 Btu/gallon of crude oil
6 = #6
CR = crude oil  Capacity is with 15% excess air and 0.5"wc backpressure.
 Capacity is with 20% excess air and 5"wc backpressure.
Sand Dryer Heater Treater

Supplement 6100-1
Page 3
APPLICATIONS
Process Heaters Water Heaters Liquid Asphalt Heaters Aluminum Melters
Steam Generators Core Dryers Boilers Incinerators
Emulsion Treaters Paint Dryers Vaporizers Air Heaters
Direct-Fired Oil Heaters Ceramic Dryers Dross Reclaiming Furnaces Rotary Dryers for Ore, Sand, or Aggregate
SPECIFICATIONS
Integral fans provide 100% combustion air to these nozzle-mix burners. Basic Light Oil Burner consists of the three basic sections described
Oil atomizers are of the tip emulsion design, using steam or compressed above, with the following equipment: a manually positioned and
air as the atomizing medium. Oil must be delivered to the nozzle at lockable firing rate control lever, a Sensitrol Oil Valve with linkage
viscosities below 100 SSU. assembly, and a flange mounted oil atomizer assembly. Refer to Table
2 for oil and atomizing medium pressure/flow requirements. Specify this
The ruggedly constructed burners consist of three basic sections. burner arrangement for oils up to and including #4 grade.
Basic Heavy Oil Burner is similar to the light oil burner except atomizer,
Front Section. A heavy cast iron mounting plate, with slotted mounting Sensitrol Oil Valve, and oil piping are sized and
holes, fitted with a high strength castable burner tile rated for service arranged to accommodate heavy oil or crude oil. Oil temperature is
up to 2600°F. A carbon steel or 304 stainless steel tile support jacket is maintained electrically within the burner through four low wattage
available as an option. cartridge heaters: one within Sensitrol valve body, two in heater blocks
attached to oil tube, and one in a heater block attached to the nozzle.
Center Section. A circular gas plenum with bottom gas inlet, a The hinge assembly is fitted with a hot oil return valve (shown in the
combustion air diffuser, a connection for a spark-ignited premix gas photograph). This burner is recommended for all heavy oils, including
pilot (for natural gas or propane), and a threaded boss to accommodate blended grades.
a flame rod.
Basic Dual-Fuel Burner is similar to oil burner except provision is made
Rear Section. Hinge-mounted includes blower motor, impeller, intake for burning either gas or a pre-selected grade of oil. A dual-fuel burner
guard, a large reinforced glass observation port, provisions for mounting fitted for heavy oil permits use of any grade, ranging from diesel
a flame detector, the flange-mounted oil atomizer, and the manual or through very heavy #6.
motorized firing rate control. An accurate linked valve ratio control is
provided by a compact arrangement of linkage rods and swivels that Flame Supervision and Control. There is a long list of optional
connect the internal main air proportioning shutters with a butterfly gas accessories that can be added to the basic burners described above.
valve and/or a Sensitrol Oil Valve. Fuel oil enters the Sensitrol Oil Valve In many applications of this burner, the combustion chamber is
via a swivel type joint mounted on the hinge. below 1400° F. Electronic flame supervisory systems are strongly
recommended. Such systems are offered by North American and others.
A specially designed system is available for boilers.
Basic Gas Burner consists of the above three sections fitted with a
manually positioned and lockable firing rate control lever Your local North American sales engineer can help select burner
(shown in burner photo) and a butterfly gas valve with linkage accessories required to make a firing system that will be reliable,
assembly. Refer to Bulletin 6140 for main and pilot gas accessories. efficient, and safe to operate.
Flue Gas
2000 F
Aluminum Dross
Cooking Oil Heater Aluminum Dross Reclaiming Furnace

Supplement 6100-1
Page 4
Pathological Incinerator Liquid Asphalt Heaters
Table 2.
Atomizing Mediums Oil Pressures

Flows and Minimum Gas
Pressures Req'd Comp. air flow, Steam flow, Light oil, Heavy oil, Gas Pressures Metering
at Burners scfm lb/hr psig psig "wc Valve Size
A 4 30 120 70 2.2 3"

Burner Size Designation
B 4 50 90 65 3.1 3"
CL (heavy oil) 8 70 – 80 2.8 4"
C (light oil) 4 91 85 – 2.2 4"
C (heavy oil) 7 130 – 70 2.2 4"
CS (light oil) 16 110 125 – 14.0 4"
D 16 130 50 60 4.0 6"
E (light oil) 14 182 55 – 3.0 8"
E (heavy oil) 28 168 – 70 3.0 8"
FA 28 200 75 90 6.0 8"

Letters designate frame size—see Table 1, page 2.
Oil and dual-fuel burners require an accessory package for the atomizing medium. Pressures required at the inlet of that package are 75-100
psi for air and 50-125 psi for steam.
Oil and dual-fuel burners require oil delivered to burner hinge at a viscosity below 100 SSU and at pressures listed above. If a liquid fuel other
than commercial fuel oil is to be used, consult North American for recommendations of pressure and flow requirements.
Gas burners are intended for use with natural gas or propane. Listed pressures are for natural gas - consult North American for propane
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 6000-1_suppl 11/07

pressures. Pressures listed are for system sizing only. They are not for ratio adjustment.
Gas piping upstream of burner gas metering butterfly valve to be same size as the metering valve for a minimum of 10 pipe diameters. Place
reducer, if used, as close as possible to the gas regulator.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Hinge Assembly 11-14156-1
Junction Box
Oil Atomizer Assembly Junction Box Mounting Bracket
11-16137-1
Parts for 4/5/6131 Burners Deflectors - Vertical Air (2 req'd)
Sizes A, B, C, CS
Gasket - Gas Section
Blower Silencer
For Linkage Parts, (optional Gasket - Mounting Plate
see Sheets 6131-8, -9,
-8/9-1, and 8/9-2. Blower Air Interlock Switch Mounting Plate and Tile Assembly
R830-5564 (NEMA 4) w/SST Jacket (optional)
R830-6733 (NEMA 1)
Oil Nozzle Seal
Oil Nozzle
Blower Wheel
Spacer Ring
Orifice Plate
and Support Assembly
Blower Motor
Gas Pilot Air Hose

Burner Major Components
Gas Pilot Assembly
Bracket - Ignition Transformer Mounting (Premix option shown)
Ignition Transformer Ignition Cable Assembly

4065-6N1-6A (NEMA 1)
Raw Gas Pilot Pilot Regulator
4065-6N4-6A (NEMA 4)
North American 4131, 5131, 6131
Assembly (st'd.) 7344-01

Gas Pilot
Piping Assembly
Heat Shield Hinge Interlock
Observation Port 11-2686-2
Assembly
Spark Electrode Hinge Interlock Switch
(st'd.) Air Shutters R830-4028
Modulating
Hand Knob Lifting Eye
(2 req'd.)
R370-2015 Flame Detector
Location Provided
Premix
Pilot Spark Blower Velocity
Electrode Tube Assembly
Blower
Housing
Oil Swivel
Coupling
R835-2101 Bracket for
SensitrolTM Oil Valve Mounting Plate and Tile Assem-
Modulating Motor bly (See Sheet 6131-6)
Oil Shutoff Valve Air Motor
Oil Valve - Sensitrol TM Bracket Gas Section
Motor - Modulating
Alternate: Gas Valve
Air Motor Gasket -
Flange (Butterfly)
with high and Gas Valve
low switches
Burner Components 6131 BC
Junction Box
Parts for 4/5/6131 Burners Hinge Assembly 11-8581-1
Sizes CL, D, E, FA Inclusive Oil Atomizer Assembly
Shutter Housing Junction Box Mounting Bracket
For Linkage Parts,
see Sheets 6131-8, -9, Deflectors - Vertical Air (2 req'd)
-8/9-1, and 8/9-2.
Blower Silencer
Gasket - Mounting Plate
(optional
Blower Air Interlock Switch Mounting Plate and Tile Assembly

R830-5564 (NEMA 4) w/SST Jacket (optional)
R830-6733 (NEMA 1) Oil Nozzle Seal
Oil Nozzle
Blower Wheel
Spacer Ring
Orifice Plate
and Support Assembly
Blower Motor
Gas Pilot Air Hose Heat Shield Hinge Interlock

Gas Pilot Assembly Observation Port Assembly 11-2686-2
(Premix) (UV or Flame Rod)
Bracket - Ignition Transformer Mounting Hinge Interlock Switch
Ignition Cable Assembly Air Shutters R830-4028
Ignition Transformer Modulating
4065-6N1-6A (NEMA 1) Lifting Eye
Pilot Regulator (2 req'd.)
4065-6N4-6A (NEMA 4) 7344-01 Gas Section
Flame Detector
Gas Pilot Location Provided Gasket - Gas Section
Piping Assembly
Gasket -
Hand Knob Blower Discharge
R370-2016
Blower Velocity
Pilot Spark Tube Assembly
Electrode
Blower Housing
Mounting Plate
and Tile Assembly
Oil Swivel (See Sheet 6131-6)
Coupling
Bracket for Gasket Gas Valve
R835-2202
SensitrolTM Oil Valve
Oil Shutoff Valve Air Motor Motor - Modulating

TM Bracket
Oil Valve - Sensitrol Gas Valve Flange
Alternate: (Butterfly)
Air Motor
with high and
low switches
Page 2
Burner size CS Burner size CS
Part name A B C CX (C71) Part name A B C CX (C71)
Air Shutters #2 Oil 11-5186-1 11-3534-2 11-3273-2  Gasket-Gas Sec. 11-2348-1 11-2348-1 11-3171-1 11-3171-1
Modulating 4,5,6 11-5186-1 11-3716-2 11-3764-1
Gasket-Gas Valve OA3-2302-1F4 OA3-2302-1F4 OA3-2302-2F4 OA3-2302-2F4
Blower Housing 11-4729-1 11-2908-4 11-3291-2 11-7134-2
Ignition Cable 11-4911-2 11-4911-2 11-4911-4 11-4911-4
Blower Motor T1.5-C36T2SC T3.0-D36S3SC T5.0-D36T3SC T7.5-D36T3L2.7C Assembly
Blower Silencer (opt.) 11-5447-1 11-4620-1 Lifting Eye R064-3015 R064-3015 R064-3021 R064-3021
11-4725-2 11-4727-1 11-4727-1 11-4727-1
Motor-Modulating M9484 11-14545-1 11-14545-1 11-14545-1 11-14545-1
Blower Wheel R340-5118 R340-5120 R340-5127 R340-5124 M7284 11-14545-2 11-14545-2 11-14545-2 11-14545-2
Alternate:
Crude Oil 1600-2-PHL 1600-2-PHL 1600-2-PHL 1600-2-PHL
R340-5121 Motor--Air
Blower Wheel
Air Motor Bracket 11-6160-1 11-6160-1 11-4921-1 11-4921-1
Blower Velocity 11-4902-3 11-4902-1 11-4902-2 11-4902-2
Tube Assembly Mtg. Plate & Tile Ass'y See Sheet 6131-6
Bracket-Ignition (NEMA 1) 11-3790-3 11-3790-3 11-3712-1 11-3712-1 Obs. Port Ass'y
Transformer Mtg. (NEMA 4) 11-14620-1 11-14620-1 11-14620-2 11-14620-2 for UV Detector See Sheet 6131-7
for Flame Rod 11-5315-1 11-5315-1 11-5315-1 11-5315-1
Bracket
Sensitrol Oil Valve 11-3165-2 11-3165-2 Oil Atomizer #2 Oil 11-14165-1 11-14165-1 11-14165-2 11-7250-1
11-3782-1 11-3782-1
Modulating Motor Assembly 4&5 11-3762-3 11-3762-3 11-3762-2
Deflectors 11-3533-2 11-3533-2 11-3213-1 11-3213-1 #6 with Series Wired 11-4255-3 11-4255-3 11-4196-1
Vertical Air Cartridge Oil Heaters
Flange 8767C-6 8767C-6 8767C-7 8767C-7 #6 with 115 V Parallel 11-4255-4 11-4255-4 11-4196-3
Cartridge Oil Heaters
Gas Pilot #2 Oil 11-5073-1 11-4130-1 11-4130-1 11-4130-1
4,5,6,Cr 11-4080-1 11-4080-1 11-4080-1 Crude Oil w/115 V 11-4255-6 11-4255-6 11-4196-3
Cartridge Oil Heaters
Spark Electrode R240-2793 R240-2793 R240-2793 R240-2793
Oil Nozzle #2 Oil R490-1203 R490-1203 R490-1171 R490-1193
Gas Pilot 11-7478-2 11-7478-2 11-7478-2 11-7478-2
4,5,6 R490-1200
Premix style
Crude R490-1230 R490-1230 R490-1200
Spark Electrode 11-10594-1 11-10594-1 11-10594-1 11-10594-1
Oil Nozzle Seal #2 Oil R490-1291 R490-1291 R490-1291 R490-1293
Premix style
4,5,6,Cr R490-1291 R490-1291 R490-1293
Gas Pilot Piping 11-4527-1 11-4527-1 11-4527-3 11-4527-3
Oil #2 Oil R950-6142 R950-6142 R950-6142 R950-6142
Assembly
Shutoff 4,5,6,Cr R950-6142 R950-6142 R950-6142 R950-6142
Alternate: Valve
Gas Pilot Piping 11-9112-1 11-9112-1 11-9112-2 11-9112-2
Oil Valve, #2 Oil 1813MB-02-B 1813MB-02-C 1813MB-02-D 1813MB-02-D
Ass'y, Premix style
Sensitrol 4&5 1813MB-02-B 1813MB-02-C 1813MB-02-D
Gas Pilot Air Velocity 11-3501-1 11-3501-1 11-3777-1 11-3777-1
#6 w/Series Cartridge 1813ME-02-B 1813ME-02-C 1813ME-02-D
Tube Assembly
Heaters & Thermostat
Alternate:
#6 & Crude with 115 V
Gas Pilot Air Hose 11-14010-1 11-14010-2 11-14010-3 11-14010-4
Parallel Cart. Heaters 1813MV-02-B 1813MV-02-C 1813MV-02-D
Ass'y, Premix style
(Less Thermostat)
Gas Section 11-2334-4 11-2334-4 11-3156-4 11-3156-4
Orifice Plate #2 Oil 11-4282-1 11-3528-1 11-4762-1 11-7249-1
Gas Valve #2 Oil 11-3538-1 11-3538-3 & Support 4,5,6 11-4282-1 11-3609-1 11-3770-1
11-3538-2 11-3538-3 Assembly Crude 11-5259-1 11-12289-1 11-3770-2
(Butterfly) 4,5,6 11-3538-2
Gasket-Mtg. Plate 11-5926-4 11-5926-4 11-5926-5 11-5926-5 Spacer Ring #2 Oil R490-1294
4,5,6,Cr R490-1294
 For Air Shutters (upper) specify 11-3273-3; for Air Shutters (lower) specify 11-7247-2.
 With air inlet controller.
 Air Motor with Moore Positioner and with low fire and high fire position switches. If Fisher or no positioner used, omit "P". If high fire switch not required, omit "H". If low fire switch not required omit "L".
Page 3
Burner size Burner size
Part name CL D E FA Part name CL D E FA
Air Shutters Middle 11-4933-1 11-4933-1 Motor-Modulating M9484 11-14545-1 11-14545-1 11-14545-1 11-14545-1
11-3345-2 11-3345-2
Modulating End 11-4932-1 11-4932-1 M7284 11-14545-2 11-14545-2 11-14545-2 11-14545-2
Blower Housing 11-3958-1 11-3328-1 11-3629-1 11-4842-1 Alternate:
Blower Motor T5.0-D18T4SC T7.5-D18T4SF T10-D18T4SF T20-H36T3K5.125C  Motor--Air 1600-2-PHL 1600-2-PHL 1600-2-PHL 1600-2-PHL
Blower Silencer (opt.) 11-4620-1 11-4614-1 11-4614-1 11-8504-1 Air Motor Bracket 11-4921-1 11-4921-1 11-4927-1 11-4927-1
Blower Wheel R340-5132 R340-5135 R340-5138 11-16125-1
Blower Velocity 11-4902-5 11-4902-5 11-4902-4 11-4902-4 Mounting Plate
Tube Assembly & Tile Assembly See Sheet 6131-6
Bracket-Ignition (NEMA 1) 11-3712-1 11-3712-1 11-7989-1 11-7989-1 Obs. Port Ass’y

Transformer Mtg. (NEMA 4) 11-14620-2 11-14620-2 11-14620-2 11-14620-2 for UV Detector See Sheet 6131-7
for Flame Rod 11-5315-1 11-5315-1
Bracket #2 Oil 11-3354-4 11-3354-4 11-3354-4
Sensitrol 4&5 11-3354-4 11-3354-4 11-3354-4 11-3354-4 Oil Atomizer #2 Oil 11-3365-1 11-4208-3 11-4208-3
Oil Valve #6 11-3354-4 11-3838-2 11-3838-2 11-3838-2 Assembly 4&5 11-4027-4 11-4027-3 11-4251-1 11-4251-2
Deflectors 11-3344-1 11-3344-1 11-3633-2 11-3633-2 #6 with Series Wired 11-4190-1 11-4190-3 11-4827-1 11-4827-2
Vertical Air Cartridge Oil Heaters
Flange 8767C-7 8767A-8 8767A-9 8767A-9 #6 with 115 V Parallel 11-4190-4 11-4190-5 11-4827-4 11-4827-5
Gas Pilot Mixer & Tip 11-7478-2 11-7478-2 11-7478-2 11-7478-2 Cartridge Oil Heaters
Assembly-Premix
Crude Oil w/115 V 11-4190-4 11-4190-5 11-4827-6 11-4827-6
Gas Pilot Piping 11-9112-2 11-9112-2 11-9112-3 11-9112-3 Cartridge Oil Heaters
Spark Electrode 11-10594-1 11-10594-1 11-10594-1 11-10594-1 Oil Nozzle #2 Oil R490-1193 11-11421-1 11-11421-1
Premix style 4&5 R490-1200 R490-1201 11-11421-2 11-11421-3
#6 R490-1200 R490-1201 11-11421-2 11-11421-3
Gas Pilot Air Hose 11-14010-4 11-14010-4 11-14010-3 11-14010-3 Crude R490-1200 R490-1201 R490-1210 R490-1210
Ass’y, Premix style
Gas Section 11-2943-3 11-2943-3 11-3613-1 11-3613-1 Oil Nozzle Teflon Seal R490-1293 R490-1293
Gas Valve (Butterfly) 11-3538-4 11-4956-1 11-4057-2 11-4057-2 Oil Nozzle “O” Ring Seal R520-4417-V R520-4417-V
Gas Valve Adapter 11-3061-1 Oil #2 Oil R950-6193 R950-6193 R950-6193 R950-6193
Gasket-Adapter 2-1295-3 Shutoff 4,5,6,Cr R950-6193 R950-6193 R950-6193 R950-6193
(Burner Conn.) Valve
Gasket-Gas Valve Oil Valve, #2 Oil 1813MB-01 1813MB-01 1813MB-01

Burner/Adapter Conn. OA3-2302-2F4 2-1295-3 11-3678-1 11-3678-1 Sensitrol 4&5 1813MB-02-D 1813MB-01 1813MB-01 1813MB-01
Piping Flange Conn. OA3-2302-2F4 OA3-2302-3F4 OA3-2302-4F4 OA3-2302-4F4 #6 w/Series Cartridge 1813ME-02-D 1813ME-01 1813ME-01 1813ME-01
Gasket-Blower 11-4582-1 11-4582-1 11-4583-1 11-4583-1 Heaters & Thermostat
Discharge #6 & Crude with 115 V
Gasket-Mtg. Plate 11-5926-6 11-5926-6 11-5926-7 11-5926-7 Parallel Cart. Heaters 1813MV-02-D 1813MV-01 1813MV-01 1813MV-01
Gasket-Gas Sec. 11-3346-2 (Less Thermostat)
11-3346-2 11-3622-1 11-3622-1
Ignition Cable 11-4911-4 Orifice Plate Gas Only 11-4884-1
11-4911-4 11-4911-4 11-4911-4
Assembly & Support Gas & #2 Oil 11-4764-1 11-4059-1 11-5863-1
Assembly 4,5,6 11-3892-1 11-4008-1 11-5372-1 11-5863-1
Junction Box 11-16137-1 11-16137-1 11-16138-1 11-16138-1 Crude 11-5555-1 11-4888-1 11-5863-1 11-8314-1
Mounting Bracket
Shutter Housing 11-3425-1 11-3425-1 11-4930-2 11-4930-2
Lifting Eye R064-3021 R064-3021 R064-3030 R064-3030
Spacer Ring R490-1294 R490-1294
 Air Motor with Moore Positioner and with low fire and high fire position switches. If Fisher or no positioner used, omit "P". If high fire switch not required, omit "H". If low fire switch not required omit "L".
 Part number for Baldor Motor, use part number T20-H36T4SF for REULAND.
Page 4
CONTACT

T +1 800 626 3477
F +1 216 373 4237
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 6131_bc 06/13

4/5/6131 North American Burners
Engineering Dimensions 6131 P
9 Prewired burner junction box
Engineering Dimensions 6131
4/5/6131-A, B, C, and CS FRAME SIZE BURNERS K
DIMENSIONS 11 N Stainless tile jacket
inches Air Inlet
controller Q
CAPACITIES
DD
million Btu/hr Hinge switch E1 G
EE dia. dia.
Frame gas and light oil heavy oil
F1, F2
A 3.4 to 4.2 2.5 to 4.2 dia. E2
B 5.2 to 6.3 5.2 to 6.3 dia.
C 8.4 to 12.3 8.4 J L–swing radius
CS 8.4 —
R1, R2
Ignition transformer Est. Shipping Weights
Pilot
Frame lb
Pilot regulator
3 A 400
Lifting eye Pilot solenoid valve B 500
Control motor C 700
45° with low fire CS 800
Combustion Observation port
air switch start switch UV detector
8 slots for U-dia. bolts
4 equally spaced on W-BC
Silencer
Y BB
12 H AA S
T
FF1, FF2
CC
1
/2 NPT
3
/8 NPT Oil inlet Pilot gas A–pipe size
Z Gas inlet X D
M–min.
Blower housing C
floor clearance Air motor
Blower motor B
with high and
low switches
131 Series
Burner Frame Size
4131-, 5131-, 6131- A B C D E1 E2 F1 F2 G H J K L M N P Q
A 3 36 ¾ 25 11 ¾ 16 16 ¾ 13 ½ 13 ½ 20 ¾ 10 ¾ 14 ¼ 11 ¾ 23 ½ 22 ½ 21 6 15⁄16 6
B 3 41 3⁄8 29 5⁄8 11 ¾ 16 16 ¾ 11 ½ 13 ½ 20 ¾ 10 ¾ 14 ½ 13 7⁄8 27 1⁄8 25 ½ 21 6 15⁄16 6
C 4 46 1⁄8 32 ¼ 13 19 ½ 20 ¼ 14 16 3⁄8 24 17 ½ 20 16 ¼ 31 26 ½ 23 11 6 13⁄16
CS 4 53 40 13 19 ½ 20 ¼ 14 16 3⁄8 24 14 ½ 21 ¼ 20 38 26 ½ 23 11 6 13⁄16
131 Series
Burner Frame Size
4131-, 5131-, 6131- R1 R2 S T U W X Y Z AA BB CC DD EE FF1 FF2
A 20 ½ 24 10 3⁄8 15 ¾ ½ 19 ½ 4¼ 8 6¾ 13 ¾ 51⁄8 5 7⁄8 5 11⁄16 2¾ 29 ¼ 27 ¾
B 20 ½ 24 10 3⁄8 15 ¾ ½ 19 ½ 4¼ 8 6¾ 18 1⁄8 6¾ 71/2 7¼ 2 3⁄16 29 ¼ 24 ¼
C 28 49 12 16 ¼ 5⁄8 22 ¾ 5¾ 10 7½ 17 ¼ 6 7 3⁄8 7¼ 5½ 29 ¾ 311/2
CS 28 31 ½ 12 16 ¼ 5⁄8 22 ¾ 5¾ 9¼ 8 21 6 3⁄8 9 1⁄8 7¼ 5 29 ¾ 311/2
 ANSI 125 lb flanged connection. Not used on 5121 or 5131 Burners.

 Honeywell M9484 or M7284 motors shown. For other motor types, check with Fives North American Combustion, Inc.
 Furnace opening for 131-A, B, and equivalent size 121 burners is 17" dia. (17 ½" dia. with jacketed tile).
Furnace opening for 131-C, CS, and equivalent size 121 burners is 20 ½" dia. (21" dia. with jacketed tile).
 With stainless steel tile jacket only.
 If one pilot solenoid valve is used, dimension R1 applies. Use dimension R2 for burners with two pilot solenoid valves.
 Optional, furnished only when ordered.
 If Moore Positioner is used, dimension FF1 applies. Use dimension FF2 if the Moore Positioner is not supplied.
 If air motor is used, add 50 lb to these figures.
 If burner is gas and/or light oil, dimension F1 applies. Use dimension F2 if burner is heavy oil.
4/5/6131-D, E, FA, and FC FRAME SIZE BURNERS Engineering Dimensions 6131
Page 2
P
DIMENSIONS 9 Prewired burner junction box
inches
K
Air Inlet 11
controller
Q
CAPACITIES DD N
EE Hinge switch
million Btu/hr
G
Frame gas and light oil heavy oil L–swing dia.
J radius S
D 12.6 to 18.0 12.6 to 16.8 
E 21.0 to 25.2 21.0 to 25.2
FA 29.4 to 30.0 29.4 to 30.0 R1, R2
FC* 29.4 to 30.0 29.4 to 30.0 Ignition
Pilot
transformer
Pilot regulator Est. Shipping Weights
FF
Pilot solenoid valve
1
/2 NPT Pilot gas Frame lb
D 950
Control motor E 1250
Lifting eye with low fire Observation port Stainless FA 1600
45° start switch tile jacket FC* 1700
Combustion air switch UV detector
8 slots for U-dia. bolts
equally spaced on W-BC
4 Silencer E2
dia.
F
H E
12 Y BB dia. 1
AA T dia.
CC GG1, GG2
A–pipe size
Blower motor
Gas inlet
1
/2 NPT Oil inlet Z X
M–min.
Blower floor C D
housing clearance Air motor
B
with high and
low switches
131 Series
Burner Frame Size
4131-, 5131-, 6131- A B C D E1 E2 F G H J K L M N P Q
D 6 62 7⁄8 49 1⁄8 13 ¾ 23 23 ¾ 17 28 14 ½ 17 ¾ 20 37 11⁄16 33 ½ 25 12 ¾ 9 1⁄16

E 8 64 ¼ 51 13 ¼ 23 23 ¾ 18 32 ¼ 16 ½ 20 3⁄8 20 41 38 26 ¾ 141/8 111/8
FA 8 68 ¾ 55 13 ¼ 23 23 ¾ 18 32 ¼ 16 ½ 23 1⁄8 23 ¾ 49 38 26 ¾ 141/8 111/8
FC* 8 74 61 13 ¼ 23 23 ¾ 18 32 ¼ 16 ½ 27 23 ¾ 58 38 26 ¾ 141/8 111/8
131 Series
Burner Frame Size
4131-, 5131-, 6131- R1 R2 S T U W X Y Z AA BB CC DD EE FF GG1 GG2
D 29 ¾ 33 ¼ 14 15 5⁄16 5⁄8 26 3⁄8 7¼ 13 ½ 10 281 ⁄4 8 5⁄8 123/4 10 ¾ 51/8 7 38 ¾ 33 ¾

E 31 ½ 35 ½ 16 1⁄8 18 ¼ 7⁄8 30 8 3⁄8 15 ½ 12 29 ½ 8 127/8 10 ¾ 6¼ 7½ 35 30
FA 31 ½ 35 ½ 16 1⁄8 18 ¼ 7⁄8 30 8 3⁄8 15 ½ 12 36 12 11⁄16 15 9¾ 11 3⁄16 7½ 35 30
FC* 31 ½ 35 ½ 16 1⁄8 18 ¼ 7⁄8 30 8 3⁄8 15 ½ 12 39 13 5⁄8 17 ¼ 9¾ 117/8 7½ 35 30
* 50 hertz only.
 ANSI 125 lb flanged connection. Not used on 5131 Burners. DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE
 Honeywell M9484 or M7284 motors shown. For other motor types, check with Fives North American Combustion, Inc. SUBJECT TO CHANGE. PLEASE
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Engrg-Dims 6131 02/15
 Furnace opening for 131-D, E, FA, and FC Burners is 24" dia. (24 ½" dia. with jacketed tile). OBTAIN CERTIFIED PRINTS
 With stainless steel tile jacket only. FROM FIVES NORTH AMERI-
CAN COMBUSTION, INC.IF
 If one pilot solenoid valve is used, dimension R1 applies. Use dimension R2 for burners with two pilot solenoid valves.
SPACE LIMITATIONS OR OTHER
 Optional, furnished only when ordered.
CONSIDERATIONS MAKE EXACT
 If Moore Positioner is used, dimension GG1 applies. Use dimension GG2 if the Moore Positioner is not supplied. DIMENSION(S) CRITICAL.
 If air motor is used, add 50 lb to these figures.
 FA and FC burner shutter assembly with blower assembly removed swing radius = 21 5⁄16".
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Low NOx 4131, 6131
Engineering Specifications 6131
Packaged Automatic Burners
FEATURES OF THE NORTH AMERICAN

PACKAGED AUTOMATIC BURNERS
BUILT-IN BLOWER: Delivers 100% of combustion air required chambers present no problem for this rugged, low-maintenance
for burner operation. Eliminates need to install an expensive and workhorse. Proven reliability while operating with natural gas, #2
bulky air delivery system. fuel oil, and #6 fuel oil. Crude oil, and pitch have also been suc-
cessful, however, these are often application dependent. Consult
CONTROL VARIETY: Building from the basic burner package, Fives North American, Cleveland, for applications with these fuels.
control systems are available along with many pre-packaged
gas and oil trains, motorized controls, flame safeguard accesso- LOW NOx: By their design the package burners are inherently
ries, and programming systems. Low Nox. In conjunction with other NOx reducing features, they
are capable of meeting emission limitations for new or retrofit
WIDE RANGE OF CAPACITIES: 4 200 000 to 30 000 000 applications in environmentally sensitive installations. However,
Btu/h HHV, in six frame sizes. Typical air turndown is 4:1 on emission levels will vary from one application to another. Contact
standard models. Greater turndowns are available for special your Fives North American Sales Engineer for your specific ap-
applications. plication.
RUGGED, VERSATILE, AND RELIABLE: An ultra stable burner

designed to operate in chambers at temperatures up to 2000°
F and under negative or slightly positive pressures. Cold, tight
Engineering Specifications 6131
Page 2
The Packaged Automatic Burners are ideal for steel firebox, Standard Components: The 4/6131 Burner includes the pilot gas
scotch marine, cast iron sectional, and watertube boilers, and regulator, pilot gas solenoid (2nd solenoid optional), 6000 volt
industrial process heating equipment, such as air heaters, dryers, ignition transformer, electric modulating control motor (air motor
oil heaters, ovens, and incinerators. Six frame sizes produce a optional), low combustion air interlock, and burner hinge inter-
wide range or capacities (4 200 000 to 30 000 000 Btu/h HHV). lock switch. Oil burners also include a solenoid valve (or optional
motorized automatic valve), piped between the hinge and atom-
Design: The 4131 Burner is for any fuel gas; and the 6131 for izer assembly. All electrical components are wired to the burner
dual-fuel (combination gas and oil). All are of the nozzle mix mounted NEMA 4 junction box.
design with an integral blower to supply 100% combustion
air. Oil atomizers are of the tip emulsion design, using steam Turndown: Typical air turndown is 4:1 on standard models.
or compressed air as the atomizing medium. The hinged Greater turndown can be achieved with an optional blower air
construction provides quick and complete accessibility. Fixed inlet controller. Consult North American, Cleveland, for details.
fuel lines need not be broken for service because fuel oil enters
through the burner hinge and gas enters through a stationary Excess Air: Standard burner linkage is factory set to deliver 20%
gas section. excess air. Rates greater than 20% are possible through reduction
of fuel input.
Construction: This rugged burner consists of a cast iron mount-
ing plate, with slotted mounting holes, fitted with a high strength Flame Characteristics: These burners generate well- defined
case refractory burner tile rated for service up to 2600°F. A stain- medium length flames. See Supplement 6131-1 for flame sizes.
less steel tile support jacket is available as an option. The circular
gas plenum has a bottom gas inlet, a combustion air diffuser, Chamber Pressures: Designed for stable operation in chambers
and a spark-ignited gas pilot (for natural gas or propane). with pressures ranging from –0.5"w.c. to 2.0"w.c. The "N"
burner is specified on applications with 0 to –0.5"w.c. chambers
The hinge-mounted blower section includes the blower motor, (i.e., 2-pass boilers, dryers, heaters, etc.) and the "P" burner is
impeller, intake guard (or optional intake silencer), a large specified on those with 0.1 to 2.0"w.c. chambers (i.e., 3-pass
reinforced glass observation port, provisions for mounting a boilers, etc.). Consult Fives North American, Cleveland, for burner
flame detector, and flange mounted oil atomizer. An accurate performance with other pressures.
linked valve ratio control is provided by a compact arrangement
of aircraft-quality linkage rods and swivels that connect the Underwriters Laboratories Listing: The Model 4/6131 Burners
internal main air proportioning shutters with a butterfly gas valve have been designed in accordance with the requirements of the
and/or a Sensitrol™ oil valve and the modulation motor. Underwriters Laboratories.
Hinged construction
provides for complete
accessibility to
burner internals.
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | 6131eng. spec. 12/09
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 4/5/6131 Burner
Engineering Supplement 6131-2
PACKAGED BURNER ORDERING DESIGNATIONS

FUEL (See Page 2 for visual representations.)
4 - GAS ELECTICAL COMPONENTS
CHAMBER PRESSURE and and
6 - DUAL-FUEL FRAME APPLICATION REQUIREMENT WIRING REQUIREMENTS
BASIC OIL GRADE
BURNER A N - Neutral or negative 1 - General Purpose
DESIGN B 0 - Gas Only (0 to -0.5"wc) 4 - Weatherproof
C 2 - #2 Oil chamber X - Other (specify)
CS 4 - #4 and #5 Oil P - Positive
D 6 - #6 Oil 0.1 to 2.0"wc)
E CR - Crude Oil chamber
FA
X - Other (specify)
6 131 - B2 / P -1 / AA / BA / CA / DB / EA / FA
BLOWER MOTOR VOLTAGE AND TYPE OIL PIPING

AA - 230-460/3/60, TEFC (standard) FA - c/w 1 solenoid (standard)
AX - Other (specify) FB - c/w 2nd solenoid
AZ - None FX - Other (specify)
FZ - None
TILE PILOT GAS VALVING

BA - Cast Refractory Tile (standard) EA - c/w 1 solenoid (standard)
BB - SST Jacketed Cast Refractory Tile EB - c/w 2nd solenoid
BX - Other (specify) EC - c/w block and vent solenoids
BZ - None EX - Other (specify)
EZ - None
MODULATION MOTOR BLOWER INLET ARRANGEMENT

CA - M9484F1007 (standard) Electric DA - Screen (standard)
CB - 1600-2-PHL Air Motor DB - Silencer
CX - Other (specify) DC - Air Inlet Valve and Screen
CZ - None DD - Air Inlet Valve and Silencer
DX - Other (specify)
Burner comes standard with hinge interlock, combustion air interlock, and gas-electric pilot with regulator and ignition transformer wired to a NEMA 4 junction box.
 See Supplement 6131-1, Table 1 for frame size and capacity reference.
 Oil piping Section "F" is omitted when 4131 is specified.
 Standard premix pilot is replaced with raw gas pilot when this option is specified on D, E, and FA burners.
 Specify manufacturer and model number for CX "other" motor.
 Check with North American, Cleveland.
 Specify all "X" options in detail including manufacturer and model number where applicable.
 Will include piping from hinge to Sensitrol valve only.
Engineering Supplement 6131-2
Page 2
Burner Variations. Flexibility of burner design is provided with options and arrangements in six key areas of the burner assembly. The burner can be
customized to suit a particular application by simply specifying the system component or required arrangement. See the ordering designation for the
listing of available options and ordering information.
SIX AREAS AFFORDING FLEXIBILITY ARE:
D. Blower inlet arrangements

• screen
A. Blower motor voltage • silencer
and type • air inlet controller
• combination of air
• voltage/phase/hertz
inlet controller
and screen or
silencer
B. Burner tile E. Gas pilot valving

• cast refractory • one pilot solenoid valve
• SST jacketed • two pilot solenoid valves
• cast refractory • block and vent
C. Modulation motor F. Oil piping

• electric • one oil solenoid valve
• pneumatic (air) • two oil solenoid valves
Ordering Information. The following information should be furnished with burner order.:
Application : Type of boiler, heater, dryer, etc.

Capacity : Btu/hr
Approvals : UL, FM, IRI, etc.
Electricity : volts/phase/hertz
To order burner, specify: (4/5/6)131-(selected as shown on Page 1, complete with all area designations) Packaged (Gas, Oil, Dual-Fuel) Burner.
Examples: 4131-B0/P-1/AA/BA/CA/DB/EB Packaged Gas Burner
6131-E2/N-1/AA/BB/CB/DA/EA/FA Packaged Dual-Fuel Burner
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 6131-2_ES 09/10

6131-C2/N-4/AX/BB/CX/DC/EA/FB Packaged Dual-Fuel Burner
where:
AX = 575/3/60 TEFC motor
CX = Honeywell M7284C 1000 modulation motor
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Dual-Fuel Automatic Burners
Parts List 6131G Parts List 6131G
Parts List for

6131-G Large Capacity
Mechanically Linked Burner
Parts List 6131G
Page 2
2–20
7–3 2
7–2 6–8
1
1–5
7–1 7–4 12
23
2–9
19–7
2–10 2–11
Combustion Air Blower
Item no. Part no. Description
1 11-4916-1 Mounting Plate and Tile Assembly

11-11201-1 Mounting Plate and Converging Tile Assembly
1–5 11-4908-2 Mounting Plate Only (mounting plate normally not sold separately)
2 11-4912-2 Gas Section
2–9 11-5559-1 10" Metering Gas Valve with Air Motor
11-5559-2 10" Metering Gas Valve with Electric Control Motor
2–10 OA3-2302-5F4 Gasket (2 required)
2–11 8767A-10 10" Slip-On Welding Flange
2–20 R064-3035 Lift Eye
6–8 R130-5843 C7012A Ultra-Vision Flame Detector
7–1 R320-7081 Flexible Hose
7–2 11-8028-1 Flexible Hose Clamp (2 required)
7–3 11-7728-1 Adapter Flange
7–4 11-5083-1 Adapter Flange Gasket
12 R370-2016 Hand Knob Screw
19–7 R920-1423 Y-type Swing Check Valve, 1"
23 1600-1-HL Air motor with high/low limit switches
1600-1-PHL Air motor with Moore Positioner and high/low limit switches
23–2 R830-4063 Low fire position switch, or high fire position switch
23 R410-2452-HS Electric Control Motor (60 Hz)
R410-2458-HS Electric Control Motor (50 Hz)
Parts List 6131G
Page 3
4–3 1–4
4–1 1–2
6–7 1–6
6
4–6
5–1
2–4
2–13
2–8
23–1

1–2 11-4917-1 Tile Retaining Hook (4 required) (normally not sold separately)
1–4 11-4977-1 Gasket for Gas Section
1–6 R066-4040 Burner Mounting Bolt, 3/4"-10  2" long (8 required) with plain washer and lock washer
2–4 11-3712-1 Ignition Transformer Bracket
2–8 4065-6N1-6A Ignition Transformer for 60 Hz, or
4065-5N1-6A Ignition Transformer for 50 Hz
2–13 11-4911-4 Ignition Cable
4 11-5091-1 Gas Pilot Assembly (includes 11-5086-1 Gas Tube and 4-3587-1 Pilot Tip
11-5086-2 Gas Tube (not visible--part of 11-5091-1 Gas Pilot Assembly)
4020-LP-5/3 Nozzle Mix Pilot
4–1 1836-03 Needle Valve, 1/4"
4–3 4025-2-T Pilot Tip Assembly (4-3587-1)
4–6 R240-2465 Spark Plug, 10mm
5–1 11-5003-2 Assembly of Oil Nozzle Adapter and Connection Plate (included in 11-5292-2
and 11-5292-1 Atomizer Assembly)
6 11-4896-5 Observation Port Assembly (includes parts 11-7747-1, 11-3702-1, 11-3701-1,
and 11-3193-1
11-7747-1 Observation Port Frame (part of 11-4896-5 Observation Port Assembly)
11-3702-2 Window Glass (part of 11-4896-5 and 11-9814-1 Observation Port Ass'y)
11-3701-1 Window Glass Gasket (part of 11-4896-5 and 11-9814-1 Observation Port Assembly)
11-3193-2 Retaining Clip, 4 required (part of 11-4896-5 and 11-9814-1 Observation
Port Assembly)
(Alternate:)
11-9814-1 Observation Port and Mounting Assembly with UV Swivel and Sight Tube
11-16040-1 Dual UV Mounting
6–7 R590-6542-S Sight Tube
23–1 11-5026-2 Bracket for Air Motor
11-9973-1 Bracket for Electric Control Motor
Parts List 6131G
1–3 2–14 2–15 Page 4
8
3–1
3–3
3–12
3–4
3–13
3–2
3–14
3–7 2–16
3–15
23–2
3–16
3–8
3–6
33–1
3–17
3–9 2–18 3–5
33
33–3
2–17 3–7
33–2
3–10 3–11

1–3 11-5926-8 Mounting Plate Gasket
2–14 R830-4028 Hinge Switch
2–15 11-2946-3 Hinge Eyelet (2 required)
2–16 1813MR-0 Controlling SensitrolTM Oil Valve, ¾", c/w cartridge heater (Steel) or
1813MV-0 Controlling Sensitrol Oil Valve, ¾", c/w cartridge heater (Brass)
2–17 11-13956-11 Linkage Rod Assembly for Sensitrol Oil Valve
2–18 11-13958-6 Linkage Rod Assembly for Gas Valve with Air Motor
11-13958-7 Linkage Rod Assembly for Gas Valve with Electric Control Motor
3 11-7845-1 Shutter Housing Assembly (Linkage not included)
3–1 11-4951-1 Lever Arm Assembly
3–2 11-5314-2 Lower Lever Arm Assembly
3–3 11-13956-1 Linkage Rod Assembly
3–4 11-13956-31 Linkage Rod Assembly
3–5 11-13956-16 Linkage Rod Assembly for Air Motor
11-13956-31 Linkage Rod Assembly for for Electric Control Motor
3–6 11-13955-2 Linkage Rod Assembly
8 R830-9837 Combustion Air Interlock (NEMA 1)
8 8757-GAO-A4 / 4 / 5 Combustion Air Interlock (NEMA 4)
23-2 R830-4063 Low Fire Position Switch, or High Fire Position Switch
33 11-5281-1 Hinge Assembly for 4131-G
or
11-5281-2 Hinge Assembly for 5131 and 6131-G2
or
11-5281-3 Hinge Assembly for 5131 and 6131-G4, 5, 6, or CR
33–1 1813-02-BK Bypass Sensitrol Oil Valve, 3⁄8"
33–2 R320-3111 Teflon Hose w/sst braid
33–3 R916-8735 Adapter for Flexible Hose
3–7 11-14537-12 Linkage Pivot Assembly for Air Motor
11-14536-1 Linkage Pivot Assembly for Electric Control Motor
3–8 11-14537-13 Linkage Pivot Assembly
3–9 11-14539-2 Gas Valve Pivot Assembly (valve end)
3–10 11-14539-1 Gas Valve Pivot Assembly (drive end) for Air Motor
11-14539-2 Gas Valve Pivot Assebmly (drive end) for Electric Control Motor
Parts List 6131G
Page 5
3–9 3–7
3–8
4–8
4–10
3–10
4–11 4–9
4–7
5–10
34
2–6
5–7
5–9
3–7
3–9 3–8
34-3 30
2–6 R310-1525* Heater Cable

3–7 11-4946-1 End Shutter
3–8 11-4945-3 Middle Shutter
3–9 11-4949-1 End Shutter Shaft
3–10 11-4948-1 Middle Shutter Shaft
4–7 1486A-0 Pilot Solenoid Gas Valve, ¾"
4–8 8699-01-213 Balancing Orifice, ½"
4–9 7347-0-A Pilot Gas Regulator, ¾"
4–10 R300-6292 Pilot Jet Gas Gauge, 0-15 psi (Steel) or
8735-Q Pilot Jet Gas Gauge, 0-5 psi (Brass)
4–11 R930-6022 Gauge Needle Valve, 1/4" (Steel) or
1836-03 Gauge Needle Valve, 1/4" (Brass)
5–7 R310-1510 Heating Tape (included in 11-5292-2 Atomizer Assembly)
5–9 R914-5702 Oil Tube (included in 11-5292-2 Atomizer Assembly)
5–10 1821A-0 Ball Valve, ¾" (included in 11-5292-2 and 11-5292-1 Atomizer Assembly)
30 1517U-1-CR5 1" Automatic Shutoff Oil Valve 50 Hz or
1517U-1-CR6 1" Automatic Shutoff Oil Valve 60 Hz
34 R620-2060 Fisher Positioner
34–3 1600-P Moore Positioner (not actually pictured but location shown)
* Should be wrapped with R290-1194 Tetraglas tape 1½" W 1⁄8" thick with adhesive backing.
1–7 Parts List 6131G
Page 6
2–23
5
5–2
5–2a
5–2b
2–2 5–2c
5–2d
2–3 5–3
5–4
5–6
2–5
1–7 R064-3021 Lift Eye (2 required)

2–2 11-5067-1 Orifice Plate Support
2–3 11-5247-2 Orifice Plate Assembly Only
11-11176-1 "S" Style Orifice Plate Only
2–23 11-5250-1 Orifice Plate and Support Assembly
11-11285-1 "S" Style Orifice Plate and Support Assembly
2–5 11-5019-1 Radial Gas Port Tab (11 required), plus
11-13569-1 Radial Gas Port Tab Bracket (11 required)
R775-2530-S SST#10-24  3⁄8" round head machine screws (2 req'd)
R066-2200-S SST#10 24  5⁄8" hex head mounting screw
R970-7180-S SST#10 flat washer
5 11-5292-2 Oil Atomizer Assembly (includes parts 5-1 through 5-4, 5-6, 5-7, 5-9 and
5-10) for 5131 and 6131-G4, 5, 6, and CR
or
11-5292-1 Oil Atomizer Assembly (includes parts 5-1 throuth 5-3, 5-9, and 5-10) for
5131 and 6131-G2
5–2 11-12001-1 Carbide Oil Nozzle Assembly (included in 11-5292-2 and 11-5292-1
Atomizer Assembly)
5–2a 11-6196-1 Distributor Body, sst (included in 11-12001-1 Oil Nozzle Assembly)
5–2b 11-6195-1 Carbide Distributor (included in 11-12001-1 Oil Nozzle Assembly)
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | PL 6131g 02/13
5–2c 11-11338-1 Carbide Orifice Disc (included in 11-12001-1 Oil Nozzle Assembly)
5–2d 11-6193-1 Cap, sst (included in 11-12001-1 Oil Nozzle Assembly)
5–3 R520-4188-V "O" Ring for Oil Atomizer (included on 11-12001-1 Nozzle Assembly as
well as in 11-5292-2 and 11-5292-1 Atomizer Assembly)
5–4 11-5002-1 Oil Nozzle Heater Support (included in 11-5292-2 Atomizer Assembly)
5–6 R310-1115 Oil Nozzle Heater (included in 11-5292-2 Atomizer Assembly)
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Low NOx North American Dual-Fuel™
Automatic Burners Specifications 6131G
DESCRIPTIONS • CAPACITIES • SPECIFICATIONS • DIMENSIONS • APPLICATIONS

for
6131-G Large Capacity Mechanically-Linked Burners
Large Observation Port
and location for Stationary
UV Flame Detector gas section Mounting
Combustion
Air Blower Gas Pilot
Observation Port in
Blower (optional) Tile
Flexible Hose
with clamps
Blower Air Motor assembly for Modulating Gas

motor air and fuel valve control Butterfly Valve
COMPACT AUTOMATIC BURNER – With air and fuel valves RUGGED VERSATILITY AND RELIABILITY – An ultra-stable
mechanically linked and preset to maintain constant air/fuel ratio burner designed to operate with 20% excess air in chambers
at all firing rates. up to 2000°F and under negative or slightly positive pressures.
Cold tight chambers present no problem for thisrugged, low
FLOOR MOUNTED FAN – Delivers 100% of the combustion air maintenance work horse. Proven reliability while operating with
required for burner operation, plus 20% excess air. natural gas, or any grade of commercial fuel oil, crude oil, pitch,
or refinery bottoms.
CAPACITIES – 15 000 000 Btu/hr to 62 500 000 Btu/h HHV
from one basic burner. Typical turndown ratio is 4 to 1. Greater LOW NOx: By their design the package burners are inherently
hermal turndown ratios are available by operating with a lean Low Nox. In conjunction with other NOx reducing features,
air/fuel ratio at lower input rates. they are capable of meeting emission limitations for new or
retrofit applications in environmentally sensitive installations.
CONTROL VARIETY – Building from the basic burner However, emission levels will vary from one application to
package, three ratio control systems are available: pneumatic another. Contact your Fives North American Combustion, Inc.
(standard), electric (optional), and electronic 8196, 8199, or 8386 Sales Engineer for your specific application.
Combustion Controller (optional).
Specifications 6131G
Page 2
Table 1. Burner Data

CAPACITIES CHARACTERISTICS
Burner Main air, Natural Oil Flame size, BLOWER d
designation a Btu/hr b scfh gas, scfh c gph c dia.  length b hp rpm
4131-G 62 500 000 750 000 62 500 – 5.5'  34' 50 1800
{ } { }
2 463
5131-G
5, 6 62 500 000 750 000 62 500 417 5.5'  34' 50 1800
6131-G
Cr 431
a b
Burner model number breakdown is as follows: Capacities and flame lengths are with 20% excess air, firing into a cold tight
First digit indentifies burner as– chamber at atmospheric pressure.
4 = gas only c
Fuel rates are based on the following calorific values:
5 = oil only
6 = dual-fuel 1000 Btu/ft3 of natural gas
135 000 Btu/gallon of light (#2 or #4) oil
Next 3 digits, 131, identify the burner as part of the integral fan 150 000 Btu/gallon of heavy (#5 or #6) oil
series: 145 000 Btu/gallon of crude oil
Letter (G) designates burner frame size
Anything appearing after (G) shows fuel selection– d 1800 rpm based on 60 hertz operation. With operation on 50 hertz, the
2 = #2 or #4 oil speed becomes 1500 rpm (compensated for with large impeller).
5 = #5 oil
6 = #6 oil
Cr = Crude oil
Table 2. Pressure Required at Burners

Atomizing Medium
Atomizing Atomizing Fuel Oil Pressure
Burner size designation air flow steam flow Light oil Heavy oil Gas Pressure
_131-G at 16 million Btu/hr 100 scfm 320 lb/hr 120 psig 100 psig 13"w.c.
_131-G at 32 85 272 120 100 13
_131-G at 48 70 224 120 100 13
_131-G at 62.5 50 160 120 100 13

Oil and dual-fuel burners require addition of an accessory package for atomizing medium. Pressure range required at inlet of that package is 75 to
100 psi for air and 50 to 125 psi for steam.
 Oil and dual-fuel burners require oil to be delivered to burner hinge at viscosity not to exceed 100 SSU and at the pressure listed above. If a liquid
fuel other than a commercial fuel oil is to be used, consult North American for recommendations of pressure and flow requirements.
 Gas burners are intended for use with natural gas or propane. Listed pressures are for natural gas only--consult Fives North American Combustion,
Inc. for pressures with propane. These pressures are required at inlet of butterfly gas valve when burner is firing at rated capacity into a chamber
at neutral pressure. All pressures and flows listed are maximum values and are intended to be used only for system sizing information (not for ratio
adjustment).
Application: Rotary Drum Sand Dryer Application: Crude Oil Pipeline Heater
Page 3
LARGE CAPACITY AUTOMATIC BURNERS
Nozzle-mix burner with separate turbo blower provides 100% of

combustion air requirement. Oil atomizer is of the tip emulsion
design, using steam or compressed air as the atomizing medium.
Oil is to be delivered to the burner nozzle at oil viscosities not
to exceed 100 SSU. This ruggedly constructed burner consists of
several modules, each with several options that can be chosen
based on application and price.
The mounting and tile assembly module consists of a heavy

cast iron mounting plate with slotted mounting holes, gaskets,
and a high strength cast burner tile. A stainless steel tile jacket is
available as an option.
The body assembly module consists of a circular gas plenum

with bottom gas inlet and an air shutter/transition section with
linkage. A flange-mounted oil atomizer assembly module and
oil piping assembly module will be installed for oil-only and
dual-fuel models. An orifice plate assembly module is installed
as a combustion air diffuser. The gas pilot piping assembly Application: Vertical Heater
module is for use with natural gas or propane. It supplies fuel
to a spark-ignited premix style pilot. A combustion air switch The basic light oil burner consists of all the above modules. Table
module provides low combustion air interlock. Various ignition 2 lists oil pressure and atomizing medium flow and pressure
transformer module options are available. requirements. Specify this burner arrangement for distillate grade
fuel.
The control motor assembly module is a very accurate linked-
valve type ratio control. A compact arrangement of ratio control The basic heavy oil burner is similar to the light oil burner except
linkage rods and swivels connect internal main air proportioning the atomizer, Sensitrol oil valve, and oil piping are sized and ar-
shutters with a butterfly gas valve and/or Sensitrol™ oil valve. ranged to accommodate heavy oil or crude oil. Fuel oil tempera-
ture is maintained electrically within the burner by a heater cable
The observation port and flame detector assembly module and low-wattage cartridge heater in a block attached to the
provides electronic flame supervision, which is required to meet special nozzle assembly. The hinge assembly is fitted with a hot
NFPA standards. oil return valve. This burner is recommended for all heavy oils,
including blended grades.
The blower assembly module consists of a pedestal-mounted
turbo blower with motor, impeller, and intake guard connected to The basic Dual-Fuel™ burner, similar to the oil burner, has provi-
the burner by the combustion air hose assembly module. sions for both natural gas and a specified grade of fuel oil. Maxi-
mum fuel flexibility is achieved with a Dual-Fuel burner fitted for
The basic burner consists of all the above modules (except the oil heavy oil because it permits use of any grade fuel ranging from
piping assembly and the atomizer assembly) with a modulating diesel through very heavy #6 oil.
butterfly gas valve with linkage assembly.
Burners are suited for applications with combustion chamber
temperatures below 2000°F.
Application: Oil Field Heater

Page 4
DIMENSIONS
in inches
59½
13 19¼
36 dia.
43 dia.
1511⁄32
24
4
19 16 R
R
33
instrument air
3⁄8 fpt oil ¼ fpt conn.
return conn. items shown dotted
not by North American
OR
265⁄8
55 ½" Recommended
10" slip-on 11
welding flange A
19
40
gas
Hydramotor plug
gas pressure conn.
valve valve
regulator
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Specs 6131g 02/13
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Pilot Assembly for
4/6131G Packaged Burners Sheet 6131G-5
1-½" NPT Pilot air inlet from blower
Boost gas - Pressure gauge Upstream - Pressure regulator (by others)

5 (set outlet pressure at 2 psi) (Outlet capacity of 150 SCFH @ 2 to 2-½ psi)
7
¾" Gas regulator 10
(set outlet pressure at 8 oz.)
3 2
Mixture
pressure
3-½" wc
Fuel adjustment 1
Needle valve 4 9 9 ¾" NPT

The user is responsible for determining the applicable safety code/standard Gas inlet
for the application and is responsible for supplying all safety compliance
Boost gas - Ball valve 6 components in a comprehensive combustion system
ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

1 Premix Pilot Assembly 11-5091-1
2 Pilot Tip assembly* 4025-2-T
3 Spark Plug* R240-2465
Needle Valve:
4 (Steel) R930-6022
(Brass) 1836-03
Pressure Gauge:
5 (Steel) R300-6292
(Brass) 8735-Q
6 Ball Valve H0915-18-006
7 Regulator 7347-0-A
8 Balancing Orifice 8699-01-213
9 Solenoid Shutoff Valve 1486A-0
10 Solenoid Vent Valve (Optional) 1487A-0
* Included in Item 1
PREMIX PILOT ASSEMBLY AND
ADJUSTING PROCEDURE COMPLIANCE ADVISORY
The following adjustment procedure is recommended: Each Series 6131 Integral Fan packaged dual fuel burner includes
selected ancillary components as described in the product
1. Close boost gas valve (Item 6). literature but is not, in and of itself, a complete "compliant"
2. Remove cap to gain access to mixer fuel adjustment. combustion system as supplied. It dœs not include all the
necessary fuel train components and safety interlocks that are
3. Fully close (turn cw) the fuel adjustment and then open it (turn required by NFPA 85 and 86, other safety standards and/or
ccw) three complete turns. insurance underwriters' guidelines. The user is responsible to
4. Start burner and allow pilot to light. Observe pilot flame. determine the applicable safety code or standard and ensure the
The flame should be 5" to 6" long with a sharp blue cone supply of all safety compliance components in a comprehensive
appearance. If it is not sharp, adjust fuel to achieve this combustion system. Fives North American Combustion, Inc. can
appearance. furnish all the necessary items, such as fuel trains and/or their
components, as either packaged sub-assemblies or loose parts.
5. At this point, the burner may go off on flame failure due to
the scanner not being able to "see" the pilot flame without
the boost gas. Relight pilot and open boost gas valve (Item 6).
Adjust upstream pressure regulator to obtain 2 to 2.5 psi on
boost gas gauge (Item 5).
6. Observe flame. It should be 12" to 15" long and be able to
hold in flame relay.
7. Recycle burner to ensure that pilot lights and provides
adequate flame signal.
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 6131G-5 03/10

Supersedes Drawing KC11-9371
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Pilot Assembly for Heavy Oil
North American Packaged Burners Sheet 6131-5H
GAS PILOT ASSEMBLY
Part Number
11-4080-1
This Pilot is supplied as a standard on "A", "B", and "C" size heavy oil package burners. Part number 11-4080-1 is supplied
on the "E" and "F" size light oil burners and the "CL", "D", "E", and "FA" size heavy oil burners only when an air inlet valve is
provided.
Spark Electrode
R240-2793
Ignition Cable with gasket
Assembly Pilot Air Inlet
See Note 
Nozzle
(11-4078-1)
Cap
(11-4077-1)
Body (11-4079-1)
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 6131-5H 02/02

 End of electrode may be pointed or square.
Pilot Gas Inlet
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Pilot Assembly for Light Oil Sheet 6131-5L
and Gas Package Burners

GAS PILOT ASSEMBLY
Part Number
11-4130-1 ("B", "C", and "CS" burners)

11-5073-1 ("A" burners)
Spark Electrode
R240-2793
Ignition Cable
with gasket
Assembly
Pilot Air Inlet
1⁄8"
See Note 
Pilot Nozzle
11-4130-1 11-3434-1
11-5073-1 11-4847-1
Body (11-4079-1)
Pilot Gas Inlet

 End of electrode may be pointed or square Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 6131-5L 02/02
 Part number 11-5073-1 is supplied as a standard pilot on "A" size light oil package burners only. Part number 11-4130-1 is supplied as a standard pilot on
"B", "C", and "CS" size light oil package burners. Part number 11-4130-1 is supplied on a "D" size light oil burner only when an air inlet valve is provided.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Premix Pilot Assembly 4/5/6131-A thru -FA Packaged Burners
Sheet 6131-5P
This pilot is supplied as a standard on "D", "E", and "FA" Packaged Burners. Available as a special on "A", "B", and "C" Burners.
16
2nd Solenoid Valve

furnished when
called for on order
Regulator required
only when gas
pressure exceeds 2 psi
ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NO.
1 Premix pilot assembly 11-7478-2

2* Electrode housing 11-7476-2
3 Ignition cable 14 GA. Assy. 11-4911-4
4* Ignition electrode 11-10594-1
5 Hose fitting ¾" mpt R210-2181
6 Quick disconnect hose fitting ¾" fpt R210-2178
7 Air hose assembly See Table Air Hose Assembly
8 Pressure gauge 0-5 psi 8735-Q
9 Needle Valve ¼" 1836-03 Burner Part No.
10 Ball Valve 3⁄8" 1821A-02 A 11-14010-1
11 Regulator ½" 7344-01 B 11-14010-2
12 Pilot solenoid valve ½" fpt 1486A-01 C 11-14010-3
13 Regulator ½" fpt 7345A-01-H2 D 11-14010-4
14* Pilot tip and cap assembly 11-7558-1 E 11-14010-3
15 Ignition transformer 4065-6N1-6A† FA 11-14010-3
16 Gasket R290-3110
* Included in Item 1.
Included in Item 7.
† Transformer for 120/60. With 110/50 Part No. is 4065-5N1-6A.
Sheet 6131-5P
Page 2
PREMIX PILOT ASSEMBLY AND ADJUSTING PROCEDURE
The following adjustment procedure is recommended: An alternate method for adjusting the premix section of the mixer
for correct on-ratio firing is to use the following
1. Install a manometer at Item "A". procedure with an 8666 Pilot Testip:
2. Turn the burner on manual purge and measure the (a) Remove pipe plug from top of mixer and connect pilot testip.
combustion air pressure at the port on the tee on which the
manometer has been installed. This pressure should read at (b) Firmly bottom mixer valve (Item "B") and back out four (4)
least 4"wc. complete turns.
NOTE: When adjusting an 11-7478 Pilot Assembly, the spring in (c) Close raw gas valve (Item "C").
Item #11 (7344-01) should be completely relaxed.
(d) Turn on pilot and adjust mixer valve (Item "B") by turning
3. Remove the manometer. slowly first one direction and then the other until pilot testip
and pilot light.
4. Remove cap and screw in the gas mixer valve (Item "B") until
it bottoms and is closed. The mixer valve is then backed out (e) Observe flame on pilot testip. Base of flame should be se-
four (4) complete turns. The raw gas valve (Item "C") located curely seated inside testip. Adjust mixer valve to make
at the back of the mixer should be closed. sure that base of flame is securely seated in pilot tip.
5. Start burner and allow pilot to light. Observe the pilot flame. (f) Turn off pilot. Remove testip and reinstall pipe plug. Pilot
This flame will be approximately 3-4" long and should have a should now be on-ratio. Proceed as instructed in Item #6.
sharp, blue cone appearance; it should not be fluttery. If the
flame appearance is not sharp, turn the mixer valve 1¼ turns (g) Burner should be recycled a number of times to prove pilot
either way to achieve this appearance. Replace cap. reliability.
6. At this point, the burner will go off on "flame failure." The

burner programmer is then reset and the burner turned on.
At this time, the raw gas valve (Item "C") between the mixer
and the upstream gas pressure is opened so that pressure
gauge reads no greater than 1¾ psi. The programmer will
then recycle to the pilot period and the pilot flame should be
approximately 9-10" long. Move the programmer test switch
to the "test" position so the pilot is held in the pilot cycle. The
flame signal strength should now be observed.
This should be a steady signal of 2 microamps with a
Honeywell programmer. With Fireye, refer to the appropriate
Fireye bulletin for required signal strength. Return test switch
to "Normal" position.
7. The burner should be recycled a number of times to prove

pilot reliability.
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 6131-5P 04/03
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Replacement Tiles Sheet 6131-6
4/5/6131 Burners Application Table for Replacement Tiles
Furnace Mounting and Tile Assembly Part Number
Pressure Burner No. less Jacket with Jacket
N 4131-A0 11-13969-2 11-14024-2
P 4131-A0 11-13969-1(*) 11-14024-1
N 5/6131-A2 11-13969-2 11-14024-2
P 5/6131-A2 11-13969-1(*) 11-14024-1
N&P 5/6131-A4 11-13969-5(*) 11-14024-5
N&P 5/6131-A6 11-13969-5(*) 11-14024-5
N&P 5/6131-ACR 11-13969-5(*) 11-14024-5
N&P 4131-B0 11-13969-3(*) 11-14024-3
N&P 5/6131-B2 11-13969-3(*) 11-14024-3
N&P 5/6131-B4 11-13969-4 11-14024-4
N&P 5/6131-B6 11-13969-4 11-14024-4
N&P 5/6131-BCR 11-13969-4 11-14024-4
N&P 4131-C0 11-13969-6 11-14024-6
N&P 5/6131-C2 11-13969-6 11-14024-6
N&P 5/6131-C4 11-13969-7 11-14024-7
N&P 5/6131-C6 11-13969-7 11-14024-7
N&P 5/6131-CCR 11-13969-7 11-14024-7
N 5/6131-CL4 11-13969-8 11-14024-8
P 5/6131-CL4 11-13969-9 11-14024-9
N 5/6131-CL6 11-13969-8 11-14024-8
P 5/6131-CL6 11-13969-9 11-14024-9
N 5/6131-CLCR 11-13969-8 11-14024-8
P 5/6131-CLCR 11-13969-9 11-14024-9
P 4131-CS0 11-13969-13(*) 11-14024-13
P 5/6131-CS2 11-13969-13(*) 11-14024-13
N&P 4131-D0 11-13969-9 11-14024-9
N&P 5/6131-D2 11-13969-9 11-14024-9
N 5/6131-D4 11-13969-9 11-14024-9
P 5/6131-D4 11-13969-10 11-14024-10
N 5/6131-D6 11-13969-9 11-14024-9
P 5/6131-D6 11-13969-10 11-14024-10
N 5/6131-DCR 11-13969-9 11-14024-9
P 5/6131-DCR 11-13969-10 11-14024-10
N 4131-E0 11-13969-12 11-14024-12
P 4131-E0 11-13969-11 11-14024-11
N&P 5/6131-E2 11-13969-11 11-14024-11
N&P 5/6131-E4 11-13969-12 11-14024-12
N&P 5/6131-E6 11-13969-12 11-14024-12
N&P 5/6131-ECR 11-13969-12 11-14024-12
N 4131-FA0 11-13969-12 11-14024-12
P 4131-FA0 11-13969-11 11-14024-12
N&P 5/6131-FA2 11-13969-11 11-14024-11
N&P 5/6131-FA4 11-13969-12 11-14024-12
N&P 5/6131-FA6 11-13969-12 11-14024-12
N&P 5/6131-FACR 11-13969-12 11-14024-12
N 4131-FC0 11-13969-12 11-14024-12
P 4131-FC0 11-13969-11 11-14024-11
N&P 5/6131-FC2 11-13969-11 11-14024-11
N&P 5/6131-FC4 11-13969-12 11-14024-12
N&P 5/6131-FC6 11-13969-12 11-14024-12
N&P 5/6131-FCCR 11-13969-12 11-14024-12 See notes on page 3.
Sheet 6131-6
Page 2
4/5/6119, 4/5/6120, and 4/5/6121 Burners

Application Table for Replacement Tiles
Mounting and Tile Assembly Part Number

Burner No. less Jacket with Jacket
4/5/6119-0.8-9 11-14291-1 11-14293-1
4/5/6119-1.3-2 11-14291-1 11-14293-1
4/5/6119-1.7-10 11-14291-1 11-14293-1
4/5/6119-2.1-5 11-14291-1 11-14293-1
4/5/6119-2.5-11 11-14291-1 11-14293-1
4119-2.1-12 11-14291-1 11-14293-1
4119-2.5-13 11-14291-1 11-14293-1
4/5/6119-2.9-8 11-14291-2 11-14293-2
4/5/6120-2.1-A15 11-14291-1 11-14293-1
4/5/6120-2.1-A18 11-14291-1 11-14293-1
4/5/6120-2.5-A16 11-14291-1 11-14293-1
4/5/6120-2.5-A19 11-14291-1 11-14293-1
4/5/6120-2.9-A17 11-14291-2 11-14293-2
4/5/6120-3.4-B5 11-14291-3 11-14293-3
4/5/6120-3.4-B8 11-14291-3 11-14293-3
4/5/6120-3.8-B9 11-14291-4 11-14293-4
4/5/6120-4.2-B3 11-14291-5 11-14293-5
4/5/6120-4.2-B10 11-14291-4 11-14293-4
4/5/6120-4.2-B11 11-14291-6(*) 11-14293-6
4/5/6120-5.2-B6 11-14291-4 11-14293-4
4/5/6120-5.2-B12 11-14291-7 11-14293-7
4/5/6120-5.2-B13 11-14291-8(*) –
4/5/6121-3.4-A27 1-14291-3 11-14293-3
4/5/6121-3.4-A31 1-14291-3 11-14293-3
4/5/6121-3.8-A32 11-13969-1 11-14024-1
4/5/6121-4.2-A28 11-13969-2 11-14024-2
4/5/6121-4.2-A33 11-13969-1 11-14024-1
4/5/6121-4.2-A34 11-13969-1(*) 11-14024-1
5/6121-2.5-H_A64 11-13969-5 11-14024-5
5/6121-2.5-H_A65 11-13969-5 11-14024-5
5/6121-2.9-H_A38 11-13969-5 11-14024-5
5/6121-3.4-H_A39 11-13969-5 11-14024-5
5/6121-3.4-H_A50 11-13969-5 11-14024-5
5/6121-3.8-H_A51 11-13969-5 11-14024-5
5/6121-4.2-H_A40 11-13969-5 11-14024-5
5/6121-4.2-H_A52 11-13969-5 11-14024-5
5/6121-4.2-H_A53 11-13969-5(*) 11-14024-5
4/5/6121-5.2-B29 11-13969-3 11-14024-3
4/5/6121-5.2-B35 11-13969-3 11-14024-3
4/5/6121-5.2-B36 11-13969-3(*) 11-14024-3
4/5/6121-6.3-B6 11-13969-3 11-14024-3
4/5/6121-6.3-B9 11-13969-3 11-14024-3
4/5/6121-6.3-B14 11-14743-1(*) 11-14743-2
5/6121-5.2-H_B37 11-14743-3(*) 11-14743-4
5/6121-5.2-H_B41 11-13969-4 11-14024-4
5/6121-5.2-H_B54 11-13969-4 11-14024-4
5/6121-6.3-H_B42 11-13969-4 11-14024-4
5/6121-6.3-H_B56 11-13969-4 11-14024-4
4/5/6121-8.4-C7 11-13969-6 11-14024-6
4/5/6121-8.4-C11 11-13969-6 11-14024-6
4/5/6121-8.4-C71 11-13969-13(*) 11-14024-13
4/5/6121-10.5-C5 11-13969-6 11-14024-6
4/5/6121-10.5-C12 11-13969-6 11-14024-6
4/5/6121-12.6-C16 11-13969-6 11-14024-6
(continued)
Sheet 6131-6
Page 3
Mounting and Tile Assembly Part Number

Burner No. less Jacket with Jacket
5/6121-8.4-H_C57 11-13969-7 11-14024-7
5/6121-8.4-H_C72 11-14743-5(*) 11-14743-6
5/6121-10.5-H_CL44 11-13969-8 11-14024-8
5/6121-10.5-H_CL58 11-13969-9 11-14024-9
4/5/6121-12.6-D20 11-13969-9 11-14024-9
4/5/6121-14.7-D17 11-13969-9 11-14024-9
4/5/6121-14.7-D21 11-13969-9 11-14024-9
4/5/6121-16.8-D18 11-13969-9 11-14024-9
4/5/6121-16.8-D22 11-13969-9 11-14024-9
4/5/6121-18.0-D19 11-13969-9 11-14024-9
5/6121-12.6-H_D45 11-13969-9 11-14024-9
5/6121-12.6-H_D59 11-13969-10 11-14024-10
5/6121-14.7-H_D46 11-13969-9 11-14024-9
5/6121-14.7-H_D60 11-13969-10 11-14024-10
5/6121-16.8-H_D47 11-13969-9 11-14024-9
5/6121-16.8-H_D61 11-13969-10 11-14024-10
4/5/6121-21.0-E23 11-13969-11 11-14024-11
4/5/6121-21.0-E25 11-13969-11 11-14024-11
4/5/6121-25.2-E24 11-13969-11 11-14024-11
4/5/6121-25.2-E26 11-13969-11 11-14024-11
5/6121-21.0-H_E48 11-13969-12 11-14024-12
5/6121-21.0-H_E62 11-13969-12 11-14024-12
5/6121-25.2-H_E49 11-13969-12 11-14024-12
5/6121-25.2-H_E63 11-13969-12 11-14024-12
4/5/6121-29.4-F67 11-13969-11 11-14024-11
4/5/6121-29.4-F68 11-13969-11 11-14024-11
5/6121-29.4-H_F75 11-13969-12 11-14024-12
5/6121-29.4-H_F76 11-13969-12 11-14024-12
N = Neutral or negative furnace pressure (2-pass boiler)

P = Positive furnace pressure (3-pass boiler)
Note 1
The replacement tile assembly includes the mounting and tile assembly, gas section gasket, mounting gasket, burner fasteners,
proper porting for burner model and an accessory kit for special porting arrangements.
Note 2
The application table depicts the gas porting of a new burner when set by the factory. Field modifications to the porting configu-
ration may have been made to the burner to suit the application and to insure proper burner operation. Port the new tile exactly
as the mounting plate and tile assembly being replaced. Field porting of the mounting and tile assemblies can be accomplished
by using the parts supplied in the cloth bag included with the new mounting and tile assembly.
(*) - Replacement tiles applicable also for Ohio special boilers. Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 6131-6 09/99
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Burner to UV Adapter Selection Sheet 6131-7
These adapters are intended to simplify the installation of standard flame detectors on North American package burners. There
is a 2" square observation port incorporated into the frame of each flame detector adapter. All of the adapters are fixed at a
predetermined angle, which matches the design of the burner it is used on, except for part numbers 11-9814-1 and 11-9814-2 which
must be adjusted in the field.
Detector Model and Connection Size

Honeywell Honeywell Honeywell Fireye Fireye
7012A 7061A 7027A UV1A6 45UV5-1009
Burner Size ¾" fpt ¾" fpt ½" fpt ½" fpt 1" fpt
4120/5120/6120-A and B Series 11-13952-5 11-13952-5 11-13952-4 11-13952-4 11-13952-6
4131/5131/6131-A Series 11-13952-5 11-13952-5 11-13952-4 11-13952-4 11-13952-6
4131-B0 11-13952-2 11-13952-14 11-13952-1 11-13852-1 11-13952-3

5131/6131-B2
5131/6131-B4, B6 and BCR 11-13952-2 11-13952-14 11-13952-13 11-13952-13 11-13952-3
4131-C0, D0 and CS0 11-13952-2 11-13952-14 11-13952-1 11-13952-1 11-13952-3

5131/6131-C, -CL and
D Series and CS2
4131/5131/6131-E and FA Series 11-13952-8 11-13952-10 11-13952-7 11-13952-7 11-13952-9
4131/5131/6131-G Series 11-13952-11 11-13952-11 — — 11-13952-12
4131/5131/6131-G Series 11-9814-1 11-9814-1 — — 11-9814-2

with Swivel U-V Adapter
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved. Sheet 6131-7 05/07
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Sheet 6131-8
Linkage and Pressure Settings Gas and Light Oil UP A
4131-__0 Gas Burners VL

5131-__2 Light Oil Burners (#1, #2, and #3 Distillates) DL D
K
6131-__2 Gas/Light Oil Burners (#1, #2, and #3 Distillates) Top R
V
shutters B MP
ADJUSTMENT SEQUENCE
C NP
1. Disconnect wing nut at gas butterfly valve. Bottom
F
2. Swing burner open. shutters
E
3. Adjust rod D to dimension A. DL LP
4. Adjust rod F so that tip of top shutter is B from vertical. J
5. Adjust rod E so that tip of bottom shutter is C from vertical. To optional
T air inlet
6. Adjust rod G so that oil valve indicator is at position Z at Butterfly gas S controller
low fire. valve (X) Oil valve (Z) linkage
G
7. Adjust rod VL to dimensions N and P (optional). See Sheet
6131-8/9-1.
CP
8. Swing burner closed. U
9. Connect wing nut at gas butterfly valve. H
10. Adjust rod H so that gas butterfly valve
indicator is at position X at low fire. Control motor
Y (for air motor
Sketch shows linkage in low fire position. see Sheet 6131-8/9-1)
Instructions apply only to burners with Honeywell M9484 or GP

M7284 control motors. For other motors, consult North Ameri-
Gas valve
can. (Reference same as former Honeywell M941, M944, and handle plate
M744 motors.) (E & FA only)
Shutter and Linkage Settings
Burner Valve
designation Dimensions indicator positions
(w/capacity shutter and linkage Gas Oil Oil
setting in millions settings Hole number settings low high low
But/hr) A Y B C J K LP R S T U V X W Z
2.5 3 9⁄16" 3" 0 1⁄8" 5 8 – 2 7 5 3 6 2 5.50 2.50
_131-A 2.9 3 9⁄16" 3" 0 1⁄8" 5 8 – 2 7 5 3 6 2 5.75 2.50
3.4 3 ¾" 5" 18° 18° 5 8 – 1 7 5 4 6 2 6.00 4.00
4.2 3 ¾" 5" 18° 18° 5 8 – 1 7 5 4 6 2 7.50 4.00
_131-B 5.2 3 3⁄8" 5" 20° 20° 5 8 – 3 11 15 5 6 2 6.75 4.25
6.3 3 3⁄8" 5" 20° 20° 5 8 – 3 11 15 5 6 2 7.00 4.25
8.4 4 3⁄16" 2½" 15° 15° 3 7 – 4 10 13 4 5 1 7.00 4.00
_131-C 10.5 4 3⁄16" 3¼" 15° 15° 3 7 – 3 10 13 4 5 1 7.00 4.00
12.6 4 3⁄16" 3¼" 15° 15° 3 7 – 2 10 13 4 5 1 7.00 4.00
_131-CS 8.4 3 15⁄16" 4" 0 0 3 7 – 2 14 1 5 5 1 7.25 4.00

_131-D 14.7 3 ½" 4¼" ¼" 0 5 8 – 4 9 4 4 6 2 7.25 4.25
16.8 3 ½" 4¼" ¼" 0 5 8 – 3 9 4 4 6 2 7.25 4.25
18.0 3 ½" 4¼" ¼" 0 5 8 - 2 9 4 4 6 2 7.50 4.25
_131-E 21.0 3 7⁄16" #2 The four (4) 7 5 8 4 9 6 3 1 1.5 7.00 4.00

25.2 3 7⁄16" #2 shutters of 7 5 8 3 9 10 3 1 1.5 7.25 4.00
these units
_131-FA, FC 29.4 3½" #2 are vertical. 7 5 8 3 9 10 4 1 1.5 7.25 4.875
Sheet 6131-8
Page 2
4131-__0 Gas Burners

5131-__2 Light Oil Burners (#1, #2, and #3 Distillates)
6131-__2 Gas/Light Oil Burners (#1, #2, and #3 Distillates)
Pressure Settings and Capacities when Firing into a Chamber at Neutral Pressure
Compressed air Oil Gas
Burner Inlet
designation Nozzle air Relief regulator Oil nozzle Outlet
(w/capacity pressure, psi valve pressure, psi pressure, psi regulator Manifold
setting in millions No oil Low High setting Consumption low high low high pressure pressure,
But/hr) flow fire fire psi cfm fire fire fire fire "w.c. "w.c.
2.5 15-16 19 29 50 4 120 115 20 30 2.6 0.9
_131-A 2.9 15-16 19 31 50 4 120 115 20 32 2.6 1.1
3.4 15-16 19 32 50 4 120 115 20 33 2.6 1.4
4.2 15-16 19 34 50 4 120 100 20 40 2.2 1.6
_131-B 5.2 9-10 16 35 35 4 90 90 11 38 2.2 1.6
6.3 9-10 17 35 35 4 90 90 11 39 2.5 1.6
8.4 8-10 15 35 35 4 85 85 17 35 2.8 1.5
_131-C 10.5 8-10 15 35 35 4 85 85 17 35 2.8 2.1
12.6 8-10 15 35 35 4 85 85 17 35 4.0 3.0
_131-CS 8.4 9-10 25 35 50 10 57 57 24 40 11.4 9.0
_131-D 14.7 6-7 11 25 25 7 50 50 13.5 35 4.0 2.8
16.8 6-7 11 25 25 7 50 50 13.5 35 4.1 1.0
_131-E 21.0 9-10 17 25 30 14 55 55 16 29 3.5 3.0
25.2 9-10 17 25 30 14 55 55 16 33 3.0 2.4
_131-FA, FC 29.4 9-10 35 40 40 23 85 100 34 40 6.0 5.1
Linkage Rod Assemblies

Burner Linkage rod location letter
designation D E F G H DL
_131-A 11-13955-1 11-13955-8 11-13955-21 11-13955-10 11-13957-5 –

_131-B 11-13955-1 11-13955-13 11-13955-28 11-13955-8 11-13957-4 –
_131-C 11-13955-4 11-13955-19 11-13955-33 11-13955-3 11-13957-2 –
_131-CS 11-13955-4 11-13955-19 11-13955-33 11-13955-8 11-13957-4 –
_131-D 11-13955-1 11-13955-29 11-13955-45 11-13955-5 11-13957-2 –
_131-E 11-13955-2 11-13956-29 11-13956-50 11-13955-20 11-13958-3 11-14538-1
_131-FA. FC 11-13955-2 11-13956-29 11-13956-50 11-13955-20 11-13958-3 11-14538-1
Sheet 6131-8
Page 3
Linkage Pivot Point Assemblies
Pivot Burner designation

location letter _131-A _131-B _131-C _131-CS _131-D _131-E _131-FA,FC
J 11-14527-7* 11-14527-7 11-14527-3 11-14527-3 11-14527-7 11-14537-4 11-14537-4

11-14527-12
K 11-14527-10 11-14527-9 11-14527-10 11-14527-10 11-14535-1 11-14527-10 11-14527-10
R 11-14527-9 11-14527-9 11-14527-9 11-14527-9 11-14527-9 11-14537-5 11-14537-5
S 11-14527-1 11-14527-1 11-14527-1 11-14527-1 11-14527-7 11-14537-4 11-14537-4
T See Pivot J 11-14527-11 11-14527-11 11-14527-11 11-14527-9 11-14527-11 11-14527-11
U 11-14527-1 11-14527-1 11-14527-10 11-14527-10 11-14527-16 11-14527-10 11-14527-10
V 11-14527-3 11-14527-3 11-14527-3 11-14527-3 11-14527-3 11-14537-4 11-14537-4
UP 11-14527-1 11-14527-3 11-14527-1 11-14527-1 11-14527-3 11-14527-4 11-14527-4
MP – – – – – 11-14527-1 11-14527-1
CP 11-14527-1 11-14527-3 11-14527-3 11-14527-3 11-14527-3 11-14537-6 11-14537-6
NP – – – – – 11-14527-10 11-14527-10
LP – – – – – 11-14527-10 11-14527-10
GP 11-14534-1 11-14534-1 11-14534-1 11-14534-1 11-14534-2 11-14534-4 11-14534-4
* Gas only.

CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Optional North American Burner Linkage
Sheet 6131-8/9-1
AIR MOTOR LINKAGE
AR
AF
AP
AIRMOTOR
Burner Linkage settings Linkage parts

designation M (dim.) AR (hole) AR (pivot) AP (pivot) AF (linkage)
_131-A 67⁄16" 4 11-14536-10 11-14537-8 11-13956-44

_131-B 67⁄16" 3 11-14536-10 11-14537-8 11-13956-50
_131-C 5½" 2 11-14536-11 11-14536-12 11-13956-47
_131-CL 5½" 2 11-14536-11 11-14536-12 11-13956-59
_131-CS 5½" 2 11-14536-11 11-14536-12 11-13956-47
_131-D 5½" 2 11-14536-11 11-14536-12 11-13956-59
_131-E 67⁄16" 3 11-14537-5 11-14537-7 11-13956-64
_131-FA, FC 67⁄16" 3 11-14537-5 11-14537-7 11-13956-64
Sheet 6131-8/9-1
Page 2
AIR INLET CONTROLLER LINKAGE
VL VP
N°
Burner Linkage settings Linkage parts

designation L N° P VL (linkage) L (pivot) VP (pivot)
_131-A 9 63 1 5⁄8" 11-13955-10 11-14527-14 11-14527-13

_131-B 10 72 2 3⁄8" 11-13955-15 11-14527-3 11-14527-7
_131-C 9 45 1 5⁄8" 11-13955-16 11-14527-15 11-14527-17
_131-CL 8 62 33⁄16" 11-13956-49 See Pivot K 11-14537-3
_131-CS 9 45 1 5⁄8" 11-13955-45 11-14527-15 11-14527-17
_131-D 8 62 33⁄16" 11-13956-49 See Pivot K 11-14537-3
_131-E 6 60 45⁄16" 11-13956-44 11-14537-1 11-14537-6
_131-FA, FC 6 60 45⁄16" 11-13956-52 11-14537-1 11-14537-6
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved. Sheet 6131-8-9-1 02/05
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Optional Fisher Positioner Linkage Sheet 6131-8/9-2
BURNERS A-B-C-CS
Fisher
FP Positioner
FL
JP
AIR MOTOR
Burner Linkage setting Linkage parts

designation JP FL (linkage) FP (pivot) JP (pivot)
_131-A 5 11-13955-56 11-14526-1 11-14527-18

11-14527-19
_131-B 5 11-13955-47 11-14526-1 11-14527-18
_131-C 3 11-13955-56 11-14526-1 11-14527-18
11-14527-13
_131-CS 3 11-13955-56 11-14526-1 11-14537-18
Gas
 Light Oil
 Heavy Oil
Sheet 6131-8/9-2
Page 2
BURNERS CL-D-E-FA-FC
Fisher
Positioner
FP
FL
TP
AIR MOTOR
Burner Linkage parts

designation FL (linkage) FP (pivot) TP (pivot)
_131-CL 11-13955-27 11-14526-1 11-14527-2
_131-D 11-13955-27 11-14526-1 11-14527-2
_131-E 11-13955-33 11-14526-1 11-14527-5
_131-FA, FC 11-13955-33 11-14526-1 11-14527-5
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 6131-8-9 04/16
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Linkage and Pressure Settings - Gas and Heavy Oil Sheet 6131-9
INTEGRAL FAN BURNERS UP A
5131-__ Heavy Oil Burners (#4, #5, and #6 Residuals)

VL
6131-__ Gas/Heavy Oil Burners (#4, #5, and #6 Residuals) DL D
K
ADJUSTMENT SEQUENCE Top V R
shutters B MP
1. Disconnect wing nut at gas butterfly valve.
2. Swing burner open. C NP
3. Adjust rod D to dimension A. Bottom
F
shutters
4. Adjust rod F so that tip of top shutter is B from verti- E
cal. DL LP
5. Adjust rod E so that tip of bottom shutter is C from J
vertical. To optional
T air inlet
6. Adjust rod G so that oil valve indicator is at position Z Butterfly gas S controller
at low fire. valve (X) Oil valve (Z) linkage
G
7. Adjust rod VL to dimensions N and P (optional). See
Sheet 6131-8/9-1. CP
8. Swing burner closed. U
9. Connect wing nut at gas butterfly valve. H
10. Adjust rod H so that gas butterfly valve
indicator is at position X at low fire. Control motor
Y (for air motor
Sketch shows linkage in low fire position. see Sheet 6131-8/9-1)
Instructions apply only to burners with Honeywell M9484 or GP

M7284 control motors. For other motors, consult North Ameri-
Gas valve
can. (Reference same as former Honeywell M941, M944, and handle plate
M744 motors.) (E & FA only)

Dimensions Valve
Burner shutter and linkage indicator positions
designation settings Hole number settings
(w/capacity Gas Oil Oil
setting in millions low high low
But/hr) A Y B C J K LP R S T U V X W Z
2.5 3¾ " 5" 18° 18° 5 8 – 1 7 5 4 6 2 5.50 4.00
_131-A 2.9 3¾ " 5" 18° 18° 5 8 – 1 7 5 4 6 2 5.75 4.00
3.4 3¾ " 5" 18° 18° 5 8 – 1 7 5 4 6 2 6.00 4.00
4.2 3¾" 5" 18° 18° 5 8 – 1 7 5 4 6 2 7.50 4.00
_131-B 5.2 39⁄16" 5" 0 ½" 5 8 – 3 7 4 4 6 1 7.00 4.25
6.3 39⁄16" 5" 0 ½" 5 8 – 2 7 6 4 6 1 7.50 4.25
_131-C 8.4 315⁄16" 415⁄16" 0 1⁄16" 3 7 – 2 8 3 1 5 1 6.25 4.00
_131-CL 10.5 39⁄16" 4¾ " 0 ¼" 5 8 – 2 9 1 5 6 2 6.25 4.25

12.6 3½" 4¼" ¼" 0 5 8 – 4 3 1 4 5 1 7.00 4.25
_131-D 14.7 3¼" 4¼" ¼" 0 5 8 – 3 3 1 4 6 1 7.25 4.25
16.8 3¼" 4¼" ¼" 0 5 8 – 2 3 1 4 6 1 7.50 4.25
_131-E 21.0 37⁄16" #2 The four (4) 7 5 8 4 9 6 2 1 1.5 7.00 3.75
25.2 37⁄16" #2 shutters of 7 5 8 3 9 6 2 1 1.5 7.25 3.75
these units
_131-FA, FC 29.4 3½" #2 are vertical. 7 5 8 3 9 10 4 1 1.5 7.25 4.875
Sheet 6131-9
Page 2
5131-__ Heavy Oil Burners (#4, #5, and #6 Residuals)

6131-__ Gas/Heavy Oil Burners (#4, #5, and #6 Residuals)
Pressure Settings and Capacities when Firing into a Chamber at Neutral Pressure
Compressed air Oil Gas

Inlet
Burner
Nozzle air regulator Oil nozzle
designation Relief Outlet
pressure, psi pressure, psi pressure, psi
(w/capacity valve regulator Manifold
setting in millions No oil Low High setting Consumption low high low high pressure pressure,
But/hr) flow fire fire psi cfm fire fire fire fire "w.c. "w.c.
2.5 15-16 22 29 50 4 70 70 22 30 2.6 0.9
_131-A 2.9 15-16 22 31 50 4 70 70 22 32 2.6 1.1
3.4 15-16 22 33 50 4 70 70 22 35 2.6 1.4
4.2 15-16 22 38 50 4 70 70 22 42 2.2 1.6
_131-B 5.2 15-16 24 39 50 4 70 70 26 42 2.2 1.6
6.3 15-16 24 43 50 4 65 65 26 54 2.5 1.6
_131-C 8.4 8-9 18 27 25 7 70 70 14 28 2.8 1.5
_131-CL 10.5 8-9 19 26 50 10 80 80 22 36 2.8 2.1
12.6 18-20 24 29 30 20 60 60 25 32 4.0 3.0
_131-D 14.7 18-20 24 29 30 20 60 60 25 34 4.0 2.8
16.8 18-20 24 29 30 20 60 60 25 38 4.1 1.0
_131-E 21.0 22-23 28 30 30 26 70 70 28 33 3.5 3.0
25.2 22-23 28 30 30 26 70 70 28 35 3.0 2.4
_131-FA, FC 29.4 22-23 28 34 30 26 75 75 28 40 6.0 5.1
Linkage Rod Assemblies
Burner Linkage rod location letter

designation D E F G H DL
_131-A 11-13955-1 11-13955-8 11-13955-21 11-13955-10 11-13957-5 –

_131-B 11-13955-2 11-13955-13 11-13955-29 11-13955-3 11-13957-5 –
_131-C 11-13955-3 11-13955-19 11-13955-33 11-13955-15 11-13957-3 –
_131-CL 11-13955-1 11-13955-29 11-13955-45 11-13955-10 11-13957-2 –
_131-D 11-13955-1 11-13955-29 11-13955-45 11-13955-13 11-13957-2 –
_131-E 11-13955-2 11-13956-29 11-13956-50 11-13955-20 11-13958-3 11-14538-1
_131-FA, FC 11-13955-2 11-13956-29 11-13956-50 11-13955-20 11-13958-3 11-14538-1
Sheet 6131-9
Page 3
Linkage Pivot Point Assemblies
Pivot Burner designation

location letter _131-A _131-B _131-C _131-CL _131-D _131-E _131-FA, FC
J 11-14527-12 11-14527-7 11-14527-8 11-14527-7 11-14527-7 11-14537-4 11-14537-4

K 11-14527-10 11-14527-9 11-14527-10 11-14535-1 11-14535-1 11-14527-10 11-14527-10
R 11-14527-9 11-14527-9 11-14527-9 11-14527-9 11-14527-9 11-14537-5 11-14537-5
S 11-14527-1 11-14527-1 11-14527-1 11-14527-7 11-14527-7 11-14537-4 11-14537-4
T See Pivot J 11-14527-11 See Pivot J 11-14527-9 11-14527-9 11-14527-11 11-14527-11
U 11-14527-1 11-14527-1 11-14527-10 11-14527-16 11-14527-16 11-14527-10 11-14527-10
V 11-14527-3 11-14527-3 11-14527-3 11-14527-3 11-14527-3 11-14537-4 11-14537-4
UP 11-14527-1 11-14527-3 11-14527-1 11-14527-3 11-14527-3 11-14527-4 11-14527-4
MP – – – – – 11-14527-1 11-14527-1
CP 11-14527-1 11-14527-3 11-14527-3 11-14527-3 11-14527-3 11-14537-6 11-14537-6
NP – – – – – 11-14527-10 11-14527-10
LP – – – – – 11-14527-10 11-14527-10
GP 11-14534-1 11-14534-1 11-14534-1 11-14534-3 11-14534-2 11-14534-4 11-14534-4
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Linkage and Pressure Settings Gas and Heavy Oil
Sheet 6131-10
4/5/6131-G BURNERS
UP
DL
MP
All shutters
are vertical*
E
NP
J T
LP DL R
Oil valve (Z) FP

Fisher positioner
(optional)
S
Butterfly gas A
G
valve (X) Moore positioner
F (optional)
C
B
1600-1 Air motor

FL
less hi-lo switches
GP U CP TP
Adjustment Sequence
2. Swing burner open.
3. Adjust rod F to dimension A.
4. Adjust rod DL and E so that all the shutters are vertical.
5. Adjust rod G so that the oil valve indicator is at position Z.
6. Swing burner closed.
7. Connect wing nut at gas butterfly valve.
8. Adjust rod H so that gas butterfly valve indicator is at position Z.
Sketch shows linkage in low fire position.

* 5131/6131-GCR-LNX Burners are not supplied with internal air shutters.
Sheet 6131-10
Page 2
Valve position
Burner Dimensions Hole number settings indicator
designation A B† C† J LP T R U GP Gas (X) Oil (Z)
4131-GO 9.25 4.12 1.68 9 8 — 4 — 1 1⁄8 —

5131-GCR 9 8 7 4 1 — — 3.75
6131-GCR 9 8 7 4 1 1 1⁄8 3.75
5131-GCR-LEA 9 8 7 4 1 — — 3.75
6131-GCR-LEA 9 8 7 4 1 1 1⁄8 3.75
5131-GCR-LNX* — — 7 4 1 — — 3.75
6131-GCR-LNX* — — 7 4 1 1 1⁄8 3.75
Pressure Settings and Capacities

when Firing into a Chamber at Neutral Pressure
Burner Compressed air Oil Gas

designation nozzle air relief oil nozzle outlet
(w/capacity pressure, psi valve inlet psi reg. manifold
in millions low high setting reg. low high press. press.
Btu/hr) fire fire psi cfm psi fire fire "wc "wc
-131-G 62.5 35 40 50 50 125 35 55 8.0 3.0
Linkage Rod Assemblies Linkage Pivot Assemblies
Linkage rod Part Linkage pivot Part

location letter number location letter number
DL 11-13956-1 UP 11-14537-9
E 11-13956-31 MP 11-14537-10
G 11-13956-11 NP 11-14537-11
H 11-13958-6 LP 11-14537-11
F 11-13956-16 GP 11-14539-2
FL 11-13955-2 S 11-14539-1
T 11-14537-13
U 11-14537-7
R 11-14537-14
† Dimensions with optional Fisher positioner only. CP 11-14537-12
* 5131/6131-GCR-LNX Burners are not supplied with internal air shutters. TP 11-14527-20
FP 11-14526-1
J 11-14537-12
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Sheet 6131-10-1
Linkage and Pressure Settings with Herculine Actuator
Gas and Heavy Oil
4131/6131-G BURNERS
UP
DL
MP
All shutters
are vertical
E S
NP T
J R
LP DL
Oil Valve (Z)
Butterfly gas
valve (X) A G
F
GP
2
3 B
4
U
CP
ADJUSTMENT SEQUENCE
2. Swing burner open.
3. Adjust rod F to dimension A.
4. Adjust rod DL and E so that all the shutters are vertical.
5. Adjust rod G so that the oil valve indicator is at position Z.
6. Swing burner closed.
7. Connect wing nut at gas butterfly valve.
8. Adjust rod H so that gas butterfly valve indicator is at position Z.
Sketch shows linkage in low fire position.
Sheet 6131-10-1
Page 2
Valve position
Burner Dimensions Hole number settings indicator
designation A B J LP T R U GP S Gas (X) Oil (Z)
4131-GO 13.81 2.50 9 8 — 5 — 1 2 1⁄8 —

6131-GCR 13.81 2.50 9 8 7 5 1 1 2 1⁄8 3.75
Pressure Settings and Capacities

when Firing into a Chamber at Neutral Pressure
Burner Compressed air Oil Gas

designation nozzle air relief oil nozzle outlet
(w/capacity pressure, psi valve inlet psi reg. manifold
in millions low high setting reg. low high press. press.
Btu/hr) fire fire psi cfm psi fire fire "wc "wc
-131-G 62.5 35 40 50 50 125 35 55 8.0 3.0
Linkage Rod Assemblies Linkage Pivot Assemblies

Linkage rod Part Linkage pivot Part
location letter number location letter number
DL 11-13956-1 UP 11-14537-9
E 11-13956-31 MP 11-14537-10
G 11-13956-11 NP 11-14537-11
H 11-13958-7 LP 11-14537-11
F 11-13956-31 GP 11-14539-2
S 11-14539-2
T 11-14537-13
U 11-14537-7
R 11-14537-14
CP 11-14536-1
J 11-14537-12
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
4/5/6131 Packaged Burners with Stainless Steel Tile Jacket
Refractory Settings
Drill 8-M holes Sheet 6131-11
45°
equally spaced on
Weld on backside
J bolt circle
furnace frontplate
8-N × 2" lg. hex hd.
capscrews--continuous
seal weld
Insulation
Cut K dia.
burner opening
Hold ¼" space,
See Note 3 Frontplate pack with Kaowool
Detail of Woven gasket

frontplate (See Note 1)
by others
H-min. recommended
furnace I.D.
1⁄8" Stainless
steel jacket
Flanged bottom
gas connection
F-OD × G burner tile
Burner model Size of dimensions in inches
4131/5131/6131 gas inlet F G H J K M N
A 3 16¾ 11¾ 23 19½ 17½ 9⁄16 ½
B 3 16¾ 11¾ 27 19½ 17½ 9⁄16 ½
C 4 20¼ 13 37 22¾ 21 11⁄16 5⁄8
CS 4 20¼ 13 34 22¾ 21 11⁄16 5⁄8
CL 4 23¾ 1311⁄16 37 263⁄8 24½ 11⁄16 5⁄8
D 6 23¾ 1311⁄16 46 263⁄8 24½ 11⁄16 5⁄8
E 8 23¾ 13¼ 48 30 24½ 15⁄16 7⁄8
FA 8 23¾ 13¼ 50 30 24½ 15⁄16 7⁄8
FC 8 23¾ 13¼ 50 30 24½ 15⁄16 7⁄8
Refer to Dimensions 6131 for burner dimensions.

NOTES:
1. Mount woven gasket on furnace frontplate concentric with burner opening. Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved. Sheet 6131-11 02/02
2. Burner has bottom gas inlet only.

3. Mounting bolts for "C" and "CS" frame burners will be 2" long, except at the 6 o'clock position, which will be 1¾" long.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
4/5/6131 Packaged Burners on Scotch Marine Boilers - Refractory Settings
Drill 8-M holes 45°
equally spaced on
Weld on backside
J bolt circle
furnace tube frontplate Sheet 6131-12
8-N × 2" lg. hex hd.
capscrews--continuous
seal weld
4" Min. protection

for furnace
Cut K dia. Water
burner opening Refractory anchors
See Note 4
Frontplate
Detail of furnace
tube frontplate Woven gasket
by others (See Note 1)
H-min. recommended
furnace I.D.
Flanged bottom Water

gas connection
F-OD × G burner tile
Rammed plastic refractory
Burner model Size of dimensions in inches
4131/5131/6131 gas inlet F G H J K M N
A 3 16 11¾ 23 19½ 17 9⁄16 ½
B 3 16 11¾ 27 19½ 17 9⁄16 ½
C 4 19½ 13 37 22¾ 20½ 11⁄16 5⁄8
CS 4 19½ 13 34 22¾ 20½ 11⁄16 5⁄8
CL 4 23 1311⁄16 37 263⁄8 24 11⁄16 5⁄8
D 6 23 1311⁄16 46 263⁄8 24 11⁄16 5⁄8
E 8 23 13¼ 48 30 24 15⁄16 7⁄8
FA 8 23 13¼ 50 30 24 15⁄16 7⁄8
FC 8 23 13¼ 50 30 24 15⁄16 7⁄8
Refer to Dimensions 6131 for burner dimensions.
NOTES: Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 6131-12 04/16
1. Mount woven gasket on boiler frontplate concentric with burner opening.
2. Mount burner in place--ram plastic refractory tight to burner tile.
3. Burner has bottom gas inlet only.
4. Mounting bolts for "C" and "CS" frame burners will be 2" long, except at the 6 o'clock position, which will be 1¾" long.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 4/5/6131 Service Manual
Gas Port Information Natural Gas and Heavy Oil Sheet 6131SMH-7-1
4/5/6131 SERIES BURNERS Method for closing off gas ports in

Figure 4 is not identical to Figures 1, 2,
and 3
Pipe Plug
Rectangular
Forward SST Cover
Gas Ports
Radial 9 10
Rectangular
Gas Ports 8 9 8 11
7 8 SST Cover
7 10
6 9
5 7 6 Radial
6 7
Gas Ports
4 5
Position 5 Round SST Cover
6 1
3 1 No. 4 1
2 Forward Gas
3 2 4 1
3 2 5 Ports 2
4 3
Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4.
Application Table
Burner Furnace Porting Arrangement
frame pressure Forward Ports Radial Ports
4/5/6131  Figure closed closed
A N&P 1 All 1, 2, 3
B N&P 1 2, 4, 6 2, 4, 6
1, 5, 7
C N&P 2 tubes 2&3
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9
CL N 3 2, 3, 5, 6, 8,9 2, 3, 5, 6, 8, 9
CL P 3 2&3 2&3
D N
D P 3 All 2&3
E, FA, FC N&P 4 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, 9, 10 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, 9, 10
 Furnace Pressure — P = Positive, N = Neutral or Negative

6131smh-7-1
page 2
4/5/6121 SERIES BURNERS

For Firing Atlas Generators and neutral pressure boilers.
Method for closing off gas ports in
Figure 4 is not identical to Figures 1, 2,
and 3
Pipe Plug
Rectangular
Forward SST Cover
Gas Ports
Radial 9 10
Rectangular
Gas Ports 8 9 8 11
7 8 SST Cover
7 10
6 9
5 7 6 Radial
6 7
Gas Ports
4 5
6 1
3 1 No. 4 1
2 Forward Gas
3 2 4 1
3 2 5 Ports 2
4 3
Figure 1. Figure 3.
Atlas Atlas Gas Ports Closed Off Atlas Atlas Gas Ports Closed Off
Boiler Burner Forward Radial Boiler Burner Forward Radial
No.† No. Ports Ports No.† No. Ports Ports
260 6121-2.5H6A65 All 1,2,3 2250 6121-10.5H6CL44 2,3,5,6,8,9 2,3,5,6,8,9
270 6121-2.9H6A38 All 1,2,3 2300 6121-12.6H6D45 2,3 2,3
280 6121-3.4H6A39 All 1,2,3 2350 6121-14.7H6D46 2,3 2,3
360 6121-2.5H6A64 All 1,2,3 2400 6121-16.8H6D47 2,3 2,3
380 6121-3.4H6A50 All 1,2,3 3250 6121-10.5H6CL58 2,3 2,3
390 6121-3.8H6A51 All 1,2,3 3300 6121-12.6H6D59 All 2,3
2100 6121-4.2H6A40 All 1,2,3 3350 6121-14.7H6D60 All 2,3
2125 6121-5.2H6B41 2,4,6 2,4,6 3400 6121-16.8H6D61 All 2,3
2150 6121-6.3H6B42 2,4,6 2,4,6
3100 6121-4.2H6A52 All 1,2,3
3100X 6121-4.2H6A53 All 1,2,3 Figure 4.
3125 6121-5.2H6B54 2,4,6 2,4,6 Atlas Atlas Gas Ports Closed Off
3125X 6121-5.2H6B37 2,5,6 (1,3,4,7) 2,4,6 Boiler Burner Forward Radial
3150 6121-6.3H6B56 2,4,6 2,4,6 No.† No. Ports Ports
2500 6121-21.0H6E48 1,3,4,6,7,9,10 1,3,4,6,7,9,10
Figure 2. 2600 6121-25.2H6E49 1,3,4,6,7,9,10 1,3,4,6,7,9,10
2700 6121-29.4H6FA76 1,3,4,6,7,9,10 1,3,4,6,7,9,10
Atlas Atlas Gas Ports Closed Off
3500 6121-21.0H6E62 1,3,4,6,7,9,10 1,3,4,6,7,9,10
Boiler Burner Forward Radial
3600 6121-25.2H6E63 1,3,4,6,7,9,10 1,3,4,6,7,9,10
No.† No. Ports Ports Tubes
3700 6121-29.4H6FA75 1,3,4,6,7,9,10 1,3,4,6,7,9,10
2200 6121-8.4H6C43 2,3,4,6,8,9 2,3 1,5,7
3200 6121-8.4H6C57 2,3,4,6,8,9 2,3 1,5,7
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 6131smh-7-1 05/99

3200X 6121-8.4H6C72 2,3,5,6,7 2,3,5,6,7 None
† All boiler numbers with prefix 2 refer to any 2-pass boiler with neutral firebox pressure.
 Orifice Plugs #11-12803-1.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 4/5/6131 Service Manual
Gas Port Information Natural Gas and Light Oil Sheet 6131SML-7-1
4/5/6131 SERIES BURNERS Method for closing off gas ports in

Figure 4 is not identical to Figures 1, 2, and 3
Pipe Plug
Rectangular
Forward SST Cover
Gas Ports
Radial 9 10
Rectangular
Gas Ports 8 9 8 11
7 8 SST Cover
7 10
6 9
5 7 6 Radial
6 7
Gas Ports
4 5
6 1
3 1 No. 4 1
2 Forward Gas
3 2 4 1
3 2 5 Ports 2
4 3
Application Table
Burner Furnace Porting Arrangement
frame pressure Forward Ports Radial Ports
4/5/6131  Figure closed closed
A P 1 All None
A N 1 All 6
B N&P 1 2, 4, 6 2, 4, 6
1, 5, 7 tubes
C N&P 2 2&3
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9
D N&P 3 2&3 2&3
E, FA, FC P
(Gas)
4 3&4 3&4
E, FA, FC N&P
(#2 Oil)
E, FA, FC N 4 1, 3, 4, 6, 1, 3, 4, 6
(Gas) 7, 9, 10 7, 9, 10
CS P 2 2, 3, 7, 8 2, 3, 5, 7, 8
1, 4, 5, 6, 9
Orifice Plugs
 Furnace Pressure — P = Positive, N = Neutral or Negative
Sheet 6131SML-7-1
4/5/6119, 4/5/6120, AND 4/5/6121 SERIES BURNERS page 2
For Firing Atlas Generators and neutral pressure boilers.

Method for closing off gas ports in
Figure 4 is not identical to Figures 1, 2, and 3
Pipe Plug
Rectangular
Forward SST Cover
Gas Ports
Radial 9 10
Rectangular
Gas Ports 8 9 8 11
7 8 SST Cover
7 10
6 9
5 7 6 Radial
6 7
Gas Ports
4 5
6 1
3 1 No. 4 1
2 Forward Gas
3 2 4 1
3 2 5 Ports 2
4 3

Figure 1. Figure 2.
Atlas Atlas Gas Ports Closed Off Atlas Atlas Gas Ports Closed Off
Boiler Burner Forward Radial Boiler Burner Forward Radial
No.† No. Ports Ports No.† No. Ports Ports Tubes
220 6119-0.8-9 All None 2200 6121-8.4-C7 2,3,4,6,8,9 2,3 1,5,7

230 6119-1.3-2 All None 2250 6121-10.5-C5 2,3,4,6,8,9 2,3 1,5,7
240 6119-1.7-10 All None 2300 6121-12.6-C16 2,3,4,6,8,9 2,3 1,5,7
250 6119-2.1-5 All None 3200 6121-8.4-C11 2,3,4,6,8,9 2,3 1,5,7
260 6119-2.5-11 All None 3200X 6121-8.4-C71 2,3,7,8 2,3,5,7,8 plugs
270 6119-2.9-8 7 None 1,4,5,6,9
3250 6121-10.5-C12 2,3,4,6,8,9 2,3
350 4119-2.1-12 All None 1,5,7
360 4119-2.5-13 All None
250 6120-2.1-A15 All None Figure 3.
260 6120-2.5-A16 All None Atlas Atlas Gas Ports Closed Off
270 6120-2.9-A17 7 None Boiler Burner Forward Radial
280 6120-3.4-B5 All 5,6 No.† No. Ports Ports
2100 6120-4.2-B3 All 6
2125 6120-5.2-B6 All None 2350 6121-14.7-D17 2,3 2,3
350 6120-2.1-A18 All None 2400 6121-16.8-D18 2,3 2,3
360 6120-2.5-A19 All None 3300 6121-12.6-D20 2,3 2,3
380 6120-3.4-B8 All 5,6 3350 6121-14.7-D21 2,3 2,3
390 6120-3.8-B9 All None 3400 6121-16.8-D22 2,3 2,3
3100 6120-4.2-B10 All None Figure 4.

3100X 6120-4.2-B11 None‡ None
Atlas Atlas Gas Ports Closed Off
3125 6120-5.2-B12 2 to 6 (inc.) None
Boiler Burner Forward Radial
3125X 6120-5.2-B13 1 to 6 tubes § 2,4,5,6
No.† No. Ports Ports
280 6121-3.4-A27 All 5,6
2100 6121-4.2-A28 All 6
2500 6121-21.0-E23 3,4 3,4
2125 6121-5.2-B29 2,4,6 2,4,6
2600 6121-25.2-E24 3,4 3,4
2150 6121-6.3-B6 2,4,6 2,4,6
2700 6121-29.4-FA68 3,4 3,4
380 6121-3.4-A31 All 5,6
3500 6121-21.0-E25 3,4 3,4
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 6131sml-7-1 05/99
390 6121-3.8-A32 All None
3600 6121-25.2-E26 3,4 3,4
3100 6121-4.2-A33 All None
3700 6121-29.4-FA67 3,4 3,4
3100X 6121-4.2-A34 All None
3125 6121-5.2-B35 2,4,6 2,4,6 † All boiler numbers with prefix 2 refer to any 2-pass boiler with neutral firebox
3125X 6121-5.2-B36 2,4,6 2,4,6 pressure.
3150 6121-6.3-B9 2,4,6 2,4,6 ‡ Tubes assembled in all ports.
3150X 6121-6.3-B14 1,2,3,7 tubes None § Bush holes 3⁄8" to ¼" IPS and install R590-6125S tubes.
4,5,6 plugs  Orifice Plugs #11-13394-1.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Quick Take-Apart
Dual-Fuel™ Burners
Assembled burner.
6421 Quick Take-Apart Burner
• Easy access for cleaning
• Appropriate for a wide variety of applications

Product Overview | 6421 Take-Apart Burner
EASY ACCESS FOR CLEANING PROCESS Removal of 6421 internals is accomplished by breaking the oil
RESIDUE FROM BURNER TILE line (using quick disconnects with shutoff) and loosening four
hand knobs and swinging the four bolts to the side (as shown in
The 6421 Quick Take-Apart Dual-Fuel Burner is designed Figure 2) for the -4 through -6 sizes. The -7-A through -8-A sizes
specifically for dirty atmospheres that tend to plug burner firing have six readily accessible cap screws to remove. Reassembly is
tunnels. Some processes, such as a multiple hearth sludge or just as quick and easy.
regeneration furnace, often have significant ash and other build-
up that must be removed to maintain optimum performance. QTA Burners are sealed-in, nozzle-mix units for gas and/or light
The 6421 has a readily removable backplate and internals to oil. Models are available with air lines from 2" to 6". Capacities
allow quick access to its tile, which facilitates cleaning the burner range from 700,000 to 4,000,000 Btu/h HHV. They have built-in
tunnel "on the fly". Cleaning a conventional burner tile requires limiting orifice valves for setting air/gas ratio. Flame supervision
dismantling piping and removal of the burner, which involves with UV detectors is strongly recommended. A 4011-12 pilot set
expensive labor and possible loss of production. is recommended for individual burner ignition. When multiple
burners share a single pilot pre-mix header, a 4021-12 pilot
Quick Take-Apart Burner performance characteristics are similar tip per burner with an appropriately sized air/gas mixer is
to North American’s renowned 6422 series. Thus they are recommended. Maintain at least 14 osi atomizing air (at the
appropriate for a wide variety of industrial heating applications burner) when burning oil, 4 osi or more (to cool the atomizer)
from low temperature ovens to high temperature metallurgical, when burning gas.
ceramic, etc. furnaces.
Internals removed for tile cleaning

(shows hand knobs on sizes -4 through -6).
CAPACITIES in scfh--multiply by 100 for Btu/h HHV.
16 osi Main Air, 14 osi Atomizing Air 0.5 osi Main Air, 14 osi Atomizing Air
Max % Max %
Burner XSAir XSAir
designation Main Atom. Total Gas Oil Main Atom. Total Gas Oil
6421-4 6 690 425 7 115 425 350 1200 430 1630 275 150
6421-5 9 900 400 10 300 475 575 1800 440 2240 75 75
6421-6 15 000 400 15 400 225 350 2700 400 3100 450 125
6421-7-A 30 600 480 31 080 875 525 5400 520 5920 500 325
6421-7-B 38 400 400 38 800 600 400 8100 600 8700 350 50
6421-8-A 42 300 400 42 700 250 180 9160 650 9810 300 100
Burner can be operated with up to 16 osi main air pressure.
Bulletin 6421
Page 2
Product Overview | 6421 Take-Apart Burner
Removable Stationary
Bulletin 6421
Parting line
Page 3
DIMENSIONS inches
J° J° K
Atom. air conn.
B-B A-A B-B C–NPT
Main air conn. Oil conn. L

B-B B-B 3⁄8 NPT
F A-A A–NPT
G
D S dia.
T sq.
G
F ‡ M
†
Built-in limiting Gas conn.
¾ G G orifice gas valve B–NPT
H ½
F F
E N
D
6421-4 thru 6421-6 P
† ¼ NPT Pressure tap
‡ 1⁄8 NPT Pressure tap Q W
R
Clearance required
to remove internals
"Flower pot" type air

connection flange for
the -8-A size only. UV conn. Obs. port
¾ NPT or Pilot
45° ¾ NPT 42°
V
U
6421-7-A thru -8-A SECTION A–A SECTION B–B
Burner Dimensions in inches

designation A B C D E F G H J K L M N
6421-4 2 1¼ ¾ 14 7 6¼ 31⁄8 57⁄8 67½ 83⁄8 5¼ 61⁄16 63⁄16

6421-5 2½ 1½ 1 14 7 6¼ 31⁄8 57⁄8 67½ 83⁄8 5¼ 61⁄16 63⁄16
6421-6 3 1½ 1 14 7 6¼ 31⁄8 57⁄8 67½ 83⁄8 5¼ 61⁄16 63⁄16
6421-7-A 4 2½ 1¼ 16 8 73⁄8 311⁄16 7¼ 58½ 97⁄8 67⁄8 715⁄16 79⁄16
6421-7-B 4 2½ 1¼ 16 8 73⁄8 311⁄16 7¼ 58½ 97⁄8 67⁄8 715⁄16 79⁄16
6421-8-A 6 2½ 1¼ 16 8 73⁄8 311⁄16 7¼ 58½ 97⁄8 67⁄8 715⁄16 79⁄16
Recommended Approx. Flame Lengths

Burner Dimensions in inches Approx Sensitrol™ with 14 osi Main Air
designation P Q R S T U V W wt, lb Oil Valve* (in open furnace)
6421-4 81⁄8 165⁄8 31 5 10 129⁄32 213⁄32 7 80 1813-02-A 3½'

6421-5 81⁄8 165⁄8 31 5 10 129⁄32 213⁄32 7 80 1813-02-A 4½' Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Bulletin 6421 05/13
6421-6 81⁄8 165⁄8 31 5 10 129⁄32 213⁄32 7 80 1813-02-B 4½'
6421-7-A 93⁄16 201⁄16 33 7 12 113⁄16 25⁄8 7 140 1813-02-C 5'
6421-7-B 93⁄16 201⁄16 33 7 12 113⁄16 25⁄8 7 140 1813-02-C 5'
6421-8-A 93⁄16 201⁄16 33 7 12 113⁄16 25⁄8 7 150 1813-02-D 7'
* Sensitrol Oil Valve is not included as part of the burner assembly and must be ordered separately.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Atomizing air "O" ring
Gas tube/air disc assembly
Atomizing air safety ring Atomizing air tube
& nozzle assembly
North American "U" cup w/ "O" ring
Mounting
6421 Quick Take-Apart Backplate

Oil tube Parts List 6421-2
Dual-Fuel Burner
Sensitrol™
oil valve*
Body
Oil connection assembly
¼" Burner tile
pipe plug
Oil nozzle
Spring
Tile retaining rods (4) Air disc gasket Refractory face discs (2)
Gas connection "O" ring Air tubes (8)
Gas adjustment cartridge assembly
Oil connection "O" ring
Burner designation
Part name 6421-4 6421-5 6421-6 6421-7-A 6421-7-B 6421-8-A
Air Disc Gasket 3-5854-1 3-5854-1 3-5854-1 3-8265-1 3-8265-1 3-8265-1
Air Tube (8 req’d.) Inconel 3-3640-2 3-3639-2 3-3554-2 3-3273-3 3-3273-4 4-3684-2
Atom. Air "O" Ring R520-4280 R520-4280 R520-4280 R520-4315 R520-4315 R520-4315
Atom. Air Conn. "O" Ring Holder 3-16069-1 3-16069-1 3-16069-1 3-16017-1 3-16017-1 3-16017-1
Atom. Air Tube & 3-4587-4 3-4587-4 3-4587-4 3-6121-1 3-6121-1 3-6121-1
Nozzle Assembly
Backplate 3-4765-3 3-4765-3 3-4765-3 3-4826-2 3-4826-2 3-4826-2
Backplate Fastener See page 2
Backplate Fastener Adapter See page 2
Body 3-4764-5 3-4764-6 3-4764-6 3-4822-1 3-4822-1 3-4822-1
Burner Tile 3-6673-2 3-6673-2 3-6673-2 3-6673-3 3-6673-3 3-6673-3
Gas Adjustment 3-7611-1 3-7611-2 3-7611-2 3-7611-3 3-7611-3 3-7611-3
Cartridge Assembly
Gas Conn. "O" Ring Holder 3-16049-1 3-16050-1 3-16050-1 3-16051-1 3-16051-1 3-16051-1
Gas Conn. "O" Ring R520-4350 R520-4350 R520-4350 R520-4375 R520-4375 R520-4375
Gas Tube/Air Disc 3-5856-1 3-5856-1 3-5856-2 3-12511-1 3-12511-1 3-6125-1
Assembly
Knob (4 req'd) See page 2
Main Air Flange See page 2
Main Air Flange Gasket See page 2
Mounting 3-5850-1 3-5850-1 3-5850-1 3-4638-4 3-4638-4 3-4638-4
Observation Port See page 2
Oil Conn. Assembly 3-4584-1 3-4584-1 3-4584-1 3-4584-1 3-4584-1 3-4584-1
Oil Conn. "O" Ring R520-4136 R520-4136 R520-4136 R520-4136 R520-4136 R520-4136
Oil Nozzle 3-2541-1 3-2541-1 3-2541-1 3-2541-1 3-2541-1 3-2541-1
Oil Tube 3-4589-3 3-4589-3 3-4589-3 3-6119-1 3-6119-1 3-6119-1
Pipe Plug ¾" (2 req'd) R590-7850 R590-7850 R590-7850 R590-7850 R590-7850 R590-7850
Pipe Plug ¼" R590-7823 R590-7823 R590-7823 R590-7823 R590-7823 R590-7823
Pipe Plug 1⁄8" (2 req'd) R590-7805 R590-7805 R590-7805 R590-7805 R590-7805 R590-7805
Refractory Face Disc 4-4038-3 4-4038-3 4-4038-3 3-6123-1† 3-6123-1† 3-6123-1†
(2 req'd)
Sensitrol Oil Valve* 1813-02-A 1813-02-A 1813-02-B 1813-02-C 1813-02-C 1813-02-C
Spring 3-5794-1 3-5794-1 3-5794-1 3-5634-1 3-5634-1 3-6118-1
Swing Bolt (4 req'd) See page 2
Tile Retaining Rods 3-1115-2 3-1115-2 3-1115-2 3-1115-2 3-1115-2 3-1115-2
"U" Cup w/"O" Ring R541-4217 R541-4217 R541-4217 R541-4231 R541-4231 R541-4231
* Sensitrol Oil Valve is not included as part of the burner assembly and must be ordered separately.
† Only 1 required. (Parts list continued on page 2)
Parts List 6421-2
Page 2
Flame supervision Flame supervision

detector location detector location
¾" pipe plugs (2)
¾" pipe plugs (2)
Observation port Observation port Observation port Observation port
or Pilot or Pilot or Pilot or Pilot
6421-7-A,
-7-B, -8-A
6421-4, -5, -6
A
Tile retaining Tile retaining

rods rods
Backplate fastener
Swing bolt Main air flange gasket Backplate fastener adapter Main air flange
Cap screws (6)
with knob (4) Main Body Main air flange gasket
air flange
Backplate
Section A-A
Burner designation
Part name 6421-4 6421-5 6421-6 6421-7-A 6421-7-B 6421-8-A
Backplate 3-4765-3 3-4765-3 3-4765-3 3-4826-2 3-4826-2 3-4826-2

Backplate Fastener – – – 4-13701-1 4-13701-1 4-13701-1
Backplate Fastener Adapter – – – 4-13698-1 4-13698-1 4-13698-1
Body 3-4764-5 3-4764-6 3-4764-6 3-4822-1 3-4822-1 3-4822-1
Knob (4 req'd.) 3-6827-1 3-6827-1 3-6827-1 – – –
Main Air Flange 4-1695-2 4-1695-3 4-1695-9 8765-7-D 8765-7-D 8765-8  7-D
Main Air Flange Gasket 4-5371-2 4-5371-2 4-5371-2 4-5371-3 4-5371-3 4-5371-3
Observation Port 8790-0 8790-0 8790-0 8790-0 8790-0 8790-0
Swing Bolt (4 req'd.) 3-6492-2 3-6492-2 3-6492-2 – – –
Tile Retaining Rods 3-1115-2 3-1115-2 3-1115-2 3-1115-2 3-1115-2 3-1115-2
(4 req'd.)
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | 6421-2_pl 08/07

CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
6422 Burner Complete shown with optional

(recommended) Sensitrol Oil Valve.
6422 Fire•All™ Dual-Fuel™ Burners
• Offers superior temperature uniformity
• Used for kilns, ovens, air heaters and other applications
• Gas and/or distillate oil

6422 Fire.All Dual-Fuel Burners are widely used on heat treat Burners accept ultraviolet (UV) scanners for monitoring pilot or
and non-ferrous melting furnaces, kilns, ovens, air heaters, main flame. A flame rod can be used to monitor pilot or main
dryers, chemical process equipment, and other applications gas fire. Adapters are listed in Bulletin 8832.
where superior temperature uniformity is required. (For higher
temperature service, specify 6425 Burners.) When using flame supervision, an interrupted pilot is required-
-do not use constant or intermittent pilots. If using direct spark
These sealed-in, nozzle-mix burners for gas and/or distillate oil ignition, turn off spark after burner lights.
are stable on stoichiometric ratio, with large amounts of excess
air, or with up to 50% excess fuel (provided additional air for An observation port is furnished with all burners. Positions of pilot,
combustion is in the furnace near the burner). flame detector, and observation port are interchangeable, as long
as pilot and flame detector are mounted in adjacent holes.
OPERATION
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION
Burners can be lighted at rich, lean, or correct air/fuel ratio, then
immediately turned to high fire. Burner bodies are heat resistant cast iron with Inconel air tubes.
Mounting plate and tile assembly can be separated from the
Required gas pressures are low: 1 osi at the burner for coke oven burner body for installation convenience. Air and gas connection
gas, less for natural gas. Required oil pressure at the burner is orientation can be rotated in 90° intervals, but air and gas pipes
nearly zero, but a pressure drop of about 10 psi should be taken should be brought in from the top or side to prevent oil dripping
across the 1813 Sensitrol™ Valve. into them. When reassembling the burner, the pilot and flame
detector notches in the tile and mounting must be in proper
The most common ratio control system for 6422 Burners uses a alignment with the pilot and flame detector connections on the
cross-connected regulator and Ratiotrol™. When appropriate for burner body (applies to 6422-2 through 6422-6 sizes). Burner
the application, flow balancing systems or fuel only control (see is complete with cast iron mounting plate and 9" long 3200°F
"Excess Air" paragraph) are very satisfactory. castable burner tile which must be supported and sealed in a
hard refractory furnace wall. (See page 2 of Dimensions 6422
If furnace temperatures after shutdown rise above 1900°F, pass for optional construction suitable for fiber lined furnaces.) When
some air through burner to prevent overheating. During gas the furnace wall is thicker than the tile length, the tunnel beyond
operation, use at least 4 osi atomizing air to cool atomizer; the end of the burner tile should be flared at a 30° or greater
or for extended periods of operation on gas, atomizer can be included angle, starting at the OD of the tile. Extension tiles
withdrawn and stored: Use a backplate and gasket to seal rear of are not recommended. (See Supplement DF-M1 for detailed tile
burner (see Dimensions & Parts List 4422-2). installation recommendations.
LIGHTING/FLAME SUPERVISION

4021-12 pilot tip per burner with an appropriately sized air/
gas mixer is recommended. On gas, direct spark ignition of the
burner is available--see Sheet 4055. A manual torch can be used
in some applications.
Bulletin 6422
Page 2
Capacities | 6422 Fire•All™
TILE SUPPORT JACKETS EXCESS AIR

(6422- -LC, 6422- -L4, 6422- -L9) Excess air can improve temperature uniformity by avoiding hot
6422 Burners with the standard 9" long square tiles are also spots in front of burners, by churning furnace atmosphere to
available with support jackets for applications such as air heaters reduce stratification, and by creating positive furnace pressure to
where frequently the tile is not supported by refractory. They eliminate cold air infiltration.
also can be mounted in furnaces when desired. Jackets are
available in three different metals and maximum temperature Excess air can give very high effective burner turndown. Thus a
ratings. They must be protected with sufficient insulation so as furnace used for high temperature work (such as heat treating
not to exceed rated temperature. Maximum temperature rating at 1900°F) with burners firing on stoichiometric air/fuel ratio can
for jacket metals depends upon frequency of heat-up/cool-down also be used for low temperature jobs (such as drawing or dry-
cycles. As an example, batch annealing furnaces that are heated ing at 600°F) with burners firing on lean ratio.
and cooled every day should use the "intermittent exposure"
ratings. Burners in a continuous annealing furnace that remain at Table I. TOTAL AIR CAPACITIES*
the same temperature for months at a time, can use the higher scfh
"continuous" rating. (for Btu/hr, multiply by 100)
Burner
designation 16 osi air at burner
6422-2 2 600
Continuous Intermittent 6422-3 4 100
Designation Jacket Metal max.temp. exposure 6422-4 6 300
6422-5 10 300
6422- -LC carbon steel 700°F 700°F 6422-6 15 700
6422- -L4 304 SST 1600°F 1500°F
6422-7-A 27 000
6422- -L9 309 SST 1900°F 1800°F
6422-7-B 33 500
6422-8-A 44 800
* Includes combustion and atomizing air.
Table II. ATOMIZING AIR CAPACITIES in scfh
Burner air pressure drop across burner in osi

designation 14 16 18 20 22 24
6422-2, -3, -4 500 520 560 600 620 650
6422-5 640 690 720 760 800 840
6422-6 800 850 910 950 1000 1050
6422-7-A,-7-B 870 930 990 1040 1100 1150
6422-8-A 2650 2840 3000 3170 3320 3480
Table III. COMBUSTION AIR CAPACITIES in scfh

(not including atomizing air)
approx. flame lengths

air pressure drop across burner in osi with 16 osi Main Air
Burner (in open furnace)
designation 0.1 1 5 6 8 12 16 gas oil
6422-2 160 520 1 160 1 270 1 470 1 800 2 100 ½' 1½'
6422-3 280 890 1 980 2 160 2 500 3 050 3 550 1½' 2'
6422-4 460 1 450 3 240 3 540 4 100 5 000 5 800 2' 2½'
6422-5 750 2 370 5 300 5 800 6 700 8 150 9 450 2½' 2½'
6422-6 1180 3 700 8 300 9 100 10 500 12 900 14 800 3' 4'
6422-7-A 2070 6 550 14 600 16 000 18 500 22 700 26 200 6' 6'
6422-7-B 2580 8 150 18 200 19 900 23 000 28 200 32 600 6' 5'
6422-8-A 3320 10 500 23 500 25 800 29 700 36 400 42 000 7' 6'
Bulletin 6422
Page 3
Bulletin 6422
Page 4
optional tile
jacket
C B‡
sq.
A - NPT
Combustion
Air inlet
D sq. E 9"
NOTE: For 6422-8-A, air and gas connections cannot be piped in the same plane because the "flower pot" type air connection flange would interfere
with the 2 ½" gas line.
Table IV. MAXIMUM EXCESS AIR RATES in %

CLEARANCE DIMENSIONS (without pilot)
(for details, see Dimensions 6422)
GAS OIL
Burner dimensions in inches Burner Combustion Air pressure Combustion Air pressure
designation A B‡ C D E designation 1 osi 8 osi 14 osi 1 osi 8 osi 14 osi
6422-2 1¼ 8½ 5 12 13 5⁄8 6422-2 — 380 500 — 380 500
6422-3 1½ 8½ 5 12 13 5⁄8 6422-3 330 1000 1300 210 480 670
6422-4 2 8½ 5 12 13 5⁄8 6422-4 560 1560 1560 480 800 900
6422-5 2½ 8½ 5 12 13 5⁄8 6422-5 1070 1440 1150 50 250 400
6422-6 3 8½ 5 12 13 5⁄8 6422-6 380 1000 1400 140 560 610
6422-7-A 4 10 7 13½ 17 7⁄8 6422-7-A 3200 4900 1000 160 330 450
6422-7-B 4 10 7 13½ 17 7⁄8 6422-7-B 900 1450 1600 150 700 830
6422-8-A 6 10 7 13½ 17 7⁄8 6422-8-A 460 660 400 200 280 350
 14 osi atomizing air.

‡ 6422- -L_ metal jackets add about 1" to tile OD.  It may be necessary to reduce atomizing air pressure to obtain maximum
excess air.

CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Fire•All™ Dimensions 6422
Tile Jacket (optional) E

¾" NPT – 3 holes for Flame Detector,
45° in all planes Observation Port, and Pilot Tip
¾" pipe plug furnished
for use if no Pilot 
D 3 P 45°
sq. 
D1
Q
dia. H
G ¾ wide
D 2 
45° slotted holes
sq. F P
C-NPT
B-NPT
Atomizing 3⁄8 NPT 319⁄32 Rad.
Gas inlet
1⁄8 Press. Tap  Air inlet Oil inlet 8 – 3⁄8 bolts
A-NPT  on 7½ BC
1⁄8 J Combustion Air inlet (-2 thru -6)
9 K P P
L R R 8 – ½ bolts
M 29⁄16 S sq. on 93⁄8 BC
(-7-A, -7-B,
N and -8-A)

designation A B C D1 D2 D3 E F G H J K L M N P Q R S
6422-2 1¼ 1 ¾ 5 8½ 9½ ½ 5¼ 2 13⁄8 43⁄8 83⁄8 115⁄16 1513⁄16 183⁄8 5¼ 10½ 6 12
6422-3 1½ 1 ¾ 5 8½ 9½ ½ 5¼ 2 13⁄8 43⁄8 83⁄8 115⁄16 1513⁄16 183⁄8 5¼ 10½ 6 12
6422-4 2 1¼ ¾ 5 8½ 9½ ½ 5¼ 2 13⁄8 43⁄8 83⁄8 115⁄16 1513⁄16 183⁄8 5¼ 10½ 6 12
6422-5 2½ 1½ 1 5 8½ 9½ ½ 5¼ 2 13⁄8 43⁄8 83⁄8 115⁄16 1513⁄16 183⁄8 5¼ 10½ 6 12
6422-6 3 1½ 1 5 8½ 9½ ½ 59⁄16 2 13⁄8 43⁄8 83⁄8 115⁄16 1513⁄16 183⁄8 5¼ 10½ 6 12
6422-7-A 4 2½ 1¼ 7 10 11 9⁄16 615⁄16 25⁄8 21⁄8 57⁄8 11 151⁄8 201⁄16 225⁄8 61⁄8 12¼ 6¾ 13½
6422-7-B 4 2½ 1¼ 7 10 11 9⁄16 615⁄16 25⁄8 21⁄8 57⁄8 11 151⁄8 201⁄16 225⁄8 61⁄8 12¼ 6¾ 13½
6422-8-A 6 2½ 2 7 10 11 9⁄16 1011⁄16 25⁄8 1¾ 57⁄8 11 151⁄8 201⁄16 225⁄8 61⁄8 12¼ 6¾ 13½
 Pilot, Flame Detector, and Observation Port positions are interchangeable, as long as pilot and flame detector are in adjacent holes.
 Opening in furnace shell should be about ½" larger than dimension D2 to allow for fillets and draft on mounting plate.
 For 6422- -LC, -L4 and -L9 Burners only. Opening in oven shell should be about ¼" larger than dimension D3.
¼" body air pressure tap on -2, -3, -4, -5, and -6. 1⁄8" body air pressure tap on -7-A, -7-B and -8-A.
 Pipe nipple not furnished by Fives.
 Dimensions M and N assume the use of a 3⁄8" NPT close nipple between burner and Sensitrol Oil Valve.
 For 6422-8-A, air and gas connections cannot be piped in the same plane because the "flower pot" type air connection flange would interfere with the 2½" gas line.
 Metal tubing is offered as an extra cost option (order as P.N. 3-0310-7).
Optional (recommended) Sensitrol Oil Valve is not included as part of the burner assembly, and must be ordered separately.
Dimensions 6422
Page 2
Zone Control Air Valve

with Air Motor
Combustion Air
Burner wt,
Recommended
Sensitrol™ Recommended → Atomizing
designation lb Oil Valve Pilot Size

→ Burner
Air Valve
Air Valve
Atomizing Air Mounting
Plate
6422-2 83 1813-02-A Impulse Lines
Burner
Tile
Sensitrol
6422-3 83 1813-02-A 4011-11 Ratiotrol™
Oil Valve
(Oil-Air)
6422-4 83 1813-02-A (or)
6422-5 83 1813-02-A 4011-12 Zone Oil
Shutoff Valve
6422-6 83 1813-02-B
Main Oil
Shutoff Valve
6422-7-A 139 1813-02-C 4011-11
6422-7-B 139 1813-02-C (or)
6422-8-A 145 1813-02-D 4011-12
Oil Gas/Air Ratio
Zone Gas Regulator Limiting Orifice
Gas Strainer
Oil Regulator Shutoff Valve Gas Valve
Piping arrangement for single- and double-burner zones.
ALTERNATIVE MODELS
22½°
6422 Burners for Fiber Lined Furnaces. For furnaces with
ceramic fiber walls, special mounting/tile construction is 16" dia. ¾" dia.
available: 111⁄8" diameter tile, jacketed in RA330 expanded metal 8 holes
for all but 2" of its length; a circular mounting flange factory-
installed from 2" to 9" ("Z" dimension) from the hot face of the
tile.
Customer must specify this dimension to nearest ½" so tile face

is about flush with inside furnace wall. 14½" BC
This construction is suitable for 2000°F furnace temperature. Mounting plate ¾"
shell extension
See Supplement DF-M2 for detailed tile installation
recommendations for fiber-lined furnaces.
113⁄8"
12" Tile A-ID
OD OD
Dimensions in inches
Size designation A B Z
Z 3⁄8"
-2 thru -6 5 133⁄8 †
-7-A thru -8-A 7 147⁄8 † B
† "Z" dimension variable in ½" increments from 2" to 9".
To order, specify: 6422-(code)-(A or B if applicable) (Z) Burner complete. (Order 1813 Sensitrol™ Oil Valve separately--it is not included in
complete burner assembly.) Include Z dimension in the burner description: between 2" and 9", written to the nearest 0.5" as a decimal.
Example: Line Item 10 = 6422-7-AZ Burner complete with Z dimension of 6.0"
Line Item 20 = 1813-02-C Sensitrol Oil Valve.
Dimensions 6422
Page 3
¾" fpt pilot and flame detector holes

6422 Burners with Extra Pilot and Flame Detector Location.
The fixed relationship between 6422 Burner air connections and
pilot/flame detector holes occasionally presents problems in 45° 45°
mounting pilots and flame detectors clear of furnace buckstays
or other structural members.
6422-2 through -6 Burners can be furnished with a 4-hole OC3-

2042 burner body that has a set of pilot and flame detector Standard Additional
Location Location
holes on each side. Either set can be used and one on the other Air Connection
side used for an observation port--plug any unused holes.
To order, specify: 6422D-(code) Burner complete. (Order 1813 Sensitrol Oil Valve separately--it is not included in complete burner assembly.)
Example: Line Item 10 = 6422D-2 Burner complete with Special Double-Boss Body
Line Item 20 = 1813-02-A Sensitrol Oil Valve
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | 6422 dims 04/02
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Fire•All™Dual-Fuel™ Burners
Instructions 6422
Zone B (2 Burners)
Main Air
Atom. Air
16 osi Min.
1122
1122 Zone A (1 Burner)
1813
1126 1122
8598A 8598A
1807
8697
Gas
2 psi Max. 7216 or 7218
8521-01
#2 Fuel Oil 7052

25-30 psi
Figure 1. Suggested piping arrangement for 6422 and 6514 Burners for gas and/or light oil.
INSTALLATION
1.Requirements: c) To minimize leaks around the tile and to prevent tile dam-
a) Maximum allowable inlet pressure to the air/gas ratio age from thermal expansion of the wall, follow the
instructions on Supplements DF-M1 and DF-M2.
regulator (Bul. 7216 or 7218) is 32 osi. If greater than 3.Piping:
32 osi, an upstream pressure regulator (not shown) must be
used. a) Minimize piping pressure losses. Use a minimum of elbows.
Substitute 45 elbows for 90 elbows when possible. Do not
b) Gas supply pressure to the air/gas ratio regulator should use street elbows. Use pipe (not tubing) for pilot air and
be at least 2 osi greater than the high fire burner air pres- gas lines. 3⁄8" tubing may be used for impulse lines up to 8'
sure. If less, a bleeder (Bul. 8654/8655) must be installed in long, ½" tubing or larger for longer runs.
the impulse line. See Figure 2. b) Pipe air and fuel lines in a manner similar to that shown in
Figure 1. Flexible connections (Bul. 8770) are recommended
c) Fuel oil must be supplied to the air/oil Ratiotrol™ (Bul. 7052) in air and fuel lines to minimize strain from piping and ther-
at 25-30 psi. Oil should be supplied from a circulating sys- mal expansion.
tem controlled by a diaphragm relief valve. c) Pilot air, pilot gas, and atomizing air supply connections
d) Atomizing air pressure at burner must be at least 14 osi. must be made upstream of primary burner controls so they
are not affected by the zone air control and gas shutoff
e) Consult your insurer or your local Fives North American valves.
Combustion, Inc. field engineer for automatic shutoff and d) Connect impulse piping as shown in Figure 1 (or as in
flame supervision requirements. Figure 2 if a bleeder is used). These piping arrangements
2.Burner Mounting: are designed to keep air and gas flows on desired ratio at
all firing rates. (Ref: Bulletin 7216, Instructions 7218 and Bul.
a) Burners should be mounted with air, gas, pilot, and UV 8654/8655.)
connections on the top or side to prevent oil dripping into
them. e) Ratio regulator impulse line connections must be located
b) WARNING: Burners cannot be rotated with respect to between the zone control air valve and the manual burner
the mounting plate as the pilot and flame detector ports air valve for multiple burner zones and downstream of the
must align with notches in the plate. manual burner air valve for single burners.
Instruction 6422
Page 2

1. Basic: c) Slowly open main air valve to high fire position, adjusting limit-
a) All manual and automatic fuel valves (gas and oil) must be ing orifice valve as necessary.
closed. d) Return control valve to low fire position. Adjust air/gas ratio
b) Open all furnace doors and flue dampers. Lock all burner regulator for desired flame.
air valves in full open position. e) Repeat Steps (c) and (d) if necessary. Replace cover on limiting
c) Start combustion air blower and check rotation. orifice valve.
d) Adjust control motor/air valve linkage(s) for low and
f) For multiple burner zones, approximate limiting orifice valve set-
high fire.
tings can be made by counting the number of turns open on the
e) Set atomizing air pressure at 14-16 osi. NOTE: Atom-izing air can
first valve.
be set at 4 osi for gas firing, but must be returned to 14-16 osi
for oil firing. 3B. Oil Firing:
f) Set control motor(s) at high fire allowing furnace to purge for
several minutes prior to lighting. Check motor amps with all a) Set atomizing air at 14-16 osi for light oil (see Bulletin 6514 for
burners at high fire. If in overload, adjust the linkage to reduce heavy oils).
the high fire air flow. b) Open oil shutoff valve. Purge air from line by breaking oil line at
g) Return the control motor to low fire. Linkage must not bind. Sensitrol™ or running oil out of the bottom of the Ratiotrol™, col-
lecting oil in a bucket or other container until flow is free of air.
2. Light the pilots in accordance with the pilot instruction sheet.
c) Adjust oil supply for 30 psi at Ratiotrol inlet.
Zone Control Air Valve d) Open Sensitrol valve until burner lights.
with Air Motor e) Slowly open main air valve to high fire position. Adjust Sensitrol
valve as necessary.
Impulse Lines Bleeder f) Return control valve to low fire position. Adjust the air/oil Ratio-
Combustion Air trol for desired flame.
g) Repeat Steps (e) and (f) if necessary. Set Sensitrol detent at high
fire setpoint.
Atomizing
h) When shutting down, turn off oil valve upstream of Ratiotrol. Al-
Air Valve low to purge, then shut the Sensitrol valve.
Atomizing Air
If oil in the line will expand from furnace heat, expansion cham-
Burner Mounting bers (Bul. 7052) should be used to prevent Ratiotrol damage.
Tile Plate
Observation Port
4. Maintenance:
Pilot Tip a) Shut all air and fuel valves.
and Mixer Clean-Out Plug
b) Disconnect oil and atomizing air lines.
Ratiotrol™ Limiting Orifice c) Remove and clean atomizer. Clean burner body and gas tube.
(Air/Oil) Gas Valve
Pilot Sensitrol™ 5. Troubleshooting:
Regulator Oil Valve A. Gas Operation
Zone Oil a) Gas supply pressure too high or too low (see appropriate
Shutoff Valve regulator literature).
b) Impulse pressure too low to ratio regulator--check
Pilot for dirt in line or connections; check method of connecting
Shutoff Valve impulse line to air pipe (see regulator literature).
Gas/Air Ratio
Zone Gas Regulator c) Regulator not controlling--check method of connecting
Oil Gas Shutoff Valve
impulse line to air pipe; check regulator diaphragms (see
Figure 2. Piping arrangement for gas pressure less than air regulator literature); if bleeder is used, check orifices for dirt.
pressure (bleeder required). B. Oil Operation
3A. Gas Firing: a) If fire is "sloppy," check atomizing air pressure: at
a) Open limiting orifice valve five turns (ccw) from full closed posi- least 14 osi for light oil; at least 22 osi for heavy oil.
tion. b) If fire "spits" or tends to be unstable, check for air in oil line
b) Open gas shutoff valve(s). If burner dœs not light within a few (a suction line leak, usually at the pump) or water or dirt in
seconds, close gas shutoff valve and open limiting orifice valve the oil lines (check filters, oil tank, atomizer, etc.)
Copyright © 2020- Fives - All rights reserved | 6422 instr. 05/01
one more turn; then open gas shutoff valve. Repeat as neces-
sary until burner lights.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 6422 Dual-Fuel™ Burners Parts List 6422
¾" Pipe Plug

Gas Connection
Oil Connection Burner Tile
Assembly Gas Connection Gasket
Atomizing Mounting Optional Tile Jacket
Recom- Air (LC, L4, L9 Burners only)
mended Connection Body
Sensitrol ™ Gasket
Oil Valve Groove Gas Tube
Atomizing Pin "A"
Air
Connection
Stud Groove Pin
"B"
Tile Retaining
Nuts (4)
(R510-2219)
Metal
Tubing  Oil
Tube Atomizing Air Tube and
Nozzle Assembly
Main Air Flange
Gasket
Details of Obs. Port Oil Nozzles Tile Retaining Rods (4)
and Pilot Hole Main Air Flange (3-1115-2)
Air Tubes
Bosses on Body (8)
Part Name 6422-2 6422-3 6422-4 6422-5 6422-6 6422-7-A 6422-7-B 6422-8-A
Air Tubes (8req'd), Inconel 3-3643-1  3-3643-2  3-3640-2 3-3639-2 3-3554-2 3-3273-3 3-3273-4 4-3684-2
Atom. Air Tube & Nozzle Assy 3-2887-3 3-2887-2 3-2887-2 3-2887-4 3-2887-4 3-6076-2
Atomizing Air Connection 3-2474-1 3-2474-2 3-2474-2 3-3324-1 3-3324-1 3-6081-1
Atomizing Air Conn. Gasket 3-3343-1 3-3326-2 3-3326-2 3-3326-2
Body 3-2466-9 3-2466-10 3-3267-3 3-3267-3 3-3267-4

Burner Tile (9") 4-2121-2 4-2142-2 4-2142-2 4-2142-2
Gas Connection 3-2465-4 3-2465-4 3-2465-5 3-2465-6 3-2465-6 3-3268-2 3-3268-2 3-6073-1
Gas Connection Gasket 3-2473-1 3-3272-1 3-3272-1 3-3272-1
Gas Tube 3-2468-2   
Groove Pin "A" R570-2277 R570-2310 R570-2310 R570-2310
Groove Pin "B" R570-2300 _ _ _
Main Air Flange 3-2544-2 3-2544-1 4-1695-2 4-1695-3 4-1695-9 4-1695-5 4-1695-5 8765-8x7-D
Main Air Flange Gasket 4-5371-2 4-5371-3 4-5371-3 4-5371-3
Metal Tubing  3-0310-7
Mounting (Cast) 3-3257-1 3-3270-1 3-3270-1 3-3270-1

Oil Connection Assembly 3-2391-1 3-2519-2
Oil Tube 3-2470-1 3-2470-2 3-2470-8 3-2470-8 3-2515-1
Oil Nozzle 3-2541-1 3-1056-4 3-2541-1 3-2541-1 3-6077-1
Rec. Sensitrol Oil Valve  1813-02-A 1813-02-B 1813-02-C 1813-02-C 1813-02-D
Studs (4 req'd) 3-2584-1 3-3325-1 3-3325-1 3-3325-1
 Includes 3-3638-1 Adapter

 Gas Tube and Gas Connection ar integral on 6422-7-A, -7-B, and -8-A
 Extra cost option--not part of standard burner assembly, and must be ordered separately.
 Includes complete mounting, tile, jacket and retainer assembly.
 Includes tile and jacket only.
6422_pl
page 2
Mounting & Tile

Assemblies Standard for Burner Complete w/9" Tile
Mounting & Tile Assy.  3-6668-1 3-6668-1 3-6668-1 3-6668-1 3-6668-1 3-6668-2 3-6668-2 3-6668-2
Mounting & Tile Assy. 3-6668-3 3-6668-3 3-6668-3 3-6668-3 3-6668-3 3-6668-4 3-6668-4 3-6668-4
Tile & Jacket Assembly  4-21583-1 4-21583-1 4-21583-1 4-21583-1 4-21583-1 4-21583-2 4-21583-2 4-21583-2
Jacket 4-5377-3 4-5377-3 4-5377-3 4-5377-3 4-5377-3 4-5378-3 4-5378-3 4-5378-3
Tile & Jacket Assembly 4-21583-3 4-21583-3 4-21583-3 4-21583-3 4-21583-3 4-21583-4 4-21583-4 4-21583-4
Jacket 4-5377-4 4-5377-4 4-5377-4 4-5377-4 4-5377-4 4-5378-4 4-5378-4 4-5378-4
Tile & Jacket Assembly 4-21583-5 4-21583-5 4-21583-5 4-21583-5 4-21583-5 4-21583-6 4-21583-6 4-21583-6
Jacket 4-5377-6 4-5377-6 4-5377-6 4-5377-6 4-5377-6 4-5378-5 4-5378-5 4-5378-5

 Gas Tube and Gas Connection ar integral on 6422-7-A, -7-B, and -8-A
 Includes complete mounting, tile, jacket and retainer assembly.
Order Must Specify: 1-Part Number 2-Part Name 3-Burner Designation
Copyright © 2020- Fives - All rights reserved | Parts List 6422 01/14
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Dual-Fuel™ Conversion Kits
for 4422 and 5422 Sheet 6422-4
To convert 4422 Gas Burners or 5422 Oil Burners to Dual-Fuel models, North American offers preassembled conversion kits.
6422CK-4422 GAS-TO-DUAL-FUEL CONVERSION KITS include the following parts:
Atomizing Air Connection Oil Connection Assembly

Atomizing Air Connection Gasket Oil Tube and Nozzle
Atomizing Air Tube and Nozzle All Necessary Hardware
Note: Kits do not include the recommended Sensitrol™ Oil Valve as part of the assembly. They must be
ordered separately. (See table on Dimensions 6422 for proper Sensitrol Oil Valve size.)
6422CK-5422 OIL-TO-DUAL-FUEL CONVERSION KITS include the following parts:
Atomizing Air Connection Gas Tube

Atomizing Air Connection Gasket Oil Connection Assembly
Atomizing Air Tube and Nozzle Oil Tube and Nozzle
Gas Connection Threaded Studs
Gas Connection Gasket All Necessary Hardware
The Sensitrol Oil Valve and tubing from the oil burner can be used with the new atomizer assembly.
To order, specify:
6422CK - - 4422, or -5422
(Burner Size)
Examples: 6422CK-3-4422 = Gas to Dual-Fuel™ conversion

kit for a 4422-3 Burner.
6422CK-7-B5422 = Oil to Dual-Fuel™ conversion Copyright © 2017 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 6422-4 07/14
kit for a 5422-7-B Burner.
Note: Conversion kits can also be used on 4425 and 5425 burners to convert to dual-fuel models.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Flangeless Mountings
Sheet 6422-5
for 4422/6422 Burners
Flangeless mountings are available for 4422, 5422, and 6422 Fire.All burners (and their 4425, etc. high temperature counterparts). They
are used on tunnel kilns and other installations where it is desirable to insert the burner into a thick furnace wall.
Specify:
3-3459-1 mounting for -7 and -8-A sizes
3-4928-1 mounting for -2 through -6 sizes
Flangeless mounting prices are the same as standard mountings.
A
dia.
B
sq.
9" standard
B sq.
for -2 through -6
Mounting dimensions in inches

designation A dia. B* sq.
3-4928-1 5 8½
3-3459-1 7 10
* Opening in furnace should be about ½" larger than dimension "B" to allow for fillets and draft on mounting plate.
For other dimensions refer to the appropriate bulletin. Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 6422-5 09/01
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 6423 Dual-Fuel™ Sheet 6423
Fire• All Burners
Light oil can be burned as standby or primary fuel in the larger -- see tables below). An approved 3-way valve must be installed
sizes of 4423 Gas Burners by adding a 5423 Atomizer to an in the line feeding the gas/atomizing air connection to assure
existing burner or by specifying a 6423 Dual-Fuel Burner for a that the non-used medium is completely shut off. Gas pressure
new installation. requirements at the burner are higher than they are for a 4423
Burner, but a standard cross-connected regulator system is
6423 Burners have the same 4423 "Fire•All" suitablility for a satisfactory.
wide variety of industrial furnaces, from low temperature ovens
to high temperature forge, heat treat, etc. applications. When PILOT, FLAME SUPERVISION
burning oil, these burners are not as flexible re air/fuel ratio as
they are on gas. But oil operations with 200% excess air can be A 4021-12 pilot tip lights the burner satisfactorily with 8-22 osi
realized at 12-16 osi main air, somewhat less XSA at lower inputs. pilot air pressure (3-10"w.c. mixture pressure.) Use a UV flame
detectcor -- flame rods are not satisfactory.
Gas goes through the atomizer in a 6423 Burner, so atomizing
air is not available when burning gas: Thus, total air capacity is See Bulletin 4423/4424 for construction and other characteristics.
greater when burning oil (by the amount of the atomizing air
Table 1. CAPACITIES, FLAME LENGTHS
Burner burning oil  burning gas  flame length, in.

designation Btu/h HHV oil, gph Btu/h HHV gas,cfh oil gas
6423-2 277,000 2.1 234,000 234 13 8
6423-3-A 396,000 3.0 354,000 354 16 17
6423-3-B 475,000 3.6 432,000 432 18 17
 based on 132,000 Btu/gallon oil with 16 osi main and atomizing air at the burner.
 based on 1,000 Btu/cf natural gas with 16 osi main air at the burner (atomizing air not available with burning gas).
Table 2. MAIN AN ATOMIZING AIR CAPACITIES

main air, cfh atomizing air, cfh
Burner pressure at burner, osi pressure at burner, osi
designation 1 5 6 8 12 16 14 16 20 22 24
6423-2 585 1300 1430 1650 2010 2340 440 470 525 550 575
6423-3-A 885 1980 2160 2500 3050 3540 440 470 525 550 575
6423-3-B 1080 2410 2640 3050 3720 4320 440 470 525 550 575
Sheet 6423
Page 2
DIMENSIONS OF 6423 BURNERS
Dimensions marked † assume use of a 3⁄8" mpt close nipple betweeen burner and Sensitrol Oil Valve.
▲ Opening in furnace shell or outer wall must be ½" larger than dimension shown to allow for mounting plate fillet and draft.
■ Opening in furnace shell or outer wall must be ¼" larger than dimension shown.
 Oil tubing is an extra cost option.
Burner A B Sensitrol recommended wt.
designation main air atom. air or gas Oil Valve pilot size lb
6423-2 1¼ 1 1813-02-A 51
6423-3-A 1½ 1 1813-02-A 4021-12 51
6423-3-B 1½ 1 1813-02-A 51
Sample Specification
for burner: 6423-3-A Burner complete with 1816-02-A Valve.
for conversion atomizer only: 5423-AC Atomizer assembly complete with 1816-02-A Valve for 6423,
or
5423-AO Atomizer assembly only for 6423.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Dual-Fuel™ Burners
for High Temperature Applications
Ref: Bulletin 6422
6425 Burner Complete shown with optional

(recommended) Sensitrol Oil Valve.
6425 Dual-Fuel™ Burner
• Specifically designed for higher temperatures
• Ability to produce higher velocity flames
• Mounting plate and body are made of heat resistant cast iron
Product Overview | Dual-Fuel™ Burners
6425 Burners are designed specifically for higher temperature HIGH VELOCITY TILES
operations such as forge furnaces, ceramic kilns, metal and glass
6425- -MB Burners have a 13½" "Milk Bottle" tile with reduced
melters, heat treat furnaces, etc. They are the high temperature
outlet; they produce higher velocity flames than the standard
version of North American's 6422 Fire.All Burner, one of the most
burner, also offer somewhat better protection for burner internals
widely used industrial burners in the world.
from furnace radiation. Good tile installation practice is important
with any burner (see Supplements DF-M1 and -M2). It is critical
6425's are particularly appropriate for applications that run at
with Milk Bottle tiles because of higher pressures developed in
both high and low temperatures--an example is a batch type kiln
the tile, which can cause burner and furnace wall damage if not
in which early parts of the cycle run below 1200°F and require
properly sealed. into the wall.
free oxygen in kiln atmosphere for raw material to process prop-
erly; then frequently the product must "soak" at temperatures
above 2000°F. 6425 Burners handle this duty with ease due to IGNITION/FLAME SUPERVISION
their excess air flexibility and their construction that withstands
radiant heat. A 4011-12 pilot set is recommended for individual burner ignition.
The standard burner is limited to operation with gaseous fuels 4021-12 pilot tip per burner with an appropriately sized air/gas
and distillate oils. The standard materials of construction are not mixer is recommended. All burners should use flame supervision
suitable for operation with heavy oils. if they operate in combustion chambers that are below 1400°F
during at least part of their cycles. Interrupted pilots are required
CONSTRUCTION for such installations. For continuous high temperature furnaces
and those with 1400°F flame supervision bypass systems,
Metal parts are shielded by refractory: the tile and an insulating intermittent pilots are sometimes used: These should be turned
refractory "biscuit" covering face of burner. Mounting plate and off in all applications above 2000°F to avoid overheating burner
burner body are made of heat resistant cast iron. Burner tile is body and mounting.
3200°F castable material. Air tubes are high grade alloy.
In furnace chambers above 2000°F, combustion air should not be

turned down below 2 osi (with or without fuel on).
Table I. TOTAL AIR CAPACITIES* Table II. MAXIMUM EXCESS AIR RATES in %
scfh (with 9 long tiles, without pilot)
(for Btu/hr, multiply by 100) GAS OIL
Burner Burner Combustion Air pressure Combustion Air pressure
designation 16 osi air at burner designation 1 osi 8 osi 14 osi 1 osi 8 osi 14 osi
6425-2 2 600 6425-2 — 380 500 — 380 500
6425-3 4 100 6425-3 330 1000 1300 210 480 670
6425-4 6 300 6425-4 560 1560 1560 480 800 900
6425-5 10 300 6425-5 1070 1440 1150 50 250 400
6425-6 15 700 6425-6 380 1000 1400 140 560 610
6425-7-A 27 000 6425-7-A 3200 4900 1000 160 330 450
6425-7-B 33 500 6425-7-B 900 1450 1600 150 700 830
6425-8-A 44 800 6425-8-A 460 660 400 200 280 350
* Includes combustion and atomizing air. NOTE: Excess air ratings are based on operation in a cold open furnace.
 14-16 osi atomizing air.
 It may be necessary to reduce atomizing air pressure to obtain maximum excess air.
Table III. MAIN AIR CAPACITIES Table IV. ATOMIZING AIR CAPACITIES
scfh (not including atomizing air) scfh
Burner air pressure drop across the burner in osi Burner air pressure across burner, osi
designation 0.1 1 5 8 12 16 designation 14 16 18 20
6425-2 160 520 1 160 1 470 1 800 2 100 6425-2, -3, -4 500 520 560 600
6425-3 280 890 1 980 2 500 3 050 3 550 6425-5 640 690 720 760
6425-4 460 1 450 3 240 4 100 5 000 5 800 6425-6 800 850 910 950
6425-5 750 2 370 5 300 6 700 8 150 9 450 6425-7-A,-7-B 870 930 990 1040
6425-6 1180 3 700 8 300 10 500 12 900 14 800 6425-8-A 2650 2840 3000 3170
6425-7-A 2070 6 550 14 600 18 500 22 700 26 200
6425-7-B 2580 8 150 18 200 23 000 28 200 32 600
6425-8-A 3320 10 500 23 500 29 700 36 400 42 000 Bulletin 6425
Page 2
Dimensions | Dual-Fuel™ Burners
DIMENSIONS inches
¾ NPT for flame detector 319⁄32
E and Observation Port Recommended rad.
(45° to mtg. plate) Sensitrol™
6425
Oil Valve
cylindrical
hole ¾ NPT for Pilot Tip
T–dia. (45° to mtg. plate) ¾ wide
P 45° slotted holes
 on cast mtg.
6425- -MB plates
Milk Bottle
shaped hole H Q
11⁄8 G
U–dia.
D 
sq. F P 45°
C–NPT
B–NPT
Gas
Atomizing 3⁄8 NPT 8–3⁄8 bolts
1⁄8
Air Oil on 7½ BC
press. tap (-2 thru -6)
A–NPT
J
Main Air P P 8–½ bolts
9" long for 6425 K on 93⁄8 BC
29⁄16 R R
13½" longfor 6425- -MB L (-7-A thru -8-A)
M S sq.
N
NOTE: For 6425-8-A, the air and gas connections cannot be piped in the same plane, as shown on other side, because the "flower pot" type air connection
flange would interfere with the 2½" gas line.
Burner
designation A B C D E F G H J K L M N
6425-2 1¼ 1 ¾ 8½ ½ 5¼ 2 13⁄8 43⁄8 83⁄8 115⁄16 1513⁄16 183⁄8
6425-3 1½ 1 ¾ 8½ ½ 5¼ 2 13⁄8 43⁄8 83⁄8 115⁄16 1513⁄16 183⁄8
6425-4 2 1¼ ¾ 8½ ½ 5¼ 2 13⁄8 43⁄8 83⁄8 115⁄16 1513⁄16 183⁄8
6425-5 2½ 1½ 1 8½ ½ 5¼ 2 13⁄8 43⁄8 83⁄8 115⁄16 1513⁄16 183⁄8
6425-6 3 1½ 1 8½ ½ 59⁄16 2 13⁄8 43⁄8 83⁄8 115⁄16 1513⁄16 183⁄8
6425-7-A 4 2½ 1¼ 10 9⁄16 615⁄16 25⁄8 21⁄8 57⁄8 11 151⁄8 201⁄16 225⁄8
6425-7-B 4 2½ 1¼ 10 9⁄16 615⁄16 25⁄8 21⁄8 57⁄8 11 151⁄8 201⁄16 225⁄8
6425-8-A 6 2½ 2 10 9⁄16 1011⁄16 25⁄8 1¾ 57⁄8 11 151⁄8 201⁄16 225⁄8
approx. flame lengths*
Recommended with 16 osi Main Air
Burner wt, Sensitrol™ (in open furnace)
designation P Q R S T U in lb Oil Valve gas oil
6425-2 5¼ 10½ 6 12 5 3 83 1813-02-A ½' 1½'
6425-3 5¼ 10½ 6 12 5 3 83 1813-02-A 1½' 2'
6425-4 5¼ 10½ 6 12 5 3 83 1813-02-A 2' 2½'
6425-5 5¼ 10½ 6 12 5 3 83 1813-02-A 2½' 3'
6425-6 5¼ 10½ 6 12 5 3 83 1813-02-B 3' 4'
6425-7-A 61⁄8 12¼ 6¾ 13½ 7 4½ 139 1813-02-C 5' 6'
6425-7-B 61⁄8 12¼ 6¾ 13½ 7 4½ 139 1813-02-C 6' 6'
6425-8-A 61⁄8 12¼ 6¾ 13½ 7 – 145 1813-02-D 7' 7'
All burners use 4011-11 or 4011-12 Pilot Tips.

6425- -MB Burners have a 1⁄16" gasket between mounting plate and burner body. * 6425 Burners with standard tiles
 Pilot, flame detector, and Observation Port positions are interchangeable as long as Pilot Tiles for 6425 Burners
and flame detector are in adjacent holes. Standard Milk Bottle
Opening in furnace shell should be about ½" larger than dimension D to allow for fillets Burner 70% alumina 80% alumina
and draft on mounting plate. designation PN PN
¼" air pressure tap on -2, -3, -4, -5 and -6. 6425-2 thru -6 4-2121-2 OC4-2332-1
Dimensions M and N assume use of a 3⁄8" close nipple (not furnished by North American) 6425-7A, -7B, -8A 4-2142-2 OC4-2547-2
between burner and SensitrolTM Valve.
Metal tubing is available as an extra cost option (order as PN 3-0310-7). All tiles end use limit temperature is 3200°F.
 Optional (recommended) Sensitrol Oil Valve is not included as part of the burner assembly,
and must be ordered separately.
Bulletin 6425
Page 3
CONTACT

T +1 800 626 3477
F +1 216 373 4237
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved. Bulletin 6425 05/13

North American 6425 Dual-Fuel™ Burners
Parts List 6425
¾" Pipe Plug Oil Nozzles

Gas Tube Burner Tile Optional Tile Jacket
Atomizing Air
Connection Body (LC, L4, L9 Burners only)
Atomizing Air Gasket Gas Connection
Oil Connection Gas Connect Gasket
Recommended Connect Groove Pin "B"
Sensitrol ™ Assembly Stud Groove
Oil Valve  Pin "A"
Refractory face
Metal Oil Tube Tile Retaining Nuts (4)
Tubing  (R510-2219)
Atomizing Air Tube and
Nozzle Assembly
Main Air Flange
Gasket
Air Tubes (8)
Main Air Flange
Details of Obs. Port
and Pilot Hole Mounting
Bosses on Body Tile Retaining Rods (4)
(3-1115-2)
Part Name 6425-2 6425-3 6425-4 6425-5 6425-6 6425-7-A 6425-7-B 6425-8-A
Air Tubes (8req'd), Inconel 3-3643-1  3-3643-2  3-3640-2 3-3639-2 3-3554-2 3-3273-3 3-3273-4 4-3684-2
Atom. Air Tube & Nozzle Assembly 3-2887-3 3-2887-2 3-2887-2 3-2887-4 3-2887-4 3-6076-2
Atomizing Air Connection 3-2474-1 3-2474-2 3-2474-2 3-3324-1 3-3324-1 3-6081-1
Atomizing Air Conn. Gasket 3-3343-1 3-3326-2 3-3326-2 3-3326-2
Body 3-2466-9 3-2466-10 3-3267-3 3-3267-3 3-3267-4

Burner Tile (9") 4-2121-2 4-2142-2 4-2142-2 4-2142-2
Gas Connection 3-2465-4 3-2465-4 3-2465-5 3-2465-6 3-2465-6 3-3268-2 3-3268-2 3-6073-1
Gas Connection Gasket 3-2473-2 3-3272-1 3-3272-1 3-3272-1
Gas Tube 3-2468-2   
Groove Pin "A" R570-2277 R570-2310 R570-2310 R570-2310
Groove Pin "B" R570-2300 _ _ _
Main Air Flange 3-2544-2 3-2544-1 4-1695-2 4-1695-3 4-1695-9 4-1695-5 4-1695-5 8765-8x7-D
Main Air Flange Gasket 4-5371-2 4-5371-3 4-5371-3 4-5371-3
Metal Tubing  3-0310-7
Mounting (Cast) 3-3257-1 3-3270-1 3-3270-1 3-3270-1

Oil Connection Assembly 3-2391-1 3-2519-2
Oil Tube 3-2470-1 3-2470-2 3-2470-8 3-2470-8 3-2515-1
Oil Nozzle 3-2541-1 3-1056-4 3-2541-1 3-2541-1 3-6077-1
Recommended Sensitrol Oil Valve 1813-02-A 1813-02-B 1813-02-C 1813-02-C 1813-02-D
Refractory Face 4-4038-3 4-4038-3 4-4038-3 4-4038-3 4-4038-4 4-4039-2 4-4039-2 4-6127-1
Studs (4 req'd) 3-2584-1 3-3325-1 3-3324-1 3-3325-1

 Gas Tube and Gas Connection are integral on 6425-7-A, -7-B, and -8-A
 Includes complete mounting, tile, jacket and retaining rods and nuts.

6425_pl
page 2
Part Name 6425-2 6425-3 6425-4 6425-5 6425-6 6425-7-A 6425-7-B 6425-8-A
Jacket 4-5377-3 4-5377-3 4-5377-3 4-5377-3 4-5377-3 4-5378-3 4-5378-3 4-5378-3
Jacket 4-5377-4 4-5377-4 4-5377-4 4-5377-4 4-5377-4 4-5378-4 4-5378-4 4-5378-4
Jacket 4-5377-6 4-5377-6 4-5377-6 4-5377-6 4-5377-6 4-5378-5 4-5378-5 4-5378-5

 Gas Tube and Gas Connection are integral on 6425-7-A, -7-B, and -8-A
 Includes complete mounting, tile, jacket and retaining rods and nuts.
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | PL 6425 01/14
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American
Tempest® III
6435 High Velocity Dual-Fuel™ Burners
• Wide stability range
• Useful capacity ranges
• Easy inspection/service
Product Overview | Tempest® III High Velocity
TEMPEST III BURNERS FEATURE:
HIGH VELOCITY—Comparable to North American’s renowned USEFUL CAPACITY RANGES—Ratings from 130 000 to
4442 Tempest I gas burner. 1 600 000 Btu/h HHV.
DUAL-FUEL—Natural gas and/or distillate oil only. Not suitable EASY INSPECTION/SERVICE—Air and gas piping need not be
for blends containing residuals such as Indian "LDO" or similar. removed for complete access to internals.
WIDE STABILITY RANGE—From 15% excess fuel to 400% PREHEATED AIR CAPABILITY—To 800°F main air temperature
excess air. at the burner.
UNIT CONSTRUCTION—The high temperature tile is secured in FUEL PRESSURES—Natural gas - 12 osig, #2 oil - 2.5 psig.
the main body section—no extra support is required.
TABLE 1. Main and Atomizing Air capacities

scfh*
(for Btu/hr HHV multiply by 100)
Atomizing Air
Main Air (with 16 osi Main Air) Flame lengths
Burner fuel 0.2 1 4 9 16 8 osi (gas) 30 osi (oil) 16 osi Main Air
6435-1 gas 65 240 545 870 1220 75 180 9"

oil 85 232 545 865 1200
6435-2 gas 170 500 1090 1660 2280 30 140 8"

oil 165 430 1070 1660 2280
6435-3 gas 235 680 1530 2490 3420 70 180 12"

oil 300 665 1430 2320 3180
6435-4 gas 545 1270 2830 4350 6050 160 390 20"
oil 665 1240 2750 4310 5850
6435-5 gas 895 2060 4460 6950 9500 400 @ 16 osi 585 22"
oil 895 2110 4760 7450 10000
6435-6 gas 1000 3500 7100 11300 15200 380 @ 16 osi 470 38"
oil 1200 3600 7400 11200 15000
*burning on stoichiometric ratio
TABLE 2. Main and Atomizing Air

scfh
capacities not burning TABLE 3. Maximum %XSAir
(use to size blowers) (16 osi Main Air)
Atomizing Air
Main Air (with 16 osi Main Air) Burner size
Burner at 16 osi at 8 osi at 30 osi Fuel -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6
Natural Gas 400 400 400 350 350 600
6435-1 1350 90 180
#2 Oil 200 300 400 300 350 600
6435-2 3000 90 190
6435-3 4120 100 200
6435-4 7240 240 460
6435-5 12100 430 @ 16 osi 590
6435-6 17500 430 @ 16 osi 590
Bulletin 6435
Page 2
Dimensions | Tempest ® III High Velocity
MA† Main Air 81⁄8

A–NPT
5½
6¼ TP†
No. 3§ No. 1§
7¾
dia.
315⁄16
5
29⁄16
Atom. Air 5⁄8 45⁄8
G† Oil
31⁄16 31⁄16 ¾ NPT 10½
B–NPT
15¼‡
Gas AA†
145⁄8  6435-1, -2, -3, -4 weight: 96 lb
C–NPT Three ¾ NPT holes:
two for Observation Ports;
the third for flame detector,
on same side as pilot.
¾ NPT for UV connection
103⁄16 on same side as pilot
Main Air
MA† Observation Ports (2) A–NPT
31⁄8 UV location
No. 1 Pilot
79⁄16
UV location
No. 3 Pilot
(opp. side)
Pilot 8¾
dia.
No. 3§ No. 1§
613⁄16 Oil
B–NPT
C
L Gas and
Atom. Air
AA† 5⁄8
G† 2 45⁄8
1½ 10¾
Atom. Air 29⁄16 12¼
C–NPT
1 NPT 18½ ‡
Gas
167⁄8  6435-5, -6 weight: 112 lb
Recommended Pilot Tip 4021-12.

‡ Dimension assumes close nipple between burner and Sensitrol™ Oil Valve.
For sizes -1 through -4 with flame supervision, Sensitrol Valve cannot be close connected because of interference with handle.
§ Pilot position designation (No. 1 or No. 3) must be specified on order.
 Minimum for removal of internals including Sensitrol Valve.
† 1⁄8 fpt Pressure Taps: MA—Main Air, G—Gas, AA—Atomizing Air, TP—Tile Pressure.
Bulletin 6435
Page 3
Tile | Tempest ® III High Velocity
Bulletin 6435
Page 4
tile exit
hole Sensitrol
6435 A B C D E diameter Oil Valve
-1 1 ¼ 1 83⁄8 91⁄8 19⁄64 1813-03 E

-2 1¼ ¼ 1 83⁄8 91⁄8 1¼ 1813-03 (4) 5⁄8" slots, equally
-3 1½ ¼ 1 83⁄8 91⁄8 1½ 1813-03 spaced on 10¼" BC
for -1 thru -4; 12" BC
-4 2 3⁄8 1 83⁄8 91⁄8 115⁄16 1813-02-A for -5 and -6
-5 2½ 3⁄8 1¼ 9½ 10¾ 2½ 1813-02-A
-6 3 3⁄8 1½ 9½ 10¾ 3 1813-02-B
Copyright © 2022 - Fives - All rights reserved | Bul 6435 08/07
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 6435 Dual-Fuel Burner Engineering Data
Sheet 6435-2
6435-1
Not Burning 0.2 1 4 9 16 30

Main air, scfh 1350
Atom. air, scfh at 30 osi 195
Burning Natural Gas 0.2 1 4 9 16 30

Main air, scfh, stoich. 65 240 545 870 1220 1690
Atom. air, scfh at 8 osi, stoich. 90 90 90 90 75 50
† Total air, scfh, stoich. 290 465 770 1100 1430 1870
Gas flow, stoich., scfh 29 47 77 110 143 187
Gas pressure, stoich., osi 0.22 0.65 1.8 3.25 5.6 10.0
Flame length, in., stoich. 2 3 6 8 9 10
Flame diameter, in., stoich. 1 1 1 1 1 1
Tile pressure, osi, stoich. 0.15 0.4 1.15 2.1 3.5 6.2
Max. %XSAir
‡ Stability and flame supervision 20 100 250 400 400 400
Ignition--pilot 20 100 250 400 400 400
Max. %XSFuel 25 25 25 25 25 0
Burning #2 Oil 0.2 1 4 9 16 30

§ Atom. air, scfh at 30 osi, stoich. 195 190 190 185 180 175
Oil flow, stoich., gph 0.29 0.39 0.62 0.84 1.08 1.42
Oil pressure, stoich., psi 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.35 0.69
Max. %XSAir
• Ignition--pilot 20 50 50 110 200 250
Max. %XSFuel 25 25 25 25 25 0
† Total air is main air plus atomizing air plus 135 scfh for pilot air.
‡ Honeywell Ultravision Flame Detector C7027A and Honeywell Flame Supervision Protectorelay RA890G yielded 1.5 micro amps or
greater for all above rates.
§ 30 osi is recommended atomizing air pressure for oil, but all burners will operate on oil with 22 osi atomizing air (at the burner) and
10% or more excess air.
• Direct spark ignition on oil is not considered a viable lighting method due to the lack of repeatability.
NOTE: Test results above were obtained with pilot air regulated at 2 osi above tile pressure, resulting in constant flow of 135-140 scfh air.
Because of the small size of this burner, pilot air must not be run any higher.
Velocity: The distance (in inches) from the tile outlet to the point where the tile velocity pressure is 0.1"wc (1259 fpm) is 40" on gas and 48" on oil (firing
stoichiometric with 16 osi main air pressure).
Sheet 6435-2, 12-01
Page 2
6435-2
Not Burning 0.2 1 4 9 16 30

Main air, scfh 3000

Max. %XSAir
Ignition--pilot 100 350 400 400 400 200
Max. %XSFuel 25+ 25+ 25+ 25+ 25+ 0
Burning #2 Oil 0.2 1 4 9 16 30
Flame diameter, in., stoich. 1.5 1.5 1.5 2 2 2.5
Max. %XSAir
• Ignition--pilot 25 50 200 300 300 350
Max. %XSFuel 15+ 15+ 15+ 15+ 15+ 0
NOTE: Burner is stable on atomizing air only, but should not be operated below 0.2 osi main air to avoid overheating the tile.
Velocity: The distance (in inches) from the tile outlet to the point where the tile velocity pressure is 0.1"wc (1259 fpm) is 56" on gas and
60" on oil (firing stoichiometric with 16 osi main air pressure).
Sheet 6435-2
Page 3
6435-3

Not Burning 0.2 1 4 9 16 30
Main air, scfh 4120

Flame diameter, in., stoich. 2.5 2 2.5 2.5 3 2.5
Max. %XSAir
Ignition--pilot 100 400 400 400 400 400
4051-D igniter limits
(0.5 osig igniter air pressure) XSF 80 150
Max. %XSFuel 15+ 15+ 15+ 15+ 15 0
Burning #2 Oil 0.2 1 4 9 16 30

Oil pressure, stoich., psi 0.1 0.5 1.1 0.9 1 .2 2.2
Flame diameter, in., stoich. 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 3
Max. %XSAir
• Ignition--pilot 25 75 225 400 400 300
Max. %XSFuel 15+ 15+ 15+ 15+ 15+ 0
Velocity: The distance (in inches) from the tile outlet to the point where the tile velocity pressure is 0.1wc (1259 fpm) is 67" on gas and 68"
on oil (firing stoichiometric with 16 osi main air pressure).
Sheet 6435-2
Page 4
6435-4

Not Burning 0.2 1 4 9 16 20
Main air, scfh 7240

Max. %XSAir
Ignition--pilot 75 300 350 400 350 350
  Ignition--direct spark Stoich 50 200 400 250 250
Max. %XSFuel 30+ 30+ 30+ 30+ 30+ 0
Burning #2 Oil 0.2 1 4 9 16 20

Max. %XSAir
• Ignition--pilot 25 50 200 200 200 200
Max. %XSFuel 10 20 20+ 20+ 20 0
 Electrode setup used was that shown in drawing B4-7249. Cooling air was shut off for ignition and turned back on afterwards.
Velocity: The distance (in inches) from the tile outlet to the point where the tile velocity pressure is 0.1"wc (1259 fpm) is 75" on gas and
85" on oil (firing stoichiometric with 16 osi main air pressure).
Sheet 6435-2
Page 5
6435-5

Not Burning 0.2 1 4 9 16 20
Main air, scfh 12 100

Atom. air, scfh at 30 osi 700 s
Atom. air, scfh at 16 osi 520 
Main air, scfh, stoich. 895 2060 4460 6950 9500

Atom. air, scfh at 16 osi, stoich. 520 510  485 450  400
Gas pressure, stoich., osi 0.1 0.8 2.8 6.3 10.8
Flame length, in., stoich. 12 18 19 19 19
Flame diameter, in., stoich. 4 4 5 6 6
Tile pressure, osi, stoich. 0.1 0.4 1.4 3.5 5.8
Max. %XSAir
‡ Stability and flame supervision 20 250 400 350 350
Ignition--pilot 20 250 400 325 200
  Ignition--direct spark 20 65 60 75 100
Max. %XSFuel 30 30 30 30 10
Burning #2 Oil 0.2 1 4 9 16 20

§ Atom. air, scfh at 30 osi, stoich. 695 690 670 640 585
Oil flow, stoich., gph 1.1 2 3.9 5.8 7.6
Oil pressure, stoich., psi 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8
Tile pressure, osi, stoich. 0.08 0.5 1.3 2.8 5.2
Max. %XSAir
‡ Stability and flame supervision 25 125 275 300 350
• Ignition--pilot 25 125 275 225 150
-Max. %XSFuel 20+ 20+ 20 20 20
 Electrode setup used was that shown in drawing B4-7249. The cooling air was left on for the ignition tests.
Figure includes 110 scfh air for cooling on spark for #2 oil.
 Figure includes 75 scfh air for cooling on spark for natural gas.
Velocity: The distance (in inches) from the tile outlet to the point where the tile velocity pressure is 0.1"wc (1259 fpm) is 130" on gas and 130"
Sheet 6435-2
Page 6
6435-6

Not Burning 0.2 1 4 9 16 20
Main air, scfh 17 500

Main air, scfh, stoich. 1000 3500 7100 11 300 15 200 16 900
† Total air, scfh, stoich. 1530 4030 7600 11 800 15 700 17 400
Gas flow, stoich., scfh 153 403 760 1 180 1 570 1 740
Tile pressure, osi, stoich. 0 0.3 1.2 2.15 3.8 5.0
Max. %XSAir
Ignition--pilot 5 250 250 250 100 100
Max. %XSFuel 30 30 30 0 30%XSA 30%XSA
Burning #2 Oil 0.1 1 4 9 16 20
Main air, scfh, stoich. 1200 3600 7400 11 200 15 000 17 400
† Total air, scfh, stoich. 1890 4270 8050 11 800 15 600 18 010
Oil pressure, stoich., psi – – – 1.0 2.2 3.5
Max. %XSAir
‡ Flame supervision 25 200 400 600 600 250
Stability 25 300 600 600 600 250
• Ignition--pilot 25 250 500 500 600 
Max. %XSFuel 30 30 30 30 30 0
‡ Honeywell Ultravision Flame Detector C7027A and Honeywell Flame Supervision Protectorelay RA890G yielded 1.5 micro amps or greater
for all above rates.
§ 30 osi is recommended atomizing air pressure for oil, but all burners will operate on oil with 22 osi atomizing air (at the burner) and 10%
or more excess air.
 Burner will not light.
• Direct spark ignition on oil is not considered a viable lighting method due to the lack of repeatability. Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 6435-2 12/09
Velocity: The distance (in inches) from the tile outlet to the point where the tile velocity pressure is 0.1"wc (1259 fpm) is 105" on gas and 105"
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 6435 Dual-Fuel Burner
Engineering Data, 800°F Hot Air Sheet 6435-3
6435-1 – 800°F Main Air, Cold Atomzing Air Main Air Pressure, osi

†Total air, scfh, stoich. 295 375 590 810 1015 1300
Flame diameter, in., stoich 2 2 2 2 2 2
Max. %XSAir
‡Stability and flame supervision 100 150 250 350 350 400
‡Ignition--pilot 100 150 250 350 350 400
Max. %XSFuel 30 30 30 30 30 30
Burning #2 Oil 0.2 1 4 9 16 30

Max. %XSAir
‡Ignition--pilot 10 10 10 25 75 100
Max. %XSFuel 25 25 25 25 25 25
Because of the small size of the burner, the capacities when run with elevated air temperatures become very small and fuel
rates (especially oil) become extremely difficult to set. The burner operating limits become much narrower with hot air.
The external metal temperatures recorded with neutral furnace pressure and in a cold chamber with preheated air were as
follows:
Metal temperatue, F
Body
Preheat Air Body (Main Air
temperature, F (near flange) Inlet Flange) Backplate
400 325 310 270
600 380 380 350
800 420 430 410
† Total air is main air plus atomizing air plus scfh for pilot air.
Sheet 6435-3
Page 2
6435-2 – 800°F Main Air, Cold Atomizing Air

Flame diameter, in., stoich. 1.5 2 2 2.5 2.5 2.5
Max. %XSAir
‡Ignition--pilot 400 400 400 400 400 400
Max. %XSFuel 30 30 30 30 30 30
Burning #2 Oil 0.2 1 4 9 16 26
Oil pressure, stoich., psi — — 0.1 0.5 0.7 1.0
Flame diameter, in., stoich. 2 2 2 2.5 2.5 2.5
Max. %XSAir
‡Ignition--pilot 50 50 175 250 400 400
Max. %XSFuel 25 25 25 25 20 5
The external metal temperatures recorded with neutral furnace pressure and in a cold chamber with preheated air
were as follows:
Metal temperatue, F
Body
400 240 260 240
600 290 330 350
800 305 470 450
Sheet 6435-3
Page 3

Gas pressure, stoich., osi 0.1 0.5 1.6 3.2 5.7 10
Flame diameter, in., stoich. 2 2 2 2 2 2.5
Max. %XSAir
‡Ignition--pilot 100 300 400 400 400 400
Max. %XSFuel 30 30 30 30 30 30
Burning #2 Oil 0.2 1 4 9 16 26
Flame diameter, in., stoich. 2 2.5 2 3 3 3
Tile pressure, osi, stoich. –0.05 0.3 1.33 2.45 4.05 6.7
Max. %XSAir
‡Ignition--pilot 10 75 250 400 400 400
Max. %XSFuel 25 25 25 25 25 25
The external metal temperatures recorded with neutral furnace pressure and in a cold chamber with preheated air
were as follows:
Metal temperatue, F
Body
400 260 250 240
600 370 370 350
800 490 410 460
Sheet 6435-3
Page 4

ain Air Pressure, osi
Max. %XSAir
‡Ignition--pilot 350 400 400 350 400 400
• Ignition--direct spark NO 10 150 150 300 300
Max. %XSFuel 30+ 30+ 30+ 30+ 30+ 30+
Burning #2 Oil 0.2 1 4 9 16 20
†Total air, scfh, stoich 1060 1570 2590 3680 4755 5290
Max. %XSAir
‡Ignition--pilot 25 50 125 250 250 150
Max. %XSFuel 20+ 20+ 20+ 20+ 20+ 20+
• The electrode setup used was that shown in drawing B4-7249. The cooling air was shut off for ignition and turned back on afterwards.
Maximum body temperature 510°F.

Sheet 6435-3
Page 5

Burning Natural Gas 0.2 1 4 9 16

Atom. air, scfh at 16 osi, stoich. 480 460 430 410 380
†Total air, scfh, stoich. 1460 2230 3890 5650 7770
Gas flow, stoich., scfh 146 223 389 565 777
Gas pressure, stoich., osi 0.15 0.8 2.5 5.3 9.2
Tile pressure, osi, stoich. — 0.35 1.1 2.3 3.9
Max. %XSAir
‡Stability and flame supervision 75 200 400 400 350
‡Ignition--pilot 75 200 400 400 350
•Ignition--direct spark 5XSF 30XSF 50 40 50
Max. %XSFuel 30+ 30+ 30+ 30+ 30+
Burning #2 Oil 0.2 1 4 9 16

Atom. air, scfh at 30 osi, stoich. 660 620 600 580 560
†Total air, scfh, stoich. 1640 2520 4370 6050 8050
Oil flow, stoich., gph 1.04 1.66 3.0 4.2 5.6
Oil pressure, stoich., psi 1.05 1.1 1.25 1.35 1.5
Flame diameter, in., stoich. 3 4 5 5 5.5
Tile pressure, osi, stoich. — 0.3 0.95 1.95 3.4
Max. %XSAir
‡Stability and flame supervision 30 125 275 300 350
‡Ignition--pilot 30 125 275 300 350
Max. %XSFuel 20+ 20+ 20+ 20+ 20
• The electrode setup used was that shown in drawing B4-7249. The cooling air was shut off for ignition and turned back on afterwards.
Maximum body temperature 550°F.

Sheet 6435-3
Page 6
Main air, scfh, stoich. 1200 2600 5200 7900 10 700 12 400
†Total air, scfh, stoich. 1750 3150 5750 8450 11 200 12 900
Gas flow, stoich., scfh 175 315 575 845 1 120 1 300
Max. %XSAir
‡Flame supervision 25 200 400 500 550 650
‡Stability 125 300 750 750 750 650
‡Ignition--pilot 100 250 500 500 400 250
Max. %XSFuel 30 30 30 30 30 30
Burning #2 Oil 0.1 1 4 9 16 20
Main air, scfh, stoich. 1400 2650 5350 8100 10 800 12 400
†Total air, scfh, stoich. 2050 3300 6000 8750 11 500 13 000
Tile pressure, osi, stoich 0.04 0.15 0.9 1.9 3.4 4.4
Max. %XSAir
‡Flame supervision 25 125 250 400 675 500
†Stability 50 200 400 600 700 800
†Ignition--pilot 25 125 250 400 675 500
Max. %XSFuel 30 30 30 20 20 20
The external metal temperatures recorded with neutral furnace pressure and in a cold chamber with preheated air were as follows:
Metal temperature, F
Body
temperature, F (near flange) Inlet Flange)
400 410 310

600 560 440
800 720 570
‡ Honeywell Ultravision Flame Detector C7027A and Honeywell Flame Supervision Protectorelay RA890G yielded 1.5 micro amps or greater for all
above rates.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 6435 Tempest ® III Parts List 6435-5
Main air flange
High Velocity Dual-Fuel Burner Main air flange gasket 6435-1, -2, -3, -4
Atomizing air
Atomizer connection sleeve
assembly Atomizing air nozzle
Oil
connection
Tile gasket
Oil nozzle
Displacement rod
Air tubes
Oil tube
Observation port
6435-5, -6
Backplate Air disc cookie
Main air flange Air disc ass'y
Atomizing air connection sleeve
Main air flange gaskets Atomizing air nozzle Gas orifice Body (body and tile ass'y)
Oil nozzle and body gasket
Oil tube
Observation port
Atomizer
assembly
Sensitrol
Tile gasket
Oil connection
Gasket
Air disc ass'y Air tubes
Ordered separately
Backplate Air disc cookie
Gas orifice Body (body and tile ass'y)
and body gasket
Burner designation
Part name 6435-1 6435-2 6435-3 6435-4 6435-5 6435-6
Air Tubes 3-5925-3 (6) 3-5925-3 (6) 3-5925-4 (6) 3-6004-2 (6) 3-5435-2 (8) 3-5435-3 (8)
Air Disc Assembly 3-6008-1 3-6008-1 3-6008-2 3-6008-3 3-5434-2 3-5434-4
(incl. cookie and tubes)
Air Disc Cookie 3-5726-1 3-5726-1 3-5726-1 3-5726-2 3-5411-1 3-5411-1
Atomizer Assembly 3-6007-1 3-6007-1 3-6007-2 3-6007-3 3-6045-1 3-6045-2

Backplate 3-5587-2 3-5587-2 3-5587-4 3-5587-5 3-5448-1 3-5448-1
Body and Tile Assembly 3-5964-1 3-5964-2 3-5964-3 3-5964-4 3-6215-1 3-6044-1
Displacement Rod 3-5725-1 3-5725-1 3-5725-1 — — —

Gasket — — — — 4-3438-2 4-3438-2
Gas Orifice and Body Gasket 3-5028-2 3-5028-1 3-5028-1 3-5001-5 3-5428-1 3-5428-1
Main Air Flange 3-6013-1 3-2544-2 3-2544-1 4-1695-2 4-1695-3 4-1695-9

Main Air Flange Gasket 4-5371-2 (2) 4-5371-2 4-5371-2 4-5371-2 4-5371-2 4-5371-2 (2)
Observation Port 8790-0 (2) 8790-0 (2) 8790-0 (2) 8790-0 (2) 8790-0 (2) 8790-0 (2)
Oil Nozzle 3-5965-1 3-5965-1 3-5965-1 3-5965-1 3-2541-1 3-2541-1

Oirifice Plate 3-5966-1 — — — — 3-6128-1
Sensitrol Oil Valve* 1813-03 1813-03 1813-03 1813-02-A 1813-02-A 1813-02-B

Tile Gasket 3-5718-1 (2) 3-5718-1 (2) 3-5718-1 (2) 3-5718-1 (2) 3-5841-2 (2) 3-5841-2 (2)
*Not supplied with burner--order separately.
Parts List 6435-5
page 2
Air Cooled Igniter for Series 6435 Burners
Igniter Position
No. 3
(Phantom) Igniter Position
R240-3203
No. 1
Electrode
(Phantom)
(Use Never-Seez or
equivalent lubri-
cant on Electrode
Thread)
1⁄8" Pressure Tap

on Burner Backplate
Igniter Igniter
Position Position
No. 3 No. 1
To order, specify complete part number:
For Igniter Position No. 1:

4-7249-1 for burner sizes -1, -2, -3.
4-7249-5 for burner size -4.
4-7249-3 for burner sizes -5, -6.
For Igniter Position No. 3:

4-7249-2 for burner sizes -1, -2, -3.
4-7249-6 for burner size -4.
4-7249-4 for burner sizes -5, -6.
Igniter Position No. 1 or No. 3

must be specified on order.
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved. 6435-5_PL 10/13
Direct spark ignition on oil is not considered a viable lighting method due to the lack of repeatability.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
6514 Burner Complete shown with

optional (recommended) Sensitrol™ Oil Valve.
6514 Fire•All™ Dual-Fuel™ Burners
• Dual-Fuel burner, gas or oil (light or heavy grade oil) • Chambers up to 2400°F (with alloy nose)
• Conventional forward flame pattern • Includes low pressure fuel oil atomizer

6514 FIRE • ALL™ Dual-Fuel Burners are nozzle mix, sealed- Gas. Atomizing air (4 osi minimum) should be left on to protect
in burners for gas, light oil, or heavy oil. Capable of efficient the atomizer. Maximum required natural gas pressure at the
operation throughout a wide temperature range, these burners burner for stoichiometric ratio is less than 4osi.
are equally at home on low temperature ovens and high
temperature forge and melting furnaces. Air/Fuel Ratio. 6514 Dual-Fuel Burners are stable throughout a
wide range from excess fuel to excess air. They can operate
Ruggedly built for sustained, maintenance-free operation, 6514 with excess fuel without forming carbon, but additional air for
Burners also provide for quick change of fuels without disturbing complete combustion must be available in the furnace near the
process operations. burner.
Sealed mountings help maintain furnace pressure, controlled For limits in a specific case, either rich or lean, consult North
atmosphere, and closer air/fuel ratio control--all contributing to American.
better product quality.
Turndown. Fire • All™ Burners can be turned down to atomizing air
Fire • All™ Burners are a proven workhorse on all types of only (with fuel to match) except when burning residual oils in a
furnaces. cold, tight furnace.
COMBUSTION CHARACTERISTICS
Oil. Oil viscosity at the burners must not exceed 100 SSU.
Oil pressure at air/fuel Ratiotrol™ should be between 25 and 30
psi. Oil pressure at rated capacity is 10 to 15psi at Sensitrol™ and
less than 2 psi at burner. Minimum atomizing air pressure at the
burners is 14 osi for light oil, 22 osi for heavy oil.
Total air capacities

(including main and atomizing air)
16 osi air pressure drop 24 osi air pressure drop
Approx.
across the burner across the burner
flame lengths
Burner Air Light oil
Heavy oil Gas Air Light oil Heavy oil Gas with 16 osi main air
designation scfh gph gph scfh scfh gph gph scfh (in open furnace)
6514-6 17 900 13 12 1 790 21 900 16 15 2 190 4' - 5'

6514-7 28 400 21 19 2 840 34 800 26 23 3 480 5' - 6'
6514-8-A 48 900 36 33 4 890 60 000 44 40 6 000 8' - 9'
6514-8-B 81 500 60 54 8 150 100 000 74 67 10 000 9' - 12'
6514-9 165 000 122 110 16 500 202 000 150 135 20 200 15' - 18'
6514-10 247 000 183 165 24 700 303 000 224 202 30 300 20'
 For Btu/hr, multiply by 100  Light oil at 135 000 Btu/gal.  Heavy oil at 150 000 Btu/gal. Natural gas at 1000 Btu/cf.

Main air capacities in scfh Atomizing air capacities in scfh

Burner Air pressure drop across the burner in osi Air pressure drop across the burner in osi
designation 1 5 6 8 12 16 14 16 18 20 22 24
6514-6 3 710 8 300 9 100 10 500 12 900 14 900 2 800 3 000 3 180 3 360 3 510 3 660
6514-7 6 100 13 600 15 000 17 200 21 000 24 400 3 770 4 030 4 270 4 500 4 720 4 900
6514-8-A 10 600 23 700 26 000 30 000 36 700 42 400 6 050 6 500 7 000 7 300 7 600 7 850
6514-8-B 17 600 39 200 43 000 49 600 60 500 70 000 10 600 11 300 12 000 12 700 13 200 13 800
6514-9 36 600 82 000 89 500 104 000 127 000 146 000 17 200 18 400 19 600 20 700 21 600 22 500
6514-10 54 500 122 000 135 000 154 000 189 000 218 000 27 200 29 100 30 900 32 600 34 100 35 500
Bulletin 6514
Page 2
Flame Supervision. An ultraviolet cell‡ will monitor pilot or main Burner Nose options are available for sizes shown below and can
flame on gas or oil. For maximum safety, North American urges be specified in the product number. The burner nose establishes
interrupted pilots when flame safeguards are used--pilots should main combustion air flow and influences flame propagation. Nose
be on only for a preset ignition period (usually 15 seconds), after material is either cast iron that is suitable for cold air applications
which flame supervision detects main fire only. Adapters for up to 1800°F, or cast stainless alloy for preheated air (maximum
mounting flame detection devices on 6514 Burners are tabulated 700°F) applications up to 2400°F.
on Bulletin 8832.
Mat'l Cap'y -6 -7 -8A -8B -9 -10
Tile/Installation. Burner tiles are cast refractory rated for Cast iron 1.0 √ √ √ √ √ √
2800°F furnace temperature. They should be supported securely Cast Alloy 1.0 √ √ √ √ √ √
in the furnace wall by castable refractory (not insulation) at least Cast iron 1.1 √ √ √ √ √
9" thick all around the tile, extending back to the furnace shell Cast Alloy 1.1 √ √ √ √ √
Cast iron 1.2 √ √ √ √
and securely anchored to it. (See Supplement DF-M1.)
Cast iron 1.3 √ √ √ √
Tiles are replaceable in the field except for the 6514-10, whose Cast Alloy 1.3 √ √ √ √
mounting must be returned to the factory for tile replacement (or
purchase a spare mounting plate with a tile cast onto it).
Complete burners include tile, mounting plate, and an observa- capacity shown on page 1. Use of an extra capacity burner
tion port into which a small quantity of atomizing air is intro- nose will result in either more air at 16 osi or standard air flow
duced to keep the glass clear. Order pilot tips and Sensitrol™ Oil at lower pressure. Extending the capacity of the burner by
Valve separately. See 6514 Dimension Sheet for recommended increasing air pressure beyond 16 osi, or using the extra capacity
Sensitrol™ oil valve and premix pilot tip. nose, is acceptable for most gas and light oil applications.
Specific applications involving either low Btu fuels or heavy oil
Jacketed Tile options are available for applications where the tile and extra capacity should be reviewed with North American.
is not supported by furnace refractory. Jackets are available in
three different metals and have maximum temperature ratings Also, when firing extra capacity, the combustion air flow velocity
for each. They must be protected with sufficient insulation so within the supply piping, and associated pressure loss, can be
as not to exceed rated temperature.The maximum temperature excessive for some burners.The -8B, -9 and -10 products when
rating depends upon frequency of heat-up/cool-down cycles. operated at 1.2 or 1.3 capacity will develop high pipe velocity
As an example, batch annealing furnaces that are heated based on the burner’s air connection size. As an alternative
and cooled every day should use the "intermittent exposure" to increasing blower pressure, an oversized air inlet can be
ratings. Continuous annealing furnaces that remain at the purchased separately for these size burners. The connections
same temperature for months at a time, can use the higher are SW-type (slip-on sleeve or welded construction) and are one
"continuous" rating. pipe size larger than the standard supply. Nose and oversize air
connection part numbers can be found in supplement literature
(see Parts List and Burner Options documents).
Designation Jacket Metal max.temp. exposure Options are available for the 6514 burner but require
6514- -LC carbon steel 700°F 700°F consultation with North American sales for application and
6514- -L4 304 stainless 1600°F 1500°F ordering information. See Sheet 6514-3 for an overview of
6514- -L9 309 stainless 1900°F 1800°F burner options.
‡ Cleaning air must be introduced into the port downstream of the

sensor to keep oil and poc's off the lens.
Bulletin 6514
Page 3
Bulletin 6514
Optional
Page 4
Tile Jacket
B-NPT
Gas Inlet
D-NPT
Oil Inlet I
dia. G
H dia.
Burner dia.
Nose
C-NPT
Atomizing
Air A–NPT or SW
Combustion
Air Inlet
E F
CLEARANCE DIMENSIONS (for details, see Dimensions 6514)
Burner dimensions in inches Wt.

designation A† B C D E F G H I lbs.
6514-6 3 2 1½ 3⁄8 18¾ 9 15 103⁄8 19½ 195
6514-7- 4 2½ 2 3⁄8 2013⁄16 87⁄8 16 113⁄8 20½ 225
6514-8-A 6 2½ 2½ 3⁄8 277⁄16 10 17¾ 123⁄8 22¾ 335
6514-8-B 6 3 3 3⁄8 31¼ 127⁄8 19 13½ 24 450
6514-9 8 4 4 ½ 385⁄8 137⁄16 23 16 28 795
6514-10 10 6 6 ½ 451⁄8 135⁄8 27½ 20½ 32½ 1035
†
SW connection standard for -9 and -10 only.
6514 - _ _ _ / __ / ____

Connection BO.... burner only Capacity Material
6 ................. 3" LX ..... refractory tile (no jacket)
1.0 ......main air capacity H ....cast iron
7.................. 4" LC ..... steel tile jacket
1.1 .......1.1 x main air capacity A ....alloy
8-A ........... 6" L4 ..... 304 stainless jacket
1.2 ......1.2 x main air capacity
8-B ............ 6" L9 ..... 309 stainless jacket
9 ................. 8" 1.3 ......1.3 x main air capacity
10 ............... 10" Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Bulletin 6514 02/11
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Fire•All™ Dual-Fuel™ Burners
Dimensions 6514
DIMENSIONS – Main air, gas, atomizing air, and oil connections can be rotated relative to one another and to the mounting plate. Draw-
ings show connections as assembled at the factory. These arrangements reduce maintenance by preventing oil dripping into air or gas
manifolds (which should be above burners) and by minimizing dirt accumulation in pilots and flame supervisory devices. Pilot and main
air connections cannot be aligned in the same direction.
F E E F
 F 
  E

B B B Q G
 P G G P 

AA C C AA P
D D

A C
S M D
R N
M S
R
-6 -7 S M
R -10
E-NPT T
for Pilot Tip
B-NPT
45° Gas Inlet
F
 B I-No. of Slots on
Q
J-Bolt Circle for K-Bolts
P G
 V
H°
A dia.
C U-dia. AA
dia.
D L
C-NPT
Atomizing Air Inlet A-NPT
Main Air Inlet
D-NPT
Oil Inlet
N BB
S M Z Y X CC W
R DD
-8-A, -8-B, and -9 TYPICAL SIDE VIEW

designation A B C D E F G H° I J K L M N P
6514-6 3 2 1½ 3⁄8 ¾ 1 517⁄32 22½ 8 18 5⁄8 19¾ 2 — 2½
6514-7 4 2½ 2 3⁄8 1¼ 1¼ 5¾ 22½ 8 19 5⁄8 19¾ 1¾ — 3¼
6514-8-A 6 2½ 2½ 3⁄8 1¼ 1½ 67⁄8 15 12 21¼ 5⁄8 19¾ 23⁄8 — 37⁄8
6514-8-B 6 3 3 3⁄8 1¼ 2¼ 73⁄8 15 12 22½ 5⁄8 19¾ 53⁄16 19⁄16 613⁄16
6514-9 8 4 4 ½ 1½ 2¼ 97⁄8 15 12 26½ 5⁄8 20¾ 77⁄8 19⁄16 813⁄16
6514-10 10 6 6 ½ 1½ 2½ 123⁄16 15 12 30½ ¾ 20¾ 87⁄8 113⁄16 911⁄16
See page 2 for chart, notes and additional information.
Dimensions 6514
Page 2
Burner Dimensions in inches 6514- /LX (refractory tile) wt

designation Q R R1 S T U V W X Y Z AA BB CC DD lb
6514-6 — 53⁄16 103⁄8 19⁄16 37⁄16 19½ 103⁄8 9 4 4 41⁄16 15 5⁄8 8¼ 323⁄16 195
6514-7 — 61⁄8 101⁄8 19⁄16 315⁄16 20½ 113⁄8 87⁄8 4¾ 41⁄16 47⁄16 16 5⁄8 9¼ 343⁄8 225
6514-8-A — 73⁄8 11¼ 113⁄16 45⁄16 22¾ 123⁄8 10 65⁄16 47⁄8 415⁄16 17¾ 5⁄8 1213⁄16 4115⁄16 335
6514-8-B 13⁄16 8½ 123⁄8 113⁄16 45⁄16 24 13½ 127⁄8 83⁄16 611⁄16 53⁄16 19 5⁄8 1213⁄16 4813⁄16 450
6514-9 15⁄16 133⁄8 — 313⁄16 63⁄16 28 16 137⁄16 115⁄16 87⁄16 63⁄16 23 5⁄8 1411⁄16 57½ 795
6514-10 19⁄16 157⁄16 — 43⁄8 515⁄16 32½ 20½ 135⁄8 131⁄16 113⁄16 611⁄16 27½ ½ 161⁄8 6313⁄16 1035
6514- /LC,L4,L9 (jacketed tile) All 6514

Burner Dimensions in inches wt Recommended Recommended
designation 
AA BB CC DD lb Sensitrol™ oil valve pilot tip
6514-6 16 ¾ 83⁄8 325⁄16 215 1813-02-C 4021-12
6514-7 17 ¾ 93⁄8 34½ 250 1813-02-D 4025-0-T
6514-8-A 18¾ ¾ 1215⁄16 421⁄16 370 1813-02-D 4025-0-T
6514-8-B 20 ¾ 1215⁄16 4815⁄16 495 1813-02-D 4025-0-T
6514-9 24¼ 13⁄16 147⁄8 5711⁄16 860 1813-01 4025-2-T
6514-10 27½ 11⁄16 165⁄16 6313⁄16 1085 1813-01 4025-2-T

A square threaded flange is used for sizes -6, -7, -8. SW style (suitable for slip-on or welded connection) inlet may be ordered as a
special option. An SW inlet is standard for -9 and -10 burners.

Opening in furnace shell or outer wall must be ½" larger than dimension "AA" to allow for mounting plate fillet and draft.

Blank boss--This may be ordered as a special option with a 1½" tap suitable for 5025-3-1T Oil Pilot, in which case North American
will drill out ½" web of refractory left in tile before shipment, and the burner nose will be positioned so none of its holes are in front
of that opening. For -10 size, an appropriate 1½" npt half-coupling will be added as a special option.

1" fpt for electrode or UV flame detector.

Pipe nipple and optional (recommended) Sensitrol Oil Valve are not included as part of the burner assembly, and must be ordered
separately. Dimensions Z and DD assume a 3⁄8" close nipple between burner and Sensitrol Oil Valve (6514-6 through -8-B) and a ½"
close nipple between burner and Sensitrol Valve (6514-9 and -10).
 Applies when optional SW inlet is specified.
 Flanged connection--a standard Fives square threaded flange is used.
 Flanged connection--a standard ANSI 125 psi threaded flange is used.
 Optional 8773 flex tubing purchased separately from North American.
ANSI or SW flanges: Flat face companion flanges and full face gaskets are supplied with this equipment.
Dimensions 6514
Page 3
6514 - ___ / __ / ____

Connection Capacity Material
6 ............. 3" BO .. burner only 1.0 ... main air capacity H...cast iron
7 ............. 4" LX ... refractory tile (no jacket) 1.1 ... 1.1 x main air capacity A ...alloy
8-A ......... 6" LC... steel tile jacket 1.2 ... 1.2 x main air capacity
8-B ......... 6" L4 ... 304 stainless jacket 1.3 ... 1.3 x main air capacity
9 ............. 8" L9 ... 309 stainless jacket
10 ........... 10"
Example 1 6514-8-A / LC / 1.2A Fireall dual fuel burner complete with carbon steel jacketed tile and 1.2 capacity alloy nose
Example 2 6514-6 / BO / 1.0H Fireall dual fuel burner only with standard capacity iron nose
Example 3 6514-9 / LX / 1.2H Fireall dual fuel burner complete with refractory tile and 1.2 capacity iron nose
Note: See Supplement 6514-6 for cross referencing old products numbers
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | 6514 dims 02/11
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 6514 Dual-Fuel™ Burners Engineering Data
Sheet 6514-1
6514-6 ENGINEERING DATA

Natural Gas with 22 osi Atomizing Air 0.25 1 4 8 16
Max. %XSAir 450 675 90 120 140
Max. %XSFuel 45 45 45 45 45
on ratio, no XSAir 48/12 18/8 36/12 48/12 48/12
at max. XSAir 4/4 4/4 8/6 8/8 12/8
at max. XSFuel 24/6 36/10 54/12 60/24 66/24
Natural Gas with 4 osi Atomizing Air 0.25 1 4 8 16

Max. %XSAir 415 390 450 230 180
Max. %XSFuel 45 45 45 45 45
on ratio, no XSAir 24/12 30/12 48/18 48/18 54/12
at max. XSAir 4/4 6/6 6/6 6/6 4/8
at max. XSFuel 36/12 36/12 60/36 60/24 72/24
Natural Gas without Atomizing Air 0.25 1 4 8 16

Max. %XSAir 470 470 390 280 210
Max. %XSFuel 45 45 45 45 45
on ratio, no XSAir 12/12 24/12 36/12 36/12 48/18
at max. XSAir 4/4 4/4 6/6 4/4 8/8
at max. XSFuel 12/24 36/18 48/24 60/24 60/24
#2 Oil with 14 osi Atomizing Air 0.25 1 4 8 16

Max. %XSAir 30 120 240 240 300
Max. %XSFuel 45 45 45 45 45
on ratio, no XSAir 12/12 12/12 36/18 48/24 60/18
at max. XSAir 8/8 12/12 6/8 8/8 6/8
at max. XSFuel 18/12 36/12 60/24 72/30 72/24
#6 Oil with 22 osi Atomizing Air 0.25 1 4 8 16

Max. %XSAir 0 0 60 90 135
Max. %XSFuel 45 45 45 45 45
on ratio, no XSAir 12/12 12/12 36/18 48/24 60/18
at max. XSAir 6/8 6/8 6/8 8/8 6/8
at max. XSFuel 18/12 36/12 60/24 72/30 72/24
(Notes appear on Page 7.)

Sheet 6514-1
Page 2

Nat'l Gas with 22 osi Atomizing Air 0.25 1 4 8 16
Max. %XSAir — — 100 140 200
Max. %XSFuel — — 45 45 45
on ratio, no XSAir — — 48/18 60/18 66/24
at max. XSAir — — 6/6 12/8 12/8
at max. XSFuel — — 72/24 72/24 96/30
Natural Gas with 4 osi Atomizing Air 0.25 1 4 8 16

Max. %XSAir 450 450 360 360 360
Max. %XSFuel 45 45 45 45 45
on ratio, no XSAir 24/12 36/12 60/18 60/24 72/24
at max. XSAir 3/3 3/3 6/6 8/8 8/8
at max. XSFuel 36/24 48/24 60/36 72/36 96/36
Natural Gas without Atomizing Air 0.25 1 4 8 16

Max. %XSAir 200 540 540 540 380
Max. %XSFuel 45 45 45 45 45
on ratio, no XSAir 24/24 36/24 36/18 60/24 66/24
at max. XSAir 6/6 6/6 6/6 6/6 8/8
at max. XSFuel 24/36 48/24 60/36 72/36 92/30
#2 Oil with 14 osi Atomizing Air 0.25 1 4 8 16

Max. %XSAir 135 180 270 270 450
Max. %XSFuel 45 45 45 45 45
on ratio, no XSAir 12/12 12/12 48/12 66/18 66/18
at max. XSAir 6/6 6/6 6/6 8/8 6/6
at max. XSFuel 18/12 36/12 72/24 84/36 96/18
#6 Oil with 22 osi Atomizing Air 0.25 1 4 8 16

Max. %XSAir 0 50 90 180 200
Max. %XSFuel 45 45 45 45 45
on ratio, no XSAir 12/12 18/12 48/12 72/18 72/24
at max. XSAir 8/8 8/8 8/8 12/8 12/12
at max. XSFuel 18/12 30/18 72/30 84/30 84/24
Sheet 6514-1
Page 3
6514-8-A ENGINEERING DATA

Max. %XSAir — 450 500 575 540
Max. %XSFuel 45 45 45 45 45
on ratio, no XSAir 12/8 48/12 72/18 96/24 108/24
at max. XSAir — 6/6 8/6 6/6 6/6
at max. XSFuel 48/12 72/18 96/24 120/30 144/36

Max. %XSAir 450 540 540 540 540
Max. %XSFuel 45 45 45 45 45
on ratio, no XSAir 24/12 48/24 72/30 96/24 108/24
at max. XSAir 6/6 8/6 8/8 8/8 8/8
at max. XSFuel 48/24 72/36 108/30 108/36 144/36
Natural Gas without Atomizing Air 0.25 1 4 8 16

Max. %XSAir 450 450 675 250 110
Max. %XSFuel 45 45 45 45 45
on ratio, no XSAir 36/24 36/24 72/24 60/24 60/24
at max. XSAir 8/8 10/10 8/8 8/10 12/10
at max. XSFuel 36/36 96/36 84/30 96/36 108/36
#2 Oil with 14 osi Atomizing Air 0.25 1 4 8 16

Max. %XSAir 30 90 270 360 360N
Max. %XSFuel 45 45 45 45 45
on ratio, no XSAir 24/12 36/12 60/18 84/24 108/30
at max. XSAir 12/8 12/8 12/8 12/12 12/12
at max. XSFuel 24/12 48/18 96/30 120/36 180/36
#6 Oil with 22 osi Atomizing Air 0.25 1 4 8 16

Max. %XSAir 0 20 90 N 100 190
Max. %XSFuel 45 45 45 45 45
on ratio, no XSAir 12/12 24/12 48/18 60/24 96/30
at max. XSAir 12/12 12/12 12/12 24/12 12/10
at max. XSFuel 36/18 48/18 96/36 108/36 144/36
Sheet 6514-1
Page 4
6514-8-B ENGINEERING DATA

Natural Gas with 22 osi Atomizing Air 0.25 1 4 8 16
Max. %XSAir — 35 900 630 475
Max. %XSFuel 45 45 45 45 45
on ratio, no XSAir 24/18 60/24 84/24 108/30 120/30
at max. XSAir — 36/24 8/8 8/8 8/8
at max. XSFuel 60/24 84/36 84/36 132/45 156/45
Natural Gas with 4 osi Atomizing Air 11

0.25 1 4 8 16
Max. %XSAir 430 450 1000 1100 1150
Max. %XSFuel 45 45 45 45 45
on ratio, no XSAir 36/12 60/24 96/30 108/30 108/30
at max. XSAir 8/10 8/8 8/8 8/8 8/8
at max. XSFuel 72/30 84/36 120/45 132/45 132/45
Natural Gas without Atomizing Air 0.25 1 4 8 16

Max. %XSAir 350 650 1000 430 290
Max. %XSFuel 45 45 45 45 45
on ratio, no XSAir 24/24 60/24 72/24 84/24 96/24
at max. XSAir 8/8 8/8 8/8 8/8 8/10
at max. XSFuel 72/30 84/30 96/36 108/36 120/36
#2 Oil with 14 osi Atomizing Air 0.25 1 4 8 16

Max. %XSAir 50 150 400 500 500
Max. %XSFuel 45 45 45 45 45
on ratio, no XSAir 24/12 36/12 60/18 84/24 108/30
at max. XSAir 12/8 12/8 12/8 12/12 12/12
at max. XSFuel 24/12 48/18 96/30 120/36 180/36
#6 Oil with 22 osi Atomizing Air 11

0.25 1 4 8 16
Max. %XSAir 25 60 250 110 250
Max. %XSFuel 45 45 45 45 45
on ratio, no XSAir 12/10 24/12 72/24 108/24 144/30
at max. XSAir 8/8 12/8 24/12 8/8 8/8
at max. XSFuel 36/18 60/24 108/36 144/42 192/42
Sheet 6514-1
Page 5


Natural Gas with 22 osi Atomizing Air 0.25 1 4 8 16
Max. %XSAir 600 490 650 750 840
Max. %XSFuel 45 45 45 45 45
on ratio, no XSAir 42/24 96/30 132/30 180/36 192/36
at max. XSAir 6/8 6/8 6/8 6/8 6/8
at max. XSFuel 48/36 120/48 168/48 228/60 240/60

Max. %XSAir 540 600 820 990 1440
Max. %XSFuel 45 45 45 45 45
on ratio, no XSAir 72/24 120/30 168/36 180/36 180/36
at max. XSAir 6/8 6/8 6/8 6/8 6/8
at max. XSFuel 96/36 156/48 216/48 228/60 228/60
Natural Gas without Atomizing Air 0.25 1 4 8 16

Max. %XSAir 350 750 1200 1250 1050
Max. %XSFuel 45 45 45 45 45
on ratio, no XSAir 132/36 144/36 156/36 168/36 180/36
at max. XSAir 6/8 6/8 6/8 6/8 6/8
at max. XSFuel 156/36 168/36 180/48 192/48 204/48

Max. %XSAir 100 200 400 600 600
Max. %XSFuel 45 45 45 45 45
on ratio, no XSAir 48/18 72/18 108/24 144/30 180/36
at max. XSAir 18/12 18/12 18/12 18/18 18/18
at max. XSFuel 72/30 96/36 144/42 192/48 240/48

Max. %XSAir 10 60 200 300 190
Max. %XSFuel 45 45 45 45 45
on ratio, no XSAir 36/12 60/12 108/24 180/36 216/36
at max. XSAir 24/12 12/12 12/12 12/12 24/24
at max. XSFuel 72/30 96/36 144/42 192/48 240/48
Sheet 6514-1
Page 6


Max. %XSAir 50 100 100 200 300
Max. %XSFuel 45 45 45 45 45
on ratio, no XSAir 48/30 108/36 156/36 192/48 240/48
at max. XSAir 24/12 24/12 24/12 24/12 24/12
at max. XSFuel 60/36 156/48 192/48 240/60 300/60

Max. %XSAir 100 100 200 300 400
Max. %XSFuel 45 45 45 45 45
on ratio, no XSAir 48/30 108/36 156/36 192/48 240/48
at max. XSAir 24/12 24/12 24/12 24/12 24/12
at max. XSFuel 60/36 156/48 192/48 240/60 300/60
Natural Gas without Atomizing Air 0.25 1 4 8 16

Max. %XSAir 75 100 150 250 350
Max. %XSFuel 45 45 45 45 45
on ratio, no XSAir 72/36 120/36 156/48 192/48 228/48
at max. XSAir 24/12 24/12 24/12 24/12 24/12
at max. XSFuel 84/36 144/36 180/60 216/60 252/60

Max. %XSAir 50 100 200 300 400
Max. %XSFuel 45 45 45 45 45
on ratio, no XSAir 48/30 108/36 156/36 192/48 240/48
at max. XSAir 30/18 30/18 30/18 30/18 30/18
at max. XSFuel 60/36 156/48 192/48 240/60 300/60

Max. %XSAir 50 100 200 300 400
Max. %XSFuel 45 45 45 45 45
on ratio, no XSAir 48/30 108/36 156/36 192/48 240/48
at max. XSAir 30/18 30/18 30/18 30/18 30/18
at max. XSFuel 60/36 156/48 192/48 240/60 300/60
Sheet 6514-1
Page 7
NOTES
 Maximum main air pressure at which pilot will light main flame is 1 osi for listed conditions.

 Maximum conditions at which pilot will light main flame is 1 osi main air pressure and 300% XSAir.

 Flame turns up (lifts) at these conditions.

Maximum conditions at which pilot will light main flame is 1 osi main air pressure and 400% XSAir.

Pilot will light main flame at all listed main air pressures and at a maximum 200% XSAir.

Pilot will light main flame at a maximum of 2 osi main air pressure with 12 osi air on the pilot mixer.

Maximum main air pressure at which pilot will light main flame is 4 osi for listed conditions.

 The burner is unstable below 4 osi main air pressure.
 Maximum conditions at which pilot will light main flame is 1 osi main air pressure and 140% XSAir.

Pilot will light main flame at all listed conditions except where an N symbol is used.
 Maximum main air pressure at which pilot will light main flame is 8 osi for listed conditions.
Flame Signal: N
The 6514 Burner will generate an adequate signal for flame supervision at all conditions listed except as noted.
Test Conditions: 11
All test data was obtained in an open laboratory furnace, with free air available. Because of differing operating conditions in the
field, assembly tolerances, and a host of other variables, use reasonable caution in applying this data to actual field situations.
Air pressure on the pilot was 8 osi (except see note 6).
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Parts for Series 6514 Dual-Fuel™ Burners
Sizes -6, -7, -8-A, -8-B, and -9 inclusive
Lift Eye (Size 9 only) Mounting Oil Nozzle Assembly
Stud "A" Burner Mounting Gasket Tile Support (jacket)
Lock Washer
Gas Connection Gasket Burner Tile
Round Head Screw

Gas Tube
Observation Port
Gas Connection Groove Pin "A"
Body
Groove Pin "B"
Atomizing Air Connection Gasket
Oil Connection Assembly

Sensitrol™
Oil Valve 
Stud "B"
Main Air Flange
Metal Tubing 
Main Air Flange Gasket Burner Nose
Oil Connection Gasket Oil Tube
Atomizing Air Flange Mounting and
Atomizing Air Tube
Tile Assembly
Atomizing Air Flange Gasket Gas Connection Nipple T. O. E. 
Threaded Connection - Flange Gasket (SW Connection)
NO FLANGE
Gas Connection Flange
on -6, -7, and -8-A Sizes
See page 4 for notes

Parts List 6514-2

Part Name 6514-6 6514-7 6514-8-A 6514-8-B 6514-9 Part Name 6514-6 6514-7 6514-8-A 6514-8-B 6514-9
Atomizing Air 3-2685-2 3-2510-1 3-2988-2 3-2648-4 3-2847-2 Lock Washer R970-3180-S R970-3180-S R970-3180-S R970-3180-S R970-3180-S
Connection (2 req’d)
Atomizing Air 4-6742-1 3-2517-1 4-6754-1 4-6765-1 3-2625-2 Main Air Flange 8765-6-C 8765-7-D 8765-8-E 8765-8-E 8765-9-FW 
Conn. Gasket (standard)
Atom. Air Flange — — — 8765-6-C 8765-7-D Main air T.O.E.  R590-7057 R590-7154 R590-7170 R590-7170 —
(SW conn.
Atomizing Air — — — 4-5371-2 4-5371-3 (oversize SW conn.) — — — 3-21995-1 3-21996-1
Flange Gasket
Main Air 4-5371-2 4-5371-3 4-5371-4 4-5371-4 4-5371-5
Atom. Air Nozzle 3-2677-1 3-2514-1 3-2992-1 3-4688-1 3-2611-1 Flange Gasket
Metal Tubing  3-0310-7 3-0310-7 3-0310-7 3-0310-7 3-0310-8

Atom. Air Tube 3-2678-2 3-2512-2 3-2996-2 3-2650-2 3-2622-3
Mounting, St’d. 3-2684-5 3-2528-4 3-2998-3 3-2645-3 3-2630-4
Burner Body 3-2688-2 3-2422-2 3-2999-2 3-2646-2 3-2845-3
Mtg., 1½" Tap 3-2684-6 3-2528-5 3-2998-4 3-2645-4 3-2630-5
Burner Mounting 3-2683-2 3-2532-2 3-3004-2 3-2653-2 3-2631-3
Gasket Mtg., 2" Tap 3-2684-7 3-2528-6 3-2998-5 3-2645-5 3-2630-6
Burner Tile, Cast 3-7094-1 3-7095-1 3-7096-1 3-7097-1 3-7098-1 Nose, 1.0 cast iron 3-3201-2 3-3203-2 3-3202-1 3-3200-1 3-3204-1
Nose, 1.0 cast alloy 3-3201-3 3-3203-3 3-3202-2 3-3200-2 3-3204-2
Burner Mtg. & Tile 3-7099-1 3-7099-4 3-7099-7 3-7099-10 3-7099-13 Nose, 1.1 cast iron ---- 3-3203-6 3-3202-3 3-3200-3 3-3204-3
Nose, 1.1 cast alloy ---- 3-3203-7 3-3202-4 3-3200-4 3-3204-4
Gas Connection 3-2687-1 3-2423-2 3-2989-1 3-2647-2 3-2846-1
Nose, 1.2 cast iron ---- ---- 3-3202-5 3-3200-5 3-3204-5
Gas Conn. Flange — — — 8767C-6 8767C-7 Nose, 1.2 cast alloy ---- ---- 3-3202-6 3-3200-6 3-3204-6
Nose, 1.3 cast iron ---- ---- 3-3202-7 3-3200-7 3-3204-7
Gas Connection — — — OA3-2302-1F4 OA3-2302-2F4 Nose, 1.3 cast alloy ---- ---- 3-3202-8 3-3200-8 3-3204-8
Flange Gasket
Gas Connection 4-6742-1 3-2517-1 4-6754-1 4-6765-1 —
Gasket Oil Conn. Assy. 3-2682-2 3-2519-2 3-2997-1 3-2651-2 3-2627-2
Gas Tube 3-2679-2 3-2511-2 3-3005-2 3-2649-2 3-2621-3 Oil Connection — — 3-3000-1 3-2656-2 3-2624-2
Gasket
Groove Pin "A" R570-2300 R570-2300 R570-2300 R570-2300 R570-2575
Oil Nozzle Assy. 3-2676-1 3-2513-1 3-3003-1 3-2674-1 3-2670-1
(2 req’d)
Oil Tube 3-2675-1 3-2515-1 3-2994-1 3-2659-1 3-2616-1
Groove Pin "B" R570-2300 R570-2300 R570-2300 R570-2330 R570-2310
(2 req’d) Round Head R775-2510-S R775-2510-S R775-2510-S R775-2510-S R775-2510-S
Screw (2 req’d)
Lift Eye — — — — 3-2780-1
Sensitrol OilTM 1813-02-C 1813-02-D 1813-02-D 1813-02-D 1813-01
Valve 
Stud "A" 3-2690-1 3-2556-1 3-2655-1 3-2655-2 R066-3420 

(No. req’d) (4) (4) (4) (4) (8)
Stud "B" (8 req’d) — — — — R822-1430
See page 4 for notes Tile Support

Steel 3-2691-1 3-2703-1 3-2991-1 3-2661-1 3-2632-2
304 Stainless Steel 3-2691-2 3-2703-2 3-2991-2 3-2661-2 3-2632-3
309 Stainless Steel 3-2691-3 3-2703-3 3-2991-3 3-2661-3 3-2632-4
Parts for 6514-10 Dual-Fuel™ Burners
Atomizing Air
Atomizing Air Connection 3-2722-1 Burner Mounting Gasket 3-2755-2
Nozzle 3-2724-1
Observation Port 8790-0 Lock Washer R970-3180-S
Oil Nozzle
Round Head Screw R775-2530-S Assembly 3-2721-1
Gas Tube 3-2733-2 Oil Nozzle

Tip 3-2718-2
Atomizing Air Tube 3-2735-1
Groove Pin "A" R570-2575

Oil Tube 3-2716-1
Gas Connection 3-2725-1
Body 3-2731-2
Gasket 3-2723-1
SensitrolTM
Oil Valve
1813-01
Gas Connection Flange Burner Tile and Mounting

Metal Tubing 3-0310-8  8767C-8 Assembly 3-4987-1
Oil Connection Assembly 3-2715-1 Gas Connection SW Type Tile Support (jacket)
Flange Gasket R289-1531 10" Main Air Flange 3-15005-1 Steel 3-2738-3
Oil Connection Gasket 3-2717-1 12" Oversize Flange 3-21997-1 304 St. Steel 3-2738-4
309 St. Steel 3-2738-5
Atomizing Air Flange 8765-8-E
Main Air Flange Gasket 1-0832-3 Mounting (incl. pipe plugs) 3-2737-3 
Atomizing Air Flange Gasket 4-5371-4
Burner Nose
1.0 Cast Iron 3-3205-1
1.0 Cast Alloy 3-3205-2
1.1 Cast Iron 3-3205-3
1.1 Cast Alloy 3-3205-4
1.2 Cast Iron 3-3205-5
1.2 Cast Alloy 3-3205-6
1.3 Cast Iron 3-3205-7
See page 4 for notes 1.3 Cast Alloy 3-3205-8
6514 DUAL-FUEL CONVERSION KITS for 4514 Gas Burners and 5514 Oil Burners
Conversion kits do not include Sensitrol™ Oil Valve
To order Gas-to-Dual-Fuel Kit, specify: 6514CK-(code for pipe size)-4514 Gas-to-Dual-Fuel Conversion Kit.
Example: 6514CK-8-B4514 Gas-to-Dual-Fuel Conversion Kit
To order Oil-to-Dual-Fuel Kit, specify: 6514CK-(code for pipe size)-5514 Oil-to-Dual-Fuel Conversion Kit.
Example: 6514CK-7-5514 Oil-to-Dual-Fuel Conversion Kit
ORDER MUST SPECIFY: 1–Part Number 2–Part Name 3–Burner Designation

3-2735-1 Atomizing Air Tube for 6514-10
NOTES
Optional (recommended) Sensitrol™ Oil Valve and metal tubing are not part of standard burner assembly, and must be ordered separately.
SW-Type Main Air Flange for 6514-9
Optional main air connection with SW and oversize air connection with SW are not part of standard burner assembly and must be ordered separately.
 Hex Head Cap Screw ½ -13  1
Spare tile is available only assembled to new mounting plate or customer's mounting plate (return to Fives North American Combustion, Inc. prepaid, FOB
Cleveland, OH USA plant).
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | 6514-2_pl 08/11
Sheet 6514-3
North American 6514 Burner Options BURNER NOSE OPTIONS
Capacity Nose Part Main Air
Designation Number @ 16 osi
STANDARD OPTIONS Cast Cast Cast Cast
Iron Alloy Iron Alloy
Burner nose options are available for sizes shown on Burner Nose Nose Nose Nose scfh
the right and can be specified in the product number. The 4514/6514-6 1.0H 1.0A 3-3201-2 3-3201-3 14 900
burner nose establishes main combustion air flow and 5514-6 1.0H 1.0A 3-3201-4 3-3201-5 14 900
influences flame propagation. Nose material is either cast 4514/6514-7 1.0H 1.0A 3-3203-2 3-3203-3 24 400
4514/6514-7 1.1H 1.1A 3-3203-6 3-3203-7 27 000
iron that is suitable for cold air applications up to 1800°F,
5514-7 1.0H 1.0A 3-3203-4 3-3203-5 24 400
or cast stainless alloy for preheated air (maximum 700°F)
5514-7 1.1H 1.1A 3-3203-8 3-3203-9 27 000
applications up to 2400°F. 4514/5514/6514-8-A 1.0H 1.0A 3-3202-1 3-3202-2 42 400
4514/5514/6514-8-A 1.1H 1.1A 3-3202-3 3-3202-4 46 500
The product designation 1.0 represents standard main air 4514/5514/6514-8-A 1.2H 1.2A 3-3202-5 3-3202-6 51 000
capacity shown on page 1 of the product Bulletin. Use of an 4514/5514/6514-8-A 1.3H 1.3A 3-3202-7 3-3202-8 55 000
extra capacity burner nose will result in either more air at 4514/5514/6514-8-B 1.0H 1.0A 3-3200-1 3-3200-2 70 000
16 osi or standard air flow at lower pressure. Extending the 4514/5514/6514-8-B 1.1H 1.1A 3-3200-3 3-3200-4 77 000
4514/5514/6514-8-B 1.2H 1.2A 3-3200-5 3-3200-6 84 000
capacity of the burner by increasing air pressure beyond 16
4514/5514/6514-8-B 1.3H 1.3A 3-3200-7 3-3200-8 91 000
osi, or using the extra capacity nose, is acceptable for gas 4514/5514/6514-9 1.0H 1.0A 3-3204-1 3-3204-2 146 000
and light oil applications. Heavy oil applications however, 4514/5514/6514-9 1.1H 1.1A 3-3204-3 3-3204-4 161 000
are often more difficult because of fuel makeup variation 4514/5514/6514-9 1.2H 1.2A 3-3204-5 3-3204-6 175 000
and special fuel conditioning. Specific applications involving 4514/5514/6514-9 1.3H 1.3A 3-3204-7 3-3204-8 190 000
heavy oil and extra capacity should be reviewed with Fives 4514/5514/6514-10 1.0H 1.0A 3-3205-1 3-3205-2 218 000
North American Combustion, Inc. 4514/5514/6514-10 1.1H 1.1A 3-3205-3 3-3205-4 240 000
4514/5514/6514-10 1.2H 1.2A 3-3205-5 3-3205-6 262 000
4514/5514/6514-10 1.3H 1.3A 3-3205-7 3-3205-8 283 000
JACKETED TILE OPTIONS
Mounting Tile Tile
Burner Tile and Tile Jacket Jacket Continuous Intermittent
Size Designation Part Number Material Part Number Duty (F) Duty (F)
-6 LX 3-7099-1 no jacket – 2600 2400
-6 LC 3-15539-1 carbon steel 3-2691-1 700 700
-6 L4 3-15539-2 304 sst 3-2691-2 1700 1600
-6 L9 3-15539-3 309 sst 3-2691-3 1900 1800 Jacketed tile options are available for applications where
-7 LX 3-7099-4 no jacket – 2600 2400 the tile is not supported by furnace refractory. Jackets are
-7 LC 3-15539-4 carbon steel 3-2703-1 700 700
available in three different metals and have maximum
-7 L4 3-15539-5 304 sst 3-2703-2 1700 1600
temperature ratings for each. They must be protected with
-7 L9 3-15539-6 309 sst 3-2703-3 1900 1800
sufficient insulation so as not to exceed rated temperature.
-8-A LX 3-7099-7 no jacket – 2600 2400
-8-A LC 3-15539-7 carbon steel 3-2991-1 700 700
The maximum temperature rating for jacket metals
-8-A L4 3-15539-8 304 sst 3-2991-2 1700 1600
depends upon frequency of heat-up/cool-down cycles.
-8-A L9 3-15539-9 309 sst 3-2991-3 1900 1800
-8-B LX 3-7099-10 no jacket – 2600 2400 As an example, batch annealing furnaces that are heated
-8-B LC 3-15539-10 carbon steel 3-2661-1 700 700 and cooled every day should use the "intermittent
-8-B L4 3-15539-11 304 sst 3-2661-2 1700 1600 exposure" ratings. Continuous annealing furnaces that
-8-B L9 3-15539-12 309 sst 3-2661-3 1900 1800 remain at the same temperature for months at a time, can
-9 LX 3-7099-13 no jacket – 2600 2400 use the higher "continuous" rating.
-9 LC 3-15539-13 carbon steel 3-2632-2 700 700
-9 L4 3-15539-14 304 sst 3-2632-3 1700 1600
-9 L9 3-15539-15 309 sst 3-2632-4 1900 1800
-10 LX 3-4987-1 no jacket – 2600 2400
-10 LC 3-4987-1L carbon steel 3-2738-3 700 700
-10 L4 3-4987-1L4 304 sst 3-2738-4 1700 1600
-10 L9 4-4987-1L9 309 sst 3-2738-5 1900 1800
Sheet 6514-3
page 2
SPECIAL OPTIONS
Special options are available for Fireall burners for a nominal Spoked oil nozzles can be requested for light oil applications.
increase in price. These must be ordered with assistance from This can improve atomization quality and reduce burner
North American. Several of the more popular options are detailed carboning. The standard 5514 and 6514 oil nozzle (not spoked) is
on this page. Benefits from using these options can vary and recommended for all heavy oil applications.
often depend on factors other than the burner itself, such as the
fuel delivery system, furnace size and temperature, and process Tile mountings can be specified with 1½" NPT connection
variables. to accept a 5025-1-3T direct spark oil pilot.This pilot is
recommended for interrupted operation only. Good practice dictates
Back pressure construction is available for applications up mounting the oil pilot above the burner horizontal centerline to avoid
to several psi, such as found in fluidized beds. The special possibility of oil running back into the pilot. An 8699-1-453 balancing
construction addresses leak paths to minimize this condition. The orifice is suggested for the air supply to provide proper air flow for 8
osi and 0.85 gph rating.
standard Fire•All product is suitable up to approximately ¼ psi
furnace back pressure.
Refractory burner tiles can be manufactured in a number of special
ways including shortened length, with a choked exit, with expanded
Fast mix construction is available for most burner sizes. metal liners or sst needles. Contact North American for an explanation
This reduces flame length by approximately 40%. It is not of benefits and availability of these options. Pre-fired tiles are no
recommended for heavy oil applications, and in general, the longer available as a special option.
modification will result in a reduction in performance limits
(lighting, excess air, etc.).
ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES
Hinged burner construction is available for the -8-A size only.
This allows the BO (burner only) portion to swing open from the Oversized air connections. Nose castings for sizes -8-A and larger
can be bored out for up to 30% additional main air capacity. Complete
mounting and tile assembly for easy access to burner internals.
performance data is not available for burners with this modification.
Most -8-B,-9, and -10 applications require an enlarged air connection
Undersized atomizers for 5514 and 6514 burners are useful flange.
where extra turndown, preheated air, or consistently lean
operation is required. Atomizer reduction is typically one size
smaller, e.g., an -8-A atomizer in an -8-B burner. Under sizing the
atomizer is not recommended for the 6514-10 burner. Oversized air connection
Burner (SW type)
Designation
Size P/N
High pressure atomizers 5622, 5623 or 5643 can be fitted to
5514 and 6514 burners for special applications such as inciner- 4514 / 5514 / 6514-8-B 8" 3-21995-1
ating waste liquids. Steam or compressed air (15 to 125 psig) is 4514 / 5514 / 6514-9 10" 3-21996-1
4514 / 5514 / 6514-10 12" 3-21997-1
required at the atomizer for proper operation. Refer to Bulletins
5622/23 and 5643 for performance characteristics. In these in-
stances, the existing low pressure atomizing air connection on the
burner is used for additional main combustion air. Direct spark ignition is possible with a 4055-M igniter for gas only
4514 burners. The igniter has a ¾" NPT connection and can replace
the 4025 pilot tip. Igniter extension is adjustable and optimal position is
Special construction (welding) of the atomizing air nozzle and
determined during field start up. The burner main air pressure should
tube is recommended for hot applications (1800°F and higher)
be less than 1 osi when attempting to light with direct spark.
where the 5514 or 6514 burner is fired vertically down.
Copyright © 2020- Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 6514-3 03/13
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Product Number Cross-Reference
Supplement 6514-6
Old New Old New Old New
Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No.
4514-6-BO 4514-6/BO/1.0H 5514-6-BO 5514-6/BO/1.0H 6514-6-BO 6514-6/BO/1.0H

4514-6 4514-6/LX/1.0H 5514-6 5514-6/LX/1.0H 6514-6 6514-6/LX/1.0H
4514-6-LC 4514-6/LC/1.0H 5514-6-LC 5514-6/LC/1.0H 6514-6-LC 6514-6/LC/1.0H
4514-6-L4 4514-6/L4/1.0H 5514-6-L4 5514-6/L4/1.0H 6514-6-L4 6514-6/L4/1.0H
4514-6-L9 4514-6/L9/1.0H 5514-6-L9 5514-6/L9/1.0H 6514-6-L9 6514-6/L9/1.0H

4514-7 4514-7/LX/1.0H 5514-7 5514-7/LX/1.0H 6514-7 6514-7/LX/1.0H
4514-7-L4 4514-7/L4/1.0H 5514-7-L4 5514-7/L4/1.0H 6514-7-L4 6514-7/L4/1.0H
4514-7-L9 4514-7/L9/1.0H 5514-7-L9 5514-7/L9/1.0H 6514-7-L9 6514-7/L9/1.0H
4514-8-ABO 4514-8-A/BO/1.0H 5514-8-ABO 5514-8-A/BO/1.0H 6514-8-ABO 6514-8-A/BO/1.0H

4514-8-A 4514-8-A/LX/1.0H 5514-8-A 5514-8-A/LX/1.0H 6514-8-A 6514-8-A/LX/1.0H
4514-8-ALC 4514-8-A/LC/1.0H 5514-8-ALC 5514-8-A/LC/1.0H 6514-8-ALC 6514-8-A/LC/1.0H
4514-8-AL4 4514-8-A/L4/1.0H 5514-8-AL4 5514-8-A/L4/1.0H 6514-8-AL4 6514-8-A/L4/1.0H
4514-8-AL9 4514-8-A/L9/1.0H 5514-8-AL9 5514-8-A/L9/1.0H 6514-8-AL9 6514-8-A/L9/1.0H
4514-8-BBO 4514-8-B/BO/1.0H 5514-8-BBO 5514-8-B/BO/1.0H 6514-8-BBO 6514-8-B/BO/1.0H

4514-8-B 4514-8-B/LX/1.0H 5514-8-B 5514-8-B/LX/1.0H 6514-8-B 6514-8-B/LX/1.0H
4514-8-BLC 4514-8-B/LC/1.0H 5514-8-BLC 5514-8-B/LC/1.0H 6514-8-BLC 6514-8-B/LC/1.0H
4514-8-BL4 4514-8-B/L4/1.0H 5514-8-BL4 5514-8-B/L4/1.0H 6514-8-BL4 6514-8-B/L4/1.0H
4514-8-BL9 4514-8-B/L9/1.0H 5514-8-BL9 5514-8-B/L9/1.0H 6514-8-BL9 6514-8-B/L9/1.0H

4514-9 4514-9/LX/1.0H 5514-9 5514-9/LX/1.0H 6514-9 6514-9/LX/1.0H
4514-9-L4 4514-9/L4/1.0H 5514-9-L4 5514-9/L4/1.0H 6514-9-L4 6514-9/L4/1.0H
4514-9-L9 4514-9/L9/1.0H 5514-9-L9 5514-9/L9/1.0H 6514-9-L9 6514-9/L9/1.0H

4514-10 4514-10/LX/1.0H 5514-10 5514-10/LX/1.0H 6514-10 6514-10/LX/1.0H
4514-10-L4 4514-10/L4/1.0H 5514-10-L4 5514-10/L4/1.0H 6514-10-L4 6514-10/L4/1.0H Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 6514-6 02/11
4514-10-L9 4514-10/L9/1.0H 5514-10-L9 5514-10/L9/1.0H 6514-10-L9 6514-10/L9/1.0H
Note - Conversion kit product numbers (e.g. 6514CK-9-4514) do not change.

CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American HiVAM™
Dual-Fuel™ Burner
6570 Burner Complete shown

with optional (recommended)
Sensitrol Oil Valve.
6570 HiVAM™ Dual-Fuel™ Burner
• High velocity • Wide capacity range
• Gas or light oil • High excess air capability - Portable
• Lightweight all-metal construction

Product Overview | 6570 HiVAM™
APPLICATION
HiVAMs™ are a natural for installations requiring a portable Main air and fuel can be modulated together using cross-
burner to heat large volumes of air. connected fuel regulators; or fuel only control (with constant air)
can be used for maximum thermal turndown.
Their high excess air ratio capabilities and lightweight all-
metal construction make them ideal for such applications as Main flame ignition is normally by a 4021-16 spark ignited pilot
drying refractory-lined furnaces and vessels, for permanent or tip furnished as an integral part of the burner. Customer supplies
temporary mounting on rotary dryers and calciners, and for a 4031 Pilot Mixer, regulator, and shutoff valves.
other jobs where a self-contained portable burner or air heater
avoids need for expensive mounting, installation, sealing, etc. 6570 Dual-Fuel™ Burners use the spark ignited pilot. Direct spark
ignition is not available for the 6570.
OPERATION
See Bulletin 4570 for "gas only" version.
HiVAM™ Burners must be operated with at least 50% excess air
at all firing rates.
FLAME SUPERVISION
Light oil operation requires a constant 20 osi atomizing air
pressure supply at the burner. For widest stability limits on gas 6570 Dual-Fuel™ HiVAM™ Burners use two UV detectors. One
a constant air supply should still be introduced through the sights the pilot through the pilot mixture tube and the other sights
atomizing air connection: 14 osi air pressure for the 6570-9, and the main flame, gas or oil. The pilot and pilot scanner must be
10 osi air pressure for the 6570-12. Gas pressure requirements interrupted after main flame is established.
are 8 osi (or less) for natural gas (0.6 sp gr) at design capacity
for either size of burner. Consult North American for use with
fuels other than light oil or natural gas.
HiVAM™ Burners are suitable for furnace temperatures up to

1900°F. They can be used with preheated air up to 500°F.
Bulletin 6570
Page 2
Capacities | 6570 HiVAM™
TABLE 1. Main Air Capacities--scfh

Burning with 50% excess air, which is the rich limit.
Therefore, for maximum Btu/hr, divide by 1.5 and multiply by 100.
Burner Main air pressure drop across burner in osi
designation 0.2 1 4 9 16†
Gas 9 000 13 500 39 300 59 000 80 000
6570-9 Oil 10 300 21 000 42 500 63 500 83 000
Gas 20 100 45 500 81 500 122 000 170 000
6570-12 Oil 20 400 45 600 87 500 127 000 169 000
† 16 osi air is the maximum firing rate.
TABLE 2. Capacities in scfh not burning

(for sizing blowers)
Atomizing
Air
Burner Main Air Atomizing Air on Oil
designation at 16 osi on Gas at 20 osi
6570-9 96 000 2600 at 14 osi 3550
6570-12 186 000 3400 at 10 osi 5650
TABLE 3. Maximum Excess Air Percentages

(with flame supervision and without pilot)
Burner across the burner in osi
designation 1 9 16
6570-9 Gas 1000 1200 1000
Oil 200 1200 850
6570-12 Gas 1000 1300 1500

Oil 125 850 1300
TABLE 4. Flame dimensions with 50% excess air

length  diameter
Burner across burner, osi
designation 1 9 16
6570-9 Gas 3½' x 1' 4' x 1' 3½' x 1'
Oil 4' x 1' 5½' x 1' 5½' x 1'
Gas 7½' x 1½' 8½' x 2' 8' x 2'
6570-12
Oil 6' x 1½' 10' x 2' 10½' x 2'
Bulletin 6570
Page 3
Bulletin 6570
Page 4
"T" Connection, F Style
E L
C-NPT–Oil conn.
Recommended
Sensitrol™ P
Oil Valve
F
213⁄16 J
B-NPT
Gas A–pipe size
2½ NPT
Atomizing Air N 3¼ H D M
Q Flange Thickness
Main Air F Style
ANSI Class 150
(ASA 125 lb)
Flange Pattern
"Y" Connection, SW Style
¾ NPT–Pilot UV
R240-2802 Spark Electrode ¾ NPT–pilot mixture
E L
1 NPT–Main Flame
Obs. (or UV)
(Same as above)
45°
1 NPT UV
K
with 1  ¾
hex bushing
A–pipe size
OPTIONS
G
45° or 90° main air connection.
Main Air SW Style
Flanged or slip-on main air connection. Slip-Fit or
Welding Conn.
When ordering, specify choice of options as follows:
(P) for spark ignited pilot
(Y) for 45° air connection
(T) for 90° air connection
(F) for flanged air connection
(SW) slip-on or welding air connection DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. PLEASE OBTAIN CERTIFIED
PRINTS FROM FIVES NORTH AMERICAN COMBUSITON, INC. IF SPACE LIMITATIONS
Example: 6570-12-PTF Burner complete OR OTHER CONSIDERATIONS MAKE EXACT DIMENSION(S) CRITICAL.
1813-01 Sensitrol Oil Valve
4570 HiVAM™s for gas only have the same dimensions (except for "N" and "C", which do not apply) and practically the same weights as 6570 HiVAMs since the
gas burners also have an "atomizing air" connection for greater flame stability.
Recommended Approx.
Burner dimensions in inches Sensitrol™ net weight
designation A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q Oil Valve lb
6570-9 8 2½ 3⁄8 161⁄16 1513⁄16 3¾ 2915⁄16 77⁄8 8 115⁄16 1513⁄16 237⁄8 41⁄8 85⁄8 3⁄8 1813-02-D 125 Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Bulletin 6570 07/15
6570-12 12 3 ½ 1913⁄16 215⁄16 4¾ 4213⁄32 8 12 1427⁄32 2313⁄16 345⁄8 51⁄16 11¾ ½ 1813-01 200
 Optional (recommended) Sensitrol Oil Valve is not included as part of the burner assembly, and must be ordered separately.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Series 6570 HiVAM Burners Parts List
Sheet 6570-2
Part Description 6570-9 6570-12
Branch Connection
"T" Flanged (TF) 3-6296-1 3-6140-1
"T" Unflanged (TSW) 3-6297-1 3-6140-2
"Y" Flanged (YF) 3-6298-1 3-6149-1
"Y" Unflanged (YSW) 3-6299-1 3-5035-3
Backplate Gasket 3-5767-1 3-5422-1
Air Pipe Extension 4-7805-1 3-5036-2
Backplate & Gas Tube Assy. 3-5343-3 3-5225-2
Gas Tube & Sleeve Assy. 3-5755-3 3-6137-2
Atomizing Air Gasket 3-5760-1 3-6135-1
Pilot Flange 3-6300-1 3-5226-2
Pilot Flange Gasket 3-5345-2 3-5227-1
Atomizing Air Connection OB3-0736-1 OB3-0736-1
Atomizing Air Tube with Flange 3-5775-1 3-6139-1
Atomizing Air Nozzle 3-5772-1 3-1148-1
Endplate 3-5768-1 3-5768-1
1⁄8" Pipe Plug R590-7810 R590-7810
3⁄8" Pipe Plug R590-7830 –
1" Pipe Plug R590-7860† R590-7860
½" Pipe Plug R590-7840 R590-7840†
Bushing 1"  ¾" Reduced R590-0411 R590-0411
Pipe Coupling ¾" R590-2149 R590-2149
Oil Connection Gasket 3-5747-1 3-5747-1
(Endplate Gasket)
Pilot (P) Parts

Pilot Tip 4021-16 4021-16
Nipple R590-6425 3-8345-1
Pipe Tee 1"  ¾"  ¾" R590-8545 R590-8545
Electrode Slipper 3-5766-1 3-5766-1
Electrode Extension 3-5752-1 3-6156-1
Spark Igniter 3-5754-1 3-5754-1
Nipple ¾"  2" R590-6402 R590-6402
Oil Parts
Sensitrol™ (ordered separately) 1813-02-D 1813-01
Oil Connection 3-0742-1 3-5765-1
Oil Tube 3-5748-1 3-6157-1
Oil Nozzle 3-6614-1 3-6159-1
Option
Reduced Air Extension Not
Available 3-6308-1
† One for "P" models; two for "E" models

Sheet 6570-2
Page 2
Pilot Flange
Pilot Flange
Gasket Oil Tube
Oil Connection Backplate Gasket Air Pipe Extension Pipe Coupling ¾" Reduced Air
Gasket Nipple Pilot Tip Extension
Oil
Connection Atomizing Air Gasket
Oil Nozzle

Nipple ¾" x 2"
Atomizing Air Connection Atomizing Air Tube
with Flange
Backplate & Gas Tube Assy. Gas Tube & Sleeve Assy.
½" Pipe Plug
Branch Connection
"T" Flanged (TF)
"T" Unflanged (TSW) "Y" Unflanged (YSW) "Y" Flanged (YF)
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American
6575 Low NOx Burners
• High velocity • Inputs from 6 to 16 million Btu/hr
• High turndown • Gas and light oil

The North American HiRAM® Burners have exceptional performance
HiRAMs are particularly applicable to aluminum melters, ladle pressure drops should be checked to make sure that adequate
heaters, soaking pits, rotary kilns, heat treat furnaces,thermal gas pressure will be available at the burner. In order to avoid
oxidizers, and dryers: Any installation where high velocity any potential combustion driven oscillations which can produce
entrainment, penetration, and recirculation can benefit excessive noise or vibration, it is imperative that a limiting orifice
temperature uniformity and thermal efficiency. valve (North American model 1807) be installed within 5 pipe
diameters (5D) of the gas connection. HiRAM® burners are not
A 6575 HiRAM® Burner's true high velocity results from designed for fuel rich operation. Prolonged fuel rich operation
exceptionally high Btu/hr input rates relative to its reduced tile may damage the burner.
discharge area. Velocities ranging from 500 to 750 feet per
second (340 to 510 mph) drive heat into a furnace load, creating A gas pilot is required for operation with oil. Direct spark ignition
tremendous momentum while entraining and recirculating is satisfactory for gas only operation. Torch lighting is not
7-10 cubic feet of furnace gases for every cubic foot of burner recommended because of high tile pressures. See Sheet 4000-2
product. for general details concerning direct spark ignition.
HiRAMs are suitable for furnace temperatures up to 2400°F. They For applications where access into the tile is desired, the HiRAM®
can be used with preheated air up to 600°F. The reduced tile can be supplied with a hinged mechanism. Contact North
discharge opening also protects burner internals from radiant American for further information.
heat and from melting furnace splash. Standard burners include
3000°F dense castable tiles. The 6575 HiRAM Burner is designed for clean fuel gases or light
oil. Consult North American re other fuels. A gas only version is
Burner tile installation should be made in accord with instructions described on Bulletin 4575.
on Supplement DF-M1 for hard refractory lined furnaces or DF-
M2 for fiber lined furnaces. It is generally not necessary to use a HiRAMs are an extension upward of North American Tempest®
metal jacketed tile in fiber lined furnaces with 6575 burners. product line of high velocity burners. For capacities less than
6 000 000 Btu/h HVV, consider 4441 or 4445 Tempest® Burners.
The HiRAM® burners can be used with a variety of control
systems including pressure-balanced or electronic fuel/air ratio
systems. The gas pressure requirement is approximately 0.7 that
of the combustion air when firing on stoichiometric ratio. System
Bulletin 6575
Page 2
Capacities | HiRAM® Burners
ATOMIZING AIR REQUIREMENTS

High tile pressures create the superior velocities of HiRAM° Burners; these pressures also create an atomizing
air requirement of 22 osi (at the burner) when burning oil, to realize at least 16 osi drop across the atomizer at
high fire. When burning gas, atomizing air pressure can be same as main air pressure.
Main Air Capacities* scfh

(burning on stoichiometric ratio)
Burner Main air pressure drop across the burner, osi

designation 0.2 1 4 9 16
Natural Gas 4 100 12 500 27 000 45 000 63 000
6575-8-B #2 Oil 4 980 9 700 29 000 44 000 61 000
Natural Gas 10 900 20 200 43 250 64 800 85 900
6575-9 #2 Oil 10 600 17 900 42 000 66 100 91 200
Natural Gas 12 000 26 600 53 000 76 000 104 000
6575-10-A #2 Oil 12 000 26 600 53 000 83 500 106 000
Natural Gas 11 300 27 800 62 000 89 500 125 000
6575-10-B #2 Oil 10 900 21 200 68 500 101 000 129 000
Natural Gas 18 200 40 700 71 500 105 000 155 000
6575-12 #2 Oil 18 200 40 700 82 500 122 000 151 000
* Not including atomizing air, which adds 3-5% to main air scfh (see box above.)
Total Air Capacities scfh

16 osi main and 22 osig atomizing air at burner
Main
Burner Burning #2 oil combustion air
designation stoichiometric ratio not burning
6575-8-B 65 000 84 000

6575-9 94 300 113 000
6575-10-A 112 000 151 000
6575-10-B 134 000 183 000
6575-12 160 000 213 000
Dual Fuel HiRAM® Characteristics
Gas Main air pressure (osi) Oil

4 16 4 16
Flame length (ft)
stoichiometric ratio
4 6 6575-8-B 6½ 7½
6½ 8 6575-9 7 9
6 8 6575-10-A 7 9
8½ 10 6575-10-B 9½ 10
7 8 6575-12 9 9½
Excess air (%)  
750 700 6575-8-B 450 750

1000 500 6575-9 150 225
1000 1200 6575-10-A 200 1000
800 850 6575-10-B 200 1000
2500 4000 6575-12 225 1500
Bulletin 6575
 Do not operate fuel rich.  May produce smoke and/or noxious fumes in cold chambers below 1400°F. Page 3
Dimensions | HiRAM® Burners
ØV
Y - no. of holes ½"
ØX
DIMENSIONS inches ØA
ØC
Burner input pipe sizes
designation A B C D ØG
6575-8-B 6 2½ 2½ 3⁄8
6575-9 8 2½ 2½ 3⁄8
6575-10-A 10 3 2½ ½ ØB ØW
Z° Z°
6575-10-B 10 3 2½ ½
6575-12 12 3 2½ ½ T
S R Q P N M
Ø.75 X 12 holes
equally spaced
3⁄8"
¾ fpt
pilot & UV
ØU
H
J
ØE ØF
K
1813 ØD L
Sensitrol™
Oil Valve
(optional--not
15° 15° supplied 8790-0 ¼ fpt pressure tap shipped with
with burner) 1⁄8 fpt pressure tap
shipped with pipe Obs. Port pipe plugs in place
plugs in place 2 furnished

designation E F G H* J K L M N P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
6575-8-B 45⁄8 14 18 7½ 3¾ 213⁄16 11⁄8 9 165⁄8 9½ 65⁄8 5¼ 29⁄16 499⁄16 16 9 7.88 0.56 8 22½
6575-9 55⁄16 14 18 7½ 3¾ 213⁄16 11⁄8 9 165⁄8 9½ 65⁄8 5¼ 29⁄16 499⁄16 16 11 10.0 0.56 8 22½
6575-10-A 6¼ 18 22 10½ 4¾ 213⁄16 15⁄8 12 205⁄8 111⁄16 71⁄8 5¼ 31⁄16 591⁄8 20 14 12.25 0.75 12 15
6575-10-B 6½ 18 22 10½ 4¾ 213⁄16 15⁄8 12 205⁄8 111⁄16 71⁄8 5¼ 31⁄16 591⁄8 20 14 12.25 0.75 12 15
6575-12 7 18 22 10½ 4¾ 213⁄16 15⁄8 12 205⁄8 111⁄16 71⁄8 5¼ 31⁄16 591⁄8 20 16 14.25 0.75 12 15
* SW style inlet (optional--see Parts List, 6575-2) will add 43⁄8" to dimension "H" shown.
HiRAM® ORDERING INFORMATION
Main Air
4
Optional Pilot/UV* position 3
2
1
Burner Sensitrol recommended net weight 4 designators are
designation valve pilot set lb a a

Gas conn. position d b
6575-8-B 1813-02-C 4011-12 215 E
designators are c
6575-9 1813-02-D 4011-12 215 Atomizing air E

H F
6575-10-A 1813-01 4011-12 300 connection position
designators are
G
6575-10-B 1813-01 4011-12 300

view from * Dual Pilot/UV positions are
6575-12 1813-01 4011-12 300 outside furnace available upon request.
NOTE: Position #4 may not be suitable for some flame scanners due to
interference with the main air connection.
To order, specify: 6575-(code)-(A or B if applicable) Burner complete
(specify Arrangement Designator--see sketch above). List 1813 Sensitrol™ Arrangement Designators are specified relative to the main air
Oil Valve as a separate line item. connection at 12 o'clock and should be listed for pilot/UV, gas
Example: (1) 6575-9 Burner complete, Arrangement 4aE connection, and atomizing air connection in that order.
(1) 4011-12 ¾" Threaded Spark Pilot Set Good practice dictates that the pilot/UV NOT be on the bottom of
(1) 1813-02-D Sensitrol Oil Valve the burner.
Bulletin 6575
Page 4
Parts List | HiRAM® Burners
Main Air Flange

Main Air (optional)
Flange Gasket
(optional)
Mounting Gasket Furnace Mtg. Gasket
Body Gasket
Gas Tube†
Atomizing Air/
End Cover Gasket
Oil Connection
Gasket•
Gas Stabilizer†
Oil Nozzle•
Oil Tube•
Oil Connection• Atomizing Air
Nozzle•
Atomizing Air Air Tubes†
Gas Connection
Connection•
Assembly♦
Gas Tube
End Cover
(Gas Burner Only) Body Assembly♦ Tube Disc.†
Atomizing Air
Tube• Air
Sleeve Mounting and Tile Assembly
Burner Size
Part Name -8-B -9* -10-A -10-B -12
Mounting & Tile Assembly 3-6816-1 3-6453-1 3-6836-1 3-6784-1 3-6431-1
Body Assembly♦ 4-54801-1 4-54886-1 4-54673-1 4-54673-1 4-54622-1
Gas Tube & Air Sleeve Assembly† 3-6817-1 3-12127-1 3-6835-1 3-6846-1 3-12508-1
Gas Connection Assembly♦ 4-54713-1 4-54713-1 4-54623-3 4-54623-3 4-54623-3
Mounting Gasket 3-6462-1 3-6462-1 3-6443-1 3-6443-1 3-6443-1
Body Gasket♦ 4-54657-1 4-54657-1 4-54656-1 4-54656-1 4-54656-1
Atomizing Air/End Cover Gasket 3-6464-1 3-6464-1 3-6441-2 3-6441-2 3-6441-2
Atomizer Assembly 3-15922-1 3-15923-1 3-13574-1 3-13574-1 3-15924-1
Atomizing Air Nozzle• 3-6821-1 3-6537-2 3-1148-1 3-1148-1 3-1148-1
Oil Nozzle• 3-6614-1 3-6614-3 3-6159-1 3-6159-1 3-12884-1
Oil Tube• 3-6461-2 3-6461-4 3-6437-1 3-6437-1 3-6437-1
Atomizing Air Tube• 3-6457-2 3-6457-3 3-6436-2 3-6436-2 3-6436-2
Oil Connection• 3-0742-1 3-0742-1 3-5765-1 3-5765-1 3-5765-1
Oil Connection Gasket• 3-5747-1 3-5747-1 3-5747-1 3-5747-1 3-5747-1
Atomizing Air Connection• OB3-0736-1 OB3-0736-1 OB3-0736-1 OB3-0736-1 OB3-0736-1
Options
Blower Sleeve 2947-8 2947-9 2947-10 2947-10 2947-12
Clamp (qty) R120-2600(2) R120-2600(2) R120-2600(2) R120-2600(2) R120-2425(4)
Main Air Flange 3-8569-1 3-8569-2 3-8569-5 3-8569-5 3-8569-4

Main Air Flange Gasket OA3-2302-24F4 OA3-2302-25F4 OA3-2302-26F4 OA3-2302-26F4 OA3-2302-27F4
Furnace Mtg. Gasket** 4-28284-1 4-28284-1 4-28285-1 4-28285-1 4-28285-1

4-28284-2 4-28284-2 4-28285-2 4-28285-2 4-28285-2
† Gas Tube, Air Sleeve, Tube Disc, Gas Stabilizer, and Air Tubes are an Integral Assembly and must be purchased as a unit called "Gas Tube and Air Sleeve Assembly".
* -9 Burners sold prior to S.O.#GK 3600 should have spare part numbers verified by engineering before ordering.
• Parts included in Atomizer Assembly.
** Use -1 gasket for furnace shell temperatures up to 825°F. Use -2 for furnace shell temperatures up to 975°F.
♦ If body is equipped with swing bolt connection, see page 6.
Bulletin 6575
Page 5
Bulletin 6575
CLASSIC SWING BOLT DESIGN Page 6
Main Air Flange
Main Air (optional)
Flange Gasket
(optional) Mounting Gasket Furnace Mtg. Gasket
Body Gasket
Gas Tube†
Atomizing Air/
End Cover Gasket
Oil Connection
Gasket•
Gas Stabilizer†
Oil Nozzle•
Oil Tube•
Oil Connection• Atomizing Air
Nozzle•
Atomizing Air Air Tubes†
Gas Connection
Connection•
Assembly
Gas Tube
End Cover
(Gas Burner Only) Body Assembly Tube Disc.†
Atomizing Air
Swing Bolts Tube• Air
Sleeve Mounting and Tile Assembly
Burner Size
Part Name -8-B -9* -10-A -10-B -12
Mounting & Tile Assembly 3-6816-1 3-6453-1 3-6836-1 3-6784-1 3-6431-1
SB Body Assembly 3-6637-1 3-6454-2 3-12877-1 3-12877-1 3-6439-2
Gas Tube & Air Sleeve Assembly† 3-6817-1 3-12127-1 3-6835-1 3-6846-1 3-12508-1
SB Gas Connection Assembly 3-6456-1 3-6456-1 3-6435-3 3-6435-3 3-6435-3
Mounting Gasket 3-6462-1 3-6462-1 3-6443-1 3-6443-1 3-6443-1
SB Body Gasket 3-6463-1 3-6463-1 3-6442-2 3-6442-2 3-6442-2
Atomizing Air/End Cover Gasket 3-6464-1 3-6464-1 3-6441-2 3-6441-2 3-6441-2
Atomizer Assembly 3-15922-1 3-15923-1 3-13574-1 3-13574-1 3-15924-1
Atomizing Air Nozzle• 3-6821-1 3-6537-2 3-1148-1 3-1148-1 3-1148-1
Oil Nozzle• 3-6614-1 3-6614-3 3-6159-1 3-6159-1 3-12884-1
Oil Tube• 3-6461-2 3-6461-4 3-6437-1 3-6437-1 3-6437-1
Atomizing Air Tube• 3-6457-2 3-6457-3 3-6436-2 3-6436-2 3-6436-2
Oil Connection• 3-0742-1 3-0742-1 3-5765-1 3-5765-1 3-5765-1
Oil Connection Gasket• 3-5747-1 3-5747-1 3-5747-1 3-5747-1 3-5747-1
Atomizing Air Connection• OB3-0736-1 OB3-0736-1 OB3-0736-1 OB3-0736-1 OB3-0736-1
Options
Blower Sleeve 2947-8 2947-9 2947-10 2947-10 2947-12
Clamp (qty) R120-2600(2) R120-2600(2) R120-2600(2) R120-2600(2) R120-2425(4)
Main Air Flange 3-8569-1 3-8569-2 3-8569-5 3-8569-5 3-8569-4

Main Air Flange Gasket OA3-2302-24F4 OA3-2302-25F4 OA3-2302-26F4 OA3-2302-26F4 OA3-2302-27F4
Furnace Mtg. Gasket** 4-28284-1 4-28284-1 4-28285-1 4-28285-1 4-28285-1

4-28284-2 4-28284-2 4-28285-2 4-28285-2 4-28285-2
† Gas Tube, Air Sleeve, Tube Disc, Gas Stabilizer, and Air Tubes are an Integral Assembly and must be purchased as a unit called "Gas Tube and Air Sleeve Assembly". Copyright © 2021 - Fives - All rights reserved. Bulletin 6575 03/19
* -9 Burners sold prior to S.O.#GK 3600 should have spare part numbers verified by Engineering before ordering.
• Parts included in Atomizer Assembly.
** Use -1 gasket for furnace shell temperatures up to 825°F. Use -2 for furnace shell temperatures up to 975°F.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Dual-Fuel™
Immersion Tube Burners
6758 Dual-Fuel™ Immersion Tube Burners
• Reliable with distillate oil or gas
• Excess air can be used to increase effective turndown

Product Overview | Immersion Tube Burners
6758 Dual-Fuel™ Burners fire immersion tubes reliably with CONTROL AND OPERATION
distillate oil or gas. Flames are stable over a wide range of firing
rates, and excess air can be used to increase effective turndown. For control, use standard cross-connected 7216 Air/Gas Ratio
Regulators and 7052 Air/Oil Ratiotrols.
The 6758-4 Burner has no mounting plate or tile; it bolts
directly to a 6" pipe size immersion tube, which may be reduced When operating on gas, use 6 osi atomizing air pressure (no
to 4" pipe after 3 feet. more) to keep atomizer cool. Set high fire ratio with an 8697
Metering Orifice in gas line, or by analysis of flue products. 1807
The 6758-6 has a steel-jacketed cylindrical tile that is inserted Limiting Orifice Gas Valve must be piped close to the burner,
into an 8" pipe size immersion tube--after 3 feet, this may be using a close nipple if possible.
reduced to 6" pipe size.
For quieter gas operation, 6758-4 should be biased lean below 2
See Figure 1 for details. osi main air, the 6758-6 below 4 osi.
On oil, use at least 14 osi atomizing air. Set high fire ratio by
starting rich and reducing oil until smoke disappears from tube
exhaust. Oil solenoid valve and Sensitrol oil valve must be piped
as close to the burner as possible.
MAIN AIR CAPACITY, scfh† ATOMIZING AIR CAPACITY, scfh†

Burner Main air pressure across the burner, osi Atomizing air pressure, osi
designation 1 5 6 8 12 16 6 14
6758-4 1450 3240 3550 4 100 5 000 5 800 318 490
6758-6 3700 8300 9100 10 500 12 900 14 800 520 800
†Add main and atomizing air capacities to get total burner capacity. Multiply scfh by 100 to get Btu/hr.
 Required pressure for gas operation.

 Minimum pressure for oil operation.
tank wall
8 holes for ½" studs

8 holes for 3⁄8" studs
equally spaced on 10" BC
equally spaced on 7½" BC
straddling CL
straddling CL
6758-4 6758-6
4" pipe
6" pipe 6" pipe
8" pipe
3' min.
3⁄8" 9"
tank wall 3' min.

Bulletin 6758
Figure 1. Suggested mounting of 6758 Burners to immersion tubes. Page 2
Dimensions | Immersion Tube Burners
Bulletin 6758
PILOTS AND FLAME SUPERVISION Page 3
Burners light reliably from a 4021-12 Pilot Tip fed by a 4031 Pilot Mixer. Air pressure to mixer must be about 16 osi, and mixture line should be cross-
connected to pilot regulator. An interrupted pilot is essential when flame supervision is used.
Pilot gas solenoid must be downstream of pilot gas regulator.
Ultraviolet or rod-type flame detectors can be used. Flame rods are not recommended for oil operation. See Bulletin 8832 for flame
detector adapters.
Flame rod lengths from outer surface of mounting boss to rod tip are 4½" for 6758-4 and 5" for 6758-6 Burner.
For gas only applications, 4758 Burners can be specified. See also Bulletin 4762.
DIMENSIONS 1013⁄16 Three ¾" fpt holes for pilot, flame detector, and observa-
inches 77⁄8 tion port (interchangeable, but pilot and flame detector must
A–fpt 37⁄8 be in adjacent openings). If pilot is not ordered, lighter hole
nipple by Main air cover is furnished on center opening.
customer
C–fpt
Atomizing B–fpt
air Gas
2
13⁄8
5 dia.
711⁄16
3⁄8 fpt 4-3594-1

Oil ¼ fpt Jacketed tile
air pressure tap and mounting
(6758-6 only)
½
155⁄16
9½
177⁄8
 These dimensions assume use of a 3⁄8" close pipe nipple between burner and Sensitrol Oil Valve.
Burner dimensions in inches Sensitrol

designation A B C F Wt, lb Oil Valve
6758-4 2 1¼ ¾ 5¼ 33 1813-02-A
6758-6 3 1½ 1 59⁄16 68 1813-02-B
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Burners
Dual-Fuel
6795 Magna-Flame™ Dual-Fuel Burners
• For furnaces, melters, steel reheat, soaking pits, dryers, • Conventional forward flame pattern
and air heaters
• Dual Fuel Burner, gas or oil (light or heavy grade oil)
FEATURES IGNITION AND FLAME SUPERVISION.
— Broad stability range Magna-Flame burners should be pilot ignited. Pilot ignition
— Chambers up to 2200°F must occur at 1” w.c. main air pressure or less. Appropriate 4014
— Includes high pressure tip emulsion atomizer gas-boosted pilots (sold separately) are shown on the dimension
table. Pilot operation must be interrupted to prevent overheating
— Atomizer for light or heavy fuel oil of the mounting. Self-checking UV scanners (sold separately)
are recommended for flame supervision. See Bulletin 8832 for
selection of UV adapters. It is possible for a UV scanner mounted
on this burner to sight flame(s) of other burners in the same
6795 MAGNA-FLAME™ DUAL-FUEL BURNERS
firing chamber. Consult Fives North American Combustion, Inc.
for configuration guidance on multiple burner applications.
feature the same quiet combustion and large capacities at
relatively low pressures as Series 4795 Magna-Flame™ Gas
CONTROL. The burner can be operated with a constant steam
Burners. They have efficient "tip-emulsion" type oil atomizers for
pressure, turning down the oil and air only. The maximum
#2 or #6 fuel oil (heated to reduce its viscosity to 100 SSU).
available turndown on stoichiometric ratio is about 3:1. If the
steam is throttled with the oil and air, a turndown ratio of 5:1 is
All sizes have provisions for gas pilots and ultraviolet flame
possible. Gas pressure required is approximately 0.6 times the
supervision devices. Both the gas and oil flames are tile-stable
air pressure.
over a wide range of air/fuel ratios. The burners can be used in
cold sealed-in combustion chambers with light oil or gas.
Burners are stable when running lean. The suggested
maximum excess air is 50% at low fire and 150% at high fire, but
ATOMIZER. This burner is equipped with a Series 5643 "tip-
these limits often can be exceeded under the proper conditions.
emulsion" type atomizer. Oil and steam (or compressed air) are
required at a minimum of 80 psig at the burner. The atomizers
INSTALLATION. The burner dœs not include a refractory tile. The
should be retracted (6") during gas only operation. (If low
shape shown on the dimension drawing (page 2) must be built
pressure air atomization is desired, see Supplement 6795-2.)
into the combustion chamber wall. See Supplement DF-M1 for
installation recommendations.
"Maximum" steam and compressed air consumption rates
are shown below. They are for a no-oil flow condition; actual
REPLACEMENT AND SPARE PARTS. NOTE: In June, 2009, the
usage will always be less--from 0.75 to 2.0 pounds of steam (or
6795 burner was redesigned to change from a square
17 to 44 scf air) per gallon of oil, depending on the quantity of
mounting flange to round and replace the threaded gas
oil being atomized. (Use these figures to determine cost of the
connection with a flanged gas tee. When replacing burners,
atomizing medium. Use the "maximum" figures shown below to
or ordering parts, please inform your sales professional of
size piping.)
the complete part number, sales order and/or manufactured
date. This information is stamped on a tag located on the
burner back plate.
Bulletin 6795
page 2
Capacity, Dimensions | 6795 Magna-Flame™
COMBUSTION AIR CAPACITY, (scfh) FLOW RATE of ATOMIZING MEDIUM FLAME DIMENSIONS
for Btu/hr, multiply by 100 for sizing piping only @ 8 osi main air
and 10% XSair.
Air pressure drop across burner, osi "Maximum" "Maximum" add 10% for heavy oil
Burner steam flow, lb/hr compr. air, scfm
Designation 1.0 5.0 6.0 8.0 with 80 psi steam with 80 psi air Length Diameter
6795-10-43 47 500 106 000 116 000 134 000 140 52 11' 4'
6795-12-43 70 000 157 000 172 000 198 000 225 83 15' 5'
6795-14-43 95 500 214 000 234 000 270 000 225 83 20' 5'
6795-16-43 121 000 269 000 295 000 340 000 660 244 25' 5'
6795-18-43 155 000 346 000 380 000 438 000 660 244 30' 6'
6795-20-43 200 000 447 000 490 000 565 000 660 244 35' 6'
 Because of a positive pressure in the burner, it is difficult to light with a torch unless the air is turned very low and a strong pressure torch is used.
 Maximum recommended pressure
 See explanation in the text under "Atomizer".

DIMENSIONS R U
X°
Y°
1/4" NPT Pressure Tap

E
GG NPT Oil Inlet dia.
1/4" NPT Pressure Tap
V-Hole on a
W-Bolt Circle AA
Z - # of Holes O Hole on a
S° P Bolt Circle
Q # of Holes
T°
N
M L 2.00
B 150 ANSI
Raised Flange A Main Air Con- .50
Gas Inlet nection (ANSI)
1/4" NPT Air Tap
3° Taper
1/4" NPT Fuel Tap J
K
CC NPT Pilot H°
Connection BB
G°
EE I
3/4" NPT 1" NPT UV
Observation Connection
Port DD NPT Inlet
(Steam or
C Hole on a Compressed FF
D Bolt Circle Air)
HH NPT F # of Holes
Observation .50 Mounting Flange
Port E BB Min. Tile 
II
Minimum Clearance for Atomizer Length (Refractory tile
not by
Removal
FNAC)
see page 3 for dimension chart
Bulletin 6795
page 3
Bulletin 6795
page 4

Designation A B C D E F G° H° I J K L M N O P Q R S°
6795-10-43 10 4 0.75 20.5 22.25 16 11.25 22.5 16 11 14.76 12.75 13.07 42.5 1 14.25 12 10.25 15
6795-12-43 12 4 0.75 22.5 24.25 16 11.25 22.5 18 12.5 14.76 15 14.44 46.61 1 17 12 12.25 15
6795-14-43 14 6 0.75 24.5 26.25 16 11.25 22.5 20 13.5 14.81 18 17.39 52.42 1.13 18.75 12 13.88 15
6795-16-43 16 6 0.75 26.5 28.25 20 9 18 22 14.5 14.81 19 18.39 57.51 1.13 21.25 16 15.88 11.25
6795-18-43 18 6 0.75 28.5 30.25 20 9 18 24 15.5 14.81 19.51 18.89 58.51 1.25 22.75 16 17.88 11.25
6795-20-43 20 8 0.88 30.5 32.25 20 9 18 26 16.5 14.01 19.62 21.15 60.58 1.25 25 20 19.88 9
Dimensions in inches and degrees Recommended

Burner Pilot Assy.
Designation T° U V W X° Y° Z AA BB CC DD EE FF GG HH II Atomizers Designation WT
6795-10-43 30 16 0.75 7.5 22.5 45 8 9 11 1.5 0.75 1.19 10.56 3⁄8 ¾ 66.25 5643-0 4014-2-T 255
6795-12-43 30 19 0.75 7.5 22.5 45 8 9 12.5 1.5 1 2.19 11.06 ½ ¾ 72.75 5643-1 4014-2-T 310
6795-14-43 30 21 0.88 9.5 22.5 45 8 11 14.75 2 1 2.19 10.94 ½ ¾ 82.50 5643-1 4014-3-AT 405
6795-16-43 22.5 23.5 0.88 9.5 22.5 45 8 11 17 2 1.5 2.88 12.25 ¾ 2 86 5643-3 4014-3-AT 505
6795-18-43 22.5 25 0.88 9.5 22.5 45 8 11 19.25 2 1.5 2.88 12.25 ¾ 2 88 5643-3 4014-3-AT 550
6795-20-43 18 27.5 0.88 11.75 22.5 45 8 13.5 21.5 2 1.5 2.88 11.94 ¾ 2 95 5643-3 4014-3-BT 675
Furnace opening should be ½" larger than dimension I for -10 thru -16, and ¾" larger than dimension I for -18 and -20.
 After a length of 1.2 X BB flare out the tile at a 30° angle (60° included angle).
Flat face ANSI flange available upon request
main air conn.
Pilot position designators‡ are

Arrangement Designators are specified relative to the main air con-
nection at 12 o'clock and should be listed for pilot, gas connection,
and flame detector in that order.
Atomizer connections need not be specified because they can be

rotated in the field.
outside furnace view (must be 90, 135, or 180° from pilot)
‡ Good practice dictates that neither pilot nor flame detector be below the centerline of a horizontally-mounted burner.
ORDER MUST SPECIFY: (1) Burner designation (such as 6795-16-43): (2) Arrangement designation for pilot, gas connection and flame safety positions in
that order such as: 6795-16-43, arrangement 3a1 (for the arrangement shown above).
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Bulletn 6795 08/17
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 6795 Magna-Flame TM
Supplement 6795-2
Burners Dual-Fuel
MAGNA-FLAME™ BURNERS FOR LOW PRESSURE AIR

ATOMIZATION OF LIGHT OIL. Features heavy-duty, welded
steel body, built-in refractory ring, atomizer, observation port,
and connections for pilot and flame detector.
These Magna-Flame burners combine the versatility of smaller

Forward Flame Burners, the convenience of large capacity
burners, and suitability for modern flame monitoring systems.
They have been used in many industrial heating operations,
including dryers, reverberatory melters, fluidized bed heaters,
air heaters, and fume incinerators.
Sizes up to 16" make these burners convenient to use where

multiple small burners would be impractical.The oil flame is
more luminous than the gas. All sizes burn distillate oil cleanly
and efficiently.
FEATURES
ATOMIZER. This burner is equipped with a Series 5654 Low
— Broad stability range Pressure Air Atomizer. (If high pressure air or steam atomization
is desired, see Bulletin 6795.) It requires 14 osi atomizing air
— Chambers up to 2200°F pressure for distillate oil. Oil pressure required at the burner
— Includes low pressure fuel oil atomizer is negligible. Main and atomizing air consumption rates are
— Dual-Fuel burner - gas or oil (light only) tabulated below.
— Conventional forward flame pattern
CONTROL. Minimum air pressure when firing correct air/fuel
— 8 to 30 milltion Btu/hr ratio is approximately 1/4 osi. Magna-Flame burners should
be used with automatic air/fuel ratio control--either mass flow
control or cross-connected pressure control systems. (Regulator,
Regutrol, or Ratiotrol™.) Gas pressure required is approximately
0.6 times air pressure.
Supplement 6795-2
Page 2
IGNITION and FLAME SUPERVISION. Magna-Flame burners REPLACEMENT and SPARE PARTS. NOTE: In June, 2009,
should be pilot ignited  . Pilot ignition must occur at 1” w.c. the 6795 burner was redesigned to change from a square
main air pressure or less. Appropriate 4014 gas-boosted mounting flange to round and replace the threaded gas
pilots are to be used with this burner (sold separately), and connection with a flanged as tee. When replacing burners,
are shown on the dimension table. Pilot operation must be or ordering parts, please inform your sales professional of
interrupted to prevent overheating of the mounting. Self- the complete part number, sales order and/or manufactured
checking UV scanners (sold separately) are recommended date. This information is stamped on a tag located on the
for flame supervision. See Bulletin 8832 for selection of UV burner back plate.
adapters. It is possible for a UV scanner mounted on this
burner to sight flame(s) of other burners in the same firing
chamber. Consult North American for configuration guidance
on multiple burner applications.
INSTALLATION. The burner does not include a refractory tile.

built into the combustion chamber wall. See Supplement DF-M1
for installation recommendations.
COMBUSTION AIR CAPACITY, (scfh) FLOW RATE of FLAME DIMENSIONS

For Btu/hr, multiply by 100 ATOMIZING AIR @ 8 osi main air & 10% XSair
Air pressure drop across burner, osi
Burner
Designation 1.0 5.0 6.0 8.0 scfh @ 14 osi Length Diameter
6795-9-A-54 29 000 65 000 71 000 82 000 6 050 9' 3'

6795-9-B-54 36 000 80 500 88 000 102 000 6 050 9' 3'
6795-10-54 47 500 106 000 116 000 134 000 10 600 11' 4'
6795-12-54 70 000 157 000 172 000 198 000 17 200 15' 5'
6795-14-54 95 500 214 000 234 000 270 000 17 200 20' 5'
6795-16-54 121 000 269 000 295 000 340 000 27 200 25' 5'
 Because of positive pressure.

Supplement 6795-2
Page 3

DIMENSIONS R U
X°
Y°
GG NPT Oil Inlet

E
dia.
AA V Hole on a
W-Bolt Circle
Z # of Holes
S° O Hole on a
T° P Bolt Circle
B 150 ANSI Raised Face Q # of Holes
Flange Gas Inlet
N
M L 2.00
DD NPT A Main Air .50
Atomizer Connection(ANSI)
Air Inlet
K 3° Taper
1/4" NPT Air Tap
J
1/4" NPT Fuel Tap H° EE
CC NPT Pilot G°
Connection BB
1" NPT UV I
Connection
3/4" NPT C Hole on a ¼" NPT
Observa- D Bolt Circle Pressure FF
tion Port F # of Holes Tap
HH NPT
Observation
Port E II BB Min. Tile
Minimum Clearance for Atomizer Length 
Removal (Refractory not by
NA.)

Size
Designation A B C D E F G° H° I J K L M N O P Q R
6795-9-A, B-54 8 3 0.75 18.5 20.25 16 11.25 22.5 14 9.5 9.26 11 11.7 35.69 0.88 11.75 8 8.25
6795-10-54 10 4 0.75 20.5 22.25 16 11.25 22.5 16 11 14.76 12.75 13.07 42.5 1 14.25 12 10.25
6795-12-54 12 4 0.75 22.5 24.25 16 11.25 22.5 18 12.5 14.81 15 14.44 46.61 1 17 12 12.25
6795-14-54 14 6 0.75 24.5 26.25 16 11.25 22.5 20 13.5 14.81 18 17.39 52.42 1.125 18.75 12 13.88
6795-16-54 16 6 0.75 26.5 28.25 20 9 18 22 14.5 14.81 19 18.39 57.51 1.125 21.25 16 15.875
Size Pilot
Designation S° T° U V W X° Y° Z AA BB CC DD EE FF GG HH II Assembly WT
6795-9-A, B-54 22.5 45 13.5 0.75 6 45 90 4 7.5 10 1.25 2.5 2.38 7.74 3⁄8 ¾ 61.50 4014-1-T 220
6795-10-54 15 30 16 0.75 7.5 22.5 45 8 9 11 1.5 3 5.19 8.71 3⁄8 ¾ 70.75 4014-2-T 290
6795-12-54 15 30 19 0.75 7.5 22.5 45 8 9 12.5 1.5 4 7.88 11.96 ½ ¾ 81.75 4014-2-T 310
6795-14-54 15 30 21 0.875 9.5 22.5 45 8 11 14.75 2 4 7.88 11.75 ½ ¾ 92.25 4014-3-AT 480
6795-16-54 11.25 22.5 23.5 0.875 9.5 22.5 45 8 11 17 2 6 8.88 11.46 ½ 2 96.75 4014-3-AT 540
Furnace opening should be ½" larger than dimension I.

After a length of 1.2 X BB, flare out the tile at a 30° angle (60° included angle).
Flat face ANSI flange available upon request.
Supplement 6795-2
Page 4
main air conn. pilot position designators ‡ are

Arrangement Designators are specified
relative to the main air connection at gas connection position designators are
12 o'clock and should be listed for pilot,
gas, flame supervison and atomizing flame supervision designators ‡ are
(must be 90, 135 or 180° from pilot)
air in that order.
outside furnace view atomizing air connection position designators are
ORDER MUST SPECIFY:(1) Burner designation(such as 6795-16-54); (2) Arrangement designation for pilot, gas connection, flame safety and atomizing
air connection positons in that order such as 6795-16-54, arrangement 3a1E (for the arrangement shown above).
Copyright © 2022 - Fives - All rights reserved | 6795-2_suppl 08/17
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Burners
Oil and Dual-Fuel Wide Flame
6796 Magna-Flame™ Dual-Fuel Burners
• For furnaces, boilers, air heaters, incinerators, gypsum • Short and wide flame pattern
kettles, etc.
• Dual-Fuel burner, gas or oil (light or heavy grade oil)
FEATURES See Bulletin 8832 for selection of UV adapters. It is possible

for a UV scanner mounted on this burner to sight flame(s)
of other burners in the same firing chamber. Consult Fives
— Broad stability range North American Combustion, Inc. for configuration guidance
— Chambers up to 2200°F on multiple burner applications. On burners using steam
atomization, the UV detector on the burner will pick up only the
— Includes high pressure tip emulsion pilot. An additional detector must be mounted on the side of
atomizer the furnace to sight on the base of the main flame. Check with
North American for additional details.
6796 MAGNA-FLAME™ DUAL FUEL BURNERS use high CONTROL. If atomizing steam is throttled along with oil and
pressure atomization (70 to 100 psi steam or compressed air), air, 5 to 1 turndown from 8 osi high fire air rate is obtainable.
and are designed to fire combustion chambers of limited length If steam pressure is left constant, only about 3 to 1 turndown is
but with sufficient width to allow the flame envelope to develop. obtainable, and steam pressure must be reduced for low fire
They are well suited to cubic combustion chambers typical of lighting.
coal-fired water tube boilers.
Gas pressure required is approximately 0.6 times the air
ATOMIZER. Series 6796 burners incorporate an efficient 5646 pressure. Maximum excess air rates of 50% at low fire and
tip-emulsion atomizer that can be used with #2 or #6 oil 150% at high fire are suggested, although proper conditions
(heated to reduce its viscosity to 100 SSU). The burner may be may permit exceeding these limits.
operated on oil or gas. The atomizer should be retracted (6")
during gas only operation. Adjustable external and internal INSTALLATION. The burner dœs not include a tile. Tunnel
stops on the atomizer, as well as a packing gland, allow shape shown on the dimension drawing (page2) must be built
repositioning the atomizer to its exact predetermined location into the combustion chamber wall. See Supplement DF-M1 for
for oil firing. installation recommendations.
"Maximum" steam and compressed air consumption rates REPLACEMENT AND SPARE PARTS. NOTE: In June, 2009, the
shown below are with no oil flowing. Actual usage will always 6796 burner was redesigned to change from a square
be less--from 1.5 to 2.8 pounds of steam (or 34 to 63 scf mounting flange to round and replace the threaded gas
air) per gallon of oil, depending on the quantity of oil being connection with a flanged gas tee. When replacing burners,
atomized. (Use figures shown below to size piping--not to or ordering parts, please inform your sales professional of
determine cost of the atomizing medium.) the complete part number, sales order and/or manufactured
date. This information is stamped on a tag located on the
IGNITION and FLAME SUPERVISION. Magna-Flame Burners burner back plate.
should be pilot ignited. The 4014 gas-boosted pilot (sold
separately) listed in the dimension table is required, and
provision must be made for low fire start with 1.0"w.c. or
less main air. Pilot operation must be interrupted to prevent
overheating of the mounting. The UV detector location should
be 90° clockwise of the pilot when viewing rear of burner
(in the direction of air swirl). Self-checking UV scanners
(sold separately) are recommended for flame supervision.
Bulletin 6796
page 2
COMBUSTION AIR CAPACITY, (scfh) FLOW RATE of ATOMIZING MEDIUM FLAME DIMENSIONS
For Btu/hr, multiply by 100) For sizing piping only @8 osi main air and 10% XSair
Add 10% for heavy oil
Air pressure drop across burner, osi "Maximum" "Maximum"
Burner steam flow, lb/hr compr. air, scfm
designation 1.0 5.0 6.0 8.0 with 80 psi steam with 80 psi air Length Diameter
6796-12-46 67 000 150 000 164 000 190 000 300 111 6' 5'
6796-14-46 86 000 193 000 211 000 244 000 425 157 7' 6'
6796-16-46 120 000 269 000 295 000 340 000 550 204 7 ½' 6'
6796-18-46 155 000 346 000 380 000 438 000 700 260 8' 6'
6796-20-46 200 000 447 000 490 000 565 000 900 333 9' 7'
6796-22-46 237 000 530 000 580 000 670 000 1100 407 9 ½' 8'
6796-24-46 282 000 630 000 690 000 795 000 1300 480 10' 8'
 Because of a positive pressure in the burner, it is difficult to light with a torch unless the air is turned very low and a strong pressure torch is used.
 Maximum recommended pressure
 See explanation in the text under "Atomizer".
DIMENSIONS
B 150 ANSI Raised

Flange Gas Inlet
R U
1/4" NPT
Y° PressureTap
X° GG NPT E
Oil Inlet dia.
1/4" NPT
Pressure
Tap
V Hole on a AA
W Bolt Circle O Hole on a
Z No.of Holes S°
P Bolt Circle
T° Q No.of Holes
N 2.00
A Main Air Connection L
K
1/4" NPT (ANSI) .50
Air Tap
30° Taper
J
BB
3/4" NPT EE I
Observation
Port
DD NPT
1/4" NPT Fuel Tap CC NPT Pilot Inlet (Steam or
Connection Compressed Air
3/4" NPT UV Connection C Hole on a
E D Bolt Circle
H°
G° F No.of Holes FF M .50 Mounting Flange
HH NPT Observation Port
II 12 Min. Tile
Minimum Clearance for Atomizer Removal Length 
(Refractory tile not by
Fives)
Bulletin 6796
page 3
Bulletin 6796
page 4
Dimensions in Inches and Degrees

Burner
Designation A B C D E F G° H° I J K L M N O P Q R S° T°
6796-12-46 12 4 0.75 24.25 26 16 11.25 22.5 18 14 14.75 15 14.56 53.63 1.00 17 12 12.25 15 30
6796-14-46 14 6 0.75 25.25 27 16 11.25 22.5 20 14.5 14.75 18 15.75 57.88 1.13 18.75 12 13.88 15 30
6796-16-46 16 6 0.75 27 28.75 20 9 18 22 15.5 14.81 19 17.88 61.75 1.13 21.25 16 15.88 11.25 22.5
6796-18-46 18 6 0.75 29 30.75 20 9 18 24 16.5 14.81 19.5 18.25 62.38 1.25 22.75 16 17.88 11.25 22.5
6796-20-46 20 8 0.88 31 32.75 20 9 18 26 18.5 14 20 20.75 66.63 1.25 25 20 19.88 9 18
6796-22-46 22 8 0.88 33.5 35.25 20 9 18 28 19.5 14 21 21.88 70.50 1.25 26 20 21.88 9 18
6796-24-46 24 8 0.88 35.5 37.75 24 7.5 15 30 20.5 14 22 22.88 72.13 1.38 29.5 20 23.88 9 18
Burner
Atomizer Pilot Assy. Weight
Designation U V W X° Y° Z AA BB CC DD EE FF GG HH II Designation Designation lbs.
6796-12-46 19.0 0.75 7.50 22.5 45 8 9 12.5 1.5 1.00 3.06 17.12 ½ ¾ 94.00 5646-1-110 4014-2-T 430
6796-14-46 21.0 0.88 9.50 22.5 45 8 11 14.75 2.0 1.25 2.50 17.12 ½ ¾ 94.25 5646-2-150 4014-3-AT 485
6796-16-46 23.5 0.88 9.50 22.5 45 8 11 17 2.0 1.25 2.88 17.31 ¾ 2 100.75 5646-2-195 4014-3-AT 585
6796-18-46 25.0 0.88 9.50 22.5 45 8 11 19.25 2.0 1.50 2.88 17.12 ¾ 2 102.75 5646-3-250 4014-3-AT 625
6796-20-46 27.5 0.88 11.75 22.5 45 8 13.5 21.5 2.0 1.50 2.88 18.31 ¾ 2 111.50 5646-3-320 4014-3-BT 730
6796-22-46 29.5 0.88 11.75 22.5 45 8 13.5 24 2.0 1.50 2.88 20.06 ¾ 2 115.25 5646-3-380 4014-3-BT 820
6796-24-46 32.0 0.88 11.75 22.5 45 8 13.5 26 2.0 1.50 2.88 19.69 ¾ 2 119.75 5646-3-450 4014-3-BT 880
 Furnace opening should be ½" larger than dimension I for sizes -12 through -16 and ¾" larger than dimension I for sizes -18 through -24.
 Flat face companion ANSI flange available upon request.
 For tiles longer than 15" consult North American.
main air conn.

Pilot position designators ‡ are
Arrangement Designators are specified relative to the
main air connection at 12 o'clock and should be listed for
pilot, gas, and flame supervision in that order.
Atomizer connections need not be specified because they Flame supervision designators ‡ are
can be rotated in the field. (must be 90° clockwise of pilot).
‡Good practice dictates that neither pilot nor flame detector be below the centerline of a horizontally-mounted burner.
ORDER MUST SPECIFY: (1) Burner designation (such as 6796-16-46): (2) Arrangement designation for pilot, gas and flame safety positions in that order such as: 6796-16-46,
arrangement 1½ d 2½ (for the arrangement shown above).
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Summary of North American
Magna-Flame™ and Hot Air Burners Sheet 6800-2
Air temp. Fuels Atomizer type Flame

Burner Capacity range
Model Cold Hot Gas #2 Oil #6 Oil Low Pr. Model High Pr. Model Type (in millions of Btu)
4211          1 to 255
6211         5643/46 1 to 255
4213           1 to 175
6213         5643/46 1 to 175
4795          A 8 to 56
6795       5654  5642/43 A 8 to 56
4796          C 16 to 79
6796         5646 C 16 to 79
6818      5654 A/C
4819         A 1 to 30
5819        5642 A 1 to 30
6819        5642 A 1 to 30
4820         A 2 to 31
6820      5654  5642/43 A 2 to 31
4821         A 4 to 26
6821       5654 A 4 to 26
4821R         H 4 to 26
6821R      5654 H 4 to 26
4825         A 0.14 to 2.8
6825         A 0.16 to 2.5
 #6 oil only when high pressure atomizer is used.
 Excess air (>50%) burner for dryers and air heaters.
 Capacity dependent on atomizer type.
 Variable flame shape.
 Ultra low NOx version available as 4821LNI.
 Inactive product - See product manager
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American
Hot Air Burners
6821 Hot Air Magna-Flame™ Burners
• For applications up to 2600°F
• Combustion air temperature up to 1200°F

FEATURES CONTROL. The burner operates with main air pressures from
0.2 to 10"w.c. If combustion air temperature varies during
— Fuel gases (500 Btu/ft 3 or higher) normal operation, metered flow control with air temperature
compensation is recommended--use North American’s 8196 or
— Fuel oils #2 through #6 8199 Combustion Controllers.
— Sharp, well-defined flames
IGNITION and FLAME SUPERVISION. Magna-Flame burners
— Excellent performance with cold or hot air should be pilot ignited . Pilot ignition must occur at 1"w.c.
main air pressure or less. Appropriate 4014 gas-boosted pilots
are to be used with this burner (sold separately), and are shown
6821 Hot Air Magna-Flame™ Burners operate with hot air
on the dimension table. Pilot operation must be interrupted to
from recuperators or other heat recovery devices to save
prevent overheating of the mounting. Self-checking UV scanners
energy on furnaces, such as steel reheat, aluminum melting,
(sold separately) are recommended for flame supervision. See
process heaters, and other high temperature applications. Typical
Bulletin 8832 for selection of UV adapters. It is possible for a
operation is with 1000°F air at a pressure of 10"w.c.
UV scanner mounted on this burner to sight flame(s) of other
burners in the same firing chamber. Consult North American for
CONSTRUCTION. Bodies, featuring round mounting flanges, are
configuration guidance on multiple burner applications.
fabricated heavy-gauge carbon steel and lined with ceramic fiber
and castable refractory. Internal parts are heat-resistant alloy
INSTALLATION. The burner do es not include a refractory tile.
and the stabilizing disc is faced with high alumina refractory.
built into the combustion chamber wall. See Supplement DF-M1
OPERATION. Gas flames are stable in cold, tight combustion
for installation recommendations.
chambers even when starting with ambient temperature
combustion air. Under these conditions, natural gas flames
REPLACEMENT and SPARE PARTS. NOTE: In October, 2009,
are semi-luminous. For stoichiometric firing, required natural
the 6821 burner was redesigned to change from a square
gas pressure is a minimum 60 percent of the air pressure. Use
approximately 4 osi atomizing air for cooling purposes when mounting flange to round and replace the threaded gas
burning gas. connection with a flanged gas tee. When replacing burners,
or ordering parts, please inform your sales professional of
6821 Burners use 5654 low pressure (cold) air atomizers that the complete part number, sales order and/or manufactured
require 28 osi air pressure at the atomizer connection. Fuel date. This information is stamped on a tag located on the
oil grades #4 and #6 must be heated to reduce viscosity to burner back plate.
100 SSU. Stoichiometric operation requires less than 4 psig oil
pressure at the nozzle.
For applications using gas or #2 oil that benefit from high

velocity, such as aluminum melters and holders, steel reheat
furnaces or others, the 6821 is available in an "R-version". The
refractory tile port of the R version is reduced (converging)
to produce high hot-gas exit velocities, resulting in increased
convective heat transfer and at the same time entrainment of
surrounding furnace gases resulting in low NOx emissions. The
R-version is not recommended for heavy oil (grades #4 and #6).
Bulletin 6821
Page 2
COMBUSTION AIR CAPACITY, scfh (for Btu/hr capacity, multiply scfh by 100)
Burner Max. Oil Atomizing Air, Flame Dimensions
Designation 1000 F Air 60 F Air  Atomizer Capacity  scfh not burning at 1000 F air 
Standard Tile Reduced Port Tile at 10"wc P at 10"wc P Designation (gph) with 28 osi air Length Diameter
6821-10-A54 6821-10-A54R 40 000 67 000 5654-4 35 6 000 5' 2'
6821-10-B54 6821-10-B54R 53 000 89 000 5654-4 35 6 000 7' 2'
6821-12-54 6821-12-54R 78 000 130 000 5654-5 60 10 700 9' 3'
6821-14-54 6821-14-54R 106 000 177 500 5654-6 100 19 700 10' 4'
6821-16-54 6821-16-54R 134 000 225 000 5654-6 100 19 700 13' 4'
6821-18-54 6821-18-54R 172 000 288 000 5654-7 200 29 000 16' 5'
6821-20-54 6821-20-54R 215 000 360 000 5654-7 200 29 000 17' 5'
6821-22-54 6821-22-54R 260 000 435 500 5654-7 200 29 000 20' 5'
 Because of postive pressure in the burners, it is difficult to light with a torch unless the air is turned very low and a strong pressure torch is used.
 Add 10% to flame dimensions shown for operation with #6 oil.
 Subtract 10% from flame dimensions shown for reduced port tile "R" version.
Fuel gas can be increased to match the cold air capacity with no change to burner components however, fuel oil flow is limited as shown in the table above.

Consult North American for special atomizer options.
GG - Diameter lining Q - Diameter
K - Diameter
H°
N°
HH
R tile only exit dia
F - Hole on a
J - Bolt circle
G - # of holes
L - Hole on a P - Bolt circle M - # of holes

B - 150 ANSI raised flange gas inlet
A - Main air connection (ANSI)
Z Y X 2.50
½ C - NPT atomizer air inlet .50 mounting
flange CC - NPT pilot connection
3° taper, standard
tile only
¼ NPT
1" NPT for fuel tap
flame detector V
U ¼ NPT
45º to mtg flange
air tap
W
DD dia  EE dia
D - NPT oil inlet
¼ NPT atomizing 1" NPT obsrv. port
air taps connections
BB - Obsrv. port
FF - Clearance reqd. to remove atomizer

T - Diameter E - Hole on a AA
S - Bolt circle  DD - Minimum
R - # of holes (straddle centerline) tile length
Bulletin 6821
Page 3
Bulletin 6821
Page 4
DIMENSIONS IN INCHES AND DEGREES

Burner
Designation A B C D E F G H° J K L M N° P Q R S T U V
6821-10-A 10 2.5 2 3⁄8 0.75 0.75 4 45 5.5 7 1 12 15 14.25 16 16 20.5 22.25 11.75 11
6821-10-B 10 2.5 2 3⁄8 0.75 0.75 4 45 5.5 7 1 12 15 14.25 16 16 22.5 24.25 13.75 12.5
6821-12 12 3 2.5 3⁄8 0.75 0.75 4 45 6 7.5 1 12 15 17 19 16 24.5 26.25 14.75 13.5
6821-14 14 4 3 3⁄8 0.75 0.75 8 22.5 7.5 9 1.13 12 15 18.75 21 20 26.5 28.25 14.81 14.5
6821-16 16 4 3 3⁄8 0.75 0.75 8 22.5 7.5 9 1.13 16 11.25 21.25 23.5 20 28.5 30.25 14.81 15.5
6821-18 18 4 4 ½ 0.88 0.75 8 22.5 7.5 9 1.25 16 11.25 22.75 25 20 30.5 32.25 14.81 16.5
6821-20 20 6 4 ½ 0.88 0.88 8 22.5 9.5 11 1.25 20 9 25 27.5 24 32.5 34.25 15.5 17.5
6821-22 22 6 4 ½ 0.88 0.88 8 22.5 9.5 11 1.25 20 9 26 29.5 24 34.5 36.25 15.5 18.5
DIMENSIONS IN INCHES
Burner Estimated Recommended
Designation W X Y Z AA BB CC DD EE FF GG HH weight, lb pilot assy.
6821-10-A 1.75 12.25 13.06 9.5 40.19 ¾ 1.5 10 16 72 9 6.25 351 4014-2-T
6821-10-B 1.75 15 13.94 9.5 43.81 ¾ 1.5 11 18 79 9 7 451 4014-2-T
6821-12 2.38 17.5 15.44 10.5 49.19 ¾ 2 12.5 20 88 11 8.5 588 4014-3-AT
6821-14 5.19 18.5 16.88 10.5 51.88 ¾ 2 14.75 22 95 13.63 10 727 4014-3-AT
6821-16 5.19 19 17.25 10.5 52.75 2 2 17 24 99 15.63 11.25 807 4014-3-AT
6821-18 7.88 19.5 18.88 15.5 60.56 2 2 19.25 26 112 17.63 12.75 950 4014-3-BT
6821-20 7.88 20.5 21.25 15.5 61.44 2 2 21.5 28 116 19.63 14.25 1045 4014-3-BT
6821-22 7.88 21.5 23.13 15.5 66.81 2 2 24 30 120 21.63 15.75 1183 4014-3-BT
main
 Furnace opening should be ½ " larger than dimension EE for air conn. pilot position designators ‡ are
10A thru 14 and ¾" larger than dimension EE for 16 thru 22.
 Whenever the tile length is greater than DD × 1.2, the tile gas connection position designators are
beyond DD should flare out at a 30° angle (60° included
angle).
 Flat face companion flange available upon request. flame supervision designators ‡ are
(must be 90, 135 or 180° from pilot)
air connection at 12 o'clock and should be listed for pilot, outside atomizing air connection position designators are
gas, flame supervison and atomizing air in that order. furnace view
ORDER MUST SPECIFY: (1) Burner designation (such as 6821-16-54); (2) Arrangement designation for pilot, gas connection, flame safety and
atomizing air connection positions in that order such as 6821-16-54, arrangement 3a1E (for the arrangement shown above).
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Hot Air
6825 Hot Air Burners
• Heat resistant cast iron burner body • Gas or light oil operation
• Alloy internal parts • Low pressure cold air atomization
• Lightweight vacumm-formed ceramic insulation • Choice of standard or thin wall tile
• Capacities 160,000 to 2,100,000 Btu/h HHV

Product Overview | Hot Air Burners
Fully metered flow control arrangements on the cold air side--

such as 7288 Regulators or 8096 Combustion Controllers--are
satisfactory for the vast majority of installations.
Because 6825 Burners are capable of lean starts on cold air,

standard cross connected regulators and Ratiotrols can be used
on many batch operations, as well as on continuous furnaces
with constant preheated air temperatures.
RECUPERATORS
6825 Burners are compatible with any recuperators, including

North American's 8483, 8485, and 8486 units.
Continuous roller hearth furnace uses 1000°F preheated air in its (44)
4825 Gas Burners, which can be converted to 6825 Dual-Fuel™. Optional
CONSTRUCTION
(recommended) Sensitrol™ Oil Valve is not included in burner assembly,
and must be ordered separately. Heat resistant cast iron burner bodies including air connections
are lined internally with vacuum-formed ceramic fiber insulation.
6825 Burners will handle 1200°F preheated combustion air firing Burner tiles are 3000°F castable with or without self-supporting
car bottom, aluminum melting, forging, glass melting, heat treat- construction and are easily replaceable in the field. Burner air
ing, and other furnaces where standard 6422 or 6425 Burners tubes are high temperature alloy, protected by a refractory
would be used if combustion air were not preheated. radiation shield.
Burners provide stable combustion in cold tight furnaces on stoi- IGNITION/FLAME SUPERVISION
chiometric ratio, with excess air, or on moderately fuel-rich ratios.
Air is evenly distributed around the fuel stream, creating uniform A 4011-12 pilot set is recommended for individual burner igni-
combustion and a well-defined flame pattern throughout a wide tion. When multiple burners share a single pilot pre-mix header,
turndown range. a 4021-12 pilot tip per burner with an appropriately sized air/gas
mixer is recommended.
Gas flames are clear to semi-luminous dependent on air tem-
perature, firing rate, and air/fuel ratio. Oil flames are luminous at For higher ambient temperatures specify a Honeywell C7035A
all rates and ratios. UV with an 8837-F Adapter, which includes a Honeywell heat
block #136733 (R130-5849) and a ¼" fpt for 100 cfh cooling air.
CONTROL
Mass flow control systems with air temperature compensation
provide the most reliable fuel efficiency.
CAPACITIES
All burners are nominally sized for a high fire rate of 8 osi main air at 1000°F but can be fired at 16 osi.
Main air capacity Atomizing air capacity
Burner Main air scfh at 8 osi scfh at 14 osi
designation pipe size Ambient 1000°F Ambient
6825-2 4 2 700 1 600 400
6825-3 4 3 680 2 200 400
6825-4 4 5 000 3 000 400
6825-5 4 7 700 4 600 400
6825-6 4 11 750 7 000 400
6825-7-A 6 20 950 12 500 2400
6825-7-B 6 27 720 16 500 2600
6825-8-A 6 36 280 21 600 2700 Bulletin 6825
Sheet 1148 describes manual hot air valves that can be used with -6, -7, and -8 burners. Page 2
Bulletin 6825
CLEARANCE DIMENSIONS Page 3
D B‡
sq. C
A - Main Air
conn.†
E 7"
Burner dimensions in inches Approx. flame lengths (ft)

designation A† B‡ C D E Ambient 1000°F
6825-2 4 10 4 14 1915⁄16 2 2
6825-3 4 10 4 14 1915⁄16 2-2½ 2
6825-4 4 10 4 14 1915⁄16 2-2½ 2-2½
6825-5 4 10 5 14 1915⁄16 3-4 2
6825-6 4 10 5 14 1915⁄16 3-3½ 3
6825-7-A 6 12 7 16 245⁄8 4½ 4
6825-7-B 6 12 7 16 245⁄8 4½-5 4-4½
6825-8-A 6 12 7 16 245⁄8 5-6 4½-5
To order, specify: 6825- (code) - (A or B if applicable) Burner complete (specify Arrangement Designator--see main air conn.
sketch). If Z dimension is applicable, range is 2" to 9" by 0.5" increments, written as a two-figure decimal. Pilot position designators* are 3 1
Examples: 6825-7-A Burner complete, Arrangement 3af 2
6825-5-Z Burner complete, Arrangement 1df, with Z dimension 7.5". a a
Gas connection position designators are d b
3 f c
Specify order of assembly by giving designators for the pilot boss, gas inlet, and atomizing air inlet e
relative to the main air connection located at 12 o'clock. The pilot* and main air cannot have the same Atomizing air designators† are h f
position since the air flange would interfere with the pilot. Two ¾" connections on either side of the pilot view from outside furnace g
boss accommodate an observation port (included with burner); the other is for UV mounting.
* Good practice dictates that neither pilot nor flame detector be on the bottom as installed.
† Except for -8-A, smaller main air piping can be used in most cases. Use standard sizing methods for air temperature and pressure available to determine what is
economically advantageous.
‡ Furnace opening should be ½" larger than dimension B.
A "6825 Burner Complete" includes an 8790-0 Observation Port. Recommended Pilot Tip is 4021-12. Optional (recommended) Sensitrol™ Oil Valve is not
included as part of the burner assembly, and must be ordered separately. Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved. Bulletin 6825 04/16
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Hot Air Burners
Dimensions 6825
DIMENSIONS Burner for Typical Hard
in inches ¾ NPT Wall Construction
¾ NPT for Obs. Port
¾ pipe tap, 3 holes for Observation for Pilot Tip W°
Port, Pilot Tip, and Flame Monitoring 45° or UV conn.
Device. See Note 1.
Y 211⁄16
(8) N–dia. holes vacuum formed
T° T° SectionY-Y SectionX-X equally spaced refractory fiber lining
Y
X pilot X Recommended 22½°
Sensitrol™ A–main air
X Y X Oil Valve connection‡
Q 3⁄8 NPT
oil inlet
P
S X D1
sq. H U V dia. D §
G 2
P sq.
Q 29⁄16
E–oil C–NPT
connection atomizing ANSI
B–NPT

air inlet 125 psi
gas inlet
¼ NPT flange
pressure ½"
P P tap J
3⁄8 rad. typ. F K
Q Q R L
M 7
Main air is drawn at 3 o’clock for convenience in showing flange dimensions, but arrangement designators are specified relative to main air at 12 o’clock. Thus the
dimension drawing portrays a 3bf arrangement. (See Bulletin 6825 re arrangement designators.)
NOTE:
1. Pilot must be located in center hole and at least 90 degrees from the main air inlet. Position selected should not place the pilot, observation port, and
flame monitoring adapter boss in a bottom quadrant of the burner when installed.
designation A‡ B C D1 D1 § E F G H J K L M N
6825-2 4 1 ¾ 4 10 ¼ 5 2 13⁄8 85⁄16 1411⁄16 175⁄8 245⁄16 ¾
6825-3 4 1 ¾ 4 10 ¼ 5 2 13⁄8 85⁄16 1411⁄16 175⁄8 245⁄16 ¾
6825-4 4 1¼ ¾ 4 10 ¼ 5 2 13⁄8 85⁄16 1411⁄16 175⁄8 245⁄16 ¾
6825-5 4 1½ 1 5 10 3⁄8 5 2 13⁄8 85⁄16 1411⁄16 175⁄8 245⁄16 ¾
6825-6 4 1½ 1 5 10 3⁄8 5 2 13⁄8 85⁄16 1411⁄16 175⁄8 245⁄16 ¾
6825-7-A 6 2½ 2 7 12 3⁄8 7 25⁄8 1¾ 95⁄16 1711⁄16 217⁄8 299⁄16 5⁄8
6825-7-B 6 2½ 2 7 12 3⁄8 7 25⁄8 1¾ 95⁄16 1711⁄16 217⁄8 299⁄16 5⁄8
6825-8-A 6 2½ 2 7 12 3⁄8 7 25⁄8 1¾ 95⁄16 17¾ 217⁄8 299⁄16 5⁄8
Recommended
Burner dimensions in inches and degrees Sensitrol Wt,
designation P Q R S T° U V W° X Y Oil Valve lb
6825-2 31⁄8 6¼ 25⁄16 14 67½ 7½ 9 42 4 129⁄32 1813-03 175
6825-3 31⁄8 6¼ 25⁄16 14 67½ 7½ 9 42 4 129⁄32 1813-03 175
6825-4 31⁄8 6¼ 25⁄16 14 67½ 7½ 9 42 4 129⁄32 1813-03 175
6825-5 31⁄8 6¼ 25⁄16 14 67½ 7½ 9 42 4 129⁄32 1813-02-A 175
6825-6 31⁄8 6¼ 25⁄16 14 67½ 7½ 9 42 4 129⁄32 1813-02-A 175
6825-7-A 311⁄16 73⁄8 2¾ 16 58½ 9½ 11 34½ 6 113⁄16 1813-02-B 230
6825-7-B 311⁄16 73⁄8 2¾ 16 58½ 9½ 11 34½ 6 113⁄16 1813-02-B 230
6825-8-A 311⁄16 73⁄8 2¾ 16 58½ 9½ 11 34½ 6 113⁄16 1813-02-C 230
‡ Except for -8-A, use supply piping with oversized flange.
§ Furnace opening should be ½" larger than dimension D2.
 Piping not furnished by North American. Dimension M assumes the use of a close nipple between burner and Sensitrol. Optional (recommended) Sensitrol Oil Valve is not included
as part of the burner assembly, and must be ordered separately.
Dimensions 6825
Page 2
DIMENSIONS
in inches Burner for Typical Fiber
Wall Construction
¾ pipe tap, 3 holes for Observation
35° 35° Port, Pilot Tip, and Flame Monitoring (8) N–dia. holes
Device. See Note 1. equally spaced
22½° 22½° W°
A–main air connection‡
vacuum formed 22½°
refractory fiber lining
S–OD
3⁄8 NPT
oil inlet
X D1 D2 D3§
dia. OD OD
G H U V
29⁄16 C–NPT
atomizing B–NPT
air inlet ANSI
gas inlet 125 psi
¼ NPT
pressure E–oil flange (See Note 2)
tap F connection
R–dia. hole 3⁄8 Z

8 req'd. equally spaced J
on a P–dia. BC
WARNING: Situations dangerous to personnel and property may exist K
with the operation and maintenance of any combustion equipment.
The presence of fuels, oxidants, hot and cold combustion products, Y
hot surfaces, electrical power in control and ignition circuits, etc., are
L
inherent with any combustion application. Components in combustion
systems may exceed 160°F (71°C) surface temperatures and present hot M 93⁄8
surface contact hazard. Fives North American Combustion, Inc. suggests
the use of combustion systems that are in compliance with all Safety
Codes, Standards, Regulations and Directives; and care in operation.
Main air is drawn at 3 o’clock for convenience in showing flange dimensions, but arrangement designators are specified relative to main air at 12 o’clock. Thus the
dimension drawing portrays a 3bf arrangement. (See Bulletin 6825 re arrangement designators.)
NOTE:
1. Pilot must be located in center hole and at least 90 degrees from the main air inlet. Position selected should not place the pilot, observation port,
and flame monitoring adapter boss in a bottom quadrant of the burner when installed.
2. "Z" dimension variable from 2" to 9" by ½" increments for fiber wall construction. When "Z" dimension is equal to 9" the backplate and mounting
flange will be one piece.
designation A‡ B C D1 D2 D3 § E F G H J K L M N
6825-2 4 1 ¾ 4 113⁄8 12 ¼ 5 2 13⁄8 77⁄8 14¼ 17 3⁄16 237⁄8 ¾
6825-3 4 1 ¾ 4 113⁄8 12 ¼ 5 2 13⁄8 77⁄8 14¼ 173⁄16 237⁄8 ¾
6825-4 4 1¼ ¾ 4 113⁄8 12 ¼ 5 2 13⁄8 77⁄8 14¼ 173⁄16 237⁄8 ¾
6825-5 4 1½ 1 5 113⁄8 12 3⁄8 5 2 13⁄8 77⁄8 14¼ 173⁄16 237⁄8 ¾
6825-6 4 1½ 1 5 113⁄8 12 3⁄8 5 2 13⁄8 77⁄8 14¼ 173⁄16 237⁄8 ¾
6825-7-A 6 2½ 2 7 14 145⁄8 3⁄8 7 25⁄8 1¾ 9 173⁄8 219⁄16 29 ¼ 7⁄8
6825-7-B 6 2½ 2 7 14 145⁄8 3⁄8 7 25⁄8 1¾ 9 173⁄8 219⁄16 29¼ 7⁄8
6825-8-A 6 2½ 2 7 14 145⁄8 3⁄8 7 25⁄8 1¾ 9 173⁄8 219⁄16 29¼ 7⁄8
Recommended
Burner dimensions in inches and degrees Sensitrol Wt,
designation P R S U V W° X Y Oil Valve lb
6825-2 14½ 5⁄8 16 7½ 9 45 4 25⁄16 1813-03 175
6825-3 14½ 5⁄8 16 7½ 9 45 4 25⁄16 1813-03 175
6825-4 14½ 5⁄8 16 7½ 9 45 4 25⁄16 1813-03 175
6825-5 14½ 5⁄8 16 7½ 9 45 4 25⁄16 1813-02-A 175 Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | 6825 dims 06/03
6825-6 14½ 5⁄8 16 7½ 9 45 4 25⁄16 1813-02-A 175

6825-7-A 17 ¾ 185⁄8 9½ 11 30 6 2¾ 1813-02-B 230
6825-7-B 17 ¾ 185⁄8 9½ 11 30 6 2¾ 1813-02-B 230
6825-8-A 17 ¾ 185⁄8 9½ 11 30 6 2¾ 1813-02-C 230
‡ Except for -8-A, use supply piping with oversized flange.
§ Furnace opening should be ½" larger than dimension D3.
 Piping not furnished by Fives North American Combustion, Inc. Dimension M assumes the use of a close nipple between burner and Sensitrol. Optional (recommended) Sensitrol
Oil Valve is not included as part of the burner assembly, and must be ordered separately.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 6825 Dual-Fuel™ Burners Gas tube
Gas connection
Groove Parts List 6825-2
Oil nozzle
¼" Pipe plug pin
Pipe plug Stud Atomizing air
tube assembly Bolt
Observation port Atomizing air connection
Mounting plate
Drive pin Body and liner
assembly
Burner tile

Screw
Oil and air nozzles

must be flush with
edge of cookie
1½" for for -2 through
-7-B and -8-A -7-A burners
Recommended Air disc assembly
Sensitrol™ Oil Valve
(shipped loose)
Air tubes
Atomizing air connection gasket
Gas connection gasket
Oil tube Mounting gasket
Tile mounting hook
6825 DUAL-FUEL BURNERS FOR HARD
WALL CONSTRUCTION
Burner designation
Part Name 6825-2 6825-3 6825-4 6825-5 6825-6 6825-7-A 6825-7-B 6825-8-A
Air Tubes (8 req'd.) Inconel 3-3643-1† 3-3643-2† 3-3640-2 3-3639-2 3-3554-2 3-3273-3 3-3273-4 4-3684-2
Atomizing Air Connection 3-2474-1 3-2474-1 3-2474-1 3-2474-2 3-2474-2 3-6081-1 3-6081-1 3-6081-1
Atomizing Air Conn. Gasket 3-2607-1 3-2607-1 3-2607-1 3-2607-1 3-2607-1 3-3272-1 3-3272-1 3-3272-1
Atomizing Air Tube Assembly 3-7066-1 3-7066-1 3-7066-1 3-7066-1 3-7066-1 3-6839-2 3-6839-1 3-6839-1
Burner Tile 3-6673-1 3-6673-1 3-6673-1 3-6673-2 3-6673-2 3-6673-3 3-6673-3 3-6673-3
Gas Connection 3-2465-4 3-2465-4 3-2465-5 3-2465-6 3-2465-6 3-6510-1 3-6510-1 3-6510-1
GasTube 3-7068-1 3-7068-1 3-7068-1 3-7068-1 3-7068-1 4-7329-1 4-7329-2 4-7329-2
Groove Pin (2 req'd.) R570-2300-S (All Sizes)
Mounting Gasket 4-7571-1 4-7571-1 4-7571-1 4-7571-1 4-7571-1 4-7572-1 4-7572-1 4-7572-1
Mounting Plate 3-4767-3 3-4767-3 3-4767-3 3-4767-3 3-4767-3 3-4638-3 3-4638-3 3-4638-3
Oil Connection Assembly 3-2391-1 3-2391-1 3-2391-1 3-2391-1 3-2391-1 3-2519-2 3-2519-2 3-2519-2
Oil Nozzle 3-2541-1 3-2541-1 3-2541-1 3-2541-1 3-2541-1 3-6077-1 3-6077-1 3-6077-1
Oil Tube 3-7069-1 3-7069-1 3-7069-1 3-7069-1 3-7069-1 3-7071-1 3-7071-1 3-7071-1
Pipe Plug (2 req'd.) R590-7850 (All Sizes)
Sensitrol™ Oil Valve 1813-03 1813-03 1813-03 1813-02-A 1813-02-A 1813-02-B 1813-02-B 1813-02-C
Stud (4 req'd.) 3-2584-1 3-2584-1 3-2584-1 3-2584-1 3-2584-1 3-3325-1 3-3325-1 3-3325-1
Tile Mounting Hook (4 req'd.) 3-1115-2 3-1115-2 3-1115-2 3-1115-2 3-1115-2 3-1115-2 3-1115-2 3-1115-2

Optional (recommended) Sensitrol Oil Valve is not included as part of the burner assembly, and must be ordered separately.
† Includes 3-3638-1 Adapter
Parts List 6825-2
Page 2
6825 DUAL-FUEL™ GAS BURNERS FOR FIBER WALL CONSTRUCTION
Observation port Gas connection Oil nozzle

Groove pin
Pipe plug Atomizing air tube assembly Mounting plate
¼" Pipe plug Body and liner assembly Burner tile
Stud
Gas tube
Atomizing air connection Air tubes
1½" for Oil and air nozzles

-7-B and -8-A must be flush with
edge of cookie
for -2 through
Recommended -7-A burners
Sensitrol™ oil valve
(shipped loose)
Air disc assembly
Oil tube
Atomizing air connection gasket Mounting adapter gasket
(This view differs Gas connection gasket
slightly for -2-Z thru Mounting adapter
-6-Z sizes.)
Burner designation
Part Name 6825-2-Z 6825-3-Z 6825-4-Z 6825-5-Z 6825-6-Z 6825-7-AZ 6825-7-BZ 6825-8-AZ
Air Tubes (8 req’d.) Inconel 3-3643-1† 3-3643-2† 3-3640-2 3-3639-2 3-3554-2 3-3273-3 3-3273-4 4-3684-2
Atomizing Air Conn. Gasket 3-2607-1 3-2607-1 3-2607-1 3-2607-1 3-2607-1 3-3272-1 3-3272-1 3-3272-1
Atomizing Air Tube Assembly 3-7066-2 3-7066-2 3-7066-2 3-7066-2 3-7066-2 3-6839-4 3-6839-3 3-6839-3
Burner Tile 3-6520-1 3-6520-1 3-6520-1 3-6520-3 3-6520-3 3-6521-1 3-6521-1 3-6521-1
Gas Connection 3-2465-4 3-2465-4 3-2465-5 3-2465-6 3-2465-6 3-6510-1 3-6510-1 3-6510-1
Gas Tube 3-7068-2 3-7068-2 3-7068-2 3-7068-2 3-7068-2 4-7329-3 4-7329-4 4-7329-4
Groove Pin (2 req’d.) R570-2300-S (All Sizes)
Mounting Adapter3-6401-1 3-6401-1 3-6401-1 3-6401-2 3-6401-2 3-6467-1 3-6467-1 3-6467-1

Mounting Adapter Gasket 3-6516-1 3-6516-1 3-6516-1 3-6516-1 3-6516-1 3-6483-1 3-6483-1 3-6483-1
Mounting Plate 3-6523-1 3-6523-1 3-6523-1 3-6523-1 3-6523-1 3-6525-1 3-6525-1 3-6525-1
Oil Nozzle 3-2541-1 3-2541-1 3-2541-1 3-2541-1 3-2541-1 3-6077-1 3-6077-1 3-6077-1
Oil Tube 3-7069-2 3-7069-2 3-7069-2 3-7069-2 3-7069-2 3-7071-4 3-7071-3 3-7071-3
Pipe Plug (2 req’d.) R590-7850 (All Sizes)
Sensitrol™ Oil Valve 1813-03 1813-03 1813-03 1813-02-A 1813-02-A 1813-02-B 1813-02-B 1813-02-C
Stud (4 req’d.) 3-2584-1 3-2584-1 3-2584-1 3-2584-1 3-2584-1 3-3325-1 3-3325-1 3-3325-1
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | 6825-2_PL 06/02

Optional (recommended) Sensitrol Oil Valve is not included as part of the burner assembly, and must be ordered separately.
† Includes 3-3638-1 Adapter
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 6833-25 Dual-Fuel™
Sheet 6833-1
Flat Flame Burners
The atomizer design permits ratio control by a cross-connected 7052
Ratiotrol™. If the atomizer is left in the burner when burning gas,
protect it from overheating with 2 psi atomizing air.
Flame Supervision. Use a UV Flame Detector and an adapter with a

B suffix. Provide 100 cfh of cleaning air at 16 osi from main air, mak-
ing the connection downstream of the control valve. (An 8699-01
Balancing Orifice with #26 drill will pass about 100 cfh of air at 16
osi.) Cleaning air must be turned down with main air for best flame
signal.
optional (recommended) Sensitrol™ Oil Valve. Ignition. A 4011-12 pilot set is recommended for individual burner
ignition. When multiple burners share a single pilot pre-mix header,
a 4021-12 pilot tip per burner with an appropriately sized air/gas
6833-25 Dual-Fuel Flat Flame Burners incorporate 5625 Compressed mixer is recommended.
Air Atomizers and main air discs designed for higher turndown,
better flame shape, and wider stability limits than available with the Standard cast burner tiles are rated for 3000°F furnace temperature.
former 6832 Burners. They operate on gas or distillate oil. Higher temperature materials are available.
TABLE 1. Main and atomizing air capacities
Burner Main air, cfh Atomizing air, cfh

designation 1 osi 4 osi 9 osi 16 osi Gas (2 psi) Oil (8 psi)
6833-3-25 825 1650 2480 3 300 100 200
6833-4-25 1360 2720 4080 5 300 100 200
6833-5-25 2280 4560 6840 9 000 130 260
6833-6-25 — — — 14 500 92 350 (at 17 psi)
TABLE 2. Maximum % excess air

Burner Gas, main air at osi Oil, Main air at osi
designation 1 4 9 16 1 4 9 16
6833-3-25 220 130 100 80 5 60 40 30
6833-4-25 100 110 90 60 45 90 60 20
6833-5-25 170 80 70 60 200 250 100 80
6833-6-25 200 — — 25 50 — — 50
TABLE 3. Maximum % excess fuel

Burner Gas, main air at osi Oil, Main air at osi
designation 1 4 9 16 1 4 9 16
6833-3-25 5 20 15 10 5 10 10 10
6833-4-25 20 20 20 10 10 10 10 10
6833-5-25 — — — — — — — 10
6833-6-25 20 — — 15 10 — — 10
Sheet 6833-1
Page 2
Recommended
Sensitrol™
Oil Valve
 13½
Square†
M L
3⁄8 NPT K
Oil inlet B–NPT
Gas
inlet J
3⁄8 NPT
Atomizing H A–NPT
Air inlet
G Main air
connection
F
E †
NOTE: Optional (recommended) Sensitrol oil valve is not not included as part of the burner assembly, and must be ordered separately.
Sensitrol™
Burner Wt, oil valve Recommended
designation A B E F G H J K L M lb 1813 or 1813M Pilot Tip
6833-3-25 1½ 1 14½ 1115⁄16 10¼ 81⁄16 51⁄8 57⁄16 2 2 210 -02-A 4021-12
6833-4-25 2 1¼ 14½ 1115⁄16 10¼ 81⁄16 51⁄8 57⁄16 2 2 205 -02-A 4021-12
6833-5-25 2½ 1½ 167⁄8 145⁄16 12¾ 10 6 515⁄16 25⁄8 2 205 -02-A 4021-12
6833-6-25 3 2 167⁄8 145⁄16 12¾ 10 6 515⁄16 25⁄8 2 205 -02-A 4021-12
† Alternate grooved square, or round tiles may be specified per Dimensions 4832/4834.
 These dimensions assume a 3⁄8" close nipple between burner and Sensitrol Oil Valve (see note).
 Pipe nipple not furnished by North American.
Basic information--all sizes:

1. All results tested in cold, tight furnaces with burners mounted in side wall only.
2. All stoichiometric flames are straight from 1 osi main air pressure and lower, semi-straight between 1 and 2 osi (flame length reaches 8" when
straight).
3. Burners applicable where extensive periods of oil firing are required, or excess gas in a cold, tight furnace is required.
4. Pilots must be set to lowest possible rate.
5. Stoichiometric operation on natural gas requires gas pressure be 50% of air pressure at the burner.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Dual-Fuel™ Hot Spot Burners Sheet 6841
Dual-Fuel™ Hot Spot Burners produce short, intense, concentrated flames on gas or distillate oil. Two sizes are available -- 6841-7, which uses 20 osi
atomizing air, and 6841-8-B25, which uses 15 psi compressed air for atomization. Excellent turndown characteristics of the 6841-8-B25 permits its use
over the capacity range normally served by -8-A and -8-B burners. Use of atomizing air during gas operation permits equal capacity on gas or oil. If
reduced gas capacity is acceptable for the 6841-8-B25, compressed air can be reduced to 1 psig (minimum to prevent atomizer overheating). The
6841-7 is stable in a cold, tight chamber. Do not run it rich on oil.
6841-7 Burners have 13½" square by 9" (nominal) long tiles. 6841-8-B25 Burners have 24" diameter grooved tiles. Tiles are of refractory material
suitable for 3000°F tile temperature. Tile cover plates are heat-resisting cast iron. Burner internals that see flame are alloy.
Required gas pressure at the burner connection is 3 osi for 6841-7 and 1.5 osi for 6841-8-B25.
Pilots, Flame Supervision. A 4011-12 pilot set is recommended for individual burner ignition. When multiple burners share a single pilot pre-mix
header, a 4021-12 pilot tip per burner with an appropriately sized air/gas mixer is recommended. Pilot Tips use 6"wc mixture pressure. Flame rods or
UV detectors work satisfactorily with pilot and main gas flames. For monitoring oil fires, only UV is satisfactory--flame rods tend to collect carbon. For
satisfactory operation, UV detectors must be purged with air. Flame detectors must be installed clockwise of pilot as viewed from rear of burner.
Total Capacities. Gas capacity is based on 0.6 sp gr, 1000 Btu/ft3 gas, using main and full atomizing air. Oil capacity is based on #2 oil at 140 000
Btu/gallon.
Burner 12 osi main air pressure drop across burner 16 osi main air pressure drop acrosss burner
designation Air, scfh Gas, scfh Oil, gph Air, scfh Gas, scfh Oil, gph
6841-7 22 100 2210 15.8 25 200 2520 18.0
6841-8-B25 57 600 5760 41.1 66 500 6650 47.5
Main and Atomizing Air Capacities in scfh
Burner main air pressure drop across burner, osi Atomizing

designation 0.1 0.5 1 5 6 8 12 16 Air, scfh
6841-7 1860 4 160 5 900 13 100 14 400 16 600 20 400 23 500 1700 at 20 osi
6841-8-B25 6750 11 500 16 500 36 900 40 400 46 700 57 200 66 000 420 at 15 psi
Metric Conversions
1 osi = 43.94 mm H2O = 0.004 39 kg/cm2 1"wc = 25.40 mm H2O
1 psi = 0.0703 kg/cm2 1Btu/ft3 = 8.899 kcal/m3
1" = 25.40 mm 1 Btu/gal = 0.666 kcal/L
C = 5⁄9 (F – 32) 1 scfh = 0.028 26 sm3/h = 0.026 86 nm3/h
1 lb = 0.4536 kg 1gph = 0.001 05 L/s
Excess Air main air pressure drop across burner, osi
Max % Excess Air 0.1 1 4 8 12 16
6841-7, Gas – 250 500 400 375 350
6841-7, Oil – 150 300 450 500 575
6841-8-B25, Gas 160 700 120 90 100 160
6841-8-B25, Oil 140 550 1030 1050 1300 1500
Without atomizing air. With 150 scfh atomizing air at 1 psi.
Flame Length main air pressure drop across burner, osi

Flame Length, inches 1 4 8 12 16
6841-7, Gas 36 40 50 – 40
6841-7, Oil 27 27 16 – 22
6841-8-B25, Gas 24 30 36-48 36-48 48
6841-8-B25, Oil 24 36 36 36-48 48
Flame dia., inches
6841-7, Gas 24 30 48 – 24
6841-7, Oil 18 18 14 – 15
Sheet 6841
DIMENSIONS Page 2
in inches (and mm)
11 (280)
6841-7 – Weight 205 lb (93 kg)
1 (25) 7¼ (185)
¾ NPT – 2 holes for Pilot and Flame Detector

or Observation Port. Holes are 15° on either
side of vertical LC.
 13½ sq.
45°
Recommended (343)
1813-02-D
Sensitrol™ oil valve 2 25⁄8 (67)
(50)
61⁄16
¾ NPT (154)
Oil inlet
2½ NPT
Gas inlet
1¼ NPT 6 (152)
Atomizing 10 (254) 4 NPT
air inlet Main air 95⁄8 (245)
12¾ (324) connection
14 7⁄16 (370)
17 (430) 18½ (470)
35½ (900)
6841-8-B25 – Weight 560 lb (255 kg) 42¼ (1075)
¾ NPT – 2 holes for Pilot 403⁄8 (1025)

and Flame Detector 36¼ (920)
16½ (420)
4-5⁄8 (16) Slots ¾ – NPT Obs. port
on 189⁄16 (470) BC 5⁄8 (16)

½ – 13 NC
2 (50) Thread
25⁄8 (67) 24 dia.

20° 19¾ (495) (610)
11¼
(285) Recommended
1813-01 ½ NPT Oil
Sensitrol™ ½ NPT
oil valve Compressed air 10¾
6 NPT Main air 
21⁄16 (52) 49⁄16
(275)
2½ NPT Gas 37⁄8 5½ 83⁄8 145⁄8 (370)
(115) (99) (140) (213)
 Pipe nipple not furnished by Fives North American Combustion, Inc. Optional (recommended) Sensitrol Oil Valve is not included as part of the burner assembly, and
must be ordered separately per example below.
 These dimensions assume the use of a close nipple between burner and Sensitrol Oil Valve.
 Four hanger rods for suspension in furnace roof.
 Flame detector must be installed clockwise of pilot as viewed from rear of burner.
To Order: Give complete burner designation. Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 6841 05/13
Example: 6841-8-B25 (6") Burner Complete
1813-01 (½") Sensitrol Oil Valve.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Dual-Fuel™
Hot Spot Burners Sheet 6843-1
6843-25 Hot Spot Burners are offered in -3 and -4 sizes. Standard burners are supplied with a flangeless mounting plate
These burners produce short, intense flames when operating for installation in a furnace roof. Optional flanged mounting is
on either natural gas or distillate oil. During oil firing, 8 psi of available (at additional cost) for installation in a furnace wall. Add
compressed air is required at the burner for atomization. During the letter "C" at the end of the burner designation when ordering
gas operation, 2 psi of compressed air is required to protect the the flange, i.e. 6843-3-25-C.
atomizer, but 8 psi can be used if it is necessary to maintain the
same burner capacity as during oil operation. A 4011-12 pilot set is recommended for individual burner ignition.
The 60% Alumina burner tiles withstand furnace temperatures to 4021-12 pilot tip per burner with an appropriately sized air/gas
2800°F, and are grooved to provide a tight seal when mounted mixer is recommended. A UV Detector should be used for flame
in either the furnace roof or wall. The tiles are reinforced with supervision. While it is strongly recommended that the burners
stainless steel needles, and require suitable hand protection be be lit at low fire, the maximum main air pressure for lighting
used during handling. when firing oil is 8 osi.
For natural gas operation, the pressure required at the gas The Dual-Fuel™ hot spot burners will perform well when coupled
connection is approximately one half the main air pressure at the with an air/fuel ratio control system that is capable of controlling
air connection. within the stability range of the burners. The extremely fast
mixing characteristics of this burner limit excess air, and excess
For oil operation, each burner must be equipped with an air/ fuel should be limited to less than 10% Caution must be taken
oil Ratiotrol™ regulator and Sensitrol™ oil valve. This Sensitrol when calculating burner inputs. Due to expansion changes in the
oil valve is not included with the burner assembly and must burner at different firing rates, air flow dœs not follow the square
be ordered separately. As the atomizer nozzles are precision root law. In addition, burner air flow decreases as the furnace
machined, a 100 mesh strainer must be installed in the oil line temperature increases, resulting in a change in air/fuel ratio. As
supplying the burners. In addition, to prevent damage, handling a result, the final burner air/fuel ratio settings must be made with
of the atomizers should be kept to a minimum. When shutting the furnace at operating temperature. This results in the burners
down the burners or switching over to gas operation, completely firings lightly lean during a cold start-up and reaching ratio as
purge the oil atomizers of oil to prevent coking. the furnace reaches temperature.
COMBUSTION AIR CAPACITIES in scfh


designation 0.5 1 2 4 9 16 30 scfh psig
6843-3-25 540 780 1100 1590 2450 3340 4570 230 8
6843-4-25 920 1250 1830 2700 4050 5600 7700* 230 8
Air rates are for burners operating on natural gas on ratio. Cold air capacity when not burning will be approximately
7% greater.
* Gas only. 16 osi is maximum air rate for oil on 6843-4-25.
Sheet 6843-1
Page 2
RECOMMENDED MAXIMUM XSAir RATES--Percent

(Gas fires include 100 scfh [2 psi] atomizing air--required for cooling)
Burner air pressure, osi

designation 0.5 1 2 4 9 16 30
6843-3-25 Oil 10 20 25 25 20 15 15
Gas 150 200 250 75 50 50 40
6843-4-25 Oil 25 50 50 30 20 20 –
Gas 150 200 250 75 50 50 40
Flame length "on ratio" for both burners varies from within the tile at low rates to 10" long by 12"
diameter at higher air rates.
18 sq. 97⁄16
¾ 5⁄16
"C" Models Flanged
¾ dia.
4 holes
93⁄8
Flangeless
15
sq.
2
13⁄8
3⁄8 NPT 57⁄16
oil inlet
B-NPT
gas
inlet 51⁄8
3⁄8 NPT 81⁄16
atomizing air inlet
10¼ A-NPT
main air
1115⁄16 ‡
connection
(see note)
Sensitrol™
Burner weight Sensitrol™ oil valve recommended
designation A B lb 1813 or 1813M pilot tip
(see note)
6833-3-25 1½ 1 230 -02A 4021-12 Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved. Sheet 6843-1 05/13
6833-4-25 2 1¼ 230 -02A 4021-12
† Pipe nipple not furnished by North American.
‡ This dimension assumes a 3⁄8" close nipple between burner and Sensitrol Oil Valve.
NOTE: Sensitrol oil valve not included in burner assembly. Order separately per table above.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Hot Dog™ Burners
For Railroad Car Thawing
6855-4 Car Thawing Unit complete with weather shield.

Shown with optional (recommended) Sensitrol™ Oil Valve.
6855 Hot Dog™ Burners
• Provides fast and economical means of heating hopper cars
• Combination of convection and radiation heat
• Reliable and low maintenance

Product Overview | Hot Dog™ Burners
Bulletin 6855
Page 2
Hot Dog Burner Car Thawing Assemblies provide a fast and

economical means of heating hopper cars for easier dumping
of frozen loads of coal, ore, and other bulk materials. The car
hoppers and sides are heated both by convection, from a stream
of hot air mixed with the products of combustion which flow
through the perforations in the Hot Dog covers, and by radiation
from the flame and the red hot alloy covers.
This combination of convection and radiation heating promotes

rapid thawing without subjecting the journal boxes to excessive
temperatures. Furthermore, fuel costs are reduced when
compared to thawing pits or electric heating, which depend on
radiation alone. Typical Hot Dog installation.
Ignition: A 4055-M Direct Spark Igniter is recommended for gas
6855-4 Hot Dog Burners combine the 6422 Nozzle-Mix Burner only. Otherwise, a 4011-12 pilot set is recommended for indi-
with the time-proven 6856 firing trough. This combination results vidual burner ignition. When multiple burners share a single pilot
in a reliable, low maintenance unit that can be supplied with pre-mix header, a 4021-12 pilot tip per burner with an appropri-
automatic lighting, electronic flame supervision, and the ability to ately sized air/gas mixer is recommended.
control the burner input from a remote location.
Flame Supervision: A flame rod or UV cell may be used when
firing gas only. A UV cell may be used when firing dual fuel or
The burner fires the length of the firing trough, on which two oil only.
covers rest end to end. A baffle plate at the far end of the trough
forces the hot flue gases to escape through perforated holes in A weather shield is provided with the burner, which protects the
these covers. When the weather resistant refractory lining of the igniter and flame detector from the elements.
trough becomes hot, it directs radiant energy toward the car.
Hot Dog Burner covers are constructed of a corrosion resistant,
The 6855 Burner will operate equally well on either excess high temperature alloy. Retainers have been installed to hold the
air or stoichiometric air/fuel ratio. It is ruggedly constructed covers in place even if the burner is mounted at a 45 degree
to withstand the elements and contains provisions for flame angle. In addition, the trough is sloped to provide for natural
supervision and either a gas pilot or direct spark ignition. For this drainage of rain water or melted snow.
reason, car thawing sheds can be equipped with remote pushbut-
ton start up, thereby eliminating the need for the operator to light INSTALLATION & SELECTION
each burner manually. Hot Dog™ Burners are normally installed four-across; two
between the rails and one on either side, 5½' from the tracks
NO THAWING PITS REQUIRED centerline. The outer burners should be mounted on 6856-R ris-
Hot Dog Burners do not require pits, thereby avoiding not only ers, (2 required per burner).
drainage problems, but the possible hazard of someone acciden-
tally stepping into one. The number of burners required for an installation depends on the
number and length of cars to be thawed at one time. When plan-
SPECIFICATIONS
ning the burner layout, allow a 5½' length for each burner and a
Nominal Input: Approximately 600,000 Btu/h HHV, when operat- 4' space between burner rows (four burners across).
ing on stoichiometric ratio. The burner may also be operated
with up to 10% excess fuel which, along with induced secondary
air, increases the input to 660,000 Btu/h HHV.
Main Air Capacity: 5400 scfh at 16 osi.
Atomizing Air Capacity: 430 scfh at 4 osi for burning gas.

Atomizing Air Capacity: 800 scfh at 14 osi for burning oil.
Fuels: Natural gas, propane, coke oven gas and distillate fuel oils.
Required gas pressure at the burner is less than 2 osi. Required
oil pressure at the burner is less than 4 osi.
Burner with weather shield removed.
Shown with optional (recommended) Sensitrol™ Oil Valve.
Bulletin 6855
Page 3
IMPORTANT:
Hot Dog Burners produce large amounts of heat which is transferred
by convection and radiation. Care must be taken when positioning frozen windbreak
the burners under and along the sides of the cars to ensure that load
they will not overheat exposed equipment such as hoses, journal
boxes, axles or brake cylinders. Hot Dog car
Burner hopper
The trough support legs provide 1" clearance under the burner.
6856-R
This promotes cooling air circulation under the center burners and riser
prevents charring of the ties. THIS SPACING MUST BE MAINTAINED.
If there is a clearance problem between the burner and the car
hopper, either cut a groove in the ties or elevate the rails in the
A windbreak enhances thawing effectiveness.
thawing area to provide the required clearance.
To allow for expansion and contraction of the burner due to tem-

perature changes, the spikes or bolts through the mounting holes
at one end of the trough should be a loose fit.
The length of heating time and the burner firing rates necessary
to thaw cars without overheating, are determined by operating
experience. By monitoring the thawing process, programs may be
developed which cover various circumstances, including weather
conditions and how solidly the loads are frozen.
DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. PLEASE OBTAIN CERTIFIED

PRINTS FROM FIVES NORTH AMERICAN COMBUSTION, INC.
IF SPACE LIMITATIONS OR OTHER CONSIDERATIONS MAKE EXACT
DIMENSIONS inches DIMENSION(S) CRITICAL.
16 4
2 5 12
3⁄8
45° 5
¾ fpt 1½
4 holes
‡
135°
11⁄8 dia.
11 105⁄8 2 holes
6¾
45° 2 2
16¾
5¼
1" for clearance 4  4 structural

 "H" section
5 7⁄8 1½ 7⁄8
1 1 313⁄16 215⁄16 25⁄8
12 4 63
90°
¾ fpt 2 fpt 11⁄8 dia.
atomizing main air 2 holes 6 5
11⁄8 dia.
air conn. trough sloped ½" for drainage 12
conn. 2 holes Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Bulletin 6855 04/16
1¼ fpt
gas conn. Note: For burner details, refer to Bulletin 6422 and
Dimensions 6422, using OC3-2042 body with extra
6855-4-CTU Car Thawing Unit 210 lb pilot and flame detector locations (‡).
6856-R Riser 27 lb
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
OIL
BURNERS
_
North American 5025 Light Oil Pilots Sheet 5025-1
5025 Light Oil Pilots are offered in the -1 size in either 1½"
threaded or slip-fit style for interrupted pilot service. The
pilots produce flames approximately 14" long and are suitable
for lighting those larger North American burners which
have provision for a 1½" pilot tip. A 10,000 volt center tap
transformer is required to provide a constant spark while the oil
pilot is operating.
These pilots have 1" air connections and require 650 cfh of air.
The 5025-1-3T Threaded Pilot shown in the dimension drawing 115/230/1/60. This oil pump is equipped with ½" NPT ports
is intended for industrial applications and has a restrictive and an internal pressure relief valve. We recommend the
orifice in the air passage such that it passes 650 cfh of air at 8 use of a system oil pressure regulator (7142-01-70) and a
osi. system relief valve (7177-01-150) with a return oil line to the oil
reservoir.
The 5025-1-3 Slip-fit Pilot shown in the photo is designed for
packaged automatic burners with integral fans. It has no air Because of the very small orifice in the pilot oil nozzle, there is
restriction, and will pass the required 650 cfh of air with only a final oil filter built into the oil connection of the pilot. However,
0.2"w.c. pressure drop. for good performance it is mandatory to install an additional
fine mesh strainer such as the 8558-02-100 in the oil line just
The oil connection is ¼" and the requirement is 0.85 gph at 100 upstream of the pilot assembly.
psi. This provides the rich ratio required for pilot operation. Free
air must be available in the setting since on-ratio firing would Give special consideration to FM and Industrial Risk Insurers
require 1140 cfh of air. products as 5025 Pilots have not been submitted to UL or FM
for approval.
The 8564-2000/X8823 Light Oil Pump with 19 GPH capacity
can be used with these pilots. Its ¼ HP motor operates on To order, specify: 5025-1-3T Threaded Light Oil Pilot
5025-1-3 Slip-fit Light Oil Pilot
DIMENSIONS inches
10
27⁄8
5025-1-3T (1½ NPT pipe thread tube)
Weight: 4½ lb
45⁄8
¼ NPT
59⁄16 45°
19⁄16
dia. 1 NPT
7¼
5025-1-3 (1.90 dia. slip-fit tube) 25⁄8

Sheet 5025-1
page 2
DIMENSIONS inches
North American Pump Set Designation

8564-2000/ X8823
Weight: 34 lb
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Oil Burners

optional (recommended) Sensitrol
Oil Valve.
5422 Oil Burners
• Ideal for many applications
• Mounting plates are made of cast iron

Product Overview | Oil Burners
5422 Fire•All Oil Burners are ideal for heat treat and non- LIGHTING AND FLAME SUPERVISION
ferrous melting furnaces, kilns, ovens, air heaters, dryers,
chemical process equipment, and other applications where A 4011-12 pilot set is recommended for individual burner ignition.
superior temperature uniformity is required. (For higher When multiple burners share a single pilot pre-mix header, a
temperature service, use the 5425 version.) 4021-12 pilot tip per burner with an appropriately sized air/gas
mixer is recommended. A manual torch can be used in some
These sealed-in light oil burners are stable at correct ratio and applications. Ultraviolet (UV) detector can be installed in one of
with up to 50% excess fuel if additional air for combustion is in three holes in the body, using an adapter listed in Bulletin 8832.
the furnace near the burner. UV scanners allow igniting with up to 14 osi main air. When using
flame supervision, an interrupted pilot is required--do not use
5422 Burners can also be operated with excess air (see Table constant or intermittent pilots.
2) if lean operation is desirable for temperature uniformity or
furnace versatility. Excess air can improve temperature uniformity
by: (1) reducing hot mix temperatures to eliminate hot spots in
front of the burners; (2) churning furnace atmosphere to reduce
stratification; (3) creating positive furnace pressure to stop cold
air infiltration; (4) increasing effective turndown.
OPERATION
Burners can be lit at rich, lean, or correct oil/air ratio, then
immediately turned to high fire. Required oil pressure at the
burner is nearly zero, but a pressure drop of about 10 psi should
be taken across the 1813 Sensitrol™ Valve. If furnace temperatures
after shutdown exceed 1900°F, pass some air through the burner
to prevent overheating.
Table 1.
COMBUSTION AIR CAPACITIES, scfh ATOMIZING AIR CAPACITIES, scfh

Burner Air pressure drop across the burner, osi
designation 0.1 1 5 6 8 12 16 14 16 18 20 22 24
5422-2 160 520 1 160 1 270 1 470 1 800 2 100 500 520 560 600 620 650
5422-3 280 890 1 980 2 160 2 500 3 050 3 550 500 520 560 600 620 650
5422-4 460 1 450 3 240 3 540 4 100 5 000 5 800 500 520 560 600 620 650
5422-5 750 2 370 5 300 5 800 6 700 8 150 9 450 640 690 720 760 800 840
5422-6 1180 3 700 8 300 9 100 10 500 12 900 14 800 800 850 910 950 1000 1050
5422-7-A 2070 6 550 14 600 16 000 18 500 22 700 26 200 870 930 990 1040 1100 1150
5422-7-B 2580 8 150 18 200 19 900 23 000 28 200 32 600 870 930 990 1040 1100 1150
5422-8-A 3320 10 500 23 500 25 800 29 700 36 400 42 000 2650 2840 3000 3170 3320 3480
For total capacity, add combustion air and atomizing air. (For Btu/h HHV 1769-IN028, multiply by 100.)
Table 2. Maximum Excess Air Rates, %

Combustion Air
Pressure at Burner 5422-2 5422-3 5422-4 5422-5 5422-6 5422-7-A 5422-7-B 5422-8-A
1 osi 280 200 500 250 150 150 150 200
8 osi 400 500 800 400 400 300 700 280
14 osi 500 650 900 600 550 450 800 350
Above excess air rates with 9" long tile, with 14-22 osi atomizing air at the burner, and without pilot.
Bulletin 5422
Page 2
Features | Oil Burners
Bulletin 5422
Page 3
CONSTRUCTION FEATURES
Mounting plates are cast iron. Standard tiles are 9" long.† In Air inlets can be rotated in 90° increments, but air pipes should
furnace walls thicker than the tile length, tunnel beyond end of be brought in from top or side to prevent oil dripping into them.
tile should be flared at least 30° included angle, starting at the
tile OD. An observation port is furnished with all burners.
Jacketed Tiles. 5422- -LC Burners have a carbon steel jacket The 5422 oil atomizer can be easily withdrawn to allow for
around the tile for furnace walls with no refractory to support inspection and/or cleaning of the oil nozzle.
the tiles--maximum combustion chamber temperature: 800°F.
For higher temperatures, specify -L4 for 304 or -L9 for 309 SST
jackets.
CLEARANCE DIMENSIONS, inches

Optional
Tile Jacket
3⁄8 NPT
Oil Inlet
C‡
D
sq.
B-NPT
Atomizing Air
A–NPT
Combustion
Air Inlet
F sq. E 9"
Approx. flame lengths

Burner with 16 osi Main Air
designation A B C‡ D E F (in open furnace)
5422-2 1¼ ¾ 8½ 5 1011⁄16 12 2'
5422-3 1½ ¾ 8½ 5 1011⁄16 12 2'
5422-4 2 ¾ 8½ 5 1011⁄16 12 2½'
5422-5 2½ 1 8½ 5 1011⁄16 12 2½'
5422-6 3 1 8½ 5 1011⁄16 12 4'
5422-7-A 4 1¼ 10 7 135⁄8 13½ 6'
5422-7-B 4 1¼ 10 7 135⁄8 13½ 6'
5422-8-A 6 2 10 7 135⁄8 13½ 6'
† See Dimensions 6422 for ceramic fiber wall installation recommendations.

‡ 5422- -L_ metal jackets add about 1" to tile OD--see Dimensions 5422.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Oil Burners Dimensions 5422
7½ BC for -2, -3, -4, -5, and -6

8– 3⁄8 bolts
Steel Shell ¾ NPT–3 holes for Flame Detector, ¾ wide slotted holes
Observation Port, and Pilot Tip
E
45° in all planes
 DIMENSIONS
P 45°
D3 in inches
sq. 
D1 Q
dia. H
D2 
sq. 9 3⁄8 BC
F C-NPT P
Atomizing Air 19 for -7-A, -7-B,
3 /32R
inlet and -8-A
1⁄8 NPT 8– ½ bolts
Pressure Tap  A-NPT 3⁄8 NPT
1⁄8 J Combustion Oil inlet
P P
L Air inlet R R
9 M 2 9⁄16 S sq.
N

designation A C D1 D2 D3 E F H J L M N P Q R S
5422-2 1¼ ¾ 5 8½ 9½ ½ 5¼ 1 3⁄8 4 3⁄8 8 3⁄8 12 7⁄8 15 7⁄16 5¼ 10 ½ 6 12
5422-3 1½ ¾ 5 8½ 9½ ½ 5¼ 1 3⁄8 4 3⁄8 8 3⁄8 12 7⁄8 15 7⁄16 5¼ 10 ½ 6 12
5422-4 2 ¾ 5 8½ 9½ ½ 5¼ 1 3⁄8 4 3⁄8 8 3⁄8 12 7⁄8 15 7⁄16 5¼ 10 ½ 6 12
5422-5 2½ 1 5 8½ 9½ ½ 5¼ 1 3⁄8 4 3⁄8 8 3⁄8 12 7⁄8 15 7⁄16 5¼ 10 ½ 6 12
5422-6 3 1 5 8½ 9½ ½ 5 9⁄16 13⁄8 4 3⁄8 8 3⁄8 12 7⁄8 15 7⁄16 5¼ 10 ½ 6 12
5422-7-A 4 1¼ 7 10 11 9⁄16 6 15⁄16 2 1⁄8 5 7⁄8 10 7⁄8 15 13⁄16 18 3⁄8 6 1⁄8 12 ¼ 6¾ 13 ½
5422-7-B 4 1¼ 7 10 11 9⁄16 6 15⁄16 2 1⁄8 5 7⁄8 10 7⁄8 15 13⁄16 18 3⁄8 6 1⁄8 12 ¼ 6¾ 13 ½
5422-8-A 6 2 7 10 11 9⁄16 10 11⁄16 1¾ 5 7⁄8 10 7⁄8 15 13⁄16 18 3⁄8 6 1⁄8 12 ¼ 6¾ 13 ½
 Pilot, Flame Detector, and Observation Port positions are interchangeable, as long as pilot and flame detector are in adjacent holes.
 Opening in furnace shell should be about ½" larger than dimension D2 to allow for fillets and draft on mounting plate.
 For 5422- -LC, -L4 and -L9 Burners only. Opening in oven shell should be about ¼" larger than dimension D3.
¼" body air pressure tap on -2, -3, -4, -5, and -6. 1⁄8" body air pressure tap on -7-A, -7-B and -8-A.
 Pipe nipple not furnished by Fives.
 Dimensions M and N assume the use of a 3⁄8" NPT close nipple between burner and Sensitrol Oil Valve.
 "Flower Pot" type flange for -8-A.
 Metal tubing is offered as an extra cost option (order as P.N. 3-0310-7).
Optional (recommended) Sensitrol Oil Valve is not included as part of the burner assembly, and must be ordered separately.
IMPORTANT: For convenience, mounting plate and tile can be separated from the burner body during furnace construction; but tile must be set in the
wall with notches for pilot and UV detector properly positioned relative to desired air pipe direction. See Dimensions 6422 for ceramic fiber wall instal-
lation recommendations.
Dimensions 5422
page 2
Recommended Recommended
Burner Sensitrol™ Recommended Burner Burner Sensitrol™ Recommended Burner
designation Oil Valve Pilot Set wt, lb designation Oil Valve Pilot Set wt, lb
5422-2 1813-02-A 62 5422-7-A 1813-02-C 4011-11 120
5422-3 1813-02-A 4011-11 62 5422-7-B 1813-02-C (or) 120
5422-4 1813-02-A (or) 62 5422-8-A 1813-02-D 4011-12 126
5422-5 1813-02-A 4011-12 62
5422-6 1813-02-B 62
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Dims 5422 05/14
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Fire All™ Oil Burners Parts List 5422
Optional Tile Jacket
¾" Pipe Plug (LC, L4, L9 Burners only)
Oil Connection Mounting Burner Tile

Assembly
Atomizing Air
Recommended Connection Body
Sensitrol ™ Gasket
Oil Valve 
Atomizing Air
Connection
Stud
Oil Nozzle
Metal 3⁄8" Pipe

Tubing  Nipple  Air Tubes (8)
Atomizing Air Tube
and
Nozzle Assembly
Main Air Flange
Gasket
Main Air Flange

Furnace wall
Optional Steel
Tile Retaining Nuts (4) Jacket
(R510-2219) Mounting

and Pilot Hole
Bosses on Body
Bonding Insulating
Tile Retaining Rods (4) Mortar Castable
(3-1115-2) Burner Tile
Parts for 5422 Burners

Part Name 5422-2 5422-3 5422-4 5422-5 5422-6 5422-7-A 5422-7-B 5422-8-A
Burner Only (Assembly) 5422-2-BO 5422-3-BO 5422-4-BO 5422-5-BO 5422-6-BO 5422-7-ABO 5422-7-BBO 5422-8-ABO
Body 3-2466-9 3-2466-9 3-2466-9 3-2466-9 3-2466-10 3-3267-3 3-3267-3 4-3267-4
Atomizer Assembly 3-7497-1 3-7497-1 3-7497-1 3-7497-2 3-7497-3 3-7497-4 3-7497-4 3-7497-5
Atom. Air Tube & Nozzle Assy. 3-3484-1 3-3484-1 3-3484-1 3-3484-2 3-3484-2 3-3484-3 3-3484-3 3-6376-1
Atomizing Air Connection Gasket 3-3343-1 3-3343-1 3-3343-1 3-3343-1 3-3343-1 3-3326-2 3-3326-2 3-3326-2
Machine Screw (2) R774-2530 R774-2550
Oil Tube 3-2470-5 3-2470-5 3-2470-5 3-2470-5 3-2470-6 3-2470-9 3-2470-9 3-6377-1
Oil Nozzle 3-2541-1 3-2541-1 3-2541-1 3-2541-1 3-1056-4 3-2541-1 3-2541-1 3-6077-1
Rec. Sensitrol Oil Valve  1813-02-A 1813-02-B 1813-02-C 1813-02-C 1813-02-D
Metal Tubing  3-0310-7
Hex Cap Screws (4) R066-2670 R066-2930
Air Tubes (8) 3-3643-1* 3-3643-2* 3-3640-2 3-3639-2 3-3554-2 3-3273-3 3-3273-4 4-3684-2
Main Air Flange 3-2544-2 3-2544-1 4-1695-2 4-1695-3 4-1695-9 4-1695-5 4-1695-5 2-1210-2
Hex Cap Bolts (4) R066-2640 R066-2950
Hex Nuts (4) R510-2219 R510-2259
Burner Tile (9") 4-2121-2 4-2121-2 4-2121-2 4-2121-2 4-2121-2 4-2142-2 4-2142-2 4-2142-2
Tile Retaining Rods (4) 3-1115-2
Tile Retaining Hex Nuts (4) R510-2219
Cap Bolts (8) R066-2920 R066-3420
Flat Washers (8) R970-7300-C R970-7370
Sheet 5422-pl
page 2
Part Name 5422-2 5422-3 5422-4 5422-5 5422-6 5422-7-A 5422-7-B 5422-8-A
Mounting and Tile Assemblies

Mounting and Tile Assembly † 3-6668-1 3-6668-1 3-6668-1 3-6668-1 3-6668-1 3-6668-2 3-6668-2 3-6668-2

Tile and Jacket Assembly ‡ 4-21583-1 4-21583-1 4-21583-1 4-21583-1 4-21583-1 4-21583-2 4-21583-2 4-21583-2
Jacket 4-5377-3 4-5377-3 4-5377-3 4-5377-3 4-5377-3 4-5378-3 4-5378-3 4-5378-3
Jacket 4-5377-4 4-5377-4 4-5377-4 4-5377-4 4-5377-4 4-5378-4 4-5378-4 4-5378-4
Jacket 4-5377-6 4-5377-6 4-5377-6 4-5377-6 4-5377-6 4-5378-5 4-5378-5 4-5378-5
* Includes 3-3638-1 adapter.

♦ Extra cost option -- not part of standard burner assembly, and must be ordered separately.
† Includes complete mounting, tile , jacket and retainer assembly.
‡ Includes tile and jacket only,
Copyright © 2017 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 5244_PL 03/13
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Fire All™ Oil Burners
Oil Nozzle Parts List 5425
Atomizing ¾" Pipe Plug Burner Optional Tile Jacket
Air Tile (LC, L4, L9 Burners only)
Connection Atomizing
Air Body
Connection
Recom- Oil Gasket
mended Stud
Connection
Sensitrol ™ Assembly
Oil Valve 
Groove Pin
Refractory Face
Oil Tube
Metal Atomizing Air Tube
Tubing  and
3⁄8" Pipe Nozzle Assembly
Nipple 
Main Air Flange
Gasket
Main Air Flange Air Tubes (8)
Mounting Furnace wall
Tile Retaining Nuts (4) Optional Steel
(R510-2219) Jacket
Mounting

and Pilot Hole
Bosses on Body
Bonding Insulating
Tile Retaining Rods (4) Mortar Castable
(3-1115-2) Burner Tile
Parts for 5425 Burners
Part Name 5425-2 5425-3 5425-4 5425-5 5425-6 5425-7-A 5425-7-B 5425-8-A
Burner Only (Assembly) 5425-2-BO 5425-3-BO 5425-4-BO 5425-5-BO 5425-6-BO 5425-7-ABO 5425-7-BBO 5425-8-ABO
Body 3-2466-9 3-2466-9 3-2466-9 3-2466-9 3-2466-10 3-3267-3 3-3267-3 4-3267-4
Atomizer Assembly 3-7497-1 3-7497-1 3-7497-1 3-7497-2 3-7497-3 3-7497-4 3-7497-4 3-7497-5
Atom. Air Tube & Nozzle Assy. 3-3484-1 3-3484-1 3-3484-1 3-3484-2 3-3484-2 3-3484-3 3-3484-3 3-6376-1
Atomizing Air Connection Gkt. 3-3343-1 3-3343-1 3-3343-1 3-3343-1 3-3343-1 3-3326-2 3-3326-2 3-3326-2
Machine Screw (2) R774-2530 R774-2550
Groove Pin R570-2300 R570-2310
Studs (2) R570-1355
Oil Tube 3-2470-5 3-2470-5 3-2470-5 3-2470-5 3-2470-6 3-2470-9 3-2470-9 3-6377-1
Oil Nozzle  3-2541-1 3-2541-1 3-2541-1 3-2541-1 3-1056-4 3-2541-1 3-2541-1 3-6077-1
Rec. Sensitrol
 Oil Valve 1813-02-A 1813-02-B 1813-02-C 1813-02-C 1813-02-D
Metal Tubing 3-0310-7
Hex Cap Screws (4) R066-2670 R066-2930
Refractory Face 4-4038-3 4-4038-3 4-4038-3 4-4038-3 4-4038-4 4-4039-2 4-4039-2 4-6127-1
Air Tubes (8) 3-3643-1* 3-3643-2* 3-3640-2 3-3639-2 3-3554-2 3-3273-3 3-3273-4 4-3684-2
Main Air Flange 3-2544-2 3-2544-1 4-1695-2 4-1695-3 4-1695-9 4-1695-5 4-1695-5 2-1210-2
Hex Cap Bolts (4) R066-2640 R066-2950
Hex Nuts (4) R510-2219 R510-2259
Burner Tile (9") 4-2121-2 4-2121-2 4-2121-2 4-2121-2 4-2121-2 4-2142-2 4-2142-2 4-2142-2
Tile Retaining Rods (4) 3-1115-2
Tile Retaining Hex Nuts (4) R510-2219
Cap Bolts (8) R066-2920 R066-3420
Flat Washers (8) R970-7300-C R970-7370
5425-pl
page 2
Part Name 5425-2 5425-3 5425-4 5425-5 5425-6 5425-7-A 5425-7-B 5425-8-A
Mounting and Tile Assemblies
Jacket 4-5377-3 4-5377-3 4-5377-3 4-5377-3 4-5377-3 4-5378-3 4-5378-3 4-5378-3
Jacket 4-5377-4 4-5377-4 4-5377-4 4-5377-4 4-5377-4 4-5378-4 4-5378-4 4-5378-4
Jacket 4-5377-6 4-5377-6 4-5377-6 4-5377-6 4-5377-6 4-5378-5 4-5378-5 4-5378-5
* Includes 3-3638-1 adapter.

♦ Extra cost option -- not part of standard burner assembly, and must be ordered separately.
† Includes complete mounting, tile , jacket and retaining rods and nuts.
‡ Includes tile and jacket only,
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 5425_PL 05/15
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Oil Burners
5514 Fire•All Oil Burners
• Oil-only Burner (light or heavy grade oil) • Chambers up to 2400°F (with alloy nose)
• Conventional forward flame pattern • Includes low pressure fuel oil atomizer

Product Overview | 5514 Oil Burners
5514 FIRE•ALL Oil Burners are rugged, maintenance-free, Burners can be turned down to atomizing air only, but stability
sealed-in burners for burning light or heavy oil on a wide variety limits vary depending on burner size, grade of oil, and furnace
of applications. Capable of efficient operation throughout a wide environment--please consult North American regarding minimum
temperature range, they are equally at home on low temperature oil rates for your specific application.
ovens and high temperature forge and melt furnaces.
Oil viscosity at the burners must not exceed 100 SSU; Oil
Sealed mountings help maintain furnace pressure, controlled pressure at the Ratiotrol™ should be between 25 and 30 psi. Oil
atmosphere, and closer fuel/air ratio control--all contributing to pressure at rated capacity is 10 to 15 psi at Sensitrol™ and less
better product quality. than 2 psi at burner. Minimum atomizing air pressure at the
burner is 14 osi for light oil, 22 osi for heavy oil.
Fire•All Burners are a proven workhorse on all types of furnaces.
COMBUSTION CHARACTERISTICS
5514 Burners are stable with 200% or more excess air. They
may also be operated with excess fuel without forming carbon
if additional combustion air is available in the furnace near the
burner. Excess fuel limit with heavy oil is 50% as atomization
deteriorates at richer ratios.

16 osi air pressure drop 24 osi air pressure drop

flame lengths across the burner across the burner Approx..
Burner Air Light Oil Heavy Oil Air Light Oil Heavy Oil with 16 osi main air
designation scfh gph gph scfh gph gph (in open furnace)
5514-6 17 900 13 12 21 900 16 15 xxxx5'
5514-7 28 400 21 19 34 800 26 23 5' - 6'
5514-8-A 48 900 36 33 60 000 44 40 8' - 9'
5514-8-B 81 500 60 54 100 000 74 67 9' - 12'
5514-9 165 000 122 110 202 000 150 135 15' - 18'
5514-10 247 000 183 165 303 000 224 202 xxxx20'
 For Btu/hr, multiply by 100  Light oil at 135 000 Btu/gal.  Heavy oil at 150 000 Btu/gal.
Main air capacities in scfh Atomizing air capacities in scfh

Burner Air pressure drop across the burner in osi Air pressure drop across the burner in osi
designation 1 5 6 8 12 16 14 16 18 20 22 24
5514-6 3 710 8 300 9 100 10 500 12 900 14 900 2 800 3 000 3 180 3 360 3 510 3 660
5514-7 6 100 13 600 15 000 17 200 21 000 24 400 3 770 4 030 4 270 4 500 4 720 4 900
5514-8-A 10 600 23 700 26 000 30 000 36 700 42 400 6 050 6 500 7 000 7 300 7 600 7 850
5514-8-B 17 600 39 200 43 000 49 600 60 500 70 000 10 600 11 300 12 000 12 700 13 200 13 800
5514-9 36 600 82 000 89 500 104 000 127 000 146 000 17 200 18 400 19 600 20 700 21 600 22 500
5514-10 54 500 122 000 135 000 154 000 189 000 218 000 27 200 29 100 30 900 32 600 34 100 35 500
Bulletin 5514
Page 2
Tile | 5514 Oil Burners
Flame Supervision. An ultraviolet cell‡ will monitor pilot or main Burner Nose options are available for sizes shown below and can
flame on gas or oil. For maximum safety, North American urges be specified in the product number. The burner nose establishes
interrupted pilots when flame safeguards are used--pilots should main combustion air flow and influences flame propagation.
be on only for a preset ignition period (usually 15 seconds), after Nose material is either cast iron that is suitable for cold air
which flame supervision detects main fire only. Adapters for applications up to 1800°F, or cast stainless alloy for preheated air
mounting flame detection devices on 5514 Burners are tabulated (maximum 700°F) applications up to 2400 2°F.
on Bulletin 8832.
Mat'l Cap'y -6 -7 -8A -8B -9 -10
Tile/Installation. Burner tiles are cast refractory rated for 2800°F Cast iron 1.0 √ √ √ √ √ √
furnace temperature. They should be supported securely in the Cast Alloy 1.0 √ √ √ √ √ √
furnace wall by a layer of castable refractory (not insulation) at Cast iron 1.1 √ √ √ √ √
least 9" thick all around the tile, extending back to the furnace Cast Alloy 1.1 √ √ √ √ √
shell and securely anchored to it. (See Supplement DF-M1.) Cast iron 1.2 √ √ √ √
Tiles are replaceable in the field except for the 5514-10, whose Cast iron 1.3 √ √ √ √
mounting must be returned to the factory for tile replacement (or Cast Alloy 1.3 √ √ √ √
purchase a spare mounting plate with a tile cast onto it).
Complete burners include tile, mounting plate, and an
capacity shown on page 1. Use of an extra capacity burner
observation port into which a small quantity of atomizing
nose will result in either more air at 16 osi or standard air flow
air is introduced to keep the glass clear. Order Sensitrol™ Oil
at lower pressure. Extending the capacity of the burner by
Valve and pilot tips separately. See 5514 Dimension Sheet for
increasing air pressure beyond 16 osi, or using the extra capacity
recommended Sensitrol™ oil valve and premix pilot tip.
nose, is acceptable for light oil applications. Specific applications
involving heavy oil and extra capacity should be reviewed with
Jacketed Tile options are available for applications where the tile North American.
is not supported by furnace refractory. Jackets are available in
three different metals and have maximum temperature ratings Also, when firing extra capacity, the combustion air flow velocity
for each. They must be protected with sufficient insulation so within the supply piping, and associated pressure loss, can be
as not to exceed rated temperature.The maximum temperature excessive for some burners. The -8B, -9 and -10 products when
rating for jacket metals depends upon frequency of heat-up/ operated at 1.2 or 1.3 capacity will develop high pipe velocity
cool-down cycles. As an example, batch annealing furnaces that based on the burner’s air connection size. As an alternative
are heated and cooled every day should use the "intermittent to increasing blower pressure, an oversized air inlet can be
exposure" ratings. Continuous annealing furnaces that remain at purchased separately for these size burners. The connections
the same temperature for months at a time, can use the higher are SW-type (slip-on sleeve or welded construction) and are one
"continuous" rating. pipe size larger than the standard supply. Nose and oversize air
connection part numbers can be found in supplement literature
(see Parts List and Burner Options documents).
Designation Jacket Metal max. temp. exposure
5514- -LC carbon steel 700°F 700°F Additional options are available for the 5514 burner but require
5514- -L4 304 stainless 1600°F 1500°F consultation with North American for application and ordering
5514- -L9 309 stainless 1900°F 1800°F information. See Sheet 6514-3 for an overview of burner options.
‡ Cleaning air must be introduced into the port downstream of the sensor
to keep oil and poc's off the lens.
Bulletin 5514
Page 3
Dimensions | 5514 Oil Burners
Bulletin 5514
Page 4
Optional Tile Jacket
CLEARANCE DIMENSIONS
C-NPT
Oil Inlet
Burner Dimensions in inches Wt. G
designation A B C D E F G H lbs. D dia.
dia.
5514-6 3 1½ 3⁄8 19½ 151⁄16 9 15 103⁄8 190
Burner
H
5514-7 4 2 3⁄8 20½ 167⁄8 87⁄8 16 113⁄8 215 dia.
Nose
5514-8-A 6 2½ 3⁄8 22¾ 223⁄8 10 17¾ 123⁄8 320 B-NPT
Atomizing
5514-8-B 6 3 3⁄8 24 23¼ 127⁄8 19 13½ 410 Air
5514-9 8 4 ½ 28 2915⁄16 137⁄16 23 16 735
5514-10 10 6 ½ 32½ 33¾ 135⁄8 27½ 20½ 950 A–NPT or SW
Combustion
Air Inlet
E F
†
SW connection standard for -9 and -10 only.
5514 - ___ / __ / ____
Product Size Tile

Connection Burner Nose
BO.... burner only Capacity Material
6 ................. 3" LX ..... refractory tile (no jacket)
7.................. 4" 1.0 ......main air capacity H ....cast iron
LC ..... steel tile jacket
8-A ........... 6" 1.1 .......1.1 x main air capacity A ....alloy
L4 ..... 304 stainless jacket
8-B ............ 6" 1.2 ......1.2 x main air capacity
L9 ..... 309 stainless jacket
9 ................. 8" 1.3 ......1.3 x main air capacity
10 ............... 10"
Example 1 5514-8-A / LC / 1.2A Fireall oil burner complete with carbon steel jacketed tile and 1.2 capacity alloy nose
Example 2 5514-6 / BO / 1.0H Fireall oil burner only with standard capacity iron nose
Example 3 5514-9 / LX / 1.2H Fireall oil burner complete with refractory tile and 1.2 capacity iron nose
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Fire•All™ Oil Burners Dimensions 5514
DIMENSIONS - Main air, atomizing air, and oil connections can be rotated relative to one another and to the mounting plate. Drawings show connections as assembled
at the factory. These arrangements reduce maintenance by preventing oil dripping into air manifolds (which should be above burners) and by minimizing dirt accumula-
tion in pilots and flame supervisory devices. Pilot and main air connections cannot be aligned in the same direction.
F E E F F
  E
  
G
G G 
A C C A
D D
A C
S M D
N
R M S
-6 R
-7 S M
E-NPT R -10
T
for Pilot Tip
45°
F
 I-No. of Slots on
 G J-Bolt Circle for K-Bolts
 V
H°
dia.
A C U-dia.
AA
dia.
D L
C-NPT
Atomizing Air Inlet
D-NPT A-NPT
Oil Inlet Combustion Air Inlet
N BB
S M Z X CC W
R -8-A, -8-B, and -9 DD
TYPICAL SIDE VIEW
Burner dimensions in inches and degrees

designation A C D E F G H° I J K L M N R
5514-6 3 1½ 3⁄8 ¾ 1 517⁄32 22½ 8 18 5⁄8 19¾ 2 — 53⁄16
5514-7 4 2 3⁄8 1¼ 1¼ 5¾ 22½ 8 19 5⁄8 19¾ 1¾ — 61⁄8
5514-8-A 6 2½ 3⁄8 1¼ 1½ 67⁄8 15 12 21¼ 5⁄8 19¾ 23⁄8 — 73⁄8
5514-8-B 6 3 3⁄8 1¼ 2¼ 73⁄8 15 12 22½ 5⁄8 19¾ 53⁄16 19⁄16 8½
5514-9 8 4 ½ 1½ 2¼ 97⁄8 15 12 26½ 5⁄8 20¾ 77⁄8 19⁄16 133⁄8
5514-10 10 6 ½ 1½ 2½ 123⁄16 15 12 30½ ¾ 20¾ 87⁄8 113⁄16 157⁄16
Burner dimensions in inches 5514- / LX (refractory tile)

designation R1 S T U V W X Z AA BB CC DD wt-lb
5514-6 103⁄8 19⁄16 37⁄16 19½ 103⁄8 9 47⁄16 41⁄16 15 5⁄8 8¼ 285⁄16 190
5514-7 101⁄8 19⁄16 315⁄16 20½ 113⁄8 87⁄8 47⁄8 47⁄16 16 5⁄8 9¼ 301⁄8 215
5514-8-A 11¼ 113⁄16 45⁄16 22¾ 123⁄8 10 6¼ 415⁄16 17¾ 5⁄8 1213⁄16 3611⁄16 320
5514-8-B 123⁄8 113⁄16 45⁄16 24 13½ 127⁄8 615⁄16 53⁄16 19 5⁄8 1213⁄16 409⁄16 410
5514-9 — 313⁄16 63⁄16 28 16 137⁄16 111⁄16 63⁄16 23 5⁄8 1411⁄16 483⁄8 735
5514-10 — 43⁄8 515⁄16 32½ 20½ 135⁄8 1215⁄16 611⁄16 27½ ½ 161⁄8 52¼ 950
See page 2 for notes and additional information.
Dimensions 5514
Page 2
5514- / LC, L4, L9 (jacketed tile) All 5514

Burner dimensions in inches Sensitrol TM
Recommended
designation AA BB CC DD wt-lb oil valve pilot tip
5514-6 16 ¾ 83⁄8 287⁄16 210 1813-02-C 4021-12
5514-7 17 ¾ 93⁄8 30¼ 240 1813-02-D 4025-0-T
5514-8-A 18¾ ¾ 1215⁄16 3613⁄16 355 1813-02-D 4025-0-T
5514-8-B 20 ¾ 1215⁄16 4011⁄16 455 1813-02-D 4025-0-T
5514-9 24¼ 13⁄16 147⁄8 489⁄16 800 1813-01 4025-2-T
5514-10 27½ 11⁄16 165⁄16 52¼ 1000 1813-01 4025-2-T

A square threaded flange is used for sizes -6, -7, -8. SW style (suitable for slip-on or welded connection) inlet may be ordered as a special option. An SW inlet is stan-
dard for -9 and -10 burners.
Opening in furnace shell or outer wall must be ½" larger than dimension "AA" to allow for mounting plate fillet and draft.

Blank boss - This may be ordered as a special option with a 1½" tap suitable for 5025-1-3T Oil Pilot, in which case North American will drill out ½" web of refractory

left in tile before shipment, and the burner nose will be positioned so none of its holes are in front of that opening. For -10 size, an appropriate 1½" npt half-coupling
will be added as a special option.

1" fpt for electrode or UV flame detector.

Optional (recommended) SensitrolTM Oil Valve and pipe nipple are not included as part of the burner assembly, and must be ordered separately. Dimensions Z and DD
assume a 3⁄8" close nipple between burner and Sensitrol Oil Valve (5514-6 through -8-B) and a ½" close nipple between burner and Sensitrol Valve (5514-9 and -10).

Applies when optional SW inlet is specified.

Flanged connection--a standard North American square threaded flange is used.

Optional 8773 flex tubing purchased separately from North American.
ANSI or SW flanges: Flat face companion flanges and full face gaskets are supplied with this equipment.
5514 - ___ / __ / ____

Connection BO.... burner only Capacity Material
6 ................. 3" LX ..... refractory tile (no jacket) 1.0 ......main air capacity H ....cast iron
7.................. 4" LC ..... steel tile jacket 1.1 .......1.1 x main air capacity A ....alloy
8-A ........... 6" L4 ..... 304 stainless jacket 1.2 ......1.2 x main air capacity
8-B ............ 6" L9 ..... 309 stainless jacket 1.3 ......1.3 x main air capacity
9 ................. 8"
10 ............... 10"
Example 1 5514-8-A / LC / 1.2A Fireall oil burner complete with carbon steel jacketed tile and 1.2 capacity alloy nose
Example 2 5514-6 / BO / 1.0H Fireall oil burner only with standard capacity iron nose
Example 3 5514-9 / LX / 1.2H Fireall oil burner complete with refractory tile and 1.2 capacity iron nose Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Dims 5514 01/12
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Parts for 5514 Oil Burners
Sizes -6, -7, -8-A, -8-B, and -9 inclusive
Atomizing Air
Combustion Gasket Support Tube Assembly
(-9 only)
Atomizing Air
Connection
Lock Washer
Round Head Screw
Lift Eye
Burner Body
(-9 only)
Oil Tube Mounting
Atomizing Air Tube Tile Support (jacket)
Atomizing Air Connection Gasket Burner Tile
Oil Connection Gasket
Oil Connection Assembly

North American Fire•All™ Oil Burners
Optional
Sensitrol ™ Oil Nozzle
Oil Valve
Burner Nose
Metal Tubing
Atomizing Air Flange Gasket

Atomizing Air Flange
Observation Port Burner Mounting and Tile Assembly
Main Air Flange Gasket
Burner Mounting Gasket
Suport Tube
Nipple T.O.E. (SW Connection) 
Main Air Flange
Parts List 5514-1
Part List 5514-1
page 2
Burner Designation
Part Name 5514-6 55147 5514-8-A 5514-8-B 5514-9
Atomizing Air Connection 3-4839-1 3-4845-1 3-4854-1 3-4874-1 3-2847-2
Atomizing Air Conn. Gasket 4-6742-1 3-2517-1 4-6754-1 4-6765-1 3-2625-2
Atomizing Air Flange — — — 2-2310-14 22310-7
Atomizing Air Flange Gasket — — — 4-5371-2 4-5371-3
Atomizing Air Nozzle 3-2677-1 3-2514-1 32992-1 34688-1 3-2611-1
Atomizing Air Tube 3-2890-2 3-2896-2 3-3020-2 3-2903-3 3-2970-2
Burner Body 3-2688-2 3-2422-2 3-2999-2 3-2646-2 3-2845-3

Burner Mounting Gasket 3-2683-2 3-2532-2 3-3004-2 3-2653-2 3-2631-3
Burner Tile, Cast 3-7094-1 3-7095-1 3-0796-1 3-7097-1 3-7098-1
Burner Mtg. and Tile 3-7099-1 3-7099-4 3-7099-7 3-7099-10 3-7099-13
Grove Pin (2 req’d) R570-26300 R5750-2300 R570-2300 R570-2330 R570-2310

Lift Eye — — — — 3-2780-1
Lock Washer (2 req’d) R970-3180-S R970-3180-S R970-3180-S R970-3180-S R970-3180-S
Main Air Flange Standard 8765-6-C 8765-7-D 6765-8-E 8765-8-E 8765-9-FW

Main Air T.O.E (SW Conn.) R590-7057 R590-7154 R590-7170 R590-7170 —
(Oversize SW Conn.) — — — 3-21995-1 3-21996-1
Main Air Flange Gasket 4-5371-2 4-5371-3 4-5371-4 4-5371-4 4-5371-5

Metal Tubing  3-0310-7 3-0310-7 3-0310-7 3-0310-7 3-0310-8
Mounting Standard 3-2684-5 3-2528-4 3-2998-3 3-2645-3 3-2630-4
Mounting 1½” Tap 3-2684-6 3-2528-5 3-2998-4 3-2645-4 3-2630-5
Mounting 2” Tap 3-2684-7 3-2528-6 3-2998-5 3-2645-5 3-2630-6
Nose, 1.0 Cast Iron 3-3201-4 3-3203-4 3-3202-1 3-3200-1 3-3204-1

Nose, 1.0 Cast Alloy 3-3201-5 3-3203-5 3-3202-2 3-3200-2 3-3204-2
Nose, 1.1 Cast Iron — 3-3203-8 3-3202-3 3-3200-3 3-3204-3
Nose, 1.1 Cast Alloy — 3-3203-9 3-3202-4 3-3200-4 3-3204-4
Nose, 1.2 Cast Iron — — 3-3202-5 3-3200-5 3-3204-5
Nose, 1.2 Cast Alloy — — 3-3202-6 3-3200-6 3-3204-6
Nose, 1.3 Cast Iron — — 3-3202-7 3-3200-7 3-3204-7
Nose, 1.3 Cast Alloy — — 3-3202-8 3-3200-8 3-3204-8

Oil Connection Assembly 3-2682-2 3-2519-2 3-2997-1 3-2651-2 3-2627-2
Oil Connection Gasket — — 3-3000-1 3-2656-2 3-2624-2
Oil Nozzle Assembly 3-2676-1 3-2513-1 3-3003-1 3-2674-1 3-2670-1
Oil Tube 3-2891-1 3-2895-1 3-3019-1 3-2902-1 3-2972-1
Round Head Screw (2 req’d) R775-2510-S R775-2510-S R775-2510-S R775-2510-S R775-2510-S

Self-Tapping Pan Head Screw (2 req’d) R777-0330-C R777-0334-C R777-0330-C R777-0509 —
Sensitrol™ Oil Valve  1813-02-C 1813-02-D 1813-02-D 1813-02-D 1813-01
Support Tube 3-4840-1 3-4846-1 3-4855-1 3-4871-1 3-4923-1
Tile Support Steel 3-2691-1 3-2703-1 3-2991-1 3-2661-1 3-2632-2

304 Stainless Steel 3-2691-2 3-2703-2 3-2991-2 3-2661-2 3-2632-3
309 Stainless Steel 3-2691-3 3-2703-2 3-2991-3 3-2661-3 3-2632-4
Parts for 5514-10 Oil Burners
Lock Washer R970-3180-S
Round Head Screw R775-2530-S

Atomizing Air Tube 3-5150-1
Oil Connection Gasket 3-2717-1 Burner Mounting Gasket 3-2755-2
Support Tube Assembly 3-4926-1

Observation Port 8790-0 Tile Support
Steel 3-2738-3
Body 3-2731-2 304 St. Steel 3-2738-4
Oil Connection 309 St. Steel 3-2738-5
Assembly 3-2715-1
Oil Tube 3-5148-1
Optional
Sensitrol™
Oil Valve
1813-01 Atomizing
Air. Conn. Atomizing Air Nozzle 3-2724-1
3-2722-3
Oil Nozzle Assembly 3-2721-1
Burner Nose
1.0 Cast Iron 3-3205-1
1.0 Cast Alloy 3-3205-2
1.1 Cast Iron 3-3205-3
1.1 Cast Alloy 3-3205-4
1.2 Cast Iron 3-3205-5
1.2 Cast Alloy 3-3205-6
Atomizing Air 1.3 Cast Iron 3-3205-7
Flange 8765-8-E 1.3 Cast Alloy 3-3205-8
Main Air Flange Burner Tile and Mounting

Metal Tubing 3-0310-8 Gasket 1-0832-3 Assembly 3-4987-1
SW-Type
Atomizing Air Flange 10" Main Air Flange 3-15005-1 Mounting 3-2737-3
Gasket 4-5371-4 12" Oversize Flange 3-21997-1
See page 4 for notes
page 3
Part List 5514-1
6514 Dual-Fuel Conversion Kits for 5514 Oil Burners
CONTACT
www.fivesgroup.com

Insert DF
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

Insert B

To order Oil-to-Dual-Fuel Kit, specify: 6514CK-(code for pipe size)-5514 Oil-to-Dual-Fuel Conversion Kit. Oit-to-Dual-Fuel Kit does
not include Sensitrol™ Oil Valve. Optional (recommended) Sensitrol Oil Valve must be ordered separately.
Example: 6514CK-7-5514 Oil-to-Dual-Fuel Conversion Kit
[Kit consists of Inserts DF and B shown above, and does not include SOV, Insert DF consists of : Atomizing air connection
(with inlet gland and gasket on -8-B, -9, and -10), D-F atomizing air tube, atomizing air nozzle, oil connection assembly,
D-F oil tube, and standard multi-port oil nozzle. Insert B consists of: Gas inlet connection (with inlet flange and gasket on
-8-B, -9, and -10), gas tube, studs and /or bolts and nuts. Existing oil burner parts to discard are: Atomizing air connection
and support tube assembly (with inlet flange and gasket on -8-B, -9 and -10), atomizing air nozzle, oil connection
assembly, oil tube, and standard multi-port oil nozzle.]

3-5150-1 Atomizing Air Tube for 5514-10
NOTES
 Optional (recommended) Sensitrol Oil Valve and metal tubing are not part of standard burner assembly, and must be ordered separately.
 SW-Type Main Air Flange for 5514-9
 Optional main air connection with SW and oversize air connection with SW are not part of standard burner assembly and must be ordered separately.
 Spare tile is available only assembled to new mounting plate or to customer's mounting (returned to North American prepaid, FOB Cleveland, Ohio plant).
page 3
Part List 5514-1
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | PL 5514-1 04/14

North American Oil Atomizer
Steam or Compressed Air Nozzle Mix
5622/5623 Oil Atomizer
• Frequently used to atomize waste liquids
• Oil atomizer is easy to clean
• Steam atomizer can be cleaned during operation

Product Overview | Oil Atomizer
A 5622 or 5623 Atomizer can be used by itself or as an insert in sheet): Remove pipe plug to open a straight passage to nozzle,
a Fives or other manufacturer’s burner body. It frequently is used which then can be cleaned with steam or a piece of wire.
to atomize waste liquids. Strainers are recommended in steam and oil lines.
The standard 30 spray angle nozzle produces a long flame A 5622 steam (or compressed air) passage can be cleaned, even
typically required for steel reheat furnaces, rotary dryers and during operation, simply by pushing the oil tube forward against
kilns, and some melters. Special nozzles for wider, shorter flames an internal stop, then pulling it back: The oil nozzle O.D. is sized
are available. to clean carbon deposits from the steam nozzle I.D.
If the 5622 or 5623 Atomizer is to be used in a burner body, The 5623 Atomizer has a quick disconnect that permits removal
appropriate length ("L" dimension) must be specified. When an of the oil tube, opening a straight passage to the steam nozzle.
atomizer is to "stand alone," adequate combustion air must
Steam or compressed air must be TURNED ON BEFORE and
be available, either in the combustion chamber or around the
TURNED OFF AFTER oil is turned on and off.
atomizer.
Oil pressure should be at least 5 psi at the inlet to the Sensitrol™
Construction and Operation: The stainless steel oil and steam
valve.
nozzles are concentric and flush; therefore, one pressure does
not affect the other, and a North American 7052 Ratiotrol™ can Compressed Air: Standard cubic feet (scf) air is 20 times steam
be used. The standard oil nozzle material is 304 SST. Other consumption in pounds at same pressure.
materials, such as 316 SST and Hastelloy C-276 are also available
Example: An OB Atomizer uses 285 lb/hr steam at 75 psi.
as options for corrosive fluids
Compressed air consumption would be 285  20 = 5700 scfh (at
A 5622 or 5623 oil nozzle is readily accessible for cleaning if 75 psi).
atomizer is piped as shown dotted for 5622 (on back of this
-1-B -1-A
500 -1-B -1-A
250
-0-B
Oil Atomizing Capacity gph (based on 100 SSU viscosity)
-0-B
400 200
-0-A
-0-A
Steam Consumption lb/hr
300 150
-01-B
-01-B
200 -01-A
100 -01-A
-02-B
-02-B
-02-A
100 -02-A
50
0 0
0 25 50 75 100 125
0 25 50 75 100 125
Steam Pressure at Atomizer in psi
Steam or Air Pressure at Atomizer in psi
Bulletin 5622/23
Page 2
Dimensions | Oil Atomizer
DIMENSIONS Oil Tube

Oil Tube Set Screw § Backplate Packing Nut
inches Dotted Pipe Fittings not
Packing
Steam Tube Steam Nozzle
Stop Collar
furnished by FNAC
§ Sensitrol™
Oil Valve C - NPT M
Pipe Size Oil Tube
§ Backplate Oil Nozzle
G Support ‡
Packing Gland Packing
Body Spider Unit
§ Globe Valve Backplate
Maximum Handle H
Extension K dim.
Allow for Hand Clearance Dotted Valves not included in
Atomizer Pricing
B - NPT
§ Metal Tubing
Pipe Size A - NPT Pipe Size 5622 Atomizers
Oil Inlet Steam or Compressed
Air Inlet
F Specify
D E L (8" Minimum)
Designation A B C D E F G H J K M
5622-02-A & -02-B 3⁄8 3⁄8 3⁄8 29⁄16 15⁄16 55⁄8 1¼ 37⁄8 1 3⁄8 4½ 13⁄16
5622-01-A & -01-B ½ 3⁄8 3⁄8 29⁄16 15⁄16 55⁄8 1¼ 47⁄8 1 3⁄8 51⁄16 13⁄16
5622-0-A & -0-B ¾ ½ ½ 31⁄16 15⁄8 65⁄8 1 7⁄16 51⁄8 1 5⁄8 5¾ 19⁄16
5622-1-A & -1-B 1 ½ ½ 31⁄16 15⁄8 65⁄8 1 7⁄16 5½ 1 5⁄8 6 5⁄16 1 9⁄16
B – NPT Pipe Size § Backplate § Spider

Oil Inlet § Backplate
Tru-Seal Steam Tube
Oil Connection Packing Nut
Locknut Locknut § Stop Collar Steam Nozzle
Body
M Oil Nozzle
Retaining G § Set Screw
Ring Oil Tube Spider Unit
§ Backplate Support Oil Tube
Oil Connection A–NPT Pipe Size
Steam or Compressed Packing
Air Inlet
5623 Atomizers
Specify
F L (8" Minimum)
Bulletin 5622/23
Page 3
Parts List | Oil Atomizer
Bulletin 5622/23
Page 4
PARTS LIST (Set screw is a socket head ¼-20  3⁄16", R776-2020)

Part Name -02-A -02-B -01-A -01-B dimensions in inches
Designation A B F G J M
Oil Nozzle 3-15336-3 3-15336-6 3-15336-9 3-15336-12
5623-02-A & -02-B 3⁄8 3⁄8 43⁄16 1¾ 13⁄8 13⁄16
Steam Nozzle 3-3288-1 3-3288-2 3-3288-2 3-3288-2
5623-01-A & -01-B ½ 3⁄8 43⁄16 1¼ 13⁄8 13⁄16
-0-A 0-B -1-A -1-B 5623-0-A & -0-B ¾ ½ 43⁄8 17/16 15⁄8 23⁄16
Oil Nozzle 3-15337-3 3-15337-6 3-15337-3 3-15337-12 5623-1-A & -1-B 1 ½ 43⁄8 17/16 15⁄8 23⁄16
Steam Nozzle 3-3287-1 3-3287-2 3-3287-2 3-3287-2
5622- 5622- 5622- 5622- 5623- 5623- 5623- 5623-

Part Name 02-A&-B 01-A&-B 0-A&-B 1-A&-B Part Name 02-A&-B 01-A&-B 0-A&-B 1-A&-B
Body 3-10045-1 3-0760-2 3-10045-2 3-0724-2
Body 3-3307-2 3-3307-1 3-3310-2 3-3310-1
§Copper Tubing 3-0310-7 3-0310-7 3-0310-8 3-0310-8
Oil Connection 3-3233-1 3-3233-1 3-3308-1 3-3308-1
§Globe Valve 1832-02 1832-01 1832-0 1832-1 Oil Connection
Oil Tube 3-0766-2 3-0766-2 3-0773-2 3-0773-2 Locknut 3-3232-1 3-3232-1 3-3309-1 3-3309-1
‡ Oil Tube Support 3-1218-2 3-1218-2 3-1219-2 3-1219-2 Oil Tube 3-3306-1 3-3306-1 3-3301-1 3-3301-1
O.T. Packing 3-1069-1 3-1069-1 3-1069-2 3-1069-2 ‡ Oil Tube Support 3-1218-2 3-1218-2 3-1219-2 3-1219-2
Packing Gland 3-10047-1 3-10047-1 3-10047-2 3-10047-2 Retaining Ring R740-6360 R740-6360 R740-6390 R740-6390
§ Sensitrol 1813-02-C 1813-02-D 1813-01 1813-01 Tru-seal Locknut R790-0115 R790-0115 R790-0120 R790-0120
Steam Tube 3-3298-1 3-3298-1 3-0772-1 3-0772-1
Dotted parts other than pipe fittings are for mounting atomizer inside a burner.
Stop Collar (Oil Tube) 3-0761-3 3-0761-3 3-0761-4 3-0761-4
To replace these, specify part name, atomizer series, burner series and size.
Parts not listed for 5623 Atomizers are the same as for 5622 Atomizers.
‡ Furnished only when "L" dimension exceeds 24".
§ Extra cost option—not part of standard burner assembly.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Oil Atomizers
Steam or Compressed Air Nozzle Mix Bulletin 5627
5627 Atomizers break liquids into a fine mist for incineration

-1-B -1-A
using steam or compressed air. These liquids must be of a 500
viscosity of 100 SSU or less.
-0-B
A 5627 Atomizer cans be used by itself or as an insert in a 400

Fives North American or other manufacturer’s burner body. It
frequently is used to atomize waste liquids. Steam Consumption lb/hr -0-A
300
If a 5627 Atomizer is to be used in a burner body, appropriate
-01-B
length ("L" dimension) must be specified. When an atomizer is to
"stand alone," adequate combustion air must be available, either 200 -01-A
in the combustion chamber or around the atomizer. -02-B
-02-A
The standard 60 degree spray included angle nozzle produces 100
a long flame typically required for steel reheat furnaces, rotary
dryers and kilns, and some melters.
0
0 25 50 75 100 125
Optional mounting flange adapters are available for mounting
Steam Pressure at Atomizer in psi
with standard 450# ANSI bolt patterns. Special adapters can be
designed to match existing burners or mountings. Contact your
North American Sales Representative for further information.
-5
Construction and Operation: The stainless steel oil and steam 3000
nozzles are concentric and flush; therefore, one pressure dœs
not affect the other, and a North American 7052 RatiotrolTM can 2500
Steam Consumption, lb/hr
-4
be used. Standard oil nozzle material is 304 SST. 316 SST and
2000
Hastelloy C-276 are also available as options for corrosive fluids.
1500
-3
Strainers are recommended in steam and oil lines.
1000 -2
A 5627 oil nozzle is readily accessible for cleaning if atomizer is
piped as shown dotted on back of this sheet. Remove pipe plug 500
to open a straight passage to nozzle, which then can be cleaned

0
with steam or a piece of wire. 0 25 50 75 100
Steam at Atomizer in psi

Steam or compressed air must be TURNED ON BEFORE and
TURNED OFF AFTER oil is turned on and off.
Oil pressure should be at least 5 psi at the inlet to the SensitrolTM

valve.
5627_bul
page2
-1-B -1-A
250
Oil Atomizing Capacity gph (based on 100 SSU viscosity)
-0-B Compressed Air: Standard cubic feet (scf) air is 20 times steam
consumption in pounds at same pressure.
200
Example: An OB Atomizer uses 285 lb/hr steam at 75 psi.

-0-A Compressed air consumption would be 285 × 20 = 5700 scfh (at
150 75 psi).
-01-B
Sizing: To select an atomizer, determine desired liquid
100 -01-A atomization rate in gph. From capacity charts select the atomizer
-02-B with gph rate using atomizing fluid pressure between 50 and 85
-02-A
psig.
50
Example: Desired rate: 175 gph waste oil at 100 SSU. From the
chart you could select either the 5627-1-A (175 gph with atomizer
0 pressure at 75 psig), or the 5627-1-B (175 gph with atomizer
0 25 50 75 100 125
pressure of 55 psig). Choose the smaller -1-A atomizer so that
Steam or Air Pressure at Atomizer in psi operation will be at higher pressures.
1800
Oil Atomizing Capacity gph (based on
-5
1600
1400
100 SSU viscosity)
1200 -4
1000
800
-3
600
-2
400
200
0
0 25 50 75 100
Steam or Air Pressure at Atomizer in psi
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Full Emulsion
Oil Atomizers
5642 Atomizers firing heavy oil in Dual-Fuel™ burners on a

steel mill reheat furnace.
• Used for atomizing liquid fuels
• Suitable for high temperature burners
• Atomizer bodies are made of cast bronze

Product Overview | Emulsion Oil Atomizer
5642 Full Emulsion Atomizers use high pressure steam or REQUIREMENTS

compressed air to atomize liquid fuels. They are particularly
Steam or compressed air should be furnished to the atomizer
suitable for burners on high temperature, continuous duty
at 80 to 100 psi. Oil pressure at the atomizer is usually held 10
applications.
psi below steam pressure. Line pressure must be high enough to
maintain these requirements allowing for pressure drops through
5642 Atomizers can be adapted to fit most burners, but they
metering and control systems.
should not be used for low temperature furnaces or installations
where cold lightings are frequent. Specify atomizer length ("L"
dimension) to suit burner involved.
Atomizing Medium Rates at Maximum Capacity
Matched sets of oil, steam, and emulsion orifices permit a
lb. steam/ scf air/
wide range of atomizing capacities for each size atomizer. All Fuel gallon oil gallon oil
orifices can be cleaned easily, and oil and steam orifices can
be changed without removing the atomizer from the burner. #2 2.5 55.5
#6 4.0 88.8
Precision machining of orifices assures uniform distribution to all
atomizers in a zone level (not at different elevations).
Atomizer bodies are cast bronze; all other parts are stainless These rates are at maximum atomizer capacity. At smaller
steel. capacities, total steam or compressed air consumption will de-
crease, although consumption per gallon of oil may be higher. In
A differential steam regulator is recommended for control of oil/ general, for atomizing purposes, 1 pound of steam is equivalent
steam ratio. See Sheet 5642-1 for details. to 22 scf of air at the same pressures.
OIL CAPACITIES
(Based on 80 psi steam at atomizer; for #6 oil, 100 SSU viscosity.)
Oil Capacity, gph Oil Capacity, gph Oil Capacity, gph

Model No. #2 #6 Model No. #2 #6 Model No. #2 #6
5642-02-5 8 5 5642-01-55 88 55 5642-1-110 176 110
5642-02-10 16 10 5642-01-60 96 60 5642-1-120 192 120
5642-02-15 24 15 5642-1-130 208 130
5642-02-20 32 20 5642-0-65 104 65 5642-1-140 224 140
5642-02-25 40 25 5642-0-70 112 70 5642-1-150 240 150
5642-0-75 120 75 5642-1-160 256 160
5642-01-30 48 30 5642-0-80 128 80 5642-1-170 272 170
5642-01-35 56 35 5642-0-85 136 85 5642-1-180 288 180
5642-01-40 64 40 5642-0-90 144 90 5642-1-190 304 190
5642-01-45 72 45 5642-0-95 152 95 5642-1-200 320 200
5642-01-50 80 50 5642-0-100 160 100
Bulletin 5642
Page 2
Dimensions | Emulsion Oil Atomizer
A–mpt Steam Inlet

G K C
N–pipe plug
E
A–fpt
F J–dia.
MN
pipe bushing
G D L (specify)
H–dia. B–mpt
Oil Inlet
Atomizer dimensions in inches

designation A B C D E F G H J K M N
5642-02 3⁄8 ¼ 17⁄8 11⁄8 2 115⁄16 ¼ 2½ 0.675 25⁄16 1 ¼
5642-01 ½ 3⁄8 17⁄8 11⁄8 21⁄8 2 ¼ 2½ 0.840 25⁄16 1 ¼
5642-0 ¾ ½ 25⁄16 1½ 2½ 23⁄8 3⁄8 3 1.05 31⁄8 1½ 3⁄8
5642-1 1 ¾ 25⁄16 1½ 29⁄16 2½ 3⁄8 3 1.315 31⁄8 1½ 3⁄8
Bulletin 5642
Page 3
Parts List | Emulsion Oil Atomizer
Bulletin 5642
Page 4
Pipe tees and plugs shown in dashed lines are not supplied by North American. They represent a
suggested piping arrangement to permit easy access to oil and steam orifices for cleaning.
Steam
Orifice
Pipe
Bushing Emulsion Nozzle
Tube
Pipe Plug
Body
Oil Atomizer 5642-02 5642-01 5642-0 5642-1

Orifice
Body OC3-0447-5 OC3-0447-6 OC3-0446-5 OC3-0446-6
Emulsion Tube OA3-0583 OA3-0585 OA3-0587 OA3-0451
To select proper nozzle or orifice from this table, start with atomizer designation in left hand column (for example, 5642-1) and read across to number in table that
corresponds to last part of atomizer model number (e.g., 140). Add suffix from head of column in which number appears (-4) to appropriate nozzle or orifice part number
(e.g. OA3-0450-4).
Contact product manager for complete atomizer assembly, part numbers and pricing. Dimension " L", as shown above, must be specified for pricing.
Steam Oil Suffix

Atomizer Nozzle Orifice Orifice -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10
5642-02 OA3-0582- OA3-1644- OA3-1643- 5 10 15 20 25 — — — — —
5642-01 OA3-0584- OA3-1646- OA3-1645- 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 — — —
5642-0 OA3-0586- OA3-1648- OA3-1647- 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 — —
5642-1 OA3-0450- OA3-1650- OA3-1649- 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 5642 Full Emulsion Atomizers
Sheet 5642-1
Instructions, Multiple Burners
P1
G AIR
P2 P4 P5
A
H P7 P8
B
D E
#6 OIL
P10 BURNER
P3 P6
P9
5642 ATOMIZER
STEAM C
F
TO OTHER BURNERS
Schematic shown is of the steam and oil piping control system most frequently used on steel reheat furnaces.
All burners common to one control system must be mounted at the same elevation for equal distribution of the fuel.
The oil and steam control regulators must be at the same level for good control.
A = Differential pressure oil regulator

B = Adjustable port oil control valve
C = Differential pressure steam regulator
D = Oil shutoff valve
E = Sensitrol™ oil valve
F = Steam shutoff valve (normally full open)
G = Control motor
H = Sensitrol or adjustable port oil valve (manual operation)
P = Pressure gauge and shutoff valve (not required at each point)
TYPICAL OPERATING PRESSURES
based on 10 psi steam with no oil loading
P1 P2* P3 P4* P5 P6 P7 P8 P9 P10

osi psi psi psi psi psi psi psi psi psi
0.2 100 100 80 6 16 5.5 5.5 16 5
1 100 100 80 13 23 11.5 11.5 23 11
4 100 100 80 42 52 39 39 52 31
8 100 100 80 70 80 65 65 80 50
* Dependent on the type of oil metering and control system.
Sheet 5642-1
page 2
STARTUP OPERATION
1. With oil valve (D) closed and no pressure at (P5), adjust steam 1. The steam supply pressure (P3) need not be regulated as long
regulator (C) so that (P6) reads 10 psi. as it will not drop below 100 psi. Regulator (C) will adjust as
necessary.
2. Light the pilot or provide some other satisfactory source of
ignition. 2. Emulsion pressure readings at (P10) are only approximate.
This pressure will usually be about 2⁄3 of the steam pressure at
3. Open the main oil valve and oil valves (D) and (H). (P9).
4. Open oil valve (E) to light the burner. This valve should be left 3. Burner turndowns in excess of 4 to 1 may result in loss of fuel
wide open except when it is necessary to balance burners in to one or more burners in a zone due to unbalanced flow.
a zone.
4. Changes in the oil supply pressure (P2) may cause the actual
5. Slowly drive the burner to high fire, adjusting oil valve (H) to operating pressures to deviate from the typical pressures
maintain a satisfactory flame. shown above.
6. At high fire, adjust valve (H) so that (P5) reads 70 psi.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Sheet 5643-1
North American Tip Emulsion Atomizers Ref: Sheets 5643-3 & 4
for #2 to #6 (light to heavy) Oils
5643 Tip Emulsion Atomizers provide atomization and flame

patterns superior to those produced by conventional full
emulsion atomizers, while requiring only about 25% of the steam
or compressed air per gallon of oil. 5643 Atomizers provide
better stability, and permit clean operation under cold conditions
when used in North American series 6795, 6820 or similar types
of burners. Maximum fuel oil viscosity at the burner is 100 SSU.
Table 1. 5643 Atomizer Capacities and Consumption Rates

Atomizing steam rate
(no oil flowing)
Atomizer Maximum Capacity Indicator lb steam/hr kg steam/hr
designation in US gal/hr of oil litres/hr number at 80 psi at 5.6 kg/cm
5643-01 40 150 42 40 18.1

5643-0 100 380 165 140 64
5643-1 200 760 824 225 102
5643-3 400 1520 2400 660 299
Minimum oil rates are not shown since turndown is dependent From Figure 1 on page 2, find the Steam Ratio that corresponds
on the burner in which the atomizer is used. Use the following to the Oil Ratio just determined. Multiply the Steam Ratio times
method to determine atomizing steam rate at any oil flow rate the atomizer’s steam rate (Table 1) with no oil flowing to give the
(within the limits shown above) and at a given atomizing steam atomizing steam rate in lb/hr at 80 psi for the job.
pressure (not exceeding 90 psi). Because the “Indicator Number’’
used is an empirical figure based on US units, calculations must To find the steam rate at pressures other than 80 psi, multiply the
be made in US units, and the answer converted to the metric answer by the Correction Factor found in Figure 2 for the desired
equivalent if desired. Multiply by 1⁄3 to convert from lb steam/hr steam pressure. If using compressed air, first find the steam rate
at 80 psi to approximate scfm atomizing air at 80 psi. in lb/hr at 80 psi (Table 1) and convert to scfm of air at 80 psi
by multiplying by 1⁄3. Figure 2 is used to correct for differing air
Method For Determining Atomizing Steam Rate: Select pressures in the same manner as for differing steam pressures.
the atomizer whose maximum capacity least exceeds your To convert answers to metric, multiply—
desired oil flow rate. Find the Oil Ratio by dividing your desired
oil flow rate in gph by the Indicator Number (Table 1) of the lb/hr by 0.4536 for kg/hr
atomizer selected scfm by 1.698 for sm3/hr
psi by 0.070 for kg/cm2
(Oil Ratio = desiredIndicator
oil flow rate, gph
Number
) gph by 3.785 for litres/hr
Sheet 5643-1
Page 2
Example: Select an atomizer for 221 gph and determine atomizing steam consumption at 70 psi.
Solution: Choose a 5643-3 Atomizer. Oil Ratio will be 221/2400 = 0.09. From Figure 1, Steam Ratio will be 0.83. Multiplying 0.83 times
660 gives about 550 lb/hr atomizing steam consumed at 80 psi. For 70 psi steam pressure, Figure 2 shows a correction factor of 0.9,
which times 550 gives a steam consumption of 495 lb/hr at 70 psi. If compressed air is used, 550 times 1⁄3 gives 183 scfm atomizing air
at 80 psi. For 70 psi multiply by 0.9 to get 165 scfm. (Multiplying 495 by 1⁄3 also gives 165 scfm.)
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
Steam ratio
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
Oil ratio
Figure 1. 5643 Atomizer Oil/Steam Ratios.
1.2
1.1
1
0.9
0.8
Correction factor
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Atomizer pressure, psig
Figure 2. Correction Factors for atomizing medium if at a pressure

other than 80 psig.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Atomizers
Parts List and Dimensions for 5643 Atomizers, sizes -01 and -0
Dimensions
Parts List and
Locking screw
(optional)
North American 5643

Spider
Packing box (optional)
Packing gland
3-6793-1 (-01)
Lock nut OB3-1398-4 (-0)
3-3232-1 Packing Stop collar
"O" ring Stop collar
(-01 & -0) 3-4565-1 (-01) OA3-2981-1 (-01)
R520-4070-V (-01) OA3-2981-1 (-01)
Retaining ring R520-4095-V (-0) C OA3-1399-4 (-0) OA3-0561-1 (-0)
OA3-2319-1 (-0)
R740-6360 Oil tube
(-01 & -0)
A–NPT
D
pipe size
F
Oil connection
Nozzle assembly
OA3-2983-1 (-01)
2" R490-1178 (-01)
OA3-2301-1 (-0) Body 5 1
B–NPT /16-18  1 /4 long OA3-2307-1 (-0)
OA3-2982-1 (-01) hex head bolt
pipe size
OA3-2298-1 (-0) and SÆ flat
E washer
(2 req'd)
G L (specify)
Atomizer Dimensions in inches

designation A B C D E F G
5643-01 3⁄8 ½ ¾ 1 1¼ 13⁄16 41⁄8
5643-0 3⁄8 ¾ ¾ 15⁄16 1¼ 13⁄16 41⁄8
Sheet 5643-2

Parts List and Dimensions for 5643 Atomizers, sizes -1 and -3
Packing
OA3-2314-1 (-1)
Spring OA3-2322-1 (-3) Endplate
OA3-1134-1 (-1) Packing gland Gasket
Lock nut OA3-1917-1 (-3) OA3-2313-1 (-1) 1
/4-20  3/16 long
OA3-1129-1 (-1) OA3-2759-1 (-3) socket head set screw Spider assembly
Locking
OA3-1900-1 (-3) screw Stop collar
Stop collar
Spring seat OA3-2311-1 (-1) OA3-1806-1 (-1) Oil nozzle
3-0770-1 (-1) OA3-1986-1 (-3) * OA3-1986-1 (-3) OA3-1802-1 (-1)
OA3-1918-1 (-3) C * * OB3-2294-1 (-3)
Oil tube
A–NPT D
pipe size
Multi-seal collar F Mixing nozzle

OA3-1130-1 (-1) "O" ring Steam tube Oil tube support
5
OA3-1803-1 (-1)
OA3-1915-1 (-3) R520-4250-V (-3) /16-18  11/4 long 2" OA3-2291-1 (-1) OA3-2293-1 (-3)
R520-4170-V (-1) hex head bolt OB3-1921-1 (-3)
B–NPT and SÆ flat
pipe size washer
(2 req'd)
G E
L (specify)
Thrust tube
OA3-1131-1 (-1) Body
OB3-1916-1 (-3) 3-3310-1 (-1)
OB3-1810-2 (-3) * ¼-20 ¼ long socket head set screw (6 req'd)
Atomizer Dimensions in inches

designation A B C D E F G
5643-1 ½ 1 ¾ 111⁄16 17⁄16 23⁄16 41⁄8
5643-3 ¾ 1½ 1 2½ 2 27⁄8 57⁄8
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Page 2
Sheet 5643-2

North American 5643 Tip Emulsion Atomizers Sheet 5643-4
Instructions, Single Burner

P1
G
AIR
P2 P6 P8
A P4
BURNER
C J E
K
Oil
P3 P5 P7 P9 5643 ATOMIZER
B H
D F
Comp. Air K
or Steam
Installation. No air to oil ratio system is shown. Use a mass flow ratio controller or linked air-oil valves. Do not attempt to use a
Ratiotrol. Use a 2-high linkage arrangement with separate connecting rods from G to C and D. D may operate through a smaller angle
than C.
= Pressure gauge and shutoff valve (not required at E= Sensitrol oil valve (for lighting burner)
each point) F = Compressed air or steam shutoff valve (wide open)
A = Oil differential pressure regulator G= Valve operator
B = Compressed air or steam regulator H= By-pass for steam purge of atomizer oil tube
C = Adjustable port oil valve J = Oil shutoff valve
D = Adjustable port compressed air or steam valve K= 8558 Strainer
TYPICAL OPERATING PRESSURES in psi (kg/cm2)

P9
% Firing Rate P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 max. min. typical†
15 100 (7) 100 (7) 45 (3.2) 75 (5.3) 35 (2.5) 35 (2.5) 40 (2.8) 30 (2.1) 35 (2.5)
35 100 (7) 100 (7) 56 (3.9) 75 (5.3) 46 (3.2) 45 (3.2) 70 (4.9) 40 (2.8) 45 (3.2)
70 100 (7) 100 (7) 68 (4.8) 75 (5.3) 58 (4.1) 55 (3.9) 70 (4.9) 40 (2.8) 55 (3.9)
100 100 (7) 100 (7) 80 (5.6) 75 (5.3) 70 (4.9) 65 (4.6) 70 (4.9) 40 (2.8) 65 (4.6)
The pressure at P8 must be slightly higher than that at P9 to obtain oil flow.
†"Maximum" and "minimum" figures represent pressure limits for stable operation of 6795 and 6820 Burners. To insure optimum flame geometry,
design system to provide "maximum" pressure. P8 and P9 will vary with a given installation--"typical" figures are examples of pressures that might be
encountered on a properly adjusted installation.
Sheet 5643-4
Page 2
SINGLE BURNER INSTRUCTIONS
Initial Start-up
1. Sensitrol Valve E and bypass valve H must be closed. 11. Make curtain adjustment for desired high firing rate.
2. Turn handwheel on oil differential pressure regulator 12. Return valve to low position and adjust linkage for desired
A fully clockwise (for maximum differential pressure low firing rate.
setting).
13. Repeat steps 11 and 12 if necessary, for desired control of
3. With steam flowing, set outlet pressure of regulator B high to low fire settings.
to give desired reading at gauge P5.
Subsequent Start-up
4. Set curtain and lever of adjustable port valve D (atom-
izing steam control valve) to give desired range of 1. Set operator G to minimum position.
pressure at gauge P9 during full stroke of valve
operator G. 2. Open Sensitrol Valve E fully to light burner.
5. Set the curtain in oil adjustable port valve C ½ open. Operation. The steam flow determines P8 and P9. With no
oil flow, P9 is approximately equal to P8. As valves C and D
6. Set the linkage between oil valve C and operator G so open, both pressures increase. The difference between P8 and
that full stroke of the operator results in moving the oil P9 required to produce a given oil flow depends on atomizer
valve from approximately ¼ open to full open. size as well as firing rate. The pressure difference ranges from
imperceptible on the larger sizes (-1, -3) to approximately 25 psi
7. Set operator G to minimum position. on the smallest (-01) atomizers.
8. Light burner by fully opening Sensitrol Valve E, and ad- The flow rate of the atomizing agent is greatest at no oil flow
justing curtain on oil valve C for stable frame. and least at maximum oil flow, for the same reading of P9.
9. Drive operator G to high fire in steps, adjusting curtain Changing the oil pressure at P2 can cause readings to vary.
on oil valve C as required to maintain flame. Steam traps are necessary at all low points in the steam line.
(Some steam superheat is desirable.)
10. At high valve position, adjust handwheel on regulator A
for desired pressure difference between P4 and P6
(typically 10 psi.)
Because of gauge inaccuracy, it is necessary to move the same gauge from point to point in order to obtain an accurate indication of
relative pressures.
PURGING ATOMIZER
1. Close oil valve J. 5. Allow sufficient time for steam to purge the oil tube and
then close valves E and H.
2. Set operator G wide open.
3. Fully open valves E and H. 6. Steam should continue to flow through valve F to purge
any oil that may have been blown into the steam tube Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 5643-4 05/02
4. Throttle valve F until P9 is 5 psi (0.35 kg/cm2) less than P8. after which valve F may be closed.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
OXYGEN
BURNERS
_
North American Standard Sheet 5000-1
Oxygen Burners
5010N-J1-XX Oxy/Gas Burner (North American in-line design) with 1" O2 connection
5010N-J3-XX Oxy/Gas Burner (North American in-line design) with 1½" O2 connection
5010P-J5-XX Oxy/Gas Burner (Praxair) with 2½" angled O2 connection
5011N-J1-XX Oxy/Oil Burner (North American in-line design) with 1" O2 connection
5011N-J3-XX Oxy/Oil Burner (North American in-line design) with 1½" O2 connection
5011P-J5-XX Oxy/Oil Burner (Praxair) with 2½" angled O2 connection
5015W-SJ3-XX Water-cooled Oxy/Gas Burner with 1½" O2 connection
5015W-SJ6-XX Water-cooled Oxy/Gas Burner with 3" O2 connection
5015D-SJ3-XX Dry SJ Oxy/Gas Burner (no cooling) with 1½" O2 connection
5015D-SJ6-XX Dry SJ Oxy/Gas Burner (no cooling) with 3" O2 connection

5017W-SJ3-XX Water-cooled Oxygen Lance(oxygen tube only) with 1½" O2 connection
5017W-SJ6-XX Water-cooled Oxygen Lance (oxygen tube only) with 3" O2 connection
5017D-SJ3-XX Dry SJ Oxygen Lance (no cooling) with 1½" O2 connection
5017D-SJ6-XX Dry SJ Oxygen Lance (no cooling) with 3" O2 connection
5020-R3-XX Oxy/Gas Burner with recessed nozzle - 1½" O2 connection
5020-R4-XX Oxy/Gas Burner with recessed nozzle - 2" O2 connection
5030-OL2-XX Air-cooled Oxygen Lance with 1½" O2 connection
5030-GL2-XX Air-cooled Gas Lance with 1¼" Gas connection
5030-OL5-XX Air-cooled Oxygen Lance with 2½" O2 connection
5030-GL5-XX Air-cooled Gas Lance with 2½" Gas connection
5035-A1-XX Aspirating Oxy/Gas Burner (3 million Btu/hr) 1" O2 connection

Sheet 5000-1
page 2
5035-A3-XX Aspirating Oxy/Gas Burner (10 million Btu/hr) 1½" O2 connection
5040-XX Complete NAMCO Burner with O2 Lance or O2 Burner
5045-XX O2 Lance or O2 Burner only designed for field retrofit into an existing burner, North American or other
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Oxy-Fuel
Jet Burners
The 5010-J burner is designed for glass and aluminum melter FUEL/OXYGEN REQUIREMENTS
requirements of no water cooling and low oxygen supply
pressures. Benefits of oxygen/fuel firing are faster melting, low Burner models operate on natural gas (5010-J) or oil (5011-J).
NOx emissions, and smaller volume of combustion gas which Contact North American for oil model details. Required pressures
permits a smaller bag house when required. There are two for oxygen and gas are listed in the data table on page two.
burner sizes: the -J1 has four different capacity nozzles available Because required oxygen pressure is so low, optional balancing
and the J3 size has 7 nozzles. orifices are requried to evenly distribute oxygen to all burners in
a zone. Use of the orifice will raise required oxygen pressure to
OPERATION approximately one psig.
A high velocity luminous flame is produced by this concentric MOUNTING

pipe burner. Fuel flows through the center passage while low
velocity oxygen flows through the outer annulus. The fuel The burner is available with either a fixed welded flange, or an
tube can be easily removed from the back of the burner for adjustable set-screw held flange, for holding packing between
inspection. An oil model is available. the burner and furnace wall. The welded flange location should
be specified at time of order. An optional mounting adapter
The 5010-J burner dœs not have a standard pilot or spark allows angled or straight installation. Specify angle when
electrode. The burner can be ignited with a torch or inserted ordering.
when the furnace temperature exceeds 1400°F.
COOLING REQUIREMENTS
FLAME SUPERVISION
The burner is cooled by oxygen and fuel flows during operation.
The burner has a rear connection that can accept a UV scanner. However, if the burner is going to be exposed to a hot furnace
The connection is not available with oil models. Contact North while not in operation, it must be pulled from the furnace. An
American for application information. If a flame supervision air cooled mounting is available for special high temperature
system is not used, the burner should only be operated after the applications. Consult North American for details.
chamber temperature is above 1400°F.
Bulletin 5010-J
Page 2
5010-J CAPACITIES vs. FLAME LENGTH/WIDTH

length/width, ft.
Burner model
Capacity Table Instructions: Start with the lower bar

graph and select the burner model with the desired
Btu/hr capacity. Follow that capacity line vertically
up to the second graph to read flame width and
length.This and additional information is contained
in the data table on page 2.
million Btu/hr
Gas Oxygen Flame Shape,

Pressures ('w.c.)
Model Capacity Nozzle Balancing approx. (ft)
mm Btu/h Bore (") Orifice (") Length Width Gas Oxygen
5010N-J1 0.25 0.199 0.339 4.5 0.75 27.7 0.8
0.50 0.281 0.469 5 0.8 27.3 2.8
0.75 0.344 0.578 5.5 0.9 29.6 6.0
1.0 0.397 0.672 6 1.0 33.0 10.6
5010N-J3 1.0 0.438 0.672 7 1.2 11.0 0.1
1.5 0.563 0.828 7.5 1.2 12.0 0.3
2.0 0.625 0.953 8 1.3 13.1 0.5
2.5 0.688 1.063 8.5 1.3 15.6 0.7
3.0 0.750 0.172 9 1.4 18.3 1.0
3.5 0.813 1.266 0.5 1.5 21.4 1.3
4.0 0.875 0.359 10 1.6 25.1 1.7
WARNING: All equipment and pipe used with oxygen must be made of suitable materials and properly cleaned for oxygen service.Operating personnel should be trained in
oxygen safety procedures. Failure to do so could result in accidental injury or death.Contact your oxygen supplier and Fives North American Combustion, Inc. for information.
Bulletin 5010-J
Page 3
DIMENSIONS inches
G-fpt
Oxygen
Inlet
J H-fpt M
Gas Inlet
K C-dia. Z
Flange Location
B D-dia.
dia.
E-dia.
A-dia. L-dia. bolt holes
¼" N-bolt circle
P-no. of holes
Burner std. M
Designation A B C D E F G H J K L dim. N P
5010N-J1 1¼ 4 6 1¾ 11⁄16 1 1 ½ 65⁄8 27⁄8 ¾ 30 4¾ 4

5010N-J3 2½ 53⁄8 8½ 31⁄8 11⁄3 2 1½ ¾ 75⁄16 35⁄8 ¾ 30 7 8
Combustion Block Burner Mounting Adapter Hanger

9" sq. 13½" Designation Q R S T U
5010N-J1 5⁄8 5⁄8 2 5.7 3
5010N-J3 5⁄8 5⁄8 3½ 7 4.5
Mounting Adapter
Customer specifies
adapter length "Y" and
mounting surface angle "X." Hanger
Y
S (pipe size)
T
Outside block dimensions are the same for both the J1 and J3
burners.
X
Q - (bolt) R - (nut) U
Dimensions shown are subject to change. Certified prints are available. Burner dimensions Z, and L (if not standard length) are specified by
customer. (See "Order 5010" for details.) Ordering Information: See: Order 5010.
Copyright © 2023 - Fives - All rights reserved | Bulletin 5010-J 07/12
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Examples of North American
5010-J Burner Mounting Mounting 5010-J
EXAMPLE INSTALLATION ON A GLASS TANK (NO STEEL SHELL)
Hanger Setscrew
Refractory
Flange
Block
Burner
Ceramic Fiber Packing

Sheet 5010-j mounting
page 2
MOUNTING ADAPTER ON FURNACE WITH STEEL SHELL
Optional O2 Balancing Orifice Mounting Adapter

Welded To Steel Shell
Refractory
Block
Burner
Ceramic Fiber Packing
Copyright © 2021 - Fives - All rights reserved | Mounting 5010-J 01/02
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 5010-J and 5011-J Order 5010
Ordering Information and Procedure
BURNER CATALOG NUMBERS AND SPECIFICATIONS
W - Optional
501_N - J_-XX (North American in line design, J1 or J3 sizes)
Balancing O2 Orifice
V
M
burner size (1 or 3) Z
0 = gas, 1 = distillate oil
501_P -J5- XX (Praxair angled connection design, J5 size only) M= Burner length (Specify if other than standard 30".)
V = Nozzle gas bore (Specify if other than standard.)
W= Balancing orifice bore
0 = gas, 1 = distillate oil Z = Fixed flange location (distance from flange face to
oxygen tube end)
Flange Options
"Z" minimum "Z" maximum
Adjustable flange with set screw
No flange J1 2" "M" minus 2¼"
Welded (fixed) flange J3 2" "M" minus 2¾"
ACCESSORY CATALOG NUMBERS
Burner Size
Accessories J1 J3 J5
Combustion Block 4-20762-1 4-20762-2 NA

Hanger 4-18569-1 4-20534-1 NA
O2 Balancing Orifice 4-17907-1 4-21138-1 NA
Mounting Adapter 4-21030-1 4-21030-2 NA
NA = not available.
 Oxygen balancing orifice bore for various capacities is listed in table, page 2 of Bulletin 5010-J.
Order 5010
page 2
MOUNTING ADAPTER
Y
Customer Specifies:
Y = Mounting overall length (Minimum length is 1" to allow

for removal of flange bolts.)
X
X = Angle (vertical = 0 degrees)
EXAMPLE ORDER DESCRIPTIONS
Item Quantity Part Number Description
010 1 5010-J3-XX Oxygen gas burner: V = 0.625", M = Standard, capacity = 2.0 million Btu/hr
020 1 4-21138-1 Balancing oxygen orifice, bore = 0.953" (W)
030 2 5010-J3-XX Oxygen gas burner complete with welded flange: V = 0.750" W = 0.5", M =
standard, Z = 10", capacity = 3.0 million Btu/hr
040 1 4-21138-1 Balancing oxygen orifice, bore = 1.172" (W)
050 2 4-20762-2 Refractory tile for 5010-J3
060 1 4-20534-1 Hanger for 5010-J3
070 1 4-21030-2 Mounting adapter for 5010-J3; Y = 5", X = 15 degrees
Copyright © 2021 - Fives - All rights reserved | Order 5010 01/02
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American J/L Oxygen Burner
with Lance
5013G J/L Oxygen Burner
• Superior luminous flame heat transfer • Simple Installation
• Exceptionally Low NOx • Simple low maintenance Operation
• Low Oxygen Pressure Requirement

Product Overview | J/L Oxygen Burner
The 5013G produces exceptionally low NOx emissions. It is a FLAME IGNITION and SUPERVISION
combination of a special 5010N-J3 burner and a special 5030-
L lance. The 5013G packages these two together to simplify The burner has a rear connection that can accept a UV scanner.
operation, mounting, piping, and installation of the resulting low Contact North American for specific application information. If a
NOx oxygen burner. flame supervision system is not used, the burner should only be
operated when the chamber temperature has been verified to be
OPERATION above 1400°F. The 5013G does not have a pilot or spark ignition
system.
40% of the theoretical oxygen is supplied to the burner while APPLICATIONS
the remaining 60% oxygen is supplied to the lance. The result Glass melters, steel reheat furnaces, aluminum melters, and other
is a luminous flame with delayed mixing of fuel and oxygen for high temperature furnaces can benefit from the 5013G's high
exceptionally low NOx production. quality heating and exceptionally low NOx.
The fuel and oxygen tubes can be easily removed from the back
of the burner for inspection. ORDERING
Specify oxygen and natural gas flows in scfh. The 5013G burners'
orifices are custom-sized to order.
CAPACITIES
"J" Burner "L" Lance
O2 Natural Gas Natural Gas O2 O2 Total O2 Flame length Flame diameter

scfh scfh osig scfh osig scfh ft ft (approximate)
1600 2000 4.0 2400 4.8 4000 6 3
2400 3000 8.0 3600 10.4 6000 8 4
3200 4000 14.0 4800 17.6 8000 10 5
4000 5000 21.0 6000 25.6 10000 11.5 5
4800 6000 29.0 7200 36.8 12000 13 6
DIMENSIONS
257⁄16"
12 101⁄8" 15"
9 9
69⁄16"
13 8
5 6 2
3 1 16
14 15 3½"
1" 4"
N. gas inlet 15"
(5010-J3 burner) 7
10 4"
2½" 4
Oxygen inlet 9
(5030L Lance)
11 5
12" 61⁄16"
DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. PLEASE OBTAIN CERTIFIED PRINTS FROM FIVES NORTH AMERICAN COMBUSTION, INC. Bulletin 5013G
Parts List | J/L Oxygen Burner
Bulletin 5013G
Page 3
Item Description Quantity Material Part no.

1 Mounting plate 1 — 4-22965-1
2 Tile 1 Refractory 4-22951-1
3 "J" burner (special) — 4-22935-1
4 "L" lance (special) — 4 - 22957-1
5 Clamp 2 SST R120-1175
6 Anchor 4 SST 4-22952-1
7 Orifice union 1 — 8699-2-C815
8 1¼" flex hose  12" long 1 — 8773-2-HTT/12C
9 1¼" 90° elbow 3 SST R590-4571-S
10 1¼" close nipple 1 304 SST R590-6600-S
11 1¼" 2" long nipple 1 304 SST R590-6601-S
12 1¼" 2½" long nipple 1 304 SST R590-6602-S
13 1¼" 5" long nipple 1 304 SST R590-6607-S
14 3⁄8-16 hex nut 4 Steel R510-2259-C
15 3⁄8 flat washer 4 Steel R970-7300
16 Joint compound — — R110-7230-LB
North American offers "Total Process Solutions" for your combustion needs. Custom Oxygen Control Systems (Bulletin 8502) and MARC® III Oxy
Combustion Controller (Bulletin 8198) are ideal compliments to the 5013G burner. Contact your local North American office for further information.
Copyright © 2021 - Fives - All rights reserved | Bulletin 5013G 07/12

WARNING: All equipment and pipe used with oxygen must be made of suitable materials and properly cleaned for oxygen service.Operating personnel should be trained
in safety procedures. Failure to do so could result in accidental injury or death. Contact your oxygen supplier and Fives North American Combustion, Inc. for information.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American J/L Oxygen Burner
with Lance
5013S J/L Oxygen Burner
• Superior luminous flame heat transfer • Simple installation
• Exceptionally Low NOx • Simple low maintenance operation
• Low oxygen pressure requirement

Product Overview | 5013S Oxygen Burner
The 5013S produces exceptionally low NOx emissions. It is a used, the burner must only be operated when the chamber
combination of a special 5010N-J3 burner and a special 5030-L temperature has been verified to be above 1400°F. The 5013S
lance. The 5013S packages these two together to simplify operation, has a pilot or spark ignition system.
mounting, piping, and installation of the resulting low NOx oxygen
burner. APPLICATIONS
Steel reheat furnaces, in/out furnaces, box forging, car bottom

OPERATION
forging, aluminum melters, and other high temperature furnaces
20% of the theoretical oxygen is supplied to the burner while can benefit from the 5013S's high quality heating and exception-
the remaining 80% oxygen is supplied to the lance. The result ally low NOx.
is a luminous flame with delayed mixing of fuel and oxygen for
exceptionally low NOx production. ORDERING
The fuel and oxygen tubes can be easily removed from the back Specify oxygen and natural gas flows in scfh. The 5013S burners'
of the burner for inspection. orifices are custom-sized to order.
FLAME IGNITION and SUPERVISION
The burner mounting plate has a rear connection designed

to accept a UV scanner. Contact North American for specific
application information. If a flame supervision system is not
CAPACITIES
"J" Burner "L" Lance

O2 Natural Gas Natural Gas O2 O2 Total O2
scfh scfh osig scfh osig scfh
800 2000 4.0 3200 7.0 4000

1200 3000 8.0 4800 16.0 6000
1600 4000 14.0 6400 27.0 8000
2000 5000 21.0 8000 40.0 10000
2400 6000 29.0 9600 46.0 12000
DIMENSIONS
257⁄16"
9
12
9 101⁄8" 15"
69⁄16"
13 8 2
16 6
3 5 1
14 15 3½"
1¼" 4"
N. gas inlet
(5010-J3 burner) 7 15" 18"
10 4"
¾" UV connection
4
2½"
Oxygen inlet 9
(5030L Lance) 5
11
12" 61⁄16"
15"
DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. PLEASE OBTAIN CERTIFIED PRINTS FROM FIVES NORTH AMERICAN COMBUSTION, INC. Bulletin 5013S
Parts List | 5013S Oxygen Burner
Bulletin 5013S
Page 3
Item Description Quantity Material Part no.

1 Mounting plate 1 — —
2 Tile 1 Refractory —
3 "J" burner (special) — —
4 "L" lance (special) — —
5 Clamp 2 SST R120-1175
6 Anchor 4 SST 4-22952-1
7 Orifice union 1 — 8699-2-C815
8 1¼" flex hose × 12" long 1 — 8773-2-HTT/12C
9 1¼" × 90° elbow 3 SST R590-4571-S
10 1¼" × close nipple 1 304 SST R590-6600-S
11 1¼" × 2" long nipple 1 304 SST R590-6601-S
12 1¼" × 2½" long nipple 1 304 SST R590-6602-S
13 1¼" × 5" long nipple 1 304 SST R590-6607-S
14 3/8-16 hex nut 4 Steel R510-2259-C
15 3/8 flat washer 4 Steel R970-7300
16 Joint compound — — R110-7230
Fives North American Combustion, Inc. offers "Total Process Solutions" for your combustion needs. Contact your local Fives North American office for
further information.
Copyright © 2021 - Fives - All rights reserved | Bulletin 5013S 04/16

WARNING: All equipment and pipe used with oxygen must be made of suitable materials and properly cleaned for oxygen service. Operating personnel should be trained in
safety procedures. Failure to do so could result in accidental injury or death. Contact your oxygen supplier and Fives North American Combustion, Inc. for information.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Oxy-Fuel Burners
Recessed Jet
5020-R4 Oxy-Fuel Burner
• Five capacity ratings • Simple installation
• Four heat patterns • Maintenace is reduced

Product Overview | Oxy-Fuel Burner
The 5020-R4 Oxygen Burner offers the furnace designer many Aluminum reverberatory melter production can be dramatically
advantages. Flame is diffused which spreads heat over a wider increased. If your operation is furnace constrained, 5020-R4 can
area than other oxygen burners. Since there is no cooling water, be a less expensive solution to solving molten metal supply than
the burner can be used on metal melting furnaces without fear buying and operating an additional furnace.
of water/steam explosions. Choose from 5 different capacity
ratings and 4 different heat patterns. A mounting bracket and tile The burner can be direct spark ignited (igniter 4-18032) and
simplifies installation. Mounting plates with tiles are available in monitored with ultraviolet flame supervision. Honeywell C7027A
both square and round versions. ultraviolet detectors have been used. Other sensors may be
suitable but have not been tested. Use a heat block (Honeywell
Mounting construction similar to conventional air/gas burners #136733) and North American 8836 Adapter with cooling air to
locates the oxygen and gas lances away from furnace minimize heat conducted to UV cell from burner.
temperature and corrosive flux gases (where present).
Maintenance is reduced compared with other oxygen burners. You can specify design burner capacity and approximate flame
5020-R4 Burners may be applied to processes up to 2500°F length. The 5020-R4 is available with five capacity drillings with
temperature. ratings from 6 to 10 mm Btu/h. The burner can be fired above
or below rating by changing oxygen and gas pressures. Two
A popular application is heating ladles. Oxygen’s high heat pattern nozzles produce flame lengths from long to medium
temperature flame results in fast heating with time for deeper long. Consult factory for nozzles with medium short and short
soaking of heat into the refractory. Results can be better quality flame lengths.
metal, improved safety, extended refractory life, reduced electric
Firing a burner only at or below its rated capacity will avoid
costs, and increased productivity. (For complete information on
excessive combustion noise.
ladle heating, contact your North American field engineer.)
Steel heating furnaces benefit from oxygen firing. Production

increases occur with forge furnaces, soaking pits, and other steel
reheat furnaces. Heating is fast but uniform because of 5020-
R4’s diffused flame.
Burner Model Nozzle Design Capacity

(at 30 psig oxygen)
Heat Pattern
5020-R4 6 million Btu/hr Nozzle Number Flame Length
7 million Btu/hr
8 million Btu/hr 1 Long
9 million Btu/hr 2 Medium Long
10million Btu/hr
Flame shape Burner pressure

(approximate) (at rated capacity)
Nozzle heat
pattern Width Length Gas Oxygen
Burner drilling # (ft) (ft) (psig) (psig)
5020-R4 1 1.5 11 0.4 30
2 1.5 9 0.4 30
Bulletin 5020-R4
Page 2
Bulletin 5020-R4
DIMENSIONS inches Page 3
BURNER WITH SQUARE TILE 5⁄8"

12"
Oxygen 2" mpt
14” 12"
sq sq
6¾"
Gas
2” fpt
26"
BURNER WITH ROUND TILE

22½"
5⁄8"
12"
(12)¾" holes
20½" B.C.
Oxygen 2" mpt
16"
dia.
63/4" Gas
2" fpt
26"
DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. PLEASE OBTAIN

CERTIFIED PRINTS FROM FIVES NORTH AMERICAN COMBUSTION,
INC. IF SPACE LIMITATIONS OR OTHER CONSIDERATIONS MAKE
EXACT DIMENSION(S) CRITICAL.
Three openings (1/4 NPT) can be used for UV detector, ignition electrode, and observation port.
Ordering: Specify capacity in million Btu/h HHV, Tile shape (round or square), and nozzle number.
Example: 5020-R4-XX Burner complete, capacity 10 million Btu/hr, round tile, and #2 nozzle.
Spark Igniter: A4-18032 Copyright © 2021 - Fives - All rights reserved | Bulletin 5020-r4 07/12
WARNING: All equipment and pipe used with oxygen must be made of suitable materials and properly cleaned for oxygen service. Operating personnel should be trained in oxygen
safety procedures. Failure to do so could result in accidental injury or death. Contact your oxygen supplier and Fives North American Combustion, Inc. for information.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
BURNER
MANAGEMENT
_
Process Controls Solutions GRM 124
North American has been a provider of electronic process control

systems for over 30 years. In addition to leading the way in PLC and
PC based control systems, we are also a manufacturer of dedicated
combustion control equipment for air/fuel ratio, furnace pressure,
safety, and products of combustion analysis.
Averaging well over 300 systems per year, we have the experience
and capabilities to provide our customers the finest in combustion,
process, and material handling control systems.
THE VALUES WE PROVIDE:
— Single point responsibility. Current production, environmental

and energy conservation requirements have made control
systems very important in the performance of combustion
processes. We will ensure that performance, by combining the
latest in burner technology with state-of-the-art controls.
— Quality People and Support Staff. We have forty engineers,

designers, wiremen, testers, and technicians, all professionals
and North American employees. Combustion control has been
a serious business to us for over thirty years, it is not something
we contract out. PLC/OIT based combustion safety
and process control system.
— Quality Procedures. We set high design standards for ourselves.
— Knowledge.
All of our systems are completely 'wet' tested for functionality, not
Safety systems. North American has been providing combustion
just a 'point-to-point' wiring check. All valves, switches, actuators,
safety systems for over 40 years. We have been and are very
transmitters, and thermocouple functions are simulated to verify
active in the NFPA. We are familiar with and can meet insurance
correct system operation and sequencing. We are a UL shop.
and government code requirements for locations all over the
world.
— Documentation. The normal supply includes schematics, field
wiring, bills of material, panel/door layout, full software docu-
Process experience. Because we manufacture the widest
mentation and sequence of operation plus 'cut sheets' for all
range of burner types and sizes, we have gained the wid-
components used.
est range of process experience. Realizing the importance of
process control in the performance of the combustion system,
— Field support. Field service is not a problem with our over 25
we have become a leader in process control advancements
field offices throughout the industrial world plus a trained, ready
for many industries. Through the process controls, we have
to travel, Cleveland based service staff. Phone support is always
gained the experience in material movement.
available from our control systems programmers and engineers.
GRM 124
page 2
— Aluminum. We have supplied systems to all of the major

aluminum companies, world-wide. Our controls maximize the
operation of all types of melters, holders and metal treatment
equipment. We have more experience in the control of
regenerative burners than anyone else in the world.
— Boiler/Processes heaters. We have created systems for

applications that range from commercial package boilers to
power plant boilers, from greenhouses to petro-chem
plants.
— Ceramics. For over 25 years we have been supplying

computer control systems to optimize the production and
efficiency of tunnel, shuttle and periodic kilns as well as
calciners. We have done many successful multi kiln, PC based
management and aquisition systems.
— Forging. Special systems to deal with localizing heat release in

furnaces where work is moving back and forth between the
furnace and the forge. Systems for the special
heating requirements when forging exotic metals like titanium.
— Glass. We have supplied heat recovery and oxy/fuel control

Relay based combustion safety and
systems for melters as well as systems for hearths and lehrs.
process control.
— Heat Treat. Systems that increase uniformity, reduce
emissions, increase throughput and save fuel all at the same
time.
— Steel. We have supplied control and management systems for

reheats, single and multi stack cover annealers, strip anneal
and galvanizing anneal lines, ladle dryout and preheaters,
and more.
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | GRM124 06/07
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American
Flame Detector Adapters
8835-R with
C7061A U. V. Scanner
8832 through 8839 and Series R Flame Detector

and Adapters
• Adapters simplify installation of flame detectors
• Facilitate access to detectors for servicing

Product Overview | Flame Detector Adapters
Adapters simplify installation of flame detectors on North another brand of flame detector, refer to the manufacturer’s
American burners. They also facilitate access to detectors for literature to determine the flame detector’s connection type
servicing. and specific thread size. Table B determines the adapter suffix
based on the specific burner being used.
Most adapters include a purge air connection. All adapters and
flame detector combinations come with a means of removing Examples: When using a Honeywell C7027A on a 6514-4
the flame detector without twisting or disconnecting wires. burner, specify an 8836-D adapter.
Review the flame detector manufacturer's installation and See page 9 and 10 for Series R Adapters for smaller size flame
operation literature to insure all limitations and regular detectors.
maintenance are addressed when using flame detector
equipment. See Sheet 8800-1 for additional UV detector information.
See Sheet 8800-2 for additional flame rod information.
Selection: Refer to Table A for a list of flame detectors
commonly used with North American burners. Determine the
adapter series number based on your specific flame detector
model. If your specific model is not listed or you are using
Table A. Adapter Numbers for Various Honeywell, Fireye and Kromschroder Devices
Manufacturer Mfgr's P/N Device Connection Device Adapter No.
Honeywell C7061A ¾" female NPT Ultraviolet 8835

Honeywell C7061A1046 1" female NPT Ultraviolet 8837
Honeywell C7061F 1" female NPT Ultraviolet 8837
Honeywell C7027A ½" female NPSM Ultraviolet 8836
Honeywell C7035A 1" female NPSM Ultraviolet 8837
Fireye 65UV5 1" female NPT Ultraviolet 8837*

Fireye 95UVS2 1" female NPT Ultraviolet 8837*
Fireye UV7A4 ½" female NPT Ultraviolet 8836#
Fireye UV7SC 1" female NPT Ultraviolet 8837*
Fireye UV45 1" female NPT Ultraviolet 8837*
Fireye UV1A ½" female NPT Ultraviolet 8836
Kromschroder UVC ½" female NPT▲ Ultraviolet 8836

Kromshcroder UVS ½" female NPT▲ Ultraviolet 8836
NOTE: Some Honeywell flame detectors that do not fit or are not recommended with North American burners are:
C7004B1002, 1010, and 1028, C7004B5, C7007A2, C7008A, C7009.
 Adapters do not include detectors--order separately.
* Device is also compatable with 8833-R adapter.
# Device is also compatible with 8836-R adapter if the Fireye insulated nylon coupling is used.
▲ For models configured with the NPT thread option
Bulletin 8832
Page 2
Flame Detector Adapter Dimensions in inches To order, specify: Adapter number with appropriate letter suffix.
Intended for flame rods having 1/2" male pipe thread Example: 8836-B Adapter
For a Overall NOTES:

Adapter burner length Radius Adapters with pipe unions are intended to be used with flame
designation having inches (mm) max.
rod heads that are wired without quick disconnects. If the flame
# 8832-A ¾" FNPT 7.44" (189) 2.75" rod cable has a spark plug style boot, use an adapter without a
# 8832-B ¾" FNPT 5.50" (140) 2.75"
# 8832-C ½" FNPT 5.00" (127) 2.75"1/8 union.
# 8832-D 1" FNPT 5.69" (145) 2.75"  A throttling valve in the cooling air line is suggested for limiting air flow to
Flame rod adapters without pipe union below minimum amount required.
8832-AX ¾" FNPT 5.13" (130) 2.75"
8832-BX ¾" FNPT 3.31" (84) 2.75"  "Radius max." applies to adapters not dimensioned above: It is the radius
8832-CX ½" FNPT 2.75" (70) 2.75" of a cylinder in space the adapter would occupy while being screwed into
8832-DX 1" FNPT 3.44" (87) 2.75" mounting.
8832-H 3⁄8-16 UNC 2.81" (71) See Fig. 1
8832-J ¼-20 UNC 4.25" (108) See Fig. 3 
8832 and 8833 adapters are intended for flame rods. See Sheet 8800-2.
8832-M ¼-20 UNC 3.91" (99) See Fig. 2
Includes a non-conducting adapter (Honeywell Heat Block).
All adapters have a 1/4" cooling air connection except for the 8832-H *
# Includes a pipe union for easy access to the detector without twisting or
For detectors having 1-1/4" female pipe thread disconnecting wires.
For a Overall
Adapter burner length Radius
8833-B ¾" FNPT 7.63" (194) 2.38"
8833-D 1" FNPT 8.38" (213) 2.63"
8833-H 3⁄8-16 UNC 4.25" (108) See Fig. 1
For detectors having 3/4" female pipe thread

For a Overall
# 8835-A ¾" FNPT 8.38" (213) 2.50"
# 8835-B ¾" FNPT 6.75" (171) 2.50"
Fig. 1. "H" adapter mounted on 4682 burner
# 8835-C ½" FNPT 6.50" (165) 2.50"
# 8835-D 1" FNPT 7.50" (191) 2.50"
8835-H 3⁄8-16 UNC 4.25" (108) See Fig. 1
8835-J ¼-20 UNC 5.88" (149) See Fig. 3
# 8835-L 1" FNPT 11.00" (279) 2.25"
For detectors having 1/2" female pipe thread

For a Overall
8836-A ¾" FNPT 6.50" (165) 2.25"
8836-B ¾" FNPT 5.00" (127) 2.25"
Fig. 2. "M" adapter for 4021-15 or 4021-16 Pilot
8836-C ½" FNPT 4.50" (114) 2.00"1/2 Tip on 4630 Main Burner Sections.
8836-D 1" FNPT 5.19" (132) 2.25"
* 8836-F ¾" FNPT 6.38" (162) 2.25"
8836-H 3⁄8-16 UNC 6.75" (171) See Fig. 1
8836-J ¼-20 UNC 5.50" (140) See Fig. 3
For detectors having 1" female pipe thread

For a Overall
8837-A ¾" FNPT 6.13" (156) 2.63"
8837-B ¾" FNPT 5.13" (130) 2.63"
8837-D 1" FNPT 5.06" (129) 2.63"
Fig. 3. "J" adapter mounted on 4630-P pilot section
* 8837-F ¾" FNPT 8.75" (222) 2.63"
* 8837-G 1" FNPT 8.88" (226) 2.63" Bulletin 8832
Page 3
Product Details | Flame Detector Adapters
Examples of 8832 adapters for flame rods having 1/2" male pipe thread
8832-B Detector on 8832-BX Burner on

this side this side
3/4" NPT 3/4" NPT
Examples of 8835 adapters for detectors having 3/4" female pipe thread
8835-B 8835-D
3/4" NPT 1" NPT
Examples of 8836 adapters for detectors having 1/2" female pipe thread
8836-B
8836-D
3/4" NPT
1" NPT
Examples of 8837 adapters for detectors having 1" female pipe thread
8837-B 8837-D
3/4" NPT
1" NPT
Bulletin 8832
Page 4
"H" STYLE ADAPTERS
"H" style adapters are used on the alternate position for a flame detector on 4682-#-MP mounting plates. See Bulletin 4682 for more
details. They can also be used in custom flame detector mounting solutions by attaching the 3⁄8-16 bolt to fixed surface. Flame scanners
attached to the adapter tee can be rotated and angled to aim the detector at the flame. The position can then be locked in place with
the included set screws. The adapter (with ¾" NPT tee) can be ordered without extra pipe adapter fittings as the 3-2156-1.
3.0
2.0
3⁄8-16 THD
8836-H
2.5 to 2.9
¾" NPT
3.0
3-2156-1 8832-H 8835-H
"J" STYLE ADAPTERS
"J" style adapters are used to mount flame detectors on the 4630-P pilot sections. See Bulletin 4630 for more details. They can also be
used in custom flame detector mounting solutions. The adapter can be ordered without extra pipe adapter fittings as the 4-3151-1.
1.75
½" NPT
1.31
8836-J
(8832-J and 8835-J also available)
.31
4.13
2.38
.75
4-3151-1
(without adapter fittings)
Bulletin 8832
Page 5
"M" STYLE ADAPTERS
"M" style adapters are used to mount a pilot and flame detector on 4630 main burner sections. See Bulletin 4630 for more details. The
adapter also has provisions to mount a 4021-15 or 4021-16 slip-fit pilot tip, see Bulletin 4011/4021 for pilot tip details. There is a 1/4-20
threaded hole in the adapter to add a set screw or bolt (which is not included) to secure the pilot tip.
They can also be used in custom flame detector/pilot mounting solutions. The adapter can be ordered without extra pipe adapter fit-
tlings as the 4-2408-3.
B
½" NPT 38°
.31
1.47 Ø 1.141 2.50

1.47 3.9
A A
.69 1.44 ¼-20 THD

B 0.25
.31 Section B-B

.50
Use ¼-20 X ¼" or longer set screw or bolt (not

included) to secure pilot tip (also not included)
.88
3.50 4021 PILOT TIPS

(optional)
Section A-A
4021-15 Slip-fit
manually lit
(without spark plug)
1.38
2.88
1.125 Ø
¾ NPT
8832-M 2.50
4-2408-3 ("M" adapter) with optional 4021-16 Slip-fit
4021 pilot tip and flame rod on a 4630 (with spark plug)
Main Burner Section. Bulletin 8832
Page 6
Table B. ADAPTER SUFFIX LETTERS for North American Burners
4211 ............................................... D 4682 ..............................................H 5514 .............................................. D 6736 ..............................................B

4213 .............................................. D 4683..............................................B 5795 ............................................. D 6758 ..............................................B
4225 ............................................. D 5796 ..............................................B 6795 ............................................. D
4343 ......................................  4723 ................................. 8838-E 5819 ............................................. G
4422-2 thru -6 ............................B 4724 (Obsolete) ............. 8838-E 6819 ............................................ G
4422-7-A thru -8-A ....................A 4725 ................................. 8838-E 6421 ...............................................B 6820............................................ G
4423, 4424 ..................................B 4726 ..............................................C 6422-2 thru -6 ............................B 6821 .............................................B
4762 ..............................................B  6422-7-A thru -8-A ....................A 6825 ............................................. F
4425-2 thru -6 ............................B 4777 ...............................................H 6423 ..............................................B 6832 ..............................................B
4425-7-A thru -8-A ....................A 4795 ............................................. D 6425-2 thru -6 ............................B 6833 ..............................................B
4431-8-A.......................................B 4796 ..............................................B 6836..............................................B
4441, 4442, 4442A ....................A 6425-7-A thru -8-A ....................A 6841...............................................B
4445-2 thru -4 ............................C 4808 .............................................B 6427-8-A ......................................B 6843..............................................B
4452 ..............................................A 4818..................................... ........G 6435 .............................................B 6855 ..............................................B
4485 ..............................................C 4819.......................................... ...G 6514 .............................................. D
4821 .............................................B 6520 ............................................. D
4514 .............................................. D 4825 ............................................ .F
4545-6 thru -8 ........................... D 4828 ..............................................B 6521 .............................................. D
4545-9 FR only ........................... L 4831 ...............................................B 6526 ..............................................B
4558/4558- -V ...........................B 4832, 4833, 4836......................B 6527-7 ...........................................A
4841 ...............................................B 6562 (Obsolete) ..........................H
4630 w/4630-P ...........................J 6570 Pilot .....................................B
5422-2 thru -6 ............................B 6570 Main Flame ...................... D
4630 w/4021-15 or -16 ............M
5422-7-A thru -8-A ....................A 6575 ..............................................B
4659 ..............................................B
 Adapters do not include detectors--order separately.
 Use C7035A UV only with 8837-F or -G Adapter because of ambient temperature considerations. Adapter includes Honeywell Heat Block.
 Or Series R. Also, R can be used in place of any A or B.
 When flame supervision is mounted, SensitrolTM Oil Valve cannot be close-coupled because of interference with handle.
 See Sheet 4343-3 for TwinBed® II flame detector assemblies.
Requires modified version of adapter shown in Fig 1, page 3. Use adapter 4-6153-1
ADDITONAL SPECIAL UV ADAPTERS

2.0
0.50
4-27091-1 14mm X 1⁄2" NPT Adapter Ø 0.34 Ø .56
This adapter is made from steel, and screws into a 14mm spark
plug hole to provide a ½" male NPT fitting for mounting ½" UV
sensors. A 14mm spark plug style gasket R290-3510 can be
14mm X 1.25
purchased separately. 7⁄8" HEX ½" MNPT
1.81
4-32740-1 1" X 1/2" NPT UV Swivel Adapter
10°
This swivel adapter allows a UV sensor to be aimed and secured
up to 10° off the mounting centerline. The base of the adapter is
steel, while the swivel and compression nut are made from brass. ½" FNPT
The back of the swivel connection has a ½" pipe thread for at-
taching a sight tube if required. This style of adapter is included
½" MNPT
in all 4419/6419 burners for mounting the UV sensor.
1" MNPT
1.63 (41)
Non-conducting Heat Block
If the temperature of a UV adapter will become high enough to

overheat the UV dectector (generally above 215°F (102°C) use a
Ø 1.25 (32)
"Heat Block" between the adapter and the dectector.
½" - R130-5849 (136733) ½-14 NPSM or ¾-14 ½-14 NPSM or ¾-14

¾" - R130-5868 (105061) NPSM external threads NPSM internal threads
Included on some 8836 and 8837 adapters DO NOT USE FOR TEMPERATURES Bulletin 8832
ABOVE 266°F (130°C) Page 7
Radiant Tube | Flame Detector Adapters
RADIANT TUBE BURNERS
Flame supervision can be used with 4723 and 4725 Radiant A radiant tube burner flame supervision concept must take into
Tube Burners. The 8838-E-UV Adapter-Detector assembly account the fact the UV detector will not pick up the pilot flame.
includes a modified C7035A-1080 Detector and 8790-0 Sequence begins trial for ignition simultaneously with both pilot
Observation Port. and main flame.
The 8838-E-UV assembly is threaded into the back of a standard During operation, direct spark ignition or gas pilot must be
4723 or 4725 Burner in place of its observation port. An interrupted after normal ignition interval. Pilot air can be left
integral observation port is mounted in the upper leg of the "Y", on under all normal operating conditions.
while the lower leg holds the C7035A Detector.
When replacing a UV detector in the field, modify the
The "Y" fitting can be removed without disturbing the quartz C7035A-1080 by removing the tubular shield from the UV tube
sealing lens in the front of the adapter. The quartz sealing lens to allow adequate signal strength. Position the detector tube for
must remain in-place to prevent fuel leakage. maximum grid exposure with upright plates at sides.
Since no burner modification is involved, an 8838-E-UV The 8838-E is rated for up to 10 psig backpressure.
Adapter-Detector can be added to many existing burners.
4-7413-1
8838-E-UV ADAPTER Window Holding Adapter
8790-0
Observation Port
2 Gaskets req'd
4-7417-1
(one each side)
To order, specify: 8838-E-UV Flame Adapter-Detector including 4-7416-1

Flame Detector Quartz Lens
C7035A-1080 UV Detector, or 8838-E Flame Detector Adapter only. Honeywell C7035A-1080
Remove tubular shield and install gasket supplied with C7035A when (R130-5845)
installing adapter and flame detector.
8838-E-UV Adapter-Detector assembly

including C7035A UV Detector and 8790-0 Observation Port
2.25 hex 5.81
1.25 8790-0 3.63
.88 Obs. Port
1⁄8 pipe
plug
¾ NPT
.14
.38
40°
3.0
Weight: 2.63 lb
Allow 2.50 for 6.50
tube removal
Bulletin 8832
Page 8
Configuration | Flame Detector Adapters
"R" ADAPTERS for FLAME DETECTORS
Flame detector adapters are available for specific flame The alternate configuration is to use cooling air, where ap-
detectors. "R" type adapters have a sealing window and most proximately 1 cfm of air (at 8 osig pressure) is used to cool the
have a ¼” tube (1⁄8" NPT) connector for cooling or purging air (the adapter as it passes through the space between the quartz seal-
8833-R has a 3⁄8" tube ¼" NPT connector). ing lens and the flame detector. This configuration is only used
when no purge air flow can be tolerated by the burner.
The most common configuration is to use purge air, where
approximately 2 to 3 cfm of air is used to keep the fire side of “R” Adapters are shipped with a setscrew plugging the hole that
the quartz sealing lens clean as well as to provide cooling to the vents cooling air. Leave the setscrew in place for purging air.
UV scanner and adapter assembly. In the purge air configuration, Remove the setscrew if cooling air is employed and mount the
the flame detector is isolated from the purging air and burner detector on the tube side of the adapter, opposite of the sealing
environment/combustion chamber by the quartz sealing lens. window.
When using the purging configuration on a burner developing
backpressure and/or firing into a positive combustion chamber, Most adapters have a ¾” NPT thread to fit the ¾” NPT flame
use sufficient air pressure to assure positive purge air flow detector mounting provision of most North American burners.
through the adapter. Purge air flow can influence the lighting The basic 8835-R unit is common to all “R” adapters. It has a ¾”
characteristics of certain burners and/or limit their performance NPT on both ends. Other adapters are made from the 8835-R
range at reduced firing rate. Care must be taken to adjust by adding the appropriate fitting to one end. A largert adapter is
the purge air flow for adequate purge and cooling without also available with 1” NPT connection as 8833-R. All "R" adapters
introducing an undesirable limitation in burner ignition reliability are rated for up to 10 psig backpressure.
or performance.
ADAPTERS and DETECTORS
All Series R adapters (except the 8833-R)

Adapter Connection Thread Size* have the following parts in common:
Adapter Detector End Burner End Cooling Air Connector R916-2211
8831-R 3⁄8" MNPT ¾" MNPT Sealing Window 4-7628-1
Gasket (2 req'd) 4-7629-1
8833-R 1" MNPT 1" MNPT
Body 4-9770-2
8833-R-0 ¾" MNPT 1" MNPT
¾" Mtg. Adapter 4-7932-1
8833-R-01 ½" MNPT 1" MNPT #8-32 Setscrew R776-1431-N
8834-R ¾" FNPT ¾" MNPT
See next page for 8833-R parts
8835-R ¾" MNPT ¾" MNPT
8836-R ½" MNPSM ¾" MNPT
8837-R 1" MNPSM ¾" MNPT
8839-R 1" MNPT ¾" MNPT
* in the as shipped conventional configuration
Sealing
Window
Sealing 4-8035-2
Window Adapter
1.75 1.75
Gaskets Setscrew Gaskets Setscrew
8835-R 8837-R
3.50" long 6.25" long
Shown with PC11 UV Scanner Shown with C7035A-1080 UV Scanner
Bulletin 8832
Page 9
Dimensions | Flame Detector Adapters
Bulletin 8832
Page 10
Sealing
Window Cooling Air Connector
4-8035-3 R916-2322-S
Adapter
Sealing Window
4-40395-1
2.13
1.75
Gaskets Setscrew Setscrew

Gaskets
2X 4-40386-1
8839-R 8833-R
4.50" long 8833-R with 1" NPT detectcor connection = 5.00" long
Shown with 45UV5 UV Scanner 8833-R-0 with ¾" NPT detector connection = 6.38" long
8833-R-01 with ½" NPT detector connection = 6.38" long
Sealing Sealing
Window Window
4-7933-2 4-7933-2
Adapter Adapter
1.75 1.75

8836-R 8836-R
4.50" long 4.50" long
Shown with UV7A4 UV Scanner Shown with C7027A UV Scanner
Sealing Sealing
Window Window
R590-1250-S
4-8316-2 Coupling
Adapter 1.75 1.75
8831-R 8834-R
4.50" long 5.00" long
Shown with UV-2 UV Scanner Shown with 8790-0 Observation Port
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Flame Rod Sheet 8832-1
Insertion Lengths
TABLE 1. Dimensions (in inches)
Burner Dim.
A–Flame Rod insertion designation "A"
length into burner
4422 (223G)-2 thru -6 5
4425-2 thru -6 5
4545-6 3¾
4545-7 4½
4545-8-A 7
4545 -8-B 5¾
4659 (59)-1, -2 3½
4659 (59)-3, -4 4½
4659 (59)-5, -6 5½
4659 (59)-7 6½
4683 (103)-3, -4 4
4683 (103)-5, -6 5½
When using flame rod with North American burners, maintain a 4683 (103)-7 6
flame rod insertion length (from the outer boss of the flame rod
connection) equal to "A" dimension in the table below. 4726-1 3
4726-2 3½
Use a North American Flame Detector Adapter (Bulletin 8832) for
easy access to the flame rod without twisting or disconnecting 4762-4, -6, -7, -8 4
wires.
4808-9 6
4808-10 9½
For burners with ¾" FPT flame rod connection, an economical
4808-12 8½
option is available, part NO. 4-25432-(X). Consult factory for
necessary (x) part number option based on "A" dimension below.
Flame rods generally are unsatisfactory for use with oil.
Sheet 8832-1
Page 2
B–Rod insertion length into holder
C–Adapter length
A–Flame Rod insertion

length into burner
Flame Rod Length = Dimensions A + B + C.
TABLE 2. Adapter selection
Part Holder Connection

Number Flame Rod Holder Size Notes Adapter No. Dim. "B"
R130-5598 C7007A-1001 1½" mpt — 8832 2 ¾"
R130-5580 C7011A-1005 1 ¼" fpt Angle type 8833 3"
TABLE 3. Adapter lengths

Adapter "C" Length, Adapter "C" Length,
Designation inches Designation inches
8832-A 6 7⁄8 8833-A 19
8832-B 5 8833-B 17 3⁄8
8832-C 4¾ 8833-D 17 3⁄8
8832-D 5½
8832-H 37⁄8 8833-H 15 1⁄8
8832-J See Bul. 8832 8833-J 11 7⁄8
8832-M See Bul. 8832 8833-L 11
8832-P 6 13⁄16 8833-M 11 7⁄8
TABLE 4. Flame rod selection

Part Honeywell
Number Description Part no.
R130-5590 12"  3⁄16" flame rod (Kanthal) 102709A
R130-5592 18" 3⁄16" flame rod (Kanthal) 102709B
R130-5594 24" 3⁄16" flame rod (Kanthal) 102709C
Sheet 8832-1
Page 2
TABLE 5. Flame rods and adapters required if selecting the standard holder (R130-5598)
Burner Part Number Adapter Part Number Flame Rod Part Number
4422 (223G)-2 thru -6 8832-B R130-5592
4425-2 thru -6 8832-B R130-5592
4545-6 8832-D R130-5590
4545-7 8832-D R130-5592
4545-8-A 8832-D R130-5592
4545-8-B 8832-D R130-5592
4659 (59)-1, -2 8832-B R130-5590
4659 (59)-3, -4 8832-B R130-5592
4659 (59)-5, -6 8832-B R130-5592
4659 (59)-7 8832-B R130-5592
4683 (103)-3, -4 8832-B R130-5590
4683 (103)-5, -6 8832-B R130-5592
4683 (103)-7 8832-B R130-5592
4726-1 8832-C R130-5590
4726-2 8832-C R130-5590
4762-4, -6, -7, -8 8832-B R130-5590
4808-9 8832-B R130-5592
4808-10 8832-B R130-5592
4808-12 8832-B R130-5592
TABLE 6. Flame rods and adapters required if selecting the angled holder (R130-5598)
Burner Part Number Adapter Part Number Flame Rod Part Number
4422 (223G)-2 thru -6 8832-B R130-5592
4425-2 thru -6 8832-B R130-5592
4545-6 8832-D R130-5592
4545-7 8832-D R130-5592
4545-8-A 8832-D R130-5592
4545-8-B 8832-D R130-5592
4659 (59)-1, -2 8832-B R130-5592
4659 (59)-3, -4 8832-B R130-5592
4659 (59)-5, -6 8832-B R130-5592
4659 (59)-7 8832-B R130-5592
4683 (103)-3, -4 8832-B R130-5592
4683 (103)-5, -6 8832-B R130-5592
4683 (103)-7 8832-B R130-5592
4762-4, -6, -7, -8 8832-B R130-5592
4808-9 8832-B R130-5592
4808-10 8832-B R130-5594 Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 8832-1 10/07
4808-12 8832-B R130-5594
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Flame Supervisory
and Control System
8865/8864 Flame Supervisory and Control System
• Quality and repeatability assured through modular • UL listing optional

system design
• Integrates burner management and process control
• Fully customized to your application and specifications
Product Overview | Flame Supervisory and Control
FULLY CUSTOMIZED: Optional Features

UL listing
The 8865 and 8864 Combustion Control Systems combine years NA8199 Ratio Controller
of engineering knowledge with today's best tools and technology. NA8381, 8382 Intelligent Limit Controller
These systems meet your needs and special requirements and Annunciation
are fully customized to your application and specifications. Recorders
The 8865 and 8864 offer significant options with an unlimited Fuel totalizing
number of burners and control loops. Optional equipment can Data logging
be added, such as annunciators, recorders, totalizers and data Custom control strategy
Custom documentation
loggers. The 8865 and 8864 are suitable for any combustion
Choice of non-standard equipment, any specifics can
control application; aluminum, forging, steel, glass, heat treat, and
be changed to meet customer specifications
ceramics.
NEMA 7, 4X, 4 enclosure
QUALITY AND REPEATABILITY:
Standard Stocked Component Specifications
The 8865 and 8864 Combustion Control Systems are modularly Controllers: Honeywell UDC330 series
designed assuring quality, repeatability, and quick delivery. Yokogawa UT550 series
Design time is reduced by use of pre-engineered CAD modules Honeywell DC301 ramp/soak programmer
and we stock all the standard parts needed for quick assembly Yokogawa UP550
of these systems. Loop control, furnace pressure, oxygen trim, High Temperature Limits: Honeywell UDC230L,
and auxiliary loop control can be performed with standard loop Yokogawa UT350L
controllers. A complete documentation package of schematics, Pushbuttons, Switches and Lamps: Allen-Bradley 800H
cabinet, door, field wiring diagrams, and bill or material comes Timers: ATC plug-in series 405
with each system. Control relays: IDEC RH3BUL (3-pole), IDEC RH2BUL
(2-pole) and RH4BUL (4-pole) plug-in
Terminal connectors: Allen-Bradley 1492-HM3 series
SYSTEM RELIABILITY AND FLEXIBILITY: Wire: #16 AWG, MTW, 105C
Flame relay: Honeywell RM7890/RM7888
The 8865 and 8864 provides flexible flame supervision Enclosure: Saginaw NEMA 4/12
and process control. In the 8865 system, you benefit from Alarm Horn: Allen-Bradley 855P series
independent burner flame operation, which allows your system Disconnect: Allen Bradley Series #1494 V or equal
to operate even when one or more burners go out, increasing Transformer: General Electric Series #9T58 or equal
system reliability and flexibility. This system can be anything you
Nameplates on panel: Lamicoid black letters on
want it to be since there are no proprietary barriers. You are not
white background
locked into using one component manufacturer. Start-up and
Nameplates on sub-panel: Veratronics heat sensitive
maintenance are easier and faster with these fully tested, fully
tape--black on white
documented systems. UL listings are optional.
Paint: Exterior ANSI 61 light grey, Interior white epoxy
Standard Features
Multi burner
Multi firing zone
Multi control zone
Multi fuel
Alarm circuit
NEMA 12 rated
Pilot or direct spark ignition
FM approved purge function
Choice of panel voltage and motor starters
Safe low-fire light off
Loop controllers and programmers
Approved flame supervision equipment
Built using standard stocked North American components
Bulletin 8865/8864
Page 2
Drawings | Flame Supervisory and Control
Bulletin 8865/8864
The following computer-generated drawings are provided for each panel: Page 3
— Schematic wiring diagram, JIC ladder type

— Electrical bill of material
— Door wiring diagram
— Field wiring diagram
— Sub-panel component layout drawing
— Panel assembly drawing
— Sequence of operation
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American
Sentry Flame Supervisor
8880 Family of Single Burner Flame

Supervision Panels
• Single burner flame supervision
• Low cost compact package with easy flip latch access
• Meets NFPA 86
Product Overview | 8880 Panels
FEATURES The 8880 family of single burner flame supervision panels

is designed to start and stop individual burners located at the
— NEMA 4X enclosure furnace or oven. Used in conjunction with a master panel in
multi-burner systems or as a stand alone control when purge is
— Stand alone or with master panel not required, the 8880 family of burner boxes is a convenient,
inexpensive and NFPA compliant control for numerous burner
— Supports DSI, piloted or manually lit systems applications.
— Located at burner The 8880 family can accommodate direct spark (with or
without a low-fire valve), piloted and manually ignited systems.
— Lockout tag-out standard Flame rods, standard UVs and self-check UVs are all compat-
ible. Designed around the Honeywell RM7890 Control, the 8880
— Optional KBD with fault history diagnostic & flame family can accommodate remote or local burner start/stop
strength and remote or local flame relay reset. Housed in a NEMA 4X
enclosure, the clear front permits direct viewing of the flame
relay and its status LED's without the loss of the weatherproof
integrity. A quick glance reveals burner status. The panel is
available with UL or Canadian UL label.
APPLICATION/TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
In multi-burner applications where a master panel is used, the master panel (ordered separately) performs the purging and motor
drive functions for multiple burner boxes. Through contact closures to the individual burner boxes the master panel confirms that a
purge has been completed and the motor circuit has been driven to a light-off position. The master panel can also start the burner
light-off sequence remotely or have the burner light-off be controlled at the burner box.
Typical Sequence:
1) With power supplied to the burner box, cycle the (RESET/OFF/ON) to the ON position. This powers the flame relay and
the green POWER LED on the flame relay comes on.
2) When the common operating limits and the purge complete permissive from master panel are made, the process control
motor is at the low-fire or light-off position (indicated by a switch closure), the burner can be started.
3) Depress and hold the START pushbutton until the amber PILOT LED on the flame relay comes on.
4) The flame relay/control box then sequences through a burner start with status LEDs on the flame relay giving indication
of the steps of the lighting sequence until the burner is lit. Once the burner is lit, a dry contact closes to indicate that the
the burner is on. This contact can be used by the master panel.
5) If the burner dœs not complete its light-off sequence or if the burner gœs out after being lit, the red ALARM LED on the
flame relay comes on, and a 120 VAC signal indicates an alarm condition that can be used by the master panel.
6) To reset the flame relay after an Alarm condition, turn the RESET/OFF/ON selector to the OFF position, and depress the
blue reset button on the front of the flame relay inside the burner box. If the reset module or keyboard display module
options are present, turning the RESET/OFF/ON selector to the RESET position (which will spring return to the OFF position
can also be used to reset the flame relay.
Bulletin 8880
Page 2
Application | 8880 Panels
As is the case with any Flame Supervision equipment, this product is designed to be applied to specific applications. All applicable
requirements and codes should be adhered to when installing and operating this equipment.
Multi-Burner Application
THIS EQUIPMENT MUST BE OPERATED BY

PROPERLY TRAINED AND QUALIFIED PERSONNEL. 1. PUSH AND HOLD
FOR YOUR PROTECTION
TO IGNITE BURNER.
NEVER MANUALLY OPERATE OR OVERRIDE ANY 2. SPRAK BURNER
RELAY OR TIMER, OR, BYPASS ANY PORTION OF THIS
BURNER SUPERVISORY SYSTEM. TO DO SO COULD OR APPLY TORCH.
RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY, LOSS OF LIFE, OR
PROPERTY DAMAGE. 3. RELEASE BUTTON
ONLY A TRAINED COMBUSTION CONTROL SERVICE
WHEN "PILOT"
AGENT SHOULD ATTEMPT TO REPAIR OR SERVICE L.E.D. LIGHTS.
THIS EQUIPMENT.
Multiple
FOR YOUR PROTECTION
TO IGNITE BURNER.
WHEN "PILOT"
THIS EQUIPMENT.
8880
Burner
Boxes

FOR YOUR PROTECTION
TO IGNITE BURNER.
WHEN "PILOT"
THIS EQUIPMENT.

FOR YOUR PROTECTION
TO IGNITE BURNER.
WHEN "PILOT"
THIS EQUIPMENT.
Master Panel
BURNER BOX APPLICATION
Signals Required: Outputs available:

120 VAC Supply 120 VAC for pilot, main and burner SSOVs
Common Operating Limits (contact closure) 120 VAC for ignition transformer
Confirmation of purge complete (contact closure) FUEL ON signal (contact closure)
Confirmation of light-off position (contact closure) ALARM signal (120 VAC)
Flame detector signal (UV or Flame rod)
Burner block valve auxiliary switch if required (contact
closure)
(Optional) Remote Reset contact
Functions performed:
Safe Start Check
Monitor common operating limits
Burner light-off sequence
Local burner Start/Stop
Local flame relay reset
Local Annunciation/Alarm
Powers SSOVs and ignition transformer
Bulletin 8880
Page 3
Specifications | 8880 Panels
SPECIFICATIONS and FEATURES

8"
— Rugged Fiberglass Enclosure size: 12" H × 10" W × 6" D
— NEMA 4X and 12 rated enclosure
— Power required: Maximum 5 amps at 120/1/60 VAC

Burner can be started remotely or locally (depending on wiring)
Lockout Tag-out feature
Safe Start Check
Quick flip latches for easy access inside box
131⁄8"
— Clear plexiglass door to view status LEDs
— Stand alone unit or used with Main Panel (ordered separately) THIS EQUIPMENT MUST BE OPERATED BY
PROPERLY TRAINED AND QUALIFIED PERSONNEL.
FOR YOUR PROTECTION
NEVER MANUALLY OPERATE OR OVERRIDE ANY
1. PUSH AND HOLD
TO IGNITE BURNER.
2. SPRAK BURNER
WHEN "PILOT"
THIS EQUIPMENT.
— Compatible with flame rod, standard Honeywell UV detector

(C7027 or C7035) and self-check Honeywell UV detector (C7061A)
— Used on pilot ignited systems, direct spark systems (with or

without low-fire valve) or manually ignited systems Mounting dimensions
Standard drawings (Custom drawings available at additional cost) (provide drawing)
Flame Relay Reset Pushbutton on the front of the Flame relay
— Optional Flame Relay Reset on door

Local Burner On/Off Selector Switch
Local Burner Start Pushbutton
Visible indication on the Honeywell RM 7890 Flame Relay
"POWER" LED on Flame Relay- Lit whenever flame relay is powered
"PILOT" LED on flame relay - Lit whenever terminal "8" (ie, PILOT terminal) of flame relay is powered
"FLAME" LED on flame relay - Lit whenever the presence of flame is detected by the flame relay
"MAIN" LED on flame relay - Lit whenever terminal "9" (ie, MAIN terminal) of flame relay is powered
"ALARM" LED on flame relay - Lit whenever terminal "4" (ie, ALARM terminal) of flame relay is powered
Display unit that gives burner status, diagnostic, and flame strength information
— Optional Keyboard Display unit available for flame relay diagnostics
— UL or Canadian UL approvable
— Can be modified for customization.
— Flame Failure alarm output (120 VAC, 1 amp pilot duty).

— Contact available to indicate "burner on" status
Bulletin 8880
Page 4
Ordering Information | 8880 Panels
Bulletin 8880
Page 5
8880 - FP - RL
RX- Reset Module included (selector switch used for flame failure reset).
RU- Reset Module and UL label included.
RC- Reset Module and circuit breaker instead of fuse included,.
RL- Reset Module, Canadian UL and Circuit breaker included.
KX- Keyboard Display Module included (selector switch used for flame failure reset).
KU- Keyboard Display Module and UL label included.
KC- Keyboard Display Module and circuit breaker instead of fuse included.
KL- Keyboard Display Module, Canadian UL and Circuit breaker included
P- Pilot Spark Ignition.

D- Direct Spark Ignition.
L- Direct Spark Ignition with Low Fire Valve (Low fire valve remains ON after Main Ignition).
T- Torch Ignited (manually)
F- Flame rod amplifier provided.

U- UV amplifier provided (for use with Honeywell C7027 or C7035 UV).
S- Self-Check UV amplifier provided (for use with Honeywell C7061A Self-Check UV).
Example: 8880-UP-KU is an 8880 burner box for use with a standard Honeywell C7027 or C7035 UV detector, with
a pilot, has a Keyboard Display module and carries a UL label.
Generic Drawings are supplied with each 8880 Burner Box. If Custom drawings are required for any reason, the following
P/N should be entered: 8880-DWG Custom drawings for 8880 Burner box (check Cleveland for pricing).
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 8883/84 Flame
Supervisory System
— Multiple burner applications — Compliant with NFPA and insurance

— PLC power underwriter recommendations
— Choice of graphic and/or touch-screen user — Communication port for plant floor networks
interfaces
— Fully tested prior to shipment
— Integrated combustion safeguard and process
— Quick delivery
control
— Independent burner shutdown — Competitively priced
— Modular system design
The 8883 is a custom flame supervisory and process control system for multiple burner applications. It is part of the new line of 888X
series of North American Control Systems. The 8883 incorporates such features as color graphics display screens, touch screens, exten-
sive use of personal computers (PC's), programmable logic controllers (PLC's), and the new Honeywell/North American RM7888 industrial
burner controllers. These features bring a new look and an impressive increase in control capability.
The 8883 system consists of a single master control enclosure and individual burner boxes. The 8884 is functionally the same as the
8883, but the burner modules are housed in a single enclosure with the master control.
MAIN FUEL TRAINS, The PC or PLC provides overall process control, monitoring, and
CONTROL LOOPS,
ETC. alarm reporting. The flexibility such a system allows it to be con-
L1
L2
OPERATOR
INTERFACE figured to meet many diverse process needs such as the imple-
LIMITS mentation of special control strategies like StepFire™. In addition,
it can accommodate other process control loops, discrete logic
control, plus analog and digital inputs and outputs beyond the
combustion control operation.
MASTER PANEL
WITH
PLC
TO REMAINING
BURNERS
CUSTOMER
INTERFACE
COMMUNICATIONS
(OPTIONAL)
BURNER BOX BURNER BOX

WITH BURNER AIR WITH BURNER AIR
RM7888 VALVE RM7888 VALVE
LOWFIRE LIMIT LOWFIRE LIMIT
SWITCH SWITCH
BURNER BURNER
CONTROL CONTROL
MOTOR MOTOR
BURNER FUEL BURNER FUEL
VALVE VALVE
PILOT VALVE PILOT VALVE
IGNITION IGNITION
TRANSFORMER TRANSFORMER
BURNER BURNER
GROUND GROUND
Bulletin 8883/84
Page 2
The basic building block of the 8883/84 system, the new Full manual/auto control access is provided through function and
Honeywell/North American RM7888 controller, carries out numeric keys or via touch-screen. As with the full graphics user
burner management. This flame safeguard unit has extensive interface, the pictures can be organized in a hierarchy with an
capability beyond those of other manufacturers and other overview screen "at the top" and sub-screens providing more
earlier Honeywell models. With built-in timing and programming detailed information about specific parts of the process.
functions, it can handle any flame supervision application from
the simplest single burner job to the complex requirements of Either video capability or both can be used to monitor and
StepFire™ and TwinBed II™. control a process. As process needs increase, the demands on
the operators and desires of management dictate that the more
Two levels of video display operator interface are available elaborate operator interface become part of the system supplied.
to accommodate customer preference and need. Complete
graphics user interface (GUI) in a Windows™ environment with Careful design drawn from a long history of experience in
detailed and dynamic color screens, mouse, and full manual/auto combustion processes assures that the system will meet NFPA and
control access comes in the software package with a personal insurance underwriter recommendations. A UL label can be provided on
computer to provide the processing power. request.
Also available, but not as elaborate, is a limited graphics user

interface. This package provides lower resolution with graphics
that are made up of boxes and lines on a monochrome screen.
8883/8884 FEATURES/BENEFITS
2 to 36 burners* Operator interface with full color graphics
Pilot or direct spark Pentium class personal computer and VGA CRT with
Single or dual-fuel Windows™
Any valve train configuration Sophisticated process diagrams
Manual or automatic valves with or Real time and historical data storage and retrieval
without closure switches Trend plots
Control loop faceplates
Alarm information
Zone or individual burner control
and/or
Modulated (P.A.T. or C.A.T.) or StepFire™ LCD video display
Loop control within the PLC or from dedicated
controller Simplified screens with limited graphics
Function keys, and/or touch-screen entry
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Bulletin 8883-84 06/01

* Systems for more burners can be accommodated. Consult Cleveland.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Sentry Combustion
Control System
8888 Sentry Combustion Control System
• Single burner flame supervision • Optional high temperature limit
• Single or dual fuel • Optional 1400°F bypass
• Choice of flame scanners:UV, UV self-check, and

flame rod
Product Overview | 8888 Sentry
SAFEGUARD AND CONTROL SINGLE BURNER SYSTEM The 8888 Sentry Combustion Control System is an innovative
control system that is part of North American's family of
dependable, accurate, and time-tested 8880 combustion control
— Optional process temperature controller solutions. This system incorporates North American's designed
(with or without ramp/soak) circuitry that meets your existing needs, while offering the ability
to expand its functionality, based on your increased demands.
— Robust printed circuit board assembly Optional high temperature limit and process temperature
controller can be panel mounted and terminals are provided
— UL listing available for remote mounted controllers or high limits. Timing and
— Fused outputs lighting sequences meets NFPA and other insurance underwriters
requirements.
— Start-up mode toggle switches
(hold low fire for tuning) The RM7888A Flame Relay has been a successful joint
development project between North American, a primary leader
— Plug-in components in combustion solutions, and Honeywell, a global leader in
electronic technology. This synergistic effort has led to product
— Wiring for mini-fuel train and valve features that include Flame Scanner choices, direct spark or pilot
proving system ignition offering relight capabilities, control motor operation, and
PLC interconnection--all in one simple to operate unit.
— Wiring for large selection of compatible
actuators Other features include an adjustable purge timer, plug and play
components, and fused outputs. Its NEMA 4X enclosure with a
transparent window assists in monitoring burner status LED's and
the optional keyboard display module.
Bulletin 8888
Page 2
Specifications | 8888 Sentry
Bulletin 8888
Page 3
— NEMA 4X enclosure, 16" H  14" W  8" D, with window to observe — Terminations: 66 terminals in 2 staggered rows to simplify con-
system status nections, accept up to AWG 12 wire
— Power requirements:120 V ac, 50 or 60 Hz, 8 A max. — Dry contact outputs, form C for limits complete, fuel off, and lock
— Door mounted equipment: run/stop pushbutton, auto out alarm. Contact rating 120 V ac, 2 A
start selector — Options (panel rated NEMA 12 with controllers mounted)
— Flame relay: Honeywell RM7888A High temperature limit controller
— Status LED's: Power, pilot, flame on, main fuel powered, Process temperature controller (4 to 20mA
and alarm or 120 V output)
— Board mounted switches: Ramp/soak controller available
Power UL classification of panel (UL508)
Fuel select UV, self-check UV, or flame rod sensors
Motor low or force modulation* — Cabinets available:
Pilot only or main valve select* Fiberglass
— Board mounted status LED's: Painted metal
Main power on Stainless steel
Common limits —Spare parts, replaceable plug-in components:
Fuel 1 limits Relay (LCR, ACR)
Fuel 2 limits Relay (FOCR, FSCR)
Limits complete Timer (PTR)
Purging Flame relay
Low fire Fuse, 10 A, slow blow
Main fuel open Fuse, 3 A, fast blow
—Provision for limit terminations:
Five common limits
Three fuel 1 limits
Three fuel 2 limits
High temperature limit
* Used for start-up
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Sentry 8988
Single Burner Control System
An optimal solution that delivers safe and accurate control

for single burner systems.
Built to meet the demands for today’s manufacturing environments with the capabilities to optimize your process.
• Burner Management System with true live data display and first out annunciation
• Process Control System with proven algorithms for optimal combustion performance
• Configurable functions and displays for simple operation
• Connectivity to Plant Automation and Data Systems, remote webpage status, and automatic email alerts
Product Overview | 8988 Sentry
The 8988 Sentry is an innovative solution that is part of the - Electronically linked valves with profile using actuator feed
North American family of control systems. Built using proven back.
methods and algorithms utilized in our custom engineered - Mass flow ratio control using flow measurements. Includes
control solutions, the Sentry is dependable, accurate, flexible, and available air temperature compensation.
guaranteed to perform upon delivery. - Oxygen trim for the above options.
Engineered and built by the combustion control experts at • Provides control of entire heating process with up to 2 process
Fives North American, the Sentry incorporates functionality that control loops driving the burner firing rate. Process loops may
meets your process needs. The Burner Management System be cascaded or used in a low select manner.
(BMS) contains true live signal display, time stamped first out
• Setpoint time profile program available for process controllers,
annunciation, assistive prompting, and customizable device
with up to 100 stored profiles.
descriptions to get your system running quickly. The Combustion
Management System (CMS) and Process Control is designed to
• Additional process control loop which can utilize an analog
optimize the heating process for seamless operation with the
actuator or reversing drive. Can be used for chamber pressure
BMS.
control or other process control.
The Sentry systems are thoroughly tested before leaving our
• Status, data, and control functions can be accessed over an
facility, making them a turn-key solution.
ethernet connection for integration into plant automation
systems.
HIGHLIGHTS OF THE SENTRY
• Data available over Siemens S7 and Modbus TCP, and Allen
• BMS designed to provide NFPA-86 compliance including main Bradley PLC Ethernet protocols for connection to automation
limit interlocking, air proving switch check, pre-ignition purge, systems
burner ignition, and flame detection with safe start check
• System Status web pages for viewing of combustion system
• Additional BMS functions include compliant 1400°F Flame status from other locations within the plant network
Supervision and/or Purge Bypass and Pilot Relight/Hold.
• Graphical touchscreen color interface • Automatic email alerts using plant SMTP server
• Customizable warnings and tags- system can be customized to MARKETS AND APPLICATIONS
speak your language, not a preset from the factory.
Engineered to improve the process performance of systems
• Range of burner control options available: with a single burner. Applications such as dryers, calciners, and
- For systems with mechanical air/fuel ratio control (regula- furnaces with a single burner are ideal for the Sentry system.
tor), modulated air, modulated fuel, or both with staging
available.
Bulletin 8988
page 2
Specifications | 8988 Sentry
Bulletin 8988
page 3
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
• Compact and rugged formed steel unit

— Overall size 24" x 24" x 6"
— Unit weight 69 pounds
— Panel sealing - IP65, NEMA 4 indoors
— 120 VAC, 60Hz
• Meets control requirements of NFPA-86:2023
• Touchscreen display for operation and configuration
• Supports ultraviolet, self-checking ultraviolet, and flame rod
flame detection
• Direct Spark and piloted ignition systems
• All digital inputs 24VDC
• Digital inputs and outputs for remote status and control
(24VDC)
• Supports safety shutoff valves @120VAC with up to 5A current
draw each
• Optional Excess Temperature Interlock and 1400°F Bypass
Interlock Controllers
• Available with BMS and CMS or BMS only
• Engineered Field Drawings and Factory Configuration available
(add -CFG to part number, such as 8988-C1-CFG).
Ordering Information | 8988 Sentry

8988-C0 8988 BMS/CMS without interlock controllers
8988-C1 8988 BMS/CMS with Excess Temperature Interlock controller
8988-C2 8988 BMS/CMS with Excess Temperature Interlock and 1400°F Bypass Interlock Controllers
8988-B0 8988 BMS only without interlock controllers
8988-B1 8988 BMS only with Excess Temperature Interlock controller Copyright © 2023 - Fives - All rights reserved | Bulletin 8988 04/23
8988-B2 8988 BMS only with Excess Temperature Interlock and 1400°F Bypass Interlock Controllers
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
CONTROLS
AND ANALYZERS
_
North American StepFire™ Burner Control System Bulletin 8061
General Overview
Firing Lane Atmosphere Temperature
StepFire™ is an advanced control system that modulates fur-

nace energy input according to demand requirements from a 2538 F
programmable logic controller (PLC), personal computer (PC), or
temperature controller. It adjusts the thermal input by cycling 2534 F
2523 F
multiple burners (within a zone) from high-to-low for controlled
periods of time. Product Temperature
2520 F
FEATURES/BENEFITS
0 30 60 90 120
— Superior Temperature Uniformity Time, seconds
StepFire's high-to-low burner control and produces maximum Figure 1. Furnace atmosphere temperature vs. product temperature,
heat transfer of the furnace gases for optimum temperature uni- showing less than 1°F variation in temperature uniformity (reproduced
formity, resulting in better product quality and increased produc- from actual data).
tion (see Figure 1). TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
— Lower Fuel Usage • Ceramic Tunnel Kilns • Galvanizing Tanks
• Periodic Kilns • Crucible Furnaces
StepFire operates on-ratio to provide ideal efficiency of heat
transfer with minimum fuel. • Heat Treat Furnaces • Reheat Furnaces
• Forge Furnaces • Scrap Preheaters
— High Thermal Turndown
• Aluminum Melters/Holders
Since StepFire elongates the burner rotation time as heat demand
drops, better thermal turndown is produced. StepFire's excess TYPICAL SYSTEM
air breakpoint feature throttles the fuel and adjusts burner firing • Any Burner whose heat release characteristics are
times to achieve further turndown when required. optimized at high fire
• Air Cycling Valves
— Reduced NOx Emissions
• High/Low Ratio Regulator
At high fire, NOx reduction takes place because of more thor- • Flame Supervision
ough mixing of the products of combustion with the hot burner
gasesand low excess air (XSA). • StepFire Control System
Figure 2. Typical StepFire burner module piping schematic. Ignition Transformer

Igniter
Burner
Regulator
Shutoff Valve
Gas Ball Valve
Header
Air Cycle
Valve
Air
Header Flame Detector
Bulletin 8061
Page 2
HOW IT WORKS
StepFire™ directs the firing of a multiple burner furnace. It ad- mand increases, the burner's on-firing time lengthens, while its
justs the thermal input by sequentially switching burners from rotation time shortens.
high-to-low for controlled periods of time, providing uniform heat
release. As the heat demand decreases, each burner's on-firing Each zone's burners are controlled by solenoids on their air input
time shortens, while its rotation time--the burner's combined valve. The fuel valves are pneumatically cross linked to the air via
high fire and low fire time--lengthens. Conversely, as the de- a ratio regulator (see Figure 2).
Example
Burner Firing Operation: 2 burners operating under a (32-second) rotation time at 50% and 75% heat demands.
At 50% demand, burner one is at high fire for 16 seconds, while At 75% demand, burner one runs at high fire at the beginning
burner two is at low fire. After 16 seconds, burner one switches to of the time interval. Burner two gœs to high fire 8 seconds after
low fire and burner two switches to high fire, as shown in Figure burner one. Burner one switches to low fire at the 24-second
3. point. Burner two switches to low fire at 32 seconds, the end of
the base period, as shown in Figure 4.
High Low 1 High Low

1
Burner
Burner
2 Low High 2 Low High
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32
Rotation Time (Seconds) (repeat) Rotation Time (Seconds) (repeat)
Figure 3. StepFire Operation–2 burners, 50% demand, 32-second Figure 4. StepFire Operation–2 burners, 75% demand, 32-second
rotation time. rotation time.
Example
Burner Firing Operation: 4 burners operating under a (24-second) rotation time at 50% heat demand.
If step firing four burners in a zone, each burner would be raised to high fire for their 50% time intervals in equal increments
within the base rotation period (see Figure 5).
1 High Low
2 Low High Low

Burner
3 Low High
4 High Low High

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24
Rotation Time (Seconds) (repeat)
Figure 5. StepFire Operation–4 burners, 50% Demand, 24-second rotation time.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 8200 Combustion
Process Controller Configuration
Sheet 8200-1
Customer Name: Date:

Customer Location:
S.O. No. Line Item No. Job Folder No:
Notes:
1. Process 4-20mA Input Setup
Input Used: 
Yes 
No
Process or Demand
Process Type (Pressure, Temp or Other)
Scaling Min
Scaling Max
Filter Constant (sec)
Process Units (PSIG, kPa, F or C)
2. Process Thermocouple Input Setup
Input Used: 
Yes 
No
Thermocouple Type (J,K,N,R or S)
Filter Constant (Seconds)
Temperature Units (Degrees F or C)
Calibration Tables
Nominal Nominal
Segment Temp Offset Segment Temp Offset
0 5
1 6
2 7
3 8
4 9
Sheet 8200-1
Page 2
3. Air Input Setup

Air 1
Flow Used: 
Yes 
No
Air or Oxygen
Sq Root Flow Input: 
Yes 
No
Scaling Min
Scaling Max
Flow Units:
(Gal/Hr, CFH, L/Hr, BTU/Hr,Kcal/Hr or M3/Hr)
Flow Input Filter Constant (sec)
Temperature Used: 
Yes 
No
Temp Input Filter Constant sec)
Flow Element Design Temp
Calibration Tables
Nominal Nominal
0 5
1 6
2 7
3 8
4 9
Air 2
Flow Used: 
Yes 
No
Air, Oxygen or FGR
Yes 
No
Scaling Min
Scaling Max
Flow Units:
(Gal/Hr, CFH, L/Hr, BTU/Hr,Kcal/Hr or M3/Hr)
Temperature Used: 
Yes 
No
Temp Input Filter Constant (sec)
Calibration Tables
Nominal Nominal
0 5
1 6
2 7
3 8
4 9
Sheet 8200-1
Page 3
4. Fuel Input Setup
Fuel 1
Fuel Flow Used: 
Yes 
No
Yes 
No
Scaling Min
Scaling Max
Flow Units:
(Gal/Hr, CFH, L/Hr, BTU/Hr, Kcal/Hr or M3/Hr)
Fuel Total Used: 
Yes 
No
Seconds in Flow Unit Time
Fuel 2
Fuel Flow Used: 
Yes 
No
Yes 
No
Scaling Min
Scaling Max
Flow Units:
(Gal/Hr, CFH, L/Hr, BTU/Hr, Kcal/Hr or M3/Hr)
Fuel Total Used: 
Yes 
No
5. Remote Setpoint Input Setup
Remote Setpoint Used: 

Yes 
No
Scaling Min
Scaling Max
Remote Setpoint Type (Ratio SP / Process SP)
6. Furnace Pressure Input Setup
Furnace Pressure Used: 

Yes 
No
Scaling Min
Scaling Max
Pressure Units ("WC / mmWC)
7. O2 Input Setup
O2 Input Used: 
Yes 
No
Scaling Min
Scaling Max
Signal type (Controller / Transmitter)
8. Ratio Setup
Excess Air SP (% XSA)

Max Heat Input
Cross Limit EnableThreshold (%)
XSA Deviation Lean (% XSA)
XSA Deviation Rich (% XSA)
Lightoff Positions Used: 
Yes 
No
Thermal Turndown Used: 
Yes 
No
Thermal Turndown Breakpoint (%)
Sheet 8200-1
Page 4
8. Ratio Setup (continued)
Fuel 1
Fuel HHV
Air1 to Fuel Stoich Ratio
Fuel 2
Fuel HHV
Ratio Alarm Used: 

Yes 
No
Alarm Action (Msg Only, Hold or Purge)
Trip Response (< or >) <
 >

Trip Point (% XSA)
Delay (Seconds)
Air2 Drive Used : 

Yes 
No
Air Control Mode (Fixed Split or Preference)
Air 2% of Air 1 Volume (%)
Preferred Air Flow (Air 1 or Air 2)
Fuel2 Drive Used: 
Yes 
No
Fuel Control Mode (Fixed Split or Preference)
Fuel 2% of Input (%)
Preferred Fuel Flow (Fuel 1 or Fuel 2)
9. Analog Output Setup
Configurable Drive 1 (Choose One)

Furn Press Drive, Air 2 Drive, Fuel 2 Drive,
Process PV Retransmit, Air 1 PV Retransmit,
Air 2 PV Retransmit, Fuel 1 PV Retransmit,
Fuel 2 PV Retransmit, Furn Press PV Retransmit,
O2 PV Retransmit, Remote SP Retransmit,
Air 1 TC PV Retransmit, Air 2 TC PV Retransmit,
Firing Rate PV, Firing Rate Demand
Configurable Drive 2 (Choose One)

Furn Press Drive, Air 2 Drive, Fuel 2 Drive
Process PV Retransmit, Air 1 PV Retransmit,
Air 2 PV Retransmit, Fuel 1 PV Retransmit,
Fuel 2 PV Retransmit, Furn Press PV Retransmit,
O2 PV Retransmit, Remote SP Retransmit,
Air 1 TC PV Retransmit, Air 2 TC PV Retransmit,
Firing Rate PV, Firing Rate Demand
Sheet 8200-1
Page 5
10. Event Setup
Event 1
Event Used: 
Yes 
No
Type: (Choose One)
Process PV, Ratio %XSA, Total Fuel %,
Fuel 1 PV, Fuel 2 PV, Total Air %,
Air 1 PV, Air 2 PV, O2 (% Oxygen),
Furnace Pressure, Manual Mode,
Air 1 Temp PV, Air 2 Temp PV
Trip (< or >) 
< 
■>
Limit
Reset DB
Event 2
Event Used: 
Yes 
No
Type: (Choose One)
Trip (< or >) <
 >

Limit
Reset DB
Event 3
Event Used: 
Yes 
No
Type: (Choose One)
Trip (< or >) <
 >

Limit
Reset DB
Event 4
Event Used: 
Yes 
No
Type: (Choose One)
Trip (< or >) <
 >

Limit
Reset DB
Sheet 8200-1
Page 6
11. Analog Input Calibration

Valid Signal Valid Signal
4mA counts 20mA counts Low Limit (mA) High Limit (mA)
Process/Demand
Air 1
Air 2
Fuel 1
Fuel 2
Remote Setpoint
Furnace Pressure
Oxygen
12. Analog Output Calibration
4mA counts 20mA counts

Air 1 Drive
Fuel 1 Drive
Config. Drive 1
Config. Drive 2
13. User Administration
Access Level Default Password

Administrator ADMIN
Supervisor SUPER
Operator OPER
14. Process/Demand Loop Tuning and Setup
Sp
P-Gain
I-Gain
Error DB
Loop CV ROC (%/sec)
Loop CV Minimum (%)

Loop CV Maximum (%)
Loop SP Minimum
Loop SP Maximum
Sheet 8200-1
Page 7
15. Air Loop Tuning and Setup
Air 1
P-Gain
I-Gain
Error DB
Lightoff CV (%)
Purge Flow SP
Loop CV ROC (%/sec)
Loop CV Limit - Min (%)
Loop CV Limit - Max (%)
Loop SP Limit - Min
Loop SP Limit - Max
Deviation Alarm Used: 
Yes 
No
Deviation Alarm Limit
Deviation Alarm Delay (sec)
Air 2
P-Gain
I-Gain
Error DB
Lightoff CV (%)
Purge Flow SP
Loop CV ROC (%/sec)
Loop SP Limit - Min
Loop SP Limit - Max
Yes 
No
Sheet 8200-1
Page 8
16. Fuel Loop Tuning and Setup
Fuel 1
P-Gain
I-Gain
Error DB
Lightoff CV (%)
Loop CV ROC (%/sec)
Loop SP Limit - Min
Loop SP Limit - Max
Yes 
No
Fuel 2
P-Gain
I-Gain
Error DB
Lightoff CV (%)
Loop CV ROC (%/sec)
Loop SP Limit - Min
Loop SP Limit - Max
Yes 
No
17. Furnace Pressure Loop Tuning and Setup
SP
P-Gain
I-Gain
Error DB
Lightoff CV (%)
Purge CV (%)
Loop Action (Reverse/Direct)
Loop CV ROC (%/sec)
Loop CV Minimum (%)

Loop CV Maximum (%)
Loop SP Minimum
Loop SP Maximum
18. Furnace Pressure Alarm Setup
Furnace Pressure Alarm Used: 

Yes 
No
Alarm Action (Msg only, Hold or Purge)
Trip Response (< or >) ■
 < 
>
Trip Point
Delay (sec)
Sheet 8200-1
Page 9
19. O2 Loop Tuning and Setup
SP
P-Gain
I-Gain
Error DB
Enable Delay Time (sec)
Loop CV ROC (%/sec)
Loop CV Minimum (%)

Loop CV Maximum (%)
Loop SP Minimum
Loop SP Maximum
Calculate SP: 
Yes 
■ No
XSA SP/XSA PV ■ SP
 PV
Ambient Air O2 (%)
POC Ratio Constant
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American
Combustion Process Controller
8200 Process Controller
• Two fuel control loops for separate or • Furnace pressure control

simultaneous use
• Remote or Key-in process control set-point
• Flexible fuel - air ratio control
• Oxygen trim input

Product Overview | 8200 Controller
Control Your Combustion Process Parameters in a 4. Air 2 can be Flue Gas Recirculation (FGR)
Single Controller.
5. Up to 2 air and 2 fuel control loops
— Process control loop with milliamp, thermocouple
6. Furnace pressure PI control available.
input, or external demand input.
7. Oxygen trim on the ratio.
— Two air control loops for separate or simultaneous
use with two oxidants Digital event outputs from the unit can notify the operator of
thresholds in operating conditions or trigger changes in the
— Touch screen display in engineering units with text process, such as opening a second fuel valve when the process
diagnostics reaches a certain temperature.
INTRODUCTION Discrete inputs read by the controller change its operating state
to match furnace conditions (purge, low fire, or hold, etc.). The
In industrial processes, a precise mix of fuel and air for combus- unit and inputs associated with the process are alarmed. An
tion is required for maximum efficiency, low emissions, and low alarm triggers a display of abnormal condition and defaults the
operating costs. The North American 8200 Combustion Process unit to an operating mode to assure process safety: hold, shut
Controller is designed to effectively regulate these variables in down, etc.
industrial furnaces, kilns, dryers, boilers, etc.
OVERVIEW PROCESS CONTROL

The 8200 provides process and ratio control of industrial com- The North American 8200 main process control loop accepts a
bustion applications in a single easy-to-use unit. Here is how it 4-20 mA or thermocouple input signal and executes a PI control
accomplishes the key benefits. loop. The unit can be configured for J, K, N, R, and S type thermo-
couples operating as a temperature control displayed in degrees
— Maximum efficiency comes from optimum ratio setting, F or C. It can alternately read a 4-20mA signal acting as a pres-
reduced excess air, and the use of flue gas oxygen sure control (displayed in psig or kPa) or a temperature control
measurement as a ratio trim to adjust for fuel or other process (displayed in F or C). The 4-20 mA input can also be treated as a
variations. generic signal with any range up to 0-99999.
— Tight flow control in proper ratio contributes to reduced If the application only calls for ratio control of flows, the input
emissions to meet the strictest of environmental regulations. signal can be set up as a milliamp demand input. In this case, the
— Proper operation is maintained by fault detection and demand signal acts as setpoint for the firing rate.
predefined actions. If the unit discovers a fault, the control
loops will drive to predefined states. Discrete inputs can AIR, OXYGEN and FGR
change the operating state to reflect process conditions. Air or oxygen can be used as oxidant. The 8200 receives up to
Discrete outputs are available to act as process permissives. two oxidant flow inputs, each with an available thermocouple in-
put for temperature compensation. Proper application can enable
— Low operating costs are achieved through the above
the user to have 1 or 2 air flows, 1 or 2 oxygen flows or one of
performance, within one attractively priced instrument. Its
each. One of the inputs can also be configured for FGR flow. The
built-in diagnostics effect quick return to service and its
8200 can use one drive output to control all oxidant flows or two
touchscreen display simplifies its use.
air drive outputs, one for each. Discrete inputs are used to select
which air input(s) are actively used in ratio calculations, allowing
The functions include:
them to switch on or off at any time.
1. Control of a temperature, pressure or other process variable
with proportional-integral (PI) control software.
2. Oxygen or air as the oxidant
3. Two fuel flows and two air/O2 flows.
Bulletin 8200
Page 2
Product Overview | 8200 Controller
FUEL FLOW LOGIC INPUTS

Up to two fuel inputs are available on the 8200. The system can Several logic inputs cause the 8200 to assume different operating
use the fuel inputs one at a time or simultaneously. The 8200 states or to perform specific functions.
can use one drive output to control all fuel flows or two fuel drive
outputs, one for each. Discrete inputs are used to select which — Purge commands the air loop(s) to the purge flow setpoints
fuel input(s) are actively used in ratio calculations, allowing them (disabled if configured for oxygen service) and the fuel loop(s)
to switch on or off at any time. Fuel totalizing is available. to their minimum positions.
— Hold locks all control loops at their current outputs.

RATIO
The ratio function is very flexible. The ratio calculations are — Excess air drives the air loop(s) to the maximum setpoint,
based on heat flow allowing for any combination of oxidant and resultling in fuel only control.
fuel flows. All flows are configured and displayed in engineering — Low fire forces the process loop to its minimum output,
units and the ratio setpoint is expressed as percent excess air. resulting in the minimum firing rate with the flow control loops
Full anti-lean, anti-rich cross limiting prevents ratio excursions maintaining their setpoints.
beyond configured limits.
— Light off forces the control loops to their configured light off
outputs.
OXYGEN TRIM
With the oxygen trim input the ratio can be automatically ad- — Remote alarm reset allows the 8200 alarms to be reset by an
justed to maintain a configured oxygen level. The oxygen trim external device.
input can be configured as a transmitter input or a controller — O2 Select enable/disables the O2 trim function.
input. When used as a transmitter input, the 8200 uses a PI
controller to adjust the ratio. When used as a controller input, the EVENT OUTPUTS
8200 uses the input directly as the ratio adjustment. The ratio
adjustment is made by biasing the fuel heating values used in Four Event outputs are available on the 8200. These output
the calculations. A discrete input is used to select when the trim contacts respond based on the specific event configuration. The
function is active. outputs can be 5 to 30 VDC or 5 to 120 VAC depending on the
system wiring.
FURNACE PRESSURE
ALARM OUTPUTS
The 8200 includes a furnace pressure control loop with a
configurable transmitter input, alarm functions and loop tuning The 8200 provides three discrete outputs to report system status
parameters. An analog output is available to be configured as and alarms. The System Ready output will only be energized
the drive for this loop. when the processor is running normally and all required analog
inputs are in range. The No Alarm output is energized when no
REMOTE SETPOINT alarms are present. The Alarm output is energized when any
alarm is annunciated. Any detected alarm is annunciated with a
A 4-20 mA input is available as a remote setpoint which can diagnostic message on the display.
be configured as a Process or Ratio setpoint. A discrete input is
used to select local or remote setpoint operation. COMMUNICATIONS
ANALOG OUTPUTS — The 8200 controllers use Profinet for network communications.
There are four analog outputs available on the 8200. Two are reserved — Built-in Modbus TCP/IP is also available for information
as the Air1 and Fuel1 drive outputs. Two analog outputs are configurable commmonly accessed through communications.
and each can be used as a Furnace Pressure drive, Air2 drive, Fuel2
Drive, or retransmission of a selected variable.
Bulletin 8200
Page 3
Typical System | 8200 Controller
Inputs Outputs and Feedback

Remote
Signals
Demand
Controller
OR SP 2000 OR
1878
Inputs
Alarm
8200 Display
Process Temp. Process
(mV) (4-20 mA)
Fuel Valve Motor
Profinet Control Signal

Air Temp. (2) (4-20 mA)
Compensation
F1 Select
F2 Select
A1 Select 24 V dc 8200 Fuel Flow
A2 Select
Hold Select
Oxygen Controller Fuel Inputs (2) Transmitter
Light Off
Control A
Control B
Remote SP Select Air Flow
Remote Alarm Reset Transmitter
Air Inputs (2)
Optional Oxygen 4-20mA

Transmitter
Remote Setpoint EVENT 1
Oxygen Air Valve Motor
Analyzer EVENT 2
4-20 mA EVENT 3
EVENT 4
Control Signal
OR Output (4-20 mA)
Contacts
Optional
Furnace
Pressure
Input
Oxygen SP 2000 4-20 mA (4-20 mA)
Controller 1878 Controller Output
Furnace Pressure Motor
Configurable Drive
Control Signal (2)
(4-20 mA)
OR
Air 2 Valve Motor
OR
Fuel 2 Valve Motor
OR
Retransmitter
Bulletin 8200
Page 4
Specifications | 8200 Controller
Bulletin 8200
Processor and I/O (Panel Mounted) Digital Inputs (Quantity 11) Page 5
Operating temperature: 0 to 130°F (–17 to 55°C) Voltage: 24 VDC

Approvals: CE, CSA, UL, CUL Current: 4 mA nominal
Power supply - Voltage: 85 to 264 VAC
Power Supply - Current: 0.3 A at 120 VAC (0.15 A at 240 VAC) Digital Outputs (Quantity 7)
Line Frequency: 50/60 Hz Type: Relay, Dry Contact
Power Dissipation: 18.5 W Voltage: 5 to 30 VDC or 5 to 250 VAC
Current: 2.0 A max
Built in 24VDC Power Supply: 400mA Max (not for
customer use) Analog Inputs - Current (Quantity 8)
Dimensions: 9.75" x 4.57" x 3" (248 x 116 x 75 mm) Range: 0 to 20 m A
Profinet Port Address: 10.1.220.198 Impedance: 250 ohm
Max Voltage: +/-35 VDC
Operator Interface Terminal (Door Mounted) Max Current: +/-40 mA
Operating Temperature: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C) Cable Length: 100 meters twisted and shielded
Enclosure Type 4X ( Indoor use only)
Approvals: CE, CSA, UL, CUL Listed 74D7 Analog Outputs (Quantity 4)
Power Supply Voltage: 24 VDC (19.2 to 28.8 VDC) Range: 0 to 20 mA
Power Supply Current: 0.44 A Load Impedance: <600 ohms
Dimensions - Front Panel: 8.424" x 6.22" (214 x 158 mm) Cable Length: 100 meters twisted and shielded
Dimensions - Panel Cutout: 7.756" x 5.551" (197 x 141 mm)
Display: 7" Touch screen with 8 pushbuttons Control Valve Actuators
Profinet Port Address: 10.1.220.199 Modulating Accuracy: Minimum 160 repositions through 90
degrees of travel are recommended (North American 1615 series
or similar).
Note: Low accuracy actuators will likely produce large flow variations and
continuous hunting. Models with 55 repositions through 90 degrees of travel
are not recommended.
Thermocouple Inputs (Quantity 3)

Range: Available type selection and the corresponding ranges
are listed below:
T/C Type T/C Range (°F) T/C Range (°C) External 24 VDC Power Supply (Required)
J -100 - 1400 -73 - 760 Power Supply - Voltage: 19.2 to 28.8 VDC
K -100 - 2500 -73 - 1371 Power Supply - Current: 0.64 Amp (minimum for 8200)
N -100 - 2372 -73 - 1300
R 0 - 3214 -18 - 1768
S 0 - 3214 -18 - 1768
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American
Furnace Pressure Transmitter
8244B Accurate, Smart Digital Instrument
• Stable furnace pressure signal • 3 Valve manifold with test ports
• HART compatible • LCD display optional

Product Overview | Pressure Transmitter
The North American 8244B Furnace Pressure Transmitter is Fluid Duty: Air and gas-fired process combustion products,
a highly accurate digital instrument, that converts differential fuel, corrosive gases, or liquids compatible with materials of
pressure signals into a 4-20mA analog output signal. It is construction.
available in nine standard ranges between -3"w.c. to +3"w.c.
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA dc (2-wire loop powered) linear
(-7.5mb to +7.5mb). This unit features HART compatibility
allowing quick easy commissioning and the ability to change Saturation: Low 3.9 mA, high 20.8 mA
settings effortlessly. The 8244B includes a 3 valve manifold,
Alarm: User selectable by jumper low ≤ 3.75 mA,
mounting bracket, calibration sheet and optional LCD display. The
high ≥ 21.75 mA
transmitter can be mounted in any orientation and only requires
a zero trim prior to being commissioned. Temperature Limits:
Blind model: Storage: -50 to 230°F
The 8244B is typically used in conjuction with a current input Ambient: -40 to 185°F
controller such as the 8200 North American Combustion Procss LCD model: Storage: -40 to 185°F
Controller or a PLC, and provides stable furnace pressure. Ambient: -40 to 176°F
Supply Voltage (external power supply required): 10.5 to
Controlling furnace pressure accurately can result in:
42 Vdc with no load. Communication requires a minimum loop
— Improved product quality resistance of 250 ohms
— Improved emissions Materials of Construction:
— Maintenance savings by preventing excessive fluing Transmitter: Polyurethane painted aluminum
through cracks and doors Manifold: 316 SST
— Elemination of cold air infiltration, preventing load cold Mounting: Bracket is supplied for mounting to pipe
spots up to 2” diameter, Polyurethane painted Carbon
Steel.
— Prevention of furnace atmosphere contamination
Product Certifications: FM explosion proof and dust-igniton
FEATURES proof, Class I, Division I, Groups B, C, D, Class II, Division I, Groups
E, F, G, CE marked
— HART compatible Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X
— 3 valve manifold with test ports
Electrical Conduit Entry Size: ½" - 14 FNPT
— Mounting bracket included
— 2 wire, loop powered, 4-20mA output Process Connection: ½" - 14 FNPT
— NEMA 4X Sensor Fill Fluid: Silicone
— FM explosion proof and dust-igniton proof Wetted O-Rings: Glass filled PTFE
— CE marked Damping: Factory set at 3.2 seconds and adjustable betweeen 0
— LCD display optional and 60 seconds
SPECIFICATIONS Optional Display: LCD type, 2 line, 8 digit, first line is actual
measured value. Second line is engineering units. Default
Upper Range Limit (URL): 3"w.c. alternates between engineering units and % of range. The
second line is configurable to:
Lower Range Limit (LRL): -3"w.c. 1. Engineering units only
Calibrated (Reference) Accuracy: ±0.10% of span, for spans 2. % of range only
less than 2:1, accuracy = ± 0.05% of URL 3. Custom display
(span = 20mA setpoint - 4mA setpoint) URL = 3 4. Alternate engineering units and custom display
5. Alternate % of range and custom display
Stability: ± 0.2% of URL for 1 year
Weight: 11.2 lbs without LCD display
Minimum Span: 0.1"w.c. 11.7 lbs with LCD display
Temperature Effects: ±(0.25% URL + 0.05% span) per 50°F Units:
Mounting Position Effect: Zero shift only; corrected through "w.c. (standard on 8244B), mbar (standard on M8244B)
digital zero trim by HART after unit is mounted "Hg, ft w.c., mm w.c., mmHg, psi, bar, g/cm2, kg/cm2, Pa,
kPa, torr, atm, "w.c. @ 4°C, mm w.c. @ 4°C.
Integral Zeroing Means: 3 valve manifold
Bulletin 8244B
Overpressure and Static Pressure Limit: 750 psig. page 2
Dimensions | Pressure Transmitter
DIMENSIONS 43⁄16 12
33⁄8 4¼
without LCD display
Equalization
* Note valve
See Below
½” FNPT ½” FNPT ½” FNPT

High side Low side Conduit entry
connection connection 99⁄16 (both sides)
13⁄16
33⁄16 1
¼” NPT
Test port
(2)
21⁄8 Isolation
valve (2) 37⁄16 23⁄8
85⁄16 99⁄16
Max.
2” Pipe
mount bracket
with LCD display 43⁄16 12
27⁄16 53⁄16
LCD Display
* Note
Equalization
valve
½” FNPT 99⁄16 ½” FNPT

High side ½” FNPT
Low side Conduit entry
connection (both sides)
connection
13⁄16
1
33⁄16 ¼” NPT
Test port
(2)
21⁄8 Isolation 37⁄16 23⁄8
valve (2)
85⁄16 99⁄16
Max.
2” Pipe
mount bracket
* Note: Electronic housing can be rotated 180 degrees in either direction from original position by loosening 5⁄64 inch Allen set
screw. Retighten set screw after adjustment. Do not over rotate housing or transmitter will get damaged.
Bulletin 8244B
page 3
Installation | Pressure Transmitter
Important: The 8244B Transmitter is a precision instrument that should be handled with care. Physical abuse voids any warranty on the
8244B. There are two optional installation kits available for the 8244B. The kits include all of the tubing, fittings and mounting hardware
required to properly install the 8244B to the furnace.
4.81
8244B-FIBER-INSTALL-KIT
(for fiber wall furance installation)
31.04
8.79
4.17
22.26
10.09
11.44
3.70
1.04 1.08
8244B-REF-INSTALL-KIT 4.81
39.49
(for refractory walled furnace installation)
8.79 13.45
4.17
22.26
10.09
11.47
3.70
1.04 1.08
6.00
A. Mounting B. Tubing
Choose a mounting location for the 8244B that conforms to the 1. Use 3⁄8" or larger pipe or tubing and keep runs as shart as
following: possible. Pipe runs over 150 feet may cause signal lag.
1. The ambient temperature must be between -40 and 2. All lines should be installed with at least one inch per linear
185° for blind model, -40 and 176°F for LCD model. foot slope away from the transmitter to avoid condensation
build-up in the lines. In all cases, drip legs should be
2. Locate the 8244B away from potential sources of dirt or installed to remove water at low points.
abuse such as overhead cranes, furnace doors, or
un-authorized hands. 3. Electrical wiring to the 8244B Transmitter should enter
3. The 8244B should be mounted on a rigid, vibration-free through the ½" NPT hole in the side of the enclosure and
support. The 8244B can be securely mounted to a 2" pipe should conform to all local electrical codes. Access to
with the included bracket. customer terminal strip is gained by unscrewing the side
cover. Wiring should be done with two conductor shielded
4. Mount the 8244B so electrical terminals are accessible. wire.
5. Within the above limits, keep the piping runs reasonably
C. Wiring
short (150') by keeping the 8244B Transmitter as close as
possible to the furnace or other pressure source to be
The wiring from the transmitter to the electronic controller
connected keeping in mind its ambient temperature
should be #24 AWG 2 conductor shielded wire, or heavier and
limitations.
should not exceed 5000 ft (1500m).
Bulletin 8244B
page 4
Ordering Information | Pressure Transmitter
Bulletin 8244B
page 5
8244B - 3M - /
3 valve *calibrated span in "w.c.
manifold -0.5+0.5
standard -0.5+0.3
-0.5+0.5
-0.3+0.3
For display: -0.25+0.25
-D -0.2+0.2
No display -0.01+0.1
leave blank 0+0.2
METRIC
M8244B - 3M - /
3 valve *calibrated span in mbar
manifold -0.12 + 3.74
standard -1.25 + 3.74
-1.25 + 0.75
-1.25 + 1.25
For display: -0.75 + 0.75
-D -0.62 + 0.62
No display -0.5 + 0.5
leave blank -0.03 + 0.25
0 + 0.5
Furnace Installation Kits:
For refractory walled furnace use 8244B-REF-INSTALL-KIT
For fiber walled furnace use 8244B-FIBER-INSTALL-KIT
*NOTE: Other spans available, contact North American.
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Bulletin 8244B 08/17
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American
Differential Pressure Transmitter
8246-A Differential Pressure Transmitter
• Smart differential pressure transmitter
• Microprocessor-based
• Proven sensor technology

Product Overview | 8246-A Transmitter
FEATURES
— Two ranges
min. range: 0-2.5"w.c.
max. range: 0-250"w.c.
— User selectable linear or square root output
— Accuracy: ±0.075% of span
The North American 8246-A is a 2-wire transmitter that receives

power and transmits its measurement over this pair of wires. It
is capable of communicating digitally with a hand-held interface
using the same wires.
The 8246-A is designed for compatibility with the 8246-C

Interface. This communicator allows interrogation, configuration,
and testing of the transmitter. It communicates with the
transmitter whether it is connected directly remotely in the
control cabinet or intermediate junction box. Communication
is digital using the same lead wires that carry the 4-20 mA
differential pressure signal.
Signal loop must have 250

ohms minimum load for
communications.
Bulletin 8246-A
Page 2
Operation, Specifications | 8246-A Transmitter
Bulletin 8246-A
OPERATION Page 3
When the instrument is piped with impulse lines running from Operates within specifications between static line
upstream and downstream sides of the orifice plate, process pressures of 0.5 psia and 3626 psig
pressures from the respective lines are transmitted through
Maximum differential: 3626 psi
an isolating diaphragm and silicone oil fill fluid to a sensing
diaphragm in the center of the capsule. Capacitance plates on Supply voltage (external power supply required):
both sides of the sensing diaphragm detect the position of the 10.5 to 55 V dc with no load. Minimum resistance 250 ohm, 24 V
diaphragm and convert the differential pressure into a 4-20 mA dc nominal.
signal. Operating temperature: –40 to 185°F (–40 to 85°C)
The 8246-A communicates with the 8246-C Interface Storage temperature: –50 to 185°F (–46 to 85°C)
using standard frequency shift keying, a widely accepted Electronics housing: Low copper aluminum (NEMA 4X). Rated
communication technique. The Interface uses high frequency for FM explosion proof applications.
signals superimposed on the 4-20 mA transmitter output to Paint: Polyester-epoxy
communicate over the loop. Because the net energy added to the
loop is small, communication dœs not disturb the 4-20 mA signal Mounting: Bracket is supplied for mounting to pipe up to 2"
at all. diameter and for panel mounting. NOTE: Transmitter
can be mounted in any position.
The instrument can be re-ranged with or without the
Pressure tap size: ¼ fpt on 21⁄8" centers on flanges; ½ fpt on 2",
communicator. If the Interface unit is not available, range can be 21⁄8", or 2¼" centers with adapters
set with buttons located under the metal certification label. Range
settings can take place on line provided an 8246-A-3M (3-valve, Electrical entrance size: ½" fpt
zeroing manifold) or 8246-A-5M (5-valve, zeroing and line Total weight: 8.5 lb
blowdown manifold) are used to isolate the impulse lines from
the process. Isolating diaphragms and drain/vent valves: 316SS
Process flanges and adapters: 316 SST
SPECIFICATIONS Wetted O-Rings: Viton
Fill fluid: Silicone oil
Rangeability: 100:1 turndown
Differential pressure range: To order, specify: 8246-A Smart Pressure Transmitter with
min. range: 0-2.5"w.c. calibration range.
max. range: 0-250"w.c. 8246-A-3M Smart Pressure Transmitter with 3
Output: 4-20 mA dc valve manifold and calibration range.
Accuracy: ±0.075% of calibrated linear span 8346-A-5M Smart Pressure Transmitter with 5
Temperature effect: ±0.0938% of span per 50°F change of valve manifold and calibration range.
span
Damping time constant continuously adjustable from 0.36
seconds
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Bulletin 8246-a 03/01
Power supply effect: Less than 0.005% of output span per volt
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Differential Pressure Transmitter
Dimensions 8246-A
DIMENSIONS inches (mm) Traditional Flange Mounting (8246-A) Less Manifold
5.0 (127) Certification label
4.3 ½-14 NPT conduit 4.1

(110) connection (two places, (105)
other sizes available
0.75 (20)
0/75 (20) clearance for
clearance for cover removal
cover removal
Terminal connections
Transmitter
circuitry Housing
rotation FIELD 7.9
set screw TERMINALS (202)
Meter cover
(optional)
Nameplate
1.7 (43)
CL
1.1 3.4 1.1

(28) (86) (28)
2.2
(56) ½-14 NPT on optional flange adapters. Drain/vent
¼-18 NPT on traditional flange for Adapters can be rotated to give connection valve
pressure connection without the use centers of 2.00 (51), 2/125 (54), or 2.25 (57).
of flange adapters. Connection per DIN STD. 19213
2.13 (54) ±0.008 in. connection centers.
Three-Valve Manifold (8246-A-3M) Zeroing Manifold

4.1 (104) 4.96
Conduit (126)
connection 4.3
(2 places) (109)
Terminal
connection
6.3
(159) Transmitter
FIELD circuitry
TERMINALS
Meter cover
(optional)
½-14 NPT on
process connection
w/mounting adapters
3.6
(92) ¼-18 NPT*
Drain/vent
valve
2.7
1.05 3.5 1.1 (69)
(26.7) (89) (28) 8.9
(226)
* ¼-18 NPT on traditional flange for process connections without mounting adapters.
Dimensions 8246-A
Page 2
DIMENSIONS inches (mm)
Five-Valve Manifold (8246-A-5M) Zeroing and Blowdown Manifold
6.84
(174)
1
/2" NPT process
connection
3.1
1
(78.7) /2" NPT
blowdown
connection
1.6
(40.6)
3.5 (89)
4.6 (117) 6.4 (163)

fully open
Copyright © 2017 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 8246-A_dims 03/01

CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American
Furnace Pressure Controller
8351 Setpoint controller with integral

manual/auto station
• Relay contact outputs to provide a variety of out put • Saves fuel by eliminating cold air infiltration
control interfacing. Each relay is rated at 125 VA,
120/240 V ac. • Direct furnace pressure indications
• Prevents equipment damage caused by fluing from cracks

and doors
Product Overview | 8351 Furnace Pressure Controller
The 8351 Furnace Pressure Controller, in conjunction with a SPECIFICATIONS

dp transmitter, provides stable furnace pressure and manual/
automatic station functions. Operating Temperature Range: 0 to 149°F (–18 to 65°C).
Power Requirements: 120 V ac 50-60 Hz (102-132 V ac) at 15 VA
8351-C relay outputs are used to drive interposing relays which exclusive of connected load.
can interface with a variety of output actuators such as electro-
hydraulic valves, solenoid valves, or bi-directional motors. Output Load Limits: 1.2 amps maximum at 120 V ac; 50 mA
A second 4-20 mA PID output is also included to position a minimum.
4-20mA control motor or linear actuator. Size: 1⁄8" DIN horizontal, 2.10" H × 3.95" W × 4.00" D.
Furnace pressure control is generally used to maintain a Panel Cutout: 125⁄32" × 35⁄8" (1⁄8 DIN)
slightly positive pressure, providing: Weight: .32 lb.
— improved product quality Protection Class: NEMA 4X

— maintenance savings by preventing excessive fluing
through cracks and doors and also reduces "stingers"
— elimination of cold air infiltration, preventing load cold
spots
— prevention of furnace atmosphere contamination
The 8351-C-C-2013 input is fully configurable to match any input

scaling requirements.
• An optional 24 V dc power supply is available

NOTE: When replacing an EPIC II controller, an external
24 V dc power supply is required.
DIMENSIONS inches
9
3 3½
8½
To Order, choose from one of the following part numbers:

R860-4533 This specifies the controller only.
8351-C-2013 This specifies the controller and mounting
adapter plate for replacing the old style
8351C.
8351-C-2013-PS This specifies the controller, mounting
adapter plate for replacing the old style
8351C and a 24 V dc power supply.
Bulletin 8351C-2013
Page 2
Wiring and Dimensions | 8351 Furnace Pressure Controller
Bulletin 8351C-2013
Page 3
WIRING DIAGRAM
EPIC III
8351-C-2013
SLOT A
F 4-20
OUT 1 A OUT CONTROL
H ACTUATOR
T1
4-20 A IN 8244 REQUIRED

PRESSURE 24VDC
S1 TRANSMITTER POWER SUPPLY
NOTE #3
included with model 8351-C-2013-PS
(Isolated Contacts)
SLOT B TYP. 120VAC
BIDIRECTIONAL MOTOR
CLOSES 5A L3 H
TO INC PV OUT3 K3 120VAC
J3 N
CLOSE can also be used for 24VAC
DAMPER
or shaded pole motors
OPEN
L4 DAMPER
CLOSES 5A
TO DEC PV OUT4 K4
NOTES:
1. 2 AMP MAX. LOAD
SLOT C
REAR VIEW
2. SPRING LOCK WIRE TERMINALS.
A B (VACANT) C
F1 L3 98
PRESS ORANGE RELEASE TAB
98 H
99 N
100-240VAC G1 K3 99 TO REMOVE WIRE. SOLID OR
H1 J3 CF
TINNED WIRE IS RECOMMENDED.
L4 CD
K4 CE
3. PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
T1 RANGE MUST AGREE WITH r9.LO
S1
& r9.HI PARAMETER SETTERS IN
R1
8351-C-2013.
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved. Bulletin 8351-C-2013 05/14

CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American
Valve and Flow Profiler
8390 Valve and Flow Profiler
• Precised positioning of up to four valves in relationship to • Demand and trim inputs

each other
• Temperature inputs
• Commonly used on air heaters, boilers, process heaters, ...
• Up to six profiles available

Product Overview | 8390 Valve and Flow Profiler
Bulletin 8390
CHARACTERIZE MULTIPLE VALVES OR FLOWS OVER THE SPECIFICATIONS Page 2
WHOLE RANGE OF DEMAND INPUT
Processor and I/O (Panel Mounted)
— Replaces complex mechanical linkages Operating temperature: 0 to 130°F (–17 to 55°C)
Approvals: CE, CSA, UL, CUL
linkages
Power supply - Voltage: 85 to 264 VAC
— Complete flexibility in profiling Power Supply - Current: 0.3 A at 120 VAC (0.15 A at 240 VAC)
Line Frequency: 50/60 Hz
— On line profile entry Power Dissipation: 18.5 W
Built in 24VDC Power Supply: 400mA Max (not for customer
— Touchscreen HMI use)
— User selectable name for each loop Dimensions: 8" x 4.57" x 3" (204 x 116 x 75 mm)
Profinet Port Address: 10.1.220.198
— Selection of a feedback signal and
alarming per loop Operator Interface Terminal (Door Mounted)
Operating Temperature: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C)
— Closed loop control Enclosure Type 4X ( Indoor use only)
Approvals: CE, CSA, UL, CUL Listed 74D7
Power Supply Voltage: 24 VDC (19.2 to 28.8 VDC)
Most valves have a characteristic non-linear relationship between Power Supply Current: 0.44 A
flow and percent open. In most combustion systems, controlling Dimensions - Front Panel: 8.424" x 6.22" (214 x 158 mm)
multiple valve positions simultaneously allows for efficient Dimensions - Panel Cutout: 7.756" x 5.551" (197 x 141 mm)
combustion over the full operating range. North American's 8390 Display: 7" Touch screen with 8 pushbuttons
Valve and Flow Profiler is an easy-to-use controller that replaces Profinet Port Address: 10.1.220.199
linked-valve arrangements and provides precise positioning of
air, fuel, O2, FGR, and other valves. External 24 VDC Power Supply (Required)
Power Supply - Voltage: 19.2 to 28.8 VDC
The Valve and Flow Profiler accepts a 4-20 mA signal as its Power Supply - Current : 0.64 Amp (minimum)
demand input from any process control device (PC, PLC, or single
loop controller). This signal dictates the loop setpoints or valve Digital Inputs (Quantity 13)
positions according to their respective predefined profiles. Each Voltage: 24 VDC
valve is entirely independent of the others and depends only on Current: 4 mA nominal
the demand signal and its own profile.
Digital Outputs (Quantity 8)
Minor adjustments to each valve position can be made based on Type: Relay, Dry Contact
a trimming input signal. Valve positions can also be configured Voltage: 5 to 30 VDC or 5 to 250 VAC
(via operator input) with a constant bias. These features can be Current: 2.0 A max
enabled separately for any of the four valve positions. The trim
input signal can represent O2 trim, XSA trim or any other 4-20 Analog Inputs - Current (Quantity 8)
mA trim signal. Range: 0 to 20 m A, 0-5 VDC
Impedance: 250 ohm
Two 4-20 mA temperature inputs are available to temperature Max Voltage: +/-35 VDC
compensate flows used for loop feedback. Each loop can be Max Current: +/-40 mA
configured to use either input or none. Cable Length: 100 meters twisted and shielded
Configuring the 8390 Valve and Flow Profiler is easy. Each of Analog Outputs (Quantity 4)
the six possible profiles consists of up to 11 demand settings Range: 0 to 20 mA
between 0% and 100%, and each profile can contain up to four Load Impedance: <600 ohms
motors. Setup requires only the entry of the loop setpoints or Cable Length: 100 meters twisted and shielded
valve positions of each valve in use. Parameters in the setup also
determine the behavior of each valve with respect to furnace Control Valve Actuators
conditions of purge, low fire, light-off, and excess air. Profiles can Modulating Accuracy: Minimum 160 repositions through 90
be adjusted at any time, even while in use. degrees of travel are recommended (North American 1615 series
or similar).
The Valve and Flow Profiler can be factory configured if a
Note: Low accuracy actuators will likely produce large flow variations
completed configuration sheet (8390-1) is supplied. and continuous hunting. Models with 55 repositions through 90 degrees
of travel are not recommended.
Typical System| 8390 Valve and Flow Profiler
Bulletin 8390
Page 3
TYPICAL 8390 SYSTEM

Inputs Outputs and Feedback
Signals
Remote
Demand
Controller
Alarm
8390 Display
Demand
(4-20 mA)
Loop 1
Valve Motor
Profinet
Control Signal
Temp. (2) 4-20 mA (4-20 mA)
Compenstation 4
Profile A Position Feedback of
or these
Profile B Loop 1 Select
24 V dc
8390
Profile C Loop 2 Select 4-20 mA, 0-5V
Control A
Trim Controller
Loop 3 Select or 1-5V
Control B Loop 4 Select Position or Transmitter
Control C Feedback Loop 1 Flow
Hold Select Remote Alarm Transmitter
Trim Select Reset
EVENT 1
EVENT 2
NOTE: If 0-5 VDC is required for feedback signals, then Trim EVENT 3
the 250 ohm resistor across the input must be removed. 4-20 mA EVENT 4
Similarly, a 250 ohm resistor must be added across EVENT 5
the desired feedback inputs to accept 4-20 mA signals.
Output
Contacts
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 8390 Valve and Flow Profiler
Configuration Sheet
Customer Name: Date: Sheet 8390-1
Customer Location:
S.O. No. Line Item No. Job Folder No:
Notes:
1. Demand 4-20 mA Input Setup
Scaling Min
Scaling Max
2. Trim 4-20 mA Input Setup
Trim used: 
Yes 
No
External Switch used: 
Yes 
No
Trim Input used: 
Yes 
No
Scaling Min
Scaling Max
3. Temperature 4-20 mA Input Setup

Temperature 1 Temperature 2
Temperature input used: 

Yes 
No 
Yes 
No
Scaling Min
Scaling Max
Temperature Units 
F 
C 
F 
C
4. Feedback Input Setup Loop 1 and 2

Loop 1 Loop 2
Input used: 
Yes 
No 
Yes 
No
Input Type
(4-20mA, 1-5 VDC or 0-5 VDC)
Loop Name
Sq Root Input 
Yes 
No 
Yes 
No
Scaling Min
Scaling Max
Temp Compensate Input: 
Yes 
No 
Yes 
No
Temp Input Select (Input 1 or 2)
F 
C 
F 
C
Flow Total used: 
Yes 
No 
Yes 
No
Sheet 8390-1
Page 2
5. Feedback Input Setup Loop 3 and 4
Loop 3 Loop 4
Input used: 
Yes 
No 
Yes 
No
Input Type
(4-20mA, 1-5 VDC or 0-5 VDC)
Loop Name
Sq Root Input 
Yes 
No 
Yes 
No
Scaling Min
Scaling Max
Temp Compensate Input: 
Yes 
No 
Yes 
No
Temp Input Select (Input 1 or 2)
F 
C 
F 
C
Flow Total used: 
Yes 
No 
Yes 
No
6. Alarm Mode Setup
Feedback Input Under/Over Range Alarm Action

(none, hold, purge, light-off, minimum CV)
Act on Feedback Input Under/Over Range Alarm.
Loop 1 
Yes 
No
Loop 2 
Yes 
No
Loop 3 
Yes 
No
Loop 4 
Yes 
No
Dangerous conditions may persist if selecting "NONE" as the alarm action or

Warning "NO" for Loop 1 through Loop 4 Act on Feedback Range Alarms. With "NO" select-
ed, the associated loop will hold but the 8390 will continue to operate normally
otherwise in the event of an out-of-range transmitter. When applied to control
combustible fluids, air, or oxygen, ensure that the action set is appropriate and
compatible with the transmitter’s failure mode.
7. Calibrate Inputs
Min Counts Max Counts
Demand
Trim
Temperature 1
Temperature 2
Loop 1
Loop 2
Loop 3
Loop 4
8. Calibrate Outputs
Min Counts Max Counts
Loop 1
Loop 2
Loop 3
Loop 4
Sheet 8390-1
Page 3
9. Profile Setup
Profile Select 
Int 
■ Ext
Profile 1
Segment Demand Loop 1 Loop 2 Loop 3 Loop 4

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Profile 2

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Profile 3

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Sheet 8390-1
Page 4
Profile 4

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Profile 5

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Profile 6

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Sheet 8390-1
Page 5
10. Event Setup
Event 1
Event Used:  Yes  No
Type: (Choose One)
Demand In %, Firing Rate %, Loop 1 PV,
Loop 2 PV, Loop 3 PV, Loop 4 PV,
Loop 1 CV %, Loop 2 CV %, Loop 3 CV %,
Loop 4 CV %, Manual Mode, Temp 1 PV,
Temp 2 PV
Trip (< or >)  < >
Limit
Reset DB
Event 2
Type: (Choose One)
Temp 2 PV
Trip (< or >)  < >

Limit
Reset DB
Event 3
Type: (Choose One)
Temp 2 PV
Trip (< or >)  <  >
Limit
Reset DB
Event 4
Type: (Choose One)
Loop 1 CV %, Loop 2 VC %, Loop 3 CV%,
Temp 2 PV
Trip (< or >)  < >
Limit
Reset DB
Sheet 8390-1
Page 6
Event 5
Type: (Choose One)
Temp 2 PV
Trip (< or >)  < >
Limit
Reset DB
11. User Administration
Access Level Default Password

Administrator ADMIN
Supervisor SUPER
Operator OPER
12. Demand Loop Setup
Loop Speed (sec)

Loop CV Limit Min (%)
Loop CV Limit Max (%)
13. Loop Tuning and Setup
Loop 1
P-Gain
I-Gain
Error DB
Lightoff CV (%)
Purge Method 
SP 
CV
Purge Setting
Loop Speed (sec)
Loop CV Limit - Min
Loop CV Limit - Max
Loop SP Limit - Min
Loop SP Limit - Max
Respond to Trim: 
■ Yes 
No
Respond to XSA: 
■ Yes 
No
Feedback Error Alarm used: 
■ Yes 
No
Feedback Error Alarm Threshold
Feedback Error Low Alarm Limit
Feedback Error Low Alarm Delay (sec)
Feedback Error High Alarm Limit
Feedback Error High Alarm Delay (sec)
Sheet 8390-1
Page 7
Loop 2
P-Gain
I-Gain
Error DB
Lightoff CV (%)
Purge Method 
SP 
CV
Purge Setting
Loop Speed (sec)
Loop CV Limit - Min
Loop CV Limit - Max
Loop SP Limit - Min
Loop SP Limit - Max
Respond to Trim: Yes 
■ No
Respond to XSA: Yes 
■ No
■ Yes No
Loop 3
P-Gain
I-Gain
Error DB
Lightoff CV (%)
Purge Method 
SP 
CV
Purge Setting
Loop Speed (sec)
Loop CV Limit - Min
Loop CV Limit - Max
Loop SP Limit - Min
Loop SP Limit - Max
Yes 
No
Yes 
No
Yes 
No
Sheet 8390-1
Page 8
Loop 4
P-Gain
I-Gain
Error DB
Lightoff CV (%)
Purge Method 
SP 
CV
Purge Setting
Loop Speed (sec)
Loop CV Limit - Min
Loop CV Limit - Max
Loop SP Limit - Min
Loop SP Limit - Max
Yes 
■ No
Yes No
Yes No
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
PACKAGED
SYSTEMS
_
North American Hot Gas Generators
Hot Gas Generator (HGG) Delivers:
• Increased production, more tons per hour • Lower emissions, for “green” goals or regulation
requirements
• Reduced downtime, more process availability
• Improved product quaility, less scrap
• Lower energy consumption, less dollars per ton
• Reduced labor costs, more profit per ton
We have the experience, people, and technology to
best meet the increasingly demanding needs of the air
heating industry.
Fives North American Combustion, Inc. is a world leader in
process heating and combustion technology with a long history
of providing high quality Hot Gas Generators. Our experience in
heating and drying spans a vast array of products including
coal, gypsum board, paper, grain, and minerals. Higher
temperature applications include calcining and thermal
oxidation.
Overall we have produced hundreds of hot gas generators in a
very wide range of capacities for once through and recirculated • Footprint and capital costs. Many HGG’s builders use very large
process streams. heaters with long residence time to achieve a moderate level of
In order to properly integrate the HGG into your system, we temperature uniformity. North American's technology allows the
analyze the unique and complex relationship between the most compact designs available – saving factory floor space
heated air and the rest of the process in order to understand and capital.
the requirements for temperature uniformity, heat transfer,
• Greenhouse gas. Poor energy efficiency yields unnecessary
efficiency, and emissions.
CO2. North American’s improved controls and temperature
All North American systems are custom engineered to be uniformity provides for a reduction in both.
compact and efficient to meet the specific process needs
identified. We welcome the opportunity to provide a cost
effective system for you.
A 115 MM Btu HGG

being transported
to site.
• Production and energy efficiency. Uneven heat distribution of VALUABLE FEATURES

the process air stream reduces production, produces harmful
mechanical stresses and wastes energy. North American’s Wide range of sizes. To 400 MMBTU/H HHV.
unique injection mixing method produces exceptional uniformity, Low pressure loss. Less than 4 inches/10 mbar.
in many cases +/- 5% of the target temperature, positively
impacting efficiency. Wide operating range. Over 20 to 1 turndown with natural gas
fuel.
Recirculated product gases, as part of the air supply, can
Multiple fuels capable. Use natural gas, biogas, land fill gas, light
improve efficiency and lower emissions.
and heavy oil, waste gases, and liquids.
Copyright © 2023 - Fives - All rights reserved | GRM128 08/02
• Emissions. Excessively high NOx, and CO emissions can restrict

Minimal internal refractory. Increases responsiveness and
production. Our Best Available Control Technology (BACT) can decreases maintenance.
reduce emissions to as low as 8 ppm (at 3% oxygen) with no
FGR, even with preheated or vitiated combustion air. Code compliance. Assurance that the system complies with the
applicable codes.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Common North American
Fuel Train Configurations
Sheet 9500-1
Directions:
1. Select train configuration to meet site requirements and constraints.
2. Indicate inlet ("I") and outlet ("O") locations by circling the "I" or "O" at the appropriate connection points.
3. If site space is limited, or none of the configurations apply, sketch the required configuration with inlet and outlet locations and
available L x H x W dimensions. Indicate if access to control devices is available from one or both sides.
FRAME MOUNTED
W I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O H
I/O I/O
1 2 3 4
L
I/O I/O I/O

I/O I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
5 6 7 8
I/O
I/O I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O I/O
9 10 11 12
Sheet 9500-1
page 2
FRAME MOUNTED
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O I/O
I/O
I/O
13* 14* 15* 16*
* Configuration requiring front and back access.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Fuel Train Capabilities &
Standard Features of Construction
Sheet 9500-2
CAPABILITIES OVERVIEW
Custom Engineering, CAD, and Construction of:
• Skid Mounted Combustion Systems

• Mobile and Stationary Electromechanical Fluid Flow Control Assemblies
Engineering Expertise in:
• Control of Fluids: gaseous fuels, oxygen, nitrogen, liquid fuels, air

• Power and Process Piping Design
• Heat Transfer
• Fluid Dynamics
Construction Experience in:
• Power Piping
• Process Piping
• Power and Control Wiring
• Structural Welding per ANSI/AWS D1.1
• Pipe Welding per ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section IX
CAD Experience in:
• Creo
• Autodesk Inventor
• AutoCAD
Comply with the following standards (as required for the project):
• GE-GAP • NEMA • CE • ASME

• FM • ISO • UL • ANSI
• OSHA • NFPA • EN • NEC
• CGA • CSA • ATEX • IEC
• ASTM
• Customer Specific Specifications will be reviewed for each job.

Sheet 9500-2
Page 2
STANDARD FEATURES of CONSTRUCTION
Pipe and Fitting Construction:
• Standard Fives-1001 Piping Specifications available upon request

• Pipe sealant, Loctite PST (pipe sealant 127 withTeflon)
• Oxygen use, see Bulletin 9526/27
• Other fluids, contact Engineering for information
Pipe Support Frames:
• Structural ASTM A36 carbon steel

• Welding standards on Fives drawing 13-0277, per AWS, ANSI/ASME Sect. I, IV and IX
• Floor bracket bolt down mounting
• Optional wall mounting upon request
Paint:
• Standard North American -1003 Surface Preparation and Protective Coatings Standard, available upon request
• One coat of ANSI 49 Gray, low VOC, 3.5-5 mils wet thickness, high gloss, high solids air dry alkyd enamel
Electrical Construction:
• Standard North American -1000 Fuel Train Electrical Packaging Standard, available upon request
• Per National Electric Code (NFPA 70), most recent edition
• Wire = 14 Ga, 19 strand MTW 600 volt, T&B connectors
• STOOW Cable with Brad Harrison mini-style connectors
• Electrical NEMA rating determined by job
Quality Assurance:
• Pressure Test: All Systems assured leak-free prior to shipment at 1.5 times rated pressure or the maximum pressure
allowed by all components.
• Component Functionality Test: All components are cycled by normal actuation.
• Continuity: All circuits are assured complete.
• Tightness Testing: All safety shut-off valves are cycled and tested for tightness.
• Documentation: Report of tests including description of tests performed.
• Customers are welcome to view any phase of the quality assurance procedure, call for schedule.
Documentation:
• Quality assurance forms

• Product literature
• Assembly drawings and bills of materials
• Electronic drawings and 3D models available upon request
The preceding represents “General Standards”, individual products may differ as the application and use require. Call Engineering for Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 9500-2 05/14
details. Fives North American Combustion, Inc. can review and consider customer specifications as requested in writing.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Packaged Supervisory
and Fluid Control Systems
9500 Series Systems
• Designed for many gas/fluid services • Reduces installation cost
• Cost effective, single source responsibilty • Quick delivery
• Customized to your process needs • Fully documented
• Designed with an emphasis on code compliance • Fully tested/quality assured

Product Overview | Packaged Sytems
conformance to applicable codes and standards, we take care of

component specification, procurement, design layout, fabrication,
assembly, testing, and documentation. After installation, we can
also provide commissioning service.
Our well-developed standards of design and construction are

appropriate for many industrial applications. We regularly design
and construct systems to meet many common specifications, see
Sheet 9500-2 for an extensive list.
The result is a high quality product that saves you time and
money by avoiding costly field piping and wiring.
North American has produced completely assembled fluid control

The 9500 product family consists of packaged Supervisory systems for many types of industries-- photographs and assem-
and Fluid Control Systems produced by Fives North American bly drawings are available upon request.
Combustion, Inc.
Effective integration of flow control components with process

control and flame supervision logic is the key benefit of this line
of high quality products.
North American personnel will analyze the process with an em-

phasis on code compliance and select the appropriate hardware.
Combining mechanical and electrical engineering expertise, with
consideration for customer specifications we define the physical
features to suit operating conditions.
North American has the technical experience to sort through

the hundreds of components and thousands of combinations
to design the optimum system for your needs. While assuring
9500 PRODUCT FEATURES

— For available configurations see Sheet 9500-1
— For basic features see Sheet 9500-2
— Component procurement is managed by North American
— Physical Size – as small as access and component requirements allow (i.e. metering orifice “runs”)
— Production schedule documented in Gantt chart form
— Pressure reducing regulator set at operating pressure.
— Documentation shipped with product (operations manuals customized for user)
— Mechanical general arrangement drawing
— Electrical ladder logic and field wiring drawings
— Bill of materials for both mechanical and electrical systems
— Quality test report form
— List of “as shipped” components' settings with suggestions for components that are field condition sensitive
— Orifice flow rate chart (where appropriate)
— All literature for mechanical component parts
Bulletin 9500
Page 2
Ordering Information | Packaged Sytems
Bulletin 9500
Page 3
ORDERING INSTRUCTIONS
95
Sequential Quote Number Assigned by
Engineering
Fluid type
0 – Engineering/CADD only
1 – Air Only
2 – Gas Only
3 – Oil Only
4 – Gas/Oil Combination
5 – Air/Fuel Combination
6 – Oxygen
7 – Oxy/Fuel Combination
9 – Miscellaneous Fluid
System Type
0 – Engineering/CADD only
1 – Piping only (no frame, no electrical) Every packaged system is custom engineered. Contact your
2 – Frame mounted system local North American Specialist for more information and design
3 – Skid Mounted system assistance.
9 – Miscellaneous system
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Fluid Control System
Installation Recommendations Sheet 9522-1
The symbol is used to call attention to vital safety precautions.
• RECEIPT and INSPECTION: The Fluid Control System is supplied as one unit. Immediately upon receipt of the equipment, and prior
to completely uncrating, inspect the equipment for any damage that may have been sustained during shipment.
Shipping damage is not the responsibility of Fives North American Combustion, Inc. Any claims for shipping damage
should be made directly for the freight carrier
WARNING:
It is imperative that all piping and wiring follow National, State, and Local Codes and Regulations pertaining to the
installation of the equipment. Failure to do so may result in personal injury and /or property damage. Installation
should be performed by qualified personnel only.
•LOCATION: Install the fluid control system in a location where all devices are accessible. Locate in an area where ambient
temperatures do not exceed the ratings of the system components and materials. Locate the fluid control system the closest
practical proximity to the combustion system in order to keep interconnecting pipe runs to a minimum.
The fuel gas system should be located on a firm, level, vibration-free foundation
•HANDLING: Using adequately rated slings, spreader bars, chains, etc., carefully lift and set the system in the desired location.
NOTE: The installation and anchoring design of the Fluid System is not the responsibility of Fives North American Combustion, Inc.
•ANCHORING: Anchor the equipment rack to the floor per owner's installation specifications.
CAUTION
Particles and debris inside piping can damage equipment components.
NOTE: Insure that all interconnecting pipe lines have been pressure tested and cleaned.
Sheet 9522-1
page 2
CAUTION
Leak test with approved medium only. Leak test pressure must not exceed the specified system operating pressure.
Excessive pressure will damage equipment components.
•TESTING: This equipment has been shop pressure tested and was shopped "leak free". Leaks may develop during transit, handling
and installation. Always perform a leak test after installation.
•INTERCONNECTIONS: Complete all piping and wiring interconnections.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Fluid Control System Sheet 9522-2
Safety Guidelines
I. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
A. General precautions
Follow instructions: It is very important that the fuel Do not alter combustion supervisory equipment, guards,
gas system be installed, operated, and maintained in protective devices, etc., without written consent from
accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The Fives. Unauthorized change or use may create hazardous
following safety guidelines apply to the fluid control system conditions and will result in cancellation of warranties
at all times. and guarantees. If undue hazards exist, work should
be delayed or proceed slowly until the cause of the
problem is corrected. Work safely at all times.
The symbol is used to call attention to vital safety
precautions.
Use equipment as intended: This equipment MUST only
be used for the purpose for which it was designed. Any
Insurance Company should review procedures: The unauthorized use or application must be avoided in order
following instructions outline a suggested procedure. to prevent accidents.
However, since the requirements of most factory insurance
companies differ somewhat from one another, you, the Always operate and maintain this equipment in accordance
purchaser, should have these instructions approved by with the manufacturers' and plant operating instructions. At
your insurance company before you make them standard the first indication of any trouble or malfunction, investigate
operating procedure. and shut down the equipment if necessary to determine the
cause or for safety reasons. Do not operate until trouble has
Installers, operators and maintenance personnel must been corrected.
be trained: It should be emphasized that PROPERLY
TRAINED AND CONSCIENTIOUS PERSONNEL are B. Installtion precautions
essential to safe operation of this equipment.
WARNING
Do not install, operate, or maintain this equipment until all It is imperative that all National, State, and Local Codes
personnel in charge of these functions have read and are and Regulations pertaining to the installation of this
thoroughly acquainted with the corresponding instructions. equipment be adhered to. Installation should be done
If any person has doubts about the correct procedure which by qualified personnel. Failure to do so may result in
they should follow, they should immediately consult their personal injury and/or property damage.
supervisor. Untrained personnel should not be permitted
to operate or work on any of this equipment. Maintenance CAUTION
work should not be undertaken unless all persons involved Leak test this equipment with approved medium only.
thoroughly understand the system. Leak test pressure must not exceed the specified
system operating pressure. Incorrect medium or
Supervisory and safety equipment must be maintained: excessive pressure may damage the equipment or
Check to see that all safety guards, switches, and controls components.
that are intended to prevent accidents are in position and
operating before starting up equipment. See Manufacturers'
and Plant Maintenance Instructions or details.)
Sheet 9522-2
Page 2
C. Operating precautions All individuals who use or service this control train must
recognize that hazards exist. Hazards also exist in the
1. Only trained, experienced operators should be allowed associated combustion system beyond the boundaries of
to operate this system. this control train.
2. Operate the system only after thoroughly studying the
instructions.
WARNING
3. Never operate the control system without all supervisory The Fives North American Combustion, Inc. neither
devices operating properly. states as fact, nor in any way implies that the following
list of hazards and safety precautions is all inclusive.
4. Never operate the fluid control system if fuel is leaking.
Awareness of the potential hazards will help prevent
5. No open flames, smoking, or sources of ignition are permit- occurrences of property damage, or personal injury.
ted near the fluid control system, to guard against fires
caused by fuel leaks. Fluid Control System Hazards include:
— Electric shock can kill

D. Maintneance precautions — Pressurized gases can rupture pipes and hoses,
1. Lock out the pressure supply source of fuel gas and de- and can cause fire
pressurize all piping and tubing before maintenance or — Moving parts can pinch
repair to avoid the hazards of a release of pressure. — Adjustments can cause flammable mixture
2. De-energize and lock out electrical circuits before

attempting any repair or maintenance of electrical CAUTION
equipment to prevent electrical shock. Precautions and procedures to avoid these hazards
are described below. Failure to follow the precautions
3. It is suggested that an OSHA prescribed hazardous and procedures may result in harm to both personnel
work procedure be utilized when performing repairs or and property. Protect yourself and others by heeding
adjustments on the fuel gas train, such as: this warning.
• Pressure testing.
• All set-up, adjustment, troubleshooting, and electrical CAUTION
repair work. This publication dœs not cover preexisting hazards
• Any work on or near equipment or piping where that may be present at your site such as burns,
pressure may still exist or be trapped. striking object, asphyxiation, falls, electrocution, etc.
4. Make no substitutions for the prescribed procedure or NOTICE: If you should encounter a technical problem
material when repairing the control train. that is not directly mentioned in this publication, or
not otherwise clearly set forth, immediately contact
5. Electrical hazards also exist within a control panel your Fives representative for clarification.
junction box. Only trained /experienced technicians
should be allowed to service this equipment. Any time
service is being performed, electrical lockout/tagout III. FLUID CONTROL SYSTEM HAZARDS
procedures should be observed. More than one discon-
A. Electric Shock Can Kill
nect may be required to safety lock out any enclosure.
6. All main fuel manual shut-off valves should be closed Electricity is present at many different points throughout
when servicing the electrical system. the fluid control system. Improper use of electrical
devices or attempting to service equipment without first
II. HAZARD RECOGNITION disconnecting the electric power source can lead to
electrical shock.
The Fives North American Combustion, Inc. fluid control
system is an industrial heating process fuel shut-off and
control system. By taking proper precautions and following WARNING
recommended procedures, the fluid control system can be Unqualified personnel must not attempt to service
operated safely. or repair electrical equipment. Do not attempt to
troubleshoot or service electrical equipment when it is
Sheet 9522-2
Page 3
energized. Some wires remain energized even when E. Adjustments can cause flammable mixture
the panel MASTER STOP or POWER ON/OFF switches
are turned off. De-energize and lock out all electrical Supervisory devices have been installed in this fluid con-
sources before opening enclosures. Close panel trol system to verify the system performs in the designed
door before operating. Do not bypass or disconnect manner. Operating the fluid control system with any of
supervisory interlocks. these devices set at a point other than that which the
operating manual specifies may expose personnel and
B. Fuel Leaks Can Cause Fires equipment to serious hazards.
1. Fuel leaking from the fluid control system can ignite and
burn uncontrollably. WARNING
Do not tamper with the controls and supervisory
2. Never operate the fluid control system if the fuel is leaking. devices or attempt to alter their settings. Tampering
with any controller may make the process unsafe.
3. In case of a fuel leak, shut off the main fuel valve. Operating with a controller other than the one which
was designed and installed by Fives may expose
personnel to serious hazards. The settings may only
C. Pressurized gases can rupture pipes and hoses
be changed with prior written consent from Fives, and
only by a qualified technician.
Gasses under compression introduce hazards. Similar to a
spring, compressed gas is stored energy. Should a break
occur, piping or hoses may become a lethal whip. Should a IV. EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN
rupture occur, failing equipment may be fragmented and the
fragments propelled with great force. Familiarize yourself with all supervisory, shutdown, and
start-up procedures before starting and operating this
For these reasons, wear protective equipment, such as equipment.
safety glasses and protective gloves when tending to this
equipment. Control panels should be equipped with a large, red
MASTER STOP button on the door of the control panel.
Pressurized gases can leak. Leaking fuel can cause fires. Pressing this button should cause the automatic shutoff
and blocking valves to close, stopping the flow of fuel
In case of a fuel leak, stop the fluid control system gas.
immediately. Before attempting to repair a leak, always
consult the equipment maintenance manual and your The Fluid Control System is equipped with a manual inlet
plant maintenance procedures. valve. Closing this valve will shut off the flow of fuel to the
control train.
CAUTION To prevent someone from restarting the system, close and

Piping contains pressurized gases. Make sure piping lock out the manual fuel gas supply valves, and disconnect
and tubing is de-pressurized before repairs are at- and lock out the main power supply.
tempted.
D. Moving parts can pinch

WARNING: Situations dangerous to personnel and property may exist with the operation and
Pinching hazards exist on fluid control systems, due to the maintenance of any combustion equipment. The presence of fuels, oxidants, hot and cold
combustion products, hot surfaces, electrical power in control and ignition circuits, etc., are
automatic and random operation of the valve actuators. inherent with any combustion application. Components in combustion systems may exceed
Keep hands, body, and loose clothing away from moving 160°F (71°C) surface temperatures and present hot surface contact hazard. Fives North American
Combustion, Inc. suggests the use of combustion systems that are in compliance with all Safety
parts. Codes, Standards, Regulations and Directives; and care in operation.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Packaged Air Heaters
A Conceptual Review
9545 Air Heater
• Shop built, piped, wired, and tested • System is built for your needs
• Decades of proven quality • Used in various types of applications

Product Overview | Air Heater
For decades, North American has supplied both components and

completely packaged systems, including combustion chambers
and controls to suit a wide variety of both large and small air
heating applications.
Shop assembled, piped, wired, and tested, these systems provide

the safety and reliability required to meet today's strict require-
ments.
For profitable solutions to your own needs, contact your local

Fives North American representative in Cleveland, Ohio.
APPLICATIONS INCLUDE:
Catalysts
Cement
Ceramics
Chemicals
Coal Drying Packaged Air Heaters, both large and small, assure an evenly
Cracking and Regeneration heated supply of process air from fresh, mixed, or recirculated
sources. For low temperature drying or high temperature pro-
Dryers cess heating, Fives can build your system to suit.
Fluid Beds
Foodstuffs
Foundries
Furnace Preheat and Dryout
Liquid Concentration
Ovens
Paint and Ink Drying
Paper
Pharmaceuticals
Plastics
Refineries
Refractory and Brick Dryout
Rotary Dryers
Spray Drying
Steel Mills
This vertical air heater was shop assembled and shipped as units,
complete with microprocessor based controls for temperature, ratios
and flow.
Bulletin 9545
Page 2
Arrangements | Air Heater
CONCEPTUAL ARRANGEMENTS SHOW FLEXIBILITY
OUT OUT OUT
IN

Optional Optional Process air
OUT OUT (hot or cool)
Optional
Refractory Spiral shell
Cast or lining flow lining
fiber
lining Steel Refractory
shell inner tube
Diverter
IN
Cool
Process Air
Optional Combustion Combustion Combustion
secondary air air air
air
Fuel Fuel
(Optional O2) Fuel
DIRECT FIRED FULL COUNTERFLOW

PARALLEL FLOW-SHIELDED
#1 ALL AIR THRU BURNER
HI TO LO TEMP RAMPS #2 WITH VARIABLE DILUTION #3 KEEPS SHELL COOLER
AND PREHEATS INCOMING
Cool Hot
Process Process
Air Air
Optional Full refractory
Steel (or S.S.) inner IN OUT IN OUT
Combustion lining
Combustion tube
air
air
OUT

Fuel Fuel
Optional
OUT
Optional
inlets
FULL SPIRAL COUNTERFLOW. PARALLEL FLOW--FULL MIX. HANDLES HIGHEST TEMPERA-

#4 SHELL STAYS COOL.
VARIABLE HEAT OUTPUT TO 800°F #5 TURE AIR, BOTH IN AND OUT. IDEAL FOR RECIRCULATION.
Bulletin 9545
Page 3
Features | Air Heater
Bulletin 9545
Page 4
FEATURES:
— 1.5 to 25 million Btu/h HHV capacities

— High or low excess air firing
— Arrangements to suit
— Ultra low NOx burners available
— Meet or exceed NFPA for FM/IRI/OSHA
— Gas or oil completely packaged fuel trains
— Oxy-fuel systems optional
— Inlet /outlet temperature to suit
— 250°F to 2250°F temperatures
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Bul 9545 02/15
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Air Heater Inquiry Form
Sheet 9545-1
Client: _______________________________________________ Phone: _________________________________
Address: _______________________________________________ Fax: _________________________________
_______________________________________________ Salesman: _________________________________
Contacts: _______________________________________________ Office: _________________________________
Known Competition: ________________________________________________________________________________________
PROCESS AIR DATA:
Source:  Client Process Fan New FNAC Blower

Volume: _________________________scfm (max.) _________________________ scfm (min.)
Inlet Temperature: ________________F (max.) _________________________ F (min.)
Outlet Temperature:_______________F (max.) _________________________ F (min.)
Inlet Pressure: ____________________psi/osi/wc _________________________ positive/negative
Outlet Pressure: ___________________psi/osi/wc _________________________ positive/negative
Oxygen Content: _________________% wet/dry
Contaminants: Describe: _____________________________________________ ________________ %
_____________________________________________ ________________ %
(use back side for additional information)
AIR HEATER DATA:
Energy Required (If known): Btuh

Fuel(s): ____________________at ____________________ psi supply _____________________ at ___________________psi supply
Combustion Air Source:  Process Air New Fives Blower
Chamber Pressure Expected _______________________ psi/osi/in.wc. Chamber Orientation:  Vertical  Horizontal
Chamber Lining By FNAC Yes No If Yes, max. allowable shell temp __________ F
If specific inlet and outlet sizes required, provide on back
Total Volume Expected, including POC: ____________________ scfm
Quantity of Process Air Inlets: ___________________ Outlets: ____________
Power: ______________________ NEMA: _____________________ Altitude: __________________
Emissions: Low Emissions Technology Required?  Yes  No
If Yes: Guarantee Required?  Yes  No
If Yes: NOx _____________________ ppmv CO ____________________ ppmv SOx _________________ ppmv
System Mounting Arrangement:
1 Skid with Chamber, Fuel Train, Panel, All Piping
 2 Skids with Chamber on 1; Fuel train, Panel on 1; On Site Piping
3 Units with Fuel Train Rack, Panel
All Loose Freestanding Components
Specifications:  Client Supplied  Fives Standard
Approvals:  None  Everything  Layout Only  Components Only
Insurance:  FM  IRI  Canada  Other (explain on back)
Provide Sketches/More Data on Back
Sheet 9545-1
Page 2
NOTES / SKETCHES / EXPLANATIONS
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________ Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 9545-1 02/15
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
BLOWERS
_
or use the top right icon to search for specific documents .
North American Blower Index Sheet 2000
ADAPTERS
Inlet and Discharge Adapters (Series 2300 Blowers) ..................................................................Sheet 2300-6
Part Numbers (2408, 12, 16, 20, 24 [D, F]; 2408-12, 16 [G] Blowers) ............... Sheets 2400-6DF and GH
BASES
Direct, Coupled, V-Belt, U-Frames (Series 2300 Blowers) ..........................................................Sheet 2300-5
BEARINGS
Pillow Block and Bearing Designations .......................................................................................... Sheet 2000-6
BLOWERS
Blower Ratings (Test Procedure) ......................................................................................................Sheet 2000-13
North American Turbo Blowers ..........................................................................................................Bulletin 2300
Outboard Bearing Type (2300 High Pressure Blowers) ............................................................. Sheet 2300-8
2400 and 2400G Blowers (Specifications, Dimensions)..............................................................Bulletin 2400
2312-48 Blowers for Industrial Applications...................................................................................Sheet 2300-2
BLOWERTROL
Blowertrol ....................................................................................................................Instructions/Parts List 2820-1
Control at Inlet.........................................................................................................................................Bulletin 2820
Parts List/Repair Policy .............................................................................................................................Sheet 2820
Total Pressure Blowertrol .......................................................................................................................Sheet 2831-1
CURVES
Pressure Curves (Series 2400 Blowers)...........................................................................................Sheet 2400-3
Pressure Curves (Series 2400G Blowers) ........................................................................................Sheet 2400-2
DENSITY FACTORS
Altitude
Air Density at Altitudes (Table)....................................... N.A. Combustion Handbook, Vol. I, pages 212, 213
Gravity and Mass Flow Factors for Air (Table) .....................................................Handbook Supplement 164
Selection at Altitudes ........................................................N.A. Combustion Handbook, Vol. I, pages 208-217
Hot Air
Gravity and Mass Flow Factors for Air (Table) .....................................................Handbook Supplement 164
Properties of Air at Elevated Temperatures (Table) ...........N.A. Comb. Handbook, Vol. I, pages 234-236
Selection for Hot Air ...................................................................N.A. Comb. Handbook, Vol. I, pages 208-217
Sheet 2000
Page 2
DIMENSIONS
Coupled Drive Turbo Blowers
Series 2300 ....................................................................................................................................... Sheet 2300-11
Series 2400 ................................................................................................................................ Dimensions 2400
Direct Drive Turbo Blowers

Series 2300 ..................................................................................................Dimensions 2300-D and 2300-D1
Series 2400 ................................................................................................................................ Dimensions 2400
Series 2408-H-50 ..............................................................................................................................Sheet 2400-1
Series 2600................................................................................................................................ Dimensions 2600
Inlet and Discharge (300, 2300 and 2400 Turbo Blowers) ..................................................... Sheet 2000-4
Motor Shaft Dimensions (Direct Drive Blowers) ............................................................................Sheet 2000-7
V-Belt Drive Turbo Blowers (Series 2300) ......................................................................................Sheet 2300-3
DISCHARGE POSITIONS
Blower Discharge Positions............................................................................................................... Sheet 2300-12
FAN LAWS
Fan Laws ............................................................................ N.A. Combustion Handbook, Vol. I, pages 200, 201
FILTERS
Designations - Filters, Silencers, Combinations (Series 2300 and 2400 Blowers) ................ Sheet 2921-1
Filters (Series 2300 and 2400 Turbo Blowers)............................................................................... Bulletin 2923
Filters (Series 2300 Direct Drive 50 hertz Turbo Blowers) .......................................................... Sheet 2923-1
Panel Filters and Filter/Silencers ................................................................................................Bulletin 2921/2941
FILTER/SILENCERS
Designations - Filters, Silencers, Combinations (Series 2300 and 2400 Blowers) ................ Sheet 2921-1
Filter/Silencers (Series 2300 and 2400 Blowers) ..........................................................................Bulletin 2942
Filter/Silencers (Series 2300 Direct Drive 50 hertz Turbo Blowers .......................................... Sheet 2942-1
Panel Filters and Filter/Silencers ................................................................................................Bulletin 2921/2941
GUARDS
Inlet and Discharge Adapters (Series 2300 Turbo Blowers) ......................................................Sheet 2300-6
Part Numbers (2408, 12, 16--D, F, G--Blowers) ....................................................... Sheets 2400-6DF and GH
HIGH PRESSURE BLOWERS

Outboard Bearing Type ...................................................................................................................... Sheet 2300-8
HIGH TEMPERATURE
Blowers for High Temperatures (Series 2600) .............................................................................. Bulletin 2600
Instructions (Series 2600 Hot Air Blowers) ..........................................................................Instructions 2600-2
HOUSINGS
Blower Housings and Spacer Rings .................................................................................................Sheet 2300-4
Blower Housings, Spacer Rings and Stationary Vanes Cross-Referenced ..........................Sheet 2300-4A
Part Numbers (2408, 12,16--D, F, G--Blowers) ........................................................ Sheets 2400-6DF and GH
IMPELLERS
Blower Impeller Identifications .......................................................................................................Sheet 2000-20
Blower Impeller Dimensions (Distribution Limited)................................................................. Sheet 2000-20A
Hot Air Blower Dimensions (Series 2600) ......................................................................................Sheet 2600-3
Sheet 2000
Page 3
INLET AND DISCHARGE
Dimensions (300, 2300 and 2400 Turbo Blowers) .................................................................... Sheet 2000-4
Inlet and Discharge Adapters (Series 2300 Turbo Blowers) ......................................................Sheet 2300-6
Inlet and Discharge Gaskets (Series 2300 and 2400) Distribution Limited........................Sheet 2000-4A
Part Numbers (2408, 12, 16--D, F, G--Blowers) .........................................................Sheet 2400-6DF and GH
JACKSHAFTS
Part Numbers and Diameters.............................................................................................................Sheet 2000-5
MAINTENANCE AND INSTRUCTIONS

Coupled and V-Belt Blowers (Series 2300 and 2400 Blowers) ..............................................Sheet 2300-10
Equipment and Service Tips ............................................................................................................. Sheet 2000-1
Turbo Blowers........................................................................................... Instructions and Parts List 2300/2400
MISCELLANEOUS
Adjustable Frequency AC Drives .........................................................................................................Bulletin 2775
Fusible Disconnect Switch .................................................................................................................... Bulletin 2723
Motor Starter and Fusible Disconnect Switch Combo .............................................................Bulletin 2731/43
Push-Button Stations ................................................................................................................................Sheet 2751-1
Three non-catalog Standard D-D Blowers......................................................................................Sheet 2300-9
MOTORS
Blower Motor Failures (Distribution Limited) ................................................................................ Sheet 2000-12
Motor Shaft Dimensions (Direct Drive Blowers) ............................................................................Sheet 2000-7
Motor Data (2600 Hot Air Blowers) ................................................................................................ Sheet 2600-4
NOISE
Noise .............................................................................North American Combustion Handbook, Vol. II, Part 12
Noise (as related to blowers)...................North American Combustion Handbook, Vol. II, pages 198-201
PARTS LIST
Hot Air Blowers (Series 2600) ..................................................................................................... Parts List 2600-1
PIPING
Air Flow in Pipe .............................................................................................................. Handbook Supplement 45
Piping Practice for Industrial Burner Systems........................................................Handbook Supplement 46
SILENCERS
Blower Silencers (Series 2936) ...........................................................................................................Bulletin 2936
Designations - Filter, Silencer, Combination (Series 2300 and 2400 Blowers) ...................... Sheet 2921-1
SLEEVES
Blower Sleeves and Clamps ................................................................................................................ Bulletin 2947
SPECIFICATIONS
50 hertz Direct Drive Blowers (Series 2300) ..................................................................................Sheet 2300-1
50 hertz Direct Drive Blowers (Series 2400) .................................................................................Sheet 2400-4
TROUBLE-SHOOTING
Trouble-shooting (2600 Hot Air Blowers) .......................................................................................Sheet 2600-5
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Blower Ratings Sheet 2000-13
AMCA (Air Moving and Conditioning Association) has developed test procedures which are recognized in the industry but which,
unfortunately, are not applicable to most of North American's relatively high pressure turbo blowers. Consequently, Fives North
American Combustion, Inc. continues to use its own comparable testing procedure, described below. As a check, a North American 8
osi blower of large size (one of the North American blowers which is suited to the AMCA test procedure) was tested by both Fives North
American Combustion, Inc. and AMCA procedures. The comparable results obtained validated Fives North American's test procedure.
To test blower performance, Fives North American connects the blower discharge to a drum of relatively large diameter, and with
multiple calibrated holes in endplate. The blower is started, and the holes are opened, several at a time, until the motor is fully loaded.
Data is taken at each step. The large drum converts velocity pressure to static pressure, which is measured along with drum air
temperature, barometric pressure, electric power, and impeller speed. Values obtained are then corrected to standard conditions (29.92
inches Hg and 70°F, or 0.075 lb/ft3 density air), and (total) pressure, horsepower and impeller speed are plotted against corrected air
flow, resulting in a typical performance curve.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Blower Impeller Identification Sheet 2000-20
To order spare impellers, specify: If blower designation is not available, any or all of the following
would help assure your getting the correct impeller(s):
complete blower designation
North American shop order (S.O.) number on casting numbers on blower housings
which it was built number of impellers in blower
impeller material: aluminum, steel, or stainless steel number of blades in impeller
bore size, if known. inside width of impeller at outer periphery
inside width of impeller at eye (perpendicular to
If shop order number is not available, please provide as many as diameter of eye)
possible of the following: diameter of eye
blower designation Note: There may be a shop order (S.O.) number or blower
direct drive, coupled, or V-Belt number on the back of the impeller in ink. If so, please specify it.
bore size (shaft diameter)
diameter of impeller (OD of the flat back of the
impeller)
motor hp, rpm, voltage, whether TEFC or open.
Inside
width of impeller
at outer periphery
OD measurement
Diameter of eye Bore

size
Blades
(vanes) Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 2000-20 07/96
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 300, 2300 and 2400 Turbo Blowers
Sheet 2000-4
Inlet and Discharge Dimensions
H° E–No. of E–No. of H° Z
D–size holes D–size holes
2300-47 only–
6 Holes
C–BC 4–5⁄8 Holes
on 25" BC C–BC
Size G
F–BC
B–ID
B–ID
Z
A–OD
A–OD
Figure 1 Figure 2
INLET DIMENSIONS in inches (1 = 25.40 mm)

Refer
Blower Former to
designation designation Figure A B C D E F G H° Z
2304-11 304-A 1 5 4 4½ 10-24 4    
2308-11 308-A
2310-11
2312-11
310-A
312-A
} 1 5¼ 3¾ 4½ 10-24 4    11⁄32
2300-14 300-B 1 7 5 513⁄16 ¼-20 4 513⁄16 5⁄16-18 45° 7⁄16

2300-17 300-C
2300-19 300-C 1 7¼ 5 513⁄16 ¼-20 4 513⁄16 5⁄16-18 45° 7⁄16
300-CS
2308-21, 2310-21 308-FS, 310-FS} 2 16 11 14¼ ¼-13 6 —  30° 3⁄8
2344-21 344-CC
2316-21, 2320-21 316-CC, 320-CC } 1 16 11 — — — 14¼ ½-13 30° ¾
2332-21 332-CC
2312-21 312-FS1 1 18 13 — — — 16¼ ½-13 30° ¾
2324-21 324-M1-20 1 16 10 — — — 14¼ ½-13 30° 7⁄16
2300-24 308-D1, 316-D2 1 8¾ 6½ 715⁄16 ¼-20 4 7½ 1⁄8-16 45° 7⁄16
310-D1, 312-D1,
2300-26 316-DS1, 320-D2, 1 8¾ 6½ 715⁄16 ¼-20 4 7½ 3⁄8-16 45° 7⁄16
324-D2
2300-28 316-D1, 332-D2, 1 11½ 8 91⁄8 ¼-20 4 10¼ 3⁄8 -16 45° 9⁄16
344-D3
2300-31 308-E1, 316-E2 1 11½ 9 10¼ ¼-20 4 10¼ 3⁄8-16 45° 9⁄16
2316-33 316-EE
2320-33
2324-33/1
-25, -30, -40
320-M
324-M1-25, 30, 40 } 2 18 12 16¼ 9⁄16 6   30° 3⁄8
2332-33 332-EE
2324-33/1 } 324-H 2 19 14 16¼ 9⁄16 6   30°
7⁄16
-50, -60
2310-35, 2312-35 310-E1, 312-E1 }
 Studs approximately ½" long. 
For intake guard
 See note on Fig. 2. 
For 14" ASA flange
 For discharge position #1
Sheet 2000-4
Page 2
INLET DIMENSIONS in inches (1 = 25.40 mm) continued
Refer
Blower Former to
designation designation Figure A B C D E F G H° Z
2320-35/2 320-E2 1 11½ 9 10¼ ¼-20 4 10¼ 3⁄8-16 45° ¾
2324-35/2 324-E2 }
2316-35/1 316-ES1
2320-35/1 320-ES1 1 16 83⁄8    14¼ ½-13 30° 9⁄16
2300-38 332-J2, 344-J2

332-J2, 344-J2 1 21 14 18¾ 11⁄8 12   15° ¾
 17¾ 14 16¼ ½-13 6   30° ¼
2300-41 300-K 2 23½ 16 21¼ 11⁄16 16   11¼° 7⁄16
2304-44 304-L 2 23½ 16 21¼ 5⁄8-11 16   11¼° 7⁄16
2308-44 308-L 2 23½ 16 21¼ 11⁄16 16   11¼° 7⁄16
2300-47 300-R 2 30 22 27¾ 11⁄16 20   9° 7⁄16

2400-D — 1 16 10 14¼ ½-13 6   30° 5⁄8
2400-F — 1 18 12 16¼ ½-13 6   30° 5⁄8
2400-G,H — 2 — 20 231⁄8 5⁄8-11 10   0° ½
 Studs approximately ½" long. For intake guard

 See note on Fig. 2. For 14" ASA flange
 For discharge position #1
DISCHARGE DIMENSIONS
G
Series 2300-47 only
45° 45° rad.
D
C 8
F
B.C.
4
A
sq. B A
4 sq.
H E
rad. B
B.C.
8
G
rad. C J 8 4 4 8
dia.
Blower Former dimensions in inches

designation designation A B C D E F G H J
2300-11 300-A 3¼ 1¾ 1¾ 3⁄8 39⁄16  5⁄16 5⁄16 9⁄32

2300-14 300-B 4 2¾ 2¾ 7⁄16 49⁄16  3⁄8 5⁄8 11⁄32
2300-17, -19 300-C, -CS 5½ 3½ 3½ ½ 63⁄8  ½ 5⁄8 13⁄32
2300-21 300-CC, -FS, -MS 13½ 91⁄8 91⁄8 ½ 15¾ 115⁄8 13⁄16  11⁄16
2300-24, -26, -28 300-D, -DS 8¼ 5¼ 5¼ ½ 9¼  13⁄16 5⁄8 17⁄32
2300-31 308-E1, 316-E2 10¾ 7 7 5⁄8 123⁄8 97⁄8 113/16 5⁄8 7⁄16
2300-33 300-EE, -H, -M 18½ 12½ 12½ ½ 20 16¼ 11⁄8  9⁄16
2300-35 310-E1, 312-E1, 320-E2, 10¾ 8½ 71⁄8 ½ 123⁄8 97⁄8 113/16  7⁄16
324-E2, 300-ES
2300-41, -44 300-K, -L 18¼ 13¾ 13¾ ½ 23 16¼ 7⁄8  11⁄16

2300-47 300-R 261/4 21 21 ½   7⁄8  11⁄16
2400-D — 10¾ 49⁄16 59⁄16 5⁄8 123⁄8 97⁄8   7⁄16
2400-F — 13½ 95⁄16 59⁄16 5⁄8 15¾ 115⁄8   11⁄16
2400-G, -H — See Below
Sheet 2000-4
Page 3
2400-G & -H Discharge Dimensions
11⁄16 dia. E holes

Flange thickness ½" equally spaced on D–BC
A–OD
Blower dimensions in inches
designation A B C D E
B
2400-G 25¼ 16¼ 99⁄16 231/8 10
2400-H 30 16¼ 16¼ 27¾ 10
2300-38 23¼ 14 14 21¼ 8
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 2300 and 2400 Turbo Blowers
Sheet 2000-4A
Inlet and Discharge Gaskets
Blower Former Inlet Flange† Discharge Flange

Designation Designation Gasket Gasket
2300-11 300-A 1-1833-19 4-5371-1
2300-14 300-B 1-1833-20 4-5371-2
2300-17, 19 300-C, C3 1-1833-20 4-5371-3
2300-21 300-CC, MS 1-1833-5 1-0832-3
312-FS 1-1833-9 1-0832-3
2300-24, 26 300-D, DS 1-1833-1 4-5371-4

2300-28 300-D 1-1833-3 4-5371-4
2300-31 308-E1, 316-E2 1-1833-3 1-2099-2
2300-33 300-EE, H, M 1-1833-9 1-1566-1
2300-35 310-E1, 312-E1 1-1833-3 1-2099-2

320-E2, 324-E2
300-ES 1-1833-5 1-2099-2
2300-38 300-J2 1-1833-14 (14" ANSI) 1-2239-1

2300-41, 44 300-K, L 1-1833-12 1-1029-1
2300-47 300-R 1-2880-1 1-2589-1
2400-D – 1-1833-5 1-2099-2

2400-F – 1-2269-2 1-0832-3
2400-G – 1-2379-1 1-2379-1
2400-H – 1-2379-1 1-2828-1
† An inlet flange gasket is not used on standard blower with inlet guards. An inlet flange gasket
is added when anything is piped to the blower inlet, such as filter, silencer, filter-silencer
combination, or inlet adapter. Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 2000-4A 01/02
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 300, 2300, and 2400 Blowers
Jackshaft Part Numbers and Diameters Sheet 2000-5
V-belt drive Coupled drive
shaft dia., in. shaft dia., in.
V-belt drive imp. motor coupled drive imp. motor
Blower designations part no. end end part no. end end
304-A1 2304-11/1 1-0810-1† ¾ ¾ – – –
304-L1 2304-44/1 1-1998-1§ 17⁄8 15⁄8 1-1280-2§ 15⁄8 17⁄16
308-A3 2308-11/3 1-0810-2† ¾ ¾ – – –

308-B1 2308-14/1 1-2397-1† 1 11⁄16 1-2397-1† 1 11⁄16
308-C1 2308-17/1 1-2397-4† 1 11⁄16 1-2397-4† 1 11⁄16
308-D1 2308-24/1 1-2413-4† 1 1¼ 1-2413-4† 1 1¼
308-E1 2308-31/1 1-2435-1† 11⁄8 17⁄16 1-2417-1† 1¼ 11⁄8
308-FS1 2308-21/1 1-1903-2§ 17⁄8 17⁄8 1-2418-1† 17⁄16 1¼
308-L1 (10 hp) 2308-44/1 1-1998-1§ 17⁄8 15⁄8 1-1280-2§ 15⁄8 17⁄16
308-L1 (15 & 20 hp) 2308-44/1 1-1998-2§ 17⁄8 21⁄16 1-1280-2§ 15⁄8 17⁄16
308-L1 (25 & 30 hp) 2308-44/1 1-1998-3§ 17⁄8 21⁄16 1-1332-2§ 17⁄8 17⁄8
308-R1 2308-47/1 1-1856-3§ 21⁄8 27⁄16 1-1774-1§ 21⁄8 21⁄8
310-A4 2310-11/4 1-2904-1† ¾ ¾ – – –

310-C1 2310-19/1 1-2413-1† 1 1¼ 1-2408-1† 1 11⁄16
310-D1 2310-26/1 1-2435-1† 11⁄8 17⁄16 1-2416-1† 11⁄8 11⁄8
310-E1 2310-35/1 1-2030-1§ 1¼ 17⁄16 1-0804-5§ 1¼ 11⁄8
310-FS1 2310-21/1 1-1903-2§ 17⁄8 17⁄8 1-2418-1† 17⁄16 1¼
310-R1 2310-47/1 1-1856-3§ 21⁄8 27⁄16 1-1774-1§ 21⁄8 21⁄8
312-A4 2312-11/4 1-2904-1† ¾ ¾ – – –

312-C1 2312-19/1 1-2413-1† 1 1¼ 1-2408-1† 1 11⁄16
312-D1 2312-26/1 1-2435-1† 11⁄8 17⁄16 1-2416-1† 11⁄8 11⁄8
312-E1 (7½ hp) 2312-35/1 1-2030-1§ 1¼ 17⁄16 1-0804-5§ 1¼ 11⁄8
312-E1 (10 hp) 2312-35/1 1-2030-1§ 1¼ 17⁄16 1-0804-6§ 1¼ 1¼
312-FS1 2312-21/1 1-1903-2§ 17⁄8 17⁄8 1-0896-3§ 17⁄16 17⁄16
312-K1 2312-41/1 1-2037-5§ 21⁄8 27⁄16 1-1715-1§ 15⁄8 111⁄16
312-R1 2312-47/1 1-1856-3§ 21⁄8 27⁄16 1-1774-1§ 21⁄8 21⁄8
316-A2 2316-11/2 1-1994-1† ¾ ¾ – – –

316-B2 2316-14/2 1-2397-2† 1 11⁄16 1-2397-2† 1 11⁄16
316-CC1 2316-21/1 1-1903-2§ 17⁄8 17⁄8 1-0896-3§ 17⁄16 17⁄16
316-CS1 2316-19/1 1-2413-1† 1 1¼ 1-2408-1† 1 11⁄16
316-C2 2316-17/2 1-2397-5† 1 11⁄16 1-2397-5† 1 11⁄16
316-D1 2316-28/1 1-1986-1§ 13⁄8 17⁄16 1-2419-1† 11⁄8 11⁄8
316-DS1 2316-26/1 1-2435-1† 11⁄8 17⁄16 1-2416-1† 11⁄8 11⁄8

316-D2 2316-24/2 1-2413-5† 11⁄8 1¼ 1-2413-5† 11⁄8 1¼
316-ES1 2316-35/1 1-2030-3§ 1¼ 17⁄16 1-0804-12§ 11/4 13⁄8
316-EE1 2316-33/1 1-1979-8§ 17⁄8 21⁄8 1-1717-1§ 15⁄8 111⁄16
316-E2 2316-31/2 1-2435-2† 11⁄8 17⁄16 1-2417-2† 1¼ 1¼
316-K1 2316-41/1 1-2037-5§ 21⁄8 27⁄16 1-1715-1§ 15⁄8 111⁄16
316-R1 2316-47/1 1-1856-3§ 21⁄8 27⁄16 – – –
320-CC1 2320-21/1 1-1903-2§ 17⁄8 17⁄8 1-0896-3§ 17⁄16 17⁄16

320-C2 (1½ & 2 hp) 2320-19/2 1-2413-2† 1 1¼ 1-2408-2† 1 11⁄16
320-C2 (3 hp) 2320-19/2 1-2413-2† 1 1¼ 1-2413-2† 1 1¼
320-D2 2320-26/2 1-2435-3† 11⁄8 17⁄16 1-2416-2† 11⁄8 11⁄8
320-ES1 2320-35/1 1-2030-3§ 1¼ 17⁄16 1-0804-12§ 1¼ 13⁄8
320-E2 (10 hp) 2320-35/2 1-2030-2§ 1¼ 17⁄16 1-0804-7§ 1¼ 1¼
Sheet 2000-5
Page 2
V-belt drive
shaft dia., in. Coupled drive
V-belt drive imp. motor coupled drive shaft dia.,
imp. in.
motor
Blower designations part no. end end part no. end end
320-E2 (15 hp) 2320-35/2 1-2030-2§ 1¼ 17⁄16 1-0804-11§ 1¼ 13⁄8
320-K1 (25 - 50 hp) 2320-41/1 1-2037-5§ 21⁄8 27⁄16 1-1715-1§ 15⁄8 111⁄16
320-K1 (60 hp) 2320-41/1 1-2037-6§ 21⁄8 27⁄16 1-1715-1§ 15⁄8 111⁄16
320-M1 (25 & 30 hp) 2320-33/1 1-1979-5§ 17⁄8 21⁄8 1-1717-1§ 15⁄8 111⁄16
320-M1 (40 & 50 hp) 2320-33/1 1-1979-5§ 17⁄8 21⁄8 1-1708-1§ 15⁄8 111⁄16
324-B3 2324-14/3 1-2397-3† 1 11⁄16 1-2397-3† 1 11⁄16
324-C2 2324-19/2 1-2413-2† 1 1¼ 1-2413-2† 1 1¼
324-D2 2324-26/2 1-2435-3† 11⁄8 17⁄16 1-2416-2† 11⁄8 11⁄8
324-E2 (10 hp) 2324-35/2 1-2030-2§ 1¼ 17⁄16 1-0804-7§ 1¼ 1¼
324-E2 (15 & 20 hp) 2324-35/2 1-2030-2§ 1¼ 17⁄16 1-0804-11§ 1¼ 13⁄8
324-MS1 2324-21/1 1-1903-3§ 17⁄8 17⁄8 1-1937-1§ 15⁄8 111⁄16
324-M1 (25 & 30 hp) 2324-33/1 1-1979-5§ 17⁄8 21⁄8 1-1717-1§ 15⁄8 111⁄16
324-M1 (40 hp) 2324-33/1 1-1979-5§ 17⁄8 21⁄8 – – –
324-M1, H1 (40 & 50 hp) 2324-33/1 – – – 1-1708-1§ 15⁄8 111⁄16
324-H1 (50 & 60 hp) 2324-33/1 1-1979-6§ 17⁄8 21⁄8 – – –
324-H1 (60 hp) 2324-33/1 – – – 1-1716-1§ 15⁄8 111⁄16
324-K1 (30 - 60 hp) 2324-41/1 1-2037-5§ 21⁄8 27⁄16 – – –
324-K1 (75 hp) 2324-41/1 1-2037-6§ 21⁄8 27⁄16 – – –
332-CC2 (20 & 25 hp) 2332-21/2 1-1903-1§ 17⁄8 17⁄8 1-0896-4§ 17⁄16 17⁄16
332-CC2 (30 hp) 2332-21/2 1-1903-1§ 17⁄8 17⁄8 1-0898-1§ 17⁄8 15⁄8
332-CC2 (40 hp) 2332-21/2 1-2031-1§ 17⁄8 21⁄8 1-1333-1§ 17⁄8 17⁄8
332-C3 2332-19/3 1-2413-3† 1 1¼ 1-2413-3† 1 1¼
332-D2 (7½ & 10 hp) 2332-28/2 1-1986-2§ 13⁄8 17⁄16 1-2419-2† 11⁄8 1¼
332-D2 (15 hp) 2332-28/2 1-1986-2§ 13⁄8 17⁄16 1-0804-11§ 1¼ 13⁄8

332-EE2 (50 hp) 2332-33/2 1-1979-7§ 17⁄8 21⁄8 1-1192-1§ 17⁄8 21⁄8
332-EE2 (60 hp) 2332-33/2 1-1979-7§ 17⁄8 21⁄8 1-1424-1§ 17⁄8 21⁄8
332-J2 2332-38/2 – – – 1-3001-1‡ 23⁄8 23⁄8
332-K2 2332-41/2 – – – 1-2348-1§ 2¾ 213⁄16
338-K2 2338-41/2 – – – 1-2348-1§ 2¾ 213⁄16
344-CC2 2344-21/2 1-2031-1§ 17⁄8 21⁄8 1-1333-1§ 17⁄8 17⁄8

344-D3 (10 hp) 2344-28/3 1-1986-3§ 13⁄8 17⁄16 1-2419-3† 11⁄8 13⁄8
344-D3 (15 & 20 hp) 2344-28/3 1-1986-3§ 13⁄8 17⁄16 1-0804-9§ 1¼ 17⁄16
344-J2 2344-38/2 – – – 1-3001-1‡ 23⁄8 23⁄8
2400G (20 - 30 hp) – – – 1-2428-3† 17⁄8 17⁄8

2400G (40 - 60 hp) – – – 1-2428-4† 23⁄8 23⁄8
When ordering jackshafts, give original S.O. number.
† Bearings for these shafts are slipped on and held by setscrews.

‡ Bearings are slipped on and held by a self-locking collar.
§ Mounting of bearings requires pressure or heating.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 300, 2300, and 2400G Blowers Pillow Block
and Bearing Designations Sheet 2000-6
The following are designations for old and new style pillow blocks and bearings for 300, 2300, and 2400G V-belt and coupled drive
blowers. When ordering specify designations of parts and blower, and the original shop order number from the blower nameplate.
Example: (1) R550-4080 Pillow Block Assembly complete including SAF 313L pillow block housing and 2313J/C3 bearing for a 2312-47/1-
40V Blower S.O. #AG-1981 (Will be furnished without stabilizing ring.)
PILLOW BLOCK ASSEMBLY COMPLETE WITH BEARING, RETAINING RING,
TRIPLE SEAL RINGS, AND (WHERE APPLICABLE) STABILIZING RING†
Pillow Block Including Pillow Including

Assembly Block Housing No. Bearing No.
R550-4010 SAF 1206 1206J/C3
R550-4020 SAF 1208 1208J/C3
R550-4030 SAF 3082 308J/C3
R550-4040 SAF 309L 2309J/C3
Obsolete
Replacements Only SAF 3101 310J/C3
R550-4050 SAF 310L 2310J/C3

R550-4060 SAF 311L 2311J/C3
R550-4070 SAF 312L 2312J/C3
R550-4080 SAF 313L 2313J/C3
R550-4550 SYH 012X or equal (including bearing)‡
BEARINGS ONLY
Designation Bearing No.
R030-1010 1206J/C3 † Stabilizing Ring included in Pillow Block Assembly with fixed bearing.
R030-1020 1208J/C3 ‡ Bearings are slipped onto jackshaft and held by setscrews. No Stabilizing
R030-1030 2308J/C3 Rings are required. All other bearings shown require pressure or heating for
mounting.
R030-1032 2309J/C3
R030-1035 1310J/C3
R030-1036 2310J/C3
R030-1040 2311J/C3
R030-1045 2312J/C3
R030-1050 2313J/C3
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Direct Drive Blowers Motor Shaft Dimensions
KWY = Keyway on all manufacturers’ motors with standard shafts. Keyway is not used except where marked f.
Sheet 2000-7
RD = Round shaft on all special length motor shafts, (used for multistage blowers), except where flat is used.
FLAT = No. 56 frame motor with special length shaft.
Motor Speed is 3600 rpm, except blowers marked  require 1800 rpm motors with T-frame construction (not TS).
motor shaft specifications

motor frame no. KWY, diameter, in.a length, in.b
Blower drip- RD, or drip- drip-
designation proof TEFC FLAT proof TEFC proof TEFC
2304-11/1-_.3D 56 56 KWY 0.625 0.625 1.875 1.875

2304-44/1-_10Df 215T 215T KWY 1.375 1.375 3.375 3.375
2308-11/3-_.3D 56 56 FLAT 0.625 0.625 4.000c 4.000c

2308-14/1-_.5D 56 56 KWY 0.625 0.625 1.875 1.875
2308-14/1-_.75D 56 56 KWY 0.625 0.625 1.875 1.875
2308-14/1-_1D 56 56 KWY 0.625 0.625 1.875 1.875
2308-17/1-_1D 56 56 KWY 0.625 0.625 1.875 1.875

2308-17/1-_1.5D 143T 143T KWY 0.875 0.875 2.250 2.250
2308-24/1-_2D 145T 145T KWY 0.875 0.875 2.250 2.250
2308-24/1-_3D 145T 182T KWY 0.875 1.125 2.250 2.750
2308-31/1-_5D 182T 184T KWY 1.125 1.125 2.750 2.750

2308-31/1-_7.5D 184T 213T KWY 1.125 1.375 3.375 3.375
2308-21/1-_10D 213T 215T KWY 1.375 1.375 3.375 3.375
2308-44/1-_10Df 215T 215T KWY 1.375 1.375 3.375 3.375
2308-44/1-_15Df 254T 254T KWY 1.625 1.625 4.000 4.000
2308-44/1-_20Df 256T 256T KWY 1.625 1.625 4.000 4.000

2308-44/1-_25Df 284T 284T KWY 1.875 1.875 4.625 4.625
2308-44/1-_30Df 286T 286T KWY 1.875 1.875 4.625 4.625
2308-47/1-_40D 324T 324T KWY 2.125 2.125 5.250 5.250
2308-47/1-_50D 326T 326T KWY 2.125 2.125 5.250 5.250
2408-D-_5D 182T 184T KWY 1.125 1.125 2.750 2.750

2408-D-_7.5D 184T 213T KWY 1.125 1.375 2.750 3.375
2408-F-_10D 213T 215T KWY 1.375 1.375 3.375 3.375
2408-F-_15D 215T 254T KWY 1.375 1.625 3.375 4.000
2408-F-_20D 254T 256T KWY 1.625 1.625 4.000 4.000
2408-G-_20D 256T 256T KWY 1.625 1.625 4.000 4.000

2408-G-_25D 284T 284T KWY 1.875 1.875 4.625 4.625
2408-G-_30D 286T 286T KWY 1.875 1.875 4.625 4.625
2408-G-_40D 324T 324T KWY 2.125 2.125 5.250 5.250
2408-G-_50D 326T 326T KWY 2.125 2.125 5.250 5.250
2408-H-_50D 326T 326T KWY 2.125 2.125 5.250 5.250
2310-11/4-_.5D 56 56 FLAT 0.625 0.625 5.250c 5.250c

2310-19/1-_.75D 56 56 KWY 0.625 0.625 1.875 1.875
2310-19/1-_1D 56 56 KWY 0.625 0.625 1.875 1.875
2310-19/1-_1.5D 143T 143T KWY 0.875 0.875 2.250 2.250
Sheet 2000-7
Page 2

2310-19/1-_2D 145T 145T KWY 0.875 0.875 2.250 2.250
2310-26/1-_3D 145T 182T KWY 0.875 1.125 2.250 2.750
2310-26/1-_5D 182T 184T KWY 1.125 1.125 2.750 2.750
2310-35/1-_7.5D 184T 213T KWY 1.125 1.375 2.750 3.375

2310-21/1-_10D 213T 215T KWY 1.375 1.375 3.375 3.375
2310-47/1-_40D 324T 324T KWY 2.125 2.125 5.250 5.250
2310-47/1-_50D 326T 326T KWY 2.125 2.125 5.250 5.250
2312-11/4-_.5D 56 56 FLAT 0.625 0.625 5.250c 5.250c

2312-19/1-_1D 56 56 KWY 0.625 0.625 1.875 1.875
2312-19/1-_1.5D 143T 143T KWY 0.875 0.875 2.250 2.250
2312-19/1-_2D 145T 145T KWY 0.875 0.875 2.250 2.250
2312-26/1-_3D 145T 182T KWY 0.875 1.125 2.250 2.750
2312-26/1-_5D 182T 184T KWY 1.125 1.125 2.750 2.750

2312-35/1-_7.5D 184T 213T KWY 1.125 1.375 2.750 3.375
2312-35/1-_10D 213T 215T KWY 1.375 1.375 3.375 3.375
2312-21/1-_15Df 215T 254T KWY 1.375 1.625 3.375 4.000
2312-41/1-_20Df 256T 256T KWY 1.625 1.625 4.000 4.000
2312-41/1-_25Df 284T 284T KWY 1.875 1.875 4.625 4.625

2312-41/1-_30Df 286T 286T KWY 1.875 1.875 4.625 4.625
2312-41/1-_40Df 324T 324T KWY 2.125 2.125 5.250 5.250
2312-47/1-_40D 324T 324T KWY 2.125 2.125 5.250 5.250
2312-47/1-_50D 326T 326T KWY 2.125 2.125 5.250 5.250
2412-D-_7.5D 184T 213T KWY 1.125 1.375 2.750 3.375

2412-D-_10D 213T 215T KWY 1.375 1.375 3.375 3.375
2412-F-_10D 213T 215T KWY 1.375 1.375 3.375 3.375
2412-F-_15D 215T 254T KWY 1.375 1.625 3.375 4.000
2412-F-_20D 254T 256T KWY 1.625 1.625 4.000 4.000
2412-G-_25D 284T 284T KWY 1.875 1.875 4.625 4.625

2412-G-_30D 286T 286T KWY 1.875 1.875 4.625 4.625
2412-G-_40D 324T 324T KWY 2.125 2.125 5.250 5.250
2412-G-_50D 326T 326T KWY 2.125 2.125 5.250 5.250
2412-G-_60D 364T 364T KWY 2.375 2.375 5.875 5.875
2316-14/2-_1D 56 56 RD 0.625 0.625 5.500c 5.500c

2316-14/2-_1.5D 143T 143T RD 0.875 0.875 6.750c 6.750c
2316-17/2-_1.5D 143T 143T RD 0.875 0.875 6.750c 6.750c
2316-19/1-_2D 145T 145T KWY 0.875 0.875 2.250 2.250

2316-17/2-_2D 145T 145T RD 0.875 0.875 6.750c 6.750c
2316-19/1-_3D 145T 182T KWY 0.875 1.125 2.250 2.750
2316-26/1-_3D 145T 182T RD/KWY 0.875 1.125 3.000c 2.750

2316-17/2-_3D 145T 182T RD 0.875 1.125 6.750c 6.000c
2316-24/2-_3D 145T 182T RD 0.875 1.125 6.750c 7.000c
2316-28/1-_5D 182T 184T KWY 1.125 1.125 2.750 2.750

2316-26/1-_5D 182T 184T KWY 1.125 1.125 2.750 2.750
2316-24/2-_5D 182T 184T RD 1.125 1.125 7.000c 7.000c
Sheet 2000-7
Page 3

2316-28/1-_7.5D 184T 213T KWY 1.125 1.375 2.750 3.375
2316-26/1-_7.5D 184T 213T KWY 1.125 1.375 2.750 3.375
2316-31/2-_7.5D 184T 213T RD 1.125 1.375 8.375c 8.375c
2316-31/2-_10D 213T 215T RD 1.375 1.375 8.375c 8.375c

2316-35/1-_10D 213T 215T KWY 1.375 1.375 3.375 3.375
2316-35/1-_15D 215T 254T KWY 1.375 1.625 3.375 4.000
2316-21/1-_15D 215T 254T KWY 1.375 1.625 3.375 4.000

2316-21/1-_20D 254T 256T KWY 1.625 1.625 4.000 4.000
2316-33/1-_25D 256T 284Te KWY 1.625 1.875 4.000 4.625
2316-33/1-_30D 284Te 286Te KWY 1.875 1.875 4.625 4.625

2316-41/1-_20D 256T 256T KWY 1.625 1.625 4.000 4.000
2316-41/1-_25D 284T 284T KWY 1.875 1.875 4.625 4.625
2316-41/1-_30D 286T 286T KWY 1.875 1.875 4.625 4.625

2316-41/1-_40D 324T 324T KWY 2.125 2.125 5.250 5.250
2316-41/1-_50D 326T 326T KWY 2.125 2.125 5.250 5.250
2416-D-_7.5D 184T 213T KWY 1.125 1.375 2.750 3.375

2416-D-_10D 213T 215T KWY 1.375 1.375 3.375 3.375
2416-F-_15D 215T 254T KWY 1.375 1.625 3.375 4.000
2416-F-_20D 254T 256T KWY 1.625 1.625 4.000 4.000
2416-F-_25D 256T 284Te KWY 1.625 1.875 4.000 4.625

2416-F-_30D 284Te 286Te KWY 1.875 1.875 4.625 4.625
2416-G-_30D 286T 286T KWY 1.875 1.875 4.625 4.625
2416-G-_40D 324T 324T KWY 2.125 2.125 5.250 5.250
2416-G-_50D 326T 326T KWY 2.125 2.125 5.250 5.250
2320-19/2-_1.5D 143T 143T RD 0.875 0.875 6.750c 6.750c

2320-19/2-_2D 145T 145T RD 0.875 0.875 6.750c 6.750c
2320-19/2-_3D 145T 182T RD 0.875 1.125 6.750c 7.000c
2320-26/2-_5D 182T 184T RD 1.125 1.125 7.000c 7.000c
2320-26/2-_7.5D 184T 213T RD 1.125 1.375 7.000c 7.000c

2320-35/1-_10D 213T 215T KWY 1.375 1.375 3.375 3.375
2320-35/2-_10D 213T 215T RD 1.375 1.375 8.375c 8.375c
2320-35/2-_15D 215T 254T RD 1.375 1.625 8.375c 8.375c
2320-21/1-_15D 215T 254T KWY 1.375 1.625 3.375 4.000

2320-35/1-_15D 215T 254T KWY 1.375 1.625 3.375 4.000
2320-21/1-_20D 254T 256T KWY 1.625 1.625 4.000 4.000
2320-33/1-_25Df 256T 284Te KWY 1.625 1.875 4.000 4.625
2320-33/1-_30Df 284Te 286Te KWY 1.875 1.875 4.625 4.625

2320-33/1-_40Df 286Te 324Te KWY 1.875 2.125 4.625 5.250
2320-33/1-_50Df 324Te 326Te KWY 2.125 2.125 5.250 5.250
2320-41/1-_25Df 284T 284T KWY 1.875 1.875 4.625 4.625
2320-41/1-_30Df 286T 286T KWY 1.875 1.875 4.625 4.625

2320-41/1-_40Df 324T 324T KWY 2.125 2.125 5.250 5.250
2320-41/1-_50Df 326T 326T KWY 2.125 2.125 5.250 5.250
2320-41/1-_60Df 364T 364T KWY 2.375 2.375 5.875 5.875
Sheet 2000-7
Page 4
2420-F-_15D 215T 254T KWY 1.375 1.625 3.375 4.000
2420-F-_20D 254T 256T KWY 1.625 1.625 4.000 4.000
2420-F-_25D 256T 284Te KWY 1.625 1.875 4.000 4.625
2420-F-_30D 284Te 286Te KWY 1.625 1.875 4.625 4.625
2324-14/3-_1.5D 143T 143T RD 0.875 0.875 9.000c 9.000c

2324-14/3-_2D 145T 145T RD 0.875 0.875 9.000c 9.000c
2324-19/2-_3D 145T 182T RD 0.875 1.125 6.750c 7.000c
2324-26/2-_5D 182T 184T RD 1.125 1.125 7.000c 7.000c
2324-26/2-_7.5D 184T 213T RD 1.125 1.375 7.000c 7.000c

2324-35/2-_10D 213T 215T RD 1.375 1.375 8.375c 8.375c
2324-35/2-_15D 215T 254T RD 1.375 1.625 8.375c 8.375c
2324-21/1-_20Df 254T 256T KWY 1.625 1.625 4.000 4.000
2324-33/1-_25Df 256T 284Te KWY 1.625 1.875 4.000 4.625

2324-33/1-_30Df 284Te 286Te KWY 1.875 1.875 4.625 4.625
2324-33/1-_40Df 286Te 324Te KWY 1.875 2.125 4.625 5.250
2324-33/1-_50Df 324Te 326Te KWY 2.125 2.125 5.250 5.250
2324-33/1-_60Df 326Te 364Te KWY 2.125 2.375 5.250 5.875
2424-F-_20D 254T 256T KWY 1.625 1.625 4.000 4.000

2424-F-_25D 256T 284Te KWY 1.625 1.875 4.000 4.625
2424-F-_30D 284Te 286Te KWY 1.875 1.875 4.625 4.625
2332-19/3-_3D 182Tg 182T RD 1.125 1.125 10.625c 10.625c

2332-19/3-_5D 182T 184T RD 1.125 1.125 10.625c 10.625c
2332-28/2-_7.5D 184T 213T RD 1.125 1.375 8.375c 8.375c
2332-28/2-_10D 213T 215T RD 1.375 1.375 8.375c 8.375c
2332-28/2-_15D 215T 254T RD 1.375 1.625 8.375c 8.375c
2332-21/2-_20D 254T 256T RD 1.625 1.625 10.000c 10.000c

2332-21/2-_25D 256T 284Te RD 1.625 1.875 10.000c 10.750c
2332-21/2-_30D 284Te 286Te RD 1.875 1.875 10.750c 10.750c
2332-21/2-_40D 286Te 324TS RD 1.875 1.875 10.750c 10.750c
2332-33/2-_50D 324Te 326Te RD 2.125 2.125 12.000c 12.000c
2332-33/2-_60D 326Te 364Te RD 2.125 2.125d 12.000c 12.000c
2344-28/3-_15D 254Tg 254T RD 1.625 1.625 13.500c 13.500c

2344-28/3-_20D 254T 256Te RD 1.625 1.625 13.500c 13.500c
2344-21/2-_30D 284Te 286Te RD 1.875 1.875 10.750c 10.750c
2344-21/2-_40D 286T e 324TS RD 1.875 1.875 10.750c 10.750c
2344-21/2-_50D 324TS 326TS RD 1.875 1.875 10.750c 10.750c
a Diameter = "U" dimension on NEMA drawings.
b Length = "N minus W" dimension on NEMA drawings.
c Length special with motor manufacturer. Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 2000-7 09/99
d Special shaft diameter.
e Must be "T" shaft, not "TS".
f The single stage blowers marked f actually use the Keyway.
g "Drip-proof" model uses 1.15 sf TEFC Motor.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Blowers J.I.C. Standards
Sheet 2000-9
The Joint Industry Conference, initiated by Detroit automobile manufacturers, has set up uniform standards to be followed by their
companies in purchasing industrial equipment. The specifications by this conference are now popularly known as "J.I.C. Standards".
Some jobs require North American blowers to meet J.I.C. Standards regarding electrical specifications for motors and starters. This
sheet explains which North American blowers meet J.I.C. Standards.
J.I.C. Standards Applying to Blowers. BLOWERS MOTORS up to and including 3 hp are to be totally enclosed (TE) with fan cooling
optional. Motors over 3 hp are to be TEFC. Motors of all sizes are to be 230-460/3/60 (unless other voltage is specified) with antifriction
bearings and standard plain round shaft.
STARTERS must be combination magnetic type in NEMA 12 enclosure, and are not to be smaller than NEMA size 1 for across-the-line
motor starting. Starters are to be non-fusible with 115 volt control circuit.
North American Blowers Meeting J.I.C. Standards. All North American V-Belt and Coupled Drive Blowers and all single staged Direct
Drive Blowers meet J.I.C. Standards when the proper motor and starter are selected. No North American multistage direct drive blowers
meet J.I.C. Standards, because they require motor shaft extensions.
How to Order. Specify "to meet J.I.C. Standards" on the order. If the customer wishes to buy the starter also from Fives North Ameri-
can Combustion, Inc., refer to the home office for the selection and pricing of a starter to meet J.I.C. Standards.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American
Turbo Blowers
Blower shown with optional 2923 filter

Blow
2300 Series Turbo Blowers
• 4-44 OSI & 55-11,500 CFM for standardized product • All metal construction
• 4-60 OSI, up to 100,000 CFM for custom product • Full array of accessories
• Available in single or multiple stage designs

Product Overview | Turbo Blowers
FEATURES
— Direct drive blowers specifically for combustion the proper blower/motor combination. Generally standard
applications, which are also an excellent choice for uses motors can be used up to 3300 feet above sea level; special
such as pressurized air supply, drying, conveying and construction is recommended above 3300 feet.
other application in process industries.
Do not use Series 2300 blowers above 200 degrees F.
— Available in singe or multiple stage designs at 1800 rpm See Bulletin 2600 for applications that require operational
or 3600 rpm; the Series 2300 blowers are capable of temperatures greater than 200 degrees F.
performances not achieved by any other comparable
blower design. CONSTRUCTION
Series 2300 blowers are available in direct drive design where
— Horsepower and impeller selection designed to achieve the impeller is mounted on the motor shaft (AMCA Arrangement
"flat" pressure performance curves to minimize variations 4) for simplicity with minimal maintenance.
over the operating range of the blower.
All metal construction including mild steel, cast aluminum, or
— All 60 Hz blowers are equipped with Premium Energy corrosion resistant stainless steel creates a nearly indestructible
Efficient Motors which meet the requirements of EISA blower allowing for years of trouble-free service.
(except units with fractional 56 frame and see Series 2300-
50 cycle for 50 Hz motor standards). Fabricated aluminum or steel impeller designs based on
lightweight a erospace technology provide significant benefits;
— Full array of accessories includes filters, silencers, filter/ high motor bearing life which extends the life of the overall
silencers, inlet and outlet adapters, flexible sleeves, inlet motor; low starting inertia which allows fast starting times and
vane dampers, AC frequency drives, combination motor hence do es not require the oversized motors of some alternate
starters and fusible disconnects. These options offer the designs. All Series 2300 impellers are low stress and in the
protection needed to keep operational costs down while case of multi-stage units significantly reduce stress by dividing
increasing blower life expectancy. pressure generation between multiple impellers.
SELECTION
Individual impeller dynamics are assured, by either single or
Pressures and volume flow at air density of 0.075* pounds two plane balancing to ISO Grade 2.5, minimizing vibration and
per cubic foot are shown on the following pages of this assuring longer bearing life. Completed blowers are individually
bulletin. It is wise to allow some capacity safety margin when tested prior to shipment to assure correct and trouble free
choosing a blower based on the calculated cfm requirements- operation.
unanticipated piping leaks, variation in burner capacity,
changing process back pressure and other unforseen factors Strategically positioned mounting locations allow for in-field
could cause motor overload unless there is some cushion. rotation of casing discharge position, see page 5.
Without prior knowledge of leakage and other conditions, a
10% safety margin is considered minimum. Standard shaft motors on most single stage blowers reduce
replacement downtime in the field.
It is also important to allow for pressure losses in piping, fittings
and valves which reduce pressure available at the burner (or Inlet or outlet adapters are not included as standard supply but
other end use). may be specified at an additional cost.
For volume flows greater than shown in the bulletin consult The oulet is available with a threaded (female) flange on
North American for custom selections designed to the exact blowers with 6" and smaller discharge pipe size. An SW
requirements of the application-see "2300 Custom" section of connection is available for 8" and larger, or may be specified
this bulletin. for smaller sizes.
Altitude, air temperature and composition affect blower ratings- An SW inlet (unthreaded) for sleeve or welding connection
pressure, capacity and horsepower. For blower selection/ is available. A threaded female inlet may be specified for
performance at elevated temperature or altitude significanlty 3" through 6" inlets. For an open inlet, an inlet guard should
above sea level, the blower section of the North American be specified. Blowers should not be operated without inlet
Combustion Handbook is recommended as a guide to select protection.
*Air density @ 1 ATM @ 70°F. fan industry standard temperature Bulletin 2300
Page 2
Charts | Turbo Blowers
Approx. weight, lb
60 50 & 60 60
cfm at Inlet Outlet Hz Hz Hz
Nominal Discharge 100% of 3600 rpm nominal nominal Intake Intake Filter Direct V-Belt Coupled
pressure Blower Position motor TEFC pipe pipe Intake Filter Silencer Silencer drive drive drive
osi/"wc designation Group rating 1.15 SF motor size size designation 2936- designation (D) OBSOLETE OBSOLETE
4 osi 2304-11/1-T.3 C 110 T.33-C36T1SC 3 2 2923-8-11A None 2942-8-11A 40 100 100

6.92"wc
2308-11/3-T.5 C 55 T.50-C36T1L4.0C 3 2 2923-8-11A None 2942-8-11A 50 110 110

2308-14/1-T.5 C 60 T.50-C36T1SC 3 3 2923-8-14A " 2942-8-14A 80 230 210
2308-14/1-T.75 C 170 T.75-C36T1SC 3 3 2923-8-14A " 2942-8-14A 80 230 210
2308-17/1-T1 C 220 T1.0-C36T1SC 3 4 2923-8-17A " 2942-8-17A 90 320 260
2308-14/1-T1 C 250 T1.0-C36T1SC 3 3 2923-8-14A " 2942-8-14A 80 230 210
8 osi
13.84"wc
2308-17/1-T1.5 C 390 T1.5-C36T1SC 4 6 2923-10-17A None 2942-10-17A 120 320 260
2308-24/1-T2 E 460 T2.0-C36T1SC 6 6 2923-10-24A 8-24 2942-10-24A 150 470 400
2308-24/1-T3 E 770 T3.0-C36T1SC 6 8 2923-12-24A 8-24 2942-12-24A 170 490 420
2308-31/1-T5 E 1200 T5.0-D36T1SC 8 10 2923-18-31A 9-31 294218-31A 240 700 500
2308-31/1-T7.5 E 1900 T7.5-D36T1SC 8 10 2923-18-31A 9-31 2942-18-31A 280 750 550
2308-21/1-T10 B 2600 T10-D36T1SC 10 12 2923-22-21A 10-21 2942-22-21A 570 950 700
2310-11/4-T.5 C 80 T.50-C36T1L5.2C 3 2 2923-8-11A None 2942-8-11A 60 120 210

2310-19/1-T.75 C 70 T.75-C36T1SC 3 3 2923-8-19A " 2942-8-19A 90 300 300
2310-19/1-T1 C 150 T1.0-C36T1SC 3 4 2923-8-19A " 2942-8-19A 90 300 300
2310-19/1-T1.5 C 290 T1.5-C36T1SC 4 6 2923-8-19B " 2942-8-19B 130 340 340
10 osi
2310-19/1-T2 C 400 T2.0-C36T1SC 4 6 2923-10-19A None 2942-10-19A 140 350 350
17.3"wc
2310-26/1-T3 C 580 T3.0-C36T1SC 6 6 2923-10-26A 8-26 2942-10-26A 190 500 500
2310-26/1-T5 C 1000 T5.0-D36T1SC 6 8 2923-12-26A 8-26 2942-12-26A 210 520 520
2310-35/1-T7.5 C 1500 T7.5-D36T1SC 8 10 2923-18-35A 9-35 2942-18-35A 430 800 600
2310-21/1-T10 B 1900 T10-D36T1SC 10 12 2923-22-21A 10-21 2942-22-21A 580 950 700
2312-11/4-T.5 C 50 T.50-C36T1L5.2C 3 2 2923-8-11A None 2942-8-11A 60 120 120

2312-19/1-T1 C 100 T1.0-C36T1SC 3 3 2923-8-19A " 2942-8-19A 90 300 300
2312-19/1-T1.5 C 220 T1.5-C36T1SC 4 4 2923-8-19B " 2942-8-19B 130 340 340
2312-19/1-T2 C 340 T2.0-C36T1SC 4 6 2923-8-19B " 2942-8-19B 140 350 350
2312-26/1-T3 C 450 T3.0-C36T1SC 6 6 2923-10-26A 8-26 2942-10-26A 190 500 500

12 osi 2312-26/1-T5 C 850 T5.0-D36T1SC 6 8 2923-14-26A 8-26 2942-14-26A 210 520 520
20.76"wc 2312-35/1-T7.5 C 1400 T7.5-D36T1SC 8 8 2923-18-35A 9-35 2942-18-35A 430 800 600
2312-35/1-T10 C 1700 T10-D36T1SC 8 10 2923-18-35A 9-35 2942-18-35A 450 820 620
2312-21/1-T15 B 2600 T15-D36T1SC 14 12 2923-22-21B 14-21 2942-22-21B 600 1000 750
2316-14/2-T1 C 90 T1.0-C36T1L5.5C 3 3 2923-8-14A None 2942-8-14A 100 250 230

2316-14/2-T1.5 C 150 T1.5-C36T1L5.5C 3 3 2923-8-14A " 2942-8-14A 140 290 270
2316-17/2-T1.5 C 150 T1.5-C36T1L6.7C 4 4 2923-8-17B " 2942-8-17B 110 345 285
2316-19/1-T2 C 150 T2.0-C36T1SC 4 4 2923-8-19B " 2942-8-19B 140 350 350
2316-17/2-T2 C 220 T2.0-C36T1L6.7C 4 4 2923-8-17B None 2942-8-17B 140 340 380

2316-26/1-T3 C 290 T3.0-C36T1SC 6 6 2923-8-26A 8-26 2942-8-26A 300 605 490
2316-17/2-T3 C 340 T3.0-C36T1L6.0C 4 6 2923-10-17A None 2942-10-17A 160 360 400
2316-19/1-T3 C 340 T3.0-C36T1SC 4 6 2923-10-19A " 2942-10-19A 160 370 370
16 osi
27.68"wc 2316-24/2-T3 E 350 T3.0-C36T1L7.0C 6 6 2923-10-24A 8-24 2942-10-24A 205 510 435
2316-24/2-T5 E 600 T5.0-C36T1L7.0C 6 6 2923-10-24A 8-24 2942-10-24A 220 530 470
2316-28/1-T5 C 600 T5.0-D36T1SC 8 6 2923-14-28A 9-28 2942-14-28A 215 720 570
2316-26/1-T5 C 620 T5.0-D36T1SC 6 6 2923-12-26A 8-26 2942-12-26A 220 530 530
OBSOLETE 2/2021 2316-31/2-T7.5 E 850 T7.5-D36T1L8.3C 8 8 2923-14-31A 9-31 2942-14-31A 320 790 590
2316-28/1-T7.5 C 950 T7.5-D36T1SC 8 6 2923-14-28A 9-28 2942-14-28A 235 810 630
2316-26/1-T7.5 C 1000 T7.5-D36T1SC 6 8 2923-14-26A 8-26 2942-14-26A 260 570 570
OBSOLETE 2/2021 2316-31/2-T10 E 1200 T10-D36T1L8.3C 8 8 2923-18-31A 9-31 2942-18-31A 340 810 610
2316-35/1-T10 C 1300 T10-D36T1SC 8 8 2923-18-35B 9-35A 2942-18-35B 460 830 630

2316-21/1-T15 B 1950 T15-D36T1SC 10 10 2923-22-21A 10-21 2942-22-21A 425 1150 885
Bulletin 2300
Page 3
Approx. weight, lb
60 50 & 60 60
Hz Hz Hz
cfm at Inlet Outlet
2316-35/1-T15 C 2000 T15-D36T1SC 8 10 2923-18-35B 9-35A 2942-18-35B 490 860 660

16 osi 2316-21/1-T20 B 2700 T20-D36T1SC 10 10 2923-22-21A 10-21 2942-22-21A 670 1050 820
27.68"wc 2316-33/1-T25 B 3300 T25-D36T1SC 12 12 2923-22.5-33A 12-33 2942-22.5-33A 1100 1900 1400
2316-33/1-T30 B 4100 T30-D36T1SC 12 14 2923-30-33A 12-33 2942-30-33A 1200 2000 1500
2320-19/2-T1.5 C 100 T1.5-C36T1L6.7C 3 3 2923-8-19A None 2942-8-19A 160 370 370

2320-19/2-T2 C 170 T2.0-C36T1L6.7C 4 4 2923-8-19B " 2942-8-19B 170 380 380
2320-19/2-T3 C 290 T3.0-C36T1L7.0C 4 4 2923-8-19B " 2942-8-19B 190 400 400
2320-26/2-T5 C 500 T5.0-D36T1L7.0C 6 6 2923-10-26A 8-26 2942-10-26A 260 570 570
2320-26/2-T7.5 C 720 T7.5-D36T1L7.0C 6 6 2923-12-26A 8-26 2942-12-26A 300 610 610
20 osi
2320-35/1-T10 C 1000 T10-D36T1SC 8 8 2923-14-35B 9-35A 2942-14-35B 470 840 640
34.60"wc
2320-21/1-T15 B 1500 T15-D36T1SC 10 8 2923-18-21A 10-21 2942-18-21A 625 1150 885
2320-35/1-T15 C 1700 T15-D36T1SC 8 8 2923-18-35B 9-35A 2942-18-35B 550 920 720
2320-21/1-T20 B 2100 T20-D36T1SC 10 10 2923-22-21A 10-21 2942-22-21A 680 1050 830
2320-33/1-T25 B 2900 T25-D36T1SC 12 12 2923-22.5-33A 12-33 2942-22.5-33A 1100 1900 1400

2320-33/1-T30 B 3400 T30-D36T1SC 12 12 2923-22.5-33A 12-33 2942-22.5-33A 1200 2000 1500
2320-33/1-T40 D 4500 T40-D36T1SC 12 14 2923-30-33A 12-33 2942-30-33A 1250 2050 1550
2320-33/1-T50 D 5800 T50-D36T1SC 12 14 2921-1202-6/33 12-33 2941-1202-6/33 1800 2400 2300
2324-14/3-T1.5 C 80 T1.5-C36T1L9.0C 3 3 2923-8-14A None 2942-8-14A 160 310 290

2324-14/3-T2 C 120 T2.0-C36T1L9.0C 3 3 2923-8-14A " 2942-8-14A 170 320 300
2324-19/2-T3 C 210 T3.0-C36T1L7.0C 4 4 2923-8-19B " 2942-8-19B 100 400 400
2324-26/2-T5 C 370 T5.0-D36T1L7.0C 6 6 2923-10-26A 8-26 2942-10-26A 260 570 570
2324-26/2-T7.5 C 600 T7.5-D36T1L7.0C 6 6 2923-12-26A 8-26 2942-12-26A 300 610 610

2324-35/2-T10 C 810 T10-D36T1L8.3C 8 8 2923-14-35A 9-35 2942-14-35A 520 890 690
24 osi 2324-35/2-T15 C 1400 T15-D36T1L8.3C 8 8 2923-18-35A 9-35 2942-18-35A 550 920 720
41.52"wc 2324-21/1-T20 B 1800 T20-D36T1SC 10 10 2923-18-21A 10-21 2942-18-21A 680 1050 830
2324-33/1-T25 B 2400 T25-D36T1SC 12 12 2923-22-33A 12-33 2942-22-33A 1100 1900 1400

2324-33/1-T30 B 2800 T30-D36T1SC 12 12 2923-22-33A 12-33 2942-22-33A 1200 2000 1500
2324-33/1-T40 D 3700 T40-D36T1SC 12 12 2923-30-33A 12-33 2942-30-33A 1250 2050 1550
2324-33/1-T50 D 5200 T50-D36T1SC 14 14 2921-1402-6/33 14-33 2941-1402-6/33 1350 2150 1650
2324-33/1-T60 D 6200 T60-D36T1SC 14 14 2921-1402-8/33 14-33 2941-1402-8/33 1400 2200 1700
2332-19/3-T3 C 90 T3.0-C36T1L10.6C 4 4 2923-8-19B None 2942-8-19B 190 400 400

2332-19/3-T5 C 260 T5.0-D36T1L10.6C 4 4 2923-8-19B " 2942-8-19B 210 420 420
2332-28/2-T7.5 C 330 T7.5-D36T1L8.3C 8 6 2923-14-28A 9-28 2942-14-28A 380 650 700
2332-28/2-T10 C 600 T10-D36T1L8.3C 8 6 2923-14-28A 9-28 2942-14-28A 400 670 720
32 osi 2332-28/2-T15 C 900 T15-D36T1L8.3C 8 6 2923-14-28A 9-28 2942-14-28A 430 700 750
55.36"wc 2332-21/2-T20 B 1100 T20-D36T1L10.0C 10 8 2923-18-21A 10-21 2942-18-21A 680 1050 830
2332-21/2-T25 B 1500 T25-D36T1L10.7C 10 8 2923-18-21A 10-21 2942-18-21A 710 1100 860
2332-21/2-T30 D 1800 T30-D36T1L10.7C 10 8 2923-18-21A 10-21 2942-18-21A 780 1150 930
2332-21/2-T40 D 2400 T40-D36S1L10.7C 10 8 2923-22-21A 10-21 2942-22-21A 810 1200 960

2332-33/2-T50 D 3200 T50-D36T1L12.0C 12 12 2923-22.5-33A 12-33 2942-22.5-33A 1450 2250 1750
2332-33/2-T60 D 3900 T60-D36T1L12.0D 12 12 2923-30-33A 12-33 2942-30-33A 1500 2300 1800
2344-28/3-T15 C 640 T15-D36T1L13.5C 8 6 2923-14-28A 9-28 2942-14-28A 510 780 830

2344-28/3-T20 C 900 T20-D36T1L13.5C 8 6 2923-14-28A 9-28 2942-14-28A 580 850 900
44 osi 2344-21/2-T30 D 1400 T30-D36T1L10.7C 10 8 2923-18-21A 10-21 2942-18-21A 780 1150 930
76.12"wc 2344-21/2-T40 D 1900 T40-D36S1L10.7C 10 8 2923-18-21A 10-21 2942-18-21A 810 1200 960
2344-21/2-T50 D 2500 T50-D36S1L10.7C 10 8 2923-22-21A 10-21 2942-22-21A 900 1300 1050
Bulletin 2300
Page 4
Approx. weight, lb
60 50 & 60 60
cfm at Inlet Outlet Hz Hz Hz
1800 rpm
OBSOLETE 4/2023 2308-44/1-T10 D 2700 T10-C18T1SC 16 16 2923-30-44A 16-44 2942-30-44A 1400 2100 2000
OBSOLETE 4/2023 2308-44/1-T15 D 4100 T15-C18T1SC 16 16 2923-30-44A 16-44 2942-30-44A 1450 2150 2050
OBSOLETE 4/2023 2308-44/1-T20 D 5500 T20-C18T1SC 16 18 2921-1602-6/44 16-44 2941-1602-6/44 1500 2200 2100
8 osi
OBSOLETE
13.84"wc4/2023 2308-44/1-T25 D 6500 T25-C18T1SC 16 18 2921-1602-8/44 16-44 2941-1602-8/44 1650 2300 2200
8 osi 2308-44/1-T30 D 7200 T30-C18T1SC 16 18 2921-1602-8/44 16-44 2941-1602-8/44 1650 2350 2250
13.84"wc 2308-47/1-T40 D 10000 T40-C18T1SC 24 24 2921-2403-12/47 24-47 2941-2403-12/47 1800 2100 2100
2308-47/1-T50 D 12500 T50-D18T1SC 24 24 2921-2403-12/47 24-47 2941-2403-12/47 1850 2200 2200
10 osi 2310-47/1-T40 D 8000 T40-D18T1SC 24 20 2923-2403-12/47 24-47 2941-2403-12/47 1800 2100 2100
17.30"wc 2310-47/1-T50 D 10500 T50-C18T1SC 24 24 2923-2403-12/47 24-47 2941-2403-12/47 1850 2200 2200
2312-41/1-T20 D 4000 T20-C18T1SC 16 16 2923-30-41A 16-41 2942-30-41A 1500 2200 2100

2312-41/1-T25 D 4900 T25-C18T1SC 16 16 2923-30-41A 16-41 2942-30-41A 1600 2300 2200
12 osi 2312-41/1-T30 D 5500 T30-C18T1SC 16 16 2921-1602-6/41 16-41 2941-1602-6/41 1650 2350 2250
20.76"wc 2312-47/1-T40 D 7100 T40-C18T1SC 24 18 2921-2403-12/47 24-47 2941-2403-12/47 1900 2200 2200
2312-41/1-T40 D 7300 T40-C18T1SC 16 18 2921-1602-8/41 16-41 2941-1602-8/41 1750 2450 2350
2316-41/1-T20 D 3000 T20-D18T1SC 16 12 2923-30-41A 16-41 2942-30-41A 1500 2200 2100

2316-41/1-T25 D 3700 T25-D18T1SC 16 12 2923-30-41A 16-41 2942-30-41A 1600 2200 2100
16 osi 2316-41/1-T30 D 4500 T30-D18T1SC 16 16 2923-30-41A 16-41 2942-30-41A 1650 2250 2150
27.68"wc 2316-41/1-T40 D 5500 T40-D18T1SC 16 16 2921-1602-6/41 16-41 2941-1602-6/41 1750 2350 2250
2316-41/1-T50 D 7000 T50-D18T1SC 16 16 2921-1602-8/41 16-41 2941-1602-8/41 1800 2400 2300
OBSOLETE 8/2022 2316-47/1-T75V D 11500 T75-C18T1SD 20 24 2921-2403-12/47 24-47 2941-2403-12/47 – 2400 –
2320-41/1-T25 D 2600 T25-D18T1SC 16 12 2923-30-41A 16-41 2942-30-41A 1600 2200 2100

20 osi 2320-41/1-T30 D 3300 T30-D18T1SC 16 12 2923-30-41A 16-41 2942-30-41A 1650 2250 2150
34.6"wc 2320-41/1-T40 D 4500 T40-C18T1SC 16 16 2923-30-41A 16-41 2942-30-41A 1750 2350 2250
2320-41/1-T50 D 5800 T50-C18T1SC 16 16 2921-1602-6/41 16-41 2941-1602-6/41 1800 2400 2300
2320-41/1-T60 D 7300 T60-D18T1SD 16 16 2921-1602-8/41 16-41 2941-1602-8/41 1900 2500 2400
OBSOLETE 8/2022 2324-41/1-T30V D 2300 T30-C18T1SC 16 12 2923-30-41A 16-41 2942-30-41A – 2250 –


OBSOLETE 6/2023 2332-41/2-T75C D 4500 T75-C18T1SD 16 12 2923-30-41A 16-41 2942-30-41A – – 2850

OBSOLETE 6/2023 2332-41/2-T100C D 6200 T100-C18T1SD 16 16 2921-1602-8/41 16-41 2941-1602-8/41 – – 2900
OBSOLETE 6/2023 2338-41/2-T75C D 3800 T75-C18T1SD 16 12 2923-30-41A 16-41 2942-30-41A – – 2850

Bulletin 2300
Page 5
Ordering Information | Turbo Blowers
Standard 2300 Series Blower Designation Explanation
Example: 2308-24/1-T2DC
2300 Series Motor Electrical Code
Nominal pressure OSI
Case designation Drive Arrangement
D = direct drive
Number of stages
Horsepower
Motor type
T = TEFC Prem Eff
S = Severe duty Prem Eff
X = Explosion proof
S8 = IEEE 841
L = Less motor
Motor Electrical Code: if this position is blank, this indicates standard voltage which for
60 Hz would be 230/460 volts 60 Hz 3 phase volts. Other typical electrical codes include:
A 115/230/60/1
C 230/460/60/3
D 460/60/3
F 208-230/460/60/3
I 575/60/3
For other electrical combinations, please contact Fives North American Combustion, Inc.
Discharge position numbers as viewed from motor side of blower
1 1½ 2 2½ 3 3½ 4
A x x x x x x x
B x x x x x x x
C x x x x
D x x x x x x
E x x x
The letter assigned to each blower below indentifies the standard

discharge positions available. Contact the Product Manager for other
discharge positions (at extra cost and longer delivery).
Bulletin 2300
Page 6
Custom Blowers | Turbo Blowers
2300 SERIES CUSTOM BLOWERS SELECTION
For performance requirements greater than those of the standard The following information is required for proper selection of a
2300 Series Blowers (to flows of 100,000 ACFM and pressures custom blower by our engineering staff:
to 60 OSI), custom designed units are recommended. When
flows and pressures become larger, designing a unit specifically — Flow at rating point, maximum required flow and volumetric
for the duty (plus any required margin) saves both initial cost turndown requirement
and energy. — Pressure at rated flow and minimum pressure expected
— Gas temperature (rated, minimum, maximum)
— Site altitude - indoor/outdoor location
— Gas source and gas composition when not air
— Voltage and frequency of power supply
— Type of motor enclosure, special features of motor if
required
— Class, Division, Group and Temperature code if installed in
hazardous area
— Allowable noise level
— Drive arrangement
— Rotation and discharge position if known
— Pipe size for inlet/outlet and adapters if required
— Other special requirements
CONSTRUCTION
FEATURES
Blower casings and pedestals are of plate gage carbon steel
construction while impellers are primarily of appropriate high
— Designed specifically for the application requirements,
strength low alloy steel. Units are available in alloy construction
the 2300 Series Custom blower uses the most appropriate/
for high temperature (over 800 degree F) or for other special
highest efficiency impeller design including radial blade,
application.
backward curved, and airfoil. Our designs include special
low specific speed impellers for high pressure and low flow
When required to limit noise transmission through the blower
while operating at full load motor speeds. High efficiency de-
casing, the casings are constructed with thicknesses of ¼ to ½
signs not only save energy but reduce the acoustic output of
inch. In those rare cases where ½ inch plate construction does
the blower to a minimum. Directly connected designs (AMCA
not provide sufficient attenuation, acoustic insulation blankets are
Arrangement 4) provide simplicity and minimal mainte-
provided as part of the blower package.
nance. Coupled designs (AMCA Arrangement 8 or 7 with
inlet box) are incorporated on larger units where impeller
Impellers are statically and dynamically balanced prior to
characteristics do not lend themselves to mounting directly
installation in blower during assembly. Assuming compatibility
on the motor shaft. Other drive arrangements are available
with our electrical supply (200 HP and below), the entire unit is
as are designs for a range of operating voltages and
then test run and is subject to vibration analysis to assure that
frequencies.
overall vibration does not exceed 0.15 inches / second filtered
— Designed primarily for use in industrial combustion applica- at operating speed. For units above 250 HP, after impeller is
tions (including both forced draft and induced draft) but also balanced, blowers are shop assembled, match marked and
applicable to many drying, heating and other process ap- sufficiently disassembled to permit shipping and installation. Site
plications with air up to 200 degrees F (units above 200°F to assembly should in most cases be supervised by an experienced
1200°F use a 2600 Series blower). fan mechanic and a vibration survey of the assembled unit be
performed (with trim balancing as necessary) prior to the unit
— Full array of accessories includes inlet boxes, inlet vane being placed in service.
dampers, filters, silencers, inlet/outlet adapters, flexible
sleeves and expansion joints, sound and thermal insulation,
AC variable speed drives - these accessories are used to
adapt and complete the installation to match the job-specific Bulletin 2300
requirements. Page 7
Ordering Information | Turbo Blowers
Bul 2300
page 8
Complete information regarding the design of the blowers is available at the time of quotation including dimensional information,
weight, expected sound power and a performance curve.
Series 2300 Custom blowers use the following nomenclature:
Example: 231 6E-6000/1-S50DI

2300 Series Motor Electrical Code
Nominal pressure OSI
Drive Arrangement
Flow in ACFM D = direct drive
C = coupled
Number of stages V = v-belt
Horsepower
Motor type
T = TEFC Prem Eff
S = Severe duty Prem Eff
X = Explosion proof
S8 = IEEE 841
Motor Electrical Code: if this position is blank, this indicates standard voltage which for 60 Hz would be
230/460 volts 60 Hz 3 phase. Other typical electrical codes include:
A 115/230/60/1
C 230/460/60/3
D 460/60/3
F 208-230/460/60/3
I 575/60/3
For other electrical combinations, please contact Fives North American Combustion, Inc.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Series 2300 Direct Drive Turbo Blowers
E
No. 2 K–Rad. Dimensions 2300-D
S–Inlet Nominal Pipe Size
No. 3
R–dia. Q C
F 3 holes 6 holesI ±1/16 ±1/16
T‡
Base plan Base plan
L for housingsH L
for housingsH ±1/16
11 through 38
±1/16 41, 44, 47
CL Inlet
G+K L L
H ±1/16 ±1/16
G
Threaded
Z* C
No. 1
SW
±1/16
V
 P P
B P C J
±1/16 No. 4  9
D F 10 /16
Discharge 
U‡ F+K for No. 11 Housing
A– Discharge Nominal Pipe Size--
female pipe thread for 6" and smaller,
unthreaded pipe (SW) for 8" and larger.
All dimensions are in inches. Dimensions shown apply only to blowers with T-frame motors. Consult North American for dimensions of blowers with other motors.
Blower
Designation A B C D E F G H J K L P Q R S T‡ U‡ V Z* F+K G+K
2304-11/1-_.3D 2§ 15⁄16 105⁄8 137⁄16 73⁄16 99⁄16§ 8¾ 59⁄16 8½ 7 23⁄8 


 — ¾ 3 4 1611⁄16 ¾ — 169⁄16§ 15¾
2304-44/1-_10D 18† 115⁄8 5½ 321⁄16 28 425⁄16† 31½ 187⁄8 34 277⁄16 23¾ 9¾ 177⁄8 1 16 3¾ 321⁄8 311⁄16 — 69¾† 5815⁄16
2308-11/3-T.5D 2§ 3½ 105⁄8 159⁄16 73⁄16 99⁄16§ 8¾ 59⁄16 8½ 7 23⁄8 


 — ¾ 3 4 1813⁄16 ¾ — 169⁄16§ 15¾
2308-14/1-_.5D 3§ 21⁄8 6 133⁄8 103⁄8 131⁄16§ 12¼ 83⁄8 11½ 109⁄16 5½ 35⁄8 — ¾ 3 4 169⁄16 13⁄16 — 235⁄8§ 2213⁄16
2308-14/1-_.75D 3§ 21⁄8 6 133⁄8 103⁄8 131⁄16§ 12¼ 83⁄8 11½ 109⁄16 5½ 35⁄8 — ¾ 3 4 169⁄16 13⁄16 — 235⁄8§ 2213⁄16
2308-14/1-_1D 3§ 21⁄8 6 133⁄8 103⁄8 131⁄16§ 12¼ 83⁄8 11½ 109⁄16 5½ 35⁄8 — ¾ 3 4 169⁄16 13⁄16 — 235⁄8§ 2213⁄16
2308-17/1-_1D 4§ 211⁄16 6 145⁄16 11 131⁄16§ 12¼ 8¼ 11½ 109⁄16 5½ 4 — ¾ 3 4 17½ 13⁄16 — 235⁄8§ 2213⁄16
2308-17/1-_1.5D 6§ 211⁄16 6 145⁄16 12 167⁄8§ 12¼ 8¼ 11½ 109⁄16 5½ 4 — ¾ 4 4 17½ 13⁄16 — 277⁄16§ 2213⁄16
2308-24/1-_2D 6§ 37⁄8 47⁄8 16 131⁄8 155⁄16§ 13¾ 9 13½ 125⁄16 6 5¼ — ¾ 6 4 1813⁄16 13⁄16 — 275⁄8§ 261⁄16
2308-24/1-_3D 8† 37⁄8 47⁄8 16 135⁄16 1911⁄16† 13¾ 9 13½ 125⁄16 6 51/4 — ¾ 6 4 1813⁄16 13⁄16 — 32† 261⁄16
2308-31/1-_5D 10† 35⁄16 5¼ 17¾ 155⁄8 303⁄8† 18¼ 10¼ 18 147⁄8 63⁄8 67⁄8 — ¾ 8 4 20¼ 1½ 7⁄8 45¼† 331⁄8
2308-31/1-_7.5dD 10† 35⁄16 5¼ 17¾ 155⁄8 303⁄8† 18¼ 10¼ 18 147⁄8 63⁄8 67⁄8 — ¾ 8 4 20¼ 1½ — 45¼† 331⁄8
2308-31/1-_7.5tD 10† 35⁄16 7¾ 20¼ 155⁄8 303⁄8† 18¼ 10¼ 18 147⁄8 7 67⁄8 — ¾ 8 4 22¾ 1½ 7⁄8 45¼† 331⁄8
2308-21/1-_10D 12† 315⁄16 5¾ 215⁄16 205⁄8 387⁄16† 25½ 137⁄8 25 19¾ 7¼ 89⁄16 — ¾ 10 4 231⁄16 2¼ 2¼ 583⁄16† 45¼
2308-44/1-_10D 16† 11½ 5½ 3115⁄16 28 457⁄16† 31½ 187⁄8 34 277⁄16 23¾ 9¾ 177⁄8 1 16 3¾ 32 311⁄16 — 727⁄8† 5815⁄16
2308-44/1-_15D 16† 11½ 5½ 3115⁄16 28 457⁄16† 31½ 187⁄8 34 277⁄16 23¾ 9¾ 177⁄8 1 16 3¾ 32 311⁄16 — 727⁄8† 5815⁄16
2308-44/1-_20D 18† 11½ 5½ 3115⁄16 28 457⁄16† 31½ 187⁄8 34 277⁄16 23¾ 9¾ 177⁄8 1 16 3¾ 32 311⁄16 1½ 727⁄8† 5815⁄16
2308-44/1-_25D 18† 11½ 7½ 3315⁄16 28 457⁄16† 31½ 187⁄8 34 277⁄16 23¾ 9¾ 177⁄8 1 16 3¾ 32 311⁄16 — 727⁄8† 5815⁄16
2308-44/1-_30D 18† 11½ 7½ 3315⁄16 28 457⁄16† 31½ 187⁄8 34 277⁄16 23¾ 9¾ 177⁄8 1 16 3¾ 32 311⁄16 2½ 727⁄8† 5815⁄16
2308-47/1-_40D 24† 123⁄8 8 393⁄16 33½ 547⁄16† 35 20½ 38 313⁄16 267⁄8 13 22¾ 1 24 6 407⁄8 45⁄16 ½ 855⁄8† 663⁄16
2308-47/1-_50D 24† 123⁄8 8 393⁄16 33½ 547⁄16† 35 20½ 38 313⁄16 267⁄8 13 22¾ 1 24 6 407⁄8 45⁄16 2 855⁄8† 663⁄16
 Explanation of designation: 2304-11/1-_.3D means Series 2300, 4 osi pressure, inner housing no. 11, 1 stage, 1⁄3 hp motor, direct drive.

d
With drip-proof motor, if dimensions are different from TEFC.
t
With TEFC motor, if dimensions are different from drip-proof.
* Z = Motor overhang for TEFC motors. There is no overhang for drip-proof motors, except 2320-33/1-_40D and 2324-33/1-_40D which overhang ½".
‡ Listed T and U dimensions are for SW inlet. For threaded inlet where S = 3", T = 1¾"; S = 4", T = 17⁄8"; S = 6", T =5". If S is greater than 6", threaded inlet is not
available.
† SW discharge (unthreaded pipe) is included in F.  


 Discharge CL is 109⁄16" from farthest base hole, for inner housing no. 11.

§ Female pipe thread. If SW discharge (unthreaded pipe) is specified, add 3¼" to F.
 5 holes when No. 4 discharge is furnished.
 When #4 discharge position is specified, all blowers except those in discharge position group A, B, or C, require a modification of blower base
(reference Bulletin 2300).
Dimensions 2300-D
Page 2
E
S–Inlet Nominal Pipe Size No. 2 K–Rad.
No. 3
R–dia. Q C
T‡
Base plan Base plan
L for housingsH L
for housingsH 1 ±1/16
11 through 38
± /16 41, 44, 47
CL Inlet
G+K L L
H ±1/16 ±1/16
G
Threaded
Z* C
No. 1
SW
±1/16
V
 P P
B P C J
±1/16 No. 4  9
D F 10 /16
Discharge 
All dimensions are in inches. Dimensions shown apply only to blowers with T-frame motors.
Consult North American for dimensions of blowers with other motor dimensions.
Blower
2310-11/4-T.5D 2§ 411⁄16 105⁄8 16¾ 73⁄16 99⁄16§ 8¾ 59⁄16 8½ 7 23⁄8 


 — ¾ 3 4 20 ¾ — 169⁄16§ 15¾
2310-19/1-_.75D 3§ 213⁄16 6¼ 15 13½ 159⁄16§ 15 10¾ 14 135⁄16 6¾ 45⁄16 — ¾ 3 4 183⁄16 13⁄16 — 287⁄8§ 285⁄16
2310-19/1-_1D 4§ 213⁄16 6¼ 15 13½ 159⁄16§ 15 10¾ 14 135⁄16 6¾ 45⁄16 — ¾ 3 4 183⁄16 13⁄16 — 287⁄8§ 285⁄16
2310-19/1-_1.5D 6§ 213⁄16 6¼ 15 14½ 193⁄8§ 15 10¾ 14 135⁄16 6¾ 45⁄16 — ¾ 4 4 183⁄16 13⁄16 — 3211⁄16§ 285⁄16
2310-19/1-_2D 6§ 213⁄16 6¼ 15 14½ 193⁄8§ 15 10¾ 14 135⁄16 6¾ 45⁄16 — ¾ 4 4 183⁄16 13⁄16 — 3211⁄16§ 285⁄16
2310-26/1-_3D 6§ 37⁄8 5¼ 169⁄16 155⁄8 1713⁄16§ 16¼ 11¾ 16 14¾ 7 57⁄16 — ¾ 6 4 193⁄8 13⁄16 — 329⁄16§ 31
2310-26/1-_5D 8† 37⁄8 5¼ 169⁄16 1513⁄16 223⁄16† 16¼ 11¾ 16 14¾ 7 57⁄16 — ¾ 6 4 193⁄8 13⁄16 1 3615⁄16† 31
2310-35/1-_7.5D 10† 2¾ 7¾ 19¾ 18¾ 353⁄8† 203⁄8 133⁄8 23 1813⁄16 8½ 615⁄16 — ¾ 8 4 22¼ 1½ 13⁄16 54¾† 393⁄16
2310-21/1-_10D 12† 315⁄16 5¾ 215⁄16 205⁄8 387⁄16§ 25½ 137⁄8 25 19¾ 7¼ 89⁄16 — ¾ 10 4 231⁄16 2¼ 23⁄8 583⁄16† 45¼
2310-47/1-_40D 20† 123⁄8 8 393⁄16 33½ 547⁄16† 35 20½ 38 313⁄16 267⁄8 13 22¾ 1 24 — — 45⁄16 9⁄16 855⁄8† 663⁄16
2310-47/1-_50D 24† 123⁄8 8 393⁄16 33½ 547⁄16† 35 20½ 38 313⁄16 267⁄8 13 22¾ 1 24 — — 45⁄16 2 855⁄8† 663⁄16
2312-11/4-T.5D 2§ 411⁄16 105⁄8 16¾ 73⁄16 99⁄16§ 8¾ 59⁄16 8½ 7 23⁄8 
 — ¾ 3 4 20 ¼ — 169⁄16§ 15¾
2312-19/1-_1D 3§ 213⁄16 6¼ 15 13½ 159⁄16§ 15 10¾ 14 135⁄16 6¾ 45⁄16 — ¾ 3 4 183⁄16 13⁄16 — 287⁄8§ 285⁄16
2312-19/1-_1.5D 4§ 213⁄16 6¼ 15 13½ 159⁄16§ 15 10¾ 14 135⁄16 6¾ 45⁄16 — ¾ 4 4 183⁄16 13⁄16 — 287⁄8§ 285⁄16
2312-19/1-_2D 6§ 213⁄16 6¼ 15 13½ 193⁄8§ 15 10¾ 14 135⁄16 6¾ 45⁄16 — ¾ 4 4 183⁄16 13⁄16 — 3211⁄16§ 285⁄16
2312-26/1-_3D 6§ 37⁄8 5¼ 169⁄16 155⁄8 1713⁄16§ 16¼ 11¾ 16 14¾ 7 57⁄16 — ¾ 6 4 193⁄8 13⁄16 — 329⁄16§ 31
2312-26/1-_5D 8† 37⁄8 5¼ 169⁄16 1513⁄16 223⁄16† 16¼ 11¾ 16 14¾ 7 57⁄16 — ¾ 6 4 193⁄8 13⁄16 1 3615⁄16† 31
2312-35/1-_7.5D 8† 2¾ 7¾ 19¾ 18¾ 357⁄8† 203⁄8 133⁄8 23 1813⁄16 8½ 615⁄16 — ¾ 8 4 22¼ 1½ 13⁄16 54¾† 393⁄16
2312-35/1-_10D 10† 2¾ 7¾ 19¾ 18¾ 357⁄8† 203⁄8 133⁄8 23 1813⁄16 8½ 615⁄16 — ¾ 8 4 22¼ 1½ 2¼ 54¾† 393⁄16
2312-21/1-_15dD 12† 37⁄8 5¾ 22¼ 205⁄8 387⁄16† 25½ 137⁄8 25 19¾ 7¼ 89⁄16 — ¾ 14 3¾ 22¾ 3¼ — 583⁄16† 45¼
2312-21/1-_15tD 12† 37⁄8 9¾ 26¾ 205⁄8 387⁄16† 25½ 137⁄8 25 19¾ 8½ 91⁄16 — ¾ 14 3¾ 27¼ 3¼ ½ 583⁄16† 45¼
2312-41/1-_20D 16† 125⁄16 8 367⁄8 34¼ 4815⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 297⁄8 113⁄8 19¾ 1 16 3¾ 3615⁄16 311⁄16 — 825⁄8† 7111⁄16
2312-41/1-_25D 16† 125⁄16 8 367⁄8 34¼ 4815⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 297⁄8 113⁄8 19¾ 1 16 3¾ 3615⁄16 311⁄16 — 825⁄8† 7111⁄16
2312-41/1-_30D 16† 125⁄16 8 367⁄8 34¼ 4815⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 297⁄8 113⁄8 19¾ 1 16 3¾ 3615⁄16 311⁄16 5⁄8 825⁄8† 7111⁄16
2312-47/1-_40D 18† 123⁄8 8 393⁄16 33½ 547⁄16† 35 20½ 38 313⁄16 267⁄8 13 22¾ 1 24 — — 45⁄16 ½ 855⁄8† 663⁄16
2312-41/1-_40D 18† 125⁄16 8 367⁄8 34¼ 4513⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 297⁄8 113⁄8 19¾ 1 16 3¾ 3615⁄16 311⁄16 1½ 79½† 7111⁄16
2312-47/1-_50D 20† 123⁄8 8 393⁄16 33½ 547⁄16† 35 20½ 38 313⁄16 267⁄8 13 22¾ 1 24 — — 43⁄16 2 855⁄8† 663⁄16
2316-14/2-_1D 3§ 53⁄8 6 165⁄8 103⁄8 131⁄16§ 12¼ 83⁄8 11½ 109⁄16 5½ 35⁄8 — ¾ 3 4 1913⁄16 13⁄16 — 235⁄8§ 2213⁄16
2316-14/2-_1.5D 3§ 53⁄8 6 165⁄8 103⁄8 131⁄16§ 12¼ 83⁄8 11½ 109⁄16 5½ 35⁄8 — ¾ 3 4 1913⁄16 13⁄16 — 235⁄8§ 2213⁄16
2316-17/2-_1.5D 4§ 515⁄16 6 179⁄16 11 131⁄16§ 12¼ 8¼ 11½ 109⁄16 5½ 4 — ¾ 4 4 20¾ 13⁄16 — 235⁄8§ 2213⁄16
2316-17/2-_2D 4§ 515⁄16 6 179⁄16 11 131⁄16§ 12¼ 8¼ 11½ 109⁄16 5½ 4 — ¾ 4 4 20¾ 13⁄16 — 235⁄8§ 2213⁄16
2316-19/1-_2D 4§ 3¼ 6¼ 157⁄16 13½ 159⁄16§ 15 10¾ 14 135⁄16 6¾ 45⁄16 — ¾ 4 4 185⁄8 13⁄16 — 287⁄8§ 285⁄16
2316-19/1-_3D 6§ 3¼ 6¼ 157⁄16 14½ 193⁄8§ 15 10¾ 14 135⁄16 6¾ 45⁄16 — ¾ 4 4 185⁄8 13⁄16 — 3211⁄16§ 285⁄16
2316-26/1-_3D 6§ 37⁄8 5¼ 167⁄16 155⁄8 1713⁄16§ 16¼ 11¾ 16 14¾ 7 57⁄16 — ¾ 6 4 193⁄8 13⁄16 — 329⁄16§ 31
2316-17/2-_3D 6§ 515⁄16 6 177⁄16 11 167⁄8§ 12¼ 8¼ 11½ 109⁄16 5½ 4 — ¾ 4 4 20¾ 13⁄16 — 277⁄16§ 2213⁄16
2316-24/2-_3D 6§ 73⁄8 47⁄8 19½ 131⁄8 155⁄16§ 13¾ 9 13½ 125⁄16 6 5¼ — ¾ 6 4 225⁄16 13⁄16 1⁄8 275⁄8§ 261⁄16
2316-28/1-_5D 6§ 315⁄16 7 195⁄16 17 2113⁄16§ 20¼ 127⁄8 20 165⁄16 7¼ 63⁄16 — ¾ 8 4 2115⁄16 13⁄8 — 381⁄8§ 369⁄16
2316-24/2-_5D 6§ 73⁄8 47⁄8 19½ 131⁄8 155⁄16§ 13¾ 9 13½ 125⁄16 6 51/4 — ¾ 6 4 225⁄16 13⁄16 — 275⁄8§ 261⁄16
2316-26/1-_5D 6§ 37⁄8 5¼ 169⁄16 155⁄8 1713⁄16§ 16¼ 11¾ 16 14¾ 7 57⁄16 — ¾ 6 4 193⁄8 13⁄16 7⁄8 329⁄16§ 31
2316-31/2-_7.5dD 8† 713⁄16 5¼ 22¼ 155⁄8 303⁄8† 18¼ 10¼ 18 147⁄8 63⁄8 67⁄8 — ¾ 8 4 24¾ 1½ — 45¼† 331⁄8
2316-31/2-_7.5tD 8† 713⁄16 7¾ 24¾ 155⁄8 303⁄8† 18¼ 10¼ 18 147⁄8 7 67⁄8 — ¾ 8 4 27¼ 1½ 7⁄8 45¼† 331⁄8
2316-28/1-_7.5D 6§ 315⁄16 7 195⁄16 17 2113⁄16§ 20¼ 127⁄8 20 165⁄16 7¼ 63⁄16 — ¾ 8 4 2115⁄16 13⁄8 13⁄16 381⁄8§ 369⁄16
2316-26/1-_7.5dD 8† 37⁄8 5¼ 169⁄16 1513⁄16 2213⁄16§ 16¼ 11¾ 16 14¾ 7 57⁄16 — ¾ 6 4 193⁄8 13⁄16 — 3615⁄16† 31
2316-26/1-_7.5tD 8† 37⁄8 5¼ 169⁄16 1513⁄16 223⁄16† 16¼ 11¾ 16 14¾ 7 57⁄16 — ¾ 6 4 193⁄8 13⁄16 213⁄16 3615⁄16† 31
2316-31/2-_10D 8† 713⁄16 7¾ 24¾ 155⁄8 303⁄8† 18¼ 10¼ 18 147⁄8 7 67⁄8 — ¾ 8 4 27¼ 1½ 23⁄8 45¼† 331⁄8
2316-35/1-_10D 8† 41⁄16 7¾ 211⁄16 18¾ 357⁄8† 203⁄8 133⁄8 23 1813⁄16 8½ 615⁄16 — ¾ 8 4 239⁄16 1½ 2¼ 54¾† 393⁄16
Dimensions 2300-D
Page 3
Blower
2316-21/1-—15dD 10† 37⁄8 5¾ 21¼ 205⁄8 387⁄16† 25½ 137⁄8 25 19¾ 7¼ 89⁄16 — ¾ 10 4 23 2¼ — 583⁄16† 45¼
2316-21/1-—15tD 10† 37⁄8 9¾ 25¾ 205⁄8 387⁄16† 25½ 137⁄8 25 19¾ 8½ 91⁄16 — ¾ 10 4 27½ 2¼ ½ 583⁄16† 45¼
2316-35/1-—15dD 10† 41⁄16 7¾ 211⁄16 18¾ 357⁄8† 203⁄8 133⁄8 23 1813⁄16 8½ 615⁄16 — ¾ 8 4 239⁄16 1½ — 54¾† 393⁄16
2316-35/1-—15tD 10† 41⁄16 9 239⁄16 18¾ 357⁄8† 203⁄8 133⁄8 23 1813⁄16 9½ 83⁄16 — ¾ 8 4 261⁄16 1½ 25⁄16 54¾† 393⁄16
2316-21/1-—20D 10† 37⁄8 9¾ 25¾ 205⁄8 387⁄16† 25½ 137⁄8 25 19¾ 8½ 91⁄16 — ¾ 10 4 27½ 2¼ 213⁄16 583⁄16† 45¼
2316-41/1-—20D 12† 125⁄16 8 367⁄8 34¼ 5015⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 297⁄8 113⁄8 19¾ 1 16 3¾ 3615⁄16 311⁄16 — 845⁄8† 7111⁄16
2316-33/1-—25D 12† 57⁄8 9½ 301⁄8 267⁄8 4715⁄16† 34½ 175⁄8 34 25½ 10 111⁄8 — 7⁄8 12 3¼ 305⁄8 3¼ 2¼ 7215⁄16† 60
2316-41/1-—25D 12† 125⁄16 8 367⁄8 34¼ 5015⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 297⁄8 113⁄8 19¾ 1 16 3¾ 3615⁄16 3¼ — 845⁄8† 7111⁄16
2316-33/1-—30D 14† 57⁄16 9½ 301⁄8 267⁄8 4715⁄16† 34½ 175⁄8 34 25½ 10 111⁄8 — 7⁄8 12 3¾ 305⁄8 3¼ 3¾ 7215⁄16† 60
2316-41/1-—30D 16† 125⁄16 8 367⁄8 34¼ 4815⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 297⁄8 113⁄8 19¾ 1 16 3¾ 3615⁄16 311⁄16 5⁄8 825⁄8† 7111⁄16
2316-41/1-—40D 16† 125⁄16 8 367⁄8 34¼ 4815⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 297⁄8 113⁄8 19¾ 1 16 3¾ 3615⁄16 311⁄16 1½ 825⁄8† 71111⁄16
2316-41/1-—50D 16† 125⁄16 8 367⁄8 34¼ 4815⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 297⁄8 113⁄8 19¾ 1 16 3¾ 3615⁄16 311⁄16 3 825⁄8† 7111⁄16
2320-19/2-—1.5D 3§ 67⁄8 6¼ 191⁄16 13½ 159⁄16§ 15 10¾ 14 135⁄16 6¾ 45⁄16 — ¾ 3 4 22¼ 13⁄16 — 287⁄8§ 285⁄16
2320-19/2-—2D 4§ 67⁄8 6¼ 191⁄16 13½ 159⁄16§ 15 10¾ 14 135⁄16 6¾ 45⁄16 — ¾ 4 4 22¼ 13⁄16 — 287⁄8§ 285⁄16
2320-19/2-—3D 4§ 67⁄8 6¼ 191⁄16 13½ 159⁄16§ 15 10¾ 14 135⁄16 6¾ 45⁄16 — ¾ 4 4 22¼ 13⁄16 — 287⁄8§ 285⁄16
2320-26/2-—5D 6§ 7 5¼ 1911⁄16 155⁄8 1713⁄16§ 16¼ 11¾ 16 14¾ 7 57⁄16 — ¾ 6 4 22½ 13⁄16 — 329⁄16§ 31
2320-26/2-—7.5dD 6§ 7 5¼ 1911⁄16 155⁄8 1713⁄16§ 16¼ 11¾ 16 14¾ 7 57⁄16 — ¾ 6 4 22½ 13⁄16 — 329⁄16§ 31
2320-26/2-—7.5tD 6§ 7 5¼ 1911⁄16 155⁄8 1713⁄16§ 16¼ 11¾ 16 14¾ 7 57⁄16 — ¾ 6 4 22½ 13⁄16 213⁄16 329⁄16§ 31
2320-35/1-—10D 8† 41⁄16 7¾ 211⁄16 18¾ 357⁄8† 203⁄8 133⁄8 23 1813⁄16 8½ 615⁄16 — ¾ 8 4 239⁄16 1½ 2¼ 54¾† 393⁄16
2320-35/2-—10D 8† 73⁄8 7¾ 243⁄8 18¾ 357⁄8† 203⁄8 133⁄8 23 1813⁄16 8½ 615⁄16 — ¾ 8 4 267⁄8 1½ 2¼ 54¾† 393⁄16
2320-35/2-—15dD 8† 73⁄8 7¾ 243⁄8 18¾ 357⁄8† 203⁄8 133⁄8 23 1813⁄16 8½ 615⁄16 — ¾ 8 4 267⁄8 1½ — 54¾† 393⁄16
2320-35/2-—15tD 8† 73⁄8 9 267⁄8 18¾ 357⁄8† 203⁄8 133⁄8 23 1813⁄16 9½ 83⁄16 — ¾ 8 4 293⁄8 1½ 25⁄16 54¾† 393⁄16
2320-21/1-—15dD 8† 37⁄8 5¾ 21¼ 205⁄8 387⁄16† 25½ 137⁄8 25 19¾ 7¼ 89⁄16 — ¾ 10 4 23 2¼ — 583⁄16† 45¼
2320-21/1-—15tD 8† 37⁄8 9¾ 25¾ 205⁄8 387⁄16† 25½ 137⁄8 25 19¾ 8½ 91⁄16 — ¾ 10 4 27½ 2¼ ½ 583⁄16† 45¼
2320-35/1-_15dD 8† 41⁄16 7¾ 217⁄16 18¾ 357⁄8† 203⁄8 133⁄8 23 1813⁄16 8½ 615⁄16 — ¾ 8 4 239⁄16 1½ — 54¾† 393⁄16
2320-35/1-_15tD 8† 41⁄16 9 239⁄16 18¾ 357⁄8† 203⁄8 133⁄8 23 1813⁄16 9½ 83⁄16 — ¾ 8 4 261⁄16 1½ 213⁄16 54¾† 393⁄16
2320-21/1-_20D 10† 37⁄8 9¾ 25¾ 205⁄8 387⁄16† 25½ 137⁄8 25 19¾ 8½ 91⁄16 — ¾ 10 4 27½ 2¼ 23⁄16 583⁄16† 45¼
2320-41/1-_25D 12† 125⁄16 8 367⁄8 34¼ 5015⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 297⁄8 113⁄8 19¾ 1 16 3¾ 3615⁄16 311⁄16 — 845⁄8† 7111⁄16
2320-33/1-_25D 12† 57⁄16 9½ 301⁄8 267⁄8 4715⁄16† 34½ 175⁄8 34 25½ 10 111⁄8 — 7⁄8 12 3¾ 305⁄8 3¾ 2¼ 7215/16† 60
2320-33/1-_30D 12† 57⁄16 9½ 301⁄8 267⁄8 4715⁄16† 34½ 175⁄8 34 25½ 10 111⁄8 — 7⁄8 12 3¾ 305⁄8 3¼ 3¾ 7215/16† 60
2320-41/1-_30D 12† 125⁄16 8 367⁄8 34¼ 5015⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 297⁄8 113⁄8 19¾ 1 16 3¾ 3615⁄16 311⁄16 5⁄8 845⁄8† 7111⁄16
2320-33/1-_40dD 14† 57⁄16 9½ 301⁄8 267⁄8 4715⁄16† 34½ 175⁄8 34 25½ 10 111⁄8 — 7⁄8 12 3¾ 305⁄8 3¼ ½ 7215⁄16† 60
2320-33/1-_40tD 14† 57⁄16 12 325⁄8 267⁄8 4715⁄16† 34½ 175⁄8 34 25½ 11¾ 111⁄8 — 7⁄8 12 3¾ 331⁄8 3¼ 2¾ 7215⁄16† 60
2320-41/1-_40D 16† 125⁄16 8 367⁄8 34¼ 5015⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 297⁄8 113⁄8 19¾ 1 16 3¾ 3615⁄16 311⁄16 1½ 845⁄8† 7111⁄16
2320-33/1-_50D 14† 57⁄16 12 325⁄8 267⁄8 4715⁄16† 34½ 175⁄8 34 25½ 11¾ 111⁄8 — 7⁄8 12 3¾ 331⁄8 3¼ 4¼ 7215⁄16† 60
2320-41/1-_50D 16† 125⁄16 8 367⁄8 34¼ 4815⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 297⁄8 113⁄8 19¾ 1 16 3¾ 3615⁄16 311⁄16 3 825⁄8† 7111⁄16
2320-41/1-_60D 16† 125⁄16 8 367⁄8 34¼ 4815⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 297⁄8 113⁄8 19¾ 1 16 3¾ 3615⁄16 311⁄16 41⁄8 825⁄8† 7111⁄16
2324-14/3-_1.5D 3§ 8½ 6 19¾ 103⁄8 131⁄16§ 12¼ 83⁄8 111/2 109⁄16 5½ 35⁄8 — ¾ 3 4 2215⁄16 13⁄16 — 235⁄8§ 2213⁄16
2324-14/3-_2D 3§ 8½ 6 19¾ 103⁄8 131⁄16§ 12¼ 83⁄8 111/2 109⁄16 5½ 35⁄8 — ¾ 3 4 2215⁄16 13⁄16 — 235⁄8§ 2213⁄16
2324-19/2-_3D 4§ 67⁄8 6¼ 191⁄16 13½ 159⁄16§ 15 10¾ 14 135⁄16 6¾ 45⁄16 — ¾ 4 4 22¼ 13⁄16 — 287⁄8§ 285⁄16
2324-26/2-_5D 6§ 7 5¼ 1911⁄16 155⁄8 1713⁄16§ 16¼ 11¾ 16 14¾ 7 57⁄16 — ¾ 6 4 22½ 13⁄16 1 329/16§ 31
2324-26/2-_7.5dD 6§ 7 5¼ 1911⁄16 155⁄8 1713⁄16§ 16¼ 11¾ 16 14¾ 7 57⁄16 — ¾ 6 4 22½ 13⁄16 — 329/16§ 31
2324-26/2-_7.5tD 6§ 7 5¼ 1911⁄16 155⁄8 1713⁄16§ 16¼ 11¾ 16 14¾ 7 57⁄16 — ¾ 6 4 22½ 13⁄16 213⁄16 329/16§ 31
2324-35/2-_10D 8† 73⁄8 7¾ 243⁄8 18¾ 357⁄8† 203⁄8 133⁄8 23 1813⁄16 8½ 615⁄16 — ¾ 8 4 267⁄8 1½ 2¼ 54¾† 393⁄16
2324-35/2-_15dD 8† 73⁄8 7¾ 243⁄8 18¾ 357⁄8† 203⁄8 133⁄8 23 1813⁄16 8½ 615⁄16 — ¾ 8 4 267⁄8 1½ — 54¾† 399⁄16
2324-35/2-_15tD 8† 73⁄8 9 267⁄8 18¾ 357⁄8† 203⁄8 133⁄8 23 1813⁄16 9½ 83⁄16 — ¾ 8 4 293⁄8 1½ 25⁄16 54¾† 393⁄16
2324-21/1-_20D 10† 35⁄8 9¾ 25½ 205⁄8 387⁄16† 25½ 137⁄8 25 19¾ 8½ 91⁄16 — ¾ 10 4 27¼ 2¼ 23⁄16 583⁄16† 45¼
2324-33/1-_25D 12† 57⁄16 9½ 301⁄8 267⁄8 4715⁄16† 34½ 175⁄8 34 25½ 10 111⁄8 — 7⁄8 12 3¾ 305⁄8 3¼ 2¼ 7215⁄16† 60
2324-33/1-_30D 12† 57⁄16 9½ 301⁄8 267⁄8 4715⁄16† 34½ 175⁄8 34 25½ 10 111⁄8 — 7⁄8 12 3¾ 305⁄8 3¼ 3¾ 7215⁄16† 60
2324-33/1-_40dD 12† 57⁄16 9½ 301⁄8 267⁄8 4715⁄16† 34½ 175⁄8 34 25½ 10 111⁄8 — 7⁄8 12 3¾ 305⁄8 3¼ ½ 7215⁄16† 60
2324-33/1-_40tD 12† 57⁄16 12 325⁄8 267⁄8 4715⁄16† 34½ 175⁄8 34 25½ 11¾ 111⁄8 — 7⁄8 12 3¾ 331⁄8 3¼ 2¾ 7215⁄16† 60
2324-33/1-_50D 14† 7 12 343⁄16 267⁄8 4715⁄16† 34½ 175⁄8 34 25½ 11¾ 111⁄8 — 7⁄8 14 3¾ 3411⁄16 3¼ 4¼ 7215⁄16† 60
2324-33/1-_60D 14† 7 12 343⁄16 267⁄8 4715⁄16† 34½ 175⁄8 34 25½ 11¾ 111⁄8 — 7⁄8 14 3¾ 3411⁄16 3¼ 55⁄8 7215⁄16† 60
2332-19/3-_3D 4§ 1011⁄16 6¼ 227⁄8 13½ 159⁄16§ 15 10¾ 14 135⁄16 6¾ 45⁄16 — ¾ 4 4 261⁄16 13⁄16 — 287⁄8§ 285⁄16
2332-19/3-_5D 4§ 1011⁄16 6¼ 227⁄8 13½ 159⁄16§ 15 10¾ 14 135⁄16 6¾ 45⁄16 — ¾ 4 4 261⁄16 13⁄16 — 287⁄8§ 285⁄16
2332-28/2-_7.5D 6§ 87⁄8 7 24¼ 17 2113⁄16§ 20¼ 127⁄8 20 165⁄16 7¼ 63⁄16 — ¾ 8 4 267⁄8 13⁄8 13⁄16 381⁄8§ 369⁄16
2332-28/2-_10D 6§ 87⁄8 7 24¼ 17 2113⁄16§ 20¼ 127⁄8 20 165⁄16 7¼ 63⁄16 — ¾ 8 4 267⁄8 13⁄8 2¼ 387⁄8§ 369⁄16
2332-28/2-_15dD 6§ 87⁄8 7 24¼ 17 2113⁄16§ 20¼ 127⁄8 20 165⁄16 7¼ 63⁄16 — ¾ 8 4 267⁄8 13⁄8 — 381⁄8§ 369⁄16
2332-28/2-_15tD 6§ 87⁄8 10¾ 28 17 2113⁄16§ 20¼ 127⁄8 20 165⁄16 8½ 63⁄16 — ¾ 8 4 305⁄8 13⁄8 — 381⁄8§ 369⁄16
2332-21/2-_20D 8† 91⁄8 9¾ 31 205⁄8 387⁄16† 25½ 137⁄8 25 19¾ 8½ 91⁄16 — ¾ 10 4 32¾ 2¼ 23⁄16 583⁄16† 45¼
2332-21/2-_25dD 8† 91⁄8 9¾ 31 205⁄8 387⁄16† 25½ 137⁄8 25 19¾ 8½ 91⁄16 — ¾ 10 4 32¾ 2¼ — 583⁄16† 45¼
2332-21/2-_25tD 8† 91⁄8 12½ 34½ 205⁄8 387⁄16† 25½ 137⁄8 25 19¾ 10½ 913⁄16 — ¾ 10 4 36¼ 2¼ ½ 583⁄16† 45¼
2332-21/2-_30D 8† 91⁄8 12½ 34½ 205⁄8 387⁄16† 25½ 137⁄8 25 19¾ 10½ 913⁄16 — ¾ 10 4 36¼ 2¼ 2 583⁄16† 45¼
2332-21/2-_40D 8† 91⁄8 12½ 34½ 205⁄8 387⁄16† 25½ 137⁄8 25 19¾ 10½ 913⁄16 — ¾ 10 4 36¼ 2¼ 2¼ 583⁄16† 45¼
2332-33/2-_50D 12† 117⁄8 12 391⁄16 267⁄8 4715⁄16† 34½ 175⁄8 34 25½ 11¾ 111⁄8 — 7⁄8 12 3¾ 399⁄16 3¼ 4¼ 7215⁄16† 60
2332-33/2-_60D 12† 117⁄8 12 391⁄16 267⁄8 4715⁄16† 34½ 175⁄8 34 25½ 11¾ 111⁄8 — 7⁄8 12 3¾ 399⁄16 3¼ 55⁄8 7215⁄16† 60
Explanation of designation: 2304-11/1-_.3D means Series 2300, 4 osi pressure, inner housing no. 11, 1 stage, 1⁄3 hp motor, direct drive.
d
With drip-proof motor, if dimensions are different from TEFC.
t
With TEFC motor, if dimensions are different from drip-proof.
‡ Listed T and U dimensions are for SW inlet. For threaded inlet where S = 3", T = 1¾"; S = 4", T = 17⁄8"; S = 6", T =5". If S is greater than 6", threaded inlet is
not available.
† SW discharge (unthreaded pipe) is included in F.  


 Discharge CL is 109⁄16" from farthest base hole, for inner housing no. 11.


Dimensions 2300-D
Page 4
E
S–Inlet Nominal Pipe Size No. 2 K–Rad.
No. 3
R–dia. Q C
T‡
Base plan Base plan
L for housingsH L
for housingsH ±1/16
11 through 38
±1/16 41, 44, 47
CL Inlet
G+K L L
H ±1/16 ±1/16
G
Threaded
Z* C
No. 1
SW ±1/16
V
 P P
B P C J
±1/16 No. 4  9
D F 10 /16
Discharge 
Consult North American for dimensions of blowers with other motors.
Blower
2344-28/3-—15 D d
6§ 143⁄8 7 297⁄8 17 2113⁄16§ 20¼ 127⁄8 20 165⁄16 7¼ 63⁄16 — ¾ 8 4 323⁄8 1½ — 381⁄8§ 369⁄16
2344-28/3-—15tD 6§ 143⁄8 10¾ 335⁄8 17 2113⁄16§ 20¼ 127⁄8 20 165⁄16 8½ 63⁄16 — ¾ 8 4 361⁄8 1½ 15⁄16 381⁄8§ 369⁄16
2344-28/3-—20D 6§ 143⁄8 10¾ 335⁄8 17 2113⁄16§ 20¼ 127⁄8 20 165⁄16 8½ 63⁄16 — ¾ 8 4 361⁄8 1½ 3 381⁄8§ 369⁄16
2344-21/2-—30D 8† 1015⁄16 12½ 365⁄16 205⁄8 387⁄16† 25½ 137⁄8 25 19¾ 10½ 913⁄16 — ¾ 10 4 381⁄16 2¼ 2 583⁄16† 45¼
2344-21/2-—40dD 8† 1015⁄16 12½ 365⁄16 205⁄8 387⁄16† 25½ 137⁄8 25 19¾ 10½ 913⁄16 — ¾ 10 4 381⁄16 2¼ — 583⁄16† 45¼
2344-21/2-—40tD 8† 1015⁄16 12½ 365⁄16 205⁄8 387⁄16† 25½ 137⁄8 25 19¾ 10½ 913⁄16 — ¾ 10 4 381⁄16 2¼ 27⁄8 583⁄16† 45¼
2344-21/2-—50D 8† 1015⁄16 12½ 365⁄16 205⁄8 387⁄16† 25½ 137⁄8 25 19¾ 10½ 913⁄16 — ¾ 10 4 381⁄16 2¼ 43⁄8 583⁄16† 45¼
Explanation of designation: 2304-11/1-_.3D means Series 2300, 4 osi pressure, inner housing no. 11, 1 stage, 1⁄3 hp motor, direct drive.
d t
With drip-proof motor, if dimensions are different from TEFC. With TEFC motor, if dimensions are different from drip-proof.
‡ Listed T and U dimensions are for SW inlet. For threaded inlet where S = 3", T = 1¾"; S = 4", T = 17⁄8"; S = 6", T =5". If S is greater than 6", threaded inlet is
not available.
† SW discharge (unthreaded pipe) is included in F. 

DischargeLC is 109⁄16" from farthest base hole, for inner housing no. 11.

Inlet or outlet adapters are not included as standard supply and must be specified at an additional cost.
"SW" means sleeve or weld. A flexible rubberized

sleeve (Bulletin 2947) can be slipped over an SW
connection and clamped to prevent leaks. A flex-
ible connection dœs not transmit vibrations or
stresses as do welded or threaded connections.
Blowers are not designed for imposed loads from
hard pipe connections and should not be "hard"
piped except under unusual circumstances.
Fig. 1. Fig. 2. Fig. 3.
Discharge Connections: A threaded (female) flange (Fig. 1) is Inlet Connections: An SW inlet (unthreaded, Fig. 2) for sleeve or welding
available with blowers of 6" and smaller discharge pipe size. An connection is availabe. A threaded female inlet (Fig. 3) may be specified
SW connection (Fig. 2) is available for 8" and larger, or may be for 3" through 6" inlets. For an open inlet, an inlet guard should be
specified for smaller sizes (Fig. 3). specified (Fig. 1). Blowers should not be operated without inlet protection.
Dimensions 2300-D
Page 5
No. 2
No. 3
K-dia. 4 holes
S-inlet nominal
pipe size
P rad.
LM
Q LM
rad. H
R rad. G
Outlet
B C
L L D B C 2
M M U Foundation Plan
J A-outlet nominal
No. 4 F pipe size
All dimensions are in inches. Dimensions shown apply only to blowers with TS-frame motors.
Consult Fives North American for dimensions of blowers with other motors.
Blower
number  A B C D F G H J K L M P Q R S U
2310-39/1-T50D 24 9¾ 19 119⁄16 39¾ 35 133⁄16 35¾ ¾ 107⁄16 115⁄16 1711⁄16 205⁄8 233⁄16 22 461⁄16
2310-39/1-T60D 24 101⁄8 20 1115⁄16 387⁄8 35 13¼ 361⁄8 ¾ 115⁄16 123⁄16 181⁄16 211⁄8 23¾ 24 4711⁄16
2310-39/1-T75D 24 10½ 20 125⁄16 38¾ 35 145⁄16 357⁄8 ¾ 115⁄16 123⁄16 187⁄8 221⁄16 2413⁄16 24 497⁄16
2310-39/1-T100D 26 111⁄8 223⁄8 1213⁄16 39½ 35 1415⁄16 36 ¾ 127⁄8 14 201⁄8 237⁄16 267⁄16 26 531⁄16
2310-39/1-T125D 30 11½ 26 133⁄16 41¼ 35 15½ 36¼ ¾ 137⁄8 15 207⁄8 247⁄16 27½ 26 5611⁄16
2312-34/1-T20D 16 5 161⁄8 611⁄16 323⁄8 35 1115⁄16 30 ¾ 8¾ 95⁄8 14½ 16¾ 1815⁄16 14 299⁄16
2312-34/1-T25D 16 5¼ 181⁄8 71⁄16 32¾ 35 1115⁄16 30 ¾ 99⁄16 107⁄16 14½ 16¾ 1815⁄16 14 335⁄8
2312-34/1-T30D 20 65⁄8 181⁄8 87⁄16 33¾ 35 155⁄16 30½ ¾ 99⁄16 107⁄16 169⁄16 203⁄16 2313⁄16 16 377⁄8
2312-34/1-T40D 20 71⁄8 19 815⁄16 33¼ 35 1413⁄16 30½ ¾ 107⁄16 115⁄16 169⁄16 203⁄16 2313⁄16 16 395⁄16
2312-37/1-T50D 22 75⁄16 19 91⁄8 38¾ 35 157⁄16 35½ ¾ 107⁄16 115⁄16 173⁄8 213⁄16 2415⁄16 18 413⁄16
2312-37/1-T60D 24 79⁄16 20 93/8 397⁄8 35 161⁄16 355/8 ¾ 115⁄16 123⁄16 17¾ 2111⁄16 259⁄16 18 429⁄16
2312-37/1-T75D 24 715⁄16 20 93/4 387⁄8 35 1611⁄16 357/8 ¾ 115⁄16 123⁄16 189⁄16 225⁄8 2611⁄16 18 445⁄16
2316-37/1-T40D 18 5½ 19 75⁄16 38¼ 35 139⁄16 35¼ ¾ 107⁄16 115⁄16 167⁄16 19 219⁄16 16 361⁄6
2316-37/1-T50D 18 513⁄16 19 75⁄8 38 35 139⁄16 35¼ ¾ 107⁄16 115⁄16 167⁄16 19 219⁄16 16 38¼
2316-37/1-T60D 24 7½ 20 95⁄16 39¾ 35 1611⁄16 35¾ ¾ 115⁄16 123⁄16 189⁄16 225⁄8 2611⁄16 18 427⁄16
2316-37/1-T75D 24 8 20½ 913⁄16 385⁄8 35 163⁄16 357⁄8 ¾ 115⁄16 123⁄16 189⁄16 225⁄8 2611⁄16 18 447⁄16
2316-37/1-T100D 24 8¼ 223⁄8 101⁄16 381⁄8 35 173⁄8 355⁄8 ¾ 127⁄8 14 195⁄16 235⁄8 277⁄8 20 479⁄16
2320-37/1-T60D 20 61⁄8 20 715⁄16 387⁄8 35 151⁄8 355⁄8 ¾ 115⁄16 123⁄16 18 2013⁄16 235⁄8 18 3311⁄16
2320-37/1-T75D 20 61⁄16 20 77⁄8 38½ 35 153⁄16 35½ ¾ 115⁄16 123⁄16 183⁄8 21¼ 243⁄16 18 409⁄16
2320-37/1-T100D 22 6½ 223⁄8 83⁄16 39½ 35 1511⁄16 35¾ ¾ 127⁄8 14 1813⁄16 21¾ 2411⁄16 18 4313⁄16
2320-37/1-T125D 26 83⁄16 26 10¼ 39¾ 35 193⁄16 36 ¾ 137⁄8 15 2015⁄16 259⁄16 303⁄16 20 5013⁄16
2320-37/1-T150D 26 87⁄8 26 109⁄16 391⁄8 35 19¼ 357⁄8 ¾ 137⁄8 15 215⁄16 26 30¾ 22 537⁄16
2320-39/1-T200D 30 93⁄8 26 111⁄16 41 35 20 36½ ¾ 137⁄8 15 22½ 27½ 32½ 22 4813⁄16
2320-39/1-T250D 30 127⁄8 26 149⁄16 40½ 35 17¾ 37 ¾ 137⁄8 15 23¾ 2711⁄16 31¼ 30 5713⁄16
2324-37/1-T75D 20 5¼ 20 71⁄16 39 35 133/8 35½ ¾ 115⁄16 123⁄16 18¼ 205⁄16 217⁄8 16 3815⁄16
2324-37/1-T100D 24 611⁄16 223⁄8 83/8 39¾ 35 16¼ 35½ ¾ 127⁄8 14 199⁄16 225⁄8 25¾ 18 443⁄16
¾
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Dimensions 2300-d 04/16

2324-37/1-T125D 24 6¾ 26 87⁄16 401⁄8 35 1613⁄16 357⁄8 137⁄8 15 1915⁄16 231⁄8 265⁄16 18 473⁄16
2324-37/1-T150D 24 8 26 911⁄16 38¾ 35 157/8 36¼ ¾ 137⁄8 15 201⁄16 233⁄8 263⁄8 22 5111⁄16
2332-37/1-T75D 20 413⁄16 20½ 69⁄16 387⁄8 35 161⁄16 351⁄8 ¾ 115⁄16 123⁄16 203⁄16 227⁄16 241⁄16 16 38
2332-37/1-T100D 24 63⁄16 223⁄8 713⁄16 403⁄8 35 149⁄16 361⁄8 ¾ 127⁄8 14 203⁄16 227⁄16 241⁄16 16 431⁄8
2332-37/1-T125D 24 67⁄16 26 81⁄16 40½ 35 14½ 36½ ¾ 137⁄8 15 209⁄16 2213⁄16 24½ 16 46½
2332-37/1-T150D 24 613⁄16 26 87⁄16 40½ 35 147⁄16 37¾ ¾ 137⁄8 15 207⁄8 233⁄16 2415⁄16 18 49¼

Explanation of designation: 2312-34/1-T40D means Series 2300, 12 osi pressure, inner housing no. 34, 1 stage, 40 hp motor, direct drive.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 2300 and 2400 Turbo Blowers
Instructions and Felt Seal List 2300/2400
Felt Seal Felt Seals
Outer Half Inner Half Case Inner Half Case
Case Outer Half Case
Impeller Outer Impeller Impeller
Felt Disc for Shaft † Stationary Vane Felt Disc for Shaft †
Inlet Retainer ‡ Retainer ‡
Inlet
Guard
Guard
Inlet Inlet
Motor Motor
Base Base
Nameplate Discharge Nameplate

Flange
Outlet Outlet
2300 and 2400 Direct Drive Single Stage 2300 Direct Drive Multi-Stage
Case, Inner Half Triple Seal Grease Retainer (2)

Case Assembly Grease Fitting
Bearing (held-end) Case, Outer Half Pillow Block Housing
Support Ring Bearing Stabilizing Ring
Bearing (free-end)
Felt Seals (held-end bearing
V-Belt and Sheaves
Impeller
Motor Case, Outer Half Step Down
Retaining Ring
Inlet Jackshaft
Inlet
V-Belt Drain Plug
Guard
Drive
Base Pillow block & bearing detail
Jackshaft NOTE: "Held-end" bearing on V-belt blower is
Rails next to case assembly. On coupled-drive blow-
Nameplate
ers it is next to flexible coupling. No stablizing
2300 V-Belt Drive ring required on "free-end" bearing.
Fabricated housing
Case Assembly
Bearing (free-end)
Bearing (held-end)
Motor
Coupled
Drive Base
Nameplate Jackshaft
Flexible Coupling
Close-up view of pillow blocks
2300 Coupled Drive
Parts Order Must Specify: 1 Blower Designation 2 S. O. Number 3 Part Name

† Except 2400 Series.
‡ Except 2400D and F.
Standard guards are omitted from photos to give a better view of parts. All guards must be in place when blowers are being used.
Instructions & Felt Seal List 2300/2400
Page 2
Outer Half Case
Inlet Guard Felt Strip Stationary Vane Inner Half Case

Outer Felt Strip
Impeller
Inner Impeller Felt Disc for Shaft
Flange Retainer
Pin
Inlet
Outlet
Gasket
Discharge Flange
Exploded view of a turbo blower case assembly. For single stage blowers, there is no stationary vane and only one impeller.
SERVICING INSTRUCTIONS FOR ASSEMBLY

Case assemblies are identical for direct connected, V-belt, and 1. Mount inner case to base.
coupled drive turbo blowers. A typical two-stage blower is shown.
Single stage blowers use identical inner case and impeller but 2. Mount motor to base but do not tighten bolts.
omit stationary vane and one impeller, and have a shallower
outer case. Three-stage blowers use two stationary vanes, three 3. Mount inner impeller on motor shaft and line up motor so
impellers, and use a peripheral spacer between stationary vanes. flat side of impeller is 1⁄8" away from inner case all around.
Tighten motor bolts.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR DISASSEMBLY
4. Tighten impeller hub screws. Use torque table on page 4
1. Remove intake guard.
for impeller hub screws only
2. Remove case flange bolts and nuts.
5. Mount stationary vanes with case flange pins and drive them
snugly into inner case.
3. Remove outer case being careful not to bump impeller. (Felt
seal should come off with outer case.)
6. Mount impeller to shaft but do not tighten.
4. Loosen impeller hub screws and remove impeller (and
7. Mount outer case and bolt in place.
bushing, if any). CAUTION: Impellers are accurately
balanced and should be handled with care. Grasp
8. Slide impeller forward against inner side of outer case then
impellers by hubs only.
back again 1⁄8". Tighten impeller hub screws. Use torque table
on page 4 for impeller hub screws only.
5. For multi-stage blowers, drive out the two case flange pins
from the motor side to remove stationary vanes (these pins
9. Turn motor over several times by hand to check clearances.
support vanes so they do not drop on the impeller). Felt
seal should come off with stationary vanes, and pins should
10. Start motor and listen for clicking that would indicate
remain in the vanes.
misalignment of impellers. If this should occur, shut motor off
immediately to prevent serious damage to impellers.
6. Remove impeller as in Step 4.
11. Check rotation of impellers according to arrow on case.
7. If necessary to remove inner case, make note of location of
each shim and spacer.
12. V-belt or coupled drive blowers must be checked after
assembly for alignment of belts or couplings, to guard
8. Remove motor if required.
against excessive wear.
Page 3
FELT SEAL CROSS-REFERENCE
Blower Kit Blower Kit Blower Kit

designation part number designation part number designation part number
2304-11/1-T.3D 1-4118-1 2316-14/2-T1.5D 1-4118-11 2320-35/1-T10D 1-4118-24

2308-11/3-T.5D 1-4118-18 2316-14/2-T1D 1-4118-10 2320-35/1-T15D 1-4118-25
2316-17/2-T1.5D 1-4118-11 2320-41/1-T25D 1-4118-49

2308-14/1-T.5D 1-4118-2
2316-17/2-T2D 1-4118-11 2320-41/1-T30D 1-4118-49
2308-14/1-T.75D 1-4118-2
2316-17/2-T3D 1-4118-13 2320-41/1-T60D 1-4118-50
2308-14/1-T1D 1-4118-2
2316-19/1-T1.5D 1-4118-44 2324-14/3-T1.5D 1-4118-22
2308-17/1-T1D 1-4118-2 2316-19/1-T2D 1-4118-44 2324-14/3-T2D 1-4118-22
2308-17/1-T1.5D 1-4118-3 2316-19/1-T3D 1-4118-45 2324-19/2-T3D 1-4118-17
2308-17/1-T2D 1-4118-3 2316-19/1-T5D 1-4118-45 2324-21/1-T20D 1-4118-36
2308-21/1-T10D 1-4118-31 2316-21/1-T15D 1-4118-25 2324-26/2-T5D 1-4118-19
2308-24/1-T2D 1-4118-5 2316-21/1-T20D 1-4118-25 2324-26/2-T7.5D 1-4118-20
2308-24/1-T3D 1-4118-6 2316-24/2-T2D 1-4118-14 2324-33/1-T25D 1-4118-28
2316-24/2-T3D 1-4118-15 2324-33/1-T30D 1-4118-28
2308-31/1-T5D 1-4118-26 2316-24/2-T5D 1-4118-15
2308-31/1-T7.5D 1-4118-27 2324-33/1-T40D 1-4118-29
2308-47/1-T50D 1-4118-46 2316-26/1-T3D 1-4118-8 2324-33/1-T50D 1-4118-42
316-26/1-T5D 1-4118-8 2324-33/1-T60D 1-4118-43
2310-11/4-T.5D 1-4118-21 2316-26/1-T7.5D 1-4118-9 2324-35/2-T10D 1-4118-37
2310-19/1-T.75D 1-4118-4 2316-28/1-T5D 1-4118-30 2324-35/2-T15D 1-4118-38
2310-19/1-T1D 1-4118-4 2316-28/1-T7.5D 1-4118-31
2310-19/1-T1.5D 1-4118-5 2332-19/3-T3D 1-4118-23
2310-19/1-T2D 1-4118-5 2316-31/2-T7.5D 1-4118-33 2332-19/3-T5D 1-4118-23
2316-31/2-T10D 1-4118-34 2332-21/2-T20D 1-4118-38
2310-21/1-T10D 1-4118-31 2316-33/1-T25D 1-4118-28 2332-21/2-T25D 1-4118-39
2310-26/1-T3D 1-4118-8 2316-33/1-T30D 1-4118-28 2332-21/2-T30D 1-4118-39
2310-26/1-T5D 1-4118-8 2316-35/1-T10D 1-4118-24 2332-21/2-T40D 1-4118-40
2310-35/1-T7.5D 1-4118-31 2316-35/1-T15D 1-4118-25
2332-28/2-T10D 1-4118-35
2312-11/4-T.5D 1-4118-21 2316-41/1-T20D 1-4118-48 2332-28/2-T15D 1-4118-36
2312-19/1-T1.5D 1-4118-5 2316-41/1-T25D 1-4118-49 2332-28/2-T7.5D 1-4118-35
2312-19/1-T1D 1-4118-4 2316-41/1-T30D 1-4118-49 2332-33/2-T50D 1-4118-42
2312-19/1-T2D 1-4118-5 2332-33/2-T60D 1-4118-43
2320-19/2-T1.5D 1-4118-16
2312-21/1-T15D 1-4118-32 2320-19/2-T2D 1-4118-16 2344-21/2-T30D 1-4118-39
2312-26/1-T3D 1-4118-8 2320-19/2-T3D 1-4118-17 2344-21/2-T40D 1-4118-40
2312-26/1-T5D 1-4118-8 2344-21/2-T50D 1-4118-40
2320-21/1-T15D 1-4118-25 2344-28/3-T15D 1-4118-41
2320-21/1-T20D 1-4118-25
2312-26/1-T7.5D 1-4118-9 2344-28/3-T20D 1-4118-41
2312-35/1-T10D 1-4118-31 2320-26/2-T5D 1-4118-19
2400-D 1-4118-52
2312-35/1-T7.5D 1-4118-31 2320-26/2-T7.5D 1-4118-20
2400-F 1-4118-53
2312-47/1-T75D 1-4118-47
2320-33/1-T25D 1-4118-28 2400-G 1-4118-54
2320-33/1-T30D 1-4118-28
2320-33/1-T40D 1-4118-29
2320-33/1-T50D 1-4118-29
NOTE 1: 2400 series D, F, and G do not require shaft seal.

NOTE 2: For 50 Hz blowers, please consult North American.
NOTE 3: Kit includes felt strip for housing and disc and retainer for shaft (where applicable).
NOTE 4: 2300 series 34, 37, and 39--for instructions and seals please consult North American.
Page 4
Torque Chart
General Bolt and Screw Connections
Bolts Socket Head Screw
(ft-lb) (ft-lb) (ft-lb) (in.-lb)
A574
SIZE: A307, or A325, or SHC, or SIZE:
GRADE GRADE GRADE
2 5 8
1/4” 2 6 9 #3-48 9
5/16” 5 13 18 #3-56 10
3/8" 10 23 33 #4-40 13
7/16" 15 40 52 #4-48 14
1/2" 20 65 95 #5-40 20
9/16" 40 95 135 #5-44 21
5/8" 55 130 185 #6-32 25
3/4" 100 230 325 #6-40 28
7/8" 165 370 500 #8-32 48
1" 250 560 800 #8-36 51
1-1/8" 350 810 1100 #10-24 70
1-1/4" 500 1120 1600 #10-32 76
1-3/8" 650 1500 2100
1-1/2" 850 1940 2750 1/4-20 160
M10 10 25 35 1/4-28 180
M12 20 65 95 5/16-18 325
M14 40 95 135 5/16-24 360
M16 55 130 185
M20 100 230 325
M24 250 560 800
M30 350 810 1100
M36 650 1500 2100
Torque values are for dry bolts. If the connection bolts are oil lubricated,
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | 2300/2400 instr-pl 06/09

use 90% of the torque values.
If they are coated with anti-seize, use 60% of the torque values.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 50 Hertz Direct Drive Blower
Sheet 2300-1
Specifications
Equivalent
50 Hertz Nominal pipe 60 Hertz Blower
Blower Vol., Pressure, size, inches for estimating
designation cfh† osi In Out dimensions and weights
23055-11/3-__.5D‡ 3 600 5.5 3 2 2308-11/3-__.5D

23055-14/1-__.5D 8 400 6.4 3 3 2308-14/1-__.75D
23055-17/1-__.75D 16 800 6.5 4 4 2308-17/1-__1.5D
23055-17/1-__1D 22 800 5.7 4 4 2308-17/1-__1.5D
23055-24/1-__1.5D 30 000 6.6 6 6 2308-24/1-__3D
23055-24/1-__2D 43 200 6.2 6 6 2308-24/1-__3D
23055-31/1-__3D 60 000 6.7 8 8 2308-31/1-__5D
23055-21/1-__5D 102 000 6.1 10 10 2308-21/1-__10D
23055-44/1-__7.5D 171 000 6.4 16 16 2308-44/1-__20D
23055-44/1-__10D 237 000 6.0 16 16 2308-44/1-__20D
23055-44/1-__15D 324 000 5.3 16 18 2308-44/1-__25D
2307-11/4-__.5D‡ 3 900 7.0 3 2 2310-11/4-__.5D

2307-19/1-__.75D 10 200 7.3 3 3 2310-19/1-__2D
2307-19/1-__1D 16 200 7.2 3 4 2310-19/1-__2D
2307-26/1-__1.5D 20 400 7.8 6 6 2310-26/1-__5D
2307-26/1-__2D 32 400 7.6 6 6 2310-26/1-__5D
2307-26/1-__3D 51 000 7.2 6 8 2310-26/1-__5D
23085-11/4-__.5D‡ 2 400 8.3 3 2 2312-11/4-__.5D

23085-19/1-__.75D 8 400 8.5 3 3 2312-19/1-__1.5D
23085-19/1-__1D 12 600 8.9 3 3 2312-19/1-__1.5D
23085-26/1-__1.5D 15 600 8.8 6 6 2312-26/1-__3D
23085-26/1-__2D 25 800 8.9 6 6 2312-26/1-__3D
23085-26/1-__3D 43 800 8.6 6 8 2312-26/1-__5D
23085-35/1-__5D 81 000 8.3 8 8 2312-35/1-__7.5D
23085-21/1-__7.5D 105 000 9.4 14 10 2312-21/1-__15D
23085-21/1-__10D 153 000 8.2 14 12 2312-21/1-__15D
23085-41/1-__15D 249 000 8.4 16 16 2312-41/1-__25D
23085-41/1-__20D 315 000 8.6 16 16 2312-41/1-__40D
23085-41/1-__25D 378 000 8.0 16 16 2312-41/1-__40D
2311-14/2-__.5D‡ 2 700 11.6 3 3 2316-14/2-__1D

2311-14/2-__.75D 6 600 11.8 3 3 2316-14/2-__1D
2311-17/2-__1D 9 000 11.7 4 4 2316-17/2-__2D
2311-17/2-__1.5D 15 600 11.4 4 4 2316-17/2-__2D
2311-26/1-__2D 18 000 11.7 6 4 2316-26/1-__7.5D
2311-26/1-__3D 31 800 11.7 6 6 2316-26/1-__7.5D
2311-28/1-__5D 55 800 11.5 8 6 2316-28/1-__7.5D
2311-26/1-__5D 59 400 11.5 6 6 2316-26/1-__7.5D
2311-35/1-__7.5D 84 000 11.9 8 8 2316-35/1-__10D
2311-35/1-__10D 123 000 10.4 8 10 2316-35/1-__15D
2311-33/1-__15D 174 000 11.7 12 12 2316-33/1-__25D
2311-33/1-__20D 231 000 10.6 12 14 2316-33/1-__25D
2311-41/1-__25D 303 000 11.6 16 16 2316-41/1-__40D
† Service factor is 1.0 on all 50 Hz motors.
‡ TEFC only.
Sheet 2300-1
Page 2
Equivalent
50 Hertz Nominal pipe 60 Hertz Blower
Blower Vol., Pressure, size, inches for estimating
designation cfh† osi In Out dimensions and weights
2314-19/2-__1.5D 11 400 14.5 3 3 2320-19/2-__3D

2314-26/2-__2D 14 400 14.5 6 6 2320-26/2-__5D
2314-26/2-__3D 25 800 14.3 6 6 2320-26/2-__5D
2314-26/2-__5D 41 400 14.2 6 6 2320-26/2-__7.5D
2314-35/1-__7.5D 69 000 14.2 8 8 2320-35/1-__10D
2314-35/1-__10D 96 000 13.6 8 8 2320-35/1-__15D
2314-21/1-__15D 132 000 14.2 10 10 2320-21/1-__20D
2314-33/1-__20D 204 000 14.2 12 12 2320-33/1-__30D
2314-33/1-__25D 243 000 14.3 12 12 2320-33/1-__50D
2314-33/1-__30D 300 000 13.6 12 14 2320-33/1-__50D
2314-41/1-__50D 516 000 12.9 16 16 2320-41/1-__75D
23165-14/3-__1.5D 9 000 17.5 3 3 2324-14/3-__2D

23165-19/2-__2D 13 200 16.5 4 4 2324-19/2-__3D
23165-26/2-__3D 19 200 17.5 6 6 2324-26/2-__5D
23165-26/2-__5D 36 000 16.6 6 6 2324-26/2-__7.5D
23165-35/2-__7.5D 57 000 17.5 8 8 2324-35/2-__10D
23165-35/2-__10D 81 000 16.8 8 8 2324-35/2-__15D
23165-21/1-__15D 117 000 16.8 10 10 2324-21/1-__20D
23165-33/1-__20D 153 000 17.4 12 12 2324-33/1-__25D
23165-33/1-__25D 201 000 17.1 12 12 2324-33/1-__40D
23165-33/1-__30D 249 000 16.5 12 14 2324-33/1-__40D
2322-19/3-__3D 13 800 23.4 4 4 2332-19/3-__5D

2322-19/3-__5D 22 200 22.2 4 4 2332-19/3-__5D
2322-28/2-__7.5D 37 200 23.8 8 6 2332-28/2-__15D
2322-28/2-__10D 57 000 22.6 8 6 2332-28/2-__15D
2322-21/2-__15D 72 000 23.7 10 8 2332-21/2-__25D
2322-21/2-__20D 105 000 22.8 10 8 2332-21/2-__30D
2322-21/2-__25D 135 000 21.2 10 8 2332-21/2-__40D
2322-21/2-__30D§ 168 000 18.0 10 8 2332-21/2-__40D
2322-33/2-__30D 168 000 23.7 12 12 2332-33/2-__50D
2322-33/2-__40D 231 000 21.2 12 12 2332-33/2-__50D
23305-21/2-__20D 78 000 30.6 10 8 2344-21/2-__30D

23305-21/2-__25D 105 000 30.6 10 8 2344-21/2-__40D
23305-21/2-__30D 129 000 30.0 10 10 2344-21/2-__40D
† Service factor is 1.0 on all 50 Hz motors.

§ When ordered as a special blower with 22½" impeller at additional cost (standard impeller is 21"), it will deliver 147 000 cfh at
25.6 osi.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 2312-48 Blowers for Industrial Applications Sheet 2300-2
At 100% of At 115% of
Motor Rating Motor Rating
Blower Motor Volume Pressure Volume Pressure Impeller Wt,
designation hp cfh osi cfh osi OD Bore lb
2312-48/1-_60D 60 720 000 11.5 840 000 11 38" 23⁄8" 2150
2312-48/1-_75D 75 810 000 12.8 930 000 12.5 41" 23⁄8" 2200
Motor: 1800 rpm 58¾
Inlet/Outlet: 24" 267⁄8 267⁄8
Vertical Output: 12" Secondary Air Damper 167⁄16
Discharge Position: #3 Only
8
22½
DIMENSIONS INCHES 22¾

9¾
547⁄16
201⁄8
24
2" Observation 1" dia.

Port 6 Holes
313⁄16
12" RPM Secondary
Flange Air Damper
453⁄16
8
26
Sq. 8
24" Inlet
35 and Discharge
Z†
13 45⁄16
8 123⁄8
855⁄8 ±1/16 Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 2300-2 10/01
407⁄8
†Z = 27⁄16 for 60 hp
Z = 37⁄16 for 75 hp
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American V-Belt Drive Turbo Blowers 2300 Series Sheet 2300-3
DIMENSIONS All dimensions are in inches. Dimensions shown apply only to blower with T-frame motors.
Blower
designation* A B C D E F G H J K M N P R S T‡ U‡ V W X Z
2304-11/1-—.3V See page 4

2304-44/1-—10V 18† 11½ 34¼ 5915⁄16 28 425⁄16† 31½ 187⁄8 34 277⁄16 18¾ 37¼ 9 20 163¾ 60 311⁄16 — — —
2308-11/3-—.3V See page 4

2308-14/1-—.5V 3§ 21⁄8 18½ 273⁄8 103⁄8 131⁄16§ 12½ 83⁄8 11½ 109⁄16 101⁄8 21½ 47⁄16 111⁄8 3 4 309⁄16 13⁄16 — — —
2308-14/1-—.75V 3§ 21⁄8 18½ 273⁄8 103⁄8 131⁄16§ 12½ 83⁄8 11½ 109⁄16 101⁄8 21½ 47⁄16 111⁄8 3 4 309⁄16 13⁄16 — — —
2308-17/1-—1V 4§ 211⁄16 18½ 285⁄16 11 131⁄16§ 12½ 8¼ 11½ 109⁄16 101⁄8 21½ 413⁄16 111⁄8 3 4 31½ 13⁄16 — — —
2308-17/1-—1.5V 6§ 211⁄16 18½ 285⁄16 119⁄16 167⁄8§ 12½ 8¼ 11½ 109⁄16 101⁄8 21½ 413⁄16 111⁄8 4 4 31½ 13⁄16 — — —
2308-24/1-—2V 6§ 315⁄16 195⁄16 323⁄8 131⁄8 155⁄16§ 16¼ 9 13½ 125⁄16 135⁄8 225⁄16 67⁄16 14¾ 6 4 353⁄16 13⁄16 — — —
2308-24/1-—3V 8† 315⁄16 195⁄16 323⁄8 135⁄16 1911⁄16† 16¼ 9 13½ 125⁄16 135⁄8 225⁄16 67⁄16 14¾ 6 4 353⁄16 13⁄16 — — 3⁄8
2308-31/1-—5V 10† 35⁄16 21½ 353⁄16 155⁄8 303⁄8† 18¼ 10¼ 18 147⁄8 14 24½ 73⁄8 15¼ 8 4 3711⁄16 1½ — — —
2308-31/1-—7.5V 10† 35⁄16 21½ 353⁄16 155⁄8 303⁄8† 18¼ 10¼ 18 147⁄8 14 24½ 73⁄8 15¼ 8 4 3711⁄16 1½ — — ¾
2308-21/1-—10V 12† 315⁄16 30¾ 475⁄16 205⁄8 387⁄16† 25½ 137⁄8 25 19¾ 177⁄8 33¾ 83⁄8 191⁄8 10 4 491⁄16 2¼ — 153⁄8 —
2308-44/1-—10V 16† 11½ 34¼ 5915⁄16 28 457⁄16† 31½ 187⁄8 34 277⁄16 18¾ 37¼ 9 20 16 3¾ 60 311⁄16 — — —
2308-44/1-—15V 16† 11½ 34¼ 5915⁄16 28 457⁄16† 31½ 187⁄8 34 277⁄16 18¾ 37¼ 9 20 16 3¾ 60 311⁄16 — — —
2308-44/1-—20V 18† 11½ 34¼ 5915⁄16 28 427⁄16† 31½ 187⁄8 34 277⁄16 18¾ 37¼ 9 20 16 3¾ 60 311⁄16 — — —
2308-44/1-—25V 18† 11½ 34¼ 5915⁄16 28 425⁄16† 31½ 187⁄8 34 277⁄16 18¾ 37¼ 9 20 16 3¾ 60 311⁄16 — — —
2308-44/1-—30V 18† 11½ 34¼ 5915⁄16 28 425⁄16† 31½ 187⁄8 34 277⁄16 18¾ 37¼ 9 20 16 3¾ 60 311⁄16 — — 15⁄8
2308-47/1-—40V 24† 123⁄8 42½ 7513⁄16 33½ 547⁄16† 38 20½ 38 313⁄16 213⁄8 45½ 151⁄8 22½ 24 — — 45⁄16 14 — —
2308-47/1-—50V 24† 123⁄8 42½ 7513⁄16 33½ 547⁄16† 38 20½ 38 313⁄16 213⁄8 45½ 151⁄8 22½ 24 — — 45⁄16 14 — —
2310-11/4-—.5V See page 4

2310-19/1-—.75V 3§ 213⁄16 195/16 301⁄16 13½ 159/16§ 16¼ 10¾ 14 135⁄16 135⁄8 225⁄16 55⁄8 14¾ 3 4 33¼ 13⁄16 — — —
2310-19/1-—1V 4§ 213⁄16 195/16 301⁄16 13½ 159/16§ 16¼ 10¾ 14 135⁄16 135⁄8 225⁄16 55⁄8 14¾ 3 4 33¼ 13⁄16 — — —
2310-19/1-—1.5V 6§ 213⁄16 195/16 301⁄16 141⁄16 193⁄8§ 16¼ 10¾ 14 135⁄16 135⁄8 225⁄16 55⁄8 14¾ 4 4 33¼ 13⁄16 — — —
2310-19/1-—2V 6§ 213⁄16 195/16 301⁄16 141⁄16 193⁄8§ 16¼ 10¾ 14 135⁄16 135⁄8 225⁄16 55⁄8 14¾ 4 4 33¼ 13⁄16 — — —
2310-26/1-—3V 6§ 39⁄16 21½ 345⁄16 155⁄8 1713⁄16§ 18¼ 11¾ 16 14¾ 14 24½ 69⁄16 15¼ 6 4 371⁄8 13⁄16 — — —
2310-26/1-—5V 8† 39⁄16 21½ 345⁄16 1513⁄16 223⁄16† 18¼ 11¾ 16 14¾ 14 24½ 69⁄16 15¼ 6 4 371⁄8 13⁄16 — — —
2310-35/1-—7.5V 10† 2¾ 30¾ 44¼ 18¾ 357⁄8† 25½ 133⁄8 23 1813⁄16 177⁄8 33¾ 7¾ 191⁄8 8 4 46¾ 1½ — 153⁄8 —
2310-21/1-—10V 12† 315⁄16 30¾ 475⁄16 205⁄8 387⁄16† 25½ 137⁄8 25 19¾ 177⁄8 33¾ 87⁄8 191⁄8 10 4 491⁄16 2¼ — 153⁄8 —
2310-47/1-—40V 20† 123⁄8 42½ 7513⁄16 33½ 547⁄16† 38 20½ 38 313⁄16 213⁄8 45½ 151⁄8 22½ 24 — — 45⁄16 14 — —
2310-47/1-—50V 24† 123⁄8 42½ 7513⁄16 33½ 547⁄16† 38 20½ 38 313⁄16 213⁄8 45½ 151⁄8 22½ 24 — — 45⁄16 14 — —
2312-11/4-—.5V See page 4

2312-19/1-—1V 3§ 213⁄16 195⁄16 301⁄16 13½ 159⁄16§ 16¼ 10¾ 14 135⁄16 135⁄8 225⁄16 55⁄8 14¾ 3 4 33¼ 13⁄16 — — —
2312-19/1-—1.5V 4§ 213⁄16 195⁄16 301⁄16 13½ 159⁄16§ 16¼ 10¾ 14 135⁄16 135⁄8 225⁄16 55⁄8 14¾ 4 4 33¼ 13⁄16 — — —
2312-19/1-—2V 6§ 213⁄16 195⁄16 301⁄16 141⁄16 193⁄8§ 16¼ 10¾ 14 135⁄16 135⁄8 225⁄16 55⁄8 14¾ 4 4 33¼ 13⁄16 — — —
2312-26/1-—3V 6§ 39⁄16 21½ 345⁄16 155⁄8 1713⁄16§ 18¼ 11¾ 16 14¾ 14 24½ 69⁄16 15¼ 6 4 371⁄8 13⁄16 — — —
2312-26/1-—5V 8† 39⁄16 21½ 345⁄16 1513⁄16 223⁄16† 18¼ 11¾ 16 14¾ 14 24½ 69⁄16 15¼ 6 4 371⁄8 13⁄16 — — —
2312-35/1-—7.5V 8† 2¾ 30¾ 44¼ 18¾ 357⁄8† 25½ 133⁄8 23 1813⁄16 177⁄8 33¾ 7¾ 191⁄8 8 4 46¾ 1½ — 153⁄8 —
2312-35/1-—10V 10† 2¾ 30¾ 44¼ 18¾ 353⁄8† 25½ 133⁄8 23 1813⁄16 177⁄8 33¾ 7¾ 191⁄8 8 4 46¾ 1½ — 153⁄8 —
2312-21/1-—15V 12† 315⁄16 30¾ 485⁄16 205⁄8 387⁄16† 25½ 137⁄8 25 19¾ 177⁄8 33¾ 87⁄8 191⁄8 14 3¾ 4813⁄16 3¼ — 153⁄8 15⁄8
2312-41/1-—20V 16† 123⁄16 42¾ 713⁄8 34¼ 4815⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 21¼ 45¾ 11¼ 22½ 16 3¾ 717⁄16 311⁄16 14 — —
2312-41/1-—25V 16† 123⁄16 42¾ 713⁄8 34¼ 4815⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 21¼ 45¾ 11¼ 22½ 16 3¾ 717⁄16 311⁄16 14 — —
2312-41/1-—30V 16† 123⁄16 42¾ 713⁄8 34¼ 4815⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 21¼ 45¾ 11¼ 22½ 16 3¾ 717⁄16 311⁄16 14 — —
2312-47/1-—40V 18† 123⁄8 42½ 7513⁄16 33½ 547⁄16† 38 20½ 38 313⁄16 213⁄8 45½ 151⁄8 22½ 24 — — 45⁄16 14 — —
2312-41/1-—40V 18† 123⁄16 42¾ 713⁄8 34¼ 4815⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 21¼ 45¾ 11¼ 22½ 16 3¾ 717⁄16 311⁄16 14 — —
2312-47/1-—50V 20† 123⁄8 42½ 7513⁄16 33½ 547⁄16† 38 20½ 38 313⁄16 213⁄8 45½ 151⁄8 22½ 24 — — 45⁄16 14 — —
See page 4 for dimension drawings and footnotes.
Sheet 2300-3
Page 2
All dimensions are in inches. Dimensions shown apply only to blower with T-frame motors.
Consult Fives for dimensions of blowers with other motors.
Blower
2316-11/2-—.75V See page 4

2316-14/2-—1V 3§ 53⁄16 18½ 307⁄16 103⁄8 131⁄16§ 12½ 83⁄8 11½ 109⁄16 101⁄8 21½ 47⁄16 111⁄8 3 4 335⁄8 13⁄16 — — —
2316-19/1-—1.5V 4§ 3¼ 195⁄16 30½ 13½ 159⁄16§ 16¼ 10¾ 14 135⁄16 135⁄8 225⁄16 55⁄8 14¾ 4 4 3311⁄16 13⁄16 — — —
2316-19/1-—2V 4§ 3¼ 195⁄16 30½ 13½ 159⁄16§ 16¼ 10¾ 14 135⁄16 135⁄8 225⁄16 55⁄8 14¾ 4 4 3311⁄16 13⁄16 — — —
2316-19/1-—3V 6§ 3¼ 195⁄16 30½ 141⁄16 193⁄8§ 16¼ 10¾ 14 135⁄16 135⁄8 225⁄16 55⁄8 14¾ 4 4 3311⁄16 13⁄16 — — —
2316-17/2-—1.5V 4§ 5¾ 18½ 313⁄8 11 131⁄16§ 12½ 8¼ 11½ 109⁄16 101⁄8 21½ 413⁄16 111⁄8 4 4 349⁄16 13⁄16 — — —
2316-17/2-—2V 4§ 5¾ 18½ 313⁄8 11 131⁄16§ 12½ 8¼ 11½ 109⁄16 101⁄8 21½ 413⁄16 111⁄8 4 4 349⁄16 13⁄16 — — 5⁄8
2316-26/1-—3v 6§ 39⁄16 21½ 345⁄16 1513⁄16 1713⁄16§ 18¼ 11¾ 16 14¾ 14 24½ 69⁄16 15¼ 6 4 37½ 13⁄16 — — —
2316-17/2-—3v 6§ 5¾ 18½ 313⁄8 11 167⁄8§ 12½ 8¼ 11½ 109⁄16 101⁄8 21½ 413⁄16 111⁄8 4 4 349⁄16 13⁄16 — — 115⁄16
2316-24/2-—3v 6§ 73⁄8 195⁄16 3513⁄16 131⁄8 155⁄16§ 16¼ 9 13½ 125⁄16 135⁄8 225⁄16 67⁄16 14¾ 6 4 385⁄8 13⁄16 — —
2316-28/1-—5v 6§ 315⁄16 29½ 431⁄16 17 2113⁄16§ 22½ 127⁄8 20 165⁄16 18½ 32½ 6¾ 195⁄8 8 4 4511⁄16 13⁄8 — — —
2316-24/2-—5v 6§ 73⁄8 195⁄16 3513⁄16 131⁄8 155⁄16§ 16¼ 9 13½ 125⁄16 135⁄8 225⁄16 67⁄16 14¾ 6 4 385⁄8 13⁄16 — — 5⁄8
2316-26/1-—5v 6§ 39⁄16 21½ 345⁄16 1513⁄16 1713⁄16§ 18¼ 11¾ 16 14¾ 14 24½ 69⁄16 15¼ 6 4 37½ 13⁄16 — — —
2316-31/2-—7.5V 8† 713⁄16 21½ 3911⁄16 155⁄8 303⁄8† 18¼ 10¼ 18 147⁄8 14 24½ 73⁄8 15¼ 8 4 423⁄16 1½ — — —
2316-28/1-—7.5V 6§ 315⁄16 29½ 431⁄16 17 2113⁄16§ 22½ 127⁄8 20 165⁄16 18½ 32½ 6¾ 195⁄8 8 4 4511⁄16 13⁄8 — — —
2316-26/1-—7.5V 8† 39⁄16 21½ 345⁄16 1513⁄16 223⁄16† 18¼ 11¾ 16 14¾ 14 24½ 69⁄16 15¼ 6 4 37½ 15⁄16 — —
2316-31/2-—10V 8† 713⁄16 21½ 3911⁄16 155⁄8 303⁄8† 18¼ 10¼ 18 147⁄8 14 24½ 73⁄8 15¼ 8 4 425⁄16 1½ — — 2¼
2316-35/1-—10V 8† 41⁄16 30¾ 459⁄16 18¾ 357⁄8† 25½ 133⁄8 23 1813⁄16 177⁄8 33¾ 7¾ 191⁄8 8 4 481⁄16 1½ — 153⁄8 —
2316-21/1-—15V 10† 37⁄8 30¾ 47¼ 205⁄8 387⁄16† 25½ 137⁄8 25 19¾ 177⁄8 33¾ 87⁄8 191⁄8 10 4 48¾ 2¼ — 153⁄8 1¾
2316-35/1-—15V 10† 41⁄16 30¾ 459⁄16 18¾ 357⁄8† 25½ 133⁄8 23 1813⁄16 177⁄8 33¾ 7¾ 191⁄8 8 4 481⁄16 1½ — 153⁄8 1¾
2316-21/1-—20V 10† 37⁄8 38¾ 55¼ 205⁄8 387⁄16† 25½ 137⁄8 25 19¾ 177⁄8 41¾ 87⁄8 191⁄8 10 4 57 2¼ 13 — —
2316-41/1-—20V 12† 123⁄16 42¾ 713⁄8 34¼ 5015⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 21¼ 45¾ 11¼ 22½ 16 3¾ 717⁄16 311⁄16 14 — —
2316-33/1-—25V 12† 51⁄16 38 591⁄8 267⁄8 4715⁄16† 34½ 175⁄8 34 25½ 20¼ 41 115⁄16 21½ 12 3¾ 595⁄8 3¼ 12½ — —
2316-41/1-—25V 12† 123⁄16 42¾ 713⁄8 34¼ 5015⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 21¼ 45¾ 11¼ 22½ 16 3¾ 717⁄16 311⁄16 14 — —
2316-33/1-—30V 14† 51⁄16 38 591⁄8 267⁄8 4715⁄16† 34½ 175⁄8 34 25½ 20¼ 41 115⁄16 21½ 12 3¾ 595⁄8 3¼ 12½ — —
2316-41/1-—30V 16† 123⁄16 42¾ 713⁄8 34¼ 4815⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 21¼ 45¾ 11¼ 22½ 16 3¾ 717⁄16 311⁄16 14 — —
2316-41/1-—40V 16† 123⁄16 42¾ 713⁄8 34¼ 4815⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 21¼ 45¾ 11¼ 22½ 16 3¾ 717⁄16 311⁄16 14 — —
2316-41/1-—50V 16† 123⁄16 42¾ 713⁄8 34¼ 4815⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 21¼ 45¾ 11¼ 22½ 16 3¾ 717⁄16 311⁄16 14 — —
2316-47/1-—75V 24† 123⁄8 42½ 7513⁄16 33½ 547⁄16† 38 20½ 38 313⁄16 213⁄8 45½ 151⁄8 22½ 24 — — 45⁄16 14 — 17⁄8
2320-19/2-—1.5V 3§ 67⁄8 195⁄16 341⁄8 13½ 159⁄16§ 16¼ 10¾ 14 135⁄16 135⁄8 225⁄16 55⁄8 14¾ 3 4 375⁄16 13⁄16 — — —
2320-19/2-—2V 4§ 67⁄8 195⁄16 341⁄8 13½ 159⁄16§ 16¼ 10¾ 14 135⁄16 135⁄8 225⁄16 55⁄8 14¾ 4 4 375⁄16 13⁄16 — — —
2320-19/2-—3V 4§ 67⁄8 195⁄16 341⁄8 13½ 159⁄16§ 16¼ 10¾ 14 135⁄16 135⁄8 225⁄16 55⁄8 14¾ 4 4 375⁄16 13⁄16 — — 3⁄8
2320-26/2-—5V 6§ 7 21½ 37¾ 155⁄8 1713⁄16§ 18¼ 11¾ 16 14¾ 14 24½ 69⁄16 15¼ 6 4 409⁄16 13⁄16 — — —
2320-26/2-—7.5V 6§ 7 21½ 37¾ 155⁄8 1713⁄16§ 18¼ 11¾ 16 14¾ 14 24½ 69⁄16 15¼ 6 4 409⁄16 13⁄16 — — ¾
2320-35/1-—10V 8† 41⁄16 30¾ 459⁄16 18¾ 357⁄8† 25½ 133⁄8 23 1813⁄16 177⁄8 33¾ 7¾ 191⁄8 8 4 481⁄16 1½ — 153⁄8 —
2320-35/2-—10V 8† 73⁄8 30¾ 487⁄8 18¾ 357⁄8† 25½ 133⁄8 23 1813⁄16 177⁄8 33¾ 7¾ 191⁄8 8 4 513⁄8 1½ — 153⁄8 —
2320-35/2-—15V 8† 73⁄8 30¾ 487⁄8 18¾ 357⁄8† 25½ 133⁄8 23 1813⁄16 177⁄8 33¾ 7¾ 191⁄8 8 4 513⁄8 1½ — 153⁄8 19⁄16
2320-21/1-—15V 8† 37⁄8 30¾ 47¼ 205⁄8 387⁄8† 25½ 137⁄8 25 19¾ 177⁄8 33¾ 87⁄8 191⁄8 10 4 49 2¼ — 153⁄8 19⁄16
2320-35/1-—15V 8† 41⁄16 30¾ 459⁄16 18¾ 357⁄8† 25½ 133⁄8 23 1813⁄16 177⁄8 33¾ 7¾ 191⁄8 8 4 481⁄16 1½ — 153⁄8 19⁄16
2320-21/1-—20V 10† 37⁄8 38¾ 55¼ 205⁄8 387⁄16† 25¼ 137⁄8 25 19¾ 177⁄8 41¾ 87⁄8 191⁄8 10 4 57 2¼ 13 — —
2320-41/1-—25V 12† 123⁄16 42¾ 713⁄8 34¼ 5015⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 21¼ 45¾ 11¼ 22½ 16 3¾ 717⁄16 311⁄16 14 — —
2320-33/1-—25V 12† 51⁄16 38 591⁄8 267⁄8 4715⁄16† 34½ 175⁄8 34 25½ 20¼ 41 115⁄16 21½ 12 3¾ 595⁄8 3¼ 12½ — —
2320-33/1-—30V 12† 51⁄16 38 591⁄8 267⁄8 4715⁄16† 34½ 175⁄8 34 25½ 20¼ 41 115⁄16 21½ 12 3¾ 595⁄8 3¼ 12½ — —
2320-41/1-—30V 12† 123⁄16 42¾ 713⁄8 34¼ 5015⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 21¼ 45¾ 11¼ 22½ 16 3¾ 717⁄16 311⁄16 14 — —

Sheet 2300-3
Page 3
Blower
2320-33/1-—40V 14† 51⁄16 38 591⁄8 267⁄8 4715⁄16† 34½ 175⁄8 34 25½ 20¼ 41 115⁄16 21½ 12 3¾ 595⁄8 3¼ 12½ — —
2320-41/1-—40V 16† 123⁄16 42¾ 713⁄8 34¼ 4815⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 21¼ 45¾ 11¼ 22½ 16 3¾ 717⁄16 311⁄16 14 — —
2320-33/1-—50V 14† 51⁄16 38 591⁄8 267⁄8 4715⁄16† 34½ 175⁄8 34 25½ 20¼ 41 115⁄16 21½ 12 3¾ 595⁄8 3¼ 12½ — 21⁄8
2320-41/1-—50V 16† 123⁄16 42¾ 713⁄8 34¼ 4815⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 21¼ 45¾ 11¼ 22½ 16 3¾ 717⁄16 311⁄16 14 — —
2320-41/1-—60V 16† 123⁄16 42¾ 713⁄8 34¼ 4815⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 21¼ 45¾ 11¼ 22½ 16 3¾ 717⁄16 311⁄16 14 — 7⁄8
2324-14/3-—1.5V 3§ 85⁄16 18½ 339⁄16 103⁄8 131⁄16§ 12½ 83⁄8 11½ 109⁄16 101⁄8 21½ 47⁄16 111⁄8 3 4 36¾ 13⁄16 — — —
2324-14/3-—2V 3§ 85⁄16 18½ 339⁄16 103⁄8 131⁄16§ 12½ 83⁄8 11½ 109⁄16 101⁄8 21½ 47⁄16 111⁄8 3 4 36¾ 13⁄16 — — —
2324-19/2-—3V 4§ 67⁄8 195⁄16 341⁄8 13½ 159⁄16§ 16¼ 10¾ 14 135⁄16 135⁄8 225⁄16 55⁄8 14¾ 4 4 375⁄16 13⁄16 — — 3⁄8
2324-26/2-—5V 6§ 7 21½ 37¾ 155⁄8 1713⁄16§ 18¼ 11¾ 16 14¾ 14 24½ 69⁄16 15¼ 6 4 409⁄16 13⁄16 — — —
2324-26/2-—7.5V 6§ 7 21½ 37¾ 155⁄8 1713⁄16§ 18¼ 11¾ 16 14¾ 14 24½ 69⁄16 15¼ 6 4 409⁄16 13⁄16 — — 5⁄8
2324-35/2-—10V 8§ 73⁄8 30¾ 487⁄8 18¾ 357⁄8§ 25½ 133⁄8 23 1813⁄16 177⁄8 33¾ 7¾ 191⁄8 8 4 513⁄8 1½ — 153⁄8 —
2324-35/2-—15V 8† 73⁄8 30¾ 487⁄8 18¾ 357⁄8† 25½ 133⁄8 23 1813⁄16 177⁄8 33¾ 7¾ 191⁄8 8 4 513⁄8 1½ — 153⁄8 19⁄16
2324-21/1-—20V 10† 5¾ 38¾ 571⁄8 205⁄8 387⁄16† 25½ 137⁄8 25 19¾ 177⁄8 41¾ 87⁄8 191⁄8 10 4 587⁄8 2¼ 13 — —
2324-33/1-—25V 12† 51⁄16 38 591⁄8 267⁄8 4715⁄16† 34½ 175⁄8 34 25½ 20¼ 41 115⁄16 21½ 12 3¾ 595⁄8 3¼ 12½ — —
2324-41/1-—30V 12† 123⁄16 42¾ 713⁄8 34¼ 5015⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 21¼ 45¾ 11¼ 22½ 16 3¾ 717⁄16 311⁄16 14 — —
2324-33/1-—30V 12† 51⁄16 38 591⁄8 267⁄8 4715⁄16† 34½ 175⁄8 34 25½ 20¼ 41 115⁄16 21½ 12 3¾ 595⁄8 3¼ 12½ — —
2324-41/1-—40V 12† 123⁄16 42¾ 713⁄8 34¼ 5015⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 21¼ 45¾ 11¼ 22½ 16 3¾ 717⁄16 311⁄16 14 — —
2324-33/1-—40V 12† 51⁄16 38 591⁄8 267⁄8 4715⁄16† 34½ 175⁄8 34 25½ 20¼ 41 115⁄16 21½ 12 3¾ 595⁄8 3¼ 12½ — 5⁄8
2324-33/1-—50V 14† 67⁄8 38 591⁄8 267⁄8 4715⁄16† 34½ 175⁄8 34 25½ 20¼ 41 115⁄16 21½ 14 3¾ 595⁄8 3¼ 12½ — 2
2324-41/1-—50V 16† 123⁄16 42¾ 713⁄8 34¼ 4815⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 21¼ 45¾ 11¼ 22½ 16 3¾ 717⁄16 311⁄16 14 — —
2324-33/1-—60V 14† 67⁄8 38 6015⁄16 267⁄8 4715⁄16† 34½ 175⁄8 34 25½ 20¼ 41 115⁄16 21½ 14 3¾ 617⁄16 3¼ 12½ — 37⁄8
2324-41/1-—60V 16† 123⁄16 42¾ 713⁄8 34¼ 4815⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 21¼ 45¾ 11¼ 22½ 16 3¾ 717⁄16 311⁄16 14 — 7⁄8
2324-41/1-—75V 16† 123⁄16 42¾ 713⁄8 34¼ 4815⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 21¼ 45¾ 11¼ 22½ 16 3¾ 717⁄16 311⁄16 14 — 17⁄8
2332-19/3-—3V 4§ 1011⁄16 195⁄16 3715⁄16 13½ 159⁄16§ 16¼ 10¾ 14 135⁄16 135⁄8 225⁄16 55⁄8 14¾ 4 4 411⁄8 13⁄16 — — 3⁄8
2332-19/3-—5V 4§ 1011⁄16 195⁄16 3715⁄16 13½ 159⁄16§ 16¼ 10¾ 14 135⁄16 135⁄8 225⁄16 55⁄8 14¾ 4 4 411⁄8 13⁄16 — — 13⁄8
2332-28/2-—7.5V 6§ 87⁄8 29½ 48 17 219⁄16§ 22½ 127⁄8 20 165⁄16 18½ 32½ 6¾ 195⁄8 8 4 505⁄8 13⁄8 — — —
2332-28/2-—10V 6§ 87⁄8 29½ 48 17 2113⁄16§ 22½ 127⁄8 20 165⁄16 18½ 32½ 6¾ 195⁄8 8 4 505⁄8 13⁄8 — — —
2332-28/2-—15V 6§ 87⁄8 29½ 48 17 2113⁄16§ 22½ 127⁄8 20 165⁄16 18½ 32½ 6¾ 195⁄8 8 4 505⁄8 13⁄8 — — —
2332-21/2-—20V 8† 91⁄8 38¾ 60½ 205⁄8 387⁄16† 25½ 137⁄8 25 19¾ 177⁄8 41¾ 87⁄8 191⁄8 10 4 62¼ 2¼ 13 — —
2332-21/2-—25V 8† 91⁄8 38¾ 60½ 205⁄8 387⁄16† 25½ 137⁄8 25 19¾ 177⁄8 41¾ 87⁄8 191⁄8 10 4 62¼ 2¼ 13 — —
2332-21/2-—30V 8† 91⁄8 38¾ 60½ 205⁄8 387⁄16† 25½ 137⁄8 25 19¾ 177⁄8 41¾ 87⁄8 191⁄8 10 4 62¼ 2¼ 13 — —
2332-33/2-—50V 12† 117⁄8 38 6515⁄16 267⁄8 4715⁄16† 34½ 175⁄8 34 25½ 20¼ 41 115⁄16 21½ 12 3¾ 667⁄16 3¼ 12½ — 21⁄8
2332-33/2-—60V 12† 117⁄8 38 6515⁄16 267⁄8 4715⁄16† 34½ 175⁄8 34 25½ 20¼ 41 115⁄16 21½ 12 3¾ 667⁄16 3¼ 12½ — 37⁄8
2344-28/3-—10V 6§ 143⁄8 29½ 535⁄8 17 2113⁄16§ 22½ 127⁄8 20 165⁄16 18½ 32½ 6¾ 195⁄8 8 4 56¼ 1½ — — —
2344-28/3-—15V 6§ 143⁄8 29½ 535⁄8 17 2113⁄16§ 22½ 127⁄8 20 165⁄16 18½ 32½ 6¾ 195⁄8 8 4 56¼ 1½ — — —
2344-28/3-—20V 6§ 143⁄8 29½ 535⁄8 17 2113⁄16§ 22½ 127⁄8 20 165⁄16 18½ 32½ 6¾ 195⁄8 8 4 56¼ 1½ — — 15⁄16
2344-21/2-—30V 8† 1015⁄16 38¾ 625⁄16 205⁄8 387⁄16† 25½ 137⁄8 25 19¾ 177⁄8 41¾ 87⁄8 191⁄8 10 4 641⁄16 2¼ 13 — —
2344-21/2-—40V 8† 1015⁄16 38¾ 625⁄16 205⁄8 387⁄16† 25½ 137⁄8 25 19¾ 177⁄8 41¾ 87⁄8 191⁄8 10 4 641⁄16 2¼ 13 — 3⁄8
2344-21/2-—50V 8† 1015⁄16 38¾ 625⁄16 205⁄8 387⁄16† 25½ 137⁄8 25 19¾ 177⁄8 41¾ 87⁄8 191⁄8 10 4 641⁄16 2¼ 13 — 3⁄8
Sheet 2300-3
Page 4
* Explanation of designation: 2304-11/1-—.3V means 2300 series, 4 osi pressure, inner housing no. 11, 1 stage, 1⁄3 hp motor, V-belt drive.
Z = motor overhang for TEFC motors. There is no overhang for drip-proof motors.
8-hole base.
6-hole base.
‡ Listed T and U dimensions are for SW inlet. For threaded inlet, T is 5⁄16" for inner housing no. 11, ½" for others. If S is greater than 6", threaded inlet is not available.
† SW discharge (unthreaded pipe) 8" and larger is standard and is included in F.
§ Female pipe thread 6" and smaller is standard. If SW discharge (unthreaded pipe) is specified, add 3¼" to F.
Blower Dimensions in inches

designation B D U
2304-11/1-—.3V 21⁄8 155/16 189⁄16

2308-11/3-—.3V 41/4 177/16 2011⁄16
2310-11/4-—.5V 57⁄16 18½ 21¾
 2" unthreaded pipe if "SW" discharge is specified.
if "SW"
 discharge is specified. Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 2300-3 11/00
2312-11/4-—.5V 57⁄16 18½ 21¾
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Blower Housings and Spacer Rings
Inner Case Outer Case
Blower Designation Part Number Part Number Sheet 2300-4
304-A1-1⁄3 2304-11/1-_.3 1-0673-3 1-0845-1
304-L1-10 2304-44/1-_10 1-3118-1 1-3119-1
308-A3-1⁄3 2308-11/3-_.3 1-0673-3 1-0702-2
308-B1-½ 2308-14/1-_.5 1-0563-1 1-0374-1

308-B1-¾ 2308-14/1-_.75 1-0563-1 1-0374-1
308-C1-1 2308-17/1-_1 1-0338-1 1-0374-1
308-B1-1 2308-14/1-_1 1-0563-1 1-0374-1
308-C1-1½ 2308-17/1-_1.5 1-0338-1 1-0374-1

308-D1-2 2308-24/1-_2 1-0453-1 1-0455-1
308-D1-3 2308-24/1-_3 1-0453-1 1-0455-1
308-E1-5 2308-31/1-_5 1-0487-1 1-0489-1

308-E1-7½ 2308-31/1-_7.5 1-0487-1 1-0489-1
308-FS1-10 2308-21/1-_10 1-3094-2 1-1775-1 (2)
308-L1-10 2308-44/1-_10 1-3118-1 1-3119-1

308-L1-15 2308-44/1-_15 1-3118-1 1-3119-1
308-L1-20 2308-44/1-_20 1-3118-2 1-3119-1
308-L1-25 2308-44/1-_25 1-3118-2 1-3119-1

308-L1-30 2308-44/1-_30 1-3118-2 1-3119-1
308-R1-40 2308-47/1-_40 1-3099-4 1-1852-1
308-R1-50 2308-47/1-_50 1-3099-4 1-1852-1
310-A4-½ 2310-11/4-_.5 1-0673-3 1-0702-2

310-C1-¾ 2310-19/1-_.75 1-0400-2 1-1666-2
310-C1-1 2310-19/1-_1 1-0400-2 1-1666-2
310-C1-1½ 2310-19/1-_1.5 1-0400-2 1-1666-2

310-C1-2 2310-19/1-_2 1-0400-2 1-1666-2
310-D1-3 2310-26/1-_3 1-0470-1 1-0472-1
310-D1-5 2310-26/1-_5 1-0470-1 1-0472-1
310-E1-7½ 2310-35/1-_7.5 1-1286-4 1-0498-1

310-FS1-10 2310-21/1-_10 1-3094-2 1-1775-1 (2)
310-R1-40 2310-47/1-_40 1-3099-4 1-1852-1
310-R1-50 2310-47/1-_50 1-3099-4 1-1852-1

312-A4-½ 2312-11/4-_.5 1-0673-3 1-0702-2
312-C1-1 2312-19/1-_1 1-0400-2 1-1666-2
312-C1-1½ 2312-19/1-_1.5 1-0400-2 1-1666-2

312-C1-2 2312-19/1-_2 1-0400-2 1-1666-2
312-D1-3 2312-26/1-_3 1-0470-1 1-0472-1
312-D1-5 2312-26/1-_5 1-0470-1 1-0472-1

312-E1-7½ 2312-35/1-_7.5 1-1286-4 1-0498-1
See footnotes on page 4.

Sheet 2300-4
Page 2

Blower Designation Part Number Part Number
312-E1-10 2312-35/1-_10 1-1286-4 1-0498-1

312-FS1-15 2312-21/1-_15 1-3094-2 1-0997-1
312-K1-20 2312-41/1-_20 1-3101-2 1-2338-1
312-K1-25 2312-41/1-_25 1-3101-2 1-2338-1
312-K1-30 2312-41/1-_30 1-3101-2 1-2338-1

312-K1-40 2312-41/1-_40 1-3101-2 1-2338-1
312-R1-40 2312-47/1-_40 1-3099-4 1-1852-1
312-R1-50 2312-47/1-_50 1-3099-4 1-1852-1

316-B2-1 2316-14/2-_1 1-0563-1 1-0337-1
316-B2-1½ 2316-14/2-_1.5 1-0563-1 1-0337-1
316-CS1-2 2316-19/1-_2 1-0400-2 1-0418-2
316-C2-1½ 2316-17/2-_1.5 1-0338-1 1-0337-1

316-C2-2 2316-17/2-_2 1-0338-1 1-0337-1
316-CS1-3 2316-19/1-_3 1-0400-2OPEN 1-0418-2
1-0400-3 TEFC
316-DS1-3 2316-26/1-_3 1-0470-1 1-0472-1

316-C2-3 2316-17/2-_3 1-0338-1 1-0337-1
316-D2-3 2316-24/2-_3 1-0453-1 1-0454-1
316-D1-5 2316-28/1-_5 1-0704-1 1-0658-1

316-D2-5 2316-24/2-_5 1-0453-1 1-0454-1
316-DS1-5 2316-26/1-_5 1-0470-1 1-0472-1
316-D1-7½ 2316-28/1-_7.5 1-0704-1 1-0658-1

316-E2-7½ 2316-31/2-_7.5 1-0487-1 1-0488-1
316-DS1-7½ 2316-26/1-_7.5 1-0470-1 1-0472-1
316-E2-10 2316-31/2-_10 1-0487-1 1-0488-1

316-ES1-10 2316-35/1-_10 1-3095-2 1-0735-1
316-ES1-15 2316-35/1-_15 1-3095-2 1-0735-1
316-CC1-15 2316-21/1-_15 1-3094-2 1-0735-1

316-CC1-20 2316-21/1-_20 1-3094-2 1-0735-1
316-K1-20 2316-41/1-_20 1-3101-2 1-2338-1
316-EE1-25 2316-33/1-_25 1-3092-2 1-1909-1

316-K1-25 2316-41/1-_25 1-3101-2 1-2338-1
316-EE1-30 2316-33/1-_30 1-3092-2 1-1909-1
316-K1-30 2316-41/1-_30 1-3101-2 1-2338-1

316-K1-40 2316-41/1-_40 1-3101-2 1-2338-1
316-K1-50 2316-41/1-_50 1-3101-2 1-2338-1
316-R1-75 2316-47/1-_75 1-3099-4 1-1852-1

320-C2-1½ 2320-19/2-_1.5 1-0400-2 1-0401-2
320-C2-2 2320-19/2-_2 1-0400-2 1-0401-2
320-C2-3 2320-19/2-_3 1-0400-2OPEN 1-0401-2

   1-0400-3 TEFC
320-D2-5 2320-26/2-_5 1-0470-1 1-0471-1
320-D2-7½ 2320-26/2-_7.5 1-0470-1 1-0471-1
Sheet 2300-4
Page 3

320-ES1-10 2320-35/1-_10 1-3095-2 1-0735-1

320-E2-10 2320-35/2-_10 1-1286-4 1-2412-1
320-E2-15 2320-35/2-_15 1-1286-4 1-2412-1
320-CC1-15 2320-21/1-_15 1-3094-2 1-0735-1

320-ES1-15 2320-35/1-_15 1-3095-2 1-0735-1
320-CC1-20 2320-21/1-_20 1-3094-2 1-0735-1
320-M1-25 2320-33/1-_25 1-3092-2 1-1909-1

320-M1-30 2320-33/1-_30 1-3092-2 1-1909-1
320-M1-40 2320-33/1-_40 1-3092-2 1-1909-1
320-M1-50 2320-33/1-_50 1-3092-2 1-1909-1

320-K1-25 2320-41/1-_25 1-3101-2 1-2338-1
320-K1-30 2320-41/1-_30 1-3101-2 1-2338-1
320-K1-40 2320-41/1-_40 1-3101-2 1-2338-1

320-K1-50 2320-41/1-_50 1-3101-2 1-2338-1
320-K1-60 2320-41/1-_60 1-3101-2 1-2338-1
324-B3-1½ 2324-14/3-_1.5 1-0563-1 1-0337-1

324-B3-2 2324-14/3-_2 1-0563-1 1-0337-1
324-C2-3 2324-19/2-_3 1-0400-2OPEN 1-0401-2
   1-0400-3 TEFC
324-D2-5 2324-26/2-_5 1-0470-1 1-0471-1

324-D2-7½ 2324-26/2-_7.5 1-0470-1 1-0471-1
324-E2-10 2324-35/2-_10 1-1286-4 1-2412-1 (2)
324-E2-15 2324-35/2-_15 1-1286-4 1-2412-1 (2)

324-MS1-20 2324-21/1-_20 1-1723-5 1-2072-2 (2)
324-M1-25 2324-33/1-_25 1-3092-2 1-1909-1
324-M1-30 2324-33/1-_30 1-3092-2 1-1909-1

324-M1-40 2324-33/1-_40 1-3092-2 1-1909-1
324-H1-50 2324-33/1-_50 1-1714-4 1-2070-2 (2)
324-H1-60 2324-33/1-_60 1-1714-4 1-2070-2 (2)

324-K1-30 2324-41/1-_30 1-3101-2 1-2338-1
324-K1-40 2324-41/1-_40 1-3101-2 1-2338-1
324-K1-50 2324-41/1-_50 1-3101-2 1-2338-1

324-K1-60 2324-41/1-_60 1-3101-2 1-2338-1
324-K1-75 2324-41/1-_75 1-3101-2 1-2338-1
332-C3-3 2332-19/3-_3 1-0400-2OPEN 1-0401-2
   1-0400-3 TEFC
332-C3-5 2332-19/3-_5 1-0400-3 1-0401-2
332-D2-7½ 2332-28/2-_7.5 1-0704-1 1-0827-1

332-D2-10 2332-28/2-_10 1-0704-2 1-0827-1
332-D2-15 2332-28/2-_15 1-0704-4 1-0827-1
332-CC2-20 2332-21/2-_20 1-1723-5 1-0773-2 (2)

332-CC2-25 2332-21/2-_25 1-1723-5 1-0773-2 (2)
332-CC2-30 2332-21/2-_30 1-1723-5 1-0773-2 (2)

332-CC2-40 2332-21/2-_40 1-1723-5 1-0773-2 (2)
332-EE2-50 2332-33/2-_50 1-1714-4 1-1919-2 (2)
332-EE2-60 2332-33/2-_60 1-1714-4 1-1919-2 (2)
Sheet 2300-4
Page 4

332-J2-75 2332-38/2-_75 1-2218-2 1-2236-3 plus

332-J2-100 2332-38/2-_100 1-2218-2 1-2276-1 or (for intake guard)
322-J2-125 2332-38/2-_125 1-2218-2 1-2330-1 or (for ANSI flange)
1-2237-2 (for SW inlet)
322-K2-75 2332-41/2-_75 1-3116-1 1-3117-1 (2)

332-K2-100 2332-41/2-_100 1-3116-1 1-3117-1 (2)
332-K2-125 2332-41/2-_125 1-3116-1 1-3117-1 (2)
344-K2-75 2338-41/2-_75 1-3116-1 1-3117-1 (2)

344-K2-100 2338-41/2-_100 1-3116-1 1-3117-1 (2)
344-D3-15 2344-28/3-_15 1-0704-4 1-0827-1

344-D3-20 2344-28/3-_20 1-0704-4 1-0827-1
344-CC2-30 2344-21/2-_30 1-1723-5 1-0773-2

344-CC2-40 2344-21/2-_40 1-1723-5 1-0773-2
344-CC2-50 2344-21/2-_50 1-1723-5 1-0773-2
344-J2-75 2344-38/2-_75 1-2218-2 1-2236-3 plus

344-J2-100 2344-38/2-_100 1-2218-2 1-2276-1 or (for intake guard)
344-J2-125 2344-38/2-_125 1-2218-2 1-2330-1 or (for ANSI flange)
1-2237-2 (for SW inlet)
Spacer ring required for complete housing assembly. See below for Part Numbers.
Indicates cast housing—all others are fabricated.
Cone is aluminum, ring is steel, case is steel.
Order by part number and give S.O. number:

Example: 1-0487-1 Inner Case for a 2316-31/2-T7.5D, S.O. #CB-7354
Spacer Ring
Blower Designation Part Number
324-B3 2324-14/3 1-0566-1
332-C3 2332-19/3 1-0819-2
344-D3 2344-28/3 1-1048-2
308-A3 2308-11/3
310-A4 2310-11/4 1-0675-1
312-A4 2312-11/4
324-H1 2324-33/1 1-2670-2

CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Blower Housings, Spacer Rings and
Stationary Vanes Cross-referenced
CAST INNER HOUSINGS Sheet 2300-4A
Part no.† Blower designation Ref: Sheet 2300-4
1-0338-1‡ 2308-17/1, 2316-17/2
1-0400-2, -3‡ 2310-19/1, 2312-19/1, -2: .75 (T or W) to 3 (W) hp

2316-19/1, 2320-19/2, -3: 3(T), 5 (T or W) hp
2324-19/2, 2332-19/3
1-0453-1‡ 2308-24/1, 2316-24/2
1-0470-1‡ 2310-26/1, 2312-26/1,

2316-26/1, 2320-26/2,
2324-26/2
1-0487-1‡ 2308-31/1, 2316-31/2
1-0563-1‡ 2308-14/1, 2316-14/2,

2324-14/3
1-0673-3‡ 2304-11/1, 2308-11/3,
2310-11/4, 2312-11/4
1-0704-1, -2, -4‡ 2316-28/1, 2332-28/2, -1: 5, 7.5 hp
2344-28/3 -2: 10 hp
-4: 15, 20 hp
FABRICATED INNER HOUSINGS
Part no. Blower designation

1-3118-1, -2 2304-44/1, 2308-44/1 -1: 10, 15 hp
-2: 20, 25, 30 hp
1-1286-4 2310-35/1, 2312-35/1,
2320-35/2, 2324-35/2
1-3101-2 2312-41/1, 2316-41/1,
2320-41/1, 2324-41/1
1-3116-1 2332-41/2, 2338-41/2
1-1714-4 2324-33/1 (H1) 50, 60 hp
2332-33/2
1-1723-5 2324-21/1, 2332-21/2,
2344-21/2
1-2218-2 2332-38/2, 2344-38/2
† The cast pattern number that may be found on the
1-3099-4 2308-47/1, 2310-47/1, blower housing is determined by omitting the hyphen
2312-47/1, 2316-47/1 and the last number from the part number. Also, a
zero appearing after the first hyphen may be omitted
1-3092-2 2316-33/1, 2320-33/1, from the cast pattern number.
2324-33/1 (M1) 25, 30, 40 hp
Example: Part Number 1-0374-1
1-3094-2 2308-21/1, 2310-21/1, Pattern Number 1-374
2312-21/1, 2316-21/1, ‡ Aluminum cast housings, others are cast iron.
2320-21/1
1-3095-2 2316-35/1, 2320-35/1
Sheet 2300-4A
Page 2
CAST OUTER HOUSINGS
Part no.† Blower designation

1-0337-1‡ 2316-14/2, 2316-17/2,
2324-14/3
1-0374-1‡ 2308-14/1, 2308-17/1
1-0401-2 2320-19/2, 2324-19/2,

2332-19/3
1-0418-2 2316-19/1
1-0454-1‡ 2316-24/2
1-0455-1 2308-24/1
1-0471-1 2320-26/2, 2324-26/2
1-0472-1‡ 2310-26/1, 2312-26/1,

2316-26/1
1-0488-1 2316-31/2
1-0489-1‡ 2308-31/1
1-0498-1 2310-35/1, 2312-35/1
1-0658-1 2316-28/1
1-0702-2‡ 2308-11/3, 2310-11/4,

2312-11/4
1-0735-1‡ 2316-21/1, 2320-21/1,

2316-35/1, 2320-35/1,
2332-21/2 (included as part of
1-0773)
1-0827-1‡ 2332-28/2, 2344-28/3
1-0997-1‡ 2312-21/1
1-1666-2‡ 2310-19/1, 2312-19/1
1-1775-1‡ 2308-21/1, 2310-21/1 - Inlets
† The cast pattern number that may be found on the blower housing is determined by omitting the hyphen and the last number from the part number.
Also, a zero appearing after the first hyphen may be omitted from the cast pattern number.
Example: Part Number 1-0374-1
Pattern Number 1-374
‡ Aluminum cast housings, others are cast iron.

Sheet 2300-4A
Page 3
FABRICATED OUTER HOUSINGS

1-0773-2 (2) 2332-21/2 Inlet 1-0735-1§
2344-21/2 Case 1-0977-3
1-0845-1 2304-11/1
1-3119-1 2304-44/1, 2308-44/1
1-1366-3 2344-21/2 Inlet (Flanged)
1-1775-1§ 2308-21/1 (with Inlet Plate 1-1776-1)

2310-21/1
1-1909-1§ 2316-33/1
2320-33/1
2324-33/1 (M1) 25, 30, 40 hp
1-1919-2 (2) 2332-33/2 Inlet 1-1909-1§

Case 1-1288-3
1-1852-1 2308-47/1, 2310-47/1,

2312-47/1, 2316-47/1
1-2070-2 (2) 2324-33/1 Inlet 1-1446-1

(H1) Ring 1-1445-3 50, 60 hp
1-2338-1 2312-41/1, 2316-41/1,

2320-41/1, 2324-41/1
1-2072-2 (2) 2324-21/1 Inlet 1-2179-1§

Ring 1-1501-1
1-2412-1 (2) 2320-35/2 Inlet 1-2411-1§

2324-35/2 Case 1-2410-2
1-3117-1 2332-41/2 Inlet 1-2338-1

2338-41/2 Case 1-2337-2
1-2236-3 (Case)
1-2276-1 Inlet (Guard) 2332-38/2
1-2330-1 Inlet (14" ANSI) 2344-38/2
1-2237-2 Inlet (18" SW)
§ The inlet cone on these blowers is cast aluminum--not fabricated steel.

Sheet 2300-4A
Page 4
STATIONARY VANE ASSEMBLIES

1-0681-1 2308-11/3, 2310-11/4,
2312-11/4
1-3280-5 2316-24/2
1-3280-8 2316-31/2
1-3280-2 2320-19/2, 2324-19/2,

2332-19/3
1-3280-6 2320-26/2, 2324-26/2
1-3280-7 2332-28/2, 2344-28/3
1-3280-1 2316-14/2, 2316-17/2,

2324-14/3
1-3280-10 2320-35/2, 2324-35/2
1-3280-3 2332-21/2
1-3280-4 2344-21/2
1-3280-9 2332-33/2
1-2346-1 2332-41/2, 2338-41/2
SPACERS FOR 3 AND 4 STAGE UNITS

1-0566-1 2324-14/3
1-0675-1 2308-11/3, 2310-11/4, 2312-11/4
1-0819-2 2332-19/3
1-1048-2 2344-28/3
1-2670-2 2324-33/1 50, 60 hp
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 2300-4a 06/05
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 2300 Blower Bases Direct, Coupled, V-Belt
* #1, #2, #3 Standard Discharge Position Sheet 2300-5
Current Direct Drive Coupled Drive

Designation Series 300 Open Motor TEFC Motor Open Motor TEFC Motor V-Belt Drive
2304-11/1-__.3 304-A1-.3 1-1553-1 1-1553-1 1-1221-2 1-1221-2 1-0822-3

2304-44/1-__10 304-L1-10 1-2478-1 1-2478-1 1-1421-4 1-1421-4 1-1992-7
2308-11/3-__.3 308-A3-.3 1-1553-1 1-1553-1 1-1221-2 1-1221-2 1-0822-3

2308-14/1-__.5 308-B1-.5 1-2459-1 1-2459-1 1-2512-1 1-2512-1 1-1905-3
2308-14/1-__.75 308-B1-.75 1-2459-1 1-2459-1 1-2512-1 1-2512-1 1-1905-3
2308-14/1-__1 308-B1-1 1-2459-1 1-2459-1 1-2512-1 1-2512-1 1-1905-3
2308-17/1-__1 308-C1-1 1-2459-1 1-2459-1 1-2512-1 1-2512-1 1-1905-3
2308-17/1-__1.5 308-C1-1.5 1-2459-1 1-2459-1 1-2512-1 1-2512-1 1-1905-3
2308-21/1-__10 308-FS1-10 1-2475-1 1-2475-1 1-2516-1 1-2516-1 1-2329-4

2308-24/1-__2 308-D1-2 1-2465-1 1-2465-1 1-2514-1 1-2514-1 1-2032-3
2308-24/1-__3 308-D1-3 1-2465-1 1-2465-1 1-2514-1 1-2514-1 1-2032-3
2308-31/1-__5 308-E1-5 1-2467-1 1-2467-1 1-2515-1 1-2515-1 1-2034-4
2308-31/1-__7.5 308-E1-7.5 1-2467-1 1-2466-1 1-2515-1 1-2515-1 1-2034-4
2308-44/1-__10 308-L1-10 1-2478-1 1-2478-1 1-1421-4 1-1421-4 1-1992-7

2308-44/1-__15 308-L1-15 1-2478-1 1-2478-1 1-1421-4 1-1421-4 1-1992-7
2308-44/1-__20 308-L1-20 1-2478-1 1-2478-1 1-1421-4 1-1421-4 1-1992-7
2308-44/1-__25 308-L1-25 1-2489-1 1-2489-1 1-1331-4 1-1331-4 1-1992-7
2308-44/1-__30 308-L1-30 1-2489-1 1-2489-1 1-1331-4 1-1331-4 1-1992-7
2308-47/1-__40 308-R1-40 1-2939-1 1-2939-1 1-1777-3 1-1777-3 1-1851-2
2308-47/1-__50 308-R1-50 1-2939-1 1-2939-1 1-1777-3 1-1777-3 1-1851-2
2310-11/4-__.5 310-A4-.5 1-1553-1 1-1553-1 1-1221-2 1-1221-2 1-0822-3

2310-19/1-__.75 310-C1-.75 1-3964-1 1-3964-1 1-2506-1 1-2506-1 1-2032-3
2310-19/1-__1 310-C1-1 1-3964-1 1-3964-1 1-2506-1 1-2506-1 1-2032-3
2310-19/1-__1.5 310-C1-1.5 1-3964-1 1-3964-1 1-2506-1 1-2506-1 1-2032-3
2310-19/1-__2 310-C1-2 1-3964-1 1-3964-1 1-2506-1 1-2506-1 1-2032-3
2310-21/1-__10 310-FS1-10 1-2475-1 1-2475-1 1-2516-1 1-2516-1 1-2329-4
2310-26/1-__3 310-D1-3 1-2469-1 1-2469-1 1-2518-1 1-2518-1 1-2034-3

2310-26/1-__5 310-D1-5 1-2469-1 1-2469-1 1-2518-1 1-2518-1 1-2034-3
2310-35/1-__7.5 310-E1-7.5 1-2487-1 1-2487-1 1-2524-1 1-2524-1 1-2329-3
2310-47/1-__40 310-R1-40 1-2939-1 1-2939-1 1-1777-3 1-1777-3 1-1851-2
2310-47/1-__50 310-R1-50 1-2939-1 1-2939-1 1-1777-3 1-1777-3 1-1851-2
2312-11/4-__.5 312-A4-.5 1-1553-1 1-1553-1 1-1221-2 1-1221-2 1-0822-3

2312-19/1-__1 312-C1-1 1-3964-1 1-3964-1 1-2506-1 1-2506-1 1-2032-3
2312-19/1-__1.5 312-C1-1.5 1-3964-1 1-3964-1 1-2506-1 1-2506-1 1-2032-3
2312-19/1-__2 312-C1-2 1-3964-1 1-3964-1 1-2506-1 1-2506-1 1-2032-3
2312-21/1-__15 312-FS1-15 1-2475-1 1-2471-1 1-0895-6 1-0895-6 1-2329-4

2312-26/1-__3 312-D1-3 1-2469-1 1-2469-1 1-2518-1 1-2518-1 1-2034-3
2312-26/1-__5 312-D1-5 1-2469-1 1-2469-1 1-2518-1 1-2518-1 1-2034-3
2312-35/1-__7.5 312-E1-7.5 1-2487-1 1-2487-1 1-2524-1 1-2524-1 1-2329-3
2312-35/1-__10 312-E1-10 1-2487-1 1-2487-1 1-2524-1 1-2524-1 1-2329-3
2312-41/1-__20 312-K1-20 1-2482-1 1-2482-1 1-1423-4 1-1423-4 1-2036-2

2312-41/1-__25 312-K1-25 1-2482-1 1-2482-1 1-1423-4 1-1423-4 1-2036-2
2312-41/1-__30 312-K1-30 1-2482-1 1-2482-1 1-1423-4 1-1423-4 1-2036-2
2312-41/1-__40 312-K1-40 1-2480-1 1-2480-1 1-1423-4 1-1423-4 1-2036-2
2312-47/1-__40 312-R1-40 1-2939-1 1-2939-1 1-1777-3 1-1777-3 1-1851-2
2312-47/1-__50 312-R1-50 1-2939-1 1-2939-1 1-1777-3 1-1777-3 1-1851-2
2316-14/2-__1 316-B2-1 1-2459-1 1-2459-1 1-2512-1 1-2512-1 1-1905-3

2316-14/2-__1.5 316-B2-1.5 1-2459-1 1-2459-1 1-2512-1 1-2512-1 1-1905-3
2316-17/2-__1.5 316-C2-1.5 1-2459-1 1-2459-1 1-2512-1 1-2512-1 1-1905-3
2316-17/2-__2 316-C2-2 1-2459-1 1-2459-1 1-2512-1 1-2512-1 1-1905-3
2316-17/2-__3 316-C2-3 1-2459-1 1-2468-3 1-2512-1 1-2513-1 1-1905-3
* Contact Product Manager for other discharge positions

Sheet 2300-5
Page 2
* #1, #2, #3 Standard Discharge Position

2316-19/1-__1.5 316-CS1-1.5 1-3964-1 1-3964-1 1-2506-1 1-2506-1 1-2032-3

2316-19/1-__2 316-CS1-2 1-3964-1 1-3964-1 1-2506-1 1-2506-1 1-2032-3
2316-19/1-__3 316-CS1-3 1-3964-1 1-3964-1 1-2520-1 1-2520-1 1-2032-3
2316-21/1-__15 316-CC1-15 1-2475-1 1-2471-1 1-0895-6 1-0895-6 1-2329-4
2316-21/1-__20 316-CC1-20 1-2471-1 1-2471-1 1-0895-6 1-0895-6 1-1902-4
2316-24/2-__3 316-D2-3 1-2465-1 1-2465-1 1-2514-1 1-2514-1 1-2032-3
2316-24/2-__5 316-D2-5 1-2465-1 1-2465-1 1-2514-1 1-2514-1 1-2032-3
2316-26/1-__3 316-DS1-3 1-2469-1 1-2469-1 1-2518-1 1-2518-1 1-2034-3

2316-26/1-__5 316-DS1-5 1-2469-1 1-2469-1 1-2518-1 1-2518-1 1-2034-3
2316-26/1-__7.5 316-DS1-7.5 1-2469-1 1-2470-3 1-2518-1 1-2519-1 1-2034-3
2316-28/1-__5 316-D1-5 1-2477-1 1-2477-1 1-2521-1 1-2521-1 1-1985-2
2316-28/1-__7.5 316-D1-7.5 1-2477-1 1-2477-1 1-2521-1 1-2521-1 1-1985-2
2316-31/2-__7.5 316-E2-7.5 1-2467-1 1-2466-1 1-2515-1 1-2515-1 1-2034-4

2316-31/2-__10 316-E2-10 1-2466-1 1-2466-1 1-2515-1 1-2515-1 1-2034-4
2316-33/1-__25 316-EE1-25 1-2481-1 1-2481-1 1-1415-3 1-1415-3 1-1978-2
2316-33/1-__30 316-EE1-30 1-2481-1 1-2481-1 1-1415-3 1-1415-3 1-1978-2
2316-35/1-__10 316-ES1-10 1-2487-1 1-2487-1 1-2524-1 1-2524-1 1-2329-3
2316-35/1-__15 316-ES1-15 1-2487-1 1-2488-1 1-2524-1 1-2524-1 1-2329-3
2316-41/1-__20 316-K1-20 1-2482-1 1-2482-1 1-1423-4 1-1423-4 1-2036-2

2316-41/1-__25 316-K1-25 1-2482-1 1-2482-1 1-1423-4 1-1423-4 1-2036-2
2316-41/1-__30 316-K1-30 1-2482-1 1-2482-1 1-1423-4 1-1423-4 1-2036-2
2316-41/1-__40 316-K1-40 1-2480-1 1-2480-1 1-1423-4 1-1423-4 1-2036-2
2316-41/1-__50 316-K1-50 1-2480-1 1-2480-1 1-1423-4 1-1423-4 1-2036-2
2316-47/1-__75V 316-R1-75V 1-1851-2
2320-19/2-__1.5 320-C2-1.5 1-3964-1 1-3964-1 1-2506-1 1-2506-1 1-2032-3

2320-19/2-__2 320-C2-2 1-3964-1 1-3964-1 1-2506-1 1-2506-1 1-2032-3
2320-19/2-__3 320-C2-3 1-3964-1 1-3964-1 1-2520-1 1-2520-1 1-2032-3
2320-21/1-__15 320-CC1-15 1-2475-1 1-2471-1 1-0895-6 1-0895-6 1-2329-4
2320-21/1-__20 320-CC1-20 1-2471-1 1-2471-1 1-0895-6 1-0895-6 1-1902-4
2320-26/2-__5 320-D2-5 1-2469-1 1-2469-1 1-2518-1 1-2518-1 1-2034-3

2320-26/2-__7.5 320-D2-7.5 1-2469-1 1-2470-3 1-2518-1 1-2519-1 1-2034-3
2320-33/1-__25 320-M1-25 1-2481-1 1-2481-1 1-1415-3 1-1415-3 1-1978-2
2320-33/1-__30 320-M1-30 1-2481-1 1-2481-1 1-1415-3 1-1415-3 1-1978-2
2320-33/1-__40 320-M1-40 1-2481-1 1-2484-1 1-1422-3 1-1422-3 1-1978-2
2320-33/1-__50 320-M1-50 1-2484-1 1-2484-1 1-1422-3 1-1422-3 1-1978-2
2320-35/1-__10 320-ES1-10 1-2487-1 1-2487-1 1-2524-1 1-2524-1 1-2329-3

2320-35/2-__10 320-E2-10 1-2487-1 1-2487-1 1-2524-1 1-2524-1 1-2329-3
2320-35/2-__15 320-E2-15 1-2487-1 1-2488-1 1-2524-1 1-2524-1 1-2329-3
2320-35/1-__15 320-ES1-15 1-2487-1 1-2488-1 1-2524-1 1-2524-1 1-2329-3
2320-41/1-__25 320-K1-25 1-2482-1 1-2482-1 1-1423-4 1-1423-4 1-2036-2

2320-41/1-__30 320-K1-30 1-2482-1 1-2482-1 1-1423-4 1-1423-4 1-2036-2
2320-41/1-__40 320-K1-40 1-2480-1 1-2480-1 1-1423-4 1-1423-4 1-2036-2
2320-41/1-__50 320-K1-50 1-2480-1 1-2480-1 1-1423-4 1-1423-4 1-2036-2
2320-41/1-__60 320-K1-60 1-2480-1 1-2480-1 1-2527-1 1-2527-1 1-2036-2
2324-14/3-__1.5 324-B3-1.5 1-2459-1 1-2459-1 1-2512-1 1-2512-1 1-1905-3

2324-14/3-__2 324-B3-2 1-2459-1 1-2459-1 1-2512-1 1-2512-1 1-1905-3
2324-19/2-__3 324-C2-3 1-3964-1 1-3964-1 1-2520-1 1-2520-1 1-2032-3
2324-21/1-__20 324-MS1-20 1-2471-1 1-2471-1 1-0895-7 1-0895-7 1-1902-4
2324-26/2-__5 324-D2-5 1-2469-1 1-2469-1 1-2518-1 1-2518-1 1-2034-3

2324-26/2-__7.5 324-D2-7.5 1-2469-1 1-2470-3 1-2518-1 1-2519-1 1-2034-3
2324-33/1-__25 324-M1-25 1-2481-1 1-2481-1 1-1415-3 1-1415-3 1-1978-2
2324-33/1-__30 324-M1-30 1-2481-1 1-2481-1 1-1415-3 1-1415-3 1-1978-2
2324-33/1-__40 324-M1-40 1-2481-1 1-2484-1 1-1422-3 1-1422-3 1-1978-2

Sheet 2300-5
Page 3
* #1, #2, #3 Standard Discharge Position

2324-33/1-__50 324-H1-50 1-2484-1 1-2484-1 1-1422-3 1-1422-3 1-1978-2

2324-33/1-__60 324-H1-60 1-2484-1 1-2484-1 1-1489-3 1-1489-3 1-1978-2
2324-35/2-__10 324-E2-10 1-2487-1 1-2487-1 1-2524-1 1-2524-1 1-2329-3

2324-35/2-__15 324-E2-15 1-2487-1 1-2488-1 1-2524-1 1-2524-1 1-2329-3
2324-41/1-__30V 324-K1-30V — — — — 1-2036-2

2324-41/1-__40V 324-K1-40V — — — — 1-2036-2
2324-41/1-__50V 324-K1-50V — — — — 1-2036-2
2324-41/1-__60V 324-K1-60V — — — — 1-2036-2
2324-41/1-__75V 324-K1-75V — — — — 1-2036-2
2332-19/3-__3 332-C3-3 1-3964-1 1-3964-1 1-2520-1 1-2520-1 1-2032-3

2332-19/3-__5 332-C3-5 1-3964-1 1-3964-1 1-2520-1 1-2520-1 1-2032-3
2332-21/2-__20 332-CC2-20 1-2471-1 1-2471-1 1-0895-6 1-0895-6 1-1902-4
2332-21/2-__25 324-CC2-25 1-2471-1 1-2472-1 1-0895-6 1-2526-1 1-1902-4
2332-21/2-__30 324-CC2-30 1-2472-1 1-2472-1 1-0897-2 1-0897-2 1-1902-4
2332-21/2-__40 332-CC2-40 1-2472-1 1-2472-1 1-0897-2 1-0897-2 1-1902-4
2332-28/2-__7.5 332-D2-7.5 1-2477-1 1-2477-1 1-2521-1 1-2521-1 1-1985-2

2332-28/2-__10 332-D2-10 1-2477-1 1-2477-1 1-2521-1 1-2521-1 1-1985-2
2332-28/2-__15 332-D2-15 1-2477-1 1-2476-1 1-2524-1 1-2524-1 1-1985-2
2332-33/2-__50 332-EE2-50 1-2484-1 1-2484-1 1-1422-3 1-1422-3 1-1978-2
2332-33/2-__60 332-EE2-60 1-2484-1 1-2484-1 1-1422-3 1-2546-1 1-1978-2
2332-38/2-__75C 332-J2-75C — — 1-2217-7 1-2217-8 —

2332-38/2-__100C 332-J2-100C — — 1-2217-8 1-2217-9 —
2332-38/2-__125C 332-J2-125C — — 1-2217-10 1-2217-11 —
2332-41/2-__75C 332-K2-75C — — — — —
2332-41/2-__100C 332-K2-100C — — — 1-3271-1 —
2332-41/2-__125C 332-K2-125C — — — 1-3168-1 —
2332-41/2-__150C 332-K2-150C — — — 1-3168-1 —
2338-41/2-__75C 340-K2-75C — — — — —
2338-41/2-__100C 340-K2-100C — — — — —
2344-21/2-__30 344-CC2-30 1-2472-1 1-2472-1 1-1334-2 1 -1334-2 1-1902-5

2344-21/2-__40 344-CC2-40 1-2472-1 1-2472-1 1-1334-2 1-1334-2 1-1902-5
2344-21/2-__50 344-CC2-50 1-2472-1 1-2472-1 1-1334-2 1-1334-2 1-1902-5
2344-28/3-__15 344-D3-15 1-2477-1 1-2476-1 1-2524-1 1-2524-1 1-1985-2

2344-28/3-__20 344-D3-20 1-2476-1 1-2476-1 1-2524-1 1-2524-1 1-1985-2
2344-38/2-__75C 344-J2-75C — — 1-2217-7 1-2217-8 —

2344-38/2-__100C 344-J2-100C — — 1-2217-8 1-2217-9 —
2344-38/2-__125C 344-J2-125C — — 1-2217-10 1-2217-11 —
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Inlet and Discharge Adapters for 2300 Turbo Blowers Sheet 2300-6
SW Inlet Adapter. Figure 1 shows an SW Inlet Adapter. An SW

style inlet is used with a 2947 Blower Sleeve or for a welded pipe
connection.
Threaded Inlet Adapter. Figure 2 shows a Threaded Inlet Adapt-

er, for 3" through 6" pipe size inlets.
Discharge Connection. Blowers with 8" and larger discharge

utilize SW unthreaded adapter suitable for slip-on or welded con-
nection. Blowers with 6" discharge and smaller use cast threaded
flanges, but an SW discharge can be specified.
Figure 1 Figure 2
Threaded
SW Inlet, Threaded Inlet, SW Outlet, Outlet, Gasket
Nominal pipe size Gasket and Gasket and Inlet Guard and Gasket and and
in inches Hardware Hardware Hardware Hardware Hardware
Blower Inlet Outlet Assembly Assembly Assembly Assembly Assembly
2304-11/1-_.3 3 2 1-5201-1 1-5207-1 1-5200-1 1-5204-1 1-5203-1

2304-44/1-_10 16 18 1-5201-12 1-5200-10 1-5202-12
2308-11/3-_.5 3 2 1-5201-2 1-5207-2 1-5200-2 1-5204-1 1-5203-1

2308-14/1-_.5 3 3 1-5201-3 1-5207-3 1-5200-3 1-5204-2 1-5203-2
2308-14/1-_.75 3 3 1-5201-3 1-5207-3 1-5200-3 1-5204-2 1-5203-2
2308-14/1-_1 3 3 1-5201-3 1-5207-3 1-5200-3 1-5204-2 1-5203-2

2308-17/1-_1 3 4 1-5201-3 1-5207-3 1-5200-3 1-5204-3 1-5203-3
2308-17/1-_1.5 4 6 1-5201-4 1-5207-4 1-5200-3 1-5206-1 1-5203-4
2308-24/1-_2 6 6 1-5201-8 1-5208-1 1-5200-8 1-5204-5 1-5203-5

2308-24/1-_3 6 8 1-5201-8 1-5208-1 1-5200-8 1-5202-4
2308-31/1-_5 8 10 1-5201-9 1-5200-7 1-5202-5
2308-31/1-_7.5 8 10 1-5201-9 1-5200-7 1-5202-5

2308-21/1-_10 10 12 1-5201-5 1-5200-6 1-5202-1
2308-44/1-_10 16 16 1-5201-12 1-5200-10 1-5202-11
2308-44/1-_15 16 16 1-5201-12 1-5200-10 1-5202-11

2308-44/1-_20 16 18 1-5201-12 1-5200-10 1-5202-12
2308-44/1-_25 16 18 1-5201-12 1-5200-10 1-5202-12
2308-44/1-_30 16 18 1-5201-12 1-5200-10 1-5202-12

2308-47/1-_40 24 24 1-5201-13 1-5200-11 1-5202-14
2308-47/1-_50 24 24 1-5201-13 1-5200-11 1-5202-14
2310-11/4-_.5 3 2 1-5201-2 1-5207-2 1-5200-2 1-5204-1 1-5203-1

2310-19/1-_.75 3 3 1-5201-3 1-5207-3 1-5200-3 1-5204-4 1-5205-1
2310-19/1-_1 3 4 1-5201-3 1-5207-3 1-5200-3 1-5204-3 1-5203-3
2310-19/1-_1.5 4 6 1-5201-4 1-5207-4 1-5200-3 1-5206-1 1-5203-4

2310-19/1-_2 4 6 1-5201-4 1-5207-4 1-5200-3 1-5206-1 1-5203-4
2310-26/1-_3 6 6 1-5201-8 1-5208-1 1-5200-8 1-5204-5 1-5203-5
Sheet 2300-6
Page 2
Threaded
Nominal pipe size Gasket and Gasket and Inlet Guard Gasket and and
in inches Hardware Hardware and Hardware Hardware Hardware
2310-26/1-_5 6 8 1-5201-8 1-5208-1 1-5200-8 1-5202-4

2310-35/1-_7.5 8 10 1-5201-11 1-5200-12 1-5202-9
2310-21/1-_10 10 12 1-5201-5 1-5200-6 1-5202-1
2310-47/1-_40 24 20 1-5201-13 1-5200-11 1-5202-15

2310-47/1-_50 24 24 1-5201-13 1-5200-11 1-5202-14
2312-11/4-_.5 3 2 1-5201-2 1-5207-2 1-5200-2 1-5204-1 1-5203-1

2312-19/1-_1 3 3 1-5201-3 1-5207-3 1-5200-3 1-5204-4 1-5205-1
2312-19/1-_1.5 4 4 1-5201-4 1-5207-4 1-5200-3 1-5204-3 1-5203-3
2312-19/1-_2 4 6 1-5201-4 1-5207-4 1-5200-3 1-5206-1 1-5203-4

2312-26/1-_3 6 6 1-5201-8 1-5208-1 1-5200-8 1-5204-5 1-5203-5
2312-26/1-_5 6 8 1-5201-8 1-5208-1 1-5200-8 1-5202-4
2312-35/1-_7.5 8 8 1-5201-9 1-5200-7 1-5202-10

2312-35/1-_10 8 10 1-5201-9 1-5200-7 1-5202-9
2312-21/1-_15 14 12 1-5201-6 1-5200-4 1-5202-1
2312-41/1-_20 16 16 1-5201-12 1-5200-10 1-5202-11

2312-41/1-_25 16 16 1-5201-12 1-5200-10 1-5202-11
2312-41/1-_30 16 16 1-5201-12 1-5200-10 1-5202-11
2312-47/1-_40 24 18 1-5201-13 1-5200-11 1-5202-16

2312-41/1-_40 16 18 1-5201-12 1-5200-10 1-5202-12
2312-47/1-_50 24 20 1-5201-13 1-5200-11 1-5202-15
2316-14/2-_1 3 3 1-5201-3 1-5207-3 1-5200-3 1-5204-2 1-5203-2

2316-14/2-_1.5 3 3 1-5201-3 1-5207-3 1-5200-3 1-5204-2 1-5203-2
2316-17/2-_1.5 4 4 1-5201-4 1-5207-4 1-5200-3 1-5204-3 1-5203-3
2316-19/1-_2 4 4 1-5201-4 1-5207-4 1-5200-3 1-5204-3 1-5203-3

2316-17/2-_2 4 4 1-5201-4 1-5207-4 1-5200-3 1-5204-3 1-5203-3
2316-19/1-_3 4 6 1-5201-4 1-5207-4 1-5200-3 1-5206-1 1-5203-4
2316-26/1-_3 6 6 1-5201-8 1-5208-1 1-5200-8 1-5204-5 1-5203-5

2316-17/2-_3 4 6 1-5201-4 1-5207-4 1-5200-3 1-5206-1 1-5203-4
2316-24/2-_3 6 6 1-5201-8 1-5208-1 1-5200-8 1-5204-5 1-5203-5
2316-28/1-_5 8 6 1-5201-9 1-5200-9 1-5204-5 1-5203-5

2316-24/2-_5 6 6 1-5201-8 1-5208-1 1-5200-8 1-5204-5 1-5203-5
2316-26/1-_5 6 6 1-5201-8 1-5208-1 1-5200-8 1-5204-5 1-5203-5
2316-31/2-_7.5 8 8 1-5201-9 1-5200-7 1-5202-6

2316-28/1-_7.5 8 6 1-5201-9 1-5200-9 1-5204-5 1-5203-5
2316-26/1-_7.5 6 8 1-5201-8 1-5208-1 1-5200-8 1-5202-4
2316-31/2-_10 8 8 1-5201-9 1-5200-7 1-5202-6

2316-35/1-_10 8 8 1-5201-11 1-5200-12 1-5202-10
2316-21/1-_15 10 10 1-5201-5 1-5200-6 1-5202-2
2316-35/1-_15 8 10 1-5201-11 1-5200-12 1-5202-9

2316-21/1-_20 10 10 1-5201-5 1-5200-6 1-5202-2
2316-41/1-_20 16 12 1-5201-12 1-5200-10 1-5202-13
2316-33/1-_25 12 12 1-5201-10 1-5200-5 1-5202-7

2316-41/1-_25 16 12 1-5201-12 1-5200-10 1-5202-13
2316-33/1-_30 12 14 1-5201-10 1-5200-5 1-5202-8
Sheet 2300-6
Page 3
Threaded
2316-41/1-_30 16 16 1-5201-12 1-5200-10 1-5202-11

2316-41/1-_40 16 16 1-5201-12 1-5200-10 1-5202-11
2316-41/1-_50 16 16 1-5201-12 1-5200-10 1-5202-11
2316-47/1-_75 24 24 1-5201-13 1-5200-11 1-5202-14
2320-19/2-_1.5 3 3 1-5201-3 1-5207-3 1-5200-3 1-5204-4 1-5205-1

2320-19/2-_2 4 4 1-5201-4 1-5207-4 1-5200-3 1-5204-3 1-5203-3
2320-19/2-_3 4 4 1-5201-4 1-5207-4 1-5200-3 1-5204-3 1-5203-3
2320-26/2-_5 6 6 1-5201-8 1-5208-1 1-5200-8 1-5204-5 1-5203-5

2320-26/2-_7.5 6 6 1-5201-8 1-5208-1 1-5200-8 1-5204-5 1-5203-5
2320-35/1-_10 8 8 1-5201-11 1-5200-12 1-5202-10
2320-35/2-_10 8 8 1-5201-9 1-5200-7 1-5202-10

2320-35/2-_15 8 8 1-5201-9 1-5200-7 1-5202-10
2320-21/1-_15 10 8 1-5201-5 1-5200-6 1-5202-3
2320-35/1-_15 8 8 1-5201-11 1-5200-12 1-5202-10

2320-21/1-_20 10 10 1-5201-5 1-5200-6 1-5202-2
2320-41/1-_25 16 12 1-5201-12 1-5200-10 1-5202-13
2320-33/1-_25 12 12 1-5201-10 1-5200-5 1-5202-7

2320-33/1-_30 12 12 1-5201-10 1-5200-5 1-5202-7
2320-41/1-_30 16 12 1-5201-12 1-5200-10 1-5202-13
2320-33/1-_40 12 14 1-5201-10 1-5200-5 1-5202-8

2320-41/1-_40 16 16 1-5201-12 1-5200-10 1-5202-11
2320-33/1-_50 12 14 1-5201-10 1-5200-5 1-5202-8
2320-41/1-_50 16 16 1-5201-12 1-5200-10 1-5202-11

2320-41/1-_60 16 16 1-5201-12 1-5200-10 1-5202-11
2324-14/3-_1.5 3 3 1-5201-3 1-5207-3 1-5200-3 1-5204-2 1-5203-2

2324-14/3-_2 3 3 1-5201-3 1-5207-3 1-5200-3 1-5204-2 1-5203-2
2324-19/2-_3 4 4 1-5201-4 1-5207-4 1-5200-3 1-5204-3 1-5203-3
2324-26/2-_5 6 6 1-5201-8 1-5208-1 1-5200-8 1-5204-5 1-5203-5

2324-26/2-_7.5 6 6 1-5201-8 1-5208-1 1-5200-8 1-5204-5 1-5203-5
2324-35/2-_10 8 8 1-5201-9 1-5200-7 1-5202-10
2324-35/2-_15 8 8 1-5201-9 1-5200-7 1-5202-10

2324-21/1-_20 10 10 1-5201-5 1-5200-6 1-5202-2
2324-33/1-_25 12 12 1-5201-10 1-5200-5 1-5202-7
2324-41/1-_30 16 12 1-5201-12 1-5200-10 1-5202-13

2324-33/1-_30 12 12 1-5201-10 1-5200-5 1-5202-7
2324-41/1-_40 16 12 1-5201-12 1-5200-10 1-5202-13
2324-33/1-_40 12 12 1-5201-10 1-5200-5 1-5202-7

2324-33/1-_50 14 14 1-5201-7 1-5200-5 1-5202-8
2324-41/1-_50 16 16 1-5201-12 1-5200-10 1-5202-11
2324-33/1-_60 14 14 1-5201-7 1-5200-5 1-5202-8

2324-41/1-_60 16 16 1-5201-12 1-5200-10 1-5202-11
2324-41/1-_75 16 16 1-5201-12 1-5200-10 1-5202-11
2332-19/3-_3 4 4 1-5201-4 1-5207-4 1-5200-3 1-5204-3 1-5203-3

2332-19/3-_5 4 4 1-5201-4 1-5207-4 1-5200-3 1-5204-3 1-5203-3
2332-28/2-_7.5 8 6 1-5201-9 1-5200-9 1-5204-5 1-5203-5
Sheet 2300-6
Page 4
Threaded
2332-28/2-_10 8 6 1-5201-9 1-5200-9 1-5204-5 1-5203-5

2332-28/2-_15 8 6 1-5201-9 1-5200-9 1-5204-5 1-5203-5
2332-21/2-_20 10 8 1-5201-5 1-5200-6 1-5202-3
2332-21/2-_25 10 8 1-5201-5 1-5200-6 1-5202-3

2332-21/2-_30 10 8 1-5201-5 1-5200-6 1-5202-3
2332-21/2-_40 10 8 1-5201-5 1-5200-6 1-5202-3
2332-33/2-_50 12 12 1-5201-10 1-5200-5 1-5202-7

2332-33/2-_60 12 12 1-5201-10 1-5200-5 1-5202-7
2332-41/2-_75 16 12 1-5201-12 1-5200-10 1-5202-13
2332-41/2-_100 16 16 1-5201-12 1-5200-10 1-5202-11

2332-41/2-_125 16 16 1-5201-12 1-5200-10 1-5202-11
2338-41/2-_75 16 12 1-5201-12 1-5200-10 1-5202-13

2338-41/2-_100 16 12 1-5201-12 1-5200-10 1-5202-13
2344-28/3-_15 8 6 1-5201-9 1-5200-9 1-5204-5 1-5203-5

2344-28/3-_20 8 6 1-5201-9 1-5200-9 1-5204-5 1-5203-5
2344-21/2-_30 10 8 1-5201-5 1-5200-6 1-5202-3
2344-21/2-_40 10 8 1-5201-5 1-5200-6 1-5202-3

2344-21/2-_50 10 8 1-5201-5 1-5200-6 1-5202-3
"SW" means sleeve or weld. A flexible rubberized sleeve (Bulletin 2947) can be slipped over an SW connection and clamped to
prevent leaks. A flexible connection dœs not transmit vibrations or stresses as do welded or threaded connections. Blowers are not
designed for imposed loads from hard pipe connections and should not be "hard" piped except under unusual circumstances.
Fig. 1. Fig. 2. Fig. 3.

Discharge Connections
A threaded (female) flange (Fig. 1) is available with blowers of 6" and smaller discharge pipe size. An SW connection (Fig. 2) is available for 8" and
larger, or may be specified for smaller sizes (Fig. 3). Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 2300-6 03/10
Inlet Connections
An SW inlet (unthreaded, Fig. 2) for sleeve or welding connection is availabe. A threaded female inlet (Fig. 3) may be specified for 3" through 6"
inlets. For an open inlet, an inlet guard should be specified (Fig. 1). Blowers should not be operated without inlet protection.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 2300 High Pressure Blowers
Sheet 2300-8
Outboard Bearing Type Ref: Dwg. B7-1496
High pressure blowers of the multi-stage, outboard-bearing type are available in the sizes listed below.
All ratings are based on 1.0 service factor. 1.15 service factor motors are supplied, so the ratings can be increased up to 15%,
but discharge pressures will decrease with the increased volume on most models.
Refer to Drawing B7-1496 for typical dimensions.
Pressure Volume
Designation hp osi† psi† scfm scfh
2360-19/5-10C 10 60 3.75 220 13 200

2360-19/5-15C 15 48 3 460 27 600
2364-28/4-25C 25 64 4 810 48 600

2364-28/4-30C 30 56 3.5 1030 61 800
2380-28/5-30C 30 80 5 800 48 000

2380-28/5-40C 40 69 4.3 1150 69 000
† Measured at rated volume (1.0 service factor).
Consult Fives North American Combustion, Inc. for prices.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
Three non-catalog North American
Standard Direct Drive Blowers Sheet 2300-9
Blower
designation A B C D E F G H J K L P R S T‡ U‡ V F+K G+K
2308-17/1__-2D 6§ 211⁄16 6 145⁄16 12 167⁄8§ 12¼ 8¼ 11½ 109⁄16 5½ 4 ¾ 4 4 17½ 13⁄16 277⁄16§ 2213⁄16
2312-26/1-__7.5D 8† 37⁄8 5¼ 169⁄16 1513⁄16 223⁄16† 16¼ 11¾ 16 14¾ 7 57⁄16 ¾ 6 4 193⁄8 13⁄16 3615⁄16† 31
2316-19/1-__5D 6§ 3¼ 6¼ 157⁄16 13½ 159⁄16§ 15 10¾ 14 13¾ 6¾ 4¾ ¾ 4 4 185⁄8 13⁄16 287⁄8§ 285⁄16
‡ Listed T and U dimensions are for SW inlet. For threaded inlet, T is ½".
† SW discharge (unthreaded pipe) is standard and is included in F.
§ Female pipe thread is standard. If SW discharge (unthreaded pipe) is specified, add 3¼" to F.
 Number 4 discharge position, straight down, can be furnished on special order, a notch having to be cut out of the base at time of assembly.
Sheet 2300-9
page 2
Designations for Standard Motors

(Enter motor on line below blower)
Blower Designations TEFC Motors (T) Capacities and Pressures
(Blower dœs not include motor) (230-460/3/60) at 115% and 100% Motor Ratings
2308-17/1-__-2D T2.0-B36T1SC 37 500 scfh at 5.6 osi; 32 400 scfh at 7 osi
2312-26/1-__7.5D T7.5-B36T1SC 93 500 scfh at 6.4 osi; 81 500 scfh at 8.8 osi
2316-19/1-__5D T5.0-B36T1SC 46 500 scfh at 12.8 osi; 40 200 scfh at 14.8 osi
The above three blower/motor combinations are standard in that they are assembled from all standard parts without requiring an engineering envelope.
They are non-catalog because their pressure ratings fall outside the parameters for 2300 Blowers.
Keyed impellers.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 2300 and 2400 Coupled and
V-Belt Blowers Instructions Sheet 2300-10
HANDLING
If the blower dœs not develop nameplate pressure, check:
When lifting complete blower, always attach lifting lines to the
blower base The use of lifting eyes on motor or case may cause 1. Blower running backward will develop full pressure at low
distortion of the unit and resultant misalignment. The lifting eyes flow but will lose pressure at higher flow (without overloading
supplied on larger motors are for removal of the motor only, and motor) because the air has to reverse its direction to get out
provision for eye on the blower case is only for use if the case is of the blower case.
removed. 2. Operating at high altitude.
3. Handling hot air.
INSTALLATION 4. Restriction at inlet, such as a long under sized inlet supply
When bolting a blower to an uneven surface, use shims to duct or a dirty filter. The outlet pressure will be the rated
prevent distortion. pressure minus the suction at the inlet.
To keep out foreign material, cover inlet and outlet openings 5. Dirty impeller or case.
during installation. 6. Improper gasket at outlet flange restricting flow.
To prevent strain on inlet or outlet connection, use pipe 7. Motor not up to speed due to improper wiring. A high voltage
supports and #2947 flexible connections. motor lead connection with low voltage supply will cause
motor to run slow under load.
Check motor leads for proper voltage hook-up before wiring.
8. Motor not up to speed due to lower cycle current than for
Check for proper rotation after wiring.
which the blower is rated.
If the blower inlet is piped from outside for clean air supply, 9. Drive belts loose (on V-belt models).
size the pipe for low pressure loss--not by inlet size. Arrange 10. Improper size sheaves (on V-belt models).
the outdoor inlet to prevent intake of rain or snow, leaves, dirt or
birds. MAINTENANCE
Leave work space around the blower for maintenance of
A. Blowers not in service because of shutdown or delay in
motor, belts, and inlet filter, and for dismantling.
installation should be operated a few min utes monthly. If
If blower is outdoors or exposed to moisture, drill a 1/8" to power is not available, they should be rotated manually 20
1
/4" hole in the bottom of the case for drainage. If blower is a to 30 revolutions weekly to distribute grease over bearing
multiple stage unit, drill hole below each impeller. surfaces to prevent rusting.
If the blower is to stand unused for a long period before B. Operating Temperature. Bearing temperatures may run
installation, the shafts should be manually rotated 20 to 30 from 130 to 190 F (maximum allowable). These temperatures
revolutions every week to distribute grease over bearing surfaces are too high to judge by touch of hand. A thermometer
to prevent rusting. Where storage conditions may lead to imbedded in putty or similar material should be used to
condensation, it is advisable to fill split type pillow blocks entirely determine outside temperature of pillow block. If ambient
with grease (in addition to rotating the shafts as suggested temperatures are such that bearing temperature will be
above). Before putting the blower in operation, empty pillow above or below the above limits, consult Fives.
blocks and refill 1/3 to 1/2 full with fresh grease.
C. Alignment of Couplings. Follow manufacturer's instruc
If the starter cuts out on overload, check: tions. For long life, any coupling should be aligned as nearly
1. Heaters under rating. perfect as possible. Any adjustment required for alignment
should be made on the motor.
2. Heaters installed in wrong position.
3. Motor leads connected for wrong voltage. D. Belts.
4. One phase of a three phase motor not powered. REPLACEMENT: V-belts should be replaced in sets, not as
5. Too much air being taken from the blower. A turbo blower individual belts.
is designed to build pressure. If more than its air capacity BELT ALIGNMENT: With belts in place, adjust motor position
is flowing, the blower will overload its motor, trying to hold and move pulleys on shafts for alignment.
its design pressure. The blower will not overload if flow is See Figure 1.
reduced or shut off.
6. Over-greased bearings.
Sheet 2300-10,
Page 2
BELT TENSION: Follow manufacturer's instructions Be sure grease gun is clean inside and out before using or
loading.
Removal of Belts: Some types of belts will be damaged if
removed without loosening tension. Move motor to avoid this Thoroughly clean area around bearing or coupling before
danger. To remove or install sheaves, see manufacturer's greasing or disassembling for greasing.
instructions. Do not use a power grease gun—pressure build-up in the
grease cavity can cause bearing failure.
A B C D Use clean wiping cloths.
PULLEY PULLEY G. Lubrication Procedure.

MOTOR BEARINGS. Follow motor manufacturer's
recommendations.
COUPLINGS. Thorough method—preferred if coupling is badly
in need of service.
Figure 1. Plan view (looking down) showing how pulleys
should be aligned so that a straight edge touches at points A, 1. Disassemble coupling. Do not remove from shafts.
B, C, and D. 2. Wash all parts thoroughly with clean petroleum solvent or
kerosene.
E. Lubrication Frequency. 3. Reassemble coupling with two plugs 180° apart.
Motor bearings may require lubrication as often as every 4. Grease as in short method below.
few weeks or as seldom as every few years depending
Short method for more frequent lubrication:
on horsepower, manufacturer, type of grease, and
severity of operating conditions. Follow manufacturer's 1. Remove both plugs.
recommendations. 2. Install grease fitting in one opening.
Couplings should be greased every six months to two years 3. Pump in new grease until old grease is eliminated and new,
depending on severity of operating conditions. clean grease flows from opposite opening.
Jackshaft bearings should be greased every six months to 4. Replace both plugs.
two years depending on severity of operating conditions. The
worst condition would be continuous service at the allowable JACKSHAFT BEARINGS (split pillow block type). Thorough method
bearing temperatures. preferred if bearings are badly in need of service:
1. Remove bearing caps, marking them for return to some pillow
F. Coupling and Jackshaft Bearing Grease.
blocks. On belt driven units, end of shaft opposite sheave
Grease characteristics for satisfactory lubrication vary may lift due to belt tension. This can be avoided by servicing
widely with operating conditions such as temperature and one bearing at a time.
atmospheric conditions. Follow the bearing manufacturer's 2. Thoroughly wash bearings, pillow blocks, and caps with
recommendations if possible. Use the same grease clean petroleum solvent or kerosene. Do not blow out with
for couplings. compressed air. It may contain rust, water or abrasives.
Shell's Alvania E.P.1 lithium base grease has been satisfactory
3. Pack bearings between races with fresh, clean grease.
on many heavy duty applications in a wide range of
temperatures. 4. Fill housing 1/3 to ¼ full of grease.
5. Replace bearing caps in original location.
Mixing greases of different bases may cause bearing failure.
If changing to a different type grease, be sure that all old 6. Be sure shaft turns freely by hand.
grease is removed from the bearings. 7. Remove drain plug and operate blower until grease stops
flowing from drain.
Some special bearings may require special oil. These are
8. Replace plug.
shipped tagged with lubricating instructions. If the tag is lost,
obtain the S.O. number from the blower nameplate and
Short method for more frequent lubrication.
consult Fives North American's home office.
1. Install grease fitting in upper opening if necessary.
Care of Grease. Even a small amount of dirt or grit in a
bearing may ruin it in a few hours. 2. Remove drain plug.
3. Pump in new grease until old grease is eliminated and new,
Keep grease in a clean covered container. Clean outside of
clean grease flows from drain.
container thoroughly before opening.
4. Operate blower until no more grease flows from drain.
Do not use dirty paddle or hand to fill grease gun or to pack
5. Replace plug.
a bearing.
Sheet 2300-10,
Page 3
JACKSHAFT BEARINGS (solid pillow block type). Grease with hand 20. Reassemble blower (See pages 4 and 5)
gun while blower is operating until old grease is eliminated and 21. Remove drain plugs and run blower until grease stops flowing
new, from openings.
clean grease flows around seal on both sides of bearing or
through relief hole in grease fitting. Excess grease will flow out as JACKSHAFT BEARINGS (solid pillow block type).
bearing heats. 1. If belt driven, remove belts and jackshaft sheave. (See Section
D)
H. Replacement of Bearings. 2. If coupled drive, disassemble coupling. Remove jckshaft half
Preparation of new bearings. of coupling after removal from base. (Section C)
1. Wash thoroughly with petroleum solvent or kerosene. 3. Disassemble blower. (See pages 4 and 5)
2. Place new bearings in a bath of Sohio So Hi Vis J 156, or 4. Unbolt pillow blocks. Remove shaft and pillow blocks from
equivalent, at a temperature not exceeding 250 F. (The oil base.
must not burn or break down at this temperature.) Support 5. If coupled drive, remove half coupling from shaft.
the bearings near the center of the bath on a screen 6. Loosen set screws in bearing retainer rings and slip bearing
to prevent uneven heating. Sixty minutes or more in the and pillow blocks from shaft.
bath will expand bearing evenly for easy installation. A
thermostatically controlled French Fryer can be used (check 7. Clean shaft. Remove burrs and rough spots.
temperature with a thermometer). 8. Oil shaft and base of new bearings. Slip bearings and pillow
blocks onto shaft. Do not tighten set screws. (If pressure is
3. Do not heat bearings with flame or on a hot metal surface required, use wood or brass against inner sleeve only. Do not
4. Do not press or drive bearings onto shaft. press on outer race or pillow block.)
MOTOR BEARINGS. Follow motor manufacturer's instructions 9. If coupled drive, replace half coupling on shaft.
although the basic principles discussed here will apply. 10. Put shaft and pillow blocks on base and bolt lightly.
11. Align shaft as in step 9 of Section J.
JACKSHAFT BEARINGS (split pillow block type).
12. Tighten pillow blocks to base taking reasonable care
1. If belt driven, remove belts and jackshaft sheave. (See
that they are square with shaft. The bearings are self-
Section D, pages 1 and 2)
aligning and will compensate for a reasonable amount of
2. If coupled drive, disassemble coupling. Remove jackshaft half misalignment. Drill and pin blocks to base.
of coupling after jackshaft is removed. (See Section C, page 1)
13. Tighten retainer ring set screws firmly onto shaft.
3. Disassemble blower. (See pages 4 and 5)
14. Reassemble blower. (See pages 4 and 5.)
4. Remove bearing caps, marking them for return to same
15. Start blower and immediately grease with hand gun until
pillow blocks.
fresh grease flows out around seal on both sides of bearing,
5. Lift out shaft. or through relief hole in grease fitting. Excess grease will flow
6. Remove coupling from shaft. out as bearing warms up.
7. Press off old bearings, taking care not to damage shaft.
Remove snap rings first. C
8. Make note of relative position of rings, seals, etc. MOUNTING PADS FOR
CASE
9. Wash all parts thoroughly, including any new rings or seals D
supplied. Be sure shaft has no burrs or rough spots. BASE
10. Slip any rings or seals and new heated bearings
into place in proper order. A B
11. Be sure the new bearing is held in its proper position as it SQUARE
cools and tightens on shaft. STRAIGHT EDGE
12. If coupled drive, replace half coupling on shaft.

13. Place shaft and bearings into pillow blocks with all parts in
their proper places. Figure 2. Plan view (looking down) showing positioning of
14. Rotate shaft, rings, etc., by hand to be sure all are free. pillow blocks when inner case has been removed.
15. Pack bearings between races with new grease.
J. Replacement of Pillow Blocks (split type).
16. Fill pillow blocks 1⁄3 to ½ full of grease.
1. Prepare and heat new bearings as in Section H.
17. Replace bearing caps in original location.
18. Be sure shaft turns freely by hand. 2. Disassemble jackshaft bearings as in Section H, steps 1
through 7 for split type.
19a. Replace jackshaft sheave and belts (V-belt model). (See 3. Assemble new bearings on shaft as in Section H, steps 8
Section D) through 11 for split type.
Or
19b. Clean, reassemble, and grease coupling (coupled drive
model). (See Section C)
Sheet 2300-10
Page 4
4. Remove old pillow blocks. Make note of location of each shim 21. Reassemble blower. (See pages 4 and 5)
and spacer. This will simplify alignment of new blocks. 22. Remove drain plugs from pillow blocks and operate blower
5. Bolt new pillow blocks on base loosely. until grease stops flowing from holes. Replace plugs.
6. Place the shaft and bearings in the pillow blocks with all parts
PIN
in their proper places. Do not grease yet. BOLT SEAL RINGS
7. Put the bearing caps in place and tighten lightly. SHOULD TURN FREELY
8. Set pillow blocks so that shaft is as close to original position

as possible with all shims and spacers in original positions.
Lightly tighten block "C", nearest the motor. (Fig. 2)
BOLT
C PIN
CASE
D Figure 5. Plan view looking down on pillow block.
A B DISASSEMBLY OF BLOWER
1. Remove intake guard.
IMPELLER
2. Remove case flange bolts and nuts.
Figure 3. Plan view (looking down) showing positioning of 3. Remove outer case being careful not to bump impeller. (Felt
pillow blocks with inner case in place. seal should come off with outer case.)
9. Using a square and straight edge, locate the blower end of 4. Loosen impeller hub screws. Apply penetrating oil to shaft and
the shaft as shown in Fig. 2, or Fig. 3 if inner case was not clean before trying to remove impeller. Caution: Impellers are
removed, with "A" equalling "B" ± 1⁄32". accurately balanced and should be handled with care. Grasp
10. Remove bearing caps. impellers by hub only. Larger sizes have provisions to attach
wheel pullers.
5. On multi-stage blowers, drive out case flange pins from motor
STRAIGHT EDGE
side to remove stationary vane, supporting vane so that it dœs
A B C D not drop on impeller or shaft. (Felt seal should come off with
SHAFT
stationary vane. Pins should remain in stationary vane.)
6. Remove impeller as in step 4 above.
7. Repeat step 5 and step 6 if more than two stages.
Figure 4. Side (elevation) view showing how pillow blocks
must be aligned to touch at A, B, C, and D. 8. If necessary to remove inner case, make note of location of
each shim and spacer.
11. Place straight edge parallel to shaft on machined face of 9. Remove motor if required.
pillow blocks, as shown in Fig. 4, and check clearance with
feeler gauge. All points "A", "B", "C", and "D" must be within
ASSEMBLY OF BLOWER CASES
0.002" of touching. If not, install shims as required. Repeat on
other side of shaft. 1. Mount inner case to base. (Return all shims and spacers to
12. Turn seal rings by hand. (See Fig. 5). If all parts do not original positions.)
turn freely, move one end of pillow block until freedom of 2. Mount shaft to base. Do not tighten.
movement is achieved. Repeat at other pillow block. 3. Slip impeller on shaft (push lightly against inner case). Line up
13. When all conditions are satisfactory, tighten bolts permanently motor, or if necessary, shim inner case so that top, bottom,
and recheck alignment. and both sides are within 1⁄32 inches of case. Impeller warpage,
14. Drill and pin blocks to prevent movement. Select points other if any, should be allowed for.
than where old pins were. 4. Tighten bolts positioning shaft.
15. Be sure all parts are still clean. 5. If single stage blower, bolt on outer case, set impeller ½
16. Pack bearing between races with new grease. way between inner and outer cases (not more than 3⁄16 inch
from outer case) and tighten hub screws firmly. If impeller is
17. Fill pillow blocks 1⁄3 to ½ full with grease. warped, judgment should be used as to spacing.
18. Replace bearing caps. 6. If multi-stage blower, set impeller 1⁄8 inch from inner case and
19. Be sure shaft turns freely by hand. tighten hub screws firmly.
20a. Replace jackshaft pulley and belts. Align belts (Section D) Or 7. Mount stationary vane with flange pins and drive them firmly
20b. Realign, reassemble, and grease coupling. (Sections C and into inner case.
G)
Sheet 2300-10
Page 5
8. Slip impeller on shaft, but do not tighten. 13. Bolt on outer case, set impelle way between stationary vane
9. If two stage blower, bolt on outer case, set impeller ½ way and outer case (not more than 3⁄16 inch from outer case) and
between stationary vane and outer case (not more than 3⁄16 tighten hub screws firmly.
inch from outer case) and tighten hub screws firmly. 14. Turn by hand to check for any contact of impellers with other
10. If more than two stages, mount spacer with stationary vane parts.
and clamp firmly in four places. 15. Start motor and immediately shut off. Listen for any sounds
11. Set impeller 1⁄8 inch from stationary vane and tighten hub of contact. If none, restart motor. If any scraping or clicking is
screws firmly. heard, shut off motor immediately and correct condition.
12. Slip next impeller on shaft, but do not tighten. 16. Check direction of rotation.
8 7
8
6
4 5 4
1 2 3 3 3
9 10
SHAFT CENTER LINE 11
1 - Inlet Guard 5 - Spacer Ring (required on 8 - Flange Pin

2 - Outer Half Case blowers with more than two 9 - Felt Disc
3 - Impeller stages) 10 - Felt Retaining Ring
4 - Stationary Vane 6 - Inner Half Case 11 - Blower Base
7 - Felt Seal
Figure 6. Exploded half-section of a three stage blower.
Case Assembly (Above) Case Assembly (Above)

Bearing (Free End)
Bearing (Held End)
Bearing (Free End) Bearing (Held End)
V-Belts and Sheaves
Motor
Motor
V-Belt
Drive
Base
Jackshaft
Rails Coupled Nameplate

Nameplate Jackshaft
Drive Base
Flexible
Coupling
Figure 7. Series 300, 2300 V-Belt Drive. Figure 8. Series 300, 2300 Coupled Drive.
Standard guards are omitted from photos to give a better view of parts.
Sheet 2300-10
Page 6
Triple Seal Grease Retainer (2)

Grease Fitting
Pillow Block Housing
Bearing
Stabilizing Ring
Retaining Ring
Step Down
Jackshaft
Drain Plug
Figure 9. Pillow Block and Bearing Detail. "Held-end" bearing on V-Belt blower is next to case assembly, except for 41 and 47 case blowers.
On coupled-drive blowers, it is next to the flexible coupling. No stabilizing ring is required on "free-end" bearing.
Figure 10. Close-up View of Pillow Blocks.
Standard guards are omitted from photos to give a better view of parts.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American 2300 Series
Coupled Drive Turbo Blowers
Sheet 2300-11
DIMENSIONS
Blower
designation* A B C D E F G H J K L M N P R S T‡ U‡ V W X Y Z
2304-11/1-_.3C 2§ 13⁄8 15¾ 223⁄32 73⁄16 99⁄16§ 8¾ 59⁄16 8½ 7 1½ 7⁄16 5¼ 223⁄32 4 3 4 2511⁄32 ¾ — 6 18¾ 12
2308-11/3-_.3C 2§ 3½ 15¾ 247⁄32 73⁄16 99⁄16§ 8¾ 59⁄16 8½ 7 1½ 7⁄16 5¼ 223⁄32 4 3 4 2715⁄32 ¾ — 6 18¾ 12
2308-14/1-_.75C 3§ 21⁄8 183⁄8 28 103⁄8 131⁄16§ 11¾ 83⁄8 11½ 109⁄16 2½ 9⁄16 75⁄8 43⁄16 4 3 4 313⁄16 13⁄16 — 8¾ 233⁄8 17½
2308-14/1-_1C 3§ 21⁄8 183⁄8 28 103⁄8 131⁄16§ 11¾ 83⁄8 11½ 109⁄16 2½ 9⁄16 75⁄8 43⁄16 4 3 4 313⁄16 13⁄16 — 8¾ 233⁄8 17½
2308-17/1-_1.5C 6§ 211⁄16 183⁄8 2815⁄16 119⁄16 167/8§ 11¾ 8¼ 11½ 109⁄16 2½ 9⁄16 75⁄8 49⁄16 4 4 4 321⁄8 13⁄16 — 8¾ 233⁄8 17½
2308-24/1-_2C 6§ 315⁄16 195⁄16 323⁄8 131⁄8 155⁄16§ 13¾ 9 13½ 125⁄16 2½ 9⁄16 77⁄8 57⁄16 4 6 4 353⁄16 13⁄16 — 9 245⁄16 18
2308-24/1-_3C 8† 315⁄16 195⁄16 323⁄8 135⁄16 1911⁄16† 13¾ 9 13½ 125⁄16 2½ 9⁄16 77⁄8 57⁄16 4 6 4 353⁄16 13⁄16 — 9 245⁄16 18
2308-31/1-_5C 10† 35⁄16 2311⁄16 339⁄16 155⁄8 303⁄8† 18¼ 10¼ 18 147/8 2½ 9⁄16 93⁄8 711⁄32 4 8 4 361⁄16 1½ — 10½ 2911⁄16 21
2308-31/1-_7.5C 10† 35⁄16 2311⁄16 339⁄16 155⁄8 303⁄8† 18¼ 10¼ 18 147/8 2½ 9⁄16 93⁄8 711⁄32 4 8 4 361⁄16 1½ — 10½ 2911⁄16 21
2308-21/1-_10C 12† 315⁄16 225⁄8 417⁄16 205⁄8 387⁄16† 25½ 137⁄8 25 19¾ 2½ 9⁄16 9¾ 101⁄8 4 10 4 433⁄16 2¼ — 10¾ 301⁄8 21½
2308-47/1-_40C 24† 12½ 37 797⁄16 33½ 547⁄16† 35 20½ 38 313⁄16 2 1 13¾ 235⁄8 4 24 — — 45⁄16 — 15 41½ 30
2308-47/1-_50C 24† 12½ 37 797⁄16 33½ 547⁄16† 35 20½ 38 313⁄16 2 1 13¾ 235⁄8 4 24 — — 45⁄16 — 15 41½ 30
2310-11/4-_.5C 2§ 411⁄16 15¾ 2513⁄32 73⁄16 99⁄16§ 8¾ 59⁄16 8½ 7 1½ 7⁄16 5¼ 223⁄32 4 3 4 2821⁄32 ¾ — 6 18¾ 12
2310-19/1-_.75C 3§ 213⁄16 17¾ 28½ 13½ 159⁄16§ 15 10¾ 14 135⁄16 2½ 9⁄16 7 45⁄8 4 3 4 3111⁄16 13⁄16 — 81⁄8 22¾ 16¼
2310-19/1-_1C 4§ 213⁄16 17¾ 28½ 13½ 159⁄16§ 15 10¾ 14 135⁄16 2½ 9⁄16 7 45⁄8 4 3 4 3111⁄16 13⁄16 — 81⁄8 22¾ 16¼
2310-19/1-_1.5C 6§ 213⁄16 17¾ 28½ 141⁄16 193⁄8§ 15 10¾ 14 135⁄16 2½ 9⁄16 7 45⁄8 4 4 4 3111⁄16 13⁄16 — 81⁄8 22¾ 16¼
2310-19/1-_2C 6§ 213⁄16 17¾ 28½ 141⁄16 193⁄8§ 15 10¾ 14 135⁄16 2½ 9⁄16 7 45⁄8 4 4 4 3111⁄16 13⁄16 — 81⁄8 22¾ 16¼
2310-26/1-_3C 6§ 39⁄16 233⁄8 361⁄8 155⁄8 1713⁄16§ 16¼ 11¾ 16 14¾ 1½ 9⁄16 85⁄8 615⁄32 4 6 4 3815⁄16 13⁄16 — 9¾ 283⁄8 19½
2310-26/1-_5C 8† 39⁄16 233⁄8 361⁄8 1513⁄16 223⁄16† 16¼ 11¾ 16 14¾ 1½ 9⁄16 85⁄8 615⁄32 4 6 4 3815⁄16 13⁄16 — 9¾ 283⁄8 19½
2310-35/1-_7.5C 10† 2¾ 313⁄8 445⁄8 18¾ 357⁄8† 23½ 133⁄8 23 1813⁄16 1½ 9⁄16 103⁄8 7½ 4 8 4 471⁄8 1½ — 11½ 363⁄8 23
2310-21/1-_10C 12† 315⁄16 225⁄8 417⁄16 205⁄8 387⁄16† 25½ 137⁄8 25 19¾ 2½ 9⁄16 9¾ 101⁄8 4 10 4 433⁄16 2¼ — 10¾ 301⁄8 21½
2310-47/1-_40C 20† 12½ 37 797⁄16 33½ 547⁄16† 35 20½ 38 313⁄16 2 1 13¾ 235⁄8 4 24 — — 45⁄16 — 15 41½ 30
2310-47/1-_50C 24† 12½ 37 797⁄16 33½ 547⁄16† 35 20½ 38 313⁄16 2 1 13¾ 235⁄8 4 24 — — 45⁄16 — 15 41½ 30
* Explanation of designation: 2304-11/1-_.3C means 2300 series, 4 osi pressure, inner housing no. 11, 1 stage, 1⁄3 hp motor, coupled drive.
‡ Listed T and U dimensions are for SW inlet. For threaded inlet where S = 3", T = 1¾"; S = 4", T = 17⁄8"; S = 6", T =5".
If S is greater than 6", threaded inlet is not available.
† SW discharge (unthreaded pipe) 8" and larger is included in F.
Sheet 2300-11
Page 2
Blower
2312-11/4-_.5C 2§ 411⁄16 15¾ 2513⁄32 73⁄16 99⁄16§ 8¾ 59⁄16 8½ 7 1½ 7⁄16 5¼ 223⁄32 4 3 4 2821⁄32 ¾ — 6 18¾ 12
2312-19/1-_1C 3§ 213⁄16 17¾ 28½ 13½ 159⁄16§ 15 10¾ 14 135⁄16 2½ 9⁄16 7 45⁄8 4 3 4 3111⁄16 13⁄16 — 81⁄8 22¾ 16¼
2312-19/1-_1.5C 4§ 213⁄16 17¾ 28½ 13½ 159⁄16§ 15 10¾ 14 135⁄16 2½ 9⁄16 7 45⁄8 4 4 4 3111⁄16 13⁄16 — 81⁄8 22¾ 16¼
2312-19/1-_2C 6§ 213⁄16 17¾ 28½ 141⁄16 193⁄8§ 15 10¾ 14 135⁄16 2½ 9⁄16 7 45⁄8 4 4 4 3111⁄16 13⁄16 — 81⁄8 22¾ 16¼
2312-26/1-_3C 6§ 39⁄16 233⁄8 361⁄8 155⁄8 17113⁄16§ 16¼ 11¾ 16 14¾ 1½ 9⁄16 85⁄8 613⁄32 4 6 4 3815⁄16 13⁄16 — 9¾ 283⁄8 19½
2312-26/1-_5C 8† 39⁄16 233⁄8 361⁄8 1513⁄16 223⁄16† 16¼ 11¾ 16 14¾ 1½ 9⁄16 85⁄8 615⁄32 4 6 4 3815⁄16 13⁄16 — 9¾ 283⁄8 19½
2312-35/1-_7.5C 8† 2¾ 313⁄8 445⁄8 18¾ 357⁄8† 23½ 133⁄8 23 1813⁄16 1½ 9⁄16 103⁄8 7½ 4 8 4 471⁄8 1½ — 11½ 363⁄8 23
2312-35/1-_10C 10† 2¾ 313⁄8 445⁄8 18¾ 357⁄8† 23½ 133⁄8 23 1813⁄16 1½ 9⁄16 103⁄8 7½ 4 8 4 471⁄8 1½ — 11½ 363⁄8 23
2312-21/1-_15C 12† 315⁄16 287⁄8 4811⁄16 205⁄8 387⁄16† 25½ 137⁄8 25 19¾ 2½ 9⁄16 11½ 101⁄8 4 14 3¾ 493⁄16 3¼ — 12½ 337⁄8 25
2312-41/1-_20C 16† 123⁄16 31 621⁄8 34¼ 4815⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 2½ 13⁄16 165⁄8 12¾ 6 16 3¾ 623⁄16 311⁄16 15½ 18 36 36
2312-41/1-_25C 16† 123⁄16 31 621⁄8 34¼ 4815⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 2½ 13⁄16 165⁄8 12¾ 6 16 3¾ 623⁄16 311⁄16 15½ 18 36 36
2312-41/1-_30C 16† 123⁄16 31 621⁄8 34¼ 4815⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 2½ 13⁄16 165⁄8 12¾ 6 16 3¾ 623⁄16 311⁄16 15½ 18 36 36
2312-41/1-_40C 18† 123⁄16 31 621⁄8 34¼ 4513⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 2½ 13⁄16 165⁄8 12¾ 6 16 3¾ 623⁄16 311⁄16 15½ 18 36 36
2312-47/1-_40C 18† 12½ 37 797⁄16 33½ 547⁄16† 35 20½ 38 313⁄16 2 1 13¾ 235⁄8 4 24 — — 45⁄16 — 15 41½ 30
2312-47/1-_50C 20† 12½ 37 797⁄16 33½ 547⁄16† 35 20½ 38 313⁄16 2 1 13¾ 235⁄8 4 24 — — 45⁄16 — 15 41½ 30
2316-14/2-_1C 3§ 53⁄16 183⁄8 311⁄16 103⁄8 131⁄16§ 11¾ 83⁄8 11½ 109⁄16 2½ 9⁄16 75⁄8 43⁄16 4 3 4 34¼ 13⁄16 — 8¾ 233⁄8 17½
2316-14/2-_1.5C 3§ 53⁄16 183⁄8 311⁄16 103⁄8 131⁄16§ 11¾ 83⁄8 11½ 109⁄16 2½ 9⁄16 75⁄8 43⁄16 4 3 4 34¼ 13⁄16 — 8¾ 233⁄8 17½
2316-17/2-_2C 4§ 5¾ 183⁄8 32 11 131⁄16§ 11¾ 8¼ 11½ 109⁄16 2½ 9⁄16 75⁄8 49⁄16 4 4 4 353⁄16 13⁄16 — 8¾ 233⁄8 17½
2316-19/1-_2C 4§ 213⁄16 17¾ 28½ 13½ 159⁄16§ 15 10¾ 14 135⁄16 2½ 9⁄16 7 45⁄8 4 4 4 3111⁄16 13⁄16 — 81⁄8 22¾ 16¼
2316-19/1-_3C 6§ 213⁄16 195⁄16 301⁄16 141⁄16 193⁄8§ 14½ 10¾ 14 135⁄16 2½ 9⁄16 77⁄8 45⁄8 4 4 4 33¼ 13⁄16 — 91⁄8 245⁄16 18¼
2316-26/1-_5C 6§ 39⁄16 233⁄8 361⁄8 1513⁄16 1713⁄16§ 16¼ 11¾ 16 14¾ 1½ 9⁄16 85⁄8 615⁄32 4 6 4 3815⁄16 13⁄16 — 9¾ 283⁄8 19½
2316-17/2-_3C 6§ 5¾ 183⁄8 32 11 167⁄8§ 11¾ 8¼ 11½ 109⁄16 2½ 9⁄16 75⁄8 49⁄16 4 4 4 353⁄16 13⁄16 — 8¾ 233⁄8 17½
2316-24/2-_5C 6§ 73⁄8 195⁄16 359⁄16 131⁄8 155⁄8§ 13¾ 9 13½ 125⁄16 2½ 9⁄16 77⁄8 57⁄16 4 6 4 385⁄8 13⁄16 — 9 245⁄16 18
2316-31/2-_7.5C 8† 713⁄16 2311⁄16 467⁄8 155⁄8 303⁄8† 18¼ 10¼ 18 147⁄8 2½ 9⁄16 93⁄8 1111⁄32 4 8 4 493⁄8 1½ — 10½ 2911⁄16 21
2316-31/2-_10C 8† 713⁄16 2311⁄16 467⁄8 155⁄8 303⁄8† 18¼ 10¼ 18 147⁄8 2½ 9⁄16 93⁄8 1111⁄32 4 8 4 493⁄8 1½ — 10½ 2911⁄16 21
2316-26/1-_7.5C 8† 39⁄16 233⁄8 361⁄8 1513⁄16 223⁄16† 16¼ 11¾ 16 14¾ 1½ 9⁄16 85⁄8 615⁄32 4 6 4 3815⁄16 13⁄16 — 9¾ 283⁄8 19½
2316-35/1-_10C 8† 41⁄16 313⁄8 4515⁄16 18¾ 357⁄8† 23½ 133⁄8 23 1813⁄16 1½ 9⁄16 103⁄8 7½ 4 8 4 487⁄16 1½ — 11½ 363⁄8 23
2316-35/1-_15C 10† 41⁄16 313⁄8 4515⁄16 18¾ 357⁄8† 203⁄8 133⁄8 23 1813⁄16 1½ 9⁄16 103⁄8 7½ 4 8 4 487⁄16 1½ — 11½ 363⁄8 23
2316-21/1-_20C 10† 37⁄8 287⁄8 475⁄8 205⁄8 387⁄16† 25½ 137⁄8 25 19¾ 2½ 9⁄16 11½ 101⁄8 4 10 4 493⁄8 2¼ — 12½ 337⁄8 25
2316-41/1-_20C 12† 123⁄16 31 621⁄8 34¼ 5015⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 2½ 13⁄16 165⁄8 12¾ 6 16 3¾ 623⁄16 311⁄16 15½ 18 36 36
2316-41/1-_25C 12† 123⁄16 31 621⁄8 34¼ 5015⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 2½ 13⁄16 165⁄8 12¾ 6 16 3¾ 623⁄16 311⁄16 15½ 18 36 36
2316-33/1-_25C 12† 51⁄16 31¾ 543⁄8 267⁄8 4715⁄16† 34½ 175⁄8 34 25½ 2½ 11⁄16 12½ 1113⁄16 6 12 3¾ 547⁄8 3¼ 157⁄8 14 36¾ 28
2316-33/1-_30C 14† 51⁄16 31¾ 543⁄8 267⁄8 4715⁄16† 34½ 175⁄8 34 25½ 2½ 11⁄16 12½ 11113⁄16 6 12 3¾ 547⁄8 3¼ 157⁄8 14 36¾ 28
2316-41/1-_30C 16† 123⁄16 31 621⁄8 34¼ 4815⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 2½ 13⁄16 165⁄8 12¾ 6 16 3¾ 623⁄16 311⁄16 15½ 18 36 36
2316-41/1-_40C 16† 123⁄16 31 621⁄8 34¼ 4815⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 2½ 13⁄16 165⁄8 12¾ 6 16 3¾ 623⁄16 311⁄16 15½ 18 36 36
2316-41/1-_50C 16† 123⁄16 31 621⁄8 34¼ 4815⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 2½ 13⁄16 165⁄8 12¾ 6 16 3¾ 623⁄16 311⁄16 15½ 18 36 36
§ Female pipe thread 6" and smaller. If SW discharge (unthreaded pipe) is specified, add 3¼" to F.
Sheet 2300-11
Page 3
Blower
2320-19/2-_1.5C 3§ 67⁄8 17¾ 329⁄16 13½ 159⁄16§ 15 10¾ 14 135⁄16 2½ 9⁄16 7 45⁄8 4 3 4 35¾ 13⁄16 — 81⁄8 22¾ 16¼
2320-19/2-_2C 4§ 67⁄8 17¾ 329⁄16 13½ 159⁄16§ 15 10¾ 14 135⁄16 2½ 9⁄16 7 45⁄8 4 4 4 35¾ 13⁄16 — 81⁄8 22¾ 16¼
2320-19/2-_3C 4§ 67⁄8 195⁄16 341⁄8 13½ 159⁄16§ 14¼ 10¾ 14 135⁄16 2½ 9⁄16 77⁄8 45⁄8 4 4 4 375⁄16 13⁄16 — 9 245⁄16 18
2320-26/2-_5C 6§ 7 233⁄8 39½ 155⁄8 1713⁄16§ 16¼ 11¾ 16 14¾ 1½ 9⁄16 85⁄8 615⁄32 4 6 4 423⁄8 13⁄16 — 9¾ 283⁄8 19½
2320-26/2-_7.5C 6§ 7 233⁄8 39½ 155⁄8 1713⁄16§ 16¼ 11¾ 16 14¾ 1½ 9⁄16 85⁄8 615⁄32 4 6 4 423⁄8 13⁄16 — 9¾ 283⁄8 19½
2320-35/1-_10C 8† 41⁄16 313⁄8 4515⁄16 18¾ 357⁄8† 23½ 133⁄8 23 1813⁄16 1½ 9⁄16 103⁄8 7½ 4 8 4 487⁄16 1½ — 11½ 363⁄8 23
2320-35/1-_15C 8† 41⁄16 313⁄8 4515⁄16 18¾ 357⁄8† 23½ 133⁄8 23 1813⁄16 1½ 9⁄16 103⁄8 7½ 4 8 4 487⁄16 1½ — 11½ 363⁄8 23
2320-35/2-_10C 8† 73⁄8 313⁄8 49¼ 18¾ 357⁄8† 23½ 133⁄8 23 1813⁄16 1½ 9⁄16 103⁄8 7½ 4 8 4 51¾ 1½ — 11½ 363⁄8 23
2320-35/2-_15C 8† 73⁄8 313⁄8 49¼ 18¾ 357⁄8† 23½ 133⁄8 23 1813⁄16 1½ 9⁄16 103⁄8 7½ 4 8 4 51¾ 1½ — 11½ 363⁄8 23
2320-21/1-_20C 10† 37⁄8 287⁄8 475⁄8 205⁄8 387⁄16† 25½ 137⁄8 25 19¾ 2½ 9⁄16 11½ 101⁄8 4 10 4 493⁄8 2¼ — 12½ 337⁄8 25
2320-41/1-_25C 12† 123⁄16 31 621⁄8 34¼ 5015⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 2½ 13⁄16 165⁄8 12¾ 6 16 3¾ 623⁄16 311⁄16 15½ 18 36 36
2320-41/1-_30C 12† 123⁄16 31 621⁄8 34¼ 5015⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 2½ 13⁄16 165⁄8 12¾ 6 16 3¾ 623⁄16 311⁄16 15½ 18 36 36
2320-41/1-_40C 16† 123⁄16 31 621⁄8 34¼ 4815⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 2½ 13⁄16 165⁄8 12¾ 6 16 3¾ 623⁄16 311⁄16 15½ 18 36 36
2320-41/1-_50C 16† 123⁄16 31 621⁄8 34¼ 4815⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 2½ 13⁄16 165⁄8 12¾ 6 16 3¾ 623⁄16 311⁄16 15½ 18 36 36
2320-41/1-_60C 16† 123⁄16 31 621⁄8 34¼ 4815⁄16† 38 251⁄8 37½ 3311⁄16 2½ 13⁄16 165⁄8 12¾ 6 16 3¾ 623⁄16 311⁄16 15½ 18 36 36
2320-33/1-_25C 12† 51⁄16 31¾ 543⁄8 267⁄8 4715⁄16† 34½ 175⁄8 34 25½ 2½ 11⁄16 12½ 1113⁄16 6 12 3¾ 547⁄8 3¼ 157⁄8 14 39¼ 28
2320-33/1-_30C 12† 51⁄16 31¾ 543⁄8 267⁄8 4715⁄16† 34½ 175⁄8 34 25½ 2½ 11⁄16 12½ 1113⁄16 6 12 3¾ 547⁄8 3¼ 157⁄8 14 39¼ 28
2320-33/1-_40C 14† 51⁄16 40½ 631⁄8 267⁄8 4715⁄16† 34½ 175⁄8 34 25½ 2½ 13⁄16 13¾ 1113⁄16 6 12 3¾ 635⁄8 3¼ 20¼ 15 45½ 30
2320-33/1-_50C 14† 51⁄16 40½ 631⁄8 267⁄8 4715⁄16† 34½ 175⁄8 34 25½ 2½ 13⁄16 13¾ 1113⁄16 6 12 3¾ 635⁄8 3¼ 20¼ 15 45½ 30
2324-14/3-_1.5C 3§ 85⁄16 183⁄8 343⁄16 103⁄8 131⁄16§ 11¾ 83⁄8 11½ 109⁄16 2½ 9⁄16 7758 43⁄16 4 3 4 373⁄8 13⁄16 — 8¾ 233⁄8 17½
2324-14/3-_2C 3§ 85⁄16 183⁄8 343⁄16 103⁄8 131⁄16§ 11¾ 83⁄8 11½ 109⁄16 2½ 9⁄16 75⁄8 43⁄16 4 3 4 373⁄8 13⁄16 — 8¾ 233⁄8 17½
2324-19/2-_3C 4§ 67⁄8 195⁄16 341⁄8 13½ 159⁄16§ 14¼ 10¾ 14 135⁄16 2½ 9⁄16 77⁄8 45⁄8 4 4 4 375⁄16 13⁄16 — 9 245⁄16 18
2324-26/2-_5C 6§ 7 233⁄8 391/2 155⁄8 1713⁄16§ 16¼ 11¾ 16 14¾ 1½ 9⁄16 85⁄8 615⁄32 4 6 4 423⁄8 13⁄16 — 9¾ 283⁄8 19½
2324-26/2-_7.5C 6§ 7 233⁄8 39½ 155⁄8 1713⁄16§ 16¼ 11¾ 16 14¾ 1½ 9⁄16 85⁄8 615⁄32 4 6 4 423⁄8 13⁄16 — 9¾ 283⁄8 19½
2324-35/2-_10C 8† 73⁄8 313⁄8 49¼ 18¾ 357⁄8† 23½ 133⁄8 23 1813⁄16 1½ 9⁄16 103⁄8 7½ 4 8 4 51¾ 1½ — 11½ 363⁄8 23
2324-35/2-_15C 8† 73⁄8 313⁄8 49¼ 18¾ 357⁄8† 23½ 133⁄8 23 1813⁄16 1½ 9⁄16 103⁄8 7½ 4 8 4 51¾ 1½ — 11½ 363⁄8 23
2324-21/1-_20C 10† 3½ 287⁄8 47¼ 205⁄8 387⁄16† 25½ 137⁄8 25 19¾ 2½ 9⁄16 11½ 101⁄8 4 10 4 49 2¼ — 12½ 337⁄8 25
2324-33/1-_25C 12† 51⁄16 31¾ 543⁄8 267⁄8 4715⁄16† 34½ 175⁄8 34 25½ 2½ 11⁄16 12½ 1113⁄16 6 12 3¾ 547⁄8 3¼ 157⁄8 14 39¼ 28
2324-33/1-_30C 12† 51⁄16 31¾ 543⁄8 267⁄8 4715⁄16† 34½ 175⁄8 34 25½ 2½ 11⁄16 12½ 1113⁄16 6 12 3¾ 547⁄8 3¼ 157⁄8 14 39¼ 28
2324-33/1-_40C 12† 51⁄16 40½ 631⁄8 267⁄8 4715⁄16† 34½ 175⁄8 34 25½ 2½ 13⁄16 13¾ 1113⁄16 6 12 3¾ 635⁄8 3¼ 20¼ 15 45½ 30
2324-33/1-_50C 14† 67⁄8 40½ 6415⁄16 267⁄8 4715⁄16† 34½ 175⁄8 34 25½ 2½ 13⁄16 13¾ 1113⁄16 6 14 3¾ 657⁄16 3¼ 20¼ 15 45½ 30
2324-33/1-_60C 14† 67⁄8 40½ 6415⁄16 267⁄8 4715⁄16† 34½ 175⁄8 34 25½ 2½ 13⁄16 13¾ 1113⁄16 6 14 3¾ 657⁄16 3¼ 20¼ 15 45½ 30
2332-19/3-_3C 4§ 1011⁄16 195⁄16 3715⁄16 13½ 159⁄16§ 14¼ 10¾ 14 135⁄16 2½ 9⁄16 77⁄8 45⁄8 4 4 4 411⁄8 13⁄16 — 9 245⁄16 18
2332-19/3-_5C 4§ 1011⁄16 195⁄16 3715⁄16 13½ 159⁄16§ 14¼ 10¾ 14 135⁄16 2½ 9⁄16 77⁄8 45⁄8 4 4 4 411⁄8 13⁄16 — 9 245⁄16 18
2332-28/2-_7.5C 6§ 87⁄8 26½ 45¾ 17 2113⁄16§ 20¼ 127⁄8 20 165⁄16 2 9⁄16 93⁄8 631/32 4 8 4 485⁄16 13⁄8 — 10½ 32½ 21
2332-28/2-_10C 6§ 87⁄8 26½ 45¾ 17 2113⁄16§ 20¼ 127⁄8 20 165⁄16 2 9⁄16 93⁄8 631/32 4 8 4 485⁄16 13⁄8 — 10½ 32½ 21
2332-28/2-_15C 6§ 87⁄8 313⁄8 495⁄8 17 2113⁄16§ 23½ 127⁄8 20 165⁄16 1½ 9⁄16 103⁄8 615/32 4 8 4 52¼ 13⁄8 — 11½ 363⁄8 23
2332-21/2-_20C 8† 91⁄8 287⁄8 527⁄8 205⁄8 387⁄16† 25½ 137⁄8 25 19¾ 2½ 9⁄16 11½ 101⁄8 4 10 4 551⁄8 2¼ — 12½ 337⁄8 25
2332-21/2-_25C 8† 91⁄8 287⁄8 527⁄8 205⁄8 387⁄16† 25½ 137⁄8 25 19¾ 2½ 9⁄16 11½ 101⁄8 4 10 4 551⁄8 2¼ — 12½ 337⁄8 25
2332-21/2-_30C 8† 91⁄8 30½ 54½ 205⁄8 387⁄16† 25½ 137⁄8 25 19¾ 2½ 9⁄16 11½ 101⁄8 4 10 4 56¾ 2¼ — 12½ 35½ 25
2332-33/2-_50C 12† 115⁄8 40½ 6915⁄16 267⁄8 4715⁄16† 34½ 175⁄8 34 25½ 2½ 13⁄16 13¾ 1113⁄16 6 12 3¾ 707⁄16 3¼ 20¼ 15 45½ 30
2332-33/2-_60C 12† 115⁄8 40½ 6915⁄16 267⁄8 4715⁄16† 34½ 175⁄8 34 25½ 2½ 13⁄16 13¾ 1113⁄16 6 12 3¾ 707⁄16 3¼ 20¼ 15 45½ 30
2344-28/3-_15C 6§ 143⁄8 313⁄8 55¼ 2113⁄16§ 20¼

17 127⁄8 20 165⁄16 1½ 9⁄16 103⁄8 615⁄32 4 8 4 57¾ 1½ — 11½ 363⁄8 23
2344-28/3-_20C 6§ 143⁄8 313⁄8 55¼ 2113⁄16§ 20¼
17 127⁄8 20 165⁄16 1½ 9⁄16 103⁄8 615⁄32 4 8 4 57¾ 1½ — 11½ 363⁄8 23
Additional 32, 40, and 44 osi blowers are listed on page 4.
2344-21/2-_30C 8† 1015⁄16 34½ 605⁄16 205⁄8 387⁄16† 25½ 137⁄8 25 19¾ 2½ 9⁄16 12¼ 101⁄8 6 10 4 621⁄16 2¼ 17¼ 13¼ 39½ 26½
2344-21/2-_40C 8† 1015⁄16 34½ 605⁄16 205⁄8 387⁄16† 25½ 137⁄8 25 19¾ 2½ 9⁄16 12¼ 101⁄8 6 10 4 621⁄16 2¼ 17¼ 13¼ 39½ 26½
2344-21/2-_50C 8† 1015⁄16 34½ 605⁄16 205⁄8 387⁄16† 25½ 137⁄8 25 19¾ 2½ 9⁄16 12¼ 101⁄8 6 10 4 621⁄16 2¼ 17¼ 13¼ 39½ 26½
§ Female pipe thread 6" and smaller. If SW discharge (unthreaded pipe) is specified, add 3¼" to F.
Sheet 2300-11
Page 4
discharge overall dimension discharge overall dimension

To fully ascertain overall clearances, check the dimension position height width position height width
combinations shown at right for the particular discharge
position selected. 1 G+K F+K 3 E+G F+K
2 F+G E+K 4 G+K E+K
Blower,
designation* A B C D D1 E F G H J K N P S T V
2332-38/2-_75C 18 165⁄8 22½ 88 25⁄8 297⁄8 43 31½ 18¼ 36½ 25½ 725⁄8 1¼ 18 9¼ 3¼
2332-38/2-_100C 18 165⁄8 22½ 897⁄8 4½ 297⁄8 43 31½ 18¼ 36½ 25½ 725⁄8 1¼ 18 9¼ 3¼
2332-38/2-_125C 18 165⁄8 22½ 897⁄8 4½ 297⁄8 43 31½ 18¼ 36½ 25½ 725⁄8 1¼ 18 9¼ 3¼
2332-41/2-_75C 12 231⁄8 23½ 97 25⁄8 34¼ 5015⁄16 38 251⁄8 37½ 33¾ 76 1¾ 16 91⁄8 3¾
2332-41/2-_100C 16 231⁄8 23½ 987⁄8 4½ 34¼ 44 38 251⁄8 37½ 33¾ 76 1¾ 16 91⁄8 3¾
2332-41/2-_125C 16 231⁄8 23½ 987⁄8 4½ 34¼ 44 38 251⁄8 37½ 33¾ 76 1¾ 16 91⁄8 3¾
2338-41/2-_75C 12 231⁄8 23½ 97 25⁄8 34¼ 44 38 251⁄8 37½ 33¾ 76 1¾ 16 91⁄8 3¾

2338-41/2-_100C 12 231⁄8 23½ 987⁄8 4½ 34¼ 44 38 251⁄8 37½ 33¾ 76 1¾ 16 91⁄8 3¾
2344-38/2-_75C 18 165⁄8 22½ 88 25⁄8 297⁄8 43 31½ 18¼ 36½ 25½ 725⁄8 1¼ 18 9¼ 3¼
2344-38/2-_100C 18 165⁄8 22½ 897⁄8 4½ 297⁄8 43 31½ 18¼ 36½ 25½ 725⁄8 1¼ 18 9¼ 3¼
2344-38/2-_125C 18 165⁄8 22½ 86¾ 13⁄8 297⁄8 43 31½ 18¼ 36½ 25½ 725⁄8 1¼ 18 9¼ 3¼
* Explanation of designation: 2304-11/1-_.3C means 2300 series, 4 osi pressure, inner housing no. 11, 1⁄3 hp motor, coupled drive.
"SW" means sleeve or weld. A flexible rubberized sleeve (Bul-

letin 2947) can be slipped over an SW connection and clamped to
prevent leaks. A flexible connection dœs not transmit vibrations
or stresses as do welded or threaded connections. Blowers are
not designed for imposed loads from hard pipe connections and
should not be "hard" piped except under unusual circumstances.
Fig. 1. Fig. 2. Fig. 3.
Discharge Connections: A threaded (female) flange (Fig. 1) is available Inlet Connections: An SW inlet (unthreaded, Fig. 2) for sleeve or welding
with blowers of 6" and smaller discharge pipe size. An SW connection connection is availabe. A threaded female inlet (Fig. 3) may be speci- Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | Sheet 2300-11 03/10
(Fig. 2) is available for 8" and larger, or may be specified for smaller fied for 3" through 6" inlets. For an open inlet, an inlet guard should be
sizes (Fig. 3). specified (Fig. 1). Blowers should not be operated without inlet protec-
tion.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Blower
Discharge Positions Sheet 2300-12
2300 and 2400 Blowers are available in discharge positions side. Clockwise and counterclockwise designations are in
other than #1, #2, and #3. Consult Fives North American accord with accepted standards.
Combustion, Inc. for quotation due to extra charges and longer
delivery. See back for industry nomenclature covering discharge
positions and drive arrangements.
The numbering scheme below is used to specify discharge
positions, which are determined viewing blower from motor
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1½ 2½ 3½ 5½ 6½ 7½
Clockwise ROTATION Counterclockwise
Rotation of blower housing to any of the three standard discharge In general, most blowers can be supplied with discharge positions
positions (1-3) can be accomplished in the field. 5, 6, 7, and 8 (at extra cost and longer delivery). All will have
fabricated housings.
When #4 discharge position is specified, all blowers, except those
in discharge position group A, B, or C, require a modification of Blowers can also be supplied in discharge positions advanced 45°
blower base (reference Bulletin 2300). For field conversion to #4 (at extra cost and with longer delivery), classified as positions 1½,
position, base must be notched out on site. Detail drawings show- 2½, and 3½.
ing cutouts are: C1-2492 for 2400 D and -F Blowers, A1-2493 for
2400-G, and B1-2494 for 2300 (and 300) Blowers (for blowers
with group A discharge position contact Product Manager).
Sheet 2300-12
Page 2
STANDARD INDUSTRY NOMENCLATURE
Designations for Rotation and Discharge of Centrifugal Fans (AMCA Standard 2406-66)
Direction of rotation is determined from drive side of fan.

On single inlet fans, drive side is always considered as the side opposite fan inlet.
Drive Arrangements for Centrifugal Fans (AMCA Standard 2404-72)

ARR. 4 SWSI - For direct drive. ARR. 8 SWSI - For belt drive or ARR. 9 SWSI - For belt drive.
Impeller overhung on prime mover direct connection. Arrangement 1 Impeller overhung, two bearings,
shaft . No bearings on fan. Prime plus extended base for prime mover. with prime mover outside base.
mover base mounted or integrally
directly connected.
SW - Single Width DW - Double Width
SI - Single Inlet DI - Double Inlet
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
North American Turbo Blowers
8 to 24 osi – 70 000 to 700 000 cfh
2400 Turbo Blower
• Used on industrial furnaces, kilns, and ovens • Constructed of welded steel or molded cast aluminum
• Pressure remains relatively constant • Factory tested for pressure and volume
Product Overview | Turbo Blowers
Every blower is factory tested for pressure and volume, and

a written record of its test performance is permanently kept
by North American. Specific information about a blower
manufactured 20 years ago--which occasionally is sought when
an impeller requires replacement, or other maintenance is
needed--can be furnished via serial number of the blower and
its record in Cleveland files.
2400-F and -D Blowers are direct drive 3600 rpm units. 2400-
G Blowers operate at 1800 rpm and are furnished in direct
drive.
2400 Blowers are rated for handling up to 200°F temperature

air. If air is over 200°F, see Bulletin 2600.
A 2416-F-20 Blower has been supplying combustion air for

several years to dual-fuel burners on this continuous furnace.
Turbo blowers supply combustion air to burners on industrial

furnaces, kilns, ovens, etc. For that function, it generally is
important that the pressure they deliver stay relatively constant
over their full cfh capacity rating. North American 2300 and
2400 Blowers are designed for that characteristic.
2400 Blowers provide high cfh per dollar of cost. Their

construction minimizes maintenance:
Welded steel or permanent mold cast aluminum housings. 2400-G Blower filter or SW inlet adapter can be furnished in place of
guard. Discharge position #3 is shown. It can be changed in the field
Heavy gauge fabricated impeller of aluminum, steel, or to any other position shown on the back.
stainless steel--individually balanced.
Sturdy steel base.
2420-F-15 Blower performance curve

21
20
Pressure, osi
19 100%
115%
18
17
16
15
14
0 12 24 36 48 60 Volume, cfh 84 96 108 120 132 144
(1000's)
Bulletin 2400
page 2
Bulletin 2400
Page 3
To order, specify:
Motor Type
Blower T = TEFC Horsepower Code Letter for Drive
Designation L = Less Motor 7.5 = 7½ D = Direct
2412-D - T 7.5 D Blower and include (in description) blower discharge

position, also type of inlet and discharge.
Example: 2412-D-T7.5D Blower, discharge position #3.
Before being shipped, every North American Blower

is tested and a record kept of its performance. 1 1½ 2 2½ 3 3½
Discharge position numbers as viewed from motor side of blower.

PERFORMANCE DATA
at 100% of at 115% of
motor rating motor rating
Blower Motor Volume Pressure Volume Pressure rpm connection†
designation hp cfh osi cfh osi (100's) intake discharge
2408-D-_5D 5 78 000 8.4 92 400 7.4 36 10" 10"
2408-D-_7.5D 7½ 106 000 8.2 123 000 6.8 36 10 10
2408-F-_10D 10 153 000 8.2 178 000 7.2 36 12 12
2408-F-_15D 15 203 000 8.0 232 000 6.7 36 12 12
2408-F-_20D 20 241 000 8.0 276 000 6.2 36 12 12
2408-G-_20 20 351 000 8.0 402 000 7.5 18 20 18
2408-G-_25 25 414 000 8.1 468 000 7.4 18 20 20
2408-G-_30 30 474 000 8.1 533 000 7.3 18 20 24
2408-G-_40 40 570 000 8.1 648 000 6.6 18 20 24
2408-G-_50 50 664 000 8.3 720 000 6.6 18 20 24
2408-H-_50D 50 648 000 10.00 786 000 8.6 18 20 24
2412-D-_7.5D 7½ 88 000 12.2 105 000 10.6 36 10 10
2412-D-_10D 10 109 000 12.3 128 000 10.4 36 10 10
2412-F-_10D 10 121 000 12.1 150 000 11.3 36 12 12
2412-F-_15D 15 174 000 12.2 205 000 10.5 36 12 12
2412-F-_20D 20 211 000 12.6 241 000 10.9 36 12 12
2412-G-_25 25 306 000 12.2 375 000 11.7 18 20 16
2412-G-_30 30 384 000 12.2 441 000 11.6 18 20 18
2412-G-_40 40 474 000 12.6 552 000 11.5 18 20 20
2412-G-_50 50 588 000 12.1 678 000 10.4 18 20 24
2412-G-_60 60 642 000 12.2 744 000 10.2 18 20 24
2416-D-_7.5D 7½ 70 000 16.2 87 000 15.6 36 10 10
2416-D-_10D 10 92 000 16.2 110 000 14.6 36 10 10
2416-F-_15D 15 145 000 16.1 181 000 14.4 36 12 12
2416-F-_20D 20 192 000 16.0 221 000 14.1 36 12 12
2416-F-_25D 25 221 000 16.4 258 000 13.6 36 12 12
2416-F-_30D 30 240 000 16.0 276 000 13.2 36 12 12
2416-G-_30 30 228 000 16.1 300 000 16.3 18 20 16
2416-G-_40 40 378 000 16.3 462 000 15.8 18 20 18
2416-G-_50 50 486 000 16.1 582 000 14.8 18 20 20
2420-F-_15D 15 105 000 20.0 140 000 19.2 36 12 12
2420-F-_20D 20 162 000 20.1 195 000 18.0 36 12 12
2420-F-_25D 25 180 000 21.2 225 000 18.6 36 12 12
2420-F-_30D 30 216 000 20.0 252 000 17.5 36 12 12
2424-F-_20D 20 108 000 24.6 135 000 24.5 36 12 12
2424-F-_25D 25 150 000 24.8 186 000 23.8 36 12 12 † nominal
2424-F-_30D 30 192 000 23.8 228 000 21.5 36 12 12 pipe size.
CONTACT
T +1 800 626 3477 - F +1 216 373 4237

www.fivesgroup.com
W
1
No. 2 /2
45° DIMENSIONS inches
No. 2
V Series 2400-D: Inlet 14¼" BC–six ½-13 NC holes
E
Series 2400-F: Inlet 16¼" BC–six ½-13 NC holes
S Inlet
No. 3 nominal
P rad. pipe size
No. 11/2
45°
Q N L 11/2 11
rad. rad. M
/16 dia.
45° 4 holes
H 33/4
G Inlet Motor
No. 31/2
J
M F
R rad. L
45°
No. 1
Discharge A Outlet
11/4 C
nominal pipe size 11/2
9⁄16 dia. 5 11/2
4 holes
No. 4 Discharge Position Foundation
(vertical down) is available 1 1 11/2 Outlet Plan
/2 L L /2 33/4 39/16
with modification of base. M M B 5 C X
J D
F U
Approx.
Blower Dimensions in inches wt, lb
Designation A B C D E F G H J L M N P Q R S U V W X• X ODP TEFC
2408-D-_5D 10 5¾ 12½ 24¾ 1625⁄32 2513⁄16 20 1113⁄32 133⁄8 77⁄8 83⁄8 1213⁄16 137⁄16 141⁄16 1411⁄16 10 265⁄16 1929⁄32 313⁄16 – – 240 285
North American 2400 Turbo Blowers
2408-D-_7.5D 10 5¾ 12½ 24¾ 1625⁄32 2513⁄16 20 1113⁄32 133⁄8 77⁄8 83⁄8 1213⁄16 137⁄16 141⁄16 1411⁄16 10 265⁄16 1929⁄32 313⁄16 – – 260 305
2408-F-_10D 12† 6¾ 16 29¼ 20½ 2913⁄16 24 13¾ 163⁄8 95⁄8 101⁄8 147⁄8 16¼ 175⁄8 19 12 2913⁄16 247⁄16 51⁄32 – – 395 455
2408-F-_15D 12† 6¾ 16 29¼ 20½ 2913⁄16 24 13¾ 163⁄8 95⁄8 101⁄8 147⁄8 16¼ 175⁄8 19 12 2913⁄16 247⁄16 51⁄32 – 1¼ 420 485
2408-F-_20D 12‡ 6¾ 16 29¼ 20½ 2913⁄16 24 13¾ 163⁄8 95⁄8 101⁄8 147⁄8 16¼ 175⁄8 19 12 2913⁄16 247⁄16 51⁄32 1¼ 3 490 515
2412-D-_7.5D 10 5¾ 12½ 24¾ 1625⁄32 2513⁄16 20 1113⁄32 133⁄8 77⁄8 83⁄8 1213⁄16 137⁄16 141⁄16 1411⁄16 10 265⁄16 1929⁄32 313⁄16 – – 260 305
2412-D-_10D 10 5¾ 12½ 24¾ 1625⁄32 2513⁄16 20 1113⁄32 133⁄8 77⁄8 83⁄8 1213⁄16 137⁄16 141⁄16 1411⁄16 10 265⁄16 1929⁄32 313⁄16 – 1¾ 335 395
2412-F-_10D 12 6¾ 16 29¼ 20½ 2913⁄16 24 13¾ 163⁄8 95⁄8 101⁄8 147⁄8 16¼ 175⁄8 19 12 2913⁄16 247⁄16 51⁄32 – – 395 455
2412-F-_15D 12† 6¾ 16 29¼ 20½ 2913⁄16 24 13¾ 163⁄8 95⁄8 101⁄8 147⁄8 16¼ 175⁄8 19 12 2913⁄16 247⁄16 51⁄32 – 1¼ 420 485
2412-F-_20D 12† 6¾ 16 29¼ 20½ 2913⁄16 24 13¾ 163⁄8 95⁄8 101⁄8 147⁄8 16¼ 175⁄8 19 12 2913⁄16 247⁄16 51⁄32 – 3 490 635
2416-D-_7.5D 10 5¾ 12½ 24¾ 1625⁄32 2513⁄16 20 1113⁄32 133⁄8 77⁄8 83⁄8 1213⁄16 137⁄16 141⁄16 1411⁄16 10 265⁄16 1929⁄32 313⁄16 – – 260 305
2416-D-_10D 10 5¾ 12½ 24¾ 1625⁄32 2513⁄16 20 1113⁄32 133⁄8 77⁄8 83⁄8 1213⁄16 137⁄16 141⁄16 1411⁄16 10 265⁄16 1929⁄32 313⁄16 – 1¾ 335 395
2416-F-_15D 12 6¾ 16 29¼ 20½ 2913⁄16 24 13¾ 163⁄8 95⁄8 101⁄8 147⁄8 14¼ 175⁄8 19 12 2913⁄16 247⁄16 51⁄32 – 1¼ 420 485
2416-F-_20D 12 6¾ 16 29¼ 20½ 2913⁄16 24 13¾ 163⁄8 95⁄8 101⁄8 147⁄8 16¼ 175⁄8 19 12 2913⁄16 247⁄16 51⁄32 – 3 490 635
2416-F-_25D 12† 6¾ 16 29¼ 20½ 2913⁄16 24 13¾ 163⁄8 95⁄8 101⁄8 147⁄8 16¼ 175⁄8 19 12 2913⁄16 247⁄16 51⁄32 3 4¼ 520 745
2416-F-_30D 12‡ 6¾ 16 29¼ 20½ 2913⁄16 24 13¾ 163⁄8 95⁄8 101⁄8 147⁄8 16¼ 175⁄8 19 12 2913⁄16 247⁄16 51⁄32 4¼ 5¾ 590 800
2420-F-_15D 12 6¾ 16 29¼ 20½ 2913⁄16 24 13¾ 163⁄8 95⁄8 101⁄8 147⁄8 16¼ 175⁄8 19 12 2913⁄16 247⁄16 51⁄32 – 1¼ 420 485
2420-F-_20D 12 6¾ 16 29¼ 20½ 2913⁄16 24 13¾ 163⁄8 95⁄8 101⁄8 147⁄8 16¼ 175⁄8 19 12 2913⁄16 247⁄16 51⁄32 1¼ 3 490 635
2420-F-_25D 12† 6¾ 16 29¼ 20½ 2913⁄16 24 13¾ 163⁄8 95⁄8 101⁄8 147⁄8 16¼ 175⁄8 19 12 2913⁄16 247⁄16 51⁄32 3 4¼ 520 745
2420-F-_30D 12† 6¾ 16 29¼ 20½ 2913⁄16 24 13¾ 163⁄8 95⁄8 101⁄8 147⁄8 16¼ 175⁄8 19 12 2913⁄16 247⁄16 51⁄32 4¼ 5¾ 590 800
2424-F-_20D 12 6¾ 16 29¼ 20½ 2913⁄16 24 13¾ 163⁄8 95⁄8 101⁄8 147⁄8 16¼ 175⁄8 19 12 2913⁄16 247⁄16 51⁄32 1¼ 3 490 635
2424-F-_25D 12† 6¾ 16 29¼ 20½ 2913⁄16 24 13¾ 163⁄8 95⁄8 101⁄8 147⁄8 16¼ 175⁄8 19 12 2913⁄16 247⁄16 51⁄32 3 4¼ 520 745
2424-F-_30D 12‡ 6¾ 16 29¼ 20½ 2913⁄16 24 13¾ 163⁄8 95⁄8 101⁄8 147⁄8 16¼ 175⁄8 19 12 2913⁄16 247⁄16 51⁄32 4¼ 5¾ 590 800
† For an average situation, a 14" discharge pipe is recommended but length of run should determine size.
‡ For an average situation, a 16" discharge pipe is recommended but length of run should determine size.
Dimensions 2400
• ODP Motor  TEFC Motor

Dimensions 2400
Page 2
121/4 11
/16 dia. 121/4 11
/16 dia.
2 2
13 4 holes 13 6 holes
6
Inlet Motor Inlet Motor
13 13
121/4 45° 121/4
W 2 203/4 2 213/16 213/16 2

81/8 21/4 81/8 21/4
Foundation Foundation
No. 21/2 Plan Plan
45°
Outlet Outlet
V
No. 2 20" Inlet 20" Inlet
No. 3
nominal nominal
pipe size pipe size Shaft & Coupling
2513/16 rad.
guard
No. 31/2 No. 11/2 45°

231/2
281/8 rad.
45° rad.
233/8
39
No. 1 Discharge
307/16 rad. A–Outlet A–Outlet
11 nominal nominal
/16 dia. holes pipe size 2 /4 pipe size
1
61/8 51/2 2 61/8 51/2 2

121/4 121/4 93/4 81/8 203/4 X 93/4 81/8 213/16 213/16 X1
5 1
13 13 40 /8 62 /4
28 /8 5 421/2 641/8
F 431/2 651/8
Typical Inlet Side Direct Drive Coupled Drive
Standard impellers are aluminum. They can be furnished in steel or stainless steel at additional cost.
Dimensions in inches Approximate Weight, lb

Blower X X1 Direct Drive Coupled Drive
Designation A F V W DP TEFC DP TEFC DP TEFC DP TEFC
2408-G-_20 18 421⁄16 421⁄16 8 – – – – 1375 1465 1695 1785
2408-G-_25 20 421⁄16 421⁄16 8 – – – – 1470 1565 1790 1885
2408-G-_30 24 443⁄16 4611⁄16 1311⁄16 – – – – 1500 1615 1820 1935
2408-G-_40 24 443⁄16 4611⁄16 1311⁄16 – – – – 1575 1730 1895 2050
2408-G-_50 24* 443⁄16 4611⁄16 1311⁄16 – ½ – 1½ 1625 1795 1945 2115
2408-H-_50D For dimensions refer to Sheet 2400-1.
2412-G-_25 16 421⁄16 421⁄16 8 – – – – 1485 1580 1800 1895
2412-G-_30 18 421⁄16 421⁄16 8 – – – – 1515 1630 1830 1945
2412-G-_40 20 421⁄16 421⁄16 8 – – – – 1590 1745 1905 2060
2412-G-_50 24 443⁄16 4611⁄16 1311⁄16 – ½ – 1½ 1640 1810 1955 2125
2412-G-_60 24 443⁄16 4611⁄16 1311⁄16 – 1¾ – 87⁄8 1725 1940 2040 2255
2416-G-_30 16 421⁄16 421⁄16 8 – – – – 1520 1635 1835 1950
2416-G-_40 18 421⁄16 421⁄16 8 – – – – 1595 1750 1910 2065
2416-G-_50 20 421⁄16 4211⁄16 8 – ½ – 1½ 1645 1815 1960 2130
Copyright © 2020 - Fives - All rights reserved | 2400_dims 09/07
* For an average situation, a 30" discharge pipe is recommended but length of run should determine size.
To order, specify:
Motor Type WARNING: Situations dangerous to personnel and property may exist
Blower L = Less motor Horsepower Code Letter for Drive with the operation and maintenance of any combustion equipment.
Designation T = TEFC 7.5 = 71/2 D = Direct The presence of fuels, oxidants, hot and cold combustion products,
hot surfaces, electrical power in control and ignition circuits, etc., are

North American Catalog Ebook Oct. 2023

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

North American Catalog Ebook Oct. 2023

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

COMBUSTION ENERGY | COMBUSITION

Fives North American Combustion, Inc.

Since 1917, we've partnered with leading industrial manufacturers

These partnerships have led to a greater understanding of what

How to navigate through this catalog

To navigate through the pages of this catalog using the Bookmarks:

To navigate through the pages of this catalog:

To search this catalog:

— TwinBed - Regenerative Burners

— Combustion Control and Analyzers

BAKERSFIELD (Oil Field) MID-ATLANTIC USA NORTHEAST USA SOUTHEAST USA

CANADA GERMANY SPAIN SOUTH AMERICA

2 ULTRA LOW NOX NO FGR

3 UNIQUE PATENED DESIGN

LOW NOX WITH PREHEATED AIR

Fives North American Combustion, Inc.

Copyright © 2022 - Fives - All rights reserved | grm 45b 02/22

Fives North American Combustion, Inc.

RM FEATURES RM Burner firing light oil

— High flame intensity

RM Burner firing natural gas

Fives North American Combustion, Inc.

Copyright © 2022 - Fives - All rights reserved | grm 45d 07/09

Fives North American Combustion, Inc.

Breaking the low NOx barriers

— Steel Reheat Furnaces

Operating Features LNI Benefits

— Easy to retrofit on existing installations — Low CO and VOC emissions

— Stable, clean combustion without — No FGR required

Nozzle Mix Magna-Flame LNI

AIR AIR AIR AIR Gas

NO EXTERNAL FGR OR EFFICIENCY LOSS

LNI is an “in-furnace” direct NOx control method that maintains is reduced.

Fives North American Combustion, Inc.

North American HiRAM® LNI™

— Steel Reheat Furnaces

HOW LNI WORKS

HIRAM LNI BENEFITS

Air Air Gas Air Air Gas

North American HiRam Heating Benefits:

HOW NORTH AMERICAN HIRAM WORKS

North American HiRAM burners combine large capacity with high

combustion air. For such a large burner, North American HiRAM

Copyright © 2018 - Fives - All rights reserved | grm64 01/16

Series Firing Capacities mm Btu/hr Max Combustion Mountings

See Bulletin 4828A-4837A and Sheet 4833-4 for details.

Fives North American Combustion, Inc.

2 LOW NOX & CO NO FGR

3 UNIQUE PATENED DESIGN

LOWER TOTAL INSTALLED COST

The LEx burner establishes a lean premix and then

Fives North American Combustion, Inc.

Copyright © 2022 - Fives - All rights reserved | grm 45b 02/22

Fives North American Combustion, Inc.

— Sub-15 ppm without FGR

— CO emission levels generally

— Utilizes advanced lean burn partial

— Repeatble performance using proprietary

Fives North American Combustion, Inc.

Copyright © 2022 - Fives - All rights reserved | grm 104 02/22

Fives North American Combustion, Inc.

Combustion technology for the 21st century – best in class

Copyright © 2022 - Fives - All rights reserved | grm145 07/15